|
|
|
|
|
G PHYSICS
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01 MEASURING; TESTING
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B MEASURING LENGTH, THICKNESS OR SIMILAR LINEAR DIMENSIONS; MEASURING ANGLES; MEASURING AREAS; MEASURING IRREGULARITIES OF SURFACES OR CONTOURS
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B1/00 0 Measuring instruments characterised by the selection of material therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B3/00 0 Measuring instruments characterised by the use of mechanical techniques
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B3/002 1 {Details}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B3/004 2 {Scales; Graduations}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B3/006 3 {having both coarse and fine graduation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B3/008 2 {Arrangements for controlling the measuring force}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B3/02 1 Rulers with scales or marks for direct reading (measuring tapes G01B3/10)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B3/04 2 rigid
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B3/06 3 folding
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B3/08 3 extensible
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B3/10 1 Measuring tapes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B3/1003 2 characterised by structure or material; characterised by layout or indicia
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B3/1004 3 {Measuring tapes without casings}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B3/1005 2 Means for controlling winding or unwinding of tapes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B3/1007 3 Means for locking
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B2003/101 4 {acting on the drum}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B2003/1012 4 {engaging the tape in a direction parallel to the tape itself}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B2003/1015 4 {engaging the tape in a direction transversal to the tape itself}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B2003/1017 4 {acting on the whole coil}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B3/102 3 Means for damping
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B2003/1023 3 {Winding mechanisms}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B2003/1025 4 {operated manually, e.g. crank-handles}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B2003/1028 4 {operated by electric motors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B2003/103 4 {operated by springs}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B2003/1033 3 {Means for activating the locking, braking or releasing of the tape, e.g. buttons}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B2003/1035 4 {by pivotal operation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B2003/1038 4 {by translatory motion operation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B3/1041 2 characterised by casings
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B3/1043 3 Details of internal structure thereof, e.g. means for coupling separately moulded casing halves
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B3/1046 3 Details of external structure thereof, e.g. shapes for ensuring firmer hold
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B3/1048 4 Integrated means for affixing or holding
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B2003/1051 3 {specially adapted for two or more tapes within the same casing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B2003/1053 3 {Tape exit slots, e.g. shape or exit direction}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B3/1056 2 Tape end arrangements, e.g. end-hooks
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B2003/1058 2 {Manufacturing or assembling methods}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B3/1061 2 Means for displaying or assisting reading of length measurement
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B2003/1064 3 {Windows, e.g. lenses, glasses or cross-hairs}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B2003/1066 3 {Index sliding on tape}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B3/1069 3 Electronic or mechanical display arrangements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B3/1071 2 Separate means for supporting or affixing measuring tapes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B2003/1074 3 {associated with the casings}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B2003/1076 3 {associated with the end-hooks}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B2003/1079 3 {associated with the tapes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B3/1084 2 Tapes combined with arrangements for functions other than measuring lengths
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B2003/1087 3 {for illuminating}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B3/1089 3 for marking, drawing or cutting
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B3/1092 3 for performing length measurements and at least one other measurement of a different nature, e.g. bubble-type level
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B3/1094 3 for recording information or for performing calculations
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B2003/1097 3 {Tape measures with an adhesive surface}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B3/11 1 Chains for measuring length
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B3/12 1 Measuring wheels
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B3/14 1 Templates for checking contours {(templates for mounting doors or windows E04F21/0007)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B3/16 1 Compasses, i.e. with a pair of pivoted arms
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B3/163 2 {without measuring scale}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B3/166 2 {provided with a measuring scale}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B3/18 1 Micrometers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B3/20 1 Slide gauges
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B3/205 2 {provided with a counter for digital indication of the measured dimension}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B3/22 1 Feeler-pin gauges, e.g. dial gauges (for measuring contours or curvatures G01B5/20)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B3/24 2 with open yoke, i.e. calipers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B3/26 2 Plug gauges
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B3/28 2 Depth gauges
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B3/30 1 Bars, blocks, or strips in which the distance between a pair of faces is fixed, although it may be preadjustable, e.g. end measure, feeler strip
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B3/303 2 {pre-adjustable, e.g. by means of micrometerscrew}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B3/306 3 {with inclined slide plane}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B3/32 2 Holders therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B3/34 1 Ring or other apertured gauges, e.g. "go/no-go" gauge
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B3/36 2 for external screw-threads
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B3/38 1 Gauges with an open yoke and opposed faces, i.e. calipers, in which the internal distance between the faces is fixed, although it may be preadjustable
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B3/40 2 for external screw-threads
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B3/42 2 of limit-gauge type, i.e. "go/no-go" (G01B3/40 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B3/44 3 preadjustable for wear or tolerance
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B3/46 1 Plug gauges for internal dimensions with engaging surfaces which are at a fixed distance, although they may be preadjustable
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B3/48 2 for internal screw-threads
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B3/50 2 of limit-gauge type, i.e. "go/no-go" (G01B3/48 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B3/52 3 preadjustable for wear or tolerance
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B3/56 1 Gauges for measuring angles or tapers, e.g. conical calipers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B3/563 2 {Protractors (for use in geodesy G01C1/00; protractor heads for drawing machines B43L13/08)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B3/566 2 {Squares}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B5/00 0 Measuring arrangements characterised by the use of mechanical techniques
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B5/0002 1 {Arrangements for supporting, fixing or guiding the measuring instrument or the object to be measured}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B5/0004 2 {Supports (G01B5/025 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B5/0007 2 {Surface plates}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B5/0009 2 {Guiding surfaces; Arrangements compensating for non-linearity there-of}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B5/0011 1 {Arrangements for eliminating or compensation of measuring errors due to temperature or weight}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B5/0014 2 {due to temperature (on machine tools B23Q11/0003)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B5/0016 2 {due to weight (on machine tools B23Q11/001)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B5/0018 1 {for measuring key-ways}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B5/0021 1 {for measuring the volumetric dimension of an object}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B5/0023 1 {Measuring of sport goods, e.g. bowling accessories, golfclubs, game balls}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B5/0025 1 {Measuring of vehicle parts (G01B5/003 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B5/0028 2 {Brakes, brakeshoes, clutches}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B5/003 1 {Measuring of motor parts}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B5/0032 2 {Valves, actuating devices for valves}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B5/0035 1 {Measuring of dimensions of trees}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B5/0037 1 {Measuring of dimensions of welds}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B5/004 1 for measuring coordinates of points
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B5/008 2 using coordinate measuring machines
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B5/012 3 Contact-making feeler heads therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B5/016 4 Constructional details of contacts
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B5/02 1 for measuring length, width or thickness (G01B5/004, G01B5/08 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B5/025 2 {Measuring of circumference; Measuring length of ring-shaped articles (G01B5/0035 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B5/04 2 specially adapted for measuring length or width of objects while moving
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B5/043 3 {for measuring length}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B5/046 3 {for measuring width}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B5/06 2 for measuring thickness
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B5/061 3 {height gauges}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B5/063 4 {provided with a slide which may be moved along a vertical support by means of a micrometer screw}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B5/065 4 {provided with a slide which may be fixed along its vertical support in discrete calibrated position}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B5/066 3 {of coating}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B5/068 3 {of objects while moving (G01B5/066 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B5/08 1 for measuring diameters {(G01B5/0035 takes precedence; measuring radius of curvature G01B5/213)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B5/10 2 of objects while moving
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B5/12 2 internal diameters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B5/14 1 for measuring distance or clearance between spaced objects or spaced apertures (G01B5/24 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B5/143 2 {between holes on a workpiece}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B5/146 2 {measuring play on bearings}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B5/16 2 between a succession of regularly spaced objects or regularly spaced apertures
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B5/163 3 {of screw-threads}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B5/166 3 {of gear teeth}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B5/18 1 for measuring depth
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B5/20 1 for measuring contours or curvatures
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B5/201 2 {for measuring roundness}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B5/202 2 {of gears}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B5/204 2 {of screw-threads}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B5/205 2 {of turbine blades or propellers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B5/207 2 using a plurality of fixed, simultaneously operating transducers (G01B5/213 - G01B5/22 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B5/213 2 for measuring radius of curvature
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B5/22 2 Spherometers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B5/24 1 for measuring angles or tapers; for testing the alignment of axes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B5/241 2 {for measuring conicity}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B5/242 2 {Sine bars; Sine plates}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B5/243 2 {for measuring chamfer (see G01B3/56)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B5/245 2 for testing perpendicularity
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B5/25 2 for testing the alignment of axes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B5/252 3 for measuring eccentricity, i.e. lateral shift between two parallel axes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B5/255 2 for testing wheel alignment
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B5/26 1 for measuring areas, e.g. planimeters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B5/28 1 for measuring roughness or irregularity of surfaces
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B5/285 2 {for controlling eveness}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B5/30 1 for measuring the deformation in a solid, e.g. mechanical strain gauge
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B7/00 0 Measuring arrangements characterised by the use of electric or magnetic techniques
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B7/001 1 {Constructional details of gauge heads (G01B7/012 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B7/002 1 {Constructional details of contacts for gauges actuating one or more contacts (G01B7/016 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B7/003 1 {for measuring position, not involving coordinate determination (coordinate measuring G01B7/004)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B7/004 1 for measuring coordinates of points
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B7/008 2 using coordinate measuring machines
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B7/012 3 Contact-making feeler heads therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B7/016 4 Constructional details of contacts
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B7/02 1 for measuring length, width or thickness (G01B7/004, G01B7/12 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B7/023 2 {for measuring distance between sensor and object (G01B7/082 and G01B7/102 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B7/026 2 {for measuring length of cable, band or the like, which has been paid out, e.g. from a reel (measuring length of objects while moving G01B7/04)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B7/04 2 specially adapted for measuring length or width of objects while moving
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B7/042 3 {for measuring length}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B7/044 4 {using capacitive means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B7/046 4 {using magnetic means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B7/048 3 {for measuring width}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B7/06 2 for measuring thickness {(measuring during the manufacture of coatings C23C14/54)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B7/063 3 {using piezo-electric resonators}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B7/066 4 {for measuring thickness of coating (apparatus or processes for the manufacture of piezo-electric or electrostrictive resonators for obtaining desired frequency H03H3/04)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B7/08 3 {using capacitive means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B7/082 4 {Height gauges}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B7/085 4 {for measuring thickness of coating}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B7/087 4 {for measuring of objects while moving (G01B7/085 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B7/10 3 {using magnetic means, e.g. by measuring change of reluctance}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B7/102 4 {Height gauges}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B7/105 4 {for measuring thickness of coating}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B7/107 4 {for measuring objects while moving (G01B7/105 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B7/12 1 for measuring diameters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B7/125 2 {of objects while moving}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B7/13 2 Internal diameters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B7/14 1 for measuring distance or clearance between spaced objects or spaced apertures (G01B7/30 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B7/142 2 {between holes on a workpiece}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B7/144 2 {Measuring play on bearings}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B7/146 2 {Measuring on gear teeth}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B7/148 2 {Measuring on screw threads}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B7/15 2 being regularly spaced
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B7/16 1 for measuring the deformation in a solid, e.g. by resistance strain gauge
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B7/18 2 {using change in resistance}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B7/20 3 {formed by printed-circuit technique}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B7/22 2 {using change in capacitance}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B7/24 2 using change in magnetic properties
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B7/26 1 for measuring depth
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B7/28 1 for measuring contours or curvatures
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B7/281 2 {for measuring contour or curvature along an axis, e.g. axial curvature of a pipeline or along a series of feeder rollers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B7/282 2 {for measuring roundness}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B7/283 2 {of gears}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B7/284 2 {of screw-threads}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B7/285 2 {of propellers or turbine blades}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B7/286 2 {Spherometers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B7/287 2 using a plurality of fixed, simultaneously operating transducers (G01B7/293 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B7/293 2 for measuring radius of curvature
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B7/30 1 for measuring angles or tapers; for testing the alignment of axes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B7/305 2 for testing perpendicularity
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B7/31 2 for testing the alignment of axes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B7/312 3 for measuring eccentricity, i.e. lateral shift between two parallel axes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B7/315 2 for testing wheel alignment
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B7/32 1 for measuring areas
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B7/34 1 for measuring roughness or irregularity of surfaces
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B7/345 2 {for measuring evenness}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B9/00 0 Measuring instruments characterised by the use of optical techniques
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B9/02 1 Interferometers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B9/02001 2 characterised by controlling or generating intrinsic radiation properties
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B9/02002 3 using two or more frequencies
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B9/02003 4 using beat frequencies
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B9/02004 4 using frequency scans
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B9/02005 4 {using discrete frequency stepping or switching}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B9/02007 3 {Two or more frequencies or sources used for interferometric measurement (using only beat G01B9/02003)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B9/02008 4 {by using a frequency comb}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B9/02009 4 {by using two or more low coherence lengths using different or varying spectral width}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B9/0201 3 {using temporal phase variation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B9/02011 3 {using temporal polarization variation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B9/02012 3 {using temporal intensity variation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B9/02014 4 {by using pulsed light}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B9/02015 2 characterised by the beam path configuration
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B9/02016 3 {contacting two or more objects}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B9/02017 3 with multiple interactions between the target object and light beams, e.g. beam reflections occurring from different locations
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B9/02018 4 Multipass interferometers, e.g. double-pass
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B9/02019 4 {contacting different points on same face of object}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B9/02021 4 {contacting different faces of object, e.g. opposite faces}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B9/02022 3 {contacting one object by grazing incidence}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B9/02023 3 {Indirect probing of object, e.g. via influence on cavity or fibre}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B9/02024 3 {Measuring in transmission, i.e. light traverses the object}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B9/02025 3 {Interference between three or more discrete surfaces}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B9/02027 3 {Two or more interferometric channels or interferometers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B9/02028 4 {Two or more reference or object arms in one interferometer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B9/02029 3 {Combination with non-interferometric systems, i.e. for measuring the object}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B9/0203 4 {With imaging systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B9/02031 4 {With non-optical systems, e.g. tactile}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B9/02032 3 {generating a spatial carrier frequency, e.g. by creating lateral or angular offset between reference and object beam (shearing interferometers G01B9/02098)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B9/02034 2 {characterised by particularly shaped beams or wavefronts}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B9/02035 3 {Shaping the focal point, e.g. elongated focus}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B9/02036 4 {by using chromatic effects, e.g. a wavelength dependent focal point}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B9/02037 4 {by generating a transverse line focus}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B9/02038 3 {Shaping the wavefront, e.g. generating a spherical wavefront}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B9/02039 4 {by matching the wavefront with a particular object surface shape}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B9/02041 2 {characterised by particular imaging or detection techniques}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B9/02042 3 {Confocal imaging}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B9/02043 3 {Imaging of the Fourier or pupil or back focal plane, i.e. angle resolved imaging}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B9/02044 3 {Imaging in the frequency domain, e.g. by using a spectrometer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B9/02045 3 {using the Doppler effect}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B9/02047 3 {using digital holographic imaging, e.g. lensless phase imaging without hologram in the reference path}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B9/02048 3 {Rough and fine measurement}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B9/02049 2 {characterised by particular mechanical design details}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B9/0205 3 {of probe head}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B9/02051 3 {Integrated design, e.g. on-chip or monolithic}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B9/02052 3 {Protecting, e.g. shock absorbing, arrangements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B9/02054 3 {Hand held}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B9/02055 2 Reduction or prevention of errors; Testing; Calibration
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B9/02056 3 Passive reduction of errors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B9/02057 4 {by using common path configuration, i.e. reference and object path almost entirely overlapping}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B9/02058 4 {by particular optical compensation or alignment elements, e.g. dispersion compensation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B9/02059 4 {Reducing effect of parasitic reflections, e.g. cyclic errors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B9/02061 4 Reduction or prevention of effects of tilts or misalignment
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B9/02062 3 {Active error reduction, i.e. varying with time}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B9/02063 4 {by particular alignment of focus position, e.g. dynamic focussing in optical coherence tomography}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B9/02064 4 {by particular adjustment of coherence gate, i.e. adjusting position of zero path difference in low coherence interferometry}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B9/02065 5 {using a second interferometer before or after measuring interferometer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B9/02067 4 {by electronic control systems, i.e. using feedback acting on optics or light}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B9/02068 5 {Auto-alignment of optical elements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B9/02069 5 {Synchronization of light source or manipulator and detector}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B9/0207 3 {Error reduction by correction of the measurement signal based on independently determined error sources, e.g. using a reference interferometer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B9/02071 4 {by measuring path difference independently from interferometer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B9/02072 4 {by calibration or testing of interferometer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B9/02074 5 {of the detector}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B9/02075 3 {of particular errors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B9/02076 4 {Caused by motion}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B9/02077 5 {of the object}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B9/02078 4 {Caused by ambiguity}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B9/02079 5 {Quadrature detection, i.e. detecting relatively phase-shifted signals}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B9/02081 6 {simultaneous quadrature detection, e.g. by spatial phase shifting}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B9/02082 4 {Caused by speckles}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B9/02083 2 {characterised by particular signal processing and presentation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B9/02084 3 {Processing in the Fourier or frequency domain when not imaged in the frequency domain}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B9/02085 3 {Combining two or more images of different regions}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B9/02087 3 {Combining two or more images of the same region}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B9/02088 3 {Matching signals with a database}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B9/02089 3 {Displaying the signal, e.g. for user interaction}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B9/0209 2 Low-coherence interferometers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B9/02091 3 Tomographic interferometers, e.g. based on optical coherence
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B9/02092 2 {Self-mixing interferometers, i.e. feedback of light from object into laser cavity}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B9/02094 2 {Speckle interferometers, i.e. for detecting changes in speckle pattern}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B9/02095 3 {detecting deformation from original shape}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B9/02096 3 {detecting a contour or curvature}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B9/02097 2 Self-interferometers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B9/02098 3 Shearing interferometers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B9/021 2 using holographic techniques
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B9/023 3 for contour producing (G01B9/025 - G01B9/029 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B9/025 3 Double exposure technique
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B9/027 3 in real time
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B9/029 3 by time averaging
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B9/04 1 Measuring microscopes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B9/06 1 Measuring telescopes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B9/08 1 Optical projection comparators
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B9/10 1 Goniometers for measuring angles between surfaces
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B11/00 0 Measuring arrangements characterised by the use of optical techniques
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B11/002 1 {for measuring two or more coordinates}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B11/005 2 {coordinate measuring machines}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B11/007 3 {feeler heads therefor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B11/02 1 for measuring length, width or thickness (G01B11/08 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B11/022 2 {by means of tv-camera scanning}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B11/024 2 {by means of diode-array scanning}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B11/026 2 {by measuring distance between sensor and object (G01B11/0608 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B11/028 2 {by measuring lateral position of a boundary of the object (G01B11/022, G01B11/024, G01B11/04 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B11/03 2 by measuring coordinates of points
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B11/04 2 specially adapted for measuring length or width of objects while moving
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B11/043 3 {for measuring length}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B11/046 3 {for measuring width}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B11/06 2 for measuring thickness {; e.g. of sheet material (thickness measurement by thermal means G01B21/085)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B11/0608 3 {Height gauges}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B11/0616 3 {of coating}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B11/0625 4 {with measurement of absorption or reflection}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B11/0633 5 {using one or more discrete wavelengths}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B11/0641 4 {with measurement of polarization}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B11/065 5 {using one or more discrete wavelengths}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B11/0658 4 {with measurement of emissivity or reradiation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B11/0666 4 {using an exciting beam and a detection beam including surface acoustic waves [SAW]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B11/0675 4 {using interferometry}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B11/0683 4 {measurement during deposition or removal of the layer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B11/0691 3 {of objects while moving (G01B11/0616 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B11/08 1 for measuring diameters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B11/10 2 of objects while moving
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B11/105 3 {using photoelectric detection means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B11/12 2 internal diameters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B11/14 1 for measuring distance or clearance between spaced objects or spaced apertures (G01B11/26 takes precedence; rangefinders G01C3/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B11/16 1 for measuring the deformation in a solid, e.g. optical strain gauge
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B11/161 2 {by interferometric means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B11/162 3 {by speckle- or shearing interferometry}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B11/164 3 {by holographic interferometry}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B11/165 2 {by means of a grating deformed by the object}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B11/167 2 {by projecting a pattern on the object}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B11/168 2 {by means of polarisation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B11/18 2 {using photoelastic elements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B11/20 2 {using brittle lacquer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B11/22 1 for measuring depth
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B11/24 1 for measuring contours or curvatures
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B11/2408 2 {for measuring roundness}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B11/2416 2 {of gears (optical projection profile comparators G01B9/08)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B11/2425 2 {of screw-threads}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B11/2433 2 {for measuring outlines by shadow casting}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B11/2441 2 {using interferometry}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B11/245 2 using a plurality of fixed, simultaneously operating transducers ({G01B11/2408 - G01B11/2425, } G01B11/255 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B11/25 2 by projecting a pattern, e.g. {one or more lines,} moiré fringes on the object (G01B11/255 takes precedence {; image analysis for depth or shape recovery G06T7/50})
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B11/2504 3 {Calibration devices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B11/2509 3 {Color coding}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B11/2513 3 {with several lines being projected in more than one direction, e.g. grids, patterns}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B11/2518 3 {Projection by scanning of the object}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B11/2522 4 {the position of the object changing and being recorded}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B11/2527 4 {with phase change by in-plane movement of the patern}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B11/2531 3 {using several gratings, projected with variable angle of incidence on the object, and one detection device}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B11/2536 3 {using several gratings with variable grating pitch, projected on the object with the same angle of incidence}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B11/254 3 {Projection of a pattern, viewing through a pattern, e.g. moiré}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B11/2545 3 {with one projection direction and several detection directions, e.g. stereo}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B11/255 2 for measuring radius of curvature {(measuring diameter G01B11/08)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B11/26 1 for measuring angles or tapers; for testing the alignment of axes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B11/27 2 for testing the alignment of axes {(means for centering or aligning a light guide within a ferrule G02B6/3834)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B11/272 3 {using photoelectric detection means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B11/275 2 for testing wheel alignment
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B11/2755 3 {using photoelectric detection means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B11/28 1 for measuring areas
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B11/285 2 {using photoelectric detection means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B11/30 1 for measuring roughness or irregularity of surfaces
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B11/303 2 {using photoelectric detection means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B11/306 2 {for measuring evenness}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B13/00 0 Measuring arrangements characterised by the use of fluids
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B13/02 1 for measuring length, width or thickness (G01B13/08 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B13/03 2 by measuring coordinates of points
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B13/04 2 specially adapted for measuring length or width of objects while moving
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B13/06 2 for measuring thickness
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B13/065 3 {Height gauges}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B13/08 1 for measuring diameters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B13/10 2 internal diameters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B13/12 1 for measuring distance or clearance between spaced objects or spaced apertures (G01B13/18 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B13/14 1 for measuring depth
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B13/16 1 for measuring contours or curvatures
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B13/18 1 for measuring angles or tapers; for testing the alignment of axes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B13/19 2 for testing the alignment of axes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B13/195 2 for testing wheel alignment
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B13/20 1 for measuring areas, e.g. pneumatic planimeters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B13/22 1 for measuring roughness or irregularity of surfaces
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B13/24 1 for measuring the deformation in a solid
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B15/00 0 Measuring arrangements characterised by the use of electromagnetic waves or particle radiation, e.g. by the use of microwaves, X-rays, gamma rays or electrons (characterised by the use of optical techniques G01B9/00, G01B11/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B15/02 1 for measuring thickness
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B15/025 2 {by measuring absorption}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B15/04 1 for measuring contours or curvatures
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B15/045 2 {by measuring absorption}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B15/06 1 for measuring the deformation in a solid
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B15/08 1 for measuring roughness or irregularity of surfaces
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B17/00 0 Measuring arrangements characterised by the use of infrasonic, sonic or ultrasonic vibrations
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B17/02 1 for measuring thickness
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B17/025 2 {for measuring thickness of coating}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B17/04 1 for measuring the deformation in a solid, e.g. by vibrating string
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B17/06 1 for measuring contours or curvatures
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B17/08 1 for measuring roughness or irregularity of surfaces
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B21/00 0 Measuring arrangements or details thereof, where the measuring technique is not covered by the other groups of this subclass, unspecified or not relevant
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B21/02 1 for measuring length, width, or thickness (G01B21/10 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B21/04 2 by measuring coordinates of points
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B21/042 3 {Calibration or calibration artifacts (G01B3/30, G01B9/02072 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B21/045 3 {Correction of measurements (G01B9/02055 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B21/047 3 {Accessories, e.g. for positioning, for tool-setting, for measuring probes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B21/06 2 specially adapted for measuring length or width of objects while moving
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B21/065 3 {for stretchable materials}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B21/08 2 for measuring thickness
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B21/085 3 {using thermal means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B21/10 1 for measuring diameters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B21/12 2 of objects while moving
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B21/14 2 internal diameters {(of boreholes or wells E21B47/08)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B21/16 1 for measuring distance of clearance between spaced objects
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B21/18 1 for measuring depth
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B21/20 1 for measuring contours or curvatures, e.g. determining profile
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B21/22 1 for measuring angles or tapers; for testing the alignment of axes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B21/24 2 for testing alignment of axes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B21/26 2 for testing wheel alignment
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B21/28 1 for measuring areas
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B21/30 1 for measuring roughness or irregularity of surfaces
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B21/32 1 for measuring the deformation in a solid
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B2210/00 0 Aspects not specifically covered by any group under G01B, e.g. of wheel alignment, caliper-like sensors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B2210/10 1 Wheel alignment
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B2210/12 2 Method or fixture for calibrating the wheel aligner
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B2210/14 2 One or more cameras or other optical devices capable of acquiring a two-dimensional image
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B2210/143 3 One or more cameras on each side of a vehicle in the main embodiment
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B2210/146 3 Two or more cameras imaging the same area
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B2210/16 2 Active or passive device attached to the chassis of a vehicle
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B2210/18 2 Specially developed for using with motorbikes or other two-wheeled vehicles
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B2210/20 2 Vehicle in a state of translatory motion
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B2210/22 2 Wheels in a state of motion supported on rollers, rotating platform or other structure substantially capable of only one degree of rotational freedom
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B2210/24 2 Specially developed for using with trucks or other heavy-duty vehicles
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B2210/26 2 Algorithms, instructions, databases, computerized methods and graphical user interfaces employed by a user in conjunction with the wheel aligner
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B2210/28 2 Beam projector and related sensors, camera, inclinometer or other active sensing or projecting device
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B2210/283 3 Beam projectors and related sensors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B2210/286 4 Projecting a light pattern on the wheel or vehicle body
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B2210/30 2 Reference markings, reflector, scale or other passive device
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B2210/303 3 fixed to the ground or to the measuring station
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B2210/306 3 Mirror, prism or other reflector
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B2210/40 1 Caliper-like sensors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B2210/42 2 with one or more detectors on a single side of the object to be measured and with a backing surface of support or reference on the other side
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B2210/44 2 with detectors on both sides of the object to be measured
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B2210/46 2 with one or more detectors on a single side of the object to be measured and with a transmitter on the other side
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B2210/48 2 for measurement of a wafer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B2210/50 1 Using chromatic effects to achieve wavelength-dependent depth resolution
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B2210/52 1 Combining or merging partially overlapping images to an overall image
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B2210/54 1 Revolving an optical measuring instrument around a body
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B2210/56 1 Measuring geometric parameters of semiconductor structures, e.g. profile, critical dimensions or trench depth
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B2210/58 1 Wireless transmission of information between a sensor or probe and a control or evaluation unit
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B2210/60 1 Unique sensor identification
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B2210/62 1 Support for workpiece air film or bearing with positive or negative pressure
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B2210/64 1 Interconnection or interfacing through or under capping or via rear of substrate in microsensors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B2210/66 1 Rock or ground anchors having deformation measuring means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B2290/00 0 Aspects of interferometers not specifically covered by any group under G01B9/02
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B2290/10 1 Astronomic interferometers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B2290/15 1 Cat eye, i.e. reflection always parallel to incoming beam
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B2290/20 1 Dispersive element for generating dispersion
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B2290/25 1 Fabry-Perot in interferometer, e.g. etalon, cavity
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B2290/30 1 Grating as beam-splitter
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B2290/35 1 Mechanical variable delay line
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B2290/40 1 Non-mechanical variable delay line
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B2290/45 1 Multiple detectors for detecting interferometer signals
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B2290/50 1 Pupil plane manipulation, e.g. filtering light of certain reflection angles
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B2290/55 1 Quantum effects
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B2290/60 1 Reference interferometer, i.e. additional interferometer not interacting with object
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B2290/65 1 Spatial scanning object beam
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01B2290/70 1 Using polarization in the interferometer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C MEASURING DISTANCES, LEVELS OR BEARINGS; SURVEYING; NAVIGATION; GYROSCOPIC INSTRUMENTS; PHOTOGRAMMETRY OR VIDEOGRAMMETRY (measuring liquid level G01F; radio navigation, determining distance or velocity by use of propagation effects, e.g. Doppler effects, propagation time, of radio waves, analogous arrangements using other waves G01S)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C1/00 0 Measuring angles
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C1/02 1 Theodolites
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C1/04 2 combined with cameras
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C1/06 2 Arrangements for reading scales
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C1/08 1 Sextants
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C1/10 2 including an artificial horizon (G01C1/14 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C1/12 3 with a stabilised mirror
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C1/14 2 Periscopic sextants
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C3/00 0 Measuring distances in line of sight; Optical rangefinders (tapes, chains or wheels for measuring length G01B3/00; active triangulation systems, i.e. using the transmission and reflection of electromagnetic waves other than radio waves, G01S17/48)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C3/02 1 Details
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C3/04 2 Adaptation of rangefinders for combination with telescopes or binoculars
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C3/06 2 Use of electric means to obtain final indication
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C3/08 3 Use of electric radiation detectors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C3/085 4 {with electronic parallax measurement}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C3/10 1 using a parallactic triangle with variable angles and a base of fixed length in the observation station, e.g. in the instrument
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C3/12 2 with monocular observation at a single point, e.g. coincidence type (G01C3/20 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C3/14 2 with binocular observation at a single point, e.g. stereoscopic type (G01C3/20 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C3/16 3 Measuring marks
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C3/18 2 with one observation point at each end of the base (G01C3/20 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C3/20 2 with adaptation to the measurement of the height of an object
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C3/22 1 using a parallactic triangle with variable angles and a base of fixed length at, near, or formed by the object
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C3/24 1 using a parallactic triangle with fixed angles and a base of variable length in the observation station, e.g. in the instrument
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C3/26 1 using a parallactic triangle with fixed angles and a base of variable length, at, near, or formed by the object
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C3/28 2 with provision for reduction of the distance into the horizontal plane
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C3/30 3 with adaptation to the measurement of the height of an object, e.g. tacheometers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C3/32 1 by focusing the object, e.g. on a ground glass screen
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C5/00 0 Measuring height; Measuring distances transverse to line of sight; Levelling between separated points; Surveyors' levels (G01C3/20, G01C3/30 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C5/005 1 {altimeters for aircraft (G01C5/02, G01C5/06 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C5/02 1 involving automatic stabilisation of the line of sight
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C5/04 1 Hydrostatic levelling, i.e. by flexibly interconnected liquid containers at separated points
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C5/06 1 by using barometric means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C7/00 0 Tracing profiles (by photogrammetry or videogrammetry G01C11/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C7/02 1 of land surfaces
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C7/04 2 involving a vehicle which moves along the profile to be traced
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C7/06 1 of cavities, e.g. tunnels
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C9/00 0 Measuring inclination, e.g. by clinometers, by levels
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C9/005 1 {specially adapted for use in aircraft}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C9/02 1 Details
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C9/04 2 Transmission means between sensing element and final indicator for giving an enlarged reading
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C9/06 2 Electric or photoelectric indication or reading means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C2009/062 3 {capacitive}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C2009/064 3 {inductive}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C2009/066 3 {optical}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C2009/068 3 {resistive}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C9/08 2 Means for compensating acceleration forces due to movement of instrument
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C9/10 1 by using rolling bodies {, e.g. spheres, cylinders, mercury droplets}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C2009/102 2 {cylinders}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C2009/105 2 {mercury droplets}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C2009/107 2 {spheres}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C9/12 1 by using a single pendulum {plumb lines G01C15/10}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C9/14 2 movable in more than one direction
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C9/16 1 by using more than one pendulum
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C9/18 1 by using liquids
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C2009/182 2 {conductive}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C2009/185 2 {dielectric}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C2009/187 2 {magnetic, e.g. ferromagnetic}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C9/20 2 the indication being based on the inclination of the surface of a liquid relative to its container
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C9/22 3 with interconnected containers in fixed relation to each other
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C9/24 2 in closed containers partially filled with liquid so as to leave a gas bubble
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C9/26 3 Details
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C9/28 4 Mountings
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C9/30 4 Means for adjusting dimensions of bubble
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C9/32 4 Means for facilitating the observation of the position of the bubble, e.g. illuminating means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C9/34 3 of the tubular type, i.e. for indicating the level in one direction only
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C9/36 3 of the spherical type, i.e. for indicating the level in all directions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C11/00 0 Photogrammetry or videogrammetry, e.g. stereogrammetry; Photographic surveying
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C11/02 1 Picture taking arrangements specially adapted for photogrammetry or photographic surveying, e.g. controlling overlapping of pictures
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C11/025 2 {by scanning the object}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C11/04 1 Interpretation of pictures
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C11/06 2 by comparison of two or more pictures of the same area
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C11/08 3 the pictures not being supported in the same relative position as when they were taken
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C11/10 4 using computers to control the position of the pictures
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C11/12 3 the pictures being supported in the same relative position as when they were taken
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C11/14 4 with optical projection (G01C11/26 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C11/16 5 in a common plane
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C11/18 6 involving scanning means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C11/20 5 in separate planes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C11/22 4 with mechanical projection (G01C11/26 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C11/24 4 with optical-mechanical projection (G01C11/26 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C11/26 4 using computers to control the position of the pictures
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C11/28 3 Special adaptation for recording picture point data, e.g. for profiles
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C11/30 2 by triangulation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C11/32 3 Radial triangulation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C11/34 3 Aerial triangulation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C11/36 1 Videogrammetry, i.e. electronic processing of video signals {from a single source or } from different sources to give parallax or range information
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C13/00 0 Surveying specially adapted to open water, e.g. sea, lake, river or canal (liquid level metering G01F)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C13/002 1 {Measuring the movement of open water}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C13/004 2 {vertical movement}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C13/006 2 {horizontal movement}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C13/008 1 {measuring depth of open water}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C15/00 0 Surveying instruments or accessories not provided for in groups G01C1/00 - G01C13/00
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C15/002 1 {Active optical surveying means (optical plumbing G01C15/105)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C15/004 2 {Reference lines, planes or sectors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C15/006 3 {Detectors therefor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C15/008 2 {combined with inclination sensor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C15/02 1 Means for marking measuring points
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C15/04 2 Permanent marks; Boundary markers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C15/06 2 Surveyors' staffs; Movable markers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C15/08 3 Plumbing or registering staffs or markers over ground marks
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C15/10 1 Plumb lines
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C15/105 2 {Optical plumbing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C15/12 1 Instruments for setting out fixed angles, e.g. right angles
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C15/14 1 Artificial horizons
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C17/00 0 Compasses; Devices for ascertaining true or magnetic north for navigation or surveying purposes (using gyroscopic effect G01C19/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C17/02 1 Magnetic compasses
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C17/04 2 with north-seeking magnetic elements, e.g. needles
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C17/06 3 Suspending magnetic elements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C17/08 4 by flotation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C17/10 3 Comparing observed direction with north indication
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C17/12 4 by sighting means, e.g. for surveyors' compasses
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C17/14 4 by reference marks, e.g. for ships' compasses
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C17/16 4 by clinometers, e.g. for determining dip or strike of geological strata
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C17/18 3 Supporting or suspending compasses, e.g. by gimbal, by flotation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C17/20 3 Observing the compass card or needle
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C17/22 4 by projection
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C17/24 4 Illumination
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C17/26 4 using electric pick-offs for transmission to final indicator, e.g. photocell
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C17/28 2 Electromagnetic compasses (with north seeking magnetic elements and having electric pick-offs G01C17/26)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C17/30 3 Earth-inductor compasses
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C17/32 3 Electron compasses
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C17/34 1 Sun- or astro-compasses
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C17/36 1 Repeaters for remote indication of readings of a master compass
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C17/38 1 Testing, calibrating, or compensating of compasses
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C19/00 0 Gyroscopes; Turn-sensitive devices using vibrating masses; Turn-sensitive devices without moving masses; Measuring angular rate using gyroscopic effects
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C19/005 1 {Measuring angular rate using gyroscopic effects}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C19/02 1 Rotary gyroscopes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C19/025 2 {Gyroscopes functioning for short periods}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C19/04 2 Details
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C19/06 3 Rotors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C19/065 4 {Means for measuring or controlling of rotors' angular velocity}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C19/08 4 electrically driven (G01C19/14 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C19/10 5 Power supply
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C19/12 4 fluid driven (G01C19/14 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C19/14 4 Fluid rotors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C19/16 3 Suspensions; Bearings
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C19/18 4 providing movement of rotor with respect to its rotational axes (G01C19/20, G01C19/24 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C19/20 4 in fluid
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C19/22 4 torsional
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C19/24 4 using magnetic or electrostatic fields
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C19/26 3 Caging, i.e. immobilising moving parts, e.g. for transport
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C19/28 3 Pick-offs, i.e. devices for taking-off an indication of the displacement of the rotor axis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C19/30 3 Erection devices, i.e. devices for restoring rotor axis to a desired position (for instrument indicating the vertical G01C19/46)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C19/32 3 Indicating or recording means specially adapted for rotary gyroscopes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C19/34 2 for indicating a direction in the horizontal plane, e.g. directional gyroscopes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C19/36 3 with north-seeking action by magnetic means, e.g. gyromagnetic compasses
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C19/38 3 with north-seeking action by other than magnetic means, e.g. gyrocompasses using earth's rotation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C19/40 2 for control by signals from a master compass, i.e. repeater compasses
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C19/42 2 for indicating rate of turn; for integrating rate of turn
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C19/44 2 for indicating the vertical
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C19/46 3 Erection devices for restoring rotor axis to a desired position
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C19/48 4 operating by electrical means (G01C19/54 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C19/50 4 operating by mechanical means (G01C19/54 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C19/52 4 operating by fluid means (G01C19/54 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C19/54 4 with correction for acceleration forces due to movement of instrument
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C19/56 1 Turn-sensitive devices using vibrating masses, e.g. vibratory angular rate sensors based on Coriolis forces
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C19/5607 2 using vibrating tuning forks (double-ended tuning forks using planar vibrating masses suspended at opposite ends G01C19/5719)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C19/5614 3 Signal processing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C19/5621 3 the devices involving a micromechanical structure
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C19/5628 3 Manufacturing; Trimming; Mounting; Housings
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C19/5635 2 using vibrating wires or strings
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C19/5642 2 using vibrating bars or beams
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C19/5649 3 Signal processing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C19/5656 3 the devices involving a micromechanical structure
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C19/5663 3 Manufacturing; Trimming; Mounting; Housings
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C19/567 2 using the phase shift of a vibration node or antinode
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C19/5677 3 of essentially two-dimensional vibrators, e.g. ring-shaped vibrators
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C19/5684 4 the devices involving a micromechanical structure
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C19/5691 3 of essentially three-dimensional vibrators, e.g. wine glass-type vibrators
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C19/5698 2 using acoustic waves, e.g. surface acoustic wave gyros
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C19/5705 2 using masses driven in reciprocating rotary motion about an axis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C19/5712 3 the devices involving a micromechanical structure
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C19/5719 2 using planar vibrating masses driven in a translation vibration along an axis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C19/5726 3 Signal processing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C19/5733 3 Structural details or topology
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C19/574 4 the devices having two sensing masses in anti-phase motion
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C19/5747 5 each sensing mass being connected to a driving mass, e.g. driving frames
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C19/5755 4 the devices having a single sensing mass
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C19/5762 5 the sensing mass being connected to a driving mass, e.g. driving frames
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C19/5769 3 Manufacturing; Mounting; Housings
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C19/5776 2 Signal processing not specific to any of the devices covered by groups G01C19/5607 - G01C19/5719
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C19/5783 2 Mountings or housings not specific to any of the devices covered by groups G01C19/5607 - G01C19/5719
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C19/58 1 Turn-sensitive devices without moving masses
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C19/60 2 Electronic or nuclear magnetic resonance gyrometers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C19/62 3 with optical pumping
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C19/64 2 Gyrometers using the Sagnac effect, i.e. rotation-induced shifts between counter-rotating electromagnetic beams
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C19/66 3 Ring laser gyrometers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C19/661 4 {details}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C19/662 5 {signal readout; dither compensators}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C19/664 6 {means for removing the dither signal}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C19/665 5 {control of the cavity }
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C19/667 4 {using a multioscillator ring laser}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C19/668 4 {Assemblies for measuring along different axes, e.g. triads}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C19/68 4 Lock-in prevention
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C19/70 5 by mechanical means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C19/72 3 with counter-rotating light beams in a passive ring, e.g. fibre laser gyrometers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C19/721 4 {Details}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C19/722 5 {of the mechanical construction}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C19/723 4 {Heterodyning fibre optic gyrometers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C19/725 4 {using nxn optical couplers, e.g. 3x3 couplers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C19/726 4 {Phase nulling gyrometers, i.e. compensating the Sagnac phase shift in a closed loop system}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C19/727 4 {using a passive ring resonator}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C19/728 4 {Assemblies for measuring along different axes, e.g. triads}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C21/00 0 Navigation; Navigational instruments not provided for in groups G01C1/00 - G01C19/00 (measuring distance traversed on the ground by a vehicle G01C22/00; control of position, course, altitude or attitude of vehicles G05D1/00; traffic control systems for road vehicles involving transmission of navigation instructions to the vehicle G08G1/0968)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C21/005 1 {with correlation of navigation data from several sources, e.g. map or contour matching (G01C21/30 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C21/02 1 by astronomical means (G01C21/24, G01C21/26 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C21/025 2 {with the use of startrackers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C21/04 1 by terrestrial means (G01C21/24, G01C21/26 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C21/06 2 involving measuring of drift angle; involving correction for drift
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C21/08 2 involving use of the magnetic field of the earth
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C21/10 1 by using measurements of speed or acceleration (G01C21/24, G01C21/26 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C21/12 2 executed aboard the object being navigated; Dead reckoning
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C21/14 3 by recording the course traversed by the object (G01C21/16 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C21/16 3 by integrating acceleration or speed, i.e. inertial navigation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C21/165 4 {combined with non-inertial navigation instruments}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C21/1652 5 {with ranging devices, e.g. LIDAR or RADAR}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C21/1654 5 {with electromagnetic compass}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C21/1656 5 {with passive imaging devices, e.g. cameras}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C21/166 4 {Mechanical, construction or arrangement details of inertial navigation systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C21/18 4 Stabilised platforms, e.g. by gyroscope
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C21/183 4 {Compensation of inertial measurements, e.g. for temperature effects}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C21/185 5 {for gravity}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C21/188 5 {for accumulated errors, e.g. by coupling inertial systems with absolute positioning systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C21/20 1 Instruments for performing navigational calculations (G01C21/24, G01C21/26 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C21/203 2 {Specially adapted for sailing ships}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C21/206 2 {specially adapted for indoor navigation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C21/22 2 Plotting boards
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C21/24 1 specially adapted for cosmonautical navigation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C21/26 1 specially adapted for navigation in a road network
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C21/265 2 {constructional aspects of navigation devices, e.g. housings, mountings, displays (G01C21/3688 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C21/28 2 with correlation of data from several navigational instruments
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C21/30 3 Map- or contour-matching
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C21/32 4 Structuring or formatting of map data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C21/34 2 Route searching; Route guidance
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C21/3407 3 {specially adapted for specific applications}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C21/3415 4 {Dynamic re-routing, e.g. recalculating the route when the user deviates from calculated route or after detecting real-time traffic data or accidents}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C21/3423 4 {Multimodal routing, i.e. combining two or more modes of transportation, where the modes can be any of, e.g. driving, walking, cycling, public transport}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C21/343 4 {Calculating itineraries, i.e. routes leading from a starting point to a series of categorical destinations using a global route restraint, round trips, touristic trips (travelling salesman problem G06Q10/04; optimisation of routes G06Q10/047)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C21/3438 4 {Rendez-vous, i.e. searching a destination where several users can meet, and the routes to this destination for these users; Ride sharing, i.e. searching a route such that at least two users can share a vehicle for at least part of the route}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C21/3446 3 {Details of route searching algorithms, e.g. Dijkstra, A*, arc-flags, using precalculated routes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C21/3453 3 {Special cost functions, i.e. other than distance or default speed limit of road segments}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C21/3461 4 {Preferred or disfavoured areas, e.g. dangerous zones, toll or emission zones, intersections, manoeuvre types, segments such as motorways, toll roads, ferries}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C21/3469 4 {Fuel consumption; Energy use; Emission aspects}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C21/3476 4 {using point of interest [POI] information, e.g. a route passing visible POIs}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C21/3484 4 {Personalized, e.g. from learned user behaviour or user-defined profiles}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C21/3492 4 {employing speed data or traffic data, e.g. real-time or historical (traffic control systems for road vehicles involving transmission of navigation instructions to the vehicle G08G1/0968)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C21/36 3 Input/output arrangements for on-board computers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C21/3602 4 {Input other than that of destination using image analysis, e.g. detection of road signs, lanes, buildings, real preceding vehicles using a camera}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C21/3605 4 {Destination input or retrieval}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C21/3608 5 {using speech input, e.g. using speech recognition}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C21/3611 5 {using character input or menus, e.g. menus of POIs (character input methods in general G06F3/0233)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C21/3614 5 {through interaction with a road map, e.g. selecting a POI icon on a road map}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C21/3617 5 {using user history, behaviour, conditions or preferences, e.g. predicted or inferred from previous use or current movement}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C21/362 5 {received from an external device or application, e.g. PDA, mobile phone or calendar application}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C21/3623 5 {using a camera or code reader, e.g. for optical or magnetic codes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C21/3626 4 {Details of the output of route guidance instructions (traffic control systems for road vehicles involving transmission of navigation instructions to the vehicle G08G1/0968)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C21/3629 5 {Guidance using speech or audio output, e.g. text-to-speech (text to speech systems per se G10L13/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C21/3632 5 {Guidance using simplified or iconic instructions, e.g. using arrows (G01C21/365 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C21/3635 5 {Guidance using 3D or perspective road maps}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C21/3638 6 {including 3D objects and buildings (three dimensional [3D] modelling, e.g. data description of 3D objects G06T17/00; geographic models G06T17/05)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C21/3641 5 {Personalized guidance, e.g. limited guidance on previously travelled routes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C21/3644 5 {Landmark guidance, e.g. using POIs or conspicuous other objects}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C21/3647 5 {Guidance involving output of stored or live camera images or video streams}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C21/365 5 {Guidance using head up displays or projectors, e.g. virtual vehicles or arrows projected on the windscreen or on the road itself}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C21/3652 5 {Guidance using non-audiovisual output, e.g. tactile, haptic or electric stimuli}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C21/3655 5 {Timing of guidance instructions}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C21/3658 5 {Lane guidance}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C21/3661 5 {Guidance output on an external device, e.g. car radio}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C21/3664 4 {Details of the user input interface, e.g. buttons, knobs or sliders, including those provided on a touch screen; remote controllers; input using gestures}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C21/3667 4 {Display of a road map (G01C21/3614 takes precedence; guidance using 3D or perspective road maps G01C21/3635)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C21/367 5 {Details, e.g. road map scale, orientation, zooming, illumination, level of detail, scrolling of road map or positioning of current position marker}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C21/3673 5 {Labelling using text of road map data items, e.g. road names, POI names}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C21/3676 5 {Overview of the route on the road map}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C21/3679 4 {Retrieval, searching and output of POI information, e.g. hotels, restaurants, shops, filling stations, parking facilities (G01C21/3611 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C21/3682 5 {output of POI information on a road map (G01C21/3614, G01C21/3685 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C21/3685 5 {the POI's being parking facilities}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C21/3688 4 {Systems comprising multiple parts or multiple output devices (not client-server), e.g. detachable faceplates, key fobs or multiple output screens}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C21/3691 4 {Retrieval, searching and output of information related to real-time traffic, weather, or environmental conditions (arrangements for giving variable traffic instructions G08G1/09)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C21/3694 5 {Output thereof on a road map}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C21/3697 4 {Output of additional, non-guidance related information, e.g. low fuel level (G01C21/3679 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C21/38 1 {Electronic maps specially adapted for navigation; Updating thereof}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C21/3804 2 {Creation or updating of map data}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C21/3807 3 {characterised by the type of data}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C21/3811 4 {Point data, e.g. Point of Interest [POI]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C21/3815 4 {Road data}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C21/3819 5 {Road shape data, e.g. outline of a route}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C21/3822 5 {Road feature data, e.g. slope data}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C21/3826 4 {Terrain data}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C21/383 4 {Indoor data}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C21/3833 3 {characterised by the source of data}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C21/3837 4 {Data obtained from a single source}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C21/3841 4 {Data obtained from two or more sources, e.g. probe vehicles}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C21/3844 4 {Data obtained from position sensors only, e.g. from inertial navigation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C21/3848 4 {Data obtained from both position sensors and additional sensors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C21/3852 4 {Data derived from aerial or satellite images}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C21/3856 4 {Data obtained from user input}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C21/3859 3 {Differential updating map data}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C21/3863 2 {Structures of map data}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C21/3867 3 {Geometry of map features, e.g. shape points, polygons or for simplified maps}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C21/387 3 {Organisation of map data, e.g. version management or database structures}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C21/3874 4 {Structures specially adapted for data searching and retrieval}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C21/3878 4 {Hierarchical structures, e.g. layering}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C21/3881 4 {Tile-based structures}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C21/3885 2 {Transmission of map data to client devices; Reception of map data by client devices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C21/3889 3 {Transmission of selected map data, e.g. depending on route}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C21/3893 3 {Transmission of map data from distributed sources, e.g. from roadside stations}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C21/3896 3 {Transmission of map data from central databases}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C22/00 0 Measuring distance traversed on the ground by vehicles, persons, animals or other moving solid bodies, e.g. using odometers, using pedometers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C22/002 1 {for cycles}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C22/004 1 {for golf carts }
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C22/006 1 {Pedometers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C22/008 1 {for skates}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C22/02 1 by conversion into electric waveforms and subsequent integration, e.g. using tachometer generator {(G01C22/002, G01C22/004, G01C22/006 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C22/025 2 {Differential odometers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C23/00 0 Combined instruments indicating more than one navigational value, e.g. for aircraft; Combined measuring devices for measuring two or more variables of movement, e.g. distance, speed or acceleration
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C23/005 1 {Flight directors (indicating arrangements specially adapted for rotary gyroscopes G01C19/32)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C25/00 0 Manufacturing, calibrating, cleaning, or repairing instruments or devices referred to in the other groups of this subclass (testing, calibrating or compensating compasses G01C17/38)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01C25/005 1 {initial alignment, calibration or starting-up of inertial devices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D MEASURING NOT SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR A SPECIFIC VARIABLE; ARRANGEMENTS FOR MEASURING TWO OR MORE VARIABLES NOT COVERED IN A SINGLE OTHER SUBCLASS; TARIFF METERING APPARATUS; MEASURING OR TESTING NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D1/00 0 Measuring arrangements giving results other than momentary value of variable, of general application (G01D3/00 takes precedence; in tariff metering apparatus G01D4/00; transducers not specially adapted for a specific variable G01D5/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D1/02 1 giving mean values, e.g. root means square values (measuring root mean square values of currents or voltages G01R19/02)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D1/04 1 giving integrated values (giving mean values G01D1/02)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D1/06 2 by intermittent summation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D1/08 3 over fixed periods of time
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D1/10 1 giving differentiated values
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D1/12 1 giving a maximum or minimum of a value
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D1/14 1 giving a distribution function of a value, i.e. number of times the value comes within specified ranges of amplitude
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D1/16 1 giving a value which is a function of two or more values, e.g. product or ratio
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D1/18 1 with arrangements for signalling that a predetermined value of an unspecified parameter has been exceeded (G01D1/14 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D3/00 0 Indicating or recording apparatus with provision for the special purposes referred to in the subgroups
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D3/02 1 with provision for altering or correcting the law of variation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D3/021 2 {using purely analogue techniques}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D3/022 2 {having an ideal characteristic, map or correction data stored in a digital memory}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D3/024 2 for range change; Arrangements for substituting one sensing member by another
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D3/028 1 mitigating undesired influences, e.g. temperature, pressure
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D3/032 2 affecting incoming signal, e.g. by averaging; gating undesired signals
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D3/036 2 on measuring arrangements themselves
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D3/0365 3 {the undesired influence being measured using a separate sensor, which produces an influence related signal}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D3/06 1 with provision for operation by a null method
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D3/063 2 {Comparing the measuring value with a reference value which periodically or incidentally scans the measuring range}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D3/066 2 {Balancing a force which represents the measuring value, by means of a reference force}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D3/08 1 with provision for safeguarding the apparatus, e.g. against abnormal operation, against breakdown
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D3/10 1 with provision for switching-in of additional or auxiliary indicators or recorders
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D4/00 0 Tariff metering apparatus (in taximeters G07B13/00; apparatus actuated by coins, cards or the like with meter-controlled dispensing of liquid, gas, or electricity G07F15/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D4/002 1 {Remote reading of utility meters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D4/004 2 {Remote reading of utility meters to a fixed location}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D4/006 2 {Remote reading of utility meters to a non-fixed location, i.e. mobile location}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D4/008 1 {Modifications to installed utility meters to enable remote reading}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D4/02 1 Details
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D4/04 2 Resetting-mechanisms, e.g. for indicating members
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D4/06 2 Arrangement of clutches between driving and indicating member, e.g. of hysteresis clutch (G01D4/04 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D4/08 2 Transfer of indication from a counter into a summing counter
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D4/10 1 Maximum indicating or recording apparatus, i.e. where the tariff for a period is based on a maximum demand within that period
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D4/12 2 Apparatus for indicating or recording progressive maximum
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D4/14 2 Fixed-demand indicating or recording apparatus, i.e. where indication is made when a predetermined quantity has been consumed during a time interval greater or less than a predetermined time interval
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D4/16 1 Apparatus for indicating or recording maximum or minimum load hours
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D4/18 1 Apparatus for indicating or recording overconsumption with opposing torque which comes into effect when a predetermined level is exceeded, e.g. subtraction meters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/00 0 Mechanical means for transferring the output of a sensing member; Means for converting the output of a sensing member to another variable where the form or nature of the sensing member does not constrain the means for converting; Transducers not specially adapted for a specific variable (G01D3/00 takes precedence; specially adapted for apparatus giving results other than momentary value of variable G01D1/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/02 1 using mechanical means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/04 2 using levers; using cams; using gearing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/06 2 acting through a wall or enclosure, e.g. by bellows, by magnetic coupling
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/08 2 Reducing the effects of friction, e.g. by applying vibrations
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/10 2 Applying external forces to increase force available for operation of indicating or recording part
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/12 1 using electric or magnetic means (G01D5/06 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/125 2 {characterised by a first part whose movement represents the measuring value, and by a second part which is moved by an external force in order to follow the movement of the first part}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/14 2 influencing the magnitude of a current or voltage
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/142 3 {using Hall-effect devices (measuring magnetic variables using Hall-effect or other galvanomagnetic devices G01R33/06)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/145 4 {influenced by the relative movement between the Hall device and magnetic fields (see G01R33/06)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/147 4 {influenced by the movement of a third element, the position of Hall device and the source of magnetic field being fixed in respect to each other}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/16 3 by varying resistance
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/165 4 by relative movement of a point of contact {or actuation} and a resistive track
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/1655 5 {more than one point of contact or actuation on one or more tracks}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/18 3 by varying effective impedance of discharge tubes or semiconductor devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/183 4 {Sensing rotation or linear movement using strain, force or pressure sensors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/185 5 {using piezoelectric sensors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/20 3 by varying inductance, e.g. by a movable armature
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/2006 4 {by influencing the self-induction of one or more coils (G01D5/22 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/2013 5 {by a movable ferromagnetic element, e.g. a core (G01D5/2033 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/202 5 {by movable a non-ferromagnetic conductive element (G01D5/2033 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/2026 6 {constituting a short-circuiting element}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/2033 5 {controlling the saturation of a magnetic circuit by means of a movable element, e.g. a magnet}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/204 4 {by influencing the mutual induction between two or more coils (G01D5/22 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/2046 5 {by a movable ferromagnetic element, e.g. a core}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/2053 5 {by a movable non-ferromagnetic conductive element}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/206 6 {constituting a short-circuiting element}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/2066 5 {by movement of a single coil with respect to a single other coil}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/2073 5 {by movement of a single coil with respect to two or more coils}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/208 6 {using polyphase currents}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/2086 5 {by movement of two or more coils with respect to two or more other coils}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/2093 6 {using polyphase currents}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/22 4 differentially influencing two coils
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/2208 5 {by influencing the self-induction of the coils}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/2216 6 {by a movable ferromagnetic element, e.g. a core}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/2225 6 {by a movable non-ferromagnetic conductive element}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/2233 7 {constituting a short-circuiting element}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/2241 6 {by controlling the saturation of a magnetic circuit by means of a movable element, e.g. a magnet}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/225 5 {by influencing the mutual induction between the two coils}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/2258 6 {by a movable ferromagnetic element, e.g. core}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/2266 7 {specially adapted circuits therefor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/2275 6 {by a movable non-ferromagnetic conductive element}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/2283 7 {constituting a short-circuiting element}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/2291 5 {Linear or rotary variable differential transformers (LVDTs/RVDTs) having a single primary coil and two secondary coils}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/24 3 by varying capacitance
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/2403 4 {by moving plates, not forming part of the capacitor itself, e.g. shields}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/2405 4 {by varying dielectric}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/241 4 by relative movement of capacitor electrodes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/2412 5 {by varying overlap}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/2415 6 {adapted for encoders}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/2417 5 {by varying separation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/242 3 by carrying output of an electrodynamic device, e.g. a tachodynamo
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/243 2 influencing the phase or frequency of ac
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/244 2 influencing characteristics of pulses or pulse trains; generating pulses or pulse trains
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/24404 3 {Interpolation using high frequency signals}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/24409 3 {Interpolation using memories}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/24414 3 {Encoders having selectable interpolation factors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/24419 3 {Interpolation not coverd by groups G01D5/24404, G01D5/24409 or G01D5/24414}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/24423 3 {Mounting means or means for restraining during shipping (G01D5/24442 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/24428 3 {Error prevention}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/24433 4 {by mechanical means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/24438 5 {Special design of the sensing element or scale}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/24442 5 {by mounting means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/24447 4 {by energy backup}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/24457 3 {Failure detection}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/24461 4 {by redundancy or plausibility}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/24466 4 {Comparison of the error value to a threshold}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/24471 3 {Error correction}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/24476 4 {Signal processing (G01D5/2448 - G01D5/24495 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/2448 4 {Correction of gain, threshold, offset or phase control}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/24485 4 {using other sensors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/2449 4 {using hard-stored calibration data}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/24495 4 {using previous values}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/245 3 using a variable number of pulses in a train
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/2451 4 {Incremental encoders (G01D5/2454 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/2452 5 {incorporating two or more tracks having an (n, n+1, ...) relationship}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/2454 4 {Encoders incorporating incremental and absolute signals}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/2455 5 {with incremental and absolute tracks on the same encoder}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/2457 6 {Incremental encoders having reference marks}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/2458 5 {with incremental and absolute tracks on separate encoders}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/246 3 by varying the duration of individual pulses
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/247 3 using time shifts of pulses
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/248 3 by varying pulse repetition frequency
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/249 3 using pulse code
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/2492 4 {Pulse stream}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/2495 5 {Pseudo-random code}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/2497 4 {Absolute encoders (G01D5/2454 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/25 2 Selecting one or more conductors or channels from a plurality of conductors or channels, e.g. by closing contacts
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/251 3 one conductor or channel
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/2515 4 {with magnetically controlled switches, e.g. by movement of a magnet}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/252 3 a combination of conductors or channels
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/2525 4 {with magnetically controlled switches, e.g. by movement of a magnet}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/26 1 characterised by optical transfer means, i.e. using infra-red, visible, or ultra-violet light
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/262 2 {with optical projection of a pointer or a scale}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/264 2 {Mechanical constructional elements therefor (G01D5/28, G01D5/32, G01D5/39 and G01D5/40 take precedence); Mechanical adjustment thereof}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/266 2 {by interferometric means (G01D5/353 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/268 2 {using optical fibres (G01D5/28 - G01D5/38 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/28 2 with deflection of beams of light, e.g. for direct optical indication (G01D5/40 takes precedence; {mechanical adjustment G01D5/264})
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/285 3 {using a movable mirror}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/30 3 the beams of light being detected by photocells
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/305 4 {controlling the movement of a following part}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/32 2 with attenuation or whole or partial obturation of beams of light (G01D5/40 takes precedence {; mechanical adjustment G01D5/264})
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/34 3 the beams of light being detected by photocells
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/341 4 {controlling the movement of a following part}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/342 4 {the sensed object being the obturating part}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/344 4 {using polarisation (G01D5/35303 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/345 5 {Polarising encoders}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/347 4 using displacement encoding scales
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/34707 5 {Scales; Discs, e.g. fixation, fabrication, compensation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/34715 6 {Scale reading or illumination devices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/34723 7 {involving light-guides}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/3473 5 {Circular or rotary encoders}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/34738 6 {Axles; Driving or coupling means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/34746 5 {Linear encoders}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/34753 6 {Carriages; Driving or coupling means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/34761 6 {Protection devices, e.g. caps; Blowing devices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/34769 7 {Sealing means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/34776 5 {Absolute encoders with analogue or digital scales}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/34784 6 {with only analogue scales or both analogue and incremental scales}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/34792 6 {with only digital scales or both digital and incremental scales}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/34794 7 {Optical encoders using the Vernier principle, i.e. incorporating two or more tracks having a (n, n+1, ...) relationship}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/353 4 influencing the transmission properties of an optical fibre
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/35303 5 {using a reference fibre, e.g. interferometric devices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/35306 5 {using an interferometer arrangement}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/35309 6 {using multiple waves interferometer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/35312 7 {using a Fabry Perot}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/35316 7 {using a Bragg gratings}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/35319 7 {using other multiple wave interferometer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/35322 6 {using interferometer with one loop with several directions of circulation of the light, e.g. Sagnac interferometer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/35325 6 {using interferometer with two arms in reflection, e.g. Mickelson interferometer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/35329 6 {using interferometer with two arms in transmission, e.g. Mach-Zender interferometer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/35332 6 {using other interferometers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/35335 6 {Aspects of emitters or receivers used by an interferometer in an optical fibre sensor arrangement (using multiple sensor devices using multiplexing techniques G01D5/35383)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/35338 5 {using other arrangements than interferometer arrangements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/35341 6 {Sensor working in transmission}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/35345 7 {using Amplitude variations to detect the measured quantity}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/35348 7 {using stimulated emission to detect the measured quantity}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/35351 7 {using other means to detect the measured quantity}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/35354 6 {Sensor working in reflection}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/35358 7 {using backscattering to detect the measured quantity}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/35361 8 {using elastic backscattering to detect the measured quantity, e.g. using Rayleigh backscattering}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/35364 8 {using inelastic backscattering to detect the measured quantity, e.g. using Brillouin or Raman backscattering}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/35367 7 {using reflected light other than backscattered to detect the measured quantity}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/3537 5 {Optical fibre sensor using a particular arrangement of the optical fibre itself}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/35374 6 {Particular layout of the fiber}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/35377 6 {Means for amplifying or modifying the measured quantity}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/3538 6 {using a particular type of fiber, e.g. fibre with several cores, PANDA fiber, fiber with an elliptic core or the like}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/35383 5 {using multiple sensor devices using multiplexing techniques}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/35387 6 {using wavelength division multiplexing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/3539 6 {using time division multiplexing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/35393 6 {using frequency division multiplexing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/35396 6 {using other forms of multiplexing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/36 4 Forming the light into pulses
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/363 5 {Direction discrimination}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/366 5 {Particular pulse shapes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/38 5 by diffraction gratings
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/39 2 Scanning a visible indication of the measured value and reproducing this indication at the remote place, e.g. on the screen of a cathode ray tube {(mechanical adjustment G01D5/264)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/40 2 specially adapted for use with infra-red light {(mechanical adjustment G01D5/264)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/42 1 using fluid means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/425 2 {characterised by a first part whose movement represents the measuring value, and by a second part which is moved by an external force in order to follow the movement of the first part}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/44 2 using jets of fluid
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/46 3 by deflecting or throttling the flow
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/48 1 using wave or particle radiation means (G01D5/26 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/485 2 {using magnetostrictive devices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/50 2 derived from a radioactive source
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/52 3 detected by a counter tube
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/54 1 using means specified in two or more of groups G01D5/02, G01D5/12, G01D5/26, G01D5/42, and G01D5/48
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/56 2 using electric or magnetic means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/58 2 using optical means, i.e. using infra-red, visible or ultra-violet light
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/60 2 using fluid means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D5/62 2 using wave or particle radiation means not covered by group G01D5/58
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D7/00 0 Indicating measured values
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D7/002 1 {giving both analog and numerical indication}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D7/005 1 {Indication of measured value by colour change}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D7/007 1 {Indication of measured value by tactile means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D7/02 1 Indicating value of two or more variables simultaneously
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D7/04 2 using a separate indicating element for each variable
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D7/06 3 Luminous indications projected on a common screen
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D7/08 2 using a common indicating element for two or more variables
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D7/10 3 giving indication in co-ordinate form
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D7/12 1 Audible indication of meter readings, e.g. for the blind
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D9/00 0 Recording measured values
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D9/005 1 {Solid-state data loggers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D9/007 2 {Data loggers attached to transport containers for perishable products, e.g. food or medicines}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D9/02 1 Producing one or more recordings of the values of a single variable
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D9/04 2 with provision for multiple or alternative recording
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D9/06 3 Multiple recording, e.g. duplicating
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D9/08 4 giving both graphical and numerical recording
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D9/10 2 the recording element, e.g. stylus, being controlled in accordance with the variable, and the recording medium, e.g. paper roll, being controlled in accordance with time
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D9/12 3 recording occurring continuously
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D9/14 4 with provision for altering speed of recording medium in accordance with the magnitude of the variable to be recorded
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D9/16 3 recording occurring at separated intervals, e.g. by chopper bar
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D9/18 4 recording element actuated only upon change in value of variable
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D9/20 2 the recording element, e.g. stylus, being controlled in accordance with time and the recording medium, e.g. paper roll, being controlled in accordance with the variable
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D9/22 3 recording occurring continuously
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D9/24 3 recording occurring at separated intervals, e.g. by chopper bar
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D9/26 2 either the recording element, e.g. stylus, or the recording medium, e.g. paper roll, being controlled in accordance with both time and the variable
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D9/28 1 Producing one or more recordings, each recording being of the values of two or more different variables (G01D9/38, G01D9/40 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D9/285 2 {producing additional marks (e.g. reference lines time marks)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D9/30 2 there being a separate recording element for each variable, e.g. multiple-pen recorder
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D9/32 2 there being a common recording element for two or more variables
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D9/34 3 the variables being recorded in a predetermined sequence
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D9/36 4 in separate columns
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D9/38 1 Producing one or more recordings, each recording being produced by controlling the recording element, e.g. stylus, in accordance with one variable and controlling the recording medium, e.g. paper roll, in accordance with another variable
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D9/40 1 Producing one or more recordings, each recording being produced by controlling either the recording element, e.g. stylus or the recording medium, e.g. paper roll, in accordance with two or more variables
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D9/42 1 Recording indications of measuring instruments by photographic means, e.g. of counters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D11/00 0 Component parts of measuring arrangements not specially adapted for a specific variable (G01D13/00, G01D15/00 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D11/02 1 Bearings or suspensions for moving parts
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D11/04 2 Knive-edge bearings
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D11/06 2 Strip or thread suspensions, e.g. in tension
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D11/08 1 Elements for balancing moving parts
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D11/10 1 Elements for damping the movement of parts
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D11/12 2 using fluid damping
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D11/14 2 using magnetic induction damping
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D11/16 1 Elements for restraining, or preventing the movement of, parts, e.g. for zeroising (caging of moving parts when not in use G01D11/20)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D11/18 2 Springs (G01D11/06 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D11/20 1 Caging devices for moving parts when not in use
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D11/22 2 automatically actuated
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D11/24 1 Housings {; Casings for instruments}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D11/245 2 {Housings for sensors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D11/26 2 Windows; Cover glasses; Sealings therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D11/28 1 Structurally-combined illuminating devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D11/30 1 Supports specially adapted for an instrument; Supports specially adapted for a set of instruments
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D11/305 2 {Panel mounting of instruments}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D13/00 0 Component parts of indicators for measuring arrangements not specially adapted for a specific variable
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D13/02 1 Scales; Dials
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D13/04 2 Construction
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D13/06 3 Moving bands (G01D13/10 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D13/08 3 Rotating drums (G01D13/10 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D13/10 3 with adjustable scales; with auxiliary scales, e.g. vernier
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D13/12 2 Graduation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D13/14 3 for rotations of more than 360 degrees
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D13/16 3 with staggered markings
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D13/18 3 with raised or recessed markings
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D13/20 3 with luminescent markings
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D13/22 1 Pointers, e.g. settable pointer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D13/24 2 for indicating a maximum or minimum
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D13/26 2 adapted to perform a further operation, e.g. making electrical contact
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D13/265 3 {Pointers which conduct light}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D13/28 2 with luminescent markings
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D15/00 0 Component parts of recorders for measuring arrangements not specially adapted for a specific variable
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D15/005 1 {Effaceable recording}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D15/02 1 Styli or other recording elements acting to mechanically deform or perforate the recording surface (printing recording elements G01D15/20)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D15/04 2 acting to punch holes in the recording surface
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D15/06 1 Electric recording elements, e.g. electrolytic
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D15/08 2 for spark erosion
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D15/10 1 Heated recording elements acting on heatsensitive layers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D15/12 1 Magnetic recording elements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D15/14 1 Optical recording elements; Recording elements using X-or nuclear radiation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D15/16 1 Recording elements transferring recording material, e.g. ink, to the recording surface (printing recording elements G01D15/20)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D15/18 2 Nozzles emitting recording material
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D15/20 1 Recording elements for printing with ink or for printing by deformation or perforation of the recording surface, e.g. embossing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D15/22 1 Chopper bars for bringing recording element into contact with recording surface
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D15/24 1 Drives for recording elements and surfaces not covered by G01D5/00
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D15/26 2 operating by clockwork
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D15/28 1 Holding means for recording surfaces; Guiding means for recording surfaces; Exchanging means for recording surfaces
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D15/30 2 for foldable strip charts
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D15/32 2 for circular charts
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D15/34 1 Recording surfaces
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D15/342 2 {of circular shape}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D15/345 2 {of cylindrical shape}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D15/347 2 {Strip or Tape}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D18/00 0 Testing or calibrating apparatus or arrangements provided for in groups G01D1/00 - G01D15/00
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D18/001 1 {Calibrating encoders}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D18/002 1 {Automatic recalibration (G01D18/008 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D18/004 2 {Continuous recalibration}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D18/006 2 {Intermittent recalibration}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D18/008 1 {with calibration coefficients stored in memory}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D21/00 0 Measuring or testing not otherwise provided for
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D21/02 1 Measuring two or more variables by means not covered by a single other subclass
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D2204/00 0 Indexing scheme relating to details of tariff-metering apparatus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D2204/10 1 Analysing; Displaying
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D2204/12 2 Determination or prediction of behaviour, e.g. likely power consumption or unusual usage patterns
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D2204/125 3 Utility meter reading systems specially adapted for determining the environmental impact of user behaviour
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D2204/14 2 Displaying of utility usage with respect to time, e.g. for monitoring evolution of usage or with respect to weather conditions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D2204/16 2 Displaying of utility pricing or cost
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D2204/18 2 Remote displaying of utility meter readings
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D2204/20 1 Monitoring; Controlling
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D2204/22 2 Arrangements for detecting or reporting faults, outages or leaks
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D2204/24 2 Identification of individual loads, e.g. by analysing current/voltage waveforms
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D2204/26 2 Remote utility meter reading systems with control function, i.e. reading systems including mechanisms for turning on/off the supply
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D2204/28 2 Processes or tasks scheduled according to the power required, the power available or the power price
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D2204/30 1 Remote utility meter reading systems specially adapted for metering the generated energy or power
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D2204/35 2 Monitoring the performance of renewable electricity generating systems, e.g. of solar panels
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D2204/40 1 Networks; Topology
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D2204/43 2 Identification of a specific meter
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D2204/45 2 Utility meters networked together within a single building
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D2204/47 2 Methods for determining the topology or arrangement of meters in a network
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D2205/00 0 Indexing scheme relating to details of means for transferring or converting the output of a sensing member
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D2205/10 1 Detecting linear movement
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D2205/14 2 by converting the linear movement into a rotary movement
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D2205/18 2 using magnetic means not otherwise provided for in this subclass
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D2205/20 1 Detecting rotary movement
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D2205/22 2 by converting the rotary movement into a linear movement
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D2205/24 2 using magnetic means not otherwise provided for in this subclass
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D2205/26 2 Details of encoders or position sensors specially adapted to detect rotation beyond a full turn of 360°, e.g. multi-rotation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D2205/28 2 The target being driven in rotation by additional gears
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D2205/40 1 Position sensors comprising arrangements for concentrating or redirecting magnetic flux
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D2205/50 1 Grounding or electrostatically shielding a position sensor or encoder
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D2205/60 1 Means for precisely aligning or centering the disk of a rotary encoder, e.g. fitting jigs
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D2205/70 1 Position sensors comprising a moving target with particular shapes, e.g. of soft magnetic targets
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D2205/73 2 Targets mounted eccentrically with respect to the axis of rotation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D2205/77 2 Specific profiles
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D2205/771 3 Toothed profiles
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D2205/772 4 Sawtooth profiles
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D2205/773 3 Spiral profiles
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D2205/774 3 Profiles with a discontinuity, e.g. edge or stepped profile
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D2205/775 3 Tapered profiles
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D2205/776 3 Cam-shaped profiles
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D2205/777 3 Whorl-shaped profiles
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D2205/80 1 Manufacturing details of magnetic targets for magnetic encoders
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D2205/85 1 Determining the direction of movement of an encoder, e.g. of an incremental encoder
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D2205/90 1 Two-dimensional encoders, i.e. having one or two codes extending in two directions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D2205/95 1 Three-dimensional encoders, i.e. having codes extending in three directions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D2207/00 0 Indexing scheme relating to details of indicating measuring values
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D2207/10 1 Displays which are primarily used in aircraft or display aircraft-specific information
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D2207/20 1 Displays for vehicles in which information is superimposed on an external view, e.g. heads-up displays or enhanced reality displays
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D2207/30 1 Displays providing further information, in addition to measured values, e.g. status
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D2213/00 0 Indexing scheme relating to constructional details of indicators
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D2213/10 1 Drivers for gauges
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D2213/20 1 Gauges having a single pointer and two or more scales
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D2218/00 0 Indexing scheme relating to details of testing or calibration
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01D2218/10 1 Testing of sensors or measuring arrangements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F MEASURING VOLUME, VOLUME FLOW, MASS FLOW OR LIQUID LEVEL; METERING BY VOLUME
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/00 0 Measuring the volume flow or mass flow of fluid or fluent solid material wherein the fluid passes through a meter in a continuous flow (measuring a proportion of the volume flow G01F5/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/002 1 wherein the flow is in an open channel
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/005 2 {using floats}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/007 1 {by measuring the level variations of storage tanks relative to the time}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/05 1 by using mechanical effects
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/053 2 {using rotating vanes with tangential and axial admission}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/056 2 {Orbital ball flowmeters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/06 2 using rotating vanes with tangential admission
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/065 3 {with radiation as transfer means to the indicating device, e.g. light transmission}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/07 3 with mechanical coupling to the indicating device
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/075 3 with magnetic or electromagnetic coupling to the indicating device
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/0755 4 {with magnetic coupling only in a mechanical transmission path}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/08 3 Adjusting, correcting or compensating means therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/10 2 using rotating vanes with axial admission
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/103 3 {with radiation as transfer means to the indicating device, e.g. light transmission}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/106 3 {with electrostatic coupling to the indicating device}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/11 3 with mechanical coupling to the indicating device
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/115 3 with magnetic or electromagnetic coupling to the indicating device
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/1155 4 {with magnetic coupling only in a mechanical transmission path}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/12 3 Adjusting, correcting, or compensating means therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/125 4 {with electric, electro-mechanical or electronic means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/20 2 by detection of dynamic effects of the flow
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/203 3 {Jet stream flowmeters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/206 3 {Measuring pressure, force or momentum of a fluid flow which is forced to change its direction}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/22 3 by variable-area meters {, e.g. rotameters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/24 4 with magnetic or electric coupling to the indicating device
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/26 4 of the valve type
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/28 3 by drag-force, e.g. vane type or impact flowmeter
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/30 4 for fluent solid material
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/32 3 using swirl flowmeters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/3209 4 {using Karman vortices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/3218 5 {bluff body design}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/3227 4 {using fluidic oscillators (fluidic oscillators per se F15C1/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/3236 4 {using guide vanes as swirling means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/325 4 Means for detecting quantities used as proxy variables for swirl
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/3259 5 {for detecting fluid pressure oscillations}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/3266 6 {by sensing mechanical vibrations}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/3273 5 {for detecting fluid speed oscillations by thermal sensors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/3282 5 {for detecting variations in infrasonic, sonic or ultrasonic waves, due to modulation by passing through the swirling fluid}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/3287 5 {circuits therefor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/34 2 by measuring pressure or differential pressure
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/36 3 the pressure or differential pressure being created by the use of flow constriction
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/363 4 {with electrical or electro-mechanical indication (G01F1/37 and G01F1/38 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/366 4 {with mechanical or fluidic indication (G01F1/37 and G01F1/38 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/37 4 the pressure or differential pressure being measured by means of communicating tubes or reservoirs with movable fluid levels, e.g. by U-tubes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/372 5 {with electrical or electro-mechanical indication}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/375 5 {with mechanical or fluidic indication}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/377 5 {using a ring-balance as indicating element}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/38 4 the pressure or differential pressure being measured by means of a movable element, e.g. diaphragm, piston, Bourdon tube or flexible capsule
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/383 5 {with electrical or electro-mechanical indication}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/386 5 {with mechanical or fluidic indication}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/40 4 Details of construction of the flow constriction devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/42 5 Orifices or nozzles
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/44 5 Venturi tubes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/46 5 Pitot tubes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/48 3 the pressure or differential pressure being created by a capillary element
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/50 3 Correcting or compensating means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/52 2 by measuring the height of the fluid level due to the lifting power of the fluid flow
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/54 2 by means of chains, flexible bands or wires introduced into and moved by, the flow
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/56 1 by using electric or magnetic effects (G01F1/66 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/58 2 by electromagnetic flowmeters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/582 3 {without electrodes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/584 3 {constructions of electrodes, accessories therefor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/586 3 {constructions of coils, magnetic circuits, accessories therefor (G01F1/582 takes precedence; magnet; inductances; transformers; selection of materials for their magnetic properties per se H01F)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/588 3 {combined constructions of electrodes, coils or magnetic circuits, accessories therefor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/60 3 Circuits therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/64 2 by measuring electrical currents passing through the fluid flow; measuring electrical potential generated by the fluid flow, e.g. by electrochemical, contact or friction effects (G01F1/58 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/66 1 by measuring frequency, phase shift or propagation time of electromagnetic or other waves, e.g. using ultrasonic flowmeters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/661 2 using light
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/662 2 {Constructional details}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/663 2 by measuring Doppler frequency shift
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/665 2 {of the drag-type}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/666 2 {by detecting noise and sounds generated by the flowing fluid}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/667 2 Arrangements of transducers for ultrasonic flowmeters; Circuits for operating ultrasonic flowmeters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/668 3 {Compensating or correcting for variations in velocity of sound}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/68 1 by using thermal effects
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/684 2 Structural arrangements; Mounting of elements, e.g. in relation to fluid flow
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/6842 3 {with means for influencing the fluid flow}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/6845 3 {Micromachined devices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/6847 3 {where sensing or heating elements are not disturbing the fluid flow, e.g. elements mounted outside the flow duct}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/688 3 using a particular type of heating, cooling or sensing element {(G01F1/6847 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/6882 4 {making use of temperature dependence of acoustic properties, e.g. propagation speed of surface acoustic waves}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/6884 4 {making use of temperature dependence of optical properties}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/6886 4 {Pyroelectric elements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/6888 4 {Thermoelectric elements, e.g. thermocouples, thermopiles}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/69 4 of resistive type
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/692 5 Thin-film arrangements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/696 2 Circuits therefor, e.g. constant-current flow meters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/6965 3 {comprising means to store calibration data for flow signal calculation or correction}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/698 3 Feedback or rebalancing circuits, e.g. self heated constant temperature flowmeters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/6983 4 {adapted for burning-off deposits}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/6986 4 {with pulsed heating, e.g. dynamic methods}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/699 4 by control of a separate heating or cooling element
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/704 1 using marked regions or existing inhomogeneities within the fluid stream, e.g. statistically occurring variations in a fluid parameter (G01F1/76, G01F25/00 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/7042 2 {using radioactive tracers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/7044 2 {using thermal tracers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/7046 2 {using electrical loaded particles as tracer, e.g. ions or electrons}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/7048 3 {the concentration of electrical loaded particles giving an indication of the flow}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/708 2 Measuring the time taken to traverse a fixed distance
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/7082 3 using acoustic detecting arrangements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/7084 3 using thermal detecting arrangements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/7086 3 using optical detecting arrangements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/7088 3 using electrically charged particles as tracers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/712 3 using auto-correlation or cross-correlation detection means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/716 3 using electron paramagnetic resonance [EPR] or nuclear magnetic resonance [NMR]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/72 1 Devices for measuring pulsing fluid flows
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/74 1 Devices for measuring flow of a fluid or flow of a fluent solid material in suspension in another fluid
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/76 1 Devices for measuring mass flow of a fluid or a fluent solid material
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/78 2 Direct mass flowmeters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/785 3 {using fluidic bridge circuits}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/80 3 operating by measuring pressure, force, momentum, or frequency of a fluid flow to which a rotational movement has been imparted
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/82 4 using a driven wheel as impeller and one or more other wheels or moving elements which are angularly restrained by a resilient member, e.g. spring member as the measuring device
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/84 4 Coriolis or gyroscopic mass flowmeters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/8404 5 {details of flowmeter manufacturing methods}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/8409 5 {constructional details}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/8413 6 {means for influencing the flowmeter's motional or vibrational behaviour, e.g., conduit support or fixing means, or conduit attachments}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/8418 7 {motion or vibration balancing means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/8422 6 {exciters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/8427 6 {detectors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/8431 6 {electronic circuits}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/8436 6 {signal processing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/844 6 {microfluidic or miniaturised flowmeters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/8445 7 {micromachined flowmeters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/845 5 {arrangements of measuring means, e.g., of measuring conduits}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/8454 6 {rotating or rotatingly suspended measuring conduits}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/8459 6 {vibrating means being located inside the measuring conduits}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/8463 6 {the measuring conduits' cross-section being deformed during measurement, e.g. by periodically deflecting a portion of the conduits' surface}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/8468 6 {vibrating measuring conduits}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/8472 7 {having curved measuring conduits, i.e. whereby the measuring conduits' curved center line lies within a plane (G01F1/8481 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/8477 8 {with multiple measuring conduits}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/8481 7 {having loop-shaped measuring conduits, e.g. the measuring conduits form a loop with a crossing point}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/8486 8 {with multiple measuring conduits}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/849 7 {having straight measuring conduits}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/8495 8 {with multiple measuring conduits}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/86 2 Indirect mass flowmeters, e.g. measuring volume flow and density, temperature or pressure
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/88 3 with differential-pressure measurement to determine the volume flow
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F1/90 3 with positive-displacement meter or turbine meter to determine the volume flow
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F3/00 0 Measuring the volume flow of fluids or fluent solid material wherein the fluid passes through the meter in successive and more or less isolated quantities, the meter being driven by the flow (measuring a proportion of the volume flow G01F5/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F3/02 1 with measuring chambers which expand or contract during measurement
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F3/04 2 having rigid movable walls
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F3/06 3 comprising members rotating in a fluid-tight or substantially fluid-tight manner in a housing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F3/065 4 {sliding-vane meters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F3/08 4 Rotary-piston or ring-piston meters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F3/10 4 Geared or lobed impeller meters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F3/12 4 Meters with nutating members, e.g. discs
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F3/14 3 comprising reciprocating pistons, e.g. reciprocating in a rotating body
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F3/16 4 in stationary cylinders
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F3/18 5 involving two or more cylinders
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F3/20 2 having flexible movable walls, e.g. diaphragms, bellows
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F3/22 3 for gases
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F3/221 4 {Valves therefor (valves for flowmeters in general G01F15/005)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F3/222 4 {characterised by drive mechanism for valves or membrane index mechanism}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F3/223 5 {with adjustment of stroke or timing; Calibration thereof; Testing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F3/224 5 {with means for pressure or temperature compensation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F3/225 4 {characterised by constructional features of membranes or by means for improving proper functioning of membranes (diaphragms for flowmeters in general G01F15/16)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F3/226 4 {characterised by features of meter body or housing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F3/227 4 {characterised by the means for transfer of membrane movement information to indicating means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F3/228 5 {using mechanical transmission means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F3/24 1 with measuring chambers moved during operation (wet gas-meters G01F3/30)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F3/26 2 Tilting-trap meters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F3/28 2 on carriers rotated by the weight of the liquid in the measuring chambers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F3/30 1 Wet gas-meters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F3/32 2 comprising partitioned drums rotating or nutating in a liquid
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F3/34 2 comprising bells reciprocating in a liquid
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F3/36 1 with stationary measuring chambers having constant volume during measurement (with measuring chambers which expand or contract during measurement G01F3/02)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F3/38 2 having only one measuring chamber
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F5/00 0 Measuring a proportion of the volume flow
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F5/005 1 {by measuring pressure or differential pressure, created by the use of flow constriction}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F7/00 0 Volume-flow measuring devices with two or more measuring ranges; Compound meters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F7/005 1 {by measuring pressure or differential pressure, created by the use of flow constriction}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F9/00 0 Measuring volume flow relative to another variable, e.g. of liquid fuel for an engine
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F9/001 1 {with electric, electro-mechanic or electronic means (G01F9/008 and G01F9/02 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F9/003 2 {by measuring the weight}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F9/005 2 {by using calibrated reservoirs}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F9/006 1 {with mechanic means (G01F9/008 and G01F9/02 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F9/008 1 {where the other variable is the flight or running time}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F9/02 1 wherein the other variable is the speed of a vehicle
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F9/023 2 {with electric, electro-mechanic or electronic means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F9/026 2 {with mechanic means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F11/00 0 Apparatus requiring external operation adapted at each repeated and identical operation to measure and separate a predetermined volume of fluid or fluent solid material from a supply or container, without regard to weight, and to deliver it
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F11/003 1 {for fluent solid material}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F11/006 1 {Details or accessories (general details G01F15/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F11/02 1 with measuring chambers which expand or contract during measurement
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F11/021 2 {of the piston type (G01F11/04 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F11/022 3 {of the gun type and actuated by fluid pressure or by a motor (air-operated grease guns F16N5/02; devices to fill holes or cracks B05C17/002)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F11/023 3 {with provision for varying the stroke of the piston}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F11/024 3 {the pistons reciprocating in rotatable cylinders (dough-dividing machines with division boxes in a revolving body with radially-working pistons A21C5/04)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F11/025 3 {with manually operated pistons (G01F19/005 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F11/026 4 {of the gun type (hand operated grease guns F16N3/12)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F11/027 4 {of the syringe type}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F11/028 4 {the dosing device being provided with a dip tube and fitted to a container, e.g. to a bottleneck}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F11/029 3 {provided with electric controlling means (G01F11/022 and G01F11/024 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F11/04 2 of the free-piston type
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F11/06 3 with provision for varying the stroke of the piston
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F11/08 2 of the diaphragm or bellows type
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F11/082 3 {of the squeeze container type (using squeeze bottles or the like for soap A47K5/122)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F11/084 3 {using a bulb to pressurise the fluid to be dispersed}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F11/086 3 {using an auxiliary pressure to cooperate with the diaphragm or bellows}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F11/088 3 {using a deformable conduit-like element}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F11/10 1 with measuring chambers moved during operation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F11/12 2 of the valve type, i.e. the separating being effected by fluid-tight or powder-tight movements (involving the tilting or inverting of the supply vessel G01F11/26)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F11/125 3 {of the peristaltic pump type (peristaltic pumps per se F04B43/12)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F11/14 3 wherein the measuring chamber reciprocates
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F11/16 4 for liquid or semiliquid
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F11/18 4 for fluent solid material
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F11/20 3 wherein the measuring chamber rotates or oscillates
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F11/22 4 for liquid or semiliquid
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F11/24 4 for fluent solid material
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F11/26 2 wherein the measuring chamber is filled and emptied by tilting or inverting the supply vessel, e.g. bottle-emptying apparatus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F11/261 3 {for fluent solid material}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F11/262 3 {for liquid or semi-liquid}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F11/263 4 {with valves}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F11/265 5 {of the ball type}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F11/266 4 {using the syphonic effect}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F11/267 3 {with counters for counting the numbers of measures delivered}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F11/268 3 {with provision for varying the volume to be delivered}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F11/28 1 with stationary measuring chambers having constant volume during measurement
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F11/282 2 {for fluent solid material not provided for in G01F11/34, G01F11/40, G01F11/46}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F11/284 2 {combined with electric level detecting means (G01F11/282, G01F11/30 - G01F11/46 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F11/286 2 {where filling of the measuring chamber is effected by squeezing a supply container that is in fluid connection with the measuring chamber and excess fluid is sucked back from the measuring chamber during relaxation of the supply container}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F11/288 2 {squeezing of the supply vessel causing filling of the measuring chamber and backflow from the measuring chamber to the supply vessel being prevented by a check valve (G01F11/46 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F11/30 2 with supply and discharge valves of the lift or plug-lift type
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F11/32 3 for liquid or semiliquid
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F11/34 3 for fluent solid material
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F11/36 2 with supply or discharge valves of the rectilinearly-moved slide type
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F11/38 3 for liquid or semiliquid
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F11/40 3 for fluent solid material
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F11/42 2 with supply or discharge valves of the rotary or oscillatory type
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F11/44 3 for liquid or semiliquid
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F11/46 3 for fluent solid material
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F13/00 0 Apparatus for measuring by volume and delivering fluids or fluent solid materials, not provided for in the preceding groups
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F13/001 1 {for fluent solid material}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F13/003 2 {comprising a conveyor belt}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F13/005 2 {comprising a screw conveyor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F13/006 1 {measuring volume in function of time}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F13/008 1 {taps comprising counting- and recording means (counting devices, counting of objects in general G06M)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F15/00 0 Details of, or accessories for, apparatus of groups G01F1/00 - G01F13/00 insofar as such details or appliances are not adapted to particular types of such apparatus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F15/001 1 {Means for regulating or setting the meter for a predetermined quantity}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F15/002 2 {for gases}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F15/003 2 {using electromagnetic, electric or electronic means (G01F15/002, G01F15/02 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F15/005 1 {Valves (valves in general F16K)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F15/006 1 {characterised by the use of a particular material, e.g. anti-corrosive material (G01F15/14 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F15/007 1 {comprising means to prevent fraud}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F15/008 1 {comprising lubricating means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F15/02 1 Compensating or correcting for variations in pressure, density or temperature
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F15/022 2 {using electrical means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F15/024 3 {involving digital counting}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F15/026 2 {using means to maintain zero differential pressure across the motor (G01F1/08 and G01F1/12 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F15/028 2 {for low flow rates}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F15/04 2 of gases to be measured
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F15/043 3 {using electrical means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F15/046 4 {involving digital counting}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F15/06 1 Indicating or recording devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F15/061 2 for remote indication
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F15/063 3 using electrical means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F15/065 2 {with transmission devices, e.g. mechanical}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F15/066 3 {involving magnetic transmission devices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F15/068 2 {with electrical means (G01F15/063 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F15/07 1 Integration to give total flow, e.g. using mechanically-operated integrating mechanism
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F15/075 2 using electrically-operated integrating means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F15/0755 3 {involving digital counting}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F15/08 1 Air or gas separators in combination with liquid meters; Liquid separators in combination with gas-meters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F15/10 1 Preventing damage by freezing or excess pressure or insufficient pressure
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F15/105 2 {Preventing damage by hydraulic shocks}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F15/12 1 Cleaning arrangements; Filters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F15/125 2 {Filters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F15/14 1 Casings, e.g. of special material
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F15/16 1 Diaphragms; Bellows; Mountings therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F15/18 1 Supports or connecting means for meters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F15/185 2 {Connecting means, e.g. bypass conduits}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F17/00 0 Methods or apparatus for determining the capacity of containers or cavities, or the volume of solid bodies (measuring linear dimensions to determine volume G01B)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F19/00 0 Calibrated capacity measures for fluids or fluent solid material, e.g. measuring cups
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F19/002 1 {Measuring spoons or scoops}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F19/005 1 {for semi-liquid, e.g. fat}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F19/007 1 {for non fluent solid material, e.g. filamentary}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F22/00 0 Methods or apparatus for measuring volume of fluids or fluent solid material, not otherwise provided for
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F22/02 1 involving measurement of pressure
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F23/00 0 Indicating or measuring liquid level or level of fluent solid material, e.g. indicating in terms of volume or indicating by means of an alarm
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F23/0007 1 {for discrete indicating and measuring (G01F23/02 - G01F23/28 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F23/0015 2 {with a whistle or other sonorous signal}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F23/0023 1 {with a probe suspended by a wire or thread (with floats G01F23/40)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F23/003 1 {with a probe suspended by rotatable arms (with floats G01F23/32)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F23/0038 1 {using buoyant probes (with floats G01F23/30 - G01F23/76)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F23/0046 1 {with a stationary probe, where a liquid specimen is separated from the mean mass and measured (by gauge glasses G01F23/02)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F23/0053 1 {with over-flow pipes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F23/02 1 by gauge glasses or other apparatus involving a window or transparent tube for directly observing the level to be measured or the level of a liquid column in free communication with the main body of the liquid
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F23/04 1 by dip members, e.g. dip-sticks
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F23/045 2 {cleaning means therefor (e.g. dip-stick wipers)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F23/14 1 by measurement of pressure
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F23/16 2 Indicating, recording, or alarm devices being actuated by mechanical or fluid means, e.g. using gas, mercury, or a diaphragm as transmitting element, or by a column of liquid
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F23/161 3 {for discrete levels (G01F23/162 - G01F23/165 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F23/162 3 {by a liquid column}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F23/164 3 {using a diaphragm, bellow as transmitting element}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F23/165 3 {of bubbler type}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F23/167 4 {with mechanic or fluid indicating or recording}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F23/168 4 {with electric indicating or recording}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F23/18 2 Indicating, recording or alarm devices actuated electrically
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F23/185 3 {for discrete levels}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F23/20 1 by measurement of weight, e.g. to determine the level of stored liquefied gas
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F23/205 2 {for discrete levels}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F23/22 1 by measuring physical variables, other than linear dimensions, pressure or weight, dependent on the level to be measured, e.g. by difference of heat transfer of steam or water (involving the use of floats G01F23/30)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F23/223 2 {using a melting or dissolving material as a part of alarm-means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F23/226 2 {measuring the braking of a rotatable element}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F23/24 2 by measuring variations of resistance of resistors due to contact with conductor fluid
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F23/241 3 {for discrete levels}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F23/242 4 {Mounting arrangements for electrodes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F23/243 4 {Schematic arrangements of probes combined with measuring circuits}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F23/244 5 {comprising oscillating circuits}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F23/245 3 {with a probe moved by an auxiliary power, e.g. meter, to follow automatically the level}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F23/246 3 {thermal devices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F23/247 4 {for discrete levels}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F23/248 5 {Constructional details; Mounting of probes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F23/26 2 by measuring variations of capacity or inductance of capacitors or inductors arising from the presence of liquid or fluent solid material in the electric or electromagnetic fields
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F23/261 3 {for discrete levels}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F23/263 3 by measuring variations in capacitance of capacitors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F23/265 4 {for discrete levels}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F23/266 4 {measuring circuits therefor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F23/268 4 {mounting arrangements of probes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F23/28 2 by measuring the variations of parameters of electromagnetic or acoustic waves applied directly to the liquid or fluent solid material
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F23/282 3 {for discrete levels (G01F23/284, G01F23/296 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F23/284 3 Electromagnetic waves
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F23/2845 4 {for discrete levels (G01F23/288, G01F23/292 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F23/288 4 X-rays; Gamma rays {or other forms of ionising radiation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F23/2885 5 {for discrete levels}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F23/292 4 Light {, e.g. infra-red or ultra-violet}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F23/2921 5 {for discrete levels}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F23/2922 6 {with light-conducting sensing elements, e.g. prisms}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F23/2924 7 {for several discrete levels, e.g. with more than one light-conducting sensing element (G01F23/2927 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F23/2925 7 {using electrical detecting means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F23/2927 8 {for several discrete levels, e.g. with more than one light-conducting sensing element}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F23/2928 6 {using light reflected on the material surface}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F23/296 3 Acoustic waves
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F23/2961 4 {for discrete levels (G01F23/2962 - G01F23/2968 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F23/2962 4 Measuring transit time of reflected waves
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F23/2963 5 {magnetostrictive}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F23/2965 4 Measuring attenuation of transmitted waves
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F23/2966 4 {making use of acoustical resonance or standing waves}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F23/2967 5 {for discrete levels}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F23/2968 4 {Transducers specially adapted for acoustic level indicators}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F23/30 1 by floats
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F23/303 2 {characterised by means to prevent fault-level readings due to turbulence of the fluid, e.g. special float housings}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F23/306 2 {using radioactive radiation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F23/32 2 using rotatable arms or other pivotable transmission elements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F23/34 3 using mechanically actuated indicating means {(G01F23/38 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F23/345 4 {using pneumatically or hydraulically actuated indicating means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F23/36 3 using electrically actuated indicating means {(G01F23/38 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F23/363 4 {using electromechanically actuated indicating means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F23/366 4 {using optoelectrically actuated indicating means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F23/38 3 using magnetically actuated indicating means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F23/40 2 using bands or wires as transmission elements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F23/42 3 using mechanically actuated indicating means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F23/425 4 {using pneumatically or hydraulically actuated indicating means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F23/44 3 using electrically actuated indicating means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F23/443 4 {using electromechanically actuated indicating means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F23/446 4 {using opto-electrically actuated indicating means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F23/46 3 using magnetically actuated indicating means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F23/48 2 using twisted spindles as transmission elements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F23/50 3 using mechanically actuated indicating means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F23/505 4 {using hydraulically or pneumatically actuated indicating means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F23/52 3 using electrically actuated indicating means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F23/523 4 {using electromechanically actuated indicating means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F23/526 4 {using opto-electrically actuated indicating means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F23/54 3 using magnetically actuated indicating means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F23/543 4 {using magnets only as coupling means in a mechanical transmission path}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F23/546 4 {using magnets only for directly actuating of switches}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F23/56 2 using elements rigidly fixed to, and rectilinearly moving with, the floats as transmission elements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F23/58 3 using mechanically actuated indicating means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F23/585 4 {using pneumatically or hydraulically actuated indicating means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F23/60 3 using electrically actuated indicating means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F23/603 4 {using electromechanically actuated indicating means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F23/606 4 {using opto-electrically actuated indicating means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F23/62 3 using magnetically actuated indicating means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F23/64 2 of the free float type {without mechanical transmission elements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F23/66 3 using mechanically actuated indicating means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F23/665 4 {using pneumatically or hydraulically actuated indicating means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F23/68 3 using electrically actuated indicating means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F23/683 4 {using electromechanically actuated indicating means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F23/686 4 {using opto-electrically actuated indicating means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F23/70 4 for sensing changes in level only at discrete points
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F23/703 5 {using electromechanically actuated indicating means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F23/706 5 {using opto-electrically actuated indicating means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F23/72 3 using magnetically actuated indicating means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F23/74 4 for sensing changes in level only at discrete points
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F23/76 2 characterised by the construction of the float
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F23/80 1 Arrangements for signal processing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F23/802 2 {Particular electronic circuits for digital processing equipment}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F23/804 3 {containing circuits handling parameters other than liquid level}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F23/806 2 {Particular electronic circuits for handling non-digital processing equipment}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F23/808 3 {containing circuits handling parameters other than liquid level}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F25/00 0 Testing or calibration of apparatus for measuring volume, volume flow or liquid level or for metering by volume
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F25/0084 1 {for measuring volume}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F25/0092 1 {for metering by volume}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F25/10 1 of flowmeters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F25/11 2 {using a seal ball or piston in a test loop}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F25/12 2 {using tracer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F25/13 2 {using a reference counter}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F25/14 2 {using a weighing apparatus}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F25/15 2 {specially adapted for gas meters (G01F25/11 - G01F25/14, G01F25/17 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F25/17 2 using calibrated reservoirs
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F25/20 1 of apparatus for measuring liquid level
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F25/22 2 {Checking proper indicating of discrete level by floats}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01F25/24 2 {Testing proper functioning of electronic circuits}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G WEIGHING (sorting by weighing B07C5/16)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G1/00 0 Weighing apparatus involving the use of a counterweight or other counterbalancing mass
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G1/02 1 Pendulum-weight apparatus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G1/025 2 {with variable cam radius or variable counterpoise pendulum}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G1/04 2 the pendulum having a fixed pivot axis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G1/06 3 with a plurality of pendulums
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G1/08 2 the pendulum having a moving pivot axis, e.g. a floating pendulum
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G1/10 3 with a plurality of pendulums
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G1/12 2 Constructional arrangements for obtaining equal indicative divisions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G1/14 2 Temperature compensating arrangements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G1/16 2 Means for correcting for obliquity of mounting
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G1/18 1 Balances involving the use of a pivoted beam, i.e. beam balances
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G1/185 2 {Two draft weighing apparatus, e.g. tandem scales systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G1/20 2 Beam balances having the pans carried below the beam, and for use with separate counterweights
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G1/22 3 for precision weighing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G1/24 2 Platform-type scales, i.e. having the pans carried above the beam
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G1/243 3 {having pans carried above the beam}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G1/246 4 {of the parallelogram type}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G1/26 2 with associated counterweight or set of counterweights
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G1/28 3 involving means for automatically lifting counterweights corresponding to the load
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G1/29 4 with electrical or electromechanical control means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G1/30 3 wherein the counterweight is in the form of a chain
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G1/32 3 wherein the counterweights are in the form of rider-weights
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G1/34 3 involving a fixed counterweight, with poise-weights selectively added to the load side
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G1/36 3 wherein the counterweights are slideable along the beam, e.g. steelyards
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G1/38 4 with automatically-driven counterweight
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G1/40 2 specially adapted for weighing by substitution
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G1/42 2 Temperature compensating arrangements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G3/00 0 Weighing apparatus characterised by the use of elastically-deformable members, e.g. spring balances
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G3/02 1 wherein the weighing element is in the form of a helical spring
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G3/04 2 using a plurality of springs
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G3/06 1 wherein the weighing element is in the form of a spiral spring
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G3/08 1 wherein the weighing element is in the form of a leaf spring
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G3/10 1 wherein the torsional deformation of a weighing element is measured
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G3/12 1 wherein the weighing element is in the form of a solid body stressed by pressure or tension during weighing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G3/125 2 {wherein the weighing element is an optical member}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G3/13 2 having piezo-electric or piezo-resistive properties
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G3/14 2 measuring variations of electrical resistance (G01G3/13 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G3/1402 3 {Special supports with preselected places to mount the resistance strain gauges; Mounting of supports}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G3/1404 4 {combined with means to connect the strain gauges on electrical bridges}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G3/1406 4 {combined with special measuring circuits}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G3/1408 4 {the supports being of the column type, e.g. cylindric}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G3/141 4 {the supports being disc or ring shaped}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G3/1412 4 {the supports being parallelogram shaped}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G3/1414 3 {Arrangements for correcting or for compensating for unwanted effects}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G3/1416 4 {for non-linearity}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G3/1418 4 {for temperature variations}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G3/142 3 Circuits specially adapted therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G3/145 4 involving comparison with a reference value (G01G3/147 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G3/147 4 involving digital counting
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G3/15 2 measuring variations of magnetic properties
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G3/16 2 measuring variations of frequency of oscillations of the body
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G3/165 3 {Constructional details}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G3/18 1 Temperature-compensating arrangements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G5/00 0 Weighing apparatus wherein the balancing is effected by fluid action
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G5/003 1 {load-cell construction or mountings}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G5/006 1 {with pneumatic means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G5/02 1 with a float or other member variably immersed in liquid
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G5/04 1 with means for measuring the pressure imposed by the load on a liquid (pressure gauges per se G01L)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G5/045 2 {combined with means for totalising the pressure imposed by several load-cells}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G5/06 2 with electrical indicating means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G7/00 0 Weighing apparatus wherein the balancing is effected by magnetic, electromagnetic, or electrostatic action, or by means not provided for in the preceding groups
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G7/02 1 by electromagnetic action
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G7/04 2 with means for regulating the current to solenoids
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G7/045 3 {having a PID control system}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G7/06 1 by electrostatic action
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G9/00 0 Methods of, or apparatus for, the determination of weight, not provided for in groups G01G1/00 - G01G7/00
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G9/005 1 {using radiations, e.g. radioactive (analysing materials by the use of wave or particle radiation G01N23/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G11/00 0 Apparatus for weighing a continuous stream of material during flow; Conveyor belt weighers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G11/003 1 {Details; specially adapted accessories (details of weighing apparatus in general G01G21/00; auxiliary devices for weighing apparatus in general G01G23/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G11/006 1 {Special taring or checking devices therefor (devices for determining tare weight in general G01G23/14)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G11/02 1 having mechanical weight-sensitive devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G11/025 2 {combined with totalising or integrating devices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G11/04 1 having electrical weight-sensitive devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G11/043 2 {combined with totalising or integrating devices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G11/046 3 {involving digital counting}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G11/06 1 having fluid weight-sensitive devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G11/065 2 {combined with totalising or integrating devices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G11/08 1 having means for controlling the rate of feed or discharge (regulation of flow of fluent material G05D)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G11/083 2 {of the weight-belt or weigh-auger type (G01G11/10, G01G11/12 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G11/086 2 {of the loss-in-weight feeding type}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G11/10 2 by controlling the height of the material on the belt
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G11/12 2 by controlling the speed of the belt
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G11/14 1 using totalising or integrating devices ({G01G11/025, G01G11/043, G01G11/046 and G01G11/065 take precedence} totalising or integrating devices per se G06)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G11/16 2 being electrical or electronic means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G11/18 3 using digital counting
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G11/20 2 being mechanical means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G13/00 0 Weighing apparatus with automatic feed or discharge for weighing-out batches of material (for weighing a continuous stream G01G11/00; check-weighing G01G15/00; for fluids G01G17/04; apportioning by weight materials to be mixed G01G19/22; combinatorial weighing G01G19/387)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G13/003 1 {Details; specially adapted accessories (details of weighing apparatus in general G01G21/00; auxiliary devices for weighing apparatus in general G01G23/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G13/006 2 {Container supply or discharge mechanism (means for automatic loading or discharging G01G13/02, G01G13/16, G01G13/24)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G13/02 1 Means for automatically loading weigh pans or other receptacles, e.g. disposable containers, under control of the weighing mechanism
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G13/022 2 {Material feeding devices (G01G13/04 - G01G13/14 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G13/024 3 {by gravity}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G13/026 3 {by mechanical conveying means, e.g. belt or vibratory conveyor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G13/028 3 {by pneumatic carrying means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G13/04 2 involving dribble-feed means controlled by the weighing mechanism to top up the receptacle to the target weight
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G13/06 3 wherein the main feed is effected by gravity from a hopper or chute
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G13/08 3 wherein the main feed is effected by mechanical conveying means, e.g. by belt conveyors, by vibratory conveyors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G13/10 3 wherein the main feed is effected by pneumatic conveying means, e.g. by fluidised feed of granular material
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G13/12 2 Arrangements for compensating for material suspended at cut-off, i.e. for material which is still falling from the feeder when the weigher stops the feeder
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G13/14 2 Arrangements for determination of, or compensation for, the tare weight of an unloaded container, e.g. of a disposable container
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G13/16 1 Means for automatically discharging weigh receptacles under control of the weighing mechanism
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G13/18 2 by valves or flaps in the container bottom
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G13/20 2 by screw conveyors in the weigh receptacle
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G13/22 2 by tilting or rotating the weigh receptacle
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G13/24 1 Weighing mechanism control arrangements for automatic feed or discharge
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G13/241 2 {Bulk-final weighing apparatus, e.g. rough weighing balance combined with separate fine weighing balance}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G13/242 2 {Twin weighing apparatus; weighing apparatus using single load carrier and a plurality of weigh pans coupled alternately with the load carrier; weighing apparatus with two or more alternatively used weighing devices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G13/243 3 {using a single load carrier}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G13/244 4 {with a single weighing receptacle divided into two or more alternatively used sections}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G13/245 5 {the weighing receptacles being rockable or oscillating}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G13/246 5 {the weighing apparatus being rotatable}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G13/247 2 {Checking quantity of material in the feeding arrangement, e.g. discharge material only if a predetermined quantity is present}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G13/248 2 {Continuous control of flow of material (control of flow G05D7/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G13/26 2 involving fluid-pressure systems
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G13/28 2 involving variation of an electrical variable which is used to control loading or discharge of the receptacle
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G13/285 3 involving comparison with a reference value (G01G13/29 takes precedence {; electric measuring arrangements involving comparison with a reference value G01R17/00})
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G13/2851 4 {for controlling automatic loading of weigh pans or other receptacles (G01G13/29 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G13/2852 5 {involving dribble-feed means controlled by the weighing mechanism to top up the receptacle to the target weight}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G13/2853 6 {wherein the main feed is effected by gravity from a hopper or chute}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G13/2855 6 {wherein the main feed is effected by mechanical conveyingmeans, e.g. by belt conveyors, by vibratory conveyors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G13/2856 6 {wherein the main feed is effected by pneumatic conveying means, e.g. by fluidised feed of granular material}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G13/2857 5 {Arrangements for compensating for material suspended at cut-off, i.e. for material which is still falling from the feeder when the weigher stops the feeder}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G13/2858 5 {Arrangements for the determination of, or compensation for, the tare weight of an unloaded container, e.g. of a disposable container}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G13/29 3 involving digital counting
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G13/2906 4 {for controlling automatic loading of weigh-pans or other receptacles}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G13/2912 5 {involving dribble-feed means controlled by the weighing mechanism to top up the receptacle to the target weight}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G13/2918 6 {wherein the main feed is effected by gravity from a hopper or chute}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G13/2925 6 {wherein the main feed is effected by mechanical means, e.g. by belt conveyors, by vibratory conveyors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G13/2931 6 {wherein the main feed is effected by pneumatic conveying means, e.g. by fluidised feed of granular material}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G13/2937 5 {Arrangements for compensating for material suspended at cut-off, i.e. for material which is still falling from the feeder when the weigher stops the feeder}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G13/2943 5 {Arrangements for determination of, or compensation for, the tare weight of an unloaded container, e.g. of a disposable container}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G13/295 3 for controlling automatic loading of the receptacle {(G01G13/285, G01G13/29 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G13/2951 4 {involving dribble-feed means controlled by the weighing mechanism to top up the receptacle to the target weight}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G13/2952 5 {wherein the main feed is effected by gravity from a hopper or chute}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G13/2954 5 {wherein the main feed is effected by mechanical conveying means, e.g. by belt conveyors, by vibratory conveyors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G13/2955 5 {wherein the main feed is effected by pneumatic conveying means, e.g. by fluidised feed of granular material}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G13/2957 4 {Arrangements for compensating for material suspended at cut-off, i.e. for material which is still falling from the feeder when the weigher stops the feeder}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G13/2958 4 {Arrangements for the determination of, or compensation for, the tare weight of an unloaded container, e.g. a disposable container}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G13/30 2 involving limit switches or position-sensing switches
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G13/32 3 involving photoelectric devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G13/34 2 involving mechanical linkage motivated by weighing mechanism
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G15/00 0 Arrangements for check-weighing of materials dispensed into removable containers (packaging aspects B65B; {electric measuring arrangements involving comparison with a reference value G01R17/00})
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G15/001 1 {Volumetric pre-dispensing to an estimated weight; Gravimetric make-up device for target device}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G2015/002 2 {using electrical, electromechanical or electronic means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G2015/003 3 {involving digital counting}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G2015/005 3 {involving comparison with reference value}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G15/006 1 {using electrical, electromechanical, or electronic means not covered by G01G15/001, G01G15/02, G01G15/04}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G2015/007 2 {involving digital counting}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G2015/008 2 {involving comparison with a reference value}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G15/02 1 with provision for adding or removing a make-up quantity of material to obtain the desired net weight (dribble-feed means for automatic batch-weighers G01G13/04)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G2015/022 2 {using electrical, electromechanical or electronic means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G2015/025 3 {involving digital counting}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G2015/027 3 {involving comparison with a reference value}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G15/04 1 with provision for adding or removing a make-up quantity of material to obtain the desired gross weight (dribble-feed means for automatic batch-weighers G01G13/04)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G2015/042 2 {using electrical, electromechanical or electronic means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G2015/045 3 {involving digital counting}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G2015/047 3 {involving comparison with a reference value}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G17/00 0 Apparatus for or methods of weighing material of special form or property (determining weight by measuring volume G01F)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G17/02 1 for weighing material of filamentary or sheet form
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G17/04 1 for weighing fluids, e.g. gases, pastes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G17/06 2 having means for controlling the supply or discharge
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G17/08 1 for weighing livestock
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G19/00 0 Weighing apparatus or methods adapted for special purposes not provided for in the preceding groups {(electric measuring arrangements involving comparison with a reference value G01R17/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G19/002 1 {for postal parcels and letters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G19/005 2 {with electric or electronic computing means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G19/007 1 {fractioning a determined weight of material in several equal parts}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G19/02 1 for weighing wheeled or rolling bodies, e.g. vehicles
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G19/021 2 {having electrical weight-sensitive devices (G01G19/04 - G01G19/07 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G19/022 2 {for weighing wheeled or rolling bodies in motion (G01G19/045 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G19/024 3 {using electrical weight-sensitive devices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G19/025 2 {wheel-load scales}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G19/027 3 {using electrical weight-sensitive devices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G19/028 2 {combined with shock-absorbing devices (shock-absorbing arrangements for bearings G01G21/02; means for damping oscillations G01G23/06; shock-absorbers per se F16F)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G19/03 2 for weighing during motion (G01G19/04, G01G19/07 take precedence {check weighing of materials dispensed into removable containers G01G15/00; weighing a continuous stream of material during flow G01G11/00; G01G19/02, e.g. G01G19/022, G01G19/045 take precedence})
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G19/035 3 {using electrical weight-sensitive devices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G19/04 2 for weighing railway vehicles
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G19/042 3 {having electrical weight-sensitive devices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G19/045 3 {for weighing railway vehicles in motion}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G19/047 4 {using electrical weight-sensitive devices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G19/06 3 on overhead rails
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G19/07 2 for weighing aircraft
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G19/08 1 for incorporation in vehicles
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G19/083 2 {lift truck scale}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G19/086 2 {wherein the vehicle mass is dynamically estimated}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G19/10 2 having fluid weight-sensitive devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G19/12 2 having electrical weight-sensitive devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G19/14 1 for weighing suspended loads (G01G3/00 takes precedence; incorporation of weighing devices in cranes B66C1/40, B66C13/16)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G19/16 2 having fluid weight-sensitive devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G19/18 2 having electrical weight-sensitive devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G19/20 2 for weighing unbalanced loads
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G19/22 1 for apportioning materials by weighing prior to mixing them (ratio regulation G05D11/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G19/24 2 using a single weighing apparatus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G19/26 3 associated with two or more counterweighted beams
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G19/28 3 having fluid weight-sensitive devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G19/30 3 having electrical weight-sensitive devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G19/303 4 {involving digital counting}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G19/306 4 {involving comparison with a reference value}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G19/32 2 using two or more weighing apparatus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G19/34 2 with electrical control means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G19/343 3 {involving digital counting}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G19/346 3 {involving comparison with a reference value}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G19/36 2 with mechanical control means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G19/38 2 programme controlled, e.g. by perforated tape (programme control in general G05B19/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G19/382 3 {involving digital counting}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G19/384 3 {involving comparison with a reference value}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G19/387 1 for combinatorial weighing, i.e. selecting a combination of articles whose total weight or number is closest to a desired value
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G19/393 2 using two or more weighing units
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G19/40 1 with provisions for indicating, recording, or computing price or other quantities dependent on the weight (indicating means for weighing apparatus G01G23/18; recording means for weighing apparatus G01G23/18; computers in general G06)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G19/41 2 using mechanical computing means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G19/413 2 using electromechanical or electronic computing means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G19/414 3 using electronic computing means only
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G19/4142 4 {for controlling activation of safety devices, e.g. airbag systems (electrical circuits for triggering safety arrangements in case of vehicle accidents B60R21/015)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G19/4144 4 {for controlling weight of goods in commercial establishments, e.g. supermarket, P.O.S. systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G19/4146 4 {for controlling caloric intake, e.g. diet control}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G19/4148 4 {for controlling postal rate in articles to be mailed (franking apparatus with means for computing G07B17/02)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G19/415 4 combined with recording means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G19/417 2 with provision for checking computing part of balance
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G19/42 2 for counting by weighing (G01G19/387 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G19/44 1 for weighing persons
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G19/445 2 {in a horizontal position}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G19/46 2 Spring balances specially adapted for this purpose
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G19/48 2 Pendulum balances specially adapted for this purpose
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G19/50 2 having additional measuring devices, e.g. for height
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G19/52 1 Weighing apparatus combined with other objects, e.g. furniture (with walking sticks A45B3/08)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G19/54 2 combined with writing implements or paper-knives
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G19/56 2 combined with handles of tools or household implements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G19/58 2 combined with handles of suit-cases or trunks
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G19/60 2 combined with fishing equipment, e.g. with fishing rods
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G19/62 1 Over or under weighing apparatus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G19/64 1 Percentage-indicating weighing apparatus, i.e. for expressing the weight as a percentage of a predetermined or initial weight
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G21/00 0 Details of weighing apparatus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G21/02 1 Arrangements of bearings (bearings per se F16C)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G21/022 2 {of tapes or ribbons}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G21/025 2 {using a combination of knife-edge and ball or roller bearings}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G21/027 2 {Hydraulic or pneumatic bearings}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G21/04 2 of knife-edge bearings
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G21/06 2 of ball or roller bearings
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G21/07 2 of flexure-plate bearings
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G21/08 2 Bearing mountings or adjusting means therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G21/085 3 {of knife-edge bearings (knife-edge bearings G01G21/04)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G21/10 2 Floating suspensions; Arrangements of shock absorbers (shock absorbers per se F16F)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G21/12 2 Devices for preventing derangement
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G21/125 3 {of knife-edge bearings (knife-edge bearings G01G21/04)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G21/14 1 Beams
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G21/16 2 of composite construction; Connections between different beams
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G21/161 3 {Connections between different beams}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G21/162 4 {using knife-edge bearings (knife-edge bearings G01G21/04)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G21/163 4 {using ball or roller bearings (ball or roller bearings G01G21/04)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G21/165 4 {using tapes or ribbons (tapes or ribbons G01G21/022)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G21/166 4 {using flexure plate fulcrums (flexure plate fulcrums G01G21/07)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G21/167 4 {combined with different kinds of bearings}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G21/168 5 {combined with knife-edge and ball or roller bearings}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G21/18 1 Link connections between the beam and the weigh pan
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G21/182 2 {using knife-edge bearings (knife-edge bearings G01G21/04)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G21/184 2 {using ball or roller bearings (ball or roller bearings G01G21/06)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G21/186 2 {using tapes or ribbons (tapes or ribbons G01G21/022)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G21/188 2 {using flexure plate fulcrums (flexure plate fulcrums G01G21/07)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G21/20 2 for precision weighing apparatus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G21/22 1 Weigh pans or other weighing receptacles; Weighing platforms
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G21/23 1 Support or suspension of weighing platforms (G01G21/24 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G21/235 2 {using knife-edge bearings (knife-edge bearings G01G21/04)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G21/24 1 Guides or linkages for ensuring parallel motion of the weigh-pans
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G21/241 2 {combined with knife-edge bearings (knife-edge bearings G01G21/04)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G21/242 2 {combined with ball or roller bearings (ball or roller bearings G01G21/06)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G21/243 2 {combined with tapes or ribbons (tapes or ribbons G01G21/022)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G21/244 2 {combined with flexure-plate fulcrums (flexure-plate fulcrums G01G21/07)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G21/245 2 {combined with different kinds of bearings}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G21/246 3 {combined with knife-edge and ball or roller bearings}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G21/247 3 {combined with knife-edge bearings and tapes or ribbons}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G21/248 3 {combined with knife-edge and flexure-plate fulcrums}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G21/26 1 Counterweights; Poise-weights; Sets of weights; Holders for the reception of weights
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G21/28 1 Frames, Housings
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G21/283 2 {Details related to a user interface}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G21/286 2 {with windshields}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G21/30 1 Means for preventing contamination by dust
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G23/00 0 Auxiliary devices for weighing apparatus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G23/002 1 {Means for correcting for obliquity of mounting (for pendulum-weight apparatus G01G1/16)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G23/005 1 {Means for preventing overload}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G23/007 1 {Integrated arrangements for generating electrical power, e.g. solar cells}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G23/01 1 Testing or calibrating of weighing apparatus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G23/012 2 {with load cells comprising in-build calibration weights}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G23/015 2 {by adjusting to the local gravitational acceleration}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G23/017 2 {Securing calibration against fraud}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G23/02 1 Relieving mechanisms; Arrestment mechanisms
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G23/04 2 for precision weighing apparatus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G23/06 1 Means for damping oscillations, e.g. of weigh beams
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G23/08 2 by fluid means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G23/10 2 by electric or magnetic means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G23/12 2 specially adapted for preventing oscillations due to movement of the load
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G23/14 1 Devices for determining tare weight or for cancelling out the tare by zeroising, e.g. mechanically operated (in connection with automatic loading G01G13/14)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G23/16 2 electrically or magnetically operated
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G23/163 3 {involving digital counting}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G23/166 3 {involving comparison with a reference value}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G23/18 1 Indicating devices, e.g. for remote indication; Recording devices; Scales, e.g. graduated
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G23/20 2 Indicating weight by mechanical means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G23/203 3 {with wheel-type counters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G23/206 3 {special graduated scales therefor (G01G23/24 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G23/22 3 combined with price indicators
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G23/24 3 involving logarithmic scales
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G23/26 3 Drive for the indicating member, e.g. mechanical amplifiers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G23/28 3 involving auxiliary or memory marks
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G23/30 3 with means for illuminating the scale
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G23/32 2 Indicating the weight by optical projection means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G23/34 3 combined with price indicators
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G23/35 2 Indicating the weight by photographic recording
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G23/36 2 Indicating the weight by electrical means, e.g. using photoelectric cells
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G23/361 3 {using photoelectric cells}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G23/362 3 {using electric contacts}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G23/363 3 {using magnetic or capacitive contacts}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G23/365 3 involving comparison with a reference value (G01G23/37 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G23/37 3 involving digital counting
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G23/3707 4 {using a microprocessor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G23/3714 5 {with feedback means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G23/3721 5 {with particular representation of the result, e.g. graphic}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G23/3728 4 {with wireless means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G23/3735 5 {using a digital network}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G23/3742 6 {using a mobile telephone network}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G23/375 4 during the movement of a coded element
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G23/38 2 Recording and/or coding devices specially adapted for weighing apparatus (computers per se G06; disc converters in general G08C)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G23/40 3 mechanically operated
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G23/42 3 electrically operated
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G23/44 4 Coding devices therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G23/46 3 Devices preventing recording until the weighing mechanism has come to rest
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01G23/48 1 Temperature-compensating arrangements (G01G1/14, G01G1/42, G01G3/18 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01H MEASUREMENT OF MECHANICAL VIBRATIONS OR ULTRASONIC, SONIC OR INFRASONIC WAVES
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01H1/00 0 Measuring {characteristics of} vibrations in solids by using direct conduction to the detector (G01H9/00, G01H11/00 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01H1/003 1 {of rotating machines (G01H1/10 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01H1/006 2 {of the rotor of turbo machines}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01H1/04 1 of vibrations which are transverse to direction of propagation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01H1/06 2 Frequency
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01H1/08 2 Amplitude
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01H1/10 1 of torsional vibrations
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01H1/12 1 of longitudinal or not specified vibrations
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01H1/14 2 Frequency
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01H1/16 2 Amplitude
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01H3/00 0 Measuring {characteristics of} vibrations by using a detector in a fluid (G01H7/00, G01H9/00, G01H11/00 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01H3/005 1 {Testing or calibrating of detectors covered by the subgroups of G01H3/00 (calibrating geophysical instruments, e.g. seismic receivers G01V13/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01H3/04 1 Frequency
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01H3/06 2 by electric means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01H3/08 2 Analysing frequencies present in complex vibrations, e.g. comparing harmonics present {(acoustic presence detection G01V1/001)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01H3/10 1 Amplitude; Power
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01H3/12 2 by electric means (G01H3/14 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01H3/125 3 {for representing acoustic field distribution (using optical means G01H9/002; sonar systems for imaging G01S7/56, G01S15/89; acoustic holography G03H3/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01H3/14 2 Measuring mean amplitude; Measuring mean power; Measuring time integral of power
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01H5/00 0 Measuring propagation velocity of ultrasonic, sonic or infrasonic waves {, e.g. of pressure waves}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01H7/00 0 Measuring reverberation time {; room acoustic measurements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01H9/00 0 Measuring mechanical vibrations or ultrasonic, sonic or infrasonic waves by using radiation-sensitive means, e.g. optical means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01H9/002 1 {for representing acoustic field distribution (sonar systems for imaging G01S7/56, G01S15/89; acoustic holography G03H3/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01H9/004 1 {using fibre optic sensors (light guides per se G02B6/00, acousto-optical devices specially adapted for gating or modulating in optical wave guides G02F1/125)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01H9/006 2 {the vibrations causing a variation in the relative position of the end of a fibre and another element}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01H9/008 1 {by using ultrasonic waves (measuring position using ultrasonic waves G01S15/02)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01H11/00 0 Measuring mechanical vibrations or ultrasonic, sonic or infrasonic waves by detecting changes in electric or magnetic properties
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01H11/02 1 by magnetic means, e.g. reluctance
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01H11/04 2 using magnetostrictive devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01H11/06 1 by electric means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01H11/08 2 using piezo-electric devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01H13/00 0 Measuring resonant frequency
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01H15/00 0 Measuring mechanical or acoustic impedance
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01H17/00 0 Measuring mechanical vibrations or ultrasonic, sonic or infrasonic waves, not provided for in the preceding groups {(see provisionally also G01H1/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J MEASUREMENT OF INTENSITY, VELOCITY, SPECTRAL CONTENT, POLARISATION, PHASE OR PULSE CHARACTERISTICS OF INFRA-RED, VISIBLE OR ULTRA-VIOLET LIGHT; COLORIMETRY; RADIATION PYROMETRY (light sources F21, H01J, H01K, H05B; investigating properties of materials by optical means G01N)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J1/00 0 Photometry, e.g. photographic exposure meter (spectrophotometry G01J3/00; specially adapted for radiation pyrometry G01J5/00 {; exposure meters built in cameras G03B17/06})
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J1/02 1 Details
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J1/0204 2 {Compact construction}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J1/0209 3 {Monolithic}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J1/0214 2 {Constructional arrangements for removing stray light}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J1/0219 2 {Electrical interface; User interface}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J1/0223 2 {Sample holders for photometry}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J1/0228 2 {Control of working procedures; Failure detection; Spectral bandwidth calculation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J1/0233 2 {Handheld}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J1/0238 2 {making use of sensor-related data, e.g. for identification of sensor or optical parts}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J1/0242 2 {Control or determination of height or angle information of sensors or receivers; Goniophotometry}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J1/0247 2 {using a charging unit}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J1/0252 2 {Constructional arrangements for compensating for fluctuations caused by, e.g. temperature, or using cooling or temperature stabilization of parts of the device; Controlling the atmosphere inside a photometer; Purge systems, cleaning devices (protection against electromagnetic interferences G01J2001/0276)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2001/0257 2 {portable}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2001/0261 3 {Pocket size; Card size}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J1/0266 2 {Field-of-view determination; Aiming or pointing of a photometer; Adjusting alignment; Encoding angular position; Size of the measurement area; Position tracking; Photodetection involving different fields of view for a single detector}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J1/0271 2 {Housings; Attachments or accessories for photometers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2001/0276 2 {Protection}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2001/028 3 {against liquid}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2001/0285 3 {against laser damage}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J1/029 2 {Multi-channel photometry}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J1/0295 2 {Constructional arrangements for removing other types of optical noise or for performing calibration}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J1/04 2 Optical or mechanical part {supplementary adjustable parts}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J1/0403 3 {Mechanical elements; Supports for optical elements; Scanning arrangements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J1/0407 3 {Optical elements not provided otherwise, e.g. manifolds, windows, holograms, gratings}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J1/0411 4 {using focussing or collimating elements, i.e. lenses or mirrors; Aberration correction}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J1/0414 4 {using plane or convex mirrors, parallel phase plates, or plane beam-splitters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J1/0418 4 {using attenuators}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J1/0422 4 {using light concentrators, collectors or condensers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J1/0425 4 {using optical fibers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J1/0429 4 {using polarisation elements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J1/0433 4 {using notch filters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J1/0437 4 {using masks, aperture plates, spatial light modulators, spatial filters, e.g. reflective filters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J1/044 4 {using shutters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J1/0444 4 {using means for replacing an element by another, e.g. for replacing a filter or grating}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J1/0448 4 {Adjustable, e.g. focussing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J1/0451 4 {using means for illuminating a slit efficiently, e.g. entrance slit of a photometer or entrance face of fiber}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J1/0455 4 {having a throughhole enabling the optical element to fulfil an additional optical function, e.g. a mirror or grating having a through-hole for a light collecting or light injecting optical fibre}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J1/0459 4 {using an optical amplifier of light or coatings to improve optical coupling}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J1/0462 4 {Slit arrangements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J1/0466 4 {with a sighting port}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J1/047 4 {using extension/expansion of solids or fluids, change of resonant frequency or extinction effect}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J1/0474 4 {Diffusers (cavities G01J2001/0481)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J1/0477 4 {Prisms, wedges}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2001/0481 3 {Preset integrating sphere or cavity}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2001/0485 3 {Cosinus correcting or purposely modifying the angular response of a light sensor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J1/0488 3 {with spectral filtering}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J1/0492 4 {using at least two different filters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2001/0496 4 {using fiber Bragg gratings}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J1/06 3 Restricting the angle of incident light
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2001/061 4 {Baffles}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2001/062 4 {by fibre-optic packed bundle}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2001/063 4 {with selectable field of view}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2001/065 5 {by changing elements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2001/066 5 {with an aiming optical device}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2001/067 4 {for angle scan}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2001/068 5 {by diaphragm or the like}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J1/08 2 Arrangements of light sources specially adapted for photometry {standard sources, also using luminescent or radioactive material}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2001/083 3 {Testing response of detector}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2001/086 3 {Calibrating drift correction}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J1/10 1 by comparison with reference light or electric value {provisionally void}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J1/12 2 using wholly visual means (G01J1/20 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J1/122 3 {Visual exposure meters for determining the exposure time in photographical recording or reproducing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J1/124 4 {based on the comparison of the intensity of measured light with a comparison source or comparison illuminated surface}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J1/126 5 {for enlarging apparatus}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J1/128 5 {for copy- or printing apparatus}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J1/14 3 using comparison with a surface of graded brightness, {(e.g. for view taking; for analytical applications G01N21/293)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J1/16 2 using electric radiation detectors (G01J1/20 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2001/1605 3 {Null method}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2001/161 3 {Ratio method, i.e. Im/Ir}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2001/1615 4 {Computing a difference/sum ratio, i.e. (Im - Ir) / (Im + Ir)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2001/1621 4 {Comparing a duty ratio of pulses}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J1/1626 3 {Arrangements with two photodetectors, the signals of which are compared}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2001/1631 4 {Bridge circuit}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2001/1636 4 {one detector directly monitoring the source, e.g. also impulse time controlling}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2001/1642 5 {and acting on the detecting circuit}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2001/1647 4 {one signal maintained constant}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2001/1652 4 {one detector being transparent before the other one}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2001/1657 4 {one signal being spectrally modified, e.g. for UV}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2001/1663 4 {two detectors of different sensitivity}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2001/1668 3 {the measuring signal itself varying in time, e.g. periodic, for example blood pulsation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2001/1673 3 {using a reference sample}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2001/1678 3 {Comparing time separated signals, i.e. chopped}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2001/1684 4 {and selecting also a DC level from the signal}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2001/1689 4 {one separated signal being processed differently}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2001/1694 4 {with a signal from on/off switched light source}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J1/18 3 using comparison with a reference electric value
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2001/182 4 {with SH sample and hold circuits}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2001/184 5 {on a succession of signals}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2001/186 4 {Comparison or correction from an electric source within the processing circuit}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2001/188 5 {on pulse train}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J1/20 2 intensity of the measured or reference value being varied to equalise their effects at the detectors, e.g. by varying incidence angle
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J1/22 3 using a variable element in the light-path, e.g. filter, polarising means (G01J1/34 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J1/24 4 using electric radiation detectors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2001/242 5 {Filter wheel, i.e. absorption filter series graduated}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2001/245 5 {with two or more separate attenuated steps}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2001/247 5 {of spectral wedge type}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J1/26 5 adapted for automatic variation of the measured or reference value (regulation of light intensity G05D25/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J1/28 3 using variation of intensity or distance of source (G01J1/34 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J1/30 4 using electric radiation detectors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J1/32 5 adapted for automatic variation of the measured or reference value (regulation of light intensity G05D25/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J1/34 3 using separate light paths used alternately or sequentially, e.g. flicker
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J1/36 4 using electric radiation detectors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2001/363 5 {Chopper stabilisation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2001/366 5 {Balancing two paths}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J1/38 1 using wholly visual means (G01J1/10 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J1/40 2 using limit or visibility or extinction effect
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J1/42 1 using electric radiation detectors (optical or mechanical part G01J1/04; by comparison with a reference light or electric value G01J1/10)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J1/4204 2 {with determination of ambient light (solar light G01J2001/4266)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J1/4209 2 {Photoelectric exposure meters for determining the exposure time in recording or reproducing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J1/4214 3 {specially adapted for view-taking apparatus}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J1/4219 3 {specially adapted for enlargers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J1/4223 3 {specially adapted for copy - or printing apparatus}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J1/4228 2 {arrangements with two or more detectors, e.g. for sensitivity compensation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2001/4233 3 {with selection of detector}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2001/4238 2 {Pulsed light}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2001/4242 2 {Modulated light, e.g. for synchronizing source and detector circuit}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2001/4247 2 {for testing lamps or other light sources}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2001/4252 3 {for testing LED's}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J1/4257 2 {applied to monitoring the characteristics of a beam, e.g. laser beam, headlamp beam (monitoring arrangements for lasers in general H01S3/0014)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2001/4261 3 {Scan through beam in order to obtain a cross-sectional profile of the beam}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2001/4266 2 {for measuring solar light}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2001/4271 3 {Pyrrheliometer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2001/4276 3 {Solar energy integrator over time}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2001/428 3 {for sunlight scattered by atmosphere}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2001/4285 3 {Pyranometer, i.e. integrating over space}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J1/429 2 {applied to measurement of ultraviolet light (using counting tubes G01T)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2001/4295 2 {using a physical effect not covered by other subgroups of G01J1/42}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J1/44 2 Electric circuits {(for command of an exposure part G03B7/02)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2001/4406 3 {Plural ranges in circuit, e.g. switchable ranges; Adjusting sensitivity selecting gain values}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2001/4413 3 {Type}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2001/442 4 {Single-photon detection or photon counting}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2001/4426 4 {with intensity to frequency or voltage to frequency conversion [IFC or VFC]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2001/4433 4 {Peak sensing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2001/444 3 {Compensating; Calibrating, e.g. dark current, temperature drift, noise reduction or baseline correction; Adjusting}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2001/4446 3 {Type of detector}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2001/4453 4 {PMT}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2001/446 4 {Photodiode}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2001/4466 5 {Avalanche}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2001/4473 4 {Phototransistor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2001/448 4 {Array [CCD]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2001/4486 4 {Streak tube}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2001/4493 4 {with image intensifyer tube [IIT]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J1/46 3 using a capacitor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J1/48 1 using chemical effects
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J1/50 2 using change in colour of an indicator, e.g. actinometer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J1/52 2 using photographic effects
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J1/54 2 by observing photo-reactions between gases
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J1/56 1 using radiation pressure or radiometer effect
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J1/58 1 using luminescence generated by light
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J1/60 1 by measuring the pupil of the eye
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J3/00 0 Spectrometry; Spectrophotometry; Monochromators; Measuring colours
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2003/003 1 {Comparing spectra of two light sources}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2003/006 1 {Fundamentals or review articles}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J3/02 1 Details
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J3/0202 2 {Mechanical elements; Supports for optical elements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J3/0205 2 {Optical elements not provided otherwise, e.g. optical manifolds, diffusers, windows}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J3/0208 3 {using focussing or collimating elements, e.g. lenses or mirrors; performing aberration correction}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J3/021 3 {using plane or convex mirrors, parallel phase plates, or particular reflectors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J3/0213 3 {using attenuators}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J3/0216 3 {using light concentrators or collectors or condensers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J3/0218 3 {using optical fibers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J3/0221 4 {the fibers defining an entry slit}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J3/0224 3 {using polarising or depolarising elements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J3/0227 3 {using notch filters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J3/0229 3 {using masks, aperture plates, spatial light modulators or spatial filters, e.g. reflective filters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J3/0232 3 {using shutters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J3/0235 3 {using means for replacing an element by another, for replacing a filter or a grating}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J3/0237 3 {Adjustable, e.g. focussing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J3/024 3 {using means for illuminating a slit efficiently (e.g. entrance slit of a spectrometer or entrance face of fiber)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J3/0243 3 {having a through-hole enabling the optical element to fulfil an additional optical function, e.g. a mirror or grating having a throughhole for a light collecting or light injecting optical fiber}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J3/0245 3 {using an optical amplifier of light, e.g. doped fiber}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J3/0248 3 {using a sighting port, e.g. camera or human eye}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J3/0251 3 {Colorimeters making use of an integrating sphere}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J3/0254 3 {Spectrometers, other than colorimeters, making use of an integrating sphere}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J3/0256 2 {Compact construction}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J3/0259 3 {Monolithic}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J3/0262 2 {Constructional arrangements for removing stray light}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J3/0264 2 {Electrical interface; User interface}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J3/0267 2 {Sample holders for colorimetry}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J3/027 2 {Control of working procedures of a spectrometer; Failure detection; Bandwidth calculation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J3/0272 2 {Handheld}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J3/0275 2 {making use of sensor-related data, e.g. for identification of sensor parts or optical elements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J3/0278 2 {Control or determination of height or angle information for sensors or receivers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2003/0281 2 {slitless}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J3/0283 2 {using a charging unit}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J3/0286 2 {Constructional arrangements for compensating for fluctuations caused by temperature, humidity or pressure, or using cooling or temperature stabilization of parts of the device; Controlling the atmosphere inside a spectrometer, e.g. vacuum}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J3/0289 2 {Field-of-view determination; Aiming or pointing of a spectrometer; Adjusting alignment; Encoding angular position; Size of measurement area; Position tracking}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J3/0291 2 {Housings; Spectrometer accessories; Spatial arrangement of elements, e.g. folded path arrangements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J3/0294 2 {Multi-channel spectroscopy}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J3/0297 2 {Constructional arrangements for removing other types of optical noise or for performing calibration}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J3/04 2 Slit arrangements {slit adjustment}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2003/042 3 {Slit wheel}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2003/045 3 {Sequential slits; Multiple slits}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2003/047 3 {Configuration of two or more entry or exit slits for predetermined delta-lambda}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J3/06 2 Scanning arrangements {arrangements for order-selection}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2003/061 3 {Mechanisms, e.g. sine bar}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2003/062 3 {motor-driven}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2003/063 4 {Step motor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2003/064 3 {Use of other elements for scan, e.g. mirror, fixed grating}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2003/065 4 {Use of fibre scan for spectral scan}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2003/066 3 {Microprocessor control of functions, e.g. slit, scan, bandwidth during scan}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2003/067 3 {Use of plane parallel plate, e.g. small scan, wobble}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2003/068 3 {tuned to preselected wavelengths}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2003/069 3 {Complex motion, e.g. rotation of grating and correcting translation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J3/08 2 Beam switching arrangements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J3/10 2 Arrangements of light sources specially adapted for spectrometry or colorimetry
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2003/102 3 {Plural sources}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2003/104 4 {Monochromatic plural sources}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2003/106 4 {the two sources being alternating or selectable, e.g. in two ranges or line:continuum}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J3/108 3 {for measurement in the infra-red range}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J3/12 1 Generating the spectrum; Monochromators
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2003/1204 2 {Grating and filter}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2003/1208 2 {Prism and grating}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2003/1213 2 {Filters in general, e.g. dichroic, band}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2003/1217 3 {Indexed discrete filters or choppers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2003/1221 3 {Mounting; Adjustment}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2003/1226 2 {Interference filters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2003/123 3 {Indexed discrete filters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2003/1234 3 {Continuously variable IF [CVIF]; Wedge type}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2003/1239 3 {and separate detectors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2003/1243 3 {Pivoting IF or other position variation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2003/1247 3 {Tuning}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2003/1252 3 {Using "resonance cell", e.g. Na vapor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J3/1256 2 {using acousto-optic tunable filter; (acousto-optic elements or systems G02F1/11, G02F1/33)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2003/126 2 {Focal isolation type}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2003/1265 2 {the wavelengths being separated in time, e.g. through optical fibre array}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2003/1269 2 {Electrooptic filter}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2003/1273 2 {Order selection}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2003/1278 2 {Mask with spectral selection}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2003/1282 2 {Spectrum tailoring}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2003/1286 2 {Polychromator in general}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2003/1291 2 {polarised, birefringent}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2003/1295 2 {Plural entry slits, e.g. for different incidences}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J3/14 2 using refracting elements, e.g. prisms (G01J3/18, G01J3/26 take precedence {prisms per se G02B5/04})
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2003/145 3 {Prism systems for straight view}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J3/16 3 with autocollimation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J3/18 2 using diffraction elements, e.g. grating (gratings per se G02B)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J3/1804 3 {Plane gratings}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J3/1809 3 {Echelle gratings}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2003/1814 3 {Double monochromator}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2003/1819 4 {Double pass monochromator}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2003/1823 4 {substractive}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2003/1828 3 {with order sorter or prefilter}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J3/1833 3 {Grazing incidence}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J3/1838 3 {Holographic gratings}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2003/1842 3 {Types of grating}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2003/1847 4 {Variable spacing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2003/1852 4 {Cylindric surface}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2003/1857 4 {Toroid surface}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2003/1861 4 {Transmission gratings}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2003/1866 3 {Monochromator for three or more wavelengths}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2003/1871 4 {Duochromator}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2003/1876 4 {Polychromator}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2003/188 3 {Constant deviation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2003/1885 3 {Holder for interchangeable gratings, e.g. at different ranges of wavelengths}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J3/189 3 {using at least one grating in an off-plane configuration}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J3/1895 3 {using fiber Bragg gratings or gratings integrated in a waveguide}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J3/20 3 Rowland circle spectrometers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J3/22 3 Littrow mirror spectrometers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J3/24 3 using gratings profiled to favour a specific order
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J3/26 2 using multiple reflection, e.g. Fabry-Perot interferometer, variable interference filters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2003/262 3 {Double pass; Multiple pass}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2003/265 3 {Read out, e.g. polychromator}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2003/267 3 {of the SISAM type}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J3/28 1 Investigating the spectrum (using colour filters G01J3/51)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J3/2803 2 {using photoelectric array detector}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2003/2806 3 {Array and filter array}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2003/2809 4 {Array and correcting filter}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2003/2813 3 {2D-array}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2003/2816 3 {Semiconductor laminate layer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2003/282 3 {Modified CCD or like}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J3/2823 2 {Imaging spectrometer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2003/2826 3 {Multispectral imaging, e.g. filter imaging}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2003/283 2 {computer-interfaced}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2003/2833 3 {and memorised spectra collection}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2003/2836 3 {Programming unit, i.e. source and date processing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2003/284 3 {Spectral construction}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2003/2843 3 {Processing for eliminating interfering spectra}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J3/2846 2 {using modulation grid; Grid spectrometers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2003/285 3 {Hadamard transformation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2003/2853 2 {Averaging successive scans or readings}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2003/2856 3 {and calculation of standard deviation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2003/2859 2 {Peak detecting in spectrum}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2003/2863 3 {and calculating peak area}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2003/2866 2 {Markers; Calibrating of scan}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2003/2869 3 {Background correcting}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2003/2873 3 {Storing reference spectrum}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2003/2876 3 {Correcting linearity of signal}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2003/2879 3 {Calibrating scan, e.g. Fabry Perot interferometer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2003/2883 3 {Correcting overlapping}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2003/2886 2 {Investigating periodic spectrum}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J3/2889 2 {Rapid scan spectrometers; Time resolved spectrometry}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2003/2893 3 {with rotating grating}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2003/2896 2 {Vidicon, image intensifier tube}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J3/30 2 Measuring the intensity of spectral lines directly on the spectrum itself (G01J3/42, G01J3/44 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J3/32 3 Investigating bands of a spectrum in sequence by a single detector
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2003/323 4 {Comparing line:background}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2003/326 4 {Scanning mask, plate, chopper, e.g. small spectrum interval}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J3/36 3 Investigating two or more bands of a spectrum by separate detectors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J3/40 2 Measuring the intensity of spectral lines by determining density of a photograph of the spectrum; Spectrography (G01J3/42, G01J3/44 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J3/42 2 Absorption spectrometry; Double beam spectrometry; Flicker spectrometry; Reflection spectrometry (beam switching arrangements G01J3/08)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2003/421 3 {Single beam}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2003/423 3 {Spectral arrangements using lasers, e.g. tunable}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2003/425 3 {Reflectance}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J3/427 3 Dual wavelengths spectrometry
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2003/4275 4 {Polarised dual wavelength spectrometry}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J3/433 3 Modulation spectrometry; Derivative spectrometry
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2003/4332 4 {frequency-modulated}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2003/4334 4 {by modulation of source, e.g. current modulation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2003/4336 4 {by magnetic modulation, e.g. Zeeman effect}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J3/4338 4 {Frequency modulated spectrometry}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J3/44 2 Raman spectrometry; Scattering spectrometry {; Fluorescence spectrometry}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J3/4406 3 {Fluorescence spectrometry}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J3/4412 3 {Scattering spectrometry (particle sizing by light scattering G01N15/0205; optical velocimetry of particles G01P5/20, G01P5/26)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2003/4418 4 {Power spectrum}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2003/4424 3 {Fluorescence correction for Raman spectrometry}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J3/443 2 Emission spectrometry
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2003/4435 3 {Measuring ratio of two lines, e.g. internal standard}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J3/447 2 Polarisation spectrometry
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J3/45 2 Interferometric spectrometry
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2003/451 3 {Dispersive interferometric spectrometry}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2003/452 3 {with recording of image of spectral transformation, e.g. hologram}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J3/453 3 by correlation of the amplitudes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J3/4531 4 {Devices without moving parts}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J3/4532 4 {Devices of compact or symmetric construction (G01J3/4531 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2003/4534 4 {Interferometer on illuminating side}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J3/4535 4 {Devices with moving mirror (G01J3/4532 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J3/4537 4 {Devices with refractive scan}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2003/4538 4 {Special processing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J3/457 2 Correlation spectrometry, e.g. of the intensity (G01J3/453 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J3/46 1 Measurement of colour; Colour measuring devices, e.g. colorimeters (measuring colour temperature G01J5/60)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J3/461 2 {with colour spinners}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J3/462 2 {Computing operations in or between colour spaces; Colour management systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J3/463 2 {Colour matching}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J3/465 2 {taking into account the colour perception of the eye; using tristimulus detection}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2003/466 2 {Coded colour; Recognition of predetermined colour; Determining proximity to predetermined colour}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2003/467 2 {Colour computing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2003/468 2 {of objects containing fluorescent agent}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J3/50 2 using electric radiation detectors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J3/501 3 {Colorimeters using spectrally-selective light sources, e.g. LEDs}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J3/502 3 {using a dispersive element, e.g. grating, prism}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2003/503 3 {Densitometric colour measurements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J3/504 3 {Goniometric colour measurements, for example measurements of metallic or flake based paints}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J3/505 3 {measuring the colour produced by lighting fixtures other than screens, monitors, displays or CRTs}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J3/506 3 {measuring the colour produced by screens, monitors, displays or CRTs}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2003/507 3 {the detectors being physically selective}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J3/508 3 {measuring the colour of teeth}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J3/51 3 using colour filters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J3/513 4 {having fixed filter-detector pairs}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2003/516 5 {with several stacked filters or stacked filter-detector pairs}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J3/52 2 using colour charts
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J3/522 3 {circular colour charts}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J3/524 3 {Calibration of colorimeters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J3/526 3 {for choosing a combination of different colours, e.g. to produce a pleasing effect for an observer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J3/528 4 {using colour harmony theory}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J4/00 0 Measuring polarisation of light (investigating or analysing materials by measuring rotation of plane of polarised light G01N21/21)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2004/001 1 {Devices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2004/002 2 {Selecting polarisation direction}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2004/004 3 {sequential, i.e. time-divided}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2004/005 3 {simultaneous, i.e. space-divided}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2004/007 3 {Mechanical mounting}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2004/008 1 {Polarisation rate}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J4/02 1 Polarimeters of separated-field type; Polarimeters of half-shadow type
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J4/04 1 Polarimeters using electric detection means (G01J4/02 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J5/00 0 Radiation pyrometry, e.g. infrared or optical thermometry
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J5/0003 1 {for sensing the radiant heat transfer of samples, e.g. emittance meter}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J5/0007 2 {of wafers or semiconductor substrates, e.g. using Rapid Thermal Processing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J5/0011 2 {Ear thermometers (G01J5/021 and G01J5/049 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J5/0014 1 {for sensing the radiation from gases, flames}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J5/0018 2 {Flames, plasma or welding}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J5/0022 1 {for sensing the radiation of moving bodies}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J5/0025 2 {Living bodies (ear thermometers G01J5/0011; detecting, measuring or recording for diagnostic purposes A61B5/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2005/0029 2 {Sheet}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2005/0033 2 {Wheel}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J5/0037 1 {for sensing the heat emitted by liquids}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J5/004 2 {by molten metals}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J5/0044 1 {Furnaces, ovens, kilns (G01J5/0007, G01J5/004 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J5/0066 1 {for hot spots detection}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J5/007 1 {for earth observation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2005/0074 1 {having separate detection of emissivity}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2005/0077 1 {Imaging}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J5/0088 1 {in turbines}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2005/0092 1 {Temperature by averaging, e.g. by scan (thermography G01J5/48)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J5/0096 1 {for measuring wires, electrical contacts or electronic systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J5/02 1 Constructional details
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J5/0205 2 {Mechanical elements; Supports for optical elements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J5/021 2 {Probe covers for thermometers, e.g. tympanic thermometers; Containers for probe covers; Disposable probes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J5/0215 2 {Compact construction}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J5/022 3 {Monolithic}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J5/0225 2 {Shape of the cavity itself or of elements contained in or suspended over the cavity}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J5/023 3 {Particular leg structure or construction or shape; Nanotubes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J5/0235 3 {Spacers, e.g. for avoidance of stiction}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J5/024 3 {Special manufacturing steps or sacrificial layers or layer structures}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J5/0245 3 {for performing thermal shunt}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J5/025 2 {Interfacing a pyrometer to an external device or network; User interface}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J5/0255 2 {Sample holders for pyrometry; Cleaning of sample (using a gas purge G01J5/051)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J5/026 2 {Control of working procedures of a pyrometer, other than calibration; Bandwidth calculation; Gain control}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J5/0265 2 {Handheld, portable (ear thermometers G01J5/049)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J5/027 2 {making use of sensor-related data, e.g. for identification of sensor parts or optical elements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J5/0275 2 {Control or determination of height or distance or angle information for sensors or receivers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J5/028 2 {using a charging unit or battery}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J5/0295 2 {Nulling devices or absolute detection}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J5/03 2 Arrangements for indicating or recording specially adapted for radiation pyrometers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J5/04 2 Casings
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J5/041 3 {Mountings in enclosures or in a particular environment}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J5/042 4 {High-temperature environment (G01J5/0007, G01J5/0044, G01J5/0088 and G01J5/004 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J5/044 4 {Environment with strong vibrations or shocks}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J5/045 4 {Sealings; Vacuum enclosures; Encapsulated packages; Wafer bonding structures; Getter arrangements (getter arrangements per se H01L23/26 and H01L21/3221)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J5/046 3 {Materials; Selection of thermal materials}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J5/047 3 {Mobile mounting; Scanning arrangements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J5/048 3 {Protective parts}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J5/049 3 {Casings for tympanic thermometers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J5/05 2 Means for preventing contamination of the components of the optical system; Means for preventing obstruction of the radiation path
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J5/051 3 {using a gas purge}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J5/06 2 Arrangements for eliminating effects of disturbing radiation; Arrangements for compensating changes in sensitivity (for adjusting of solid angle of collected radiation G01J5/07; means for wavelength selection G01J5/0801)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J5/061 3 by controlling the temperature of the apparatus or parts thereof, e.g. using cooling means or thermostats
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2005/062 4 {Peltier}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2005/063 4 {Heating; Thermostating}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J5/064 3 {Ambient temperature sensor; Housing temperature sensor; Constructional details thereof}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2005/065 3 {by shielding}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2005/066 3 {Differential arrangement, i.e. sensitive/not sensitive}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J5/068 3 by controlling parameters other than temperature
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J5/07 2 Arrangements for adjusting the solid angle of collected radiation, e.g. adjusting or orienting field of view, tracking position or encoding angular position (optical collimating elements G01J5/0806)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J5/08 2 Optical arrangements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J5/0801 3 Means for wavelength selection or discrimination
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J5/0802 4 Optical filters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J5/08021 5 {Notch filters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J5/0803 3 Arrangements for time-dependent attenuation of radiation signals
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J5/0804 4 Shutters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J5/0805 4 Means for chopping radiation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J5/0806 3 Focusing or collimating elements, e.g. lenses or concave mirrors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J5/0808 3 Convex mirrors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J5/0813 3 Planar mirrors; Parallel phase plates
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J5/0814 3 {Particular reflectors, e.g. faceted or dichroic mirrors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J5/0815 3 {Light concentrators, collectors or condensers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J5/0816 3 {using attenuators}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J5/0818 3 Waveguides
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J5/0821 4 Optical fibres
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J5/0831 3 Masks; Aperture plates; Spatial light modulators
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J5/0837 3 {Microantennas, e.g. bow-tie}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J5/084 3 {Adjustable or slidable}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J5/0843 4 {Manually adjustable}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J5/0846 3 {having multiple detectors for performing different types of detection, e.g. using radiometry and reflectometry channels}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J5/085 3 {having a through-hole enabling the optical elements to fulfil an additional optical function, e.g. mirrors or gratings having a through-hole for a light collecting or light injecting optical fiber}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J5/0853 3 {having infrared absorbers other than the usual absorber layers deposited on infrared detectors like bolometers, wherein the heat propagation between the absorber and the detecting element occurs within a solid}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J5/0856 3 {Slit arrangements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J5/0859 3 {Sighting arrangements, e.g. cameras}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J5/0865 3 {having means for replacing an element of the arrangement by another of the same type, e.g. an optical filter}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J5/0868 3 {Means for illuminating a slit or a surface efficiently, e.g. entrance slit of a pyrometer or entrance face of a fiber}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J5/0871 3 {Beam switching arrangements; Photodetection involving different fields of view for a single detector}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J5/0875 3 Windows; Arrangements for fastening thereof
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J5/0878 3 {Diffusers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J5/0879 3 {Optical elements not provided otherwise, e.g. optical manifolds, holograms, cubic beamsplitters, non-dispersive prisms or particular coatings}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J5/0881 3 {Compact construction}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J5/0884 4 {Monolithic}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J5/0887 3 {Integrating cavities mimicking black bodies, wherein the heat propagation between the black body and the measuring element does not occur within a solid; Use of bodies placed inside the fluid stream for measurement of the temperature of gases; Use of the reemission from a surface, e.g. reflective surface; Emissivity enhancement by multiple reflections}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J5/0893 3 {Arrangements to attach devices to a pyrometer, i.e. attaching an optical interface; Spatial relative arrangement of optical elements, e.g. folded beam path (G01J5/049 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J5/0896 3 {using a light source, e.g. for illuminating a surface}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J5/10 1 using electric radiation detectors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2005/103 2 {Absorbing heated plate or film and temperature detector}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2005/106 2 {Arrays}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J5/12 2 using thermoelectric elements, e.g. thermocouples
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2005/123 3 {Thermoelectric array}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2005/126 3 {Thermoelectric black plate and thermocouple}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J5/14 3 Electrical features thereof
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J5/16 4 Arrangements with respect to the cold junction; Compensating influence of ambient temperature or other variables
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J5/20 2 using resistors, thermistors or semiconductors sensitive to radiation, e.g. photoconductive devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2005/202 3 {Arrays}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2005/204 4 {prepared by semiconductor processing, e.g. VLSI}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2005/206 3 {on foils}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2005/208 3 {superconductive}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J5/22 3 Electrical features thereof
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J5/24 4 Use of specially adapted circuits, e.g. bridge circuits
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J5/28 2 using photoemissive or photovoltaic cells
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2005/283 3 {Array}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2005/286 4 {Arrangement of conductor therefor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J5/30 3 Electrical features thereof
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J5/34 2 using capacitors, e.g. pyroelectric capacitors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2005/345 3 {Arrays}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J5/35 3 Electrical features thereof
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J5/36 2 using ionisation of gases
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J5/38 1 using extension or expansion of solids or fluids
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J5/40 2 using bimaterial elements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J5/42 2 using Golay cells
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2005/425 3 {Microarray}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J5/44 2 using change of resonant frequency, e.g. of piezo-electric crystals
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J5/46 1 using radiation pressure or radiometer effect
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J5/48 1 Thermography; Techniques using wholly visual means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J5/485 2 {Temperature profile}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J5/52 1 using comparison with reference sources, e.g. disappearing-filament pyrometer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2005/526 2 {Periodic insertion of emissive surface}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2005/528 2 {Periodic comparison}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J5/53 2 Reference sources, e.g. standard lamps; Black bodies
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J5/532 3 {using a reference heater of the emissive surface type, e.g. for selectively absorbing materials}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J5/54 2 Optical arrangements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J5/56 2 Electrical features thereof
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J5/58 1 using absorption; using extinction effect
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2005/583 2 {Interferences, i.e. fringe variation with temperature}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J5/59 1 using polarisation; Details thereof
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J5/60 1 using determination of colour temperature
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J5/601 2 {using spectral scanning}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J5/602 2 {using selective, monochromatic or bandpass filtering}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2005/604 3 {bandpass filtered}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J5/605 2 {using visual determination}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2005/607 2 {on two separate detectors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2005/608 2 {Colour temperature of light sources}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J5/70 1 Passive compensation of pyrometer measurements, e.g. using ambient temperature sensing or sensing of temperature within housing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J5/80 1 Calibration (using comparison with reference sources G01J5/52)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J5/802 2 {by correcting for emissivity}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J5/804 2 {using atmospheric correction}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J5/806 2 {by correcting for reflection of the emitter radiation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J5/808 2 {using linearising circuits}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J5/90 1 Testing, inspecting or checking operation of radiation pyrometers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J7/00 0 Measuring velocity of light
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J9/00 0 Measuring optical phase difference (devices or arrangements for controlling the phase of light beams G02F1/01); Determining degree of coherence; Measuring optical wavelength (spectrometry G01J3/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2009/002 1 {Wavefront phase distribution}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2009/004 1 {Mode pattern}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2009/006 1 {using pulses for physical measurements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2009/008 2 {using decay time in cavity}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J9/02 1 by interferometric methods (using interferometers for measuring optically the linear dimensions of objects G01B9/02)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2009/0203 2 {Phased array of beams}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2009/0207 2 {Double frequency, e.g. Zeeman}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2009/0211 2 {for measuring coherence}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J9/0215 2 {by shearing interferometric methods}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2009/0219 3 {using two or more gratings}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2009/0223 2 {Common path interferometry; Point diffraction interferometry}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2009/0226 2 {Fibres}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2009/023 3 {of the integrated optical type}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2009/0234 2 {Measurement of the fringe pattern}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2009/0238 3 {the pattern being processed optically, e.g. by Fourier transformation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2009/0242 2 {Compensator}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J9/0246 2 {Measuring optical wavelength}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2009/0249 2 {with modulation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2009/0253 3 {of wavelength}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2009/0257 2 {multiple, e.g. Fabry Perot interferometer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2009/0261 2 {polarised}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2009/0265 3 {with phase modulation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2009/0269 2 {Microscope type}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2009/0273 2 {Ring interferometer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2009/0276 2 {Stellar interferometer, e.g. Sagnac}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2009/028 2 {Types}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2009/0284 3 {Michelson}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2009/0288 3 {Machzehnder}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2009/0292 3 {Fizeau; Wedge}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2009/0296 3 {achromatic}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J9/04 1 by beating two waves of a same source but of different frequency and measuring the phase shift of the lower frequency obtained
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J11/00 0 Measuring the characteristics of individual optical pulses or of optical pulse trains
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01J2011/005 1 {Streak cameras}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K MEASURING TEMPERATURE; MEASURING QUANTITY OF HEAT; THERMALLY-SENSITIVE ELEMENTS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR (radiation pyrometry G01J5/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K1/00 0 Details of thermometers not specially adapted for particular types of thermometer (circuits for reducing thermal inertia G01K7/42)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K1/02 1 Means for indicating or recording specially adapted for thermometers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K1/022 2 for recording
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K1/024 2 for remote indication
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K1/026 2 {arrangements for monitoring a plurality of temperatures, e.g. by multiplexing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K1/028 2 {arrangements for numerical indication}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K1/04 2 Scales
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K1/045 3 {temperature indication combined with the indication of another variable (indicating of human comfort G01W1/17)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K1/06 3 Arrangements for facilitating reading, e.g. illumination, magnifying glass
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K1/065 4 {of liquid column thermometers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K1/08 1 Protective devices, e.g. casings
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K1/10 2 for preventing chemical attack
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K1/105 3 {for siderurgical use}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K1/12 2 for preventing damage due to heat overloading
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K1/125 3 {for siderurgical use}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K1/14 1 Supports; Fastening devices; Arrangements for mounting thermometers in particular locations
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K1/143 2 for measuring surface temperatures
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K1/146 2 {arrangements for moving thermometers to or from a measuring position}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K1/16 1 Special arrangements for conducting heat from the object to the sensitive element
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K1/165 2 {for application in zero heat flux sensors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K1/18 2 for reducing thermal inertia
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K1/20 1 Compensating for effects of temperature changes other than those to be measured, e.g. changes in ambient temperature
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K1/22 2 by means of fluid contained in a hollow body having parts which are deformable or displaceable under the pressure developed by the fluid
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K1/24 2 by means of compounded strips or plates, e.g. by bimetallic strips
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K1/26 1 Compensating for effects of pressure changes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K3/00 0 Thermometers giving results other than momentary value of temperature (G01K7/42 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K3/005 1 {Circuits arrangements for indicating a predetermined temperature (fire detection G08B17/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K3/02 1 giving means values; giving integrated values
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K3/04 2 in respect of time
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K3/06 2 in respect of space
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K3/08 1 giving differences of values (using thermoelectric elements G01K7/02); giving differentiated values
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K3/10 2 in respect of time, e.g. reacting only to a quick change of temperature
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K3/12 3 based upon expansion or contraction of materials
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K3/14 2 in respect of space
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K2003/145 3 {Hotspot localization}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K5/00 0 Measuring temperature based on the expansion or contraction of a material (G01K9/00 takes precedence; giving other than momentary value of temperature G01K3/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K5/02 1 the material being a liquid (contained in a hollow body having parts which are deformable or displaceable under the pressure developed by the material G01K5/32)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K5/025 2 {Manufacturing of this particular type of thermometer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K5/04 2 Details
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K5/06 3 Arrangements for driving back the liquid column
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K5/08 3 Capillary tubes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K5/10 3 Containers for the liquid
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K5/12 3 Selection of liquid compositions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K5/14 2 the liquid displacing a further liquid column or a solid body (for maximum or minimum indication G01K5/20)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K5/16 2 with electric contacts
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K5/18 2 with electric conversion means for final indication
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K5/20 2 with means for indicating a maximum or a minimum or both (G01K5/22 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K5/22 2 with provision for expansion indicating over not more than a few degrees
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K5/225 3 {with means for indicating a maximum, e.g. a constriction in the capillary tube}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K5/24 2 with provision for measuring the difference between two temperatures
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K5/26 2 with provision for adjusting zero point of scale, e.g. Beckmann thermometer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K5/28 1 the material being a gas (contained in a hollow body having parts which are deformable or displaceable under the pressure developed by the material G01K5/32)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K5/30 2 the gas displacing a liquid column
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K5/32 1 the material being a fluid contained in a hollow body having parts which are deformable or displaceable (under pressure developed by evaporation G01K11/04; pressure measuring devices in general G01L)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K5/323 2 {Selection of fluid compositions}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K5/326 2 {using a fluid container connected to the deformable body by means of a capillary tube}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K5/34 2 the body being a capsule (G01K5/36, G01K5/42 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K5/36 2 the body being a tubular spring, e.g. Bourdon tube
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K5/38 3 of spiral formation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K5/40 3 of helical formation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K5/42 2 the body being a bellows
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K5/44 2 the body being a cylinder and piston
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K5/46 2 with electric conversion means for final indication
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K5/465 3 {using electrical contact making or breaking devices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K5/48 1 the material being a solid
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K5/483 2 {using materials with a configuration memory, e.g. Ni-Ti alloys}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K5/486 2 {using microstructures, e.g. made of silicon (G01K7/015, G01K7/028, G01K7/226, G01K17/006 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K5/50 2 arranged for free expansion or contraction
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K5/52 3 with electrical conversion means for final indication
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K5/54 2 consisting of pivotally-connected elements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K5/56 2 constrained so that expansion or contraction causes a deformation of the solid
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K5/58 3 the solid body being constrained at more than one point, e.g. rod, plate, diaphragm (G01K5/62 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K5/60 4 the body being a flexible wire or ribbon
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K5/62 3 the solid body being formed of compounded strips or plates, e.g. bimetallic strip
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K5/64 4 Details of the compounds system
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K5/66 5 Selection of composition of the components of the system
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K5/68 5 Shape of the system
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K5/70 4 specially adapted for indicating or recording
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K5/72 5 with electric transmission means for final indication
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K7/00 0 Measuring temperature based on the use of electric or magnetic elements directly sensitive to heat (giving results other than momentary value of temperature G01K3/00) {; Power supply therefor, e.g. using thermoelectric elements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K7/003 1 {using pyroelectric elements (radiation pyrometers G01J5/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K7/006 1 {using superconductive elements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K7/01 1 using semiconducting elements having PN junctions (G01K7/02, G01K7/16, G01K7/30 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K7/015 2 {using microstructures, e.g. made of silicon}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K7/02 1 using thermoelectric elements, e.g. thermocouples
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K7/021 2 {Particular circuit arrangements (G01K7/026, G01K7/12, G01K7/14 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K7/023 2 {provided with specially adapted connectors (connectors per se H01R)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K7/025 2 {expendable thermocouples}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K7/026 2 Arrangements for signalling failure or disconnection of thermocouples
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K7/028 2 {using microstructures, e.g. made of silicon}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K7/04 2 the object to be measured not forming one of the thermoelectric materials
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K7/06 3 the thermoelectric materials being arranged one within the other with the junction at one end exposed to the object, e.g. sheathed type
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K7/08 2 the object to be measured forming one of the thermoelectric materials, e.g. pointed type
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K7/10 2 Arrangements for compensating for auxiliary variables, e.g. length of lead
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K7/12 3 Arrangements with respect to the cold junction, e.g. preventing influence of temperature of surrounding air
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K7/13 4 Circuits for cold-junction compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K7/14 2 Arrangements for modifying the output characteristic, e.g. linearising
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K7/16 1 using resistive elements (resistive elements per se H01C, H01L)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K2007/163 2 {provided with specially adapted connectors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K2007/166 2 {Electrical time domain reflectometry}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K7/18 2 the element being a linear resistance, e.g. platinum resistance thermometer (G01K7/26 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K7/183 3 {characterised by the use of the resistive element}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K7/186 3 {using microstructures}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K7/20 3 in a specially-adapted circuit, e.g. bridge circuit
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K7/203 4 {in an oscillator circuit}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K7/206 4 {in a potentiometer circuit}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K7/21 4 for modifying the output characteristic, e.g. linearising
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K7/22 2 the element being a non-linear resistance, e.g. thermistor (G01K7/26 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K7/223 3 {characterised by the shape of the resistive element}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K7/226 3 {using microstructures, e.g. silicon spreading resistance}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K7/24 3 in a specially-adapted circuit, e.g. bridge circuit
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K7/245 4 {in an oscillator circuit}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K7/25 4 for modifying the output characteristic, e.g. linearising
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K7/26 2 the element being an electrolyte
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K7/28 3 in a specially-adapted circuit, e.g. bridge circuit
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K7/30 1 using thermal noise of resistances or conductors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K7/32 1 using change of resonant frequency of a crystal
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K7/34 1 using capacitative elements (capacitors per se H01G)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K7/343 2 {the dielectric constant of which is temperature dependant}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K7/346 2 {for measuring temperature based on the time delay of a signal through a series of logical ports}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K7/36 1 using magnetic elements, e.g. magnets, coils (magnetic elements per se H01F)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K7/38 2 the variations of temperature influencing the magnetic permeability
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K7/40 1 using ionisation of gases
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K7/42 1 Circuits effecting compensation of thermal inertia; Circuits for predicting the stationary value of a temperature
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K2007/422 2 {Dummy objects used for estimating temperature of real objects}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K7/425 2 {Thermal management of integrated systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K7/427 2 {Temperature calculation based on spatial modeling, e.g. spatial inter- or extrapolation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K9/00 0 Measuring temperature based on movements caused by redistribution of weight, e.g. tilting thermometer (not giving momentary value of temperature G01K3/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K11/00 0 Measuring temperature based upon physical or chemical changes not covered by groups G01K3/00, G01K5/00, G01K7/00 or G01K9/00
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K11/003 1 {using absorption or generation of gas, e.g. hydrogen}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K11/006 1 {using measurement of the effect of a material on microwaves or longer electromagnetic waves, e.g. measuring temperature via microwaves emitted by the object (G01K17/003, G01J5/00 take precedence; measuring the effect of a material on X-, gamma- or particle radiation G01K11/30)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K11/02 1 using evaporation or sublimation, e.g. by observing boiling
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K11/04 2 from material contained in a hollow body having parts which are deformable or displaceable under the pressure developed by the vapour
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K11/06 1 using melting, freezing, or softening
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K11/08 2 of disposable test bodies, e.g. cone
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K11/10 1 using sintering
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K11/12 1 using changes in colour, translucency or reflectance
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K11/125 2 using changes in reflectance
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K11/14 2 of inorganic materials
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K11/16 2 of organic materials
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K11/165 3 of organic liquid crystals
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K11/18 2 of materials which change translucency
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K11/20 1 using thermoluminescent materials (G01K11/32 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K11/22 1 using measurement of acoustic effects
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K11/24 2 of the velocity of propagation of sound
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K11/26 2 of resonant frequencies
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K11/265 3 {using surface acoustic wave [SAW]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K11/28 1 using measurements of density {(measuring density in general G01N9/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K11/30 1 using measurement of the effect of a material on X-radiation, gamma radiation or particle radiation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K11/32 1 using changes in transmittance, scattering or luminescence in optical fibres
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K11/3206 2 at discrete locations in the fibre, e.g. using Bragg scattering
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K11/3213 3 using changes in luminescence, e.g. at the distal end of the fibres
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K11/322 2 using Brillouin scattering
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K11/324 2 using Raman scattering
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K13/00 0 Thermometers specially adapted for specific purposes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K13/006 1 {for cryogenic purposes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K13/008 2 {using microstructures, e.g. made of silicon}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K13/02 1 for measuring temperature of moving fluids or granular materials capable of flow
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K13/022 2 {Suction thermometers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K13/024 2 of moving gases
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K13/026 2 {of moving liquids}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K13/028 2 {for use in total air temperature [TAT] probes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K13/04 1 for measuring temperature of moving solid bodies
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K13/06 2 in linear movement
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K13/08 2 in rotary movement
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K13/10 1 for measuring temperature within piled or stacked materials (by special arrangements for conducting heat from the object to the sensitive heat element G01K1/16)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K13/12 1 combined with sampling devices for measuring temperatures of samples of materials
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K13/125 2 {for siderurgical purposes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K13/20 1 Clinical contact thermometers for use with humans or animals
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K13/223 2 {Infrared clinical thermometers, e.g. tympanic}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K13/25 2 Protective devices therefor, e.g. sleeves preventing contamination
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K13/252 3 {for tympanic thermometers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K15/00 0 Testing or calibrating of thermometers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K15/002 1 {Calibrated temperature sources, temperature standards therefor (arrangements with respect to the cold junction of thermo-electric elements G01K7/12)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K15/005 1 {Calibration}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K15/007 1 {Testing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K17/00 0 Measuring quantity of heat (measuring temperature by calorimetry G01K3/00 - G01K11/00; specially adapted for measuring thermal properties of materials, e.g. specific heat, heat of combustion G01N)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K17/003 1 {for measuring the power of light beams, e.g. laser beams}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K17/006 1 {Microcalorimeters, e.g. using silicon microstructures}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K17/02 1 Calorimeters using transport of an indicating substances, e.g. evaporation calorimeters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K17/025 2 {where evaporation, sublimation or condensation caused by heating or cooling, is measured}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K17/04 1 Calorimeters using compensation methods {, i.e. where the absorbed or released quantity of heat to be measured is compensated by a measured quantity of heating or cooling}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K17/06 1 Measuring quantity of heat conveyed by flowing media, e.g. in heating systems (G01K17/02, G01K17/04 take precedence){e.g. the quantity of heat in a transporting medium, delivered to or consumed in an expenditure device}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K17/08 2 based upon measurement of temperature difference {or of a temperature}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K17/10 3 between an inlet and an outlet point, combined with measurement of rate of flow of the medium {if such, by integration during a certain time-interval}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K17/12 4 Indicating product of flow and temperature difference directly {or temperature}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K17/14 5 using mechanical means for both measurements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K17/16 5 using electrical {or magnetic} means for both measurements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K17/18 5 using electrical {or magnetic} means for one measurement and mechanical means for the other
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K17/185 6 {where the indicating-instrument is driven electrically or magnetically by the temperature-measurement device and mechanically by the flow-measurement device}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K17/20 3 across a radiating surface, combined with ascertainment of the heat transmission coefficient {(materials therefor G01K17/08)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K19/00 0 Testing or calibrating calorimeters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K2201/00 0 Application of thermometers in air-conditioning systems
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K2201/02 1 in vehicles
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K2203/00 0 Application of thermometers in cryogenics
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K2205/00 0 Application of thermometers in motors, e.g. of a vehicle
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K2205/02 1 for measuring inlet gas temperature
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K2205/04 1 for measuring exhaust gas temperature
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K2207/00 0 Application of thermometers in household appliances
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K2207/02 1 for measuring food temperature
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K2207/04 2 for conservation purposes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K2207/06 2 for preparation purposes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K2207/08 2 with food recipients having temperature sensing capability
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K2211/00 0 Thermometers based on nanotechnology
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K2213/00 0 Temperature mapping
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K2215/00 0 Details concerning sensor power supply
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K2217/00 0 Temperature measurement using electric or magnetic components already present in the system to be measured
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01K2219/00 0 Thermometers with dedicated analog to digital converters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L MEASURING FORCE, STRESS, TORQUE, WORK, MECHANICAL POWER, MECHANICAL EFFICIENCY, OR FLUID PRESSURE (weighing G01G)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L1/00 0 Measuring force or stress, in general (measuring force due to impact G01L5/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L1/005 1 {by electrical means and not provided for in G01L1/06 - G01L1/22}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L1/02 1 by hydraulic or pneumatic means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L1/04 1 by measuring elastic deformation of gauges, e.g. of springs
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L1/042 2 {of helical springs}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L1/044 2 {of leaf springs}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L1/046 2 {of spiral springs}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L1/048 2 {of torsionally deformable elements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L1/06 1 by measuring the permanent deformation of gauges, e.g. of compressed bodies
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L1/08 1 by the use of counterbalancing forces
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L1/083 2 {using hydraulic or pneumatic counterbalancing forces}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L1/086 2 {using electrostatic or electromagnetic counterbalancing forces}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L1/10 1 by measuring variations of frequency of stressed vibrating elements, e.g. of stressed strings (using resistance strain gauges G01L1/22)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L1/103 2 {optical excitation or measuring of vibrations}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L1/106 2 {Constructional details}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L1/12 1 by measuring variations in the magnetic properties of materials resulting from the application of stress
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L1/122 2 {by using permanent magnets}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L1/125 2 {by using magnetostrictive means (magnetostrictive sensors H10N35/101)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L1/127 2 {by using inductive means (G01L1/122, G01L1/125 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L1/14 1 by measuring variations in capacitance or inductance of electrical elements, e.g. by measuring variations of frequency of electrical oscillators
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L1/142 2 {using capacitors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L1/144 3 {with associated circuitry (G01L1/146 and G01L1/148 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L1/146 3 {for measuring force distributions, e.g. using force arrays (G01L1/148 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L1/148 3 {using semiconductive material, e.g. silicon}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L1/16 1 using properties of piezo-electric devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L1/162 2 {using piezo-electric resonators}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L1/165 3 {with acoustic surface waves}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L1/167 3 {optical excitation or measuring of vibrations}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L1/18 1 using properties of piezo-resistive materials, i.e. materials of which the ohmic resistance varies according to changes in magnitude or direction of force applied to the material
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L1/183 2 {by measuring variations of frequency of vibrating piezo-resistive material}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L1/186 3 {optical excitation or measuring of vibrations}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L1/20 1 by measuring variations in ohmic resistance of solid materials or of electrically-conductive fluids (of piezo-resistive materials G01L1/18); by making use of electrokinetic cells, i.e. liquid-containing cells wherein an electrical potential is produced or varied upon the application of stress
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L1/205 2 {using distributed sensing elements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L1/22 2 using resistance strain gauges
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L1/2206 3 {Special supports with preselected places to mount the resistance strain gauges; Mounting of supports}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L1/2212 4 {particularly adapted to unbounded-wire-type strain gauges}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L1/2218 4 {the supports being of the column type, e.g. cylindric, adapted for measuring a force along a single direction}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L1/2225 5 {the direction being perpendicular to the central axis}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L1/2231 4 {the supports being disc- or ring-shaped, adapted for measuring a force along a single direction}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L1/2237 5 {the direction being perpendicular to the central axis}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L1/2243 4 {the supports being parallelogram-shaped}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L1/225 3 {Measuring circuits therefor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L1/2256 4 {involving digital counting}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L1/2262 4 {involving simple electrical bridges}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L1/2268 3 {Arrangements for correcting or for compensating unwanted effects}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L1/2275 4 {for non linearity}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L1/2281 4 {for temperature variations}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L1/2287 3 {constructional details of the strain gauges (adjustable resistors H01C10/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L1/2293 4 {of the semi-conductor type (semi-conductor devices controllable by variations of applied mechanical force H01L29/84)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L1/24 1 by measuring variations of optical properties of material when it is stressed, e.g. by photoelastic stress analysis {using infra-red, visible light, ultra-violet}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L1/241 2 {by photoelastic stress analysis}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L1/242 2 {the material being an optical fibre}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L1/243 3 {using means for applying force perpendicular to the fibre axis}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L1/245 4 {using microbending}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L1/246 3 {using integrated gratings, e.g. Bragg gratings}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L1/247 2 {using distributed sensing elements, e.g. microcapsules (along a single optical fibre G01L1/242)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L1/248 2 {using infra-red (G01L1/241, G01L1/242 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L1/25 1 using wave or particle radiation, e.g. X-rays {, microwaves}, neutrons (G01L1/24 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L1/255 2 {using acoustic waves, or acoustic emission (G01L1/10 and G01L1/16 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L1/26 1 Auxiliary measures taken, or devices used, in connection with the measurement of force, e.g. for preventing influence of transverse components of force, for preventing overload
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L3/00 0 Measuring torque, work, mechanical power, or mechanical efficiency, in general
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L3/02 1 Rotary-transmission dynamometers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L3/04 2 wherein the torque-transmitting element comprises a torsionally-flexible shaft
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L3/045 3 {by measuring variations of frequency of stressed vibrating elements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L3/06 3 involving mechanical means for indicating
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L3/08 3 involving optical means for indicating
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L3/10 3 involving electric or magnetic means for indicating
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L3/101 4 {involving magnetic or electromagnetic means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L3/102 5 {involving magnetostrictive means (magnetostrictive sensors H10N35/101)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L3/103 6 {Details about the magnetic material used}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L3/104 5 {involving permanent magnets}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L3/105 5 {involving inductive means (G01L3/102, G01L3/104 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L3/106 4 {involving electrostatic means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L3/107 4 {involving potentiometric means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L3/108 4 {involving resistance strain gauges}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L3/109 4 {involving measuring phase difference of two signals or pulse trains}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L3/12 4 involving photoelectric means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L3/14 2 wherein the torque-transmitting element is other than a torsionally-flexible shaft
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L3/1407 3 {involving springs}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L3/1414 4 {using mechanical or hydraulic transducers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L3/1421 4 {using optical transducers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L3/1428 4 {using electrical transducers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L3/1435 5 {involving magnetic or electromagnetic means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L3/1442 5 {involving electrostatic means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L3/145 5 {involving potentiometric means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L3/1457 5 {involving resistance strain gauges}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L3/1464 3 {involving screws and nuts, screw-gears or cams}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L3/1471 4 {using planet wheels or conical gears}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L3/1478 3 {involving hinged levers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L3/1485 3 {involving fluidic means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L3/1492 3 {involving electric couplings}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L3/16 1 Rotary-absorption dynamometers, e.g. of brake type
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L3/18 2 mechanically actuated
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L3/20 2 fluid actuated
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L3/205 3 {of the air brake type}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L3/22 2 electrically or magnetically actuated
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L3/24 1 Devices for determining the value of power, e.g. by measuring and simultaneously multiplying the values of torque and revolutions per unit of time, by multiplying the values of tractive or propulsive force and velocity
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L3/242 2 {by measuring and simultaneously multiplying torque and velocity}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L3/245 2 {by measuring and simultaneously multiplying pressure and velocity}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L3/247 2 {by measuring and simultaneously multiplying tractive or propulsive force and velocity}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L3/26 1 Devices for measuring efficiency, i.e. the ratio of power output to power input
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L5/00 0 Apparatus for, or methods of, measuring force, work, mechanical power, or torque, specially adapted for specific purposes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L5/0004 1 {Force transducers adapted for mounting in a bore of the force receiving structure (G01L5/0009 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L5/0009 1 {Force sensors associated with a bearing (testing of bearings G01M13/04)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L5/0014 2 {by using capacitive sensors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L5/0019 2 {by using strain gages, piezo-electric, piezo-resistive or other ohmic-resistance based sensors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L5/0023 2 {by using magnetic sensors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L5/0028 1 {Force sensors associated with force applying means (G01L5/0052, G01L5/0057, G01L5/0061 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L5/0033 2 {applying a pulling force}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L5/0038 2 {applying a pushing force}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L5/0042 2 {applying a torque}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L5/0047 1 {measuring forces due to residual stresses}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L5/0052 1 {measuring forces due to impact (G01L5/0061, G01L5/14 take precedence; impact testing of structures G01M7/08; impact testing of material G01N3/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L5/0057 1 {measuring forces due to spring-shaped elements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L5/0061 1 {Force sensors associated with industrial machines or actuators (for the specific machine or actuator involved see relevant class, e.g. F01, F04, F16, B66, E21)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L5/0066 2 {Calibration arrangements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L5/0071 2 {Specific indicating arrangements, e.g. of overload}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L5/0076 2 {Force sensors associated with manufacturing machines (G01L5/0066, G01L5/0071 and B23Q17/09 take precedence; for the specific machine or operation involved see relevant class, e.g. B21 - B42)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L5/008 3 {Force sensors integrated in an article or a dummy workpiece}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L5/0085 3 {Force sensors adapted for insertion between cooperating machine elements, e.g. for measuring the nip force between rollers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L5/009 3 {Force sensors associated with material gripping devices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L5/0095 1 {measuring work or mechanical power}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L5/03 1 for measuring release force of ski safety bindings
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L5/04 1 for measuring tension in flexible members, e.g. ropes, cables, wires, threads, belts or bands {(G01L5/0004 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L5/042 2 {by measuring vibrational characteristics of the flexible member}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L5/045 2 {for measuring the tension across the width of a band-shaped flexible member (measuring flatness G01B)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L5/047 2 {Specific indicating or recording arrangements, e.g. for remote indication, for indicating overload or underload}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L5/06 2 using mechanical means {(G01L5/042, G01L5/045 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L5/08 2 using fluid means {(G01L5/042, G01L5/045 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L5/10 2 using electrical means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L5/101 3 using sensors inserted into the flexible member
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L5/102 3 using sensors located at a non-interrupted part of the flexible member
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L5/103 3 using sensors fixed at one end of the flexible member
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L5/105 3 using electro-optical means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L5/106 3 for measuring a reaction force applied on a cantilever beam
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L5/107 3 for measuring a reaction force applied on an element disposed between two supports, e.g. on a plurality of rollers or gliders
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L5/108 3 for measuring a reaction force applied on a single support, e.g. a glider
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L5/12 1 for measuring axial thrust in a rotary shaft, e.g. of propulsion plants
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L5/13 1 for measuring the tractive or propulsive power of vehicles
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L5/133 2 {for measuring thrust of propulsive devices, e.g. of propellers (aeroplanes B64C; marine propulsion B63H; jet-engines F02K)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L5/136 2 {Force sensors associated with a vehicle traction coupling (vehicle connections B60D; control of vehicle brakes B60T)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L5/14 1 for measuring the force of explosions; for measuring the energy of projectiles
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L5/16 1 for measuring several components of force
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L5/161 2 using variations in ohmic resistance
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L5/162 3 of piezoresistors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L5/1623 3 of pressure sensitive conductors (using piezoresistors G01L5/162)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L5/1627 3 of strain gauges (using piezoresistors G01L5/162)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L5/163 3 of potentiometers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L5/164 2 using variations in inductance
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L5/165 2 using variations in capacitance
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L5/166 2 using photoelectric means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L5/167 2 using piezo-electric means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L5/168 2 using counterbalancing forces
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L5/169 2 using magnetic means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L5/171 2 using fluid means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L5/173 2 using acoustic means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L5/18 1 for measuring ratios of force
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L5/20 1 for measuring wheel side-thrust
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L5/22 1 for measuring the force applied to control members, e.g. control members of vehicles, triggers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L5/221 2 {to steering wheels, e.g. for power assisted steering}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L5/223 2 {to joystick controls}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L5/225 2 {to foot actuated controls, e.g. brake pedals}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L5/226 2 {to manipulators, e.g. the force due to gripping}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L5/228 3 {using tactile array force sensors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L5/24 1 for determining value of torque or twisting moment for tightening a nut or other member which is similarly stressed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L5/243 2 {using washers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L5/246 2 {using acoustic waves}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L5/26 1 for determining the characteristic of torque in relation to revolutions per unit of time
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L5/28 1 for testing brakes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L5/282 2 {the vehicle wheels cooperating with rotatable rolls}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L5/284 2 {Measuring braking-time or braking distance}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L5/286 2 {Measuring deceleration}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L5/288 2 {Measuring the force necessary to rotate a braked wheel}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L7/00 0 Measuring the steady or quasi-steady pressure of a fluid or a fluent solid material by mechanical or fluid pressure-sensitive elements ({G01L11/004 takes precedence;} transmitting or indicating the displacement of mechanical pressure-sensitive elements by electric {, e.g., photoelectric} or magnetic means G01L9/00; measuring differences of two or more pressure values G01L13/00; measuring two or more pressure values simultaneously G01L15/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L7/02 1 in the form of elastically-deformable gauges
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L7/022 2 {constructional details, e.g. mounting of elastically-deformable gauges (G01L7/041, G01L7/061, G01L7/082, G01L7/102, G01L7/163, G01L7/182 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L7/024 2 {with mechanical transmitting or indicating means (G01L7/043, G01L7/063, G01L7/084, G01L7/104, G01L7/166, G01L7/185 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L7/026 2 {with optical transmitting or indicating means (G01L7/045, G01L7/065, G01L7/086, G01L7/106, G01L7/187 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L7/028 2 {correcting or regulating means (G01L7/048, G01L7/068, G01L7/088, G01L7/108 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L7/04 2 in the form of flexible, deformable tubes, e.g. Bourdon gauges
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L7/041 3 {Construction or mounting of deformable tubes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L7/043 3 {with mechanical transmitting or indicating means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L7/045 3 {with optical transmitting or indicating means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L7/046 3 {with exhausted tubes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L7/048 3 {correcting or regulating means for flexible, deformable tubes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L7/06 2 of the bellows type
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L7/061 3 {construction or mounting of bellows}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L7/063 3 {with mechanical transmitting or indicating means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L7/065 3 {with optical transmitting or indicating means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L7/066 3 {with exhausted bellows}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L7/068 3 {correcting or regulating means for bellows}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L7/08 2 of the flexible-diaphragm type
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L7/082 3 {construction or mounting of diaphragms (of semiconductive diaphragms G01L9/0042)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L7/084 3 {with mechanical transmitting or indicating means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L7/086 3 {with optical transmitting or indicating means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L7/088 3 {correcting or regulating means for flexible diaphragms}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L7/10 2 of the capsule type
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L7/102 3 {construction or mounting of capsules}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L7/104 3 {with mechanical transmitting or indicating means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L7/106 3 {with optical transmitting or indicating means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L7/108 3 {correcting or regulating means for capsules}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L7/12 3 with exhausted chamber; Aneroid barometers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L7/14 4 with zero-setting means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L7/16 1 in the form of pistons
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L7/163 2 {construction or mounting of pistons}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L7/166 2 {with mechanical transmitting or indicating means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L7/18 1 using liquid as the pressure-sensitive medium, e.g. liquid-column gauges
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L7/182 2 {constructional details, e.g. mounting}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L7/185 2 {with mechanical transmitting or indicating means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L7/187 2 {with optical transmitting or indicating means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L7/20 2 involving a closed chamber above the liquid level, the chamber being exhausted or housing low-pressure gas; Liquid barometers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L7/22 2 involving floats, e.g. floating bells
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L7/24 2 involving balances in the form of rings partly filled with liquid
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L9/00 0 Measuring steady of quasi-steady pressure of fluid or fluent solid material by electric or magnetic pressure-sensitive elements {(G01L11/004 takes precedence)}; Transmitting or indicating the displacement of mechanical pressure-sensitive elements, used to measure the steady or quasi-steady pressure of a fluid or fluent solid material, by electric or magnetic means (measuring differences of two or more pressure values G01L13/00; measuring two or more pressure values simultaneously G01L15/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L9/0001 1 {Transmitting or indicating the displacement of elastically deformable gauges by electric, electro-mechanical, magnetic or electro-magnetic means (G01L9/0026, G01L9/0033, G01L9/0082, G01L9/0089, G01L9/0091 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L9/0002 2 {using variations in ohmic resistance (G01L9/0051 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L9/0004 2 {using variations in inductance (G01L9/007 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L9/0005 2 {using variations in capacitance (G01L9/0072 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L9/0007 2 {using photoelectric means (G01L9/0076 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L9/0008 2 {using vibrations}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L9/001 3 {of an element not provided for in the following subgroups of G01L9/0008}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L9/0011 4 {Optical excitation or measuring}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L9/0013 3 {of a string}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L9/0014 4 {Optical excitation or measuring of vibrations}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L9/0016 3 {of a diaphragm}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L9/0017 4 {Optical excitation or measuring}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L9/0019 3 {of a semiconductive element}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L9/002 4 {Optical excitation or measuring}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L9/0022 3 {of a piezoelectric element}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L9/0023 4 {Optical excitation or measuring}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L9/0025 4 {with acoustic surface waves}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L9/0026 1 {Transmitting or indicating the displacement of flexible, deformable tubes by electric, electromechanical, magnetic or electromagnetic means (G01L9/0008 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L9/0027 2 {using variations in ohmic resistance}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L9/0029 2 {using variations in inductance}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L9/003 2 {using variations in capacitance}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L9/0032 2 {using photoelectric means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L9/0033 1 {Transmitting or indicating the displacement of bellows by electric, electromechanical, magnetic, or electromagnetic means (G01L9/0008 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L9/0035 2 {using variations in ohmic resistance}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L9/0036 2 {using variations in inductance}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L9/0038 2 {using variations in capacitance}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L9/0039 2 {using photoelectric means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L9/0041 1 {Transmitting or indicating the displacement of flexible diaphragms}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L9/0042 2 {Constructional details associated with semiconductive diaphragm sensors, e.g. etching, or constructional details of non-semiconductive diaphragms (details about the integration or bonding of piezoresistor in or on the diaphragm G01L9/0052 and G01L9/0057 respectively)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L9/0044 3 {Constructional details of non-semiconductive diaphragms}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L9/0045 3 {Diaphragm associated with a buried cavity}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L9/0047 3 {Diaphragm with non uniform thickness, e.g. with grooves, bosses or continuously varying thickness}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L9/0048 3 {Details about the mounting of the diaphragm to its support or about the diaphragm edges, e.g. notches, round shapes for stress relief}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L9/005 3 {Non square semiconductive diaphragm}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L9/0051 2 {using variations in ohmic resistance}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L9/0052 3 {of piezoresistive elements (circuits therefor G01L9/06)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L9/0054 4 {integral with a semiconducting diaphragm}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L9/0055 4 {bonded on a diaphragm}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L9/0057 3 {of potentiometers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L9/0058 3 {of pressure sensitive conductive solid or liquid material, e.g. carbon granules}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L9/006 3 {of metallic strain gauges fixed to an element other than the pressure transmitting diaphragm}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L9/0061 4 {using unbounded-wire-type strain gauges}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L2009/0063 4 {using a fluid coupling between strain gauge carrier and diaphragm}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L9/0064 4 {the element and the diaphragm being in intimate contact}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L2009/0066 3 {Mounting arrangements of diaphragm transducers; Details thereof, e.g. electromagnetic shielding means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L2009/0067 4 {with additional isolating diaphragms}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L2009/0069 4 {the transducer being mounted on a flexible element}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L9/007 2 {using variations in inductance}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L9/0072 2 {using variations in capacitance}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L9/0073 3 {using a semiconductive diaphragm}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L9/0075 3 {using a ceramic diaphragm, e.g. alumina, fused quartz, glass}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L9/0076 2 {using photoelectric means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L9/0077 3 {for measuring reflected light}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L9/0079 4 {with Fabry-Perot arrangements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L9/008 2 {using piezoelectric devices (piezoelectric resonators G01L9/0022; surface acoustic waves G01L9/0025)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L9/0082 1 {Transmitting or indicating the displacement of capsules by electric, electromechanical, magnetic, or electromechanical means (G01L9/0008 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L9/0083 2 {using variations in ohmic resistance}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L9/0085 2 {using variations in inductance}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L9/0086 2 {using variations in capacitance}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L9/0088 2 {using photoelectric means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L9/0089 1 {Transmitting or indicating the displacement of pistons by electrical, electromechanical, magnetic or electromagnetic means (G01L9/0008 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L9/0091 1 {Transmitting or indicating the displacement of liquid mediums by electrical, electromechanical, magnetic or electromagnetic means (G01L9/0008 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L9/0092 2 {using variations in ohmic resistance}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L9/0094 2 {using variations in inductance}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L9/0095 2 {using variations in capacitance}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L9/0097 2 {using photoelectric means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L9/0098 1 {using semiconductor body comprising at least one PN junction as detecting element}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L9/02 1 by making use of variations in ohmic resistance, e.g. of potentiometers {, electric circuits therefor, e.g. bridges, amplifiers or signal conditioning}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L9/025 2 {with temperature compensating means (non electric temperature compensating means G01L19/04)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L9/04 2 of resistance-strain gauges
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L9/045 3 {with electric temperature compensating means (non electric temperature compensating means G01L19/04)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L9/06 2 of piezo-resistive devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L9/065 3 {with temperature compensating means (non electric temperature compensating means G01L19/04)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L9/08 1 by making use of piezo-electric devices {, i.e. electric circuits therefor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L9/085 2 {with temperature compensating means (non electric temperature compensating means G01L19/04)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L9/10 1 by making use of variations in inductance {, i.e. electric circuits therefor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L9/105 2 {with temperature compensating means (non electric temperature compensating means G01L19/04)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L9/12 1 by making use of variations in capacitance {, i.e. electric circuits therefor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L9/125 2 {with temperature compensating means (non electric temperature compensating means G01L19/04)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L9/14 1 involving the displacement of magnets, e.g. electromagnets
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L9/16 1 by making use of variations in the magnetic properties of material resulting from the application of stress
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L9/18 1 by making use of electrokinetic cells, i.e. liquid-containing cells wherein an electric potential is produced or varied upon the application of stress
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L11/00 0 Measuring steady or quasi-steady pressure of a fluid or a fluent solid material by means not provided for in group G01L7/00 or G01L9/00
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L11/002 1 {by thermal means, e.g. hypsometer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L11/004 1 {by the use of counterbalancing forces (measuring force by the use of counterbalancing forces G01L1/08)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L11/006 2 {hydraulic or pneumatic counterbalancing forces}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L11/008 2 {electrostatic or electromagnetic counterbalancing forces}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L11/02 1 by optical means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L11/025 2 {using a pressure-sensitive optical fibre}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L11/04 1 by acoustic means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L11/06 2 Ultrasonic means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L13/00 0 Devices or apparatus for measuring differences of two or more fluid pressure values
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L13/02 1 using elastically-deformable members or pistons as sensing elements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L13/021 2 {using deformable tubes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L13/023 2 {using bellows}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L13/025 2 {using diaphragms}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L13/026 3 {involving double diaphragm}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L13/028 2 {using capsules}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L13/04 1 using floats or liquids as sensing elements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L13/06 1 using electric or magnetic pressure-sensitive elements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L15/00 0 Devices or apparatus for measuring two or more fluid pressure values simultaneously
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L17/00 0 Devices or apparatus for measuring tyre pressure or the pressure in other inflated bodies
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L17/005 1 {using a sensor contacting the exterior surface, e.g. for measuring deformation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L19/00 0 Details of, or accessories for, apparatus for measuring steady or quasi-steady pressure of a fluent medium insofar as such details or accessories are not special to particular types of pressure gauges
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L19/0007 1 {Fluidic connecting means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L19/0015 2 {using switching means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L19/0023 2 {for flowthrough systems having a flexible pressure transmitting element}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L19/003 2 {using a detachable interface or adapter between the process medium and the pressure gauge}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L19/0038 2 {being part of the housing (other details about the housing G01L19/14)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L19/0046 2 {using isolation membranes (G01L13/026 and G01L19/0645 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L2019/0053 1 {Pressure sensors associated with other sensors, e.g. for measuring acceleration, temperature}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L19/0061 1 {Electrical connection means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L19/0069 2 {from the sensor to its support}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L19/0076 3 {using buried connections}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L19/0084 2 {to the outside of the housing (other details about the housing see G01L19/14)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L19/0092 1 {Pressure sensor associated with other sensors, e.g. for measuring acceleration or temperature (G01L9/025, G01L9/045, G01L9/065, G01L9/085, G01L9/105, G01L9/125, G01L19/02, G01L19/04 take precedence; measuring two or more variable G01D21/02; temperature sensors with pressure compensation G01K1/26)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L19/02 1 Arrangements for preventing, or for compensating for, effects of inclination or acceleration of the measuring device; Zero-setting means (for aneroid barometers G01L7/14)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L19/04 1 Means for compensating for effects of changes of temperature {, i.e. other than electric compensation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L19/06 1 Means for preventing overload or deleterious influence of the measured medium on the measuring device or vice versa
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L19/0609 2 {Pressure pulsation damping arrangements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L19/0618 2 {Overload protection}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L19/0627 2 {Protection against aggressive medium in general}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L19/0636 3 {using particle filters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L19/0645 3 {using isolation membranes, specially adapted for protection}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L19/0654 3 {against moisture or humidity}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L19/0663 2 {Flame protection; Flame barriers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L19/0672 2 {Leakage or rupture protection or detection}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L19/0681 2 {Protection against excessive heat}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L19/069 2 {Protection against electromagnetic or electrostatic interferences}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L19/08 1 Means for indicating or recording, e.g. for remote indication
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L19/083 2 {electrical}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L19/086 2 {for remote indication}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L19/10 2 mechanical
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L19/12 2 Alarms or signals
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L19/14 1 Housings {(G01L19/0007, G01L19/0084, G01L19/0092, G01L19/04, G01L19/06 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L19/141 2 {Monolithic housings, e.g. molded or one-piece housings}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L19/142 2 {Multiple part housings}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L19/143 3 {Two part housings}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L19/144 3 {with dismountable parts, e.g. for maintenance purposes or for ensuring sterile conditions (for detachable interface or adapter between the process medium and the pressure gauge G01L19/003)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L19/145 2 {with stress relieving means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L19/146 3 {using flexible element between the transducer and the support}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L19/147 2 {Details about the mounting of the sensor to support or covering means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L19/148 2 {Details about the circuit board integration, e.g. integrated with the diaphragm surface or encapsulation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L19/149 2 {of immersion sensor, e.g. where the sensor is immersed in the measuring medium or for in vivo measurements, e.g. by using catheter tips}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L19/16 1 Dials; Mounting of dials
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L21/00 0 Vacuum gauges
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L21/02 1 having a compression chamber in which gas, whose pressure is to be measured, is compressed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L21/04 2 wherein the chamber is closed by liquid; Vacuum gauges of the McLeod type
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L21/06 3 actuated by rotating or inverting the measuring device
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L21/08 1 by measuring variations in the transmission of acoustic waves through the medium, the pressure of which is to be measured
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L21/10 1 by measuring variations in the heat conductivity of the medium, the pressure of which is to be measured
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L21/12 2 measuring changes in electric resistance of measuring members, e.g. of filaments; Vacuum gauges of the Pirani type
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L21/14 2 using thermocouples
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L21/16 1 by measuring variation of frictional resistance of gases
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L21/18 2 using a pendulum
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L21/20 2 using members oscillating about a vertical axis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L21/22 2 using resonance effects of a vibrating body; Vacuum gauges of the Klumb type
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L21/24 2 using rotating members; Vacuum gauges of the Langmuir type
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L21/26 1 by making use of radiometer action, i.e. of the pressure caused by the momentum of molecules passing from a hotter to a cooler member; Vacuum gauges of the Knudsen type
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L21/28 2 using torsional rotary measuring members
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L21/30 1 by making use of ionisation effects
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L21/32 2 using electric discharge tubes with thermionic cathodes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L21/34 2 using electric discharge tubes with cold cathodes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L21/36 2 using radioactive substances
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L23/00 0 Devices or apparatus for measuring or indicating or recording rapid changes, such as oscillations, in the pressure of steam, gas, or liquid; Indicators for determining work or energy of steam, internal-combustion, or other fluid-pressure engines from the condition of the working fluid
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L23/02 1 mechanically indicating or recording and involving loaded or return springs
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L23/04 1 involving means subjected to known counteracting pressure
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L23/06 1 Indicating or recording by optical means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L23/08 1 operated electrically {(G01L23/22 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L23/085 2 {by measuring fluctuations of starter motor current or of battery voltage (battery testing arrangements G01R31/36; testing of electrical installation on transport means G01R31/005; battery testing arrangements G01R31/36)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L23/10 2 by pressure-sensitive members of the piezo-electric type
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L23/12 2 by changing capacitance or inductance
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L23/125 3 {by changing capacitance}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L23/14 2 by electromagnetic elements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L23/145 3 {by magnetostrictive elements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L23/16 2 by photoelectric means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L23/18 2 by resistance strain gauges
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L23/20 1 combined with planimeters or integrators
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L23/22 1 for detecting or indicating knocks in internal-combustion engines; Units comprising pressure-sensitive members combined with ignitors for firing internal-combustion engines
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L23/221 2 {for detecting or indicating knocks in internal combustion engines}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L23/222 3 {using piezoelectric devices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L23/223 3 {using magnetic or magnetostrictive means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L23/225 3 {circuit arrangements therefor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L23/226 4 {using specific filtering}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L23/227 4 {using numerical analyses}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L2023/228 2 {circuit arrangements therefor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L23/24 1 {specially adapted} for measuring pressure in inlet or exhaust ducts of internal-combustion engines
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L23/26 1 Details or accessories
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L23/28 2 Cooling means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L23/30 2 Means for indicating consecutively positions of pistons or cranks of internal-combustion engines in combination with pressure indicators
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L23/32 2 Apparatus specially adapted for recording pressure changes measured by indicators
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L25/00 0 Testing or calibrating of apparatus for measuring force, torque, work, mechanical power, or mechanical efficiency
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L25/003 1 {for measuring torque}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L25/006 1 {for measuring work or mechanical power or mechanical efficiency}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L27/00 0 Testing or calibrating of apparatus for measuring fluid pressure
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L27/002 1 {Calibrating, i.e. establishing true relation between transducer output value and value to be measured, zeroing, linearising or span error determination}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L27/005 2 {Apparatus for calibrating pressure sensors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L27/007 1 {Malfunction diagnosis, i.e. diagnosing a sensor defect}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01L27/02 1 of indicators
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M TESTING STATIC OR DYNAMIC BALANCE OF MACHINES OR STRUCTURES; TESTING OF STRUCTURES OR APPARATUS, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M1/00 0 Testing static or dynamic balance of machines or structures
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M1/02 1 Details of balancing machines or devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M1/04 2 Adaptation of bearing support assemblies for receiving the body to be tested
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M1/045 3 {the body being a vehicle wheel}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M1/06 2 Adaptation of drive assemblies for receiving the body to be tested
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M1/08 2 Instruments for indicating directly the magnitude and phase of the unbalance
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M1/10 1 Determining the moment of inertia
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M1/12 1 Static balancing; Determining position of centre of gravity (by determining unbalance G01M1/14)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M1/122 2 {Determining position of centre of gravity}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M1/125 3 {of aircraft}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M1/127 4 {during the flight}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M1/14 1 Determining unbalance (G01M1/30 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M1/16 2 by oscillating or rotating the body to be tested
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M1/18 3 and running the body down from a speed greater than normal
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M1/20 3 and applying external forces compensating forces due to unbalance
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M1/22 3 and converting vibrations due to unbalance into electric variables
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M1/225 4 {for vehicle wheels (in situ G01M1/28)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M1/24 3 Performing balancing on elastic shafts, e.g. for crankshafts
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M1/26 3 with special adaptations for marking, e.g. by drilling
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M1/28 3 with special adaptations for determining unbalance of the body in situ, e.g. of vehicle wheels
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M1/30 1 Compensating unbalance
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M1/32 2 by adding material to the body to be tested, e.g. by correcting-weights
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M1/323 3 {using balancing liquid}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M1/326 3 {the body being a vehicle wheel}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M1/34 2 by removing material from the body to be tested, e.g. from the tread of tyres
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M1/36 2 by adjusting position of masses built-in the body to be tested
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M1/365 3 {using balancing liquid}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M3/00 0 Investigating fluid-tightness of structures
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M3/002 1 {by using thermal means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M3/005 1 {using pigs or moles (G01M3/246, G01M3/2823 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M3/007 1 {Leak detector calibration, standard leaks (G01M3/207 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M3/02 1 by using fluid or vacuum
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M3/022 2 {Test plugs for closing off the end of a pipe}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M3/025 2 {Details with respect to the testing of engines or engine parts}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M3/027 2 {Details with respect to the testing of elastic elements, e.g. gloves, condoms}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M3/04 2 by detecting the presence of fluid at the leakage point
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M3/042 3 {by using materials which expand, contract, disintegrate, or decompose in contact with a fluid (G01M3/12 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M3/045 4 {with electrical detection means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M3/047 5 {with photo-electrical detection means, e.g. using optical fibres}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M3/06 3 by observing bubbles in a liquid pool
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M3/08 4 for pipes, cables or tubes; for pipe joints or seals; for valves; {for welds}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M3/081 5 {for cables}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M3/083 5 {for tubes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M3/085 5 {for pipe joints or seals (G01M3/088 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M3/086 5 {for valves}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M3/088 5 {for welds}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M3/10 4 for containers, e.g. radiators
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M3/103 5 {for flexible or elastic containers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M3/106 5 {for radiators}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M3/12 3 by observing elastic covers or coatings, e.g. soapy water
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M3/14 4 for pipes, cables or tubes; for pipe joints or seals; for valves; {for welds; for containers, e.g. radiators}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M3/141 5 {for cables}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M3/142 5 {for tubes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M3/143 5 {for pipe joints or seals}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M3/144 5 {for valves}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M3/145 5 {for welds}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M3/146 5 {for containers, e.g. radiators}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M3/147 6 {for flexible or elastic containers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M3/148 6 {for radiators}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M3/16 3 using electric detection means ({G01M3/045,} G01M3/06, G01M3/12, G01M3/20, G01M3/24, G01M3/26 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M3/165 4 {by means of cables or similar elongated devices, e.g. tapes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M3/18 4 for pipes, cables or tubes; for pipe joints or seals; for valves; {for welds; for containers, e.g. radiators}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M3/181 5 {for cables}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M3/182 5 {for tubes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M3/183 5 {for pipe joints or seals}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M3/184 5 {for valves}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M3/185 5 {for welds}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M3/186 5 {for containers, e.g. radiators}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M3/187 6 {for flexible or elastic containers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M3/188 6 {for radiators}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M3/20 3 using special tracer materials, e.g. dye, fluorescent material, radioactive material
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M3/202 4 {using mass spectrometer detection systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M3/205 5 {Accessories or associated equipment; Pump constructions}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M3/207 4 {calibration arrangements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M3/22 4 for pipes, cables or tubes; for pipe joints or seals; for valves; {for welds; for containers, e.g. radiators}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M3/221 5 {for cables}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M3/222 5 {for tubes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M3/223 5 {for pipe joints or seals}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M3/224 5 {for valves}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M3/225 5 {for welds}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M3/226 5 {for containers, e.g. radiators}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M3/227 6 {for flexible or elastic containers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M3/228 6 {for radiators}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M3/229 6 {removably mounted in a test cell}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M3/24 3 using infrasonic, sonic, or ultrasonic vibrations
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M3/243 4 {for pipes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M3/246 5 {using pigs or probes travelling in the pipe}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M3/26 2 by measuring rate of loss or gain of fluid, e.g. by pressure-responsive devices, by flow detectors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M3/28 3 for pipes, cables or tubes; for pipe joints or seals; for valves {; for welds}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M3/2807 4 {for pipes (G01M3/2892, G01M3/30 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M3/2815 5 {using pressure measurements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M3/2823 5 {using pigs or moles traveling in the pipe}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M3/283 5 {for double-walled pipes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M3/2838 4 {for cables (G01M3/30 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M3/2846 4 {for tubes (G01M3/30 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M3/2853 4 {for pipe joints or seals (G01M3/30 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M3/2861 5 {for pipe sections by testing its exterior surface}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M3/2869 5 {for seals not incorporated in a pipe joint}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M3/2876 4 {for valves (G01M3/30 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M3/2884 4 {for welds (G01M3/30 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M3/2892 4 {for underground fuel dispensing systems (G01M3/30 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M3/30 4 using progressive displacement of one fluid by another
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M3/32 3 for containers, e.g. radiators
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M3/3209 4 {Details, e.g. container closure devices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M3/3218 4 {for flexible or elastic containers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M3/3227 4 {for radiators}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M3/3236 4 {by monitoring the interior space of the containers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M3/3245 5 {using a level monitoring device (G01M3/3272 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M3/3254 5 {using a flow detector (G01M3/3245, G01M3/3272 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M3/3263 5 {using a differential pressure detector (G01M3/3245, G01M3/3272 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M3/3272 5 {for verifying the internal pressure of closed containers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M3/3281 4 {removably mounted in a test cell}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M3/329 5 {for verifying the internal pressure of closed containers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M3/34 4 by testing the possibility of maintaining the vacuum in containers, e.g. in can-testing machines
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M3/36 2 by detecting change in dimensions of the structure being tested
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M3/363 3 {the structure being removably mounted in a test cell}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M3/366 3 {by isolating only a part of the structure being tested}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M3/38 1 by using light (G01M3/02 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M3/40 1 by using electric means, e.g. by observing electric discharges
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M5/00 0 Investigating the elasticity of structures, e.g. deflection of bridges or air-craft wings (G01M9/00 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M5/0008 1 {of bridges}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M5/0016 1 {of aircraft wings or blades}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M5/0025 1 {of elongated objects, e.g. pipes, masts, towers or railways (G01M5/0058 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M5/0033 1 {by determining damage, crack or wear}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M5/0041 1 {by determining deflection or stress}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M5/005 2 {by means of external apparatus, e.g. test benches or portable test systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M5/0058 3 {of elongated objects, e.g. pipes, masts, towers or railways}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M5/0066 1 {by exciting or detecting vibration or acceleration (vibration testing of structures G01M7/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M5/0075 1 {by means of external apparatus, e.g. test benches or portable test systems (G01M5/005 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M5/0083 1 {by measuring variation of impedance, e.g. resistance, capacitance, induction}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M5/0091 1 {by using electromagnetic excitation or detection}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M7/00 0 Vibration-testing of structures; Shock-testing of structures (G01M9/00 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M7/02 1 Vibration-testing {by means of a shake table}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M7/022 2 {Vibration control arrangements, e.g. for generating random vibrations}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M7/025 2 {Measuring arrangements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M7/027 2 {Specimen mounting arrangements, e.g. table head adapters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M7/04 2 Monodirectional test stands
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M7/045 3 {in a circular direction}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M7/06 2 Multidirectional test stands
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M7/08 1 Shock-testing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M9/00 0 Aerodynamic testing; Arrangements in or on wind tunnels
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M9/02 1 Wind tunnels
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M9/04 2 Details
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M9/06 1 Measuring arrangements specially adapted for aerodynamic testing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M9/062 2 {Wind tunnel balances; Holding devices combined with measuring arrangements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M9/065 2 {dealing with flow}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M9/067 3 {visualisation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M9/08 1 Aerodynamic models
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M10/00 0 Hydrodynamic testing; Arrangements in or on ship-testing tanks or water tunnels
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M11/00 0 Testing of optical apparatus; Testing structures by optical methods not otherwise provided for
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M11/005 1 {Testing of reflective surfaces, e.g. mirrors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M11/02 1 Testing optical properties
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M11/0207 2 {Details of measuring devices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M11/0214 3 {Details of devices holding the object to be tested}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M11/0221 2 {by determining the optical axis or position of lenses}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M11/0228 2 {by measuring refractive power}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M11/0235 3 {by measuring multiple properties of lenses, automatic lens meters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M11/0242 2 {by measuring geometrical properties or aberrations}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M11/025 3 {by determining the shape of the object to be tested (measuring contours or curvatures by optical means G01B11/24)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M11/0257 3 {by analyzing the image formed by the object to be tested}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M11/0264 4 {by using targets or reference patterns}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M11/0271 3 {by using interferometric methods}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M11/0278 3 {Detecting defects of the object to be tested, e.g. scratches or dust (investigating the presence of flaws or contamination on materials by optical means G01N21/88)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M11/0285 2 {by measuring material or chromatic transmission properties (G01M11/0292 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M11/0292 2 {of objectives by measuring the optical modulation transfer function (photometry G01J)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M11/04 2 Optical benches therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M11/06 2 Testing the alignment of vehicle headlight devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M11/061 3 {Details of the mechanical construction of the light measuring system (G01M11/064 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M11/062 3 {using an indicator mounted on the head-light}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M11/064 3 {by using camera or other imaging system for the light analysis}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M11/065 4 {details about the image analysis}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M11/067 3 {Details of the vehicle positioning system, e.g. by using a laser}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M11/068 3 {with part of the measurements done from inside the vehicle}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M11/08 1 Testing mechanical properties {(G01M11/005 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M11/081 2 {by using a contact-less detection method, i.e. with a camera}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M11/083 2 {by using an optical fiber in contact with the device under test [DUT]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M11/085 3 {the optical fiber being on or near the surface of the DUT}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M11/086 3 {Details about the embedment of the optical fiber within the DUT}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M11/088 2 {of optical fibres; Mechanical features associated with the optical testing of optical fibres}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M11/30 1 {Testing of optical devices, constituted by fibre optics or optical waveguides}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M11/31 2 {with a light emitter and a light receiver being disposed at the same side of a fibre or waveguide end-face, e.g. reflectometers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M11/3109 3 {Reflectometers detecting the back-scattered light in the time-domain, e.g. OTDR}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M11/3118 4 {using coded light-pulse sequences}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M11/3127 4 {using multiple or wavelength variable input source}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M11/3136 4 {for testing of multiple fibers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M11/3145 4 {Details of the optoelectronics or data analysis}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M11/3154 4 {Details of the opto-mechanical connection, e.g. connector or repeater}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M11/3163 4 {by measuring dispersion}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M11/3172 3 {Reflectometers detecting the back-scattered light in the frequency-domain, e.g. OFDR, FMCW, heterodyne detection}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M11/3181 3 {Reflectometers dealing with polarisation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M11/319 3 {Reflectometers using stimulated back-scatter, e.g. Raman or fibre amplifiers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M11/33 2 {with a light emitter being disposed at one fibre or waveguide end-face, and a light receiver at the other end-face}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M11/331 3 {by using interferometer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M11/332 3 {using discrete input signals (G01M11/333 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M11/333 3 {using modulated input signals}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M11/334 4 {with light chopping means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M11/335 3 {using two or more input wavelengths}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M11/336 3 {by measuring polarization mode dispersion [PMD]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M11/337 3 {by measuring polarization dependent loss [PDL]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M11/338 3 {by measuring dispersion other than PMD, e.g. chromatic dispersion}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M11/35 2 {in which light is transversely coupled into or out of the fibre or waveguide, e.g. using integrating spheres (G01M11/31 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M11/37 2 {in which light is projected perpendicularly to the axis of the fibre or waveguide for monitoring a section thereof}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M11/39 2 {in which light is projected from both sides of the fiber or waveguide end-face}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M13/00 0 Testing of machine parts
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M13/003 1 Machine valves (testing valves for fluid tightness G01M3/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M13/005 1 Sealing rings
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M13/02 1 Gearings; Transmission mechanisms
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M13/021 2 Gearings
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M13/022 2 Power-transmitting couplings or clutches
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M13/023 2 Power-transmitting endless elements, e.g. belts or chains
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M13/025 2 Test-benches with rotational drive means and loading means; Load or drive simulation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M13/026 3 Test-benches of the mechanical closed-loop type, i.e. having a gear system constituting a closed-loop in combination with the object under test
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M13/027 2 Test-benches with force-applying means, e.g. loading of drive shafts along several directions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M13/028 2 Acoustic or vibration analysis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M13/04 1 Bearings
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M13/045 2 Acoustic or vibration analysis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M15/00 0 Testing of engines
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M15/02 1 Details or accessories of testing apparatus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M15/04 1 Testing internal-combustion engines
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M15/042 2 {by monitoring a single specific parameter not covered by groups G01M15/06 - G01M15/12}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M15/044 3 {by monitoring power, e.g. by operating the engine with one of the ignitions interrupted; by using acceleration tests}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M15/046 3 {by monitoring revolutions (for detecting misfire G01M15/11)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M15/048 3 {by monitoring temperature}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M15/05 2 by combined monitoring of two or more different engine parameters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M15/06 2 by monitoring positions of pistons or cranks
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M15/08 2 by monitoring pressure in cylinders
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M15/09 2 by monitoring pressure in fluid ducts, e.g. in lubrication or cooling parts
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M15/10 2 by monitoring exhaust gases {or combustion flame}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M15/102 3 {by monitoring exhaust gases}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M15/104 4 {using oxygen or lambda-sensors (testing catalytic converters F01N3/18, F01N11/007)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M15/106 4 {using pressure sensors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M15/108 4 {using optical methods}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M15/11 2 by detecting misfire
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M15/12 2 by monitoring vibrations
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M15/14 1 Testing gas-turbine engines or jet-propulsion engines
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M17/00 0 Testing of vehicles (testing fluid tightness G01M3/00; testing elastic properties of bodies or chassis, e.g. torsion-testing, G01M5/00; testing alignment of vehicle headlight devices G01M11/06; testing of engines G01M15/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M17/007 1 Wheeled or endless-tracked vehicles (G01M17/08 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M17/0072 2 {the wheels of the vehicle co-operating with rotatable rolls (G01M17/022, G01M17/045, G01M17/065 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M17/0074 3 {Details, e.g. roller construction, vehicle restraining devices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M17/0076 3 {Two-wheeled vehicles}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M17/0078 2 {Shock-testing of vehicles}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M17/013 2 Wheels
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M17/02 2 Tyres
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M17/021 3 {Tyre supporting devices, e.g. chucks (for balancing G01M1/04)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M17/022 3 {the tyre co-operating with rotatable rolls}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M17/024 4 {combined with tyre surface correcting or marking means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M17/025 3 {using infrasonic, sonic or ultrasonic vibrations}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M17/027 3 {using light, e.g. infra-red, ultra-violet or holographic techniques}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M17/028 3 {using X-rays}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M17/03 2 Endless-tracks
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M17/04 2 Suspension or damping
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M17/045 3 {the vehicle wheels co-operating with rotatable rollers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M17/06 2 Steering behaviour; Rolling behaviour
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M17/065 3 {the vehicle wheels co-operating with rotatable rolls}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M17/08 1 Railway vehicles
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M17/10 2 Suspensions, axles or wheels
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M99/00 0 Subject matter not provided for in other groups of this subclass
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M99/001 1 {Testing of furniture, e.g. seats or mattresses}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M99/002 1 {Thermal testing (flaw detection G01N25/72)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M99/004 1 {Testing the effects of speed or acceleration}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M99/005 1 {Testing of complete machines, e.g. washing-machines or mobile phones (testing of machine parts G01M13/00; testing of electric apparatus or components G01R31/50)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M99/007 1 {by applying a load, e.g. for resistance or wear testing (G01M99/001 takes precedence; testing the elasticity of structures G01M5/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01M99/008 1 {by doing functionality tests}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES (measuring or testing processes other than immunoassay, involving enzymes or microorganisms C12M, C12Q)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N1/00 0 Sampling; Preparing specimens for investigation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2001/002 1 {Devices for supplying or distributing samples to an analysing apparatus}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2001/005 2 {Packages for mailing or similar transport of samples}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2001/007 2 {Devices specially adapted for forensic samples, e.g. tamper-proofing, sample tracking}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N1/02 1 Devices for withdrawing samples {(sampling of foundation soil E02D1/04; collecting or conveying radioactive samples G01T7/00, e.g. G01T7/02, G01T7/08)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2001/021 2 {Correlating sampling sites with geographical information, e.g. GPS}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2001/022 2 {sampling for security purposes, e.g. contraband, warfare agents}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2001/024 3 {passengers or luggage}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2001/025 3 {postal items}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2001/027 3 {field kits / quick test kits}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2001/028 2 {Sampling from a surface, swabbing, vaporising}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N1/04 2 in the solid state, e.g. by cutting
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2001/045 3 {Laser ablation; Microwave vaporisation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N1/06 3 providing a thin slice, e.g. microtome
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2001/061 4 {Blade details}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2001/063 5 {with sawing action}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2001/065 4 {Drive details}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2001/066 5 {electric}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2001/068 4 {Illumination means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N1/08 3 involving an extracting tool, e.g. core bit
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2001/085 4 {Grabs}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N1/10 2 in the liquid or fluent state {(burettes, pipettes B01L3/02; sampling of ground water E02D1/06; metering by volume of fluids or fluent solid material G01F11/00, G01F13/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2001/1006 3 {Dispersed solids}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2001/1012 4 {Suspensions}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2001/1018 5 {Gas suspensions; Fluidised beds}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2001/1025 5 {Liquid suspensions; Slurries; Mud; Sludge}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2001/1031 3 {Sampling from special places}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2001/1037 4 {from an enclosure (hazardous waste, radioactive)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2001/1043 4 {from sewers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2001/105 4 {from high-pressure reactors or lines}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2001/1056 3 {Disposable (single-use) samplers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2001/1062 3 {Sampling under constant temperature, pressure, or the like}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2001/1068 4 {Cooling sample below melting point}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2001/1075 4 {Trapping evaporated liquids by cooling}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2001/1081 4 {Storing samples under refrigeration}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2001/1087 3 {Categories of sampling}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2001/1093 4 {Composite sampling; Cumulative sampling}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N1/12 3 Dippers; Dredgers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N1/125 4 {adapted for sampling molten metals}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N1/14 3 Suction devices, e.g. pumps; Ejector devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N1/1409 4 {adapted for sampling molten metals}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2001/1418 4 {Depression, aspiration}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2001/1427 5 {Positive displacement, piston, peristaltic}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2001/1436 5 {Ejector}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2001/1445 4 {Overpressure, pressurisation at sampling point}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2001/1454 5 {Positive displacement, piston}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2001/1463 5 {Injector; Air-lift}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2001/1472 4 {Devices not actuated by pressure difference}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2001/1481 5 {Archimedian screw; Auger}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2001/149 5 {Capillaries; Sponges}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N1/16 3 with provision for intake at several levels ({G01N1/2035} G01N1/12, G01N1/14 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N1/18 3 with provision for splitting samples into portions (G01N1/12, G01N1/14 take precedence; fraction-collection apparatus for chromatography B01D15/08)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2001/185 4 {Conveyor of containers successively filled}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N1/20 3 for flowing or falling materials ({G01N1/2035} G01N1/12, G01N1/14 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2001/2007 4 {Flow conveyors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2001/2014 5 {Pneumatic conveyors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2001/2021 5 {falling under gravity}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2001/2028 5 {Belts}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N1/2035 4 {by deviating part of a fluid stream, e.g. by drawing-off or tapping}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N1/2042 5 {using a piston actuated by the pressure of the liquid to be sampled}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2001/205 5 {using a valve}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2001/2057 6 {Sample chamber in a valve/piston}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2001/2064 5 {using a by-pass loop}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2001/2071 5 {Removable sample bottle}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2001/2078 6 {Pre-evacuated bottle}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2001/2085 6 {Non-pre-evacuated septum closed bottles}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2001/2092 4 {Cross-cut sampling}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N1/22 2 in the gaseous state {(specially adapted for biological material G01N33/497; measuring breath flow A61B5/087)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N1/2202 3 {involving separation of sample components during sampling}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N1/2205 4 {with filters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N1/2208 4 {with impactors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N1/2211 4 {with cyclones}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N1/2214 4 {by sorption}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2001/2217 5 {using a liquid}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2001/222 4 {Other features}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2001/2223 5 {aerosol sampling devices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N1/2226 3 {Sampling from a closed space, e.g. food package, head space}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2001/2229 4 {Headspace sampling, i.e. vapour over liquid}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2001/2232 5 {using a membrane, i.e. pervaporation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2001/2235 4 {over a melt, e.g. furnace}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2001/2238 4 {the gas being compressed or pressurized}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2001/2241 4 {purpose-built sampling enclosure for emissions}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2001/2244 3 {Exhaled gas, e.g. alcohol detecting}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N1/2247 3 {Sampling from a flowing stream of gas}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2001/225 4 {isokinetic, same flow rate for sample and bulk gas}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N1/2252 4 {in a vehicle exhaust}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2001/2255 5 {with dilution of the sample}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N1/2258 4 {in a stack or chimney}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2001/2261 5 {preventing condensation (heating lines)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2001/2264 4 {with dilution}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2001/2267 4 {separating gas from liquid, e.g. bubbles}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2001/227 4 {separating gas from solid, e.g. filter}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N1/2273 3 {Atmospheric sampling}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2001/2276 4 {Personal monitors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2001/2279 4 {high altitude, e.g. rockets, balloons}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2001/2282 3 {with cooling means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2001/2285 3 {Details of probe structures}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2001/2288 4 {Filter arrangements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2001/2291 4 {Movable probes, e.g. swivelling, swinging}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N1/2294 3 {Sampling soil gases or the like}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2001/2297 3 {Timing devices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N1/24 3 Suction devices {(G01N1/22 - G01N1/2294 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2001/241 4 {Bellows}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2001/242 4 {Injectors or ejectors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2001/244 5 {using critical flow orifices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2001/245 4 {Fans}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2001/247 4 {Syringes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2001/248 4 {Evacuated containers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N1/26 3 with provision for intake from several spaces
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N1/28 1 Preparing specimens for investigation {including physical details of (bio-)chemical methods covered elsewhere, e.g. G01N33/50, C12Q}(mounting specimens on microscopic slides G02B21/34; means for supporting the objects or the materials to be analysed in electron microscopes H01J37/20 {; laboratory gas handling apparatus B01L5/00})
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N1/2806 2 {Means for preparing replicas of specimens, e.g. for microscopal analysis}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N1/2813 2 {Producing thin layers of samples on a substrate, e.g. smearing, spinning-on (G01N1/30 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2001/282 3 {with mapping; Identification of areas; Spatial correlated pattern}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2001/2826 3 {Collecting by adsorption or absorption}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2001/2833 3 {Collecting samples on a sticky, tacky, adhesive surface}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2001/284 4 {using local activation of adhesive, i.e. Laser Capture Microdissection}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2001/2846 3 {Cytocentrifuge method}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N1/2853 2 {Shadowing samples}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N1/286 2 {involving mechanical work, e.g. chopping, disintegrating, compacting, homogenising (microtomes G01N1/06; pulverising in general B02C; mixing in general B01F)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2001/2866 3 {Grinding or homogeneising}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2001/2873 3 {Cutting or cleaving}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2001/288 4 {Filter punches}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2001/2886 4 {Laser cutting, e.g. tissue catapult}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2001/2893 2 {Preparing calibration standards}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N1/30 2 Staining; Impregnating {Fixation; Dehydration; Multistep processes for preparing samples of tissue, cell or nucleic acid material and the like for analysis}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2001/302 3 {Stain compositions}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2001/305 3 {Fixative compositions}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2001/307 4 {non-toxic, no Hg, no formaldehyde}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N1/31 3 Apparatus therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N1/312 4 {for samples mounted on planar substrates}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2001/315 4 {Basket-type carriers for tissues}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2001/317 4 {spraying liquids onto surfaces}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N1/32 2 Polishing; Etching
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N1/34 2 Purifying; Cleaning {(processes or apparatus for extracting or separating nucleic acids from biological samples C12N15/1003)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N1/36 2 Embedding or analogous mounting of samples
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2001/362 3 {using continuous plastic film to mount sample}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2001/364 3 {using resins, epoxy}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2001/366 3 {Moulds; Demoulding}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2001/368 3 {Mounting multiple samples in one block, e.g. TMA [Tissue Microarrays]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N1/38 2 Diluting, dispersing or mixing samples
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2001/381 3 {by membrane diffusion; Permeation tubes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2001/382 3 {using pistons of different sections}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2001/383 3 {collecting and diluting in a flow of liquid}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2001/385 3 {diluting by adsorbing a fraction of the sample}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2001/386 3 {Other diluting or mixing processes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2001/387 4 {mixing by blowing a gas, bubbling}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2001/388 4 {mixing the sample with a tracer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N1/40 2 Concentrating samples
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N1/4005 3 {by transferring a selected component through a membrane}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2001/4011 4 {being a ion-exchange membrane}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2001/4016 4 {being a selective membrane, e.g. dialysis or osmosis}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N1/4022 3 {by thermal techniques; Phase changes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2001/4027 4 {evaporation leaving a concentrated sample}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2001/4033 4 {sample concentrated on a cold spot, e.g. condensation or distillation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2001/4038 3 {electric methods, e.g. electromigration, electrophoresis, ionisation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N1/4044 3 {by chemical techniques; Digestion; Chemical decomposition}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N1/405 3 {by adsorption or absorption}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N1/4055 3 {by solubility techniques}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2001/4061 4 {Solvent extraction}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2001/4066 4 {using difference of solubility between liquid and gas, e.g. bubbling, scrubbing or sparging}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2001/4072 4 {membraneless transfer of a component between two parallel laminar flows of fluid}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N1/4077 3 {by other techniques involving separation of suspended solids}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2001/4083 4 {sedimentation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2001/4088 4 {filtration}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2001/4094 4 {using ultrasound}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N1/42 2 Low-temperature sample treatment, e.g. cryofixation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N1/44 2 Sample treatment involving radiation, e.g. heat
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N3/00 0 Investigating strength properties of solid materials by application of mechanical stress
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N3/02 1 Details
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N3/04 2 Chucks
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N3/06 2 Special adaptations of indicating or recording means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N3/062 3 {with mechanical indicating or recording means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N3/064 3 {with hydraulic indicating or recording means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N3/066 3 {with electrical indicating or recording means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N3/068 3 {with optical indicating or recording means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N3/08 1 by applying steady tensile or compressive forces (G01N3/28 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N3/10 2 generated by pneumatic or hydraulic pressure (G01N3/18 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N3/12 3 Pressure testing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N3/14 2 generated by dead weight, e.g. pendulum; generated by springs tension (G01N3/18 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N3/16 2 applied through gearing (G01N3/18 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N3/165 3 {generated by rotation, i.e. centrifugal force (for testing structures or apparatus G01M99/004)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N3/18 2 Performing tests at high or low temperatures
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N3/20 1 by applying steady bending forces (G01N3/26, G01N3/28 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N3/22 1 by applying steady torsional forces (G01N3/26, G01N3/28 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N3/24 1 by applying steady shearing forces (G01N3/26, G01N3/28 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N3/26 1 Investigating twisting or coiling properties
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N3/28 1 Investigating ductility, e.g. suitability of sheet metal for deep-drawing or spinning
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N3/30 1 by applying a single impulsive force, e.g. by falling weight
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N3/303 2 generated only by free-falling weight
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N3/307 2 generated by a compressed or tensile-stressed spring; generated by pneumatic or hydraulic means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N3/31 2 generated by a rotating fly-wheel
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N3/313 2 generated by explosives
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N3/317 2 generated by electromagnetic means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N3/32 1 by applying repeated or pulsating forces
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N3/34 2 generated by mechanical means, e.g. hammer blows
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N3/36 2 generated by pneumatic or hydraulic means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N3/38 2 generated by electromagnetic means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N3/40 1 Investigating hardness or rebound hardness
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N3/405 2 {by determining the vibration frequency of a sensing element in contact with the specimen}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N3/42 2 by performing impressions under a steady load by indentors, e.g. sphere, pyramid (G01N3/54 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N3/44 3 the indentors being put under a minor load and a subsequent major load, i.e. Rockwell system
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N3/46 3 the indentors performing a scratching movement
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N3/48 2 by performing impressions under impulsive load by indentors, e.g. falling ball (G01N3/54 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N3/50 2 by measuring rolling friction, e.g. by rocking pendulum (G01N3/54 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N3/52 2 by measuring extent of rebound of a striking body (G01N3/54 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N3/54 2 Performing tests at high or low temperatures
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N3/56 1 Investigating resistance to wear or abrasion
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N3/562 2 {using radioactive tracers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N3/565 2 {of granular or particulate material}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N3/567 2 {by submitting the specimen to the action of a fluid or of a fluidised material, e.g. cavitation, jet abrasion (G01N3/565 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N3/58 1 Investigating machinability by cutting tools; Investigating the cutting ability of tools
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N3/60 1 Investigating resistance of materials, e.g. refractory materials, to rapid heat changes {(thermal testing of structures or apparatus G01M99/002)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N3/62 1 Manufacturing, calibrating, or repairing devices used in investigations covered by the preceding subgroups
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N5/00 0 Analysing materials by weighing, e.g. weighing small particles separated from a gas or liquid (G01N9/00 takes precedence {; weighing per se G01G})
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N5/02 1 by absorbing or adsorbing components of a material and determining change of weight of the adsorbent, e.g. determining moisture content {(absorption bulbs B01D53/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N5/025 2 {for determining moisture content}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N5/04 1 by removing a component, e.g. by evaporation, and weighing the remainder
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N5/045 2 {for determining moisture content}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N7/00 0 Analysing materials by measuring the pressure or volume of a gas or vapour
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N7/02 1 by absorption, adsorption, or combustion of components and measurement of the change in pressure or volume of the remainder {(absorption bulbs B01D53/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N7/04 2 by absorption or adsorption alone
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N7/06 2 by combustion alone
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N7/08 2 by combustion followed by absorption or adsorption of the combustion products
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N7/10 1 by allowing diffusion of components through a porous wall and measuring a pressure or volume difference
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N7/12 2 the diffusion being followed by combustion or catalytic oxidation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N7/14 1 by allowing the material to emit a gas or vapour, e.g. water vapour, and measuring a pressure or volume difference {(determining urea G01N33/48742)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N7/16 2 by heating the material
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N7/18 2 by allowing the material to react
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N7/20 3 the reaction being fermentation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N7/22 4 of dough
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N9/00 0 Investigating density or specific gravity of materials; Analysing materials by determining density or specific gravity
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N9/002 1 {using variation of the resonant frequency of an element vibrating in contact with the material submitted to analysis (G01N9/34 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2009/004 2 {comparing frequencies of two elements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2009/006 2 {vibrating tube, tuning fork}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2009/008 2 {Schlatter vibrating vane type}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N9/02 1 by measuring weight of a known volume
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2009/022 2 {of solids}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2009/024 3 {the volume being determined directly, e.g. by size of container}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2009/026 3 {the volume being determined by amount of fluid displaced}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2009/028 4 {a gas being used as displacement fluid}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N9/04 2 of fluids
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N9/06 3 with continuous circulation through a pivotally supported member
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N9/08 1 by measuring buoyant force of solid materials by weighing both in air and in a liquid
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N9/10 1 by observing bodies wholly or partially immersed in fluid materials
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N9/12 2 by observing the depth of immersion of the bodies, e.g. hydrometers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N9/14 3 the body being built into a container
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N9/16 3 the body being pivoted
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N9/18 3 Special adaptations for indicating, recording, or control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N9/20 2 by balancing the weight of the bodies
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N9/22 3 with continuous circulation of the fluid
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N9/24 1 by observing the transmission of wave or particle radiation through the material
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N9/26 1 by measuring pressure differences
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2009/263 2 {using vertically-movable pressure transducer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N9/266 2 {for determining gas density}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N9/28 2 by measuring the blowing pressure of gas bubbles escaping from nozzles at different depths in a liquid
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N9/30 1 by using centrifugal effects
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N9/32 1 by using flow properties of fluids, e.g. flow through tubes or apertures
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N9/34 2 by using elements moving through the fluid, e.g. vane
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N9/36 1 Analysing materials by measuring the density or specific gravity, e.g. determining quantity of moisture (methods of measurement in general G01N9/02 - G01N9/32)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N11/00 0 Investigating flow properties of materials, e.g. viscosity, plasticity; Analysing materials by determining flow properties
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2011/0006 1 {Calibrating, controlling or cleaning viscometers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2011/0013 2 {Temperature compensation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2011/002 2 {Controlling sample temperature; Thermal cycling during measurement}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2011/0026 1 {Investigating specific flow properties of non-Newtonian fluids}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2011/0033 2 {Yield stress; Residual stress at zero shear rate}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2011/004 2 {Stress relaxation time}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2011/0046 1 {In situ measurement during mixing process}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2011/0053 2 {using ergometry; measuring power consumption}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2011/006 1 {Determining flow properties indirectly by measuring other parameters of the system}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2011/0066 2 {electrical properties}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2011/0073 2 {acoustic properties}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2011/008 2 {optical properties}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2011/0086 2 {magnetic properties}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2011/0093 2 {thermal properties}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N11/02 1 by measuring flow of the material
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N11/04 2 through a restricted passage, e.g. tube, aperture
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N11/06 3 by timing the outflow of a known quantity
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N11/08 3 by measuring pressure required to produce a known flow
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N11/10 1 by moving a body within the material
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N11/105 2 {by detecting the balance position of a float moving in a duct conveying the fluid under test}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N11/12 2 by measuring rising or falling speed of the body; by measuring penetration of wedged gauges (G01N11/16 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N11/14 2 by using rotary bodies, e.g. vane (G01N11/16 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N11/142 3 {Sample held between two members substantially perpendicular to axis of rotation, e.g. parallel plate viscometer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2011/145 4 {both members rotating}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2011/147 3 {Magnetic coupling}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N11/16 2 by measuring damping effect upon oscillatory body
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N11/162 3 {Oscillations being torsional, e.g. produced by rotating bodies}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N11/165 4 {Sample held between two members substantially perpendicular to axis of rotation, e.g. parallel plate viscometer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N11/167 4 {Sample holder oscillates, e.g. rotating crucible}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N13/00 0 Investigating surface or boundary effects, e.g. wetting power; Investigating diffusion effects; Analysing materials by determining surface, boundary, or diffusion effects (scanning-probe techniques or apparatus G01Q)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2013/003 1 {Diffusion; diffusivity between liquids}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2013/006 1 {Dissolution of tablets or the like}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N13/02 1 Investigating surface tension of liquids
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2013/0208 2 {by measuring contact angle}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2013/0216 2 {by measuring skin friction or shear force}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2013/0225 2 {of liquid metals or solder}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2013/0233 2 {Langmuir troughs; thin-film balances}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2013/0241 2 {bubble, pendant drop, sessile drop methods}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2013/025 3 {Measuring foam stability}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2013/0258 3 {Oscillating drop methods}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2013/0266 3 {Bubble methods}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2013/0275 2 {involving surface-active agents}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2013/0283 2 {methods of calculating surface tension}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2013/0291 2 {Wilhelmy plate}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N13/04 1 Investigating osmotic effects
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N15/00 0 Investigating characteristics of particles; Investigating permeability, pore-volume, or surface-area of porous materials (identification of microorganisms C12Q)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2015/0003 1 {Determining electric mobility, velocity profile, average speed or velocity of a plurality of particles}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2015/0007 1 {Investigating dispersion of gas}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2015/0011 2 {in liquids, e.g. bubbles}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2015/0015 2 {in solids}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2015/0019 1 {Means for transferring or separating particles prior to analysis, e.g. hoppers or particle conveyors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2015/0023 1 {Investigating dispersion of liquids}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2015/0026 2 {in gas, e.g. fog}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2015/003 2 {in liquids, e.g. emulsion}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2015/0034 2 {in solids}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2015/0038 1 {Investigating nanoparticles}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2015/0042 1 {Investigating dispersion of solids}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2015/0046 2 {in gas, e.g. smoke}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2015/0049 3 {of filaments in gas}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2015/0053 2 {in liquids, e.g. trouble}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2015/0057 3 {of filaments in liquids}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2015/0061 2 {in solids, e.g. petrography}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2015/0065 1 {biological, e.g. blood}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2015/0069 2 {with lysing, e.g. of erythrocyts}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2015/0073 2 {Red blood cells}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2015/0076 3 {Reticulocytes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2015/008 2 {White cells}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2015/0084 2 {Platelets}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2015/0088 2 {Biological contaminants; Fouling}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2015/0092 1 {Monitoring flocculation or agglomeration}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2015/0096 1 {Investigating consistence of powders, dustability, dustiness}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N15/02 1 Investigating particle size or size distribution (G01N15/04, G01N15/10 take precedence; by measuring osmotic pressure G01N7/10)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N15/0205 2 {by optical means, e.g. by light scattering, diffraction, holography or imaging}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N15/0211 3 {Investigating a scatter or diffraction pattern}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2015/0216 4 {from fluctuations of diffraction pattern}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2015/0222 4 {from dynamic light scattering, e.g. photon correlation spectroscopy}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N15/0227 3 {using imaging, e.g. a projected image of suspension; using holography}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2015/0233 3 {using holography}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2015/0238 3 {Single particle scatter}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2015/0244 3 {with cutting-out molecular scatter}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2015/025 3 {Methods for single or grouped particles}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N15/0255 2 {with mechanical, e.g. inertial, classification, and investigation of sorted collections (with centrifuges G01N15/042)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2015/0261 3 {using impactors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N15/0266 2 {with electrical classification}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N15/0272 2 {with screening; with classification by filtering (B01D takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2015/0277 2 {Average size only}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2015/0283 2 {using control of suspension concentration}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2015/0288 2 {Sorting the particles}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2015/0294 2 {Particle shape}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2015/03 1 {Electro-optical investigation of a plurality of particles, the analyser being characterised by the optical arrangement}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2015/035 2 {the optical arrangement forming an integrated apparatus with the sample container}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N15/04 1 Investigating sedimentation of particle suspensions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N15/042 2 {by centrifuging and investigating centrifugates (centrifuges per se B04B)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2015/045 3 {by optical analysis}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2015/047 4 {by static multidetectors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N15/05 2 in blood
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2015/055 3 {for hematocrite determination}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N15/06 1 Investigating concentration of particle suspensions (G01N15/04, G01N15/10 take precedence; by weighing G01N5/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N15/0606 2 {by collecting particles on a support}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N15/0612 3 {Optical scan of the deposits (G01N15/0625 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N15/0618 3 {of the filter type (G01N15/0643 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N15/0625 4 {Optical scan of the deposits}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N15/0631 4 {Separation of liquids, e.g. by absorption, wicking}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N15/0637 3 {Moving support}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N15/0643 4 {of the filter type}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N15/065 2 {using condensation nuclei counters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N15/0656 2 {using electric, e.g. electrostatic methods or magnetic methods (by investigating individual particles G01N15/1031, G01N15/12)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2015/0662 2 {Comparing before/after passage through filter}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2015/0668 2 {Comparing properties of sample and carrier fluid, e.g. oil in water}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2015/0675 2 {Comparing suspension before/after dilution}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2015/0681 2 {Purposely modifying particles, e.g. humidifying for growing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2015/0687 2 {in solutions, e.g. non volatile residue}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2015/0693 2 {by optical means, e.g. by integrated nephelometry}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N15/08 1 Investigating permeability, pore-volume, or surface area of porous materials
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N15/0806 2 {Details, e.g. sample holders, mounting samples for testing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2015/0813 2 {Measuring intrusion, e.g. of mercury}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N15/082 2 {Investigating permeability by forcing a fluid through a sample}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N15/0826 3 {and measuring fluid flow rate, i.e. permeation rate or pressure change}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2015/0833 2 {Pore surface area}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2015/084 2 {Testing filters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2015/0846 2 {by use of radiation, e.g. transmitted or reflected light}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2015/0853 2 {by electrical capacitance measurement}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2015/086 2 {of films, membranes or pellicules}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2015/0866 2 {Sorption}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2015/0873 3 {Dynamic sorption, e.g. with flow control means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N15/088 2 {Investigating volume, surface area, size or distribution of pores; Porosimetry}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N15/0886 3 {Mercury porosimetry}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N15/0893 3 {by measuring weight or volume of sorbed fluid, e.g. B.E.T. method}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N15/10 1 Investigating individual particles
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2015/1006 2 {for cytology}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N15/1012 2 {Calibrating particle analysers; References therefor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2015/1018 3 {Constitution of reference particles}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2015/1025 3 {Particle flow simulating, e.g. liquid crystal cell}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N15/1031 2 {by measuring electrical or magnetic effects thereof, e.g. conductivity or capacity (involving the use of Coulter counters G01N15/12; using nanoscale size effects, other than for sizing or counting, by translocation through nanopores G01N33/48721)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2015/1037 2 {Associating coulter-counter and optical flow cytometer [OFC]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2015/1043 2 {Measuring mass of individual particles}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2015/105 2 {Other than optical measurement of deformation of individual particles (optical measurement G01N2015/1495)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N15/1056 2 {Microstructural devices for other than electro-optical measurement (for electro-optical measurement G01N15/1484)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2015/1062 2 {counting the particles by other than electro-optical means (by electro-optical means G01N2015/1486)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2015/1068 2 {Recognizing failure of the analyser, e.g. bubbles; Quality control for particle analysers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2015/1075 2 {Determining speed or velocity of a particle}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2015/1081 2 {Sorting the particles}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2015/1087 2 {Particle size}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2015/1093 2 {Particle shape}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N15/12 2 Coulter-counters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N15/1209 3 {Details}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N15/1218 4 {concerning the aperture}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N15/1227 4 {Circuits}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2015/1236 4 {Flow forming}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N15/1245 3 {Devices using more than one aperture}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2015/1254 3 {Electrodes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2015/1263 4 {Scanning electrodes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2015/1272 3 {Cleaning}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2015/1281 3 {Detecting blocking debris}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2015/129 3 {measuring the ratio of AC/DC impedances}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N15/14 2 Electro-optical investigation, e.g. flow cytometers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2015/1402 3 {Data analysis by thresholding or gating operations performed on the acquired signals or stored data}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N15/1404 3 {Fluid conditioning in flow cytometers, e.g. flow cells; Supply; Control of flow}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2015/1406 4 {Control of droplet point}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2015/1409 4 {Control of supply of sheaths fluid, e.g. sample injection control}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2015/1411 5 {Features of sheath fluids}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2015/1413 4 {Hydrodynamic focussing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2015/1415 4 {Control of particle position}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2015/1418 4 {Eliminating clogging of debris}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2015/142 4 {Acoustic or ultrasonic focussing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2015/1422 4 {Electrical focussing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N15/1425 3 {using an analyser being characterised by its control arrangement}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N15/1427 4 {with the synchronisation of components, a time gate for operation of components, or suppression of particle coincidences}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N15/1429 3 {using an analyser being characterised by its signal processing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N15/1431 4 {the electronics being integrated with the analyser, e.g. hand-held devices for on-site investigation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N15/1434 3 {using an analyser being characterised by its optical arrangement}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N15/1436 4 {the optical arrangement forming an integrated apparatus with the sample container, e.g. a flow cell}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2015/1438 4 {Using two lasers in succession}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2015/144 4 {Imaging characterised by its optical setup}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2015/1443 5 {Auxiliary imaging}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2015/1445 5 {Three-dimensional imaging, imaging in different image planes, e.g. under different angles or at different depths, e.g. by a relative motion of sample and detector, for instance by tomography}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2015/1447 4 {Spatial selection}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2015/145 5 {by pattern of light, e.g. fringe pattern}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2015/1452 4 {Adjustment of focus; Alignment}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2015/1454 4 {using phase shift or interference, e.g. for improving contrast}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N15/1456 3 {without spatial resolution of the texture or inner structure of the particle, e.g. processing of pulse signals}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N15/1459 4 {the analysis being performed on a sample stream}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2015/1461 4 {Coincidence detecting; Circuits therefor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N15/1463 4 {using image analysis for extracting features of the particle}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2015/1465 5 {image analysis on colour image}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N15/1468 3 {with spatial resolution of the texture or inner structure of the particle}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N15/147 4 {the analysis being performed on a sample stream}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2015/1472 4 {with colour}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N15/1475 4 {using image analysis for extracting features of the particle}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2015/1477 3 {Multiparameters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2015/1479 4 {Using diffuse illumination or excitation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2015/1481 3 {Optical analysis of particle in droplet}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N15/1484 3 {microstructural devices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2015/1486 3 {Counting the particles}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2015/1488 3 {Methods for deciding}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2015/149 3 {Sorting the particles}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2015/1493 3 {Particle size}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2015/1495 4 {Deformation of particles}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2015/1497 3 {Particle shape}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N17/00 0 Investigating resistance of materials to the weather, to corrosion, or to light
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N17/002 1 {Test chambers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N17/004 1 {to light}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N17/006 1 {of metals}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N17/008 1 {Monitoring fouling}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N17/02 1 Electrochemical measuring systems for weathering, corrosion or corrosion-protection measurement
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N17/04 1 Corrosion probes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N17/043 2 {Coupons}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N17/046 3 {Means for supporting or introducing coupons}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N19/00 0 Investigating materials by mechanical methods (G01N3/00 - G01N17/00 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N19/02 1 Measuring coefficient of friction between materials {(testing of tyres G01M17/02; determinations of friction coefficient used in vehicle braking or traction control systems B60T8/172)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N19/04 1 Measuring adhesive force between materials, e.g. of sealing tape, of coating
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N19/06 1 Investigating by removing material, e.g. spark-testing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N19/08 1 Detecting presence of flaws or irregularities
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N19/10 1 Measuring moisture content, e.g. by measuring change in length of hygroscopic filament; Hygrometers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/00 0 Investigating or analysing materials by the use of optical means, i.e. using sub-millimetre waves, infrared, visible or ultraviolet light (G01N3/00 - G01N19/00 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/01 1 Arrangements or apparatus for facilitating the optical investigation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/0106 2 {General arrangement of respective parts}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/0112 3 {Apparatus in one mechanical, optical or electronic block}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/0118 3 {Apparatus with remote processing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/0125 4 {with stored program or instructions}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/0131 5 {being externally stored}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/0137 4 {with PC or the like}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/0143 4 {with internal and external computer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/015 3 {Apparatus with interchangeable optical heads or interchangeable block of optics and detector}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/0156 4 {with optics only in separate head, e.g. connection by optical fibres}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/0162 2 {using microprocessors for control of a sequence of operations, e.g. test, powering, switching, processing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/0168 3 {for the measurement cycle}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/0175 3 {for selecting operating means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/0181 2 {Memory or computer-assisted visual determination}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/0187 2 {Mechanical sequence of operations}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/0193 2 {the sample being taken from a stream or flow to the measurement cell}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/03 2 Cuvette constructions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/0303 3 {Optical path conditioning in cuvettes, e.g. windows; adapted optical elements or systems; path modifying or adjustment (G01N21/031 - G01N21/15 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/0307 4 {Insert part in cell}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/031 3 {Multipass arrangements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/0314 4 {Double pass, autocollimated path}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/0317 3 {High pressure cuvettes; (G01N21/0332 - G01N21/15 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/0321 3 {One time use cells, e.g. integrally moulded}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/0325 3 {Cells for testing reactions, e.g. containing reagents}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/0328 4 {Arrangement of two or more cells having different functions for the measurement of reactions}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/0332 3 {with temperature control (control of temperature G05D23/00; cryostats F17C3/08)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/0335 4 {Refrigeration of cells; Cold stages}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/0339 3 {Holders for solids, powders}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/0342 3 {Solid sample being immersed, e.g. equiindex fluid}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/0346 3 {Capillary cells; Microcells}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/035 4 {Supports for sample drops}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/0353 5 {Conveyor of successive sample drops}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/0357 3 {Sets of cuvettes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/036 3 {transformable, modifiable}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/0364 3 {flexible, compressible}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/0367 3 {Supports of cells, e.g. pivotable}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/0371 4 {Supports combined with sample intake}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/0375 4 {Slidable cells}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/0378 3 {Shapes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/0382 4 {Frustoconical, tapered cell}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/0385 3 {Diffusing membrane; Semipermeable membrane}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/0389 3 {Windows}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/0392 4 {Nonplanar windows}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/0396 4 {Oblique incidence}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/05 3 Flow-through cuvettes (G01N21/09 takes precedence; handling fluid samples G01N1/10)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/052 4 {Tubular type; cavity type; multireflective}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/054 4 {Bubble trap; Debubbling}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/056 4 {Laminated construction}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/058 4 {Flat flow cell}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/07 3 Centrifugal type cuvettes (G01N21/09 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/09 3 adapted to resist hostile environments or corrosive or abrasive materials
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/11 2 Filling or emptying of cuvettes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/115 3 {Washing; Purging}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/13 2 Moving of cuvettes or solid samples to or from the investigating station {(handling materials for automatic analysis G01N35/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/135 3 {Sample holder displaceable (in automatised apparatus G01N35/02)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/15 2 Preventing contamination of the components of the optical system or obstruction of the light path
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/151 3 {Gas blown}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/152 3 {Scraping; Brushing; Moving band}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/154 3 {Ultrasonic cleaning}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/155 3 {Monitoring cleanness of window, lens, or other parts}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/157 4 {Monitoring by optical means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/158 3 {Eliminating condensation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/17 1 Systems in which incident light is modified in accordance with the properties of the material investigated (where the material investigated is optically excited causing a change in wavelength of the incident light G01N21/63)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/1702 2 {with opto-acoustic detection, e.g. for gases or analysing solids}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/1704 3 {in gases}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/1706 3 {in solids}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/1708 3 {with piezotransducers (probes for investigating or analysing materials by the use of ultrasonic, sonic or infrasonic waves G01N29/24)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/171 2 {with calorimetric detection, e.g. with thermal lens detection}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/1712 3 {Thermal lens, mirage effect}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/1714 3 {Photothermal radiometry with measurement of emission}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/1717 2 {with a modulation of one or more physical properties of the sample during the optical investigation, e.g. electro-reflectance}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/1719 3 {Carrier modulation in semiconductors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/1721 3 {Electromodulation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/1723 3 {Fluid modulation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/1725 3 {Modulation of properties by light, e.g. photoreflectance}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/1727 3 {Magnetomodulation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/1729 3 {Piezomodulation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/1731 3 {Temperature modulation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/1734 2 {Sequential different kinds of measurements; Combining two or more methods}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/1736 3 {with two or more light sources}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/1738 2 {Optionally different kinds of measurements; Method being valid for different kinds of measurement}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/174 3 {either absorption-reflection or emission-fluorescence}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/1742 3 {either absorption or reflection}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/1744 3 {either absorption or scatter}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/1746 2 {Method using tracers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/1748 2 {Comparative step being essential in the method}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/1751 3 {Constructive features therefore, e.g. using two measurement cells}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/1753 4 {and using two light sources}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/1755 4 {and using two apparatus or two probes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/1757 2 {Time modulation of light being essential to the method of light modification, e.g. using single detector (circuits for photometry with modulation, using one detector G01J1/44)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/1759 3 {Jittering, dithering, optical path modulation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/1761 2 {A physical transformation being implied in the method, e.g. a phase change}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/1763 3 {Gas to liquid phase change}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/1765 2 {Method using an image detector and processing of image signal}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/1768 3 {using photographic film}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/177 3 {Detector of the video camera type}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/1772 4 {Array detector}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/1774 5 {Line array detector}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/1776 4 {Colour camera}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/1778 4 {IIT [intensified image tube]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/178 2 {Methods for obtaining spatial resolution of the property being measured}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/1782 3 {In-depth resolution}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/1785 3 {Three dimensional}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/1787 4 {Tomographic, i.e. computerised reconstruction from projective measurements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/1789 2 {Time resolved}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/1791 3 {stroboscopic; pulse gated; time range gated}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/1793 2 {Remote sensing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/1795 3 {Atmospheric mapping of gases}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/1797 3 {in landscape, e.g. crops}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/19 2 Dichroism
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/21 2 Polarisation-affecting properties (G01N21/19 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/211 3 {Ellipsometry (optical thickness measurement G01B11/06)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/212 4 {Arrangement with total internal reflection}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/213 4 {Spectrometric ellipsometry}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/214 4 {Variangle incidence arrangement}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/215 4 {Brewster incidence arrangement}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/216 3 {using circular polarised light}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/217 3 {Measuring depolarisation or comparing polarised and depolarised parts of light}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/218 3 {Measuring properties of electrooptical or magnetooptical media}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/23 3 Bi-refringence
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/25 2 Colour; Spectral properties, i.e. comparison of effect of material on the light at two or more different wavelengths or wavelength bands
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/251 3 {Colorimeters; Construction thereof}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/253 4 {for batch operation, i.e. multisample apparatus (analytical automats G01N35/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/255 3 {Details, e.g. use of specially adapted sources, lighting or optical systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/256 3 {Arrangements using two alternating lights and one detector}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/258 3 {Surface plasmon spectroscopy, e.g. micro- or nanoparticles in suspension}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/27 3 using photo-electric detection (G01N21/31 takes precedence){; circuits for computing concentration (logarithmic circuits G06G7/24; photometric circuits in general G01J)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/272 4 {for following a reaction, e.g. for determining photometrically a reaction rate (photometric cinetic analysis)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/274 4 {Calibration, base line adjustment, drift correction}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/276 5 {with alternation of sample and standard in optical path}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/278 5 {Constitution of standards}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/29 3 using visual detection (G01N21/31 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/293 4 {with colour charts, graduated scales or turrets}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/296 4 {Visually measuring scintillation effect}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/31 3 Investigating relative effect of material at wavelengths characteristic of specific elements or molecules, e.g. atomic absorption spectrometry {(G01N21/72 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/3103 4 {Atomic absorption analysis}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/3107 5 {Cold vapor, e.g. determination of Hg}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/3111 5 {using Zeeman split}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/3114 5 {Multi-element AAS arrangements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/3118 5 {Commutating sources, e.g. line source/broad source, chopping for comparison of broad/narrow regimes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/3122 5 {using a broad source with a monochromator}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/3125 4 {Measuring the absorption by excited molecules}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/3129 4 {Determining multicomponents by multiwavelength light}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/3133 5 {with selection of wavelengths before the sample}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/3137 5 {with selection of wavelengths after the sample}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/314 4 {with comparison of measurements at specific and non-specific wavelengths (dual wavelength spectrometry G01J3/427)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/3144 5 {for oxymetry}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/3148 5 {using three or more wavelengths}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/3151 5 {using two sources of radiation of different wavelengths (G01N21/33 - G01N21/39 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/3155 5 {Measuring in two spectral ranges, e.g. UV and visible}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/3159 5 {Special features of multiplexing circuits}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/3162 6 {with offset adjustment between filters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/3166 5 {using separate detectors and filters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/317 5 {Special constructive features}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/3174 6 {Filter wheel}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/3177 6 {Use of spatially separated filters in simultaneous way}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/3181 5 {using LEDs}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/3185 4 {typically monochromatic or band-limited}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/3188 5 {band-limited}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/3192 5 {Absorption edge variation is measured}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/3196 4 {Correlating located peaks in spectrum with reference data, e.g. fingerprint data}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/33 4 using ultra-violet light (G01N21/39 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/335 5 {Vacuum UV}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/35 4 using infra-red light (G01N21/39 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/3504 5 for analysing gases, e.g. multi-gas analysis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/3509 6 {Correlation method, e.g. one beam alternating in correlator/sample field}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/3513 6 {Open path with an instrumental source}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/3518 6 Devices using gas filter correlation techniques; Devices using gas pressure modulation techniques
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/3522 7 {balancing by two filters on two detectors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/3527 7 {and using one filter cell as attenuator}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/3531 6 {without instrumental source, i.e. radiometric}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/3536 6 {using modulation of pressure or density}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/354 6 {Hygrometry of gases}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/3545 6 {Disposition for compensating effect of interfering gases}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/355 7 {by using a third optical path, e.g. interference cuvette}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/3554 5 for determining moisture content
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/3559 6 in sheets, e.g. in paper
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/3563 5 for analysing solids; Preparation of samples therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/3568 6 {applied to semiconductors, e.g. Silicon}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/3572 6 {Preparation of samples, e.g. salt matrices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/3577 5 for analysing liquids, e.g. polluted water
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/3581 5 using far infra-red light; using Terahertz radiation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/3586 6 by Terahertz time domain spectroscopy [THz-TDS]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/359 5 using near infra-red light
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/3595 5 {using FTIR}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/37 5 using pneumatic detection {(opto-acoustic detection G01N21/1702)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/39 4 using tunable lasers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/391 5 {Intracavity sample}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/392 5 {Measuring reradiation, e.g. fluorescence, backscatter}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/393 6 {and using a spectral variation of the interaction of the laser beam and the sample}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/394 5 {DIAL method}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/395 5 {using a topographic target}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/396 5 {Type of laser source}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/397 6 {Dye laser}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/398 6 {CO2 laser}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/399 6 {Diode laser}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/41 2 Refractivity; Phase-affecting properties, e.g. optical path length (G01N21/21 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/4106 3 {Atmospheric distortion; Turbulence}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/4113 4 {Atmospheric dispersion}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/412 3 {Index profiling of optical fibres}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/4126 3 {Index of thin films}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/4133 3 {Refractometers, e.g. differential}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/414 4 {Correcting temperature effect in refractometers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/4146 4 {Differential cell arrangements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/4153 4 {Measuring the deflection of light in refractometers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/416 3 {Visualising flow by index measurement}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/4166 3 {Methods effecting a waveguide mode enhancement through the property being measured}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/4173 3 {Phase distribution}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/418 4 {Frequency/phase diagrams}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/4186 4 {Phase modulation imaging}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/4193 4 {using a PSD}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/43 3 by measuring critical angle
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/431 4 {Dip refractometers, e.g. using optical fibres}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/432 5 {comprising optical fibres}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/433 6 {with an unclad part on the fibre}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/434 4 {Dipping block in contact with sample, e.g. prism}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/435 4 {Sensing drops on the contact surface}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/436 4 {Sensing resonant reflection}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/437 5 {with investigation of angle}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/438 5 {with investigation of wavelength}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/45 3 using interferometric methods; using Schlieren methods
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/451 4 {for determining the optical absorption}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/453 4 {Holographic interferometry (for dimensional measurements G01B9/021 - G01B9/029)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/455 4 {Schlieren methods, e.g. for gradient index determination; Shadowgraph}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/456 4 {Moire deflectometry}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/458 4 {using interferential sensor, e.g. sensor fibre, possibly on optical waveguide}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/47 2 Scattering, i.e. diffuse reflection (G01N21/25, G01N21/41 take precedence {G01N21/55 takes precedence})
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/4702 3 {Global scatter; Total scatter, excluding reflections}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/4704 3 {Angular selective}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/4707 4 {Forward scatter; Low angle scatter}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/4709 4 {Backscatter}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/4711 4 {Multiangle measurement}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/4714 5 {Continuous plural angles}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/4716 5 {Using a ring of sensors, or a combination of diaphragm and sensors; Annular sensor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/4719 5 {using a optical fibre array}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/4721 5 {using a PSD}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/4723 5 {Scanning scatter angles}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/4726 4 {Detecting scatter at 90°}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/4728 4 {Optical definition of scattering volume}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/473 3 {Compensating for unwanted scatter, e.g. reliefs, marks}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/4733 3 {Discriminating different types of scatterers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/4735 3 {Solid samples, e.g. paper, glass}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/4738 3 {Diffuse reflection (precedence is given to G01N21/55 - G01N21/57 if specular component is taken into consideration), e.g. also for testing fluids, fibrous materials}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/474 4 {Details of optical heads therefor, e.g. using optical fibres}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/4742 5 {comprising optical fibres}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/4745 6 {Fused bundle, i.e. for backscatter}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/4747 6 {Concentric bundles}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/475 6 {Bifurcated bundle}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/4752 5 {Geometry}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/4754 6 {Diffuse illumination}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/4757 6 {Geometry 0/45° or 45/0°}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/4759 6 {Annular illumination}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/4761 6 {Mirror arrangements, e.g. in IR range}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/4764 4 {Special kinds of physical applications}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/4766 5 {Sample containing fluorescent brighteners}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/4769 5 {Fluid samples, e.g. slurries, granulates; Compressible powdery of fibrous samples}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/4771 5 {Matte surfaces with reflecting particles}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/4773 5 {Partly or totally translucent samples}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/4776 4 {Miscellaneous in diffuse reflection devices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/4778 5 {Correcting variations in front distance}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/478 5 {Application in testing analytical test strips}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/4783 5 {Examining under varying incidence; Angularly adjustable head}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/4785 3 {Standardising light scatter apparatus; Standards therefor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/4788 3 {Diffraction (for sizing particles G01N15/0205)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/479 4 {Speckle}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/4792 3 {Polarisation of scatter light}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/4795 3 {spatially resolved investigating of object in scattering medium (in vivo A61B)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/4797 4 {time resolved, e.g. analysis of ballistic photons}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/49 3 within a body or fluid
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/495 4 {the fluid being adsorbed, e.g. in porous medium}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/51 4 inside a container, e.g. in an ampoule (G01N21/53 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/513 5 {Cuvettes for scattering measurements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/516 5 {Multiple excitation of scattering medium, e.g. by retro-reflected or multiply reflected excitation rays}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/53 4 within a flowing fluid, e.g. smoke
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/532 5 {with measurement of scattering and transmission}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/534 5 {by measuring transmission alone, i.e. determining opacity}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/536 6 {Measurement device mounted at stack}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/538 5 {for determining atmospheric attenuation and visibility}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/55 2 Specular reflectivity
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/551 3 {Retroreflectance}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/552 3 Attenuated total reflection
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/553 4 {and using surface plasmons (fluorescence excitation G01N21/648; enhanced Raman G01N21/658)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/554 5 {detecting the surface plasmon resonance of nanostructured metals, e.g. localised surface plasmon resonance}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/555 3 {Measuring total reflection power, i.e. scattering and specular}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/556 3 {Measuring separately scattering and specular}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/557 3 {Detecting specular reflective parts on sample}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/558 3 {Measuring reflectivity and transmission}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/559 3 {Determining variation of specular reflection within diffusively reflecting sample}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/57 3 Measuring gloss
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/575 4 {Photogoniometering}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/59 2 Transmissivity (G01N21/25 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/5903 3 {using surface plasmon resonance [SPR], e.g. extraordinary optical transmission [EOT]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/5907 3 {Densitometers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/5911 4 {of the scanning type (scanning per se G02B)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/5915 4 {Processing scan data in densitometry}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/5919 5 {Determining total density of a zone}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/5923 5 {Determining zones of density; quantitating spots}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/5926 5 {Isodensitometers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/593 5 {Correcting from the background density}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/5934 5 {Averaging on a zone}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/5938 5 {Features of monitor, display}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/5942 5 {for dot area ratio in printing applications}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/5946 5 {for binary signal}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/5949 5 {Correcting nonlinearity of signal, e.g. in measurement of photomedium}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/5953 5 {for detecting a spatial spectrum}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/5957 4 {using an image detector type detector, e.g. CCD}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/5961 5 {using arrays of sources and detectors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/5965 5 {using selected detectors in an array}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/5969 4 {Scanning of a tube, a cuvette, a volume of sample}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/5973 5 {where the cuvette or tube is moved}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/5976 4 {Image projected and scanning projected image}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/598 4 {Features of mounting, adjusting}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/5984 5 {height adjustable}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/5988 5 {Fluid mounting or the like, e.g. vortex}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/5992 5 {Double pass}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/5996 5 {Positioning the head}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/61 3 Non-dispersive gas analysers {(G01N21/3504 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/62 1 Systems in which the material investigated is excited whereby it emits light or causes a change in wavelength of the incident light
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/625 2 {Excitation by energised particles such as metastable molecules}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/63 2 optically excited
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/631 3 {using photolysis and investigating photolysed fragments}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/632 4 {Predissociation, e.g. for fluorescence of transient excited radicals}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/633 3 {Photoinduced grating used for analysis}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/634 3 {Photochromic material analysis}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/635 3 {Photosynthetic material analysis, e.g. chrorophyll}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/636 3 {using an arrangement of pump beam and probe beam; using the measurement of optical non-linear properties; (non-linear optics per se G02F1/35)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/637 4 {Lasing effect used for analysis}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/638 4 {Brillouin effect, e.g. stimulated Brillouin effect}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/64 3 Fluorescence; Phosphorescence
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/6402 4 {Atomic fluorescence; Laser induced fluorescence}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/6404 5 {Atomic fluorescence}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/6406 6 {multi-element}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/6408 4 {with measurement of decay time, time resolved fluorescence}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/641 5 {Phosphorimetry, gated}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/6413 5 {Distinction short and delayed fluorescence or phosphorescence}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/6415 5 {with two excitations, e.g. strong pump/probe flash}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/6417 4 {Spectrofluorimetric devices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/6419 5 {Excitation at two or more wavelengths}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/6421 5 {Measuring at two or more wavelengths}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/6423 5 {Spectral mapping, video display}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/6426 5 {Determining Fraunhofer lines}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/6428 4 {Measuring fluorescence of fluorescent products of reactions or of fluorochrome labelled reactive substances, e.g. measuring quenching effects, using measuring "optrodes" (in vivo A61B5/00; immunoassay G01N33/53)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/643 5 {non-biological material}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/6432 5 {Quenching}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/6434 5 {Optrodes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/6436 5 {for analysing tapes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/6439 5 {with indicators, stains, dyes, tags, labels, marks}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/6441 6 {with two or more labels}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/6443 5 {Fluorimetric titration}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/6445 4 {Measuring fluorescence polarisation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/6447 4 {by visual observation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/645 4 {Specially adapted constructive features of fluorimeters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/6452 5 {Individual samples arranged in a regular 2D-array, e.g. multiwell plates}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/6454 6 {using an integrated detector array}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/6456 5 {Spatial resolved fluorescence measurements; Imaging}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/6458 6 {Fluorescence microscopy (fluorescence microscopes per se G02B21/0076 and G02B21/16)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/646 6 {Detecting fluorescent inhomogeneities at a position, e.g. for detecting defects}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/6463 5 {Optics}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/6465 6 {Angular discrimination}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/6467 6 {Axial flow and illumination}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/6469 6 {Cavity, e.g. ellipsoid}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/6471 6 {Special filters, filter wheel}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/6473 6 {In-line geometry}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/6476 7 {Front end, i.e. backscatter, geometry}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/6478 6 {Special lenses}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/648 5 {using evanescent coupling or surface plasmon coupling for the excitation of fluorescence}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/6482 5 {Sample cells, cuvettes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/6484 5 {Optical fibres}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/6486 4 {Measuring fluorescence of biological material, e.g. DNA, RNA, cells (G01N21/6428 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/6489 4 {Photoluminescence of semiconductors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/6491 4 {Measuring fluorescence and transmission; Correcting inner filter effect}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/6493 5 {by alternating fluorescence/transmission or fluorescence/reflection}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/6495 4 {Miscellaneous methods}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/6497 4 {Miscellaneous applications}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/65 3 Raman scattering
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/651 4 {Cuvettes therefore}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/653 4 {Coherent methods [CARS]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/655 5 {Stimulated Raman}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/656 5 {Raman microprobe}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/658 4 {enhancement Raman, e.g. surface plasmons}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/66 2 electrically excited, e.g. electroluminescence
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/67 3 using electric arcs or discharges
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/68 3 using high frequency electric fields
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/69 3 specially adapted for fluids {, e.g. molten metal}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/695 4 {Molten metals}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/70 2 mechanically excited, e.g. triboluminescence
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/71 2 thermally excited
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/712 3 {using formation of volatile hydride}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/714 3 {Sample nebulisers for flame burners or plasma burners (nebulizers per se B05B)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/716 3 {by measuring the radiation emitted by a test object treated by combustion gases for investigating the composition of gas mixtures}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/718 3 {Laser microanalysis, i.e. with formation of sample plasma}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/72 3 using flame burners
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/725 4 {for determining of metalloids, using Beilstein type reaction}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/73 3 using plasma burners or torches
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/74 3 using flameless atomising, e.g. graphite furnaces
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/745 4 {Control of temperature, heating, ashing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/75 1 Systems in which material is subjected to a chemical reaction, the progress or the result of the reaction being investigated (systems in which material is burnt in a flame or plasma G01N21/72, G01N21/73)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/751 2 {Comparing reactive/non reactive substances}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/752 2 {Devices comprising reaction zones}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/754 2 {Reagent flow and intermittent injection of sample or vice versa}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/755 2 {Comparing readings with/without reagents, or before/after reaction}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/757 2 {using immobilised reagents}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/758 2 {using reversible reaction}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/76 2 Chemiluminescence; Bioluminescence
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/763 3 {Bioluminescence}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/766 3 {of gases}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/77 2 by observing the effect on a chemical indicator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/7703 3 {using reagent-clad optical fibres or optical waveguides (using measurement of total internal reflection or attenuated total reflection G01N21/552; optical fibres or waveguides per se G02B)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/7706 4 {Reagent provision}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/7709 5 {Distributed reagent, e.g. over length of guide}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/7713 6 {in core}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/7716 6 {in cladding}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/772 5 {Tip coated light guide}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/7723 5 {Swelling part, also for adsorption sensor, i.e. without chemical reaction}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/7726 5 {Porous glass}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/773 5 {Porous polymer jacket; Polymer matrix with indicator}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/7733 5 {Reservoir, liquid reagent}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/7736 5 {exposed, cladding free}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/774 4 {the reagent being on a grating or periodic structure}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/7743 5 {the reagent-coated grating coupling light in or out of the waveguide}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/7746 4 {the waveguide coupled to a cavity resonator}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/775 3 {Indicator and selective membrane}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/7753 3 {Reagent layer on photoelectrical transducer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/7756 3 {Sensor type}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/7759 4 {Dipstick; Test strip}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/7763 4 {Sample through flow}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/7766 4 {Capillary fill}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/7769 3 {Measurement method of reaction-produced change in sensor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/7773 4 {Reflection}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/7776 4 {Index}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/7779 4 {interferometric}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/7783 4 {Transmission, loss}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/7786 4 {Fluorescence}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/7789 4 {Cavity or resonator}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/7793 3 {Sensor comprising plural indicators}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/7796 3 {Special mountings, packaging of indicators}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/78 3 producing a change of colour
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/783 4 {for analysing gases}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/786 4 {with auxiliary heating for reaction}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/79 4 Photometric titration
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/80 4 Indicating pH value
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/81 4 Indicating humidity
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/82 3 producing a precipitate or turbidity
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/825 4 {Agglutination}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/83 4 Turbidimetric titration
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/84 1 Systems specially adapted for particular applications
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/8405 2 {Application to two-phase or mixed materials, e.g. gas dissolved in liquids}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/8411 2 {Application to online plant, process monitoring}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/8416 3 {and process controlling, not otherwise provided for}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/8422 2 {Investigating thin films, e.g. matrix isolation method}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/8427 3 {Coatings}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/8433 4 {Comparing coated/uncoated parts}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/8438 3 {Mutilayers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/8444 2 {Fibrous material}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/845 2 {Objects on a conveyor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/8455 3 {and using position detectors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/8461 2 {Investigating impurities in semiconductor, e.g. Silicon}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/8466 2 {Investigation of vegetal material, e.g. leaves, plants, fruits}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/8472 2 {Investigation of composite materials}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/8477 2 {Investigating crystals, e.g. liquid crystals}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/8483 2 {Investigating reagent band (test-element handling not specific to a test method G01N33/4875; analytical elements specific to chemical analysis of biological material G01N33/52; autometer with reagent band G01N35/04)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/8488 3 {the band presenting reference patches}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/8494 3 {Measuring or storing parameters of the band}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/85 2 Investigating moving fluids or granular solids
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/8507 3 {Probe photometers, i.e. with optical measuring part dipped into fluid sample}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/8514 4 {with immersed mirror}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/8521 5 {with a combination mirror cell-cuvette}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/8528 4 {Immerged light conductor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/8535 5 {presenting a cut}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/8542 5 {presenting an exposed part of the core}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/855 4 {Underground probe, e.g. with provision of a penetration tool}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/8557 3 {Special shaping of flow, e.g. using a by-pass line, jet flow, curtain flow}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/8564 4 {Sample as drops}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/8571 3 {using filtering of sample fluid}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/8578 3 {Gaseous flow (IR analysers G01N21/8507)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/8585 4 {using porous sheets, e.g. for separating aerosols}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/8592 3 {Grain or other flowing solid samples}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/86 2 Investigating moving sheets (G01N21/89 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/8609 3 {Optical head specially adapted}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/8618 4 {with an optically integrating part, e.g. hemisphere}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/8627 4 {with an illuminator over the whole width}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/8636 5 {Detecting arrangement therefore, e.g. collimators, screens}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/8645 3 {using multidetectors, detector array}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/8654 3 {Mechanical support; Mounting of sheet}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/8663 3 {Paper, e.g. gloss, moisture content (inspecting the presence of flaws in moving materials, e.g. paper G01N21/89; measurement of gloss in general G01N21/57)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/8672 4 {Paper formation parameter}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/8681 4 {Paper fibre orientation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/869 3 {Plastics or polymeric material, e.g. polymers orientation in plastic, adhesive imprinted band}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/87 2 Investigating jewels (G01N21/88 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/88 2 Investigating the presence of flaws or contamination
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/8803 3 {Visual inspection (measuring projectors G01B9/08)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/8806 3 {Specially adapted optical and illumination features}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/8809 4 {Adjustment for highlighting flaws}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/8812 4 {Diffuse illumination, e.g. "sky"}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/8816 5 {by using multiple sources, e.g. LEDs}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/8819 5 {by using retroreflecting screen}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/8822 4 {Dark field detection}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/8825 5 {Separate detection of dark field and bright field}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/8829 4 {Shadow projection or structured background, e.g. for deflectometry (three-dimensional metrology of surfaces G01B11/25)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/8832 5 {Structured background, e.g. for transparent objects}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/8835 4 {Adjustable illumination, e.g. software adjustable screen}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/8838 4 {Stroboscopic illumination; synchronised illumination}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/8841 4 {Illumination and detection on two sides of object}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/8845 4 {Multiple wavelengths of illumination or detection}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/8848 4 {Polarisation of light}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/8851 3 {Scan or image signal processing specially adapted therefor, e.g. for scan signal adjustment, for detecting different kinds of defects, for compensating for structures, markings, edges (G01N21/8806 and G01N21/93 - G01N21/95692 take precedence; optical measurement of dimensions G01B11/00; optical scanning G02B26/10; image transformation G06T3/00; computerised image enhancement G06T5/00; image processing per se for flaw detection G06T7/0002)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/8854 4 {Grading and classifying of flaws}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/8858 5 {Flaw counting}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/8861 5 {Determining coordinates of flaws}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/8864 6 {Mapping zones of defects}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/8867 5 {using sequentially two or more inspection runs, e.g. coarse and fine, or detecting then analysing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/887 6 {the measurements made in two or more directions, angles, positions}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/8874 5 {Taking dimensions of defect into account}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/8877 5 {Proximity analysis, local statistics}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/888 5 {Marking defects}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/8883 4 {involving the calculation of gauges, generating models}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/8887 4 {based on image processing techniques}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/889 5 {providing a bare video image, i.e. without visual measurement aids}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/8893 5 {providing a video image and a processed signal for helping visual decision}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/8896 4 {Circuits specially adapted for system specific signal conditioning}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/89 3 in moving material, e.g. running paper or textiles (G01N21/90, G01N21/91, G01N21/94 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/8901 4 {Optical details; Scanning details (per se G02B)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/8902 5 {Anamorphic spot}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/8903 5 {using a multiple detector array}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/8904 5 {Sheetwide light conductor on detecting side, e.g. fluorescing light rod}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/8905 5 {Directional selective optics, e.g. slits, spatial filters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/8907 6 {Cylindrical optics}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/8908 5 {Strip illuminator, e.g. light tube}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/8909 4 {Scan signal processing specially adapted for inspection of running sheets}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/891 5 {Edge discrimination, e.g. by signal filtering}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/8911 5 {Setting scan-width signals}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/8912 5 {Processing using lane subdivision}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/8914 4 {characterised by the material examined}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/8915 5 {non-woven textile material}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/8916 5 {for testing photographic material}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/8917 5 {Paper, also ondulated}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/8918 5 {Metal}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/892 4 characterised by the flaw, defect or object feature examined
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/8921 5 {Streaks}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/8922 5 {Periodic flaws}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/8924 5 {Dents; Relief flaws}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/8925 5 {Inclusions}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/8927 5 {Defects in a structured web}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/8928 5 {Haze defects, i.e. with a part of diffracted light}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/894 5 Pinholes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/896 5 Optical defects in or on transparent materials, e.g. distortion, surface flaws {in conveyed flat sheet or rod (for other objects G01N21/958)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/8962 6 {for detecting separately opaque flaws and refracting flaws}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/8965 6 {using slant illumination, using internally reflected light}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/8967 6 {Discriminating defects on opposite sides or at different depths of sheet or rod}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/898 5 Irregularities in textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. textiles, wood
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/8983 6 {for testing textile webs, i.e. woven material}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/8986 6 {Wood}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/90 3 in a container or its contents (G01N21/91 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/9009 4 {Non-optical constructional details affecting optical inspection, e.g. cleaning mechanisms for optical parts, vibration reduction}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/9018 4 {Dirt detection in containers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/9027 5 {in containers after filling}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/9036 4 {using arrays of emitters or receivers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/9045 4 {Inspection of ornamented or stippled container walls}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/9054 4 {Inspection of sealing surface and container finish}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/9063 4 {Hot-end container inspection}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/9072 4 {with illumination or detection from inside the container}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/9081 4 {Inspection especially designed for plastic containers, e.g. preforms}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/909 4 {in opaque containers or opaque container parts, e.g. cans, tins, caps, labels}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/91 3 using penetration of dyes, e.g. fluorescent ink
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/93 3 Detection standards; Calibrating {baseline adjustment, drift correction}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/933 4 {Adjusting baseline or gain (also for web inspection)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/936 4 {Adjusting threshold, e.g. by way of moving average}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/94 3 Investigating contamination, e.g. dust (G01N21/85 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/945 4 {Liquid or solid deposits of macroscopic size on surfaces, e.g. drops, films, or clustered contaminants (dust particles and microscopic contaminants in G01N21/94)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/95 3 characterised by the material or shape of the object to be examined (G01N21/89 - G01N21/91, G01N21/94 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/9501 4 {Semiconductor wafers (manufacturing processes per se of semiconductor devices implementing a measuring step H01L22/10)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/9503 5 {Wafer edge inspection}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/9505 5 {Wafer internal defects, e.g. microcracks}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/9506 4 {Optical discs}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/9508 4 {Capsules; Tablets}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/951 4 {Balls}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/9511 4 {Optical elements other than lenses, e.g. mirrors (testing of optical apparatus in G01M11/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/9513 4 {Liquid crystal panels}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/9515 4 {Objects of complex shape, e.g. examined with use of a surface follower device (measuring contours and curvatures G01B11/24)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/9516 5 {whereby geometrical features are being masked}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/9518 5 {using a surface follower, e.g. robot}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/952 4 Inspecting the exterior surface of cylindrical bodies or wires (G01N21/956 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/954 4 Inspecting the inner surface of hollow bodies, e.g. bores
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/9542 5 {using a probe}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/9544 6 {with emitter and receiver on the probe}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/9546 6 {with remote light transmitting, e.g. optical fibres}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/9548 5 {Scanning the interior of a cylinder}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/956 4 Inspecting patterns on the surface of objects (contactless testing of electronic circuits G01R31/308; testing currency G07D {manufacturing processes per se of semiconductor devices implementing a measuring step H01L22/10})
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/95607 5 {using a comparative method}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/95615 6 {with stored comparision signal}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/95623 5 {using a spatial filtering method (per se G02B)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/9563 5 {and suppressing pattern images}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/95638 5 {for PCB's}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/95646 6 {Soldering}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/95653 6 {Through-holes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/95661 6 {for leads, e.g. position, curvature}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/95669 7 {for solder coating, coverage}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/95676 5 {Masks, reticles, shadow masks}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/95684 5 {Patterns showing highly reflecting parts, e.g. metallic elements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/95692 5 {Patterns showing hole parts, e.g. honeycomb filtering structures}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N21/958 4 Inspecting transparent materials {or objects, e.g. windscreens (for conveyed flat sheet or rod G01N21/896)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/9583 5 {Lenses}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2021/9586 5 {Windscreens}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N22/00 0 Investigating or analysing materials by the use of microwaves or radio waves, i.e. electromagnetic waves with a wavelength of one millimetre or more (G01N3/00 - G01N17/00, G01N24/00 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N22/005 1 {and using Stark effect modulation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N22/02 1 Investigating the presence of flaws
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N22/04 1 Investigating moisture content
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N23/00 0 Investigating or analysing materials by the use of wave or particle radiation, e.g. X-rays or neutrons, not covered by groups G01N3/00 – G01N17/00, G01N21/00 or G01N22/00
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N23/005 1 {by using neutrons (G01N23/02 - G01N23/227 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N23/02 1 by transmitting the radiation through the material
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N23/025 2 {using neutrons}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N23/04 2 and forming images of the material
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N23/041 3 Phase-contrast imaging, e.g. using grating interferometers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N23/043 3 {using fluoroscopic examination, with visual observation or video transmission of fluoroscopic images}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N23/044 3 using laminography or tomosynthesis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N23/046 3 using tomography, e.g. computed tomography [CT]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N23/05 3 using neutrons
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N23/06 2 and measuring the absorption
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N23/083 3 the radiation being X-rays
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N23/085 4 X-ray absorption fine structure [XAFS], e.g. extended XAFS [EXAFS]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N23/087 4 using polyenergetic X-rays
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N23/09 3 the radiation being neutrons
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N23/095 3 Gamma-ray resonance absorption, e.g. using the Mössbauer effect
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N23/10 3 the material being confined in a container, e.g. in a luggage X-ray scanners
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N23/12 3 the material being a flowing fluid or a flowing granular solid
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N23/125 4 {with immerged detecting head}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N23/16 3 the material being a moving sheet or film
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N23/18 3 Investigating the presence of flaws defects or foreign matter
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N23/185 4 {in tyres}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N23/20 1 by using diffraction of the radiation by the materials, e.g. for investigating crystal structure; by using scattering of the radiation by the materials, e.g. for investigating non-crystalline materials; by using reflection of the radiation by the materials
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N23/20008 2 Constructional details of analysers, e.g. characterised by X-ray source, detector or optical system; Accessories therefor; Preparing specimens therefor (monochromators for X- rays using crystals G21K1/06)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N23/20016 3 Goniometers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N23/20025 3 Sample holders or supports therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N23/20033 4 provided with temperature control or heating means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N23/20041 4 for high pressure testing, e.g. anvil cells
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N23/2005 3 Preparation of powder samples therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N23/20058 2 Measuring diffraction of electrons, e.g. low energy electron diffraction [LEED] method or reflection high energy electron diffraction [RHEED] method
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N23/20066 2 Measuring inelastic scatter of gamma rays, e.g. Compton effect
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N23/20075 2 {by measuring interferences of X-rays, e.g. Borrmann effect}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N23/20083 2 {by using a combination of at least two measurements at least one being a transmission measurement and one a scatter measurement}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N23/20091 2 Measuring the energy-dispersion spectrum [EDS] of diffracted radiation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N23/201 2 by measuring small-angle scattering
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N23/202 3 using neutrons
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N23/203 2 Measuring back scattering
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N23/204 3 using neutrons
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N23/205 2 using diffraction cameras
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N23/2055 2 Analysing diffraction patterns
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N23/207 2 Diffractometry using detectors, e.g. using a probe in a central position and one or more displaceable detectors in circumferential positions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N23/2073 3 {using neutron detectors (neutron spectrometry G01T3/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N23/2076 3 {for spectrometry, i.e. using an analysing crystal, e.g. for measuring X-ray fluorescence spectrum of a sample with wavelength-dispersion, i.e. WDXFS}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N23/22 1 by measuring secondary emission from the material
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N23/2202 2 Preparing specimens therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N23/2204 2 Specimen supports therefor; Sample conveying means therefore
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N23/2206 2 Combination of two or more measurements, at least one measurement being that of secondary emission, e.g. combination of secondary electron [SE] measurement and back-scattered electron [BSE] measurement
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N23/2208 3 all measurements being of a secondary emission, e.g. combination of SE measurement and characteristic X-ray measurement
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N23/2209 2 using wavelength dispersive spectroscopy [WDS]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N23/221 2 by activation analysis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N23/222 3 using neutron activation analysis [NAA]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N23/223 2 by irradiating the sample with X-rays or gamma-rays and by measuring X-ray fluorescence
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N23/225 2 using electron or ion
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N23/2251 3 using incident electron beams, e.g. scanning electron microscopy [SEM]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N23/2252 4 Measuring emitted X-rays, e.g. electron probe microanalysis [EPMA]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N23/2254 4 Measuring cathodoluminescence
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N23/2255 3 using incident ion beams, e.g. proton beams
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N23/2257 4 Measuring excited X-rays, i.e. particle-induced X-ray emission [PIXE]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N23/2258 4 Measuring secondary ion emission, e.g. secondary ion mass spectrometry [SIMS] (mass-to-charge ratio analysis aspects of SIMS for material analysis G01N27/62)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N23/227 2 Measuring photoelectric effect, e.g. photoelectron emission microscopy [PEEM]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N23/2273 3 Measuring photoelectron spectrum, e.g. electron spectroscopy for chemical analysis [ESCA] or X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy [XPS]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N23/2276 3 using the Auger effect, e.g. Auger electron spectroscopy [AES]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N24/00 0 Investigating or analyzing materials by the use of nuclear magnetic resonance, electron paramagnetic resonance or other spin effects
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N24/002 1 {Using resonance on molecular beams (atomic clocks G04F5/14; beam masers H01S1/06)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N24/004 1 {Using acoustical resonance, i.e. phonon interactions}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N24/006 1 {using optical pumping (magnetometers using optical pumping G01R33/26, optical pumping of lasers H01S3/091)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N24/008 1 {by using resonance effects in zero field, e.g. in microwave, submillimetric region (by measuring absorption of microwaves by the material G01N22/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N24/08 1 by using nuclear magnetic resonance (G01N24/12 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N24/081 2 {Making measurements of geologic samples, e.g. measurements of moisture, pH, porosity, permeability, tortuosity or viscosity}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N24/082 2 {Measurement of solid, liquid or gas content}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N24/084 2 {Detection of potentially hazardous samples, e.g. toxic samples, explosives, drugs, firearms, weapons}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N24/085 2 {Analysis of materials for the purpose of controlling industrial production systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N24/087 2 {Structure determination of a chemical compound, e.g. of a biomolecule such as a protein}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N24/088 2 {Assessment or manipulation of a chemical or biochemical reaction, e.g. verification whether a chemical reaction occurred or whether a ligand binds to a receptor in drug screening or assessing reaction kinetics}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N24/10 1 by using electron paramagnetic resonance (G01N24/12 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N24/12 1 by using double resonance
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N24/14 1 by using cyclotron resonance
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N25/00 0 Investigating or analyzing materials by the use of thermal means (G01N3/00 - G01N23/00 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N25/005 1 {by investigating specific heat}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N25/02 1 by investigating changes of state or changes of phase; by investigating sintering {(investigating or analysing oils or hydrocarbon fluids by measuring cloud point or pour point G01N33/2811)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N25/04 2 of melting point; of freezing point; of softening point
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N25/06 3 Analysis by measuring change of freezing point
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N25/08 2 of boiling point
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N25/085 3 {Investigating nucleation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N25/10 3 Analysis by measuring change of boiling point
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N25/12 2 of critical point; of other phase change
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N25/14 1 by using distillation, extraction, sublimation, condensation, freezing, or crystallisation (G01N25/02 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N25/142 2 {by condensation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N25/145 2 {Accessories, e.g. cooling devices (in general B01L, F25D)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N25/147 2 {by cristallisation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N25/16 1 by investigating thermal coefficient of expansion
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N25/18 1 by investigating thermal conductivity (by calorimetry G01N25/20; by measuring change of resistance of an electrically-heated body G01N27/18)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N25/20 1 by investigating the development of heat, i.e. calorimetry, e.g. by measuring specific heat, by measuring thermal conductivity (calorimeters per se G01K)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N25/22 2 on combustion or catalytic oxidation, e.g. of components of gas mixtures
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N25/24 3 using combustion tubes, e.g. for microanalysis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N25/26 3 using combustion with oxygen under pressure, e.g. in bomb calorimeter
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N25/28 3 the rise in temperature of the gases resulting from combustion being measured directly
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N25/30 4 using electric temperature-responsive elements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N25/32 5 using thermoelectric elements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N25/34 4 using mechanical temperature-responsive elements, e.g. bimetallic (bimetallic elements per se G12B1/02)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N25/36 5 for investigating the composition of gas mixtures
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N25/38 4 using the melting or combustion of a solid
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N25/385 5 {for investigating the composition of gas mixtures}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N25/40 3 the heat developed being transferred to a flowing fluid
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N25/42 4 continuously
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N25/44 3 the heat developed being transferred to a fixed quantity of fluid
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N25/46 4 for investigating the composition of gas mixtures
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N25/48 2 on solution, sorption, or a chemical reaction not involving combustion or catalytic oxidation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N25/4806 3 {Details not adapted to a particular type of sample}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N25/4813 4 {concerning the measuring means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N25/482 5 {concerning the temperature responsive elements (measuring temperature or quantity of heat, thermally-sensitive elements G01K; thermoelectric devices H10N10/00, H10N15/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N25/4826 4 {concerning the heating or cooling arrangements (heating apparatus for chemical or physical laboratory apparatus in general B01L7/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N25/4833 5 {specially adapted for temperature scanning}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N25/484 4 {Heat insulation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N25/4846 3 {for a motionless, e.g. solid sample}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N25/4853 4 {Details}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N25/486 5 {Sample holders}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N25/4866 4 {by using a differential method}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N25/4873 3 {for a flowing, e.g. gas sample}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N25/488 4 {Details}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N25/4886 5 {concerning the circulation of the sample}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N25/4893 4 {by using a differential method}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N25/50 1 by investigating flash-point; by investigating explosibility
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N25/52 2 by determining flash-point of liquids
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N25/54 2 by determining explosibility
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N25/56 1 by investigating moisture content
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N25/58 2 by measuring changes of properties of the material due to heat, cold or expansion
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N25/60 3 for determining the wetness of steam
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N25/62 2 by psychrometric means, e.g. wet-and-dry bulb thermometers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N25/64 3 using electric temperature-responsive elements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N25/66 2 by investigating dew-point
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N25/68 3 by varying the temperature of a condensing surface
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N25/70 3 by varying the temperature of the material, e.g. by compression, by expansion
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N25/72 1 Investigating presence of flaws
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/00 0 Investigating or analysing materials by the use of electric, electrochemical, or magnetic means (G01N3/00 – G01N25/00 take precedence; measurement or testing of electric or magnetic variables or of electric or magnetic properties of materials G01R)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/002 1 {by investigating the work function voltage}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/005 2 {by determining the work function in vacuum}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/007 1 {by investigating the electric dipolar moment (measuring piezo-electric properties G01R29/22)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/02 1 by investigating impedance
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/021 2 {before and after chemical transformation of the material}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/023 2 {where the material is placed in the field of a coil}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/025 3 {a current being generated within the material by induction}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/026 2 {Dielectric impedance spectroscopy (electrochemical impedance spectroscopy for measuring corrosion G01N17/02)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/028 2 {Circuits therefor (measuring impedance per se G01R27/02)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/04 2 by investigating resistance
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/041 3 {of a solid body}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/043 3 {of a granular material}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/045 3 {Circuits (measuring resistance per se G01R27/00, e.g. G01R27/22)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/046 4 {provided with temperature compensation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/048 3 {for determining moisture content of the material}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/06 3 of a liquid (involving electrolysis G01N27/26)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/07 4 Construction of measuring vessels; Electrodes therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/08 4 which is flowing continuously
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/10 5 Investigation or analysis specially adapted for controlling or monitoring operations or for signalling
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/12 3 of a solid body in dependence upon absorption of a fluid; of a solid body in dependence upon reaction with a fluid {, for detecting components in the fluid}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/121 4 {for determining moisture content, e.g. humidity, of the fluid (moisture content of the tested material G01N27/048)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/122 4 {Circuits particularly adapted therefor, e.g. linearising circuits}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/123 5 {for controlling the temperature (temperature control per se G05D23/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/124 6 {varying the temperature, e.g. in a cyclic manner}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/125 4 {Composition of the body, e.g. the composition of its sensitive layer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/126 5 {comprising organic polymers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/127 5 {comprising nanoparticles}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/128 4 {Microapparatus}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/129 4 {Diode type sensors, e.g. gas sensitive Schottky diodes (capacitor type sensors G01N27/227; field-effect transistor type sensors G01N27/414)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/14 3 of an electrically-heated body in dependence upon change of temperature
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/16 4 caused by burning or catalytic oxidation of surrounding material to be tested, e.g. of gas
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/18 4 caused by changes in the thermal conductivity of a surrounding material to be tested (G01N27/20 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/185 5 {using a catharometer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/20 3 Investigating the presence of flaws
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/205 4 {in insulating materials}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/22 2 by investigating capacitance
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/221 3 {by investigating the dielectric properties (using microwaves G01N22/00; measuring loss factors or dielectric constants per se G01R27/26)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2027/222 4 {for analysing gases}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/223 3 {for determining moisture content, e.g. humidity (rain detectors on vehicle windows B60S1/0825)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/225 4 {by using hygroscopic materials}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/226 3 {Construction of measuring vessels; Electrodes therefor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/227 3 {Sensors changing capacitance upon adsorption or absorption of fluid components, e.g. electrolyte-insulator-semiconductor sensors, MOS capacitors (G01N27/225 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/228 3 {Circuits therefor (measuring capacitance per se G01R27/26)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/24 3 Investigating the presence of flaws
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/26 1 by investigating electrochemical variables; by using electrolysis or electrophoresis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/27 2 Association of two or more measuring systems or cells, each measuring a different parameter, where the measurement results may be either used independently, the systems or cells being physically associated, or combined to produce a value for a further parameter
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/28 2 Electrolytic cell components
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/283 3 {Means for supporting or introducing electrochemical probes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/286 4 {Power or signal connectors associated therewith}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/30 3 Electrodes, e.g. test electrodes; Half-cells (G01N27/414 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/301 4 {Reference electrodes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/302 4 {pH sensitive, e.g. quinhydron, antimony or hydrogen electrodes (ion selective electrodes G01N27/333, glass electrodes G01N27/36)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/304 4 {Gas permeable electrodes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/305 4 {optically transparent or photoresponsive electrodes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/307 4 {Disposable laminated or multilayered electrodes (G01N27/3272 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/308 4 {at least partially made of carbon}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/31 4 Half-cells with permeable membranes, e.g. semi-porous or perm-selective membranes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/32 4 Calomel electrodes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/327 4 Biochemical electrodes {, e.g. electrical or mechanical details for in vitro measurements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/3271 5 {Amperometric enzyme electrodes for analytes in body fluids, e.g. glucose in blood (amperometry per se G01N27/49; aspects concerning the enzyme reagent C12Q1/001)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/3272 6 {Test elements therefor, i.e. disposable laminated substrates with electrodes, reagent and channels (optical biosensors G01N33/52)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/3273 6 {Devices therefor, e.g. test element readers, circuitry (details not specific to biochemical electrodes G01N33/4875)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/3274 6 {Corrective measures, e.g. error detection, compensation for temperature or hematocrit, calibration (coding of calibration information G01N33/48771)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/3275 5 {Sensing specific biomolecules, e.g. nucleic acid strands, based on an electrode surface reaction}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/3276 6 {being a hybridisation with immobilised receptors (using a FET type sensor G01N27/4145; concerning the hybridisation C12Q1/68)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/3277 6 {being a redox reaction, e.g. detection by cyclic voltammetry (voltammetry per se G01N27/42, G01N27/48)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/3278 6 {involving nanosized elements, e.g. nanogaps or nanoparticles (nanopores G01N33/48721; magnetic beads G01N27/745)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/333 4 Ion-selective electrodes or membranes (glass electrodes G01N27/36)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/3335 5 {the membrane containing at least one organic component (G01N27/3271 takes precedence; aspects concerning the enzyme reagent in enzyme electrodes C12Q1/001)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/34 4 Dropping-mercury electrodes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/36 4 Glass electrodes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/38 4 Cleaning of electrodes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/40 3 Semi-permeable membranes or partitions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/401 3 Salt-bridge leaks; Liquid junctions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/403 2 Cells and electrode assemblies
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/4035 3 {Combination of a single ion-sensing electrode and a single reference electrode (G01N27/406 and G01N27/413 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/404 3 Cells with anode, cathode and cell electrolyte on the same side of a permeable membrane which separates them from the sample fluid {, e.g. Clark-type oxygen sensors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/4045 4 {for gases other than oxygen}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/406 3 Cells and probes with solid electrolytes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/4062 4 {Electrical connectors associated therewith}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/4065 4 {Circuit arrangements specially adapted therefor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/4067 4 {Means for heating or controlling the temperature of the solid electrolyte}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/407 4 for investigating or analysing gases {(G01N27/411 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/4071 5 {using sensor elements of laminated structure}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/4072 6 {characterized by the diffusion barrier}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/4073 5 {Composition or fabrication of the solid electrolyte}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/4074 6 {for detection of gases other than oxygen}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/4075 5 {Composition or fabrication of the electrodes and coatings thereon, e.g. catalysts}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/4076 6 {Reference electrodes or reference mixtures}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/4077 5 {Means for protecting the electrolyte or the electrodes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/4078 5 {Means for sealing the sensor element in a housing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/409 5 Oxygen concentration cells
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/41 5 Oxygen pumping cells
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/411 4 for investigating or analysing of liquid metals
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/4111 5 {using sensor elements of laminated structure}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/4112 5 {Composition or fabrication of the solid electrolyte}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/4114 6 {for detection of gases other than oxygen}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/4115 5 {Composition or fabrication of the electrodes and coatings thereon, e.g. catalysts}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/4117 6 {Reference electrodes or reference mixtures}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/4118 5 {Means for protecting the electrolyte or the electrodes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/413 3 Concentration cells using liquid electrolytes {measuring currents or voltages in voltaic cells}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/414 3 Ion-sensitive or chemical field-effect transistors, i.e. ISFETS or CHEMFETS
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/4141 4 {specially adapted for gases}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/4143 5 {Air gap between gate and channel, i.e. suspended gate [SG] FETs (work function measurement per se G01N27/002)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/4145 4 {specially adapted for biomolecules, e.g. gate electrode with immobilised receptors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/4146 4 {involving nanosized elements, e.g. nanotubes, nanowires}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/4148 4 {Integrated circuits therefor, e.g. fabricated by CMOS processing (CMOS processing per se H01L21/82)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/416 2 Systems (G01N27/27 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/4161 3 {measuring the voltage and using a constant current supply, e.g. chronopotentiometry}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/4162 3 {investigating the composition of gases, by the influence exerted on ionic conductivity in a liquid (conductometry in general G01N27/06; amperometric gas sensors G01N27/404)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/4163 3 {checking the operation of, or calibrating, the measuring apparatus (G01N27/3274, G01N27/4175 and G01N33/0006 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/4165 4 {for pH meters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/4166 3 {measuring a particular property of an electrolyte}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/4167 4 {pH (electrodes therefor G01N27/302, G01N27/36)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/4168 4 {Oxidation-reduction potential, e.g. for chlorination of water (water analysis G01N33/18)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/417 3 using cells {, i.e. more than one cell} and probes with solid electrolytes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/4175 4 {Calibrating or checking the analyser}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/419 4 Measuring voltages or currents with a combination of oxygen pumping cells and oxygen concentration cells
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/42 3 Measuring deposition or liberation of materials from an electrolyte; Coulometry, i.e. measuring coulomb-equivalent of material in an electrolyte
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/423 4 {Coulometry}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/426 4 {by weighing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/44 4 using electrolysis to generate a reagent, e.g. for titration
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/447 3 using electrophoresis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/44704 4 {Details; Accessories}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/44708 5 {Cooling}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/44713 5 {Particularly adapted electric power supply}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/44717 5 {Arrangements for investigating the separated zones, e.g. localising zones}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/44721 6 {by optical means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/44726 7 {using specific dyes, markers or binding molecules}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/4473 6 {by electric means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/44734 6 {by thermal means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/44739 6 {Collecting the separated zones, e.g. blotting to a membrane or punching of gel spots}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/44743 5 {Introducing samples}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/44747 5 {Composition of gel or of carrier mixture}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/44752 5 {Controlling the zeta potential, e.g. by wall coatings}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/44756 4 {Apparatus specially adapted therefor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/4476 5 {of the density gradient type}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/44765 5 {of the counter-flow type}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/44769 5 {Continuous electrophoresis, i.e. the sample being continuously introduced, e.g. free flow electrophoresis [FFE]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/44773 5 {Multi-stage electrophoresis, e.g. two-dimensional electrophoresis}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/44778 6 {on a common gel carrier, i.e. 2D gel electrophoresis}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/44782 5 {of a plurality of samples}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/44786 5 {of the magneto-electrophoresis type}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/44791 5 {Microapparatus (sample containers with integrated microfluidic structures B01L3/5027)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/44795 5 {Isoelectric focusing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/453 4 Cells therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/48 3 using polarography, i.e. measuring changes in current under a slowly-varying voltage
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/49 3 Systems involving the determination of the current at a single specific value, or small range of values, of applied voltage for producing selective measurement of one or more particular ionic species
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/60 1 by investigating electrostatic variables {, e.g. electrographic flaw testing (G01N27/007 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/605 2 {for determining moisture content, e.g. humidity}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/61 2 Investigating the presence of flaws
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/62 1 by investigating the ionisation of gases, e.g. aerosols; by investigating electric discharges, e.g. emission of cathode
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/622 2 Ion mobility spectrometry
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/623 3 combined with mass spectrometry
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/624 3 Differential mobility spectrometry [DMS]; Field asymmetric-waveform ion mobility spectrometry [FAIMS]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/626 2 using heat to ionise a gas
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/628 3 {and a beam of energy, e.g. laser enhanced ionisation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/64 2 using wave or particle radiation to ionise a gas, e.g. in an ionisation chamber
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/66 3 and measuring current or voltage
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/68 2 using electric discharge to ionise a gas
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/70 3 and measuring current or voltage
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/72 1 by investigating magnetic variables
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/725 2 {by using magneto-acoustical effects or the Barkhausen effect}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/74 2 of fluids (G01N24/00 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/745 3 {for detecting magnetic beads used in biochemical assays (concerning the assays G01N33/54326; sensors therefor G01R33/1269; automatic analysers therefor G01N35/0098)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/76 3 by investigating susceptibility
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/80 2 for investigating mechanical hardness, e.g. by investigating saturation or remanence of ferromagnetic material
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/82 2 for investigating the presence of flaws
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/825 3 {by using magnetic attraction force (G01N27/84 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/83 3 by investigating stray magnetic fields
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/84 4 by applying magnetic powder or magnetic ink
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/85 4 using magnetographic methods
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/87 4 using probes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/90 3 using eddy currents
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/9006 4 {Details, e.g. in the structure or functioning of sensors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/9013 4 Arrangements for scanning
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/902 5 {by moving the sensors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/9026 5 {by moving the material}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/904 4 with two or more sensors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/9046 4 {by analysing electrical signals}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/9053 5 {Compensating for probe to workpiece spacing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/906 5 {Compensating for velocity}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/9066 5 {by measuring the propagation time, or delaying the signals}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/9073 4 {Recording measured data}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/908 5 {synchronously with scanning}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/9086 5 {Calibrating of recording device}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/9093 4 Arrangements for supporting the sensor; Combinations of eddy-current sensors and auxiliary arrangements for marking or for rejecting
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N27/92 1 by investigating breakdown voltage (G01N27/60, G01N27/62 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N29/00 0 Investigating or analysing materials by the use of ultrasonic, sonic or infrasonic waves; Visualisation of the interior of objects by transmitting ultrasonic or sonic waves through the object (G01N3/00, G01N5/00, G01N7/00, G01N9/00, G01N11/00, G01N13/00, G01N15/00, G01N17/00, G01N19/00, G01N21/00, G01N22/00, G01N23/00, G01N24/00, G01N25/00, G01N27/00 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N29/02 1 Analysing fluids (using acoustic emission techniques G01N29/14 {; constructional or flow details for analysing fluids G01N29/222; optoacoustic fluid cells G01N29/2425})
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N29/022 2 {Fluid sensors based on microsensors, e.g. quartz crystal-microbalance [QCM], surface acoustic wave [SAW] devices, tuning forks, cantilevers, flexural plate wave [FPW] devices (microdevices per se B81B)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N29/024 2 by measuring propagation velocity or propagation time of acoustic waves
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N29/028 2 by measuring mechanical or acoustic impedance
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N29/032 2 by measuring attenuation of acoustic waves
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N29/036 2 by measuring frequency or resonance of acoustic waves
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N29/04 1 Analysing solids (using acoustic emission techniques G01N29/14)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N29/041 2 {on the surface of the material, e.g. using Lamb, Rayleigh or shear waves}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N29/043 2 {in the interior, e.g. by shear waves}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N29/045 2 {by imparting shocks to the workpiece and detecting the vibrations or the acoustic waves caused by the shocks (measuring resonant frequency G01H13/00; measuring strength properties by application of mechanical stress G01N3/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N29/046 3 {using the echo of particles imparting on a surface; using acoustic emission of particles (investigating concentration of particle suspensions G01N15/06; devices for measuring flow of solids in suspension G01F1/74)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N29/048 2 {Marking the faulty objects}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N29/06 2 Visualisation of the interior, e.g. acoustic microscopy {(medical or veterinary diagnosis using sonic waves A61B8/00; representation of acoustic wave distribution G01H3/125, G01H9/002; short-range imaging systems using reflection of acoustic waves G01S15/8906)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N29/0609 3 {Display arrangements, e.g. colour displays (indicating or recording in connection with measuring in general G01D)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N29/0618 4 {synchronised with scanning, e.g. in real-time}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N29/0627 5 {Cathode-ray tube displays (in general G01R13/20)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N29/0636 5 {with permanent recording}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N29/0645 4 {Display representation or displayed parameters, e.g. A-, B- or C-Scan}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N29/0654 3 {Imaging}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N29/0663 4 {by acoustic holography (acoustical holography per se G03H3/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N29/0672 4 {by acoustic tomography (medical tomography A61B8/13)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N29/0681 4 {by acoustic microscopy, e.g. scanning acoustic microscopy}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N29/069 4 {Defect imaging, localisation and sizing using, e.g. time of flight diffraction [TOFD], synthetic aperture focusing technique [SAFT], Amplituden-Laufzeit-Ortskurven [ALOK] technique}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N29/07 2 by measuring propagation velocity or propagation time of acoustic waves
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N29/075 3 {by measuring or comparing phase angle (measuring frequencies or phase angles per se G01R23/00, G01R25/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N29/09 2 by measuring mechanical or acoustic impedance
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N29/11 2 by measuring attenuation of acoustic waves
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N29/12 2 by measuring frequency or resonance of acoustic waves {(measuring frequency or resonant frequency of mechanical vibrations or acoustic waves in general G01H1/06, G01H3/04, G01H13/00; acoustic resonators G10K11/04; vibration or shock testing of structures G01M7/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N29/14 1 using acoustic emission techniques {(echo of particles G01N29/046; measuring mechanical vibrations or acoustic waves in solids in general G01H1/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N29/22 1 Details {, e.g. general constructional or apparatus details}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N29/221 2 {Arrangements for directing or focusing the acoustical waves (electronic orientation or focusing G01N29/262; sound directing or focusing G10K11/26; mechanical steering of sound transducers or their beams G10K11/35)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N29/222 2 {Constructional or flow details for analysing fluids (optoacoustic fluid cells G01N29/2425)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N29/223 2 {Supports, positioning or alignment in fixed situation (mounting transducers per se G10K11/004)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N29/225 2 {Supports, positioning or alignment in moving situation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N29/226 3 {Handheld or portable devices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N29/227 2 {related to high pressure, tension or stress conditions}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N29/228 2 {related to high temperature conditions}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N29/24 2 Probes {(transducers for acoustic waves B06B, G10K; for measuring G01H)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N29/2406 3 {Electrostatic or capacitive probes, e.g. electret or cMUT-probes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N29/2412 3 {using the magnetostrictive properties of the material to be examined, e.g. electromagnetic acoustic transducers [EMAT]; (investigating the presence of flaws using eddy currents G01N27/90, magnetostrictive transducers B06B1/08, measuring magnetostrictive properties G01R33/18)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N29/2418 3 {using optoacoustic interaction with the material, e.g. laser radiation, photoacoustics (photoacoustic cells G01N21/1702; measuring characteristics of vibrations by using radiation-sensitive means G01H9/00; acousto-optical conversion techniques for short-range imaging G01S15/8965; sound-producing devices using laser bundle G10K15/046)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N29/2425 4 {optoacoustic fluid cells therefor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N29/2431 3 {using other means for acoustic excitation, e.g. heat, microwaves, electron beams (sound producing devices not otherwise provided for G10K15/04)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N29/2437 3 {Piezoelectric probes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N29/2443 4 {Quartz crystal probes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N29/245 4 {Ceramic probes, e.g. lead zirconate titanate [PZT] probes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N29/2456 3 {Focusing probes (focusing arrangements G01N29/221)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N29/2462 3 {Probes with waveguides, e.g. SAW devices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N29/2468 3 {Probes with delay lines}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N29/2475 3 {Embedded probes, i.e. probes incorporated in objects to be inspected}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N29/2481 3 {Wireless probes, e.g. with transponders or radio links}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N29/2487 3 {Directing probes, e.g. angle probes (directing arrangements G01N29/221)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N29/2493 3 {Wheel shaped probes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N29/26 2 Arrangements for orientation or scanning {by relative movement of the head and the sensor (mechanical steering of sound transducers or their beams G10K11/35)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N29/262 3 {by electronic orientation or focusing, e.g. with phased arrays (phased arrays per se G10K11/34)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N29/265 3 by moving the sensor relative to a stationary material
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N29/27 3 by moving the material relative to a stationary sensor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N29/275 3 by moving both the sensor and the material
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N29/28 2 providing acoustic coupling {, e.g. water (impedance matching G10K11/02)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N29/30 2 Arrangements for calibrating or comparing, e.g. with standard objects
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N29/32 2 Arrangements for suppressing undesired influences, e.g. temperature or pressure variations {, compensating for signal noise}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N29/323 3 {compensating for pressure or tension variations}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N29/326 3 {compensating for temperature variations}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N29/34 1 Generating the ultrasonic, sonic or infrasonic waves {, e.g. electronic circuits specially adapted therefor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N29/341 2 {with time characteristics}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N29/343 3 {pulse waves, e.g. particular sequence of pulses, bursts}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N29/345 3 {continuous waves}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N29/346 2 {with amplitude characteristics, e.g. modulated signal}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N29/348 2 {with frequency characteristics, e.g. single frequency signals, chirp signals (measuring frequency of mechanical vibrations or acoustic waves in general G01H1/06, G01H3/04; measuring frequency or analysing frequency spectra G01R23/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N29/36 1 Detecting the response signal {, e.g. electronic circuits specially adapted therefor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N29/38 2 by time filtering, e.g. using time gates
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N29/40 2 by amplitude filtering, e.g. by applying a threshold {or by gain control}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N29/42 2 by frequency filtering {or by tuning to resonant frequency}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N29/44 1 Processing the detected response signal {, e.g. electronic circuits specially adapted therefor (digital signal processing per se G06F17/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N29/4409 2 {by comparison}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N29/4418 3 {with a model, e.g. best-fit, regression analysis}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N29/4427 3 {with stored values, e.g. threshold values}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N29/4436 3 {with a reference signal (amplitude comparison G01N29/48)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N29/4445 2 {Classification of defects}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N29/4454 2 {Signal recognition, e.g. specific values or portions, signal events, signatures}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N29/4463 2 {Signal correction, e.g. distance amplitude correction [DAC], distance gain size [DGS], noise filtering}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N29/4472 2 {Mathematical theories or simulation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N29/4481 2 {Neural networks}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N29/449 2 {Statistical methods not provided for in G01N29/4409, e.g. averaging, smoothing and interpolation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N29/46 2 by spectral analysis, e.g. Fourier analysis {or wavelet analysis (spectral signal processing per se G06F17/14)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N29/48 2 by amplitude comparison
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N29/50 2 using auto-correlation techniques or cross-correlation techniques
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N29/52 2 using inversion methods other that spectral analysis, e.g. conjugated gradient inversion
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N30/00 0 Investigating or analysing materials by separation into components using adsorption, absorption or similar phenomena or using ion-exchange, e.g. chromatography {or field flow fractionation} (G01N3/00, G01N5/00, G01N7/00, G01N9/00, G01N11/00, G01N13/00, G01N15/00, G01N17/00, G01N19/00, G01N21/00, G01N22/00, G01N23/00, G01N24/00, G01N25/00, G01N27/00, G01N29/00 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N30/0005 1 {Field flow fractionation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/001 2 {hydrodynamic fractionation, e.g. CHDF or HDC}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/0015 2 {characterised by driving force}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/002 3 {sedimentation or centrifugal FFF}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/0025 3 {cross flow FFF}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/003 4 {Asymmetrical flow}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/0035 3 {electrical field}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/004 2 {characterised by opposing force}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/0045 3 {normal, i.e. diffusion or thermal FFF}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/005 3 {steric FFF, i.e. diffusion negligible for larger particles; separation due to protrusion depth into carrier flow profile}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/0055 3 {hyperlayer, i.e. different particle populations in hyperlayers elevated above wall}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/006 4 {lift hyperlayer, i.e. hydrodynamic lift forces dominate steric effect}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/0065 3 {Dielectric FFF, i.e. opposing forces dominate hydrodynamic lift forces and steric effects}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/007 2 {programming of driving force (carrier programming G01N30/02)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/0075 1 {Separation due to differential desorption}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/008 2 {Thermal desorption}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/0085 2 {the desorption energy being adapted to sample, e.g. laser tuned to molecular bonds}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/009 1 {Extraction}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/0095 1 {Separation specially adapted for use outside laboratory, e.g. field sampling, portable equipments}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N30/02 1 Column chromatography
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/022 2 {characterised by the kind of separation mechanism}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/025 3 {Gas chromatography}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/027 3 {Liquid chromatography}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N30/04 2 Preparation or injection of sample to be analysed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/042 3 {Standards}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/045 4 {internal}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/047 4 {external}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N30/06 3 Preparation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/062 4 {extracting sample from raw material}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/065 4 {using different phases to separate parts of sample}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/067 4 {by reaction, e.g. derivatising the sample}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N30/08 4 using an enricher
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/085 5 {using absorbing precolumn}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N30/10 4 using a splitter
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N30/12 4 by evaporation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/121 5 {cooling; cold traps}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/122 6 {cryogenic focusing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/123 6 {using more than one trap}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/125 5 {pyrolising}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/126 5 {evaporating sample}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/127 6 {PTV evaporation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/128 6 {Thermal desorption analysis}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N30/14 4 by elimination of some components
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/143 5 {selective absorption}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/146 5 {using membranes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N30/16 3 Injection (G01N30/24 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/162 4 {electromigration}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/165 4 {retention gaps}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/167 4 {on-column injection}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N30/18 4 using a septum or microsyringe
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/185 5 {specially adapted to seal the inlet}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N30/20 4 using a sampling valve
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/201 5 {multiport valves, i.e. having more than two ports}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/202 5 {rotary valves}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/204 5 {Linearly moving valves, e.g. sliding valves}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/205 5 {Diaphragm valves, e.g. deformed member closing the passage}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/207 5 {with metering cavity, e.g. sample loop}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/208 6 {with more than one cavity}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N30/22 4 in high pressure liquid systems
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N30/24 3 Automatic injection systems
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N30/26 2 Conditioning of the fluid carrier; Flow patterns
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N30/28 3 Control of physical parameters of the fluid carrier
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/285 4 {electrically driven carrier}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N30/30 4 of temperature
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/3007 5 {same temperature for whole column}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/3015 5 {temperature gradients along column}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/3023 5 {using cryogenic fluids}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/303 5 {using peltier elements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/3038 5 {temperature control of column exit, e.g. of restrictors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/3046 5 {temperature control of column inlet}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/3053 5 {using resistive heating}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/3061 6 {column or associated structural member used as heater}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/3069 6 {electrical resistance used to determine control temperature}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/3076 5 {using specially adapted T(t) profile}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/3084 5 {ovens}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/3092 5 {Heat exchange between incoming and outgoing mobile phase}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N30/32 4 of pressure or speed (G01N30/36 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/322 5 {pulse dampers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/324 5 {speed, flow rate}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/326 5 {pumps}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/328 5 {valves, e.g. check valves of pumps}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N30/34 4 of fluid composition, e.g. gradient (G01N30/36 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/342 5 {fluid composition fixed during analysis}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/345 5 {fluid electrical conductivity fixed during analysis}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/347 5 {mixers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N30/36 4 in high pressure liquid systems
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N30/38 3 Flow patterns
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/381 4 {centrifugal chromatography}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/382 4 {flow switching in a single column}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/383 5 {by using auxiliary fluid}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/385 5 {by switching valves}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/386 4 {Radial chromatography, i.e. with mobile phase traversing radially the stationary phase}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/387 4 {Turbulent flow of mobile phase}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/388 4 {Elution in two different directions on one stationary phase}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N30/40 4 using back flushing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/402 5 {purging a device}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/405 5 {re-concentrating or inverting previous separation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/407 5 {carrying out another separation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N30/42 4 using counter-current
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N30/44 4 using recycling of the fraction to be distributed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/445 5 {heart cut}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N30/46 4 using more than one column {(G01N30/44 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N30/461 5 {with serial coupling of separation columns}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N30/462 6 {with different eluents or with eluents in different states (G01N30/463 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N30/463 6 {for multidimensional chromatography}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N30/465 6 {with specially adapted interfaces between the columns}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N30/466 5 {with separation columns in parallel}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N30/467 6 {all columns being identical}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N30/468 5 {involving switching between different column configurations}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N30/48 2 {Sorbent materials therefor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N30/482 3 {Solid sorbents}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/484 3 {Solid sorbents}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N30/50 2 Conditioning of the sorbent material or stationary liquid
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N30/52 3 Physical parameters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/521 4 {form}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/522 4 {pressure}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/524 4 {structural properties}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/525 5 {surface properties, e.g. porosity}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/527 5 {sorbent material in form of a membrane}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/528 5 {Monolithic sorbent material}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N30/54 4 Temperature
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N30/56 3 Packing methods or coating methods
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/562 4 {packing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/565 5 {slurry packing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/567 4 {coating}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N30/58 3 the sorbent moving as a whole
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/582 4 {micellar electrokinetic capillary chromatography [MECC]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/585 4 {Parallel current chromatography}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/587 4 {Continuous annular chromatography}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N30/60 2 Construction of the column
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N30/6004 3 {end pieces}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/6008 4 {capillary restrictors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/6013 4 {interfaces to detectors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N30/6017 4 {Fluid distributors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N30/6021 4 {Adjustable pistons}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N30/6026 4 {Fluid seals}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N30/603 4 {retaining the stationary phase, e.g. Frits}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N30/6034 3 {joining multiple columns}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N30/6039 4 {in series}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N30/6043 4 {in parallel}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N30/6047 3 {with supporting means; Holders}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N30/6052 3 {body}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N30/606 4 {with fluid access or exit ports}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N30/6065 4 {with varying cross section}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N30/6069 4 {with compartments or bed substructure}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N30/6073 4 {in open tubular form}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N30/6078 5 {Capillaries}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N30/6082 4 {transparent to radiation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N30/6086 4 {form designed to optimise dispersion}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N30/6091 3 {Cartridges}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N30/6095 3 {Micromachined or nanomachined, e.g. micro- or nanosize}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N30/62 2 Detectors specially adapted therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/621 3 {signal-to-noise ratio}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/623 4 {by modulation of sample feed or detector response}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/625 4 {by measuring reference material, e.g. carrier without sample}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/626 3 {calibration, baseline}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/628 3 {Multiplexing, i.e. several columns sharing a single detector}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N30/64 3 Electrical detectors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/642 4 {photoionisation detectors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/645 4 {electrical conductivity detectors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/647 4 {surface ionisation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N30/66 4 Thermal conductivity detectors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N30/68 4 Flame ionisation detectors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/685 4 {flame photometry}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N30/70 4 Electron capture detectors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N30/72 3 Mass spectrometers {(mass spectrometers per se H01J49/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N30/7206 4 {interfaced to gas chromatograph (interfaces in general for introducing or extracting samples to be analysed with specially adapted mass spectrometer, see H01J49/04)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N30/7213 5 {splitting of the gaseous effluent}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N30/722 5 {through a gas permeable barrier (membranes, porous layers)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/7226 5 {OWTC, short capillaries or transfer line used as column}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N30/7233 4 {interfaced to liquid or supercritical fluid chromatograph (interfaces in general for introducing or extracting samples to be analysed with specially adapted mass spectrometer, see H01J49/04)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N30/724 5 {Nebulising, aerosol formation or ionisation (spraying or atomising in general B05B)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N30/7246 6 {by pneumatic means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N30/7253 6 {by thermal means, e.g. thermospray}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N30/726 6 {by electrical or glow discharge}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N30/7266 6 {by electric field, e.g. electrospray}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N30/7273 5 {Desolvation chambers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N30/728 4 {Intermediate storage of effluent, including condensation on surface}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N30/7286 5 {the store moving as a whole, e.g. moving wire}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N30/7293 4 {Velocity or momentum separators}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N30/74 3 Optical detectors {(measurement of intensity, velocity, spectral content, polarisation, or phase of infra-red, visible or ultra-violet light G01J)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/743 4 {FTIR}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/746 4 {detecting along the line of flow, e.g. axial}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N30/76 3 Acoustical detectors {(measurement of mechanical vibrations or ultrasonic, sonic or infrasonic waves G01H)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/765 4 {for measuring mechanical vibrations}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/77 3 {detecting radioactive properties}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N30/78 3 using more than one detector
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N30/80 2 Fraction collectors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N30/82 3 Automatic means therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N30/84 2 Preparation of the fraction to be distributed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/8405 3 {using pyrolysis}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/8411 3 {Intermediate storage of effluent, including condensation on surface}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/8417 4 {the store moving as a whole, e.g. moving wire}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/8423 3 {using permeable separator tubes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/8429 3 {adding modificating material}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/8435 4 {for chemical reaction}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/8441 4 {to modify physical properties}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/8447 3 {Nebulising, aerosol formation or ionisation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/8452 4 {Generation of electrically charged aerosols or ions}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/8458 5 {of ions or clusters of individual ions}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/8464 4 {Uncharged atoms or aerosols}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/847 4 {by pneumatic means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/8476 4 {by thermal means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/8482 4 {by electrical or glow discharge}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/8488 4 {by electric field}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/8494 4 {Desolvation chambers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N30/86 2 Signal analysis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N30/8603 3 {with integration or differentiation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N30/8606 4 {Integration}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N30/861 4 {Differentiation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N30/8613 4 {Dividing or multiplying by a constant}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N30/8617 4 {Filtering, e.g. Fourier filtering}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/862 4 {Other mathematical operations for data preprocessing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N30/8624 3 {Detection of slopes or peaks; baseline correction}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N30/8627 4 {Slopes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N30/8631 4 {Peaks}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N30/8634 5 {Peak quality criteria}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N30/8637 5 {Peak shape}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N30/8641 4 {Baseline}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N30/8644 4 {Data segmentation, e.g. time windows}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/8648 4 {Feature extraction not otherwise provided for}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N30/8651 3 {Recording, data aquisition, archiving and storage}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N30/8655 4 {Details of data formats}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N30/8658 3 {Optimising operation parameters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N30/8662 4 {Expert systems; optimising a large number of parameters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N30/8665 3 {for calibrating the measuring apparatus}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N30/8668 4 {using retention times}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N30/8672 4 {not depending on an individual instrument, e.g. retention time indexes or calibration transfer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N30/8675 3 {Evaluation, i.e. decoding of the signal into analytical information (for analysis of specific compounds see also G01N30/88 and subgroups of G01N33/00; chemical libraries per se C40B)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N30/8679 4 {Target compound analysis, i.e. whereby a limited number of peaks is analysed}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N30/8682 4 {Group type analysis, e.g. of components having structural properties in common}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N30/8686 4 {Fingerprinting, e.g. without prior knowledge of the sample components}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N30/8689 4 {Peak purity of co-eluting compounds}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N30/8693 3 {Models, e.g. prediction of retention times, method development and validation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N30/8696 3 {Details of Software}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N30/88 2 Integrated analysis systems specially adapted therefor, not covered by a single one of the groups G01N30/04 - G01N30/86
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/8804 3 {automated systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/8809 3 {analysis specially adapted for the sample}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/8813 4 {biological materials}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/8818 5 {involving amino acids}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/8822 5 {involving blood}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/8827 5 {involving nucleic acids}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/8831 5 {involving peptides or proteins}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/8836 5 {involving saccharides}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/884 4 {organic compounds}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/8845 5 {involving halogenated organic compounds}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/885 5 {involving polymers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/8854 5 {involving hydrocarbons}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/8859 4 {inorganic compounds}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/8863 5 {Fullerenes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/8868 4 {elemental analysis, e.g. isotope dilution analysis}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/8872 4 {impurities}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/8877 4 {optical isomers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/8881 3 {Modular construction, specially adapted therefor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/8886 3 {Analysis of industrial production processes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/889 3 {monitoring the quality of the stationary phase; column performance}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/8895 3 {Independent juxtaposition of embodiments; Reviews}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N30/89 1 Inverse chromatography
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N30/90 1 Plate chromatography, e.g. thin layer or paper chromatography
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/903 2 {centrifugal chromatography}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/906 2 {pressurised fluid phase}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N30/91 2 Application of the sample
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N30/92 2 Construction of the plate
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N30/93 3 Application of the sorbent layer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N30/94 2 Development
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/945 3 {Application of reagents to undeveloped plate}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N30/95 2 Detectors specially adapted therefor; Signal analysis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N30/96 1 using ion-exchange (G01N30/02, G01N30/90 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2030/965 2 {suppressor columns}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N31/00 0 Investigating or analysing non-biological materials by the use of the chemical methods specified in the subgroup; Apparatus specially adapted for such methods
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N31/002 1 {Determining nitrogen by transformation into ammonia, e.g. KJELDAHL method}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N31/005 1 {investigating the presence of an element by oxidation (G01N31/12 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N31/007 2 {by measuring the quantity of water resulting therefrom (G01N31/12 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N31/02 1 using precipitation {(measuring deposition or liberation of materials from an electrolyte G01N27/42)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N31/10 1 using catalysis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N31/12 1 using combustion (G01N25/20 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N31/16 1 using titration
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N31/162 2 {Determining the equivalent point by means of a discontinuity}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N31/164 3 {by electrical or electrochemical means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N31/166 2 {Continuous titration of flowing liquids}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N31/168 2 {Determining water content by using Karl Fischer reagent}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N31/18 2 Burettes specially adapted for titration
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N31/20 1 using microanalysis, e.g. drop reaction
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N31/22 1 using chemical indicators (G01N31/02 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N31/221 2 {for investigating pH value}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N31/222 2 {for investigating moisture content}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N31/223 2 {for investigating presence of specific gases or aerosols (G01N31/221, G01N31/222 take precedence; actuation of fire alarm by presence of smoke or gases G08B17/10)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N31/224 3 {for investigating presence of dangerous gases}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N31/225 3 {for oxygen, e.g. including dissolved oxygen}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N31/226 2 {for investigating the degree of sterilisation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N31/227 2 {for nitrates or nitrites}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N31/228 2 {for peroxides}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N31/229 2 {for investigating time/temperature history}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/00 0 Investigating or analysing materials by specific methods not covered by groups G01N1/00 - G01N31/00
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/0001 1 {by organoleptic means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2033/0003 1 {Composite materials}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/0004 1 {Gaseous mixtures, e.g. polluted air (gaseous biological material G01N33/497; exhaust gas of internal combustion engines G01M15/102)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/0006 2 {Calibrating gas analysers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/0008 3 {Details concerning storage of calibration data, e.g. in EEPROM}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/0009 2 {General constructional details of gas analysers, e.g. portable test equipment (G01N1/22 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/0011 3 {Sample conditioning (in general G01N1/28)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/0013 4 {by a chemical reaction (G01N33/0024 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/0014 4 {by eliminating a gas (G01N33/0013 and G01N33/0024 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/0016 4 {by regulating a physical variable, e.g. pressure, temperature}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/0018 4 {by diluting a gas}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2033/0019 4 {by preconcentration}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/0021 4 {involving the use of a carrier gas for transport to the sensor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/0022 3 {using a number of analysing channels}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/0024 4 {a chemical reaction taking place or a gas being eliminated in one or more channels}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/0026 3 {use of an alternating circulation of another gas (calibrating gas analysers G01N33/0006)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/0027 3 {concerning the detector}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/0029 4 {cleaning}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/0031 4 {comprising two or more sensors, e.g. a sensor array (electrochemical electrode arrays G01N27/27)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/0032 5 {using two or more different physical functioning modes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/0034 5 {comprising neural networks or related mathematical techniques}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/0036 4 {Specially adapted to detect a particular component (all the other sub-groups of G01N33/0004 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/0037 5 {for NOx}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/0039 5 {for O3}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/004 5 {for CO, CO2}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/0042 5 {for SO2, SO3}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/0044 5 {for H2S, sulfides}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/0045 5 {for Hg}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/0047 5 {for organic compounds}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/0049 6 {for halogenated organic compounds}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/005 5 {for H2}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/0052 5 {for gaseous halogens}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/0054 5 {for ammonia}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/0055 5 {for radionuclides}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/0057 5 {for warfare agents or explosives (properties of explosives G01N33/227)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/0059 5 {avoiding interference of a gas with the gas to be measured}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/006 6 {avoiding interference of water vapour with the gas to be measured}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/0062 3 {concerning the measuring method, e.g. intermittent, or the display, e.g. digital}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/0063 4 {using a threshold to release an alarm or displaying means (alarm arrangements G08B, e.g. fire alarm actuated by the presence of smoke or gases G08B17/10, for other abnormal conditions G08B21/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/0065 5 {using more than one threshold}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/0067 4 {by measuring the rate of variation of the concentration}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2033/0068 4 {using a computer specifically programmed}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/007 3 {Arrangements to check the analyser (calibrating G01N33/0006)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2033/0072 4 {by generating a test gas}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/0073 3 {Control unit therefor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/0075 4 {for multiple spatially distributed sensors, e.g. for environmental monitoring (transmission systems for measured values G08C)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2033/0077 1 {testing material properties on individual granules or tablets}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2033/0078 1 {testing material properties on manufactured objects}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2033/008 2 {sport articles (balls, skis, rackets)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2033/0081 2 {containers; packages; bottles}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2033/0083 2 {vehicle parts}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2033/0085 3 {wheels}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2033/0086 2 {clothes; hosiery}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2033/0088 2 {other articles}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2033/009 3 {seals}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2033/0091 1 {Powders}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2033/0093 1 {radioactive materials}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2033/0095 1 {Semiconductive materials}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2033/0096 1 {testing material properties on thin layers or coatings}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/0098 1 {Plants or trees (wood G01N33/46)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/02 1 Food
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/025 2 {Fruits or vegetables}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/03 2 Edible oils or edible fats
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/04 2 Dairy products
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/06 3 Determining fat content, e.g. by butyrometer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/08 2 Eggs, e.g. by candling
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/085 3 {by candling}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/10 2 Starch-containing substances, e.g. dough
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2033/105 3 {Pasta}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/12 2 Meat; fish
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/14 2 Beverages
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/143 3 {containing sugar}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/146 3 {containing alcohol}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/15 1 Medicinal preparations {; Physical properties thereof, e.g. dissolubility (drug screening with animal cells G01N33/5008)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/18 1 Water
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/1806 2 {biological or chemical oxygen demand (BOD or COD)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/1813 2 {specific cations in water, e.g. heavy metals (electrochemical analysis G01N27/26; detection of ions by colorimetry G01N31/22)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/182 2 {specific anions in water (electrochemical analysis G01N27/26; detection of ions by colorimetry G01N31/22)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/1826 2 {organic contamination in water}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/1833 3 {Oil in water (water in oil G01N33/2847)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2033/184 3 {herbicides, pesticides, fungicides, insecticides, or the like}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/1846 3 {Total carbon analysis}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/1853 2 {hardness of water}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/186 2 {using one or more living organisms, e.g. a fish}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/1866 3 {using microorganisms (G01N33/1806 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2033/1873 2 {ice or snow}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/188 2 {Determining the state of nitrification (biological treatment of water by aerobic or anaerobic processes for denitrification of water C02F3/305)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/1886 2 {using probes, e.g. submersible probes, buoys}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/1893 2 {using flow cells}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/20 1 Metals
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/202 2 Constituents thereof
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/2022 3 Non-metallic constituents
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/2025 4 Gaseous constituents
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/2028 3 Metallic constituents
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/204 2 Structure thereof, e.g. crystal structure
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/2045 3 Defects
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/205 2 in liquid state, e.g. molten metals
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/207 2 Welded or soldered joints; Solderability
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/208 2 Coatings, e.g. platings
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/22 1 Fuels, explosives {(liquid hydrocarbons G01N33/28)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/222 2 {Solid fuels, e.g. coal}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/225 2 {Gaseous fuels, e.g. natural gas}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/227 2 {Explosives, e.g. combustive properties thereof (detecting explosives in air G01N33/0057)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/24 1 Earth materials (G01N33/42 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/241 2 {for hydrocarbon content (drilling mud G01N33/2823; drilling per se E21B; prospecting G01V)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2033/243 2 {for determining biological parameters concerning composting, biodegradability or bioavailability}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2033/245 2 {for agricultural purposes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/246 2 {for water content (for control of watering A01G25/167)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2033/248 2 {related to manure as a biological product, i.e. excluding artificial fertilizers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/26 1 Oils; viscous liquids; paints; inks (G01N33/22 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/28 2 Oils {, i.e. hydrocarbon liquids}({gaseous fuels G01N33/225;} edible oils or edible fats G01N33/03)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/2805 3 {investigating the resistance to heat or oxidation (to the weather, to corrosion, or to light G01N17/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/2811 3 {by measuring cloud point or pour point of oils}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/2817 3 {using a test engine (testing of engines G01M15/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/2823 3 {raw oil, drilling fluid or polyphasic mixtures (hydrocarbon content of earth materials G01N33/241; prospecting G01V; drilling per se E21B)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/2829 3 {mixtures of fuels, e.g. determining the RON-number}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/2835 3 {specific substances contained in the oil or fuel}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/2841 4 {gas in oil, e.g. hydrogen in insulating oil}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/2847 4 {Water in oil (basic sediment and water G01N33/2823; oil in water G01N33/1833)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/2852 4 {alcohol/fuel mixtures}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/2858 4 {metal particles}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/2864 4 {lead content}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/287 4 {Sulfur content}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/2876 4 {Total acid number}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/2882 4 {Markers (marking of fuels C10L1/003)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/2888 3 {Lubricating oil characteristics, e.g. deterioration (lubricating properties G01N33/30)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/2894 3 {for metal working or machining}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/30 3 for lubricating properties
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/32 2 Paints; inks {(investigating resistance to the weather, to corrosion, to light G01N17/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/34 1 Paper
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/343 2 {paper pulp}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/346 2 {paper sheets}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/36 1 Textiles
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/362 2 {material before processing, e.g. bulk cotton or wool}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/365 2 {filiform textiles, e.g. yarns (for measuring diameter G01B)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/367 2 {Fabric or woven textiles (optical analysis of moving sheets G01N21/86)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/38 1 Concrete; ceramics; glass; bricks
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/381 2 {precious stones; pearls}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/383 2 {Concrete, cement}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/385 2 {Crystals}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/386 2 {Glass}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/388 2 {Ceramics}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/40 1 Grinding-materials
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/42 1 Road-making materials (G01N33/38 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/44 1 Resins; rubber; leather
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/442 2 {Resins, plastics}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/445 2 {Rubber}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/447 2 {Leather}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/46 1 Wood
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/48 1 Biological material, e.g. blood, urine (G01N33/02, G01N33/26, G01N33/44, G01N33/46 take precedence); Haemocytometers (counting blood corpuscules distributed over a surface by scanning the surface G06M11/02)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/483 2 Physical analysis of biological material
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/4833 3 {of solid biological material, e.g. tissue samples, cell cultures (tissue in vivo A61B5/00; cell suspensions G01N33/48735)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/4836 4 {using multielectrode arrays}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/487 3 of liquid biological material
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/48707 4 {by electrical means (G01N33/49, G01N33/493 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/48714 5 {for determining substances foreign to the organism, e.g. drugs or heavy metals (drugs by chemical analysis G01N33/94)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/48721 5 {Investigating individual macromolecules, e.g. by translocation through nanopores (Coulter counters in general G01N15/12; fabrication methods for nanoscale apertures B81B1/00; sequencing of nucleic acids C12Q1/68)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/48728 5 {Investigating individual cells, e.g. by patch clamp, voltage clamp (investigating individual particles in general G01N15/10)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/48735 5 {Investigating suspensions of cells, e.g. measuring microbe concentration (by chemical means C12Q1/04; colony counters C12M1/34; concentration of particle suspensions in general G01N15/06)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/48742 4 {Determining urea by measuring the volume of a gas (in general G01N7/14 - G01N7/18)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/4875 4 {Details of handling test elements, e.g. dispensing or storage, not specific to a particular test method (test-elements per se B01L, automatic analysers G01N35/00, in-vivo analysis on the human body for medical diagnosis A61B)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/48757 5 {Test elements dispensed from a stack}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/48764 5 {Test tape taken off a spool}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/48771 5 {Coding of information, e.g. calibration data, lot number}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/48778 5 {Containers specially adapted therefor, e.g. for dry storage}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/48785 4 {Electrical and electronic details of measuring devices for physical analysis of liquid biological material not specific to a particular test method, e.g. user interface or power supply}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/48792 5 {Data management, e.g. communication with processing unit (for in vivo diagnostics A61B5/0002; transmission systems for measured values G08C)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/49 4 Blood {(chemical methods for determining blood cell populations G01N33/5094; chemical analysis of blood groups or blood types G01N33/80)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/4905 5 {Determining clotting time of blood (by chemical methods G01N33/86, C12Q1/54)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/491 5 {by separating the blood components (G01N15/05 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/4915 5 {using flow cells (flow cytometry G01N15/14)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/492 5 {Determining multiple analytes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/4925 5 {measuring blood gas content, e.g. O2, CO2 , HCO3}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/493 4 urine
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/497 3 of gaseous biological material, e.g. breath
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/4972 4 {Determining alcohol content (for vehicle safety devices B60K28/06)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2033/4975 4 {other than oxygen, carbon dioxide or alcohol, e.g. organic vapours}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2033/4977 4 {metabolic gass from microbes, cell cultures, plant tissues and the like}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/50 2 Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing (measuring or testing processes involving enzymes or microorganisms, compositions or test papers therefor; processes for forming such compositions, condition responsive control in microbiological or enzymological processes C12Q)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/5002 3 {Partitioning blood components}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/5005 3 {involving human or animal cells (immunoassay G01N33/56966; immunoassays of protozoa G01N33/56905; protozoa in screening assays C12Q1/025)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/5008 4 {for testing or evaluating the effect of chemical or biological compounds, e.g. drugs, cosmetics}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/5011 5 {for testing antineoplastic activity}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/5014 5 {for testing toxicity}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/5017 6 {for testing neoplastic activity}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/502 5 {for testing non-proliferative effects}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/5023 6 {on expression patterns}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/5026 6 {on cell morphology}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/5029 6 {on cell motility}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/5032 6 {on intercellular interactions}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/5035 6 {on sub-cellular localization}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/5038 6 {involving detection of metabolites per se}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/5041 6 {involving analysis of members of signalling pathways}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/5044 5 {involving specific cell types}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/5047 6 {Cells of the immune system}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/505 7 {involving T-cells}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/5052 7 {involving B-cells}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/5055 7 {involving macrophages}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/5058 6 {Neurological cells}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/5061 6 {Muscle cells}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/5064 6 {Endothelial cells}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/5067 6 {Liver cells}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/507 6 {Pancreatic cells}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/5073 6 {Stem cells}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/5076 5 {involving cell organelles, e.g. Golgi complex, endoplasmic reticulum}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/5079 6 {Mitochondria}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/5082 5 {Supracellular entities, e.g. tissue, organisms}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/5085 6 {of invertebrates}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/5088 6 {of vertebrates}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/5091 4 {for testing the pathological state of an organism}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/5094 4 {for blood cell populations (red blood cells G01N33/80)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/5097 3 {involving plant cells (immunoassays of plant cells G01N33/56961)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/52 3 Use of compounds or compositions for colorimetric, spectrophotometric or fluorometric investigation, e.g. use of reagent paper {and including single- and multilayer analytical elements (immunological elements G01N33/54386; involving labelled immunochemicals G01N33/58; for haemoglobin or occult blood G01N33/72)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/521 4 {Single-layer analytical elements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/523 5 {the element being adapted for a specific analyte}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/525 4 {Multi-layer analytical elements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/526 5 {the element being adapted for a specific analyte}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/528 4 {Atypical element structures, e.g. gloves, rods, tampons, toilet paper}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/53 3 Immunoassay; Biospecific binding assay; Materials therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/5302 4 {Apparatus specially adapted for immunological test procedures}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/5304 5 {Reaction vessels, e.g. agglutination plates (for solid-phase systems G01N33/543)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/5306 4 {Improving reaction conditions, e.g. reduction of non-specific binding, promotion of specific binding}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/5308 4 {for analytes not provided for elsewhere, e.g. nucleic acids, uric acid, worms, mites}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/531 4 Production of immunochemical test materials
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/532 5 Production of labelled immunochemicals
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/533 6 with fluorescent label
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/534 6 with radioactive label
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/535 6 with enzyme label {or co-enzymes, co-factors, enzyme inhibitors or enzyme substrates}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/536 4 with immune complex formed in liquid phase
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/537 5 with separation of immune complex from unbound antigen or antibody
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/5375 6 {by changing the physical or chemical properties of the medium or immunochemicals, e.g. temperature, density, pH, partitioning}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/538 6 by sorbent column, particles or resin strip {, i.e. sorbent materials}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/539 6 involving precipitating reagent {, e.g. ammonium sulfate}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/541 7 Double or second antibody {, i.e. precipitating antibody}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/542 5 with steric inhibition or signal modification, e.g. fluorescent quenching
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/543 4 with an insoluble carrier for immobilising immunochemicals
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/54306 5 {Solid-phase reaction mechanisms}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/54313 5 {the carrier being characterised by its particulate form}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/5432 6 {Liposomes or microcapsules}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/54326 6 {Magnetic particles}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/54333 7 {Modification of conditions of immunological binding reaction, e.g. use of more than one type of particle, use of chemical agents to improve binding, choice of incubation time or application of magnetic field during binding reaction}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/5434 7 {using magnetic particle immunoreagent carriers which constitute new materials per se}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/54346 6 {Nanoparticles}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/54353 5 {with ligand attached to the carrier via a chemical coupling agent (coatings G01N33/54393)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/5436 5 {with ligand physically entrapped within the solid phase (liposomes G01N33/5432; immunological test elements G01N33/54386)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/54366 5 {Apparatus specially adapted for solid-phase testing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/54373 6 {involving physiochemical end-point determination, e.g. wave-guides, FETS, gratings}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/5438 7 {Electrodes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/54386 6 {Analytical elements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/54387 7 {Immunochromatographic test strips}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/54388 8 {based on lateral flow}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/54389 9 {with bidirectional or multidirectional lateral flow, e.g. wherein the sample flows from a single, common sample application point into multiple strips, lanes or zones}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/54391 8 {based on vertical flow}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/54393 5 {Improving reaction conditions or stability, e.g. by coating or irradiation of surface, by reduction of non-specific binding, by promotion of specific binding}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/544 5 the carrier being organic
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/545 6 Synthetic resin
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/546 7 as water suspendable particles
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/547 7 with antigen or antibody attached to the carrier via a bridging agent
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/548 6 Carbohydrates, e.g. dextran
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/549 6 with antigen or antibody entrapped within the carrier
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/551 5 the carrier being inorganic
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/552 6 Glass or silica
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/553 6 Metal or metal coated
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/554 5 the carrier being a biological cell or cell fragment, e.g. bacteria, yeast cells
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/555 6 Red blood cell
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/556 7 Fixed or stabilised red blood cell
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/557 4 using kinetic measurement, i.e. time rate of progress of an antigen-antibody interaction
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/558 4 using diffusion or migration of antigen or antibody {(immunochromatographic test strips G01N33/54387)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/559 5 through a gel, e.g. Ouchterlony technique
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/561 5 Immunoelectrophoresis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/563 4 involving antibody fragments
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/564 4 for pre-existing immune complex or autoimmune disease {, i.e. systemic lupus erythematosus, rheumatoid arthritis, multiple sclerosis, rheumatoid factors or complement components C1-C9}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/566 4 using specific carrier or receptor proteins as ligand binding reagents {where possible specific carrier or receptor proteins are classified with their target compounds}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/567 5 utilising isolate of tissue or organ as binding agent
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/569 4 for microorganisms, e.g. protozoa, bacteria, viruses
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/56905 5 {Protozoa}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/56911 5 {Bacteria}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/56916 6 {Enterobacteria, e.g. shigella, salmonella, klebsiella, serratia}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/56922 6 {Campylobacter}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/56927 6 {Chlamydia}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/56933 6 {Mycoplasma}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/56938 6 {Staphylococcus}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/56944 6 {Streptococcus}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/5695 6 {Mycobacteria}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/56955 6 {involved in periodontal diseases}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/56961 5 {Plant cells or fungi}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/56966 5 {Animal cells}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/56972 6 {White blood cells}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/56977 6 {HLA or MHC typing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/56983 5 {Viruses}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/56988 6 {HIV or HTLV}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/56994 6 {Herpetoviridae, e.g. cytomegalovirus, Epstein-Barr virus}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/571 5 for venereal disease, e.g. syphilis, gonorrhoea {(herpes G01N33/56994; chlamydia G01N33/56927)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/573 4 for enzymes or isoenzymes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/5735 5 {co-enzymes or co-factors, e.g. NAD, ATP}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/574 4 for cancer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/57407 5 {Specifically defined cancers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/57411 6 {of cervix}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/57415 6 {of breast}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/57419 6 {of colon}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/57423 6 {of lung}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/57426 6 {leukemia}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/5743 6 {of skin, e.g. melanoma}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/57434 6 {of prostate}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/57438 6 {of liver, pancreas or kidney}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/57442 6 {of the uterus and endometrial}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/57446 6 {of stomach or intestine}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/57449 6 {of ovaries}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/57469 5 {involving tumor associated glycolinkage, i.e. TAG}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/57473 5 {involving carcinoembryonic antigen, i.e. CEA}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/57476 5 {involving oncofetal proteins}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/5748 5 {involving oncogenic proteins}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/57484 5 {involving compounds serving as markers for tumor, cancer, neoplasia, e.g. cellular determinants, receptors, heat shock/stress proteins, A-protein, oligosaccharides, metabolites}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/57488 6 {involving compounds identifable in body fluids}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/57492 6 {involving compounds localized on the membrane of tumor or cancer cells}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/57496 6 {involving intracellular compounds}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/576 4 for hepatitis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/5761 5 {Hepatitis B}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/5762 6 {Hepatitis B core antigen}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/5764 6 {Hepatitis B surface antigen}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/5765 5 {Hepatitis delta antigen}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/5767 5 {non-A, non-B hepatitis}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/5768 5 {Hepatitis A}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/577 4 involving monoclonal antibodies {binding reaction mechanisms characterised by the use of monoclonal antibodies; monoclonal antibodies per se are classified with their corresponding antigens; (G01N33/53 - G01N33/576 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/579 3 involving limulus lysate
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/58 3 involving labelled substances (G01N33/53 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/581 4 {with enzyme label (including co-enzymes, co-factors, enzyme inhibitors or substrates)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/582 4 {with fluorescent label}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/583 4 {with non-fluorescent dye label}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/585 4 {with a particulate label, e.g. coloured latex}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/586 5 {Liposomes, microcapsules or cells}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/587 5 {Nanoparticles}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/588 4 {with semiconductor nanocrystal label, e.g. quantum dots}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/60 4 involving radioactive labelled substances
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/62 3 involving urea
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/64 3 involving ketones
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/66 3 involving blood sugars, e.g. galactose
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/68 3 involving proteins, peptides or amino acids {(involving lipoproteins G01N33/92)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/6803 4 {General methods of protein analysis not limited to specific proteins or families of proteins}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/6806 5 {Determination of free amino acids}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/6809 6 {involving fluorescent derivatizing reagents reacting non-specifically with all amino acids}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/6812 6 {Assays for specific amino acids}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/6815 7 {containing sulfur, e.g. cysteine, cystine, methionine, homocysteine}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/6818 5 {Sequencing of polypeptides}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/6821 6 {involving C-terminal degradation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/6824 6 {involving N-terminal degradation, e.g. Edman degradation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/6827 5 {Total protein determination, e.g. albumin in urine}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/683 6 {involving metal ions}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/6833 7 {Copper, e.g. Folin-, Lowry-, biuret methods}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/6836 7 {Silver staining}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/6839 6 {involving dyes, e.g. Coomassie blue, bromcresol green}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/6842 5 {Proteomic analysis of subsets of protein mixtures with reduced complexity, e.g. membrane proteins, phosphoproteins, organelle proteins}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/6845 5 {Methods of identifying protein-protein interactions in protein mixtures}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/6848 5 {Methods of protein analysis involving mass spectrometry}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/6851 6 {Methods of protein analysis involving laser desorption ionisation mass spectrometry}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/6854 4 {Immunoglobulins}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/6857 5 {Antibody fragments}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/686 5 {Anti-idiotype}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/6863 4 {Cytokines, i.e. immune system proteins modifying a biological response such as cell growth proliferation or differentiation, e.g. TNF, CNF, GM-CSF, lymphotoxin, MIF or their receptors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/6866 5 {Interferon}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/6869 5 {Interleukin}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/6872 4 {Intracellular protein regulatory factors and their receptors, e.g. including ion channels}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/6875 4 {Nucleoproteins}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/6878 4 {in eptitope analysis}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/6881 4 {from skin}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/6884 4 {from lung}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/6887 4 {from muscle, cartilage or connective tissue}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/689 4 {related to pregnancy or the gonads}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/6893 4 {related to diseases not provided for elsewhere}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/6896 5 {Neurological disorders, e.g. Alzheimer's disease}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/70 3 involving creatine or creatinine
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/72 3 involving blood pigments, e.g. haemoglobin, bilirubin {or other porphyrins; involving occult blood}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/721 4 {Haemoglobin}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/723 5 {Glycosylated haemoglobin}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/725 5 {using peroxidative activity}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/726 5 {Devices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/728 4 {Bilirubin; including biliverdin}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/74 3 involving hormones {or other non-cytokine intercellular protein regulatory factors such as growth factors, including receptors to hormones and growth factors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/743 4 {Steroid hormones}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/746 4 {Erythropoetin}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/76 4 Human chorionic gonadotropin {including luteinising hormone, follicle stimulating hormone, thyroid stimulating hormone or their receptors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/78 4 Thyroid gland hormones {, e.g. T3, T4, TBH, TBG or their receptors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/80 3 involving blood groups or blood types {or red blood cells (white blood cells G01N33/56972)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/82 3 involving vitamins {or their receptors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/84 3 involving inorganic compounds or pH
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/86 3 involving blood coagulating time {or factors, or their receptors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/88 3 involving prostaglandins {or their receptors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/90 3 involving iron binding capacity of blood
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/92 3 involving lipids, e.g. cholesterol {, lipoproteins, or their receptors (steroid hormones G01N33/743)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/94 3 involving narcotics {or drugs or pharmaceuticals, neurotransmitters or associated receptors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/9406 4 {Neurotransmitters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/9413 5 {Dopamine}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/942 5 {Serotonin, i.e. 5-hydroxy-tryptamine}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/9426 5 {GABA, i.e. gamma-amino-butyrate}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/9433 5 {(Nor)adrenaline}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/944 5 {Acetylcholine}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/9446 4 {Antibacterials}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/9453 4 {Cardioregulators, e.g. antihypotensives, antiarrhythmics}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/946 4 {CNS-stimulants, e.g. cocaine, amphetamines}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/9466 4 {Antidepressants}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/9473 4 {Anticonvulsants, e.g. phenobarbitol, phenytoin}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/948 4 {Sedatives, e.g. cannabinoids, barbiturates (opiates G01N33/9486)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/9486 4 {Analgesics, e.g. opiates, aspirine}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/9493 4 {Immunosupressants}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/96 3 involving blood or serum control standard
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N33/98 3 involving alcohol, e.g. ethanol in breath
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N35/00 0 Automatic analysis not limited to methods or materials provided for in any single one of groups G01N1/00 - G01N33/00; Handling materials therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N35/00009 1 {provided with a sample supporting tape, e.g. with absorbent zones}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/00019 2 {cassette structures}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N35/00029 1 {provided with flat sample substrates, e.g. slides (G01N35/028 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/00039 2 {Transport arrangements specific to flat sample substrates, e.g. pusher blade}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/00049 3 {for loading/unloading a carousel}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/00059 3 {vacuum chucks}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N35/00069 2 {whereby the sample substrate is of the bio-disk type, i.e. having the format of an optical disk}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/00079 2 {Evaporation covers for slides}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/00089 2 {Magazines}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/00099 2 {Characterised by type of test elements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/00108 3 {Test strips, e.g. paper}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/00118 4 {for multiple tests}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/00128 4 {with pressing or squeezing devices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/00138 3 {Slides}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/00148 3 {Test cards, e.g. Biomerieux or McDonnel multiwell test cards}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/00158 3 {Elements containing microarrays, i.e. "biochip"}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/00168 2 {Manufacturing or preparing test elements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/00178 1 {Special arrangements of analysers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/00188 2 {the analyte being in the solid state}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/00198 3 {Dissolution analysers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/00207 2 {Handling bulk quantities of analyte}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/00217 3 {involving measurement of weight}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/00227 3 {Monitoring a process (online)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/00237 2 {Handling microquantities of analyte, e.g. microvalves, capillary networks}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/00247 3 {Microvalves}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/00257 4 {Capillary stop flow circuits}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/00267 4 {Meltable plugs}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/00277 2 {Special precautions to avoid contamination (e.g. enclosures, glove- boxes, sealed sample carriers, disposal of contaminated material)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/00287 3 {movable lid/cover for sample or reaction tubes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/00297 3 {Antistatic arrangements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/00306 2 {Housings, cabinets, control panels (details)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/00316 3 {Detecting door closure}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/00326 2 {Analysers with modular structure}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/00336 3 {Analysers adapted for operation in microgravity, i.e. spaceflight}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/00346 1 {Heating or cooling arrangements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/00356 2 {Holding samples at elevated temperature (incubation)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/00366 3 {Several different temperatures used}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/00376 3 {Conductive heating, e.g. heated plates}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/00386 3 {using fluid heat transfer medium}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/00396 4 {where the fluid is a liquid}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/00405 3 {Microwaves}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/00415 3 {Other radiation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/00425 2 {Heating or cooling means associated with pipettes or the like, e.g. for supplying sample/reagent at given temperature}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/00435 2 {Refrigerated reagent storage}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/00445 2 {Other cooling arrangements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/00455 2 {Controlling humidity in analyser}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/00465 1 {Separating and mixing arrangements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/00475 2 {Filters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/00485 3 {combined with sample carriers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/00495 2 {Centrifuges}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/00504 3 {combined with carousels}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/00514 2 {Stationary mixing elements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/00524 2 {Mixing by agitating sample carrier}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/00534 2 {Mixing by a special element, e.g. stirrer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/00544 3 {using fluid flow}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/00554 3 {using ultrasound}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/00564 2 {Handling or washing solid phase elements, e.g. beads}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/00574 3 {Means for distributing beads}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N35/00584 1 {Control arrangements for automatic analysers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N35/00594 2 {Quality control, including calibration or testing of components of the analyser}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N35/00603 3 {Reinspection of samples}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N35/00613 3 {Quality control}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N35/00623 4 {of instruments}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/00633 5 {logging process history of individual samples}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/00643 5 {detecting malfunctions in conveying systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/00653 5 {statistical methods comparing labs or apparatuses}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N35/00663 4 {of consumables}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/00673 5 {of reagents}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/00683 5 {of detectors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N35/00693 3 {Calibration}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/00702 4 {Curve-fitting; Parameter matching; Calibration constants}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N35/00712 3 {Automatic status testing, e.g. at start-up or periodic}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N35/00722 2 {Communications; Identification}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N35/00732 3 {Identification of carriers, materials or components in automatic analysers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/00742 4 {Type of codes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/00752 5 {bar codes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/00762 5 {magnetic code}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/00772 5 {mechanical or optical code other than bar code}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/00782 5 {reprogrammmable code}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/00792 4 {Type of components bearing the codes, other than sample carriers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/00801 5 {Holders for sample carriers, e.g. trays, caroussel, racks}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/00811 5 {consumable or exchangeable components other than sample carriers, e.g. detectors, flow cells}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/00821 4 {nature of coded information}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/00831 5 {identification of the sample, e.g. patient identity, place of sampling}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/00841 5 {results of the analyses}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/00851 5 {process control parameters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/00861 4 {printing and sticking of identifiers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N35/00871 3 {Communications between instruments or with remote terminals}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/00881 4 {network configurations}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/00891 3 {Displaying information to the operator}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/009 4 {alarms, e.g. audible}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/0091 4 {GUI [graphical user interfaces]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N35/0092 2 {Scheduling}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/0093 3 {random access not determined by physical position}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/0094 3 {optimisation; experiment design}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N35/0095 3 {introducing urgent samples with priority, e.g. Short Turn Around Time Samples [STATS]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/0096 3 {post analysis management of samples, e.g. marking, removing, storing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/0097 2 {monitoring reactions as a function of time}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N35/0098 1 {involving analyte bound to insoluble magnetic carrier, e.g. using magnetic separation (magnetic particles used in immunoassays G01N33/54326; magnetic separation in general B03C)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N35/0099 1 {comprising robots or similar manipulators (robots per se B25J)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N35/02 1 using a plurality of sample containers moved by a conveyor system past one or more treatment or analysis stations {(G01N35/0098 and G01N35/0099 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N35/021 2 {having a flexible chain, e.g. "cartridge belt", conveyor for reaction cells or cuvettes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/023 3 {forming cuvettes in situ, e.g. from plastic strip}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N35/025 2 {having a carousel or turntable for reaction cells or cuvettes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N35/026 2 {having blocks or racks of reaction cells or cuvettes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N35/028 2 {having reaction cells in the form of microtitration plates}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N35/04 2 Details of the conveyor system {(G01N35/021 - G01N35/028 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/0401 3 {Sample carriers, cuvettes or reaction vessels}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/0403 4 {Sample carriers with closing or sealing means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/0405 5 {manipulating closing or opening means, e.g. stoppers, screw caps, lids or covers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/0406 4 {Individual bottles or tubes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/0408 5 {connected in a flexible chain}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/041 5 {lifting items out of a rack for access}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/0412 4 {Block or rack elements with a single row of samples}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/0413 5 {moving in one dimension}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/0415 5 {moving in two dimensions in a horizontal plane}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/0417 5 {forming an endless chain in a vertical plane}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/0418 4 {Plate elements with several rows of samples}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/042 5 {moved independently, e.g. by fork manipulator}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/0422 5 {carried on a linear conveyor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/0424 6 {Two or more linear conveyors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/0425 5 {Stacks, magazines or elevators for plates}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/0427 4 {nestable or stockable}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/0429 4 {Sample carriers adapted for special purposes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/0431 5 {characterised by material of construction}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/0432 5 {integrated with measuring devices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/0434 5 {in the form of a syringe or pipette tip}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/0436 5 {with pre-packaged reagents, i.e. test-packs}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/0437 4 {Cleaning cuvettes or reaction vessels}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/0439 3 {Rotary sample carriers, i.e. carousels}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/0441 4 {for samples}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/0443 4 {for reagents}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/0444 4 {for cuvettes or reaction vessels}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/0446 4 {Combinations of the above}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/0448 5 {composed of interchangeable ring elements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/0449 5 {using centrifugal transport of liquid}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/0451 4 {composed of interchangeable sectors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/0453 4 {Multiple carousels working in parallel}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/0455 5 {Coaxial carousels}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/0456 4 {Spiral tracks}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/0458 4 {Multiple concentric rows of wells}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/046 3 {General conveyor features}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/0462 4 {Buffers [FIFO] or stacks [LIFO] for holding carriers between operations}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/0463 5 {in incubators}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/0465 4 {Loading or unloading the conveyor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/0467 4 {Switching points ("aiguillages")}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/0468 5 {converging, e.g. selecting carriers from multiple incoming streams}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/047 5 {diverging, e.g. sending carriers to different analysers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/0472 5 {for selective recirculation of carriers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/0474 3 {Details of actuating means for conveyors or pipettes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/0475 4 {electric, e.g. stepper motor, solenoid}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/0477 4 {Magnetic}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/0479 4 {hydraulic or pneumatic}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/0481 5 {Pneumatic tube conveyors; Tube mails; "Rohrpost"}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/0482 4 {Transmission}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/0484 5 {Belt or chain}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/0486 5 {Gearing, cams}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/0487 5 {Helix or lead screw}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/0489 4 {Self-propelled units}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/0491 4 {Position sensing, encoding; closed-loop control}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/0493 5 {Locating samples; identifying different tube sizes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/0494 5 {Detecting or compensating piositioning errors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/0496 3 {Other details}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/0498 4 {Drawers used as storage or dispensing means for vessels or cuvettes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N35/08 1 using a stream of discrete samples flowing along a tube system, e.g. flow injection analysis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N35/085 2 {Flow Injection Analysis}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N35/10 1 Devices for transferring samples {or any liquids} to, in, or from, the analysis apparatus, e.g. suction devices, injection devices {(G01N35/0099 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N35/1002 2 {Reagent dispensers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N35/1004 2 {Cleaning sample transfer devices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/1006 3 {Rinsing only the inside of the tip}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N35/1009 2 {Characterised by arrangements for controlling the aspiration or dispense of liquids}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N35/1011 3 {Control of the position or alignment of the transfer device}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/1013 4 {Confirming presence of tip}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N35/1016 3 {Control of the volume dispensed or introduced}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/1018 4 {Detecting inhomogeneities, e.g. foam, bubbles, clots}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/102 4 {Preventing or detecting loss of fluid by dripping}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/1023 5 {using a valve in the tip or nozzle}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/1025 3 {Fluid level sensing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/1027 2 {General features of the devices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/103 3 {using disposable tips}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/1032 3 {Dilution or aliquotting}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/1034 3 {Transferring microquantities of liquid}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/1037 4 {Using surface tension, e.g. pins or wires}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/1039 4 {Micropipettes, e.g. microcapillary tubes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/1041 4 {Ink-jet like dispensers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/1044 4 {Using pneumatic means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/1046 4 {Levitated, suspended drops}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/1048 3 {using the transfer device for another function}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/1051 4 {for transporting containers, e.g. retained by friction}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/1053 4 {for separating part of the liquid, e.g. filters, extraction phase}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/1055 4 {for immobilising reagents, e.g. dried reagents}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/1058 4 {for mixing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/106 5 {by sucking and blowing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/1062 4 {for testing the liquid while it is in the transfer device}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N35/1065 2 {Multiple transfer devices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N35/1067 3 {for transfer to or from containers having different spacing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/1069 4 {by adjusting the spacing between multiple probes of a single transferring head}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N35/1072 3 {with provision for selective pipetting of individual channels}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N35/1074 3 {arranged in a two-dimensional array}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/1076 3 {plurality or independently movable heads}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N35/1079 2 {with means for piercing stoppers or septums}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N35/1081 2 {characterised by the means for relatively moving the transfer device and the containers in an horizontal plane (G01N35/1011 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N35/1083 3 {with one horizontal degree of freedom}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/1086 4 {Cylindrical, e.g. variable angle}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/1088 5 {Coaxial with a carousel}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N35/109 3 {with two horizontal degrees of freedom}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2035/1093 4 {Cylindrical, e.g. variable radius and angle}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N35/1095 2 {for supplying the samples to flow-through analysers (for a specific analyser see relevant groups, e.g. under G01N15/00, G01N21/00, G01N27/00, G01N30/00, H01J49/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N35/1097 3 {characterised by the valves (valves in general F16K)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N37/00 0 Details not covered by any other group of this subclass
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N37/005 1 {Measurement methods not based on established scientific theories}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/00 0 Features of devices classified in G01N21/00
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/02 1 Mechanical
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/021 2 Special mounting in general
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/0212 3 Liquid borne; swimming apparatus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/0214 3 Airborne
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/0216 3 Vehicle borne
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/0218 3 Submersible, submarine
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/022 2 Casings
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/0221 3 Portable; cableless; compact; hand-held
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/0222 3 Pocket size
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/0224 3 Pivoting casing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/0225 3 Part of casing being slidable, telescopic
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/0227 3 Sealable enclosure
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/0228 3 Moulded parts
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/023 2 Controlling conditions in casing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/0231 3 Thermostating
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/0233 3 Gas purge
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/0235 4 with gas filters in casing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/0236 3 Explosion proof
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/0238 3 Moisture monitoring or controlling
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/024 2 Modular construction
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/0245 3 with insertable-removable part
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/025 2 Mechanical control of operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/0253 3 Switches mounted at the casing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/0256 3 Sensor for insertion of sample, cuvette, test strip
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/04 1 Batch operation; multisample devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/0407 2 with multiple optical units, e.g. one per sample
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/0415 2 Carrusel, sequential
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/0423 3 with rotating optics
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/043 4 optics constituted by optical fibre multiplex selector
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/0438 2 Linear motion, sequential
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/0446 2 Multicell plate, sequential
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/0453 2 Multicell sequential and multitest, e.g. multiwavelength
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/0461 2 Simultaneous, e.g. video imaging
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/0469 2 One cell, sequential, e.g. successive samples
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/0476 2 Keyboard controlled, e.g. for plural analysis at one sample, channel selection, coding
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/0484 2 Computer controlled
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/0492 2 Automatised microscope
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/06 1 Illumination; Optics
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/061 2 Sources
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/06106 3 Plural sources used for calibration
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/06113 3 Coherent sources; lasers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/0612 4 Laser diodes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/06126 3 Large diffuse sources
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/06133 4 Light tables
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/0614 4 Diffusing light tube with sample within
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/06146 3 Multisources for homogeneisation, as well sequential as simultaneous operation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/06153 4 the sources being LED's
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/0616 3 Ambient light is used
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/06166 3 Line selective sources
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/06173 4 IR sources from heated molecular species
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/0618 4 Halogene sources
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/06186 3 Resistance heated; wire sources; lamelle sources
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/06193 3 Secundary in-situ sources, e.g. fluorescent particles
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/062 2 LED's
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/0621 3 Supply
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/0622 3 Use of a compensation LED
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/0623 3 Use of a reference LED
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/0624 3 Compensating variation in output of LED source
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/0625 3 Modulated LED
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/0626 3 Use of several LED's for spatial resolution
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/0627 3 Use of several LED's for spectral resolution
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/0628 3 Organic LED [OLED]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/063 2 Illuminating optical parts
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/0631 3 Homogeneising elements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/0632 4 homogeneising by integrating sphere
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/0633 3 Directed, collimated illumination
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/0634 3 Diffuse illumination
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/0635 3 Structured illumination, e.g. with grating
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/0636 3 Reflectors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/0637 4 Elliptic
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/0638 3 Refractive parts
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/0639 4 Sphere lens
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/064 2 Stray light conditioning
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/0642 3 Light traps; baffles
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/0644 4 Simple baffled tube construction
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/0646 3 Light seals
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/0648 3 Shutters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/065 2 Integrating spheres
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/0655 3 Hemispheres
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/066 2 Modifiable path; multiple paths in one sample
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/0662 3 Comparing measurements on two or more paths in one sample
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/0664 3 Using two ways, i.e. two devices in same path in one sample
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/0666 3 Selectable paths; insertable multiple sources
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/0668 3 Multiple paths; optimisable path length
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/067 2 Electro-optic, magneto-optic, acousto-optic elements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/0675 3 SLM
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/068 2 Optics, miscellaneous
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/0683 3 Brewster plate; polarisation controlling elements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/0686 3 Cold filter; IR filter
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/069 2 Supply of sources
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/0691 3 Modulated (not pulsed supply)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/0692 3 Regulated sources; stabilised supply
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/0693 3 Battery powered circuitry
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/0694 3 Microprocessor controlled supply
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/0695 3 Supply to maintain constant beam intensity
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/0696 3 Pulsed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/0697 4 Pulsed lasers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/0698 4 Using reference pulsed source
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/0699 4 Randomly pulsed source
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/08 1 Optical fibres; light guides
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/0806 2 Light rod
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/0813 2 Arrangement of collimator tubes, glass or empty
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/082 2 Fibres for a reference path
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/0826 2 Fibre array at source, distributing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/0833 2 Fibre array at detector, resolving
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/084 2 Fibres for remote transmission
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/0846 2 Fibre interface with sample, e.g. for spatial resolution
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/0853 2 Movable fibre optical member, e.g. for scanning or selecting
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/086 2 Modular construction, e.g. disconnectable fibre parts
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/0866 2 Use of GRIN elements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/0873 2 Using optically integrated constructions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/088 2 Using a sensor fibre
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/0886 3 and using OTDR
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/0893 2 Using fibres for resolution in time
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/10 1 Scanning
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/101 2 Scanning measuring head
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/102 2 Video camera
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/103 2 Scanning by mechanical motion of stage
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/1035 3 3D motion
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/104 2 Mechano-optical scan, i.e. object and beam moving
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/1042 3 X, Y scan, i.e. object moving in X, beam in Y
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/1045 3 Spiral scan
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/1047 3 with rotating optics and moving stage
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/105 2 Purely optical scan
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/1053 3 System of scan mirrors for composite motion of beam
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/1056 3 Prism scan, diasporameter
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/106 2 Acousto-optical scan
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/107 2 CRT flying spot scan
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/108 2 Miscellaneous
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/1082 3 Descanning
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/1085 3 Using optical fibre array and scanner
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/1087 3 Focussed scan beam, e.g. laser
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/11 2 Monitoring and controlling the scan
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/112 3 Grating pulse time encoder
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/115 3 Optical equalisation of scan intensity
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/117 3 Indexed, memorised or programmed scan
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/12 1 Circuits of general importance; Signal processing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/121 2 Correction signals
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/1211 3 for temperature
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/1212 4 and switch-off from upwarming
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/1214 3 for humidity
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/1215 3 for interfering gases
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/1217 3 for index of solution, carrying fluids
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/1218 3 for pressure variations
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/122 2 Kinetic analysis; determining reaction rate
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/1222 3 Endpoint determination; reaction time determination
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/1224 3 Polymerisation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/1226 3 Relaxation methods, e.g. temperature jump, field jump
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/1228 3 Reading time being controlled, e.g. by microprocessor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/123 2 Conversion circuit
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/1232 3 Log representation, e.g. for low transmittance
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/1235 3 Measuring or displaying selectably absorbance or density
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/1237 3 Measuring extrema
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/124 2 Sensitivity
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/1241 3 Multirange
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/1242 3 Validating, e.g. range invalidation, suspending operation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/1244 3 Ambient light detector, e.g. for invalidating
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/1245 3 Averaging several measurements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/1247 3 Thresholding
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/1248 3 Validating from signal shape, slope, peak
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/125 2 Digital circuitry
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/126 2 Microprocessor processing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/1263 3 Microprocessor is used as variant to separate part circuits
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/1266 3 Interface card
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/127 2 Calibration; base line adjustment; drift compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/12707 3 Pre-test of apparatus, e.g. dark test, sensor test
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/12715 3 Zero adjustment, i.e. to verify calibration
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/12723 3 Self check capacity; automatic, periodic step of checking
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/1273 3 Check triggered by sensing conditions, e.g. ambient changes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/12738 3 Selectively initiating check
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/12746 3 Calibration values determination
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/12753 4 and storage
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/12761 4 Precalibration, e.g. for a given series of reagents
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/12769 4 and adjusting controls, e.g. zero and 100 %
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/12776 4 Automatic scaling up
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/12784 4 Base line obtained from computation, histogram
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/12792 3 Compensating own radiation in apparatus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/128 2 Alternating sample and standard or reference part in one path
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/1281 3 Reflecting part, i.e. for autocollimation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/1283 3 Opaque part
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/1285 3 Standard cuvette
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/1286 4 More than one cuvette
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/1288 3 Calibration medium periodically inserted in one cell
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/129 2 Using chemometrical methods
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/1293 3 resolving multicomponent spectra
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/1296 3 using neural networks
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2201/13 2 Standards, constitution
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/00 0 Investigating strength properties of solid materials by application of mechanical stress
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/0001 1 Type of application of the stress
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/0003 2 Steady
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/0005 2 Repeated or cyclic
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/0007 3 Low frequencies up to 100 Hz
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/0008 3 High frequencies from 10 000 Hz
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/001 2 Impulsive
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/0012 2 Constant speed test
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/0014 1 Type of force applied
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/0016 2 Tensile or compressive
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/0017 3 Tensile
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/0019 3 Compressive
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/0021 2 Torsional
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/0023 2 Bending
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/0025 2 Shearing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/0026 2 Combination of several types of applied forces
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/0028 3 Rotation and bending
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/003 1 Generation of the force
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/0032 2 using mechanical means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/0033 3 Weight
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/0035 3 Spring
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/0037 3 involving a rotating movement, e.g. gearing, cam, eccentric, or centrifuge effects
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/0039 3 Hammer or pendulum
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/0041 3 Human or animal power
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/0042 2 Pneumatic or hydraulic means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/0044 3 Pneumatic means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/0046 4 Vacuum
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/0048 3 Hydraulic means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/005 2 Electromagnetic means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/0051 3 Piezoelectric means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/0053 2 Cutting or drilling tools
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/0055 2 using mechanical waves, e.g. acoustic
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/0057 2 using stresses due to heating, e.g. conductive heating, radiative heating
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/0058 1 Kind of property studied
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/006 2 Crack, flaws, fracture or rupture
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/0062 3 Crack or flaws
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/0064 4 Initiation of crack
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/0066 4 Propagation of crack
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/0067 3 Fracture or rupture
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/0069 2 Fatigue, creep, strain-stress relations or elastic constants
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/0071 3 Creep
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/0073 3 Fatigue
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/0075 3 Strain-stress relations or elastic constants
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/0076 2 Hardness, compressibility or resistance to crushing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/0078 3 using indentation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/008 4 Residual indentation measurement
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/0082 4 Indentation characteristics measured during load
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/0083 3 Rebound strike or reflected energy
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/0085 3 Compressibility
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/0087 3 Resistance to crushing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/0089 2 Biorheological properties
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/0091 2 Peeling or tearing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/0092 2 Visco-elasticity, solidification, curing, cross-linking degree, vulcanisation or strength properties of semi-solid materials
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/0094 3 Visco-elasticity
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/0096 2 Fibre-matrix interaction in composites
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/0098 1 Tests specified by its name, e.g. Charpy, Brinnel, Mullen
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/02 1 Details not specific for a particular testing method
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/0202 2 Control of the test
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/0204 3 Safety arrangements, e.g. remote control, emergency stop
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/0206 3 Means for supplying or positioning specimens or exchangeable parts of the machine such as indenters...
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/0208 3 Specific programs of loading, e.g. incremental loading or pre-loading
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/021 3 Treatment of the signal; Calibration
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/0212 3 Theories, calculations
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/0214 4 Calculations a priori without experimental data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/0216 4 Finite elements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/0218 4 Calculations based on experimental data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/022 2 Environment of the test
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/0222 3 Temperature
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/0224 4 Thermal cycling
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/0226 4 High temperature; Heating means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/0228 4 Low temperature; Cooling means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/023 3 Pressure
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/0232 4 High pressure
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/0234 4 Low pressure; Vacuum
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/0236 3 Other environments
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/0238 4 Inert
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/024 4 Corrosive
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/0242 4 With circulation of a fluid
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/0244 3 Tests performed "in situ" or after "in situ" use
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/0246 4 Special simulation of "in situ" conditions, scale models or dummies
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/0248 3 Tests "on-line" during fabrication
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/025 2 Geometry of the test
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/0252 3 Monoaxial, i.e. the forces being applied along a single axis of the specimen
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/0254 3 Biaxial, the forces being applied along two normal axes of the specimen
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/0256 3 Triaxial, i.e. the forces being applied along three normal axes of the specimen
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/0258 3 Non axial, i.e. the forces not being applied along an axis of symmetry of the specimen
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/026 2 Specifications of the specimen
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/0262 3 Shape of the specimen
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/0264 4 Beam
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/0266 4 Cylindrical specimens
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/0268 4 Dumb-bell specimens
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/027 4 Specimens with holes or notches
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/0272 4 Cruciform specimens
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/0274 4 Tubular or ring-shaped specimens
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/0276 4 Spherical specimens
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/0278 4 Thin specimens
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/028 5 One dimensional, e.g. filaments, wires, ropes or cables
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/0282 5 Two dimensional, e.g. tapes, webs, sheets, strips, disks or membranes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/0284 3 Bulk material, e.g. powders
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/0286 3 Miniature specimen; Testing on microregions of a specimen
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/0288 3 Springs
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/029 4 Leaf spring
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/0292 4 Coil spring
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/0294 4 Airs-spring, air bag spring or bellows
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/0296 3 Welds
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/0298 3 Manufacturing or preparing specimens
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/04 2 Chucks, fixtures, jaws, holders or anvils
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/0405 3 Features allowing alignment between specimen and chucks
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/0411 3 using pneumatic or hydraulic pressure
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/0417 3 using vacuum
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/0423 3 using screws
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/0429 3 using adhesive bond; Gluing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/0435 3 modifying the type of the force applied, e.g. the chuck transforms a compressive machine for applying a bending test
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/0441 3 with dampers or shock absorbing means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/0447 3 Holders for quick insertion/removal of test pieces
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/0452 3 Cushioning layer between test piece and grip
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/0458 3 characterised by their material
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/0464 3 with provisions for testing more than one specimen at the time
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/047 4 in series
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/0476 4 in parallel
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/0482 3 comprising sensing means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/0488 4 Diamond anvil cells
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/0494 4 Clamping ring, "whole periphery" clamping
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/06 2 Indicating or recording means; Sensing means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/0605 3 Mechanical indicating, recording or sensing means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/0611 3 Hydraulic or pneumatic indicating, recording or sensing means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/0617 3 Electrical or magnetic indicating, recording or sensing means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/0623 4 using piezo-electric gauges
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/0629 4 using thin films, paintings
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/0635 4 using magnetic properties
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/0641 3 using optical, X-ray, ultra-violet, infrared or similar detectors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/0647 4 Image analysis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/0652 4 using contrasting ink, painting, staining
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/0658 3 using acoustic or ultrasonic detectors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/0664 3 using witness specimens
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/067 3 Parameter measured for estimating the property
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/0676 4 Force, weight, load, energy, speed or acceleration
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/0682 4 Spatial dimension, e.g. length, area, angle
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/0688 4 Time or frequency
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2203/0694 4 Temperature
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/00 0 Investigating materials by wave or particle radiation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/01 1 by radioactivity, nuclear decay
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/03 1 by transmission
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/04 2 and measuring absorption
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/041 3 X-ray absorption fine structure [EXAFS]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/043 3 gamma ray resonance absorption (Mossbauer effect)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/045 1 combination of at least 2 measurements (transmission and scatter)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/05 1 by diffraction, scatter or reflection
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/051 2 correcting for scatter
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/052 2 reflection
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/053 2 back scatter
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/054 2 small angle scatter
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/055 2 scatter raster collimator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/056 2 diffraction
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/0561 3 diffraction cameras
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/0563 3 measure of energy-dispersion spectrum of diffracted radiation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/0565 3 diffraction of electrons, e.g. LEED
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/0566 3 analysing diffraction pattern
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/0568 3 spectro-diffractometry
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/063 2 inelastic scatter, e.g. Compton effect
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/064 2 interference of radiation, e.g. Borrmann effect
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/07 1 secondary emission
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/071 2 combination of measurements, at least 1 secondary emission
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/072 2 combination of measurements, 2 kinds of secondary emission
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/073 2 use of a laser
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/074 2 activation analysis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/0745 3 neutron-gamma activation analysis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/076 2 X-ray fluorescence
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/0763 3 Compton background correcting
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/0766 3 X-ray fluorescence with indicator, tags
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/079 2 incident electron beam and measuring excited X-rays
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/08 2 incident electron beam and measuring cathode luminescence (U.V.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/081 2 incident ion beam, e.g. proton
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/0813 3 incident ion beam and measuring X-rays [PIXE]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/0816 3 incident ion beam and measuring secondary ion beam [SIMS]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/084 2 photo-electric effect
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/085 2 photo-electron spectrum [ESCA, XPS]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/086 2 Auger electrons
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/09 2 exo-electron emission
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/095 2 tribo-emission
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/10 1 Different kinds of radiation or particles
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/1003 2 monochromatic
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/1006 2 different radiations, e.g. X and alpha
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/101 2 electromagnetic radiation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/1013 3 gamma
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/1016 3 X-ray
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/102 2 beta or electrons
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/104 2 ions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/1045 3 alpha
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/105 2 molecular or atomic beams
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/106 2 neutrons
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/1063 3 fast
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/1066 3 thermal
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/107 2 protons
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/108 2 positrons; electron-positron annihilation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/11 2 neutrino
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/20 1 Sources of radiation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/201 2 betatron
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/202 2 isotopes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/203 2 synchrotron
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/204 2 source created from radiated target
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/205 2 natural source
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/206 2 sources operating at different energy levels
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/30 1 Accessories, mechanical or electrical features
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/301 2 portable apparatus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/302 2 comparative arrangements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/303 2 calibrating, standardising
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/3032 3 periodic calibration, e.g. with filter wheel
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/3035 3 phantom
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/3037 3 standards (constitution)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/304 2 electric circuits, signal processing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/305 2 computer simulations
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/306 2 computer control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/307 2 cuvettes-sample holders
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/3075 3 correcting for the properties of the container, e.g. empty
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/308 2 support of radiation source
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/309 2 support of sample holder
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/31 2 temperature control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/3103 3 cooling, cryostats
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/3106 3 heating, furnaces
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/311 2 high pressure testing, anvil cells
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/312 2 powder preparation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/313 2 filters, rotating filter disc
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/314 2 chopper
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/315 2 monochromators
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/316 2 collimators
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/317 2 windows
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/318 2 protective films
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/319 2 using opaque penetrant medium
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/32 2 adjustments of elements during operation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/321 2 manipulator for positioning a part
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/322 2 immerged detecting head
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/323 2 irradiation range monitor, e.g. light beam
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/33 2 scanning, i.e. relative motion for measurement of successive object-parts
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/3301 3 beam is modified for scan, e.g. moving collimator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/3302 3 object and detector fixed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/3303 3 object fixed; source and detector move
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/3304 3 helicoidal scan
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/3305 3 detector fixed; source and body moving
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/3306 3 object rotates
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/3307 3 source and detector fixed; object moves
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/3308 3 object translates
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/331 2 rocking curve analysis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/335 2 electronic scanning
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/34 2 sensing means for gap between source and detector
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/345 2 mathematical transformations on beams or signals, e.g. Fourier
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/348 2 ellipsoidal collector
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/351 2 prohibiting charge accumulation on sample substrate
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/40 1 Imaging
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/401 2 image processing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/402 2 mapping distribution of elements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/403 2 mapping with false colours
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/404 2 contrast medium
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/405 2 mapping of a material property
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/406 2 fluoroscopic image
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/407 2 stimulable phosphor sheet
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/408 2 display on monitor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/409 2 embedding or impregnating the object
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/41 2 imaging specifically internal structure
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/411 2 tv imaging from fluorescent screen
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/412 2 use of image converter tube [PMT]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/413 2 sensor array [CCD]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/414 2 stereoscopic system
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/415 2 radiographic film
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/416 2 wrap around
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/417 2 recording with co-ordinate markings
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/418 2 electron microscope
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/419 2 computed tomograph
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/42 2 image digitised, -enhanced in an image processor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/421 2 digitised image, analysed in real time (recognition algorithms)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/422 2 windows within the image
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/423 2 multispectral imaging-multiple energy imaging
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/424 2 energy substraction image processing (dual energy processing)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/425 2 temporal (time difference) substraction processing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/426 2 image comparing, unknown with known substance
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/427 2 stepped imaging (selected area of sample is changed)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/50 1 Detectors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/501 2 array
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/5015 3 linear array
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/502 2 ionisation chamber
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/503 2 auxiliary reference detector
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/504 2 pin-diode
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/505 2 scintillation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/5055 3 scintillation crystal coupled to PMT
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/506 2 time-of-flight
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/507 2 secondary-emission detector
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/508 2 photo-acoustic
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/509 2 infra-red
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/60 1 Specific applications or type of materials
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/601 2 density profile
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/602 2 crystal growth
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/603 2 superlattices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/604 2 monocrystal
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/605 2 phases
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/606 2 texture
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/607 2 strain
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/608 2 superconductors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/61 2 thin films, coatings
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/611 2 patterned objects; electronic devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/6113 3 printed circuit board [PCB]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/6116 3 semiconductor wafer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/612 2 biological material
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/6123 3 bone mineral
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/6126 3 tissue
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/613 2 moisture
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/614 2 road surface
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/615 2 composite materials, multilayer laminates
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/616 2 earth materials
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/617 2 ash in coal
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/618 2 food
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/619 2 wood
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/62 2 powders
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/621 2 tobacco
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/622 2 paper
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/623 2 plastics
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/624 2 steel, castings
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/625 2 nuclear fuels, laser imploded targets
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/626 2 radioactive material
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/6265 3 sample with radioactive tracer, tag, label
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/627 2 tyres
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/628 2 tubes, pipes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/629 2 welds, bonds, sealing compounds
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/63 2 turbine blades
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/631 2 large structures, walls
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/632 2 residual life, life expectancy
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/633 2 thickness, density, surface weight (unit area)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/634 2 wear behaviour, roughness
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/635 2 fluids, granulates
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/636 2 fluid sample with radioactive sources
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/637 2 liquid
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/638 2 gas
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/639 2 material in a container
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/64 2 multiple-sample chamber, multiplicity of materials
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/641 2 particle sizing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/642 2 moving sheet, web
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/6425 3 correcting for web flutter
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/643 2 object on conveyor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/645 2 quality control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/646 2 flaws, defects
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/6462 3 microdefects
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/6464 3 radioactive substance into defect site
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/6466 3 flaws comparing to predetermined standards
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/6468 3 at different temperatures
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/647 2 leak detection
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/648 2 voids
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/649 2 porosity
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/65 2 cavitation pits
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/651 2 dust
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/652 2 impurities, foreign matter, trace amounts
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2223/66 2 multiple steps inspection, e.g. coarse/fine
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2291/00 0 Indexing codes associated with group G01N29/00
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2291/01 1 Indexing codes associated with the measuring variable
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2291/011 2 Velocity or travel time
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2291/012 2 Phase angle
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2291/014 2 Resonance or resonant frequency
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2291/015 2 Attenuation, scattering
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2291/017 2 Doppler techniques
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2291/018 2 Impedance
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2291/02 1 Indexing codes associated with the analysed material
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2291/021 2 Gases
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2291/0212 3 Binary gases
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2291/0215 3 Mixtures of three or more gases, e.g. air
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2291/0217 3 Smoke, combustion gases
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2291/022 2 Liquids
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2291/0222 3 Binary liquids
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2291/0224 3 Mixtures of three or more liquids
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2291/0226 3 Oils, e.g. engine oils
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2291/0228 3 Aqueous liquids
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2291/023 2 Solids
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2291/0231 3 Composite or layered materials
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2291/0232 3 Glass, ceramics, concrete or stone
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2291/0234 3 Metals, e.g. steel
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2291/0235 3 Plastics; polymers; soft materials, e.g. rubber
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2291/0237 3 Thin materials, e.g. paper, membranes, thin films
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2291/0238 3 Wood
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2291/024 2 Mixtures
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2291/02408 3 Solids in gases, e.g. particle suspensions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2291/02416 3 Solids in liquids
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2291/02425 3 Liquids in gases, e.g. sprays
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2291/02433 3 Gases in liquids, e.g. bubbles, foams
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2291/02441 3 Liquids in porous solids
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2291/0245 3 Gases in porous solids
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2291/02458 3 Solids in solids, e.g. granules
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2291/02466 3 Biological material, e.g. blood
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2291/02475 3 Tissue characterisation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2291/02483 3 Other human or animal parts, e.g. bones
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2291/02491 3 Materials with nonlinear acoustic properties
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2291/025 2 Change of phase or condition
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2291/0251 3 Solidification, icing, curing composites, polymerisation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2291/0252 3 Melting, molten solids
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2291/0253 3 Condensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2291/0254 3 Evaporation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2291/0255 3 (Bio)chemical reactions, e.g. on biosensors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2291/0256 3 Adsorption, desorption, surface mass change, e.g. on biosensors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2291/0257 4 with a layer containing at least one organic compound
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2291/0258 3 Structural degradation, e.g. fatigue of composites, ageing of oils
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2291/028 2 Material parameters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2291/02809 3 Concentration of a compound, e.g. measured by a surface mass change
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2291/02818 3 Density, viscosity
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2291/02827 3 Elastic parameters, strength or force
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2291/02836 3 Flow rate, liquid level
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2291/02845 3 Humidity, wetness
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2291/02854 3 Length, thickness
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2291/02863 3 Electric or magnetic parameters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2291/02872 3 Pressure
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2291/02881 3 Temperature
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2291/0289 3 Internal structure, e.g. defects, grain size, texture
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2291/04 1 Wave modes and trajectories
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2291/042 2 Wave modes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2291/0421 3 Longitudinal waves
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2291/0422 3 Shear waves, transverse waves, horizontally polarised waves
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2291/0423 3 Surface waves, e.g. Rayleigh waves, Love waves
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2291/0425 3 Parallel to the surface, e.g. creep waves
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2291/0426 3 Bulk waves, e.g. quartz crystal microbalance, torsional waves
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2291/0427 3 Flexural waves, plate waves, e.g. Lamb waves, tuning fork, cantilever
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2291/0428 3 Mode conversion
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2291/043 2 Complex trajectories
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2291/044 2 Internal reflections (echoes), e.g. on walls or defects
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2291/045 2 External reflections, e.g. on reflectors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2291/048 2 Transmission, i.e. analysed material between transmitter and receiver
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2291/051 2 Perpendicular incidence, perpendicular propagation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2291/052 2 Perpendicular incidence, angular propagation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2291/055 2 Angular incidence, perpendicular propagation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2291/056 2 Angular incidence, angular propagation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2291/057 2 Angular incidence, parallel to surface propagation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2291/10 1 Number of transducers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2291/101 2 one transducer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2291/102 2 one emitter, one receiver
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2291/103 2 one emitter, two or more receivers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2291/104 2 two or more emitters, one receiver
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2291/105 2 two or more emitters, two or more receivers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2291/106 2 one or more transducer arrays
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2291/26 1 Scanned objects
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2291/262 2 Linear objects
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2291/2623 3 Rails; Railroads
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2291/2626 3 Wires, bars, rods
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2291/263 2 Surfaces
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2291/2632 3 flat
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2291/2634 3 cylindrical from outside
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2291/2636 3 cylindrical from inside
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2291/2638 3 Complex surfaces
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2291/265 2 Spherical objects
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2291/267 2 Welds
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2291/2672 3 Spot welding
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2291/2675 3 Seam, butt welding
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2291/2677 3 Lapp welding
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2291/269 2 Various geometry objects
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2291/2691 3 Bolts, screws, heads
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2291/2692 3 Tyres
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2291/2693 3 Rotor or turbine parts
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2291/2694 3 Wings or other aircraft parts
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2291/2695 3 Bottles, containers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2291/2696 3 Wheels, Gears, Bearings
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2291/2697 3 Wafer or (micro)electronic parts
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2291/2698 3 Other discrete objects, e.g. bricks
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/00 0 Assays involving biological materials from specific organisms or of a specific nature
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/001 1 by chemical synthesis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/003 2 of Peptide-nucleic acids (PNAs)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/005 1 from viruses
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/01 2 DNA viruses
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/015 3 Parvoviridae, e.g. feline panleukopenia virus, human Parvovirus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/02 3 Hepadnaviridae, e.g. hepatitis B virus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/025 3 Papovaviridae, e.g. papillomavirus, polyomavirus, SV40, BK virus, JC virus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/03 3 Herpetoviridae, e.g. pseudorabies virus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/032 4 Pseudorabies virus, i.e. Aujetzky virus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/035 4 Herpes simplex virus I or II
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/04 4 Varicella-zoster virus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/045 5 Cytomegalovirus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/05 4 Epstein-Barr virus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/055 4 Marek's disease virus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/06 4 Infectious bovine rhinotracheitis virus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/065 3 Poxviridae, e.g. avipoxvirus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/07 4 Vaccinia virus; Variola virus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/075 3 Adenoviridae
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/08 2 RNA viruses
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/085 3 Picornaviridae, e.g. coxsackie virus, echovirus, enterovirus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/09 4 Foot-and-mouth disease virus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/095 4 Rhinovirus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/10 4 Hepatitis A virus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/105 4 Poliovirus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/11 3 Orthomyxoviridae, e.g. influenza virus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/115 3 Paramyxoviridae, e.g. parainfluenza virus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/12 4 Mumps virus; Measles virus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/125 4 Newcastle disease virus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/13 4 Canine distemper virus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/135 4 Respiratory syncytial virus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/14 3 Reoviridae, e.g. rotavirus, bluetongue virus, Colorado tick fever virus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/145 3 Rhabdoviridae, e.g. rabies virus, Duvenhage virus, Mokola virus or vesicular stomatitis virus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/15 3 Retroviridae, e.g. bovine leukaemia virus, feline leukaemia virus, feline leukaemia virus, human T-cell leukaemia-lymphoma virus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/155 4 Lentiviridae, e.g. visna-maedi virus, equine infectious virus, FIV, SIV
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/16 5 HIV-1, HIV-2
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/161 6 gag-pol, e.g. p55, p24/25, p17/18, p.7, p6, p66/68, p51/52, p31/34, p32, p40
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/162 6 env, e.g. gp160, gp110/120, gp41, V3, peptid T, DC4-Binding site
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/163 6 Regulatory proteins, e.g. tat, nef, rev, vif, vpu, vpr, vpt, vpx
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/165 3 Coronaviridae, e.g. avian infectious bronchitis virus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/17 4 Porcine transmissible gastroenteritis virus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/175 3 Bunyaviridae, e.g. California encephalitis virus, Rift valley fever virus, Hantaan virus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/18 3 Togaviridae; Flaviviridae
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/181 4 Alphaviruses or Group A arboviruses, e.g. sindbis, VEE, EEE, WEE or semliki forest virus (rubella virus G01N2333/19)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/183 4 Flaviviridae, e.g. pestivirus, mucosal disease virus, bovine viral diarrhoea virus, classical swine fever virus (hog cholera virus) or border disease virus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/185 5 Flaviviruses or Group B arboviruses, e.g. yellow fever virus, japanese encephalitis, tick-borne encephalitis, dengue
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/186 5 Hepatitis C; Hepatitis NANB
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/188 5 Hepatitis G; Hepatitis NANBNCNDNE
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/19 4 Rubella virus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/195 1 from bacteria
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/20 2 from Spirochaetales (O), e.g. Treponema, Leptospira
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/205 2 from Campylobacter (G)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/21 2 from Pseudomonadaceae (F)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/212 3 Moraxellaceae, e.g. Acinetobacter, Moraxella, Oligella or Psychrobacter
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/215 2 from Halobacteriaceae (F)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/22 2 from Neisseriaceae (F), e.g. Acinetobacter
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/225 2 from Alcaligenes (G)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/23 2 from Brucella (G)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/235 2 from Bordetella (G)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/24 2 from Enterobacteriaceae (F), e.g. Citrobacter, Serratia, Proteus, Providencia, Morganella, Yersinia
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/245 3 Escherichia (G)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/25 3 Shigella (G)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/255 3 Salmonella (G)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/26 3 Klebsiella (G)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/265 3 Enterobacter (G)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/27 3 Erwinia (G)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/275 3 Hafnia (G)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/28 2 from Vibrionaceae (F)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/285 2 from Pasteurellaceae (F), e.g. Haemophilus influenza
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/29 2 from Richettsiales (o)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/295 2 from Chlamydiales (o)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/30 2 from Mycoplasmatales, e.g. Pleuropneumonia-like organisms [PPLO]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/305 2 from Micrococcaceae (F)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/31 3 from Staphylococcus (G)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/315 2 from Streptococcus (G), e.g. Enterococci
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/3153 3 Streptokinase
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/3156 3 from Streptococcus pneumoniae (Pneumococcus) (Streptokinase G01N2333/3153)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/32 2 from Bacillus (G)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/325 3 Bacillus thuringiensis crystal protein (delta-endotoxin)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/33 2 from Clostridium (G)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/335 2 from Lactobacillus (G)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/34 2 from Corynebacterium (G)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/345 2 from Brevibacterium (G)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/35 2 from Mycobacteriaceae (F)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/355 2 from Nocardia (G)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/36 2 from Actinomyces; from Streptomyces (G)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/365 2 from Actinoplanes (G)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/37 1 from fungi
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/375 2 from Basidiomycetes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/38 2 from Aspergillus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/385 2 from Penicillium
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/39 2 from yeasts
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/395 3 from Saccharomyces
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/40 3 from Candida
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/405 1 from algae
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/41 1 from lichens
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/415 1 from plants
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/42 2 Lectins, e.g. concanavalin, phytohaemagglutinin
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/425 2 Zeins
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/43 2 Sweetening agents, e.g. thaumatin, monellin
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/435 1 from animals; from humans
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/43504 2 from invertebrates
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/43508 3 from crustaceans
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/43513 3 from arachnidae
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/43517 4 from spiders
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/43521 4 from scorpions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/43526 3 from worms
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/4353 4 from nematodes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/43534 5 from Caenorhabditis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/43539 4 from cestodes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/43543 5 from Taenia
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/43547 4 from trematodes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/43552 3 from insects
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/43556 4 from ticks
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/4356 4 from wasps
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/43565 4 from bees
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/43569 4 from flies
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/43573 5 from Drosophila
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/43578 4 from silkworm
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/43582 4 from mites
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/43586 4 from fleas
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/43591 4 from mosquitoes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/43595 3 from coelenteratae, e.g. medusae
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/44 2 from protozoa
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/445 3 Plasmodium
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/45 3 Toxoplasma
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/455 3 Eimeria
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/46 2 from vertebrates
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/4603 3 from fish
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/4606 3 from amphibians
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/4609 3 from reptiles
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/4613 4 Snake venom
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/4616 5 from Russell's viper
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/462 5 from Agkistrodon sp., e.g. acutase, ACTE
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/4623 6 from Agkistrodon rhodostama (Malayan pit viper); Arvin (R); Batroboxin; Ancrod
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/4626 6 from Agkistrodon contortrix contortrix (copperhead snake); Protac (R)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/463 5 from Croatalus adamanteus (Eastern Diamondback rattlesnake); Crotolase
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/4633 5 from Echis carinatus; Ecarin
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/4636 5 from Bothrops sp.
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/464 6 from Bothrops atrox; Reptilase; Atroxin
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/4643 6 from Bothrops jararaca; Botrocetin
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/4646 5 from Oxyuran(eo)us scutellatus (Taipan snake of Elapidae family)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/465 3 from birds
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/47 3 Assays involving proteins of known structure or function as defined in the subgroups
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/4701 4 Details
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/4703 5 Regulators; Modulating activity
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/4704 6 Inhibitors; Supressors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/4706 6 stimulating, promoting or activating activity
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/4707 7 Guanosine triphosphatase activating protein, GAP
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/4709 5 Amyloid plaque core protein
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/471 5 Pregnancy proteins, e.g. placenta proteins, alpha-feto-protein, pregnancy specific beta glycoprotein
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/4712 5 Muscle proteins, e.g. myosin, actin, protein
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/4713 5 Plasma globulins, lactoglobulin
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/4715 5 Cytokine-induced proteins
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/4716 5 Complement proteins, e.g. anaphylatoxin, C3a, C5a
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/4718 5 Lipocortins
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/4719 5 G-proteins
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/4721 5 Cationic antimicrobial peptides, e.g. defensins
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/4722 5 Proteoglycans, e.g. aggreccan
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/4724 5 Lectins
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/4725 5 Mucins, e.g. human intestinal mucin
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/4727 5 Calcium binding proteins, e.g. calmodulin
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/4728 5 alpha-Glycoproteins
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/473 5 Recognins, e.g. malignin
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/4731 5 Casein
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/4733 5 Acute pancreatitis-associated protein
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/4734 5 Villin
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/4736 5 Retinoblastoma protein
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/4737 5 C-reactive protein
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/4739 5 Cyclin; Prad 1
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/474 5 Pancreatic thread protein; Reg protein
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/4742 5 Keratin; Cytokeratin
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/4743 5 Bactericidal/Permeability-increasing protein BPI
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/4745 5 Insulin-like growth factor binding protein
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/4746 5 Cancer-associated SCM-recognition factor, CRISPP
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/4748 5 p53
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/475 2 Assays involving growth factors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/4753 3 Hepatocyte growth factor; Scatter factor; Tumor cytotoxic factor II
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/4756 3 Neuregulins, i.e. p185erbB2 ligands, glial growth factor, heregulin, ARIA, neu differentiation factor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/48 3 Nerve growth factor [NGF]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/485 3 Epidermal growth factor [EGF] (urogastrone)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/49 3 Platelet-derived growth factor [PDGF]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/495 3 Transforming growth factor [TGF]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/50 3 Fibroblast growth factors [FGF]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/501 4 acidic FGF [aFGF]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/503 4 basic FGF [bFGF]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/505 3 Erythropoietin [EPO]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/51 3 Bone morphogenetic factor; Osteogenins; Osteogenic factor; Bone-inducing factor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/515 3 Angiogenesic factors; Angiogenin
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/52 2 Assays involving cytokines
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/521 3 Chemokines
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/522 4 Alpha-chemokines, e.g. NAP-2, ENA-78, GRO-alpha/MGSA/NAP-3, GRO-beta/MIP-2alpha, GRO-gamma/MIP-2beta, IP-10, GCP-2, MIG, PBSF, PF-4 or KC
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/523 4 Beta-chemokines, e.g. RANTES, I-309/TCA-3, MIP-1alpha, MIP-1beta/ACT-2/LD78/SCIF, MCP-1/MCAF, MCP-2, MCP-3, LDCF-1or LDCF-2
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/524 3 Thrombopoietin, i.e. C-MPL ligand
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/525 3 Tumor necrosis factor [TNF]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/5255 4 Lymphotoxin [LT]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/53 3 Colony-stimulating factor [CSF]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/535 4 Granulocyte CSF; Granulocyte-macrophage CSF
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/54 3 Interleukins [IL]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/5403 4 IL-3
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/5406 4 IL-4
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/5409 4 IL-5
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/5412 4 IL-6
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/5415 4 Leukaemia inhibitory factor [LIF]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/5418 4 IL-7
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/5421 4 IL-8
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/5425 4 IL-9
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/5428 4 IL-10
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/5431 4 IL-11
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/5434 4 IL-12
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/5437 4 IL-13
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/544 4 IL-14
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/5443 4 IL-15
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/5446 4 IL-16
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/545 4 IL-1
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/55 4 IL-2
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/555 3 Interferons [IFN]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/56 4 IFN-alpha
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/565 4 IFN-beta
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/57 4 IFN-gamma
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/575 2 Hormones (derived from pro-opiomelanocortin, pro-enkephalin or pro-dynorphin G01N2333/665, corticotropin G01N2333/695)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/5751 3 Corticotropin releasing factor [CRF] (Urotensin)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/5752 3 Placental lactogen; Chorionic Somatomammotropin
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/5753 3 Calcitonin gene related peptide
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/5754 3 Endothelin, vasoactive intestinal contractor [VIC]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/5755 3 Neuropeptide Y
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/5756 3 Prolactin
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/5757 3 Vasoactive intestinal peptide [VIP] or related peptides
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/5758 3 Gastrin releasing peptide
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/5759 3 Thymosin or related peptides
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/58 3 Atrial natriuretic factor complex; Atriopeptin; Atrial natriuretic peptide [ANP]; Brain natriuretic peptide [BNP, proBNP]; Cardionatrin; Cardiodilatin
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/585 3 Calcitonins
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/59 3 Follicle-stimulating hormone [FSH]; Chorionic gonadotropins, e.g. HCG; Luteinising hormone [LH]; Thyroid-stimulating hormone [TSH]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/595 3 Gastrins; Cholecystokinins [CCK]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/60 3 Growth-hormone releasing factors (GH-RF) (Somatoliberin)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/605 3 Glucagons
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/61 3 Growth hormones [GH] (Somatotropin)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/62 3 Insulins
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/63 3 Motilins
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/635 3 Parathyroid hormone (parathormone); Parathyroid hormone-related peptides
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/64 3 Relaxins
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/645 3 Secretins
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/65 3 Insulin-like growth factors (Somatomedins), e.g. IGF-1, IGF-2
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/655 3 Somatostatins
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/66 3 Thymopoietins
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/665 2 Assays involving proteins derived from pro-opiomelanocortin, pro-enkephalin or pro-dynorphin
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/67 3 Lipotropins, e.g. beta, gamma lipotropin
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/675 3 beta-Endorphins
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/68 3 Melanocyte-stimulating hormone [MSH]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/685 4 alpha-Melanotropin
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/69 4 beta-Melanotropin
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/695 3 Corticotropin [ACTH]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/70 3 Enkephalins
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/705 2 Assays involving receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/70503 3 Immunoglobulin superfamily, e.g. VCAMs, PECAM, LFA-3
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/70507 4 C2D
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/7051 4 T-cell receptor (TcR)-CD3 complex
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/70514 4 CD4
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/70517 4 CD8
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/70521 4 CD28, CD152
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/70525 4 ICAM molecules, e.g. CD50, CD54, CD102
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/70528 4 CD58
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/70532 4 B7 molecules, e.g. CD80, CD86
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/70535 4 Fc-receptors, e.g. CD16, CD32, CD64 (CD2314/705F)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/70539 4 MHC-molecules, e.g. HLA-molecules
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/70542 4 CD106
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/70546 3 Integrin superfamily, e.g. VLAs, leuCAM, GPIIb/GPIIIa, LPAM
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/7055 4 Integrin beta1-subunit-containing molecules, e.g. CD29, CD49
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/70553 4 Integrin beta2-subunit-containing molecules, e.g. CD11, CD18
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/70557 4 Integrin beta3-subunit-containing molecules, e.g. CD41, CD51, CD61
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/7056 3 Selectin superfamily, e.g. LAM-1, GlyCAM, ELAM-1, PADGEM
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/70564 4 Selectins, e.g. CD62
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/70567 3 Nuclear receptors, e.g. retinoic acid receptor [RAR], RXR, nuclear orphan receptors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/70571 3 for neuromediators, e.g. serotonin receptor, dopamine receptor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/70575 3 NGF/TNF-superfamily, e.g. CD70, CD95L, CD153 or CD154 (NGF G01N2333/48, TNF G01N2333/525)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/70578 3 NGF-receptor/TNF-receptor superfamily, e.g. CD27, CD30 CD40 or CD95 (NGF-receptor G01N2333/71, TNF-receptor G01N2333/7151)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/70582 3 CD71
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/70585 3 CD44
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/70589 3 CD45
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/70592 3 CD52
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/70596 3 Molecules with a "CD"-designation not provided for elsewhere in G01N2333/705
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/71 3 for growth factors; for growth regulators
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/715 3 for cytokines; for lymphokines; for interferons
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/7151 4 for tumor necrosis factor [TNF]; for lymphotoxin [LT]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/7153 4 or colony-stimulating factors [CSF]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/7155 4 for interleukins [IL]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/7156 4 for interferons [IFN]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/7158 4 for chemokines
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/72 3 for hormones (for neuromediators G01N2333/70571)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/723 4 Steroid/thyroid hormone superfamily, e.g. GR, EcR, androgen receptor, oestrogen receptor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/726 4 G protein coupled receptor, e.g. TSHR-thyrotropin-receptor, LH/hCG receptor, FSH
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/745 2 Assays involving non-enzymic blood coagulation factors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/7452 3 Thrombomodulin
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/7454 3 Tissue factor (tissue thromboplastin, Factor III)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/7456 3 Factor V
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/7458 3 Protein S
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/75 3 Fibrin; Fibrinogen
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/755 3 Factors VIII, e.g. factor VIII C [AHF], factor VIII Ag [VWF]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/76 2 Assays involving albumins other than in routine use for blocking surfaces or for anchoring haptens during immunisation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/765 3 Serum albumin, e.g. HSA
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/77 3 Ovalbumin
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/775 2 Apolipopeptides
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/78 2 Connective tissue peptides, e.g. collagen, elastin, laminin, fibronectin, vitronectin, cold insoluble globulin [CIG]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/785 2 Alveolar surfactant peptides; Pulmonary surfactant peptides
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/79 2 Transferrins, e.g. lactoferrins, ovotransferrins
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/795 1 Porphyrin- or corrin-ring-containing peptides
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/80 2 Cytochromes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/805 2 Haemoglobins; Myoglobins
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/81 1 Protease inhibitors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/8103 2 Exopeptidase (E.C. 3.4.11-19) inhibitors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/8107 2 Endopeptidase (E.C. 3.4.21-99) inhibitors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/811 3 Serine protease (E.C. 3.4.21) inhibitors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/8114 4 Kunitz type inhibitors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/8117 5 Bovine/basic pancreatic trypsin inhibitor (BPTI, aprotinin)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/8121 4 Serpins
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/8125 5 Alpha-1-antitrypsin
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/8128 5 Antithrombin III
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/8132 5 Plasminogen activator inhibitors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/8135 4 Kazal type inhibitors, e.g. pancreatic secretory inhibitor or ovomucoid
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/8139 3 Cysteine protease (E.C. 3.4.22) inhibitors, e.g. cystatin
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/8142 3 Aspartate protease (E.C. 3.4.23) inhibitors, e.g. HIV protease inhibitors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/8146 3 Metalloprotease (E.C. 3.4.24) inhibitors, e.g. tissue inhibitor of metallo proteinase, TIMP
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/815 2 from leeches, e.g. hirudin, eglin
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/82 1 Translation products from oncogenes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/825 1 Metallothioneins
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/90 1 Enzymes; Proenzymes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/9005 2 Enzymes with nucleic acid structure; e.g. ribozymes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/901 2 Antibodies with enzymatic activity; e.g. abzymes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/9015 2 Ligases (6)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/902 2 Oxidoreductases (1.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/90203 3 acting on the aldehyde or oxo group of donors (1.2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/90206 3 acting on the CH-CH group of donors (1.3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/90209 3 acting on NADH or NADPH (1.6), e.g. those with a heme protein as acceptor (1.6.2) (general), Cytochrome-b5 reductase (1.6.2.2) or NADPH-cytochrome P450 reductase (1.6.2.4)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/90212 3 acting on a sulfur group of donors (1.8)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/90216 3 acting on a heme group of donors (1.9)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/90219 3 acting on diphenols and related substances as donors (1.10)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/90222 4 with oxygen as acceptor (1.10.3) in general
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/90225 5 with a definite EC number (1.10.3.-)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/90229 6 Catechol oxidase, i.e. Tyrosinase (1.10.3.1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/90232 6 Laccase (1.10.3.2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/90235 6 Ascorbate oxidase (1.10.3.3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/90238 3 acting on hydrogen as donor (1.12)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/90241 3 acting on single donors with incorporation of molecular oxygen, i.e. oxygenases (1.13)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/90245 3 acting on paired donors with incorporation of molecular oxygen (1.14)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/90248 4 with NADH or NADPH as one of the donors, and incorporation of one atom of oxygen 1.14.13
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/90251 5 with a definite EC number (1.14.13.-)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/90254 6 Nitric-oxide synthase (NOS; 1.14.13.39)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/90258 4 with a reduced iron-sulfur protein as one donor (1.14.15) in general
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/90261 5 with a definite EC number (1.14.15.-)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/90264 6 Steroid 11 beta monooxygenase (P-450 protein)(1.14.15.4)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/90267 6 Cholesterol monooxygenase (cytochrome P 450scc)(1.14.15.6)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/9027 4 Miscellaneous (1.14.99)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/90274 5 with a definite EC number (1.14.99.-)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/90277 6 Steroid 17 alpha-monooxygenase (1.14.99.9)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/9028 6 Steroid 21-monooxygenase (1.14.99.10)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/90283 3 acting on superoxide radicals as acceptor (1.15)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/90287 3 oxidising metal ions (1.16)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/9029 3 acting on -CH2- groups (1.17)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/90293 3 acting on reduced ferredoxin as donor (1.18)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/90296 3 acting on reduced flavodoxin as donor (1.19)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/904 3 acting on CHOH groups as donors, e.g. glucose oxidase, lactate dehydrogenase (1.1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/906 3 acting on nitrogen containing compounds as donors (1.4, 1.5, 1.7)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/90605 4 acting on the CH-NH2 group of donors (1.4)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/90611 5 with NAD or NADP as acceptor (1.4.1) in general
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/90616 6 with a definite EC number (1.4.1.-)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/90622 7 Phenylalanine dehydrogenase (1.4.1.20)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/90627 5 with a cytochrome as acceptor (1.4.2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/90633 5 with oxygen as acceptor (1.4.3) in general
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/90638 6 with a definite EC number (1.4.3.-)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/90644 7 D-Amino acid oxidase (1.4.3.3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/9065 4 acting on CH-NH groups of donors (1.5)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/90655 5 with NAD or NADP as acceptor (1.5.1) in general
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/90661 6 with a definite EC number (1.5.1.-)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/90666 7 Dihydrofolate reductase [DHFR] (1.5.1.3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/90672 5 with oxygen as acceptor (1.5.3) in general
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/90677 6 with a definite EC number (1.5.3.-)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/90683 7 Sarcosine oxidase (1.5.3.1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/90688 4 acting on other nitrogen compounds as donors (1.7)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/90694 5 with oxygen as acceptor (1.7.3), e.g. uricase (1.7.3.3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/908 3 acting on hydrogen peroxide as acceptor (1.11)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/91 2 Transferases (2.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/91005 3 transferring one-carbon groups (2.1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/91011 4 Methyltransferases (general) (2.1.1.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/91017 5 with definite EC number (2.1.1.-)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/91022 6 Catecholmethyltransferases (2.1.1.6)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/91028 4 Hydroxymethyl-, formyl-transferases (2.1.2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/91034 4 Carboxyl- and carbamoyl transferases (2.1.3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/9104 3 Aldehyde and ketone transferases (2.2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/91045 3 Acyltransferases (2.3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/91051 4 Acyltransferases other than aminoacyltransferases (general) (2.3.1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/91057 5 with definite EC number (2.3.1.-)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/91062 6 Chloramphenicol-acetyltransferases (2.3.1.28)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/91068 6 Chalcone synthases (2.3.1.74)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/91074 4 Aminoacyltransferases (general) (2.3.2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/9108 5 with definite EC number (2.3.2.-)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/91085 6 Transglutaminases; Factor XIIIq (2.3.2.13)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/91091 3 Glycosyltransferases (2.4)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/91097 4 Hexosyltransferases (general) (2.4.1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/91102 5 with definite EC number (2.4.1.-)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/91108 6 Levansucrases (2.4.1.10)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/91114 6 Cellulose synthases (2.4.1.12)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/9112 6 Sucrose synthases (2.4.1.13)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/91125 6 Sucrose phosphate synthases (2.4.1.14)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/91131 6 Glucan branching enzymes (2.4.1.18)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/91137 6 Cyclomalto dextrin glucano transferases (2.4.1.19)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/91142 4 Pentosyltransferases (2.4.2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/91148 4 transferring other glycosyl groups (2.4.99)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/91154 4 transferring alkyl or aryl groups other than methyl groups (2.5)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/9116 3 transferring alkyl or aryl groups other than methyl groups (2.5)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/91165 4 general (2.5.1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/91171 5 with definite EC number (2.5.1.-)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/91177 6 Glutathione transferases (2.5.1.18)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/91182 6 Enolpyruvylshikimate-phosphate synthases (2.5.1.19)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/91188 3 transferring nitrogenous groups (2.6)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/91194 3 transferring sulfur containing groups (2.8)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/912 3 transferring phosphorus containing groups, e.g. kinases (2.7)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/91205 4 Phosphotransferases in general
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/9121 5 with an alcohol group as acceptor (2.7.1), e.g. general tyrosine, serine or threonine kinases
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/91215 6 with a definite EC number (2.7.1.-)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/9122 7 Thymidine kinase (2.7.1.21)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/91225 5 with a carboxyl group as acceptor (2.7.2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/9123 5 with a nitrogenous group as acceptor (2.7.3), e.g. histidine kinases
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/91235 5 with a phosphate group as acceptor (2.7.4)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/9124 5 Diphosphotransferases (2.7.6)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/91245 5 Nucleotidyltransferases (2.7.7)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/9125 6 with a definite EC number (2.7.7.-)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/91255 7 DNA-directed RNA polymerase (2.7.7.6)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/9126 7 DNA-directed DNA polymerase (2.7.7.7)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/91265 7 Polyribonucleotide nucleotidyl transferases, i.e. polynucleotide phosphorylase (2.7.7.8)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/9127 7 DNA nucleotidyl-exotransferases, i.e. terminal nucleotidyl transferases (2.7.7.31)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/91275 7 RNA-directed RNA polymerases, e.g. replicases (2.7.7.48)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/9128 7 RNA-directed DNA polymerases, e.g. RT (2.7.7.49)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/91285 7 RNA uridyltransferases (2.7.7.52)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/9129 5 Transferases for other substituted phosphate groups (2.7.8)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/91295 5 with paired acceptors (2.7.9)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/914 2 Hydrolases (3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/916 3 acting on ester bonds (3.1), e.g. phosphatases (3.1.3), phospholipases C or phospholipases D (3.1.4)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/918 4 Carboxylic ester hydrolases (3.1.1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/92 5 Triglyceride splitting, e.g. by means of lipase
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/922 4 Ribonucleases (RNAses); Deoxyribonucleases (DNAses)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/924 3 acting on glycosyl compounds (3.2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/926 4 acting on alpha -1, 4-glucosidic bonds, e.g. hyaluronidase, invertase, amylase
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/928 5 acting on alpha -1, 4-glucosidic bonds, e.g. hyaluronidase, invertase, amylase
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/93 6 Fungal source
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/932 5 alpha-amylase from plant source
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/934 5 Glucoamylase
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/936 4 acting on beta-1, 4 bonds between N-acetylmuramic acid and 2-acetyl-amino 2-deoxy-D-glucose, e.g. lysozyme
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/938 4 acting on beta-galactose-glycoside bonds, e.g. beta-galactosidase
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/94 4 acting on alpha-galactose-glycoside bonds, e.g. alpha-galactosidase
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/942 4 acting on beta-1, 4-glucosidic bonds, e.g. cellulase
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/944 4 acting on alpha-1, 6-glucosidic bonds, e.g. isoamylase, pullulanase
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/946 5 Dextranase
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/948 3 acting on peptide bonds (3.4)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/95 4 Proteinases, i.e. endopeptidases (3.4.21-3.4.99)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/9506 5 derived from viruses
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/9513 6 derived from RNA viruses
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/952 5 derived from bacteria
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/954 6 bacteria being Bacillus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/956 7 Bacillus subtilis or Bacillus licheniformis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/958 5 derived from fungi
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/96 6 from yeast
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/962 6 from Aspergillus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/964 5 derived from animal tissue
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/96402 6 from non-mammals
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/96405 7 in general
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/96408 8 with EC number
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/96411 9 Serine endopeptidases (3.4.21)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/96413 9 Cysteine endopeptidases (3.4.22)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/96416 9 Aspartic endopeptidases (3.4.23)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/96419 9 Metalloendopeptidases (3.4.24)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/96422 7 from snakes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/96425 6 from mammals
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/96427 7 in general
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/9643 8 with EC number
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/96433 9 Serine endopeptidases (3.4.21)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/96436 10 Granzymes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/96438 10 Dibasic site splicing serine proteases, e.g. furin
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/96441 10 with definite EC number
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/96444 11 Factor X (3.4.21.6)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/96447 11 Factor VII (3.4.21.21)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/9645 11 Factor IX (3.4.21.22)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/96452 11 Factor XI (3.4.21.27)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/96455 11 Kallikrein (3.4.21.34; 3.4.21.35)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/96458 11 Factor XII (3.4.21.38)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/96461 11 Protein C (3.4.21.69)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/96463 11 Blood coagulation factors not provided for in a preceding group or according to more than one of the proceeding groups
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/96466 9 Cysteine endopeptidases (3.4.22)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/96469 10 Interleukin 1-beta convertase-like enzymes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/96472 9 Aspartic endopeptidases (3.4.23)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/96475 10 with definite EC number
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/96477 11 Pepsin (3.4.23.1; 3.4.23.2; 3.4.23.3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/9648 11 Chymosin, i.e. rennin (3.4.23.4)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/96483 11 Renin (3.4.23.15)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/96486 9 Metalloendopeptidases (3.4.24)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/96488 10 Phosporamidon sensitive endothelin converting enzymes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/96491 10 with definite EC number
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/96494 11 Matrix metalloproteases, e. g. 3.4.24.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/96497 11 Enkephalinase (3.4.24.11)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/966 4 Elastase
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/968 4 Plasmin, i.e. fibrinolysin
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/972 4 Plasminogen activators
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/9723 5 Urokinase
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/9726 5 Tissue plasminogen activator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/974 4 Thrombin
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/976 4 Trypsin; Chymotrypsin
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/978 3 acting on carbon to nitrogen bonds other than peptide bonds (3.5)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/98 4 acting on amide bonds in linear amides (3.5.1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/982 5 Asparaginase
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/984 5 Penicillin amidase
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/986 4 acting on amide bonds in cyclic amides (3.5.2), e.g. beta-lactamase (penicillinase, 3.5.2.6), creatinine amidohydrolase (creatininase, EC 3.5.2.10), N-methylhydantoinase (3.5.2.6)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/988 2 Lyases (4.), e.g. aldolases, heparinase, enolases, fumarase
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/99 2 Isomerases (5.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/992 3 Glucose isomerase; Xylose isomerase; Glucose-6-phosphate isomerase
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2333/994 2 Pancreatin
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2400/00 0 Assays, e.g. immunoassays or enzyme assays, involving carbohydrates
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2400/02 1 involving antibodies to sugar part of glycoproteins (lectins from plants G01N2333/42, lectins from mammals G01N2333/4724)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2400/10 1 Polysaccharides, i.e. having more than five saccharide radicals attached to each other by glycosidic linkages; Derivatives thereof, e.g. ethers, esters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2400/12 2 Homoglycans, i.e. polysaccharides having a main chain consisting of one single sugar
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2400/14 3 alpha-D-Glucans, i.e. having alpha 1,n (n=3,4,6) linkages between saccharide units, e.g. pullulan
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2400/16 4 Starch, amylose, amylopectin
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2400/18 4 Cyclodextrin
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2400/22 4 Dextran
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2400/24 3 beta-D-Glucans, i.e. having beta 1,n (n=3,4,6) linkages between saccharide units, e.g. xanthan
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2400/26 4 Cellulose
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2400/28 4 Chitin, chitosan
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2400/32 3 Galactans, e.g. agar, agarose, agaropectin, carrageenan
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2400/34 3 alpha-D-Galacturonans, e.g. pectin
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2400/36 3 beta-D-Fructofuranans, e.g. levan, insulin
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2400/38 2 Heteroglycans, i.e. polysaccharides having more than one sugar residue in the main chain in either alternating or less regular sequence, e.g. gluco- or galactomannans, e.g. Konjac gum, Locust bean gum, Guar gum (proteoglycans G01N2333/4722)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2400/40 3 Glycosaminoglycans, i.e. GAG or mucopolysaccharides, e.g. chondroitin sulfate, dermatan sulfate, hyaluronic acid, heparin, heparan sulfate, and related sulfated polysaccharides
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2400/44 3 Guluromannuronans, e.g. alginic acid
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2400/46 2 Pectin
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2400/48 2 Reserve carbohydrates, e.g. glycogen
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2400/50 2 Lipopolysaccharides; LPS
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2405/00 0 Assays, e.g. immunoassays or enzyme assays, involving lipids (lipopolysaccharides G01N2400/50)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2405/02 1 Triacylglycerols
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2405/04 1 Phospholipids, i.e. phosphoglycerides
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2405/06 2 Glycophospholipids, e.g. phosphatidyl inositol
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2405/08 1 Sphingolipids
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2405/10 2 Glycosphingolipids, e.g. cerebrosides, gangliosides
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2407/00 0 Assays, e.g. immunoassays or enzyme assays, involving terpenes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2407/02 1 Taxol; Taxanes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2410/00 0 Assays, e.g. immunoassays or enzyme assays, involving peptides of less than 20 animo acids
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2410/02 1 Angiotensins; Related peptides
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2410/04 1 Oxytocins; Vasopressins; Related peptides
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2410/06 1 Kallidins; Bradykinins; Related peptides
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2410/08 1 Cyclosporins and related peptides
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2410/10 1 Valinomycins and derivatives thereof
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2415/00 0 Assays, e.g. immunoassays or enzyme assays, involving penicillins or cephalosporins
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2430/00 0 Assays, e.g. immunoassays or enzyme assays, involving synthetic organic compounds as analytes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2430/10 1 Insecticides
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2430/12 2 Pyrethroids
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2430/20 1 Herbicides, e.g. DDT
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2430/30 1 Polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2430/40 1 Dioxins
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2430/50 1 Polyaromatic hydrocarbons (PAHs)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2430/60 1 Synthetic polymers other than synthetic polypeptides as analytes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2440/00 0 Post-translational modifications [PTMs] in chemical analysis of biological material
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2440/10 1 acylation, e.g. acetylation, formylation, lipoylation, myristoylation, palmitoylation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2440/12 1 alkylation, e.g. methylation, (iso-)prenylation, farnesylation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2440/14 1 phosphorylation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2440/16 1 (de-)amidation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2440/18 1 citrullination
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2440/20 1 formation of disulphide bridges
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2440/22 1 iodination
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2440/24 1 hydroxylation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2440/26 1 nitrosylation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2440/28 1 PEGylation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2440/30 1 sulphation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2440/32 1 biotinylation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2440/34 1 addition of amino acid(s), e.g. arginylation, (poly-)glutamylation, (poly-)glycylation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2440/36 1 addition of addition of other proteins or peptides, e.g. SUMOylation, ubiquitination
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2440/38 1 addition of carbohydrates, e.g. glycosylation, glycation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2440/40 1 addition of nucleotides or derivatives, e.g. adenylation, flavin attachment
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2446/00 0 Magnetic particle immunoreagent carriers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2446/10 1 the magnetic material being used to coat a pre-existing polymer particle but not being present in the particle core
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2446/20 1 the magnetic material being present in the particle core
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2446/30 1 the magnetic material being dispersed in the polymer composition before their conversion into particulate form
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2446/40 1 the magnetic material being dispersed in the monomer composition prior to polymerisation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2446/60 1 the magnetic material being dispersed in a medium other than the main solvent prior to incorporation into the polymer particle
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2446/62 2 Magnetic material dispersed in water drop
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2446/64 2 Magnetic material dispersed in oil drop
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2446/66 2 Magnetic material dispersed in surfactant
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2446/80 1 characterised by the agent used to coat the magnetic particles, e.g. lipids
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2446/84 2 Polymer coating, e.g. gelatin
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2446/86 2 the coating being pre-functionalised for attaching immunoreagents, e.g. aminodextran
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2446/90 2 characterised by small molecule linker used to couple immunoreagents to magnetic particles
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2458/00 0 Labels used in chemical analysis of biological material
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2458/10 1 Oligonucleotides as tagging agents for labelling antibodies
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2458/15 1 Non-radioactive isotope labels, e.g. for detection by mass spectrometry
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2458/20 1 Labels for detection by gas chromatography, e.g. haloaryl systems
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2458/30 1 Electrochemically active labels
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2458/40 1 Rare earth chelates
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2469/00 0 Immunoassays for the detection of microorganisms
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2469/10 1 Detection of antigens from microorganism in sample from host
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2469/20 1 Detection of antibodies in sample from host which are directed against antigens from microorganisms
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2470/00 0 Immunochemical assays or immunoassays characterised by the reaction format or reaction type
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2470/04 1 Sandwich assay format
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2470/06 2 Second binding partner specifically binding complex of analyte with first binding partner
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2470/10 1 Competitive assay format
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2470/12 2 Displacement or release-type competition
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2474/00 0 Immunochemical assays or immunoassays characterised by detection mode or means of detection
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2474/10 1 Immunoblots, e.g. Western blot or Dot blot
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2474/20 1 Immunohistochemistry assay
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2496/00 0 Reference solutions for assays of biological material
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2496/05 1 containing blood cells or plasma
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2496/10 1 containing particles to mimic blood cells
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2496/15 1 containing dyes to mimic optical absorption of, e.g. hemoglobin
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2496/25 1 containing added polymers to stabilise biological material against degradation or mantain viscosity or density, e.g. gelatin, polyacrylamides, polyvinyl alcohol (casein G01N2333/4731, albumins G01N2333/76, polysaccharides G01N2400/10)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2496/30 2 Polyethylene glycol, e.g. PEG
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2496/35 2 Polyvinylpyrrolidone, e.g. PVP
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2496/45 1 containing protease inhibitors, e.g. sulfonylfluorides, chloromethylketones, organophosphates (peptide-based protease inhibitors G01N2333/81)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2496/70 1 Blood gas control solutios containing dissolved oxygen, bicarbonate and the like
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2496/80 1 Multi-analyte reference solutions containing cholesterol, glucose and the like
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2500/00 0 Screening for compounds of potential therapeutic value
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2500/02 1 Screening involving studying the effect of compounds C on the interaction between interacting molecules A and B (e.g. A = enzyme and B = substrate for A, or A = receptor and B = ligand for the receptor)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2500/04 1 Screening involving studying the effect of compounds C directly on molecule A (e.g. C are potential ligands for a receptor A, or potential substrates for an enzyme A)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2500/10 1 involving cells
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2500/20 1 cell-free systems
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2510/00 0 Detection of programmed cell death, i.e. apoptosis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2520/00 0 Use of whole organisms as detectors of pollution
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2550/00 0 Electrophoretic profiling, e.g. for proteome analysis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2560/00 0 Chemical aspects of mass spectrometric analysis of biological material
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2570/00 0 Omics, e.g. proteomics, glycomics or lipidomics; Methods of analysis focusing on the entire complement of classes of biological molecules or subsets thereof, i.e. focusing on proteomes, glycomes or lipidomes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2600/00 0 Assays involving molecular imprinted polymers/polymers created around a molecular template
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2610/00 0 Assays involving self-assembled monolayers [SAMs]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2650/00 0 Assays involving polymers whose constituent monomers bore biological functional groups before polymerization, i.e. vinyl, acryl derivatives of amino acids, sugars
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2800/00 0 Detection or diagnosis of diseases
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2800/02 1 Nutritional disorders
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2800/04 1 Endocrine or metabolic disorders
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2800/042 2 Disorders of carbohydrate metabolism, e.g. diabetes, glucose metabolism
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2800/044 2 Hyperlipemia or hypolipemia, e.g. dyslipidaemia, obesity
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2800/046 2 Thyroid disorders
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2800/048 2 Pituitary or hypothalamic - pituitary relationships, e.g. vasopressin or ADH related
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2800/06 1 Gastro-intestinal diseases
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2800/062 2 Gastritis or peptic ulcer disease
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2800/065 2 Bowel diseases, e.g. Crohn, ulcerative colitis, IBS
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2800/067 2 Pancreatitis or colitis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2800/08 1 Hepato-biliairy disorders other than hepatitis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2800/085 2 Liver diseases, e.g. portal hypertension, fibrosis, cirrhosis, bilirubin
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2800/10 1 Musculoskeletal or connective tissue disorders
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2800/101 2 Diffuse connective tissue disease, e.g. Sjögren, Wegener's granulomatosis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2800/102 3 Arthritis; Rheumatoid arthritis, i.e. inflammation of peripheral joints
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2800/104 3 Lupus erythematosus [SLE]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2800/105 2 Osteoarthritis, e.g. cartilage alteration, hypertrophy of bone
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2800/107 2 Crystal induced conditions; Gout
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2800/108 2 Osteoporosis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2800/12 1 Pulmonary diseases
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2800/122 2 Chronic or obstructive airway disorders, e.g. asthma COPD
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2800/125 2 Adult respiratory distress syndrome
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2800/127 2 Bronchitis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2800/14 1 Disorders of ear, nose or throat
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2800/16 1 Ophthalmology
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2800/162 2 Conjunctival disorders, e.g. conjunctivitis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2800/164 2 Retinal disorders, e.g. retinopathy
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2800/166 2 Cataract
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2800/168 2 Glaucoma
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2800/18 1 Dental and oral disorders
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2800/20 1 Dermatological disorders
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2800/202 2 Dermatitis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2800/205 2 Scaling palpular diseases, e.g. psoriasis, pytiriasis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2800/207 2 Pigmentation disorders
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2800/22 1 Haematology
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2800/222 2 Platelet disorders
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2800/224 2 Haemostasis or coagulation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2800/226 2 Thrombotic disorders, i.e. thrombo-embolism irrespective of location/organ involved, e.g. renal vein thrombosis, venous thrombosis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2800/228 2 Disorders of the spleen, e.g. splenic rupture, splenomegaly
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2800/24 1 Immunology or allergic disorders (SLE G01N2800/104)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2800/245 2 Transplantation related diseases, e.g. graft versus host disease
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2800/26 1 Infectious diseases, e.g. generalised sepsis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2800/28 1 Neurological disorders
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2800/2807 2 Headache; Migraine
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2800/2814 2 Dementia; Cognitive disorders
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2800/2821 3 Alzheimer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2800/2828 3 Prion diseases
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2800/2835 2 Movement disorders, e.g. Parkinson, Huntington, Tourette
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2800/2842 2 Pain, e.g. neuropathic pain, psychogenic pain
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2800/285 2 Demyelinating diseases; Multipel sclerosis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2800/2857 2 Seizure disorders; Epilepsy
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2800/2864 2 Sleep disorders
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2800/2871 2 Cerebrovascular disorders, e.g. stroke, cerebral infarct, cerebral haemorrhage, transient ischemic event
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2800/2878 2 Muscular dystrophy
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2800/2885 3 Duchenne dystrophy
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2800/2892 3 Myotonic dystrophy
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2800/30 1 Psychoses; Psychiatry
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2800/301 2 Anxiety or phobic disorders
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2800/302 2 Schizophrenia
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2800/303 2 Eating disorders, e.g. anorexia, bulimia
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2800/304 2 Mood disorders, e.g. bipolar, depression
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2800/305 2 Attention deficit disorder; Hyperactivity
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2800/306 2 Chronic fatigue syndrome
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2800/307 2 Drug dependency, e.g. alcoholism
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2800/308 2 Psychosexual disorders, e.g. sexual arousal disorder
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2800/32 1 Cardiovascular disorders
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2800/321 2 Arterial hypertension
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2800/322 2 Orthostatic hypertension or syncope
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2800/323 2 Arteriosclerosis, Stenosis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2800/324 2 Coronary artery diseases, e.g. angina pectoris, myocardial infarction
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2800/325 2 Heart failure or cardiac arrest, e.g. cardiomyopathy, congestive heart failure
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2800/326 2 Arrhythmias, e.g. ventricular fibrillation, tachycardia, atrioventricular block, torsade de pointes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2800/327 2 Endocarditis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2800/328 2 Vasculitis, i.e. inflammation of blood vessels
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2800/329 2 Diseases of the aorta or its branches, e.g. aneurysms, aortic dissection
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2800/34 1 Genitourinary disorders
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2800/341 2 Urinary incontinence
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2800/342 2 Prostate diseases, e.g. BPH, prostatitis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2800/344 2 Disorders of the penis and the scrotum and erectile dysfuncrion
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2800/345 2 Urinary calculi
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2800/347 2 Renal failures; Glomerular diseases; Tubulointerstitial diseases, e.g. nephritic syndrome, glomerulonephritis; Renovascular diseases, e.g. renal artery occlusion, nephropathy
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2800/348 2 Urinary tract infections
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2800/36 1 Gynecology or obstetrics
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2800/361 2 Menstrual abnormalities or abnormal uterine bleeding, e.g. dysmenorrhea
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2800/362 2 Menopause
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2800/364 2 Endometriosis, i.e. non-malignant disorder in which functioning endometrial tissue is present outside the uterine cavity
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2800/365 2 Breast disorders, e.g. mastalgia, mastitits, Paget's disease
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2800/367 2 Infertility, e.g. sperm disorder, ovulatory dysfunction
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2800/368 2 Pregnancy complicated by disease or abnormalities of pregnancy, e.g. preeclampsia, preterm labour
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2800/38 1 Pediatrics
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2800/382 2 Cystic fibrosis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2800/385 2 Congenital anomalies
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2800/387 3 Down syndrome; Trisomy 18; Trisomy 13
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2800/40 1 Disorders due to exposure to physical agents, e.g. heat disorders, motion sickness, radiation injuries, altitude sickness, decompression illness
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2800/42 1 Poisoning, e.g. from bites or stings
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2800/44 1 Multiple drug resistance
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2800/50 1 Determining the risk of developing a disease
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2800/52 1 Predicting or monitoring the response to treatment, e.g. for selection of therapy based on assay results in personalised medicine; Prognosis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2800/54 1 Determining the risk of relapse
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2800/56 1 Staging of a disease; Further complications associated with the disease
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2800/60 1 Complex ways of combining multiple protein biomarkers for diagnosis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2800/70 1 Mechanisms involved in disease identification (G01N2800/02 - G01N2800/44 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2800/7004 2 Stress
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2800/7009 3 Oxidative stress
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2800/7014 2 (Neo)vascularisation - Angiogenesis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2800/7019 2 Ischaemia
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2800/7023 2 (Hyper)proliferation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2800/7028 3 Cancer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2800/7033 2 Non-proliferative mechanisms
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2800/7038 2 Hypoxia
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2800/7042 2 Aging, e.g. cellular aging
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2800/7047 2 Fibrils-Filaments-Plaque formation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2800/7052 2 Fibrosis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2800/7057 2 (Intracellular) signaling and trafficking pathways
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2800/7061 3 Endoplasmic reticulum to Golgi trafficking
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2800/7066 3 Metabolic pathways
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2800/7071 4 Carbohydrate metabolism, e.g. glycolysis, gluconeogenesis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2800/7076 4 Amino acid metabolism
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2800/708 4 Nitrogen metabolism, e.g. urea cycle
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2800/7085 4 Lipogenesis or lipolysis, e.g. fatty acid metabolism
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2800/709 2 Toxin induced
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01N2800/7095 2 Inflammation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P MEASURING LINEAR OR ANGULAR SPEED, ACCELERATION, DECELERATION, OR SHOCK; INDICATING PRESENCE, ABSENCE, OR DIRECTION, OF MOVEMENT (measuring or recording blood flow A61B5/02, A61B8/06; monitoring speed or deceleration of electrically-propelled vehicles B60L3/00; vehicle lighting systems adapted to indicate speed B60Q1/54; determining position or course in navigation, measuring ground distance in geodesy or surveying G01C; combined measuring devices for measuring two or more variables of movement G01C23/00; measuring velocity of sound G01H; measuring velocity of light G01J7/00; measuring direction or velocity of solid objects by reception or emission of radiowaves or other waves and based on propagation effects, e.g. Doppler effect, propagation time, direction of propagation, G01S; measuring speed of nuclear radiation G01T; measuring acceleration of gravity G01V; {measuring or recording the speed of trains B61L23/00; speed indicators incorporated in motor vehicles B60K35/00; measuring frequency or phase G01R; traffic control G08G})
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P1/00 0 Details of instruments
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P1/003 1 {used for damping}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P1/006 1 {used for thermal compensation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P1/02 1 Housings
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P1/023 2 {for acceleration measuring devices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P1/026 2 {for speed measuring devices, e.g. pulse generator}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P1/04 1 Special adaptations of driving means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P1/06 1 {Indicating or recording devices, e.g. for remote indication (indicating or recording in general G01D; registering or indicating working conditions of vehicles G07C5/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P1/07 1 Indicating devices, e.g. for remote indication (indicating working conditions of vehicles G07C5/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P1/08 2 Arrangements of scales, pointers, lamps or acoustic indicators, e.g. in automobile speedometers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P1/10 3 for indicating predetermined speeds
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P1/103 4 {by comparing the value of the measured signal with one or several reference values (in general G01R17/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P1/106 4 {by comparing the time duration between two impulses with a reference time}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P1/11 4 by the detection of the position of the indicator needle
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P1/12 1 Recording devices (indicating working conditions of vehicles G07C5/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P1/122 2 {Speed recorders}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P1/125 3 {with recording discs}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P1/127 2 {for acceleration values}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P1/14 2 for permanent recording {(G01P1/125 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P1/16 2 for erasable recording, e.g. magnetic recording
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P3/00 0 Measuring linear or angular speed; Measuring differences of linear or angular speeds (G01P5/00 - G01P11/00 take precedence; {direction and speed indication G01P13/045}; counting mechanisms G06M)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P3/02 1 Devices characterised by the use of mechanical means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P3/04 2 by comparing two speeds
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P3/06 3 using a friction gear
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P3/08 3 using differential gearing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P3/10 2 by actuating an indicating element, e.g. pointer, for a fixed time
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P3/12 2 by making use of a system excited by impact
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P3/14 2 by exciting one or more mechanical resonance systems
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P3/16 2 by using centrifugal forces of solid masses {(governors G05D13/10)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P3/18 3 transferred to the indicator by mechanical means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P3/20 3 transferred to the indicator by fluid means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P3/22 3 transferred to the indicator by electric or magnetic means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P3/24 2 by using friction effects (G01P3/06 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P3/26 1 Devices characterised by the use of fluids
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P3/263 2 {by using fluidic impulse generators}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P3/266 2 {by using a vortex chamber}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P3/28 2 by using pumps
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P3/30 2 by using centrifugal forces of fluids
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P3/32 3 in a rotary container communicating with a fixed container
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P3/34 2 by using friction effects
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P3/36 1 Devices characterised by the use of optical means, e.g. using infra-red, visible, or ultra-violet light (G01P3/68 takes precedence; gyrometers using the Sagnac effect, i.e. rotation-induced shifts between counter-rotating electromagnetic beams G01C19/64)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P3/363 2 {by using a ring laser (ring lasers in general H01S3/083)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P3/366 2 {by using diffraction of light (for measuring speed of fluids G01P5/26)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P3/38 2 using photographic means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P3/40 2 using stroboscopic means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P3/42 1 Devices characterised by the use of electric or magnetic means (G01P3/66 takes precedence; measuring electric or magnetic values in general G01R)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P3/44 2 for measuring angular speed (G01P3/56 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P3/443 3 {mounted in bearings (bearings F16C)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P3/446 4 {mounted between two axially spaced rows of rolling elements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P3/46 3 by measuring amplitude of generated current or voltage {(in general G01R19/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P3/465 4 {by using dynamo-electro tachometers or electric generator}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P3/48 3 by measuring frequency of generated current or voltage {(in general G01R23/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P3/4802 4 {by using electronic circuits in general}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P3/4805 5 {by using circuits for the electrical integration of the generated pulses (measuring impulse frequency by integration G01R23/09)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P3/4807 5 {by using circuits for the detection of the pulses delivered by the ignition system of an internal combustion engine}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P3/481 4 of pulse signals
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P3/4815 5 {using a pulse wire sensor, e.g. Wiegand wire}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P3/482 5 delivered by nuclear radiation detectors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P3/483 5 delivered by variable capacitance detectors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P3/484 5 delivered by contact-making switches
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P3/486 5 delivered by photo-electric detectors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P3/487 5 delivered by rotating magnets
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P3/488 5 delivered by variable reluctance detectors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P3/489 5 Digital circuits therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P3/49 3 using eddy currents
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P3/495 4 where the indicating means responds to forces produced by the eddy currents and the generating magnetic field
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P3/4953 5 {with a counter for the covered distance incorporated (measuring the covered distance G01C22/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P3/4956 5 {with thermal compensation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P3/50 2 for measuring linear speed (G01P3/56 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P3/505 3 {by using eddy currents}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P3/52 3 by measuring amplitude of generated current or voltage
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P3/54 3 by measuring frequency of generated current or voltage
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P3/56 2 for comparing two speeds
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P3/565 3 {by measuring or by comparing the phase of generated current or voltage (phase comparators per se H03D13/00; phase measurement G01R25/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P3/58 3 by measuring or comparing amplitudes of generated currents or voltage {(amplitude comparators H03K5/24)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P3/60 3 by measuring or comparing frequency of generated currents or voltages {(frequency comparators H03K5/26)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P3/62 1 Devices characterised by the determination or the variation of atmospheric pressure with height to measure the vertical components of speed (measuring pressure in general G01L)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P3/64 1 Devices characterised by the determination of the time taken to traverse a fixed distance
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P3/66 2 using electric or magnetic means (G01P3/80 takes precedence; measuring short time intervals G04F8/00, G04F10/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P3/665 3 {for projectile velocity measurements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P3/68 2 using optical means, i.e. using infra-red, visible, or ultra-violet light (G01P3/80 takes precedence {; by reflection of waves G01S17/58})
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P3/685 3 {for projectile velocity measurements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P3/80 2 using auto-correlation or cross-correlation detection means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P3/803 3 {in devices of the type to be classified in G01P3/66}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P3/806 3 {in devices of the type to be classified in G01P3/68}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P5/00 0 Measuring speed of fluids, e.g. of air stream; Measuring speed of bodies relative to fluids, e.g. of ship, of aircraft (application of speed-measuring devices for measuring volume of fluid G01F)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P5/001 1 {Full-field flow measurement, e.g. determining flow velocity and direction in a whole region at the same time, flow visualisation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P5/003 1 {by measuring fluid level in front of an obstacle}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P5/005 1 {by using a jet directed into the fluid}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P5/006 2 {the jet used is composed of ionised or radioactive particles}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P5/008 1 {by using an electrolyte added to the fluid}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P5/01 1 by using swirlflowmeter
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P5/02 1 by measuring forces exerted by the fluid on solid bodies, e.g. anemometer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P5/04 2 using deflection of baffle-plates
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P5/06 2 using rotation of vanes (measuring speed of rotating shafts G01P3/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P5/065 3 {with mechanical coupling to the indicating device}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P5/07 3 with electrical coupling to the indicating device
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P5/08 1 by measuring variation of an electric variable directly affected by the flow, e.g. by using dynamo-electric effect
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P5/083 2 {by using electronic circuits for measuring the dynamoelectric effect}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P5/086 2 {by using special arrangements and constructions for measuring the dynamo-electric effect}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P5/10 1 by measuring thermal variables
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P5/12 2 using variation of resistance of a heated conductor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P5/14 1 by measuring differences of pressure in the fluid
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P5/16 2 using Pitot tubes {, e.g. Machmeter}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P5/165 3 Arrangements or constructions of Pitot tubes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P5/17 3 Coupling arrangements to the indicating device
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P5/175 4 with the determination of Mach number (analogue computers therefor G06G7/57)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P5/18 1 by measuring the time taken to traverse a fixed distance
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P5/20 2 using particles entrained by a fluid stream (G01P5/22 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P5/22 2 using auto-correlation or cross-correlation detection means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P5/24 1 by measuring the direct influence of the streaming fluid on the properties of a detecting acoustical wave
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P5/241 2 {by using reflection of acoustical waves, i.e. Doppler-effect}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P5/242 3 {involving continuous, e.g. modulated or unmodulated, waves (G01P5/244 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P5/244 3 {involving pulsed waves}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P5/245 2 {by measuring transit time of acoustical waves (measuring propagation velocity of acoustical waves per se G01H5/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P5/247 3 {Sing-around-systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P5/248 3 {by measuring phase differences}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P5/26 1 by measuring the direct influence of the streaming fluid on the properties of a detecting optical wave
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P7/00 0 Measuring speed by integrating acceleration (measuring travelled distance by double integration of acceleration G01C21/16)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P9/00 0 {Measuring speed by using gyroscopic effect, e.g. using gas, using electron beam (gyroscopes or turn-sensitive devices per se G01C19/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P9/02 1 {using rotary gyroscopes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P9/04 1 {using turn-sensitive devices with vibrating masses, e.g. tuning-fork}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P11/00 0 Measuring average value of speed (by determining time taken to traverse a fixed distance G01P3/64, G01P5/18)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P11/02 1 Measuring average speed of number of bodies, e.g. of vehicles for traffic control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P13/00 0 Indicating or recording presence, absence, or direction, of movement (electric switches H01H; counting moving objects G06M7/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P13/0006 1 {of fluids or of granulous or powder-like substances}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P13/0013 2 {by using a solid body which is shifted by the action of the fluid}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P13/002 3 {with electrical coupling to the indicating devices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P13/0026 2 {by using deflection of baffle-plates}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P13/0033 3 {with electrical coupling to the indicating device}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P13/004 2 {by using the rotation of vanes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P13/0046 3 {with electrical coupling to the indicating device}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P13/0053 2 {by using dynamo-electric effect}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P13/006 2 {by using thermal variables}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P13/0066 2 {by using differences of pressure in the fluid}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P13/0073 2 {by using vibrations generated by the fluid}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P13/008 1 {by using a window mounted in the fluid carrying tube (G01P13/0013, G01P13/0026, G01P13/004 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P13/0086 2 {with photo-electric detection}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P13/0093 1 {by making use of products, e.g. chemical products added to the fluid in order to make the fluid flow visible}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P13/02 1 Indicating direction only, e.g. by weather vane
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P13/025 2 {indicating air data, i.e. flight variables of an aircraft, e.g. angle of attack, side slip, shear, yaw}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P13/04 2 Indicating positive or negative direction of a linear movement or clockwise or anti-clockwise direction of a rotational movement
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P13/045 3 {with speed indication}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P15/00 0 Measuring acceleration; Measuring deceleration; Measuring shock, i.e. sudden change of acceleration
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P15/001 1 {by measuring acceleration changes by making use of a triple differentiation of a displacement signal}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P15/003 1 {Kinematic accelerometers, i.e. measuring acceleration in relation to an external reference frame, e.g. Ferratis accelerometers (G01P15/001, G01P15/16, G01P15/165 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P15/005 2 {measuring translational acceleration}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P15/006 1 {by making use of fluid seismic masses}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P15/008 2 {by using thermal pick-up}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P15/02 1 by making use of inertia forces {using solid seismic masses}(G01P15/14 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P15/03 2 by using non-electrical means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P15/032 3 {by measuring the displacement of a movable inertial mass}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P15/034 4 {for indicating angular accelerations (G01P15/036 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P15/036 4 {for indicating predetermined acceleration values}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P15/038 3 {by using fluidic means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P15/04 2 for indicating maximum value
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P15/06 3 using members subjected to a permanent deformation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P15/08 2 with conversion into electric or magnetic values
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P15/0802 3 {Details}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P2015/0805 3 {being provided with a particular type of spring-mass-system for defining the displacement of a seismic mass due to an external acceleration}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P2015/0808 4 {for defining in-plane movement of the mass, i.e. movement of the mass in the plane of the substrate}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P2015/0811 5 {for one single degree of freedom of movement of the mass}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P2015/0814 6 {for translational movement of the mass, e.g. shuttle type}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P2015/0817 6 {for pivoting movement of the mass, e.g. in-plane pendulum}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P2015/082 5 {for two degrees of freedom of movement of a single mass}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P2015/0822 4 {for defining out-of-plane movement of the mass}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P2015/0825 5 {for one single degree of freedom of movement of the mass}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P2015/0828 6 {the mass being of the paddle type being suspended at one of its longitudinal ends}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P2015/0831 6 {the mass being of the paddle type having the pivot axis between the longitudinal ends of the mass, e.g. see-saw configuration}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P2015/0834 6 {the mass constituting a pendulum having the pivot axis disposed symmetrically between the longitudinal ends, the center of mass being shifted away from the plane of the pendulum which includes the pivot axis}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P2015/0837 6 {the mass being suspended so as to only allow movement perpendicular to the plane of the substrate, i.e. z-axis sensor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P2015/084 5 {the mass being suspended at more than one of its sides, e.g. membrane-type suspension, so as to permit multi-axis movement of the mass}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P2015/0842 6 {the mass being of clover leaf shape}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P2015/0845 4 {using a plurality of spring-mass systems being arranged on one common planar substrate, the systems not being mechanically coupled and the sensitive direction of each system being different}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P2015/0848 4 {using a plurality of mechanically coupled spring-mass systems, the sensitive direction of each system being different}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P2015/0851 4 {using a plurality of spring-mass systems, each system having a different range of sensitivity to acceleration}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P2015/0854 4 {using a particular shape of the mass, e.g. annular}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P2015/0857 4 {using a particular shape of the suspension spring}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P2015/086 5 {using a torsional suspension spring}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P2015/0862 3 {being provided with particular means being integrated into a MEMS accelerometer structure for providing particular additional functionalities to those of a spring mass system}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P2015/0865 4 {using integrated signal processing circuitry}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P2015/0868 4 {using self-test structures integrated into the microstructure}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P2015/0871 4 {using stopper structures for limiting the travel of the seismic mass}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P2015/0874 4 {using means for preventing stiction of the seismic mass to the substrate}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P2015/0877 4 {using integrated interconnect structures}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P2015/088 4 {for providing wafer-level encapsulation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P2015/0882 4 {for providing damping of vibrations}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P15/0885 3 {by magnetostrictive pick-up}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P15/0888 3 {for indicating angular acceleration}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P15/0891 3 {with indication of predetermined acceleration values (G01P15/135 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P15/0894 3 {by non-contact electron transfer, i.e. electron tunneling}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P15/0897 3 {by thermal pick-up (G01P15/008 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P15/09 3 by piezo-electric pick-up
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P15/0907 4 {of the compression mode type}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P15/0915 4 {of the shear mode type}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P15/0922 4 {of the bending or flexing mode type}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P15/093 3 by photoelectric pick-up
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P15/097 3 by vibratory elements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P15/0975 4 {by acoustic surface wave resonators or delay lines}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P15/10 4 by vibratory strings
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P15/105 3 by magnetically sensitive devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P15/11 3 by inductive pick-up
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P15/12 3 by alteration of electrical resistance {(G01P15/0897, G01P15/105 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P15/121 4 {by potentiometers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P15/122 4 {by metal resistance strain gauges, e.g. wire resistance strain gauges}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P15/123 4 {by piezo-resistive elements, e.g. semiconductor strain gauges}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P15/124 4 {by semiconductor devices comprising at least one PN junction, e.g. transistors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P15/125 3 by capacitive pick-up
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P15/13 3 by measuring the force required to restore a proofmass subjected to inertial forces to a null position
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P15/131 4 {with electrostatic counterbalancing means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P15/132 4 {with electromagnetic counterbalancing means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P15/133 4 {with piezo-electric counterbalancing means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P15/135 3 by making use of contacts which are actuated by a movable inertial mass
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P15/14 1 by making use of gyroscopes (gyroscopes per se G01C19/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P15/16 1 by evaluating the time-derivative of a measured speed signal
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P15/165 2 {for measuring angular accelerations}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P15/18 1 in two or more dimensions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P21/00 0 Testing or calibrating of apparatus or devices covered by the preceding groups
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P21/02 1 of speedometers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01P21/025 2 {for measuring speed of fluids; for measuring speed of bodies relative to fluids (for measuring volume flow G01F25/10)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01Q SCANNING-PROBE TECHNIQUES OR APPARATUS; APPLICATIONS OF SCANNING-PROBE TECHNIQUES, e.g. SCANNING PROBE MICROSCOPY [SPM]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01Q10/00 0 Scanning or positioning arrangements, i.e. arrangements for actively controlling the movement or position of the probe
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01Q10/02 1 Coarse scanning or positioning
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01Q10/04 1 Fine scanning or positioning
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01Q10/045 2 {Self-actuating probes, i.e. wherein the actuating means for driving are part of the probe itself, e.g. piezoelectric means on a cantilever probe}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01Q10/06 2 Circuits or algorithms therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01Q10/065 3 {Feedback mechanisms, i.e. wherein the signal for driving the probe is modified by a signal coming from the probe itself}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01Q20/00 0 Monitoring the movement or position of the probe
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01Q20/02 1 by optical means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01Q20/04 1 Self-detecting probes, i.e. wherein the probe itself generates a signal representative of its position, e.g. piezo-electric gauge
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01Q30/00 0 Auxiliary means serving to assist or improve the scanning probe techniques or apparatus, e.g. display or data processing devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01Q30/02 1 Non-SPM analysing devices, e.g. SEM [Scanning Electron Microscope], spectrometer or optical microscope
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01Q30/025 2 {Optical microscopes coupled with SPM}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01Q30/04 1 Display or data processing devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01Q30/06 2 for error compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01Q30/08 1 Means for establishing or regulating a desired environmental condition within a sample chamber
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01Q30/10 2 Thermal environment
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01Q30/12 2 Fluid environment
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01Q30/14 3 Liquid environment
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01Q30/16 2 Vacuum environment
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01Q30/18 1 Means for protecting or isolating the interior of a sample chamber from external environmental conditions or influences, e.g. vibrations or electromagnetic fields
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01Q30/20 1 Sample handling devices or methods
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01Q40/00 0 Calibration, e.g. of probes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01Q40/02 1 Calibration standards and methods of fabrication thereof
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01Q60/00 0 Particular types of SPM [Scanning Probe Microscopy] or microscopes; Essential components thereof
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01Q60/02 1 Multiple-type SPM, i.e. involving more than one SPM techniques
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01Q60/04 2 STM [Scanning Tunnelling Microscopy] combined with AFM [Atomic Force Microscopy]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01Q60/06 2 SNOM [Scanning Near-field Optical Microscopy] combined with AFM [Atomic Force Microscopy]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01Q60/08 2 MFM [Magnetic Force Microscopy] combined with AFM [Atomic Force Microscopy
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01Q60/10 1 STM [Scanning Tunnelling Microscopy] or apparatus therefor, e.g. STM probes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01Q60/12 2 STS [Scanning Tunnelling Spectroscopy]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01Q60/14 2 STP [Scanning Tunnelling Potentiometry]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01Q60/16 2 Probes, their manufacture, or their related instrumentation, e.g. holders
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01Q60/18 1 SNOM [Scanning Near-Field Optical Microscopy] or apparatus therefor, e.g. SNOM probes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01Q60/20 2 Fluorescence
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01Q60/22 2 Probes, their manufacture, or their related instrumentation, e.g. holders
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01Q60/24 1 AFM [Atomic Force Microscopy] or apparatus therefor, e.g. AFM probes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01Q60/26 2 Friction force microscopy
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01Q60/28 2 Adhesion force microscopy
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01Q60/30 2 Scanning potential microscopy
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01Q60/32 2 AC mode
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01Q60/34 3 Tapping mode
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01Q60/36 2 DC mode
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01Q60/363 3 {Contact-mode AFM}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01Q60/366 3 {Nanoindenters, i.e. wherein the indenting force is measured}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01Q60/38 2 Probes, their manufacture, or their related instrumentation, e.g. holders
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01Q60/40 3 Conductive probes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01Q60/42 3 Functionalisation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01Q60/44 1 SICM [Scanning Ion-Conductance Microscopy] or apparatus therefor, e.g. SICM probes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01Q60/46 1 SCM [Scanning Capacitance Microscopy] or apparatus therefor, e.g. SCM probes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01Q60/48 2 Probes, their manufacture, or their related instrumentation, e.g. holders
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01Q60/50 1 MFM [Magnetic Force Microscopy] or apparatus therefor, e.g. MFM probes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01Q60/52 2 Resonance
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01Q60/54 2 Probes, their manufacture, or their related instrumentation, e.g. holders
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01Q60/56 3 Probes with magnetic coating
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01Q60/58 1 SThM [Scanning Thermal Microscopy] or apparatus therefor, e.g. SThM probes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01Q60/60 1 SECM [Scanning Electro-Chemical Microscopy] or apparatus therefor, e.g. SECM probes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01Q70/00 0 General aspects of SPM probes, their manufacture or their related instrumentation, insofar as they are not specially adapted to a single SPM technique covered by group G01Q60/00
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01Q70/02 1 Probe holders
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01Q70/04 2 with compensation for temperature or vibration induced errors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01Q70/06 1 Probe tip arrays
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01Q70/08 1 Probe characteristics
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01Q70/10 2 Shape or taper
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01Q70/12 3 Nanotube tips
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01Q70/14 2 Particular materials
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01Q70/16 1 Probe manufacture
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01Q70/18 2 Functionalisation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01Q80/00 0 Applications, other than SPM, of scanning-probe techniques (manufacture or treatment of nanostructures B82B3/00; recording or reproducing information using near-field interaction G11B9/12, G11B11/24, G11B13/08)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01Q90/00 0 Scanning-probe techniques or apparatus not otherwise provided for
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R MEASURING ELECTRIC VARIABLES; MEASURING MAGNETIC VARIABLES (indicating correct tuning of resonant circuits H03J3/12)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R1/00 0 Details of instruments or arrangements of the types included in groups G01R5/00 - G01R13/00 and G01R31/00 (constructional details particular to {electromechanical} arrangements for measuring the electric consumption G01R11/02)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R1/02 1 General constructional details
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R1/025 2 {concerning dedicated user interfaces, e.g. GUI, or dedicated keyboards (G01R31/31912 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R1/04 2 Housings; Supporting members; Arrangements of terminals
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R1/0408 3 {Test fixtures or contact fields; Connectors or connecting adaptors; Test clips; Test sockets (G01R1/067 takes precedence; mass production testing systems G01R31/59; testing of connections G01R31/66; for testing printed circuit boards G01R31/2808)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R1/0416 4 {Connectors, terminals (G01R1/0425 and G01R1/0433 take precedence; with measurement function for battery poles G01R31/364)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R1/0425 4 {Test clips, e.g. for IC's}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R1/0433 4 {Sockets for IC's or transistors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R1/0441 5 {Details}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R1/045 6 {Sockets or component fixtures for RF or HF testing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R1/0458 6 {related to environmental aspects, e.g. temperature}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R1/0466 6 {concerning contact pieces or mechanical details, e.g. hinges or cams; Shielding}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R1/0475 5 {for TAB IC's}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R1/0483 5 {Sockets for un-leaded IC's having matrix type contact fields, e.g. BGA or PGA devices; Sockets for unpackaged, naked chips (for IC's with connecting points around the edges only G01R1/0433)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R1/0491 4 {for testing integrated circuits on wafers, e.g. wafer-level test cartridge}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R1/06 2 Measuring leads; Measuring probes (G01R19/145, G01R19/165 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R1/067 3 Measuring probes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R1/06705 4 {Apparatus for holding or moving single probes (for moving multiple probe heads or ICs under test G01R31/2886)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R1/06711 4 {Probe needles; Cantilever beams; "Bump" contacts; Replaceable probe pins}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R1/06716 5 {Elastic}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R1/06722 6 {Spring-loaded}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R1/06727 6 {Cantilever beams}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R1/06733 5 {Geometry aspects (G01R1/06727 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R1/06738 6 {related to tip portion}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R1/06744 6 {Microprobes, i.e. having dimensions as IC details}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R1/0675 6 {Needle-like}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R1/06755 5 {Material aspects}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R1/06761 6 {related to layers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R1/06766 4 {Input circuits therefor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R1/06772 4 {High frequency probes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R1/06777 4 {High voltage probes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R1/06783 4 {containing liquids}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R1/06788 4 {Hand-held or hand-manipulated probes, e.g. for oscilloscopes or for portable test instruments (end pieces terminating in a probe H01R11/18)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R1/06794 4 {Devices for sensing when probes are in contact, or in position to contact, with measured object}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R1/07 4 Non contact-making probes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R1/071 5 {containing electro-optic elements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R1/072 5 {containing ionised gas}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R1/073 4 Multiple probes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R1/07307 5 {with individual probe elements, e.g. needles, cantilever beams or bump contacts, fixed in relation to each other, e.g. bed of nails fixture or probe card}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R1/07314 6 {the body of the probe being perpendicular to test object, e.g. bed of nails or probe with bump contacts on a rigid support (on an elastic support, e.g. a film, G01R1/0735)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R1/07321 7 {the probes being of different lengths}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R1/07328 7 {for testing printed circuit boards}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R1/07335 8 {for double-sided contacting or for testing boards with surface-mounted devices (SMD's)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R1/07342 6 {the body of the probe being at an angle other than perpendicular to test object, e.g. probe card}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R1/0735 6 {arranged on a flexible frame or film}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R1/07357 6 {with flexible bodies, e.g. buckling beams}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R1/07364 6 {with provisions for altering position, number or connection of probe tips; Adapting to differences in pitch}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R1/07371 7 {using an intermediate card or back card with apertures through which the probes pass}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R1/07378 7 {using an intermediate adapter, e.g. space transformers (G01R1/07371 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R1/07385 7 {using switching of signals between probe tips and test bed, i.e. the standard contact matrix which in its turn connects to the tester}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R1/07392 5 {manipulating each probe element or tip individually}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R1/08 2 Pointers; Scales; Scale illumination
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R1/10 2 Arrangements of bearings
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R1/12 3 of strip or wire bearings
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R1/14 2 Braking arrangements; Damping arrangements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R1/16 2 Magnets
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R1/18 2 Screening arrangements against electric or magnetic fields, e.g. against earth's field
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R1/20 1 Modifications of basic electric elements for use in electric measuring instruments; Structural combinations of such elements with such instruments
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R1/203 2 {Resistors used for electric measuring, e.g. decade resistors standards, resistors for comparators, series resistors, shunts (resistors in general H01C; microwave or radiowave terminations H01P1/26; coupling devices H01R)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R1/206 2 {Switches for connection of measuring instruments or electric motors to measuring loads (switches in general H01H)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R1/22 2 Tong testers acting as secondary windings of current transformers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R1/24 2 Transmission-line, e.g. waveguide, measuring sections, e.g. slotted section
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R1/26 3 with linear movement of probe
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R1/28 1 Provision in measuring instruments for reference values, e.g. standard voltage, standard waveform
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R1/30 1 Structural combination of electric measuring instruments with basic electronic circuits, e.g. with amplifier
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R1/36 1 Overload-protection arrangements or circuits for electric measuring instruments
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R1/38 1 Arrangements for altering the indicating characteristic, e.g. by modifying the air gap
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R1/40 1 Modifications of instruments to indicate the maximum or the minimum value reached in a time interval, e.g. by maximum indicator pointer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R1/42 2 thermally operated
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R1/44 1 Modifications of instruments for temperature compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R3/00 0 Apparatus or processes specially adapted for the manufacture {or maintenance} of measuring instruments {, e.g. of probe tips}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R5/00 0 Instruments for converting a single current or a single voltage into a mechanical displacement
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R5/02 1 Moving-coil instruments
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R5/04 2 with magnet external to the coil
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R5/06 2 with core magnet
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R5/08 2 specially adapted for wide angle deflection; with eccentrically-pivoted moving coil
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R5/10 1 String galvanometers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R5/12 1 Loop galvanometers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R5/14 1 Moving-iron instruments
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R5/16 2 with pivoting magnet
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R5/18 2 with pivoting soft iron, e.g. needle galvanometer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R5/20 1 Induction instruments, e.g. Ferraris instruments
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R5/22 1 Thermoelectric instruments
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R5/24 2 operated by elongation of a strip or wire or by expansion of a gas or fluid
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R5/26 2 operated by deformation of a bimetallic element
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R5/28 1 Electrostatic instruments
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R5/30 2 Leaf electrometers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R5/32 2 Wire electrometers; Needle electrometers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R5/34 2 Quadrant electrometers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R7/00 0 Instruments capable of converting two or more currents or voltages into a single mechanical displacement (G01R9/00 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R7/02 1 for forming a sum or a difference
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R7/04 1 for forming a quotient (for measuring resistance G01R27/08)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R7/06 2 moving-iron type
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R7/08 2 moving-coil type, e.g. crossed-coil type
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R7/10 3 having more than two moving coils
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R7/12 1 for forming product
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R7/14 2 moving-iron type
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R7/16 2 having both fixed and moving coils, i.e. dynamometers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R7/18 3 with iron core magnetically coupling fixed and moving coils
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R9/00 0 Instruments employing mechanical resonance
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R9/02 1 Vibration galvanometers, e.g. for measuring current
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R9/04 1 using vibrating reeds, e.g. for measuring frequency
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R9/06 2 magnetically driven
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R9/08 2 piezo-electrically driven
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R11/00 0 Electromechanical arrangements for measuring time integral of electric power or current, e.g. of consumption (monitoring electric consumption of electrically-propelled vehicles B60L3/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R11/02 1 Constructional details
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R11/04 2 Housings; Supporting racks; Arrangements of terminals
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R11/06 2 Magnetic circuits of induction meters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R11/067 3 Coils therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R11/073 3 Armatures therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R11/09 4 Disc armatures
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R11/10 2 Braking magnets; Damping arrangements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R11/12 2 Arrangements of bearings
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R11/14 3 with magnetic relief
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R11/16 2 Adaptations of counters to electricity meters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R11/17 2 Compensating for errors; Adjusting or regulating means therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R11/18 3 Compensating for variations in ambient conditions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R11/185 4 Temperature compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R11/19 3 Compensating for errors caused by disturbing torque, e.g. rotating-field errors of polyphase meters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R11/20 3 Compensating for phase errors in induction meters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R11/21 3 Compensating for errors caused by damping effects of the current, e.g. adjustment in the overload range
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R11/22 3 Adjusting torque, e.g. adjusting starting torque, adjusting of polyphase meters for obtaining equal torques
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R11/23 3 Compensating for errors caused by friction, e.g. adjustment in the light load range
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R11/24 2 Arrangements for avoiding or indicating fraudulent use
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R11/25 2 Arrangements for indicating or signalling faults
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R11/30 1 Dynamo-electric motor meters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R11/32 2 Watt-hour meters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R11/34 2 Ampere-hour meters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R11/36 1 Induction meters, e.g. Ferraris meters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R11/38 2 for single-phase operation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R11/40 2 for polyphase operation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R11/42 3 Circuitry therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R11/46 1 Electrically-operated clockwork meters; Oscillatory meters; Pendulum meters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R11/465 2 {Oscillatory meters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R11/48 1 Meters specially adapted for measuring real or reactive components; Meters specially adapted for measuring apparent energy
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R11/50 2 for measuring real component
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R11/52 2 for measuring reactive component
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R11/54 2 for measuring simultaneously at least two of the following three variables: real component, reactive component, apparent energy
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R11/56 1 Special tariff meters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R11/57 2 Multi-rate meters (G01R11/63 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R11/58 3 Tariff-switching devices therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R11/60 2 Subtraction meters; Meters measuring maximum or minimum load hours
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R11/63 2 Over-consumption meters, e.g. measuring consumption while a predetermined level of power is exceeded
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R11/64 2 Maximum meters, e.g. tariff for a period is based on maximum demand within that period
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R11/66 3 Circuitry
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R13/00 0 Arrangements for displaying electric variables or waveforms
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R13/02 1 for displaying measured electric variables in digital form
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R13/0209 2 {in numerical form}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R13/0218 2 {Circuits therefor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R13/0227 3 {Controlling the intensity or colour of the display}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R13/0236 3 {for presentation of more than one variable}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R13/0245 3 {for inserting reference markers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R13/0254 3 {for triggering, synchronisation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R13/0263 4 {for non-recurrent functions, e.g. transients}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R13/0272 3 {for sampling}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R13/0281 2 {using electro-optic elements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R13/029 2 {Software therefor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R13/04 1 for producing permanent records
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R13/06 2 Modifications for recording transient disturbances, e.g. by starting or accelerating a recording medium
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R13/08 2 Electromechanical recording systems using a mechanical direct-writing method
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R13/10 3 with intermittent recording by representing the variable by the length of a stroke or by the position of a dot
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R13/12 2 Chemical recording, e.g. clydonographs (G01R13/14 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R13/14 2 Recording on a light-sensitive material
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R13/16 2 Recording on a magnetic medium
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R13/18 3 using boundary displacement
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R13/20 1 Cathode-ray oscilloscopes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R13/202 2 {Non-electric appliances, e.g. scales, masks (luminescent screens for CRT provided with permanent marks or references H01J29/34; optical or photographic arrangements combined with CRT vessels H01J29/89)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R13/204 2 {Using means for generating permanent registrations, e.g. photographs (optical or photographic arrangements combined with CRT vessel H01J29/89)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R13/206 2 {Arrangements for obtaining a 3- dimensional representation (stereoscopic T.V. H04N13/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R13/208 2 {Arrangements for measuring with C.R. oscilloscopes, e.g. vectorscope}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R13/22 2 Circuits therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R13/225 3 {particularly adapted for storage oscilloscopes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R13/24 3 Time-base deflection circuits
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R13/245 4 {for generating more than one, not overlapping time-intervals on the screen}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R13/26 3 Circuits for controlling the intensity of the electron beam {or the colour of the display}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R13/28 3 Circuits for simultaneous or sequential presentation of more than one variable
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R13/30 3 Circuits for inserting reference markers, e.g. for timing, for calibrating, for frequency marking
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R13/305 4 {for time marking}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R13/32 3 Circuits for displaying non-recurrent functions such as transients; Circuits for triggering; Circuits for synchronisation; Circuits for time-base expansion
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R13/325 4 {for displaying non-recurrent functions such as transients}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R13/34 3 Circuits for representing a single waveform by sampling, e.g. for very high frequencies
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R13/342 4 {for displaying periodic H.F. signals (G01R13/345 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R13/345 4 {for displaying sampled signals by using digital processors by intermediate A.D. and D.A. convertors (control circuits for CRT indicators)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R13/347 4 {using electro-optic elements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R13/36 1 using length of glow discharge, e.g. glowlight oscilloscopes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R13/38 1 using the steady or oscillatory displacement of a light beam by an electromechanical measuring system
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R13/40 1 using modulation of a light beam otherwise than by mechanical displacement, e.g. by Kerr effect {(visual indication of correct tuning H03J3/14)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R13/401 2 {for continuous analogue, or simulated analogue, display}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R13/402 3 {using active, i.e. light-emitting display devices, e.g. electroluminescent display (G01R13/36 and G01R13/42 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R13/403 3 {using passive display devices, e.g. liquid crystal display or Kerr effect display devices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R13/404 2 {for discontinuous display, i.e. display of discrete values (analogue/digital conversion H03M1/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R13/405 3 {using a plurality of active, i.e. light emitting, e.g. electro-luminescent elements, i.e. bar graphs}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R13/406 4 {representing measured value by a dot or a single line (G01R13/408 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R13/407 3 {using a plurality of passive display elements, e.g. liquid crystal or Kerr-effect display elements (G01R13/408 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R13/408 3 {Two or three dimensional representation of measured values}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R13/42 1 Instruments using length of spark discharge, e.g. by measuring maximum separation of electrodes to produce spark
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R15/00 0 Details of measuring arrangements of the types provided for in groups G01R17/00 - G01R29/00, G01R33/00 - G01R33/26 or G01R35/00
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R15/002 1 {Switches for altering the measuring range or for multitesters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R15/005 1 {Circuits for altering the indicating characteristic, e.g. making it non-linear}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R15/007 2 {by zero-suppression}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R15/04 1 Voltage dividers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R15/06 2 having reactive components, e.g. capacitive transformer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R15/08 1 Circuits for altering the measuring range
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R15/09 2 Autoranging circuits
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R15/12 1 Circuits for multi-testers {, i.e. multimeters}, e.g. for measuring voltage, current, or impedance at will
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R15/125 2 {for digital multimeters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R15/14 1 Adaptations providing voltage or current isolation, e.g. for high-voltage or high-current networks
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R15/142 2 {Arrangements for simultaneous measurements of several parameters employing techniques covered by groups G01R15/14 - G01R15/26}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R15/144 2 {Measuring arrangements for voltage not covered by other subgroups of G01R15/14}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R15/146 2 {Measuring arrangements for current not covered by other subgroups of G01R15/14, e.g. using current dividers, shunts, or measuring a voltage drop (if no voltage isolation is involved G01R1/203 or G01R19/0092)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R15/148 3 {involving the measuring of a magnetic field or electric field (G01R15/18, G01R15/20, G01R15/24, G01R15/26 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R15/16 2 using capacitive devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R15/165 3 {measuring electrostatic potential, e.g. with electrostatic voltmeters or electrometers, when the design of the sensor is essential (electrometers with passively moving electrodes G01R5/28; measuring electrostatic fields G01R29/12; measuring charge G01R29/24; measuring in circuits with high internal resistance G01R19/0023)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R15/18 2 using inductive devices, e.g. transformers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R15/181 3 {using coils without a magnetic core, e.g. Rogowski coils}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R15/183 3 {using transformers with a magnetic core}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R15/185 4 {with compensation or feedback windings or interacting coils, e.g. 0-flux sensors (using galvano-magnetic field sensors G01R15/20; conversion of DC into AC using transductors G01R19/20)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R15/186 3 {using current transformers with a core consisting of two or more parts, e.g. clamp-on type (G01R15/142 - G01R15/16 take precedence; tong testers G01R1/22)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R15/188 3 {comprising rotatable parts, e.g. moving coils (galvanometers G01R5/02, G01R5/14)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R15/20 2 using galvano-magnetic devices, e.g. Hall-effect devices {, i.e. measuring a magnetic field via the interaction between a current and a magnetic field, e.g. magneto resistive or Hall effect devices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R15/202 3 {using Hall-effect devices (Hall elements in arrangements for measuring electrical power G01R21/08)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R15/205 3 {using magneto-resistance devices, e.g. field plates}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R15/207 3 {Constructional details independent of the type of device used}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R15/22 2 using light-emitting devices, e.g. LED, optocouplers {(G01R31/31901 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R15/24 2 using light-modulating devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R15/241 3 {using electro-optical modulators, e.g. electro-absorption (probes containing electro-optic elements G01R1/071)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R15/242 4 {based on the Pockels effect, i.e. linear electro-optic effect}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R15/243 4 {based on the Kerr effect, i.e. quadratic electro-optic effect}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R15/245 3 {using magneto-optical modulators, e.g. based on the Faraday or Cotton-Mouton effect}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R15/246 4 {based on the Faraday, i.e. linear magneto-optic, effect}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R15/247 3 {Details of the circuitry or construction of devices covered by G01R15/241 - G01R15/246}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R15/248 3 {using a constant light source and electro-mechanically driven deflectors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R15/26 2 using modulation of waves other than light, e.g. radio or acoustic waves
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R17/00 0 Measuring arrangements involving comparison with a reference value, e.g. bridge
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R17/02 1 Arrangements in which the value to be measured is automatically compared with a reference value
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R17/04 2 in which the reference value is continuously or periodically swept over the range of values to be measured
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R17/06 2 Automatic balancing arrangements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R17/08 3 in which a force or torque representing the measured value is balanced by a force or torque representing the reference value
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R17/10 1 AC or DC measuring bridges
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R17/105 2 {for measuring impedance or resistance}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R17/12 2 using comparison of currents, e.g. bridges with differential current output
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R17/14 2 with indication of measured value by calibrated null indicator, e.g. percent bridge, tolerance bridge (G01R17/12, G01R17/16 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R17/16 2 with discharge tubes or semiconductor devices in one or more arms of the bridge, e.g. voltmeter using a difference amplifier
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R17/18 2 with more than four branches
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R17/20 1 AC or DC potentiometric measuring arrangements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R17/22 2 with indication of measured value by calibrated null indicator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R19/00 0 Arrangements for measuring currents or voltages or for indicating presence or sign thereof (G01R5/00 takes precedence; for measuring bioelectric currents or voltages A61B5/24)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R19/0007 1 {Frequency selective voltage or current level measuring (measuring frequency G01R23/00; testing attenuation in line transmission systems H04B3/48; monitoring testing in transmission systems H04B17/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R19/0015 2 {separating AC and DC}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R19/0023 1 {Measuring currents or voltages from sources with high internal resistance by means of measuring circuits with high input impedance, e.g. OP-amplifiers (electrostatic instruments G01R5/28; measuring electrostatic potential G01R15/165; measuring electrostatic fields G01R29/12; amplifiers per se H03F)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R19/003 1 {Measuring mean values of current or voltage during a given time interval}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R19/0038 1 {Circuits for comparing several input signals and for indicating the result of this comparison, e.g. equal, different, greater, smaller (comparing pulses or pulse trains according to amplitude)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R19/0046 1 {characterised by a specific application or detail not covered by any other subgroup of G01R19/00}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R19/0053 2 {Noise discrimination; Analog sampling; Measuring transients (measuring characteristics of individual pulses G01R29/02; digital sampling G01R19/2509; measuring noise figure G01R29/26)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R19/0061 2 {Measuring currents of particle-beams, currents from electron multipliers, photocurrents, ion currents; Measuring in plasmas}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R19/0069 2 {measuring voltage or current standards}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R19/0076 2 {using thermionic valves}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R19/0084 1 {measuring voltage only (all subgroups of G01R19/00 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R19/0092 1 {measuring current only (all subgroups of G01R19/00 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R19/02 1 Measuring effective values, i.e. root-mean-square values
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R19/03 2 using thermoconverters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R19/04 1 Measuring peak values {or amplitude or envelope} of ac or of pulses
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R19/06 1 Measuring real component; Measuring reactive component
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R19/08 1 Measuring current density
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R19/10 1 Measuring sum, difference or ratio
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R19/12 1 Measuring rate of change
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R19/14 1 Indicating direction of current; Indicating polarity of voltage
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R19/145 1 Indicating the presence of current or voltage
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R19/15 2 Indicating the presence of current
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R19/155 2 Indicating the presence of voltage
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R19/165 1 Indicating that current or voltage is either above or below a predetermined value or within or outside a predetermined range of values
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R19/16504 2 {characterised by the components employed}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R19/16509 3 {using electromagnetic relays, e.g. reed relay (magnetically driven reeds G01R9/06)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R19/16514 3 {using electronic tubes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R19/16519 3 {using FET's}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R19/16523 3 {using diodes, e.g. Zener diodes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R19/16528 2 {using digital techniques or performing arithmetic operations (using digital techniques to measure a voltage or a current, see G01R19/25)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R19/16533 2 {characterised by the application}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R19/16538 3 {in AC or DC supplies (G01R19/16519 and G01R19/16528 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R19/16542 4 {for batteries (charge condition monitoring in G01R31/36)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R19/16547 4 {voltage or current in AC supplies (switching for protection H02H; circuits for emergency power supply H02J9/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R19/16552 4 {in I.C. power supplies}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R19/16557 3 {Logic probes, i.e. circuits indicating logic state (high, low, O); (modifications of electronic switches or gates for indicating state of switch H03K17/18)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R19/16561 3 {in hand-held circuit testers (see also G01R19/155)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R19/16566 2 {Circuits and arrangements for comparing voltage or current with one or several thresholds and for indicating the result not covered by subgroups G01R19/16504, G01R19/16528, G01R19/16533}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R19/16571 3 {comparing AC or DC current with one threshold, e.g. load current, over-current, surge current or fault current (G01R19/16514, G01R19/16519, G01R19/16528, G01R19/16533, G01R19/1659 take precedence; measuring currents by using elements sensitive to the magnetic field generated G01R15/14; measuring earth resistance G01R27/18; testing for leakage or short circuits in electrical apparatus G01R31/52)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R19/16576 3 {comparing DC or AC voltage with one threshold (G01R19/16514, G01R19/16519, G01R19/16528, G01R19/16533 and G01R19/1659 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R19/1658 4 {AC voltage or recurrent signals}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R19/16585 3 {for individual pulses, ripple or noise and other applications where timing or duration is of importance (G01R19/16519, G01R19/16538 and G01R19/16595 take precedence; for pulse duration and rise time, see G01R29/02 and subgroups)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R19/1659 3 {to indicate that the value is within or outside a predetermined range of values (window) (G01R19/16514, G01R19/16519, G01R19/16528 and G01R19/16533 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R19/16595 4 {with multi level indication (G01R19/16519 and G01R19/16533 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R19/17 2 giving an indication of the number of times this occurs {, i.e. multi-channel analysers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R19/175 1 Indicating the instants of passage of current or voltage through a given value, e.g. passage through zero
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R19/18 1 using conversion of DC into AC, e.g. with choppers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R19/20 2 using transductors {, i.e. a magnetic core transducer the saturation of which is cyclically reversed by an AC source on the secondary side}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R19/22 1 using conversion of ac into dc
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R19/225 2 {by means of thermocouples or other heat sensitive elements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R2019/24 2 {using thermocouples}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R19/25 1 using digital measurement techniques
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R19/2503 2 {for measuring voltage only, e.g. digital volt meters (DVM's) (G01R19/2506 - G01R19/257 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R19/2506 2 {Arrangements for conditioning or analysing measured signals, e.g. for indicating peak values (G01R19/003 takes precedence); Details concerning sampling, digitizing or waveform capturing (displaying waveforms G01R13/00; analog sampling G01R19/0053)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R19/2509 3 {Details concerning sampling, digitizing or waveform capturing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R19/2513 2 {Arrangements for monitoring electric power systems, e.g. power lines or loads; Logging}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R19/2516 2 {Modular arrangements for computer based systems; using personal computers (PC's), e.g. "virtual instruments"}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R19/252 2 using analogue/digital converters of the type with conversion of voltage or current into frequency and measuring of this frequency
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R19/255 2 using analogue/digital converters of the type with counting of pulses during a period of time proportional to voltage or current, delivered by a pulse generator with fixed frequency
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R19/257 2 using analogue/digital converters of the type with comparison of different reference values with the value of voltage or current, e.g. using step-by-step method
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R19/28 1 adapted for measuring in circuits having distributed constants
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R19/30 1 Measuring the maximum or the minimum value of current or voltage reached in a time interval (G01R19/04 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R19/32 1 Compensating for temperature change
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R21/00 0 Arrangements for measuring electric power or power factor (G01R7/12 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R21/001 1 {Measuring real or reactive component; Measuring apparent energy (G01R21/01, G01R21/02, G01R21/08, G01R21/10 and G01R21/127 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R21/002 2 {Measuring real component}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R21/003 2 {Measuring reactive component}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R21/005 2 {Measuring apparent power}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R21/006 1 {Measuring power factor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R21/007 1 {Adapted for special tariff measuring (G01R21/01, G01R21/02, G01R21/08, G01R21/10, G01R21/1278 and G01R21/1333 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R21/008 2 {Measuring maximum demand}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R21/01 1 in circuits having distributed constants (G01R21/04, G01R21/07, G01R21/09, G01R21/12 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R21/02 1 by thermal methods {, e.g. calorimetric}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R21/04 2 in circuits having distributed constants
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R21/06 1 by measuring current and voltage (G01R21/08 - G01R21/133 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R21/07 2 in circuits having distributed constants (G01R21/09 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R21/08 1 by using galvanomagnetic-effect devices, e.g. Hall-effect devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R21/09 2 in circuits having distributed constants
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R21/10 1 by using square-law characteristics of circuit elements, e.g. diodes, to measure power absorbed by loads of known impedance (G01R21/02 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R21/12 2 in circuits having distributed constants
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R21/127 1 by using pulse modulation (G01R21/133 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R21/1271 2 {Measuring real or reactive component, measuring apparent energy}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R21/1273 3 {Measuring real component}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R21/1275 3 {Measuring reactive component}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R21/1276 3 {Measuring apparent energy}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R21/1278 2 {Adapted for special tariff measuring}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R21/133 1 by using digital technique
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R21/1331 2 {Measuring real or reactive component, measuring apparent energy}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R21/1333 2 {adapted for special tariff measuring}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R21/1335 3 {Tariff switching circuits}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R21/1336 3 {Measuring overconsumption}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R21/1338 3 {Measuring maximum demand}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R21/14 1 Compensating for temperature change
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R22/00 0 Arrangements for measuring time integral of electric power or current, e.g. electricity meters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R22/02 1 by electrolytic methods
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R22/04 1 by calorimetric methods
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R22/06 1 by electronic methods
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R22/061 2 {Details of electronic electricity meters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R22/063 3 {related to remote communication}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R22/065 3 {related to mechanical aspects}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R22/066 3 {Arrangements for avoiding or indicating fraudulent use}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R22/068 3 {Arrangements for indicating or signaling faults}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R22/08 2 using analogue techniques
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R22/10 2 using digital techniques
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R23/00 0 Arrangements for measuring frequencies; Arrangements for analysing frequency spectra
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R23/005 1 {Circuits for comparing several input signals and for indicating the result of this comparison, e.g. equal, different, greater, smaller (comparing phase or frequency of 2 mutually independent oscillations in demodulators)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R23/02 1 Arrangements for measuring frequency, e.g. pulse repetition rate; Arrangements for measuring period of current or voltage
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R23/04 2 adapted for measuring in circuits having distributed constants
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R23/06 2 by converting frequency into an amplitude of current or voltage
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R23/07 3 using response of circuits tuned on resonance, e.g. grid-drip meter
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R23/08 3 using response of circuits tuned off resonance
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R23/09 3 using analogue integrators, e.g. capacitors establishing a mean value by balance of input signals and defined discharge signals or leakage
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R23/10 2 by converting frequency into a train of pulses, which are then counted {, i.e. converting the signal into a square wave}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R23/12 2 by converting frequency into phase shift
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R23/14 2 by heterodyning; by beat-frequency comparison
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R23/145 3 {by heterodyning or by beat-frequency comparison with the harmonic of an oscillator}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R23/15 2 Indicating that frequency of pulses is either above or below a predetermined value or within or outside a predetermined range of values, by making use of non-linear or digital elements {(indicating that pulse width is above or below a certain limit)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R23/155 3 {giving an indication of the number of times this occurs, i.e. multi-channel analysers (for pulse characteristics)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R23/16 1 Spectrum analysis; Fourier analysis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R23/163 2 adapted for measuring in circuits having distributed constants
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R23/165 2 using filters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R23/167 3 with digital filters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R23/17 2 with optical {or acoustical} auxiliary devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R23/173 2 Wobbulating devices similar to swept panoramic receivers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R23/175 2 by delay means, e.g. tapped delay lines
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R23/177 2 Analysis of very low frequencies
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R23/18 2 with provision for recording frequency spectrum
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R23/20 2 Measurement of non-linear distortion
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R25/00 0 Arrangements for measuring phase angle between a voltage and a current or between voltages or currents
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R25/005 1 {Circuits for comparing several input signals and for indicating the result of this comparison, e.g. equal, different, greater, smaller, or for passing one of the input signals as output signal}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R25/02 1 in circuits having distributed constants
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R25/04 1 involving adjustment of a phase shifter to produce a predetermined phase difference, e.g. zero difference
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R25/06 1 employing quotient instrument
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R25/08 1 by counting of standard pulses
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R27/00 0 Arrangements for measuring resistance, reactance, impedance, or electric characteristics derived therefrom
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R27/02 1 Measuring real or complex resistance, reactance, impedance, or other two-pole characteristics derived therefrom, e.g. time constant (by measuring phase angle only G01R25/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R27/025 2 {Measuring very high resistances, e.g. isolation resistances, i.e. megohm-meters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R27/04 2 in circuits having distributed constants {, e.g. having very long conductors or involving high frequencies}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R27/06 3 Measuring reflection coefficients; Measuring standing-wave ratio
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R27/08 2 Measuring resistance by measuring both voltage and current
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R27/10 3 using two-coil or crossed-coil instruments forming quotient
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R27/12 4 using hand generators, e.g. meggers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R27/14 2 Measuring resistance by measuring current or voltage obtained from a reference source (G01R27/16, G01R27/20, G01R27/22 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R27/16 2 Measuring impedance of element or network through which a current is passing from another source, e.g. cable, power line
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R27/18 3 Measuring resistance to earth {, i.e. line to ground}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R27/20 2 Measuring earth resistance; Measuring contact resistance, {e.g.} of earth connections, e.g. plates
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R27/205 3 {Measuring contact resistance of connections, e.g. of earth connections}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R27/22 2 Measuring resistance of fluids
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R27/26 2 Measuring inductance or capacitance; Measuring quality factor, e.g. by using the resonance method; Measuring loss factor; Measuring dielectric constants {; Measuring impedance or related variables}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R27/2605 3 {Measuring capacitance (capacitive sensors G01D5/24)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R27/2611 3 {Measuring inductance}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R27/2617 3 {Measuring dielectric properties, e.g. constants (testing dielectric strength G01R31/12; detecting insulation faults G01R31/52; G01R27/2688 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R27/2623 4 {Measuring-systems or electronic circuits (G01R27/2635, G01R27/2682 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R27/2629 5 {Bridge circuits (bridges for measuring loss angle G01R27/2694)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R27/2635 4 {Sample holders, electrodes or excitation arrangements, e.g. sensors or measuring cells}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R27/2641 5 {of plate type, i.e. with the sample sandwiched in the middle}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R27/2647 5 {of coaxial or concentric type, e.g. with the sample in a coaxial line}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R27/2652 6 {open-ended type, e.g. abutting against the sample}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R27/2658 5 {Cavities, resonators, free space arrangements, reflexion or interference arrangements (G01R27/2647 takes precedence; optical methods G01R27/2682)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R27/2664 6 {Transmission line, wave guide (closed or open-ended) or strip - or microstrip line arrangements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R27/267 5 {Coils or antennae arrangements, e.g. coils surrounding the sample or transmitter/receiver antennae}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R27/2676 5 {Probes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R27/2682 4 {using optical methods or electron beams}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R27/2688 3 {Measuring quality factor or dielectric loss, e.g. loss angle, or power factor (power factor related to power measurements G01R21/006; testing capacitors G01R31/016)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R27/2694 4 {Measuring dielectric loss, e.g. loss angle, loss factor or power factor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R27/28 1 Measuring attenuation, gain, phase shift or derived characteristics of electric four pole networks, i.e. two-port networks; Measuring transient response (in line transmission systems H04B3/46)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R27/30 2 with provision for recording characteristics, e.g. by plotting Nyquist diagram
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R27/32 2 in circuits having distributed constants {, e.g. having very long conductors or involving high frequencies}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R29/00 0 Arrangements for measuring or indicating electric quantities not covered by groups G01R19/00 - G01R27/00
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R29/02 1 Measuring characteristics of individual pulses, e.g. deviation from pulse flatness, rise time or duration
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R29/023 2 {Measuring pulse width}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R29/027 2 Indicating that a pulse characteristic is either above or below a predetermined value or within or beyond a predetermined range of values
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R29/0273 3 {the pulse characteristic being duration, i.e. width (indicating that frequency of pulses is above or below a certain limit)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R29/0276 3 {the pulse characteristic being rise time (measuring rate of change G01R19/12)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R29/033 3 giving an indication of the number of times this occurs {, i.e. multi-channel analysers (the characteristic being frequency)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R29/04 1 Measuring form factor, i.e. quotient of root-mean-square value and arithmetic mean of instantaneous value; Measuring peak factor, i.e. quotient of maximum value and root-mean-square value
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R29/06 1 Measuring depth of modulation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R29/08 1 Measuring electromagnetic field characteristics
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R29/0807 2 {characterised by the application}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R29/0814 3 {Field measurements related to measuring influence on or from apparatus, components or humans (EMC, EMI and similar testing in general G01R31/001), e.g. in ESD, EMI, EMC, EMP testing, measuring radiation leakage; detecting presence of micro- or radiowave emitters; dosimetry; testing shielding; measurements related to lightning}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R29/0821 4 {rooms and test sites therefor, e.g. anechoic chambers, open field sites or TEM cells (for testing antennas G01R29/105)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R29/0828 5 {TEM-cells}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R29/0835 4 {Testing shielding, e.g. for efficiency}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R29/0842 4 {Measurements related to lightning, e.g. measuring electric disturbances, warning systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R29/085 4 {for detecting presence or location of electric lines or cables (fault detection G01R31/50; fault location G01R31/08)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R29/0857 4 {Dosimetry, i.e. measuring the time integral of radiation intensity; Level warning devices for personal safety use (nuclear radiation dosimetry G01T)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R29/0864 2 {characterised by constructional or functional features}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R29/0871 3 {Complete apparatus or systems; circuits, e.g. receivers or amplifiers (G01R29/0878, G01R29/0892 take precedence; dosimeters, warning devices G01R29/0857)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R29/0878 3 {Sensors; antennas; probes; detectors (wave guide measuring sections G01R1/24)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R29/0885 4 {using optical probes, e.g. electro-optical, luminiscent, glow discharge, or optical interferometers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R29/0892 3 {Details related to signal analysis or treatment; presenting results, e.g. displays; measuring specific signal features other than field strength, e.g. polarisation, field modes, phase, envelope, maximum value}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R29/10 2 Radiation diagrams of antennas
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R29/105 3 {using anechoic chambers; Chambers or open field sites used therefor (test sites used for measuring on other objects than aerials G01R29/0828; wave absorbing devices H01Q17/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R29/12 1 Measuring electrostatic fields {or voltage-potential}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R29/14 2 Measuring field distribution
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R29/16 1 Measuring asymmetry of polyphase networks
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R29/18 1 Indicating phase sequence; Indicating synchronism
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R29/20 1 Measuring number of turns; Measuring transformation ratio or coupling factor of windings
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R29/22 1 Measuring piezo-electric properties
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R29/24 1 Arrangements for measuring quantities of charge
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R29/26 1 Measuring noise figure; Measuring signal-to-noise ratio
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/00 0 Arrangements for testing electric properties; Arrangements for locating electric faults; Arrangements for electrical testing characterised by what is being tested not provided for elsewhere ({measuring superconductive properties G01R33/1238;} testing or measuring semiconductors or solid state devices during manufacture {H01L22/00}; testing line transmission systems H04B3/46)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/001 1 {Measuring interference from external sources to, or emission from, the device under test, e.g. EMC, EMI, EMP or ESD testing (measuring electromagnetic fields G01R29/08; circuits for generating HV pulses in dielectric strength testing G01R31/14)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/002 2 {where the device under test is an electronic circuit}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/003 1 {Environmental or reliability tests (of individual semiconductors G01R31/2642; of PCB's G01R31/2817; of IC's G01R31/2855; of other circuits G01R31/2849)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/005 1 {Testing of electric installations on transport means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/006 2 {on road vehicles, e.g. automobiles or trucks (testing of ignition installations peculiar to internal combustion engines F02P17/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/007 3 {using microprocessors or computers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/008 2 {on air- or spacecraft, railway rolling stock or sea-going vessels}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/01 1 Subjecting similar articles in turn to test, e.g. "go/no-go" tests in mass production; Testing objects at points as they pass through a testing station (testing of cables continuously passing the testing apparatus G01R31/59; testing dielectric strength or breakdown voltage G01R31/12)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/013 2 {Testing passive components (testing relays G01R31/3278; testing electrical windings, e.g. inductors G01R31/72)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/016 3 {Testing of capacitors (measuring capacitance G01R27/2605)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/08 1 Locating faults in cables, transmission lines, or networks
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/081 2 {according to type of conductors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/083 3 {in cables, e.g. underground}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/085 3 {in power transmission or distribution lines, e.g. overhead}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/086 3 {in power transmission or distribution networks, i.e. with interconnected conductors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/088 2 {Aspects of digital computing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/10 2 by increasing destruction at fault, e.g. burning-in by using a pulse generator operating a special programme
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/11 2 using pulse reflection methods
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/12 1 Testing dielectric strength or breakdown voltage {; Testing or monitoring effectiveness or level of insulation, e.g. of a cable or of an apparatus, for example using partial discharge measurements; Electrostatic testing (G01R31/08, G01R31/327 and G01R31/72 take precedence; measuring in plasmas G01R19/0061; measuring dielectric constants G01R27/2617; ESD, EMC or EMP testing of circuits G01R31/002)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/1209 2 {using acoustic measurements (acoustic measurements G01H3/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/1218 2 {using optical methods; using charged particle, e.g. electron, beams or X-rays}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/1227 2 {of components, parts or materials (G01R31/1209, G01R31/1218, G01R31/18 take precedence; circuits therefor G01R31/14; testing vessels of electrodes G01R31/16)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/1236 3 {of surge arresters (monitoring overvoltage diverters or arresters H02H3/048)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/1245 3 {of line insulators or spacers, e.g. ceramic overhead line cap insulators; of insulators in HV bushings}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/1254 3 {of gas-insulated power appliances or vacuum gaps (testing switches G01R31/327; detecting electrical or mechanical defects in encased switchgear H02B13/065)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/1263 3 {of solid or fluid materials, e.g. insulation films, bulk material; of semiconductors or LV electronic components or parts; of cable, line or wire insulation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/1272 4 {of cable, line or wire insulation, e.g. using partial discharge measurements (locating faults in cables G01R31/083)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/1281 4 {of liquids or gases}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/129 4 {of components or parts made of semiconducting materials; of LV components or parts (G01R31/18 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/14 2 Circuits therefor {, e.g. for generating test voltages, sensing circuits (G01R31/1209 - G01R31/1227 take precedence; for testing switches G01R31/327)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/16 2 Construction of testing vessels; Electrodes therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/18 2 Subjecting similar articles in turn to test, e.g. go/no-go tests in mass production
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/20 2 Preparation of articles or specimens to facilitate testing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/24 1 Testing of discharge tubes (during manufacture H01J9/42)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/245 2 {Testing of gas discharge tubes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/25 2 Testing of vacuum tubes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/252 3 {Testing of electron multipliers, e.g. photo-multipliers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/255 3 {Testing of transit-time tubes, e.g. klystrons, magnetrons}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/257 3 {Testing of beam-tubes, e.g. cathode-ray tubes, image pick-up tubes (of channel image intensifier arrays G01R31/252; of transit time tubes G01R31/255)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/26 1 Testing of individual semiconductor devices (testing or measuring during manufacture or treatment {H01L22/00}; testing of photovoltaic devices H02S50/10)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/2601 2 {Apparatus or methods therefor (G01R31/2607, G01R31/2642 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/2603 3 {for curve tracing of semiconductor characteristics, e.g. on oscilloscope}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/2607 2 {Circuits therefor (G01R31/2642 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/2608 3 {for testing bipolar transistors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/261 4 {for measuring break-down voltage or punch through voltage therefor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/2612 4 {for measuring frequency response characteristics, e.g. cut-off frequency thereof}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/2614 4 {for measuring gain factor thereof}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/2616 4 {for measuring noise (measuring noise factor in general G01R29/26)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/2617 4 {for measuring switching properties thereof}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/2619 4 {for measuring thermal properties thereof}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/2621 3 {for testing field effect transistors, i.e. FET's}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/2623 4 {for measuring break-down voltage therefor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/2625 4 {for measuring gain factor thereof}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/2626 4 {for measuring noise (measuring noise factor in general G01R29/26)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/2628 4 {for measuring thermal properties thereof}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/263 3 {for testing thyristors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/2632 3 {for testing diodes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/2633 4 {for measuring switching properties thereof}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/2635 4 {Testing light-emitting diodes, laser diodes or photodiodes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/2637 3 {for testing other individual devices (G01R31/2608 - G01R31/2632, G01R31/27 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/2639 4 {for testing field-effect devices, e.g. of MOS-capacitors (G01R31/2621 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/2641 3 {for testing charge coupled devices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/2642 2 {Testing semiconductor operation lifetime or reliability, e.g. by accelerated life tests}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/2644 2 {Adaptations of individual semiconductor devices to facilitate the testing thereof}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/2646 2 {for measuring noise (G01R31/2616, G01R31/2626 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/2648 2 {Characterising semiconductor materials (testing of materials or semi-finished products G01R31/2831; testing during manufacture H01L22/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/265 2 Contactless testing {(of circuits, also in wafer-form G01R31/302)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/2653 3 {using electron beams}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/2656 3 {using non-ionising electromagnetic radiation, e.g. optical radiation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/27 2 Testing of devices without physical removal from the circuit of which they form part, e.g. compensating for effects surrounding elements {(testing printed circuit boards G01R31/2801)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/275 3 {for testing individual semiconductor components within integrated circuits}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/28 1 Testing of electronic circuits, e.g. by signal tracer ({EMC, EMP or similar testing of electronic circuits G01R31/002;} testing for short-circuits, discontinuities, leakage or incorrect line connection G01R31/50; checking computers {or computer components} G06F11/00; checking static stores for correct operation G11C29/00 {; testing receivers or transmitters of transmission systems H04B17/00})
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/2801 2 {Testing of printed circuits, backplanes, motherboards, hybrid circuits or carriers for multichip packages [MCP] (G01R31/318508 takes precedence; contactless testing G01R31/302; testing contacts or connections G01R31/66)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/2803 3 {by means of functional tests, e.g. logic-circuit-simulation or algorithms therefor (testing electronic digital computers G06F11/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/2805 3 {Bare printed circuit boards}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/2806 3 {Apparatus therefor, e.g. test stations, drivers, analysers, conveyors (G01R31/2805, G01R31/281, G01R31/2818 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/2808 4 {Holding, conveying or contacting devices, e.g. test adapters, edge connectors, extender boards (probe, multiprobe, probe manipulator or probe fixture G01R1/067)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/281 3 {Specific types of tests or tests for a specific type of fault, e.g. thermal mapping, shorts testing (G01R31/2818 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/2812 4 {Checking for open circuits or shorts, e.g. solder bridges; Testing conductivity, resistivity or impedance (of connections G01R31/66)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/2813 4 {Checking the presence, location, orientation or value, e.g. resistance, of components or conductors (orientation of the DUT with respect to the test fixture G01R1/06705, G01R31/281)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/2815 4 {Functional tests, e.g. boundary scans, using the normal I/O contacts (contacting devices G01R31/2808; testing digital circuits G01R31/317, G06F11/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/2817 4 {Environmental-, stress-, or burn-in tests (of IC's G01R31/2855; of individual semiconductors G01R31/2642; of other circuits G01R31/2849)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/2818 3 {using test structures on, or modifications of, the card under test, made for the purpose of testing, e.g. additional components or connectors (G01R31/2805 takes precedence; printed circuits having, e.g. symbols, test patterns or visualisation means H05K1/0266)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/282 2 {Testing of electronic circuits specially adapted for particular applications not provided for elsewhere (G01R31/2801 and G01R31/2851 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/2822 3 {of microwave or radiofrequency circuits (of attenuation, gain, e.g. using network analyzers G01R27/28)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/2824 4 {testing of oscillators or resonators}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/2825 3 {in household appliances or professional audio/video equipment (testing LAN's H04L43/50; testing TV systems H04N17/00; testing loudspeakers H04R29/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/2827 3 {Testing of electronic protection circuits (testing switches G01R31/327; checking alarm systems G08B29/00; self test of summation current transformers H02H3/335)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/2829 3 {Testing of circuits in sensor or actuator systems (testing of apparatus for measuring electric or magnetic variables G01R35/00; testing of indicating or recording apparatus G01D; in airbag systems B60R21/0173; checking gas analysers G01N33/007; monitoring or fail-safe circuits for electromagnets H01F7/1844)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/2831 3 {Testing of materials or semi-finished products, e.g. semiconductor wafers or substrates (G01R31/318511 takes precedence; testing during manufacture H01L22/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/2832 2 {Specific tests of electronic circuits not provided for elsewhere (G01R31/2801, G01R31/316 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/2834 3 {Automated test systems [ATE]; using microprocessors or computers (G01R31/317 takes precedence; ATE for detection of defective computer hardware G06F11/2736)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/2836 3 {Fault-finding or characterising (G01R31/2822 - G01R31/2831 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/2837 4 {Characterising or performance testing, e.g. of frequency response (transient response G01R27/28)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/2839 4 {using signal generators, power supplies or circuit analysers (G01R31/2879 takes precedence; multimeters G01R15/12, network analysers G01R27/28)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/2841 5 {Signal generators}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/2843 4 {In-circuit-testing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/2844 4 {using test interfaces, e.g. adapters, test boxes, switches, PIN drivers (G01R31/2889 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/2846 4 {using hard- or software simulation or using knowledge-based systems, e.g. expert systems, artificial intelligence or interactive algorithms}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/2848 5 {using simulation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/2849 4 {Environmental or reliability testing, e.g. burn-in or validation tests (of individual semiconductors G01R31/2642; of printed circuits boards G01R31/2817; of IC's G01R31/2855)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/2851 2 {Testing of integrated circuits [IC] (G01R31/317 takes precedence; testing individual devices G01R31/26; testing printed circuits G01R31/2801)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/2853 3 {Electrical testing of internal connections or -isolation, e.g. latch-up or chip-to-lead connections (G01R31/31717 takes precedence; test of chip-to-PCB or lead-to-PCB connections G01R31/66)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/2855 3 {Environmental, reliability or burn-in testing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/2856 4 {Internal circuit aspects, e.g. built-in test features; Test chips; Measuring material aspects, e.g. electro migration [EM]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/2858 5 {Measuring of material aspects, e.g. electro-migration [EM], hot carrier injection}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/286 4 {External aspects, e.g. related to chambers, contacting devices or handlers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/2862 5 {Chambers or ovens; Tanks}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/2863 5 {Contacting devices, e.g. sockets, burn-in boards or mounting fixtures (in general G01R1/04)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/2865 5 {Holding devices, e.g. chucks; Handlers or transport devices (having contacts G01R31/2863)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/2867 6 {Handlers or transport devices, e.g. loaders, carriers, trays}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/2868 5 {Complete testing stations; systems; procedures; software aspects}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/287 6 {Procedures; Software aspects}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/2872 4 {related to electrical or environmental aspects, e.g. temperature, humidity, vibration, nuclear radiation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/2874 5 {related to temperature}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/2875 6 {related to heating}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/2877 6 {related to cooling}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/2879 5 {related to electrical aspects, e.g. to voltage or current supply or stimuli or to electrical loads}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/2881 5 {related to environmental aspects other than temperature, e.g. humidity or vibrations}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/2882 3 {Testing timing characteristics}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/2884 3 {using dedicated test connectors, test elements or test circuits on the IC under test (G01R31/2855 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/2886 3 {Features relating to contacting the IC under test, e.g. probe heads; chucks (G01R31/2865 takes precedence, test connections, e.g. test sockets, or probes per se, G01R1/04 or G01R1/06)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/2887 4 {involving moving the probe head or the IC under test; docking stations (moving single probes G01R1/06705; moving individual probes in multiple probes G01R1/07392)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/2889 4 {Interfaces, e.g. between probe and tester (G01R31/31905 and G01R1/07364 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/2891 4 {related to sensing or controlling of force, position, temperature (G01R31/2874 takes precedence; sensing of force G01L; sensing of position G01B, G01D; sensing of temperature G01K; controlling in general G05)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/2893 3 {Handling, conveying or loading, e.g. belts, boats, vacuum fingers (G01R31/2867 takes precedence; handling semiconductor devices or wafers during manufacture or treatment H01L21/67)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/2894 3 {Aspects of quality control [QC] (G01R31/31718 takes precedence; program control for QC G05B19/41875)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/2896 3 {Testing of IC packages; Test features related to IC packages (containers per se H01L23/02, encapsulations per se H01L23/28)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/2898 3 {Sample preparation, e.g. removing encapsulation, etching (sample preparation in general G01N1/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/30 2 Marginal testing, e.g. by varying supply voltage (testing computers during standby operation or idle time G06F11/22)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/3004 3 {Current or voltage test}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/3008 4 {Quiescent current [IDDQ] test or leakage current test}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/3012 4 {Built-In-Current test [BIC]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/3016 3 {Delay or race condition test, e.g. race hazard test}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/302 2 Contactless testing {(G01R31/66 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/3025 3 {Wireless interface with the DUT}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/303 3 of integrated circuits (G01R31/305 - G01R31/315 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/304 3 of printed or hybrid circuits (G01R31/305 - G01R31/315 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/305 3 using electron beams {(investigating or analysing materials by measuring photoelectric effect G01N23/227)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/306 4 of printed or hybrid circuits
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/307 4 of integrated circuits
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/308 3 using non-ionising electromagnetic radiation, e.g. optical radiation {(investigating or analysing materials by the use of optical means G01N21/00; image analysis G06T7/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/309 4 of printed or hybrid circuits {or circuit substrates}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/311 4 of integrated circuits {(G01R31/31728 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/312 3 by capacitive methods
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/315 3 by inductive methods
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/316 2 Testing of analog circuits {(G01R31/2851 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/3161 3 Marginal testing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/3163 3 Functional testing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/3167 2 Testing of combined analog and digital circuits {(testing ADC's H03M1/1071)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/317 2 Testing of digital circuits
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/31701 3 {Arrangements for setting the Unit Under Test [UUT] in a test mode}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/31702 3 {Testing digital circuits including elements other than semiconductor transistors, e.g. biochips, nanofabrics, mems, chips with magnetic elements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/31703 3 {Comparison aspects, e.g. signature analysis, comparators (concerning scan tests G01R31/318566; concerning testers G01R31/3193)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/31704 3 {Design for test; Design verification (concerning scan tests G01R31/318583; computer-aided design G06F30/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/31705 3 {Debugging aspects, e.g. using test circuits for debugging, using dedicated debugging test circuits (generation of test sequences therefor G01R31/31835, using scan test therefor G01R31/318544)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/31706 3 {involving differential digital signals, e.g. testing differential signal circuits, using differential signals for testing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/31707 3 {Test strategies (methods for generation of test sequences G01R31/318371)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/31708 3 {Analysis of signal quality (G01R31/31901 takes precedence; measuring frequencies or analysing frequency spectra per se G01R23/00; measuring non-linear distortion per se G01R23/20)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/31709 4 {Jitter measurements; Jitter generators (measuring jitter, noise figure or signal-to-noise ratio per se G01R29/26; analysis of tester signals G01R31/31901)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/3171 4 {BER [Bit Error Rate] test}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/31711 4 {Evaluation methods, e.g. shmoo plots}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/31712 3 {Input or output aspects}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/31713 4 {Input or output interfaces for test, e.g. test pins, buffers (for scan test G01R31/318572)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/31715 4 {Testing of input or output circuits; test of circuitry between the I/C pins and the functional core, e.g. testing of input or output driver, receiver, buffer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/31716 4 {Testing of input or output with loop-back}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/31717 4 {Interconnect testing (by scan techniques see G01R31/31855)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/31718 3 {Logistic aspects, e.g. binning, selection, sorting of devices under test, tester/handler interaction networks, Test management software, e.g. software for test statistics or test evaluation, yield analysis (mechanical aspects G01R31/2808, G01R31/2851)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/31719 3 {Security aspects, e.g. preventing unauthorised access during test}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/3172 3 {Optimisation aspects, e.g. using functional pin as test pin, pin multiplexing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/31721 3 {Power aspects, e.g. power supplies for test circuits, power saving during test (for scan test G01R31/318575)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/31722 3 {Addressing or selecting of test units, e.g. transmission protocols for selecting test units (for scan test G01R31/318558)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/31723 3 {Hardware for routing the test signal within the device under test to the circuits to be tested, e.g. multiplexer for multiple core testing, accessing internal nodes (routing the test signal to or from the device under test G01R31/31926)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/31724 3 {Test controller, e.g. BIST state machine (for scan test G01R31/318555)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/31725 3 {Timing aspects, e.g. clock distribution, skew, propagation delay (for tester hardware G01R31/31937)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/31726 4 {Synchronization, e.g. of test, clock or strobe signals; Signals in different clock domains; Generation of Vernier signals; Comparison and adjustment of the signals}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/31727 3 {Clock circuits aspects, e.g. test clock circuit details, timing aspects for signal generation, circuits for testing clocks (G01R31/31725 takes precedence; concerning scan test G01R31/318552, for tester hardware G01R31/31922)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/31728 3 {Optical aspects, e.g. opto-electronics used for testing, optical signal transmission for testing electronic circuits, electro-optic components to be tested in combination with electronic circuits, measuring light emission of digital circuits (probes having electro-optic elements G01R1/071; electro-optic sampling for oscilloscopes G01R13/347; contactless testing of individual semiconductor devices by optical means G01R31/2656)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/3173 3 Marginal testing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/3177 3 Testing of logic operation, e.g. by logic analysers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/3181 3 Functional testing (G01R31/3177 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/31813 4 {Test pattern generators}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/31816 4 {Soft error testing; Soft error rate evaluation; Single event testing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/3183 4 Generation of test inputs, e.g. test vectors, patterns or sequences
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/318307 5 {computer-aided, e.g. automatic test program generator [ATPG], program translations, test program debugging}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/318314 5 {Tools, e.g. program interfaces, test suite, test bench, simulation hardware, test compiler, test program languages (simulation software G01R31/318357; emulators G06F11/261)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/318321 5 {for combinational circuits}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/318328 5 {for delay tests}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/318335 5 {Test pattern compression or decompression (compression or decompression of scan patterns G01R31/318547; compression or decompression hardware G01R31/31921)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/318342 5 {by preliminary fault modelling, e.g. analysis, simulation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/31835 6 {Analysis of test coverage or failure detectability}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/318357 6 {Simulation (computer simulation of digital circuits G06F30/3308)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/318364 5 {as a result of hardware simulation, e.g. in an HDL environment (computer-aided simulation of circuits G06F30/3308)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/318371 5 {Methodologies therefor, e.g. algorithms, procedures}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/318378 5 {of patterns for devices arranged in a network}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/318385 5 {Random or pseudo-random test pattern}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/318392 5 {for sequential circuits (G01R31/318544 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/3185 4 Reconfiguring for testing, e.g. LSSD, partitioning
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/318502 5 {Test of Combinational circuits}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/318505 5 {Test of Modular systems, e.g. Wafers, MCM's}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/318508 6 {Board Level Test, e.g. P1500 Standard (features related to boundary scan G01R31/318533)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/318511 6 {Wafer Test}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/318513 6 {Test of Multi-Chip-Moduls}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/318516 5 {Test of programmable logic devices [PLDs]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/318519 6 {Test of field programmable gate arrays [FPGA]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/318522 5 {Test of Sequential circuits (test of microprocessors G06F11/2236, test of ALU's G06F11/2226)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/318525 6 {Test of flip-flops or latches}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/318527 6 {Test of counters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/31853 6 {Test of registers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/318533 5 {using scanning techniques, e.g. LSSD, Boundary Scan, JTAG}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/318536 6 {Scan chain arrangements, e.g. connections, test bus, analog signals}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/318538 7 {Topological or mechanical aspects}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/318541 6 {Scan latches or cell details}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/318544 6 {Scanning methods, algorithms and patterns (G01R31/3183 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/318547 7 {Data generators or compressors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/31855 7 {Interconnection testing, e.g. crosstalk, shortcircuits}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/318552 6 {Clock circuits details}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/318555 6 {Control logic}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/318558 6 {Addressing or selecting of subparts of the device under test}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/318561 7 {Identification of the subpart}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/318563 7 {Multiple simultaneous testing of subparts}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/318566 6 {Comparators; Diagnosing the device under test}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/318569 6 {Error indication, logging circuits}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/318572 6 {Input/Output interfaces}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/318575 6 {Power distribution; Power saving}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/318577 6 {AC testing, e.g. current testing, burn-in}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/31858 7 {Delay testing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/318583 6 {Design for test}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/318586 7 {with partial scan or non-scannable parts}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/318588 7 {Security aspects}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/318591 7 {Tools}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/318594 6 {Timing aspects (clock circuits G01R31/318552)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/318597 6 {JTAG or boundary scan test of memory devices (other scan testing of memories G11C29/32)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/3187 4 Built-in tests
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/319 4 Tester hardware, i.e. output processing circuits
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/31901 5 {Analysis of tester Performance; Tester characterization}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/31903 5 {tester configuration}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/31905 6 {Interface with the device under test [DUT], e.g. arrangements between the test head and the DUT, mechanical aspects, fixture}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/31907 6 {Modular tester, e.g. controlling and coordinating instruments in a bus based architecture}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/31908 6 {Tester set-up, e.g. configuring the tester to the device under test [DUT], down loading test patterns}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/3191 7 {Calibration}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/31912 6 {Tester/user interface}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/31914 6 {Portable Testers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/31915 6 {In-circuit Testers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/31917 5 {Stimuli generation or application of test patterns to the device under test [DUT]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/31919 6 {Storing and outputting test patterns (G01R31/31924 takes precedence; arithmetic and random test patterns generator)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/31921 7 {using compression techniques, e.g. patterns sequencer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/31922 6 {Timing generation or clock distribution (G01R31/3191 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/31924 6 {Voltage or current aspects, e.g. driver, receiver}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/31926 6 {Routing signals to or from the device under test [DUT], e.g. switch matrix, pin multiplexing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/31928 6 {Formatter (driver, receiver details G01R31/31924)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/3193 5 with comparison between actual response and known fault free response {(receiver details G01R31/31924)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/31932 6 {Comparators}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/31935 6 {Storing data, e.g. failure memory}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/31937 6 {Timing aspects, e.g. measuring propagation delay (G01R31/3191 and G01R31/31922 take precedence; marginal testing G06F11/24)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/327 1 Testing of circuit interrupters, switches or circuit-breakers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/3271 2 {of high voltage or medium voltage devices (G01R31/333 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/3272 3 {Apparatus, systems or circuits therefor (G01R31/3275 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/3274 4 {Details related to measuring, e.g. sensing, displaying or computing; Measuring of variables related to the contact pieces, e.g. wear, position or resistance (measuring contact resistance G01R27/205)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/3275 3 {Fault detection or status indication}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/3277 2 {of low voltage devices, e.g. domestic or industrial devices, such as motor protections, relays, rotation switches}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/3278 3 {of relays, solenoids or reed switches (measuring contact resistance G01R27/205; high voltage magnetic switches G01R31/3271, G01R31/333; testing electric windings G01R31/72; monitoring of fail safe circuits H01H47/002)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/333 2 Testing of the switching capacity of high-voltage circuit-breakers {; Testing of breaking capacity or related variables, e.g. post arc current or transient recovery voltage}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/3333 3 {Apparatus, systems or circuits therefor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/3336 4 {Synthetic testing, i.e. with separate current and voltage generators simulating distance fault conditions}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/34 1 Testing dynamo-electric machines
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/343 2 {in operation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/346 2 {Testing of armature or field windings}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/36 1 Arrangements for testing, measuring or monitoring the electrical condition of accumulators or electric batteries, e.g. capacity or state of charge [SoC]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/364 2 Battery terminal connectors with integrated measuring arrangements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/3644 2 {Constructional arrangements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/3646 3 {for indicating electrical conditions or variables, e.g. visual or audible indicators}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/3647 3 {for determining the ability of a battery to perform a critical function, e.g. cranking}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/3648 3 {comprising digital calculation means, e.g. for performing an algorithm}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/367 2 Software therefor, e.g. for battery testing using modelling or look-up tables
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/371 2 with remote indication, e.g. on external chargers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/374 2 with means for correcting the measurement for temperature or ageing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/378 2 specially adapted for the type of battery or accumulator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/379 3 for lead-acid batteries
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/38 3 {Primary cells, i.e. not rechargeable}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/382 2 Arrangements for monitoring battery or accumulator variables, e.g. SoC
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/3828 3 using current integration
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/3832 4 without measurement of battery voltage
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/3833 5 {using analog integrators, e.g. coulomb-meters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/3835 3 involving only voltage measurements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/3842 3 combining voltage and current measurements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/385 2 Arrangements for measuring battery or accumulator variables (for monitoring G01R31/382)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/386 3 {using test-loads}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/3865 3 {related to manufacture, e.g. testing after manufacture}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/387 3 Determining ampere-hour charge capacity or SoC
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/388 4 involving voltage measurements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/389 2 Measuring internal impedance, internal conductance or related variables
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/392 2 Determining battery ageing or deterioration, e.g. state of health
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/396 2 Acquisition or processing of data for testing or for monitoring individual cells or groups of cells within a battery
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/40 1 Testing power supplies (testing photovoltaic devices H02S50/10)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/42 2 AC power supplies
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/44 1 Testing lamps
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/50 1 Testing of electric apparatus, lines, cables or components for short-circuits, continuity, leakage current or incorrect line connections (testing of sparking plugs H01T13/58)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/52 2 Testing for short-circuits, leakage current or ground faults
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/54 2 Testing for continuity
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/55 2 Testing for incorrect line connections
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/56 2 Testing of electric apparatus (testing of transformers G01R31/62; testing of connections G01R31/66)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/58 2 Testing of lines, cables or conductors (testing of electric windings G01R31/72)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/59 3 while the cable continuously passes the testing apparatus, e.g. during manufacture
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/60 3 Identification of wires in a multicore cable
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/62 2 Testing of transformers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/64 2 Testing of capacitors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/66 2 Testing of connections, e.g. of plugs or non-disconnectable joints (testing for incorrect line connections G01R31/55)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/67 3 Testing the correctness of wire connections in electric apparatus or circuits
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/68 3 Testing of releasable connections, e.g. of terminals mounted on a printed circuit board
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/69 4 of terminals at the end of a cable or a wire harness; of plugs; of sockets, e.g. wall sockets or power sockets in appliances
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/70 3 Testing of connections between components and printed circuit boards (G01R31/68 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/71 4 Testing of solder joints
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/72 2 Testing of electric windings (testing of transformers G01R31/62)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R31/74 2 Testing of fuses
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/00 0 Arrangements or instruments for measuring magnetic variables
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/0005 1 {Geometrical arrangement of magnetic sensor elements; Apparatus combining different magnetic sensor types (G01R33/0206 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/0011 1 {comprising means, e.g. flux concentrators, flux guides, for guiding or concentrating the magnetic flux, e.g. to the magnetic sensor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/0017 1 {Means for compensating offset magnetic fields or the magnetic flux to be measured; Means for generating calibration magnetic fields}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/0023 1 {Electronic aspects, e.g. circuits for stimulation, evaluation, control; Treating the measured signals; calibration (G01R33/0017 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/0029 2 {Treating the measured signals, e.g. removing offset or noise}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/0035 2 {Calibration of single magnetic sensors, e.g. integrated calibration}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/0041 2 {using feed-back or modulation techniques}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/0047 1 {Housings or packaging of magnetic sensors (packaging of semiconductor devices H01L23/00); Holders}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/0052 1 {Manufacturing aspects; Manufacturing of single devices, i.e. of semiconductor magnetic sensor chips (devices based on galvano-magnetic effect or the like H10N50/85)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/0058 1 {using bistable elements, e.g. Reed switches}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/0064 1 {comprising means for performing simulations, e.g. of the magnetic variable to be measured}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/007 1 {Environmental aspects, e.g. temperature variations, radiation, stray fields (G01R33/025 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/0076 2 {Protection, e.g. with housings against stray fields}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/0082 2 {Compensation, e.g. compensating for temperature changes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/0088 1 {use of bistable or switching devices, e.g. Reed-switches}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/0094 1 {Sensor arrays}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/02 1 Measuring direction or magnitude of magnetic fields or magnetic flux (G01R33/20 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/0206 2 {Three-component magnetometers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/0213 2 {using deviation of charged particles by the magnetic field}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/022 2 Measuring gradient
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/025 2 Compensating stray fields {(G01R33/0017 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/028 2 Electrodynamic magnetometers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/0283 3 {in which a current or voltage is generated due to relative movement of conductor and magnetic field}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/0286 3 {comprising microelectromechanical systems [MEMS] (MEMS devices in general B81B)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/032 2 using magneto-optic devices, e.g. Faraday {or Cotton-Mouton effect}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/0322 3 {using the Faraday or Voigt effect}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/0325 3 {using the Kerr effect}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/0327 3 {with application of magnetostriction}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/035 2 using superconductive devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/0352 3 {Superconductive magneto-resistances}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/0354 3 {SQUIDS}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/0356 4 {with flux feedback}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/0358 4 {coupling the flux to the SQUID (gradiometer coils G01R33/022; coils with superconductive winding H01F6/06)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/038 2 using permanent magnets, e.g. balances, torsion devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/0385 3 {in relation with magnetic force measurements (magnetic force microscopes G01Q60/50)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/04 2 using the flux-gate principle
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/045 3 {in single-, or multi-aperture elements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/05 3 in thin-film element
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/06 2 using galvano-magnetic devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/063 3 {Magneto-impedance sensors; Nanocristallin sensors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/066 3 {field-effect magnetic sensors, e.g. magnetic transistor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/07 3 Hall effect devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/072 4 {Constructional adaptation of the sensor to specific applications}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/075 5 {Hall devices configured for spinning current measurements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/077 4 {Vertical Hall-effect devices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/09 3 Magnetoresistive devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/091 4 {Constructional adaptation of the sensor to specific applications}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/093 4 {using multilayer structures, e.g. giant magnetoresistance sensors (thin magnetic films H01F10/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/095 4 {extraordinary magnetoresistance sensors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/096 4 {anisotropic magnetoresistance sensors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/098 4 {comprising tunnel junctions, e.g. tunnel magnetoresistance sensors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/10 2 Plotting field distribution {; Measuring field distribution}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/12 1 Measuring magnetic properties of articles or specimens of solids or fluids (involving magnetic resonance G01R33/20)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/1207 2 {Testing individual magnetic storage devices, e.g. records carriers or digital storage elements (functional testing G06F11/00, G06F11/28)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/1215 2 {Measuring magnetisation; Particular magnetometers therefor (G01R33/14 takes precedence; electrodynamic magnetometers G01R33/028)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/1223 2 {Measuring permeability, i.e. permeameters (G01R33/14 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/123 2 {Measuring loss due to hysteresis (G01R33/14 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/1238 2 {Measuring superconductive properties}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/1246 3 {Measuring critical current}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/1253 2 {Measuring galvano-magnetic properties}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/1261 2 {using levitation techniques}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/1269 2 {of molecules labeled with magnetic beads (magnetic particles for bio assay G01N33/54326)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/1276 2 {of magnetic particles, e.g. imaging of magnetic nanoparticles (G01R33/1269 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/1284 2 {Spin resolved measurements; Influencing spins during measurements, e.g. in spintronics devices (G01R33/093 takes precedence; semiconductor devices using spin polarized carriers H01L29/66984)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/1292 2 {Measuring domain wall position or domain wall motion}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/14 2 Measuring or plotting hysteresis curves {(G01R33/1207 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/16 2 Measuring susceptibility {(G01R33/1238 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/18 2 Measuring magnetostrictive properties
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/20 1 involving magnetic resonance (medical aspects A61B5/055; magnetic resonance gyrometers G01C19/60)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/24 2 for measuring direction or magnitude of magnetic fields or magnetic flux
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/243 3 {Spatial mapping of the polarizing magnetic field}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/246 3 {Spatial mapping of the RF magnetic field B1}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/26 3 using optical pumping
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/28 2 Details of apparatus provided for in groups G01R33/44 - G01R33/64
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/281 3 {Means for the use of in vitro contrast agents (G01R33/282 takes precedence; involving use of a contrast agent in MR imaging G01R33/5601; in vivo contrast agents A61K49/0002)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/282 3 {Means specially adapted for hyperpolarisation or for hyperpolarised contrast agents, e.g. for the generation of hyperpolarised gases using optical pumping cells, for storing hyperpolarised contrast agents or for the determination of the polarisation of a hyperpolarised contrast agent}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/283 3 {Intercom or optical viewing arrangements, structurally associated with NMR apparatus}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/285 3 {Invasive instruments, e.g. catheters or biopsy needles, specially adapted for tracking, guiding or visualization by NMR}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/286 4 {involving passive visualization of interventional instruments, i.e. making the instrument visible as part of the normal MR process}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/287 4 {involving active visualization of interventional instruments, e.g. using active tracking RF coils or coils for intentionally creating magnetic field inhomogeneities}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/288 3 {Provisions within MR facilities for enhancing safety during MR, e.g. reduction of the specific absorption rate [SAR], detection of ferromagnetic objects in the scanner room}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/30 3 Sample handling arrangements, e.g. sample cells, spinning mechanisms
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/302 4 {Miniaturized sample handling arrangements for sampling small quantities, e.g. flow-through microfluidic NMR chips}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/305 4 {specially adapted for high-pressure applications}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/307 4 {specially adapted for moving the sample relative to the MR system, e.g. spinning mechanisms, flow cells or means for positioning the sample inside a spectrometer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/31 4 Temperature control thereof
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/32 3 Excitation or detection systems, e.g. using radio frequency signals
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/323 4 {Detection of MR without the use of RF or microwaves, e.g. force-detected MR, thermally detected MR, MR detection via electrical conductivity, optically detected MR}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/326 5 {involving a SQUID}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/34 4 Constructional details, e.g. resonators {, specially adapted to MR}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/34007 5 {Manufacture of RF coils, e.g. using printed circuit board technology; additional hardware for providing mechanical support to the RF coil assembly or to part thereof, e.g. a support for moving the coil assembly relative to the remainder of the MR system}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/34015 5 {Temperature-controlled RF coils}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/34023 6 {Superconducting RF coils}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/3403 6 {Means for cooling of the RF coils, e.g. a refrigerator or a cooling vessel specially adapted for housing an RF coil}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/34038 5 {Loopless coils, i.e. linear wire antennas}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/34046 5 {Volume type coils, e.g. bird-cage coils; Quadrature bird-cage coils; Circularly polarised coils}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/34053 6 {Solenoid coils; Toroidal coils}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/34061 6 {Helmholtz coils}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/34069 6 {Saddle coils}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/34076 6 {Birdcage coils}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/34084 5 {implantable coils or coils being geometrically adaptable to the sample, e.g. flexible coils or coils comprising mutually movable parts}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/34092 5 {RF coils specially adapted for NMR spectrometers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/341 5 comprising surface coils
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/3415 6 comprising arrays of sub-coils {, i.e. phased-array coils with flexible receiver channels}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/343 5 of slotted-tube or loop-gap type
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/345 5 of waveguide type (G01R33/343 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/3453 6 {Transverse electromagnetic [TEM] coils}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/3456 7 {Stripline resonators}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/36 4 Electrical details, e.g. matching or coupling of the coil to the receiver
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/3607 5 {RF waveform generators, e.g. frequency generators, amplitude-, frequency- or phase modulators or shifters, pulse programmers, digital to analog converters for the RF signal, means for filtering or attenuating of the RF signal}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/3614 5 {RF power amplifiers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/3621 5 {NMR receivers or demodulators, e.g. preamplifiers, means for frequency modulation of the MR signal using a digital down converter, means for analog to digital conversion [ADC] or for filtering or processing of the MR signal such as bandpass filtering, resampling, decimation or interpolation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/3628 5 {Tuning/matching of the transmit/receive coil}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/3635 6 {Multi-frequency operation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/3642 5 {Mutual coupling or decoupling of multiple coils, e.g. decoupling of a receive coil from a transmission coil, or intentional coupling of RF coils, e.g. for RF magnetic field amplification}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/365 6 {Decoupling of multiple RF coils wherein the multiple RF coils have the same function in MR, e.g. decoupling of a receive coil from another receive coil in a receive coil array, decoupling of a transmission coil from another transmission coil in a transmission coil array}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/3657 6 {Decoupling of multiple RF coils wherein the multiple RF coils do not have the same function in MR, e.g. decoupling of a transmission coil from a receive coil}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/3664 5 {Switching for purposes other than coil coupling or decoupling, e.g. switching between a phased array mode and a quadrature mode, switching between surface coil modes of different geometrical shapes, switching from a whole body reception coil to a local reception coil or switching for automatic coil selection in moving table MR or for changing the field-of-view (G01R33/3671 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/3671 5 {involving modulation of the quality factor of the RF coil (G01R33/3642 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/3678 5 {involving quadrature drive or detection, e.g. a circularly polarized RF magnetic field}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/3685 5 {Means for reducing sheath currents, e.g. RF traps, baluns}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/3692 5 {involving signal transmission without using electrically conductive connections, e.g. wireless communication or optical communication of the MR signal or an auxiliary signal other than the MR signal}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/38 3 Systems for generation, homogenisation or stabilisation of the main or gradient magnetic field
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/3802 4 {Manufacture or installation of magnet assemblies; Additional hardware for transportation or installation of the magnet assembly or for providing mechanical support to components of the magnet assembly}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/3804 4 {Additional hardware for cooling or heating of the magnet assembly, for housing a cooled or heated part of the magnet assembly or for temperature control of the magnet assembly}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/3806 4 {Open magnet assemblies for improved access to the sample, e.g. C-type or U-type magnets}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/3808 4 {Magnet assemblies for single-sided MR wherein the magnet assembly is located on one side of a subject only; Magnet assemblies for inside-out MR, e.g. for MR in a borehole or in a blood vessel, or magnet assemblies for fringe-field MR}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/381 4 using electromagnets
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/3815 5 with superconducting coils, e.g. power supply therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/383 4 using permanent magnets
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/385 4 using gradient magnetic field coils
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/3852 5 {Gradient amplifiers; means for controlling the application of a gradient magnetic field to the sample, e.g. a gradient signal synthesizer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/3854 5 {means for active and/or passive vibration damping or acoustical noise suppression in gradient magnet coil systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/3856 5 {Means for cooling the gradient coils or thermal shielding of the gradient coils}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/3858 5 {Manufacture and installation of gradient coils, means for providing mechanical support to parts of the gradient-coil assembly (manufacture of inductances or coils in general H01F41/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/387 4 Compensation of inhomogeneities
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/3873 5 using ferromagnetic bodies {; Passive shimming}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/3875 5 using correction coil assemblies, e.g. active shimming
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/389 4 Field stabilisation {, e.g. by field measurements and control means or indirectly by current stabilisation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/42 3 Screening
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/421 4 of main or gradient magnetic field
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/4215 5 {of the gradient magnetic field, e.g. using passive or active shielding of the gradient magnetic field}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/422 4 of the radio frequency field
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/44 2 using nuclear magnetic resonance [NMR] (G01R33/24, G01R33/62 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/441 3 {Nuclear Quadrupole Resonance [NQR] Spectroscopy and Imaging}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/443 3 {Assessment of an electric or a magnetic field, e.g. spatial mapping, determination of a B0 drift or dosimetry}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/445 3 {MR involving a non-standard magnetic field B0, e.g. of low magnitude as in the earth's magnetic field or in nanoTesla spectroscopy, comprising a polarizing magnetic field for pre-polarisation, B0 with a temporal variation of its magnitude or direction such as field cycling of B0 or rotation of the direction of B0, or spatially inhomogeneous B0 like in fringe-field MR or in stray-field imaging}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/446 3 {Multifrequency selective RF pulses, e.g. multinuclear acquisition mode (spatially selective RF pulses G01R33/4833)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/448 3 {Relaxometry, i.e. quantification of relaxation times or spin density (G01R33/50 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/46 3 NMR spectroscopy
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/4608 4 {RF excitation sequences for enhanced detection, e.g. NOE, polarisation transfer, selection of a coherence transfer pathway}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/4616 4 {using specific RF pulses or specific modulation schemes, e.g. stochastic excitation, adiabatic RF pulses, composite pulses, binomial pulses, Shinnar-le-Roux pulses, spectrally selective pulses not being used for spatial selection}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/4625 4 {Processing of acquired signals, e.g. elimination of phase errors, baseline fitting, chemometric analysis}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/4633 4 {Sequences for multi-dimensional NMR}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/4641 4 {Sequences for NMR spectroscopy of samples with ultrashort relaxation times such as solid samples}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/465 4 applied to biological material, e.g. in vitro testing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/48 3 NMR imaging systems
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/4802 4 {Travelling-wave MR}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/4804 4 {Spatially selective measurement of temperature or pH}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/4806 4 {Functional imaging of brain activation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/4808 4 {Multimodal MR, e.g. MR combined with positron emission tomography [PET], MR combined with ultrasound or MR combined with computed tomography [CT]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/481 5 {MR combined with positron emission tomography [PET] or single photon emission computed tomography [SPECT]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/4812 5 {MR combined with X-ray or computed tomography [CT]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/4814 5 {MR combined with ultrasound}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/4816 4 {NMR imaging of samples with ultrashort relaxation times such as solid samples, e.g. MRI using ultrashort TE [UTE], single point imaging, constant time imaging}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/4818 4 {MR characterised by data acquisition along a specific k-space trajectory or by the temporal order of k-space coverage, e.g. centric or segmented coverage of k-space}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/482 5 {using a Cartesian trajectory}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/4822 6 {in three dimensions}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/4824 5 {using a non-Cartesian trajectory}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/4826 6 {in three dimensions}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/4828 4 {Resolving the MR signals of different chemical species, e.g. water-fat imaging}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/483 4 with selection of signals or spectra from particular regions of the volume, e.g. in vivo spectroscopy
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/4831 5 {using B1 gradients, e.g. rotating frame techniques, use of surface coils}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/4833 5 {using spatially selective excitation of the volume of interest, e.g. selecting non-orthogonal or inclined slices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/4835 6 {of multiple slices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/4836 6 {using an RF pulse being spatially selective in more than one spatial dimension, e.g. a 2D pencil-beam excitation pulse}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/4838 5 {using spatially selective suppression or saturation of MR signals}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/485 5 based on chemical shift information {[CSI] or spectroscopic imaging, e.g. to acquire the spatial distributions of metabolites}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/50 4 based on the determination of relaxation times {, e.g. T1 measurement by IR sequences; T2 measurement by multiple-echo sequences}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/54 4 Signal processing systems, e.g. using pulse sequences {; Generation or control of pulse sequences; Operator console}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/543 5 {Control of the operation of the MR system, e.g. setting of acquisition parameters prior to or during MR data acquisition, dynamic shimming, use of one or more scout images for scan plane prescription (G01R33/546 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/546 5 {Interface between the MR system and the user, e.g. for controlling the operation of the MR system or for the design of pulse sequences}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/56 5 Image enhancement or correction, e.g. subtraction or averaging techniques {, e.g. improvement of signal-to-noise ratio and resolution}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/5601 6 {involving use of a contrast agent for contrast manipulation, e.g. a paramagnetic, super-paramagnetic, ferromagnetic or hyperpolarised contrast agent}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/5602 6 {by filtering or weighting based on different relaxation times within the sample, e.g. T1 weighting using an inversion pulse}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/5604 6 {Microscopy; Zooming}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/5605 6 {by transferring coherence or polarization from a spin species to another, e.g. creating magnetization transfer contrast [MTC], polarization transfer using nuclear Overhauser enhancement [NOE]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/5607 6 {by reducing the NMR signal of a particular spin species, e.g. of a chemical species for fat suppression, or of a moving spin species for black-blood imaging}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/5608 6 {Data processing and visualization specially adapted for MR, e.g. for feature analysis and pattern recognition on the basis of measured MR data, segmentation of measured MR data, edge contour detection on the basis of measured MR data, for enhancing measured MR data in terms of signal-to-noise ratio by means of noise filtering or apodization, for enhancing measured MR data in terms of resolution by means for deblurring, windowing, zero filling, or generation of gray-scaled images, colour-coded images or images displaying vectors instead of pixels (image data processing or generation, in general G06T)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/561 6 by reduction of the scanning time, i.e. fast acquiring systems, e.g. using echo-planar pulse sequences
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/5611 7 {Parallel magnetic resonance imaging, e.g. sensitivity encoding [SENSE], simultaneous acquisition of spatial harmonics [SMASH], unaliasing by Fourier encoding of the overlaps using the temporal dimension [UNFOLD], k-t-broad-use linear acquisition speed-up technique [k-t-BLAST], k-t-SENSE (structural details of arrays of sub-coils G01R33/3415)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/5612 8 {Parallel RF transmission, i.e. RF pulse transmission using a plurality of independent transmission channels}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/5613 7 {Generating steady state signals, e.g. low flip angle sequences [FLASH]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/5614 8 {using a fully balanced steady-state free precession [bSSFP] pulse sequence, e.g. trueFISP}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/5615 7 {Echo train techniques involving acquiring plural, differently encoded, echo signals after one RF excitation, e.g. using gradient refocusing in echo planar imaging [EPI], RF refocusing in rapid acquisition with relaxation enhancement [RARE] or using both RF and gradient refocusing in gradient and spin echo imaging [GRASE]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/5616 8 {using gradient refocusing, e.g. EPI}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/5617 8 {using RF refocusing, e.g. RARE}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/5618 8 {using both RF and gradient refocusing, e.g. GRASE}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/5619 7 {by temporal sharing of data, e.g. keyhole, block regional interpolation scheme for k-Space [BRISK]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/563 6 of moving material, e.g. flow contrast angiography
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/56308 7 {Characterization of motion or flow; Dynamic imaging}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/56316 8 {involving phase contrast techniques}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/56325 8 {Cine imaging}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/56333 8 {Involving spatial modulation of the magnetization within an imaged region, e.g. spatial modulation of magnetization [SPAMM] tagging (perfusion imaging based on arterial spin tagging G01R33/56366)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/56341 7 {Diffusion imaging}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/5635 7 {Angiography, e.g. contrast-enhanced angiography [CE-MRA] or time-of-flight angiography [TOF-MRA]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/56358 7 {Elastography}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/56366 7 {Perfusion imaging}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/56375 7 {Intentional motion of the sample during MR, e.g. moving table imaging}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/56383 8 {involving motion of the sample as a whole, e.g. multistation MR or MR with continuous table motion}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/56391 8 {involving motion of a part of the sample with respect to another part of the sample, e.g. MRI of active joint motion}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/565 6 Correction of image distortions, e.g. due to magnetic field inhomogeneities
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/56509 7 {due to motion, displacement or flow, e.g. gradient moment nulling (G01R33/567 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/56518 7 {due to eddy currents, e.g. caused by switching of the gradient magnetic field}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/56527 7 {due to chemical shift effects}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/56536 7 {due to magnetic susceptibility variations}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/56545 7 {caused by finite or discrete sampling, e.g. Gibbs ringing, truncation artefacts, phase aliasing artefacts}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/56554 7 {caused by acquiring plural, differently encoded echo signals after one RF excitation, e.g. correction for readout gradients of alternating polarity in EPI}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/56563 7 {caused by a distortion of the main magnetic field B0, e.g. temporal variation of the magnitude or spatial inhomogeneity of B0 (G01R33/56509, G01R33/56518, G01R33/56536 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/56572 7 {caused by a distortion of a gradient magnetic field, e.g. non-linearity of a gradient magnetic field (G01R33/56509, G01R33/56518, G01R33/56536 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/56581 8 {due to Maxwell fields, i.e. concomitant fields}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/5659 7 {caused by a distortion of the RF magnetic field, e.g. spatial inhomogeneities of the RF magnetic field (G01R33/56509, G01R33/56518, G01R33/56536 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/567 6 gated by physiological signals {, i.e. synchronization of acquired MR data with periodical motion of an object of interest, e.g. monitoring or triggering system for cardiac or respiratory gating}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/5673 7 {Gating or triggering based on a physiological signal other than an MR signal, e.g. ECG gating or motion monitoring using optical systems for monitoring the motion of a fiducial marker}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/5676 7 {Gating or triggering based on an MR signal, e.g. involving one or more navigator echoes for motion monitoring and correction}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/58 4 Calibration of imaging systems, e.g. using test probes {, Phantoms; Calibration objects or fiducial markers such as active or passive RF coils surrounding an MR active material}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/583 5 {Calibration of signal excitation or detection systems, e.g. for optimal RF excitation power or frequency (G01R33/246 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/586 6 {for optimal flip angle of RF pulses}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/60 2 using electron paramagnetic resonance (G01R33/24, G01R33/62 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/62 2 using double resonance (G01R33/24 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R33/64 2 using cyclotron resonance (G01R33/24 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R35/00 0 Testing or calibrating of apparatus covered by the other groups of this subclass
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R35/002 1 {of cathode ray oscilloscopes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R35/005 1 {Calibrating; Standards or reference devices, e.g. voltage or resistance standards, "golden" references (G01R33/0035, G01R35/002 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R35/007 2 {Standards or reference devices, e.g. voltage or resistance standards, "golden references"}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R35/02 1 of auxiliary devices, e.g. of instrument transformers according to prescribed transformation ratio, phase angle, or wattage rating
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R35/04 1 of instruments for measuring time integral of power or current
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01R35/06 2 by stroboscopic methods
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S RADIO DIRECTION-FINDING; RADIO NAVIGATION; DETERMINING DISTANCE OR VELOCITY BY USE OF RADIO WAVES; LOCATING OR PRESENCE-DETECTING BY USE OF THE REFLECTION OR RERADIATION OF RADIO WAVES; ANALOGOUS ARRANGEMENTS USING OTHER WAVES
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S1/00 0 Beacons or beacon systems transmitting signals having a characteristic or characteristics capable of being detected by non-directional receivers and defining directions, positions, or position lines fixed relatively to the beacon transmitters; Receivers co-operating therewith (position fixing by co-ordinating a plurality of determinations of direction or position lines G01S5/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S1/02 1 using radio waves (G01S19/00 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S1/022 2 {Means for monitoring or calibrating}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S1/024 3 {of beacon transmitters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S1/026 3 {of associated receivers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S1/028 3 {Simulation means, e.g. of beacon signals therefor (for teaching or training purposes G09B9/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S1/04 2 Details
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S1/042 3 {Transmitters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S1/0423 4 {Mounting or deployment thereof}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S1/0426 5 {Collocated with electrical equipment other than beacons }
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S1/0428 4 {Signal details}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S1/045 3 {Receivers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S1/047 3 {Displays or indicators (G01S1/06 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S1/06 3 Means for providing multiple indication, e.g. coarse and fine indications
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S1/08 2 Systems for determining direction or position line
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S1/10 3 using amplitude comparison of signals transmitted sequentially from antennas or antenna systems having differently-oriented overlapping directivity characteristics, e.g. equi-signal A-N type
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S1/12 4 the signals being transmitted sequentially from an antenna or antenna system having the orientation of its directivity characteristic periodically varied, e.g. by means of sequentially effective reflectors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S1/14 3 using amplitude comparison of signals transmitted simultaneously from antennas or antenna systems having differently oriented overlapping directivity-characteristics
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S1/16 4 Azimuthal guidance systems, e.g. system for defining aircraft approach path, localiser system
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S1/18 4 Elevational guidance systems, e.g. system for defining aircraft glide path
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S1/20 3 using a comparison of transit time of synchronised signals transmitted from non-directional antennas or antenna systems spaced apart, i.e. path-difference systems
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S1/22 4 the synchronised signals being frequency modulations on carrier waves and the transit times being compared by measuring difference of instantaneous frequencies of received carrier waves
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S1/24 4 the synchronised signals being pulses or equivalent modulations on carrier waves and the transit times being compared by measuring the difference in arrival time of a significant part of the modulations {, e.g. LORAN systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S1/245 5 {Details of receivers cooperating therewith, e.g. determining positive zero crossing of third cycle in LORAN-C}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S1/26 5 Systems in which pulses or time-base signals are generated locally at the receiver and brought into predetermined time-relationship with received signals, e.g. pulse duration coincides with time interval between arrival of significant part of modulation of signals received from first and second antennas or antenna systems
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S1/28 6 wherein the predetermined time-relationship is maintained automatically {contains no documents}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S1/30 4 the synchronised signals being continuous waves or intermittent trains of continuous waves, the intermittency not being for the purpose of determining direction or position line and the transit times being compared by measuring the phase difference
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S1/302 5 {Systems in which the direction is determined by using an interferometric type transmitting antenna array}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S1/304 5 {Analogous systems in which a beat frequency, obtained by heterodyning the signals, is compared in phase with a reference signal obtained by heterodyning the signals in a fixed reference point and transmitted therefrom, e.g. LORAC (long range accuracy) or TORAN systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S1/306 5 {Analogous systems in which frequency-related signals (harmonics) are compared in phase, e.g. DECCA systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S1/308 5 {particularly adapted to Omega systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S1/32 5 Systems in which the signals received, with or without amplification, or signals derived therefrom, are compared in phase directly {contains no documents}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S1/34 5 Systems in which first and second synchronised signals are transmitted from both antennas or antenna systems and a beat frequency, obtained by heterodyning the first signals with each other is compared in phase with a beat frequency obtained by heterodyning the second signals with each other
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S1/36 5 Systems in which a beat frequency, obtained by heterodyning the synchronised signals, is compared in phase with a reference signal having a phase substantially independent of direction {contains no documents}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S1/38 3 using comparison of [1] the phase of the envelope of the change of frequency, due to Doppler effect, of the signal transmitted by an antenna moving, or appearing to move, in a cyclic path with [2] the phase of a reference signal, the frequency of this reference signal being synchronised with that of the cyclic movement, or apparent cyclic movement, of the antenna
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S1/40 4 the apparent movement of the antenna being produced by cyclic sequential energisation of fixed antennas
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S1/42 3 Conical-scan beacons transmitting signals which indicate at a mobile receiver any displacement of the receiver from the conical-scan axis, e.g. for "beam-riding" missile control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S1/44 3 Rotating or oscillating beam beacons defining directions in the plane of rotation or oscillation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S1/46 4 Broad-beam systems producing at a receiver a substantially continuous sinusoidal envelope signal of the carrier wave of the beam, the phase angle of which is dependent upon the angle between the direction of the receiver from the beacon and a reference direction from the beacon, e.g. cardioid system
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S1/465 5 {using time-varying interference fields}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S1/48 5 wherein the phase angle of the direction-dependent envelope signal is a multiple of the direction angle, e.g. for "fine" bearing indication {TACAN}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S1/50 5 wherein the phase angle of the direction-dependent envelope signal is compared with a non-direction-dependent reference signal, {e.g. VOR}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S1/52 5 wherein the phase angles of a plurality of direction-dependent envelope signals produced by a plurality of beams rotating at different speeds or in different directions are compared
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S1/54 4 Narrow-beam systems producing at a receiver a pulse-type envelope signal of the carrier wave of the beam, the timing of which is dependent upon the angle between the direction of the receiver from the beacon and a reference direction from the beacon; Overlapping broad beam systems defining a narrow zone and producing at a receiver a pulse-type envelope signal of the carrier wave of the beam, the timing of which is dependent upon the angle between the direction of the receiver from the beacon and a reference direction from the beacon
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S1/56 5 Timing the pulse-type envelope signals derived by reception of the beam
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S1/58 5 wherein a characteristic of the beam transmitted or of an auxiliary signal is varied in time synchronously with rotation or oscillation of the beam
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S1/60 6 Varying frequency of beam signal or of auxiliary signal
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S1/62 6 Varying phase-relationship between beam and auxiliary signal
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S1/64 6 Varying pulse timing, e.g. varying interval between pulses radiated in pairs
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S1/66 6 Superimposing direction-indicating intelligence signals, e.g. speech, Morse
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S1/68 2 Marker, boundary, call-sign, or like beacons transmitting signals not carrying directional information
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S1/685 3 {using pulse modulation, e.g. pulse frequency modulation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S1/70 1 using electromagnetic waves other than radio waves
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S1/703 2 {Details}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S1/7032 3 {Transmitters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S1/7034 4 {Mounting or deployment thereof}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S1/7036 5 {Collocated with electrical equipment other than beacons}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S1/7038 4 {Signal details}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S1/705 2 {using gamma or X-rays}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S1/72 1 using ultrasonic, sonic or infrasonic waves
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S1/725 2 {Marker, boundary, call-sign or like beacons transmitting signals not carrying directional information}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S1/74 2 Details
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S1/75 3 {Transmitters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S1/751 4 {Mounting or deployment thereof}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S1/752 5 {Collocated with electrical equipment other than beacons }
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S1/753 4 {Signal details}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S1/76 2 Systems for determining direction or position line
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S1/763 3 {using the Doppler shift introduced by the relative motion between beacon and receiver}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S1/766 3 {Conical-scan beam beacons transmitting signals which indicate at a mobile receiver any displacement of the receiver from the conical-scan axis}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S1/78 3 using amplitude comparison of signals transmitted from transducers or transducer systems having differently-oriented characteristics
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S1/783 4 {the signals being transmitted sequentially}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S1/786 4 {the signals being transmitted simultaneously}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S1/80 3 using a comparison of transit time of synchronised signals transmitted from non-directional transducers or transducer systems spaced apart, i.e. path-difference systems
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S1/802 4 {the synchronised signals being frequency modulations on carrier waves and the transit times being compared by measuring difference of instantaneous frequencies of received carrier waves}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S1/805 4 {the synchronised signals being pulses or equivalent modulations on carrier waves and the transit times being compared by measuring the difference in arrival time of a significant part of the modulations}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S1/807 4 {the synchronised signals being continuous waves or intermittent trains of continuous waves, the intermittency not being for the purpose of determining direction or position line and the transit times being compared by measuring the phase difference}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S1/82 3 Rotating or oscillating beam beacons defining directions in the plane of rotation or oscillation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S3/00 0 Direction-finders for determining the direction from which infrasonic, sonic, ultrasonic, or electromagnetic waves, or particle emission, not having a directional significance, are being received (position-fixing by co-ordinating a plurality of determinations of direction or position lines G01S5/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S3/02 1 using radio waves
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S3/023 2 {Monitoring or calibrating}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S3/026 3 {Simulating means therefor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S3/04 2 Details
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S3/043 3 {Receivers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S3/046 3 {Displays or indicators}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S3/06 3 Means for increasing effective directivity, e.g. by combining signals having differently oriented directivity characteristics or by sharpening the envelope waveform of the signal derived from a rotating or oscillating beam antenna (comparing amplitude of signals having differently oriented directivity characteristics to determine direction G01S3/16, G01S3/28)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S3/065 4 {by using non-directional aerial}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S3/08 3 Means for reducing polarisation errors, e.g. by use of Adcock or spaced loop antenna systems
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S3/085 4 {by using spaced loop aerial systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S3/10 3 Means for reducing or compensating for quadrantal, site, or like errors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S3/12 3 Means for determining sense of direction, e.g. by combining signals from directional antenna or goniometer search coil with those from non-directional antenna (determining direction by amplitude comparison of signals derived by combining directional and non-directional signals G01S3/24, G01S3/34)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S3/14 2 Systems for determining direction or deviation from predetermined direction {(aerial arrangements for changing or varying the orientation or the shape of the directional pattern H01Q3/00; combinations of different interacting aerial units for giving a desired directional characteristic H01Q21/29; aerials or aerial systems providing at least two radiation patterns H01Q25/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S3/143 3 {by vectorial combination of signals derived from differently oriented antennae}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S3/146 3 {by comparing linear polarisation components}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S3/16 3 using amplitude comparison of signals derived sequentially from receiving antennas or antenna systems having differently-oriented directivity characteristics or from an antenna system having periodically-varied orientation of directivity characteristic
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S3/18 4 derived directly from separate directional antennas
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S3/20 4 derived by sampling signal received by an antenna system having periodically-varied orientation of directivity characteristic
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S3/22 4 derived from different combinations of signals from separate antennas, e.g. comparing sum with difference
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S3/24 5 the separate antennas comprising one directional antenna and one non-directional antenna, e.g. combination of loop and open antennas producing a reversed cardioid directivity characteristic
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S3/26 5 the separate antennas having differently-oriented directivity characteristics
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S3/28 3 using amplitude comparison of signals derived simultaneously from receiving antennas or antenna systems having differently-oriented directivity characteristics
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S3/30 4 derived directly from separate directional systems
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S3/32 4 derived from different combinations of signals from separate antennas, e.g. comparing sum with difference
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S3/325 5 {Automatic tracking systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S3/34 5 the separate antennas comprising one directional antenna and one non-directional antenna, e.g. combination of loop and open antennas producing a reversed cardioid directivity characteristic
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S3/36 5 the separate antennas having differently-oriented directivity characteristics
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S3/38 3 using adjustment of real or effective orientation of directivity characteristic of an antenna or an antenna system to give a desired condition of signal derived from that antenna or antenna system, e.g. to give a maximum or minimum signal (G01S3/16, G01S3/28 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S3/40 4 adjusting orientation of a single directivity characteristic to produce maximum or minimum signal, e.g. rotatable loop antenna or equivalent goniometer system
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S3/42 4 the desired condition being maintained automatically
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S3/44 4 the adjustment being varied periodically or continuously until it is halted automatically when the desired condition is attained
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S3/46 3 using antennas spaced apart and measuring phase or time difference between signals therefrom, i.e. path-difference systems
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S3/465 4 {the waves arriving at the aerials being frequency modulated and the frequency difference of signals therefrom being measured}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S3/48 4 the waves arriving at the antennas being continuous or intermittent and the phase difference of signals derived therefrom being measured
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S3/50 4 the waves arriving at the antennas being pulse modulated and the time difference of their arrival being measured
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S3/52 3 using a receiving antenna moving, or appearing to move, in a cyclic path to produce a Doppler variation of frequency of the received signal
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S3/54 4 the apparent movement of the antenna being produced by coupling the receiver cyclically and sequentially to each of several fixed spaced antennas
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S3/56 3 Conical-scan beam systems using signals indicative of the deviation of the direction of reception from the scan axis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S3/58 3 Rotating or oscillating beam systems using continuous analysis of received signal for determining direction in the plane of rotation or oscillation or for determining deviation from a predetermined direction in such a plane (G01S3/14 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S3/60 4 Broad-beam systems producing in the receiver a substantially sinusoidal envelope signal of the carrier wave of the beam, the phase angle of which is dependent upon the angle between the direction of the transmitter from the receiver and a reference direction from the receiver, e.g. cardioid system
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S3/62 5 wherein the phase angle of the signal is indicated by a cathode-ray tube
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S3/64 5 wherein the phase angle of the signal is determined by phase comparison with a reference alternating signal varying in synchronism with the directivity variation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S3/66 4 Narrow-beam systems producing in the receiver a pulse-type envelope signal of the carrier wave of the beam, the timing of which is dependent upon the angle between the direction of the transmitter from the receiver and a reference direction from the receiver; Overlapping broad-beam systems defining in the receiver a narrow zone and producing a pulse-type envelope signal of the carrier wave of the beam, the timing of which is dependent upon the angle between the direction of the transmitter from the receiver and a reference direction from the receiver
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S3/68 5 wherein the timing of the pulse-type envelope signal is indicated by cathode-ray tube
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S3/70 5 wherein the timing of the pulse-type envelope signal is determined by bringing a locally-generated pulse-type signal into coincidence or other predetermined time-relationship with the envelope signal
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S3/72 2 Diversity systems specially adapted for direction-finding
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S3/74 2 Multi-channel systems specially adapted for direction-finding, i.e. having a single antenna system capable of giving simultaneous indications of the directions of different signals (systems in which the directions of different signals are determined sequentially and displayed simultaneously G01S3/04, G01S3/14)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S3/78 1 using electromagnetic waves other than radio waves
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S3/7803 2 {Means for monitoring or calibrating}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S3/7806 2 {using gamma or X-rays}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S3/781 2 Details
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S3/782 2 Systems for determining direction or deviation from predetermined direction
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S3/783 3 using amplitude comparison of signals derived from static detectors or detector systems
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S3/7835 4 {using coding masks}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S3/784 4 using a mosaic of detectors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S3/785 3 using adjustment of orientation of directivity characteristics of a detector or detector system to give a desired condition of signal derived from that detector or detector system
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S3/786 4 the desired condition being maintained automatically
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S3/7861 5 {Solar tracking systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S3/7862 6 {mounted on a moving platform, e.g. space vehicle}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S3/7864 5 {T.V. type tracking systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S3/7865 6 {using correlation of the live video image with a stored image}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S3/7867 5 {Star trackers (navigation using star trackers G01C21/025)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S3/7868 5 {using horizon sensors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S3/787 3 using rotating reticles producing a direction-dependent modulation characteristic
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S3/788 4 producing a frequency modulation characteristic
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S3/789 3 using rotating or oscillating beam systems, e.g. using mirrors, prisms
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S3/80 1 using ultrasonic, sonic or infrasonic waves
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S3/8003 2 {Diversity systems specially adapted for direction finding}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S3/8006 2 {Multi-channel systems specially adapted for direction-finding, i.e. having a single aerial system capable of giving simultaneous indications of the directions of different signals}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S3/801 2 Details {(G01S3/82, G01S3/84, G01S3/86 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S3/802 2 Systems for determining direction or deviation from predetermined direction
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S3/8022 3 {using the Doppler shift introduced by the relative motion between source and receiver}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S3/8025 3 {Conical-scan beam systems using signals indicative of the deviation of the direction of reception from the scan axis}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S3/8027 3 {By vectorial composition of signals received by plural, differently-oriented transducers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S3/803 3 using amplitude comparison of signals derived from receiving transducers or transducer systems having differently-oriented directivity characteristics
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S3/8032 4 {wherein the signals are derived sequentially}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S3/8034 4 {wherein the signals are derived simultaneously}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S3/8036 5 {derived directly from separate directional systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S3/8038 5 {derived from different combinations of signals from separate transducers comparing sum with difference}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S3/805 3 using adjustment of real or effective orientation of directivity characteristics of a transducer or transducer system to give a desired condition of signal derived from that transducer or transducer system, e.g. to give a maximum or minimum signal
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S3/8055 4 {adjusting orientation of a single directivity characteristic to produce maximum or minimum signal}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S3/807 4 the desired condition being maintained automatically
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S3/808 3 using transducers spaced apart and measuring phase or time difference between signals therefrom, i.e. path-difference systems
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S3/8083 4 {determining direction of source}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S3/8086 4 {determining other position line of source}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S3/809 3 Rotating or oscillating beam systems using continuous analysis of received signal for determining direction in the plane of rotation or oscillation or for determining deviation from a predetermined direction in such a plane
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S3/82 2 with means for adjusting phase or compensating for time-lag errors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S3/84 2 with indication presented on cathode-ray tubes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S3/86 2 with means for eliminating undesired waves, e.g. disturbing noises
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S5/00 0 Position-fixing by co-ordinating two or more direction or position line determinations; Position-fixing by co-ordinating two or more distance determinations {(using active systems G01S13/00, G01S15/00, G01S17/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S5/0009 1 {Transmission of position information to remote stations (involving assistance data G01S5/0236)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S5/0018 2 {Transmission from mobile station to base station}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S5/0027 3 {of actual mobile position, i.e. position determined on mobile}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S5/0036 3 {of measured values, i.e. measurement on mobile and position calculation on base station}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S5/0045 2 {Transmission from base station to mobile station (G01S5/009 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S5/0054 3 {of actual mobile position, i.e. position calculation on base station}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S5/0063 3 {of measured values, i.e. measurement on base station and position calculation on mobile}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S5/0072 2 {Transmission between mobile stations, e.g. anti-collision systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S5/0081 2 {Transmission between base stations}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S5/009 2 {Transmission of differential positioning data to mobile}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S5/01 1 {Determining conditions which influence positioning, e.g. radio environment, state of motion or energy consumption}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S5/011 2 {Identifying the radio environment}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S5/012 2 {Identifying whether indoors or outdoors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S5/013 2 {Identifying areas in a building}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S5/014 2 {Identifying transitions between environments}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S5/015 3 {between indoor and outdoor environments}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S5/016 3 {between areas within a building}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S5/017 2 {Detecting state or type of motion}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S5/018 2 {Involving non-radio wave signals or measurements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S5/019 2 {Energy consumption}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S5/02 1 using radio waves (using satellite radio beacon systems for determining position G01S19/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S5/0205 2 {Details}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S5/021 3 {Calibration, monitoring or correction (G01S5/0252 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S5/0215 3 {Interference}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S5/0218 3 {Multipath in signal reception}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S5/0221 3 {Receivers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S5/02213 4 {Receivers arranged in a network for determining the position of a transmitter}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S5/02216 5 {Timing or synchronisation of the receivers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S5/0226 3 {Transmitters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S5/0231 4 {Emergency, distress or locator beacons}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S5/0236 3 {Assistance data, e.g. base station almanac}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S5/0242 3 {Determining the position of transmitters to be subsequently used in positioning (G01S5/0289 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S5/0244 3 {Accuracy or reliability of position solution or of measurements contributing thereto}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S5/0246 2 {involving frequency difference of arrival or Doppler measurements (G01S5/02685 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S5/0247 2 {Determining attitude}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S5/0249 2 {Determining position using measurements made by a non-stationary device other than the device whose position is being determined}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S5/0252 2 {Radio frequency fingerprinting}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S5/02521 3 {using a radio-map}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S5/02522 4 {The radio-map containing measured values of non-radio values}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S5/02523 4 {Details of interaction of receiver with radio-map}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S5/02524 4 {Creating or updating the radio-map}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S5/02525 5 {Gathering the radio frequency fingerprints}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S5/02526 6 {using non-dedicated equipment, e.g. user equipment or crowd-sourcing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S5/02527 5 {Detecting or resolving anomalies in the radio frequency fingerprints of the radio-map}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S5/02528 3 {Simulating radio frequency fingerprints}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S5/02529 3 {not involving signal parameters, i.e. only involving identifiers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S5/0257 2 {Hybrid positioning (by coordinating position lines of different shape G01S5/12)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S5/0258 3 {by combining or switching between measurements derived from different systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S5/02585 4 {at least one of the measurements being a non-radio measurement}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S5/0263 3 {by combining or switching between positions derived from two or more separate positioning systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S5/0264 4 {at least one of the systems being a non-radio wave positioning system}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S5/0268 3 {by deriving positions from different combinations of signals or of estimated positions in a single positioning system}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S5/02685 4 {involving dead reckoning based on radio wave measurements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S5/0269 2 {Inferred or constrained positioning, e.g. employing knowledge of the physical or electromagnetic environment, state of motion or other contextual information to infer or constrain a position}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S5/02695 3 {Constraining the position to lie on a curve or surface}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S5/0273 2 {using multipath or indirect path propagation signals in position determination}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S5/0278 2 {involving statistical or probabilistic considerations (G01S5/0252, G01S5/0294 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S5/0284 2 {Relative positioning}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S5/0289 3 {of multiple transceivers, e.g. in ad hoc networks}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S5/0294 2 {Trajectory determination or predictive filtering, e.g. target tracking or Kalman filtering}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S5/0295 2 {Proximity-based methods, e.g. position inferred from reception of particular signals}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S5/02955 3 {by computing a weighted average of the positions of the signal transmitters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S5/04 2 Position of source determined by a plurality of spaced direction-finders
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S5/06 2 Position of source determined by co-ordinating a plurality of position lines defined by path-difference measurements (G01S5/12 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S5/08 2 Position of single direction-finder fixed by determining direction of a plurality of spaced sources of known location
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S5/10 2 Position of receiver fixed by co-ordinating a plurality of position lines defined by path-difference measurements {, e.g. omega or decca systems}(G01S5/12 takes precedence {; beacons and receivers cooperating therewith G01S1/306, G01S1/308})
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S5/12 2 by co-ordinating position lines of different shape, e.g. hyperbolic, circular, elliptical or radial
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S5/14 2 Determining absolute distances from a plurality of spaced points of known location
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S5/145 3 {Using a supplementary range measurement, e.g. based on pseudo-range measurements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S5/16 1 using electromagnetic waves other than radio waves
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S5/163 2 {Determination of attitude (using inertial means G01C9/00; control of attitude G05D1/08)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S5/166 2 {using gamma or X-rays}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S5/18 1 using ultrasonic, sonic, or infrasonic waves
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S5/183 2 {Emergency, distress or locator beacons}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S5/186 2 {Determination of attitude (using inertial means G01C9/00; control of attitude G05D1/08)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S5/20 2 Position of source determined by a plurality of spaced direction-finders
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S5/22 2 Position of source determined by co-ordinating a plurality of position lines defined by path-difference measurements (G01S5/28 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S5/24 2 Position of single direction-finder fixed by determining direction of a plurality of spaced sources of known location
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S5/26 2 Position of receiver fixed by co-ordinating a plurality of position lines defined by path-difference measurements (G01S5/28 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S5/28 2 by co-ordinating position lines of different shape, e.g. hyperbolic, circular, elliptical or radial
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S5/30 2 Determining absolute distances from a plurality of spaced points of known location
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/00 0 Details of systems according to groups G01S13/00, G01S15/00, G01S17/00
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/003 1 {Transmission of data between radar, sonar or lidar systems and remote stations}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/006 2 {using shared front-end circuitry, e.g. antennas (G01S13/765, G01S13/825 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/02 1 of systems according to group G01S13/00
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/021 2 {Auxiliary means for detecting or identifying radar signals or the like, e.g. radar jamming signals}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/022 3 {Road traffic radar detectors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/023 2 {Interference mitigation, e.g. reducing or avoiding non-intentional interference with other HF-transmitters, base station transmitters for mobile communication or other radar systems, e.g. using electro-magnetic interference [EMI] reduction techniques (auxiliary means for detecting or identifying radar signals or the like G01S7/021; means for anti-jamming G01S7/36)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/0231 3 {Avoidance by polarisation multiplex}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/0232 3 {Avoidance by frequency multiplex}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/0233 3 {Avoidance by phase multiplex}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/0234 3 {Avoidance by code multiplex}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/0235 3 {Avoidance by time multiplex}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/0236 3 {Avoidance by space multiplex}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/024 2 {using polarisation effects (in waveguides H01P1/165; for aerials H01Q, e.g. H01Q15/22, H01Q15/24, H01Q19/195)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/025 3 {involving the transmission of linearly polarised waves}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/026 3 {involving the transmission of elliptically or circularly polarised waves}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/027 2 {Constructional details of housings, e.g. form, type, material or ruggedness}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/028 3 {Miniaturisation, e.g. surface mounted device [SMD] packaging or housings}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/03 2 Details of HF subsystems specially adapted therefor, e.g. common to transmitter and receiver
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/032 3 {Constructional details for solid-state radar subsystems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/034 3 {Duplexers (switching devices for waveguides H01P1/10; transmit-receive switching in transceivers H04B1/44)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/036 4 {involving a transfer mixer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/038 3 {Feedthrough nulling circuits}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/04 2 Display arrangements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/043 3 {Synchronising the display device with the scanning of the antenna}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/046 3 {using an intermediate storage device, e.g. a recording/reproducing device}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/06 3 Cathode-ray tube displays {or other two dimensional or three-dimensional displays}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/062 4 {in which different colours are used}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/064 4 {using a display memory for image processing (G01S7/298 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/066 5 {with means for showing the history of the radar trails, e.g. artificial remanence}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/068 4 {with data-rate converters preceding the display, e.g. flicker free display, constant brightness display (G01S7/298 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/08 4 with vernier indication of distance, e.g. using two cathode-ray tubes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/10 4 Providing two-dimensional and co-ordinated display of distance and direction
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/12 5 Plan-position indicators, i.e. P.P.I.
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/14 6 Sector, off-centre, or expanded angle display
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/16 5 Signals displayed as intensity modulation with rectangular co-ordinates representing distance and bearing, e.g. type B
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/18 5 Distance-height displays; Distance-elevation displays, e.g. type RHI, type E
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/20 4 Stereoscopic displays; Three-dimensional displays; Pseudo-three-dimensional displays
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/22 4 Producing cursor lines and indicia by electronic means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/24 4 the display being orientated or displaced in accordance with movement of object carrying the transmitting and receiving apparatus, e.g. true-motion radar
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/28 2 Details of pulse systems
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/2806 3 {Employing storage or delay devices which preserve the pulse form of the echo signal, e.g. for comparing and combining echoes received during different periods}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/2813 3 {Means providing a modification of the radiation pattern for cancelling noise, clutter or interfering signals, e.g. side lobe suppression, side lobe blanking, null-steering arrays (specially adapted to secondary radar systems G01S13/762; aerials or aerials systems H01Q21/29, H01Q25/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/282 3 Transmitters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/285 3 Receivers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/288 4 Coherent receivers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/2883 5 {using FFT processing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/2886 5 {using I/Q processing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/292 4 Extracting wanted echo-signals
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/2921 5 {based on data belonging to one radar period}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/2922 6 {by using a controlled threshold}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/2923 5 {based on data belonging to a number of consecutive radar periods}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/2925 6 {by using shape of radiation pattern}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/2926 6 {by integration}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/2927 6 {by deriving and controlling a threshold value}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/2928 6 {Random or non-synchronous interference pulse cancellers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/295 4 Means for transforming co-ordinates or for evaluating data, e.g. using computers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/2955 5 {Means for determining the position of the radar coordinate system for evaluating the position data of the target in another coordinate system (G01S7/24 takes precedence; sighting devices adapted for indirect laying of fire F41G3/16; inertial navigation G01C21/16)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/298 5 Scan converters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/32 4 Shaping echo pulse signals; Deriving non-pulse signals from echo pulse signals
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/34 4 Gain of receiver varied automatically during pulse-recurrence period, e.g. anti-clutter gain control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/35 2 Details of non-pulse systems
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/352 3 {Receivers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/354 4 {Extracting wanted echo-signals (Doppler systems G01S13/50)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/356 4 {involving particularities of FFT processing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/358 4 {using I/Q processing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/36 2 Means for anti-jamming {, e.g. ECCM, i.e. electronic counter-counter measures}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/38 2 Jamming means, e.g. producing false echoes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/40 2 Means for monitoring or calibrating
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/4004 3 {of parts of a radar system}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/4008 4 {of transmitters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/4013 5 {involving adjustment of the transmitted power}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/4017 4 {of HF systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/4021 4 {of receivers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/4026 4 {Antenna boresight}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/403 5 {in azimuth, i.e. in the horizontal plane}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/4034 5 {in elevation, i.e. in the vertical plane}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/4039 4 {of sensor or antenna obstruction, e.g. dirt- or ice-coating}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/4043 5 {including means to prevent or remove the obstruction}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/4047 6 {Heated dielectric lens, e.g. by heated wire}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/4052 3 {by simulation of echoes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/4056 4 {specially adapted to FMCW}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/406 4 {using internally generated reference signals, e.g. via delay line, via RF or IF signal injection or via integrated reference reflector or transponder}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/4065 5 {involving a delay line}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/4069 5 {involving a RF signal injection}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/4073 5 {involving an IF signal injection}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/4078 5 {involving an integrated reference reflector or reference transponder}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/4082 4 {using externally generated reference signals, e.g. via remote reflector or transponder}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/4086 5 {in a calibrating environment, e.g. anechoic chamber}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/4091 5 {during normal radar operation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/4095 5 {the external reference signals being modulated, e.g. rotating a dihedral reflector or modulating a transponder for simulation of a Doppler echo}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/41 2 using analysis of echo signal for target characterisation; Target signature; Target cross-section
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/411 3 {Identification of targets based on measurements of radar reflectivity (G01S7/415 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/412 4 {based on a comparison between measured values and known or stored values}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/414 3 {Discriminating targets with respect to background clutter}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/415 3 {Identification of targets based on measurements of movement associated with the target}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/417 3 {involving the use of neural networks}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/418 3 {Theoretical aspects}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/42 2 Diversity systems specially adapted for radar
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/48 1 of systems according to group G01S17/00
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/4802 2 {using analysis of echo signal for target characterisation; Target signature; Target cross-section}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/4804 2 {Auxiliary means for detecting or identifying lidar signals or the like, e.g. laser illuminators}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/4806 3 {Road traffic laser detectors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/4808 2 {Evaluating distance, position or velocity data}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/481 2 Constructional features, e.g. arrangements of optical elements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/4811 3 {common to transmitter and receiver}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/4812 4 {transmitted and received beams following a coaxial path}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/4813 4 {Housing arrangements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/4814 3 {of transmitters alone}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/4815 4 {using multiple transmitters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/4816 3 {of receivers alone}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/4817 3 {relating to scanning}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/4818 3 {using optical fibres}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/483 2 Details of pulse systems
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/484 3 Transmitters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/486 3 Receivers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/4861 4 Circuits for detection, sampling, integration or read-out
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/4863 5 Detector arrays, e.g. charge-transfer gates
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/4865 4 Time delay measurement, e.g. time-of-flight measurement, time of arrival measurement or determining the exact position of a peak (peak detection in noise, signal conditioning G01S7/487)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/4866 5 {by fitting a model or function to the received signal}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/4868 4 {Controlling received signal intensity or exposure of sensor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/487 4 Extracting wanted echo signals {, e.g. pulse detection}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/4873 5 {by deriving and controlling a threshold value}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/4876 5 {by removing unwanted signals (G01S7/495 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/489 4 Gain of receiver varied automatically during pulse-recurrence period
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/491 2 Details of non-pulse systems
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/4911 3 Transmitters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/4912 3 Receivers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/4913 4 Circuits for detection, sampling, integration or read-out
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/4914 5 of detector arrays, e.g. charge-transfer gates
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/4915 4 Time delay measurement, e.g. operational details for pixel components (signal extraction and conditioning G01S7/493); Phase measurement
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/4916 4 {using self-mixing in the laser cavity}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/4917 4 {superposing optical signals in a photodetector, e.g. optical heterodyne detection}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/4918 4 {Controlling received signal intensity, gain or exposure of sensor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/493 3 Extracting wanted echo signals
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/495 2 Counter-measures or counter-counter-measures {using electronic or electro-optical means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/497 2 Means for monitoring or calibrating
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/4972 3 {Alignment of sensor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S2007/4975 3 {of sensor obstruction by, e.g. dirt- or ice-coating, e.g. by reflection measurement on front-screen}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S2007/4977 4 {including means to prevent or remove the obstruction}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/499 2 using polarisation effects
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/51 2 Display arrangements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/52 1 of systems according to group G01S15/00
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/52001 2 {Auxiliary means for detecting or identifying sonar signals or the like, e.g. sonar jamming signals}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/52003 2 {Techniques for enhancing spatial resolution of targets (G01S7/52046 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/52004 2 {Means for monitoring or calibrating (short-range imaging G01S7/5205)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/52006 3 {with provision for compensating the effects of temperature}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S2007/52007 3 {involving adjustment of transmitted power}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S2007/52009 3 {of sensor obstruction, e.g. dirt- or ice-coating}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S2007/52011 4 {including means to prevent or remove the obstruction}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S2007/52012 3 {involving a reference ground return}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S2007/52014 3 {involving a reference reflector integrated in the sensor or transducer configuration}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/52015 2 {Diversity systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/52017 2 {particularly adapted to short-range imaging (G01S7/53 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/52019 3 {Details of transmitters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/5202 4 {for pulse systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/52022 5 {using a sequence of pulses, at least one pulse manipulating the transmissivity or reflexivity of the medium}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/52023 3 {Details of receivers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/52025 4 {for pulse systems (G01S7/52034 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/52026 5 {Extracting wanted echo signals (Doppler systems G01S15/50; Doppler short range imaging systems G01S15/8979)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/52028 6 {using digital techniques}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/5203 4 {for non-pulse systems, e.g. CW systems (G01S7/52034 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/52031 5 {Extracting wanted echo signals}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/52033 4 {Gain control of receivers (for seismic signals G01V1/245)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/52034 4 {Data rate converters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/52036 4 {using analysis of echo signal for target characterisation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/52038 5 {involving non-linear properties of the propagation medium or of the reflective target}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/52039 6 {exploiting the non-linear response of a contrast enhancer, e.g. a contrast agent (diagnostic techniques involving the use of contrast agents A61B8/481)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/52041 6 {detecting modification of a contrast enhancer, e.g. detecting the destruction of a contrast agent by an acoustic wave, e.g. loss of correlation (diagnostic techniques involving the use of contrast agents A61B8/481)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/52042 5 {determining elastic properties of the propagation medium or of the reflective target (diagnostic techniques involving the measurement of strain A61B8/485)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/52044 4 {Scan converters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/52046 3 {Techniques for image enhancement involving transmitter or receiver (image enhancement by image data processing G06T5/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/52047 4 {for elimination of side lobes or of grating lobes; for increasing resolving power}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/52049 4 {using correction of medium-induced phase aberration}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/5205 3 {Means for monitoring or calibrating}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/52052 4 {with simulation of echoes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/52053 3 {Display arrangements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/52055 4 {in association with ancillary recording equipment}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/52057 4 {Cathode ray tube displays}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/52058 5 {displaying one measured variable; A-scan display}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/5206 5 {Two-dimensional coordinated display of distance and direction; B-scan display}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/52061 6 {Plan position indication (PPI display); C-scan display}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/52063 6 {Sector scan display}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/52065 6 {Compound scan display, e.g. panoramic imaging}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/52066 6 {Time-position or time-motion displays}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/52068 5 {Stereoscopic displays; Three-dimensional displays; Pseudo 3D displays (G01S15/8993 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/52069 6 {Grey-scale displays}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/52071 5 {Multicolour displays; using colour coding; Optimising colour or information content in displays, e.g. parametric imaging}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/52073 5 {Production of cursor lines, markers or indicia by electronic means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/52074 5 {Composite displays, e.g. split-screen displays; Combination of multiple images or of images and alphanumeric tabular information}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/52076 3 {Luminous indicators}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/52077 3 {with means for elimination of unwanted signals, e.g. noise or interference}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/52079 3 {Constructional features (constructional features of transducers B06B; mounting transducers G10K11/00; constructional features of ultrasonic medical diagnostic devices A61B8/44)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/5208 4 {with integration of processing functions inside probe or scanhead}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/52082 4 {involving a modular construction, e.g. a computer with short range imaging equipment (modular ultrasonic medical diagnostic devices A61B8/4411)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/52084 4 {related to particular user interfaces (special user input means for ultrasonic medical diagnostic devices A61B8/467)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/52085 3 {Details related to the ultrasound signal acquisition, e.g. scan sequences (control of medical diagnostic ultrasound devices A61B8/54)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/52087 4 {using synchronization techniques (control of medical diagnostic ultrasound devices involving acquisition triggered by a physiological signal A61B8/543)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/52088 5 {involving retrospective scan line rearrangements (medical diagnostic ultrasound devices involving retrospective matching to a physiological signal A61B8/5284)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/5209 4 {using multibeam transmission}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/52092 5 {using frequency diversity}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/52093 5 {using coded signals (G01S15/8959 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/52095 4 {using multiline receive beamforming}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/52096 3 {related to power management, e.g. saving power or prolonging life of electronic components (details of power supplies for ultrasonic medical diagnostic imaging devices A61B8/56)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/52098 3 {related to workflow protocols}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/521 2 Constructional features
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/523 2 Details of pulse systems {(short-range imaging G01S7/52017; methods or devices for transmitting, conducting or directing sound G10K11/18)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/524 3 Transmitters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/526 3 Receivers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/527 4 Extracting wanted echo signals {(Doppler systems G01S15/50)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/5273 5 {using digital techniques}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/5276 5 {using analogue techniques}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/529 4 Gain of receiver varied automatically during pulse-recurrence period {(for seismic signals G01V1/245)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/53 4 Means for transforming coordinates or for evaluating data, e.g. using computers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/531 5 Scan converters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/533 5 Data rate converters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/534 2 Details of non-pulse systems {(short-range imaging G01S7/52017)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/5345 3 {Gain control of receivers (for seismic signals G01V1/245)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/536 3 Extracting wanted echo signals
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/537 2 Counter-measures or counter-counter-measures, e.g. jamming, anti-jamming
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/539 2 using analysis of echo signal for target characterisation; Target signature; Target cross-section
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/54 2 with receivers spaced apart
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/56 2 Display arrangements {(short-range imaging G01S7/52053)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/58 3 for providing variable ranges
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/60 3 for providing a permanent recording
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/62 3 Cathode-ray tube displays
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/6209 4 {providing display of one measured variable}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/6218 4 {providing two-dimensional coordinated display of distance and direction}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/6227 5 {Plan-position indicators, i.e. P.P.I.}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/6236 5 {Sector-scan displays}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/6245 4 {Stereoscopic displays; Three-dimensional displays; Pseudo-three dimensional displays}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/6254 5 {Grey-scale displays}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/6263 4 {in which different colours are used}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/6272 4 {producing cursor lines and indicia by electronic means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/6281 4 {Composite displays, e.g. split-screen, multiple images}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/629 4 {the display being oriented or displaced in accordance with the movement of object carrying the transmitting and receiving apparatus}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S7/64 2 Luminous indications (G01S7/62 takes precedence {; short-range imaging G01S7/52076})
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S11/00 0 Systems for determining distance or velocity not using reflection or reradiation (position-fixing by co-ordinating two or more distance determinations G01S5/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S11/02 1 using radio waves (G01S19/00 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S11/023 2 {using impedance elements varying with distance}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S11/026 2 {using moving transmitters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S11/04 2 using angle measurements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S11/06 2 using intensity measurements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S11/08 2 using synchronised clocks
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S11/10 2 using Doppler effect
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S11/12 1 using electromagnetic waves other than radio waves
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S11/125 2 {using gamma or X-rays}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S11/14 1 using ultrasonic, sonic, or infrasonic waves
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S11/16 1 using difference in transit time between electrical and acoustic signals
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/00 0 Systems using the reflection or reradiation of radio waves, e.g. radar systems; Analogous systems using reflection or reradiation of waves whose nature or wavelength is irrelevant or unspecified
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/003 1 {Bistatic radar systems; Multistatic radar systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/006 1 {Theoretical aspects (G01S7/418, G01S13/9094, G01S13/958 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/02 1 Systems using reflection of radio waves, e.g. primary radar systems; Analogous systems
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/0209 2 {Systems with very large relative bandwidth, i.e. larger than 10 %, e.g. baseband, pulse, carrier-free, ultrawideband}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/0218 2 {Very long range radars, e.g. surface wave radar, over-the-horizon or ionospheric propagation systems (for meteorological use G01S13/95)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S2013/0227 3 {OTH, Over-The-Horizon radar}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S2013/0236 2 {Special technical features}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S2013/0245 3 {Radar with phased array antenna}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S2013/0254 4 {Active array antenna}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S2013/0263 4 {Passive array antenna}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S2013/0272 3 {Multifunction radar}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S2013/0281 3 {LPI, Low Probability of Intercept radar}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S2013/029 3 {Antistealth radar}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/04 2 Systems determining presence of a target (based on relative movement of target G01S13/56)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/06 2 Systems determining position data of a target
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/08 3 Systems for measuring distance only (indirect measurement G01S13/46)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/10 4 using transmission of interrupted, pulse modulated waves (determination of distance by phase measurement G01S13/32)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/103 5 {particularities of the measurement of the distance (G01S13/12, G01S13/14, G01S13/16, G01S13/18 and G01S13/20 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/106 5 {using transmission of pulses having some particular characteristics (G01S13/12, G01S13/22, G01S13/24, G01S13/26, G01S13/28 and G01S13/30 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/12 5 wherein the pulse-recurrence frequency is varied to provide a desired time relationship between the transmission of a pulse and the receipt of the echo of a preceding pulse
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/14 5 wherein a voltage or current pulse is initiated and terminated in accordance respectively with the pulse transmission and echo reception
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/16 6 using counters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/18 5 wherein range gates are used
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/20 5 whereby multiple time-around echoes are used or eliminated
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/22 5 using irregular pulse repetition frequency {(G01S13/12 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/222 6 {using random or pseudorandom pulse repetition frequency}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/225 6 {with cyclic repetition of a non-uniform pulse sequence, e.g. staggered PRF}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/227 6 {with repetitive trains of uniform pulse sequences, each sequence having a different pulse repetition frequency}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/24 5 using frequency agility of carrier wave
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/26 5 wherein the transmitted pulses use a frequency- or phase-modulated carrier wave
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/28 6 with time compression of received pulses
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/282 7 {using a frequency modulated carrier wave (G01S13/286 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/284 7 {using coded pulses}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/286 8 {frequency shift keyed}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/288 8 {phase modulated}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/30 5 using more than one pulse per radar period
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/32 4 using transmission of continuous waves, whether amplitude-, frequency-, or phase-modulated, or unmodulated
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/325 5 {using transmission of coded signals, e.g. P.S.K. signals}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/34 5 using transmission of continuous, frequency-modulated waves while heterodyning the received signal, or a signal derived therefrom, with a locally-generated signal related to the contemporaneously transmitted signal
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/341 6 {wherein the rate of change of the transmitted frequency is adjusted to give a beat of predetermined constant frequency, e.g. by adjusting the amplitude or frequency of the frequency-modulating signal}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/342 6 {using sinusoidal modulation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/343 6 {using sawtooth modulation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/345 6 {using triangular modulation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/346 6 {using noise modulation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/347 6 {using more than one modulation frequency}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/348 6 {using square or rectangular modulation, e.g. diplex radar for ranging over short distances}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/36 5 with phase comparison between the received signal and the contemporaneously transmitted signal
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/38 6 wherein more than one modulation frequency is used
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/40 6 wherein the frequency of transmitted signal is adjusted to give a predetermined phase relationship
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/42 3 Simultaneous measurement of distance and other co-ordinates (indirect measurement G01S13/46)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/422 4 {sequential lobing, e.g. conical scan}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/424 4 {Stacked beam radar}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/426 4 {Scanning radar, e.g. 3D radar (G01S13/66 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/428 5 {within the pulse scanning systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/44 4 Monopulse radar, i.e. simultaneous lobing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/4409 5 {HF sub-systems particularly adapted therefor, e.g. circuits for signal combination (multi-lobing aerials or aerial systems H01Q25/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/4418 5 {with means for eliminating radar-dependent errors in angle measurements, e.g. multipath effects}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/4427 5 {with means for eliminating the target-dependent errors in angle measurements, e.g. glint, scintillation effects}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/4436 5 {with means specially adapted to maintain the same processing characteristics between the monopulse signals}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/4445 5 {amplitude comparisons monopulse, i.e. comparing the echo signals received by an antenna arrangement with overlapping squinted beams}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/4454 5 {phase comparisons monopulse, i.e. comparing the echo signals received by an interferometric antenna arrangement}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/4463 5 {using phased arrays}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/4472 5 {with means specially adapted to airborne monopulse systems (clutter elimination using Doppler effect: G01S13/449)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/4481 5 {Monopulse hybrid systems, e.g. conopulse}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/449 5 {Combined with MTI or Doppler processing circuits}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/46 3 Indirect determination of position data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S2013/462 4 {using multipath signals}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S2013/464 5 {using only the non-line-of-sight signal(s), e.g. to enable survey of scene 'behind' the target only the indirect signal is evaluated}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S2013/466 4 {by Trilateration, i.e. two antennas or two sensors determine separately the distance to a target, whereby with the knowledge of the baseline length, i.e. the distance between the antennas or sensors, the position data of the target is determined}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S2013/468 4 {by Triangulation, i.e. two antennas or two sensors determine separately the bearing, direction or angle to a target, whereby with the knowledge of the baseline length, the position data of the target is determined}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/48 4 using multiple beams at emission or reception
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/50 2 Systems of measurement based on relative movement of target
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/505 3 {using Doppler effect for determining closest range to a target or corresponding time, e.g. miss-distance indicator}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/52 3 Discriminating between fixed and moving objects or between objects moving at different speeds
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/522 4 using transmissions of interrupted pulse modulated waves
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/524 5 based upon the phase or frequency shift resulting from movement of objects, with reference to the transmitted signals, e.g. coherent MTi
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/5242 6 {with means for platform motion or scan motion compensation, e.g. airborne MTI}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/5244 6 {Adaptive clutter cancellation (specially adapted for airborne MTI, G01S13/5242)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/5246 6 {post processors for coherent MTI discriminators, e.g. residue cancellers, CFAR after Doppler filters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/5248 6 {combining a coherent MTI processor with a zero Doppler processing channel and a clutter mapped memory, e.g. MTD (Moving target detector), (area MTI G01S13/538)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/526 6 performing filtering on the whole spectrum without loss of range information, e.g. using delay line cancellers or comb filters {(G01S13/5244 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/5265 7 {IF cancellers, e.g. TACCAR systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/528 7 with elimination of blind speeds
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/53 6 performing filtering on a single spectral line and associated with one or more range gates with a phase detector or a frequency mixer to extract the Doppler information, e.g. pulse Doppler radar {(G01S13/5244 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/532 7 using a bank of range gates or a memory matrix
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/534 6 based upon amplitude or phase shift resulting from movement of objects, with reference to the surrounding clutter echo signal, e.g. non coherent MTi, clutter referenced MTi, externally coherent MTi
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/536 4 using transmission of continuous unmodulated waves, amplitude-, frequency-, or phase-modulated waves
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/538 4 eliminating objects that have not moved between successive antenna scans, e.g. area MTi
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/56 4 for presence detection {(presence detection using near field arrangements G01V3/00, e.g. G01V3/08, G01V3/12; burglar, theft or intruder alarms with electrical actuation G08B13/22 - G08B13/26)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/58 3 Velocity or trajectory determination systems; Sense-of-movement determination systems
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/581 4 {using transmission of interrupted pulse modulated waves and based upon the Doppler effect resulting from movement of targets}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/582 5 {adapted for simultaneous range and velocity measurements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/583 4 {using transmission of continuous unmodulated waves, amplitude-, frequency-, or phase-modulated waves and based upon the Doppler effect resulting from movement of targets}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/584 5 {adapted for simultaneous range and velocity measurements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/585 4 {processing the video signal in order to evaluate or display the velocity value}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/586 5 {using, or combined with, frequency tracking means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/587 5 {using optical means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/588 4 {deriving the velocity value from the range measurement}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/589 4 {measuring the velocity vector}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/60 4 wherein the transmitter and receiver are mounted on the moving object, e.g. for determining ground speed, drift angle, ground track (G01S13/64 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/605 5 {using a pattern, backscattered from the ground, to determine speed or drift by measuring the time required to cover a fixed distance}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/62 4 Sense-of-movement determination {(G01S13/589 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/64 4 Velocity measuring systems using range gates
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/66 1 Radar-tracking systems; Analogous systems
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/68 2 for angle tracking only
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/685 3 {using simultaneous lobing techniques}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/70 2 for range tracking only
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/72 2 for two-dimensional tracking, e.g. combination of angle and range tracking, track-while-scan radar
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/723 3 {by using numerical data}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/726 4 {Multiple target tracking}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/74 1 Systems using reradiation of radio waves, e.g. secondary radar systems; Analogous systems
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/75 2 using transponders powered from received waves, e.g. using passive transponders {, or using passive reflectors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/751 3 {wherein the responder or reflector radiates a coded signal}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/753 4 {using frequency selective elements, e.g. resonator}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/755 4 {using delay lines, e.g. acoustic delay lines}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/756 4 {using a signal generator for modifying the reflectivity of the reflector (G01S13/758 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/758 4 {using a signal generator powered by the interrogation signal}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/76 2 wherein pulse-type signals are transmitted
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/762 3 {with special measures concerning the radiation pattern, e.g. S.L.S. (aerials or aerial systems providing at least two radiation patterns, e.g. providing sum and difference patterns, H01Q25/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/765 3 {with exchange of information between interrogator and responder}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/767 3 {Responders; Transponders (teaching or practice apparatus for gun-aiming or gun-laying using reflecting targets or active targets F41G3/26)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/78 3 discriminating between different kinds of targets, e.g. IFF-radar, i.e. identification of friend or foe (G01S13/75, G01S13/79 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/781 4 {Secondary Surveillance Radar [SSR] in general}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/782 5 {using multimoding or selective addressing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/784 5 {Coders or decoders therefor; Degarbling systems; Defruiting systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/785 4 {Distance Measuring Equipment [DME] systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/787 5 {co-operating with direction defining beacons}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/788 5 {Coders or decoders therefor; Special detection circuits}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/79 2 Systems using random coded signals or random pulse repetition frequencies {, e.g. "Separation and Control of Aircraft using Non synchronous Techniques" [SECANT]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/82 2 wherein continuous-type signals are transmitted
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/825 3 {with exchange of information between interrogator and responder}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/84 3 for distance determination by phase measurement
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/86 1 Combinations of radar systems with non-radar systems, e.g. sonar, direction finder
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/862 2 {Combination of radar systems with sonar systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/865 2 {Combination of radar systems with lidar systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/867 2 {Combination of radar systems with cameras}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/87 1 Combinations of radar systems, e.g. primary radar and secondary radar
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/872 2 {Combinations of primary radar and secondary radar}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/874 2 {Combination of several systems for attitude determination (in general G01C, control of attitude G05D1/08)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/876 2 {Combination of several spaced transponders or reflectors of known location for determining the position of a receiver (G01S13/874 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/878 2 {Combination of several spaced transmitters or receivers of known location for determining the position of a transponder or a reflector (G01S13/874 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/88 1 Radar or analogous systems specially adapted for specific applications (electromagnetic prospecting or detecting of objects, e.g. near-field detection, G01V3/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/881 2 {for robotics}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/882 2 {for altimeters (measuring height using barometric means G01C5/06)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/883 2 {for missile homing, autodirectors (missile guidance systems F41G7/22)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/885 2 {for ground probing (prospecting or detecting using electromagnetic waves G01V3/12)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/886 2 {for alarm systems (alarms with electrical actuation G08B13/22)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/887 2 {for detection of concealed objects, e.g. contraband or weapons}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/888 3 {through wall detection}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/89 2 for mapping or imaging
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/895 3 {Side looking radar [SLR]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/90 3 using synthetic aperture techniques {, e.g. synthetic aperture radar [SAR] techniques}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/9004 4 {SAR image acquisition techniques}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/9005 5 {with optical processing of the SAR signals}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/9011 5 {with frequency domain processing of the SAR signals in azimuth (G01S13/9005 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/9017 5 {with time domain processing of the SAR signals in azimuth (G01S13/9005 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/9019 5 {Auto-focussing of the SAR signals}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/9021 4 {SAR image post-processing techniques}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/9023 5 {combined with interferometric techniques}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/9027 5 {Pattern recognition for feature extraction}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/9029 5 {specially adapted for moving target detection within a single SAR image or within multiple SAR images taken at the same time}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/904 4 {SAR modes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/9041 5 {Squint mode}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/9043 5 {Forward-looking SAR}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/9047 5 {Doppler beam sharpening mode}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/9052 5 {Spotlight mode}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/9054 5 {Stripmap mode}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/9056 5 {Scan SAR mode}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/9058 5 {Bistatic or multistatic SAR}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/9064 5 {Inverse SAR [ISAR]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/9076 5 {Polarimetric features in SAR}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/9082 5 {Rotating SAR [ROSAR]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/9088 5 {Circular SAR [CSAR, C-SAR]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/9089 5 {SAR having an irregular aperture}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/9092 5 {combined with monopulse techniques}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/9094 4 {Theoretical aspects}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/91 2 for traffic control (G01S13/93 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/913 3 {for landing purposes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S2013/916 3 {Airport surface monitoring [ASDE]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/917 3 {for marine craft or other waterborne vessels}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/92 3 for velocity measurement
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/93 2 for anti-collision purposes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/931 3 of land vehicles
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S2013/9314 4 {Parking operations}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S2013/9315 4 {Monitoring blind spots}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S2013/9316 4 {combined with communication equipment with other vehicles or with base stations}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S2013/9317 4 {Driving backwards}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S2013/9318 4 {Controlling the steering}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S2013/93185 4 {Controlling the brakes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S2013/9319 4 {Controlling the accelerator}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S2013/932 4 {using own vehicle data, e.g. ground speed, steering wheel direction}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S2013/9321 4 {Velocity regulation, e.g. cruise control}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S2013/9322 4 {using additional data, e.g. driver condition, road state or weather data}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S2013/9323 4 {Alternative operation using light waves}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S2013/9324 4 {Alternative operation using ultrasonic waves}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S2013/9325 4 {for inter-vehicle distance regulation, e.g. navigating in platoons}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S2013/9327 4 {Sensor installation details}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S2013/93271 5 {in the front of the vehicles}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S2013/93272 5 {in the back of the vehicles}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S2013/93273 5 {on the top of the vehicles}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S2013/93274 5 {on the side of the vehicles}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S2013/93275 5 {in the bumper area}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S2013/93276 5 {in the windshield area}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S2013/93277 5 {in the lights}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S2013/9328 4 {Rail vehicles}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S2013/9329 4 {cooperating with reflectors or transponders}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/933 3 of aircraft or spacecraft
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/934 4 on airport surfaces, e.g. while taxiing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/935 4 for terrain-avoidance
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/937 3 of marine craft
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/95 2 for meteorological use
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/951 3 {ground based}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/953 3 {mounted on aircraft}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/955 3 {mounted on satellite}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/956 3 {mounted on ship or other platform}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S13/958 3 {Theoretical aspects}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S15/00 0 Systems using the reflection or reradiation of acoustic waves, e.g. sonar systems
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S15/003 1 {Bistatic sonar systems; Multistatic sonar systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S15/006 1 {Theoretical aspects}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S15/02 1 using reflection of acoustic waves (G01S15/66 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S15/04 2 Systems determining presence of a target
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S15/06 2 Systems determining the position data of a target
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S15/08 3 Systems for measuring distance only (indirect measurement G01S15/46)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S15/10 4 using transmission of interrupted, pulse-modulated waves (determination of distance by phase measurement G01S15/32)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S15/101 5 {Particularities of the measurement of distance (G01S15/12, G01S15/14, and G01S15/18 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S15/102 5 {using transmission of pulses having some particular characteristics}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S15/104 6 {wherein the transmitted pulses use a frequency- or phase-modulated carrier wave}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S15/105 6 {using irregular pulse repetition frequency}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S15/107 6 {using frequency agility of carrier wave}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S15/108 6 {using more than one pulse per sonar period}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S15/12 5 wherein the pulse-recurrence frequency is varied to provide a desired time relationship between the transmission of a pulse and the receipt of the echo of a preceding pulse
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S15/14 5 wherein a voltage or current pulse is initiated and terminated in accordance respectively with the pulse transmission and echo reception
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S15/18 5 wherein range gates are used
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S15/32 4 using transmission of continuous waves, whether amplitude-, frequency-, or phase-modulated, or unmodulated
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S15/325 5 {using transmission of coded signals, e.g. of phase-shift keyed [PSK] signals}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S15/34 5 using transmission of continuous, frequency-modulated waves while heterodyning the received signal, or a signal derived therefrom, with a locally-generated signal related to the contemporaneously transmitted signal
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S15/36 5 with phase comparison between the received signal and the contemporaneously transmitted signal
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S15/42 3 Simultaneous measurement of distance and other co-ordinates (indirect measurement G01S15/46)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S15/46 3 Indirect determination of position data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S2015/465 4 {by Trilateration, i.e. two transducers determine separately the distance to a target, whereby with the knowledge of the baseline length, i.e. the distance between the transducers, the position data of the target is determined}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S15/50 2 Systems of measurement, based on relative movement of the target
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S15/52 3 Discriminating between fixed and moving objects or between objects moving at different speeds
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S15/523 4 {for presence detection (burglar, theft or intruder alarms G08B13/00, e.g. G08B13/16)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S15/526 5 {by comparing echos in different sonar periods}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S15/58 3 Velocity or trajectory determination systems; Sense-of-movement determination systems {(velocity measurement in imaging systems G01S15/8979)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S15/582 4 {using transmission of interrupted pulse-modulated waves and based upon the Doppler effect resulting from movement of targets}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S15/584 5 {with measures taken for suppressing velocity ambiguities, i.e. anti-aliasing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S15/586 4 {using transmission of continuous unmodulated waves, amplitude-, frequency-, or phase-modulated waves and based upon the Doppler effect resulting from movement of targets}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S15/588 4 {measuring the velocity vector}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S15/60 4 wherein the transmitter and receiver are mounted on the moving object, e.g. for determining ground speed, drift angle, ground track
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S15/62 4 Sense-of-movement determination {(G01S15/588 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S15/66 1 Sonar tracking systems
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S15/74 1 Systems using reradiation of acoustic waves, e.g. IFF, i.e. identification of friend or foe
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S15/86 1 Combinations of sonar systems with lidar systems; Combinations of sonar systems with systems not using wave reflection
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S15/87 1 Combinations of sonar systems
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S15/872 2 {Combination of several systems for attitude determination (using inertial means G01C9/00, control of attitude G05D1/08)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S15/874 2 {Combination of several spaced transponders or reflectors of known location for determining the position of a receiver (G01S15/872 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S15/876 2 {Combination of several spaced transmitters or receivers of known location for determining the position of a transponder or a reflector (G01S15/872 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S15/878 3 {wherein transceivers are operated, either sequentially or simultaneously, both in bi-static and in mono-static mode, e.g. cross-echo mode}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S15/88 1 Sonar systems specially adapted for specific applications (seismic or acoustic prospecting or detecting G01V1/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S15/885 2 {Meteorological systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S15/89 2 for mapping or imaging
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S15/8902 3 {Side-looking sonar}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S15/8904 4 {using synthetic aperture techniques}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S15/8906 3 {Short-range imaging systems; Acoustic microscope systems using pulse-echo techniques}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S15/8909 4 {using a static transducer configuration}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S15/8911 5 {using a single transducer for transmission and reception}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S15/8913 5 {using separate transducers for transmission and reception}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S15/8915 5 {using a transducer array}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S15/8918 6 {the array being linear}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S15/892 6 {the array being curvilinear}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S15/8922 6 {the array being concentric or annular}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S15/8925 6 {the array being a two-dimensional transducer configuration, i.e. matrix or orthogonal linear arrays}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S15/8927 6 {using simultaneously or sequentially two or more subarrays or subapertures}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S15/8929 5 {using a three-dimensional transducer configuration}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S15/8931 5 {co-operating with moving reflectors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S15/8934 4 {using a dynamic transducer configuration}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S15/8936 5 {using transducers mounted for mechanical movement in three dimensions}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S15/8938 5 {using transducers mounted for mechanical movement in two dimensions}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S15/894 6 {by rotation about a single axis}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S15/8943 7 {co-operating with reflectors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S15/8945 5 {using transducers mounted for linear mechanical movement}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S15/8947 5 {using transducers movable by (electro)magnetic means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S15/895 4 {characterised by the transmitted frequency spectrum}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S15/8952 5 {using discrete, multiple frequencies}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S15/8954 5 {using a broad-band spectrum}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S15/8956 5 {using frequencies at or above 20 MHz}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S15/8959 4 {using coded signals for correlation purposes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S15/8961 5 {using pulse compression}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S15/8963 5 {using pulse inversion}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S15/8965 4 {using acousto-optical or acousto-electronic conversion techniques}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S15/8968 5 {using acoustical modulation of a light beam (acousto-optical light control devices G02F1/11, G02F1/33)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S15/897 5 {using application of holographic techniques}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S15/8972 6 {with optical reconstruction of the image}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S15/8975 5 {using acoustical image/electron beam converter tubes (tubes therefor H01J31/495)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S15/8977 4 {using special techniques for image reconstruction, e.g. FFT, geometrical transformations, spatial deconvolution, time deconvolution}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S15/8979 4 {Combined Doppler and pulse-echo imaging systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S15/8981 5 {Discriminating between fixed and moving objects or between objects moving at different speeds, e.g. wall clutter filter}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S15/8984 5 {Measuring the velocity vector}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S15/8986 5 {with measures taken for suppressing velocity ambiguities, i.e. anti-aliasing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S15/8988 5 {Colour Doppler imaging}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S15/899 4 {Combination of imaging systems with ancillary equipment}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S15/8993 4 {Three dimensional imaging systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S15/8995 4 {Combining images from different aspect angles, e.g. spatial compounding}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S15/8997 4 {using synthetic aperture techniques}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S15/93 2 for anti-collision purposes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S15/931 3 of land vehicles
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S2015/932 4 {for parking operations}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S2015/933 5 {for measuring the dimensions of the parking space when driving past}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S2015/934 6 {for measuring the depth, i.e. width, not length, of the parking space}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S2015/935 6 {for measuring the contour, e.g. a trajectory of measurement points, representing the boundary of the parking space}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S2015/936 6 {for measuring parking spaces extending transverse or diagonal to the driving direction, i.e. not parallel to the driving direction}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S2015/937 4 {sensor installation details (constructional features of transducers G01S7/521 and B06B; casing of transducers, e.g. housing, cover or filler details, G10K9/22; mounting of transducers, i.e. fixture, fitting or holder details, G10K11/004)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S2015/938 5 {in the bumper area (radar in bumper area G01S2013/93275; bumper with obstacle sensor of electric or electronic type B60R19/483)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S2015/939 5 {vertical stacking of sensors, e.g. to enable obstacle height determination}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S15/96 2 for locating fish
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S17/00 0 Systems using the reflection or reradiation of electromagnetic waves other than radio waves, e.g. lidar systems
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S17/003 1 {Bistatic lidar systems; Multistatic lidar systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S17/006 1 {Theoretical aspects}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S17/02 1 Systems using the reflection of electromagnetic waves other than radio waves (G01S17/66 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S17/04 2 Systems determining the presence of a target
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S17/06 2 Systems determining position data of a target
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S17/08 3 for measuring distance only (indirect measurement G01S17/46; active triangulation systems G01S17/48)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S17/10 4 using transmission of interrupted, pulse-modulated waves (determination of distance by phase measurements G01S17/32)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S17/14 5 wherein a voltage or current pulse is initiated and terminated in accordance with the pulse transmission and echo reception respectively, e.g. using counters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S17/18 5 wherein range gates are used
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S17/26 5 wherein the transmitted pulses use a frequency-modulated or phase-modulated carrier wave, e.g. for pulse compression of received signals
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S17/32 4 using transmission of continuous waves, whether amplitude-, frequency-, or phase-modulated, or unmodulated
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S17/34 5 using transmission of continuous, frequency-modulated waves while heterodyning the received signal, or a signal derived therefrom, with a locally-generated signal related to the contemporaneously transmitted signal
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S17/36 5 with phase comparison between the received signal and the contemporaneously transmitted signal
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S17/42 3 Simultaneous measurement of distance and other co-ordinates (indirect measurement G01S17/46)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S17/46 3 Indirect determination of position data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S17/48 4 Active triangulation systems, i.e. using the transmission and reflection of electromagnetic waves other than radio waves
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S17/50 2 Systems of measurement based on relative movement of target
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S17/58 3 Velocity or trajectory determination systems; Sense-of-movement determination systems
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S17/66 1 Tracking systems using electromagnetic waves other than radio waves
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S17/74 1 Systems using reradiation of electromagnetic waves other than radio waves, e.g. IFF, i.e. identification of friend or foe
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S17/86 1 Combinations of lidar systems with systems other than lidar, radar or sonar, e.g. with direction finders
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S17/87 1 Combinations of systems using electromagnetic waves other than radio waves
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S17/875 2 for determining attitude
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S17/88 1 Lidar systems specially adapted for specific applications
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S17/89 2 for mapping or imaging
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S17/894 3 3D imaging with simultaneous measurement of time-of-flight at a 2D array of receiver pixels, e.g. time-of-flight cameras or flash lidar
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S17/90 3 using synthetic aperture techniques
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S17/93 2 for anti-collision purposes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S17/931 3 of land vehicles
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S17/933 3 of aircraft or spacecraft
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S17/95 2 for meteorological use
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S19/00 0 Satellite radio beacon positioning systems; Determining position, velocity or attitude using signals transmitted by such systems
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S19/01 1 Satellite radio beacon positioning systems transmitting time-stamped messages, e.g. GPS [Global Positioning System], GLONASS [Global Orbiting Navigation Satellite System] or GALILEO
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S19/015 2 {Arrangements for jamming, spoofing or other methods of denial of service of such systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S19/02 2 Details of the space or ground control segments
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S19/03 2 Cooperating elements; Interaction or communication between different cooperating elements or between cooperating elements and receivers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S19/04 3 providing carrier phase data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S19/05 3 providing aiding data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S19/06 4 employing an initial estimate of the location of the receiver as aiding data or in generating aiding data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S19/07 3 providing data for correcting measured positioning data, e.g. DGPS [differential GPS] or ionosphere corrections
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S19/071 4 {DGPS corrections}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S19/072 4 {Ionosphere corrections}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S19/073 4 {involving a network of fixed stations}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S19/074 5 {providing integrity data, e.g. WAAS}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S19/08 3 providing integrity information, e.g. health of satellites or quality of ephemeris data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S19/09 3 providing processing capability normally carried out by the receiver
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S19/10 3 providing dedicated supplementary positioning signals
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S19/11 4 wherein the cooperating elements are pseudolites or satellite radio beacon positioning system signal repeaters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S19/115 5 {Airborne or satellite based pseudolites or repeaters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S19/12 4 wherein the cooperating elements are telecommunication base stations
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S19/13 2 Receivers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S19/14 3 specially adapted for specific applications
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S19/15 4 Aircraft landing systems
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S19/16 4 Anti-theft; Abduction
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S19/17 4 Emergency applications
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S19/18 4 Military applications
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S19/19 4 Sporting applications
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S19/20 3 Integrity monitoring, fault detection or fault isolation of space segment
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S19/21 3 Interference related issues {; Issues related to cross-correlation, spoofing or other methods of denial of service}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S19/215 4 {issues related to spoofing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S19/22 3 Multipath-related issues
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S19/23 3 Testing, monitoring, correcting or calibrating of receiver elements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S19/235 4 {Calibration of receiver components}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S19/24 3 Acquisition or tracking {or demodulation} of signals transmitted by the system {(synchronisation aspects of direct sequence spread spectrum modulation H04B1/7073)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S19/243 4 {Demodulation of navigation message}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S19/246 4 {involving long acquisition integration times, extended snapshots of signals or methods specifically directed towards weak signal acquisition}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S19/25 4 involving aiding data received from a cooperating element, e.g. assisted GPS
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S19/252 5 {Employing an initial estimate of location in generating assistance data}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S19/254 5 {relating to Doppler shift of satellite signals}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S19/256 5 {relating to timing, e.g. time of week, code phase, timing offset}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S19/258 5 {relating to the satellite constellation, e.g. almanac, ephemeris data, lists of satellites in view}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S19/26 4 involving a sensor measurement for aiding acquisition or tracking
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S19/27 4 creating, predicting or correcting ephemeris or almanac data within the receiver
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S19/28 4 Satellite selection
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S19/29 4 carrier {including Doppler,} related {(G01S19/246 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S19/30 4 code related {(G01S19/246 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S19/31 3 Acquisition or tracking of other signals for positioning
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S19/32 3 Multimode operation in a single same satellite system, e.g. GPS L1/L2
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S19/33 3 Multimode operation in different systems which transmit time stamped messages, e.g. GPS/GLONASS
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S19/34 3 Power consumption
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S19/35 3 Constructional details or hardware or software details of the signal processing chain
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S19/36 4 relating to the receiver frond end
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S19/37 4 Hardware or software details of the signal processing chain
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S19/38 1 Determining a navigation solution using signals transmitted by a satellite radio beacon positioning system
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S19/39 2 the satellite radio beacon positioning system transmitting time-stamped messages, e.g. GPS [Global Positioning System], GLONASS [Global Orbiting Navigation Satellite System] or GALILEO
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S19/393 3 {Trajectory determination or predictive tracking, e.g. Kalman filtering}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S19/396 3 {Determining accuracy or reliability of position or pseudorange measurements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S19/40 3 Correcting position, velocity or attitude
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S19/41 4 Differential correction, e.g. DGPS [differential GPS]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S19/42 3 Determining position
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S19/421 4 {by combining or switching between position solutions or signals derived from different satellite radio beacon positioning systems; by combining or switching between position solutions or signals derived from different modes of operation in a single system}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S19/423 5 {by combining or switching between position solutions derived from different satellite radio beacon positioning systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S19/425 5 {by combining or switching between signals derived from different satellite radio beacon positioning systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S19/426 5 {by combining or switching between position solutions or signals derived from different modes of operation in a single system}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S19/428 4 {using multipath or indirect path propagation signals in position determination}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S19/43 4 using carrier phase measurements, e.g. kinematic positioning; using long or short baseline interferometry
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S19/44 5 Carrier phase ambiguity resolution; Floating ambiguity; LAMBDA [Least-squares AMBiguity Decorrelation Adjustment] method
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S19/45 4 by combining measurements of signals from the satellite radio beacon positioning system with a supplementary measurement
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S19/46 5 the supplementary measurement being of a radio-wave signal type
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S19/47 5 the supplementary measurement being an inertial measurement, e.g. tightly coupled inertial
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S19/48 4 by combining or switching between position solutions derived from the satellite radio beacon positioning system and position solutions derived from a further system
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S19/485 5 {whereby the further system is an optical system or imaging system}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S19/49 5 whereby the further system is an inertial position system, e.g. loosely-coupled
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S19/50 4 whereby the position solution is constrained to lie upon a particular curve or surface, e.g. for locomotives on railway tracks
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S19/51 4 Relative positioning
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S19/52 3 Determining velocity
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S19/53 3 Determining attitude
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S19/54 4 using carrier phase measurements; using long or short baseline interferometry
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S19/55 5 Carrier phase ambiguity resolution; Floating ambiguity; LAMBDA [Least-squares AMBiguity Decorrelation Adjustment] method
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S2201/00 0 Indexing scheme relating to beacons or beacon systems transmitting signals capable of being detected by non-directional receivers and defining directions, positions, or position lines fixed relatively to the beacon transmitters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S2201/01 1 adapted for specific applications or environments
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S2201/02 2 Indoor positioning, e.g. in covered car-parks, mining facilities, warehouses
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S2201/025 3 Indoor pedestrian positioning
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S2201/03 2 Construction sites
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S2201/04 2 Emergencies
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S2201/05 2 Sport
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S2201/06 2 Aircraft navigation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S2201/07 2 Under water
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S2201/08 2 Marine or water borne applications
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S2205/00 0 Position-fixing by co-ordinating two or more direction or position line determinations; Position-fixing by co-ordinating two or more distance determinations
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S2205/001 1 Transmission of position information to remote stations
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S2205/002 2 for traffic control, mobile tracking, guidance, surveillance or anti-collision
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S2205/003 3 for aircraft positioning relative to the ground
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S2205/005 3 for aircraft positioning relative to other aircraft
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S2205/006 2 for emergency situations
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S2205/007 2 for management of a communication system
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S2205/008 2 using a mobile telephone network
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S2205/01 1 specially adapted for specific applications
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S2205/02 2 Indoor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S2205/03 2 Airborne
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S2205/04 2 Nautical
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S2205/05 2 Anti-theft or abduction
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S2205/06 2 Emergency
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S2205/07 2 Military
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S2205/08 2 Sport
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S2205/09 2 for tracking people
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01S2205/10 3 Elderly or infirm
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T MEASUREMENT OF NUCLEAR OR X-RADIATION (radiation analysis of materials, mass spectrometry G01N23/00; tubes for determining the presence, intensity, density or energy of radiation or particles H01J47/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T1/00 0 Measuring X-radiation, gamma radiation, corpuscular radiation, or cosmic radiation (G01T3/00, G01T5/00 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T1/003 1 {Scintillation (flow) cells}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T1/006 1 {Total absorption calorimeters; Shower detectors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T1/02 1 Dosimeters (G01T1/15 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T1/023 2 {Scintillation dose-rate meters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T1/026 2 {Semiconductor dose-rate meters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T1/04 2 Chemical dosimeters (G01T1/06, G01T1/08 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T1/06 2 Glass dosimeters {using colour change; including plastic dosimeters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T1/08 2 Photographic dosimeters {(photometry G01J1/52)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T1/10 2 Luminescent dosimeters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T1/105 3 Read-out devices (G01T1/115 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T1/11 3 Thermo-luminescent dosimeters {(thermo-luminescent compositions C09K11/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T1/115 4 Read-out devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T1/12 2 Calorimetric dosimeters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T1/14 2 Electrostatic dosimeters (construction of ionisation chambers H01J47/02 {; electrometers G01R5/28})
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T1/142 3 Charging devices; Read-out devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T1/15 1 Instruments in which pulses generated by a radiation detector are integrated, e.g. by a diode pump circuit
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T1/16 1 Measuring radiation intensity (G01T1/29 takes precedence {; self-powered detectors G01T3/006; using an ionisation chamber filled with a liquid or solid, e.g. frozen liquid, dielectric G01T3/008})
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T1/1603 2 {with a combination of at least two different types of detector (see provisionally also G01T1/16)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T1/1606 2 {with other specified detectors not provided for in the other sub-groups of G01T1/16 (see provisionally also G01T1/16)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T1/161 2 Applications in the field of nuclear medicine, e.g. in vivo counting {(apparatus for radiation diagnosis A61B6/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T1/1611 3 {using both transmission and emission sources sequentially (SPECT imaging G01T1/1642; PET imaging G01T1/2985; detecting hidden objects, e.g. weapons, explosives G01V5/0008)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T1/1612 4 {with scintillation detectors (G01T1/20 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T1/1614 4 {with semiconductor detectors (G01T1/24 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T1/1615 3 {using both transmission and emission sources simultaneously (SPECT imaging G01T1/1642; PET imaging G01T1/2985; detecting hidden objects, e.g. weapons, explosives G01V5/0008)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T1/1617 4 {with scintillation detectors (G01T1/20 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T1/1618 4 {with semiconductor detectors (G01T1/24 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T1/163 3 Whole body counters {(hand or feet contamination measurement G01T1/167; lung, brain, thyroid, kidney or the like counting G01T1/16)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T1/1635 4 {involving relative movement between detector and subject; scanning beds (profile scanning G01T1/166; positioning patients, tiltable tables for radiation diagnosis A61B6/04)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T1/164 3 Scintigraphy
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T1/1641 4 {Static instruments for imaging the distribution of radioactivity in one or two dimensions using one or several scintillating elements; Radio-isotope cameras}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T1/1642 5 {using a scintillation crystal and position sensing photodetector arrays, e.g. ANGER cameras}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T1/1644 5 {using an array of optically separate scintillation elements permitting direct location of scintillations (G01T1/1645 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T1/1645 5 {using electron optical imaging means, e.g. image intensifier tubes, coordinate photomultiplier tubes, image converter}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T1/1647 5 {Processing of scintigraphic data (not related to a particular imaging system G01T1/2992)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T1/1648 5 {Ancillary equipment for scintillation cameras, e.g. reference markers, devices for removing motion artifacts, calibration devices (adapted for flow studies G01T1/1647)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T1/166 4 involving relative movement between detector and subject {(scanners in general without using scintigraphy G01T1/2964)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T1/1663 5 {Processing methods of scan data, e.g. involving contrast enhancement, background reduction, smoothing, motion correction, dual radio-isotope scanning, computer processing (for measuring spatial distribution of radiation G01T1/2992; general purpose image data processing G06T1/00; computerized tomography G06T11/003); Ancillary equipment (colour printers G01T1/1666)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T1/1666 6 {adapted for printing different symbols or colours according to the intensity or energy level of the detected radioactivity (depth discrimination in colour G01T1/2985)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T1/167 2 Measuring radioactive content of objects, e.g. contamination (whole body counters G01T1/163)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T1/169 2 Exploration, location of contaminated surface areas
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T1/17 2 Circuit arrangements not adapted to a particular type of detector {(pulse-selection circuits H03K, G01R)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T1/171 3 {Compensation of dead-time counting losses (see provisionally also G01T1/17)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T1/172 3 with coincidence circuit arrangements (G01T1/178 takes precedence {; combination of detectors, see G01T1/1603, G01T1/30, G01T1/361})
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T1/175 3 Power supply circuits
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T1/178 3 for measuring specific activity in the presence of other radioactive substances, e.g. natural, in the air or in liquids such as rain water
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T1/18 2 with counting-tube arrangements, e.g. with Geiger counters (tubes H01J47/08; {with alarm provision G01T7/125})
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T1/185 2 with ionisation chamber arrangements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T1/20 2 with scintillation detectors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T1/2002 3 {Optical details, e.g. reflecting or diffusing layers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T1/2004 3 {Scintilloscopes (fluoroscopes G21K4/00; radiation diagnosis A61B6/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T1/2006 3 {using a combination of a scintillator and photodetector which measures the means radiation intensity}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T1/2008 3 {using a combination of different types of scintillation detectors, e.g. phoswich}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T1/201 3 {using scintillating fibres}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T1/2012 3 {using stimulable phosphors, e.g. stimulable phosphor sheets}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T1/2014 4 {Reading out of stimulable sheets, e.g. latent image}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T1/2016 4 {Erasing of stimulable sheets, e.g. with light, heat or the like}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T1/2018 3 {Scintillation-photodiode combinations}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T1/20181 4 {Stacked detectors, e.g. for measuring energy and positional information (using a combination of different types of scintillation detectors, e.g. phoswich detectors, G01T1/2008)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T1/20182 4 {Modular detectors, e.g. tiled scintillators or tiled photodiodes (stacked detectors G01T1/20181)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T1/20183 4 {Arrangements for preventing or correcting crosstalk, e.g. optical or electrical arrangements for correcting crosstalk}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T1/20184 4 {Detector read-out circuitry, e.g. for clearing of traps, compensating for traps or compensating for direct hits}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T1/20185 4 {Coupling means between the photodiode and the scintillator, e.g. optical couplings using adhesives with wavelength-shifting fibres}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T1/20186 4 {Position of the photodiode with respect to the incoming radiation, e.g. in the front of, below or sideways the scintillator}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T1/20187 4 {Position of the scintillator with respect to the photodiode, e.g. photodiode surrounding the crystal, the crystal surrounding the photodiode, shape or size of the scintillator}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T1/20188 4 {Auxiliary details, e.g. casings or cooling}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T1/20189 5 {Damping or insulation against damage, e.g. caused by heat or pressure}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T1/2019 5 {Shielding against direct hits}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T1/202 3 the detector being a crystal
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T1/2023 4 {Selection of materials (see provisionally also G01T1/202)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T1/2026 4 {Well-type detectors (see provisionally also G01T1/202)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T1/203 3 the detector being made of plastics
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T1/2033 4 {Selection of materials (see provisionally also G01T1/203)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T1/2036 4 {Well-type detectors (see provisionally also G01T1/203)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T1/204 3 the detector being a liquid
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T1/2042 4 {Composition for liquid scintillation systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T1/2045 5 {Liquid scintillation quench systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T1/2047 5 {Sample preparation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T1/205 3 the detector being a gas
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T1/208 3 Circuits specially adapted for scintillation detectors, e.g. for the photo-multiplier section
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T1/22 2 with Cerenkov detectors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T1/24 2 with semiconductor detectors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T1/241 3 {Electrode arrangements, e.g. continuous or parallel strips or the like (constructional or manufacturing details H01L31/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T1/242 3 {Stacked detectors, e.g. for depth information (constructional or manufacturing details H01L25/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T1/243 3 {Modular detectors, e.g. arrays formed from self contained units (constructional or manufacturing details H01L25/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T1/244 3 {Auxiliary details, e.g. casings, cooling, damping or insulation against damage by, e.g. heat, pressure or the like}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T1/245 3 {using memory cells}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T1/246 3 {utilizing latent read-out, e.g. charge stored and read-out later}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T1/247 3 {Detector read-out circuitry (for processing gain or off-set correction H04N)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T1/248 3 {Silicon photomultipliers [SiPM], e.g. an avalanche photodiode [APD] array on a common Si substrate}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T1/249 3 {specially adapted for use in SPECT or PET (SPECT imaging G01T1/1642; PET imaging G01T1/2985; detecting hidden objects, e.g. weapons, explosives G01V5/0008)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T1/26 2 with resistance detectors {(photoresistors H01L31/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T1/28 2 with secondary-emission detectors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T1/29 1 Measurement performed on radiation beams, e.g. position or section of the beam; Measurement of spatial distribution of radiation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T1/2907 2 {Angle determination; Directional detectors; Telescopes (prospecting by the use of nuclear radiation, e.g. of natural or induced radioactivity G01V5/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T1/2914 2 {Measurement of spatial distribution of radiation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T1/2921 3 {Static instruments for imaging the distribution of radioactivity in one or two dimensions; Radio-isotope cameras (using scintigraphy G01T1/1641)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T1/2928 4 {using solid state detectors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T1/2935 4 {using ionisation detectors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T1/2942 4 {using autoradiographic methods}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T1/295 4 {using coded aperture devices, e.g. Fresnel zone plates (handling of radiation of particles, e.g. using diaphragms, collimators, diffraction G21K1/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T1/2957 4 {using channel multiplier arrays (channel multipliers H01J43/18; G01T1/1645 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T1/2964 3 {Scanners (using scintigraphy G01T1/166)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T1/2971 4 {using solid state detectors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T1/2978 3 {Hybrid imaging systems, e.g. using a position sensitive detector (camera) to determine the distribution in one direction and using mechanical movement of the detector or the subject in the other direction or using a camera to determine the distribution in two dimensions and using movement of the camera or the subject to increase the field of view (G01T1/2985 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T1/2985 3 {In depth localisation, e.g. using positron emitters; Tomographic imaging (longitudinal and transverse section imaging; apparatus for radiation diagnosis sequentially in different planes, steroscopic radiation diagnosis); (using external radiation sources A61B6/02)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T1/2992 3 {Radioisotope data or image processing not related to a particular imaging system; Off-line processing of pictures, e.g. rescanners (for measuring radiation intensity G01T1/1663; digital computing or data processing equipment or methods specially adapted for nuclear physics or nuclear engineering G06F15/00; general purpose image data processing G06T1/00; computerized tomography G06T11/003)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T1/30 1 Measuring half-life of a radioactive substance {(period meters for nuclear fission reactors G21C17/14)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T1/32 1 Measuring polarisation of particles
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T1/34 1 Measuring cross-section, e.g. absorption cross-section of particles
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T1/36 1 Measuring spectral distribution of X-rays or of nuclear radiation {spectrometry (pulse selection circuits per se H03K; investigation of materials by radiation diffraction G01N23/20; spectrometer tubes H01J49/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T1/361 2 {with a combination of detectors of different types, e.g. anti-Compton spectrometers (intensity measurement with a combination of detectors G01T1/1603; with coincidence circuit G01T1/172; se provisionally also G01T1/36)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T1/362 2 {with scintillation detectors (see provisionally also G01T1/36, G01T1/20)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T1/363 2 {with Cerenkov detectors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T1/365 2 {with ionisation detectors, e.g. proportional counter (see provisionally also G01T1/36)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T1/366 2 {with semi-conductor detectors (see provisionally also G01T1/36)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T1/367 2 {with resistance detectors (see provisionally also G01T1/36)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T1/368 2 {with secondary-emission detectors (see provisionally G01T1/36)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T1/38 2 Particle discrimination and measurement of relative mass, e.g. by measurement of loss of energy with distance (dE/dx) {(constructional details of semiconductor detectors therefor H01L31/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T1/40 2 Stabilisation of spectrometers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T3/00 0 Measuring neutron radiation (G01T5/00 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T3/001 1 {Spectrometry}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T3/003 2 {Recoil spectrometers (light-nuclei recoil ionisation tubes per se H01J47/1277)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T3/005 2 {Time-of-flight spectrometers (see provisionally also G01T3/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T3/006 1 {using self-powered detectors (for neutrons as well as for Y- or X-rays) , e.g. using Compton-effect (Compton diodes) or photo-emission or a (n,B) nuclear reaction (photovoltaic semiconductors H01L31/00; photo-tubes H01J40/00; thermionic generators H01J45/00; radioisotopic generators G21H1/00, e.g. G21H1/02, G21H1/04)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T3/008 1 {using an ionisation chamber filled with a gas, liquid or solid, e.g. frozen liquid, dielectric (G01T3/006 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T3/02 1 by shielding other radiation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T3/04 1 using calorimetric devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T3/06 1 with scintillation detectors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T3/065 2 {Spectrometry}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T3/08 1 with semiconductor detectors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T3/085 2 {Spectrometry}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T5/00 0 Recording of movements or tracks of particles (spark chambers H01J47/00); Processing or analysis of such tracks
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T5/002 1 {using a combination of several movement of track recording devices (detectors associated with recording chambers and only serving to trigger these chambers, see the appropriate groups of the chamber, e.g. G01T5/04 - G01T5/08; see provisionally also G01T5/00 and other sub-groups)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T5/004 1 {Non-electrical readout of multi-wire or parallel-plate chambers (non-electrical readout in such chambers per se H01J47/22)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T5/006 2 {by optical methods}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T5/008 2 {by acoustical methods}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T5/02 1 Processing of tracks; Analysis of tracks
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T5/04 1 Cloud chambers, e.g. Wilson chamber
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T5/06 1 Bubble chambers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T5/08 1 Scintillation chambers (discharge tubes H01J40/00, H01J47/00; semiconductor devices H01L)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T5/10 1 Plates or blocks in which tracks of nuclear particles are made visible by after-treatment, e.g. using photographic emulsion, using mica
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T5/12 1 Circuit arrangements with multi-wire or parallel-plate chambers, e.g. spark chambers (tubes per se H01J47/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T5/122 2 {for readout of each individual wires; (readout in such chambers per se H01J47/16); for processing the output signals}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T5/125 3 {by using delay lines}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T5/127 4 {by using magnetostrictive delay lines}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T7/00 0 Details of radiation-measuring instruments
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T7/005 1 {calibration techniques (stabilization of spectrometer G01T1/40)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T7/02 1 Collecting means for receiving or storing samples to be investigated {and possibly directly transporting the samples to the measuring arrangement; particularly for investigating radioactive fluids (sampling, preparing specimens for investigation in general G01N1/00, G01N1/02; shielded cells or rooms structurally combined with manipulatin devices G21F; measuring of chromatographically separated samples G01N30/00 - G01N30/96)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T7/04 2 by filtration
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T7/06 2 by electrostatic precipitation (G01T7/04 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T7/08 1 Means for conveying samples received
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T7/10 2 using turntables
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T7/12 1 Provision for actuation of an alarm
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01T7/125 2 {Alarm- or controlling circuits using ionisation chambers, proportional counters or Geiger-Mueller tubes, also functioning as UV detectors (measuring radiation intensity with counting tubes G01T1/18; measuring radiation intensity with ionisation chambers G01T1/185; fire alarms actuated by presence of radiation of particles, e.g. of infra-red radiation, of ions G08B17/11; flame monitoring in combustion devices F23Q7/00, F23N; discharge tubes per se H01J47/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V GEOPHYSICS; GRAVITATIONAL MEASUREMENTS; DETECTING MASSES OR OBJECTS; TAGS (means for indicating the location of accidentally buried, e.g. snow-buried persons A63B29/02)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V1/00 0 Seismology; Seismic or acoustic prospecting or detecting
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V1/001 1 {Acoustic presence detection (measurement of sonic vibrations G01H; alarm systems G08B)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V1/003 1 {Seismic data acquisition in general, e.g. survey design (G01V1/3808, G01V1/42 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V1/005 2 {with exploration systems emitting special signals, e.g. frequency swept signals, pulse sequences or slip sweep arrangements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V1/006 2 {generating single signals by using more than one generator, e.g. beam steering or focussing arrays (G01V1/13, G01V1/3861 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V1/008 1 {Earthquake measurement or prediction (event detection for microseismic events G01V1/288)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V1/02 1 Generating seismic energy {(G01V1/003 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V1/04 2 Details
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V1/047 3 Arrangements for coupling the generator to the ground
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V1/0475 4 {for controlling "Ground Force"}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V1/053 4 for generating transverse waves
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V1/06 3 Ignition devices (G01V1/393 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V1/08 4 involving time-delay devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V1/09 3 Transporting arrangements, e.g. on vehicles (G01V1/38 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V1/104 2 using explosive charges (G01V1/157 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V1/108 3 by deforming or displacing surfaces of enclosures
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V1/112 4 for use on the surface of the earth
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V1/116 3 where pressurised combustion gases escape from the generator in a pulsating manner, e.g. for generating bursts
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V1/13 3 Arrangements or disposition of charges to produce a desired pattern in space or time
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V1/133 2 using fluidic driving means, e.g. highly pressurised fluids; {using implosion}(G01V1/104 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V1/135 3 by deforming or displacing surfaces of enclosures {, e.g. by hydraulically driven vibroseis™}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V1/137 3 which fluid escapes from the generator in a pulsating manner, e.g. for generating bursts {, airguns}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V1/143 2 using mechanical driving means {, e.g. motor driven shaft}(G01V1/104, G01V1/133 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V1/145 3 by deforming or displacing surfaces {, e.g. by mechanically driven vibroseis™}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V1/147 3 using impact of dropping masses
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V1/153 3 using rotary unbalanced masses
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V1/155 3 using reciprocating masses
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V1/157 2 using spark discharges; using exploding wires
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V1/159 2 {using piezoelectric or magnetostrictive driving means (generating mechanical vibrations by using piezoelectric or magnetostrictive effect in general, B06B1/06, B06B1/08)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V1/16 1 Receiving elements for seismic signals; Arrangements or adaptations of receiving elements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V1/162 2 {Details}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V1/164 3 {Circuits therefore}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V1/166 3 {Arrangements for coupling receivers to the ground}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V1/168 2 {Deployment of receiver elements (G01V1/3843 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V1/18 2 Receiving elements, e.g. seismometer, geophone {or torque detectors, for localised single point measurements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V1/181 3 {Geophones}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V1/182 4 {with moving coil}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V1/183 4 {with moving magnet}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V1/184 4 {Multi-component geophones}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V1/185 4 {with adaptable orientation, e.g. gimballed}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V1/186 3 {Hydrophones}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V1/187 4 {Direction-sensitive hydrophones}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V1/188 4 {with pressure compensating means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V1/189 3 {Combinations of different types of receiving elements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V1/20 2 Arrangements of receiving elements, e.g. geophone pattern
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V1/201 3 {Constructional details of seismic cables, e.g. streamers (integrated optoseismic systems G01V1/226; line connectors in general H01R, transducer mountings in general G10K11/004)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V1/202 4 {Connectors, e.g. for force, signal or power}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2001/204 4 {Reinforcements, e.g. by tensioning cables}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2001/205 4 {Internal damping}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2001/207 4 {Buoyancy}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V1/208 4 {having a continuous structure (detecting traffic G08G, transducers in general G10K)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V1/22 1 Transmitting seismic signals to recording or processing apparatus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V1/223 2 {Radioseismic systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V1/226 2 {Optoseismic systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V1/24 1 Recording seismic data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V1/242 2 {Seismographs}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V1/245 2 {Amplitude control for seismic recording (control of amplification in general H03G)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V1/247 2 {Digital recording of seismic data, e.g. in acquisition units or nodes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V1/26 2 Reference-signal-transmitting devices, e.g. indicating moment of firing of shot
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V1/28 1 Processing seismic data, e.g. analysis, for interpretation, for correction (G01V1/48 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V1/282 2 {Application of seismic models, synthetic seismograms}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V1/284 2 {Application of the shear wave component and/or several components of the seismic signal}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V1/286 3 {Mode conversion}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V1/288 2 {Event detection in seismic signals, e.g. microseismics (earthquakes G01V1/008; G01V1/36 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V1/30 2 Analysis (G01V1/50 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V1/301 3 {for determining seismic cross-sections or geostructures}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V1/302 4 {in 3D data cubes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V1/303 3 {for determining velocity profiles or travel times}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V1/305 4 {Travel times}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V1/306 3 {for determining physical properties of the subsurface, e.g. impedance, porosity or attenuation profiles}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V1/307 3 {for determining seismic attributes, e.g. amplitude, instantaneous phase or frequency, reflection strength or polarity}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V1/308 3 {Time lapse or 4D effects, e.g. production related effects to the formation (fluid flow per se E21B47/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V1/32 2 Transforming one recording into another {or one representation into another}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V1/325 3 {Transforming one representation into another}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V1/34 2 Displaying seismic recordings {or visualisation of seismic data or attributes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V1/345 3 {Visualisation of seismic data or attributes, e.g. in 3D cubes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V1/36 2 Effecting static or dynamic corrections on records, e.g. correcting spread; Correlating seismic signals; Eliminating effects of unwanted energy
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V1/362 3 {Effecting static or dynamic corrections; Stacking}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V1/364 3 {Seismic filtering (G01V1/37 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V1/366 4 {by correlation of seismic signals}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V1/368 4 {Inverse filtering}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V1/37 3 specially adapted for seismic systems using continuous agitation of the ground {, e.g. using pulse compression of frequency swept signals for enhancement of received signals}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V1/375 4 {Correlating received seismic signals with the emitted source signal}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V1/38 1 specially adapted for water-covered areas (G01V1/28, {G01V1/42} take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V1/3808 2 {Seismic data acquisition, e.g. survey design (in general G01V1/003)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V1/3817 2 {Positioning of seismic devices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V1/3826 3 {dynamic steering, e.g. by paravanes or birds}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V1/3835 3 {measuring position, e.g. by GPS or acoustically}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V1/3843 2 {Deployment of seismic devices, e.g. of streamers (equipment for marine deployment in general B63B)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V1/3852 3 {to the seabed}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V1/3861 2 {control of source arrays, e.g. for far field control}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V1/387 2 Reducing secondary bubble pulse, i.e. reducing the detected signals resulting from the generation and release of gas bubbles after the primary explosion
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V1/393 2 Means for loading explosive underwater charges, e.g. combined with ignition devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V1/40 1 specially adapted for well-logging
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V1/42 2 using generators in one well and receivers elsewhere or vice versa (G01V1/52 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V1/44 2 using generators and receivers in the same well (G01V1/52 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V1/46 3 Data acquisition
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V1/48 3 Processing data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V1/50 4 Analysing data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V1/52 2 Structural details
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V1/523 3 {Damping devices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2001/526 3 {Mounting of transducers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V3/00 0 Electric or magnetic prospecting or detecting; Measuring magnetic field characteristics of the earth, e.g. declination, deviation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V3/02 1 operating with propagation of electric current
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V3/04 2 using dc
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V3/06 2 using ac
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V3/08 1 operating with magnetic or electric fields produced or modified by objects or geological structures or by detecting devices (with electromagnetic waves G01V3/12)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V3/081 2 {the magnetic field is produced by the objects or geological structures (characterised by the method of magnetic field measurement G01R33/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V3/082 2 {operating with fields produced by spontaneous potentials, e.g. electrochemical or produced by telluric currents (G01V3/26 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V3/083 2 {Controlled source electromagnetic [CSEM] surveying}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2003/084 3 {Sources}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2003/085 3 {Receivers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2003/086 3 {Processing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V3/087 2 {the earth magnetic field being modified by the objects or geological structures}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V3/088 2 {operating with electric fields (G01V3/082 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V3/10 2 using induction coils
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V3/101 3 {by measuring the impedance of the search coil; by measuring features of a resonant circuit comprising the search coil (measuring impedance or characteristics derived therefrom G01R27/00, e.g. quality factor G01R27/26)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V3/102 4 {by measuring amplitude}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V3/104 3 {using several coupled or uncoupled coils (G01V3/101 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V3/105 4 {forming directly coupled primary and secondary coils or loops}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V3/107 5 {using compensating coil or loop arrangements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V3/108 4 {the emitter and the receiver coils or loops being uncoupled by positioning them perpendicularly to each other}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V3/12 1 operating with electromagnetic waves {(operating with millimetre waves G01V8/005)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V3/14 1 operating with electron or nuclear magnetic resonance
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V3/15 1 specially adapted for use during transport, e.g. by a person, vehicle or boat
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V3/16 2 specially adapted for use from aircraft (G01V3/165 - G01V3/175 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V3/165 2 operating with magnetic or electric fields produced or modified by the object or by the detecting device (with electromagnetic waves G01V3/17)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V3/17 2 operating with electromagnetic waves {(operating with millimetre waves G01V8/005)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V3/175 2 operating with electron or nuclear magnetic resonance
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V3/18 1 specially adapted for well-logging
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V3/20 2 operating with propagation of electric current
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V3/22 3 using dc
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V3/24 3 using ac
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V3/26 2 operating with magnetic or electric fields produced or modified either by the surrounding earth formation or by the detecting device (with electromagnetic waves G01V3/30)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V3/265 3 {Operating with fields produced by spontaneous potentials, e.g. electrochemicals or produced by telluric currents}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V3/28 3 using induction coils
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V3/30 2 operating with electromagnetic waves
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V3/32 2 operating with electron or nuclear magnetic resonance
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V3/34 2 Transmitting data to recording or processing apparatus; Recording data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V3/36 1 Recording data (G01V3/34 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V3/38 1 Processing data, e.g. for analysis, for interpretation, for correction
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V3/40 1 specially adapted for measuring magnetic field characteristics of the earth
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V5/00 0 Prospecting or detecting by the use of nuclear radiation, e.g. of natural or induced radioactivity
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V5/0008 1 {Detecting hidden objects, e.g. weapons, explosives (sorting of materials or articles according to radioactive properties B07C5/342; investigating or analysing materials by the use of wave or particle radiation G01N23/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V5/0016 2 {Active interrogation, i.e. using an external radiation source, e.g. using pulsed, continuous or cosmic rays}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V5/0025 3 {Measuring scattered radiation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V5/0033 3 {Mixed interrogation beams, e.g. using more than one type of radiation beam}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V5/0041 3 {Multiple energy techniques using one type of radiation, e.g. X-rays of different energies (multi-beam applications, e.g. X-rays and neutrons G01V5/0033; spectroscopic applications G01V5/0016)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V5/005 3 {using Tomography, e.g. CT or SPECT (detector details in CT applications G01T1/2985)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V5/0058 3 {using stereoscopic means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V5/0066 3 {having relative motion between the source, detector and object other than by conveyor (G01V5/005 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V5/0069 3 {Measuring induced radiation, e.g. thermal neutron activation analysis (investigating or analysing materials by the use of neutrons G01N23/222)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V5/0075 2 {Passive interrogation (for hand, feet or portals G01T1/167; for contaminated surface areas G01T1/169)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V5/0083 2 {utilizing a network, e.g. a remote expert, accessing remote data or the like}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V5/0091 2 {detecting special nuclear material [SNM], e.g. Uranium-235, Uranium-233 or Plutonium-239}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V5/02 1 specially adapted for surface logging, e.g. from aircraft
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V5/025 2 {specially adapted for use from aircraft}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V5/04 1 specially adapted for well-logging
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V5/045 2 {Transmitting data to recording or processing apparatus; Recording data}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V5/06 2 for detecting naturally radioactive minerals
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V5/08 2 using primary nuclear radiation sources or X-rays {(, e.g. for inducing radioactivity; investigating or analysing materials by the use of wave or particle radiation, e.g. X-rays, neutrons G01N23/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V5/085 3 {using another radioactive source}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V5/10 3 using neutron sources {(neutron generating tubes H05H5/00; neutron sources using isotopes G21G4/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V5/101 4 {and detecting the secondary Y-rays produced in the surrounding layers of the bore hole}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V5/102 5 {the neutron source being of the pulsed type}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V5/104 4 {and detecting secondary Y-rays as well as reflected or back-scattered neutrons}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V5/105 5 {the neutron source being of the pulsed type}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V5/107 4 {and detecting reflected or back-scattered neutrons}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V5/108 5 {the neutron source being of the pulsed type}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V5/12 3 using gamma or X-ray sources {(gamma sources using isotopes G21G4/00; X-ray tubes H01J35/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V5/125 4 {and detecting the secondary gamma- or X-rays in different places along the bore hole}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V5/14 3 using a combination of several sources, e.g. a neutron and a gamma source
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V5/145 4 {using a neutron source combined with a gamma- or X-ray source}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V7/00 0 Measuring gravitational fields or waves; Gravimetric prospecting or detecting
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V7/005 1 {using a resonating body or device, e.g. string (G01V7/08 - G01V7/12 take precedence; measuring resonant frequency of mechanical vibrations G01H13/00; measuring frequency per se G01R23/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V7/02 1 Details
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V7/04 2 Electric, photoelectric, or magnetic indicating or recording means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V7/06 2 Analysis or interpretation of gravimetric records
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V7/08 1 using balances
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V7/10 2 using torsion balances, e.g. Eötvös balance
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V7/12 1 using pendulums
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V7/14 1 using free-fall time
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V7/16 1 specially adapted for use on moving platforms, e.g. ship, aircraft
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V8/00 0 Prospecting or detecting by optical means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V8/005 1 {operating with millimetre waves, e.g. measuring the black losey radiation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V8/02 1 Prospecting
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V8/10 1 Detecting, e.g. by using light barriers (by reflection from the object G01S17/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V8/12 2 using one transmitter and one receiver
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V8/14 3 using reflectors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V8/16 3 using optical fibres
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V8/18 3 using mechanical scanning systems
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V8/20 2 using multiple transmitters or receivers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V8/22 3 using reflectors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V8/24 3 using optical fibres
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V8/26 3 using mechanical scanning systems
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V9/00 0 Prospecting or detecting by methods not provided for in groups G01V1/00 - G01V8/00
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V9/002 1 {using fields or radiation detectable only by persons susceptible therefor, e.g. radio-esthesis, dowsing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V9/005 1 {by thermal methods, e.g. after generation of heat by chemical reactions}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V9/007 1 {by detecting gases or particles representative of underground layers at or near the surface (analysing earth materials G01N33/24; analysing gases per se G01N)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V9/02 1 Determining existence or flow of underground water
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V11/00 0 Prospecting or detecting by methods combining techniques covered by two or more of main groups G01V1/00 - G01V9/00
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V11/002 1 {Details, e.g. power supply systems for logging instruments, transmitting or recording data, specially adapted for well logging, also if the prospecting method is irrelevant (means for transmitting well survey signals E21B47/12; signal transmission systems in general G08C; transmission in general H04B)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V11/005 2 {Devices for positioning logging sondes with respect to the borehole wall (centralising devices for drilling rods or pipes E21B17/10; setting or locking tools in boreholes E21B23/00; locating objects in boreholes E21B47/09)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V11/007 1 {using the seismo-electric effect}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V13/00 0 Manufacturing, calibrating, cleaning, or repairing instruments or devices covered by groups G01V1/00 – G01V11/00
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V15/00 0 Tags attached to, or associated with, an object, in order to enable detection of the object (record carriers for use with machines having a detectable tag or marker G06K19/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V99/00 0 Subject matter not provided for in other groups of this subclass
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V99/005 1 {Geomodels or geomodelling, not related to particular measurements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2200/00 0 Details of seismic or acoustic prospecting or detecting in general
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2200/10 1 Miscellaneous details
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2200/12 2 Clock synchronization-related issues
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2200/14 2 Quality control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2200/16 2 Measure-while-drilling or logging-while-drilling
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/00 0 Details of seismic processing or analysis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/10 1 Aspects of acoustic signal generation or detection
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/12 2 Signal generation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/121 3 Active source
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/1212 4 Shot
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/1214 4 Continuous
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/1216 4 Drilling-related
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/123 3 Passive source, e.g. microseismics
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/1232 4 Earthquakes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/1234 4 Hydrocarbon reservoir, e.g. spontaneous or induced fracturing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/1236 4 Acoustic daylight, e.g. cultural noise
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/125 3 Virtual source
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/127 3 Cooperating multiple sources
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/129 3 Source location
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/1291 4 Air
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/1293 4 Sea
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/1295 4 Land surface
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/1297 4 Sea bed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/1299 4 Subsurface, e.g. in borehole or below weathering layer or mud line
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/14 2 Signal detection
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/142 3 Receiver location
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/1421 4 Air
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/1423 4 Sea
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/1425 4 Land surface
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/1427 4 Sea bed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/1429 4 Subsurface, e.g. in borehole or below weathering layer or mud line
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/144 3 with functionally associated receivers, e.g. hydrophone and geophone pairs
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/16 2 Survey configurations
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/161 3 Vertical seismic profiling [VSP]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/163 3 Cross-well
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/165 3 Wide azimuth
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/167 3 Very long offset
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/169 3 Sparse arrays
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/20 1 Trace signal pre-filtering to select, remove or transform specific events or signal components, i.e. trace-in/trace-out (removing noise G01V2210/32)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/21 2 Frequency-domain filtering, e.g. band pass
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/22 2 Time-domain filtering
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/23 2 Wavelet filtering
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/24 2 Multi-trace filtering
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/242 3 F-k filtering, e.g. ground roll
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/244 3 Radon transform
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/25 2 Transform filter for merging or comparing traces from different surveys
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/26 2 Modulation or demodulation, e.g. for continuous sources
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/27 2 Other pre-filtering
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/30 1 Noise handling (trace signal pre-filtering G01V2210/20)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/32 2 Noise reduction
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/322 3 Trace stacking
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/324 3 Filtering
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/3242 4 Flow noise
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/3244 4 Cultural noise
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/3246 4 Coherent noise, e.g. spatially coherent or predictable
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/3248 4 Incoherent noise, e.g. white noise
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/34 2 Noise estimation (quality control G01V2200/14)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/36 2 Noise recycling, i.e. retrieving non-seismic information from noise
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/38 2 Noise characterisation or classification
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/40 1 Transforming data representation (for pre-filtering purposes G01V2210/20)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/41 2 Arrival times, e.g. of P or S wave or first break
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/42 2 Waveform, i.e. using raw or pre-filtered trace data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/43 2 Spectral
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/44 2 F-k domain
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/45 2 F-x or F-xy domain
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/46 2 Radon transform
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/47 2 Slowness, e.g. tau-pi
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/48 2 Other transforms
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/50 1 Corrections or adjustments related to wave propagation (noise handling G01V2210/30)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/51 2 Migration
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/512 3 Pre-stack
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/514 3 Post-stack
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/52 2 Move-out correction
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/522 3 Dip move-out [DMO]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/53 2 Statics correction, e.g. weathering layer or transformation to a datum
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/532 3 Dynamic changes in statics, e.g. sea waves or tidal influences
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/54 2 Borehole-related corrections
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/542 3 Casing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/544 3 Invasion zone
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/55 2 Array focusing; Phased arrays
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/56 2 De-ghosting; Reverberation compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/57 2 Trace interpolation or extrapolation, e.g. for virtual receiver; Anti-aliasing for missing receivers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/58 2 Media-related
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/582 3 Dispersion
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/584 3 Attenuation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/586 3 Anisotropic media
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/588 3 Non-linear media
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/59 2 Other corrections
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/60 1 Analysis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/61 2 Analysis by combining or comparing a seismic data set with other data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/612 3 Previously recorded data, e.g. time-lapse or 4D
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/6122 4 Tracking reservoir changes over time, e.g. due to production
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/6124 5 Subsidence, i.e. upwards or downwards
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/614 3 Synthetically generated data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/616 3 Data from specific type of measurement
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/6161 4 Seismic or acoustic, e.g. land or sea measurements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/6163 4 Electromagnetic
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/6165 4 Gravitational
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/6167 4 Nuclear
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/6169 4 using well-logging
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/62 2 Physical property of subsurface
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/622 3 Velocity, density or impedance
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/6222 4 Velocity; travel time
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/6224 4 Density
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/6226 4 Impedance
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/624 3 Reservoir parameters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/6242 4 Elastic parameters, e.g. Young, Lamé or Poisson
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/6244 4 Porosity
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/6246 4 Permeability
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/6248 4 Pore pressure
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/626 3 with anisotropy
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/63 2 Seismic attributes, e.g. amplitude, polarity, instant phase
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/632 3 Amplitude variation versus offset or angle of incidence [AVA, AVO, AVI]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/64 2 Geostructures, e.g. in 3D data cubes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/641 3 Continuity of geobodies
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/642 3 Faults
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/643 3 Horizon tracking
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/644 3 Connectivity, e.g. for fluid movement
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/645 3 Fluid contacts
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/646 3 Fractures
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/647 3 Gas hydrates
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/65 2 Source localisation, e.g. faults, hypocenters or reservoirs
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/66 2 Subsurface modeling
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/661 3 Model from sedimentation process modeling, e.g. from first principles
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/663 3 Modeling production-induced effects
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/665 3 using geostatistical modeling
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/6652 4 Kriging
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/667 3 Determining confidence or uncertainty in parameters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/67 2 Wave propagation modeling
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/671 3 Raytracing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/673 3 Finite-element; Finite-difference
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/675 3 Wave equation; Green's functions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/677 3 Spectral; Pseudo-spectral
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/679 3 Reverse-time modeling or coalescence modelling, i.e. starting from receivers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/70 1 Other details related to processing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/72 2 Real-time processing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01V2210/74 2 Visualisation of seismic data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01W METEOROLOGY (influencing weather conditions A01G15/00; dispersing fog E01H13/00; instruments for measuring single variable in general, see the appropriate subclass of G01, e.g. G01K, G01L; obtaining meteorological information by radar G01S13/95)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01W1/00 0 Meteorology
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01W2001/003 1 {Clear air turbulence detection or forecasting, e.g. for aircrafts}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01W2001/006 1 {Main server receiving weather information from several sub-stations}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01W1/02 1 Instruments for indicating weather conditions by measuring two or more variables, e.g. humidity, pressure, temperature, cloud cover or wind speed (G01W1/10 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01W1/04 2 giving only separate indications of the variables measured
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01W1/06 2 giving a combined indication of weather conditions (catathermometers for measuring "cooling value" related either to weather conditions or to comfort of other human environment G01W1/17; computers per se G06)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01W1/08 1 Adaptations of balloons, missiles, or aircraft for meteorological purposes; Radiosondes (transmission of measurements G01D; transmitting circuits H04B; {balloons in general B64B; aeroplanes in general B64D; missiles in general F42B15/00})
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01W1/10 1 Devices for predicting weather conditions (computers per se G06; display devices G09)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01W1/11 1 Weather houses or other ornaments for indicating humidity
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01W1/12 1 Sunshine duration recorders (measuring intensity of sunshine G01J)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01W1/14 1 Rainfall or precipitation gauges (measuring volume in general G01F)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01W1/16 1 Measuring atmospheric potential differences, e.g. due to electrical charges in clouds (measuring potentiels in general G01R)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01W1/17 1 Catathermometers for measuring "cooling value" related either to weather conditions or to comfort of other human environment
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01W1/18 1 Testing or calibrating meteorological apparatus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01W2201/00 0 Weather detection, monitoring or forecasting for establishing the amount of global warming
|
|
|
|
|
|
G01W2203/00 0 Real-time site-specific personalized weather information, e.g. nowcasting
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02 OPTICS
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B OPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B1/00 0 Optical elements characterised by the material of which they are made; Optical coatings for optical elements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B1/002 1 {made of materials engineered to provide properties not available in nature, e.g. metamaterials}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B1/005 2 {made of photonic crystals or photonic band gap materials (photonic band-gap structures or photonic lattices in integrated optics G02B6/1225; photonic band-gap structures or photonic lattices in optical fibres G02B6/02295)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B1/007 2 {made of negative effective refractive index materials}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B1/02 1 made of crystals, e.g. rock-salt, semi-conductors (G02B1/08 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B1/04 1 made of organic materials, e.g. plastics (G02B1/08 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B1/041 2 {Lenses}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B1/043 3 {Contact lenses}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B1/045 2 {Light guides}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B1/046 3 {characterised by the core material}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B1/048 3 {characterised by the cladding material}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B1/06 1 made of fluids in transparent cells
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B1/08 1 made of polarising materials
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B1/10 1 Optical coatings produced by application to, or surface treatment of, optical elements (G02B1/08 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B1/11 2 Anti-reflection coatings
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B1/111 3 using layers comprising organic materials
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B1/113 3 using inorganic layer materials only
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B1/115 4 Multilayers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B1/116 5 including electrically conducting layers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B1/118 3 having sub-optical wavelength surface structures designed to provide an enhanced transmittance, e.g. moth-eye structures
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B1/12 2 by surface treatment, e.g. by irradiation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B1/14 2 Protective coatings, e.g. hard coatings
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B1/16 2 having an anti-static effect, e.g. electrically conducting coatings
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B1/18 2 Coatings for keeping optical surfaces clean, e.g. hydrophobic or photo-catalytic films (G02B1/16 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B3/00 0 Simple or compound lenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B3/0006 1 {Arrays (G02B3/02, G02B5/188 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B3/0012 2 {characterised by the manufacturing method}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B3/0018 3 {Reflow, i.e. characterized by the step of melting microstructures to form curved surfaces, e.g. manufacturing of moulds and surfaces for transfer etching}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B3/0025 3 {Machining, e.g. grinding, polishing, diamond turning, manufacturing of mould parts}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B3/0031 3 {Replication or moulding, e.g. hot embossing, UV-casting, injection moulding}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B3/0037 2 {characterized by the distribution or form of lenses}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B3/0043 3 {Inhomogeneous or irregular arrays, e.g. varying shape, size, height}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B3/005 3 {arranged along a single direction only, e.g. lenticular sheets (G02B3/0043 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B3/0056 3 {arranged along two different directions in a plane, e.g. honeycomb arrangement of lenses (G02B3/0043 takes precedence; miniaturised objectives for electronic devices employing wafer level optics G02B13/0085)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B3/0062 3 {Stacked lens arrays, i.e. refractive surfaces arranged in at least two planes, without structurally separate optical elements in-between}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B3/0068 4 {arranged in a single integral body or plate, e.g. laminates or hybrid structures with other optical elements (G02B5/1885, G02B17/002, G02B30/27 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B3/0075 2 {characterized by non-optical structures, e.g. having integrated holding or alignment means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B3/0081 1 {having one or more elements with analytic function to create variable power (variable magnification in general G02B15/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B3/0087 1 {with index gradient}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2003/0093 1 {characterised by the shape}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B3/02 1 with non-spherical faces (G02B3/10 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B3/04 2 with continuous faces that are rotationally symmetrical but deviate from a true sphere {, e.g. so called "aspheric" lenses}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B3/06 2 with cylindrical or toric faces
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B3/08 2 with discontinuous faces, e.g. Fresnel lens {(diffractive Fresnel lenses G02B5/1876)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B3/10 1 Bifocal lenses; Multifocal lenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B3/12 1 Fluid-filled or evacuated lenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B3/14 2 of variable focal length
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B5/00 0 Optical elements other than lenses (light guides G02B6/00; optical logic elements G02F3/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B5/001 1 {Axicons, waxicons, reflaxicons}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B5/003 1 {Light absorbing elements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B5/005 1 {Diaphragms (for cameras G03B9/02)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B5/006 2 {cooled}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B5/008 1 {Surface plasmon devices (diffractive gratings with a pitch less than or comparable to the wavelength G02B5/1809; surface plasmons in integrated optics G02B6/1226; optical analysis of materials by means of surface plasmons G01N21/553)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B5/02 1 Diffusing elements; Afocal elements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B5/0205 2 {characterised by the diffusing properties}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B5/021 3 {the diffusion taking place at the element's surface, e.g. by means of surface roughening or microprismatic structures}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B5/0215 4 {the surface having a regular structure}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B5/0221 4 {the surface having an irregular structure (G02B5/0226 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B5/0226 4 {having particles on the surface}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B5/0231 4 {the surface having microprismatic or micropyramidal shape (macroscopic prism arrays G02B5/045)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B5/0236 3 {the diffusion taking place within the volume of the element}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B5/0242 4 {by means of dispersed particles}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B5/0247 4 {by means of voids or pores}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B5/0252 3 {using holographic or diffractive means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B5/0257 3 {creating an anisotropic diffusion characteristic, i.e. distributing output differently in two perpendicular axes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B5/0263 3 {with positional variation of the diffusing properties, e.g. gradient or patterned diffuser}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B5/0268 2 {characterized by the fabrication or manufacturing method}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B5/0273 2 {characterized by the use}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B5/0278 3 {used in transmission}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B5/0284 3 {used in reflection}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B5/0289 3 {used as a transflector}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B5/0294 3 {adapted to provide an additional optical effect, e.g. anti-reflection or filter}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B5/04 1 Prisms
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B5/045 2 {Prism arrays}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B5/06 2 Fluid-filled or evacuated prisms
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B5/08 1 Mirrors {(vehicle mirrors involving special optical features B60R1/08)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B5/0808 2 {having a single reflecting layer (G02B5/0883, G02B5/0891 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B5/0816 2 {Multilayer mirrors, i.e. having two or more reflecting layers (G02B5/0883, G02B5/0891 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B5/0825 3 {the reflecting layers comprising dielectric materials only}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B5/0833 4 {comprising inorganic materials only}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B5/0841 4 {comprising organic materials, e.g. polymers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B5/085 3 {at least one of the reflecting layers comprising metal}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B5/0858 4 {the reflecting layers comprising a single metallic layer with one or more dielectric layers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B5/0866 5 {incorporating one or more organic, e.g. polymeric layers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B5/0875 4 {the reflecting layers comprising two or more metallic layers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B5/0883 2 {with a refractive index gradient (rugate filters G02B5/289)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B5/0891 2 {Ultraviolet [UV] mirrors (apparatus for microlithography exposure G03F7/70; X-ray multilayer structures G21K1/06)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B5/09 2 Multifaceted or polygonal mirrors {, e.g. polygonal scanning mirrors; Fresnel mirrors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B5/10 2 with curved faces
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B5/12 1 Reflex reflectors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B5/122 2 cube corner, trihedral or triple reflector type
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B5/124 3 plural reflecting elements forming part of a unitary plate or sheet
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B5/126 2 including curved refracting surface
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B5/128 3 transparent spheres being embedded in matrix
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B5/13 3 plural curved refracting elements forming part of a unitary body
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B5/132 3 with individual reflector mounting means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B5/134 4 including a threaded mounting member
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B5/136 2 plural reflecting elements forming part of a unitary body (G02B5/124 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B5/18 1 Diffraction gratings {(holographic optical elements G02B5/32, G03H; integrally combined with optical fibres G02B6/02057; for coupling light guides G02B6/34; integrally combined with optical integrated light guides G02B6/12; grating systems G02B27/44)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2005/1804 2 {Transmission gratings}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B5/1809 2 {with pitch less than or comparable to the wavelength}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B5/1814 2 {structurally combined with one or more further optical elements, e.g. lenses, mirrors, prisms or other diffraction gratings (G02B5/189 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B5/1819 3 {Plural gratings positioned on the same surface, e.g. array of gratings (plural diffractive elements positioned sequentially along the optical path G02B27/4272)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B5/1823 4 {in an overlapping or superposed manner}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B5/1828 2 {having means for producing variable diffraction (controlling the direction of light by means of one or more diffracting elements G02B26/0808; acousto-optical elements G02F1/11, G02F1/33; electro- or magneto-optical diffraction G02F1/292, G02F1/2955)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B5/1833 2 {comprising birefringent materials (birefringent elements per se G02B5/3083)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B5/1838 2 {for use with ultraviolet radiation or X-rays}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B5/1842 2 {Gratings for image generation (G02B5/1847 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B5/1847 2 {Manufacturing methods}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B5/1852 3 {using mechanical means, e.g. ruling with diamond tool, moulding}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B5/1857 3 {using exposure or etching means, e.g. holography, photolithography, exposure to electron or ion beams}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B5/1861 2 {Reflection gratings characterised by their structure, e.g. step profile, contours of substrate or grooves, pitch variations, materials (G02B5/1809, G02B5/1828, G02B5/1833, G02B5/1838 and G02B5/1847 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B5/1866 2 {Transmission gratings characterised by their structure, e.g. step profile, contours of substrate or grooves, pitch variations, materials (G02B5/1809, G02B5/1828, G02B5/1833, G02B5/1838 and G02B5/1847 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B5/1871 3 {Transmissive phase gratings}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B5/1876 2 {Diffractive Fresnel lenses; Zone plates; Kinoforms (G02B5/1842, G02B5/1847 take precedence; optical systems having diffractive correction means G02B27/0037; Fresnel lenses operating by refraction G02B3/08)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B5/188 3 {Plurality of such optical elements formed in or on a supporting substrate}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B5/1885 4 {Arranged as a periodic array}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B5/189 3 {Structurally combined with optical elements not having diffractive power}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B5/1895 4 {such optical elements having dioptric power}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B5/20 1 Filters (polarising elements G02B5/30)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B5/201 2 {in the form of arrays}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B5/202 2 {comprising a gas or vapour}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B5/203 2 {having holographic or diffractive elements (diffraction gratings per se G02B5/18; holographic elements per se G02B5/32; generating the spectrum using diffraction elements G01J3/18)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B5/204 2 {in which spectral selection is performed by means of a conductive grid or array, e.g. frequency selective surfaces (for use with wavelengths longer than the infra-red light H01Q15/0006)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B5/205 2 {Neutral density filters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B5/206 2 {comprising particles embedded in a solid matrix}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B5/207 2 {comprising semiconducting materials}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B5/208 2 {for use with infra-red or ultraviolet radiation, e.g. for separating visible light from infra-red and/or ultraviolet radiation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B5/22 2 Absorbing filters {(G02B5/201 - G02B5/208 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B5/223 3 {containing organic substances, e.g. dyes, inks or pigments}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B5/226 3 {Glass filters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B5/23 3 Photochromic filters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B5/24 3 Liquid filters (G02B5/23 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B5/26 2 Reflecting filters (G02B5/28 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B5/265 3 {involving total internal reflection}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B5/28 2 Interference filters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B5/281 3 {designed for the infra-red light}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B5/282 4 {reflecting for infra-red and transparent for visible light, e.g. heat reflectors, laser protection}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B5/283 3 {designed for the ultraviolet}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B5/284 3 {of etalon type comprising a resonant cavity other than a thin solid film, e.g. gas, air, solid plates (etalons for fibre optic multiplexing G02B6/29358; etalons for spectral measurement G01J3/26)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B5/285 3 {comprising deposited thin solid films (G02B5/281 - G02B5/289 take precedence; multilayered film filters for fibre optic multiplexing G02B6/29361)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B5/286 4 {having four or fewer layers, e.g. for achieving a colour effect}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B5/287 4 {comprising at least one layer of organic material}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B5/288 4 {comprising at least one thin film resonant cavity, e.g. in bandpass filters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B5/289 3 {Rugate filters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B5/30 1 Polarising elements (light-modulating devices with active elements G02F1/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B5/3008 2 {comprising dielectric particles, e.g. birefringent crystals embedded in a matrix}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B5/3016 2 {involving passive liquid crystal elements (optical properties of liquid crystals G02F1/0063; polarising elements associated with active liquid crystal devices G02F1/133528)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B5/3025 2 {Polarisers, i.e. arrangements capable of producing a definite output polarisation state from an unpolarised input state (G02B5/3008, G02B5/3016 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B5/3033 3 {in the form of a thin sheet or foil, e.g. Polaroid}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B5/3041 4 {comprising multiple thin layers, e.g. multilayer stacks}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B5/305 5 {including organic materials, e.g. polymeric layers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B5/3058 3 {comprising electrically conductive elements, e.g. wire grids, conductive particles}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B5/3066 3 {involving the reflection of light at a particular angle of incidence, e.g. Brewster's angle}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B5/3075 3 {for use in the UV (G02B5/3066 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B5/3083 2 {Birefringent or phase retarding elements (G02B5/3008, G02B5/3016 take precedence; systems for polarisation control G02B27/286; manufacturing phase modulating patterns by lithographic processes G03F7/001)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B5/3091 3 {for use in the UV}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B5/32 1 Holograms used as optical elements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/00 0 Light guides
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/0001 1 {specially adapted for lighting devices or systems (lighting or signalling on vehicles using light guides B60Q1/00; lighting devices for vehicle dashboards B60Q3/10; lighting devices for vehicle interior using light guides B60Q3/62; lighting devices mounted on the vehicle rear part using light guides F21S43/235; measuring arrangements having light conducting pointers G01D13/265; illumination of liquid crystal displays G02F1/1336; illuminated signs G09F13/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/0003 2 {the light guides being doped with fluorescent agents}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/0005 2 {the light guides being of the fibre type (G02B6/0003 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/0006 3 {Coupling light into the fibre (in general G02B6/4298)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/0008 3 {the light being emitted at the end of the fibre}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/001 3 {the light being emitted along at least a portion of the lateral surface of the fibre}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/0011 2 {the light guides being planar or of plate-like form}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/0013 3 {Means for improving the coupling-in of light from the light source into the light guide (coupling light into light guides in general G02B6/42)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/0015 4 {provided on the surface of the light guide or in the bulk of it}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/0016 5 {Grooves, prisms, gratings, scattering particles or rough surfaces}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/0018 5 {Redirecting means on the surface of the light guide}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/002 5 {by shaping at least a portion of the light guide, e.g. with collimating, focussing or diverging surfaces}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/0021 6 {for housing at least a part of the light source, e.g. by forming holes or recesses}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/0023 4 {provided by one optical element, or plurality thereof, placed between the light guide and the light source, or around the light source}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/0025 5 {Diffusing sheet or layer; Prismatic sheet or layer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/0026 5 {Wavelength selective element, sheet or layer, e.g. filter or grating}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/0028 5 {Light guide, e.g. taper}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/003 5 {Lens or lenticular sheet or layer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/0031 5 {Reflecting element, sheet or layer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/0033 3 {Means for improving the coupling-out of light from the light guide}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/0035 4 {provided on the surface of the light guide or in the bulk of it}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/0036 5 {2-D arrangement of prisms, protrusions, indentations or roughened surfaces}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/0038 5 {Linear indentations or grooves, e.g. arc-shaped grooves or meandering grooves, extending over the full length or width of the light guide}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/004 5 {Scattering dots or dot-like elements, e.g. microbeads, scattering particles, nanoparticles}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/0041 6 {provided in the bulk of the light guide}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/0043 6 {provided on the surface of the light guide}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/0045 5 {by shaping at least a portion of the light guide}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/0046 6 {Tapered light guide, e.g. wedge-shaped light guide}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/0048 7 {with stepwise taper}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/005 4 {provided by one optical element, or plurality thereof, placed on the light output side of the light guide}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/0051 5 {Diffusing sheet or layer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/0053 5 {Prismatic sheet or layer; Brightness enhancement element, sheet or layer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/0055 5 {Reflecting element, sheet or layer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/0056 4 {for producing polarisation effects, e.g. by a surface with polarizing properties or by an additional polarizing elements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/0058 4 {varying in density, size, shape or depth along the light guide}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/006 5 {to produce indicia, symbols, texts or the like}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/0061 5 {to provide homogeneous light output intensity}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/0063 4 {for extracting light out both the major surfaces of the light guide}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/0065 3 {Manufacturing aspects; Material aspects}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/0066 3 {characterised by the light source being coupled to the light guide}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/0068 4 {Arrangements of plural sources, e.g. multi-colour light sources}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/007 4 {Incandescent lamp or gas discharge lamp}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/0071 5 {with elongated shape, e.g. tube}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/0073 4 {Light emitting diode [LED]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/0075 3 {Arrangements of multiple light guides (G02B6/0028 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/0076 4 {Stacked arrangements of multiple light guides of the same or different cross-sectional area}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/0078 4 {Side-by-side arrangements, e.g. for large area displays}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/008 5 {of the partially overlapping type}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/0081 3 {Mechanical or electrical aspects of the light guide and light source in the lighting device peculiar to the adaptation to planar light guides, e.g. concerning packaging}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/0083 4 {Details of electrical connections of light sources to drivers, circuit boards, or the like}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/0085 4 {Means for removing heat created by the light source from the package (heat extraction or cooling elements for semiconductor light sources in general H01L33/64)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/0086 4 {Positioning aspects}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/0088 5 {of the light guide or other optical sheets in the package}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/009 5 {of the light source in the package (G02B6/0021 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/0091 5 {of the light source relative to the light guide (G02B6/0021 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/0093 4 {Means for protecting the light guide}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/0095 4 {Light guides as housings, housing portions, shelves, doors, tiles, windows, or the like}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/0096 2 {the lights guides being of the hollow type}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2006/0098 1 {for scanning}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/02 1 Optical fibres with cladding
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/02004 2 {characterised by the core effective area or mode field radius}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/02009 3 {Large effective area or mode field radius, e.g. to reduce nonlinear effects in single mode fibres}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/02014 4 {Effective area greater than 60 square microns in the C band, i.e. 1530-1565 nm}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/02019 5 {Effective area greater than 90 square microns in the C band, i.e. 1530-1565 nm}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/02023 4 {Based on higher order modes, i.e. propagating modes other than the LP01 or HE11 fundamental mode (mode converters G02B6/14)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/02028 3 {Small effective area or mode field radius, e.g. for allowing nonlinear effects (non-linear optical waveguide devices G02F1/365)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/02033 2 {Core or cladding made from organic material, e.g. polymeric material (G02B1/04 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/02038 3 {with core or cladding having graded refractive index}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/02042 2 {Multicore optical fibres}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/02047 2 {Dual mode fibre (G02B6/105 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/02052 2 {comprising optical elements other than gratings, e.g. filters (comprising gratings G02B6/02057)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/02057 2 {comprising gratings}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/02061 3 {Grating external to the fibre and in contact with the fibre, e.g. evanescently coupled, gratings applied to the fibre end (mechanically induced in the fibre G02B6/02071, surface relief on the fibre G02B6/02066)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/02066 3 {Gratings having a surface relief structure, e.g. repetitive variation in diameter of core or cladding}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/02071 3 {Mechanically induced gratings, e.g. having microbends (G02B6/02066 takes precedence; mode converters G02B6/14)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/02076 3 {Refractive index modulation gratings, e.g. Bragg gratings}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/0208 4 {characterised by their structure, wavelength response (G02B6/02114, G02B6/02171, G02B6/02195 take precedence; multiple layer cores or claddings G02B6/036, protective coverings G02B6/4429)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/02085 5 {characterised by the grating profile, e.g. chirped, apodised, tilted, helical}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2006/0209 6 {Helical, chiral gratings}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/02095 6 {Long period gratings, i.e. transmission gratings coupling light between core and cladding modes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/021 5 {characterised by the core or cladding or coating, e.g. materials, radial refractive index profiles, cladding shape}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/02104 6 {characterised by the coating external to the cladding, e.g. coating influences grating properties}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/02109 6 {having polarization sensitive features, e.g. reduced photo-induced birefringence}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/02114 4 {characterised by enhanced photosensitivity characteristics of the fibre, e.g. hydrogen loading, heat treatment (treatment of glass fibres by ion diffusion, implantation, radiation, C03C25/60, C03C25/62)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/02119 5 {Photosensitivity profiles determining the grating structure, e.g. radial or longitudinal}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/02123 4 {characterised by the method of manufacture of the grating (photolithography G03F7/0005)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/02128 5 {Internal inscription, i.e. grating written by light propagating within the fibre, e.g. "self-induced"}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/02133 5 {using beam interference}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/02138 6 {based on illuminating a phase mask}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/02142 5 {based on illuminating or irradiating an amplitude mask, i.e. a mask having a repetitive intensity modulating pattern}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/02147 5 {Point by point fabrication, i.e. grating elements induced one step at a time along the fibre, e.g. by scanning a laser beam, arc discharge scanning (G02B6/02133 and G02B6/02142 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/02152 5 {involving moving the fibre or a manufacturing element, stretching of the fibre (G02B6/02147 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2006/02157 5 {Grating written during drawing of the fibre}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2006/02161 5 {Grating written by radiation passing through the protective fibre coating}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2006/02166 5 {Methods of designing the gratings, i.e. calculating the structure, e.g. algorithms, numerical methods}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/02171 4 {characterised by means for compensating environmentally induced changes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/02176 5 {due to temperature fluctuations}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/0218 6 {using mounting means, e.g. by using a combination of materials having different thermal expansion coefficients}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/02185 6 {based on treating the fibre, e.g. post-manufacture treatment, thermal aging, annealing (annealing glass fibres C03B37/15)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/0219 6 {based on composition of fibre materials}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/02195 4 {characterised by means for tuning the grating}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/022 5 {using mechanical stress, e.g. tuning by compression or elongation, special geometrical shapes such as "dog-bone" or taper (G02B6/02204 takes precedence; optical modulation using photo-elastic effect G02F1/0131)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/02204 5 {using thermal effects, e.g. heating or cooling of a temperature sensitive mounting body (optical modulation using thermo-optic effect G02F1/0147)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/02209 4 {Mounting means, e.g. adhesives, casings (G02B6/02171 and G02B6/02195 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/02214 2 {tailored to obtain the desired dispersion, e.g. dispersion shifted, dispersion flattened}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/02219 3 {Characterised by the wavelength dispersion properties in the silica low loss window around 1550 nm, i.e. S, C, L and U bands from 1460-1675 nm}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/02223 4 {Dual window fibres, i.e. characterised by dispersion properties around 1550 nm and in at least another wavelength window, e.g. 1310 nm}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/02228 4 {Dispersion flattened fibres, i.e. having a low dispersion variation over an extended wavelength range}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/02233 5 {having at least two dispersion zero wavelengths}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/02238 5 {Low dispersion slope fibres}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/02242 6 {having a dispersion slope <0.06 ps/km/nm2}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/02247 4 {Dispersion varying along the longitudinal direction, e.g. dispersion managed fibre}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/02252 4 {Negative dispersion fibres at 1550 nm}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/02257 5 {Non-zero dispersion shifted fibres, i.e. having a small negative dispersion at 1550 nm, e.g. ITU-T G.655 dispersion between - 1.0 to - 10 ps/nm.km for avoiding nonlinear effects}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/02261 5 {Dispersion compensating fibres, i.e. for compensating positive dispersion of other fibres}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/02266 4 {Positive dispersion fibres at 1550 nm}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/02271 5 {Non-zero dispersion shifted fibres, i.e. having a small positive dispersion at 1550 nm, e.g. ITU-T G.655 dispersion between 1.0 to 10 ps/nm.km for avoiding nonlinear effects}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/02276 4 {Dispersion shifted fibres, i.e. zero dispersion at 1550 nm}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/0228 3 {Characterised by the wavelength dispersion slope properties around 1550 nm (G02B6/02228 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/02285 3 {Characterised by the polarisation mode dispersion [PMD] properties, e.g. for minimising PMD (fabrication methods for minimising PMD C03B37/02745)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/0229 2 {characterised by nanostructures, i.e. structures of size less than 100 nm, e.g. quantum dots}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/02295 2 {Microstructured optical fibre (polarisation properties thereof G02B6/105 and G02B6/024)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/023 3 {having different index layers arranged around the core for guiding light by reflection, i.e. 1D crystal, e.g. omniguide}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/02304 4 {Core having lower refractive index than cladding, e.g. air filled, hollow core}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/02309 3 {Structures extending perpendicularly or at a large angle to the longitudinal axis of the fibre, e.g. photonic band gap along fibre axis}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/02314 3 {Plurality of longitudinal structures extending along optical fibre axis, e.g. holes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/02319 4 {characterised by core or core-cladding interface features}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/02323 5 {Core having lower refractive index than cladding, e.g. photonic band gap guiding}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/02328 6 {Hollow or gas filled core}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/02333 5 {Core having higher refractive index than cladding, e.g. solid core, effective index guiding}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/02338 5 {Structured core, e.g. core contains more than one material, non-constant refractive index distribution in core, asymmetric or non-circular elements in core unit, multiple cores, insertions between core and clad}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/02342 4 {characterised by cladding features, i.e. light confining region}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/02347 5 {Longitudinal structures arranged to form a regular periodic lattice, e.g. triangular, square, honeycomb unit cell repeated throughout cladding}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/02352 6 {Complex periodic lattices or multiple interpenetrating periodic lattices, e.g. unit cell having more than two materials, partially internally coated holes, for multiple bandgaps}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/02357 5 {Property of longitudinal structures or background material varies radially and/or azimuthally in the cladding, e.g. size, spacing, periodicity, shape, refractive index, graded index, quasiperiodic, quasicrystals}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/02361 5 {Longitudinal structures forming multiple layers around the core, e.g. arranged in multiple rings with each ring having longitudinal elements at substantially the same radial distance from the core, having rotational symmetry about the fibre axis}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/02366 5 {Single ring of structures, e.g. "air clad"}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/02371 5 {Cross section of longitudinal structures is non-circular}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/02376 5 {Longitudinal variation along fibre axis direction, e.g. tapered holes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/0238 5 {Longitudinal structures having higher refractive index than background material, e.g. high index solid rods}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/02385 4 {Comprising liquid, e.g. fluid filled holes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/0239 4 {Comprising means for varying the guiding properties, e.g. tuning means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/02395 2 {Glass optical fibre with a protective coating, e.g. two layer polymer coating deposited directly on a silica cladding surface during fibre manufacture (G02B6/02052, G02B6/02057, G02B6/105, G02B6/024, G02B6/032, G02B6/14 take precedence; optical cables, i.e. comprising protective structures external to the protective coating such as a jacket or plural coated optical fibres G02B6/44; coating on fibre gratings G02B6/02104; coating of glass to obtain optical fibres C03C25/104; multilayer core or cladding G02B6/036; reinforcing splice joints G02B6/2558)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/024 2 with polarisation maintaining properties
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/028 2 with core or cladding having graded refractive index {(G02B6/02033, G02B6/02295 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/0281 3 {Graded index region forming part of the central core segment, e.g. alpha profile, triangular, trapezoidal core (G02B6/0288, G02B6/0286 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/0283 3 {Graded index region external to the central core segment, e.g. sloping layer or triangular or trapezoidal layer (G02B6/0288, G02B6/0286 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/0285 4 {Graded index layer adjacent to the central core segment and ending at the outer cladding index}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/0286 3 {Combination of graded index in the central core segment and a graded index layer external to the central core segment (G02B6/0288 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/0288 3 {Multimode fibre, e.g. graded index core for compensating modal dispersion}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/032 2 with non solid core or cladding {(G02B6/02295 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2006/0325 3 {Fluid core or cladding}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/036 2 core or cladding comprising multiple layers {(multicore optical fibres G02B6/02042; microstructured properties G02B6/02295; omniguide fibres G02B6/023)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/03605 3 {Highest refractive index not on central axis}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/03611 4 {Highest index adjacent to central axis region, e.g. annular core, coaxial ring, centreline depression affecting waveguiding}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/03616 3 {Optical fibres characterised both by the number of different refractive index layers around the central core segment, i.e. around the innermost high index core layer, and their relative refractive index difference}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/03622 4 {having 2 layers only}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/03627 5 {arranged - +}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/03633 5 {arranged - -}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/03638 4 {having 3 layers only}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/03644 5 {arranged - + -}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/0365 5 {arranged - - +}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/03655 5 {arranged - + +}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/03661 4 {having 4 layers only}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/03666 5 {arranged - + - +}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/03672 5 {arranged - - + -}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/03677 5 {arranged - + + -}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/03683 5 {arranged - - + +}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/03688 4 {having 5 or more layers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/03694 3 {Multiple layers differing in properties other than the refractive index, e.g. attenuation, diffusion, stress properties}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/04 1 formed by bundles of fibres (G02B6/24 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/06 2 the relative position of the fibres being the same at both ends, e.g. for transporting images
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/065 3 {with dynamic image improvement}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/08 3 with fibre bundle in form of plate
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/10 1 of the optical waveguide type (G02B6/02, G02B6/24 take precedence; devices or arrangements for the control of light by electric, magnetic, electro-magnetic or acoustic means G02F1/00; transferring the modulation of modulated light G02F2/00; optical logic elements G02F3/00; optical analogue/digital converters G02F7/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/102 2 {for infra-red and ultra-violet radiation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/105 2 {having optical polarisation effects}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/107 2 {Subwavelength-diameter waveguides, e.g. nanowires}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/12 2 of the integrated circuit kind (electric integrated circuits H01L27/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/12002 3 {Three-dimensional structures}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/12004 3 {Combinations of two or more optical elements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/12007 3 {forming wavelength selective elements, e.g. multiplexer, demultiplexer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/12009 4 {comprising arrayed waveguide grating [AWG] devices, i.e. with a phased array of waveguides}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/12011 5 {characterised by the arrayed waveguides, e.g. comprising a filled groove in the array section}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/12014 5 {characterised by the wavefront splitting or combining section, e.g. grooves or optical elements in a slab waveguide}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/12016 5 {characterised by the input or output waveguides, e.g. tapered waveguide ends, coupled together pairs of output waveguides}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/12019 5 {characterised by the optical interconnection to or from the AWG devices, e.g. integration or coupling with lasers or photodiodes (coupling integrated waveguide to fibre G02B6/30, to optoelectronic element G02B6/42; monolithic integration of integrated waveguides with other optical elements G02B6/12004)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/12021 6 {Comprising cascaded AWG devices; AWG multipass configuration; Plural AWG devices integrated on a single chip}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/12023 5 {characterised by means for reducing the polarisation dependence, e.g. reduced birefringence}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/12026 5 {characterised by means for reducing the temperature dependence}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/12028 6 {based on a combination of materials having a different refractive index temperature dependence, i.e. the materials are used for transmitting light}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/1203 6 {using mounting means, e.g. by using a combination of materials having different thermal expansion coefficients}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/12033 5 {characterised by means for configuring the device, e.g. moveable element for wavelength tuning (switching G02B6/35; thermo-optic devices G02F1/0147)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2006/12035 3 {Materials}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2006/12038 4 {Glass (SiO2 based materials)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2006/1204 4 {Lithium niobate (LiNbO3)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2006/12042 4 {Potassium niobate (KNbO3)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2006/12045 4 {Lithium tantalate (LiTaO3)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2006/12047 4 {Barium titanate (BaTiO3)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2006/1205 4 {Arsenic sulfide (As2S3)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2006/12052 4 {Arsenic selenide (As2Se3)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2006/12054 4 {Tantalum pentoxide (Ta2O5)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2006/12057 4 {Niobium pentoxide (Nb2O5)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2006/12059 4 {Titanium niobate (TiNbPO3)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2006/12061 4 {Silicon}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2006/12064 4 {Zinc sulfide (ZnS)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2006/12066 4 {Calcite (CaCO3)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2006/12069 4 {Organic material}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2006/12071 5 {PMMA}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2006/12073 5 {Epoxy}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2006/12076 5 {Polyamide}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2006/12078 4 {Gallium arsenide or alloys (GaAs, GaAlAs, GaAsP, GaInAs)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2006/1208 4 {Rare earths}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2006/12083 3 {Constructional arrangements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2006/12085 4 {Integrated}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2006/12088 4 {Monomode}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2006/1209 4 {Multimode}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2006/12092 4 {Stepped}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2006/12095 4 {Graded}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2006/12097 4 {Ridge, rib or the like}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2006/121 4 {Channel; buried or the like}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2006/12102 4 {Lens}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2006/12104 4 {Mirror; Reflectors or the like}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2006/12107 4 {Grating}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2006/12109 4 {Filter}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2006/12111 4 {Fibre}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2006/12114 4 {Prism}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2006/12116 4 {Polariser; Birefringent}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2006/12119 4 {Bend}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2006/12121 4 {Laser}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2006/12123 4 {Diode}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2006/12126 4 {Light absorber}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2006/12128 4 {Multiple Quantum Well [MQW]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2006/1213 4 {comprising photonic band-gap structures or photonic lattices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2006/12133 3 {Functions}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2006/12135 4 {Temperature control}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2006/12138 4 {Sensor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2006/1214 4 {Soliton}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2006/12142 4 {Modulator}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2006/12145 4 {Switch}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2006/12147 4 {Coupler}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2006/1215 4 {Splitter}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2006/12152 4 {Mode converter}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2006/12154 4 {Power divider}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2006/12157 4 {Isolator}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2006/12159 4 {Interferometer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2006/12161 4 {Distributed feedback [DFB]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2006/12164 4 {Multiplexing; Demultiplexing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2006/12166 3 {Manufacturing methods}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2006/12169 4 {Annealing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2006/12171 5 {using a laser beam}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2006/12173 4 {Masking}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2006/12176 4 {Etching}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2006/12178 4 {Epitaxial growth}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2006/1218 4 {Diffusion}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2006/12183 4 {Ion-exchange}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2006/12185 5 {field-assisted ion-exchange}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2006/12188 4 {Ion implantation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2006/1219 4 {Polymerisation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2006/12192 4 {Splicing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2006/12195 4 {Tapering}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2006/12197 4 {Grinding; Polishing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/122 3 Basic optical elements, e.g. light-guiding paths
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/1221 4 {made from organic materials}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/1223 4 {high refractive index type, i.e. high-contrast waveguides}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/1225 4 {comprising photonic band-gap structures or photonic lattices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/1226 4 {involving surface plasmon interaction}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/1228 4 {Tapered waveguides, e.g. integrated spot-size transformers (for coupling with fibres G02B6/305)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/124 4 Geodesic lenses or integrated gratings
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/1245 5 {Geodesic lenses}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/125 4 Bends, branchings or intersections
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/126 3 using polarisation effects {(G02B6/1226 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/13 3 Integrated optical circuits characterised by the manufacturing method
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/131 4 {by using epitaxial growth (epitaxial growth for semiconductors H01L21/02365)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/132 4 by deposition of thin films
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/134 4 by substitution by dopant atoms
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/1342 5 {using diffusion (diffusion in single crystals C30B31/00; diffusion in glass C03C23/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/1345 5 {using ion exchange (ion exchange in glass C03C21/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/1347 5 {using ion implantation (ion implantation in glass C03C23/0055; ion implantation in general C23C)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/136 4 by etching
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/138 4 by using polymerisation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/14 2 Mode converters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/24 1 Coupling light guides
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/241 2 {Light guide terminations}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/243 3 {as light absorbers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/245 2 Removing protective coverings of light guides before coupling
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/25 2 Preparing the ends of light guides for coupling, e.g. cutting
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/255 2 Splicing of light guides, e.g. by fusion or bonding
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/2551 3 {using thermal methods, e.g. fusion welding by arc discharge, laser beam, plasma torch}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/2552 3 {reshaping or reforming of light guides for coupling using thermal heating, e.g. tapering, forming of a lens on light guide ends}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/2553 3 {Splicing machines, e.g. optical fibre fusion splicer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/2555 3 {Alignment or adjustment devices for aligning prior to splicing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/2556 4 {including a fibre supporting member inclined to the bottom surface of the alignment means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/2557 4 {using deformable flexure members, flexible hinges or pivotal arms}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/2558 3 {Reinforcement of splice joint}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/26 2 Optical coupling means (G02B6/36, G02B6/42 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/262 3 {Optical details of coupling light into, or out of, or between fibre ends, e.g. special fibre end shapes or associated optical elements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/264 3 {with optical elements between opposed fibre ends which perform a function other than beam splitting (having lens focusing means G02B6/32; utilising prism or grating G02B6/34)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/266 4 {the optical element being an attenuator}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/268 3 {for modal dispersion control, e.g. concatenation of light guides having different modal dispersion properties (graded index multimode fibres G02B6/0288; multimodal transmission systems H04B10/2581)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/27 3 with polarisation selective and adjusting means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/2706 4 {as bulk elements, i.e. free space arrangements external to a light guide, e.g. polarising beam splitters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/2713 5 {cascade of polarisation selective or adjusting operations}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/272 6 {comprising polarisation means for beam splitting and combining}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/2726 4 {in or on light guides, e.g. polarisation means assembled in a light guide}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/2733 5 {Light guides evanescently coupled to polarisation sensitive elements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/274 5 {based on light guide birefringence, e.g. due to coupling between light guides (G02B6/105, G02B6/024 take precedence; mechanically induced birefringence G02F1/0134)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/2746 4 {comprising non-reciprocal devices, e.g. isolators, FRM, circulators, quasi-isolators (magneto-optic non-reciprocal devices G02F1/093)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/2753 4 {characterised by their function or use, i.e. of the complete device}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/276 5 {Removing selected polarisation component of light, i.e. polarizers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/2766 5 {Manipulating the plane of polarisation from one input polarisation to another output polarisation, e.g. polarisation rotators, linear to circular polarisation converters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/2773 5 {Polarisation splitting or combining}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/278 5 {Controlling polarisation mode dispersion [PMD], e.g. PMD compensation or emulation (PMD minimised transmission systems H04B10/2569)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/2786 5 {Reducing the polarisation degree, i.e. depolarisers, scramblers, unpolarised output}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/2793 5 {Controlling polarisation dependent loss, e.g. polarisation insensitivity, reducing the change in polarisation degree of the output light even if the input polarisation state fluctuates}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/28 3 having data bus means, i.e. plural waveguides interconnected and providing an inherently bidirectional system by mixing and splitting signals
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/2804 4 {forming multipart couplers without wavelength selective elements, e.g. "T" couplers, star couplers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/2808 5 {using a mixing element which evenly distributes an input signal over a number of outputs}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/2813 6 {based on multimode interference effect, i.e. self-imaging}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/2817 5 {using reflective elements to split or combine optical signals}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/2821 5 {using lateral coupling between contiguous fibres to split or combine optical signals}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/2826 6 {using mechanical machining means for shaping of the couplers, e.g. grinding or polishing (grinding, polishing in general B24)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/283 7 {couplers being tunable or adjustable}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/2835 6 {formed or shaped by thermal treatment, e.g. couplers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2006/2839 7 {fabricated from double or twin core fibres}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/2843 6 {the couplers having polarisation maintaining or holding properties (polarisation preserving light guides G02B6/105)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/2848 5 {having refractive means, e.g. imaging elements between light guides as splitting, branching and/or combining devices, e.g. lenses, holograms}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/2852 5 {using tapping light guides arranged sidewardly, e.g. in a non-parallel relationship with respect to the bus light guides (light extraction or launching through cladding, with or without surface discontinuities, bent structures)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/2856 5 {formed or shaped by thermal heating means, e.g. splitting, branching and/or combining elements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/2861 5 {using fibre optic delay lines and optical elements associated with them, e.g. for use in signal processing, e.g. filtering (delay lines in general H03H, H01P9/00; optical computing devices G06E)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2006/2865 5 {couplers of the 3x3 type}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/287 4 Structuring of light guides to shape optical elements with heat application (G02B6/255 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/293 4 with wavelength selective means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/29301 5 {based on a phased array of light guides (integrated arrayed waveguide gratings G02B6/12009)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/29302 5 {based on birefringence or polarisation, e.g. wavelength dependent birefringence, polarisation interferometers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/29304 5 {operating by diffraction, e.g. grating (G02B6/29301 takes precedence; spectrometers using gratings G01J3/18)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/29305 6 {as bulk element, i.e. free space arrangement external to a light guide}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/29307 7 {components assembled in or forming a solid transparent unitary block, e.g. for facilitating component alignment}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/29308 7 {Diffractive element having focusing properties, e.g. curved gratings (Rowland circle spectrometers G01J3/20)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/2931 7 {Diffractive element operating in reflection}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/29311 7 {Diffractive element operating in transmission}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/29313 7 {characterised by means for controlling the position or direction of light incident to or leaving the diffractive element, e.g. for varying the wavelength response (switching G02B6/35)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/29314 8 {by moving or modifying the diffractive element, e.g. deforming}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/29316 6 {Light guides comprising a diffractive element, e.g. grating in or on the light guide such that diffracted light is confined in the light guide (G02B6/02057, G02B6/29332, G02B6/29356 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/29317 7 {Light guides of the optical fibre type}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/29319 8 {With a cascade of diffractive elements or of diffraction operations (forming interferometer by splitting and recombining G02B6/29347 - G02B6/29358)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/2932 9 {comprising a directional router, e.g. directional coupler, circulator}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/29322 8 {Diffractive elements of the tunable type (G02B6/02195 takes precedence; optical modulation devices based on a change of the optical properties of the medium G02F1/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/29323 7 {Coupling to or out of the diffractive element through the lateral surface of the light guide (evanescent grating couplers G02B6/29332)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/29325 7 {of the slab or planar or plate like form, i.e. confinement in a single transverse dimension only (integrated circuit planar waveguide arrangements G02B6/12007; specially adapted for lighting G02B6/0011)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/29326 8 {Diffractive elements having focusing properties, e.g. curved gratings (Rowland circle spectrometers G01J3/20)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/29328 8 {Diffractive elements operating in reflection}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/29329 8 {Diffractive elements operating in transmission}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/29331 5 {operating by evanescent wave coupling}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/29332 6 {Wavelength selective couplers, i.e. based on evanescent coupling between light guides, e.g. fused fibre couplers with transverse coupling between fibres having different propagation constant wavelength dependency (non wavelength-selective light guide couplers G02B6/28)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/29334 7 {Grating-assisted evanescent light guide couplers, i.e. comprising grating at or functionally associated with the coupling region between the light guides, e.g. with a grating positioned where light fields overlap in the coupler}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/29335 6 {Evanescent coupling to a resonator cavity, i.e. between a waveguide mode and a resonant mode of the cavity (wavelength selective means based on resonator cavity coupled non-evanescently G02B6/29356, G02B6/29358)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/29337 7 {Cavities of the linear kind, e.g. formed by reflectors at ends of a light guide}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/29338 7 {Loop resonators}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/2934 8 {Fibre ring resonators, e.g. fibre coils}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/29341 8 {Loop resonators operating in a whispering gallery mode evanescently coupled to a light guide, e.g. sphere or disk or cylinder (evanescent coupling for sensing fluorescence G01N21/648)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/29343 8 {Cascade of loop resonators}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/29344 5 {operating by modal interference or beating, i.e. of transverse modes, e.g. zero-gap directional coupler, MMI}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/29346 5 {operating by wave or beam interference (interferometers for measuring G01B9/02)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/29347 6 {Loop interferometers, e.g. Sagnac, loop mirror}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/29349 6 {Michelson or Michelson/Gires-Tournois configuration, i.e. based on splitting and interferometrically combining relatively delayed signals at a single beamsplitter}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/2935 6 {Mach-Zehnder configuration, i.e. comprising separate splitting and combining means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/29352 7 {in a light guide}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/29353 8 {with a wavelength selective element in at least one light guide interferometer arm, e.g. grating, interference filter, resonator}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/29355 8 {Cascade arrangement of interferometers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/29356 6 {Interference cavity within a single light guide, e.g. between two fibre gratings (G02B6/29347 - G02B6/2935 take precedence; evanescent coupling to a resonator cavity G02B6/29335)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/29358 6 {Multiple beam interferometer external to a light guide, e.g. Fabry-Pérot, etalon, VIPA plate, OTDL plate, continuous interferometer, parallel plate resonator (G02B6/29347, G02B6/29349, G02B6/2935, G02B6/29361 take precedence; resonator evanescently coupled to light guide G02B6/29335)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/29359 7 {Cavity formed by light guide ends, e.g. fibre Fabry Pérot [FFP]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/29361 6 {Interference filters, e.g. multilayer coatings, thin film filters, dichroic splitters or mirrors based on multilayers, WDM filters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/29362 7 {Serial cascade of filters or filtering operations, e.g. for a large number of channels}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/29364 8 {Cascading by a light guide path between filters or filtering operations, e.g. fibre interconnected single filter modules}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/29365 8 {in a multireflection configuration, i.e. beam following a zigzag path between filters or filtering operations}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/29367 9 {Zigzag path within a transparent optical block, e.g. filter deposited on an etalon, glass plate, wedge acting as a stable spacer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/29368 7 {Light guide comprising the filter, e.g. filter deposited on a fibre end (G02B6/29359 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/2937 7 {In line lens-filtering-lens devices, i.e. elements arranged along a line and mountable in a cylindrical package for compactness, e.g. 3- port device with GRIN lenses sandwiching a single filter operating at normal incidence in a tubular package}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/29371 5 {operating principle based on material dispersion}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/29373 6 {utilising a bulk dispersive element, e.g. prism}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/29374 6 {in an optical light guide (G02B6/02214 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/29376 7 {coupling light guides for controlling wavelength dispersion, e.g. by concatenation of two light guides having different dispersion properties (dispersion managed optical transmission systems H04B10/25253)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/29377 8 {controlling dispersion around 1550 nm, i.e. S, C, L and U bands from 1460-1675 nm}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/29379 5 {characterised by the function or use of the complete device}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/2938 6 {for multiplexing or demultiplexing, i.e. combining or separating wavelengths, e.g. 1xN, NxM}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/29382 7 {including at least adding or dropping a signal, i.e. passing the majority of signals}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/29383 8 {Adding and dropping}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/29385 8 {Channel monitoring, e.g. by tapping (channel monitoring in optical transmission systems H04B10/07)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/29386 7 {Interleaving or deinterleaving, i.e. separating or mixing subsets of optical signals, e.g. combining even and odd channels into a single optical signal}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/29388 7 {for lighting or use with non-coherent light}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/29389 6 {Bandpass filtering, e.g. 1x1 device rejecting or passing certain wavelengths (G02B6/2938 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/29391 6 {Power equalisation of different channels, e.g. power flattening}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/29392 6 {Controlling dispersion (G02B6/02214 takes precedence; modal dispersion control G02B6/268)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/29394 7 {Compensating wavelength dispersion (G02B6/29376 takes precedence; dispersion compensated optical transmission systems H04B10/2507)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/29395 6 {configurable, e.g. tunable or reconfigurable (switching G02B6/35)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/29397 6 {Polarisation insensitivity}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/29398 6 {Temperature insensitivity}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/30 3 for use between fibre and thin-film device
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/305 4 {and having an integrated mode-size expanding section, e.g. tapered waveguide}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/32 3 having lens focusing means {positioned between opposed fibre ends (with lens being an integral part of the single fibre end G02B6/262)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/322 4 {and having centering means being part of the lens for the self-positioning of the lightguide at the focal point, e.g. holes, wells, indents, nibs}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/325 4 {comprising a transparent member, e.g. window, protective plate}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/327 4 {with angled interfaces to reduce reflections}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/34 3 utilising prism or grating {(G02B6/293 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/35 3 having switching means (by changing the optical properties of the medium G02F1/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/3502 4 {involving direct waveguide displacement, e.g. cantilever type waveguide displacement involving waveguide bending, or displacing an interposed waveguide between stationary waveguides}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/3504 5 {Rotating, tilting or pivoting the waveguides, or with the waveguides describing a curved path (rotary joint G02B6/3628)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/3506 5 {Translating the waveguides along the beam path, e.g. by varying the distance between opposed waveguide ends, or by translation of the waveguide ends}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/3508 5 {Lateral or transverse displacement of the whole waveguides, e.g. by varying the distance between opposed waveguide ends, or by mutual lateral displacement of opposed waveguide ends}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/351 4 {involving stationary waveguides with moving interposed optical elements (G02B6/3538 takes precedence; interposed waveguides G02B6/3502)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/3512 5 {the optical element being reflective, e.g. mirror}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/3514 6 {the reflective optical element moving along a line so as to translate into and out of the beam path, i.e. across the beam path}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/3516 6 {the reflective optical element moving along the beam path, e.g. controllable diffractive effects using multiple micromirrors within the beam}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/3518 6 {the reflective optical element being an intrinsic part of a MEMS device, i.e. fabricated together with the MEMS device (MEMS devices in general B81B; manufacture of MEM devices in general B81C; micromechanical devices controlling the direction of light G02B26/0833)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/352 6 {the reflective optical element having a shaped reflective surface, e.g. a reflective element comprising several reflective surfaces or facets that function together}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/3522 5 {the optical element enabling or impairing total internal reflection (using evanescent coupling G02B6/3536)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/3524 5 {the optical element being refractive}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/3526 6 {the optical element being a lens}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/3528 6 {the optical element being a prism}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/353 5 {the optical element being a shutter, baffle, beam dump or opaque element (absorbers on light guide termination G02B6/243)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/3532 5 {the optical element being a wavelength independent filter or having spatially dependent transmission properties, e.g. neutral filter or neutral density wedge substrate with plurality of density filters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/3534 5 {the optical element being diffractive, i.e. a grating}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/3536 4 {involving evanescent coupling variation, e.g. by a moving element such as a membrane which changes the effective refractive index (mode converters G02B6/14; adjustable lateral coupling between waveguides G02B6/283; electro- optical refractive index variations G02F1/0118)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/3538 4 {based on displacement or deformation of a liquid (controlling the intensity of light by displacement or deformation of a fluid in general G02B26/004; fluid-filled lens of variable focal length G02B3/14)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/354 4 {Switching arrangements, i.e. number of input/output ports and interconnection types}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/3542 5 {Non-blocking switch, e.g. with multiple potential paths between multiple inputs and outputs, the establishment of one switching path not preventing the establishment of further switching paths}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/3544 5 {2D constellations, i.e. with switching elements and switched beams located in a plane}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/3546 6 {NxM switch, i.e. a regular array of switches elements of matrix type constellation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/3548 6 {1xN switch, i.e. one input and a selectable single output of N possible outputs}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/355 7 {1x2 switch, i.e. one input and a selectable single output of two possible outputs}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/3552 7 {1x1 switch, e.g. on/off switch}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/3554 5 {3D constellations, i.e. with switching elements and switched beams located in a volume}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/3556 6 {NxM switch, i.e. regular arrays of switches elements of matrix type constellation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/3558 6 {1xN switch, i.e. one input and a selectable single output of N possible outputs}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/356 5 {in an optical cross-connect device, e.g. routing and switching aspects of interconnecting different paths propagating different wavelengths to (re)configure the various input and output links (switching polarized beams G02B6/3594; power equalizers G02B6/356 and G02B6/3594; path selecting means H04Q11/0001)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/3562 5 {Switch of the bypass type, i.e. enabling a change of path in a network, e.g. to bypass a failed element in the network}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/3564 4 {Mechanical details of the actuation mechanism associated with the moving element or mounting mechanism details}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/3566 5 {involving bending a beam, e.g. with cantilever}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/3568 5 {characterised by the actuating force}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/357 6 {Electrostatic force (electrostatic forces controlling reflecting elements in general G02B26/0841)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/3572 6 {Magnetic force (magnetic forces controlling reflecting elements in general G02B26/085; magneto-optic devices G02F1/09)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/3574 6 {Mechanical force, e.g. pressure variations}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/3576 6 {Temperature or heat actuation (thermal forces controlling reflecting elements in general G02B26/0866; thermo-optic devices G02F1/0147)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/3578 6 {Piezoelectric force (piezoelectric forces controlling reflecting elements in general G02B26/0858; piezo-optic devices G02F1/0131)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/358 5 {Latching of the moving element, i.e. maintaining or holding the moving element in place once operation has been performed; includes a mechanically bistable system}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/3582 5 {Housing means or package or arranging details of the switching elements, e.g. for thermal isolation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/3584 5 {constructional details of an associated actuator having a MEMS construction, i.e. constructed using semiconductor technology such as etching (MEMS per se B81B, B81C)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/3586 4 {Control or adjustment details, e.g. calibrating (testing optical equipment G01M11/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/3588 5 {of the processed beams, i.e. controlling during switching of orientation, alignment, or beam propagation properties such as intensity, size or shape}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/359 5 {of the position of the moving element itself during switching, i.e. without monitoring the switched beams}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/3592 4 {Means for removing polarization dependence of the switching means, i.e. polarization insensitive switching (light guides coupling with polarization selective and adjusting means G02B6/27)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/3594 4 {Characterised by additional functional means, e.g. means for variably attenuating or branching or means for switching differently polarized beams}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/3596 4 {With planar waveguide arrangement, i.e. in a substrate, regardless if actuating mechanism is outside the substrate}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/3598 4 {Switching means directly located between an optoelectronic element and waveguides, including direct displacement of either the element or the waveguide, e.g. optical pulse generation (based on changing the optical properties of the medium G02F1/00; optical pulse generation in optical transmitters H04B10/508; optical pulse generation by controlling laser operation H01S3/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/36 2 Mechanical coupling means (G02B6/255, G02B6/42 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/3604 3 {Rotary joints allowing relative rotational movement between opposing fibre or fibre bundle ends}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/3608 3 {Fibre wiring boards, i.e. where fibres are embedded or attached in a pattern on or to a substrate, e.g. flexible sheets (optical ribbon cables in support members G02B6/4401)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/3612 4 {Wiring methods or machines}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/3616 3 {Holders, macro size fixtures for mechanically holding or positioning fibres, e.g. on an optical bench (supporting carriers of a microbench type G02B6/3648; micromanipulators B25J7/00; cassettes, bobbins G02B6/4439)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/362 4 {Vacuum holders for optical elements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/3624 4 {Fibre head, e.g. fibre probe termination (optical details of light guide terminations G02B6/241; reshaping of light guides G02B6/2552; optical details of coupling light into or out of fibre end G02B6/262)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/3628 3 {for mounting fibres to supporting carriers (G02B6/3608, G02B6/3616 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/3632 4 {characterised by the cross-sectional shape of the mechanical coupling means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/3636 5 {the mechanical coupling means being grooves (G02B6/3652 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/364 6 {inverted grooves, e.g. dovetails}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/3644 5 {the coupling means being through-holes or wall apertures}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/3648 4 {Supporting carriers of a microbench type, i.e. with micromachined additional mechanical structures (microstructured devices per se B81B)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/3652 5 {the additional structures being prepositioning mounting areas, allowing only movement in one dimension, e.g. grooves, trenches or vias in the microbench surface, i.e. self aligning supporting carriers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/3656 5 {the additional structures being micropositioning, with microactuating elements for fine adjustment, or restricting movement, into two dimensions, e.g. cantilevers, beams, tongues or bridges with associated MEMs}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/366 5 {the additional structures allowing for adjustment or alignment in all dimensions, i.e. 3D microoptics arrangements, e.g. free space optics on the microbench, microhinges or spring latches, with associated microactuating elements for fine adjustment or alignment}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/3664 4 {2D cross sectional arrangements of the fibres}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/3668 5 {with conversion in geometry of the cross section}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/3672 5 {with fibres arranged in a regular matrix array}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/3676 5 {Stacked arrangement}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/368 4 {with pitch conversion between input and output plane, e.g. for increasing packing density}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/3684 4 {characterised by the manufacturing process of surface profiling of the supporting carrier (manufacturing microsystems per se B81C1/00015)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/3688 5 {using laser ablation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/3692 5 {with surface micromachining involving etching, e.g. wet or dry etching steps (surface micromachining involving subtractive techniques B81C1/00055)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/3696 5 {by moulding, e.g. injection moulding, casting, embossing, stamping, stenciling, printing, or with metallic mould insert manufacturing using LIGA or MIGA techniques (shaping the mould surface by machining B29C33/38; moulding techniques B29C39/00, B29C43/00, B29C45/00, B29C48/00, B29C59/00; stamping, printing or embossing techniques B81C1/00444; surface micromachining using LIGA B81C2201/032)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/38 3 having fibre to fibre mating means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/3801 4 {Permanent connections, i.e. wherein fibres are kept aligned by mechanical means (splices by bonding G02B6/255; fusion splices G02B6/2551)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/3802 5 {Assembly tools, e.g. crimping tool or pressing bench (splicing machines G02B6/2553)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/3803 5 {Adjustment or alignment devices for alignment prior to splicing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/3805 6 {with a fibre-supporting member inclined to the bottom surface of the alignment means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/3806 5 {Semi-permanent connections, i.e. wherein the mechanical means keeping the fibres aligned allow for removal of the fibres (dismountable connectors G02B6/3807)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/3807 4 {Dismountable connectors, i.e. comprising plugs}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/3809 5 {without a ferrule embedding the fibre end, i.e. with bare fibre end}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/381 5 {of the ferrule type, e.g. fibre ends embedded in ferrules, connecting a pair of fibres}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/3812 6 {having polarisation-maintaining light guides (light guides having polarisation effects per se G02B6/105)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/3813 6 {for transmission of high energy beam (coupling high energy sources and light guides G02B6/4296)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/3814 6 {with cooling or heat dissipation means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/3816 6 {for use under water, high pressure connectors (provisionally see G02B6/4428)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/3817 6 {containing optical and electrical conductors (cables including electrical and optical conductors H01B11/22; G02B6/3816 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/3818 6 {of a low-reflection-loss type (G02B6/3813 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/382 7 {with index-matching medium between light guides (provisionally see G02B6/4212)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/3821 7 {with axial spring biasing or loading means (G02B6/3847 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/3822 7 {with beveled fibre ends}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/3823 6 {containing surplus lengths, internal fibre loops (provisionally see also G02B6/444)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/3825 6 {with an intermediate part, e.g. adapter, receptacle, linking two plugs}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/3826 6 {characterised by form or shape}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/3827 7 {Wrap-back connectors, i.e. containing a fibre having an U shape}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/3829 7 {Bent or angled connectors (G02B6/3827 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/383 7 {Hermaphroditic connectors, i.e. two identical plugs mating with one another, each plug having both male and female diametrically opposed engaging parts; (electric hermaphroditic coupling H01R24/84, H01R13/28)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/3831 7 {comprising a keying element on the plug or adapter, e.g. to forbid wrong connection (keying element on the ferrule G02B6/3851; keying element for electrical coupling H01R13/64)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/3833 5 {Details of mounting fibres in ferrules; Assembly methods; Manufacture}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/3834 6 {Means for centering or aligning the light guide within the ferrule}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/3835 7 {using discs, bushings or the like}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/3837 8 {forwarding or threading methods of light guides into apertures of ferrule centering means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/3838 7 {using grooves for light guides}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/3839 8 {for a plurality of light guides}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/3841 7 {using rods, balls for light guides}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/3842 8 {for a plurality of light guides}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/3843 7 {with auxiliary facilities for movably aligning or adjusting the fibre within its ferrule, e.g. measuring position or eccentricity (testing the alignment of axes, including eccentricity, G01B11/27)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/3845 6 {ferrules comprising functional elements, e.g. filters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/3846 6 {with fibre stubs}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/3847 6 {with means preventing fibre end damage, e.g. recessed fibre surfaces}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/3849 7 {using mechanical protective elements, e.g. caps, hoods, sealing membranes (G02B6/3816 takes precedence; provisionally see H01R13/44)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/385 6 {Accessories for testing or observation of connectors (means for centering or aligning the light guide within the ferrule with auxiliary facilities for movably aligning or adjusting the fibre within its ferrule, measuring position, eccentricity G02B6/3843; mechanical features associated with the optical testing of optical fibres G01M11/088)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/3851 6 {Ferrules having keying or coding means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/3853 6 {Lens inside the ferrule (lensed connectors G02B6/32)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/3854 6 {Ferrules characterised by materials}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/3855 6 {characterised by the method of anchoring or fixing the fibre within the ferrule (G02B6/3854 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/3857 7 {Crimping, i.e. involving plastic deformation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/3858 7 {Clamping, i.e. with only elastic deformation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/3859 8 {Ferrules characterised by use of shape memory material [SMM], e.g. heat recoverable polymers, Ti-Ni compounds (chemical aspects of SMM see the relevant places under C08 and C22; SMM used for shaping by moulding B29C61/00; SMM for electrical coupling H01R4/01, H01R4/72, H01R12/856, H02G15/1806)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/3861 7 {Adhesive bonding (adhesives in general C09J)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/3862 7 {radially-compressed, longitudinally-split ferrules consisting of a pair of identical matching halves}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/3863 6 {fabricated by using polishing techniques (grinding of the fibre ends B24B19/226)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/3865 6 {fabricated by using moulding techniques (shaping techniques of plastic materials in general B29C; producing plastic optical fiber connectors B29D11/0075)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/3866 6 {Devices, tools or methods for cleaning connectors (cleaning in general B08B)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/3867 6 {comprising air venting holes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/3869 5 {Mounting ferrules to connector body, i.e. plugs}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/387 6 {Connector plugs comprising two complementary members, e.g. shells, caps, covers, locked together}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/3871 6 {Ferrule rotatable with respect to plug body, e.g. for setting rotational position (adjusting fibre within the ferrule, G02B6/3843); Fixation of ferrules after rotation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/3873 5 {Connectors using guide surfaces for aligning ferrule ends, e.g. tubes, sleeves, V-grooves, rods, pins, balls}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/3874 6 {using tubes, sleeves to align ferrules}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/3875 7 {Floatingly supported sleeves}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/3877 7 {Split sleeves}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/3878 7 {comprising a plurality of ferrules, branching and break-out means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/3879 8 {Linking of individual connector plugs to an overconnector, e.g. using clamps, clips, common housings comprising several individual connector plugs}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/3881 6 {using grooves to align ferrule ends}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/3882 6 {using rods, pins or balls to align a pair of ferrule ends}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/3883 7 {using rods, pins or balls to align a plurality of pairs of ferrule ends}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/3885 6 {Multicore or multichannel optical connectors, i.e. one single ferrule containing more than one fibre, e.g. ribbon type (optical ribbon cable G02B6/4403, G02B6/448)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/3886 6 {Magnetic means to align ferrule ends}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/3887 5 {Anchoring optical cables to connector housings, e.g. strain relief features}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/38875 6 {Protection from bending or twisting}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/3888 6 {Protection from over-extension or over-compression}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/3889 6 {using encapsulation for protection, e.g. adhesive, molding or casting resin}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/389 5 {characterised by the method of fastening connecting plugs and sockets, e.g. screw- or nut-lock, snap-in, bayonet type}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/3891 6 {Bayonet type}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/3893 6 {Push-pull type, e.g. snap-in, push-on}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/3894 6 {Screw-lock type}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/3895 5 {identification of connection, e.g. right plug to the right socket or full engagement of the mating parts (keying element on the plug or adapter G02B6/3831; keying element on the ferrule G02B6/3851; keying element for electrical connection H01R13/64)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/3897 5 {Connectors fixed to housings, casings, frames, circuit boards}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/3898 5 {Tools, e.g. handheld; Tuning wrenches; Jigs used with connectors, e.g. for extracting, removing or inserting in a panel, for engaging or coupling connectors, for assembling or disassembling components within the connector, for applying clips to hold two connectors together or for crimping (tools for cleaning, G02B6/3866; tools in general B25B)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/40 3 having fibre bundle mating means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/403 4 {of the ferrule type, connecting a pair of ferrules}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/406 4 {of the ferrule type, connecting a plurality of pairs of ferrules}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/42 2 Coupling light guides with opto-electronic elements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4201 3 {Packages, e.g. shape, construction, internal or external details}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4202 4 {for coupling an active element with fibres without intermediate optical elements, e.g. fibres with plane ends, fibres with shaped ends, bundles}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4203 5 {Optical features}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4204 4 {the coupling comprising intermediate optical elements, e.g. lenses, holograms (encapsulated active devices H01S5/02208, H01L33/52)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4206 5 {Optical features (G02B6/4207, G02B6/421 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4207 5 {with optical elements reducing the sensitivity to optical feedback (anti-reflection devices specially adapted for lasers, see H01S3/0064)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4208 6 {using non-reciprocal elements or birefringent plates, i.e. quasi-isolators (optical isolators per se G02F1/093, G02F1/0955)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4209 7 {Optical features}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/421 5 {the intermediate optical component consisting of a short length of fibre, e.g. fibre stub}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4212 5 {the intermediate optical element being a coupling medium interposed therebetween, e.g. epoxy resin, refractive index matching material, index grease, matching liquid or gel}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4213 5 {the intermediate optical elements being polarisation selective optical elements (G02B6/27 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4214 5 {the intermediate optical element having redirecting reflective means, e.g. mirrors, prisms for deflecting the radiation from horizontal to down- or upward direction toward a device (G02B6/4246 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4215 5 {the intermediate optical elements being wavelength selective optical elements, e.g. variable wavelength optical modules or wavelength lockers (G02B6/4246 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4216 4 {incorporating polarisation-maintaining fibres (polarisation-maintaining fibres per se G02B6/105)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4218 5 {Optical features}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4219 4 {Mechanical fixtures for holding or positioning the elements relative to each other in the couplings; Alignment methods for the elements, e.g. measuring or observing methods especially used therefor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/422 5 {Active alignment, i.e. moving the elements in response to the detected degree of coupling or position of the elements (G02B6/4233, G02B6/4234 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4221 6 {involving a visual detection of the position of the elements, e.g. by using a microscope or a camera}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4222 7 {by observing back-reflected light}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4224 7 {using visual alignment markings, e.g. index methods}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4225 6 {by a direct measurement of the degree of coupling, e.g. the amount of light power coupled to the fibre or the opto-electronic element}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4226 6 {Positioning means for moving the elements into alignment, e.g. alignment screws, deformation of the mount}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4227 6 {Active alignment methods, e.g. procedures and algorithms}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4228 5 {Passive alignment, i.e. without a detection of the degree of coupling or the position of the elements (G02B6/4234 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/423 6 {using guiding surfaces for the alignment}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4231 7 {with intermediate elements, e.g. rods and balls, between the elements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4232 6 {using the surface tension of fluid solder to align the elements, e.g. solder bump techniques (flip-chip mounting techniques in assembly of semiconductor devices H01L24/81)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4233 5 {Active alignment along the optical axis and passive alignment perpendicular to the optical axis}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4234 5 {Passive alignment along the optical axis and active alignment perpendicular to the optical axis}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4236 5 {Fixing or mounting methods of the aligned elements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4237 6 {Welding}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4238 6 {Soldering}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4239 6 {Adhesive bonding; Encapsulation with polymer material}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/424 6 {Mounting of the optical light guide}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4242 7 {Mounting of the optical light guide to the lid of the package}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4243 7 {Mounting of the optical light guide into a groove (mounting optical light guides into a groove in general G02B6/3636)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4244 6 {Mounting of the optical elements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4245 6 {Mounting of the opto-electronic elements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4246 4 {Bidirectionally operating package structures}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4248 4 {Feed-through connections for the hermetical passage of fibres through a package wall (see provisionally also G02B6/4428)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4249 4 {comprising arrays of active devices and fibres}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/425 5 {Optical features (semiconductor laser arrays H01S5/40; hybrid LED arrays H01L25/0753; monolithic LED arrays H01L27/153)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4251 4 {Sealed packages (G02B6/4248 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4253 5 {by embedding housing components in an adhesive or a polymer material (G02B6/4212 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4254 5 {with an inert gas, e.g. nitrogen or oxygen (gas filled packages for semiconductor lasers H01S5/0222)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4255 4 {Moulded or casted packages}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4256 4 {Details of housings}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4257 5 {having a supporting carrier or a mounting substrate or a mounting plate (G02B6/3648 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4259 6 {of the transparent type}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/426 5 {mounting, engaging or coupling of the package to a board, a frame or a panel}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4261 6 {Packages with mounting structures to be pluggable or detachable, e.g. having latches or rails}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4262 5 {characterised by the shape of the housing (for semiconductor lasers H01S5/02208)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4263 6 {of the transisitor outline [TO] can type}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4265 6 {of the Butterfly or dual inline package [DIP] type}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4266 4 {Thermal aspects, temperature control or temperature monitoring (thermal aspect of electrical circuits H05K7/20, H05K5/0213, temperature control in general G05D23/19)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4267 5 {Reduction of thermal stress, e.g. by selecting thermal coefficient of materials}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4268 5 {Cooling (of semiconductor devices H01L23/24; of electric apparatus H05K7/20; of instruments G12B15/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4269 6 {with heat sinks or radiation fins}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4271 6 {with thermo electric cooling}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4272 6 {with mounting substrates of high thermal conductivity}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4273 5 {with heat insulation means to thermally decouple or restrain the heat from spreading}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4274 4 {Electrical aspects (G02B6/4263 and G02B6/4265 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4275 5 {Protection against electrostatic discharge [ESD]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4277 5 {Protection against electromagnetic interference [EMI], e.g. shielding means (shielding of electric apparatus H05K9/00, of instruments G12B17/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4278 5 {related to pluggable or demountable opto-electronic or electronic elements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4279 5 {Radio frequency signal propagation aspects of the electrical connection, high frequency adaptations}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/428 5 {containing printed circuit boards [PCB]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4281 6 {the printed circuit boards being flexible (in general H05K1/147)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4283 5 {with electrical insulation means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4284 5 {of optical modules with disconnectable electrical connectors (latching arms for electrical connectors H01R13/627)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4285 4 {Optical modules characterised by a connectorised pigtail}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4286 4 {Optical modules with optical power monitoring}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4287 4 {Optical modules with tapping or launching means through the surface of the waveguide (G02B6/2852, G02B6/4286 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4289 5 {by inducing bending, microbending or macrobending, to the light guide}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/429 5 {by surface irregularities on the light guide, e.g. by mechanical modification of the surface of the light guide on its exterior}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4291 5 {by accessing the evanescent field of the light guide}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4292 3 {the light guide being disconnectable from the opto-electronic element, e.g. mutually self aligning arrangements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4293 4 {hybrid electrical and optical connections for transmitting electrical and optical signals}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4295 3 {coupling with semiconductor devices activated by light through the light guide, e.g. thyristors, phototransistors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4296 3 {coupling with sources of high radiant energy, e.g. high power lasers, high temperature light sources}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2006/4297 4 {having protection means, e.g. protecting humans against accidental exposure to harmful laser radiation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4298 3 {coupling with non-coherent light sources and/or radiation detectors, e.g. lamps, incandescent bulbs, scintillation chambers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/43 3 Arrangements comprising a plurality of opto-electronic elements and associated optical interconnections
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/44 1 Mechanical structures for providing tensile strength and external protection for fibres, e.g. optical transmission cables (cables incorporating electric conductors and optical fibres {where features relating to the optical fibres are not of interest} H01B11/22)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4401 2 {Optical cables}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4402 3 {with one single optical waveguide (G02B6/4429, G02B6/4439, G02B6/4479 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4403 3 {with ribbon structure (G02B6/4429, G02B6/4439, G02B6/4479 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4404 4 {Multi-podded}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4405 3 {with longitudinally spaced waveguide clamping (G02B6/4429, G02B6/4439, G02B6/4479 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4407 3 {with internal fluted support member (G02B6/4429, G02B6/4439, G02B6/4479 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4408 4 {Groove structures in support members to decrease or harmonise transmission losses in ribbon cables}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4409 4 {for ribbons}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/441 3 {built up from sub-bundles (G02B6/4429, G02B6/4439, G02B6/4479 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4411 4 {Matrix structure}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4413 4 {Helical structure}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4414 4 {with internal serpentine waveguides}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4415 3 {Cables for special applications (G02B6/4429, G02B6/4439, G02B6/4479 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4416 4 {Heterogeneous cables}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4417 5 {High voltage aspects, e.g. in cladding}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4419 6 {Preventing corona discharge}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/442 6 {Insulators}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4421 7 {Insulators with helical structure of optical fibre, e.g. fibres wound around insulators}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4422 5 {of the overhead type}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4423 6 {Electro-corrosion preventing means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4425 6 {Suppression of galloping oscillation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4426 6 {Reducing drag caused by wired, e.g. by oval cross-section}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4427 4 {Pressure resistant cables, e.g. undersea cables}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4428 5 {Penetrator systems in pressure-resistant devices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4429 3 {Strengthening and protecting features (G02B6/4492, G02B6/4494, G02B6/4496 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/443 4 {Protective covering}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4432 5 {with fibre reinforcements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4433 6 {Double reinforcement laying in straight line with optical transmission element}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4434 4 {Central member to take up tensile loads}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4435 4 {Corrugated mantle}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4436 4 {Heat resistant}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4438 4 {facilitating insertion by fluid drag in ducts or capillaries}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4439 3 {Auxiliary devices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/444 4 {Systems and boxes with surplus length}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4441 5 {[Boxes]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4442 6 {Cap coupling boxes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4444 7 {Seals}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4445 7 {Divided base plates}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4446 6 {Cableboxes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4447 7 {with divided shells (G02B6/4448 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4448 7 {electro-optic}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/445 7 {with lateral pivoting cover}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4451 6 {underground connection boxes (G02B6/4448 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4452 5 {Distribution frames}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4453 5 {Cassettes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4454 6 {with splices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4455 7 {characterised by the way of extraction or insertion of the cassette in the distribution frame, e.g. pivoting, sliding, rotating, gliding}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4457 4 {Bobbins; Reels}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4458 5 {coiled, e.g. extensible helix}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4459 4 {Ducts; Conduits}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/446 5 {Desiccating features}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4461 5 {articulated}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4463 4 {Mechanical aspects of installing cables in ducts or the like (methods or apparatus for laying electrical cables through tubing or conduit H02G1/08)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4464 5 {by fluid drag (G02B6/4466 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4465 5 {Pulling eyes (G02B6/4466 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4466 5 {for buildings}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4467 4 {Repair sets}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4469 4 {Security aspects}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/447 4 {locatable, e.g. magnetic means (detection of buried cables G01V)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4471 4 {terminating, fan-out, clamping, strain-relieving or like devices (demountable connectors G02B6/3807)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4472 5 {Manifolds}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4473 6 {Three-way systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4475 6 {with provision for lateral branching (G02B6/4495 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4476 5 {with heat-shrinkable elements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4477 5 {Strain-relieving to interior strengths element}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4478 5 {Bending relief}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4479 3 {Fabrication methods}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/448 4 {ribbon cables}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4482 4 {code or colour marking}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4483 4 {Injection or filling devices (hydrogen absorbing materials G02B6/4492; water blocking or hydrophobic materials G02B6/4494)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4484 4 {with desired surplus length between fibres and protection feature}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4485 4 {Installing in protective tubing by fluid drag}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4486 4 {protective covering}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4488 5 {with metallic tube}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4489 4 {of central supporting member of lobe structure}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/449 4 {twisting}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4491 5 {in a lobe structure}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4492 3 {provided with hydrogen absorbing materials (G02B6/4439, G02B6/4479 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4494 3 {provided with water blocking or hydrophobic materials (G02B6/4439, G02B6/4479 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4495 3 {with provision in the cable protection, e.g. weak line, for gaining access to one or more fibres, e.g. for branching or tapping (break-out terminations G02B6/4439)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4496 3 {Freeze-prevention means (G02B6/4439, G02B6/4479 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4497 3 {Devices for opening or removing the mantle}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/4498 4 {for ribbon cables}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/46 1 Processes or apparatus adapted for installing optical fibres or optical cables (installation of cables containing electric conductors and optical fibres H02G)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/48 2 Overhead installation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/483 3 {Installation of aerial type}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/486 4 {by helical wrapping}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/50 2 Underground or underwater installation; Installation through tubing, conduits or ducts
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/502 3 {Installation methods in fluid conducts, e.g. pipelines}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/504 3 {Installation in solid material, e.g. underground}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/506 3 {Underwater installation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/508 3 {Fixation devices in ducts for drawing cables}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/52 3 using fluids, e.g. air
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B6/54 3 using mechanical means, e.g. pulling or pushing devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B7/00 0 Mountings, adjusting means, or light-tight connections, for optical elements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B7/001 1 {Counterbalanced structures, e.g. surgical microscopes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B7/002 1 {Mounting on the human body}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B7/003 1 {Alignment of optical elements (G02B7/001, G02B7/002 take precedence; for mirrors G02B7/1822)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B7/004 2 {Manual alignment, e.g. micromanipulators}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B7/005 2 {Motorised alignment}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B7/006 1 {Filter holders}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B7/007 1 {Pressure-resistant sight glasses}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B7/008 1 {with means for compensating for changes in temperature or for controlling the temperature; thermal stabilisation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B7/02 1 for lenses {(supports for magnifying lenses G02B25/002)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B7/021 2 {for more than one lens}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B7/022 2 {lens and mount having complementary engagement means, e.g. screw/thread}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B7/023 2 {permitting adjustment}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B7/025 2 {using glue}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B7/026 2 {using retaining rings or springs (G02B7/027 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B7/027 2 {the lens being in the form of a sphere or ball}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B7/028 2 {with means for compensating for changes in temperature or for controlling the temperature; thermal stabilisation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B7/04 2 with mechanism for focusing or varying magnification
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B7/06 3 Focusing binocular pairs
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B7/08 3 adapted to co-operate with a remote control mechanism
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B7/09 3 adapted for automatic focusing or varying magnification
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B7/10 3 by relative axial movement of several lenses, e.g. of varifocal objective lens
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B7/102 4 {controlled by a microcomputer (cameras with interchangeable lenses G03B17/14)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B7/105 4 with movable lens means specially adapted for focusing at close distances
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B7/12 2 Adjusting pupillary distance of binocular pairs
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B7/14 2 adapted to interchange lenses {(G02B7/027 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B7/16 3 Rotatable turrets
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B7/18 1 for prisms; for mirrors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B7/1805 2 {for prisms (G02B7/181 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B7/181 2 {with means for compensating for changes in temperature or for controlling the temperature; thermal stabilisation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B7/1815 3 {with cooling or heating systems (cooling arrangements for laser mirrors H01S3/0401)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B7/182 2 for mirrors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B7/1821 3 {for rotating or oscillating mirrors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B7/1822 3 {comprising means for aligning the optical axis (G02B7/1821 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B7/1824 4 {Manual alignment}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B7/1825 5 {made by screws, e.g. for laser mirrors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B7/1827 4 {Motorised alignment}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B7/1828 5 {using magnetic means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B7/183 3 specially adapted for very large mirrors, e.g. for astronomy, {or solar concentrators}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B7/185 3 with means for adjusting the shape of the mirror surface
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B7/188 4 Membrane mirrors {(not in use, see G02B26/06, G02B26/0825)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B7/192 3 with means for minimising internal mirror stresses {not in use}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B7/195 4 Fluid-cooled mirrors {(not in use, see G02B7/181)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B7/198 3 with means for adjusting the mirror relative to its support {(G02B7/1822 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B7/20 1 Light-tight connections for movable optical elements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B7/22 2 Extensible connections, e.g. bellows
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B7/24 2 Pivoted connections
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B7/28 1 Systems for automatic generation of focusing signals
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B7/282 2 {Autofocusing of zoom lenses}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B7/285 2 {including two or more different focus detection devices, e.g. both an active and a passive focus detecting device}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B7/287 2 {including a sight line detecting device}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B7/30 2 using parallactic triangle with a base line
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B7/305 3 {using a scanner}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B7/32 3 using active means, e.g. light emitter {(including both an active and a passive focus detecting device G02B7/285; using ultrasound G02B7/40)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B7/34 2 using different areas in a pupil plane
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B7/343 3 {using light beam separating prisms}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B7/346 3 {using horizontal and vertical areas in the pupil plane, i.e. wide area autofocusing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B7/36 2 using image sharpness techniques {, e.g. image processing techniques for generating autofocus signals (image data processing per se G06T; in cameras having a solid state image sensor H04N23/67)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B7/365 3 {by analysis of the spatial frequency components of the image}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B7/38 3 measured at different points on the optical axis {, e.g. focussing on two or more planes and comparing image data}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B7/40 2 using time delay of the reflected waves, e.g. of ultrasonic waves
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B9/00 0 Optical objectives characterised both by the number of the components and their arrangements according to their sign, i.e. + or - (G02B15/00 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B9/02 1 having one + component only (simple lenses G02B3/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B9/04 1 having two components only
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B9/06 2 two + components
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B9/08 3 arranged about a stop
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B9/10 2 one + and one - component
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B9/12 1 having three components only
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B9/14 2 arranged + - +
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B9/16 3 all the components being simple
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B9/18 3 only one component having a compound lens (G02B9/30 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B9/20 4 the rear component having the compound
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B9/22 4 the middle component having the compound
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B9/24 3 two of the components having compound lenses (G02B9/30 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B9/26 4 the front and rear components having compound lenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B9/28 4 the middle and rear components having compound lenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B9/30 3 the middle component being a - compound meniscus having a + lens
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B9/32 4 the + lens being a meniscus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B9/34 1 having four components only
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B9/36 2 arranged + -- +
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B9/38 3 both - components being meniscus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B9/40 4 one - component being compound
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B9/42 4 two - components being compound
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B9/44 3 both - components being biconcave
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B9/46 4 one - component being compound
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B9/48 4 two - components being compound
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B9/50 3 both + components being meniscus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B9/52 3 the rear + component being compound
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B9/54 3 the front + component being compound
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B9/56 3 all components being simple lenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B9/58 2 arranged - + + -
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B9/60 1 having five components only
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B9/62 1 having six components only
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B9/64 1 having more than six components
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B13/00 0 Optical objectives specially designed for the purposes specified below (with variable magnification {in general} G02B15/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B13/0005 1 {having F-Theta characteristic (scanning systems employing movable or deformable optical elements G02B26/10)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B13/001 1 {Miniaturised objectives for electronic devices, e.g. portable telephones, webcams, PDAs, small digital cameras (G02B23/243 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B13/0015 2 {characterised by the lens design}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B13/002 3 {having at least one aspherical surface}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B13/0025 4 {having one lens only}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B13/003 4 {having two lenses}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B13/0035 4 {having three lenses}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B13/004 4 {having four lenses}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B13/0045 4 {having five or more lenses}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B13/005 3 {having spherical lenses only}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B13/0055 2 {employing a special optical element}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B13/006 3 {at least one element being a compound optical element, e.g. cemented elements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B13/0065 3 {having a beam-folding prism or mirror}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B13/007 4 {the beam folding prism having at least one curved surface}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B13/0075 3 {having an element with variable optical properties}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B13/008 2 {designed for infrared light}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B13/0085 2 {employing wafer level optics}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B13/009 2 {having zoom function}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B13/0095 1 {Relay lenses or rod lenses (in instruments for viewing the inside of hollow bodies G02B23/2446)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B13/02 1 Telephoto objectives, i.e. systems of the type + - in which the distance from the front vertex to the image plane is less than the equivalent focal length
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B13/04 1 Reversed telephoto objectives
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B13/06 1 Panoramic objectives; So-called "sky lenses" {including panoramic objectives having reflecting surfaces}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B13/08 1 Anamorphotic objectives
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B13/10 2 involving prisms (G02B13/12 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B13/12 2 with variable magnification
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B13/14 1 for use with infra-red or ultra-violet radiation ({G02B13/008, } G02B13/16 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B13/143 2 {for use with ultra-violet radiation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B13/146 2 {with corrections for use in multiple wavelength bands, such as infra-red and visible light, e.g. FLIR systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B13/16 1 for use in conjunction with image converters or intensifiers {, or for use with projectors, e.g. objectives for projection TV}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B13/18 1 with lenses having one or more non-spherical faces, e.g. for reducing geometrical aberration {(G02B13/002 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B13/20 1 Soft-focus objectives
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B13/22 1 Telecentric objectives or lens systems
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B13/24 1 for reproducing or copying at short object distances
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B13/26 2 for reproducing with unit magnification
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B15/00 0 Optical objectives with means for varying the magnification (anamorphotic objectives G02B13/08)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B15/02 1 by changing, adding, or subtracting a part of the objective, e.g. convertible objective
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B15/04 2 by changing a part
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B15/06 3 by changing the front part
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B15/08 3 by changing the rear part
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B15/10 2 by adding a part, e.g. close-up attachment
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B15/12 3 by adding telescopic attachments (G02B15/14 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B15/14 1 by axial movement of one or more lenses or groups of lenses relative to the image plane for continuously varying the equivalent focal length of the objective
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B15/142 2 {having two groups only}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B15/1421 3 {the first group being positive}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B15/1425 3 {the first group being negative}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B15/143 2 {having three groups only}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B15/1431 3 {the first group being positive}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B15/143101 4 {arranged +--}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B15/143103 4 {arranged ++-}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B15/143105 4 {arranged +-+}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B15/143107 4 {arranged +++}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B15/1435 3 {the first group being negative}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B15/143501 4 {arranged ---}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B15/143503 4 {arranged -+-}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B15/143505 4 {arranged --+}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B15/143507 4 {arranged -++}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B15/144 2 {having four groups only}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B15/1441 3 {the first group being positive}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B15/144101 4 {arranged +---}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B15/144103 4 {arranged ++--}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B15/144105 4 {arranged +-+-}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B15/144107 4 {arranged +++-}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B15/144109 4 {arranged +--+}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B15/144111 4 {arranged ++-+}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B15/144113 4 {arranged +-++}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B15/144115 4 {arranged ++++}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B15/1445 3 {the first group being negative}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B15/144501 4 {arranged ----}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B15/144503 4 {arranged -+--}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B15/144505 4 {arranged --+-}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B15/144507 4 {arranged -++-}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B15/144509 4 {arranged ---+}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B15/144511 4 {arranged -+-+}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B15/144513 4 {arranged --++}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B15/144515 4 {arranged -+++}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B15/145 2 {having five groups only}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B15/1451 3 {the first group being positive}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B15/145101 4 {arranged +----}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B15/145103 4 {arranged ++---}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B15/145105 4 {arranged +-+--}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B15/145107 4 {arranged +++--}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B15/145109 4 {arranged +--+-}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B15/145111 4 {arranged ++-+-}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B15/145113 4 {arranged +-++-}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B15/145115 4 {arranged ++++-}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B15/145117 4 {arranged +---+}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B15/145119 4 {arranged ++--+}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B15/145121 4 {arranged +-+-+}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B15/145123 4 {arranged +++-+}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B15/145125 4 {arranged +--++}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B15/145127 4 {arranged ++-++}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B15/145129 4 {arranged +-+++}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B15/145131 4 {arranged +++++}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B15/1455 3 {the first group being negative}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B15/145501 4 {arranged -----}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B15/145503 4 {arranged -+---}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B15/145505 4 {arranged --+--}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B15/145507 4 {arranged -++--}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B15/145509 4 {arranged ---+-}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B15/145511 4 {arranged -+-+-}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B15/145513 4 {arranged --++-}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B15/145515 4 {arranged -+++-}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B15/145517 4 {arranged ----+}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B15/145519 4 {arranged -+--+}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B15/145521 4 {arranged --+-+}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B15/145523 4 {arranged -++-+}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B15/145525 4 {arranged ---++}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B15/145527 4 {arranged -+-++}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B15/145529 4 {arranged --+++}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B15/145531 4 {arranged -++++}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B15/146 2 {having more than five groups}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B15/1461 3 {the first group being positive}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B15/1465 3 {the first group being negative}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B15/15 2 compensation by means of only one movement or by means of only linearly related movements, e.g. optical compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B15/16 2 with interdependent non-linearly related movements between one lens or lens group, and another lens or lens group (G02B15/22 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B15/163 3 having a first movable lens or lens group and a second movable lens or lens group, both in front of a fixed lens or lens group (G02B15/177 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B15/167 4 having an additional fixed front lens or group of lenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B15/17 5 arranged +--
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B15/173 5 arranged +-+
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B15/177 3 having a negative front lens or group of lenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B15/20 3 having an additional movable lens or lens group for varying the objective focal length
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B15/22 2 with movable lens means specially adapted for focusing at close distances
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B15/24 3 having a front fixed lens or lens group and two movable lenses or lens groups in front of a fixed lens or lens group
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B15/26 4 arranged +--
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B15/28 4 arranged +-+
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B17/00 0 Systems with reflecting surfaces, with or without refracting elements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B17/002 1 {Arrays of reflective systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B17/004 1 {Systems comprising a plurality of reflections between two or more surfaces, e.g. cells, resonators (multipass arrangements for optical cuvettes G01N21/031; laser resonators H01S3/05)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B17/006 1 {Systems in which light light is reflected on a plurality of parallel surfaces, e.g. louvre mirrors, total internal reflection [TIR] lenses (Fresnel mirrors G02B5/09, Fresnel lenses G02B3/08)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B17/008 1 {Systems specially adapted to form image relays or chained systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B17/02 1 Catoptric systems, e.g. image erecting and reversing system
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B17/023 2 {for extending or folding an optical path, e.g. delay lines}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B17/026 2 {having static image erecting or reversing properties only (G02B17/045 takes precedence; optical derotators G02B27/642; optical devices for controlling the direction of light using movable or deformable optical elements G02B26/08)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B17/04 2 using prisms only
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B17/045 3 {having static image erecting or reversing properties only (optical derotators G02B27/642; optical devices for controlling the direction of light using movable or deformable optical elements G02B26/08)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B17/06 2 using mirrors only {, i.e. having only one curved mirror (used in non-imaging applications G02B19/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B17/0605 3 {using two curved mirrors (G02B17/0668, G02B17/0694 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B17/061 4 {on-axis systems with at least one of the mirrors having a central aperture}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B17/0615 4 {off-axis or unobscured systems in wich all of the mirrors share a common axis of rotational symmetry}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B17/0621 4 {off-axis or unobscured systems in which not all of the mirrors share a common axis of rotational symmetry, e.g. at least one of the mirrors is warped, tilted or decentered with respect to the other elements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B17/0626 3 {using three curved mirrors (G02B17/0668, G02B17/0694 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B17/0631 4 {on-axis systems with at least one of the mirrors having a central aperture}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B17/0636 4 {off-axis or unobscured systems in which all of the mirrors share a common axis of rotational symmetry}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B17/0642 4 {off-axis or unobscured systems in which not all of the mirrors share a common axis of rotational symmetry, e.g. at least one of the mirrors is warped, tilted or decentered with respect to the other elements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B17/0647 3 {using more than three curved mirrors (G02B17/0668, G02B17/0694 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B17/0652 4 {on-axis systems with at least one of the mirrors having a central aperture}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B17/0657 4 {off-axis or unobscured systems in which all of the mirrors share a common axis of rotational symmetry}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B17/0663 4 {off-axis or unobscured systems in which not all of the mirrors share a common axis of rotational symmetry, e.g. at least one of the mirrors is warped, tilted or decentered with respect to the other elements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B17/0668 3 {having non-imaging properties}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B17/0673 4 {for light condensing, e.g. for use with a light emitter (details of lighting devices in general F21V; semiconductor devices with at least one potential-jump barrier or surface barrier specially adapted for light emission H01L33/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B17/0678 5 {specially adapted to emit light in a 360° plane or hemisphere}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B17/0684 4 {for light collecting, e.g. for use with a detector}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B17/0689 5 {specially adapted to receive light from a 360° plane or hemisphere}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B17/0694 3 {with variable magnification or multiple imaging planes, including multispectral systems (systems with only refractive elements G02B15/14)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B17/08 1 Catadioptric systems {(used in non-imaging applications G02B19/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B17/0804 2 {using two curved mirrors (G02B17/0864, G02B17/0896 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B17/0808 3 {on-axis systems with at least one of the mirrors having a central aperture}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B17/0812 3 {off-axis or unobscured systems in which all of the mirrors share a common axis of rotational symmetry}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B17/0816 3 {off-axis or unobscured systems in which not all of the mirrors share a common axis of rotational symmetry, e.g. at least one of the mirrors is warped, tilted or decentered with respect to the other elements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B17/082 2 {using three curved mirrors (G02B17/0864, G02B17/0896 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B17/0824 3 {on-axis systems with at least one of the mirrors having a central aperture}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B17/0828 3 {off-axis or unobscured systems in which all of the mirrors share a common axis of rotational symmetry}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B17/0832 3 {off-axis or unobscured systems in which not all of the mirrors share a common axis of rotational symmetry, e.g. at least one of the mirrors is warped, tilted or decentered with respect to the other elements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B17/0836 2 {using more than three curved mirrors (G02B17/0864, G02B17/0896 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B17/084 3 {on-axis systems with at least one of the mirrors having a central aperture}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B17/0844 3 {off-axis or unobscured systems in which all of the mirrors share a common axis of rotational symmetry}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B17/0848 3 {off-axis or unobscured systems in which not all of the mirrors share a common axis of rotational symmetry, e.g. at least one of the mirrors is warped, tilted or decentered with respect to the other elements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B17/0852 2 {having a field corrector only}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B17/0856 2 {comprising a refractive element with a reflective surface, the reflection taking place inside the element, e.g. Mangin mirrors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B17/086 3 {wherein the system is made of a single block of optical material, e.g. solid catadioptric systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B17/0864 2 {having non-imaging properties}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B17/0868 3 {for light condensing, e.g. for use with a light emitter (details of lighting devices in general F21V; semiconductor devices with at least one potential-jump barrier or surface barrier specially adapted for light emission H01L33/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B17/0872 4 {specially adapted to emit light in a 360° plane or hemisphere}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B17/0876 3 {for light collecting, e.g. for use with a detector}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B17/088 4 {specially adapted to receive light from a 360° plane or hemisphere}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B17/0884 2 {having a pupil corrector}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B17/0888 3 {the corrector having at least one aspheric surface, e.g. Schmidt plates}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B17/0892 2 {specially adapted for the UV}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B17/0896 2 {with variable magnification or multiple imaging planes, including multispectral systems (systems with only refractive elements G02B15/14)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B19/00 0 Condensers, {e.g. light collectors or similar non-imaging optics}(for microscopes G02B21/08)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B19/0004 1 {characterised by the optical means employed}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B19/0009 2 {having refractive surfaces only}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B19/0014 3 {at least one surface having optical power}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B19/0019 2 {having reflective surfaces only (e.g. louvre systems, systems with multiple planar reflectors)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B19/0023 3 {at least one surface having optical power}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B19/0028 2 {refractive and reflective surfaces, e.g. non-imaging catadioptric systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B19/0033 1 {characterised by the use}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B19/0038 2 {for use with ambient light (G02B19/009, G02B19/0095 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B19/0042 3 {for use with direct solar radiation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B19/0047 2 {for use with a light source (G02B19/009, G02B19/0095 take precedence; details of lighting devices in general F21V; non-semiconductor lasers having optical devices external to the laser cavity H01S3/005)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B19/0052 3 {the light source comprising a laser diode (coupling into light guides using intermediate optical elements G02B6/4204; semiconductor lasers having optical devices external to the laser cavity H01S5/005)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B19/0057 4 {in the form of a laser diode array, e.g. laser diode bar (semiconductor laser arrays with beam combining arrangement H01S5/4012)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B19/0061 3 {the light source comprising a LED (semiconductor devices with at least one potential-jump barrier or surface barrier specially adapted for light emission H01L33/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B19/0066 4 {in the form of an LED array}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B19/0071 3 {adapted to illuminate a complete hemisphere or a plane extending 360 degrees around the source}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B19/0076 2 {for use with a detector (G02B19/009, G02B19/0095 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B19/008 3 {adapted to collect light from a complete hemisphere or a plane extending 360 degrees around the detector}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B19/0085 2 {for use with both a detector and a source (, e.g. in a transceiver, G02B19/009, G02B19/0095 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B19/009 2 {for use with infra-red radiation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B19/0095 2 {for use with ultra-violet radiation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B21/00 0 Microscopes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B21/0004 1 {specially adapted for specific applications}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B21/0008 2 {Microscopes having a simple construction, e.g. portable microscopes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B21/0012 2 {Surgical microscopes (counterbalanced structures for surgical microscopes G02B7/001)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B21/0016 2 {Technical microscopes, e.g. for inspection or measuring in industrial production processes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B21/002 2 {Scanning microscopes (scanning near field optical microscopes G01Q60/18)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B21/0024 3 {Confocal scanning microscopes (CSOMs) or confocal "macroscopes"; Accessories which are not restricted to use with CSOMs, e.g. sample holders}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B21/0028 4 {specially adapted for specific applications, e.g. for endoscopes, ophthalmoscopes, attachments to conventional microscopes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B21/0032 4 {Optical details of illumination, e.g. light-sources, pinholes, beam splitters, slits, fibers (G02B21/0036 - G02B21/008; means for illumination of specimens in general G02B21/06)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B21/0036 4 {Scanning details, e.g. scanning stages}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B21/004 5 {fixed arrays, e.g. switchable aperture arrays}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B21/0044 5 {moving apertures, e.g. Nipkow disks, rotating lens arrays}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B21/0048 5 {scanning mirrors, e.g. rotating or galvanomirrors, MEMS mirrors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B21/0052 4 {Optical details of the image generation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B21/0056 5 {based on optical coherence, e.g. phase-contrast arrangements, interference arrangements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B21/006 5 {focusing arrangements; selection of the plane to be imaged}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B21/0064 5 {multi-spectral or wavelength-selective arrangements, e.g. wavelength fan-out, chromatic profiling (G02B21/0076 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B21/0068 5 {arrangements using polarisation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B21/0072 5 {details concerning resolution or correction, including general design of CSOM objectives}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B21/0076 5 {arrangements using fluorescence or luminescence}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B21/008 4 {Details of detection or image processing, including general computer control}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B21/0084 5 {time-scale detection, e.g. strobed, ultra-fast, heterodyne detection}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B21/0088 2 {Inverse microscopes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B21/0092 2 {Polarisation microscopes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B21/0096 1 {with photometer devices (photometers per se G01J)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B21/02 1 Objectives
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B21/025 2 {with variable magnification (variable magnification G02B15/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B21/04 2 involving mirrors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B21/06 1 Means for illuminating specimens
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B21/08 2 Condensers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B21/082 3 {for incident illumination only}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B21/084 4 {having annular illumination around the objective}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B21/086 3 {for transillumination only}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B21/088 3 {for both incident illumination and transillumination}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B21/10 3 affording dark-field illumination (G02B21/14 {and G02B21/125} take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B21/12 3 affording bright-field illumination (G02B21/14 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B21/125 4 {affording both dark- and bright-field illumination}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B21/14 3 affording illumination for phase-contrast observation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B21/16 1 adapted for ultra-violet illumination {; Fluorescence microscopes (G02B21/0076 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B21/18 1 Arrangements with more than one light path, e.g. for comparing two specimens
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B21/20 2 Binocular arrangements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B21/22 3 Stereoscopic arrangements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B21/24 1 Base structure
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B21/241 2 {Devices for focusing (focusing in general G02B7/28)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B21/242 3 {with coarse and fine adjustment mechanism}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B21/244 3 {using image analysis techniques}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B21/245 3 {using auxiliary sources, detectors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B21/247 4 {Differential detectors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B21/248 2 {objective (or ocular) turrets}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B21/26 2 Stages; Adjusting means therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B21/28 2 with cooling device
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B21/30 2 with heating device
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B21/32 1 Micromanipulators structurally combined with microscopes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B21/33 1 Immersion oils {, or microscope systems or objectives for use with immersion fluids}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B21/34 1 Microscope slides, e.g. mounting specimens on microscope slides
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B21/36 1 arranged for photographic purposes or projection purposes (G02B21/18 takes precedence){or digital imaging or video purposes including associated control and data processing arrangements (image data processing per se G06T)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B21/361 2 {Optical details, e.g. image relay to the camera or image sensor (G02B21/364 takes precedence; illumination details G02B21/06 and subgroups)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B21/362 2 {Mechanical details, e.g. mountings for the camera or image sensor, housings (G02B21/364 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B21/364 2 {Projection microscopes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B21/365 2 {Control or image processing arrangements for digital or video microscopes (G02B21/361, G02B21/362 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B21/367 3 {providing an output produced by processing a plurality of individual source images, e.g. image tiling, montage, composite images, depth sectioning, image comparison}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B21/368 2 {details of associated display arrangements, e.g. mounting of LCD monitor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B23/00 0 Telescopes, e.g. binoculars; Periscopes; Instruments for viewing the inside of hollow bodies; Viewfinders; Optical aiming or sighting devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B23/02 1 involving prisms or mirrors (G02B23/14 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B23/04 2 for the purpose of beam splitting or combining, e.g. fitted with eyepieces for more than one observer (G02B23/10 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B23/06 2 having a focussing action, e.g. parabolic mirror
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B23/08 2 Periscopes {(arrangements on floating structures of underwater viewing devices B63C11/49; arrangement of visual watch equipment on submarines B63G8/38)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B23/10 2 reflecting into the field of view additional indications, e.g. from collimator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B23/105 3 {Sighting devices with light source and collimating reflector (reflecting sights for small arms having light source F41G1/34)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B23/12 1 with means for image conversion or intensification
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B23/125 2 {head-mounted}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B23/14 1 Viewfinders (for photographic apparatus G03B13/02)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B23/145 2 {Zoom viewfinders}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B23/16 1 Housings; Caps; Mountings; Supports, e.g. with counterweight
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B23/165 2 {Equatorial mounts}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B23/18 2 for binocular arrangements {(focusing binocular pairs G02B7/06; adjusting pupillary distance of binocular pairs G02B7/12)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B23/20 2 Collapsible housings (G02B23/18 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B23/22 2 Underwater equipment {(for submarine periscopes G02B23/08; arrangements on floating structures of underwater viewing devices B63C11/49; arrangement of visual watch equipment on submarines B63G8/38)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B23/24 1 Instruments {or systems} for viewing the inside of hollow bodies, e.g. fibrescopes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B23/2407 2 {Optical details}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B23/2415 3 {Stereoscopic endoscopes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B23/2423 3 {of the distal end}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B23/243 4 {Objectives for endoscopes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B23/2438 5 {Zoom objectives}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B23/2446 3 {of the image relay (G02B23/26 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B23/2453 3 {of the proximal end}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B23/2461 3 {Illumination}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B23/2469 4 {using optical fibres}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B23/2476 2 {Non-optical details, e.g. housings, mountings, supports}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B23/2484 3 {Arrangements in relation to a camera or imaging device (processing or control of video signals generated by an endoscope H04N23/60, H04N23/70)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B23/2492 3 {Arrangements for use in a hostile environment, e.g. a very hot, cold or radioactive environment}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B23/26 2 using light guides {(for illumination G02B23/2469)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B25/00 0 Eyepieces; Magnifying glasses
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B25/001 1 {Eyepieces}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B25/002 1 {Magnifying glasses}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B25/004 2 {having binocular arrangement}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B25/005 2 {with means for adjusting the magnifying glass or the object viewed (G02B25/004 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B25/007 2 {comprising other optical elements than lenses (G02B25/004, G02B25/005 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B25/008 2 {comprising two or more lenses (G02B25/004 - G02B25/007 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B25/02 1 with means for illuminating object viewed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B25/04 1 affording a wide-angle view, e.g. through a spy-hole
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B26/00 0 Optical devices or arrangements for the control of light using movable or deformable optical elements (control of light by modification of the optical properties of the media of the elements involved therein G02F1/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B26/001 1 {based on interference in an adjustable optical cavity (interference filters G02B5/28; devices or arrangements using multiple reflections in spectrometry or monochromators G01J3/26)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B26/002 1 {the movement or the deformation controlling the frequency of light, e.g. by Doppler effect}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B26/004 1 {based on a displacement or a deformation of a fluid}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B26/005 2 {based on electrowetting}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B26/007 1 {the movable or deformable optical element controlling the colour, i.e. a spectral characteristic, of the light}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B26/008 2 {in the form of devices for effecting sequential colour changes, e.g. colour wheels}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B26/02 1 for controlling the intensity of light {(G02B26/004 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B26/023 2 {comprising movable attenuating elements, e.g. neutral density filters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B26/026 2 {based on the rotation of particles under the influence of an external field, e.g. gyricons, twisting ball displays (based on orientable dipolar particles G02F1/172; based on electrophoresis G02F1/167)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B26/04 2 by periodically varying the intensity of light, e.g. using choppers (shutters, diaphragms for cameras G03B9/00; devices for eliminating or reducing the effect of flicker in projection systems G03B21/40)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B26/06 1 for controlling the phase of light (G02B26/08 takes precedence {, measuring optical phase difference G01J9/00})
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B26/08 1 for controlling the direction of light (in light guides G02B6/35)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B26/0808 2 {by means of one or more diffracting elements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B26/0816 2 {by means of one or more reflecting elements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B26/0825 3 {the reflecting element being a flexible sheet or membrane, e.g. for varying the focus (flexible mirrors for cosmetic use A45D42/24)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B26/0833 3 {the reflecting element being a micromechanical device, e.g. a MEMS mirror, DMD (G02B26/0825 takes precedence; micromechanical devices in general B81B)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B26/0841 4 {the reflecting element being moved or deformed by electrostatic means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B26/085 4 {the reflecting means being moved or deformed by electromagnetic means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B26/0858 4 {the reflecting means being moved or deformed by piezoelectric means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B26/0866 4 {the reflecting means being moved or deformed by thermal means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B26/0875 2 {by means of one or more refracting elements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B26/0883 3 {the refracting element being a prism}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B26/0891 4 {forming an optical wedge}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B26/10 2 Scanning systems
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B26/101 3 {with both horizontal and vertical deflecting means, e.g. raster or XY scanners (colour television using laser beams scanning a display screen H04N9/3129)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B26/103 3 {having movable or deformable optical fibres, light guides or waveguides as scanning elements (light guides per se G02B6/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B26/105 3 {with one or more pivoting mirrors or galvano-mirrors (G02B26/101 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B26/106 3 {having diffraction gratings as scanning elements, e.g. holographic scanners (holographic optical elements G02B5/32, holography G03H)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B26/108 3 {having one or more prisms as scanning elements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B26/12 3 using multifaceted mirrors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B26/121 4 {Mechanical drive devices for polygonal mirrors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B26/122 5 {Control of the scanning speed of the polygonal mirror}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B26/123 4 {Multibeam scanners, e.g. using multiple light sources or beam splitters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B26/124 4 {Details of the optical system between the light source and the polygonal mirror (G02B26/123, G02B26/127 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B26/125 4 {Details of the optical system between the polygonal mirror and the image plane (G02B26/123, G02B26/127 take precedence; F-Theta lenses G02B13/0005)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B26/126 5 {including curved mirrors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B26/127 4 {Adaptive control of the scanning light beam, e.g. using the feedback from one or more detectors (G02B27/0031 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B26/128 5 {Focus control}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B26/129 4 {Systems in which the scanning light beam is repeatedly reflected from the polygonal mirror}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B27/00 0 Optical systems or apparatus not provided for by any of the groups G02B1/00 - G02B26/00, G02B30/00
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B27/0006 1 {with means to keep optical surfaces clean, e.g. by preventing or removing dirt, stains, contamination, condensation (G02B1/18 takes precedence; cleaning in general B08B)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B27/0012 1 {Optical design, e.g. procedures, algorithms, optimisation routines}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B27/0018 1 {with means for preventing ghost images (anti-reflection coatings G02B1/11)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B27/0025 1 {for optical correction, e.g. distorsion, aberration}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B27/0031 2 {for scanning purposes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B27/0037 2 {with diffracting elements (G02B27/0056 takes precedence; holographic optical elements G02B5/32; zone systems G02B5/1876)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B27/0043 3 {in projection exposure systems, e.g. microlithographic systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B27/005 2 {for correction of secondary colour or higher-order chromatic aberrations}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B27/0056 3 {by using a diffractive optical element}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B27/0062 3 {by controlling the dispersion of a lens material, e.g. adapting the relative partial dispersion}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B27/0068 2 {having means for controlling the degree of correction, e.g. using phase modulators, movable elements (controlling the phase of light using moving or deformable elements G02B26/06)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B27/0075 1 {with means for altering, e.g. increasing, the depth of field or depth of focus}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B27/0081 1 {with means for altering, e.g. enlarging, the entrance or exit pupil}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B27/0087 1 {Phased arrays}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B27/0093 1 {with means for monitoring data relating to the user, e.g. head-tracking, eye-tracking}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B27/01 1 Head-up displays
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B27/0101 2 {characterised by optical features (G02B27/0172 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B27/0103 3 {comprising holographic elements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2027/0105 4 {Holograms with particular structures}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2027/0107 5 {with optical power}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2027/0109 4 {comprising details concerning the making of holograms}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2027/011 3 {comprising device for correcting geometrical aberrations, distortion}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2027/0112 3 {comprising device for genereting colour display}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2027/0114 4 {comprising dichroic elements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2027/0116 4 {comprising devices for correcting chromatic aberration}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2027/0118 3 {comprising devices for improving the contrast of the display / brillance control visibility}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2027/012 4 {comprising devices for attenuating parasitic image effects}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2027/0121 5 {Parasitic image effect attenuation by suitable positioning of the parasitic images}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2027/0123 3 {comprising devices increasing the field of view}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2027/0125 4 {Field-of-view increase by wavefront division}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2027/0127 3 {comprising devices increasing the depth of field}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2027/0129 3 {comprising devices for correcting parallax}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2027/013 3 {comprising a combiner of particular shape, e.g. curvature}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2027/0132 3 {comprising binocular systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2027/0134 4 {of stereoscopic type}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2027/0136 4 {with a single image source for both eyes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2027/0138 3 {comprising image capture systems, e.g. camera}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2027/014 3 {comprising information/image processing systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2027/0141 3 {characterised by the informative content of the display}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2027/0143 3 {the two eyes not being equipped with identical nor symmetrical optical devices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2027/0145 3 {creating an intermediate image}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2027/0147 3 {comprising a device modifying the resolution of the displayed image}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B27/0149 2 {characterised by mechanical features (G02B27/0176 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2027/015 3 {involving arrangement aiming to get less bulky devices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2027/0152 3 {involving arrangement aiming to get lighter or better balanced devices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2027/0154 3 {with movable elements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2027/0156 4 {with optionally usable elements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2027/0158 4 {with adjustable nose pad}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2027/0159 4 {with mechanical means other than scaning means for positioning the whole image}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2027/0161 3 {characterised by the relative positioning of the constitutive elements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2027/0163 4 {Electric or electronic control thereof}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2027/0165 3 {associated with a head-down display}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2027/0167 3 {Emergency system, e.g. to prevent injuries}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2027/0169 3 {Supporting or connecting means other than the external walls}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B27/017 2 {Head mounted}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B27/0172 3 {characterised by optical features}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2027/0174 4 {holographic}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B27/0176 3 {characterised by mechanical features}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2027/0178 3 {Eyeglass type, eyeglass details G02C}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B27/0179 2 {Display position adjusting means not related to the information to be displayed}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2027/0181 3 {Adaptation to the pilot/driver}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2027/0183 3 {Adaptation to parameters characterising the motion of the vehicle}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2027/0185 3 {Displaying image at variable distance}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2027/0187 3 {slaved to motion of at least a part of the body of the user, e.g. head, eye}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B27/0189 2 {Sight systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2027/019 3 {comprising reticules formed by a mask}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2027/0192 2 {Supplementary details}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2027/0194 3 {with combiner of laminated type, for optical or mechanical aspects}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2027/0196 3 {having transparent supporting structure for display mounting, e.g. to a window or a windshield}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2027/0198 3 {System for aligning or maintaining alignment of an image in a predetermined direction}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B27/02 1 Viewing or reading apparatus (stereoscopic systems G02B30/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B27/021 2 {Reading apparatus}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B27/022 2 {Viewing apparatus (G02B27/04, G02B27/06, G02B27/08 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B27/023 3 {for viewing X-ray images using image converters, e.g. radioscopes (X-ray screens G21K4/00; X-ray image conversion tubes H01J31/50; circuit arrangements for X-ray apparatus incorporating image intensifiers H05G1/64)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B27/024 3 {comprising a light source, e.g. for viewing photographic slides, X-ray transparancies (G02B27/023, and photographic, cine and overhead projectors G03B21/00 and subgroups)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B27/025 4 {and magnifying means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B27/026 4 {and a display device, e.g. CRT, LCD, for adding markings or signs or to enhance the contrast of the viewed object}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B27/027 3 {comprising magnifying means (G02B27/023, G02B27/025, G02B27/04, G02B27/06 and G02B27/08 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B27/028 2 {characterised by the supporting structure}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B27/04 2 having collapsible parts
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B27/06 2 with moving picture effect
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B27/08 2 Kaleidoscopes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B27/09 1 Beam shaping, e.g. changing the cross-sectional area, not otherwise provided for {(adapting the beam shape of a laser diode G02B19/0052; adapting the beam shape of an LED G02B19/0061; coupling into light guides using intermediate optical elements G02B6/4204; beam shaping specially adapted for lasers H01S3/005)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B27/0905 2 {Dividing and/or superposing multiple light beams}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B27/0911 2 {Anamorphotic systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B27/0916 2 {Adapting the beam shape of a semiconductor light source such as a laser diode or an LED, e.g. for efficiently coupling into optical fibers (coupling into light guides using intermediate optical elements G02B6/4204; details of lighting devices in general F21V; semiconductor devices with at least one potential-jump barrier or surface barrier specially adapted for light emission H01L33/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B27/0922 3 {the semiconductor light source comprising an array of light emitters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B27/0927 2 {Systems for changing the beam intensity distribution, e.g. Gaussian to top-hat}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B27/0933 2 {Systems for active beam shaping by rapid movement of an element}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B27/0938 2 {Using specific optical elements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B27/0944 3 {Diffractive optical elements, e.g. gratings, holograms (gratings per se G02B5/18; holograms used as optical elements per se G02B5/32)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B27/095 3 {Refractive optical elements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B27/0955 4 {Lenses (lenses per se G02B3/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B27/0961 5 {Lens arrays (lens arrays per se G02B3/0006)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B27/0966 5 {Cylindrical lenses (cylindrical lenses per se G02B3/06)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B27/0972 4 {Prisms (prisms per se G02B5/04)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B27/0977 3 {Reflective elements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B27/0983 4 {being curved}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B27/0988 3 {Diaphragms, spatial filters, masks for removing or filtering a part of the beam}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B27/0994 3 {Fibers, light pipes (optical fibers per se G02B6/02)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B27/10 1 Beam splitting or combining systems (polarising systems G02B27/28; mixing and splitting light signals using optical waveguides G02B6/28; {beam shaping, e.g. changing the cross-sectional area, by dividing or superposing multiple light beams G02B27/0905})
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B27/1006 2 {for splitting or combining different wavelengths (G02B27/1086, G02B27/141 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B27/1013 3 {for colour or multispectral image sensors, e.g. splitting an image into monochromatic image components on respective sensors (spectral imaging systems G01J)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B27/102 3 {for generating a colour image from monochromatic image signal sources}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B27/1026 4 {for use with reflective spatial light modulators}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B27/1033 5 {having a single light modulator for all colour channels}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B27/104 4 {for use with scanning systems (scanning systems G02B26/10)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B27/1046 4 {for use with transmissive spatial light modulators}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B27/1053 5 {having a single light modulator for all colour channels}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B27/106 2 {for splitting or combining a plurality of identical beams or images, e.g. image replication}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B27/1066 2 {for enhancing image performance, like resolution, pixel numbers, dual magnifications or dynamic range, by tiling, slicing or overlapping fields of view}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B27/1073 2 {characterized by manufacturing or alignment methods}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B27/108 2 {for sampling a portion of a beam or combining a small beam in a larger one, e.g. wherein the area ratio or power ratio of the divided beams significantly differs from unity, without spectral selectivity}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B27/1086 2 {operating by diffraction only}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B27/1093 3 {for use with monochromatic radiation only, e.g. devices for splitting a single laser source}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B27/12 2 operating by refraction only
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B27/123 3 {The splitting element being a lens or a system of lenses, including arrays and surfaces with refractive power}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B27/126 3 {The splitting element being a prism or prismatic array, including systems based on total internal reflection}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B27/14 2 operating by reflection only
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B27/141 3 {using dichroic mirrors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B27/142 3 {Coating structures, e.g. thin films multilayers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B27/143 3 {using macroscopically faceted or segmented reflective surfaces}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B27/144 3 {using partially transparent surfaces without spectral selectivity (G02B27/147 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B27/145 3 {having sequential partially reflecting surfaces}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B27/146 4 {with a tree or branched structure}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B27/147 3 {using averaging effects by spatially variable reflectivity on a microscopic level, e.g. polka dots, chequered or discontinuous patterns, or rapidly moving surfaces (G02B27/1086 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B27/148 3 {including stacked surfaces having at least one double-pass partially reflecting surface}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B27/149 3 {using crossed beamsplitting surfaces, e.g. cross-dichroic cubes or X-cubes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B27/16 2 used as aids for focusing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B27/18 1 for optical projection, e.g. combination of mirror and condenser and objective {(photographic, cine and overhead projectors G03B21/00; photographic projection printing G03B27/32; photolithographic projectors G03F7/20; projection television H04N5/74; colour projection television H04N9/31)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B27/20 2 for imaging minute objects, e.g. light-pointer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B27/28 1 for polarising (used in stereoscopes G02B30/25)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B27/281 2 {used for attenuating light intensity, e.g. comprising rotatable polarising elements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B27/283 2 {used for beam splitting or combining}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B27/285 3 {comprising arrays of elements, e.g. microprisms}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B27/286 2 {for controlling or changing the state of polarisation, e.g. transforming one polarisation state into another (G02B5/3083 takes precedence; light guide coupling means utilising polarising elements G02B6/34)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B27/288 2 {Filters employing polarising elements, e.g. Lyot or Solc filters (G02B5/3016 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B27/30 1 Collimators
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B27/32 1 Fiducial marks and measuring scales within the optical system
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B27/34 2 illuminated
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B27/36 2 adjustable
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B27/40 1 Optical focusing aids
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B27/42 1 Diffraction optics {, i.e. systems including a diffractive element being designed for providing a diffractive effect}(G02B27/60 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B27/4205 2 {having a diffractive optical element [DOE] contributing to image formation, e.g. whereby modulation transfer function MTF or optical aberrations are relevant}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B27/4211 3 {correcting chromatic aberrations (G02B27/0056, G02B27/4222, G02B27/4227 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B27/4216 3 {correcting geometrical aberrations}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B27/4222 3 {in projection exposure systems, e.g. photolithographic systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B27/4227 3 {in image scanning systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B27/4233 2 {having a diffractive element [DOE] contributing to a non-imaging application (diffusers having a diffractive element G02B5/0252; filters having a diffractive element G02B5/203; systems for controlling the direction of light having diffractive elements G02B26/0808; scanning systems having diffractive elements G02B26/106; beam shaping systems using diffractive optical elements G02B27/0944; beam splitting or combining systems operating by diffraction G02B27/1086)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B27/4238 3 {in optical recording or readout devices (optical pick-up devices such as for CD, DVD or BD reader or recorder using diffraction optics G11B7/1353)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B27/4244 3 {in wavelength selecting devices (spectrometry G01J)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B27/425 3 {in illumination systems (mask illumination systems in photolithographic systems G03F7/70158)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B27/4255 3 {for alignment or positioning purposes (optical displacement encoding scales G01D5/347)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B27/4261 2 {having a diffractive element with major polarization dependent properties}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B27/4266 2 {Diffraction theory; Mathematical models}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B27/4272 2 {having plural diffractive elements positioned sequentially along the optical path}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B27/4277 3 {being separated by an air space}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B27/4283 2 {having a diffractive element with major temperature dependent properties}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B27/4288 2 {having uniform diffraction efficiency over a large spectral bandwidth}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B27/4294 2 {in multispectral systems, e.g. UV and visible}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B27/44 2 Grating systems; Zone plate systems (G02B27/46 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B27/46 2 Systems using spatial filters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B27/48 1 Laser speckle optics
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B27/50 1 Optics for phase object visualisation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B27/52 2 Phase contrast optics (in microscopes G02B21/14)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B27/54 2 Schlieren-optical systems
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B27/56 1 Optics using evanescent waves, i.e. inhomogeneous waves
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B27/58 1 Optics for apodization or superresolution; Optical synthetic aperture systems
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B27/60 1 Systems using moiré fringes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B27/62 1 Optical apparatus specially adapted for adjusting optical elements during the assembly of optical systems
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B27/64 1 Imaging systems using optical elements for stabilisation of the lateral and angular position of the image
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B27/642 2 {Optical derotators, i.e. systems for compensating for image rotation, e.g. using rotating prisms, mirrors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B27/644 2 {compensating for large deviations, e.g. maintaining a fixed line of sight while a vehicle on which the system is mounted changes course}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B27/646 2 {compensating for small deviations, e.g. due to vibration or shake (movement of one or more optical elements for control of motion blur in cameras, projectors or printers G03B2205/0007; image stabilisation in cameras peculiar to the presence or use of an electronic image sensor H04N23/68)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B27/648 3 {for automatically maintaining a reference alignment, e.g. in self-levelling surveying instruments (surveying instruments per se G01C)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B30/00 0 Optical systems or apparatus for producing three-dimensional [3D] effects, e.g. stereoscopic images (in microscopes G02B21/22)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B30/10 1 using integral imaging methods
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B30/20 1 by providing first and second parallax images to an observer's left and right eyes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B30/22 2 of the stereoscopic type
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B30/23 3 using wavelength separation, e.g. using anaglyph techniques
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B30/24 3 involving temporal multiplexing, e.g. using sequentially activated left and right shutters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B30/25 3 using polarisation techniques
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B30/26 2 of the autostereoscopic type
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B30/27 3 involving lenticular arrays
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B30/28 4 involving active lenticular arrays
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B30/29 4 characterised by the geometry of the lenticular array, e.g. slanted arrays, irregular arrays or arrays of varying shape or size
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B30/30 3 involving parallax barriers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B30/31 4 involving active parallax barriers (involving directional light or back-light sources G02B30/33)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B30/32 4 characterised by the geometry of the parallax barriers, e.g. staggered barriers, slanted parallax arrays or parallax arrays of varying shape or size
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B30/33 3 involving directional light or back-light sources
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B30/34 2 Stereoscopes providing a stereoscopic pair of separated images corresponding to parallactically displaced views of the same object, e.g. 3D slide viewers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B30/35 3 using reflective optical elements in the optical path between the images and the observer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B30/36 3 using refractive optical elements, e.g. prisms, in the optical path between the images and the observer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B30/37 3 Collapsible stereoscopes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B30/40 1 giving the observer of a single two-dimensional [2D] image a perception of depth
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B30/50 1 the image being built up from image elements distributed over a 3D volume, e.g. voxels
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B30/52 2 the 3D volume being constructed from a stack or sequence of 2D planes, e.g. depth sampling systems
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B30/54 2 the 3D volume being generated by moving a 2D surface, e.g. by vibrating or rotating the 2D surface
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B30/56 2 by projecting aerial or floating images
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B30/60 1 involving reflecting prisms and mirrors only
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2207/00 0 Coding scheme for general features or characteristics of optical elements and systems of subclass G02B, but not including elements and systems which would be classified in G02B6/00 and subgroups
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2207/101 1 Nanooptics
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2207/107 1 Porous materials, e.g. for reducing the refractive index
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2207/109 1 Sols, gels, sol-gel materials
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2207/113 1 Fluorescence
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2207/114 1 Two photon or multiphoton effect
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2207/115 1 Electrowetting
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2207/117 1 Adjustment of the optical path length
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2207/121 1 Antistatic or EM shielding layer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2207/123 1 Optical louvre elements, e.g. for directional light blocking
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2207/125 1 Wavefront coding
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02B2207/129 1 Coded aperture imaging
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C SPECTACLES; SUNGLASSES OR GOGGLES INSOFAR AS THEY HAVE THE SAME FEATURES AS SPECTACLES; CONTACT LENSES (trial frames for testing the eyes A61B3/04; goggles or eyeshields not having the same features as spectacles A61F9/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C1/00 0 Assemblies of lenses with bridges or browbars
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C1/02 1 Bridge or browbar secured to lenses without the use of rims
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C1/023 2 {with lenses secured to the fixing parts by clamping, luting, soldering, gluing without holes or recesses in the lenses (G02C1/04 - G02C1/08 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C1/026 2 {with auxiliary bars (G02C1/04 - G02C1/08 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C1/04 1 Bridge or browbar secured to or integral with partial rims, e.g. with partially-flexible rim for holding lens
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C1/06 1 Bridge or browbar secured to or integral with closed rigid rims for the lenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C1/08 2 the rims being tranversely split and provided with securing means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C1/10 1 {Special mounting grooves in the rim or on the lens}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C3/00 0 Special supporting arrangements for lens assemblies or monocles (lenses therefor G02C7/00; by walking-sticks A45B3/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C3/003 1 {Arrangements for fitting and securing to the head in the position of use}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C3/006 1 {Arrangements for fitting and securing to the head or neck not in the position of use}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C3/02 1 Arrangements for supporting by headgear
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C3/04 1 Arrangements for supporting by hand, e.g. lorgnette, Arrangements for supporting by articles (by walking-sticks A45B3/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C5/00 0 Constructions of non-optical parts
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C5/001 1 {specially adapted for particular purposes, not otherwise provided for or not fully classifiable according to technical characteristics, e.g. therapeutic glasses}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C5/003 2 {Shooting or aiming glasses}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C5/005 2 {Glasses allowing access to one eye, e.g. for make-up application}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C5/006 1 {Collapsible frames}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C5/008 1 {Spectacles frames characterized by their material, material structure and material properties}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C5/02 1 Bridges; Browbars; Intermediate bars (nose engaging-surfaces G02C5/12)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C5/04 2 with adjustable means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C5/045 3 {for varying the horizontal distance of the lenses}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C5/06 2 with resilient means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C5/08 2 foldable
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C5/10 2 Intermediate bars or bars between bridge and side-members
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C5/12 1 Nose pads; Nose-engaging surfaces of bridges or rims
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C5/122 2 {with adjustable means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C5/124 3 {for vertically varying the position of the lenses}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C5/126 2 {exchangeable or otherwise fitted to the shape of the nose}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C5/128 2 {Pince-nez}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C5/14 1 Side-members
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C5/143 2 {having special ear pieces}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C5/146 2 {having special front end}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C5/16 2 resilient or with resilient parts
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C5/18 2 reinforced
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C5/20 2 adjustable, e.g. telescopic
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C5/22 1 Hinges (pivotal connection in general F16C11/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C5/2209 2 {Pivot bearings and hinge bolts other than screws}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C5/2218 2 {Resilient hinges}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C5/2227 3 {comprising a fixed hinge member and a coil spring}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C5/2236 3 {comprising a sliding hinge member and a coil spring}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C5/2245 4 {comprising a sliding box containing a spring}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C5/2254 3 {comprising elastic means other than coil spring}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C5/2263 2 {Composite hinges, e.g. for varying the inclination of the lenses}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C5/2272 2 {Hinges without well-defined pivot axis}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C5/2281 2 {Special hinge screws}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C5/229 2 {Oblique hinge axis}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C7/00 0 Optical parts (characterised by the material G02B1/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C7/02 1 Lenses; Lens systems {; Methods of designing lenses}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C7/021 2 {with pattern for identification or with cosmetic or therapeutic effects (methods and processes take preference, e.g. printing, marking or copying processes B41M; identification in general G09F3/00; producing decorative effects in general B44C; surface treatment of glass C03C15/00 - C03C23/00; positioning or marking of lenses B24B13/0055)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C7/022 2 {Ophthalmic lenses having special refractive features achieved by special materials or material structures (G02C7/049 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C7/024 2 {Methods of designing ophthalmic lenses}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C7/025 3 {considering parameters of the viewed object}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C7/027 3 {considering wearer's parameters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C7/028 3 {Special mathematical design techniques}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C7/04 2 Contact lenses for the eyes (disinfection or sterilisation of contact lenses A61L12/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C7/041 3 {bifocal; multifocal}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C7/042 4 {Simultaneous type}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C7/043 4 {Translating type}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C7/044 4 {Annular configuration, e.g. pupil tuned}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C7/045 4 {Sectorial configuration}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C7/046 3 {Contact lenses having an iris pattern}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C7/047 3 {Contact lens fitting; Contact lenses for orthokeratology; Contact lenses for specially shaped corneae}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C7/048 3 {Means for stabilising the orientation of lenses in the eye}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C7/049 3 {Contact lenses having special fitting or structural features achieved by special materials or material structures}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C7/06 2 bifocal; multifocal {; progressive (G02C7/041 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C7/061 3 {Spectacle lenses with progressively varying focal power}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C7/063 4 {Shape of the progressive surface}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C7/065 5 {Properties on the principal line}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C7/066 5 {Shape, location or size of the viewing zones}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C7/068 4 {Special properties achieved by the combination of the front and back surfaces}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C7/08 2 Auxiliary lenses; Arrangements for varying focal length
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C7/081 3 {Ophthalmic lenses with variable focal length}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C7/083 4 {Electrooptic lenses}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C7/085 4 {Fluid-filled lenses, e.g. electro-wetting lenses}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C7/086 3 {Auxiliary lenses located directly on a main spectacle lens or in the immediate vicinity of main spectacles}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C7/088 3 {Lens systems mounted to spectacles}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C7/10 1 Filters, e.g. for facilitating adaptation of the eyes to the dark; Sunglasses
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C7/101 2 {having an electro-optical light valve (electro-optical elements per se G02F)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C7/102 2 {Photochromic filters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C7/104 2 {having spectral characteristics for purposes other than sun-protection}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C7/105 2 {having inhomogeneously distributed colouring}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C7/107 2 {Interference colour filters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C7/108 2 {Colouring materials}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C7/12 1 Polarisers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C7/14 1 Mirrors; Prisms
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C7/16 1 Shades; shields; Obturators, e.g. with pinhole, with slot {(G02C5/003 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C7/165 2 {with stenopaeic apertures}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C9/00 0 Attaching auxiliary optical parts (auxiliary optical parts per se G02C7/08 - G02C7/16)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C9/02 1 by hinging
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C9/04 1 by fitting over or clamping on
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C11/00 0 Non-optical adjuncts; Attachment thereof (G02C7/16 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C11/02 1 Ornaments, e.g. exchangeable
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C11/04 1 Illuminating means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C11/06 1 Hearing aids (construction of hearing aids H04R25/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C11/08 1 Anti-misting means, e.g. ventilating, heating (H05B3/84 takes precedence); Wipers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C11/10 1 {Electronic devices other than hearing aids}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C11/12 1 {Side shields for protection of the eyes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C13/00 0 Assembling (producing spectacle frames from plastics or from substances in a plastic state B29D12/02); Repairing; Cleaning (disinfection or sterilisation of contact lenses A61L12/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C13/001 1 {Assembling; Repairing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C13/003 1 {Measuring during assembly or fitting of spectacles}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C13/005 2 {Measuring geometric parameters required to locate ophtalmic lenses in spectacles frames (apparatus for testing or instruments for examining the eyes per se A61B3/00; machines or devices and accessories for grinding the edges of lenses using spectacles as a template B24B9/144)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C13/006 1 {Devices specially adapted for cleaning spectacles frame or lenses}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C13/008 1 {Devices specially adapted for cleaning contact lenses}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C2200/00 0 Generic mechanical aspects applicable to one or more of the groups G02C1/00 - G02C5/00 and G02C9/00 - G02C13/00 and their subgroups
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C2200/02 1 Magnetic means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C2200/04 1 Junctions between frame elements having a click function
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C2200/06 1 Locking elements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C2200/08 1 Modular frames, easily exchangeable frame parts and lenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C2200/10 1 Frame or frame portions made from wire
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C2200/12 1 Frame or frame portions made from sheet type material
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C2200/14 1 Laminated frame or frame portions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C2200/16 1 Frame or frame portions made from rubber
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C2200/18 1 Adjustment ridges or notches
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C2200/20 1 Friction elements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C2200/22 1 Leaf spring
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C2200/24 1 Coil spring pulled upon actuation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C2200/26 1 Coil spring pushed upon actuation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C2200/28 1 Coil spring twisted upon actuation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C2200/30 1 Piston
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C2200/32 1 Oblong hole
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C2202/00 0 Generic optical aspects applicable to one or more of the subgroups of G02C7/00
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C2202/02 1 Mislocation tolerant lenses or lens systems
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C2202/04 1 Lenses comprising decentered structures
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C2202/06 1 Special ophthalmologic or optometric aspects
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C2202/08 1 Series of lenses, lens blanks
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C2202/10 1 Optical elements and systems for visual disorders other than refractive errors, low vision
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C2202/12 1 Locally varying refractive index, gradient index lenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C2202/14 1 Photorefractive lens material
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C2202/16 1 Laminated or compound lenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C2202/18 1 Cellular lens surfaces
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C2202/20 1 Diffractive and Fresnel lenses or lens portions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C2202/22 1 Correction of higher order and chromatic aberrations, wave front measurement and calculation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02C2202/24 1 Myopia progression prevention
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F OPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/00 0 Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/0009 1 {Materials therefor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/0018 2 {Electro-optical materials}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/0027 3 {Ferro-electric materials}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/0036 2 {Magneto-optical materials}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/0045 2 {Liquid crystals characterised by their physical properties}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/0054 2 {Structure, phase transitions, NMR, ESR, Moessbauer spectra}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/0063 2 {Optical properties, e.g. absorption, reflection or birefringence (materials for non-linear optics G02F1/355)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/0072 2 {Mechanical, acoustic, electro-elastic, magneto-elastic properties}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/0081 2 {Electric or magnetic properties}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/009 2 {Thermal properties}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/01 1 for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour (G02F1/29, G02F1/35 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/0102 2 {Constructional details, not otherwise provided for in this subclass}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/0105 3 {Illuminating devices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/0107 3 {Gaskets, spacers or sealing of cells; Filling and closing of cells}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/011 2 {in optical waveguides, not otherwise provided for in this subclass}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/0113 3 {Glass-based, e.g. silica-based, optical waveguides}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/0115 3 {in optical fibres}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/0118 4 {by controlling the evanescent coupling of light from a fibre into an active, e.g. electro-optic, overlay}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/0121 2 {Operation of devices; Circuit arrangements, not otherwise provided for in this subclass}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/0123 3 {Circuits for the control or stabilisation of the bias voltage, e.g. automatic bias control [ABC] feedback loops}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/0126 2 {Opto-optical modulation, i.e. control of one light beam by another light beam, not otherwise provided for in this subclass}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/0128 2 {based on electro-mechanical, magneto-mechanical, elasto-optic effects}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/0131 3 {based on photo-elastic effects, e.g. mechanically induced birefringence}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/0134 4 {in optical waveguides}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/0136 2 {for the control of polarisation, e.g. state of polarisation [SOP] control, polarisation scrambling, TE-TM mode conversion or separation (G02F1/0353 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/0139 3 {Polarisation scrambling devices; Depolarisers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/0142 3 {TE-TM mode conversion}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/0144 3 {TE-TM mode separation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/0147 2 {based on thermo-optic effects (G02F1/132 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/015 2 based on semiconductor elements with at least one potential jump barrier, e.g. PN, PIN junction (G02F1/03 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/0151 3 {modulating the refractive index}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/0152 4 {using free carrier effects, e.g. plasma effect}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/0153 4 {using electro-refraction, e.g. Kramers-Kronig relation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/0154 4 {using electro-optic effects, e.g. linear electro optic [LEO], Pockels, quadratic electro optical [QEO] or Kerr effect}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/0155 3 {modulating the optical absorption}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/0156 4 {using free carrier absorption}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/0157 4 {using electro-absorption effects, e.g. Franz-Keldysh [FK] effect or quantum confined stark effect [QCSE]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/0158 5 {Blue-shift of the absorption band}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/0159 5 {Red-shift of the absorption band}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/017 3 Structures with periodic or quasi periodic potential variation, e.g. superlattices, quantum wells
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/01708 4 {in an optical wavequide structure}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/01716 4 {Optically controlled superlattice or quantum well devices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/01725 4 {Non-rectangular quantum well structures, e.g. graded or stepped quantum wells}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/01733 5 {Coupled or double quantum wells}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/01741 6 {Asymmetrically coupled or double quantum wells}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/0175 5 {with a spatially varied well profile, e.g. graded or stepped quantum wells}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/01758 6 {with an asymmetric well profile, e.g. asymmetrically stepped quantum wells}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/01766 4 {Strained superlattice devices; Strained quantum well devices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/01775 4 {involving an inter-subband transition in one well, e.g. e1->e2}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/01783 4 {Quantum wires}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/01791 4 {Quantum boxes or quantum dots}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/025 3 in an optical waveguide structure (G02F1/017, {G02F1/2257} take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/03 2 based on ceramics or electro-optical crystals, e.g. exhibiting Pockels effect or Kerr effect (G02F1/061 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/0305 3 {Constructional arrangements (G02F1/0327 - G02F1/05 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/0311 4 {Structural association of optical elements, e.g. lenses, polarizers, phase plates, with the crystal}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/0316 4 {Electrodes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/0322 4 {Arrangements comprising two or more independently controlled crystals}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/0327 3 {Operation of the cell; Circuit arrangements (G02F1/05 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/0333 3 {addressed by a beam of charged particles (G02F1/05 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/0338 3 {structurally associated with a photoconductive layer or having photo-refractive properties (G02F1/05 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/0344 3 {controlled by a high-frequency electromagnetic wave component in an electric waveguide (G02F1/0356, G02F1/05, G02F1/2255, G02F1/3134 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/035 3 in an optical waveguide structure
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/0353 4 {involving an electro-optic TE-TM mode conversion}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/0356 4 {controlled by a high-frequency electromagnetic wave component in an electric waveguide structure}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/05 3 with ferro-electric properties (G02F1/035, G02F1/055 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/0508 4 {specially adapted for gating or modulating in optical waveguides}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/0516 4 {Operation of the cell; Circuit arrangements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/0525 4 {addressed by a beam of charged particles}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/0533 4 {structurally associated with a photo-conductive layer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/0541 4 {using photorefractive effects}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/055 3 the active material being a ceramic (G02F1/035 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/0551 4 {Constructional details}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/0553 4 {specially adapted for gating or modulating in optical waveguides}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/0555 4 {Operation of the cell; Circuit arrangements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/0556 4 {specially adapted for a particular application}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/0558 4 {structurally associated with a photoconductive layer or exhibiting photo-refractive properties}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/061 2 based on electro-optical organic material (G02F1/07, {G02F1/13} take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/065 3 in an optical waveguide structure
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/07 2 based on electro-optical liquids exhibiting Kerr effect
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/073 3 {specially adapted for gating or modulating in optical waveguides}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/076 3 {Operation of the cell; Circuit arrangements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/09 2 based on magneto-optical elements, e.g. exhibiting Faraday effect
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/091 3 {based on magneto-absorption or magneto-reflection}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/092 3 {Operation of the cell; Circuit arrangements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/093 3 {used as non-reciprocal devices, e.g. optical isolators, circulators (G02F1/0955 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/094 3 {based on magnetophoretic effect}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/095 3 in an optical waveguide structure
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/0955 4 {used as non-reciprocal devices, e.g. optical isolators, circulators}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/11 2 based on acousto-optical elements, e.g. using variable diffraction by sound or like mechanical waves (acousto-optical deflection G02F1/33)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/113 3 {Circuit or control arrangements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/116 3 {using an optically anisotropic medium, wherein the incident and the diffracted light waves have different polarizations, e.g. acousto-optic tunable filter [AOTF] (G02F1/125 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/125 3 in an optical waveguide structure
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/13 2 based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/1303 3 {Apparatus specially adapted to the manufacture of LCDs}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/1306 3 {Details}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/1309 4 {Repairing; Testing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/1313 3 {specially adapted for a particular application}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/1316 3 {Methods for cleaning the liquid crystal cells, or components thereof, during manufacture: Materials therefor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/132 3 {Thermal activation of liquid crystals exhibiting a thermo-optic effect}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/1323 3 {Arrangements for providing a switchable viewing angle}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/1326 3 {Liquid crystal optical waveguides or liquid crystal cells specially adapted for gating or modulating between optical waveguides}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/133 3 Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements (arrangements or circuits for control of liquid crystal elements in a matrix, not structurally associated with these elements G09G3/36)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/13306 4 {Circuit arrangements or driving methods for the control of single liquid crystal cells (G02F1/132, G02F1/133382 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/13312 5 {Circuits comprising photodetectors for purposes other than feedback}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/13318 5 {Circuits comprising a photodetector}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/13324 5 {Circuits comprising solar cells}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/1333 4 Constructional arrangements; {Manufacturing methods}(G02F1/135, G02F1/136 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/133302 5 {Rigid substrates, e.g. inorganic substrates}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/133305 5 {Flexible substrates, e.g. plastics, organic film}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/133308 5 {Support structures for LCD panels, e.g. frames or bezels}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/133311 6 {Environmental protection, e.g. against dust or humidity}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/133314 6 {Back frames}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/133317 6 {Intermediate frames, e.g. between backlight housing and front frame}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/13332 6 {Front frames}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/133322 6 {Mechanical guidance or alignment of LCD panel support components}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/133325 6 {Assembling processes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/133328 6 {Segmented frames}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/133331 6 {Cover glasses}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/133334 6 {Electromagnetic shields}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/133337 5 {Layers preventing ion diffusion, e.g. by ion absorption}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/13334 5 {Plasma addressed liquid crystal cells [PALC]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/133342 5 {for double-sided displays}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/133345 5 {Insulating layers (G02F1/1335, G02F1/1337, G02F1/135, G02F1/136 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/133348 5 {Charged particles addressed liquid crystal cells, e.g. controlled by an electron beam}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/133351 5 {Manufacturing of individual cells out of a plurality of cells, e.g. by dicing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/133354 5 {Arrangements for aligning or assembling substrates}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/133357 5 {Planarisation layers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/13336 5 {Combining plural substrates to produce large-area displays, e.g. tiled displays}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/133362 5 {Optically addressed liquid crystal cells (G02F1/135 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/133365 5 {Cells in which the active layer comprises a liquid crystalline polymer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/133368 5 {Cells having two substrates with different characteristics, e.g. different thickness or material}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/133371 5 {Cells with varying thickness of the liquid crystal layer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/133374 5 {for displaying permanent signs or marks}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/133377 5 {Cells with plural compartments or having plurality of liquid crystal microcells partitioned by walls, e.g. one microcell per pixel}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/13338 5 {Input devices, e.g. touch panels}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/133382 5 {Heating or cooling of liquid crystal cells other than for activation, e.g. circuits or arrangements for temperature control, stabilisation or uniform distribution over the cell}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/133385 6 {with cooling means, e.g. fans}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/133388 5 {with constructional differences between the display region and the peripheral region}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/133391 5 {Constructional arrangement for sub-divided displays}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/133394 5 {Piezoelectric elements associated with the cells}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/133397 5 {for suppressing after-image or image-sticking}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/1334 5 based on polymer dispersed liquid crystals, e.g. microencapsulated liquid crystals
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/13342 6 {Holographic polymer dispersed liquid crystals}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/13345 6 {Network or three-dimensional gels}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/13347 6 {working in reverse mode, i.e. clear in the off-state and scattering in the on-state}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/1335 5 Structural association of cells with optical devices, e.g. polarisers or reflectors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/133502 6 {Antiglare, refractive index matching layers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/133504 6 {Diffusing, scattering, diffracting elements (associated to illuminating devices G02F1/133606)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/133507 7 {Films for enhancing the luminance}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/133509 6 {Filters, e.g. light shielding masks}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/133512 7 {Light shielding layers, e.g. black matrix (G02F1/136209 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/133514 7 {Colour filters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/133516 8 {Methods for their manufacture, e.g. printing, electro-deposition or photolithography}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/133519 8 {Overcoatings}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/133521 8 {Interference filters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/133524 6 {Light-guides, e.g. fibre-optic bundles, louvered or jalousie light-guides}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/133526 6 {Lenses, e.g. microlenses or Fresnel lenses}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/133528 6 {Polarisers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/133531 7 {characterised by the arrangement of polariser or analyser axes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/133533 7 {Colour selective polarisers (G02F1/1347 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/133536 7 {Reflective polarizers (G02F1/13362 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/133538 7 {with spatial distribution of the polarisation direction}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/133541 7 {Circular polarisers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/133543 7 {Cholesteric polarisers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/133545 7 {Dielectric stack polarisers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/133548 7 {Wire-grid polarisers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/13355 7 {Polarising beam splitters [PBS]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/133553 6 {Reflecting elements (associated to illuminating devices G02F1/133605)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/133555 7 {Transflectors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/133557 8 {Half-mirrors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/13356 6 {characterised by the placement of the optical elements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/133562 7 {on the viewer side}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/133565 7 {inside the LC elements, i.e. between the cell substrates}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/133567 7 {on the back side}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/1336 6 {Illuminating devices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/133601 7 {for spatial active dimming}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/133602 7 {Direct backlight}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/133603 8 {with LEDs}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/133604 8 {with lamps}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/133605 8 {including specially adapted reflectors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/133606 8 {including a specially adapted diffusing, scattering or light controlling members}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/133607 9 {the light controlling member including light directing or refracting elements, e.g. prisms or lenses}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/133608 8 {including particular frames or supporting means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/133609 8 {including means for improving the color mixing, e.g. white}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/133611 8 {including means for improving the brightness uniformity}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/133612 8 {Electrical details}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/133613 8 {characterized by the sequence of light sources}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/133614 7 {using photoluminescence, e.g. phosphors illuminated by UV or blue light}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/133615 7 {Edge-illuminating devices, i.e. illuminating from the side}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/133616 7 {Front illuminating devices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/133617 7 {Illumination with ultra-violet light; Luminescent elements or materials associated to the cell}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/133618 7 {for ambient light}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/13362 7 {providing polarized light, e.g. by converting a polarisation component into another one}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/133621 7 {providing coloured light (G02F1/133617, G02F1/133533 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/133622 8 {Colour sequential illumination}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/133623 8 {Inclined coloured light beams}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/133624 7 {characterised by their spectral emissions}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/133625 7 {Electron stream lamps}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/133626 7 {providing two modes of illumination, e.g. day-night}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/133627 8 {Projection-direct viewing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/133628 7 {with cooling means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/13363 6 Birefringent elements, e.g. for optical compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/133631 7 {with a spatial distribution of the retardation value}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/133632 7 {with refractive index ellipsoid inclined relative to the LC-layer surface}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/133633 7 {using mesogenic materials}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/133634 7 {the refractive index Nz perpendicular to the element surface being different from in-plane refractive indices Nx and Ny, e.g. biaxial or with normal optical axis}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/133635 7 {Multifunctional compensators}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/133636 7 {with twisted orientation, e.g. comprising helically oriented LC-molecules or a plurality of twisted birefringent sublayers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/133637 7 {characterised by the wavelength dispersion}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/133638 7 {Waveplates, i.e. plates with a retardation value of lambda/n}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/1337 5 Surface-induced orientation of the liquid crystal molecules, e.g. by alignment layers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/133703 6 {by introducing organic surfactant additives into the liquid crystal material}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/133707 6 {Structures for producing distorted electric fields, e.g. bumps, protrusions, recesses, slits in pixel electrodes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/133711 6 {by organic films, e.g. polymeric films}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/133715 7 {by first depositing a monomer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/133719 7 {with coupling agent molecules, e.g. silane}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/133723 7 {Polyimide, polyamide-imide}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/133726 7 {made of a mesogenic material}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/13373 6 {Disclination line; Reverse tilt}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/133734 6 {by obliquely evaporated films, e.g. Si or SiO2 films}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/133738 6 {for homogeneous alignment}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/133742 6 {for homeotropic alignment}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/133746 6 {for high pretilt angles, i.e. higher than 15 degrees}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/133749 6 {for low pretilt angles, i.e. lower than 15 degrees}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/133753 6 {with different alignment orientations or pretilt angles on a same surface, e.g. for grey scale or improved viewing angle}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/133757 7 {with different alignment orientations}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/133761 7 {with different pretilt angles}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/133765 6 {without a surface treatment}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/133769 6 {comprising an active, e.g. switchable, alignment layer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/133773 6 {the alignment material or treatment being different for the two opposite substrates}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/133776 6 {having structures locally influencing the alignment, e.g. unevenness}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/13378 6 {by treatment of the surface, e.g. embossing, rubbing or light irradiation (G02F1/133711, G02F1/133734, G02F1/133753 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/133784 7 {by rubbing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/133788 7 {by light irradiation, e.g. linearly polarised light photo-polymerisation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/133792 7 {by etching}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/133796 6 {having conducting property}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/1339 5 Gaskets; Spacers; Sealing of cells
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/13392 6 {spacers dispersed on the cell substrate, e.g. spherical particles, microfibres}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/13394 6 {spacers regularly patterned on the cell subtrate, e.g. walls, pillars (G02F1/133377 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/13396 6 {Spacers having different sizes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/13398 6 {Spacer materials; Spacer properties}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/1341 5 Filling or closing of cells
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/13415 6 {Drop filling process}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/1343 5 Electrodes {(reflective electrodes G02F1/133553)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/134309 6 {characterised by their geometrical arrangement}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/134318 7 {having a patterned common electrode}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/134327 7 {Segmented, e.g. alpha numeric display}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/134336 7 {Matrix}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/134345 7 {Subdivided pixels, e.g. for grey scale or redundancy}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/134354 8 {the sub-pixels being capacitively coupled}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/134363 7 {for applying an electric field parallel to the substrate, i.e. in-plane switching [IPS]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/134372 7 {for fringe field switching [FFS] where the common electrode is not patterned}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/134381 7 {Hybrid switching mode, i.e. for applying an electric field with components parallel and orthogonal to the substrates}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/13439 6 {characterised by their electrical, optical, physical properties; materials therefor; method of making}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/1345 5 Conductors connecting electrodes to cell terminals
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/13452 6 {Conductors connecting driver circuitry and terminals of panels}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/13454 6 {Drivers integrated on the active matrix substrate (G02F1/136277 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/13456 6 {Cell terminals located on one side of the display only}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/13458 6 {Terminal pads}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/1347 5 Arrangement of liquid crystal layers or cells in which the final condition of one light beam is achieved by the addition of the effects of two or more layers or cells
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/13471 6 {in which all the liquid crystal cells or layers remain transparent, e.g. FLC, ECB, DAP, HAN, TN, STN, SBE-LC cells (G02F1/13475 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/13473 7 {for wavelength filtering or for colour display without the use of colour mosaic filters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/13475 6 {in which at least one liquid crystal cell or layer is doped with a pleochroic dye, e.g. GH-LC cell (G02F1/13476 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/13476 6 {in which at least one liquid crystal cell or layer assumes a scattering state}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/13478 6 {based on selective reflection}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/135 4 Liquid crystal cells structurally associated with a photoconducting or a ferro-electric layer, the properties of which can be optically or electrically varied {(G02F1/133348 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/1351 5 {Light-absorbing or blocking layers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/1352 5 {Light-reflecting layers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/1354 5 {having a particular photoconducting structure or material}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/1355 6 {Materials or manufacture processes thereof}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/1357 5 {Electrode structure}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/1358 5 {the supplementary layer being a ferro-electric layer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/136 4 Liquid crystal cells structurally associated with a semi-conducting layer or substrate, e.g. cells forming part of an integrated circuit (G02F1/135 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/13606 5 {having means for reducing parasitic capacitance}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/13613 5 {the semiconductor element being formed on a first substrate and thereafter transferred to the final cell substrate}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/1362 5 Active matrix addressed cells {(G02F1/134336, G02F1/134363 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/136204 6 {Arrangements to prevent high voltage or static electricity failures}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/136209 6 {Light shielding layers, e.g. black matrix, incorporated in the active matrix substrate, e.g. structurally associated with the switching element}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/136213 6 {Storage capacitors associated with the pixel electrode}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/136218 6 {Shield electrodes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/136222 6 {Colour filters incorporated in the active matrix substrate}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/136227 6 {Through-hole connection of the pixel electrode to the active element through an insulation layer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/136231 6 {for reducing the number of lithographic steps}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/136236 7 {using a grey or half tone lithographic process}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/13624 6 {having more than one switching element per pixel}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/136245 7 {having complementary transistors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/13625 6 {Patterning using multi-mask exposure}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/136254 6 {Checking; Testing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/136259 6 {Repairing; Defects}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/136263 7 {Line defects}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/136268 7 {Switch defects}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/136272 7 {Auxiliary lines}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/136277 6 {formed on a semiconductor substrate, e.g. of silicon}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/136281 7 {having a transmissive semiconductor substrate}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/136286 6 {Wiring, e.g. gate line, drain line}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/13629 7 {Multilayer wirings}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/136295 7 {Materials; Compositions; Manufacture processes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/1365 6 in which the switching element is a two-electrode device {(G02F1/136277 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/1368 6 in which the switching element is a three-electrode device {(G02F1/136277 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/13685 7 {Top gates}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/137 3 characterised by the electro-optical or magneto-optical effect, e.g. field-induced phase transition, orientation effect, guest-host interaction or dynamic scattering
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/13706 4 {the liquid crystal having positive dielectric anisotropy}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/13712 4 {the liquid crystal having negative dielectric anisotropy}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/13718 4 {based on a change of the texture state of a cholesteric liquid crystal}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/13725 4 {based on guest-host interaction (G02F1/13762, G02F1/13737, take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/13731 4 {based on a field-induced phase transition (G02F1/13781 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/13737 5 {in liquid crystals doped with a pleochroic dye}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/13743 4 {based on electrohydrodynamic instabilities or domain formation in liquid crystals}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/1375 5 {using dynamic scattering}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/13756 4 {the liquid crystal selectively assuming a light-scattering state (G02F1/1334, G02F1/13718 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/13762 4 {containing luminescent or electroluminescent additives}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/13768 4 {based on magneto-optical effects}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/13775 4 {Polymer-stabilized liquid crystal layers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/13781 4 {using smectic liquid crystals (G02F1/141 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/13787 4 {Hybrid-alignment cells (G02F1/1393 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/13793 4 {Blue phases}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/139 4 based on orientation effects in which the liquid crystal remains transparent
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/1391 5 {Bistable or multi-stable liquid crystal cells (G02F1/141 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/1392 5 {using a field-induced sign-reversal of the dielectric anisotropy}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/1393 5 {the birefringence of the liquid crystal being electrically controlled, e.g. ECB-, DAP-, HAN-, PI-LC cells (G02F1/1396, G02F1/141 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/1395 6 {Optically compensated birefringence [OCB]- cells or PI- cells}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/1396 5 {the liquid crystal being selectively controlled between a twisted state and a non-twisted state, e.g. TN-LC cell (G02F1/141 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/1397 6 {the twist being substantially higher than 90°, e.g. STN-, SBE-, OMI-LC cells}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/1398 6 {the twist being below 90°}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/141 5 using ferroelectric liquid crystals
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/1412 6 {Antiferroelectric liquid crystals}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/1414 6 {Deformed helix ferroelectric [DHL]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/1416 6 {Details of the smectic layer structure, e.g. bookshelf, chevron, C1 and C2}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/1418 6 {using smectic liquid crystals, e.g. based on the electroclinic effect}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/15 2 based on an electrochromic effect
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2001/1502 3 {complementary cell}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2001/15025 4 {having an inorganic electrochromic layer and a second solid organic electrochromic layer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/1503 3 caused by oxidation-reduction reactions in organic liquid solutions, e.g. viologen solutions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/1506 3 caused by electrodeposition, e.g. electrolytic deposition of an inorganic material on or close to an electrode
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/1508 4 {using a solid electrolyte}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/1514 3 characterised by the electrochromic material, e.g. by the electrodeposited material
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2001/15145 4 {the electrochromic layer comprises a mixture of anodic and cathodic compounds}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/1516 4 comprising organic material
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/15165 5 {Polymers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2001/1517 5 {Cyano complex compounds, e.g. Prussian blue}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2001/1518 5 {Ferrocene compounds}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/1523 4 comprising inorganic material
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/1524 5 Transition metal compounds
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/15245 6 {based on iridium oxide or hydroxide}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/1525 5 {characterised by a particular ion transporting layer, e.g. electrolyte}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/153 3 Constructional details
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/1533 4 {structural features not otherwise provided for}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2001/1536 5 {additional, e.g. protective, layer inside the cell}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/155 4 Electrodes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2001/1552 5 {Inner electrode, e.g. the electrochromic layer being sandwiched between the inner electrode and the support substrate---- this group, now to be changed, should already been created by implementation of a previous DOC14 (prior to the one referred to above)----}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2001/1555 5 {Counter electrode}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2001/1557 5 {Side by side arrangements of working and counter electrodes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/157 4 Structural association of cells with optical devices, e.g. reflectors or illuminating devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/161 4 Gaskets; Spacers; Sealing of cells; Filling or closing of cells
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/163 3 Operation of electrochromic cells, e.g. electrodeposition cells; Circuit arrangements therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2001/1635 4 {the pixel comprises active switching elements, e.g. TFT}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2001/164 3 {the electrolyte is made of polymers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/165 2 based on translational movement of particles in a fluid under the influence of an applied field
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/166 3 characterised by the electro-optical or magneto-optical effect
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/167 4 by electrophoresis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/1671 4 involving dry toners
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/1673 4 by magnetophoresis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/1675 3 Constructional details
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/16753 4 Structures for supporting or mounting cells, e.g. frames or bezels
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/16755 4 Substrates
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/16756 4 Insulating layers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/16757 4 Microcapsules
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/1676 4 Electrodes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/16761 5 Side-by-side arrangement of working electrodes and counter-electrodes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/16762 5 having three or more electrodes per pixel
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/16766 5 for active matrices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/1677 4 Structural association of cells with optical devices, e.g. reflectors or illuminating devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2001/1678 4 {characterised by the composition or particle type}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/1679 4 Gaskets; Spacers; Sealing of cells; Filling or closing of cells
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/1681 5 having two or more microcells partitioned by walls, e.g. of microcup type
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/1685 3 Operation of cells; Circuit arrangements affecting the entire cell
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/169 2 based on orientable non-spherical particles having a common optical characteristic, e.g. suspended particles of reflective metal flakes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/17 2 based on variable-absorption elements not provided for in groups G02F1/015 - G02F1/169
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/172 3 {based on a suspension of orientable dipolar particles, e.g. suspended particles displays}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/174 3 {based on absorption band-shift, e.g. Stark - or Franz-Keldysh effect (G02F1/015, G02F1/178 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/176 3 {using acid- based indicators}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/178 3 {based on pressure effects (G02F1/195 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/19 2 based on variable-reflection or variable-refraction elements not provided for in groups G02F1/015 - G02F1/169
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/195 3 {by using frustrated reflection (digital reflection using controlled total internal reflection G02F1/315)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/21 2 by interference
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/211 3 {Sagnac type}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/212 3 {Mach-Zehnder type}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/213 3 {Fabry-Perot type}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/215 3 {Michelson type}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/216 3 {using liquid crystals, e.g. liquid crystal Fabry-Perot filters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/217 3 {Multimode interference type}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/218 3 {using semi-conducting materials}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/225 3 in an optical waveguide structure
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/2252 4 {in optical fibres}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/2255 4 {controlled by a high-frequency electromagnetic component in an electric waveguide structure}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/2257 4 {the optical waveguides being made of semiconducting material}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/23 2 for the control of the colour (G02F1/03 - G02F1/21 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/25 3 as to hue or predominant wavelength
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/29 1 for the control of the position or the direction of light beams, i.e. deflection
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/291 2 {Two-dimensional analogue deflection}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/292 2 {by controlled diffraction or phased-array beam steering (controlled diffraction for optical switching G02F1/31)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/293 2 {by another light beam, i.e. opto-optical deflection}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/294 2 {Variable focal length devices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/295 2 {Analog deflection from or} in an optical waveguide structure]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/2955 3 {by controlled diffraction or phased-array beam steering (controlled diffraction for optical waveguide switching G02F1/313)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/31 2 Digital deflection, {i.e. optical switching}(G02F1/33 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/311 3 {Cascade arrangement of plural switches}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/313 3 in an optical waveguide structure
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/3131 4 {in optical fibres}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/3132 4 {of directional coupler type}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/3133 5 {the optical waveguides being made of semiconducting materials}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/3134 5 {controlled by a high-frequency electromagnetic wave component in an electric waveguide structure}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/3135 5 {Vertical structure}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/3136 4 {of interferometric switch type}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/3137 4 {with intersecting or branching waveguides, e.g. X-switches and Y-junctions}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/3138 5 {the optical waveguides being made of semiconducting materials}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/315 3 based on the use of controlled internal reflection
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/33 2 Acousto-optical deflection devices {(circuit or control arrangements therefor G02F1/113)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/332 3 {comprising a plurality of transducers on the same crystal surface, e.g. multi-channel Bragg cell}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/335 3 having an optical waveguide structure
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/35 1 Non-linear optics
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/3501 2 {Constructional details or arrangements of non-linear optical devices, e.g. shape of non-linear crystals}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/3503 3 {Structural association of optical elements, e.g. lenses, with the non-linear optical device}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/3505 3 {Coatings; Housings; Supports}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/3507 3 {Arrangements comprising two or more nonlinear optical devices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/3509 3 {Shape, e.g. shape of end face}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/3511 2 {Self-focusing or self-trapping of light; Light-induced birefringence; Induced optical Kerr-effect}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/3513 3 {Soliton propagation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/3515 2 {All-optical modulation, gating, switching, e.g. control of a light beam by another light beam (G02F1/353, G02F1/37, G02F1/39 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/3517 3 {using an interferometer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/3519 4 {of Sagnac type, i.e. nonlinear optical loop mirror [NOLM]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/3521 3 {using a directional coupler}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/3523 2 {Non-linear absorption changing by light, e.g. bleaching}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/3525 2 {Optical damage}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/3526 2 {using two-photon emission or absorption processes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/3528 2 {for producing a supercontinuum}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/353 2 {Frequency conversion, i.e. wherein a light beam is generated with frequency components different from those of the incident light beams}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/3532 3 {Arrangements of plural nonlinear devices for generating multi-colour light beams, e.g. arrangements of SHG, SFG, OPO devices for generating RGB light beams}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/3534 3 {Three-wave interaction, e.g. sum-difference frequency generation (G02F1/3532 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/3536 3 {Four-wave interaction}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/3538 4 {for optical phase conjugation (controlling the intensity, frequency, phase, polarisation or direction of the emitted radiation using optical phase conjugation H01S3/10076)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/354 3 {Third or higher harmonic generation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/3542 3 {Multipass arrangements, i.e. arrangements to make light pass multiple times through the same element, e.g. using an enhancement cavity}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/3544 3 {Particular phase matching techniques}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/3546 4 {Active phase matching, e.g. by electro- or thermo-optic tuning}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/3548 4 {Quasi phase matching [QPM], e.g. using a periodic domain inverted structure}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/355 2 characterised by the materials used
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/3551 3 {Crystals}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/3553 4 {having the formula MTiOYO4, where M=K, Rb, TI, NH4 or Cs and Y=P or As, e.g. KTP}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/3555 3 {Glasses}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/3556 3 {Semiconductor materials, e.g. quantum wells}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/3558 3 {Poled materials, e.g. with periodic poling; Fabrication of domain inverted structures, e.g. for quasi-phase-matching [QPM]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/361 3 Organic materials
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/3611 4 {containing Nitrogen}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/3612 5 {Heterocycles having N as heteroatom}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/3613 4 {containing Sulfur}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/3614 5 {Heterocycles having S as heteroatom}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/3615 4 {containing polymers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/3616 5 {having the non-linear optical group in the main chain}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/3617 5 {having the non-linear optical group in a side chain}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/3618 4 {Langmuir Blodgett Films}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/3619 4 {Organometallic compounds}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/365 2 in an optical waveguide structure (G02F1/377, {G02F1/395} take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/37 2 for second-harmonic generation {(G02F1/3532 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/372 3 {Means for homogenizing the output beam}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/374 3 {Cherenkov radiation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/377 3 in an optical waveguide structure
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/3775 4 {with a periodic structure, e.g. domain inversion, for quasi-phase-matching [QPM] (G02F1/383 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/383 4 of the optical fibre type
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/39 2 for parametric generation or amplification of light, infra-red or ultra-violet waves
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/392 3 {Parametric amplification}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/395 3 {in optical waveguides}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F1/397 3 {Amplification of light by wave mixing involving an interference pattern, e.g. using photorefractive material}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2/00 0 Demodulating light; Transferring the modulation of modulated light; Frequency-changing of light (G02F1/35 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2/002 1 {using optical mixing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2/004 1 {Transferring the modulation of modulated light, i.e. transferring the information from one optical carrier of a first wavelength to a second optical carrier of a second wavelength, e.g. all-optical wavelength converter}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2/006 2 {All-optical wavelength conversion}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2/008 2 {Opto-electronic wavelength conversion, i.e. involving photo-electric conversion of the first optical carrier}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2/02 1 Frequency-changing of light, e.g. by quantum counters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F3/00 0 Optical logic elements; Optical bistable devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F3/02 1 Optical bistable devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F3/022 2 {based on electro-, magneto- or acousto-optical elements (G02F3/028 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F3/024 2 {based on non-linear elements, e.g. non-linear Fabry-Perot cavity (G02F3/028 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F3/026 2 {based on laser effects}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F3/028 2 {based on self electro-optic effect devices [SEED]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F7/00 0 Optical analogue/digital converters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2201/00 0 Constructional arrangements not provided for in groups G02F1/00 - G02F7/00
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2201/02 1 fibre
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2201/04 1 monomode
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2201/05 1 multimode
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2201/06 1 integrated waveguide
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2201/063 2 ridge; rib; strip loaded
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2201/066 2 channel; buried
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2201/07 1 buffer layer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2201/08 1 light absorbing layer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2201/083 2 infra-red absorbing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2201/086 2 UV absorbing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2201/12 1 electrode
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2201/121 2 common or background
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2201/122 2 having a particular pattern
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2201/123 2 pixel
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2201/124 2 interdigital
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2201/125 2 delta-beta
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2201/126 2 push-pull
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2201/127 2 travelling wave
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2201/128 2 field shaping
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2201/14 1 asymmetric
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2201/15 1 periodic
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2201/16 1 series; tandem
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2201/17 1 Multi-pass arrangements, i.e. arrangements to pass light a plurality of times through the same element, e.g. by using an enhancement cavity
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2201/18 1 parallel
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2201/20 1 delay line
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2201/205 2 of fibre type
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2201/30 1 grating
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2201/302 2 grating coupler
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2201/305 2 diffraction grating
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2201/307 2 Reflective grating, i.e. Bragg grating
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2201/34 1 reflector
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2201/343 2 cholesteric liquid crystal reflector
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2201/346 2 distributed (Bragg) reflector
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2201/36 1 Airflow channels, e.g. constructional arrangements facilitating the flow of air
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2201/38 1 Anti-reflection arrangements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2201/40 1 Arrangements for improving the aperture ratio
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2201/42 1 Arrangements for providing conduction through an insulating substrate
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2201/44 1 Arrangements combining different electro-active layers, e.g. electrochromic, liquid crystal or electroluminescent layers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2201/46 1 Fixing elements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2201/465 2 Snap -fit
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2201/48 1 Flattening arrangements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2201/50 1 Protective arrangements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2201/501 2 Blocking layers, e.g. against migration of ions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2201/503 2 Arrangements improving the resistance to shock
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2201/505 2 Arrangements improving the resistance to acoustic resonance like noise
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2201/506 2 Repairing, e.g. with redundant arrangement against defective part
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2201/508 3 Pseudo repairing, e.g. a defective part is brought into a condition in which it does not disturb the functioning of the device
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2201/52 1 RGB geometrical arrangements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2201/54 1 Arrangements for reducing warping-twist
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2201/56 1 Substrates having a particular shape, e.g. non-rectangular
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2201/58 1 Arrangements comprising a monitoring photodetector
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2202/00 0 Materials and properties
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2202/01 1 dipole
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2202/02 1 organic material
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2202/021 2 low molecular weight
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2202/022 2 polymeric
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2202/023 3 curable
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2202/025 4 thermocurable
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2202/026 2 charge transfer complex
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2202/027 2 Langmuir-Blodgett film
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2202/028 2 photobleached
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2202/04 1 dye
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2202/043 2 pleochroic
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2202/046 2 fluorescent
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2202/06 1 dopant
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2202/07 1 poled
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2202/08 1 glass transition temperature
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2202/09 1 inorganic glass
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2202/10 1 semiconductor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2202/101 2 Ga×As and alloy
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2202/102 2 In×P and alloy
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2202/103 2 a-Si
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2202/104 2 poly-Si
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2202/105 2 single crystal Si
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2202/106 2 Cd×Se or Cd×Te and alloys
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2202/107 2 Zn×S or Zn×Se and alloys
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2202/108 2 quantum wells
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2202/12 1 photoconductor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2202/13 1 photorefractive
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2202/14 1 photochromic
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2202/16 1 conductive
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2202/20 1 LiNbO3, LiTaO3
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2202/22 1 Antistatic materials or arrangements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2202/28 1 Adhesive materials or arrangements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2202/30 1 Metamaterials
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2202/32 1 Photonic crystals
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2202/34 1 Metal hydrides materials
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2202/36 1 Micro- or nanomaterials
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2202/38 1 Sol-gel materials
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2202/40 1 Materials having a particular birefringence, retardation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2202/42 1 Materials having a particular dielectric constant
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2203/00 0 Function characteristic
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2203/01 1 transmissive
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2203/02 1 reflective
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2203/023 2 total internal reflection
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2203/026 2 attenuated or frustrated internal reflection
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2203/03 1 scattering
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2203/04 1 wavelength independent
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2203/05 1 wavelength dependent
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2203/055 2 wavelength filtering
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2203/06 1 Polarisation independent
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2203/07 1 Polarisation dependent
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2203/09 1 transflective
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2203/10 1 plasmon
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2203/11 1 involving infrared radiation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2203/12 1 spatial light modulator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2203/13 1 involving THZ radiation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2203/15 1 involving resonance effects, e.g. resonantly enhanced interaction
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2203/16 1 involving spin polarization effects
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2203/17 1 involving soliton waves
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2203/18 1 adaptive optics, e.g. wavefront correction
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2203/19 1 linearised modulation; reduction of harmonic distortions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2203/20 1 Intrinsic phase difference, i.e. optical bias, of an optical modulator; Methods for the pre-set thereof
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2203/21 1 Thermal instability, i.e. DC drift, of an optical modulator; Arrangements or methods for the reduction thereof
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2203/22 1 diffractive
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2203/24 1 beam steering
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2203/25 1 Frequency chirping of an optical modulator; Arrangements or methods for the pre-set or tuning thereof
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2203/255 2 Negative chirp
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2203/26 1 Pulse shaping; Apparatus or methods therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2203/28 1 focussing or defocussing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2203/30 1 Gray scale
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2203/34 1 Colour display without the use of colour mosaic filters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2203/48 1 Variable attenuator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2203/50 1 Phase-only modulation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2203/52 1 Optical limiters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2203/54 1 Optical pulse train (comb) synthesizer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2203/56 1 Frequency comb synthesizer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2203/58 1 Multi-wavelength, e.g. operation of the device at a plurality of wavelengths
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2203/585 2 Add/drop devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2203/60 1 Temperature independent
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2203/62 1 Switchable arrangements whereby the element being usually not switchable
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2203/64 1 Normally black display, i.e. the off state being black
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2203/66 1 Normally white display, i.e. the off state being white
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2203/68 1 Green display, e.g. recycling, reduction of harmful substances
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2203/69 1 Arrangements or methods for testing or calibrating a device
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2203/70 1 Semiconductor optical amplifier [SOA] used in a device covered by G02F
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2413/00 0 Indexing scheme related to G02F1/13363, i.e. to birefringent elements, e.g. for optical compensation, characterised by the number, position, orientation or value of the compensation plates
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2413/01 1 Number of plates being 1
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2413/02 1 Number of plates being 2
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2413/03 1 Number of plates being 3
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2413/04 1 Number of plates greater than or equal to 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2413/05 1 Single plate on one side of the LC cell
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2413/06 1 Two plates on one side of the LC cell
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2413/07 1 All plates on one side of the LC cell
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2413/08 1 with a particular optical axis orientation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2413/10 1 with refractive index ellipsoid inclined, or tilted, relative to the LC-layer surface O plate
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2413/105 2 with varying inclination in thickness direction, e.g. hybrid oriented discotic LC
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2413/12 1 Biaxial compensators
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2413/13 1 Positive birefingence
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2413/14 1 Negative birefingence
|
|
|
|
|
|
G02F2413/15 1 with twisted orientation, e.g. comprising helically oriented LC-molecules or a plurality of twisted birefringent sublayers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03 PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B APPARATUS OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR TAKING PHOTOGRAPHS OR FOR PROJECTING OR VIEWING THEM; APPARATUS OR ARRANGEMENTS EMPLOYING ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ACCESSORIES THEREFOR (optical parts of such apparatus G02B; photosensitive materials or processes for photographic purposes G03C; apparatus for processing exposed photographic materials G03D)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B1/00 0 Film strip handling
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B1/02 1 Moving film strip by pull on end thereof
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B1/04 2 Pull exerted by take-up spool
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B1/06 3 rotated by lever operated ratchet and pawl
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B1/08 3 rotated by band, chain, rack, or other linear reciprocating operation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B1/10 3 rotated by knob through gearing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B1/12 3 rotated by motor, e.g. spring
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B1/14 2 Special arrangements to ensure constant length of movement of film
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B1/16 3 by film-arresting pins
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B1/18 1 Moving film strip by means which act on the film between the ends thereof
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B1/20 2 Acting means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B1/22 3 Claws or pins engaging holes in the film
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B1/24 3 Sprockets engaging holes in the film
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B1/26 3 Spiked wheels or pins not penetrating the film
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B1/28 3 Shuttle feed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B1/30 3 Belt feed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B1/32 3 Friction grippers or rollers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B1/34 3 Beaters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B1/36 3 Pneumatic acting means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B1/38 2 embodying Geneva motion, e.g. Maltese-cross gearing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B1/40 1 embodying frictional coupling or clutches
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B1/42 1 Guiding, framing, or constraining film in desired position relative to lens system
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B1/44 2 Guides engaging edge of film (gates G03B1/48)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B1/46 2 Rollers engaging face of film, e.g. barrel, waisted, conical (gates G03B1/48)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B1/48 2 Gates or pressure devices, e.g. plate
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B1/50 3 adjustable or interchangeable, e.g. for different film widths
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B1/52 3 Pneumatic pressure devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B1/54 2 Tensioning or loop-maintaining devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B1/56 1 Threading; Loop forming
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B1/58 2 automatic
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B1/60 1 Measuring or indicating length of the used or unused film; Counting number of exposures
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B1/62 2 involving locking or stop-motion devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B1/64 2 by means which as certain the radius of the film coiled on a spool
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B1/66 2 Counting number of exposures
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B3/00 0 Focusing arrangements of general interest for cameras, projectors or printers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B3/02 1 moving lens along baseboard
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B3/04 1 adjusting position of image plane without moving lens
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B3/06 2 using movable reflectors to alter length of light path
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B3/10 1 Power-operated focusing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B3/12 2 adapted for remote control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B5/00 0 Adjustment of optical system relative to image or object surface other than for focusing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B5/02 1 Lateral adjustment of lens
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B5/04 1 Vertical adjustment of lens; Rising fronts
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B5/06 1 Swinging lens about normal to the optical axis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B5/08 1 Swing backs
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B7/00 0 Control of exposure by setting shutters, diaphragms or filters, separately or conjointly (control of exposure in television cameras by means of circuitry influencing the optical part of the camera H04N23/75)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B7/003 1 {setting of both shutter and diaphragm (G03B7/02 - G03B7/22 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B7/006 1 {setting of both diaphragm and distance (G03B7/02 - G03B7/22 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B7/01 1 with selection of either manual or automatic mode
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B7/02 1 Control effected by setting a graduated member on the camera in accordance with indication or reading afforded by a light meter, which may be either separate from or built into camera body
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B7/04 1 Control effected by hand adjustment of a member that senses indication of a pointer of a built- in light-sensitive device, e.g. by restoring point to a fixed associated reference mark
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B7/06 2 by a follow-up movement of an associated reference mark to the pointer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B7/08 1 Control effected solely on the basis of the response, to the intensity of the light received by the camera, of a built-in light-sensitive device
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B7/0805 2 Setting of priority modes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B7/081 2 Analogue circuits
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B7/083 3 for control of exposure time
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B7/085 3 for control of aperture
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B7/087 3 for control of both exposure time and aperture
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B7/089 3 for storage of exposure value in mirror reflex cameras
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B7/091 2 Digital circuits
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B7/093 3 for control of exposure time
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B7/095 3 for control of aperture
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B7/097 3 for control of both exposure time and aperture
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B7/099 2 Arrangement of photoelectric elements in or on the camera
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B7/09908 3 {on the camera or in the objective}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B7/0993 3 in the camera
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B7/0997 4 Through the lens [TTL] measuring
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B7/09971 5 {in mirror-reflex cameras (G03B7/09979 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B7/09972 6 {using the mirror as sensor light reflecting or transmitting member}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B7/09973 6 {using the mirror as sensor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B7/09974 6 {using the film or shutter as sensor light reflecting member}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B7/09976 6 {the sensor being mounted in, before, or behind the porro-prism}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B7/09977 6 {with a movable light-measuring element}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B7/09978 6 {Protection against viewer backlight or integration of the viewer light into the measured light}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B7/09979 5 {Multi-zone light measuring}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B7/10 2 a servo-motor providing energy to move the setting member
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B7/12 2 a hand-actuated member moved from one position to another providing the energy to move the setting member, e.g. depression of shutter release button causes a stepped feeler to co-operate with the pointer of the light-sensitive device to set the diaphragm and thereafter release the shutter
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B7/14 3 setting of both shutter and diaphragm aperture being effected so as to give the optimum compromise between depth of field and shortness of exposure
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B7/16 1 in accordance with both the intensity of the flash source and the distance of the flash source from the object, e.g. in accordance with the "guide number" of the flash bulb and the focusing of the camera
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B7/17 2 Selection of modes in flash units by exposure control arrangements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B7/18 1 in accordance with light-reducing "factor" of filter or other obturator used with or on the lens of the camera
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B7/20 1 in accordance with change of lens
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B7/22 1 in accordance with temperature or height, e.g. in aircraft
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B7/24 1 automatically in accordance with markings or other means indicating film speed or kind of film on the magazine to be inserted in the camera
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B7/26 1 Power supplies; Circuitry or arrangement to switch on the power source; Circuitry to check the power source voltage
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B7/28 1 Circuitry to measure or to take account of the object contrast
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B7/30 1 Safety arrangements for control of exposure
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B9/00 0 Exposure-making shutters; Diaphragms
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B9/02 1 Diaphragms
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B9/04 2 Single movable plate with two or more apertures of graded size, e.g. sliding plate or pivoting plate
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B9/06 2 Two or more co-operating pivoted blades, e.g. iris type (shutters functioning as diaphragms by limiting extent of opening movement G03B9/08)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B9/07 2 with means for presetting the diaphragm
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B9/08 1 Shutters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B9/10 2 Blade or disc rotating or pivoting about axis normal to its plane
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B9/12 3 Two relatively-adjustable aperture-defining members moving as a unit
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B9/14 3 Two separate members moving in opposite directions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B9/16 3 Two separate members moving in the same direction
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B9/18 3 More than two members
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B9/20 4 each moving in a single direction first to open and then to reclose
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B9/22 4 each moving in one direction to open and then in opposite direction to close, e.g. iris type
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B9/24 3 Adjusting size of aperture formed by members when fully open so as to constitute a virtual diaphragm that is adjustable
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B9/26 3 incorporating cover blade or blades
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B9/28 2 Roller blind or flexible plate
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B9/30 3 Single blind with multiple slots or other aperture
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B9/32 3 Double blind
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B9/34 4 with adjustable slot; with mechanism controlling relative movement of blinds to form slot
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B9/36 2 Sliding rigid plate
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B9/38 3 Single rigid plate with multiple slots or other apertures
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B9/40 3 Double plate
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B9/42 4 with adjustable slot; with mechanism controlling relative movement of plates to form slot
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B9/44 3 Curved track and plate
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B9/46 2 Flap shutters pivoting about axis in plane of flap
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B9/48 3 Double flap
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B9/50 3 Louvre type
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B9/52 2 Barrel shutters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B9/54 2 Conical shutters; Rotating plate with axis of rotation inclined to optical axis of shutter
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B9/58 1 Means for varying duration of "open" period of shutter
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B9/60 2 by varying speed of movement of obturating members
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B9/62 2 by varying interval of time between end of opening movement and beginning of closing movement
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B9/64 1 Mechanism for delaying opening of shutter (separate from shutter G03B17/38)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B9/66 1 Means for cocking shutter separate from means for releasing shutter
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B9/68 2 Cocking effected by movement of film
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B9/70 1 with flash-synchronising contacts
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B11/00 0 Filters or other obturators specially adapted for photographic purposes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B11/02 1 Sky masks
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B11/04 1 Hoods or caps for eliminating unwanted light from lenses, viewfinders or focusing aids
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B11/041 2 {Lens caps as separate accessory (accessories in general G03B17/56)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B11/043 2 {Protective lens closures or lens caps built into cameras}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B11/045 2 {Lens hoods or shields}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B11/046 2 {for viewfinders or eyepieces}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B11/06 2 Lens caps for exposure making
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B13/00 0 Viewfinders; Focusing aids for cameras; Means for focusing for cameras; Autofocus systems for cameras
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B13/02 1 Viewfinders
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B13/04 2 of direct vision type, e.g. frame, sighting mark
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B13/06 2 with lenses with or without reflectors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B13/08 3 with reflected image of frame
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B13/10 2 adjusting viewfinders field
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B13/12 3 to compensate for change of camera lens or size of picture
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B13/14 3 to compensate for parallax due to short range
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B13/16 2 combined with focusing aids
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B13/18 1 Focusing aids
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B13/20 2 Rangefinders coupled with focusing arrangements, e.g. adjustment of rangefinder automatically focusing camera
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B13/22 3 coupling providing for compensation upon change of camera lens
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B13/24 2 Focusing screens
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B13/26 3 with magnifiers for inspecting image formed on screen
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B13/28 3 Image-splitting devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B13/30 2 indicating depth of field
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B13/32 1 Means for focusing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B13/34 2 Power focusing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B13/36 3 Autofocus systems
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B15/00 0 Special procedures for taking photographs; Apparatus therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B15/003 1 {Apparatus for photographing CRT-screens}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B15/006 1 {Apparatus mounted on flying objects}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B15/02 1 Illuminating scene
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B15/03 2 Combinations of cameras with lighting apparatus; Flash units
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B15/035 3 Combinations of cameras with incandescent lamps
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B15/04 3 Combinations of cameras with non-electronic flash apparatus; Non-electronic flash units
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B15/0405 4 {Non-electronic flash apparatus incorporated in photographic apparatus}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B15/041 4 {Separatable flash apparatus; Means for mounting the flash apparatus on the photographic apparatus}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B15/0415 5 {Mounting means comprising transversal slide and separate cable}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B15/0421 5 {Mounting means comprising transversal slide and incorporated contacts of the type "Hot shoe"}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B15/0426 5 {Mounting means comprising longitudinal slide and incorporated contacts (for multiple lamps)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B15/0431 5 {Rotatable mounting means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B15/0436 5 {Mounting means for sequential translation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B15/0442 4 {Constructional details of the flash apparatus; Arrangement of lamps, reflectors, or the like (G03B15/0484 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B15/0447 5 {Energy sources; Batteries; Capacitors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B15/0452 4 {Electrical ignition means connected to the shutter}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B15/0457 5 {Ignition mechanisms for sequential ignition of flash lamps}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B15/0463 5 {Piezo-electric ignition mechanisms}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B15/0468 5 {Ignition mechanisms permitting choice of multiple ignition modes; Adaptors for different modes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B15/0473 5 {Remote controlled ignition mechanisms}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B15/0478 4 {Combinations of photographic apparatus with percussion type flash ignition systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B15/0484 5 {Constructional details of the flash apparatus}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B15/0489 5 {Means for ignition by percussion}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B15/0494 5 {Means for mounting percussion type flash apparatus}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B15/05 3 Combinations of cameras with electronic flash apparatus; Electronic flash units
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B15/06 2 Special arrangements of screening, diffusing, or reflecting devices, e.g. in studio
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B15/07 3 Arrangements of lamps in studios
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B15/08 1 Trick photography
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B15/10 2 using back-projection, i.e. blending artificial background with real foreground
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B15/12 2 using mirrors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B15/14 1 for taking photographs during medical operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B15/16 1 for photographing the track of moving objects (high-speed photography G03B39/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B17/00 0 Details of cameras or camera bodies; Accessories therefor (lens hoods or caps G03B11/04)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B17/02 1 Bodies
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B17/04 2 collapsible, foldable or extensible, e.g. book type
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B17/045 3 {Bellows}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B17/06 2 with exposure meters or other indicators built into body but not connected to other camera members
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B17/08 2 Waterproof bodies or housings
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B17/10 2 Soundproof bodies
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B17/12 2 with means for supporting objectives, supplementary lenses, filters, masks, or turrets
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B17/14 3 interchangeably
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B17/16 2 for containing both motion-picture camera and still-picture camera
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B17/17 2 with reflectors arranged in beam forming the photographic image, e.g. for reducing dimensions of camera
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B17/18 1 Signals indicating condition of a camera member or suitability of light (indicating depth of field G03B13/30)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B17/20 2 visible in viewfinder
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B17/22 1 with means for cutting-off film
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B17/24 1 with means for separately producing marks on the film, e.g. title, time of exposure
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B17/245 2 {Optical means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B17/26 1 Holders for containing light sensitive material and adapted to be inserted within the camera (holders for X-ray films G03B42/04)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B17/265 2 {specially adapted for motion picture film, e.g. cassettes (cassettes for projection purposes G03B21/323)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B17/28 1 Locating light-sensitive material within camera
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B17/30 2 Locating spools or other rotatable holders of coiled film
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B17/305 3 {for roll film cameras}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B17/32 2 Locating plates or cut films
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B17/34 3 Changing plates or cut films
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B17/36 1 Counting number of exposures (of film strips G03B1/66)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B17/38 1 Releasing-devices separate from shutter (integral with shutter G03B9/08)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B17/40 2 with delayed or timed action
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B17/42 1 Interlocking between shutter operation and advance of film or change of plate or cut-film
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B17/425 2 {motor drive cameras}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B17/44 1 Means for exchanging focusing screen and light sensitive material
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B17/46 1 Means for exposing single frames in motion-picture camera
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B17/48 1 adapted for combination with other photographic or optical apparatus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B17/50 2 with both developing and finishing apparatus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B17/52 3 of the Land type
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B17/53 3 for automatically delivering a finished picture after a signal causing exposure has been given, e.g. by pushing a button, by inserting a coin
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B17/54 2 with projector
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B17/55 1 with provision for heating or cooling, e.g. in aircraft
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B17/56 1 Accessories (carrying-cases A45C11/38)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B17/561 2 {Support related camera accessories}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B17/563 2 {Camera grips, handles (means in general for steadying hand-held apparatus F16M13/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B17/565 2 {Optical accessories, e.g. converters for close-up photography, tele-convertors, wide-angle convertors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B17/566 2 {Accessory clips, holders, shoes to attach accessories to camera (if integral part of camera body G03B17/02)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B17/58 2 Attachments for converting cameras into reflex cameras
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B19/00 0 Cameras (details G03B17/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B19/02 1 Still-picture cameras
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B19/023 2 {Multi-image cameras}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B19/026 3 {Sequence cameras}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B19/04 2 Roll-film cameras
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B19/06 3 adapted to be loaded with more than one film, e.g. with exposure of one or the other at will (G03B19/07 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B19/07 3 having more than one objective
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B19/08 3 with provision for alternative use with plates or cut-films
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B19/10 2 Plate or cut-film cameras (with provision for alternative use with roll film G03B19/08)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B19/12 2 Reflex cameras with single objective and a movable reflector or a partly-transmitting mirror
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B19/14 2 with paired lenses, one of which forms image on photographic material and the other forms a corresponding image on a focusing screen
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B19/16 2 Pin-hole cameras
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B19/18 1 Motion-picture cameras (with non-intermittently running film G03B41/02)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B19/20 2 Reflex cameras
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B19/22 2 Double cameras
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B19/24 2 adapted to be loaded with more than one film, e.g. with exposure of one or the other at will
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B19/26 2 with fade-in and fade-out effects
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B21/00 0 Projectors or projection-type viewers; Accessories therefor (devices for changing pictures G03B23/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B21/001 1 {Slide projectors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B21/003 1 {Cine-projectors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B21/005 1 {Projectors using an electronic spatial light modulator but not peculiar thereto}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B21/006 2 {using LCD's}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B21/008 2 {using micromirror devices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B21/02 1 Multiple-film apparatus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B21/04 2 Picture "juke-boxes"
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B21/06 1 affording only episcopic projection
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B21/08 1 affording epidiascopic projection
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B21/10 1 Projectors with built-in or built-on screen
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B21/11 2 for microfilm reading
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B21/111 3 {of roll films}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B21/113 4 {Handling roll films}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B21/115 3 {of microfiches}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B21/116 4 {Handling microfiches}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B21/118 3 {Reader-printers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B21/12 1 adapted for projection of either still pictures or motion pictures (prolonged exhibition of single frame G03B21/38)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B21/13 1 Projectors for producing special effects at the edges of picture, e.g. blurring
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B21/132 1 Overhead projectors, i.e. capable of projecting hand-writing or drawing during action (epidiascopic projectors G03B21/08)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B21/134 1 Projectors combined with typing apparatus or with printing apparatus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B21/14 1 Details
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B21/142 2 {Adjusting of projection optics}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B21/145 2 {Housing details, e.g. position adjustments thereof}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B21/147 2 {Optical correction of image distortions, e.g. keystone}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B21/16 2 Cooling; Preventing overheating
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B21/18 2 Fire preventing or extinguishing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B21/20 2 Lamp housings
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B21/2006 3 {characterised by the light source}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B21/2013 4 {Plural light sources}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B21/202 4 {Incandescent light sources}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B21/2026 4 {Gas discharge type light sources, e.g. arcs}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B21/2033 4 {LED or laser light sources}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B21/204 5 {using secondary light emission, e.g. luminescence or fluorescence (using different colours G03B33/00; if related to video signals H04N9/3197)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B21/2046 3 {Positional adjustment of light sources}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B21/2053 3 {Intensity control of illuminating light (controlled by video signal processing H04N5/74 or H04N9/31)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B21/206 3 {Control of light source other than position or intensity}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B21/2066 3 {Reflectors in illumination beam (in projection beam G03B21/28)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B21/2073 3 {Polarisers in the lamp house (peculiar to electronic spatial light modulators H04N9/3197)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B21/208 3 {Homogenising, shaping of the illumination light}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B21/2086 3 {Security or safety means in lamp houses}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B21/22 2 Soundproof bodies
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B21/26 2 Projecting separately subsidiary matter simultaneously with main image
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B21/28 2 Reflectors in projection beam {(in illumination beam G03B21/2066)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B21/30 2 adapted to collapse or fold, e.g. for portability
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B21/32 2 Details specially adapted for motion-picture projection (with film moving continuously through the gate G03B41/02)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B21/321 3 {Holders for films, e.g. reels, cassettes, spindles}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B21/323 4 {Cassettes (G03B21/326, G03B21/328 take precedence; for containing light-sensitive material G03B17/265)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B21/325 5 {Endless cassettes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B21/326 4 {Means for fixing the film on the axis of a reel or spindle}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B21/328 4 {Means for fixing the film on the periphery of a reel}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B21/34 3 Change-over arrangements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B21/36 4 Fades, dissolves, or wipes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B21/38 3 Prolonged exhibition of single frame
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B21/40 3 Eliminating or reducing effect of flicker
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B21/42 3 Preventing damage to film due to abnormal operation of projector
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B21/43 3 Driving mechanisms
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B21/44 4 Mechanisms transmitting motion to film-strip feed; Mechanical linking of shutter and intermittent feed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B21/46 5 affording adjustment for framing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B21/48 5 for altering frame speed; for regulating constancy of film speed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B21/50 3 Control devices operated by the film strip during the run
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B21/52 4 by prepared film
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B21/53 2 Means for automatic focusing, e.g. to compensate thermal effects
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B21/54 1 Accessories
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B21/56 2 Projection screens
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B21/562 3 {Screens moving during projection (G03B21/58 - G03B21/62 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B21/565 3 {Screens allowing free passage of sound (G03B21/58 - G03B21/62 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B21/567 3 {for colour projection (G03B21/58, G03B21/60 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B21/58 3 collapsible, e.g. foldable; of variable area
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B21/585 4 Inflatable screens
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B21/60 3 characterised by the nature of the surface
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B21/602 4 Lenticular screens (G03B21/625 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B21/604 4 Polarised screens
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B21/606 4 for relief projection
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B21/608 4 Fluid screens
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B21/62 4 Translucent screens
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B21/625 5 Lenticular translucent screens
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B21/64 2 Means for mounting individual pictures to be projected, e.g. frame for transparency
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B23/00 0 Devices for changing pictures in viewing apparatus or projectors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B23/02 1 in which a picture is removed from a stock and returned to the same stock or another one; Magazines therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B23/04 2 with linear movement
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B23/042 3 {whereby the picture is not returned to the same stock after projection}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B23/044 3 {whereby the picture is returned to the same stock}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B23/046 3 {Picture changing devices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B23/048 3 {with horizontally sliding mechanism}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B23/06 2 with rotary movement
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B23/08 1 in which pictures are attached to a movable carrier
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B23/10 2 drum or disc carrier
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B23/105 3 {disc carriers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B23/12 2 linear strip carrier
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B23/125 3 {the pictures being attached to a chain or linked up to form a chain}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B23/14 1 Carriers operable to move pictures into, and out of, the projection or viewing position and carrying one or two pictures only in a removable manner (G03B23/18 takes precedence){also other devices not provided with a stock, e.g. chutes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B23/18 1 with fade-in and fade-out effects
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B25/00 0 Viewers, other than projection viewers, giving motion-picture effects by persistence of vision, e.g. zoetrope
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B25/02 1 with interposed lenticular or line screen
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B27/00 0 Photographic printing apparatus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B27/02 1 Exposure apparatus for contact printing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B27/04 2 Copying apparatus without a relative movement between the original and the light source during exposure, e.g. printing frame or printing box
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B27/06 3 for automatic repeated copying of the same original
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B27/08 3 for automatic copying of several originals one after the other, e.g. for copying cinematograph film
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B27/10 2 Copying apparatus with a relative movement between the original and the light source during exposure
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B27/12 3 for automatic repeated copying of the same original
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B27/14 2 Details
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B27/16 3 Illumination arrangements, e.g. positioning of lamps, positioning of reflectors (controlling the exposure G03B27/72)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B27/18 3 Maintaining or producing contact pressure between original and light-sensitive material
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B27/20 4 by using a vacuum or fluid pressure
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B27/22 4 by stretching over a curved surface
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B27/24 3 Separating the original from the print
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B27/26 3 Cooling
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B27/28 3 Edge-masking devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B27/30 3 adapted to be combined with processing apparatus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B27/303 4 {Gas processing (gas processing apparatus G03D7/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B27/306 4 {Heat development (heat development apparatus G03D13/002)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B27/32 1 Projection printing apparatus, e.g. enlarger, copying camera
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B27/323 2 {Copying cameras (G03B27/34 - G03B27/70 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B27/326 2 {Enlargers (G03B27/34 - G03B27/70 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B27/34 2 Means for automatic focusing therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B27/36 3 by mechanical connections, e.g. by cam, by linkage
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B27/38 4 embodying screws with non-uniform pitch
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B27/40 4 adapted for use with lenses of different focal length
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B27/42 2 for automatic sequential copying of the same original (G03B27/34, G03B27/53 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B27/423 3 {in copying cameras}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B27/426 3 {in enlargers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B27/44 2 for multiple copying of the same original at the same time (G03B27/34, G03B27/53 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B27/46 2 for automatic sequential copying of different originals, e.g. enlargers, roll film printers (G03B27/34, G03B27/50, G03B27/53 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B27/462 3 {in enlargers, e.g. roll film printers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B27/465 3 at different positions of the same strip, e.g. microfilm
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B27/47 3 at different positions of the same sheet, e.g. microfiche
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B27/475 3 copying cinematographic film (G03B27/48 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B27/48 3 with original in the form of a film strip moving continuously and compensation for consequent image movement
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B27/50 2 with slit or like diaphragm moving over original for progressive exposure (G03B27/34 takes precedence {; projection optics per se G03B27/525})
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B27/52 2 Details
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B27/521 3 {Arrangements for applying a supplementary information onto the sensitive material, e.g. coding (producing marks on the film in cameras G03B17/24)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B27/522 3 {Projection optics (for electro-photographic copiers in particular G03G15/04)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B27/523 4 {for full time exposure}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B27/525 4 {for slit exposure}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B27/526 5 {in which the projection optics move}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B27/527 6 {as a whole in a translatory movement}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B27/528 5 {in which the projection optics remain stationary}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B27/53 3 Automatic registration or positioning of originals with respect to each other or the photosensitive layer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B27/54 3 Lamp housings; Illuminating means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B27/542 4 {for copying cameras, reflex exposure lighting}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B27/545 4 {for enlargers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B27/547 5 {colour mixing heads}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B27/56 3 Mounting enlarger head on column {Mounting reproduction camera on column}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B27/58 3 Baseboards, masking frames, or other holders for the sensitive material (G03B27/53 takes precedence {; for electrophotographic copiers G03G15/65})
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B27/581 4 {in copying cameras (G03B27/60 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B27/582 4 {Baseboards, easels}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B27/583 4 {Handling microfiche}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B27/585 4 {Handling cut photosensitive sheets}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B27/586 5 {Supply stacks; Peeling off}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B27/587 4 {Handling photosensitive webs (G03B1/00 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B27/588 5 {Supply rolls; Cutting arrangements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B27/60 4 using a vacuum or fluid pressure
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B27/62 3 Holders for the original (G03B27/53 takes precedence {; for electrophotographic copiers G03G15/60})
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B27/6207 4 {in copying cameras}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B27/6214 5 {Copy boards}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B27/6221 5 {Transparent copy platens}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B27/6228 6 {Platen covers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B27/6235 6 {Reciprocating copy platens}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B27/6242 5 {Masks; Overlays; Transparent carriers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B27/625 5 {Apparatus which relate to the handling of originals, e.g. presence detectors, inverters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B27/6257 6 {Arrangements for moving an original once or repeatedly to or through an exposure station}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B27/6264 6 {Arrangements for moving several originals one after the other to or through an exposure station}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B27/6271 4 {in enlargers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B27/6278 5 {Handling single frame negatives}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B27/6285 5 {Handling strips (G03B1/00 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B27/6292 5 {Handling microfiche}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B27/64 4 using a vacuum or fluid pressure
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B27/66 3 specially adapted for holding half-tone screens
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B27/68 3 Introducing or correcting distortion, e.g. in connection with oblique projection
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B27/70 3 Reflectors in printing beam
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B27/72 1 Controlling or varying light intensity, spectral composition, or exposure time in photographic printing apparatus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B27/722 2 {when the reproduction scale is changed}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B27/725 2 {Optical projection devices wherein the contrast is controlled electrically (e.g. cathode ray tube masking)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B27/727 2 {Optical projection devices wherein the contrast is controlled optically (e.g. uniform exposure, two colour exposure on variable contrast sensitive material)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B27/73 2 Controlling exposure by variation of spectral composition, e.g. multicolor printers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B27/735 3 {in dependence upon automatic analysis of the original}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B27/74 2 Positioning exposure meters in the apparatus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B27/80 2 in dependence upon automatic analysis of the original (G03B27/73 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B29/00 0 Combinations of cameras, projectors or photographic printing apparatus with non-photographic non-optical apparatus, e.g. clocks or weapons; Cameras having the shape of other objects (combinations with flash apparatus G03B15/03)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B30/00 0 Camera modules comprising integrated lens units and imaging units, specially adapted for being embedded in other devices, e.g. mobile phones or vehicles
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B31/00 0 Associated working of cameras or projectors with sound-recording or sound-reproducing means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B31/02 1 in which sound track is on a moving-picture film
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B31/04 1 in which sound track is not on, but is synchronised with, a moving-picture film
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B31/06 1 in which sound track is associated with successively-shown still pictures
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B31/08 1 with fade-in and fade-out effects
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B33/00 0 Colour photography, other than mere exposure or projection of a colour film (printing apparatus G03B27/00; stereoscopic colour photography G03B35/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B33/02 1 by two-colour separation records, e.g. red-aspect and white complete records; using Land effect
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B33/04 1 by four or more separation records
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B33/06 1 by additive-colour projection apparatus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B33/08 1 Sequential recording or projection (G03B33/02, G03B33/04, G03B33/06 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B33/10 1 Simultaneous recording or projection (G03B33/02, G03B33/04 G03B33/06 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B33/12 2 using beam-splitting or beam-combining systems, e.g. dichroic mirrors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B33/14 2 using lenticular screens (integral with film G03C)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B33/16 2 using colour-pattern screens (integral with film G03C)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B35/00 0 Stereoscopic photography
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B35/02 1 by sequential recording
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B35/04 2 with movement of beam-selecting members in a system defining two or more viewpoints
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B35/06 2 with axial movement of lens or gate between exposures
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B35/08 1 by simultaneous recording
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B35/10 2 having single camera with stereoscopic-base-defining system
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B35/12 2 involving recording of different viewpoint images in different colours on a colour film
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B35/14 1 Printing apparatus specially adapted for conversion between different types of record (G03B42/08 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B35/16 1 by sequential viewing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B35/18 1 by simultaneous viewing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B35/20 2 using two or more projectors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B35/22 2 using single projector with stereoscopic-base-defining system
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B35/24 2 using apertured or refractive resolving means on screens or between screen and eye
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B35/26 2 using polarised or coloured light separating different viewpoint images
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B37/00 0 Panoramic or wide-screen photography; Photographing extended surfaces, e.g. for surveying; Photographing internal surfaces, e.g. of pipe
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B37/005 1 {Photographing internal surfaces, e.g. of pipe, (G03B37/02 - G03B37/06 take precedence; instruments for performing medical examinations of cavities or tubes of the body by photographic inspection A61B1/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B37/02 1 with scanning movement of lens or cameras
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B37/04 1 with cameras or projectors providing touching or overlapping fields of view
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B37/06 1 involving anamorphosis (G03B37/02, G03B37/04 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B39/00 0 High-speed photography
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B39/005 1 {using image converters or amplifiers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B39/02 1 using stationary plate or film (G03B39/06 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B39/04 1 using moving plate or film (G03B39/06 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B39/06 1 using light-guides for transferring image frame or elements thereof into different array, e.g. into a line
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B41/00 0 Special techniques not covered by groups G03B31/00 - G03B39/00; Apparatus therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B41/02 1 using non-intermittently running film
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B41/023 2 {combined with shutter}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B41/026 2 {combined with slit}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B41/04 2 with optical compensator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B41/06 3 with rotating reflecting member
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B41/08 3 with rotating transmitting member
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B41/10 3 with oscillating reflecting member
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B41/12 3 with oscillating transmitting member
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B41/14 2 Overcoming image movement by brief flashes of light
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B42/00 0 Obtaining records using waves other than optical waves; Visualisation of such records by using optical means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B42/02 1 using X-rays
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B42/021 2 {Apparatus for direct X-ray cinematography (circuit arrangements for obtaining a series of X-ray photographs or for X-ray cinematography H05G1/60)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B42/023 3 {Apparatus for indirect X-ray cinematography, i.e. by taking pictures on ordinary film from the images on the fluorescent screen (by transforming the picture information intermediately into electrical signals G03B27/725)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B42/025 2 {Positioning or masking the X-ray film cartridge in the radiographic apparatus}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B42/026 2 {for obtaining three-dimensional pictures}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B42/028 2 {Industrial applications}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B42/04 2 Holders for X-ray films
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B42/042 3 {for dental applications (see also A61B6/14); (individual packages for X-ray film G03C3/003)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B42/045 3 {apparatus for loading or unloading the holders}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B42/047 3 {provided with marking means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B42/06 1 using ultrasonic, sonic or infrasonic waves
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B42/08 1 Visualisation of records by optical means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B43/00 0 Testing correct operation of photographic apparatus or parts thereof
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B43/02 1 Testing shutters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B2205/00 0 Adjustment of optical system relative to image or object surface other than for focusing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B2205/0007 1 Movement of one or more optical elements for control of motion blur (imaging systems in general using optical elements for stabilisation of the position of the image G02B27/64)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B2205/0015 2 by displacing one or more optical elements normal to the optical axis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B2205/0023 2 by tilting or inclining one or more optical elements with respect to the optical axis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B2205/003 2 by a prism with variable angle or the like
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B2205/0038 2 by displacing the image plane with respect to the optical axis (in case of an electronic image sensor H04N23/68)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B2205/0046 1 Movement of one or more optical elements for zooming (for optical zoom lenses in general G02B7/10)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B2205/0053 1 Driving means for the movement of one or more optical element
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B2205/0061 2 using piezoelectric actuators
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B2205/0069 2 using electromagnetic actuators, e.g. voice coils
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B2205/0076 2 using shape memory alloys
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B2205/0084 2 using other types of actuators
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B2206/00 0 Systems for exchange of information between different pieces of apparatus, e.g. for exchanging trimming information, for photo finishing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B2206/002 1 using detachable memory means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B2206/004 1 using markings on the photographic material, e.g. to indicate pseudo-panoramic exposure
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B2206/006 2 of the bar-code type
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B2206/008 1 using holders for the photographic material
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B2207/00 0 Control of exposure by setting shutters, diaphragms, or filters separately or conjointly
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B2207/005 1 involving control of motion blur
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B2213/00 0 Viewfinders; Focusing aids for cameras; Means for focusing for cameras; Autofocus systems for cameras
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B2213/02 1 Viewfinders
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B2213/025 2 Sightline detection
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B2215/00 0 Special procedures for taking photographs; Apparatus therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B2215/05 1 Combinations of cameras with electronic flash units
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B2215/0503 2 Built-in units
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B2215/0507 3 Pop-up mechanisms
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B2215/051 4 with movable reflector, e.g. change of illumination angle or illumination direction
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B2215/0514 2 Separate unit
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B2215/0517 3 Housing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B2215/0521 4 movable housing, e.g. bounce-light
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B2215/0525 4 Reflector
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B2215/0528 5 movable reflector, e.g. change of illumination angle or illumination direction
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B2215/0532 5 Flashtube mounting
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B2215/0535 5 Built-in diffusor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B2215/0539 4 Ringflash
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B2215/0542 4 watertight
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B2215/0546 4 modular
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B2215/055 4 Clamp-on device, e.g. filter
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B2215/0553 4 with second integrated flash
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B2215/0557 3 Multiple units, e.g. slave-unit
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B2215/056 3 Connection with camera, e.g. adapter
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B2215/0564 2 characterised by the type of light source
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B2215/0567 3 Solid-state light source, e.g. LED, laser
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B2215/0571 3 With second light source
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B2215/0575 3 Ring shaped lighting arrangements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B2215/0578 3 Flashtube mounting
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B2215/0582 2 Reflectors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B2215/0585 3 Movable reflectors, e.g. change of illumination angle or direction
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B2215/0589 2 Diffusors, filters or refraction means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B2215/0592 3 installed in front of light emitter
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B2217/00 0 Details of cameras or camera bodies; Accessories therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B2217/002 1 Details of arrangement of components in or on camera body
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B2217/005 1 Blur detection
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B2217/007 1 Details of energy supply or management
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B2217/18 1 Signals indicating condition of a camera member or suitability of light
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B2217/185 2 providing indication that the picture may be blurred
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B2217/24 1 with means for separately producing marks on the film
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B2217/241 2 with means for producing composite exposures, e.g. exposing an image and a border, producing identity cards
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B2217/242 2 Details of the marking device
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B2217/243 3 Optical devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B2217/244 3 Magnetic devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B2217/245 3 Mechanical devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B2217/246 2 Details of the markings
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B2217/247 3 Bar codes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B2217/248 2 with means for masking
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B2217/26 1 Holders for containing light-sensitive material and adapted to be inserted within the camera
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B2217/261 2 Details of spools
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B2217/263 2 Details of exposure status indicators; Double exposure prevention
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B2217/265 2 Details of light-proofing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B2217/266 2 Thrust-type cartridges
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B2217/268 2 Unloading the cartridge from the camera; Loading the cartridge into the camera
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B2219/00 0 Cameras
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B2219/02 1 Still-picture cameras
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B2219/04 2 Roll-film cameras
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B2219/045 3 adapted for unloading the film in the processing laboratory, e.g. disposable, reusable or recyclable cameras
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B2227/00 0 Photographic printing apparatus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B2227/005 1 Matrix print; Index print
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B2227/32 1 Projection printing apparatus, e.g. enlarging apparatus, copying camera
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03B2227/325 2 Microcapsule copiers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C PHOTOSENSITIVE MATERIALS FOR PHOTOGRAPHIC PURPOSES (for photomechanical purposes G03F); PHOTOGRAPHIC PROCESSES, e.g. CINE, X-RAY, COLOUR, STEREO-PHOTOGRAPHIC PROCESSES; AUXILIARY PROCESSES IN PHOTOGRAPHY (photographic processes characterised by the use or manipulation of apparatus classifiable per se in subclass G03B, see G03B; photomechanical production of textured or patterned surfaces G03F; electrophotography, magnetography G03G)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/00 0 Photosensitive materials (photosensitive materials for multicolour processes G03C7/00; for diffusion transfer processes G03C8/00; photosensitive glass C03C4/04)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/002 1 {containing microcapsules (with photopolymerisable compositions G03F7/002)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/005 1 Silver halide emulsions; Preparation thereof; Physical treatment thereof; Incorporation of additives therein (catalytic amounts of silver halide in dry silver systems {or thermographic systems using noble metal compounds} G03C1/494)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/0051 2 {Tabular grain emulsions}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/0053 3 {with high content of silver chloride}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2001/0055 3 {Aspect ratio of tabular grains in general; High aspect ratio; Intermediate aspect ratio; Low aspect ratio}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2001/0056 3 {Disclocations}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2001/0058 3 {Twinned crystal}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/015 2 Apparatus or processes for the preparation of emulsions (coating, drying G03C1/74 {; G03C1/07 takes precedence; special processes for tabular grains G03C1/0051})
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2001/0151 3 {Double jet precipitation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2001/0152 3 {Desalting}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2001/0153 3 {Fine grain feeding method}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2001/0155 3 {Flocculation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2001/0156 3 {pAg value; pBr value; pCl value; pI value}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2001/0157 3 {Ultrafiltration}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2001/0158 3 {Washing of emulsions}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/025 2 Physical treatment of emulsions, e.g. by ultrasonics, refrigeration, pressure (coating, drying G03C1/74)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2001/0252 3 {Electric power or field}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2001/0255 3 {Refrigeration}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2001/0257 3 {Ultrasonic}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/035 2 characterised by the crystal form or composition, e.g. mixed grain
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2001/03505 3 {Shape of the grains}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2001/03511 3 {Bromide content}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2001/03517 3 {Chloride content}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2001/03523 3 {Converted grains}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2001/03529 3 {Coefficient of variation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2001/03535 3 {Core-shell grains}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2001/03541 3 {Cubic grains}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2001/03547 3 {Cubooctahedral grains}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2001/03552 3 {Epitaxial junction grains; Protrusions or protruded grains}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2001/03558 3 {Iodide content}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2001/03564 3 {Mixed grains or mixture of emulsions}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2001/0357 3 {Monodisperse emulsion}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2001/03576 3 {Containing no iodide}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2001/03582 3 {Octahedral grains}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2001/03588 3 {Polydisperse emulsion}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2001/03594 3 {Size of the grains}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/04 2 with macromolecular additives; with layer-forming substances
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2001/041 3 {Binder}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2001/042 3 {Natural polymer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/043 3 Polyalkylene oxides; Polyalkylene sulfides; Polyalkylene selenides; Polyalkylene tellurides
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/047 3 Proteins, e.g. gelatine derivatives; Hydrolysis or extraction products of proteins
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2001/0471 4 {Isoelectric point of gelatine}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2001/0473 4 {Low molecular weight gelatine}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2001/0475 4 {Gelatine characteristics}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2001/0476 4 {Swelling of gelatine}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2001/0478 4 {Oxidising agent}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/053 3 Polymers obtained by reactions involving only carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds, e.g. vinyl polymers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/06 2 with non-macromolecular additives (G03C1/047 takes precedence; {combination of dyes G03C1/29})
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/061 3 {Hydrazine compounds}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2001/062 4 {Hydrazine derivative}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2001/064 4 {Nitro compounds}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2001/065 4 {Quaternary ammonium compound-substituent}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/067 3 {Additives for high contrast images, other than hydrazine compounds}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2001/068 4 {Onium compounds}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/07 3 Substances influencing grain growth during silver salt formation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2001/073 4 {Grain growth modifier}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2001/076 4 {Silver halide solvent}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/08 3 Sensitivity-increasing substances
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2001/0809 4 {Chemical sensitiser}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2001/0818 4 {Calcium ion content or calcium compound}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2001/0827 4 {Cobalt}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2001/0836 4 {Copper compounds}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2001/0845 4 {Iron compounds}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2001/0854 4 {Indium}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2001/0863 4 {Group VIII metal compound}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2001/0872 4 {Metal dopant -added during precipitation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2001/0881 4 {Metal complex}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2001/089 4 {Cyano complexes or compounds}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/09 4 Noble metals or mercury; Salts or compounds thereof; Sulfur, selenium or tellurium, or compounds thereof, e.g. for chemical sensitising (G03C1/34, G03C1/35 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2001/091 5 {Gold}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2001/092 5 {Mercury}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2001/093 5 {Iridium}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2001/094 5 {Rhodium}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2001/095 5 {Disulfide or dichalcogenide compound}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2001/096 5 {Sulphur sensitiser}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2001/097 5 {Selenium}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2001/098 5 {Tellurium}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/10 4 Organic substances {(G03C1/061, G03C1/067 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/102 5 {dyes other than methine dyes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2001/104 5 {Fogging agent or process}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2001/106 5 {Reduction sensitisation or reduction sensitiser}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2001/108 5 {Nucleation accelerating compound}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/12 5 Methine and polymethine dyes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/122 6 {Azacyanines}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/125 6 {Phosphocyanines}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/127 6 {the polymethine chain forming part of a carbocyclic ring}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/14 6 with an odd number of CH groups
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/16 7 with one CH group
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/18 7 with three CH groups
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/20 7 with more than three CH groups
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/22 6 with an even number of CH groups
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/24 6 Styryl dyes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/26 6 Polymethine chain forming part of a heterocyclic ring
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/28 4 together with supersensitising substances
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/29 5 the supersensitising mixture being solely composed of dyes {; Combination of dyes, even if the supersensitising effect is not explicitly disclosed}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/295 3 Development accelerators
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/30 3 Hardeners
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/301 4 {Aldehydes or derivatives thereof, e.g. bisulfite addition products}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/302 4 {containing an aziridene ring}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/303 4 {Di- or polysaccharides}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/305 4 {containing a diazine or triazine ring}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/306 4 {containing an oxirane ring}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/307 4 {Macromolecular substances (polysaccharides G03C1/303)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2001/308 4 {Vinyl sulfone hardener}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/31 3 Plasticisers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/32 3 Matting agents {(see also G03C1/95)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/33 3 Spot-preventing agents
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/34 3 Fog-inhibitors; Stabilisers; Agents inhibiting latent image regression
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2001/341 4 {Antifoggant}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2001/343 4 {Benzotriazole}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2001/345 4 {Stabiliser}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/346 4 {Organic derivatives of bivalent sulfur, selenium or tellurium}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2001/348 4 {Tetrazaindene}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/35 3 Antiplumming agents, i.e. antibronzing agents; Toners
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/355 4 {Organic derivatives of bivalent sulfur, selenium or tellurium}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/36 3 Desensitisers (direct positive emulsions G03C1/485)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/37 3 Antiseptic agents
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/38 3 Dispersants; Agents facilitating spreading
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/385 4 {containing fluorine}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/40 3 Dyestuffs not covered by the groups G03C1/08 - G03C1/38 or G03C1/42
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/42 3 Developers or their precursors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2001/425 4 {Incorporated developer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/43 3 Processing agents or their precursors, not covered by groups G03C1/07 - G03C1/42
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/46 2 having more than one photosensitive layer {(G03F7/0952 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/485 2 Direct positive emulsions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2001/48507 3 {Internal latent image}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/48515 3 {prefogged}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/48523 4 {characterised by the desensitiser}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/4853 5 {polymethine dyes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/48538 3 {non-prefogged, i.e. fogged after imagewise exposure}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/48546 4 {characterised by the nucleating/fogging agent}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/48553 5 {the fogging agent only present in the developer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/48561 5 {hydrazine compounds}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/48569 4 {characterised by the emulsion type/grain forms, e.g. tabular grain emulsions}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/48576 5 {core-shell grain emulsions}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/48584 4 {spectrally sensitised}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/48592 3 {Positive image obtained by various effects other than photohole bleaching or internal image desensitisation, e.g. Sabatier, Clayden effect}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/49 2 Print-out and photodevelopable emulsions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/492 2 Photosoluble emulsions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/494 1 Silver salt compositions other than silver halide emulsions; Photothermographic systems {Thermographic systems using noble metal compounds}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/496 2 Binder-free compositions, e.g. evaporated
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/4965 3 {evaporated}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/498 2 Photothermographic systems, e.g. dry silver
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/49809 3 {Organic silver compounds}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/49818 3 {Silver halides}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/49827 3 {Reducing agents}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/49836 3 {Additives}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/49845 4 {Active additives, e.g. toners, stabilisers, sensitisers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/49854 5 {Dyes or precursors of dyes (for diffusion-transfer G03C8/10, G03C8/4013)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/49863 4 {Inert additives, e.g. surfactants, binders}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/49872 3 {Aspects relating to non-photosensitive layers, e.g. intermediate protective layers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/49881 3 {characterised by the process or the apparatus}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/4989 3 {characterised by a thermal imaging step, with or without exposure to light, e.g. with a thermal head, using a laser}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/50 1 Compositions containing noble metal salts other than silver salts, as photosensitive substances {(thermographic systems using noble metal compounds G03C1/494)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/52 1 Compositions containing diazo compounds as photosensitive substances (G03C1/64 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/54 2 Diazonium salts or diazo anhydrides
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/56 2 Diazo sulfonates
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/58 2 Coupling substances therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/585 3 {Precursors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/60 2 with macromolecular additives
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/61 2 with non-macromolecular additives
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/615 3 {Substances generating bases}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/62 2 Metal compounds reducible to metal
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/64 1 Compositions containing iron compounds as photosensitive substances
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/66 1 Compositions containing chromates as photosensitive substances
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/67 1 Compositions containing cobalt salts or cobalt compounds as photosensitive substances
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/675 1 Compositions containing polyhalogenated compounds as photosensitive substances (for photopolymerisable or photocrosslinkable compositions G03F7/028, covered by G03C1/72)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/685 1 Compositions containing spiro-condensed pyran compounds or derivatives thereof, as photosensitive substances
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/695 1 Compositions containing azides as the photosensitive substances (for photopolymerisable or photocrosslinkable compositions G03F7/008)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/705 1 Compositions containing chalcogenides, metals or alloys thereof, as photosensitive substances, e.g. photodope systems (used as photoresist G03F7/004)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/72 1 Photosensitive compositions not covered by the groups G03C1/005 - G03C1/705
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/725 2 containing inorganic compounds
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/7253 3 {Lead salts}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/7256 3 {Mercury salts}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/73 2 containing organic compounds
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/731 3 {Biological compounds}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/732 3 {Leuco dyes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/733 3 {with macromolecular compounds as photosensitive substances, e.g. photochromic (photodegradable or photocrosslinkable compositions G03F7/004)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/734 3 {Tellurium or selenium compounds}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/735 3 Organo-metallic compounds
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/74 1 Applying photosensitive compositions to the base; Drying processes therefor (G03C1/496 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2001/7403 2 {Air jets}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2001/7407 2 {Specific angles in extrusion head-slide hopper}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2001/7411 2 {Beads or bead coating}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2001/7414 2 {Bending support to prevent coating of borders}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2001/7418 2 {Backup roll}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2001/7422 2 {Blowing means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2001/7425 2 {Coating on both sides}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2001/7429 2 {Cleaning means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2001/7433 2 {Curtain coating}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2001/7437 2 {Degassing means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2001/744 2 {Delivering means for slide hopper}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2001/7444 2 {Dip coating}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2001/7448 2 {Dispersion}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2001/7451 2 {Drying conditions}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2001/7455 2 {Edge bead nonuniformity coated at the border}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2001/7459 2 {Extrusion coating}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2001/7462 2 {Flowing conditions in slots prior to coating}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2001/7466 2 {Geometry and shape of application devices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2001/747 2 {Lateral edge guiding means for curtain coating}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2001/7474 2 {Impingement conditions curtain onto support}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2001/7477 2 {Lip detail or shape in hopper or extrusion head}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2001/7481 2 {Coating simultaneously multiple layers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2001/7485 2 {Shielding means against air disturbances}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2001/7488 2 {Sliding layers or means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2001/7492 2 {Slide hopper for head or curtain coating}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2001/7496 2 {Viscosity range}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/76 1 Photosensitive materials characterised by the base or auxiliary layers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2001/7607 2 {Support or base}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/7614 2 {Cover layers; Backing layers; Base or auxiliary layers characterised by means for lubricating, for rendering anti-abrasive or for preventing adhesion (characterised by the inert particulate additive G03C1/95)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2001/7621 3 {Antiabrasion}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2001/7628 3 {Back layer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2001/7635 3 {Protective layer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/7642 2 {the base being of textile or leather (G03C11/12 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/765 2 characterised by the shape of the base, e.g. arrangement of perforations, jags
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/77 2 the base being of metal
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/775 2 the base being of paper
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/785 3 translucent
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/79 3 Macromolecular coatings or impregnations therefor, e.g. varnishes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/795 2 the base being of macromolecular substances (G03C1/775 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2001/7952 3 {Cellulose ester}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/7954 3 {Polyesters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2001/7956 4 {Polyethylene naphthalate}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2001/7958 4 {Polyethylene terephthalate}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/805 2 characterised by stripping layers or stripping means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/81 2 characterised by anticoiling means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/815 2 characterised by means for filtering or absorbing ultraviolet light, e.g. optical bleaching (for photoprinting G03C5/10; for intensifying X-ray images G03C5/17)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/8155 3 {Organic compounds therefor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/825 2 characterised by antireflection means or visible-light filtering means, e.g. antihalation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/8255 3 {Silver or silver compounds therefor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/83 3 Organic dyestuffs therefor {(polymeric dyes G03C1/835)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/831 4 {Azo dyes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/832 4 {Methine or polymethine dyes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/833 4 {Dyes containing a metal atom}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/835 3 Macromolecular substances therefor, e.g. mordants
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/85 2 characterised by antistatic additives or coatings
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/853 3 {Inorganic compounds, e.g. metals}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/856 3 {Phosphorus compounds}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/89 3 Macromolecular substances therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/895 4 {Polyalkylene oxides}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/91 2 characterised by subbing layers or subbing means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/915 3 {using mechanical or physical means therefor, e.g. corona}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/93 3 Macromolecular substances therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C1/95 2 rendered opaque or writable, e.g. with inert particulate additives (G03C1/775 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C3/00 0 Packages of films for inserting into cameras, e.g. roll-films, film-packs; Wrapping materials for light-sensitive plates, films or papers, e.g. materials characterised by the use of special dyes, printing inks, adhesives (wrapping materials in general B65D)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C3/003 1 {Individual packages for X-ray film, e.g. for dental applications}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2003/006 1 {Film with lens-disposable camera}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C3/02 1 Photographic roll-films with paper strips
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C5/00 0 Photographic processes or agents therefor; Regeneration of such processing agents (multicolour processes or agents therefor G03C7/00; diffusion-transfer processes or agents therefor G03C8/00; stereo-photographic processes G03C9/00; photomechanical processes G03F)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C5/02 1 Sensitometric processes, e.g. determining sensitivity, colour sensitivity, gradation, graininess, density; Making sensitometric wedges
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C5/04 1 Photo-taking processes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2005/045 2 {Scanning exposure}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C5/06 2 Travelling-mask processes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C5/08 1 Photoprinting (G03C5/18 takes precedence); Processes and means for preventing photoprinting
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C5/10 2 Reflex-printing; Photoprinting using fluorescent or phosphorescent means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C5/12 1 Cinematrographic processes of taking pictures or printing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C5/14 2 combined with sound-recording (sound-recording in general G11B)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C5/16 1 X-ray, infra-red, or ultra-violet ray processes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2005/162 2 {Roomlight material-bright room type material}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C5/164 2 {Infra-red processes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2005/166 2 {Ultraviolet sensitive material or UV exposure}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2005/168 2 {X-ray material or process}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C5/17 2 using screens to intensify X-ray images (X-ray conversion screens G21K4/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C5/18 1 Diazo-type processes, e.g. thermal development, or agents therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C5/20 2 Reflex-printing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C5/22 1 Direct chromate processes, i.e. without preceding silver picture, or agents therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C5/26 1 Processes using silver-salt-containing photosensitive materials or agents therefor (physical development G03C5/58)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C5/261 2 {Non-bath processes, e.g. using pastes, webs, viscous compositions}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C5/262 2 {using materials covered by groups G03C1/42 and G03C1/43}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C5/263 2 {with an exterior influence, e.g. ultrasonics, electrical or thermal means (G03C5/262 takes precedence; dry silver systems G03C1/498)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C5/264 2 {Supplying of photographic processing chemicals; Preparation or packaging thereof}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C5/265 3 {of powders, granulates, tablets (G03C5/267 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C5/266 3 {of solutions or concentrates (G03C5/267 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C5/267 3 {Packaging; Storage}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C5/268 2 {Processing baths not provided for elsewhere, e.g. pre-treatment, stop, intermediate or rinse baths (colour processing G03C7/3046)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C5/28 2 Cinematographic-film processes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C5/29 2 Development processes or agents therefor (G03C5/38, G03C5/50 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C5/30 3 Developers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2005/3007 4 {Ascorbic acid}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C5/3014 4 {Hydrazine; Hydroxylamine; Urea; Derivatives thereof}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C5/3021 4 {with oxydisable hydroxyl or amine groups linked to an aromatic ring}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C5/3028 4 {Heterocyclic compounds (G03C5/3021 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C5/3035 5 {containing a diazole ring}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2005/3042 6 {Phenidone and analogues}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C5/305 3 Additives other than developers {(G03C5/264 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C5/3053 4 {Tensio-active agents or sequestering agents, e.g. water-softening or wetting agents}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C5/3056 4 {Macromolecular additives (G03C5/261 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C5/31 3 Regeneration; Replenishers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C5/315 3 Tanning development
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C5/32 2 Latensification; Densensitisation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C5/38 2 Fixing; Developing-fixing; Hardening-fixing (bleach-fixing G03C5/44)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C5/383 3 {Developing-fixing, i.e. mono-baths}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C5/386 3 {Hardening-fixing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C5/39 3 Stabilising, i.e. fixing without washing out
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C5/395 2 Regeneration of photographic processing agents other than developers; Replenishers therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C5/3952 3 {Chemical, mechanical or thermal methods, e.g. oxidation, precipitation, centrifugation (microseparation techniques using membranes G03C5/3956)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C5/3954 3 {Electrical methods, e.g. electroytic silver recovery, electrodialysis}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C5/3956 3 {Microseparation techniques using membranes, e.g. reverse osmosis, ion exchange, resins, active charcoal (G03C5/3954 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C5/3958 3 {Replenishment processes or compositions, i.e. addition of useful photographic processing agents}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C5/40 2 Chemically transforming developed images (G03C5/50 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C5/42 3 Reducing; Intensifying {(using couplers G03C7/30)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C5/44 3 Bleaching; Bleach-fixing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C5/46 3 Toning
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C5/48 3 Mordanting
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C5/50 2 Reversal development; Contact processes (G03C5/315, G03C8/00 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C5/56 1 Processes using photosensitive compositions covered by the groups G03C1/64 - G03C1/72 or agents therefor (G03C5/58 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C5/58 1 Processes for obtaining metallic images by vapour deposition or physical development (images obtained by photomechanical means, e.g. by etching G03F)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C5/60 1 Processes for obtaining vesicular images
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C7/00 0 Multicolour photographic processes or agents therefor; Regeneration of such processing agents; Photosensitive materials for multicolour processes (diffusion transfer processes G03C8/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C7/02 1 Direct bleach-out processes; Materials therefor; Preparing or processing such materials
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C7/04 1 Additive processes using colour screens; Materials therefor; Preparing or processing such materials
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C7/06 2 Manufacture of colour screens
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C7/08 3 from diversely-coloured grains irregularly distributed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C7/10 3 with regular areas of colour, e.g. bands, lines, dots
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C7/12 4 by photo-exposure {(photomechanical production of optical colour artifacts such as colour screens, for purposes other than for additive colour photography G03F7/0007)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C7/14 1 Additive processes using lenticular screens; Materials therefor; Preparing or processing such materials
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C7/18 1 Processes for the correction of the colour image in subtractive colour photography (using coloured couplers G03C7/333)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C7/20 1 Subtractive colour processes using differently sensitised films, each coated on its own base, e.g. bipacks, tripacks
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C7/22 1 Subtractive cinematographic processes; Materials therefor; Preparing or processing such materials
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C7/24 2 combined with sound-recording (sound recording in general G11B)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C7/25 2 Dye-imbibition processes; Materials therefor; Preparing or processing such materials
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C7/26 1 Silver halide emulsions for subtractive colour processes (G03C7/28 - G03C7/30 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C7/28 1 Silver dye bleach processes; Materials therefor; Preparing or processing such materials
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C7/29 2 Azo dyes therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C7/30 1 Colour processes using colour-coupling substances; Materials therefor; Preparing or processing such materials
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2007/3001 2 {Panchromatic}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C7/3003 2 {Materials characterised by the use of combinations of photographic compounds known as such, or by a particular location in the photographic element}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C7/3005 3 {Combinations of couplers and photographic additives}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C7/3006 4 {Combinations of phenolic or naphtholic couplers and photographic additives}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C7/3008 4 {Combinations of couplers having the coupling site in rings of cyclic compounds and photographic additives}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C7/301 5 {Combinations of couplers having the coupling site in pyrazoloazole rings and photographic additives}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C7/3012 5 {Combinations of couplers having the coupling site in pyrazolone rings and photographic additives}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C7/3013 4 {Combinations of couplers with active methylene groups and photographic additives}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2007/3015 3 {False colour system}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C7/3017 2 {with intensification of the image by oxido-reduction}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C7/3018 3 {using cobalt compounds}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C7/302 3 {using peroxides}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C7/3022 2 {Materials with specific emulsion characteristics, e.g. thickness of the layers, silver content, shape of AgX grains}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2007/3024 3 {Ratio silver to coupler}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2007/3025 3 {Silver content}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2007/3027 3 {Thickness of a layer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C7/3029 2 {Materials characterised by a specific arrangement of layers, e.g. unit layers, or layers having a specific function}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2007/3031 3 {Interimage effect}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2007/3032 3 {Non-sensitive AgX or layer containing it}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2007/3034 3 {Unit layer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2007/3036 3 {Single layer constitution}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2007/3037 3 {At least three unit layers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2007/3039 3 {Yellow filter}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C7/3041 2 {Materials with specific sensitometric characteristics, e.g. gamma, density}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2007/3043 3 {Original suitable to be scanned}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2007/3044 3 {Density}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C7/3046 2 {Processing baths not provided for elsewhere, e.g. final or intermediate washings}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2007/3048 3 {Stabilisation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C7/305 2 Substances liberating photographically active agents, e.g. development-inhibiting releasing couplers (G03C7/388 takes precedence {; in combination with other additives or included in a specific colour photographic material G03C7/3003; in combination with other couplers G03C7/3225})
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2007/30505 3 {Photographic useful group}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C7/30511 3 {characterised by the releasing group}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C7/30517 4 {2-equivalent couplers, i.e. with a substitution on the coupling site being compulsory with the exception of halogen-substitution}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C7/30523 5 {Phenols or naphtols couplers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C7/30529 5 {having the coupling site in rings of cyclic compounds}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C7/30535 5 {having the coupling site not in rings of cyclic compounds}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C7/30541 3 {characterised by the released group}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C7/30547 4 {Dyes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C7/30552 4 {Mercapto}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C7/30558 4 {Heterocyclic group (G03C7/30552 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2007/30564 4 {Development inhibitor releasing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2007/3057 4 {Developing agent releasing compound}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C7/30576 3 {characterised by the linking group between the releasing and the released groups, e.g. time-groups}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2007/30582 4 {Linking group}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2007/30588 4 {Timing group}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C7/30594 3 {Combination of substances liberating photographically active agents}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C7/32 2 Colour coupling substances (G03C7/305, G03C7/388 take precedence; {in combination with other additives or included in a specific colour photographic material G03C7/3003; two-equivalent couplers G03C7/30517})
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2007/3206 3 {Concurrent coupler}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C7/3212 3 {Couplers characterised by a group not in coupling site, e.g. ballast group, as far as the coupling rest is not specific}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2007/3219 4 {Ballast group}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C7/3225 3 {Combination of couplers of different kinds, e.g. yellow and magenta couplers in a same layer or in different layers of the photographic material}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C7/3231 3 {Couplers containing an indazolone ring}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2007/3238 3 {Coupler activity}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C7/3244 3 {Couplers forming azinic dyes; Specific developers therefor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2007/325 3 {One-equivalent coupler}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2007/3257 3 {Two-equivalent coupler}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2007/3263 3 {Four-equivalent coupler}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C7/327 3 Macromolecular coupling substances
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C7/3275 4 {Polymers obtained by reactions involving only carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds, e.g. vinyl polymers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C7/333 3 Coloured coupling substances, e.g. for the correction of the coloured image
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C7/3335 4 {containing an azo chromophore}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C7/34 3 Couplers containing phenols (G03C7/327, G03C7/333 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C7/342 4 {Combination of phenolic or naphtholic couplers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C7/344 4 {Naphtholic couplers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C7/346 4 {Phenolic couplers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2007/348 5 {Ureido coupler}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C7/36 3 Couplers containing compounds with active methylene groups (G03C7/327, G03C7/333 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C7/362 4 {Benzoyl-acetanilide couplers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C7/365 4 {Combination of couplers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C7/367 4 {Pyvaloyl-acetanilide couplers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C7/38 4 in rings
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C7/3805 5 {Combination of couplers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C7/381 5 {Heterocyclic compounds (G03C7/384 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C7/3815 6 {with one heterocyclic ring}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C7/382 6 {with two heterocyclic rings}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C7/3825 7 {the nuclei containing only nitrogen as hetero atoms}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C7/383 8 {three nitrogen atoms}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C7/3835 8 {four nitrogen atoms}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C7/384 5 in pyrazolone rings
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C7/388 2 Processes for the incorporation in the emulsion of substances liberating photographically active agents or colour-coupling substances; Solvents therefor {(incorporation of additives other than couplers G03C1/005)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C7/3882 3 {characterised by the use of a specific polymer or latex}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C7/3885 3 {characterised by the use of a specific solvent}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2007/3887 4 {High-boiling solvent}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C7/392 2 Additives (G03C7/30 - G03C7/32 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C7/39204 3 {Inorganic compounds}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C7/39208 3 {Organic compounds (macromolecular additives G03C7/396)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C7/39212 4 {Carbocyclic}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C7/39216 5 {with OH groups}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2007/3922 6 {Bisphenol compound}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C7/39224 4 {with a nitrogen-containing function}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C7/39228 4 {with a sulfur-containing function}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C7/39232 4 {with an oxygen-containing function (G03C7/39216 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C7/39236 4 {with a function having at least two elements among nitrogen, sulfur or oxygen (G03C7/39216 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C7/3924 4 {Heterocyclic}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C7/39244 5 {the nucleus containing only nitrogen as hetero atoms}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C7/39248 6 {one nitrogen atom}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C7/39252 6 {two nitrogen atoms}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C7/39256 6 {three nitrogen atoms}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C7/3926 6 {four or more nitrogen atoms}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C7/39264 5 {the nucleus containing only sulfur as hetero atoms}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C7/39268 5 {the nucleus containing only oxygen as hetero atoms}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C7/39272 5 {the nucleus containing nitrogen and oxygen}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C7/39276 5 {the nucleus containing nitrogen and sulfur}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C7/3928 4 {Spiro-condensed}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C7/39284 4 {Metallic complexes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C7/39288 4 {containing phosphorus or silicon}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C7/39292 4 {Dyes (G03C1/12, G03C1/83 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C7/39296 3 {Combination of additives (combination with couplers G03C7/3003)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C7/396 3 Macromolecular additives {(G03C7/388 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C7/407 2 Development processes or agents therefor {(G03C7/3244 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C7/413 3 Developers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2007/4133 4 {No benzyl alcohol}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C7/4136 4 {p-Phenylenediamine or derivatives thereof}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C7/42 2 Bleach-fixing or agents therefor {Desilvering processes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C7/421 3 {Additives other than bleaching or fixing agents}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2007/422 4 {Bleach accelerator}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2007/424 4 {Chelating agent}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2007/425 3 {Bleach-fixing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2007/427 3 {Bleaching}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2007/428 3 {Fixing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C7/44 2 Regeneration; Replenishers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C7/46 1 Subtractive processes not covered by the group G03C7/26; Materials therefor; Preparing or processing such materials
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C8/00 0 Diffusion transfer processes or agents therefor; Photosensitive materials for such processes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C8/02 1 Photosensitive materials characterised by the image-forming section
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C8/04 2 the substances transferred by diffusion consisting of inorganic or organo-metallic compounds derived from photosensitive noble metals
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C8/045 3 {with the formation of a subtractive dye image}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C8/06 3 Silver salt diffusion transfer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C8/08 2 the substances transferred by diffusion consisting of organic compounds (G03C8/04 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C8/10 3 of dyes or their precursors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C8/12 4 characterised by the releasing mechanism
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C8/14 5 Oxidation of the chromogenic substances
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C8/16 6 initially diffusible in alkaline environment
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C8/18 7 Dye developers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C8/20 6 initially non-diffusible in alkaline environment
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C8/22 5 Reduction of the chromogenic substance
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C8/24 1 Photosensitive materials characterised by the image-receiving section
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C8/243 2 {Toners for the silver image}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C8/246 2 {Non-macromolecular agents inhibiting image regression or formation of ghost images}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C8/26 2 Image-receiving layers (G03C8/52 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C8/28 3 containing development nuclei or compounds forming such nuclei
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C8/30 1 Additive processes using colour screens; Materials therefor; Preparing or processing such materials
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C8/32 1 Development processes or agents therefor (G03C8/18 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C8/34 2 Containers for the agents (G03C8/48, G03B17/50 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C8/36 2 Developers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C8/365 3 {containing silver-halide solvents}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C8/38 3 containing viscosity increasing substances
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C8/40 1 Development by heat {Photo-thermographic processes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C8/4006 2 {using materials covered by the groups G03C8/04 - G03C8/06}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C8/4013 2 {using photothermographic silver salt systems, e.g. dry silver (G03C1/4989 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C8/402 3 {Transfer solvents therefor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2008/4026 4 {Heat solvent; Thermal solvent}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C8/4033 3 {Transferable dyes or precursors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C8/404 3 {Photosensitive layers (G03C1/498 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C8/4046 3 {Non-photosensitive layers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C8/4053 4 {Intermediate layers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C8/406 4 {Covering or backing layers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C8/4066 4 {Receiving layers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C8/4073 4 {Supports}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C8/408 3 {Additives or processing agents not provided for in groups G03C8/402 - G03C8/4046}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C8/4086 4 {Base precursors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C8/4093 3 {characterised by the apparatus used}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C8/42 1 Structural details
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C8/423 2 {for obtaining security documents, e.g. identification cards}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C8/426 2 {Structures with microcapsules}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C8/44 2 Integral units, i.e. the image-forming section not being separated from the image-receiving section
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C8/46 3 characterised by the trapping means or gas releasing means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C8/48 3 characterised by substances used for masking the image-forming section
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C8/50 2 Peel-apart units, i.e. the image-forming section being separated from the image-receiving section
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C8/52 2 Bases or auxiliary layers; Substances therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2008/525 3 {Neutralisation solution or means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C8/54 3 Timing layers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C8/56 3 Mordant layers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C9/00 0 Stereo-photographic or similar processes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C9/02 1 Parallax-stereogram
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C9/04 1 Vectographic-image
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C9/06 1 Anaglyph
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C9/08 1 Producing three-dimensional images
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C11/00 0 Auxiliary processes in photography (characterised by the apparatus used G03D15/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C11/005 1 {Cleaning photographic processing and manufacturing apparatus}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C11/02 1 Marking or applying text
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C11/04 1 Retouching
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C11/06 1 Smoothing; Renovating; Roughening; Matting; Cleaning; Lubricating; Flame-retardant treatments
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C11/08 1 Varnishing, e.g. application of protective layers on finished photographic prints
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C11/10 2 for protection from ultra-violet light
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C11/12 1 Stripping or transferring intact photographic layers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C11/14 1 Pasting; Mounting
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C11/16 1 Drying
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C11/18 1 Colouring
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C11/20 2 with powdered or molten colours
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C11/22 1 Preparing plates or films for the manufacture of photographic negatives by non-photographic processes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C11/24 1 Removing emulsion from waste photographic material; Recovery of photosensitive {or other} substances (electrolytic recovery of metals C25C1/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2200/00 0 Details
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2200/01 1 100 crystal face
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2200/02 1 110 crystal face
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2200/03 1 111 crystal face
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2200/04 1 Adsorbent
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2200/05 1 Auxiliary or superadditive developer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2200/06 1 Additive
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2200/07 1 Anti-fading
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2200/08 1 Anti-sticking
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2200/09 1 Apparatus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2200/10 1 Advanced photographic system
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2200/11 1 Blue-sensitive layer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2200/12 1 Blue high-sensitive layer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2200/13 1 Blue low-sensitive layer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2200/14 1 Blue medium-sensitive layer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2200/15 1 Buffer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2200/16 1 Black-and-white material
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2200/17 1 Cellulose acetate
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2200/18 1 Conditioning
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2200/19 1 Colour negative
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2200/20 1 Colour paper
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2200/21 1 Developer or developing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2200/22 1 Dye or dye precursor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2200/23 1 Filter dye
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2200/24 1 Fragmentable electron donating sensitiser
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2200/25 1 Filter layer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2200/26 1 Gamma
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2200/27 1 Gelatine content
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2200/28 1 Gelatine-silver ratio
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2200/29 1 Green-sensitive layer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2200/30 1 Green high-sensitive layer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2200/31 1 Green low-sensitive layer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2200/32 1 Green medium-sensitive layer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2200/33 1 Heterocyclic
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2200/34 1 Hydroquinone
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2200/35 1 Intermediate layer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2200/36 1 Latex
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2200/37 1 Leuco dye
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2200/38 1 Lippmann (fine grain) emulsion
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2200/39 1 Laser exposure
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2200/40 1 Mercapto compound
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2200/41 1 Movie
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2200/42 1 Mixtures in general
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2200/43 1 Process
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2200/44 1 pH value
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2200/45 1 Polyhydroxybenzene
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2200/46 1 pKa value
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2200/47 1 Polymer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2200/48 1 Polyoxyethylene
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2200/49 1 Pressure means or conditions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2200/50 1 Polyvinyl alcohol
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2200/51 1 Polyvinyl chloride
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2200/52 1 Rapid processing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2200/53 1 Red-sensitive layer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2200/54 1 Red high-sensitive layer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2200/55 1 Red low-sensitive layer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2200/56 1 Red medium-sensitive layer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2200/57 1 Replenishment rate or conditions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2200/58 1 Sensitometric characteristics
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2200/59 1 R-SO2SM compound
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03C2200/60 1 Temperature
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03D APPARATUS FOR PROCESSING EXPOSED PHOTOGRAPHIC MATERIALS (apparatus specially adapted for photomechanical production of textured or patterned surfaces G03F); ACCESSORIES THEREFOR (photosensitive materials or processes for photographic purposes G03C; electrographic, electrophotographic, or magnetographic methods or apparatus G03G)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03D3/00 0 Liquid processing apparatus involving immersion; Washing apparatus involving immersion (G03D9/00, G03D11/00 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03D3/02 1 Details of liquid circulation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03D3/04 2 Liquid agitators (in general B01F)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03D3/06 2 Liquid supply; Liquid circulation outside tanks
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03D3/065 3 {replenishment or recovery apparatus}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03D3/08 1 having progressive mechanical movement of exposed material
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03D3/10 2 for plates, films, or prints held individually
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03D3/12 2 for plates, films or prints spread onto belt conveyors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03D3/13 2 for long films or prints in the shape of strips, e.g. fed by roller assembly
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03D3/132 3 {fed by roller assembly}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03D3/135 3 {fed between chains or belts, or with a leading strip}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03D3/137 4 {provided with transport speed regulation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03D3/14 3 with means for taking into account of elongation or contraction of films
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03D3/16 1 Treating exposed material in original holder
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03D5/00 0 Liquid processing apparatus in which no immersion is effected; Washing apparatus in which no immersion is effected (G11B9/00, G11B11/00 take precedence; application of liquids in general B05)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03D5/003 1 {film surface only souching the liquid}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03D5/006 1 {Liquid supply by means of a split or a capillarity (G03D5/04 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03D5/02 1 using rupturable ampoules of liquid
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03D5/04 1 using liquid sprays (liquid sprayers per se B05B)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03D5/06 1 Applicator pads, rollers or strips
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03D5/062 2 {Strips}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03D5/065 2 {Pads}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03D5/067 2 {Rollers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03D7/00 0 Gas processing apparatus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03D9/00 0 Diffusion development apparatus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03D9/003 1 {for colour films (G03D9/02 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03D9/006 1 {using heat (G11B9/02 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03D9/02 1 using rupturable ampoules of liquid
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03D9/025 2 {for colour films}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03D11/00 0 Reversal processing apparatus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03D13/00 0 Processing apparatus or accessories therefor, not covered by groups G11B3/00 - G11B11/00
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03D13/001 1 {Cassette breaking apparatus}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03D13/002 1 {Heat development apparatus, e.g. Kalvar}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03D13/003 1 {Film feed or extraction in development apparatus}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03D13/005 2 {Extraction out of a cassette and splicing of the film before feeding in a development apparatus}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03D13/006 1 {Temperature control of the developer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03D13/007 1 {Processing control, e.g. test strip, timing devices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03D13/008 1 {Safety systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03D13/02 1 Containers; Holding-devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03D13/04 2 Trays; Dishes; Tanks {Drums}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03D13/043 3 {Tanks (G11B13/06 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03D13/046 3 {Drums; Films convolutely fixed on the side of the drum}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03D13/06 3 Light-tight tanks with provision for loading in daylight
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03D13/065 4 {Loading of filmpacks or chips}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03D13/08 2 Devices for holding exposed material; Devices for supporting exposed material
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03D13/10 3 Clips (G03D13/14 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03D13/12 3 Frames (G03D13/14 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03D13/125 4 {for several filmstrips or plates}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03D13/14 3 for holding films in spaced convolutions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03D13/142 4 {with a spacing strip}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03D13/145 4 {with a film loading guide}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03D13/147 4 {for several widths of film or several films}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03D15/00 0 Apparatus for treating processed material
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03D15/001 1 {Counting; Classifying; Marking}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03D15/003 2 {Marking, e.g. for re-printing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03D15/005 2 {Order systems, e.g. printsorter}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03D15/006 1 {Retouching apparatus}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03D15/008 1 {Application of a magnetisable sound recording stripe on a film}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03D15/02 1 Drying; Glazing (combined with processing apparatus G11B3/00 - G11B13/00; drying in general F26B)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03D15/022 2 {Drying of filmstrips}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03D15/025 2 {Glazing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03D15/027 2 {Drying of plates or prints}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03D15/04 1 Cutting; Splicing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03D15/043 2 {Cutting or splicing of filmstrips}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03D15/046 3 {Automatic cutting}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03D15/06 1 Applying varnish or other coating
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03D15/08 1 Flattening prints
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03D15/10 1 Mounting, e.g. of processed material in a frame (frames specially adapted for projection G03B21/64)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03D17/00 0 Dark-room arrangements not provided for in the preceding groups; Portable dark-rooms
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03D2203/00 0 Liquid processing apparatus involving immersion; washing apparatus involving immersion
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03D2203/02 1 Details of liquid circulation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03D2203/06 2 Liquid supply
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03D2203/0608 3 Replenishment or recovery apparatus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03D2203/0616 4 Determining the need of replenishment
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03D2203/0625 5 by measuring the optical density of the film
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03D2203/0633 6 Test film density
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03D2203/0641 5 by measuring the electrical conductivity of the processing solution
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03D2203/065 5 by measuring the electrical resistance of the film
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03D2203/0658 5 by sensing the level of the processing liquid
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03D2203/0666 5 by measuring the oxidation/reduction potential of the processing liquid, i.e. degree of aging
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03D2203/0675 4 Methods for supplying replenisher
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03D2203/0683 4 Recovery or re-use of the processing liquid
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03D2203/0691 4 Waste solution treatment
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR; (phototypographic composing devices B41B; photosensitive materials or processes for photographic purposes G03C; electrophotography, sensitive layers or processes therefor G03G)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F1/00 0 Originals for photomechanical production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g., masks, photo-masks, reticles; Mask blanks or pellicles therefor; Containers specially adapted therefor; Preparation thereof
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F1/20 1 Masks or mask blanks for imaging by charged particle beam [CPB] radiation, e.g. by electron beam; Preparation thereof
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F1/22 1 Masks or mask blanks for imaging by radiation of 100nm or shorter wavelength, e.g. X-ray masks, extreme ultra-violet [EUV] masks; Preparation thereof
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F1/24 2 Reflection masks; Preparation thereof
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F1/26 1 Phase shift masks [PSM]; PSM blanks; Preparation thereof
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F1/28 2 with three or more diverse phases on the same PSM; Preparation thereof
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F1/29 2 Rim PSM or outrigger PSM; Preparation thereof
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F1/30 2 Alternating PSM, e.g. Levenson-Shibuya PSM; Preparation thereof
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F1/32 2 Attenuating PSM [att-PSM], e.g. halftone PSM or PSM having semi-transparent phase shift portion,; Preparation thereof
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F1/34 2 Phase-edge PSM, e.g. chromeless PSM; Preparation thereof
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F1/36 1 Masks having proximity correction features; Preparation thereof, e.g. optical proximity correction [OPC] design processes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F1/38 1 Masks having auxiliary features, e.g. special coatings or marks for alignment or testing; Preparation thereof
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F1/40 2 Electrostatic discharge [ESD] related features, e.g. antistatic coatings or a conductive metal layer around the periphery of the mask substrate
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F1/42 2 Alignment or registration features, e.g. alignment marks on the mask substrates
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F1/44 2 Testing or measuring features, e.g. grid patterns, focus monitors, sawtooth scales or notched scales
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F1/46 2 Antireflective coatings
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F1/48 2 Protective coatings
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F1/50 1 Mask blanks not covered by G03F1/20 - G03F1/34; Preparation thereof
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F1/52 1 Reflectors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F1/54 1 Absorbers, e.g. of opaque materials
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F1/56 2 Organic absorbers, e.g. of photo-resists
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F1/58 2 having two or more different absorber layers, e.g. stacked multilayer absorbers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F1/60 1 Substrates
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F1/62 1 Pellicles, e.g. pellicle assemblies, e.g. having membrane on support frame; Preparation thereof
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F1/64 2 characterised by the frames, e.g. structure or material, including bonding means therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F1/66 1 Containers specially adapted for masks, mask blanks or pellicles; Preparation thereof
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F1/68 1 Preparation processes not covered by groups G03F1/20 - G03F1/50
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F1/70 2 Adapting basic layout or design of masks to lithographic process requirements, e.g., second iteration correction of mask patterns for imaging
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F1/72 2 Repair or correction of mask defects
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F1/74 3 by charged particle beam [CPB], e.g. focused ion beam
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F1/76 2 Patterning of masks by imaging
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F1/78 3 by charged particle beam [CPB], e.g. electron beam patterning of masks
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F1/80 2 Etching
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F1/82 2 Auxiliary processes, e.g. cleaning or inspecting
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F1/84 3 Inspecting
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F1/86 4 by charged particle beam [CPB]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F1/88 1 prepared by photographic processes for production of originals simulating relief
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F1/90 1 prepared by montage processes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F1/92 1 prepared from printing surfaces
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F3/00 0 Colour separation; Correction of tonal value (photographic copying apparatus in general G03B)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F3/02 1 by retouching
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F3/04 1 by photographic means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F3/06 2 by masking
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F3/10 1 Checking the colour or tonal value of separation negatives or positives
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F3/101 2 {Colour or tonal value checking by non-photographic means or by means other than using non-impact printing methods or duplicating or marking methods covered by B41M5/00}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F3/102 2 {Lamination or delamination method or apparatus for colour proofing systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F3/103 2 {using tonable photoresist or photopolymerisable systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F3/105 2 {using electro photographic materials}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F3/106 2 {using non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, other than silicon containing compounds}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F3/107 2 {using silver halide photosensitive materials}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F3/108 2 {using a non-impact printing method, e.g. ink jet, using duplicating or marking methods covered by B41M5/00, e.g. by ablation or by thermographic means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F5/00 0 Screening processes; Screens therefor {(plates or light sensitive layers with incorporated screen G03F7/004)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F5/02 1 by projection methods (cameras G03B)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F5/04 2 changing the screen effect
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F5/06 2 changing the diaphragm effect
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F5/08 2 using line screens
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F5/10 2 using cross-line screens
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F5/12 2 using other screens, e.g. granulated screen
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F5/14 1 by contact methods
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F5/16 2 using grey half-tone screens
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F5/18 2 using colour half-tone screens
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F5/20 1 using screens for gravure printing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F5/22 1 combining several screens; Elimination of moiré
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F5/24 1 by multiple exposure, e.g. combined processes for line photo and screen
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/00 0 Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor (using photoresist structures for special production processes, see the relevant places, e.g. B44C, H01L, e.g. H01L21/00, H05K)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/0002 1 {Lithographic processes using patterning methods other than those involving the exposure to radiation, e.g. by stamping}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/0005 1 {Production of optical devices or components in so far as characterised by the lithographic processes or materials used therefor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/0007 2 {Filters, e.g. additive colour filters; Components for display devices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/001 2 {Phase modulating patterns, e.g. refractive index patterns}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/0012 1 {Processes making use of the tackiness of the photolithographic materials, e.g. for mounting; Packaging for photolithographic material; Packages obtained by processing photolithographic materials}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/0015 1 {Production of aperture devices, microporous systems or stamps}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/0017 1 {for the production of embossing, cutting or similar devices; for the production of casting means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/002 1 {using materials containing microcapsules; Preparing or processing such materials, e.g. by pressure; Devices or apparatus specially designed therefor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/0022 2 {Devices or apparatus}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/0025 3 {characterised by means for coating the developer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/0027 3 {characterised by pressure means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/003 3 {characterised by storage means for the light sensitive material, e.g. cartridges}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/0032 3 {characterised by heat providing or glossing means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/0035 1 {Multiple processes, e.g. applying a further resist layer on an already in a previously step, processed pattern or textured surface}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/0037 1 {Production of three-dimensional images}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/004 1 Photosensitive materials (G03F7/12, G03F7/14 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/0041 2 {providing an etching agent upon exposure (G03F7/075 takes precedence; photolytic halogen compounds G03F7/0295)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/0042 2 {with inorganic or organometallic light-sensitive compounds not otherwise provided for, e.g. inorganic resists (G03F7/075 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/0043 3 {Chalcogenides; Silicon, germanium, arsenic or derivatives thereof; Metals, oxides or alloys thereof (G03F7/0044 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/0044 3 {involving an interaction between the metallic and non-metallic component, e.g. photodope systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/0045 2 {with organic non-macromolecular light-sensitive compounds not otherwise provided for, e.g. dissolution inhibitors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/0046 2 {with perfluoro compounds, e.g. for dry lithography (G03F7/0048 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/0047 2 {characterised by additives for obtaining a metallic or ceramic pattern, e.g. by firing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/0048 2 {characterised by the solvents or agents facilitating spreading, e.g. tensio-active agents}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/008 2 Azides (G03F7/075 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/0085 3 {characterised by the non-macromolecular additives}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/012 3 Macromolecular azides; Macromolecular additives, e.g. binders {(G03F7/0085 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/0125 4 {characterised by the polymeric binder or the macromolecular additives other than the macromolecular azides}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/016 2 Diazonium salts or compounds (G03F7/075 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/0163 3 {Non ionic diazonium compounds, e.g. diazosulphonates; Precursors thereof, e.g. triazenes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/0166 3 {characterised by the non-macromolecular additives}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/021 3 Macromolecular diazonium compounds; Macromolecular additives, e.g. binders {(G03F7/0166 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/0212 4 {characterised by the polymeric binder or the macromolecular additives other than the diazo resins or the polymeric diazonium compounds}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/0215 5 {Natural gums; Proteins, e.g. gelatins; Macromolecular carbohydrates, e.g. cellulose; Polyvinyl alcohol and derivatives thereof, e.g. polyvinylacetals}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/0217 5 {Polyurethanes; Epoxy resins}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/022 2 Quinonediazides (G03F7/075 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/0223 3 {Iminoquinonediazides; Para-quinonediazides}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/0226 3 {characterised by the non-macromolecular additives}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/023 3 Macromolecular quinonediazides; Macromolecular additives, e.g. binders {(G03F7/0226 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/0233 4 {characterised by the polymeric binders or the macromolecular additives other than the macromolecular quinonediazides}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/0236 5 {Condensation products of carbonyl compounds and phenolic compounds, e.g. novolak resins}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/025 2 Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon triple bonds, e.g. acetylenic compounds (G03F7/075 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/027 2 Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds (G03F7/075 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/0275 3 {with dithiol or polysulfide compounds}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/028 3 with photosensitivity-increasing substances, e.g. photoinitiators
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/0285 4 {Silver salts, e.g. a latent silver salt image}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/029 4 Inorganic compounds; Onium compounds; Organic compounds having hetero atoms other than oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/0295 5 {Photolytic halogen compounds}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/031 4 Organic compounds not covered by group G03F7/029
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/032 3 with binders
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/0325 4 {the binders being polysaccharides, e.g. cellulose}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/033 4 the binders being polymers obtained by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds, e.g. vinyl polymers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/035 4 the binders being polyurethanes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/037 4 the binders being polyamides or polyimides
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/038 2 Macromolecular compounds which are rendered insoluble or differentially wettable (G03F7/075 takes precedence; macromolecular azides G03F7/012; macromolecular diazonium compounds G03F7/021)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/0381 3 {using a combination of a phenolic resin and a polyoxyethylene resin}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/0382 3 {the macromolecular compound being present in a chemically amplified negative photoresist composition}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/0384 3 {with ethylenic or acetylenic bands in the main chain of the photopolymer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/0385 3 {using epoxidised novolak resin}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/0387 3 {Polyamides or polyimides}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/0388 3 {with ethylenic or acetylenic bands in the side chains of the photopolymer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/039 2 Macromolecular compounds which are photodegradable, e.g. positive electron resists (G03F7/075 takes precedence; macromolecular quinonediazides G03F7/023)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/0392 3 {the macromolecular compound being present in a chemically amplified positive photoresist composition}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/0395 4 {the macromolecular compound having a backbone with alicyclic moieties}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/0397 4 {the macromolecular compound having an alicyclic moiety in a side chain}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/04 2 Chromates (G03F7/075 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/06 2 Silver salts (G03F7/075 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/063 3 {Additives or means to improve the lithographic properties; Processing solutions characterised by such additives; Treatment after development or transfer, e.g. finishing, washing; Correction or deletion fluids}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/066 4 {Organic derivatives of bivalent sulfur, e.g. onium derivatives}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/07 3 used for diffusion transfer {(G03F7/063 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/075 2 Silicon-containing compounds
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/0751 3 {used as adhesion-promoting additives or as means to improve adhesion}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/0752 3 {in non photosensitive layers or as additives, e.g. for dry lithography}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/0754 3 {Non-macromolecular compounds containing silicon-to-silicon bonds (G03F7/0752 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/0755 3 {Non-macromolecular compounds containing Si-O, Si-C or Si-N bonds (G03F7/0752 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/0757 3 {Macromolecular compounds containing Si-O, Si-C or Si-N bonds (G03F7/0752 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/0758 4 {with silicon- containing groups in the side chains}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/085 2 Photosensitive compositions characterised by adhesion-promoting non-macromolecular additives (G03F7/075 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/09 2 characterised by structural details, e.g. supports, auxiliary layers (supports for printing plates in general B41N)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/091 3 {characterised by antireflection means or light filtering or absorbing means, e.g. anti-halation, contrast enhancement}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/092 3 {characterised by backside coating or layers, by lubricating-slip layers or means, by oxygen barrier layers or by stripping-release layers or means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/093 3 {characterised by antistatic means, e.g. for charge depletion}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/094 3 {Multilayer resist systems, e.g. planarising layers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/095 3 having more than one photosensitive layer (G03F7/075 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/0952 4 {comprising silver halide or silver salt based image forming systems, e.g. for camera speed exposure}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/0955 4 {one of the photosensitive systems comprising a non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compound having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/0957 4 {with sensitive layers on both sides of the substrate}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/105 3 having substances, e.g. indicators, for forming visible images
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/11 3 having cover layers or intermediate layers, e.g. subbing layers {(G03F7/091 - G03F7/093, B41N3/03 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/115 3 having supports or layers with means for obtaining a screen effect or for obtaining better contact in vacuum printing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/12 1 Production of screen printing forms or similar printing forms, e.g. stencils
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/14 1 Production of collotype printing forms
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/16 1 Coating processes; Apparatus therefor (applying coatings to base materials in general B05; applying photosensitive compositions to base for photographic purposes G03C1/74)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/161 2 {using a previously coated surface, e.g. by stamping or by transfer lamination}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/162 2 {Coating on a rotating support, e.g. using a whirler or a spinner}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/164 2 {using electric, electrostatic or magnetic means; powder coating}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/165 2 {Monolayers, e.g. Langmuir-Blodgett}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/167 2 {from the gas phase, by plasma deposition (G03F7/2035 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/168 2 {Finishing the coated layer, e.g. drying, baking, soaking}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/18 2 Coating curved surfaces
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/20 1 Exposure; Apparatus therefor (photographic printing apparatus for making copies G03B27/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/2002 2 {with visible light or UV light, through an original having an opaque pattern on a transparent support, e.g. film printing, projection printing; by reflection of visible or UV light from an original such as a printed image}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/2004 3 {characterised by the use of a particular light source, e.g. fluorescent lamps or deep UV light}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/2006 4 {using coherent light; using polarised light}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/2008 3 {characterised by the reflectors, diffusers, light or heat filtering means or anti-reflective means used}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/201 3 {characterised by an oblique exposure; characterised by the use of plural sources; characterised by the rotation of the optical device; characterised by a relative movement of the optical device, the light source, the sensitive system or the mask}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/2012 3 {using liquid photohardening compositions, e.g. for the production of reliefs such as flexographic plates or stamps}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/2014 3 {Contact or film exposure of light sensitive plates such as lithographic plates or circuit boards, e.g. in a vacuum frame}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/2016 4 {Contact mask being integral part of the photosensitive element and subject to destructive removal during post-exposure processing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/2018 5 {Masking pattern obtained by selective application of an ink or a toner, e.g. ink jet printing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/202 5 {Masking pattern being obtained by thermal means, e.g. laser ablation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/2022 2 {Multi-step exposure, e.g. hybrid; backside exposure; blanket exposure, e.g. for image reversal; edge exposure, e.g. for edge bead removal; corrective exposure}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/2024 3 {of the already developed image}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/2026 3 {for the removal of unwanted material, e.g. image or background correction}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/2028 4 {of an edge bead on wafers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/203 3 {comprising an imagewise exposure to electromagnetic radiation or corpuscular radiation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/2032 3 {Simultaneous exposure of the front side and the backside}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/2035 2 {simultaneous coating and exposure; using a belt mask, e.g. endless}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/2037 2 {Exposure with X-ray radiation or corpuscular radiation, through a mask with a pattern opaque to that radiation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/2039 3 {X-ray radiation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/2041 2 {in the presence of a fluid, e.g. immersion; using fluid cooling means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/2043 3 {with the production of a chemical active agent from a fluid, e.g. an etching agent; with meterial deposition from the fluid phase, e.g. contamination resists}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/2045 2 {using originals with apertures, e.g. stencil exposure masks}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/2047 3 {Exposure with radiation other than visible light or UV light, e.g. shadow printing, proximity printing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/2049 2 {using a cantilever}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/2051 2 {Exposure without an original mask, e.g. using a programmed deflection of a point source, by scanning, by drawing with a light beam, using an addressed light or corpuscular source (G03F7/70 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/2053 3 {using a laser (ablative removal B41C)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/2055 4 {for the production of printing plates; Exposure of liquid photohardening compositions}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/2057 3 {using an addressed light valve, e.g. a liquid crystal device}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/2059 3 {using a scanning corpuscular radiation beam, e.g. an electron beam}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/2061 4 {Electron scattering (proximity) correction or prevention methods}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/2063 4 {for the production of exposure masks or reticles}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/2065 4 {using corpuscular radiation other than electron beams}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F2007/2067 2 {Apparatus for microlithography}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/213 2 Exposing with the same light pattern different positions of the same surface at the same time {(G03F7/70 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/22 2 Exposing sequentially with the same light pattern different positions of the same surface {(G03F7/70 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/24 2 Curved surfaces {(G03F7/70 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/26 1 Processing photosensitive materials; Apparatus therefor (G03F7/12 - G03F7/24 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/265 2 {Selective reaction with inorganic or organometallic reagents after image-wise exposure, e.g. silylation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/28 2 for obtaining powder images (G03F3/10 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/30 2 Imagewise removal using liquid means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/3007 3 {combined with electrical means, e.g. force fields}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/3014 3 {combined with ultrasonic means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/3021 3 {from a wafer supported on a rotating chuck}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/3028 4 {characterised by means for on-wafer monitoring of the processing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/3035 3 {from printing plates fixed on a cylinder or on a curved surface; from printing cylinders}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/3042 3 {from printing plates transported horizontally through the processing stations}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/305 4 {characterised by the brushing or rubbing means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/3057 4 {characterised by the processing units other than the developing unit, e.g. washing units}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/3064 4 {characterised by the transport means or means for confining the different units, e.g. to avoid the overflow}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/3071 4 {Process control means, e.g. for replenishing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/3078 4 {Processing different kinds of plates, e.g. negative and positive plates, in the same machine}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/3085 3 {from plates or webs transported vertically; from plates suspended or immersed vertically in the processing unit}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/3092 3 {Recovery of material; Waste processing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/32 3 Liquid compositions therefor, e.g. developers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/322 4 {Aqueous alkaline compositions}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/325 4 {Non-aqueous compositions}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/327 5 {Non-aqueous alkaline compositions, e.g. anhydrous quaternary ammonium salts}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/34 2 Imagewise removal by selective transfer, e.g. peeling away
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/343 3 {Lamination or delamination methods or apparatus for photolitographic photosensitive material}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/346 3 {using photosensitive materials other than non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/36 2 Imagewise removal not covered by groups G03F7/30 - G03F7/34, e.g. using gas streams, using plasma
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/38 2 Treatment before imagewise removal, e.g. prebaking {(G03F7/265 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/40 2 Treatment after imagewise removal, e.g. baking
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/405 3 {Treatment with inorganic or organometallic reagents after imagewise removal}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/42 2 Stripping or agents therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/421 3 {using biological means only, e.g. enzymes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/422 3 {using liquids only (G03F7/421 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/423 4 {containing mineral acids or salts thereof, containing mineral oxidizing substances, e.g. peroxy compounds}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/425 4 {containing mineral alkaline compounds; containing organic basic compounds, e.g. quaternary ammonium compounds; containing heterocyclic basic compounds containing nitrogen}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/426 4 {containing organic halogen compounds; containing organic sulfonic acids or salts thereof; containing sulfoxides}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/427 3 {using plasma means only}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/428 3 {using ultrasonic means only}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/70 1 {Exposure apparatus for microlithography}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/70008 2 {Production of exposure light, i.e. light sources}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/70016 3 {by discharge lamps (discharge lamps per se H01J61/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/70025 3 {by lasers (lasers per se H01S3/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/70033 3 {by plasma EUV sources (plasma EUV sources per se H05G2/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/70041 3 {by pulsed sources}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/7005 3 {by multiple sources (addressable array sources specially adapted to produce patterns G03F7/70391)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/70058 2 {Mask illumination systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/70066 3 {Size and form of the illuminated area in the mask plane, e.g. REMA}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/70075 3 {Homogenization of illumination intensity in the mask plane, by using an integrator, e.g. fly's eye lenses, facet mirrors, glass rods, by using a diffusive optical element or by beam deflection}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/70083 3 {Non-homogeneous intensity distribution in the mask plane}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/70091 3 {Illumination settings, i.e. intensity distribution in the pupil plane, angular distribution in the field plane; On-axis or off-axis settings, e.g. annular, dipole, quadrupole; Partial coherence control, i.e. sigma or numerical aperture [NA]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/701 4 {Off-axis setting using an aperture}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/70108 4 {Off-axis setting using a light-guiding element}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/70116 4 {Off-axis setting using a programmable means, e.g. LCD or DMD}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/70125 3 {Use of illumination settings tailored to particular mask patterns (details of setting means G03F7/70091)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/70133 3 {Measurement of illumination distribution, in pupil plane or field plane}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/70141 3 {Illumination system adjustment, alignment during assembly of illumination system (alignment of mask with workpiece G03F9/70)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/7015 3 {Details of optical elements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/70158 4 {Diffractive optical elements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/70166 4 {Capillary or channel elements, e.g. nested EUV mirrors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/70175 4 {Lamphouse reflector arrangements, i.e. collecting light from solid angle upstream of the light source}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/70183 4 {Zoom systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/70191 3 {Optical correction elements, filters or phase plates for controlling intensity, wavelength, polarization, phase or the like}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/702 3 {Reflective illumination, i.e. reflective optical elements other than folding mirrors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/70208 3 {Multiple illumination paths, e.g. radiation distribution device, multiplexer, demultiplexer for single or multiple projection systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/70216 2 {Systems for imaging mask onto workpiece}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/70225 3 {Catadioptric systems, i.e. documents describing optical design aspect details}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/70233 3 {Optical aspects of catoptric systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/70241 3 {Optical aspects of refractive systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/7025 3 {Size or form of projection system aperture}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/70258 3 {Projection system adjustment, alignment during assembly of projection system (alignment of mask with workpiece G03F9/70)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/70266 4 {Adaptive optics, e.g. deformable optical elements for wavefront control}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/70275 3 {Multiple projection paths, array of projection systems, microlens projection systems, tandem projection systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/70283 3 {Masks or their effects on the imaging process, e.g. Fourier masks, greyscale masks, holographic masks, phase shift masks, phasemasks, lenticular masks, multiple masks, tilted masks, tandem masks (masks per se G03F1/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/70291 4 {Addressable masks}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/703 3 {Non-planar pattern area or non-planar masks}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/70308 3 {Optical correction elements, filters and phase plates for manipulating, e.g. intensity, wavelength, polarization, phase, image shift (filters per se G02B5/20)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/70316 3 {Details of optical elements, e.g. of Bragg reflectors or diffractive optical elements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/70325 3 {Resolution enhancement techniques not otherwise provided for, e.g. darkfield imaging, interfering beams, spatial frequency multiplication, nearfield lens}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/70333 4 {Focus drilling, e.g. FLEX}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/70341 3 {Immersion (chemical composition of immersion liquids G03F7/2041)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/7035 3 {Proximity or contact printer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/70358 3 {Scanning exposure, i.e. relative movement of patterned beam and workpiece during imaging}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/70366 4 {Rotary scanning}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/70375 2 {Imaging systems not otherwise provided for, e.g. multiphoton lithography; Imaging systems comprising means for converting one type of radiation into another type of radiation, systems comprising mask with photo-cathode}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/70383 3 {Direct write, i.e. pattern is written directly without the use of a mask by one or multiple beams ("maskless" lithography using a programmable mask G03F7/70291)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/70391 4 {Addressable array sources specially adapted to produce patterns, e.g. addressable LED arrays (array sources for exposure apparatus comprising a mask G03F7/7005; illumination setting using programmable means in exposure apparatus comprising a mask G03F7/70116)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/704 4 {Scanned exposure beam, e.g. raster-, rotary- and vector scanning (mask projection exposure involving relative movement of patterned beam and workpiece during imaging G03F7/70358)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/70408 3 {Interferometric lithography; Holographic lithography; Self-imaging lithography}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/70416 3 {Stereolithography, 3D printing, rapid prototyping}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/70425 2 {Imaging strategies, e.g. for increasing throughput, printing product fields larger than the image field, compensating lithography- or non-lithography errors, e.g. proximity correction, mix-and-match, stitching, double patterning}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/70433 3 {Layout for increasing efficiency, for compensating imaging errors, e.g. layout of exposure fields,; Use of mask features for increasing efficiency, for compensating imaging errors (circuit design per se G06F30/30; designing or making of mask G03F1/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/70441 4 {Optical proximity correction}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/7045 3 {Hybrid exposure, i.e. combining different types of exposure, e.g. projection, proximity, direct write, interferometric, uv, x-ray, particle beam (constructional details G03F7/70991)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/70458 3 {Mix-and-match, i.e. multiple exposures of the same area using similar types of exposure, e.g. UV exposure}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/70466 3 {Multiple exposures, e.g. combination of fine and coarse exposures, double patterning, multiple exposures for printing a single feature, mix-and-match (stitching G03F7/70475)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/70475 3 {Stitching, i.e. connecting image fields to produce a device field, the field occupied by a device such as a memory chip, processor chip, CCD, flat panel display}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/70483 2 {Information management, control, testing, and wafer monitoring, e.g. pattern monitoring (detection arrangements G03F7/7085)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/70491 3 {Information management and control, including software}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/705 4 {Modelling and simulation from physical phenomena up to complete wafer process or whole workflow in wafer fabrication}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/70508 4 {Data handling, in all parts of the microlithographic apparatus, e.g. addressable masks}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/70516 4 {Calibration of components of the microlithographic apparatus, e.g. light sources, addressable mask, detectors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/70525 4 {Controlling normal operating mode, e.g. matching different apparatus, remote control, prediction of failure}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/70533 4 {Controlling abnormal operating mode, e.g. taking account of waiting time, decision to rework, rework flow}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/70541 4 {Tagging, i.e. hardware or software tagging of features or components}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/7055 3 {Exposure light control, in all parts of the microlithographic apparatus, e.g. pulse length control, light interruption}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/70558 4 {Dose control, i.e. achievement of a desired dose (determination of the required dose G03F7/70625)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/70566 4 {Polarisation control}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/70575 4 {Wavelength control, e.g. control of bandwidth, multiple wavelength, selection of wavelength, matching of optical components to wavelength}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/70583 4 {Speckle reduction, e.g. coherence control, amplitude/wavefront splitting}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/70591 3 {Testing optical components (testing of optical mirrors G01M11/005; testing of lenses G01M11/02; stray light transmission G03F7/70941)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/706 4 {Aberration measurement (aberration measurement in general G01M11/0242)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/70608 3 {Wafer resist monitoring, e.g. measuring thickness, reflectivity, effects of immersion liquid on resist}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/70616 3 {Wafer pattern monitoring, i.e. measuring printed patterns or the aerial image at the wafer plane (optical metrology tools per se G01B11/02 and G01B9/04)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/70625 4 {Pattern dimensions, e.g. line width, profile, sidewall angle, edge roughness}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/70633 4 {Overlay (alignment between mask and wafer prior to exposure G03F9/70)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/70641 4 {Focus (focus measurement prior to exposure G03F9/7026)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/7065 4 {Defect inspection (defect inspection apparatus per se G06T7/0004, G01N21/956)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/70658 4 {Electrical}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/70666 4 {using aerial image (aerial image measurement tools for mask inspection G03F1/68)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/70675 4 {using latent image}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/70683 4 {using process control mark, i.e. specific mark designs}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/70691 2 {Handling of masks or wafers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/707 3 {Chucks, e.g. chucking or un-chucking operations (chucks for workpiece processing tools H01L21/683 or H01L21/687 depending on the type of chucking)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/70708 4 {being electrostatic; Electrostatically deformable vacuum chucks (electrostatic chucks for workpiece processing tools H01L21/6831)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/70716 3 {Stages (stages for workpiece processing tools H01L21/682)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/70725 4 {control}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/70733 3 {Handling masks and workpieces, e.g. exchange of workpiece or mask, transport of workpiece or mask}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/70741 4 {Handling masks outside exposure position, e.g. reticle libraries}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/7075 4 {Handling workpieces outside exposure position, e.g. SMIF box}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/70758 3 {Drive means, e.g. actuator, motor (lens or mirror actuators G03F7/70825)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/70766 3 {Reaction force control means, e.g. countermass}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/70775 3 {Position control (interferometers per se G01B9/02; encoders per se G01D5/00; alignment of mask with workpiece G03F9/70)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/70783 3 {Stress or warp of chucks, mask or workpiece, e.g. to compensate for imaging error}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/70791 3 {Large workpieces, e.g. in the shape of web or polygon}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/708 2 {Construction of apparatus, e.g. environment, hygiene aspects or materials}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/70808 3 {Construction details, e.g. housing, load-lock, seals, windows for passing light in- and out of apparatus (load-lock chambers for workpiece processors in general H01L21/67201)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/70816 4 {Bearings (fluid bearings per se F16C32/06)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/70825 4 {Mounting of individual elements, e.g. mounts, holders or supports (mounts or supports for projection- and illumination system and stages on base-plate or ground G03F7/70833; workpiece and mask holders G03F7/707)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/70833 4 {Mounting of optical systems, e.g. mounting of illumination system, projection system or stage systems on base-plate or ground (mounting of individual elements of said systems G03F7/70825)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/70841 4 {Constructional issues related to vacuum environment}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/7085 3 {Detection arrangement, e.g. detectors of apparatus alignment possibly mounted on wafers, exposure dose, photo-cleaning flux, stray light, thermal load}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/70858 3 {Environment aspects, e.g. pressure of beam-path gas, temperature (pollution aspects G03F7/70916)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/70866 4 {of mask or workpiece}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/70875 5 {Temperature}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/70883 4 {of optical system}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/70891 5 {Temperature}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/709 4 {Vibration, e.g. vibration detection, compensation, suppression}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/70908 3 {Hygiene, e.g. preventing apparatus pollution, mitigating effect of pollution, removing pollutants from apparatus; electromagnetic and electrostatic-charge pollution}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/70916 4 {Pollution mitigation, i.e. mitigating effect of contamination or debris, e.g. foil traps}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/70925 4 {Cleaning, i.e. actively freeing apparatus from pollutants}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/70933 4 {Purge}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/70941 4 {Stray fields and charges, e.g. stray light, scattered light, flare, transmission loss}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/7095 3 {Materials, e.g. materials for housing, stage or other support having particular properties, e.g. weight, strength, conductivity, thermal expansion coefficient}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/70958 4 {Optical materials and coatings, e.g. with particular transmittance, reflectance (details of optical elements G03F7/70316)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/70966 5 {Birefringence}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/70975 3 {Assembly, maintenance, transport and storage of apparatus}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/70983 3 {Optical system protection, e.g. pellicles or removable covers for protection of mask}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F7/70991 3 {Connection with other apparatus, e.g. multiple exposure stations, particular arrangement of exposure apparatus and pre-exposure and/or post-exposure apparatus, shared apparatus, e.g. having shared radiation source, shared mask or workpiece stage, shared base-plate, utilities, e.g. cable, pipe or wireless arrangements for data, power, fluids, vacuum (apparatus for processing a workpiece in a plurality of work-stations including at least one lithography chamber H01L21/67225)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F9/00 0 Registration or positioning of originals, masks, frames, photographic sheets or textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. automatically (G03F7/22 takes precedence; preparation of photographic masks G03F1/00; within photographic printing apparatus for making copies G03B27/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F2009/005 1 {for microlithography}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F9/70 1 {for microlithography (measuring printed patterns for monitoring overlay G03F7/70633 or focus G03F7/70641; projection system adjustment G03F7/70258; position control G03F7/70775)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F9/7003 2 {Alignment type or strategy, e.g. leveling, global alignment}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F9/7007 3 {Alignment other than original with workpiece}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F9/7011 4 {Pre-exposure scan; original with original holder alignment; Prealignment, i.e. workpiece with workpiece holder}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F9/7015 4 {Reference, i.e. alignment of original or workpiece with respect to a reference not on the original or workpiece}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F9/7019 3 {Calibration}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F9/7023 3 {Aligning or positioning in direction perpendicular to substrate surface}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F9/7026 4 {Focusing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F9/703 4 {Gap setting, e.g. in proximity printer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F9/7034 4 {Leveling}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F9/7038 3 {Alignment for proximity or contact printer (proximity or contact printers per se G03F7/7035)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F9/7042 3 {Alignment for lithographic apparatus using patterning methods other than those involving the exposure to radiation, e.g. by stamping or imprinting (non-exposure lithographic processes per se G03F7/0002)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F9/7046 3 {Strategy, e.g. mark, sensor or wavelength selection}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F9/7049 2 {Technique, e.g. interferometric}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F9/7053 3 {Non-optical, e.g. mechanical, capacitive, using an electron beam, acoustic or thermal waves}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F9/7057 4 {Gas flow, e.g. for focusing, leveling or gap setting}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F9/7061 4 {Scanning probe microscopy, e.g. AFM, scanning tunneling microscopy}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F9/7065 2 {Production of alignment light, e.g. light source, control of coherence, polarization, pulse length, wavelength}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F9/7069 2 {Alignment mark illumination, e.g. darkfield, dual focus}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F9/7073 2 {Alignment marks and their environment (marks specific to masks G03F1/42; marks specific to molds or stamps G03F7/0002; overlay marks G03F7/70633; marks applied to semiconductor devices H01L23/544)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F9/7076 3 {Mark details, e.g. phase grating mark, temporary mark}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F9/708 3 {Mark formation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F9/7084 3 {Position of mark on substrate, i.e. position in (x, y, z) of mark, e.g. buried or resist covered mark, mark on rearside, at the substrate edge, in the circuit area, latent image mark, marks in plural levels}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F9/7088 2 {Alignment mark detection, e.g. TTR, TTL, off-axis detection, array detector, video detection}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F9/7092 2 {Signal processing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03F9/7096 2 {Arrangement, mounting, housing, environment, cleaning or maintenance of apparatus}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G ELECTROGRAPHY; ELECTROPHOTOGRAPHY; MAGNETOGRAPHY (information storage based on relative movement between record carrier and transducer G11B; static stores with means for writing-in or reading-out information G11C; recording of television signals H04N5/76)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/00 0 Recording members for original recording by exposure, e.g. to light, to heat, to electrons; Manufacture thereof; Selection of materials therefor (recording surfaces for measuring apparatus G01D15/34; photosensitive materials for photographic purposes G03C)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/005 1 {Materials for treating the recording members, e.g. for cleaning, reactivating, polishing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/02 1 Charge-receiving layers (G03G5/153 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/0202 2 {Dielectric layers for electrography}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/0205 3 {Macromolecular components}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/0208 4 {obtained by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsatured bonds}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/0211 4 {obtained otherwise than by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/0214 3 {Organic non-macromolecular components}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/0217 3 {Inorganic components}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/022 2 Layers for surface-deformation imaging, e.g. frost imaging
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/024 2 Photoelectret layers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/026 2 Layers in which during the irradiation a chemical reaction occurs whereby electrically conductive patterns are formed in the layers, e.g. for chemixerography
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/028 2 Layers in which after being exposed to heat patterns electrically conductive patterns are formed in the layers, e.g. for thermoxerography
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/04 2 Photoconductive layers; Charge-generation layers or charge-transporting layers; Additives therefor; Binders therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/043 3 Photoconductive layers characterised by having two or more layers or characterised by their composite structure
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/0433 4 {all layers being inorganic}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/0436 4 {combining organic and inorganic layers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/047 4 characterised by the charge-generation layers or charge transport layers {(G03G5/0433 and G03G5/0436 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/05 3 Organic bonding materials; Methods for coating a substrate with a photoconductive layer; Inert supplements for use in photoconductive layers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/0503 4 {Inert supplements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/0507 5 {Inorganic compounds}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/051 5 {Organic non-macromolecular compounds}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/0514 6 {not comprising cyclic groups}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/0517 6 {comprising one or more cyclic groups consisting of carbon-atoms only}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/0521 6 {comprising one or more heterocyclic groups}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/0525 4 {Coating methods}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/0528 4 {Macromolecular bonding materials}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/0532 5 {obtained by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsatured bonds}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/0535 6 {Polyolefins; Polystyrenes; Waxes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/0539 6 {Halogenated polymers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/0542 6 {Polyvinylalcohol, polyallylalcohol; Derivatives thereof, e.g. polyvinylesters, polyvinylethers, polyvinylamines}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/0546 6 {Polymers comprising at least one carboxyl radical, e.g. polyacrylic acid, polycrotonic acid, polymaleic acid; Derivatives thereof, e.g. their esters, salts, anhydrides, nitriles, amides}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/055 6 {Polymers containing hetero rings in the side chain}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/0553 6 {Polymers derived from conjugated double bonds containing monomers, e.g. polybutadiene; Rubbers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/0557 5 {obtained otherwise than by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsatured bonds}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/056 6 {Polyesters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/0564 6 {Polycarbonates}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/0567 6 {Other polycondensates comprising oxygen atoms in the main chain; Phenol resins}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/0571 6 {Polyamides; Polyimides}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/0575 6 {Other polycondensates comprising nitrogen atoms with or without oxygen atoms in the main chain}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/0578 6 {Polycondensates comprising silicon atoms in the main chain}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/0582 6 {Polycondensates comprising sulfur atoms in the main chain}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/0585 6 {Cellulose and derivatives}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/0589 5 {Macromolecular compounds characterised by specific side-chain substituents or end groups}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/0592 5 {Macromolecular compounds characterised by their structure or by their chemical properties, e.g. block polymers, reticulated polymers, molecular weight, acidity}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/0596 5 {Macromolecular compounds characterised by their physical properties}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/06 3 characterised by the photoconductive material being organic
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/0601 4 {Acyclic or carbocyclic compounds}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/0603 5 {containing halogens}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/0605 5 {Carbocyclic compounds}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/0607 6 {containing at least one non-six-membered ring}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/0609 5 {containing oxygen}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/0611 6 {Squaric acid}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/0612 5 {containing nitrogen}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/0614 6 {Amines}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/06142 7 {arylamine}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/06144 8 {diamine}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/061443 9 {benzidine}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/061446 9 {terphenyl-diamine}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/06145 8 {triamine or greater}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/06147 8 {alkenylarylamine}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/061473 9 {plural alkenyl groups linked directly to the same aryl group}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/06149 7 {enamine}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/0616 6 {Hydrazines; Hydrazones}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/0618 5 {containing oxygen and nitrogen}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/062 5 {containing non-metal elements other than hydrogen, halogen, oxygen or nitrogen}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/0622 4 {Heterocyclic compounds}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/0624 5 {containing one hetero ring}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/0625 6 {being three- or four-membered}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/0627 6 {being five-membered}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/0629 7 {containing one hetero atom}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/0631 7 {containing two hetero atoms}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/0633 7 {containing three hetero atoms}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/0635 6 {being six-membered}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/0637 7 {containing one hetero atom}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/0638 7 {containing two hetero atoms}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/064 7 {containing three hetero atoms}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/0642 6 {being more than six-membered}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/0644 5 {containing two or more hetero rings}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/0646 6 {in the same ring system}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/0648 7 {containing two relevant rings}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/065 7 {containing three relevant rings}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/0651 7 {containing four relevant rings}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/0653 7 {containing five relevant rings}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/0655 7 {containing six relevant rings}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/0657 7 {containing seven relevant rings}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/0659 7 {containing more than seven relevant rings}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/0661 6 {in different ring systems, each system containing at least one hetero ring}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/0662 4 {containing metal elements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/0664 4 {Dyes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/0666 5 {containing a methine or polymethine group}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/0668 6 {containing only one methine or polymethine group}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/067 7 {containing hetero rings}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/0672 6 {containing two or more methine or polymethine groups}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/0674 7 {containing hetero rings}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/0675 5 {Azo dyes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/0677 6 {Monoazo dyes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/0679 6 {Disazo dyes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/0681 7 {containing hetero rings in the part of the molecule between the azo-groups}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/0683 7 {containing polymethine or anthraquinone groups}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/0685 8 {containing hetero rings in the part of the molecule between the azo-groups}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/0687 6 {Trisazo dyes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/0688 7 {containing hetero rings}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/069 7 {containing polymethine or anthraquinone groups}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/0692 8 {containing hetero rings}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/0694 6 {containing more than three azo groups}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/0696 5 {Phthalocyanines}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/0698 4 {Compounds of unspecified structure characterised by a substituent only}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/07 4 Polymeric photoconductive materials
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/071 5 {obtained by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds (G03G5/078 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/072 6 {comprising pending monoamine groups}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/073 7 {comprising pending carbazole groups}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/0732 7 {comprising pending alkenylarylamine}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/074 6 {comprising pending diamine}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/0745 6 {comprising pending hydrazone}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/075 5 {obtained otherwise than by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds (G03G5/078 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/076 6 {having a photoconductive moiety in the polymer backbone}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/0763 7 {comprising arylamine moiety}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/0764 8 {triarylamine}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/0765 8 {alkenylarylamine}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/0766 8 {benzidine}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/0767 7 {comprising hydrazone moiety}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/078 5 {comprising silicon atoms}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/08 3 characterised by the photoconductive material being inorganic
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/082 4 and not being incorporated in a bonding material, e.g. vacuum deposited
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/08207 5 {Selenium-based}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/08214 5 {Silicon-based}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/08221 6 {comprising one or two silicon based layers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/08228 7 {at least one with varying composition}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/08235 6 {comprising three or four silicon-based layers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/08242 7 {at least one with varying composition}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/0825 6 {comprising five or six silicon-based layers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/08257 7 {at least one with varying composition}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/08264 6 {comprising seven or more silicon-based layers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/08271 7 {at least one with varying composition}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/08278 6 {Depositing methods}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/08285 5 {Carbon-based (in ad mixture with Si G03G5/08214)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/08292 5 {Germanium-based (in ad mixture with Si G03G5/08214)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/085 4 and being incorporated in an inorganic bonding material, e.g. glass-like layers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/087 4 and being incorporated in an organic bonding material
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/09 3 Sensitisors or activators, e.g. dyestuffs (G03G5/12 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/10 1 Bases for charge-receiving or other layers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/101 2 {Paper bases (G03G5/102, G03G5/104, G03G5/105 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/102 2 {consisting of or comprising metals}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/104 2 {comprising inorganic material other than metals, e.g. salts, oxides, carbon}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/105 2 {comprising electroconductive macromolecular compounds}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/107 3 {the electroconductive macromolecular compounds being cationic}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/108 3 {the electroconductive macromolecular compounds being anionic}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/12 1 Recording members for multicolour processes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/14 1 Inert intermediate or cover layers for charge-receiving layers (G03G5/04 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/142 2 {Inert intermediate layers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/144 3 {comprising inorganic material}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/147 2 Cover layers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/14704 3 {comprising inorganic material}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/14708 3 {comprising organic material}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/14713 4 {Macromolecular material}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/14717 5 {obtained by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/14721 6 {Polyolefins; Polystyrenes; Waxes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/14726 6 {Halogenated polymers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/1473 6 {Polyvinylalcohol, polyallylalcohol; Derivatives thereof, e.g. polyvinylesters, polyvinylethers, polyvinylamines}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/14734 6 {Polymers comprising at least one carboxyl radical, e.g. polyacrylic acid, polycrotonic acid, polymaleic acid; Derivatives thereof, e.g. their esters, salts, anhydrides, nitriles, amides}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/14739 6 {Polymers containing hereto rings in the side chain}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/14743 6 {Polymers derived from conjugated double bonds containing monomers, e.g. polybutadiene; Rubbers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/14747 5 {obtained otherwise than by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/14752 6 {Polyesters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/14756 6 {Polycarbonates}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/1476 6 {Other polycondensates comprising oxygen atoms in the main chain; Phenol resins}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/14765 6 {Polyamides; Polyimides}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/14769 6 {Other polycondensates comprising nitrogen atoms with or without oxygen atoms in the main chain}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/14773 6 {Polycondensates comprising silicon atoms in the main chain}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/14778 6 {Polycondensates comprising sulfur atoms in the main chain}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/14782 6 {Cellulose and derivatives}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/14786 5 {Macromolecular compounds characterised by specific side-chain substituents or end groups}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/14791 5 {Macromolecular compounds characterised by their structure, e.g. block polymers, reticulated polymers, or by their chemical properties, e.g. by molecular weight or acidity}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/14795 5 {Macromolecular compounds characterised by their physical properties}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/153 1 Charge-receiving layers combined with additional photo- or thermo-sensitive, but not photoconductive, layers, e.g. silver-salt layers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G5/16 1 Layers for recording by changing the magnetic properties, e.g. for Curie-point-writing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G7/00 0 Selection of materials for use in image-receiving members, i.e. for reversal by physical contact; Manufacture thereof (photosensitive materials for photographic purposes G03C)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G7/0006 1 {Cover layers for image-receiving members; Strippable coversheets}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G7/0013 2 {Inorganic components thereof}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G7/002 2 {Organic components thereof}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G7/0026 3 {being macromolecular}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G7/0033 4 {Natural products or derivatives thereof, e.g. cellulose, proteins}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G7/004 4 {obtained by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G7/0046 4 {obtained otherwise than by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G7/0053 1 {Intermediate layers for image-receiving members}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G7/006 1 {Substrates for image-receiving members; Image-receiving members comprising only one layer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G7/0066 2 {Inorganic components thereof}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G7/0073 2 {Organic components thereof}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G7/008 3 {being macromolecular}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G7/0086 1 {Back layers for image-receiving members; Strippable backsheets}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G7/0093 1 {Image-receiving members, based on materials other than paper or plastic sheets, e.g. textiles, metals}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G8/00 0 Layers covering the final reproduction, e.g. for protecting, for writing thereon
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/00 0 Developers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/06 1 the developer being electrolytic
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/08 1 with toner particles
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/0802 2 {Preparation methods}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/0804 3 {whereby the components are brought together in a liquid dispersing medium}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/0806 4 {whereby chemical synthesis of at least one of the toner components takes place}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/0808 3 {by dry mixing the toner components in solid or softened state}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/081 3 {by mixing the toner components in a liquefied state; melt kneading; reactive mixing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/0812 3 {Pretreatment of components}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/0815 3 {Post-treatment}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/0817 3 {Separation; Classifying}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/0819 2 {characterised by the dimensions of the particles}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/0821 2 {characterised by physical parameters (magnetic parameters G03G9/083)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/0823 3 {Electric parameters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/0825 2 {characterised by their structure; characterised by non-homogenuous distribution of components (microcapsular toners G03G9/093)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/0827 2 {characterised by their shape, e.g. degree of sphericity}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/083 2 Magnetic toner particles
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/0831 3 {Chemical composition of the magnetic components}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/0832 4 {Metals}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/0833 4 {Oxides}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/0834 4 {Non-magnetic inorganic compounds chemically incorporated in magnetic components}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/0835 3 {Magnetic parameters of the magnetic components}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/0836 3 {Other physical parameters of the magnetic components}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/0837 3 {Structural characteristics of the magnetic components, e.g. shape, crystallographic structure}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/0838 3 {Size of magnetic components}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/0839 3 {Treatment of the magnetic components; Combination of the magnetic components with non-magnetic materials (G03G9/0834 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/087 2 Binders for toner particles
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/08702 3 {comprising macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/08704 4 {Polyalkenes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/08706 4 {Polymers of alkenyl-aromatic compounds}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/08708 5 {Copolymers of styrene}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/08711 6 {with esters of acrylic or methacrylic acid}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/08713 4 {Polyvinylhalogenides}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/08715 5 {containing chlorine, bromine or iodine}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/08717 6 {Polyvinylchloride}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/0872 5 {containing fluorine}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/08722 4 {Polyvinylalcohols; Polyallylalcohols; Polyvinylethers; Polyvinylaldehydes; Polyvinylketones; Polyvinylketals}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/08724 4 {Polyvinylesters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/08726 4 {Polymers of unsaturated acids or derivatives thereof}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/08728 5 {Polymers of esters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/08731 5 {Polymers of nitriles}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/08733 5 {Polymers of unsaturated polycarboxylic acids}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/08735 4 {Polymers of unsaturated cyclic compounds having no unsaturated aliphatic groups in a side-chain, e.g. coumarone-indene resins}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/08737 4 {Polymers derived from conjugated dienes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/0874 4 {Polymers comprising hetero rings in the side chains}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/08742 3 {comprising macromolecular compounds obtained otherwise than by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/08744 4 {Polyacetals}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/08746 4 {Condensation polymers of aldehydes or ketones}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/08748 5 {Phenoplasts}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/08751 5 {Aminoplasts}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/08753 4 {Epoxyresins}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/08755 4 {Polyesters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/08757 4 {Polycarbonates}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/08759 4 {Polyethers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/08762 4 {Other polymers having oxygen as the only heteroatom in the main chain}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/08764 4 {Polyureas; Polyurethanes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/08766 4 {Polyamides, e.g. polyesteramides}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/08768 4 {Other polymers having nitrogen in the main chain, with or without oxygen or carbon only}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/08771 4 {Polymers having sulfur in the main chain, with or without oxygen, nitrogen or carbon only}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/08773 4 {Polymers having silicon in the main chain, with or without sulfur, oxygen, nitrogen or carbon only}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/08775 3 {Natural macromolecular compounds or derivatives thereof}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/08777 4 {Cellulose or derivatives thereof}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/08779 4 {Natural rubber}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/08782 4 {Waxes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/08784 3 {Macromolecular material not specially provided for in a single one of groups G03G9/08702 - G03G9/08775}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/08786 4 {Graft polymers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/08788 4 {Block polymers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/08791 4 {characterised by the presence of specified groups or side chains}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/08793 4 {Crosslinked polymers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/08795 4 {characterised by their chemical properties, e.g. acidity, molecular weight, sensitivity to reactants}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/08797 4 {characterised by their physical properties, e.g. viscosity, solubility, melting temperature, softening temperature, glass transition temperature}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/09 2 Colouring agents for toner particles
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/0902 3 {Inorganic compounds}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/0904 4 {Carbon black}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/0906 3 {Organic dyes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/0908 4 {Anthracene dyes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/091 4 {Azo dyes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/0912 4 {Indigoid; Diaryl and Triaryl methane; Oxyketone dyes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/0914 4 {Acridine; Azine; Oxazine; Thiazine-;(Xanthene-) dyes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/0916 4 {Quinoline; Polymethine dyes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/0918 4 {Phthalocyanine dyes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/092 4 {Quinacridones}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/0922 4 {Formazane dyes; Nitro and Nitroso dyes; Quinone imides; Azomethine dyes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/0924 4 {Dyes characterised by specific substituents}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/0926 3 {characterised by physical or chemical properties}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/0928 3 {Compounds capable to generate colouring agents by chemical reaction}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/093 2 Encapsulated toner particles
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/09307 3 {specified by the shell material}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/09314 4 {Macromolecular compounds}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/09321 5 {obtained by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/09328 5 {obtained otherwise than by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/09335 4 {Non-macromolecular organic compounds}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/09342 4 {Inorganic compounds}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/0935 3 {specified by the core material}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/09357 4 {Macromolecular compounds}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/09364 5 {obtained by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/09371 5 {obtained otherwise than by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/09378 4 {Non-macromolecular organic compounds}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/09385 4 {Inorganic compounds}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/09392 3 {Preparation thereof}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/097 2 Plasticisers; Charge controlling agents
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/09708 3 {Inorganic compounds}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/09716 4 {treated with organic compounds}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/09725 4 {Silicon-oxides; Silicates}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/09733 3 {Organic compounds (G03G9/08782 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/09741 4 {cationic}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/0975 4 {anionic}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/09758 4 {comprising a heterocyclic ring}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/09766 4 {comprising fluorine}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/09775 4 {containing atoms other than carbon, hydrogen or oxygen (G03G9/09741 - G03G9/09766 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/09783 3 {Organo-metallic compounds}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/09791 4 {Metallic soaps of higher carboxylic acids}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/10 2 characterised by carrier particles
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/103 3 {Glass particles}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/107 3 having magnetic components
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/1075 4 {Structural characteristics of the carrier particles, e.g. shape or crystallographic structure}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/108 4 {Ferrite carrier, e.g. magnetite}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/1085 5 {with non-ferrous metal oxide, e.g. MgO-Fe2O3}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/1087 4 {Specified elemental magnetic metal or alloy, e.g. alnico comprising iron, nickel, cobalt, and aluminum, or permalloy comprising iron and nickel}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/1088 4 {Binder-type carrier}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/10882 5 {Binder is obtained by reactions only involving carbon-carbon unsaturated bonds}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/10884 5 {Binder is obtained other than by reactions only involving carbon-carbon unsaturated bonds}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/113 3 having coatings applied thereto
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/1131 4 {Coating methods; Structure of coatings}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/1132 4 {Macromolecular components of coatings}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/1133 5 {obtained by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/1134 6 {containing fluorine atoms}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/1135 5 {obtained otherwise than by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/1136 6 {containing silicon atoms}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/1137 5 {being crosslinked}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/1138 4 {Non-macromolecular organic components of coatings}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/1139 4 {Inorganic components of coatings}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/12 2 in liquid developer mixtures
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/122 3 {characterised by the colouring agents}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/125 3 characterised by the liquid
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/13 3 characterised by polymer components
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/131 4 {obtained by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/132 4 {obtained otherwise than by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/133 4 {Graft-or block polymers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/135 3 characterised by stabiliser or charge-controlling agents
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/1355 4 {Ionic, organic compounds}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/16 1 Developers not provided for in groups G03G9/06 - G03G9/135, e.g. solutions, aerosols
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G9/18 2 Differentially wetting liquid developers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G11/00 0 Selection of substances for use as fixing agents
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G13/00 0 Electrographic processes using a charge pattern (G03G15/00, G03G16/00, G03G17/00 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G13/01 1 for multicoloured copies {(colour correction on photography G03B27/725; picture communication systems H04N1/46)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G13/013 2 {characterised by the developing step, e.g. the properties of the colour developers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G13/0131 3 {developing using a step for liquid development, e.g. plural liquid color developers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G13/0133 3 {developing using a step for deposition of subtractive colorant developing compositions, e.g. cyan, magenta and yellow}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G13/0135 3 {developing using a step for deposition of five or more developing compositions of different colors, excluding black, e.g. pentachrome printing or hexachrome printing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G13/0137 3 {developing using a step for deposition of security developing composition, e.g. fluorescent colorants, decolorizable colorants or magnetic ink character recognition toners [MICR]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G13/0139 3 {developing using a step for clear toner deposition, e.g. for regulating gloss or supplying protective coatings}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G13/016 2 {in which the colour powder image is formed directly on the recording material, e.g. DEP methods}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G13/02 1 Sensitising, i.e. laying-down a uniform charge (devices for corona discharge per se H01T19/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G13/025 2 {by contact, friction or induction}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G13/04 1 Exposing, i.e. imagewise exposure by optically projecting the original image on a photoconductive recording material
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G13/045 2 Charging or discharging distinct portions of the charge pattern on the recording material, e.g. discharging non-image areas, contrast enhancement (G03G13/34, G03G15/36, G03G21/06 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G13/05 1 Imagewise charging, i.e. laying-down a charge in the configuration of an original image using a modulated stream of charged particles, e.g. of corona ions, modulated by a photoconductive control screen bearing a charge pattern or by optically activated charging means (using charging means controlled by electric image signals B41J)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G13/054 1 using X-rays, e.g. electroradiography
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G13/056 1 using internal polarisation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G13/06 1 Developing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G13/08 2 using a solid developer, e.g. powder developer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G13/09 3 using magnetic brush
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G13/095 3 Removing excess solid developer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G13/10 2 using a liquid developer {, e.g. liquid suspension}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G13/11 3 Removing excess liquid developer, e.g. by heat
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G13/14 1 Transferring a pattern to a second base
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G13/16 2 of a toner pattern, e.g. a powder pattern
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G13/18 2 of a charge pattern
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G13/20 1 Fixing, e.g. by using heat
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G13/22 1 Processes involving a combination of more than one step according to groups G03G13/02 - G03G13/20 (G03G13/01 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G13/23 2 specially adapted for copying both sides of an original or for copying on both sides of a recording or image-receiving material
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G13/24 2 whereby at least two steps are performed simultaneously
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G13/26 1 for the production of printing plates for non-xerographic printing processes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G13/28 2 Planographic printing plates
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G13/283 3 {obtained by a process including the transfer of a tonered image, i.e. indirect process}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G13/286 3 {for dry lithography}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G13/30 2 Hectographic masters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G13/32 2 Relief printing plates
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G13/34 1 Editing, i.e. producing a composite image by copying one or more original images or parts thereof
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/00 0 Apparatus for electrographic processes using a charge pattern (G03G16/00, G03G17/00 take precedence {; xerographic printers for data processors per se G06K15/14})
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/01 1 for producing multicoloured copies {(colour correction in photography G03C; colour correction in printing plate production)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/0105 2 {Details of unit}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/011 3 {for exposing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/0115 4 {and forming a half-tone image}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/0121 3 {for developing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/0126 3 {using a solid developer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/0131 3 {for transferring a pattern to a second base}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/0136 4 {transfer member separable from recording member or vice versa, mode switching}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/0142 2 {Structure of complete machines}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/0147 3 {using a single reusable electrographic recording member}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/0152 4 {onto which the monocolour toner images are superposed before common transfer from the recording member}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/0157 5 {with special treatment between monocolour image formation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/0163 5 {primary transfer to the final recording medium}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/0168 5 {single rotation of recording member to produce multicoloured copy (G03G15/0163 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/0173 5 {plural rotations of recording member to produce multicoloured copy, e.g. rotating set of developing units (G03G15/0163 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/0178 3 {using more than one reusable electrographic recording member, e.g. one for every monocolour image}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/0184 4 {at least one recording member having plural associated developing units}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/0189 4 {primary transfer to an intermediate transfer belt (G03G15/0184 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/0194 4 {primary transfer to the final recording medium (G03G15/0184 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/02 1 for laying down a uniform charge, e.g. for sensitising; Corona discharge devices (G03G15/14 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/0208 2 {by contact, friction or induction, e.g. liquid charging apparatus}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/0216 3 {by bringing a charging member into contact with the member to be charged, e.g. roller, brush chargers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/0225 4 {provided with means for cleaning the charging member}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/0233 4 {Structure, details of the charging member, e.g. chemical composition, surface properties}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/0241 3 {by bringing charging powder particles into contact with the member to be charged, e.g. by means of a magnetic brush}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/025 3 {by bringing a charging member in the vicinity with the member to be charged, e.g. proximity charging, forming microgap}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/0258 2 {provided with means for the maintenance of the charging apparatus, e.g. cleaning devices, ozone removing devices G03G15/0225, G03G15/0291 takes precedence}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/0266 2 {Arrangements for controlling the amount of charge}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/0275 2 {Arrangements for controlling the area of the photoconductor to be charged}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/0283 2 {Arrangements for supplying power to the sensitising device}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/0291 2 {corona discharge devices, e.g. wires, pointed electrodes, means for cleaning the corona discharge device}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/04 1 for exposing, i.e. imagewise exposure by optically projecting the original image on a photoconductive recording material
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/04009 2 {by forming an intermediate temporary image projected one or more times}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/04018 2 {Image composition, e.g. adding or superposing informations on the original image (composition of facsimile picture signals H04N1/387)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/04027 2 {and forming half-tone image}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/04036 2 {Details of illuminating systems, e.g. lamps, reflectors (lamp housings for copying cameras, reflex exposure lighting G03B27/542)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/04045 3 {for exposing image information provided otherwise than by directly projecting the original image onto the photoconductive recording material, e.g. digital copiers (G03G15/041, G03G15/043 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/04054 4 {by LED arrays}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/04063 4 {by EL-bars}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/04072 4 {by laser}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/04081 3 {Exposure from behind the photoconductive surface}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/0409 2 {Details of projection optics (for projection printing apparatus G03B27/522)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/041 2 with variable magnification
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/0415 3 {and means for controlling illumination or exposure}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/043 2 with means for controlling illumination or exposure (G03G15/041 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/0435 3 {by introducing an optical element in the optical path, e.g. a filter}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/045 2 with means for charging or discharging distinct portions of the charge pattern on the recording material, e.g. for contrast enhancement or discharging non-image areas (G03G15/36, G03G21/06 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/047 3 for discharging non-image areas
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/05 1 for imagewise charging, e.g. photoconductive control screen, optically activated charging means (charging means controlled by electric image signals B41J)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/051 2 {by modulating an ion flow through a photoconductive screen onto which a charge image has been formed}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/052 3 {Details and conditioning means of the screen, e.g. cleaning means, ozone removing means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/054 1 using X-rays, e.g. electroradiography
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/0545 2 {Ionography, i.e. X-rays induced liquid or gas discharge}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/056 1 using internal polarisation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/06 1 for developing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/065 2 {Arrangements for controlling the potential of the developing electrode}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/08 2 using a solid developer, e.g. powder developer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/0801 3 {for cascading}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/0803 3 {in a powder cloud}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/0805 3 {on a brush (G03G15/09 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/0806 3 {on a donor element, e.g. belt, roller (complete developer unit G03G15/0896)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/0808 4 {characterised by the developer supplying means, e.g. structure of developer supply roller}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/081 4 {characterised by the developer handling means after the supply and before the regulating, e.g. means for preventing developer blocking}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/0812 4 {characterised by the developer regulating means, e.g. structure of doctor blade}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/0813 4 {characterised by means in the developing zone having an interaction with the image carrying member, e.g. distance holders}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/0815 4 {characterised by the developer handling means after the developing zone and before the supply, e.g. developer recovering roller}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/0817 4 {characterised by the lateral sealing at both sides of the donor member with respect to the developer carrying direction}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/0818 4 {characterised by the structure of the donor member, e.g. surface properties}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/082 3 {for immersion}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/0822 3 {Arrangements for preparing, mixing, supplying or dispensing developer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/0844 4 {Arrangements for purging used developer from the developing unit}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/0848 4 {Arrangements for testing or measuring developer properties or quality, e.g. charge, size, flowability}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/0849 5 {Detection or control means for the developer concentration}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/0851 6 {the concentration being measured by electrical means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/0853 6 {the concentration being measured by magnetic means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/0855 6 {the concentration being measured by optical means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/0856 5 {Detection or control means for the developer level}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/0858 6 {the level being measured by mechanical means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/086 6 {the level being measured by electro-magnetic means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/0862 6 {the level being measured by optical means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/0863 4 {provided with identifying means or means for storing process- or use parameters, e.g. an electronic memory}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/0865 4 {Arrangements for supplying new developer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/0867 5 {cylindrical developer cartridges, e.g. toner bottles for the developer replenishing opening}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/0868 6 {Toner cartridges fulfilling a continuous function within the electrographic apparatus during the use of the supplied developer material, e.g. toner discharge on demand, storing residual toner, acting as an active closure for the developer replenishing opening}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/087 6 {Developer cartridges having a longitudinal rotational axis, around which at least one part is rotated when mounting or using the cartridge}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/0872 7 {the developer cartridges being generally horizontally mounted parallel to its longitudinal rotational axis}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/0874 5 {non-rigid containers, e.g. foldable cartridges, bags}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/0875 5 {cartridges having a box like shape}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/0877 4 {Arrangements for metering and dispensing developer from a developer cartridge into the development unit}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/0879 5 {for dispensing developer from a developer cartridge not directly attached to the development unit}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/0881 5 {Sealing of developer cartridges}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/0882 6 {by a peelable sealing film (resealing used developer units before refilling: G03G15/0894)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/0884 6 {by a sealing film to be ruptured or cut}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/0886 6 {by mechanical means, e.g. shutter, plug}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/0887 4 {Arrangements for conveying and conditioning developer in the developing unit, e.g. agitating, removing impurities or humidity}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/0889 5 {for agitation or stirring}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/0891 5 {for conveying or circulating developer, e.g. augers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/0893 6 {in a closed loop within the sump of the developing device}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/0894 3 {Reconditioning of the developer unit, i.e. reusing or recycling parts of the unit, e.g. resealing of the unit before refilling with toner}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/0896 3 {Arrangements or disposition of the complete developer unit or parts thereof not provided for by groups G03G15/08 - G03G15/0894}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/0898 4 {for preventing toner scattering during operation, e.g. seals (sealing the donor member G03G15/0817; sealing the magnetic brush G03G15/0942)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/09 3 using magnetic brush
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/0907 4 {with bias voltage (G03G15/065 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/0914 4 {with a one-component toner}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/0921 4 {Details concerning the magnetic brush roller structure, e.g. magnet configuration}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/0928 5 {relating to the shell, e.g. structure, composition}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/0935 5 {relating to bearings or driving mechanism}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/0942 4 {with means for preventing toner scattering from the magnetic brush, e.g. magnetic seals}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/095 3 Removing excess solid developer {, e.g. fog preventing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/10 2 using a liquid developer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/101 3 {for wetting the recording material}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/102 4 {for differentially wetting the recording material (developers for differentially wetting G03G9/18)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/104 3 {Preparing, mixing, transporting or dispensing developer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/105 4 {Detection or control means for the toner concentration}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/107 3 {Condensing developer fumes (G03G15/11 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/108 3 {with which the recording material is brought in contact, e.g. immersion or surface immersion development}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/11 3 Removing excess liquid developer, e.g. by heat
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/14 1 for transferring a pattern to a second base
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/16 2 of a toner pattern, e.g. a powder pattern {, e.g. magnetic transfer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/1605 3 {using at least one intermediate support (G03G15/1625 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/161 4 {with means for handling the intermediate support, e.g. heating, cleaning, coating with a transfer agent}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/1615 4 {relating to the driving mechanism for the intermediate support, e.g. gears, couplings, belt tensioning}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/162 4 {details of the the intermediate support, e.g. chemical composition}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/1625 3 {on a base other than paper}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/163 3 {using the force produced by an electrostatic transfer field formed between the second base and the electrographic recording member, e.g. transfer through an air gap}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/1635 4 {the field being produced by laying down an electrostatic charge behind the base or the recording member, e.g. by a corona device}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/164 5 {the second base being a continuous paper band, e.g. a CFF}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/1645 5 {Arrangements for controlling the amount of charge}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/165 5 {Arrangements for supporting or transporting the second base in the transfer area, e.g. guides}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/1655 6 {comprising a rotatable holding member to which the second base is attached or attracted, e.g. screen transfer holding drum}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/166 7 {with means for conditioning the holding member, e.g. cleaning}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/1665 3 {by introducing the second base in the nip formed by the recording member and at least one transfer member, e.g. in combination with bias or heat}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/167 4 {at least one of the recording member or the transfer member being rotatable during the transfer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/1675 5 {with means for controlling the bias applied in the transfer nip}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/168 5 {with means for conditioning the transfer element, e.g. cleaning}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/1685 5 {Structure, details of the transfer member, e.g. chemical composition}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/169 3 {with means for preconditioning the toner image before the transfer (G03G15/095 and G03G15/11 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/1695 3 {with means for preconditioning the paper base before the transfer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/18 2 of a charge pattern
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/20 1 for fixing, e.g. by using heat
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/2003 2 {using heat}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/2007 3 {using radiant heat, e.g. infra-red lamps, microwave heaters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/201 4 {of high intensity and short duration, i.e. flash fusing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/2014 3 {using contact heat}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/2017 4 {Structural details of the fixing unit in general, e.g. cooling means, heat shielding means (G03G15/2053 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/2021 5 {Plurality of separate fixing and/or cooling areas or units, two step fixing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/2025 5 {with special means for lubricating and/or cleaning the fixing unit, e.g. applying offset preventing fluid}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/2028 5 {with means for handling the copy material in the fixing nip, e.g. introduction guides, stripping means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/2032 5 {Retractable heating or pressure unit}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/2035 6 {for maintenance purposes, e.g. for removing a jammed sheet}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/2039 4 {with means for controlling the fixing temperature}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/2042 5 {specially for the axial heat partition}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/2046 5 {specially for the influence of heat loss, e.g. due to the contact with the copy material or other roller}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/205 5 {specially for the mode of operation, e.g. standby, warming-up, error (G03G15/2046 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/2053 4 {Structural details of heat elements, e.g. structure of roller or belt, eddy current, induction heating}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/2057 5 {relating to the chemical composition of the heat element and layers thereof}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/206 4 {Structural details or chemical composition of the pressure elements and layers thereof}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/2064 4 {combined with pressure}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/2092 2 {using pressure only}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/2096 2 {using a solvent}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/2098 2 {using light, e.g. UV photohardening}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/22 1 involving the combination of more than one step according to groups G03G13/02 - G03G13/20 (G03G15/01 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/221 2 {Machines other than electrographic copiers, e.g. electrophotographic cameras, electrostatic typewriters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/222 3 {Machines for handling xeroradiographic images, e.g. xeroradiographic processors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/223 3 {Machines for handling microimages, e.g. microfilm copiers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/224 3 {Machines for forming tactile or three dimensional images by electrographic means, e.g. braille, 3d printing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/225 2 {using contact-printing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/226 2 {where the image is formed on a dielectric layer covering the photoconductive layer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/227 3 {the length of the inner surface of the dielectric layer being greater than the length of the outer surface of the photoconductive layer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/228 2 {the process involving the formation of a master, e.g. photocopy-printer machines}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/23 2 specially adapted for copying both sides of an original or for copying on both sides of a recording or image-receiving material
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/231 3 {Arrangements for copying on both sides of a recording or image-receiving material}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/232 4 {using a single reusable electrographic recording member}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/234 5 {by inverting and refeeding the image receiving material with an image on one face to the recording member to transfer a second image on its second face, e.g. by using a duplex tray; Details of duplex trays or inverters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/235 6 {the image receiving member being preconditioned before transferring the second image, e.g. decurled, or the second image being formed with different operating parameters, e.g. a different fixing temperature}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/237 6 {the image receiving member being in form of a continuous web (G03G15/235 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/238 4 {using more than one reusable electrographic recording member, e.g. single pass duplex copiers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/24 2 whereby at least two steps are performed simultaneously
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/26 2 in which the charge pattern is obtained by projection of the entire image, i.e. whole-frame projection (G03G15/04 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/263 3 {using a reusable recording medium in form of a band}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/266 3 {using a reusable recording medium in form of a plate or a sheet}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/28 2 in which projection is obtained by line scanning (G03G15/04 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/283 3 {using a reusable recording medium in form of a band}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/286 3 {using a reusable recording medium in form of a plate or a sheet}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/30 3 in which projection is formed on a drum
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/302 4 {with arrangements for copying different kinds of originals, e.g. sheets, books}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/305 4 {with special means to synchronize the scanning optic to the operation of other parts of the machine, e.g. photoreceptor, copy paper}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/307 4 {with more than one photoconductor revolution for each copying cycle}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/32 2 in which the charge pattern is formed dotwise, {e.g. by a thermal head}(G03G15/04, G03G15/05, G03G15/34 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/321 3 {by charge transfer onto the recording material in accordance with the image}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/323 4 {by modulating charged particles through holes or a slit}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/325 4 {using a stylus or a multi-styli array}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/326 3 {by application of light, e.g. using a LED array}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/328 4 {using a CRT}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/34 2 in which the powder image is formed directly on the recording material {, e.g. by using a liquid toner}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/342 3 {by forming a uniform powder layer and then removing the non-image areas}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/344 3 {by selectively transferring the powder to the recording medium, e.g. by using a LED array}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/346 4 {by modulating the powder through holes or a slit}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/348 4 {using a stylus or a multi-styli array}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/36 1 Editing, i.e. producing a composite image by copying one or more original images or parts thereof
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/50 1 {Machine control of apparatus for electrographic processes using a charge pattern, e.g. regulating differents parts of the machine, multimode copiers, microprocessor control (sequencing control G03G21/14)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/5004 2 {Power supply control, e.g. power-saving mode, automatic power turn-off}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/5008 2 {Driving control for rotary photosensitive medium, e.g. speed control, stop position control}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/5012 2 {Priority interrupt; Job recovery, e.g. after jamming or malfunction}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/5016 2 {User-machine interface; Display panels; Control console}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/502 3 {relating to the structure of the control menu, e.g. pop-up menus, help screens}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/5025 2 {by measuring the original characteristics, e.g. contrast, density}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/5029 2 {by measuring the copy material characteristics, e.g. weight, thickness}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/5033 2 {by measuring the photoconductor characteristics, e.g. temperature, or the characteristics of an image on the photoconductor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/5037 3 {the characteristics being an electrical parameter, e.g. voltage}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/5041 3 {Detecting a toner image, e.g. density, toner coverage, using a test patch (G03G15/553 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/5045 3 {Detecting the temperature}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/505 3 {Detecting the speed, e.g. for continuous control of recording starting time}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/5054 2 {by measuring the characteristics of an intermediate image carrying member or the characteristics of an image on an intermediate image carrying member, e.g. intermediate transfer belt or drum, conveyor belt}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/5058 3 {using a test patch}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/5062 2 {by measuring the characteristics of an image on the copy material}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/5066 2 {by using information from an external support, e.g. magnetic card}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/507 3 {being interleaved with the original or directly written on he original, e.g. using a control sheet}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/5075 2 {Remote control machines, e.g. by a host}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/5079 3 {for maintenance}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/5083 3 {for scheduling}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/5087 3 {for receiving image data}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/5091 3 {for user-identification or authorisation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/5095 2 {Matching the image with the size of the copy material, e.g. by calculating the magnification or selecting the adequate copy material size}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/55 1 {Self-diagnostics; Malfunction or lifetime display}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/553 2 {Monitoring or warning means for exhaustion or lifetime end of consumables, e.g. indication of insufficient copy sheet quantity for a job}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/556 3 {for toner consumption, e.g. pixel counting, toner coverage detection or toner density measurement}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/60 1 {Apparatus which relate to the handling of originals (for photographic purposes in general G03B)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/602 2 {for transporting}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/605 2 {Holders for originals or exposure platens (for photographic purposes in general G03B)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/607 2 {for detecting size, presence or position of original}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/65 1 {Apparatus which relate to the handling of copy material (handling sheets or webs in general B65H; for photographic purposes in general G03B)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/6502 2 {Supplying of sheet copy material; Cassettes therefor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/6505 3 {for copy sheets in ream}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/6508 3 {Automatic supply devices interacting with the rest of the apparatus, e.g. selection of a specific cassette (matching the image with the size of the copy material G03G15/5095)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/6511 3 {Feeding devices for picking up or separation of copy sheets}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/6514 3 {Manual supply devices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/6517 2 {Apparatus for continuous web copy material of plain paper, e.g. supply rolls; Roll holders therefor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/652 3 {Feeding a copy material originating from a continuous web roll}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/6523 3 {Cutting}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/6526 3 {Computer form folded [CFF] continuous web, e.g. having sprocket holes or perforations}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/6529 2 {Transporting (G03G15/6555 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/6532 2 {Removing a copy sheet form a xerographic drum, band or plate (removing sheets from printing cylinders B65H29/02)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/6535 3 {using electrostatic means, e.g. a separating corona}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/6538 2 {Devices for collating sheet copy material, e.g. sorters, control, copies in staples form}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/6541 3 {Binding sets of sheets, e.g. by stapling, glueing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/6544 4 {Details about the binding means or procedure}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/6547 3 {Shifting sets of sheets in the discharge tray}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/655 3 {Placing job divider sheet between set of sheets}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/6552 2 {Means for discharging uncollated sheet copy material, e.g. discharging rollers, exit trays}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/6555 2 {Handling of sheet copy material taking place in a specific part of the copy material feeding path}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/6558 3 {Feeding path after the copy sheet preparation and up to the transfer point, e.g. registering; Deskewing; Correct timing of sheet feeding to the transfer point}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/6561 4 {for sheet registration}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/6564 5 {with correct timing of sheet feeding}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/6567 4 {for deskewing or aligning}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/657 3 {Feeding path after the transfer point and up to the fixing point, e.g. guides and feeding means for handling copy material carrying an unfused toner image}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/6573 3 {Feeding path after the fixing point and up to the discharge tray or the finisher, e.g. special treatment of copy material to compensate for effects from the fixing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/6576 4 {Decurling of sheet material}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/6579 3 {Refeeding path for composite copying}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/6582 2 {Special processing for irreversibly adding or changing the sheet copy material characteristics or its appearance, e.g. stamping, annotation printing, punching}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/6585 3 {by using non-standard toners, e.g. transparent toner, gloss adding devices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/6588 2 {characterised by the copy material, e.g. postcards, large copies, multi-layered materials, coloured sheet material}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/6591 3 {characterised by the recording material, e.g. plastic material, OHP, ceramics, tiles, textiles (details transferring the toner pattern onto particular materials G03G15/1625)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/6594 3 {characterised by the format or the thickness, e.g. endless forms}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/6597 2 {the imaging being conformed directly on the copy material, e.g. using photosensitive copy material, dielectric copy material for electrostatic printing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/70 1 {Detecting malfunctions relating to paper handling, e.g. jams}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/703 2 {Detecting multiple sheets}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/706 2 {Detecting missed stripping form xerographic drum, band or plate}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/75 1 {Details relating to xerographic drum, band or plate, e.g. replacing, testing (electrographic recording members per se G03G5/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/751 2 {relating to drum (G03G15/757 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/752 3 {with renewable photoconductive layer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/754 2 {relating to band, e.g. tensioning (G03G15/757 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/755 3 {for maintaining the lateral alignment of the band}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/757 2 {Drive mechanisms for photosensitive medium, e.g. gears}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/758 2 {relating to plate or sheet}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G15/80 1 {Details relating to power supplies, circuits boards, electrical connections}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G16/00 0 Electrographic processes using deformation of thermoplastic layers (layers for surface-deformation imaging G03G5/022); Apparatus therefor {(shaping of plastic objects with thermoplastic memory effect B29C61/00; digital stores using thermoplastic elements G11C11/46; television signal recording using deformable thermoplastic recording medium H04N5/82)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G17/00 0 Electrographic processes using patterns other than charge patterns, e.g. an electric conductivity pattern; Processes involving a migration, e.g. photoelectrophoresis, photoelectrosolography; Processes involving a selective transfer, e.g. electrophoto-adhesive processes; Apparatus essentially involving a single such process
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G17/005 1 {Radiation field photography, e.g. Kirlian photography, colour-discharge photography (recording electrical waveforms in general G01R13/04, e.g. G01R13/12 - G01R13/14)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G17/02 1 with electrolytic development
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G17/04 1 using photoelectrophoresis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G17/06 2 Apparatus therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G17/08 1 using an electrophoto-adhesive process, e.g. manifold imaging
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G17/10 1 using migration imaging, e.g. photoelectrosolography (G03G17/04 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G19/00 0 Processes using magnetic patterns; Apparatus therefor {, i.e. magnetography}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G19/005 1 {where the image is formed by selective demagnetizing, e.g. thermomagnetic recording}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G21/00 0 Arrangements not provided for by groups G03G13/00 - G03G19/00, e.g. cleaning, elimination of residual charge
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G21/0005 1 {for removing solid developer or debris from the electrographic recording medium}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G21/0011 2 {using a blade; Details of cleaning blades, e.g. blade shape, layer forming}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G21/0017 3 {Details relating to the internal structure or chemical composition of the blades}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G21/0023 3 {with electric bias}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G21/0029 3 {Details relating to the blade support}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G21/0035 2 {using a brush; Details of cleaning brushes, e.g. fibre density (G03G21/0064 takes precedence; magnetic brushes G03G21/0047)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G21/0041 2 {using a band; Details of cleaning bands, e.g. band winding}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G21/0047 2 {using electrostatic or magnetic means; Details thereof, e.g. magnetic pole arrangement of magnetic devices (G03G21/0064 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G21/0052 2 {using an air flow; Details thereof, e.g. nozzle structure}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G21/0058 2 {using a roller or a polygonal rotating cleaning member; Details thereof, e.g. surface structure (G03G21/0064 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G21/0064 2 {using the developing unit, e.g. cleanerless or multi-cycle apparatus}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G21/007 2 {Arrangement or disposition of parts of the cleaning unit}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G21/0076 3 {Plural or sequential cleaning devices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G21/0082 4 {Separate cleaning member for toner and debris}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G21/0088 1 {removing liquid developer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G21/0094 1 {fatigue treatment of the photoconductor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G21/02 1 Counting the number of copies; Billing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G21/04 1 Preventing copies being made of an original
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G21/043 2 {by using an original which is not reproducible or only reproducible with a different appearence, e.g. originals with a photochromic layer or a colour background}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G21/046 2 {by discriminating a special original, e.g. a bank note}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G21/06 1 Eliminating residual charges from a reusable imaging member
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G21/08 2 using optical radiation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G21/10 1 Collecting or recycling waste developer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G21/105 2 {Arrangements for conveying toner waste}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G21/12 2 Toner waste containers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G21/14 1 Electronic sequencing control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G21/145 2 {wherein control pulses are generated by the mechanical movement of parts of the machine, e.g. the photoconductor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G21/16 1 Mechanical means for facilitating the maintenance of the apparatus, e.g. modular arrangements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G21/1604 2 {Arrangement or disposition of the entire apparatus}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G21/1609 3 {for space saving, e.g. structural arrangements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G21/1614 3 {Measures for handling of apparatus by disabled persons}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G21/1619 3 {Frame structures}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G21/1623 3 {Means to access the interior of the apparatus}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G21/1628 4 {Clamshell type (G03G21/1638 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G21/1633 4 {using doors or covers (G03G21/1638 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G21/1638 4 {directed to paper handling or jam treatment}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G21/1642 2 {for connecting the different parts of the apparatus}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G21/1647 3 {Mechanical connection means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G21/1652 3 {Electrical connection means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G21/1657 3 {Wireless connection means, e.g. RFID}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G21/1661 2 {means for handling parts of the apparatus in the apparatus (G03G21/1604, G03G21/1642 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G21/1666 3 {for the exposure unit}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G21/1671 3 {for the photosensitive element}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G21/1676 3 {for the developer unit}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G21/168 3 {for the transfer unit}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G21/1685 3 {for the fixing unit}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G21/169 3 {for the cleaning unit}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G21/1695 3 {for paper transport}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G21/18 2 using a processing cartridge {, whereby the process cartridge comprises at least two image processing means in a single unit}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G21/1803 3 {Arrangements or disposition of the complete process cartridge or parts thereof}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G21/1807 4 {colour}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G21/181 4 {Manufacturing or assembling, recycling, reuse, transportation, packaging or storage}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G21/1814 4 {Details of parts of process cartridge, e.g. for charging, transfer, cleaning, developing (G03G21/1835 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G21/1817 4 {having a submodular arrangement}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G21/1821 5 {means for connecting the different parts of the process cartridge, e.g. attachment, positioning of parts with each other, pressure/distance regulation (G03G21/1825 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G21/1825 5 {Pivotable subunit connection}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G21/1828 4 {Prevention of damage or soiling, e.g. mechanical abrasion (G03G21/1839 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G21/1832 5 {Shielding members, shutter, e.g. light, heat shielding, prevention of toner scattering}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G21/1835 4 {the process cartridge not comprising a photosensitive member}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G21/1839 3 {Means for handling the process cartridge in the apparatus body}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G21/1842 4 {for guiding and mounting the process cartridge, positioning, alignment, locks (G03G21/1864 and G03G21/1871 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G21/1846 5 {using a handle for carrying or pulling out of the main machine, legs of casings}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G21/185 5 {the process cartridge being mounted parallel to the axis of the photosensitive member}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G21/1853 5 {the process cartridge being mounted perpendicular to the axis of the photosensitive member}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G21/1857 4 {for transmitting mechanical drive power to the process cartridge, drive mechanisms, gears, couplings, braking mechanisms}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G21/186 5 {Axial couplings}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G21/1864 5 {associated with a positioning function}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G21/1867 4 {for electrically connecting the process cartridge to the apparatus, electrical connectors, power supply}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G21/1871 5 {associated with a positioning function}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G21/1875 3 {provided with identifying means or means for storing process- or use parameters, e.g. lifetime of the cartridge}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G21/1878 4 {Electronically readable memory}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G21/1882 5 {details of the communication with memory, e.g. wireless communication, protocols}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G21/1885 6 {position of the memory; memory housings; electrodes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G21/1889 5 {for auto-setting of process parameters, lifetime, usage}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G21/1892 5 {for presence detection, authentication}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G21/1896 4 {mechanical or optical identification means, e.g. protrusions, bar codes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G21/20 1 Humidity or temperature control {also ozone evacuation; Internal apparatus environment control}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G21/203 2 {Humidity}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G21/206 2 {Conducting air through the machine, e.g. for cooling, filtering, removing gases like ozone}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00 0 Apparatus for electrophotographic processes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00004 1 Handling of entire apparatus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00008 2 Upright positioning for maintenance or storage
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00012 2 Upright positioning as well as horizontal positioning for image forming
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00016 1 Special arrangement of entire apparatus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00021 2 Plural substantially independent image forming units in cooperation, e.g. for duplex, colour or high-speed simplex
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00025 1 Machine control, e.g. regulating different parts of the machine
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00029 2 Image density detection
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00033 3 on recording member
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00037 4 Toner image detection
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00042 5 Optical detection
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00046 5 Magnetical detection
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0005 5 without production of a specific test patch
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00054 4 Electrostatic image detection
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00059 3 on intermediate image carrying member, e.g. transfer belt
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00063 3 Colour
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00067 3 on recording medium
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00071 2 by measuring the photoconductor or its environmental characteristics
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00075 3 the characteristic being its speed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0008 4 for continuous control of recording starting time
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00084 3 the characteristic being the temperature
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00088 2 by using information from an external support
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00092 3 the support being an IC card
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00097 3 the support being a counter
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00101 3 the support being a magnetic card
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00105 3 the support being a payment means, e.g. a coin
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00109 2 Remote control of apparatus, e.g. by a host
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00113 3 Plurality of apparatus configured in groups each with its own host
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00118 2 using fuzzy logic
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00122 2 using speech synthesis or voice recognition
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00126 2 Multi-job machines
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0013 2 for producing copies with MICR
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00135 1 Handling of parts of the apparatus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00139 2 Belt
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00143 3 Meandering prevention
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00147 4 using tractor sprocket holes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00151 4 using edge limitations
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00156 4 by controlling drive mechanism
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0016 4 by mark detection, e.g. optical
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00164 4 by electronic scan control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00168 4 by friction
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00172 1 relative to the original handling
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00177 2 for scanning
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00181 3 concerning the original's state of motion
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00185 4 original at rest
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00189 4 original moving
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00194 4 original either moving or at rest
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00198 5 where one single scanning surface is used
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00202 5 where separate scanning surfaces are used
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00206 2 Original medium
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0021 3 Plural types handled
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00215 4 Mixed types handled
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00219 3 Paper
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00223 4 Continuous web, i.e. roll
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00227 5 Fan fold, e.g. CFF, normally perforated
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00232 4 Non-standard format
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00236 5 Large sized, e.g. technical plans
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0024 5 Small sized, e.g. postcards
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00244 4 Non-standard property
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00248 5 Thick
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00253 5 Thin
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00257 5 coloured
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00261 3 Plastic
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00265 4 Overhead Transparency, i.e. OHP
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0027 4 Transparent film roll
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00274 4 Slide
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00278 4 Microfiche
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00282 3 Book
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00286 3 With punch holes or other non-image related artifacts, e.g. staples
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00291 3 Fragile, e.g. old documents
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00295 3 Valuable, e.g. cheques, passport
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00299 3 Confidential, e.g. secret documents
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00303 3 Control sheet
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00308 3 Object for which a graphic image is not of interest, e.g. medical sample
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00312 3 Other special types
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00316 3 Electronic image supplied to the apparatus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0032 2 Original binding
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00324 2 Document property detectors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00329 3 Document size detectors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00333 4 detecting feeding of documents
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00337 2 Document set detector
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00341 2 Jam handling in document feeder
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00345 3 Copying machine problems
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0035 3 Document related problems, e.g. double-fed sheets
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00354 2 Specific document handling machines
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00358 3 Plural feed trays for document sets, e.g. multi-job
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00362 1 relating to the copy medium handling
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00367 2 The feeding path segment where particular handling of the copy medium occurs, segments being adjacent and non-overlapping. Each segment is identified by the most downstream point in the segment, so that for instance the segment labelled "Fixing device" is referring to the path between the "Transfer device" and the "Fixing device"
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00371 3 General use over the entire feeding path
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00375 3 Package, e.g. a ream
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00379 3 Copy medium holder
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00383 4 Cassette
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00388 5 rotatable
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00392 4 Manual input tray
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00396 3 Pick-up device
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/004 3 Separation device
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00405 3 Registration device
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00409 3 Transfer device
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00413 3 Fixing device
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00417 3 Post-fixing device
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00421 4 Discharging tray, e.g. devices stabilising the quality of the copy medium, postfixing-treatment, inverting, sorting
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00426 4 Post-treatment device adding qualities to the copy medium product (G03G2215/00421 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0043 4 Refeeding path (G03G2215/00421 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00434 5 Refeeding tray or cassette
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00438 5 Inverter of refeeding path
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00443 2 Copy medium
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00447 3 Plural types handled
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00451 3 Paper
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00455 4 Continuous web, i.e. roll
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00459 5 Fan fold, e.g. CFF, normally perforated
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00464 4 Non-standard format
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00468 5 Large sized, e.g. technical plans
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00472 5 Small sized, e.g. postcards
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00476 4 Non-standard property
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00481 5 Thick
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00485 5 Thin
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00489 5 coloured
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00493 3 Plastic
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00497 4 Overhead Transparency, i.e. OHP
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00502 4 Transparent film
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00506 4 Slide
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0051 4 Microfiche
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00514 3 Envelopes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00518 3 Recording medium, e.g. photosensitive
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00523 3 Other special types, e.g. tabbed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00527 4 Fabrics, e.g. textiles
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00531 3 transported through the apparatus for non-imaging purposes, e.g. cleaning
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00535 2 Stable handling of copy medium
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0054 3 Detachable element of feed path
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00544 3 Openable part of feed path
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00548 3 Jam, error detection, e.g. double feeding
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00552 4 Purge of recording medium at jam
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00556 3 Control of copy medium feeding
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00561 4 Aligning or deskewing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00565 5 Mechanical details
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00569 4 Calibration, test runs, test prints
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00573 4 Recording medium stripping from image forming member
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00578 4 Composite print mode
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00582 5 Plural adjacent images on one side
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00586 4 duplex mode
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0059 4 Effect of changed recording medium size, e.g. originating from heating
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00594 4 Varying registration in order to produce special effect, e.g. binding margin
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00599 4 Timing, synchronisation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00603 3 Control of other part of the apparatus according to the state of copy medium feeding
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00607 3 Debris handling means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00611 3 Detector details, e.g. optical detector
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00616 4 Optical detector
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0062 5 infra-red
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00624 4 Magnetic detector or switch, e.g. reed switch
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00628 4 Mechanical detector or switch
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00632 4 Electric detector, e.g. of voltage or current
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00637 4 Acoustic detector
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00641 4 Pneumatic detector
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00645 4 Speedometer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00649 3 Electrodes close to the copy feeding path
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00654 3 Charging device
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00658 3 Brush (G03G2215/00654 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00662 3 Decurling device
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00666 3 Heating or drying device
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0067 3 Damping device
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00675 3 Mechanical copy medium guiding means, e.g. mechanical switch
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00679 3 Conveying means details, e.g. roller
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00683 4 Chemical properties
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00687 3 Handling details
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00691 4 Shredder
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00696 4 Turner acting in plane of recording medium, e.g. A4 to A4R change
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/007 4 Inverter not for refeeding purposes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00704 4 Curl adding, bending
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00708 4 Cleaning of sheet or feeding structures
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00713 4 Lock related to feeding device
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00717 3 Detection of physical properties
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00721 4 of sheet position
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00725 4 of sheet presence in input tray
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00729 4 of sheet amount in input tray
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00734 4 of sheet size
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00738 4 of sheet thickness or rigidity
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00742 4 of sheet weight
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00746 4 of sheet velocity
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00751 4 of sheet type, e.g. OHP
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00755 4 of sheet toner density
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00759 4 of sheet image, e.g. presence, type
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00763 4 of sheet resistivity
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00767 4 of sheet potential
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00772 4 of temperature influencing copy sheet handling
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00776 4 of humidity or moisture influencing copy sheet handling
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0078 4 of opening of structural part
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00784 4 of connection or pressing of structural part
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00789 2 Adding properties or qualities to the copy medium
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00793 3 Stamping device
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00797 3 Printing device, i.e. annotation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00801 3 Coating device
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00805 3 Gloss adding or lowering device
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0081 4 Gloss level being selectable
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00814 3 Cutter
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00818 3 Punch device
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00822 3 Binder, e.g. glueing device
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00827 4 Stapler
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00831 4 Stitcher
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00835 4 Toner binding
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00839 4 Binding tape
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00843 4 Clip
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00848 4 Details of binding device
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00852 4 Temporary binding
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00856 4 External binding device
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0086 4 Manual activation of binding
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00864 4 Plural selectable binding modes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00869 3 Cover sheet adding means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00873 3 Tape adding means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00877 3 Folding device
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00881 3 Magnetic information
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00886 2 Sorting or discharging
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0089 3 Shifting jobs
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00894 3 Placing job divider sheet
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00898 3 Mechanical separator between jobs
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00902 3 Sorting marks of jobs, e.g. on the sheet edges
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00907 3 Electronically addressable mailing bins
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00911 3 Detection of copy amount or presence in discharge tray
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00915 4 Detection of weight of copies
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00919 2 Special copy medium handling apparatus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00924 3 two or more parallel feed paths
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00928 3 Copies and originals use a common part of the copy medium handling apparatus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00932 3 Security copies
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00936 3 Bookbinding
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0094 3 Copy produced and used as original
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00945 3 Copy material feeding speed varied over the feed path
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00949 3 Copy material feeding speed switched according to current mode of the apparatus, e.g. colour mode
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00953 1 Electrographic recording members
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00957 2 Compositions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00962 2 Electrographic apparatus defined by the electrographic recording member
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00966 3 Sheet type electrographic recording members from which a toner or charge image is transferred
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0097 4 Sheet cartridge or tray
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00974 3 Electrographic recording member arranged as a carriage to be movable in a direction perpendicular to the recording sheet transport direction
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00978 1 Details relating to power supplies
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00983 2 using batteries
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00987 1 Remanufacturing, i.e. reusing or recycling parts of the image forming apparatus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00991 2 Inserting seal through a gap
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/00995 3 Insertion tool used
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/01 1 for producing multicoloured copies
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0103 2 Plural electrographic recording members
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0106 3 At least one recording member having plural associated developing units
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0109 3 Single transfer point used by plural recording members
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0112 4 Linearly moving set of recording members
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0116 4 Rotating set of recording members
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0119 3 Linear arrangement adjacent plural transfer points
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0122 4 primary transfer to an intermediate transfer belt
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0125 5 the linear arrangement being horizontal or slanted
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0129 6 horizontal medium transport path at the secondary transfer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0132 6 vertical medium transport path at the secondary transfer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0135 5 the linear arrangement being vertical
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0138 4 primary transfer to a recording medium carried by a transport belt
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0141 5 the linear arrangement being horizontal
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0145 5 the linear arrangement being vertical
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0148 5 the linear arrangement being slanted
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0151 2 characterised by the technical problem
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0154 3 Vibrations and positional disturbances when one member abuts or contacts another member
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0158 3 Colour registration
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0161 4 Generation of registration marks
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0164 3 Uniformity control of the toner density at separate colour transfers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0167 2 single electrographic recording member
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/017 3 single rotation of recording member to produce multicoloured copy
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0174 3 plural rotations of recording member to produce multicoloured copy
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0177 4 Rotating set of developing units
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/018 4 Linearly moving set of developing units, one at a time adjacent the recording member
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0183 4 Reciprocal movement of transfer member across transfer point
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0187 3 Multicoloured toner image formed on the recording member
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/019 2 Structural features of the multicolour image forming apparatus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0193 3 transfer member separable from recording member
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0196 3 Recording medium carrying member with speed switching
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/02 1 Arrangements for laying down a uniform charge
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/021 2 by contact, friction or induction
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/022 3 using a magnetic brush
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/023 3 using a laterally vibrating brush
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/025 3 using contact charging means having lateral dimensions related to other apparatus means, e.g. photodrum, developing roller
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/026 2 by coronas
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/027 3 using wires
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/028 3 using pointed electrodes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/04 1 Arrangements for exposing and producing an image
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0402 2 Exposure devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0404 3 Laser
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0407 3 Light-emitting array or panel
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0409 4 Light-emitting diodes, i.e. LED-array
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0412 4 Electroluminescent elements, i.e. EL-array
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0414 4 Liquid-crystal display elements, i.e. LCD-shutter array
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0417 3 Standard lamp used to produce a reflection or transmission image of an original
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0419 3 Device not using light, e.g. ion-writer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0421 3 Plurality of devices for producing the image (excluding dedicated erasing means)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0424 3 Using contents of CCD array to produce the image
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0426 2 Editing of the image, e.g. adding or deleting (correction, i.e. changing or enhancing the image G03G2215/0429)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0429 2 Changing or enhancing the image
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0431 3 Producing a clean non-image area, i.e. avoiding show-around effects
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0434 4 Parameters defining the non-image area to be cleaned
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0436 5 Document properties at the scanning position, e.g. position and density
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0439 6 Automatic detection of properties
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0441 6 Manual input of properties
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0443 5 Copy medium outline relative to the charge image
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0446 5 Magnification degree
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0448 4 Charge-erasing means for the non-image area
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0451 5 Light-emitting array or panel
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0453 6 Light-emitting diodes, i.e. LED-array
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0456 6 Electroluminescent elements, i.e. EL-array
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0458 6 Liquid-crystal display elements, i.e. LCD-shutter array
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/046 5 Charger
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0463 5 Exposure lamp used for scanning
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0465 4 Developing conditions changed to produce a clean non-image area
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0468 3 Image area information changed (default is the charge image)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/047 4 Image corrections
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0473 5 due to document imperfections, e.g. punchholes, books
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0475 5 due to cover imperfection, i.e. show-through problem
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0478 5 due to image carrier variations, e.g. ageing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/048 4 Technical-purpose-oriented image area changes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0482 5 Toner-free areas produced
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0485 6 Avoiding problems in standard processing steps, such as transfer and fixing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0487 6 Adapted to post-processing step, e.g. binding
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/049 5 Hiding of information contained in the image
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0492 4 Without changing the charge image
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0495 2 Plural charge levels of latent image produced, e.g. trilevel
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0497 2 Exposure from behind the image carrying surface
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/06 1 Developing structures, details
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0602 2 Developer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0604 3 solid type
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0607 4 two-component
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0609 5 magnetic brush
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0612 5 cascade
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0614 4 one-component
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0617 5 contact development (i.e. the developer layer on the donor member contacts the latent image carrier)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0619 5 non-contact (flying development)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0621 5 powder cloud
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0624 4 plural systems represented (e.g. in a multicolour device or for optimising photo line development)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0626 3 liquid type (at developing position)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0629 4 liquid at room temperature
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0631 4 melted, or otherwise made liquid
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0634 2 Developing device
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0636 3 Specific type of dry developer device
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0639 4 Without donor member (i.e. developing housing slides on latent image-carrying member)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0641 4 Without separate supplying member (i.e. with developing housing sliding on donor member)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0643 4 Electrodes in developing area, e.g. wires, not belonging to the main donor part
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0646 5 Electrodes only acting from one side of the developing area, e.g. plate electrode
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0648 4 Two or more donor members
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0651 4 Electrodes in donor member surface
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0653 5 Microelectrodes in donor member surface, e.g. floating
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0656 4 Fixed electrodes behind moving donor member surface
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0658 3 Liquid developer devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/066 2 Toner cartridge or other attachable and detachable container for supplying developer material to replace the used material
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0663 3 having a longitudinal rotational axis, around which at least one part is rotated when mounting or using the cartridge
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0665 4 Generally horizontally mounting of said toner cartridge parallel to its longitudinal rotational axis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0668 5 Toner discharging opening at one axial end
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/067 5 Toner discharging opening covered by arcuate shutter
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0673 4 Generally vertically mounting of said toner cartridge parallel to its longitudinal rotational axis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0675 4 Generally cylindrical container shape having two ends
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0678 4 Bottle shaped container having a bottle neck for toner discharge
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/068 3 having a box like shape
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0682 3 Bag-type non-rigid container
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0685 3 fulfilling a continuous function within the electrographic apparatus during the use of the supplied developer material, e.g. toner discharge on demand, storing residual toner, not acting as a passive closure for the developer replenishing opening
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0687 3 using a peelable sealing film
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/069 3 using a sealing member to be ruptured or cut
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0692 3 using a slidable sealing member, e.g. shutter
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0695 3 using identification means or means for storing process or use parameters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0697 4 being an electronically readable memory
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/08 1 Details of powder developing device not concerning the development directly
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0802 2 Arrangements for agitating or circulating developer material
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0805 3 Cleaning blade adjacent to the donor member
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0808 3 Donor member rotation direction
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0811 4 Upper part of donor member transports used developer back to the sump
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0813 4 Lower part of donor member transports used developer back to the sump
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0816 3 Agitator type
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0819 4 two or more agitators
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0822 5 with wall or blade between agitators
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0825 4 belt
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0827 4 Augers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/083 5 with two opposed pitches on one shaft
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0833 5 with varying pitch on one shaft
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0836 3 Way of functioning of agitator means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0838 4 Circulation of developer in a closed loop within the sump of the developing device
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0841 4 Presentation of developer to donor member
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0844 5 by upward movement of agitator member
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0847 5 by downward movement of agitator member
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/085 3 Stirring member in developer container
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0852 4 reciprocating
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0855 2 Materials and manufacturing of the developing device
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0858 3 Donor member
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0861 4 Particular composition or materials
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0863 4 Manufacturing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0866 3 Metering member
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0869 3 Supplying member
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0872 3 Housing of developing device
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0875 2 Arrangements for shipping or transporting of the developing device to or from the user
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0877 3 Sealing of the developing device opening, facing the image-carrying member
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/088 4 Peelable sealing film
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0883 4 Rupturable sealing film, e.g. tearable film
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0886 3 Container for holding the whole developing device when outside the machine, e.g. box, sack
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0888 2 Arrangements for detecting toner level or concentration in the developing device
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0891 3 Optical detection
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0894 4 through a light transmissive window in the developer container wall
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/0897 5 Cleaning of the light transmissive window
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/16 1 Transferring device, details
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/1604 2 Main transfer electrode
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/1609 3 Corotron
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/1614 3 Transfer roll
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/1619 3 Transfer drum
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/1623 3 Transfer belt
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/1628 3 Blade
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/1633 3 Plate
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/1638 3 Wires
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/1642 3 Brush
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/1647 2 Cleaning of transfer member
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/1652 3 of transfer roll
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/1657 3 of transfer drum
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/1661 3 of transfer belt
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/1666 2 Preconditioning of copy medium before the transfer point
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/1671 3 Preheating the copy medium before the transfer point
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/1676 2 Simultaneous toner image transfer and fixing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/168 3 at the first transfer point
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/1685 4 using heat
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/169 4 without heat
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/1695 3 at the second or higher order transfer point
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/20 1 Details of the fixing device or porcess
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/2003 2 Structural features of the fixing device
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/2006 3 Plurality of separate fixing areas
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/2009 3 Pressure belt
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/2012 4 having an end
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/2016 3 Heating belt
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/2019 4 the belt not heating the toner or medium directly, e.g. heating a heating roller
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/2022 4 the fixing nip having both a stationary and a rotating belt support member opposing a pressure member
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/2025 4 the fixing nip having a rotating belt support member opposing a pressure member
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/2029 5 the belt further entrained around one or more stationary belt support members, the latter not being a cooling device
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/2032 5 the belt further entrained around additional rotating belt support members
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/2035 4 the fixing nip having a stationary belt support member opposing a pressure member
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/2038 5 the belt further entrained around one or more rotating belt support members
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/2041 4 the fixing nip being formed by tensioning the belt over a surface portion of a pressure member
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/2045 3 Variable fixing speed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/2048 3 Surface layer material
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/2051 4 Silicone rubber
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/2054 4 Inorganic filler, e.g. silica powder
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/2058 3 Shape of roller along rotational axis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/2061 4 concave
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/2064 4 convex
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/2067 4 Shape of roller core
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/207 2 Type of toner image to be fixed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/2074 3 colour
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/2077 4 Fixing between separate colour toner transfers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/208 3 black and white
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/2083 3 duplex
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/2087 3 simplex
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/209 3 plural types of toner image handled by the fixing device
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/2093 2 Release agent handling devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2215/2096 3 using porous fluoropolymers for wicking the release agent
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2217/00 0 Details of electrographic processes using patterns other than charge patterns
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2217/0008 1 Process where toner image is produced by controlling which part of the toner should move to the image- carrying member
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2217/0016 2 where the toner is conveyed over the electrode array to get a charging and then being moved
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2217/0025 2 where the toner starts moving from behind the electrode array, e.g. a mask of holes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2217/0033 2 where the toner is held behind a gate electrode array until being released
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2217/0041 1 Process where the image-carrying member is always completely covered by a toner layer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2217/005 2 where the toner is charged before producing the toner layer on the image-carrying member
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2217/0058 2 where the toner layer is being charged
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2217/0066 2 where no specific pick-up of toner occurs before transfer of the toner image
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2217/0075 1 Process using an image-carrying member having an electrode array on its surface
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2217/0083 1 Process using a fixed electrode array behind a moving recording medium
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2217/0091 1 Process comprising image exposure at the developing area
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2221/00 0 Processes not provided for by group G03G2215/00, e.g. cleaning or residual charge elimination
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2221/0005 1 Cleaning of residual toner
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2221/001 2 Plural sequential cleaning devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2221/0015 2 Width of cleaning device related to other parts of the apparatus, e.g. transfer belt width
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2221/0021 2 applying vibrations to the electrographic recording medium for assisting the cleaning, e.g. ultrasonic vibration
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2221/0026 1 Cleaning of foreign matter, e.g. paper powder, from imaging member
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2221/0031 2 Type of foreign matter
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2221/0036 3 Oil and other liquid matter
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2221/0042 3 Paper powder and other dry foreign matter
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2221/0047 2 Type of cleaning device
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2221/0052 3 Common container for holding cleaned foreign matter and residual toner
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2221/0057 4 Separate cleaning members for foreign matter and residual toner
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2221/0063 3 Cleaning device for foreign matter separate from residual toner cleaning device
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2221/0068 2 Cleaning mechanism
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2221/0073 3 Electrostatic
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2221/0078 3 Magnetic
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2221/0084 3 Liquid
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2221/0089 3 Mechanical
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2221/0094 3 Suction
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2221/16 1 Mechanical means for facilitating the maintenance of the apparatus, e.g. modular arrangements and complete machine concepts
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2221/1603 2 for multicoloured copies
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2221/1606 2 for the photosensitive element
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2221/1609 3 protective arrangements for preventing damage
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2221/1612 4 plural shutters for openings of process cartridge
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2221/1615 3 being a belt
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2221/1618 2 for the cleaning unit
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2221/1621 3 re-use of cleaned toner
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2221/1624 3 transporting cleaned toner into separate vessels, e.g. photoreceptors, external containers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2221/1627 3 Details concerning the cleaning process
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2221/163 2 for the developer unit
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2221/1633 3 Details concerning the developing process
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2221/1636 2 for the exposure unit
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2221/1639 2 for the fixing unit
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2221/1642 2 for the transfer unit
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2221/1645 2 for conducting air through the machine, e.g. cooling
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2221/1648 2 using seals, e.g. to prevent scattering of toner (light shields for the photoreceptor G03G2221/1609)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2221/1651 2 for connecting the different parts
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2221/1654 3 Locks and means for positioning or alignment
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2221/1657 3 transmitting mechanical drive power
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2221/166 3 Electrical connectors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2221/1663 2 having lifetime indicators
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2221/1666 3 integer lifetimes of each other
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2221/1669 2 Details about used materials
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2221/1672 2 Paper handling
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2221/1675 3 jam treatment
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2221/1678 2 Frame structures
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2221/1681 3 Portable machines
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2221/1684 3 using extractable subframes, e.g. on rails or hinges
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2221/1687 3 using opening shell type machines, e.g. pivoting assemblies
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2221/169 3 Structural door designs
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2221/1693 2 for charging
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2221/1696 2 for auxiliary devices, e.g. add-on modules
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2221/18 2 Cartridge systems
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2221/1807 3 Transport of supply parts, e.g. process cartridges
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2221/1815 3 for cleaning or developing but not being a process cartridge
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2221/1823 3 Cartridges having electronically readable memory
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2221/183 3 Process cartridge
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2221/1838 4 Autosetting of process parameters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2221/1846 4 using a handle for carrying or pulling out of the main machine
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2221/1853 4 having a submodular arrangement
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2221/1861 5 Rotational subunit connection
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2221/1869 5 Cartridge holders, e.g. intermediate frames for placing cartridge parts therein
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2221/1876 5 for production purposes, e.g. manufacture or mass production
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2221/1884 4 Projections on process cartridge for guiding mounting thereof in main machine
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03G2221/1892 4 Presence detection
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H HOLOGRAPHIC PROCESSES OR APPARATUS (holograms, e.g. point holograms, used as ordinary optical elements G02B5/32; producing stereoscopic or other three-dimensional effects G02B30/00; diffraction-grating systems G02B27/44; systems using moiré fringes G02B27/60; optical logic elements G02F3/00; stereo-photography G03B35/00; photosensitive materials or processes for photographic purposes G03C; {stereo-photographic or similar processes G03C9/00}; apparatus for processing exposed photographic materials G03D; analogue computers performing mathematical operations with the aid of optical elements G06E3/00; authentication by radiation, of concealed information carried by holograms or diffraction gratings G06K19/16; holographic storage G11B7/0065, G11C13/04; {stereoscopic or other three dimensional effects in television systems H04N13/00})
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H1/00 0 Holographic processes or apparatus using light, infra-red or ultra-violet waves for obtaining holograms or for obtaining an image from them; Details peculiar thereto
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H1/0005 1 {Adaptation of holography to specific applications (holographic optical element G02B5/32; holographic scanner G02B26/106; recognition using holographic mask G06V10/88; holographic memories G11B7/0065, G11C13/042)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H1/0011 2 {for security or authentication (holograms on information-bearing cards B42D25/328; testing papers with holograms G07D7/0032)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2001/0016 3 {Covert holograms or holobjects requiring additional knowledge to be perceived, e.g. holobject reconstructed only under IR illumination (microholograms G03H2230/10)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2001/0022 4 {Deciphering being performed with numerical or optical key, e.g. with the optical scrambler used during recording (optical element in object beam G03H1/041)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2001/0027 3 {Being copy-protected against fraudulent replication, e.g. by layering a filter rejecting laser lines}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2001/0033 2 {in hologrammetry for measuring or analysing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2001/0038 3 {analogue or digital holobjects (holographic interferometry G01B9/021; investigating particles G01N15/0227)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2001/0044 3 {holographic fringes deformations; holographic sensors (holographic rain sensor in vehicles B60S1/084)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2001/005 2 {in microscopy, e.g. digital holographic microscope [DHM] (microscopes G02B21/00; digital holography G03H1/0866)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2001/0055 2 {in advertising or decorative art}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2001/0061 2 {in haptic applications when the observer interacts with the holobject}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2001/0066 2 {for wavefront matching wherein the hologram is arranged to convert a predetermined wavefront into a comprehensive wave, e.g. associative memory (recognition using holographic masks G06V10/88)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2001/0072 2 {for wavefront conjugation wherein the hologram generates a wavefront conjugating a predetermined object, e.g. null testing, positioning, comparative holography}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2001/0077 2 {for optical manipulation, e.g. holographic optical tweezers [HOT]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2001/0083 2 {for restoring distorted objects, e.g. restoring objects through scattering media}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2001/0088 2 {for video-holography, i.e. integrating hologram acquisition, transmission and display}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2001/0094 2 {for patterning or machining using the holobject as input light distribution (microlithography G03F7/70283)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H1/02 1 Details {of features involved during the holographic process; Replication of holograms without interference recording}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2001/0204 2 {Object characteristics (corresponding details, see subgroups of G03H2210/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2001/0208 2 {Individual components other than the hologram}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2001/0212 3 {Light sources or light beam properties (G03H1/06, G03H1/24 take precedence; corresponding details, see subgroups of G03H2222/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2001/0216 3 {Optical components (G03H2001/0224, G03H1/0256 take precedence; corresponding details, see subgroups of G03H2223/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2001/022 3 {Writing means other than actinic light wave (corresponding details, see subgroups of G03H2224/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2001/0224 3 {Active addressable light modulator, i.e. Spatial Light Modulator [SLM] (corresponding details, see subgroups of G03H2225/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2001/0228 3 {Electro-optic or electronic components relating to digital holography (G03H2001/0224 takes precedence; corresponding details, see subgroups of G03H2226/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2001/0232 3 {Mechanical components or mechanical aspects not otherwise provided for (corresponding details, see subgroups of G03H2227/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H1/0236 2 {Form or shape of the hologram when not registered to the substrate, e.g. trimming the hologram to alphanumerical shape (substrates bearing a hologram G03H1/0272)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H1/024 2 {Hologram nature or properties}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H1/0244 3 {Surface relief holograms (replicating hologram without interference recording G03H1/0276)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H1/0248 3 {Volume holograms}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H1/0252 2 {Laminate comprising a hologram layer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H1/0256 3 {having specific functional layer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2001/026 2 {Recording materials or recording processes (G03H2226/11 takes precedence; corresponding details, see subgroups of G03H2260/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2001/0264 3 {Organic recording material}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2001/0268 3 {Inorganic recording material, e.g. photorefractive crystal [PRC]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H1/0272 2 {Substrate bearing the hologram}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H1/0276 2 {Replicating a master hologram without interference recording (surface relief holograms G03H1/0244)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H1/028 3 {by embossing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2001/0284 3 {by moulding}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2001/0288 3 {by electroforming}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2001/0292 3 {by masking}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2001/0296 3 {Formation of the master hologram}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H1/04 1 Processes or apparatus for producing holograms (G03H1/26 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H1/0402 2 {Recording geometries or arrangements (G03H1/0443, G03H1/0476, G03H1/16 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H1/0404 3 {In-line recording arrangement}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H1/0406 3 {Image plane or focused image holograms, i.e. an image of the object or holobject is formed on, in or across the recording plane}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H1/0408 3 {Total internal reflection [TIR] holograms, e.g. edge lit or substrate mode holograms}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H1/041 3 {Optical element in the object space affecting the object beam, not otherwise provided for}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2001/0413 3 {for recording transmission holograms}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2001/0415 3 {for recording reflection holograms}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2001/0417 4 {for recording single beam Lippmann hologram wherein the object is illuminated by reference beam passing through the recording material}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2001/0419 3 {for recording combined transmission and reflection holograms}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2001/0421 3 {Parallax aspect}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2001/0423 4 {Restricted parallax, e.g. horizontal parallax only holograms [HPO]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2001/0426 4 {Extended parallax, e.g. panoramic or 360deg. holograms}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2001/0428 3 {Image holography, i.e. an image of the object or holobject is recorded (G03H1/0406 takes precedence; holographic microscope G03H2001/005)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2001/043 3 {Non planar recording surface, e.g. curved surface}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2001/0432 3 {Constrained record wherein, during exposure, the recording means undergoes constrains substantially differing from those expected at reconstruction}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2001/0434 3 {In situ recording when the hologram is recorded within the device used for reconstruction}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2001/0436 3 {Holographic camera (portable device G03H2227/02)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2001/0439 3 {for recording Holographic Optical Element [HOE] (HOE per se G02B5/32)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2001/0441 3 {Formation of interference pattern, not otherwise provided for}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H1/0443 2 {Digital holography, i.e. recording holograms with digital recording means (holobject computation G03H1/0866)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2001/0445 3 {Off-axis recording arrangement (G03H2001/0456 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2001/0447 3 {In-line recording arrangement}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2001/045 3 {Fourier or lensless Fourier arrangement}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2001/0452 3 {arranged to record an image of the object (holographic microscope G03H2001/005)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2001/0454 3 {Arrangement for recovering hologram complex amplitude}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2001/0456 4 {Spatial heterodyne, i.e. filtering a Fourier transform of the off-axis record}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2001/0458 4 {Temporal or spatial phase shifting, e.g. parallel phase shifting method}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2001/046 3 {Synthetic aperture}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2001/0463 3 {Frequency heterodyne, i.e. one beam is frequency shifted}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H1/0465 2 {Particular recording light; Beam shape or geometry (G03H1/06 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2001/0467 3 {Gated recording using pulsed or low coherence light source, e.g. light in flight, first arriving light}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2001/0469 3 {Object light being reflected by the object}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2001/0471 3 {Object light being transmitted through the object, e.g. illumination through living cells}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2001/0473 3 {Particular illumination angle between object or reference beams and hologram}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H1/0476 2 {Holographic printer (G03H1/268 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2001/0478 3 {Serial printer, i.e. point oriented processing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2001/048 3 {Parallel printer, i.e. a fringe pattern is reproduced}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2001/0482 3 {Interference based printer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2001/0484 3 {Arranged to produce three-dimensional fringe pattern}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H1/0486 2 {Improving or monitoring the quality of the record, e.g. by compensating distortions, aberrations}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2001/0489 3 {by using phase stabilized beam}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2001/0491 3 {by monitoring the hologram formation, e.g. via a feed-back loop}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H1/0493 2 {Special holograms not otherwise provided for, e.g. conoscopic, referenceless holography}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2001/0495 3 {Polarisation preserving holography where amplitude, phase and polarisation state of the original objet wavefront are recorded}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2001/0497 3 {Dot matrix holograms}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H1/06 2 using incoherent light
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H1/08 2 Synthesising holograms, {i.e. holograms synthesized from objects or objects from holograms}(using electric digital computers G06F; G06T)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H1/0808 3 {Methods of numerical synthesis, e.g. coherent ray tracing [CRT], diffraction specific}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2001/0816 4 {Iterative algorithms}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2001/0825 4 {Numerical processing in hologram space, e.g. combination of the CGH [computer generated hologram] with a numerical optical element}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2001/0833 4 {Look up table}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H1/0841 3 {Encoding method mapping the synthesized field into a restricted set of values representative of the modulator parameters, e.g. detour phase coding}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2001/085 4 {Kinoform, i.e. phase only encoding wherein the computed field is processed into a distribution of phase differences}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2001/0858 4 {Cell encoding wherein each computed values is represented by at least two pixels of the modulator, e.g. detour phase coding}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H1/0866 3 {Digital holographic imaging, i.e. synthesizing holobjects from holograms}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2001/0875 4 {Solving phase ambiguity, e.g. phase unwrapping}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2001/0883 4 {Reconstruction aspect, e.g. numerical focusing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H1/0891 3 {Processes or apparatus adapted to convert digital holographic data into a hologram (G03H1/2294 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H1/10 2 using modulated reference beam
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H1/12 3 Spatial modulation, e.g. ghost imaging
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H1/14 3 Temporal modulation, e.g. extending depth of field or phase compensation for object motion
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H1/16 2 using Fourier transform ({G03H1/10}, G03H1/12, G03H1/14 take precedence; analogue computers G06G, e.g. G06G7/19)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H1/18 2 Particular processing of hologram record carriers, e.g. for obtaining blazed holograms {(photographic processing in general G03C, G03D)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H1/181 3 {Pre-exposure processing, e.g. hypersensitisation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H1/182 3 {Post-exposure processing, e.g. latensification}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2001/183 4 {Erasing the holographic information}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2001/184 5 {Partially erasing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2001/185 3 {Applying a curing step}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2001/186 3 {Swelling or shrinking the holographic record or compensation thereof, e.g. for controlling the reconstructed wavelength (G03H2001/0033, G03H2250/44 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2001/187 3 {Trimming process, i.e. macroscopically patterning the hologram (shape of hologram G03H1/0236)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2001/188 4 {Demetallisation, i.e. removing the enhancing metallic layer (enhancement layer G03H2250/36)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H1/20 2 Copying holograms by holographic {, i.e. optical} means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H1/202 3 {Contact copy when the reconstruction beam for the master H1 also serves as reference beam for the copy H2}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2001/205 3 {Subdivided copy, e.g. scanning transfer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2001/207 3 {with modification of the nature of the hologram, e.g. changing from volume to surface relief or from reflection to transmission}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H1/22 1 Processes or apparatus for obtaining an optical image from holograms (G03H1/26 - G03H1/34 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H1/2202 2 {Reconstruction geometries or arrangements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H1/2205 3 {using downstream optical component}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2001/2207 4 {Spatial filter, e.g. for suppressing higher diffraction orders}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2001/221 4 {Element having optical power, e.g. field lens}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2001/2213 4 {Diffusing screen revealing the real holobject, e.g. container filed with gel to reveal the 3D holobject}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2001/2215 5 {Plane screen}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2001/2218 6 {being perpendicular to optical axis}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2001/2221 5 {Screen having complex surface, e.g. a structured object}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2001/2223 3 {Particular relationship between light source, hologram and observer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2001/2226 4 {Edge lit holograms (TIR recording G03H1/0408)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2001/2228 4 {adapted for reflection and transmission reconstruction}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2001/2231 4 {Reflection reconstruction}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2001/2234 4 {Transmission reconstruction}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2001/2236 3 {Details of the viewing window}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2001/2239 4 {Enlarging the viewing window}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2001/2242 4 {Multiple viewing windows}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2001/2244 3 {Means for detecting or recording the holobject}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2001/2247 4 {for testing the hologram or holobject}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H1/2249 2 {Holobject properties}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2001/2252 3 {Location of the holobject}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2001/2255 4 {Holobject out of Fourier or hologram planes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2001/2257 4 {Straddling the hologram}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2001/226 4 {Virtual or real}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2001/2263 3 {Multicoloured holobject}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2001/2265 4 {Achromatic holobject}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2001/2268 4 {Rainbow hologram}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2001/2271 4 {RGB holobject}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2001/2273 3 {Pseudo-dynamic holobject, e.g. due to angle multiplexing and viewer motion}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2001/2276 3 {Polarisation dependent holobject (G03H2001/0495 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2001/2278 3 {Orthoscopic or pseudoscopic}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2001/2281 3 {Particular depth of field}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2001/2284 3 {Superimposing the holobject with other visual information}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H1/2286 2 {Particular reconstruction light (G03H1/24 takes precedence); Beam properties}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2001/2289 3 {when reconstruction wavelength differs form recording wavelength}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2001/2292 3 {Using scanning means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H1/2294 2 {Addressing the hologram to an active spatial light modulator}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2001/2297 3 {using frame sequential, e.g. for reducing speckle noise}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H1/24 2 using white light {, e.g. rainbow holograms}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H1/26 1 Processes or apparatus specially adapted to produce multiple {sub-} holograms or to obtain images from them, e.g. multicolour technique
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2001/2605 2 {Arrangement of the sub-holograms, e.g. partial overlapping}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2001/261 3 {in optical contact}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2001/2615 4 {in physical contact, i.e. layered holograms}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2001/262 3 {not in optical contact (G03H1/30 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2001/2625 2 {Nature of the sub-holograms}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2001/263 3 {Made of different recording materials}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2001/2635 3 {Mixed volume and surface relief holograms}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2001/264 3 {One hologram being a HOE}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H1/2645 2 {Multiplexing processes, e.g. aperture, shift, or wavefront multiplexing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H1/265 3 {Angle multiplexing; Multichannel holograms (G03H1/268 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2001/2655 3 {Time multiplexing, i.e. consecutive records wherein the period between records is pertinent per se}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2001/266 3 {Wavelength multiplexing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2001/2665 3 {Coherence multiplexing wherein different holobjects are perceived under coherent or incoherent illumination}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2001/267 3 {Polarisation multiplexing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2001/2675 3 {Phase code multiplexing, wherein the sub-holograms are multiplexed according to spatial modulation of the reference beam (reference beam spatial modulation G03H1/12)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H1/268 2 {Holographic stereogram}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2001/2685 3 {One step recording process}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2001/269 3 {Two and more than two steps recording process}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2001/2695 3 {Dedicated printer (holographic printers G03H1/0476)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H1/28 2 superimposed holograms only
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H1/30 2 discrete holograms only
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2001/303 3 {Interleaved sub-holograms, e.g. three RGB sub-holograms having interleaved pixels for reconstructing coloured holobject}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2001/306 3 {Tiled identical sub-holograms}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H1/32 1 Systems for obtaining speckle elimination
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H1/34 1 Systems for reducing the space-spatial bandwidth product
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H3/00 0 Holographic processes or apparatus using ultrasonic, sonic or infrasonic waves for obtaining holograms; Processes or apparatus for obtaining an optical image from them (G03H1/22 takes precedence; {acoustic non-destructive testing using holographic methods G01N29/0663; seismology using acoustic vibrations G01V1/00; non-holographic methods for visualizing acoustic waves G10K15/00})
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H5/00 0 Holographic processes or apparatus using particles or using waves other than those covered by groups G03H1/00 or G03H3/00 for obtaining holograms; Processes or apparatus for obtaining an optical image from them (G03H1/22 takes precedence; construction of electron microscopes H01J37/26; {investigating or analysing materials by the use of microwaves G01N22/00, by the use of particles wave or X-rays G01N23/00, G21K7/00})
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2210/00 0 Object characteristics
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2210/10 1 Modulation characteristics, e.g. amplitude, phase, polarisation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2210/11 2 Amplitude modulating object
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2210/12 2 Phase modulating object, e.g. living cell
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2210/13 2 Coloured object
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2210/20 1 2D object
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2210/22 2 2D SLM object wherein the object beam is formed of the light modulated by the SLM (SLM per se G03H2001/0224)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2210/30 1 3D object
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2210/32 2 3D+2D, i.e. composition of 3D and 2D sub-objects, e.g. scene in front of planar background
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2210/33 2 3D/2D, i.e. the object is formed of stratified 2D planes, e.g. tomographic data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2210/36 2 Occluded features resolved due to parallax selectivity
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2210/40 1 Synthetic representation, i.e. digital or optical object decomposition
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2210/42 2 from real object, e.g. using 3D scanner
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2210/44 2 Digital representation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2210/441 3 Numerical processing applied to the object data other than numerical propagation (synthesizing propagation G03H1/0808)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2210/45 2 Representation of the decomposed object
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2210/452 3 into points
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2210/454 3 into planes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2210/46 2 for subsequent optical processing (G03H1/268 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2210/50 1 Nature of the object
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2210/52 2 Alphanumerical
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2210/53 2 Coded object not directly interpretable, e.g. encrypted object, barcode
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2210/54 2 For individualisation of product
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2210/55 2 Having particular size, e.g. irresolvable by the eye
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2210/56 2 Multiple objects, e.g. each in different environment
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2210/562 3 Holographic object, i.e. a combination of an object and holobject (G03H1/20 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2210/62 1 Moving object
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2210/63 1 Environment affecting the recording, e.g. underwater (G03H2001/0432 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2222/00 0 Light sources or light beam properties
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2222/10 1 Spectral composition
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2222/12 2 Single or narrow bandwidth source, e.g. laser, light emitting diode [LED]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2222/13 2 Multi-wavelengths wave with discontinuous wavelength ranges (G03H2222/18 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2222/14 2 Broadband source, e.g. sun light
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2222/15 2 Ultra Violet [UV]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2222/16 2 Infra Red [IR]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2222/17 2 White light (G03H1/24 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2222/18 3 RGB trichrome light
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2222/20 1 Coherence of the light source
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2222/22 2 Spatial coherence
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2222/23 2 Temporal coherence
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2222/24 2 Low coherence light normally not allowing valuable record or reconstruction (G03H1/06 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2222/31 1 Polarised light
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2222/32 1 Unpolarised light
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2222/33 1 Pulsed light beam
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2222/34 1 Multiple light sources
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2222/35 1 Transverse intensity distribution of the light beam
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2222/36 1 Scanning light beam
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2222/40 1 Particular irradiation beam not otherwise provided for
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2222/42 2 Reference beam at recording stage
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2222/43 2 Object beam at recording stage
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2222/44 2 Beam irradiating the object at recording stage
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2222/45 2 Interference beam at recording stage, i.e. following combination of object and reference beams
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2222/46 2 Reconstruction beam at reconstruction stage
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2222/47 2 Evanescent wave
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2222/50 1 Geometrical property of the irradiating beam
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2222/52 2 Divergent beam
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2222/53 2 Collimated beam
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2222/54 2 Convergent beam
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2222/55 2 Astigmatic beam having different focal planes (anamorphic optical element G03H2223/21)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2222/56 2 Conjugated beam
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2223/00 0 Optical components
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2223/12 1 Amplitude mask, e.g. diaphragm, Louver filter
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2223/13 1 Phase mask
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2223/14 1 Diffuser, e.g. lens array, random phase mask
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2223/15 1 Colour filter, e.g. interferential colour filter
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2223/16 1 Optical waveguide, e.g. optical fibre, rod
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2223/17 1 Element having optical power
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2223/18 1 Prism
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2223/19 1 Microoptic array, e.g. lens array
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2223/20 1 Birefringent optical element, e.g. wave plate
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2223/21 1 Anamorphic optical element, e.g. cylindrical (astigmatic beam G03H2222/55)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2223/22 1 Polariser
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2223/23 1 Diffractive element
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2223/24 1 Reflector; Mirror
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2223/25 1 Index matching material
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2223/26 1 Means providing optical delay, e.g. for path length matching
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2223/50 1 Particular location or purpose of optical element (downstream optical component G03H1/2205)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2223/52 2 Filtering the object information
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2223/53 2 Filtering the hologram information, i.e. the fringe pattern
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2223/54 2 Filtering the holobject information
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2223/55 2 Arranged at a Fourier plane
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2224/00 0 Writing means other than actinic light wave
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2224/02 1 Mechanical means, e.g. diamond tool
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2224/04 1 Particle beam, e.g. e-beam
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2224/06 1 Thermal or photo-thermal means (infra red source G03H2222/16)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2225/00 0 Active addressable light modulator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2225/10 1 Shape or geometry
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2225/11 2 1D SLM
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2225/12 2 2D SLM
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2225/13 2 3D SLM
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2225/20 1 Nature, e.g. e-beam addressed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2225/21 2 Acousto-optic SLM [AO-SLM]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2225/22 2 Electrically addressed SLM [EA-SLM]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2225/23 2 Grating based SLM
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2225/24 2 Having movable pixels, e.g. microelectromechanical systems [MEMS]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2225/25 2 Optically addressed SLM [OA-SLM]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2225/30 1 Modulation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2225/31 2 Amplitude only
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2225/32 2 Phase only
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2225/33 2 Complex modulation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2225/34 3 Amplitude and phase coupled modulation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2225/35 2 Colour modulation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2225/36 2 Polarisation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2225/52 1 Reflective modulator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2225/55 1 Having optical element registered to each pixel
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2225/60 1 Multiple SLMs
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2225/61 2 for multicolour processing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2226/00 0 Electro-optic or electronic components relating to digital holography
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2226/02 1 Computing or processing means, e.g. digital signal processor [DSP]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2226/04 1 Transmission or communication means, e.g. internet protocol
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2226/05 1 Means for tracking the observer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2226/11 1 Electro-optic recording means, e.g. CCD, pyroelectric sensors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2226/13 2 Multiple recording means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2227/00 0 Mechanical components or mechanical aspects not otherwise provided for
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2227/02 1 Handheld portable device, e.g. holographic camera, mobile holographic display
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2227/03 1 Means for moving one component (G03H1/0476, G03H2001/2695 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2227/04 1 Production line for mass production
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2227/05 1 Support holding the holographic record
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2227/06 2 Support including light source
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2230/00 0 Form or shape of the hologram when not registered to the substrate
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2230/10 1 Microhologram not registered to the substrate
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2240/00 0 Hologram nature or properties
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2240/10 1 Physical parameter modulated by the hologram (G03H2001/0224 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2240/11 2 Phase only modulation (G03H1/0244 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2240/12 2 Amplitude only modulation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2240/13 2 Amplitude and phase complex modulation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2240/15 2 Polarisation modulation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2240/20 1 Details of physical variations exhibited in the hologram
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2240/21 2 Optical density variations
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2240/22 3 Chromatic variations, e.g. photochromic or electrochromic
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2240/23 2 Optical length variations, e.g. bleached silver halide (G03H1/0244 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2240/24 3 Index variations only
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2240/25 2 Magnetic variations
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2240/26 2 Structural variations, e.g. structure variations due to photoanchoring or conformation variations due to photo-isomerisation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2240/40 2 Dynamic of the variations
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2240/41 3 Binary
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2240/42 3 Discrete level
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2240/43 3 Continuous
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2240/50 1 Parameters or numerical values associated with holography, e.g. peel strength
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2240/51 2 Intensity, power or luminance (G03H2240/52 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2240/52 2 Exposure parameters, e.g. time, intensity
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2240/53 2 Diffraction efficiency [DE]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2240/54 2 Refractive index
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2240/55 2 Thickness
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2240/56 2 Resolution
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2240/61 2 SLM related parameters, e.g. pixel size
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2240/62 2 Sampling aspect applied to sensor or display
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2250/00 0 Laminate comprising a hologram layer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2250/10 1 arranged to be transferred onto a carrier body (adhesive layer G03H2250/35)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2250/12 1 Special arrangement of layers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2250/14 1 Forming layer onto which a surface relief hologram is formed (G03H2270/52 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2250/32 1 Antireflective layer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2250/33 1 Absorbing layer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2250/34 1 Colour layer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2250/35 1 Adhesive layer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2250/36 1 Conform enhancement layer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2250/37 1 Enclosing the photosensitive material
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2250/38 1 Liquid crystal
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2250/39 1 Protective layer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2250/40 1 Printed information overlapped with the hologram
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2250/41 1 Polarisation active layer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2250/42 1 Reflective layer (G03H2250/36 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2250/43 1 One layer having dispersed particles (G03H2260/33 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2250/44 1 Colour tuning layer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2260/00 0 Recording materials or recording processes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2260/10 1 Dichromated gelatine or equivalents
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2260/12 1 Photopolymer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2260/14 1 Photoresist
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2260/16 1 Silver halide emulsion
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2260/30 1 Details of photosensitive recording material not otherwise provided for
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2260/31 2 Ageing or resistance of the material (G03H2250/39 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2260/32 2 Combining different recording materials (G03H2001/2615 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2260/33 2 Having dispersed compound
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2260/34 2 Non uniform thickness
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2260/35 2 Rewritable material allowing several record and erase cycles
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2260/36 3 Dynamic material where the lifetime of the recorded pattern is quasi instantaneous, the holobject is simultaneously reconstructed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2260/50 1 Reactivity or recording processes (writing means G03H2001/0212, G03H2001/022)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2260/51 2 Photoanisotropic reactivity wherein polarized light induces material birefringence, e.g. azo-dye doped polymer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2260/52 2 Photochromic reactivity wherein light induces a reversible transformation between two states having different absorption spectra
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2260/53 2 Photoconductor thermoplastic reactivity wherein light is transformed into an electrostatic then into a thickness distribution
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2260/54 2 Photorefractive reactivity wherein light induces photo-generation, redistribution and trapping of charges then a modification of refractive index, e.g. photorefractive polymer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2260/61 2 Producing material deformation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2260/62 2 Direct etching
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2260/63 2 Indirect etching, e.g. lithography (photoresist G03H2260/14)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2270/00 0 Substrate bearing the hologram
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2270/10 1 Composition
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2270/11 2 Crystal or glass (G03H2270/55 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2270/12 2 Fibrous, e.g. paper, textile
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2270/13 2 Metallic
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2270/14 2 Plastic
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2270/20 1 Shape
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2270/21 2 Curved bearing surface
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2270/22 2 Disc shaped
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2270/23 2 Ribbon shaped, e.g. holographic foil
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2270/24 2 Having particular size, e.g. microscopic
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2270/30 1 Nature
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2270/31 2 Flexible
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2270/32 2 Transparent
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2270/52 1 Integrated surface relief hologram without forming layer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2270/53 1 Recording material dispersed into porous substrate
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2270/54 1 Recording material filed in recessed substrate
|
|
|
|
|
|
G03H2270/55 1 being an optical element, e.g. spectacles
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04 HOROLOGY
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B MECHANICALLY-DRIVEN CLOCKS OR WATCHES; MECHANICAL PARTS OF CLOCKS OR WATCHES IN GENERAL; TIME PIECES USING THE POSITION OF THE SUN, MOON OR STARS (spring- or weight-driven mechanisms in general F03G; electromechanical clocks or watches G04C; electromechanical clocks with attached or built-in means operating any device at pre-selected times or after predetermined time intervals G04C23/00; clocks or watches with stop devices G04F7/08)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B1/00 0 Driving mechanisms {(driving mechanisms for Turkish time G04B19/22; driving mechanisms in the hands G04B45/043; driving mechanisms for phonographic apparatus G11B19/00; springs, driving weight engines F03G; driving mechanisms for cinematography G03B1/00; driving mechnisms; driving mechanisms for time fuses for missiles F42C; driving mechnisms for toys A63H29/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B1/02 1 with driving weight
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B1/04 2 Mechanisms in which the clockwork acts as the driving weight
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B1/06 2 with several weights {(winding up several weights simultaneously G04B3/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B1/08 2 Driving weights; Chains; Chain wheels; Arbors for chain wheels {(wheels and spindles in general F16F)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B1/10 1 with mainspring {(synchronous motors with power reserve G04C15/0054; springs in general F16F)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B1/105 2 {having a form other than a helix (G04B1/12 and G04B1/14 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B1/12 2 with several mainsprings {(installations with a mainspring and an auxiliary spring G04B1/225; winding-up several mainsprings simultaneously G04B3/008)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B1/14 2 Mainsprings; Bridles therefor (mainsprings with bridles G04B1/18; alloys C22C; springs in general F16F {; constructions for compensation of changes in the motive power of the mainspring G04B1/22; construction of the hairspring G04B17/066; arrangements facilitating the removal of the mainspring G04B33/14})
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B1/145 3 {Composition and manufacture of the springs (compositions and manufacture of components, wheels, spindles, pivots, or the like G04B13/02; compositions of component escapements G04B15/14; composition and manufacture or hairsprings G04B17/066; compensation for the effects of variations of temperature of springs using alloys, especially for hairsprings G04B17/227; materials for bearings of clockworks G04B31/00; heat treatment and chemical or mechanical treatment for control of the structure C21D8/00; iron and steel alloys C22C; non-ferrous alloys C22C and B22F)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B1/16 2 Barrels; Arbors; Barrel axles (arrangements facilitating the removal of the mainspring G04B33/14)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B1/165 3 {Spring cylinder with friction transmission to the gearing (especially for Roskopf clockworks); (friction clutch between spring and spring cylinder G04B1/185)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B1/18 2 Constructions for connecting the ends of the mainsprings with the barrel or the arbor {(mainsprings and bridles therefor G04B1/14; clamping the hairspring on the regulator G04B18/026; clamping the hairspring on the arbor G04B17/32)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B1/185 3 {Friction clutch between spring and spring cylinder (friction transmission between spring cylinder and gearing G04B1/165; other arrangements for protection against rupture or overwinding G04B1/20)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B1/20 3 Protecting arrangements against rupture or overwinding of the mainspring located in the barrel or attached to the barrel (in connection with keys or the like G04B3/06, G04B3/10; in connection with automatic winding devices G04B5/24 {; protecting arrangements in which the spring and the spring cylinder are connected by friction G04B1/185; protecting arrangements G04B9/02; calibers with arrangements affording protection of the clockwork against damage as a consequence of a rupture of the mainspring G04B33/16; electric winding arrangements with protection against overwinding of mechanical clockworks G04C1/10; driving mechanisms for gramophones G11B19/22, G11B19/28})
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B1/205 4 {Stop-mechanisms}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B1/22 2 Compensation of changes in the motive power of the mainspring (by mechanical shaping of the mainspring G04B1/14 {; automatic regulation of the pendulum G04B18/003; of the regulator G04B19/28})
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B1/225 3 {with the aid of an interposed power-accumulator (secondary spring) which is always tensioned (winding up several mainsprings or driving weights simultaneously G04B3/008)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B1/24 1 with both mainsprings and driving weights {(winding up several mainsprings or driving weights simultaneously G04B3/008)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B1/26 1 driven by liquids or gases; Liquid or gaseous drives for mechanically-controlled secondary clocks {(winding up by pneumatic means G04B3/12; winding up automatically by wind power G04B5/203; winding up by electro-thermal or electro-pneumatic arrangements G04C1/003; thermo-electric or thermo-pneumatic driving mechanisms G04C3/18)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B1/265 2 {Clockwork systems working therewith (winding up electrical or mechanical clocks G04C1/006; electrical clockwork installations G04C13/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B3/00 0 Normal winding of clockworks by hand or mechanically; Winding up several mainsprings or driving weights simultaneously {(automatic winding up G04B5/00; combined normal and automatic winding up G04B7/00; click devices G04B11/00; winding up the striking mechanism by the clockwork and vice versa G04B21/14; mechanical devices for setting the time-indication by using the winding means G04B27/02, G04B27/083; calibers of which the mainsprings are easily removable G04B33/14; winding mechanical clocks electrically G04C1/00; tools for setting springs G04D1/04; driving mechanisms for gramophones G11B19/00; driving mechanisms for cinematographs G03B1/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B3/001 1 {by push button (crown combined with push button G04B3/046; construction of push button G04B3/048; waterproof push buttons G04B37/106)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B3/003 1 {by lever mechanism}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B3/005 1 {by draw mechanism}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B3/006 1 {Mechanical winding up; winding up with special equipment (removably-mounted keys G04B3/02; winding up equipment for clocks with automatic winding up equipment G04B5/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B3/008 1 {Winding up several mainsprings or driving weights simultaneously (driving mechanisms with several weights G04B1/06; driving mechanisms with several mainsprings G04B1/12; driving mechanisms with a mainspring and a secondary spring G04B1/225; driving mechanisms with mainsprings and driving weights G04B1/24; winding up the striking mechanisms with the clockwork and vice versa G04B21/14)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B3/02 1 Removably-mounted keys or the like {(special tools for clockworks with difficult access, universal keys for watches with a small crown G04B3/006; keys with means preventing overwinding G04B3/06; protecting means preventing overwinding G04B3/10)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B3/04 1 Rigidly-mounted keys, knobs or crowns {(jointed winding-stem G04B37/06)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B3/041 2 {Construction of crowns for rotating movement; connection with the winding stem; winding stems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B3/043 2 {Locking of the operating element, also by mounting in a concealed place}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B3/045 2 {Storing the operating element, also bringing it out of storage}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B3/046 2 {Operation by rotation and axial movement with extra function of axial shift of operating element, e.g. crown combined with push button (winding up by push button G04B3/001)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B3/048 2 {Operation exclusively by axial movement of a push-button, e.g. for chronographs (winding up by push button G04B3/001; hermetically sealed push button G04B37/106)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B3/06 1 Keys or the like with means preventing overwinding (protecting devices arranged in, or attached to, the barrel G04B1/20; in connection with automatic winding devices G04B1/24 {; construction of removably-mounted keys G04B3/02; means preventing overwinding, including those attached to the case, G04B3/10; protecting means G04B9/02; protection against overwinding for electrical winding up arrangements for mechanical clocks G04C1/10})
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B3/08 1 by parts of the cases {(setting the time-indicating means by parts of the case G04B27/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B3/10 2 Protecting means preventing overwinding (arranged in, or attached to, the barrel G04B1/20; in connection with keys G04B3/06; in connection with automatic winding devices G04B5/24 {; protection G04B9/02; of electrical winding up arrangements for mechanical clocks G04C1/10})
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B3/12 1 by mechanical means, e.g. pneumatic motor (winding up with electric or electromechanical means G04C {; liquid or gas driving mechanisms G04B1/26; automatic winding up by wind power G04B5/203})
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B5/00 0 Automatic winding up {(normal winding up by hand or mechanically G04B3/00; automatic winding in combination with hand winding G04B7/00; electrical winding of mechanical clockworks G04C1/00; advertising by making use of vibrations or shocks of land vehicles G09F21/045)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B5/002 1 {by moving of parts of the clockwork which are not primarily for winding up}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B5/005 1 {by relative movement between watch bands, case or parts of the case}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B5/007 1 {Clockworks, which wind up by driving the function, e.g. perpetua mobilia (see also F03G7/10)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B5/02 1 by self-winding caused by the movement of the watch {(bearings, suspensions for oscillating weights G04B5/18; mechanisms for transformation of an oscillating movement into a rotating movement in only one direction G04B11/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B5/04 2 by oscillating weights the movement of which is limited {(setting the time indicating means with the aid of a rocking bar G04B27/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B5/06 3 acting in one direction only
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B5/08 3 acting in both directions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B5/10 2 by oscillating weights the movement of which is not limited
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B5/12 3 acting in one direction only
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B5/14 3 acting in both directions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B5/16 2 Construction of the weights
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B5/165 3 {Weights consisting of several parts (diverse weights which are movable in more than one plane G04B5/187)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B5/18 2 Supports, suspensions or guide arrangements, for oscillating weights {(transmission of the movement of the winding up weight to the mainspring G04B5/04, G04B5/10; support of the driving weight by protecting means which prevent overwinding, e.g. by interposing of a glide clutch G04B5/24; bearings in general G04B33/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B5/181 3 {The bearing of the rocking bar is in the centre of rotation combined with a support or guide arrangement}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B5/182 3 {Guide arrangement of the moving weight in a straight course}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B5/184 3 {Guide arrangement of the moving weight in a circular course}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B5/185 3 {Suspension of the moving weight by elastic means (G04B5/187 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B5/187 3 {Bearing, guide arrangements or suspension allowing movement in more than one plane, e.g. there is more than one moving weight, or more than one plane in which the weight moves, and it can change place relative to the clockwork}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B5/188 3 {Bearing, guide arrangements or suspension of the movement forming oscillating weight}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B5/19 3 Suspension of the oscillating weight at its centre of rotation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B5/195 4 {the centre of rotation not being the centre of the clockwork}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B5/20 1 by movements of other objects, e.g. by opening a hand-bag, by opening a case, by opening a door; Winding up by wind power
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B5/203 2 {by liquids or gases (driven by liquids or gases G04B1/26; winding up by pneumatic motor G04B3/12; winding up by electrothermal or electropneumatic driving means G04C1/003; driving of the clockwork by such means G04C3/18)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B5/206 2 {by rotating axles, e.g. tachometers (direct drive of the clockwork, e.g. without winding up of a spring or the like by a rotating axle G04B7/00; combination with measuring instruments in general G04B47/06)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B5/22 1 by thermometric, barometric or like effects or alterations {(by electrothermal or electropneumatic driving means G04C1/003; driving the clockwork by such means G04C3/18)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B5/24 1 Protecting means preventing overwinding (arranged in, or attached to, the barrel G04B1/20; in connection with keys or the like G04B3/06; in connection with parts of the cases G04B3/10 {; support of the moving weight G04B5/18; protection means G04B9/02; electrical driving means for mechanical clockworks G04C1/10})
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B5/245 2 {by locking the moving weight}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B7/00 0 Combined normal and automatic winding up {(normal winding up by hand or mechanically G04B3/00; automatic winding up G04B5/00; electric winding up of mechanical clockworks G04C1/003)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B9/00 0 Supervision of the state of winding, e.g. indicating the amount of winding
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B9/005 1 {by optical indication of the amount of winding}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B9/02 1 Devices controlled by such state, e.g. device affording protection means against overwinding (protecting means preventing overwinding arranged in or on the barrel G04B1/20; protecting means in connection with keys or the like G04B3/06; in connection with parts of the cases G04B3/10; in connection with automatic winding devices G04B5/24 {; electric winding up of mechanical clockworks G04C1/10})
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B9/025 2 {Acoustical or electrical indicating means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B11/00 0 Click devices; Stop clicks; Clutches {(mechanisms for winding up by hand G04B3/00; automatic winding up G04B5/00; clutches in general, class 111)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B11/001 1 {Clutch mechanism between two rotating members with transfer of movement in both directions, possibly with limitation on the transfer of power}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B11/003 2 {with friction member, e.g. with spring action}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B11/005 2 {with magnetic elements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B11/006 1 {Clutch mechanism between two rotating members with transfer of movement in only one direction (free running devices)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B11/008 2 {with friction members, e.g. click springs or jumper}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B11/02 1 Devices allowing the motion of a rotatable part in only one direction
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B11/022 2 {with a ratchet which makes contact with the rotating member by means of teeth}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B11/024 3 {rotatable about a fixed axis by means of spring action}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B11/026 2 {with clamping member}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B11/028 2 {with friction member, e.g. click spring}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B11/04 2 Pawl constructions therefor, e.g. pawl secured to an oscillating member actuating a ratchet
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B13/00 0 Gearwork {(gearwork for driving the hands G04B19/02; calibers G04B33/00; dispositions and components for transmission in general F16H)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B13/001 1 {with the choice of adjustable or varying transmission ratio}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B13/002 1 {where rotation in one direction is changed into a stepping movement}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B13/003 2 {with a step for each complete revolution (counters in general H03K)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B13/005 1 {where a revolution in both directions is changed into a revolution in one direction}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B13/006 2 {with two free wheel positions}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B13/007 1 {with differential work}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B13/008 2 {Differentials}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B13/02 1 Wheels; Pinions; Spindles; Pivots (bearings G04B31/00 {; chain wheels, spindles for chain wheels, also chains and driving weights G04B1/08})
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B13/021 2 {elastic fitting with a spindle, axis or shaft}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B13/022 3 {with parts made of hard material, e.g. silicon, diamond, sapphire, quartz and the like}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B13/023 3 {allowing rotational slipping when a threshold torque is exceeded}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B13/025 2 {with elastic means between the toothing and the hub of a toothed wheel}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B13/026 2 {Assembly and manufacture (assembly and manufacture of springs G04B1/145; machines and tools for the manufacture of chain wheels for clocks G04D3/00; component parts and manufacture of the escape wheel G04B15/14; steel alloys C22C33/00 - C22C38/00; manufacture of pinions from synthetic material B29; non-ferrous alloys C22C; pinions manufactured by milling and planing B23F)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B13/027 2 {planar toothing: shape and design (adjusting the backlash of the arbors G04B35/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B13/028 2 {wheels in which the teeth are conic, contrate, etc; also column wheels construction (start-stop mechanisms with column wheels G04F7/0847)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B15/00 0 Escapements ({in striking mechanisms G04B21/06;} electric or magnetic means for converting oscillatory to rotary motion in electromechanical time-pieces {G04C5/005})
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B15/02 1 permanently in contact with the regulating mechanism
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B15/04 2 Cylinder escapements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B15/06 1 Free escapements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B15/08 2 Lever escapements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B15/10 1 with constant impulses for the regulating mechanism {(electrically driven pendulums with mechanical pulse transmission and constant pulse G04C3/022; electrically driven pendulums with mechanical pulse transmission and constant pulse G04C3/045)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B15/12 1 Adjusting (tools therefor G04D1/02); Restricting the amplitude of the lever or the like {(adjusting the gear train G04B35/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B15/14 1 Component parts or constructional details, e.g. construction of the lever or the escape wheel {(assembly and manufacture of the spring G04B1/145; assembly and manufacture of components, e.g. pinions, spindles G04B13/02; lubrication of clockwork bearings G04B31/008; oils for clockwork bearings in general G04B31/08)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B17/00 0 Mechanisms for stabilising frequency {(for setting frequency G04B18/00; magnetic G04C5/005; in striking mechanisms G04B21/06; stopping and regulating of the running G04B23/023; electrically driven mechanical regulation G04C3/165; electrical and thermo-electric regulating mechanisms G04C5/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B17/005 1 {Regulating mechanisms where the movement is maintained by pneumatic means (oscillation generation by pneumatic means G04F5/12)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B17/02 1 Oscillators acting by gravity, e.g. pendulum swinging in a plane {(setting the pendulum to the required length G04B18/003; temperature compensation for pendulums G04B17/225; bearings in general, e.g. knife-edge G04B31/00; clocks fitted in pendulums G04B45/043; imitation pendulums driven by the clock mechanism G04B45/0046, G04B45/0053; pendulum ornamentation G04B45/0061; contacts actuated by a pendulum G04C13/065; measurement of force with a pendulum G01V7/12)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B17/025 2 {Composite and multiple pendulums; Synchronisation of mechanical pendulums, e.g. electrical synchronisation G04C3/025; pendulum systems G04C13/028}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B17/04 1 Oscillators acting by spring tension
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B17/045 2 {with oscillating blade springs (mechanical oscillations maintained by electro-magnetic means, e.g. tuning forks G04C3/10)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B17/06 2 Oscillators with hairsprings, e.g. balance {(electrically driven balances G04C3/04; contacts actuated by a balance G04C13/065)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B17/063 3 {Balance construction (balances with frequency adjustment screw G04B18/006; balances with temperature compensation G04B17/222; balancing devices G04B17/28)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B17/066 3 {Manufacture of the spiral spring (locking of the spiral spring by the regulating lever G04B18/026; spiral spring with temperature compensation G04B17/227; fixation of the spiral spring on the collet G04B17/32; mainspring G04B1/14)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B17/08 2 Oscillators with coil springs stretched and unstretched axially
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B17/10 2 Oscillators with torsion strips or springs acting in the same manner as torsion strips, e.g. weight oscillating in a horizontal plane {(electrically driven torsion pendulum G04C3/033)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B17/20 1 Compensation of mechanisms for stabilising frequency
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B17/22 2 for the effect of variations of temperature {(alloys with small expansion coefficient C21C, C22C; adjustment of the regulator dependant on adjustment of the hands G04B18/028; depending on the difference in time with a comparison clockwork G04C11/007)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B17/222 3 {with balances (construction of balances G04B17/063)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B17/225 3 {with pendulums (construction of pendulums G04B17/02; setting frequency on the pendulum G04B18/003)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B17/227 3 {composition and manufacture of the material used (composition and manufacture of hairsprings G04B17/066; of springs G04B1/145; anti-magnetic alloys G04B43/007; ferrous alloys C22C; non-ferrous alloys C22C, B22F)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B17/24 2 for the effect of variations of atmospheric pressure
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B17/26 2 for the effect of variations of the impulses
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B17/28 2 for the effect of unbalance of the weights, e.g. tourbillon {(construction of the balance G04B17/063; setting the frequency by adjusting devices fixed on the balance G04B18/006)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B17/285 3 {Tourbillons or carrousels}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B17/30 1 Rotating governors, e.g. centrifugal governors, fan governors (for striking mechanism G04B21/06 {; electrically driven G04C3/0335})
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B17/32 1 Component parts or constructional details, e.g. collet, stud {, virole or piton}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B17/325 2 {for fastening the hairspring in a fixed position, e.g. using a block}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B17/34 2 for fastening the hairspring onto the balance
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B17/345 3 {Details of the spiral roll}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B18/00 0 Mechanisms for setting frequency {(for stabilising frequency G04B17/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B18/003 1 {by displacement of devices carried by the pendulum or by adjusting the pendulum length (pendulums and suspension G04B17/02; self- adjustment of the regulating lever G04B18/028, G04B17/22, G04C11/007; adjusting the stroke of the pendulum G04B18/04; time indicating by acoustic means G04B21/00; synchronisation with a standard clock G04C11/007; metronome with a variable length G04F5/027)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B18/006 1 {by adjusting the devices fixed on the balance (construction of the pendulum G04B17/063; balancing G04B17/28)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B18/02 1 Regulator {or adjustment} devices; Indexing devices {, e.g. raquettes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B18/021 2 {adjusting the indexing device from the outside}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B18/023 2 {with means for fine adjustment of the indexing device}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B18/025 2 {Fixing of the indexing device}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B18/026 2 {Locking the hair spring in the indexing device, e.g. goupille of the raquette (hairsprings G04B17/066; locking the mainspring on the axle G04B1/18)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B18/028 2 {Setting the regulator by means coupled to or depending on another device, e.g. by the time indication setting mechanism (automatic adjustment of the pendulum length G04B17/225, G04B18/003, G04C11/007; automatic adjustment of the regulator for temperature compensation G04B17/22; automatic adjustment of the regulator dependant on the tension of the mainspring G04B1/22)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B18/04 1 Adjusting the beat of the pendulum, balance, or the like, e.g. putting into beat
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B18/06 2 by setting the collet or the stud of a hairspring
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B18/08 1 Component parts or constructional details {(G04B17/32 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B19/00 0 Indicating the time by visual means ({indicating the time optically by electric means G04C17/00, e.g.} by electric lamps G04C17/02; display arrangements in general G09F)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B19/02 1 Back-gearing arrangements between gear train and hands {(transmissions in general G04B13/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B19/025 2 {for simultaneous indicating on several dials (indicating means allowing simultaneous indication G04B19/048; with several separate dials G04B19/08; extra hands for indicating different local apparent times G04B19/23; with several clockworks G04B37/0083)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B19/04 1 Hands; Discs with a single mark or the like {(moving indicating arrangements which have scales or numbers with stationary hands or reading means G04B19/20; optical projection of the position of the hands G04B19/34)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B19/042 2 {Construction and manufacture of the hands; arrangements for increasing reading accuracy (hands with illumination G04B19/305; specially shaped hands, e.g. figures or pictures G04B45/0061; clockwork in the hands G04B45/043; invisible drive of the hands G04B45/046)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B19/044 2 {Mounting and setting of the hands on the axle}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B19/046 2 {Indicating by means of a disc with a mark or window (for simultaneous indicating G04B19/048)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B19/048 2 {having the possibility of indicating on more than one scale, e.g. hands with variable length which work on different scales (simultaneous indicating on several dials G04B19/025; indicating by discs used as hands G04B19/046; used as moving scales G04B19/202; different indications on several scales or dials, e.g. for different local apparent times G04B19/23)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B19/06 1 Dials ({moving discs G04B19/20; illuminated dials or hands G04B19/30;} for time-pieces without clockwork G04B49/04 {; machines and arrangements for the manufacture of dials or hands G04D3/0048})
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B19/065 2 {with several parts}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B19/08 2 Geometrical arrangement of the graduations
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B19/082 3 {varying from the normal closed scale}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B19/085 3 {varying from the normal 12 hour arrangement}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B19/087 3 {with several separate scales (for indicating the same or different times of the clockwork; indicating devices making several simultaneous indications possible G04B19/048)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B19/10 2 Ornamental shape of the graduations or the surface of the dial; Attachment of the graduations to the dial {(cases for special purposes, e.g. ring or button watches G04B37/12; indicating means with special effects G04B45/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B19/103 3 {attached or inlaid numbers (attaching of jewels or ornaments G04B47/042; arrangements for attaching bearing jewels, or the like G04D3/04)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B19/106 3 {Special number markings}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B19/12 2 Selection of materials for dials or graduations {markings}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B19/14 2 Fastening the dials to the clock or watch plates {(tools, arrangements and machines for the manufacture of watch plates G04D3/0048)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B19/16 2 Shiftable dials, e.g. indicating alternately from 1 to 12 and from 13 to 24 {(dials with a scale other than the normal 12 hour scale G04B19/085)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B19/163 3 {numbers which are visible alternately from 1 to 12 and from 13 to 24 on the same dial G04B19/085}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B19/166 3 {with rotating scales}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B19/18 2 Graduations on the crystal or glass, on the bezel, or on the rim
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B19/20 1 Indicating by numbered bands, drums, discs, or sheets {(indicating means without numbers or hands in general G04B19/04; illuminated G04B19/30; with optical projection G04B19/34; gearwork and linking in general G04B13/00; electrically driven G04C19/04; counter mechanisms G06M)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B19/202 2 {by means of turning discs (disc-shaped indicating devices with a reference mark or a window G04B19/046; discs driven by clockwork and producing optical special effects G04B45/0007; with inscriptions or drawings driven by a clockwork G04B45/0023; with figures or parts of figures driven by clockwork G04B45/0038)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B19/205 2 {by means of sheets}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B19/207 2 {by means of bands (bands as time indicating means with a reference mark or window G04B19/04)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B19/21 2 Drums {(drum-shaped or spatial indicating devices G04B19/04; fixed scales or dials G04B19/06; scales disposed on a terrestrial globe for indicating local times in different places G04B19/22; clockwork combined with a lamp with no functional relationship G04B47/02)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B19/22 1 Arrangements for indicating different local apparent times; Universal time pieces {(indicating by means of numbers or signs disposed on moving devices G04B19/20; illumination of dials or hands G04B19/30; combination with a terrestial globe in general G04B47/02; electronic time-zone watches G04G9/0076)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B19/221 2 {mechanisms for correcting the hours hand only, i.e. independently for minutes and seconds hands}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B19/223 2 {with rotary disc, rotary bezel, or rotary dial}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B19/225 3 {driving mechanism for the bezel}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B19/226 2 {three-dimensionally shaped, e.g. terrestrial globes, cylinders and the like}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B19/228 2 {with linear time graduation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B19/23 2 by means of additional hands or additional pairs of hands {(simultaneous indication on several dials G04B19/025; indicating devices giving several simultaneous indications G04B19/048)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B19/235 3 {mechanisms for correcting the additional hand or hands (time setting G04B27/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B19/24 1 Clocks or watches with date {or week-day} indicators {, i.e. calendar clocks or watches}; Clockwork calendars
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B19/241 2 {the date is indicated by one or more hands}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B19/243 2 characterised by the shape of the date indicator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B19/24306 3 {combination of different shapes, e.g. bands and discs, discs and drums (for electrically driven timepieces G04C17/0041)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B19/24313 4 {Independent date indicating devices activated by hand or by clockwork}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B19/2432 4 {Driving or releasing mechanisms wherein the date indicators are driven or released mechanically by a clockwork movement}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B19/24326 5 {driven or released stepwise by the clockwork movement}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B19/24333 5 {driven or released stepwise by an energy source which is released at determined moments by the clockwork movement}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B19/2434 5 {driven or released by their own energy source which is released at regular time intervals}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B19/24346 3 {band-shaped (G04B19/24306 takes precedence; for electrically driven timepieces G04C17/0016)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B19/24353 4 {Independent date indicating devices activated by hand or by clockwork}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B19/2436 4 {Driving or releasing mechanisms wherein the date indicators are driven or released mechanically by a clockwork movement}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B19/24366 5 {driven or released stepwise by the clockwork movement}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B19/24373 5 {driven or released stepwise by an energy source which is released at determined moments by the clockwork movement}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B19/2438 5 {driven or released by their own energy source which is released at regular time intervals}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B19/24386 3 {sheet-shaped (G04B19/24306 takes precedence; flap-shaped for electrically driven timepieces G04C17/0033)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B19/24393 4 {Driving or releasing mechanisms wherein the date indicators are driven or released mechanically by a clockwork movement}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B19/247 3 disc-shaped {(G04B19/24306 takes precedence; for electrically driven timepieces G04C17/0058)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B19/25 4 Devices for setting the date indicators manually
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B19/253 4 Driving or releasing mechanisms
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B19/25306 5 {Independent date indicating devices activated by hand or by clockwork, e.g. calendar watches}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B19/25313 6 {driven or released by a steady movement}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B19/2532 7 {automatically corrected at the end of mounths having less than 31 days}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B19/25326 7 {manually corrected at the end of months having less than 31 days}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B19/25333 5 {wherein the date indicators are driven or released mechanically by a clockwork movement}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B19/2534 6 {driven or released continuously by the clockwork movement}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B19/25346 7 {manually corrected at the end of months having less than 31 days}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B19/25353 6 {driven or released stepwise by the clockwork movement}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B19/2536 7 {automatically corrected at the end of months having less than 31 days}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B19/25366 7 {manually corrected at the end of months having less than 31 days}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B19/25373 6 {driven or released stepwise by an energy source which is released at determined moments by the clockwork movement}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B19/2538 7 {automatically corrected at the end of months having less than 31 days}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B19/25386 7 {manually corrected at the end of months having less than 31 days}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B19/25393 6 {driven or released by their own energy source which is released at regular time intervals}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B19/257 3 drum-shaped {or three-dimensional shaped (G04B19/24306 takes precedence; for electrically driven timepieces G04C17/0083)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B19/2571 4 {Independent date indicators activated by hand or by clockwork}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B19/2573 4 {Driving or releasing mechanisms wherein the date indicators are driven or released mechanically by a clockwork movement}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B19/2575 5 {driven or released stepwise by the clockwork movement}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B19/2576 5 {driven or released stepwise by an energy source which is released at determined moments by the clockwork movement}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B19/2578 5 {driven or released by their own energy source which is released at regular time intervals}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B19/26 1 Clocks or watches with indicators for tides, for the phases of the moon, or the like {(planetaria G09B27/00 - G09B27/06; arrangements for table reference, e.g. menstrual tables G06C3/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B19/262 2 {with indicators for astrological informations}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B19/264 2 {with indicators for biological cycles}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B19/266 2 {with indicators for tides}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B19/268 2 {with indicators for the phases of the moon}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B19/28 1 Adjustable guide marks or pointers for indicating determined points of time {(inscriptions or pictures moved by hand G04B45/003)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B19/283 2 {on rotatable rings, i.e. bezel (for graduations on the bezels G04B19/18)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B19/286 3 {with locking means to prevent undesired rotations in both directions}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B19/30 1 Illumination of dials or hands {(dials in general G04B19/06; moving indicating means with numbers or hands, in general G04B19/20; arrangements for indicating different local apparent times by means of a globe illuminated from inside G04B19/22; continuous indication of the time by non-electric light sources G04B25/00, e.g. by electric lamps G04C17/02; illumination by electric lamps which function at fixed times or periodically G04C19/02; illuminated panels G09F13/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B19/305 2 {the hands carrying the light source (hands and manufacture thereof G04B19/042; projection of hands or dials G04B19/34; illumination of scales and/or hands on moving scales H03J1/02; on compasses G01C17/24; on weighing apparatus G01G23/18; on measuring instruments G01D11/28)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B19/32 2 by luminescent substances {(disc or drum shaped indicating means with marks or windows G04B19/04; with numbers or number-marks G04B19/20; cases for housing the electrical parts G04G17/00; projection of hands and/or scales on weighing apparatus G01G19/00; on measuring instruments G01D5/262; for advertising G09F19/18)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B19/34 1 Position of the hands projected optically {(for advertising G09F19/18; indicating by discs or drums with mark or window G04B19/04, with figures or signs G04B19/20; illumination of dials or hands G04B19/30, case for electrical components G04C3/008; optical projection of a pointer and/or scale for weighing apparatus G01G23/32; for measuring instruments G01D5/262)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B21/00 0 Indicating the time by acoustic means (at preselected times G04B23/00; by electro-acoustic means G04C21/04; {indicating the time by means other than acoustically, or by combined means G04B25/00; indicating the time by visual means G04B19/00, G04C17/00; acoustic signalling arrangements G08B3/00})
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B21/005 1 {Periodical acoustic signalling arrangements (G04B21/02 takes precedence); (adjustment of the frequencyby setting the length of the pendulum G04B18/003; metronomes G04F5/02)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B21/02 1 Regular striking mechanisms giving the full hour, half hour or quarter hour {(electrically operating striking mechanism G04C21/06)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B21/022 2 {with saw mechanism (with electric drive G04C21/08)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B21/025 3 {with silent saw action}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B21/027 2 {with locking wheel (electrically driven G04C21/10)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B21/04 2 Hour wheels; Racks or rakes; Snails or similar control mechanisms
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B21/06 2 Details of striking mechanisms, e.g. hammer, fan governor {(escapements in general G04B15/00; mechanisms for stabilising frequency G04B17/00; resistance regulators G05D13/00; mechanical toys A63H)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B21/08 2 Sounding bodies; Whistles; Musical apparatus (with electro-acoustical transmitters G04C21/00, {G04B23/08; sounding arrangements in alarm clocks G04B23/028; cases with arrangements for enhancing sound production G04B37/0075; carillons and sounding boards G10F1/08, G04B1/10, G10D13/08})
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B21/10 2 Releasing or locking the regular stroke, e.g. for silence during the night
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B21/12 2 Reiterating watches or clocks
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B21/14 2 Winding-up the striking mechanism by the clockwork; winding up the clockwork by the striking mechanism {(winding up by hand or mechanically G04B3/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B23/00 0 Arrangements producing acoustic signals at preselected times {(indicating the time by optical means G04B19/00, G04C17/00; indicating the time by acoustic means G04B21/00; indicating the time by means other than acoustic or optical, or by a combination of means G04B25/00; acoustic time signals produced electrically G04C21/00; coin-freed alarm clocks G07F17/0007; acoustic signalling means G08B3/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B23/005 1 {by starting up musical boxes or other musical recordings (starting up and stopping of phonographs by means of clockwork apparatus G11B33/06)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B23/02 1 Alarm clocks (electrically released alarm signals G04C21/00 {waking up by electric lamps G04C19/02; by other means G04B25/005; alarm clocks with electric contacts G04C23/06})
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B23/021 2 {Controls (winding up the alarm; adjusting and indicating the waking time)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B23/023 2 {Driving, e.g. by springs or common drive with the clockwork; gears; escapements (escapements in general G04B15/00; regulating means for clockworks in general G04B17/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B23/025 2 {Signal triggering (in alarm clocks which deliver also or only non-acoustic signals G04B25/005)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B23/026 2 {Hammer driving; hammers; devices with several hammers or sounding bodies; vibrators}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B23/028 2 {Sounding bodies; boxes used as sounding cases; fixation on or in the case (sounding bodies G04B21/08; case enhancing transmission of sound waves G04B37/0075)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B23/03 2 Alarm signal stop arrangements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B23/04 2 with coarse and fine setting of the preselected times
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B23/06 2 adjustable for several preselected times with automatic stopping of the signal
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B23/08 2 operating on successive days without resetting; operating only once in each 24 hours
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B23/10 2 with presignal; with repeated signal; with changeable intensity of sound
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B23/12 2 Alarm watches to be worn in pockets or on the wrist (giving signals by stimulating the skin G04B25/04)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B25/00 0 Indicating the time by other means or by combined means (electric or electromechanical indicating G04C {; illumination of dials or hands G04B19/30; indicating the time by acoustic means G04B21/00; arrangements producing acoustic signals at preselected times G04B23/00; continuously indicating the time optically by electric means G04C19/00; producing acoustic time signals by electrical means G04C21/00; devices for cooking eggs A47J29/00})
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B25/005 1 {in alarm clocks (G04B25/04 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B25/02 1 by feeling; Clocks or watches for blind persons
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B25/04 2 Alarm clocks or watches with devices stimulating the skin {(normal pocket or wrist alarm clocks G04B23/12)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B25/06 1 by moving figures, e.g. cuckoo clocks, trumpet clocks {(figures or part of figures set in motion by the clockwork and creating an optical special effect G04B45/0007; figures or parts of figures not used to indicate time G04B45/0038; clockworks driving inscriptions or figures G04B45/0023; time indication by means of plates or bands driven electrically G04C19/04)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B27/00 0 Mechanical devices for setting the time indicating means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B27/001 1 {Internal gear therefor, e.g. for setting the second hand or for setting several clockworks}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B27/002 1 {The setting apparatus being crown shaped (G04B27/02 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B27/004 1 {having several simultaneous functions, e.g. stopping or starting the clockwork or the hands (G04B27/02 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B27/005 1 {stepwise or on determined values (G04B27/02 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B27/007 1 {otherwise than manually (G04B27/02 takes precedence; oscillator weights in general G04B5/04)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B27/008 1 {with parts which are put together with the winding parts, but are functionally separate from them}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B27/02 1 by making use of the winding means {(winding by hand or mechanically G04B3/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B27/023 2 {changing of the winding position to the setting position and vice versa is done with an independant part of the winding or setting mechanism (G04B27/045 and G04B27/065 take precedence; by part of the case G04B27/086)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B27/026 2 {for several clockworks or pairs of hands and/or supplementary functions}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B27/04 2 with clutch wheel {(support and displacement of the winding stem through the case, means for preventing the stem from going too far, fixation G04B37/06)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B27/045 3 {Changing the winding position to the setting position and vice versa is done with an independant part of the winding or setting mechanism}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B27/06 2 with rocking bar {(support and displacement of the winding stem through the case, means preventing the stem from going too far, fixation G04B37/06)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B27/065 3 {Changing the winding position to the setting position and vice versa is done with an independant part of the winding or setting mechanism}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B27/08 1 by using parts of the case {(winding by using parts of the case G04B3/08)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B27/083 2 {which may be used for winding when changed form the normal position}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B27/086 2 {which, after displacing a supplementary part, may be used for winding (similar devices G04B27/023; in mechanisms with coupled pinions G04B27/045; in rocking mechanisms G04B27/065)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B29/00 0 Frameworks
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B29/02 1 Plates; Bridges; Cocks
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B29/022 2 {Bridges}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B29/025 2 {Cocks}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B29/027 2 {Materials and manufacturing (alloys, in general C22C)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B29/04 1 Connecting or supporting parts
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B31/00 0 Bearings; Point suspensions or counter-point suspensions; Pivot bearings; Single parts therefor (bearings in general F16C {; manufacture and composition of springs G04B1/145; suspension of oscillating weights G04B5/18; suspension of a pendulum G04B17/02; bearings for electrical measurement apparatus G01R1/10, G01R1/12, G01R11/12, G01R11/14; inserting jewels A44C17/04; inserting cutting diamonds B23P5/00; devices for fixation of bearing jewels, bearing sleeves, or the like G04D3/04})
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B31/004 1 characterised by the material used
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B31/008 2 Jewel bearings (G04B31/04 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B31/0082 3 {with jewel hole and cap jewel (shock damping bearings with jewel hole and cap jewel G04B31/04)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B31/0085 3 {with cap jewel only}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B31/0087 3 {with jewel hole only}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B31/012 2 Metallic bearings
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B31/0123 3 {with metallic ball bearings and metallic roller bearings}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B31/0126 3 {Metallic step-bearings}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B31/016 2 Plastic bearings
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B31/02 1 Shock-damping bearings {(shock damping in the case G04B37/052, G04B37/055, G04B37/0418)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B31/04 2 with jewel hole and cap jewel {(jewel bearings with jewel hole and cap jewel G04B31/0082; tools for inserting jewel bearings G04D3/042)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B31/06 1 Manufacture or mounting processes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B31/08 1 Lubrication {(self-lubricated plastic bearings G04B31/016; lubrication of the escape wheel G04B15/14; lubrication of synchronous clockworks G04C15/009; lubrication devices and lubricant containers G04D5/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B33/00 0 Calibers {(disposition of components of the automatic winding mechanism in relation to the clockwork G04B5/18)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B33/02 1 Circular calibers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B33/04 1 Non-circular calibers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B33/06 1 of extremely flat shape
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B33/08 1 in which the gear train is arranged in different planes, e.g. parallel or inclined to each other (G04B33/10 takes precedence {case for special purposes, e.g. button or ring clockworks G04B37/12})
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B33/10 1 with seconds hand arranged in the centre of the dial
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B33/12 1 for extremely long running times
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B33/14 1 Calibers of which the mainsprings or barrels are easily removable (mainsprings G04B1/14; barrels, arbors G04B1/16 {; normal or mechanical winding G04B3/00})
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B33/16 1 with arrangements affording protection of the clockwork against damage as a consequence of a rupture of the mainspring {(protection devices against the rupture of the mainspring or its over-tension, placed in the spring-drum or fixed on it against rupture if the mainspring is wound too far G04B1/20)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B35/00 0 Adjusting the gear train, e.g. the backlash of the arbors, depth of meshing of the gears {(adjusting the escapement G04B15/12)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B37/00 0 Cases {(cases with a special shape G04B45/0069; ornamentation of the case G04B47/04; cartridges A45C11/00 - A45C11/38)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B37/0008 1 {for pocket watches and wrist watches}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B37/0016 2 {with folding cover or folding bottom (hinge without spring)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B37/0025 2 {with cover or bottom with a spring (savonette) bench watches opening or closing with spring action G04B37/0463}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B37/0033 2 {with cover or bottom which can slide or turn (without a spring action)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B37/0041 2 {the cover or the bottom can slide or turn with a spring action}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B37/005 2 {with cover or protection device which can be completely removed, either by lifting off or by sliding, or by turning (protection covers, protection cases also against humidity)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B37/0058 2 {for shaped watches}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B37/0066 1 {for wall clocks and balances (feet and stands for clocks G04B37/1473)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B37/0075 1 {with means to enhance sound transmission (sonorous means for chimes G04B21/08; for alarm clocks G04B23/028; clockworks combined with musical devices G04B47/025)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B37/0083 1 {for more than one clockwork}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B37/0091 1 {for clock parts, e.g. for the escapement or the electric motor (protection cases and air tight vacuum means for clockwork parts G04B37/088)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B37/02 1 Evacuated cases; Cases filled with gas or liquids; Cases containing substances for absorbing or binding moisture or dust
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B37/04 1 Mounting the clockwork in the case; Shock absorbing mountings
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B37/0409 2 {Fixed mounting relating to wall clocks and pendulums}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B37/0418 3 {with shock damping means (shock damping bearings G04B31/02; protection against shocks with shields G04B43/002)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B37/0427 2 {Mountings relative to pocket and wrist watches allowing a rocking movement about a hinge or any other movement (covers and protective cases which may be removed completely either by direct removal or by sliding or turning G04B37/005; ornamentation and interchangeable parts of cases, modifying the external appearance of the clockwork G04B47/046)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B37/0436 3 {Clockwork movements coming out without springs, for allowing time reading or winding}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B37/0445 3 {Clockwork movements which come out by spring action for time reading and winding}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B37/0454 3 {Free standing watches (montre chevalet)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B37/0463 3 {Free standing watches where the clockwork, on opening or closing the case, is ejected or returned by spring action, or possibly with a spring for opening or closing the case (cases with spring action cover G04B37/0025; wrist watches or pocket watches which can be used as free standing watches with the aid of certain parts of the case G04B37/148)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B37/0472 3 {Rocking mounting of the clockwork}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B37/0481 2 {Mountings relative to wall-clockworks and to pendulums allowing certain movements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B37/049 2 {Mountings for sound-damping}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B37/05 2 Fixed mountings for pocket or wrist watches
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B37/052 3 {with shock damping means not related to the winding stem (shock damping bearings G04B31/02; shock protection G04B43/002)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B37/055 3 {with shock damping means including the winding stem (shock damping bearings G04B31/02; shock protection G04B43/002)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B37/057 3 {for shaped watches}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B37/06 1 Forming the passage for the winding stem through the case; Divided winding stems {(watertight protection means for the winding stem G04B37/10; fixing the knob to the case G04B37/1466; winding and setting the hands with the winding stem with clutch wheel G04B27/04, with rocking bar G04B27/06)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B37/062 2 {Means for preventing the winding stem from being pulled out too far}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B37/064 3 {by a tirette}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B37/066 2 {Divided stem (tige brisee) (normal winding stems G04B3/041)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B37/068 2 {Stem passage not being part of the layout of the clockwork}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B37/08 1 Hermetic sealing of openings, joints, passages or slits {(covers or protecting devices which can be directly removed, or by sliding or turning G04B37/005; hermetic sealing of watch or crystal with special pieces G04B39/02; hermetically-sealed electrical switches H01H23/06)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B37/081 2 {Complete encasings for wrist or pocket watches also comprising means for hermetic sealing of the winding stem and crown (hermetic sealing of the stem or crown G04B37/10)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B37/082 3 {without special hermetic sealing pieces}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B37/083 3 {for shaped watches}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B37/084 2 {Complete encasings for wrist or pocket watches without means for hermetic sealing of winding stem or crown}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B37/085 3 {without special hermetic sealing pieces}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B37/086 3 {for shaped watches}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B37/087 2 {Protection of wrist or pocket watch cases against dust}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B37/088 2 {Means affording hermetic sealing inside the case, e.g. protective case for the clockwork against dust, the escapement being in a hermetically sealed case (case for watch pieces G04B37/0091; synchronous motor lubrication G04C15/009)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B37/10 2 of winding stems {(construction of winding crowns G04B3/041; in combination with hermetic sealing G04B37/081)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B37/103 3 {by screwing the crown onto the case}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B37/106 3 {of push buttons (winding up by push button G04B3/001; crown in the form of push button G04B3/046; construction of push buttons G04B3/048)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B37/11 2 of the back cover of pocket or wrist watches
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B37/113 3 {without special hermetic sealing pieces}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B37/116 3 {for shaped watches}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B37/12 1 Cases for special purposes, e.g. watch combined with ring, watch combined with button (watch guards or protectors A45C11/10, A45C11/12; watches combined with cosmetic powder containers A45D33/30 {; domed dial G04B19/10; calibers in which the clockwork is disposed on different planes G04B33/08; means for fixing watches on items of clothing G04B37/1433; cases having means for fixing onto a normal bracelet G04B37/1486; cases giving special affects due to their particular shape G04B45/0069; watches combined with various objects and therefore having a specially shaped case G04B47/00})
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B37/122 2 {used as a mirror}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B37/125 2 {allowing note taking (cases with means for holding sheets of note-paper G04B37/127; adjustable guide marks or pointers for indicating determined points of time G04B19/28; changeable indicators G04B45/0092)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B37/127 2 {used as containers or cartridges (means for incorporating a battery in the case G04G17/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B37/14 1 Suspending devices, supports or stands for time-pieces insofar as they form part of the case {(wrist watch straps, fastening means therefor A44C5/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B37/1406 2 {Means for fixing the clockwork pieces on other objects (possibly on walls)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B37/1413 3 {Separable means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B37/142 3 {Means which can be adjusted as a function of the clockwork piece}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B37/1426 3 {Means whereby the clockwork piece may move with regard to its suspension device}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B37/1433 3 {Fixation on items of clothing, e.g. with clips (button watches G04B37/12; brooches, or the like A44C1/00; other similar fixation means, in general A45F5/02)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B37/144 3 {Fixation on flat support, e.g. on dashboard}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B37/1446 2 {Means for suspending pocket-, or other types of watches, e.g. on small chains (bracelet fixings G04B37/1486)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B37/1453 3 {Construction and manufacture of case crown and clip}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B37/146 3 {with the case crown and a clip}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B37/1466 3 {Fixing the case crown onto the case}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B37/1473 2 {Supports and feet for supporting the clockwork (cases for standing clockworks in general G04B37/0066)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B37/148 3 {formed by parts of the case (standing watches by bringing them out of the case or purse G04B37/0463)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B37/1486 2 {Arrangements for fixing to a bracelet (building watches into bracelets (montre marquise) G04B37/12; arrangements for hanging pocket- or other watches on chains G04B37/1446)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B37/1493 3 {by means of a feather spring (Barette á ressort)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B37/16 2 Fastening the case to the bracelet
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B37/18 1 for pocket or wrist watches (G04B37/02 - G04B37/16 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B37/20 2 with hinged covers or backs
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B37/22 1 Materials or processes of manufacturing pocket watch or wrist watch cases {(machines or tools for the manufacture of clockwork cases G04D3/0064, G04D3/0097, G04D3/029; decoration or tools therefor G04B45/0076)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B37/221 2 {Wear resistant cases}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B37/223 2 {metallic cases coated with a nonmetallic layer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B37/225 2 {Non-metallic cases}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B37/226 3 {coated with a metallic layer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B37/228 3 {Wooden cases}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B39/00 0 Watch crystals; Fastening or sealing of crystals; Clock glasses
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B39/002 1 {made of glass}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B39/004 1 {from a material other than glass}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B39/006 2 {out of wear resistant material, e.g. sapphire}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B39/008 1 {with means for magnified reading (combinations with a magnifying glass in general G04B47/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B39/02 1 Sealing crystals or glasses {(sealing the case and the winding stem G04B37/08)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B39/025 2 {without special sealing parts}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B41/00 0 Locking or holding devices for pendulums, chimes, or the like, for use during transport
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B41/005 1 {holding and locking of the pendulum only}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B43/00 0 Protecting clockworks by shields or other means against external influences, e.g. magnetic fields {(demagnetising apparatus G04D9/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B43/002 1 {Component shock protection arrangements (shock damping bearings G04B31/02; shock-damping in the case G04B37/04; protection of the pendulum or chime during transport G04B41/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B43/005 1 {Protection against temperature influences}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B43/007 1 {Antimagnetic alloys (antimagnetic alloys with temperature compensation G04B17/227; apparatus for antimagnetising G04D9/00; alloys in general C22C)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B45/00 0 Time pieces of which the indicating means or cases provoke special effects, e.g. aesthetic effects (ornamental shaping of dials G04B19/10 ){(lubrication of clockwork bearings G04B31/008; special effects and pictures in general B44F)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B45/0007 1 {Light-, colour-, line-, or spot-effects caused by parts or pictures moved by the clockwork (disc-shaped indicating parts G04B19/046, G04B19/202; figures or parts thereof for indicating the time, moved by the clockwork G04B25/06)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B45/0015 1 {Light-, colour-, line- or spot-effects caused by or on stationary parts (change of appearance by exchangeable case parts G04B47/046)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B45/0023 1 {Inscriptions or pictures moved by the clockwork, e.g. for advertising (clocks with abrupt time indication G04B13/00; disc-shaped indicating elements G04B19/046, G04B19/202; advertising in general G09F)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B45/003 1 {Inscriptions and pictures moved by hand (clockworks with abrupt time indication G04B13/00; adjustable hands or mechanisms G04B19/28; combination of clockwork with counter, e.g. for sports results G04B47/00; movable ornaments and decorations G04B47/044)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B45/0038 1 {Figures or parts thereof moved by the clockwork (disc-shaped indicating means G04B19/046. G04B19/202; time indicating by moving figures G04B25/06; normal moving parts of the clockwork visible through a window, e.g. the escapement G04B45/02)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B45/0046 2 {with oscillating motion, in pocket- or wrist watches}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B45/0053 2 {with oscillating motion in hanging or standing clockworks such as imitation of a real pendulum}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B45/0061 2 {Moving parts of the clockwork, e.g. pendulum, hands in special form, mostly constructed as a figure (cases and non moving parts of the clockwork in various forms G04B45/0069; decoration and manufacturing methods therefor, also for moving parts G04B45/0076; construction of normal pendulums G04B17/02; construction of normal hands G04B19/042)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B45/0069 1 {Cases and fixed parts with a special shape (movable parts with a special shape G04B45/0061; decoration in general, and methods of manufacture thereof G04B45/0076; cases in general G04B37/00; combination with genuine utensils or mounting therein G04B47/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B45/0076 1 {Decoration of the case and of parts thereof, e.g. as a method of manufacture thereof (specially shaped G04B45/0061, G04B45/0069; decoration with inscriptions and pictures G04B45/0084; construction of the hands G04B19/042; decoration by adding extra pieces to the clockwork G04B47/04; colouring by treatment of the surface, e.g. by oxidation C25D)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B45/0084 1 {Pictures or inscriptions on the case or parts thereof, attaching complete pictures (decoration and manfuacture thereof G04B45/0076; special decorative parts which are attached to the case or other parts G04B47/04)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B45/0092 2 {Changeable parts (cases or clockworks with holders or as holders G04B37/127)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B45/02 1 Time pieces of which the clockwork is visible partly or wholly {(figures or parts thereof moved by the clockwork G04B45/0038)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B45/04 1 Time pieces with invisible drive, e.g. with hands attached to a rotating glass disc {(for advertising G09F23/00; disc-shaped hands with marks or notches G04B19/046)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B45/043 2 {the clockwork being positioned in the hands or pendulum (gearwork G04B1/00; pendulums G04B17/02; construction of the hands G04B19/042)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B45/046 2 {the driving mechanism of the hands being invisible because of special shielding (construction of the hands G04B19/042)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B47/00 0 Time-pieces combined with other articles which do not interfere with the running or the time-keeping of the time-piece ({clockwork cases for special purposes G04B37/12; clocks with magnifying glass built in the face G04B39/00; time-pieces in which parts or cases produce special effects, e.g. aesthetic effects, G04B45/00, particularly with inscriptions or pictures moved by hand G04B45/003, with specially shaped cases or parts G04B45/0069; combination of} writing or drawing implements with devices for indicating time B43K29/087; combined with cameras, projectors, or photographic printing apparatus G03B29/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B47/001 1 {Mounting or fixing to the steering wheel of a vehicle}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B47/003 1 {Mounting in and combined with adjustable indicating means, e.g. date indicating means adjustable by hand, marks or counters (calendar clocks G04B19/24)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B47/005 1 {combined with a key}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B47/006 1 {combined with a lighter}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B47/008 1 {combined with a thermometer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B47/02 1 Installations within mirrors, pictures, furniture or other household articles {(clock-lamps, globe-clocks with a fixed dial, G04B19/04; clock in the form of a lamp with a dial mounted upon it, moved by the clockwork G04B19/21; clockwork in the form of a globe for indicating different local apparent times G04B19/22; illumination of the dial and the hands G04B19/30; clock-lamps with the lamp switched on and off by the clockwork mechanism G04C19/02, within keys G04B47/005, within lighters G04B47/006, within pens B43K29/087)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B47/025 2 {in musical instruments or loudspeakers (sounding bodies with chimes G04B21/08; in alarm clocks G04B23/028; cases with arrangements for enhancing the sound production G04B37/0075)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B47/04 1 with attached ornaments or amusement apparatus {(decorated cases see G04B45/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B47/042 2 {Fastening of jewels and the like (set on or into numbers G04B19/103; jewel bearings G04B31/008; setting of jewels and tools therefor A44C; devices for setting jewel bearings G04D3/04)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B47/044 2 {Movable decorations and parts thereof (inscriptions and pictures moved by hand G04B45/003)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B47/046 2 {Changeable decorations and parts thereof, decorations for the case which change the external appearance of the clockwork (clip-on -, sliding - or tilting protective lids or covers G04B37/005; with a clockwork which can be mounted on different cases for changing its external appearance G04B37/0427; clockworks which can be mounted in different cases for changing their purpose G04B37/14; decoration of the case or parts thereof G04B45/0076; changeable pictures or inscriptions G04B45/0092)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B47/048 2 {Clockwork combined with toys (devices for teaching clock reading G09B19/12; indicating play time G07C1/28)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B47/06 1 with attached measuring instruments, e.g. pedometer, barometer, thermometer or compass {(in combination with a tachometer which winds up the clockwork G04B5/206)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B47/061 2 {calculating scales for indicating relationship between quantity and time (indicating or recording of quantity-time ratios G01D; meters for measuring average speed, measuring speed by chronograph G01P; slide rules and calculating wheels G06G)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B47/063 2 {measuring physiological quantities, e.g. pedometers, heart-rate sensors, blood pressure gauges and the like}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B47/065 2 {with a compass (compasses G01C17/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B47/066 2 {with a pressure sensor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B47/068 2 {with a thermometer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B49/00 0 Time-pieces using the position of the sun, moon or stars {(devices for fixing the place and time by astronomical observations G01C21/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B49/02 1 Sundials {(normal dials G04B19/06)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B49/04 2 Graduation or shaping of dials
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04B99/00 0 Subject matter not provided for in other groups of this subclass
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C ELECTROMECHANICAL CLOCKS OR WATCHES (mechanical parts of clocks or watches in general G04B; electronic time-pieces with no moving parts, electronic circuitry for producing timing pulses G04G)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C1/00 0 Winding mechanical clocks electrically (winding mechanically G04B3/00 {; electrical winding of spring driven arrangements for grammophones G11B19/20})
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C1/003 1 {by electro-thermal or electro-pneumatic arrangements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C1/006 1 {for clocksystems (G04C1/02 - G04C1/04 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C1/02 1 by electromagnets
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C1/022 2 {with snap-acting armature}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C1/024 3 {winding-up springs}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C1/026 2 {having unipolar rotating armature (two-pole or multi-pole arrangements G04C1/04, G04C1/06, G04C1/08)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C1/028 2 {with linearly moving armature}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C1/04 1 by electric motors with rotating or with reciprocating movement {(in general H02K33/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C1/06 2 winding-up springs
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C1/062 3 {by oscillating movement}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C1/065 3 {by continuous rotating movement}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C1/067 3 {by stepping rotating movement}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C1/08 2 raising weights
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C1/082 3 {by oscillating movement}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C1/085 3 {by continuously rotating movement}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C1/087 3 {by stepping rotating movement}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C1/10 1 Protection against overwinding (in mechanical clocks or watches G04B1/20, G04B3/06, G04B3/10; {G04B5/24, G04B9/02})
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C1/12 2 of the spring
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C1/14 2 of the weights
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C3/00 0 Electromechanical clocks or watches independent of other time-pieces and in which the movement is maintained by electric means {(synchronisation G04C11/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C3/001 1 {Electromechanical switches for setting or display (in general H01H)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C3/002 2 {Position, e.g. inclination dependent switches}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C3/004 2 {Magnetically controlled}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C3/005 2 {Multiple switches (G04C3/004 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C3/007 2 {Electromechanical contact-making and breaking devices acting as pulse generators for setting}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C3/008 1 {Mounting, assembling of components}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C3/02 1 wherein movement is regulated by a pendulum
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C3/021 2 {using mechanical coupling (using more than one pendulum G04C3/025; using torsion pendulums G04C3/033; using conical pendulums G04C3/0335)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C3/022 3 {with constant impulses}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C3/024 2 {using other coupling means, e.g. electrostrictive, magnetostrictive}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C3/025 2 {using more than one pendulum (synchronisation between master and slave pendulums G04C13/028)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C3/027 2 using electromagnetic coupling between electric power source and pendulum (G04C3/033 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C3/0271 3 {the pendulum controlling contacts and mechanically driving the gear-train (constructional details of contact devices G04C13/06, G04C23/06)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C3/0273 3 {the pendulum controlling contacts, thereby electromagnetically driving the gear-train or several gear-trains (generating driving pulses in master-clocks G04C13/0463)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C3/0275 3 {the pendulum controlling contacts, the pendulum driving electro-magnet simultaneously driving the gear-train}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C3/0276 3 {the pendulum controlling indirectly, i.e. without mechanical connection, contacts, e.g. by magnetic or optic means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C3/0278 3 {the pendulum controlling the gear-train by means of static switches, e.g. transistor circuits}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C3/033 2 using torsion pendulums; using conical pendulums (construction thereof G04B17/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C3/0335 3 {using conical pendulums (construction thereof G04B17/30)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C3/04 1 wherein movement is regulated by a balance {(construction thereof G04B17/063)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C3/042 2 {using mechanical coupling}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C3/045 3 {with constant impulses}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C3/047 2 {using other coupling means, e.g. electrostrictive, magnetostrictive}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C3/06 2 using electromagnetic coupling between electric power source and balance
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C3/061 3 {the balance controlling contacts and mechanically driving the gear-train}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C3/062 3 {the balance controlling contacts, the gear-train or several gear-trains being driven electro-magnetically thereby}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C3/063 3 {the balance controlling contacts, the balance driving electro-magnet simultaneously driving the gear-train}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C3/064 3 {the balance controlling indirectly, i.e. without mechanical connection, contacts, e.g. by magnetic or optic means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C3/065 3 {the balance controlling gear-train by means of static switches, e.g. transistor circuits (synchronisation of balance G04C11/084)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C3/066 4 {Constructional details, e.g. disposition of coils}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C3/067 4 {Driving circuits with distinct detecting and driving coils}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C3/068 5 {provided with automatic control}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C3/069 4 {Driving circuits using a single coil for detection and driving purposes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C3/08 1 wherein movement is regulated by a mechanical oscillator other than a pendulum or balance, e.g. by a tuning fork {, e.g. electrostatically}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C3/10 2 driven by electromagnetic means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C3/101 3 {constructional details}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C3/102 4 {of the mechanical oscillator or of the coil}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C3/104 4 {of the pawl or the ratched-wheel (in general G04B11/04, G04C11/005)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C3/105 5 {pawl and ratched-wheel being magnetically coupled}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C3/107 4 {Controlling frequency or amplitude of the oscillating system (circuits G04C3/108)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C3/108 3 {Driving circuits}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C3/12 2 driven by piezo-electric means; driven by magneto-strictive means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C3/125 3 {driven by magneto-strictive means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C3/14 1 incorporating a stepping motor (G04C3/02 - G04C3/12 take precedence {generating timing pulses G04F5/00, G04G3/00; setting G04G5/00; synchronisation G04G7/00; generating commutating pulses in masterclocks G04C13/0463, G04C13/02; slave clocks actuated intermittently by electromechanical step advancing mechanisms G04C13/10; control circuits for stepping motors in general H02P8/00})
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C3/143 2 {Means to reduce power consumption by reducing pulse width or amplitude and related problems, e.g. detection of unwanted or missing step}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C3/146 2 {incorporating two or more stepping motors or rotors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C3/16 1 incorporating an electro-dynamic continuously rotating motor (G04C3/02 - G04C3/12 take precedence; clocks driven by synchronous motors G04C15/00; {apparatus which can be set and started to measure-off predetermined or adjustably-fixed time intervals with electric driving means, e.g. incorporating clocks G04F3/06, G04F3/08; electromechanical stop watches G04F8/00})
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C3/165 2 {comprising a mechanical regulating device influencing the electromotor (constructional details of the mechanical regulating device G04B17/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C3/18 1 incorporating electro-thermal or electro-pneumatic driving means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C5/00 0 Electric or magnetic means for converting oscillatory to rotary motion in time-pieces, i.e. electric or magnetic escapements (regulators G04C3/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C5/005 1 {Magnetic or electromagnetic means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C9/00 0 Electrically-actuated devices for setting the time-indicating means (of slave clocks G04C13/03; mechanical setting devices G04B27/00; radio-controlled time-pieces G04R)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C9/02 1 {brought into action by radio transmission}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C9/04 1 by blocking the driving means {(see provisionally G04C9/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C9/06 1 by decoupling the driving means (combined with blocking means G04C9/04 {see provisionally G04C9/00})
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C9/08 1 by electric drive, {(i.e. for mechanical clocks; see provisionally G04C9/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C10/00 0 Arrangements of electric power supplies in time pieces {(circuits G04G19/00; mounting, assembling of components of electromechanical watches G04C3/008, of electronic watches G04G17/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C10/02 1 the power supply being a radioactive {or photovoltaic} source
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C10/04 1 with means for indicating the condition of the power supply {(in general G01R31/36)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C11/00 0 Synchronisation of independently-driven clocks (radio-controlled time-pieces G04R)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C11/002 1 {by changing the driving speed}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C11/005 1 {by changing the ratio of the driving-gear}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C11/007 1 {by positioning of the index or by regulating the length of the pendulum in dependance on the time difference with a standard}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C11/02 1 {by radio (time setting brought into action by radio G04C9/02)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C11/023 2 {provided with arrangements to prevent synchronisation by interfering signals}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C11/026 2 {the time-piece preparing itself on set times on the reception of the sychronising signal}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C11/04 1 over a line (transmitting time signals over telephone networks H04M11/06 {; time setting G04C9/00})
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C11/043 2 {provided with arrangements to prevent synchronisation by interfering signals}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C11/046 2 {the time-piece preparing itself on set time on the reception of the synchronising signal}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C11/06 1 with direct mechanical action on the time-indicating means {(time setting G04C9/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C11/08 1 using an electro-magnet or-motor {for oscillation correction}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C11/081 2 {using an electro-magnet}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C11/082 3 {acting on the pendulum (mutual synchronisation of pendulums G04C13/028)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C11/084 3 {acting on the balance}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C11/085 2 {using an electro-motor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C11/087 3 {acting on the pendulum (mutual synchronisation of pendulums G04C13/028)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C11/088 3 {acting on the balance}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C13/00 0 Driving mechanisms for clocks by master-clocks
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C13/02 1 Circuit arrangements; Electric clock installations
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C13/021 2 {master-slave systems using transmission of singular pulses for driving directly slave-clocks step by step (G04C13/03 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C13/022 3 {via existing power distribution lines}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C13/023 3 {via existing transmission lines (transmitting time signals over telephone networks H04M11/06)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C13/025 3 {via special lines}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C13/026 3 {by radio}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C13/027 2 {master-slave systems using transmission of other driving signals, e.g. coded signals}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C13/028 2 {transmission systems for synchronisation of pendulum of slave-clocks by pendulums of master-clocks}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C13/03 2 Pulse transmission systems with additional means for setting the time indication of slave-clocks {(G04C13/028 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C13/04 2 Master-clocks
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C13/0409 3 {monitoring or controlling master-clock or system with more than one master-clock, e.g. for switching-over to standby motor or power system}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C13/0418 4 {by using devices similar to slave-clocks}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C13/0427 4 {Systems in which slave-clocks function as master-clocks for other slave-clocks (synchronisation of independently-driven clocks G04C11/00, setting G04C9/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C13/0436 3 {provided with supplementary means for setting or changing the time indication of the slave-clocks}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C13/0445 4 {for automatically correcting of or compensating for disturbances}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C13/0454 4 {for automatically setting of slave-clocks after correction or after setting of master-clock}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C13/0463 3 {Arrangements for generating normal driving pulses}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C13/0472 4 {by starting an independent mechanical driving devices, e.g. motor controlling the contacts}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C13/0481 4 {by switching on an electromagnetic driving device, e.g. electro-motor, controlling the contacts}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C13/049 4 {by using current generating driving device}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C13/06 3 Contact devices (for simultaneously winding several clocks G04C1/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C13/065 4 {controlled by a pendulum or a balance}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C13/08 1 Slave-clocks actuated intermittently
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C13/10 2 by electromechanical step advancing mechanisms {(independent clocks or watches incorporating a stepping motor G04C3/14; stepping motors in general H02K33/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C13/105 3 {setting the time-indicating means (master-slave systems with setting means G04C13/03; adjusting independently-driven clocks G04C9/00, G04C11/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C13/11 3 with rotating armature
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C13/12 2 by continuously-rotating electric motors {(independent clocks G04C3/16; clocks driven by synchronous motors G04C15/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C13/14 2 by electrically-released mechanical driving mechanisms
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C15/00 0 Clocks driven by synchronous motors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C15/0009 1 {without power-reserve}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C15/0018 2 {provided with hand-actuated starting device}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C15/0027 2 {provided with automatic-starting device}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C15/0036 2 {provided with means for indicating disturbance}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C15/0045 2 {provided with means for checking sense of rotation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C15/0054 1 {with power-reserve}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C15/0063 1 {Synchronous clock systems, e.g. provided with radiolink or using transmission of alternating current via existing power distribution lines}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C15/0072 2 {Setting the time-indicating means, e.g. by controlling the frequency or by changing the drive of the separate clocks by using an auxiliary motor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C15/0081 2 {Automatic stabilisation of net frequency with regard to time, e.g. by comparing one of the clocks with an independent clock, means being provided for automatic compensation of disturbances}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C15/009 1 {Lubricating}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C17/00 0 Indicating the time optically by electric means (G04C19/00 takes precedence; by mechanical means G04B19/00, G04B19/20)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C17/0008 1 {by bands}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C17/0016 2 {with date indication}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C17/0025 1 {by flaps}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C17/0033 2 {with date indication}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C17/0041 1 {by a combination of different types of indicating devices, e.g. flaps and drums}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C17/005 1 {by discs (by drums G04C17/0075)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C17/0058 2 {with date indication}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C17/0066 3 {electromagnetically driven, e.g. intermittently (clocks incorporating a stepping motor G04C3/14)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C17/0075 1 {by drums or drum-like devices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C17/0083 2 {with date indication}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C17/0091 1 {Combined electro-optical and electro-mechanical displays (see provisionally also G04G9/0082)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C17/02 1 by electric lamps
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C19/00 0 Producing optical time signals at prefixed times by electric means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C19/02 1 by electric lamps
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C19/04 1 by indicating members moved electrically, e.g. flap, band
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C21/00 0 Producing acoustic time signals by electrical means {(for mechanical clocks or watches G04B21/08, G04B25/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C21/02 1 Constructional details (G04C21/04, G04C21/16 take precedence {sound producing devices in general G10K, e.g. G10K1/00})
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C21/04 1 Indicating the time of the day (acoustic indication of time G04B21/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C21/06 2 by striking mechanism
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C21/08 3 with snail
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C21/10 3 with locking plate
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C21/12 2 by electro-acoustic means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C21/14 3 Electro-acoustic time announcement, i.e. spoken
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C21/16 1 producing the signals at adjustable fixed times
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C21/18 2 by mechanically unlocking an electromechanical vibrator, e.g. actuated by the leakage flux of the electric driving means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C21/185 3 {provided with means for sheeting off or temporarity stopping the signal}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C21/20 2 by closing a contact to ring an electromechanical alarm
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C21/205 3 {by the hand(s) or handlike members closing the contact}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C21/22 3 put into action by the arbor of a mechanical alarm work
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C21/24 3 put into action by the spring of a mechanical alarm work
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C21/26 3 put into action by the vibrations caused by the operation of a mechanical alarm work
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C21/28 2 by closing a contact to put into action electro-acoustic means, e.g. awakening by music
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C21/30 2 with provision for a number of operations at different times, e.g. ringing the bells in a school
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C21/305 3 {by the hand(s) or handlike members closing the contacts}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C21/32 3 giving indications at a number of places each at a different time, e.g. system of alarms in a hotel
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C21/323 4 {by the hand(s) or handlike members closing the contacts}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C21/326 4 {adjustable from the different places themselves}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C21/34 2 Devices on watches or similar portable timepieces
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C21/36 2 Signal repeating devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C21/38 2 Adjusting the duration of signals
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C23/00 0 Clocks with attached or built-in means operating any device at preselected times or after preselected time-intervals (if restricted to producing acoustic time signals by electrical means G04C21/00; mechanical alarm clocks G04B23/02; apparatus which can be set and started to measure-off predetermined intervals G04F3/06; time or time-programme switches which automatically terminate their operation after the programme is completed H01H43/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C23/02 1 Constructional details
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C23/04 2 Housings, supports, shielding, or similar stationary parts
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C23/06 2 Driving or regulating means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C23/08 2 Programming means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C23/10 2 for actuating any element which operates, or initiates the operation of, the device concerned
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C23/12 2 Electric circuitry
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C23/14 1 Mechanisms continuously running to relate the operation(s) to the time of day
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C23/16 2 acting only at one preselected time or during one adjustable time interval
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C23/18 2 for operating one device at a number of different times
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C23/20 3 with contacts operated, or formed by clock hands or elements of similar form
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C23/22 3 with the actuating element carried by a disc
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C23/24 4 the actuating element controlling another element mechanically
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C23/26 2 for operating a number of devices at different times
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C23/28 3 with contacts operated, or formed, by clock hands or elements of similar form
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C23/30 3 with the actuating element carried by a disc
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C23/32 4 the actuating element controlling another element mechanically
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C23/34 2 with provision for automatic modification of the programme, e.g. on Sunday
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C23/342 3 {some operations being performed at another time}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C23/345 3 {another programme being carried out}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C23/347 3 {some operations being overridden}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C23/36 3 by external influences
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C23/38 1 Mechanisms measuring a chosen time interval independently of the time of day at which interval starts
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C23/40 2 using continuously-running mechanism
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C23/42 2 acting only at the end of a single time interval
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C23/44 3 with provision for selection from a number of preset intervals
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C23/46 3 with provision for adjustment of the interval (G04C23/44 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C23/48 2 acting at the ends of successive time intervals
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C23/50 2 with provision for modification of the interval(s) by external influences
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04C99/00 0 Subject matter not provided for in other groups of this subclass
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D APPARATUS OR TOOLS SPECIALLY DESIGNED FOR MAKING OR MAINTAINING CLOCKS OR WATCHES
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D1/00 0 Gripping, holding, or supporting devices {(stands in general F16M; for instruments G01D11/30, B01L)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D1/0007 1 {for assembly entirely by hand}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D1/0014 2 {Workbenches, supports; Workbenches provided with suction devices; for dust; Illumination}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D1/0021 2 {Supporting means facilitating assembly and mechanisation, e.g. magazines for components (machines for assembly G04D1/0071; supports in general G04D1/06)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D1/0028 2 {Screwdrivers (screwdrivers in general B25B15/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D1/0035 3 {with power source for driving the screwdriver}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D1/0042 2 {tools for setting, riveting or pressing, e.g. nippers for this purpose (machines therefor G04D3/042, G04D3/045, G04D3/047)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D1/005 1 {for non-automatic assembly, with automatic transport between workbenches}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D1/0057 2 {Conveyor belts or chains (in general B65G)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D1/0064 2 {Turntables or plates (carousels) (in general B65G47/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D1/0071 1 {for totally automated assembly}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D1/0078 1 {Automated gripping means (hand-operated gripping means G04D1/02)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D1/0085 2 {with pneumatic holding means (hand tools with pneumatic means G04D1/02)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D1/0092 1 {Devices for positioning and sorting of the components (sorting and positioning in general B23Q)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D1/02 1 Tweezers; Vice clamps or other special hand tools for watchmakers {(G04D1/04, G04D1/08, G04D1/10 take precedence; vices B25B; devices for setting bearing jewels and parts thereof G04D3/04; devices for setting watch glasses G04D3/06)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D1/021 2 {Tweezers (tweezers for medical purposes A61B; setting tools B41B1/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D1/022 2 {Universal nippers (nippers for setting watch glasses G04D3/067)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D1/023 2 {Revolving-head nippers (jaw plates for latches G04D3/0218)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D1/025 2 {Hand screws}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D1/026 2 {Clamps for holding bearing jewels (machines for setting bearing jewels G04D3/0002)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D1/027 2 {Hand tools for gripping or holding by magnetic means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D1/028 2 {Hand tools for gripping or holding by pneumatic means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D1/04 1 Tools for setting springs
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D1/041 2 {for springs of driving mechanisms (machines therefor G04D3/0007)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D1/042 2 {for coil springs in regulating mechanisms (machines therefor G04D3/0041)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D1/044 3 {for working the ends (machines therefor G04D3/0041)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D1/045 3 {for fastening the ends (machines therefor G04D3/0007, G04D3/0041)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D1/047 4 {on the coil roll}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D1/048 4 {on the coil bobbin}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D1/06 1 Supporting devices for clockworks or parts of time-pieces {(for automatic assembly G04D1/0021)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D1/063 2 {provided with a pick-up means, e.g. microphone (measuring and control means for comparison with a standard frequency G04D7/12)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D1/066 2 {Packaging and boxes for transport (packaging for small items, packaging for special items B65D)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D1/08 1 Tools for setting or removing hands {(machines therefor G04D3/0046)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D1/10 1 Devices for opening or closing watch bottoms or covers {(machines therefor G04D3/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D3/00 0 Watchmakers' or watch-repairers' machines or tools for working materials {(metal working in general class B23)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D3/0002 1 {for mechanical working other than with a lathe (lathes for watchmakers G04D3/02)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D3/0005 2 {for parts of driving means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D3/0007 3 {for springs (springs in general B21F; mainspring construction G04B1/14; springs for the regulating mechanism see G04D3/0041)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D3/001 3 {for spring barrels (construction of spring barrels G04B1/16, G04B1/18)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D3/0012 2 {for parts of the winding-up mechanism, e.g. for winding axles, crowns (construction thereof G04B3/00, G04B5/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D3/0015 2 {for components of the pawl construction, stop clicks, clutches (construction thereof G04B11/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D3/0017 2 {for components of gearworks (construction thereof G04B13/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D3/002 3 {for gear wheels or gears}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D3/0023 3 {for axles, sleeves}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D3/0025 3 {for axletaps, e.g. for grinding or polishing thereof (on a lathe G04D3/02)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D3/0028 2 {for components of the escape mechanism (construction thereof G04B15/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D3/003 3 {for levers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D3/0033 3 {for lever wheels}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D3/0035 2 {for components of the regulating mechanism}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D3/0038 3 {for balances (construction therefor G04B17/063)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D3/0041 3 {for coil-springs (coil-springs in general B21F; springs for the driving mechanism G04D3/0007)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D3/0043 2 {for components of the time-indicating mechanisms (construction thereof G04B19/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D3/0046 3 {for hands (construction thereof G04B19/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D3/0048 3 {for dials (construction thereof G04B19/10, G04B19/12)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D3/0051 3 {for time markers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D3/0053 2 {for framework components (construction thereof G04B29/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D3/0056 2 {for bearing components (construction thereof G04B31/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D3/0058 3 {for bearing jewels (machines for boring through stones B28D; for diamonds B24B; diamond polishing B24B9/16; manufacture of drawing stones B23P5/00; setting of industrial stones B23P15/24)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D3/0061 2 {for components for protecting the mechanism against external influences (construction thereof G04B37/00, G04B43/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D3/0064 3 {for cases}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D3/0066 3 {for the fastening means of the case or bracelet (construction thereof G04B37/1486)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D3/0069 1 {for working with non-mechanical means, e.g. chemical, electrochemical, metallising, vapourising; with electron beams, laser beams}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D3/0071 2 {for bearing components}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D3/0074 1 {for treatment of the material, e.g. surface treatment}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D3/0076 2 {for components of driving mechanisms, e.g. mainspring}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D3/0079 2 {for gearwork components}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D3/0082 3 {for gear wheels or gears}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D3/0084 3 {for axles, sleeves}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D3/0087 2 {for components of the escapement mechanism, e.g. lever escapement, escape wheel}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D3/0089 2 {for components of the regulating mechanism, e.g. coil springs}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D3/0092 2 {for components of the time-indicating mechanism, e.g. dials}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D3/0094 2 {for bearing components}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D3/0097 2 {for components of the means protecting the mechanism against external influences, e.g. cases}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D3/02 1 Lathes, with one or more supports; Burnishing machines, with one or more supports {(metal lathes B23B; automatic lathes B23B; grinding and polishing in general class B24)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D3/0209 2 {Components}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D3/0218 3 {Jaw-plates, revolving-head nippers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D3/0227 2 {for the manufacture of special components for clockworks}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D3/0236 3 {for gearwork components}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D3/0245 4 {for gear wheels or gears}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D3/0254 4 {for axles, sleeves}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D3/0263 4 {for axle taps}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D3/0272 3 {for components of the time-indicating mechanism, e.g. dials}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D3/0281 3 {for bearing components}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D3/029 3 {for components of the means protecting the mechanism from external influences, e.g. cases}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D3/04 1 Devices for placing bearing jewels, bearing sleeves, or the like in position {(fixing jewels A44C17/04; tools for assembling and taking apart gear wheels and bearing components B25B; machines for the manufacture of bearing jewels and components G04D3/0002)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D3/042 2 {for bearing jewels (pressing nippers and hand tools G04D1/0042)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D3/045 2 {for lever, Impulse-pin (adjustment of the escapement G04D7/06)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D3/047 2 {for the coil rolls or bobbins}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D3/06 1 Devices for shaping or setting watch glasses {(cutting watch glasses C03B33/04; grinding or working of spectacle lenses and lenses B24B; working plastic materials in general B29)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D3/062 2 {Shaping without chipping away, e.g. by hot pressing or by punching out the whole piece from a plate}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D3/065 2 {Shaping by removing material, e.g. cutting out from a plate, milling the edges}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D3/067 2 {Setting or taking apart, whereby a temporary deformation of the glass may take place}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D3/08 1 Machines or apparatus for cleaning
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D3/083 2 {whereby the components to be cleaned are placed in a container}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D3/086 3 {whereby the container rotates in a cleaning fluid}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D5/00 0 Oiling devices; Special lubricant containers for watchmakers {(bearings constructed with regard to oiling of the clockwork G04B31/08; oilcans for lubricating in general F16N3/04)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D5/005 1 {Oilcans and other hand tools for lubricating special parts of the clockwork mechanism}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D7/00 0 Measuring, counting, calibrating, testing or regulating apparatus {(measuring devices and calibers in general G01B; counters in general H03K)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D7/001 1 {Purely mechanical measuring and testing apparatus}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D7/002 1 {Electrical measuring and testing apparatus}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D7/003 2 {for electric or electronic clocks}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D7/004 1 {Optical measuring and testing apparatus}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D7/005 1 {Counters for small components, e.g. bearing jewels}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D7/006 1 {Testing apparatus for complete clockworks with regard to external influences or general good working}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D7/007 2 {with regard to the sealing of the case}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D7/008 2 {with regard to the reaction to shocks}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D7/009 2 {with regard to the functioning of the automatic winding-up device}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D7/02 1 for mainsprings
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D7/04 1 for gearwork, {(e.g. optical control of gear wheels; optical control in general G01B, G01B9/08)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D7/06 1 for escapements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D7/08 1 for balance wheels
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D7/081 2 {for adjusting the felloe or the shafts (adjustment of the gear wheels G04D7/04)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D7/082 2 {for balancing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D7/084 3 {by setting adjustable elements, e.g. balance wheel screws}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D7/085 3 {by removing material from the balance wheel itself}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D7/087 4 {Automatic devices therefor (balancing and loading or removing carried out automatically)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D7/088 3 {by loading the balance wheel itself with material}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D7/10 1 for hairsprings {of balances}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D7/12 1 Timing devices for clocks or watches for comparing the rate of the oscillating member with a standard {(supporting devices for clocks with built-in recording apparatus G04D1/063; measuring short time intervals G04F10/00; frequency measuring in general H04B, G01R)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D7/1207 2 {only for measuring}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D7/1214 3 {for complete clockworks}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D7/1221 4 {with recording, e.g. vibrograph}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D7/1228 5 {Devices for facilitating the reading or the interpretation of the recording}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D7/1235 3 {for the control mechanism only (found from outside the clockwork)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D7/1242 4 {for measuring amplitude}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D7/125 4 {for measuring frequency}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D7/1257 2 {wherein further adjustment devices are present}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D7/1264 3 {for complete clockworks}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D7/1271 3 {for the control mechanism only (from outside the clockwork)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D7/1278 4 {whereby the adjustment device works on the compass}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D7/1285 4 {whereby the adjustment device works on the mainspring}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D7/1292 4 {whereby the adjustment device works on the balance wheel}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D9/00 0 Demagnetising devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04D99/00 0 Subject matter not provided for in other groups of this subclass
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04F TIME-INTERVAL MEASURING (measuring pulse characteristics G01R, e.g. G01R29/02; in radar or like systems G01S)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04F1/00 0 Apparatus which can be set and started to measure-off predetermined or adjustably-fixed time intervals without driving mechanisms, e.g. egg timers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04F1/005 1 {using electronic timing, e.g. counting means (pulse time delay arrangements H03K5/13; modifications of electronic switches for introducing a time delay before switching H03K17/28)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04F1/02 1 by consuming prefixed quantities of materials, e.g. by burning candle
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04F1/04 1 by movement or acceleration due to gravity
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04F1/06 2 by flowing-away of a prefixed quantity of fine-granular or liquid materials, e.g. sand-glass, water-clock
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04F1/063 3 {using acoustic signalling}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04F1/066 3 {using electrical contact device}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04F1/08 2 by a body falling a prefixed distance in air or in a viscous material
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04F3/00 0 Apparatus which can be set and started to measure-off predetermined or adjustably-fixed time intervals with driving mechanisms, e.g. dosimeters with clockwork
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04F3/02 1 with mechanical driving mechanisms
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04F3/022 2 {using mechanical signalling device}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04F3/025 2 {mechanically actuated (cigar or cigarette receptacles or boxes with means for limiting the frequency of smoking A24F15/005)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04F3/027 2 {using electrical contacts, e.g. for actuating electro-acoustic device}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04F3/04 2 Additional arrangements in connection with ordinary non-electric clocks for this purpose
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04F3/06 1 with electric driving mechanisms
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04F3/08 2 Additional arrangements in connection with ordinary electric clocks for this purpose
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04F5/00 0 Apparatus for producing preselected time intervals for use as timing standards (generating clock signals for electric digital computers G06F1/04)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04F5/02 1 Metronomes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04F5/022 2 {Mechanic metronomes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04F5/025 2 {Electronic metronomes (rhytem generation for electrophonic musical instruments G10H1/36)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04F5/027 2 {using electro-mechanical driving, e.g. of optical scanned recordings (electrophonic musical instruments in which tones are generated by electromechanical means, e.g. by using pick-up means for reading recorded waves G10H3/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04F5/04 1 using oscillators with electromechanical resonators {producing electric oscillations or timing pulses}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04F5/06 2 using piezo-electric resonators
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04F5/063 3 {Constructional details}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04F5/066 4 {Trimmer condensators}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04F5/08 2 using magnetostrictive resonators
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04F5/10 1 using electric or electronic resonators (G04F5/14 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04F5/12 1 using fluidic devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04F5/14 1 using atomic clocks
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04F5/145 2 {using Coherent Population Trapping}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04F5/16 1 using pulses produced by radio-isotopes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04F7/00 0 Apparatus for measuring unknown time intervals by non-electric means (using fluidic means G04F13/06)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04F7/02 1 by measuring the distance of fall or the final velocity of a falling body
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04F7/04 1 using a mechanical oscillator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04F7/06 2 running only during the time interval to be measured, e.g. stop-watch
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04F7/062 3 {with reset mechanisms}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04F7/065 3 {with start-stop control arrangements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04F7/067 4 {with a single push-button or actuation member for start-stop and reset}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04F7/08 2 Watches or clocks with stop devices, e.g. chronograph
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04F7/0804 3 {with reset mechanisms}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04F7/0809 4 {with single hammers, i.e. one hammer acts on each counter}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04F7/0814 4 {with double hammer, i.e. one hammer acts on two counters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04F7/0819 4 {with triple hammer, i.e. one hammer acts on three counters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04F7/0823 3 {with couplings between the chronograph mechanism and the base movement}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04F7/0828 4 {acting in the plane of the movement}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04F7/0833 4 {acting perpendicular to the plane of the movement}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04F7/0838 4 {involving a tilting movement}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04F7/0842 3 {with start-stop control mechanisms}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04F7/0847 4 {with column wheel}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04F7/0852 4 {with member having a rotational two-way movement, e.g. navette}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04F7/0857 4 {with single push-button or actuation member for start-stop and reset}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04F7/0861 4 {actuated by other than push-buttons, e.g. bezel or lever}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04F7/0866 3 {Special arrangements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04F7/0871 4 {with multiple chronograph functions, i.e. to count multiple running times (alternate time counting G07C)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04F7/0876 4 {Split-time function, e.g. rattrappante}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04F7/088 4 {with display of fraction of seconds, e.g. foudroyante}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04F7/0885 4 {Modular constructions involving interchangeability with one or more chronograph modules on a single base movement}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04F7/089 4 {indicating measured time by other than hands, e.g. numbered bands, drums, discs or sheet (current time indication other than by hand G04B19/20)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04F7/0895 4 {with a separate barrel for the chronograph functions (barrel in a separable module G04F7/0885)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04F7/10 1 Means used apart from the time-piece for starting or stopping same
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04F8/00 0 Apparatus for measuring unknown time intervals by electromechanical means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04F8/003 1 {using continuously running driving means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04F8/006 1 {running only during the time interval to be measured, e.g. stop-watch}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04F8/02 1 using an electromechanical oscillator {(G04F5/00, G04F10/00 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04F8/04 2 using a piezo-electric oscillator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04F8/06 2 using a magnetostrictive oscillator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04F8/08 1 Means used apart from the time-piece for starting or stopping same
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04F10/00 0 Apparatus for measuring unknown time intervals by electric means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04F10/005 1 {Time-to-digital converters [TDC] (analog-to-digital converters with intermediate conversion to time or phase H03M1/50, H03M1/60)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04F10/02 1 using oscillators with passive electric resonator, e.g. lumped LC {(G04F10/04, G04F10/06 and G04F10/10 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04F10/04 1 by counting pulses or half-cycles of an ac {(G04F10/005 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04F10/06 1 by measuring phase {(G04F10/005 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04F10/10 1 by measuring electric or magnetic quantities changing in proportion to time
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04F10/105 2 {with conversion of the time-intervals}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04F13/00 0 Apparatus for measuring unknown time intervals by means not provided for in groups G04F5/00 - G04F10/00
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04F13/02 1 using optical means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04F13/023 2 {using cathode-ray oscilloscopes (circuits for inserting reference time markers for cathode-ray oscilloscopes G01R13/305)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04F13/026 2 {Measuring duration of ultra-short light pulses, e.g. in the pico-second range; particular detecting devices therefor (photometry, radiation pyrometry G01J1/00, G01J5/00; non-linear optics G02F1/35)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04F13/04 1 using electrochemical means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04F13/06 1 using fluidic means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04G ELECTRONIC TIME-PIECES
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04G3/00 0 Producing timing pulses (driving circuits for stepping motors G04C3/14; producing preselected time intervals for use as timing standards G04F5/00; pulse technique in general H03K; control, synchronisation, or stabilisation of generators in general H03L)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04G3/02 1 Circuits for deriving low frequency timing pulses from pulses of higher frequency (pulse frequency dividers in general H03K23/00 - H03K29/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04G3/022 2 {the desired number of pulses per unit of time being obtained by adding to or substracting from a pulse train one or more pulses (in general G06F7/68)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04G3/025 2 {by storing time-date which are periodically investigated and modified accordingly, e.g. by using cyclic shift-registers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04G3/027 2 {by combining pulse-trains of different frequencies, e.g. obtained from two independent oscillators or from a common oscillator by means of different frequency dividing ratios (sychronisation of electric time pieces G04G7/00, G04C11/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04G3/04 1 Temperature-compensating arrangements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04G5/00 0 Setting, i.e. correcting or changing, the time-indication (radio-controlled time-pieces G04R)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04G5/002 1 {brought into action by radio}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04G5/005 1 {Debouncing circuits}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04G5/007 1 {by using a separate register into which the entire correct setting is introduced, which is thereafter transferred to the time counters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04G5/02 1 by temporarily changing the number of pulses per unit time, e.g. quick-feed method
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04G5/022 2 {quick-feed method}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04G5/025 3 {the time-counters first being reset to zero}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04G5/027 2 {by adding or suppressing individual pulses, e.g. for step-motor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04G5/04 1 by setting each of the displayed values, e.g. date, hour, independently
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04G5/041 2 {Correction of the minutes counter in function of the seconds' counter position at zero adjustment of the latter}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04G5/043 2 {using commutating devices for selecting the value, e.g. hours, minutes, seconds, to be corrected}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04G5/045 3 {using a sequential electronic commutator}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04G5/046 4 {by using a separate register into which the correct setting of one of the counters is introduced which is thereafter transferred to the selected time-counter to be reset}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04G5/048 3 {by using a separate register into which the correct setting of the selected time-counter is introduced which is thereafter transferred to the time-counter to be reset}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04G7/00 0 Synchronisation (radio-controlled time-pieces G04R)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04G7/005 1 {provided with arrangements to prevent synchronisation by interfering signals (G04G7/023 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04G7/02 1 {by radio}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04G7/023 2 {provided with arrangements to prevent synchronisation by interfering signals}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04G7/026 2 {the time-piece preparing itself on set times on the reception of the synchronising signal}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04G9/00 0 Visual time or date indication means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04G9/0005 1 {Transmission of control signals}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04G9/0011 2 {using coded signals (synchronisation combined with automatic setting at regular intervals, e.g. by coded signals G04G7/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04G9/0017 1 {in which the light emitting display elements may be activated at will or are controlled in accordance with the ambient light}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04G9/0023 1 {by light valves in general (G04G9/06, G04G9/12 takes precedence; electro-, magneto- or acousto-optic devices in general G02F1/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04G9/0029 2 {Details}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04G9/0035 3 {constructional}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04G9/0041 4 {Illumination devices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04G9/0047 3 {electrical, e.g. selection or application of the operating voltage}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04G9/0052 4 {using means to adjust the display in accordance with the ambient light, e.g. switching or controlling a supplementary light source}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04G9/0058 1 {using a cathode ray tube as display device (displaying supplementary informative, e.g. time on TV screen H04N5/445)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04G9/0064 1 {in which functions not related to time can be displayed (digital output to display devices of digital computers G06F3/14)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04G9/007 2 {combined with a calculator or computing means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04G9/0076 1 {in which the time in another time-zone or in another city can be displayed at will}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04G9/0082 1 {by building-up characters using a combination of indicating elements and by selecting desired characters out of a number of characters or by selecting indicating elements the positions of which represents the time, i.e. combinations of G04G9/02 and G04G9/08}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04G9/0088 2 {by controlling light sources, e.g. electroluminescent diodes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04G9/0094 2 {using light valves, e.g. liquid crystals}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04G9/02 1 by selecting desired characters out of a number of characters or by selecting indicating elements the position of which represent the time, e.g. by using multiplexing techniques {(G04G9/0082 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04G9/022 2 {using multiplexing techniques}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04G9/025 2 {provided with date indication}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04G9/027 2 {provided with means for displaying at will a time indication or a date or a part thereof}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04G9/04 2 by controlling light sources, e.g. electroluminescent diodes {(G04G9/0058 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04G9/042 3 {using multiplexing techniques}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04G9/045 3 {provided with date indication}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04G9/047 3 {provided with means for displaying at will a time indication or a date or a part thereof}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04G9/06 2 using light valves, e.g. liquid crystals
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04G9/062 3 {using multiplexing techniques}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04G9/065 3 {using a drop of liquid suspended by capillary forces and moved by an electric field}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04G9/067 3 {using mechano-optical means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04G9/08 1 by building-up characters using a combination of indicating elements, e.g. by using multiplexing techniques {(G04G9/0082 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04G9/082 2 {using multiplexing techniques}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04G9/085 2 {provided with date indication}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04G9/087 2 {provided with means for displaying at will a time indication or a date or a part thereof}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04G9/10 2 by controlling light sources, e.g. electroluminescent diodes {(G04G9/0058 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04G9/102 3 {using multiplexing techniques}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04G9/105 3 {provided with date indication}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04G9/107 3 {provided with means for displaying at will a time indication or a date or a part thereof}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04G9/12 2 using light valves, e.g. liquid crystals
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04G9/122 3 {using multiplexing techniques}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04G9/124 3 {provided with date indication}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04G9/126 3 {provided with means for displaying at will a time indication or a date or a part thereof}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04G9/128 3 {using mechano-optical means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04G11/00 0 Producing optical signals at preselected times
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04G13/00 0 Producing acoustic time signals
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04G13/02 1 at preselected times, e.g. alarm clocks
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04G13/021 2 {Details}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04G13/023 3 {Adjusting the duration or amplitude of signals}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04G13/025 2 {acting only at one preselected time}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04G13/026 2 {acting at a number of different times}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04G13/028 2 {combined with a radio}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04G15/00 0 Time-pieces comprising means to be operated at preselected times or after preselected time intervals (G04G11/00, G04G13/00 take precedence; {electronic timers G04F1/005}; pulse delay circuits H03K5/13; electronic time-delay switches H03K17/28; electronic time-programme switches which automatically terminate their operation after the programme is completed H03K17/296)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04G15/003 1 {acting only at one preselected time or during one adjustable time interval}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04G15/006 1 {for operating at a number of different times (cigar or cigarette receptacles or boxes with means for limiting the frequency of smoking A24F15/005)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04G17/00 0 Structural details; Housings (constructional details of radio-controlled time-pieces, e.g. antennas G04R60/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04G17/005 1 {Time-pieces combined with games}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04G17/02 1 Component assemblies
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04G17/04 2 Mounting of electronic components
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04G17/045 3 {Mounting of the display}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04G17/06 2 Electric connectors, e.g. conductive elastomers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04G17/08 1 Housings
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04G17/083 2 {Watches distributed over several housings}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04G17/086 2 {Desktop clocks}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04G19/00 0 Electric power supply circuits specially adapted for use in electronic time-pieces
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04G19/02 1 Conversion or regulation of current or voltage
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04G19/04 2 Capacitive voltage division or multiplication
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04G19/06 2 Regulation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04G19/08 1 Arrangements for preventing voltage drop due to overloading the power supply
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04G19/10 1 Arrangements for supplying back-up power
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04G19/12 1 Arrangements for reducing power consumption during storage
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04G21/00 0 Input or output devices integrated in time-pieces
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04G21/02 1 Detectors of external physical values, e.g. temperature
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04G21/025 2 {for measuring physiological data}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04G21/04 1 using radio waves (radio-controlled time-pieces G04R)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04G21/06 1 using voice
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04G21/08 1 Touch switches specially adapted for time-pieces
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04G99/00 0 Subject matter not provided for in other groups of this subclass
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04G99/003 1 {Pulse shaping; Amplification}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04G99/006 1 {Electronic time-pieces using a microcomputer, e.g. for multi-function clocks}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04R RADIO-CONTROLLED TIME-PIECES
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04R20/00 0 Setting the time according to the time information carried or implied by the radio signal
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04R20/02 1 the radio signal being sent by a satellite, e.g. GPS
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04R20/04 2 Tuning or receiving; Circuits therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04R20/06 2 Decoding time data; Circuits therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04R20/08 1 the radio signal being broadcast from a long-wave call sign, e.g. DCF77, JJY40, JJY60, MSF60 or WWVB
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04R20/10 2 Tuning or receiving; Circuits therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04R20/12 2 Decoding time data; Circuits therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04R20/14 1 the radio signal being a telecommunication standard signal, e.g. GSM, UMTS or 3G
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04R20/16 2 Tuning or receiving; Circuits therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04R20/18 2 Decoding time data; Circuits therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04R20/20 1 the radio signal being an AM/FM standard signal, e.g. RDS
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04R20/22 2 Tuning or receiving; Circuits therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04R20/24 2 Decoding time data; Circuits therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04R20/26 1 the radio signal being a near-field communication signal
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04R20/28 2 Tuning or receiving; Circuits therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04R20/30 2 Decoding time data; Circuits therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04R40/00 0 Correcting the clock frequency
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04R40/02 1 by phase locking
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04R40/04 1 by detecting the radio signal frequency
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04R40/06 1 by computing the time value implied by the radio signal
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04R60/00 0 Constructional details
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04R60/02 1 Antennas also serving as components of clocks or watches, e.g. motor coils
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04R60/04 1 Antennas attached to or integrated in watch bracelets
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04R60/06 1 Antennas attached to or integrated in clock or watch bodies
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04R60/08 2 inside bezels
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04R60/10 2 inside cases
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04R60/12 3 inside metal cases
|
|
|
|
|
|
G04R60/14 1 specific to electromechanical timepieces, e.g. moving parts thereof
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05 CONTROLLING; REGULATING
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B CONTROL OR REGULATING SYSTEMS IN GENERAL; FUNCTIONAL ELEMENTS OF SUCH SYSTEMS; MONITORING OR TESTING ARRANGEMENTS FOR SUCH SYSTEMS OR ELEMENTS (fluid-pressure actuators or systems acting by means of fluids in general F15B; valves per se F16K; characterised by mechanical features only G05G; sensitive elements, see the appropriate subclass, e.g. G12B, subclass of G01, H01; correcting units, see the appropriate subclass, e.g. H02K)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B1/00 0 Comparing elements, i.e. elements for effecting comparison directly or indirectly between a desired value and existing or anticipated values (comparing phase or frequency of two electric signals H03D13/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B1/01 1 electric
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B1/02 2 for comparing analogue signals
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B1/022 3 {using discharge tubes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B1/025 3 {using inductance means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B1/027 3 {using impedance bridges}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B1/03 2 for comparing digital signals
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B1/04 2 with sensing of the position of the pointer of a measuring instrument
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B1/06 3 continuous sensing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B1/08 3 stepwise sensing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B1/11 1 fluidic
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B5/00 0 Anti-hunting arrangements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B5/01 1 electric
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B5/04 1 fluidic
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B6/00 0 Internal feedback arrangements for obtaining particular characteristics, e.g. proportional, integral, differential (in automatic controllers G05B11/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B6/02 1 electric
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B6/05 1 fluidic
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B7/00 0 Arrangements for obtaining smooth engagement or disengagement of automatic control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B7/02 1 electric
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B7/04 1 fluidic
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B9/00 0 Safety arrangements (G05B7/00 takes precedence; safety arrangements in programme-control systems G05B19/048, G05B19/406; safety valves F16K17/00; emergency protective circuit arrangements in general H02H)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B9/02 1 electric
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B9/03 2 with multiple-channel loop, i.e. redundant control systems
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B9/05 1 fluidic
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B11/00 0 Automatic controllers (G05B13/00 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B11/01 1 electric
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B11/011 2 {details of the correcting means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B11/012 2 {details of the transmission means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B11/013 3 {using discharge tubes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B11/015 3 {using rotating amplifiers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B11/016 3 {using inductance means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B11/017 3 {using photo-electric means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B11/018 3 {using thermal amplifiers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B11/06 2 in which the output signal represents a continuous function of the deviation from the desired value, i.e. continuous controllers (G05B11/26 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B11/10 3 the signal transmitted being dc
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B11/12 3 the signal transmitted being modulated on an ac carrier
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B11/14 2 in which the output signal represents a discontinuous function of the deviation from the desired value, i.e. discontinuous controllers (G05B11/26 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B11/16 3 Two-step controllers, e.g. with on-off action
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B11/18 3 Multi-step controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B11/26 2 in which the output signal is a pulse-train
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B11/28 3 using pulse-height modulation; using pulse-width modulation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B11/30 3 using pulse-frequency modulation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B11/32 2 with inputs from more than one sensing element; with outputs to more than one correcting element
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B11/36 2 with provision for obtaining particular characteristics, e.g. proportional, integral, differential
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B11/38 3 for obtaining a proportional characteristic
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B11/40 3 for obtaining an integral characteristic
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B11/42 3 for obtaining a characteristic which is both proportional and time-dependent, e.g. P.I., P.I.D.
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B11/44 1 pneumatic only
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B11/46 2 without auxiliary power
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B11/48 2 with auxiliary power
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B11/50 3 in which the output signal represents a continuous function of the deviation from the desired value, i.e. continuous controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B11/52 3 in which the output signal represents a discontinuous function of the deviation from the desired value, i.e. discontinuous controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B11/54 4 Two-step controllers, e.g. with on-off action
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B11/56 4 Multi-step controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B11/58 2 with inputs from more than one sensing element; with outputs to more than one correcting element
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B11/60 1 hydraulic only
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B13/00 0 Adaptive control systems, i.e. systems automatically adjusting themselves to have a performance which is optimum according to some preassigned criterion (G05B19/00 takes precedence; machine learning G06N20/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B13/02 1 electric
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B13/0205 2 {not using a model or a simulator of the controlled system}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B13/021 3 {in which a variable is automatically adjusted to optimise the performance}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B13/0215 4 {using trial and error method, including "peak-holding"}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B13/022 4 {using a perturbation of the variable}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B13/0225 5 {being a periodic perturbation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B13/023 5 {being a random or a self-induced perturbation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B13/0235 4 {using steepest descent or ascent method}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B13/024 3 {in which a parameter or coefficient is automatically adjusted to optimise the performance}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B13/0245 4 {not using a perturbation signal}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B13/025 4 {using a perturbation signal}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B13/0255 3 {the criterion being a time-optimal performance criterion}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B13/026 3 {using a predictor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B13/0265 2 {the criterion being a learning criterion}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B13/027 3 {using neural networks only}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B13/0275 3 {using fuzzy logic only}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B13/028 3 {using expert systems only}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B13/0285 3 {using neural networks and fuzzy logic}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B13/029 3 {using neural networks and expert systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B13/0295 3 {using fuzzy logic and expert systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B13/04 2 involving the use of models or simulators
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B13/041 3 {in which a variable is automatically adjusted to optimise the performance}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B13/042 3 {in which a parameter or coefficient is automatically adjusted to optimise the performance}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B13/044 4 {not using a perturbation signal}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B13/045 4 {using a perturbation signal}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B13/047 3 {the criterion being a time optimal performance criterion}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B13/048 3 {using a predictor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B15/00 0 Systems controlled by a computer (G05B13/00, G05B19/00 take precedence; automatic controllers with particular characteristics G05B11/00; computers per se G06)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B15/02 1 electric
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B17/00 0 Systems involving the use of models or simulators of said systems (G05B13/00, G05B15/00, G05B19/00 take precedence; analogue computers for specific processes, systems, or devices, e.g. simulators G06G7/48)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B17/02 1 electric
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/00 0 Programme-control systems (specific applications see the relevant places, e.g. A47L15/46; clocks with attached or built-in means operating any device at a preselected time interval G04C23/00; marking or sensing record carriers with digital information G06K; information storage G11; time or time-programme switches which automatically terminate their operation after the programme is completed H01H43/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/02 1 electric
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/04 2 Programme control other than numerical control, i.e. in sequence controllers or logic controllers (G05B19/418 takes precedence; numerical control G05B19/18)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/0405 3 {Programme-control specially adapted for machine tool control and not otherwise provided for (B23Q takes precedence; G05B19/06 - G05B19/16 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/041 3 {Function-oriented details}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/0415 4 {adapting phase duration according to measured parameters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/042 3 using digital processors (G05B19/05 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/0421 4 {Multiprocessor system}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/0423 4 {Input/output}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/0425 5 {Safety, monitoring}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/0426 4 {Programming the control sequence}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/0428 4 {Safety, monitoring (G05B19/0423 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/045 3 using logic state machines, consisting only of a memory or a programmable logic device containing the logic for the controlled machine and in which the state of its outputs is dependent on the state of its inputs or part of its own output states, e.g. binary decision controllers, finite state controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/048 3 Monitoring; Safety
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/05 3 Programmable logic controllers, e.g. simulating logic interconnections of signals according to ladder diagrams or function charts
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/052 4 {Linking several PLC's}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/054 4 {Input/output}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/056 4 {Programming the PLC}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/058 4 {Safety, monitoring}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/06 3 using cams, discs, rods, drums, or the like (mechanical programme-control apparatus G05G21/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/063 4 {for sequential programme-control without delivering a reference value}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/066 4 {for delivering "step function", a slope function or a continuous function}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/07 3 where the programme is defined in the fixed connection of electrical elements, e.g. potentiometers, counters, transistors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/075 4 {for delivering a step function, a slope or a continuous function (G05B19/06 takes precedence; function generators per se H03K, G06G)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/08 3 using plugboards, cross-bar distributors, matrix switches, or the like
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/10 3 using selector switches
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/102 4 {for input of programme steps, i.e. setting up sequence}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/104 5 {characterised by physical layout of switches; switches co-operating with display; use of switches in a special way}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/106 4 {for selecting a programme, variable or parameter}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/108 5 {characterised by physical layout of switches; switches co-operating with display; use of switches in a special way}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/12 3 using record carriers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/122 4 {using cards, tapes or discs having conductive paths (G05B19/128 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/124 4 {using tapes, cards or discs with optically sensed marks or codes (G05B19/128, G05B19/14 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/126 4 {using cards, tapes or discs having protuberances (G05B19/128 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/128 4 {the workpiece itself serves as a record carrier, e.g. by its form, by marks or codes on it}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/14 4 using punched cards or tapes {(G05B19/128 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/16 4 using magnetic record carriers {(G05B19/128 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/18 2 Numerical control [NC], i.e. automatically operating machines, in particular machine tools, e.g. in a manufacturing environment, so as to execute positioning, movement or co-ordinated operations by means of programme data in numerical form (G05B19/418 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/182 3 {characterised by the machine tool function, e.g. thread cutting, cam making, tool direction control (G05B19/21 - G05B19/40 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/184 4 {Generation of cam-like surfaces}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/186 4 {Generation of screw- or gearlike surfaces}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/188 3 {characterised by special applications and not provided for in the relevant subclasses, (e.g. making dies, filament winding)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/19 3 characterised by positioning or contouring control systems, e.g. to control position from one programmed point to another or to control movement along a programmed continuous path
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/195 4 {Controlling the position of several slides on one axis}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/21 4 using an incremental digital measuring device
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/23 5 for point-to-point control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/231 6 {the positional error is used to control continuously the servomotor according to its magnitude}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/232 7 {with speed feedback only}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/234 7 {with current or torque feedback only}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/235 7 {with force or acceleration feedback only}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/237 7 {with a combination of feedback covered by G05B19/232 - G05B19/235}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/238 6 {the positional error is only used to control speed in steps according to distance left, or to give a stop signal when error reaches zero}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/25 5 for continuous-path control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/251 6 {the positional error is used to control continuously the servomotor according to its magnitude}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/253 7 {with speed feedback only}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/255 7 {with current or torque feedback only}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/256 7 {with force or acceleration feedback only}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/258 7 {with a combination of feedback covered by G05B19/253 - G05B19/256}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/27 4 using an absolute digital measuring device
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/29 5 for point-to-point control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/291 6 {the positional error is used to control continuously the servomotor according to its magnitude}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/293 7 {with speed feedback only}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/295 7 {with current or torque feedback only}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/296 7 {with force or acceleration feedback only}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/298 7 {with a combination of feedback covered by G05B19/293 - G05B19/296}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/31 5 for continuous-path control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/311 6 {the positional error is used to control continuously the servomotor according to its magnitude}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/313 7 {with speed feedback only}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/315 7 {with current or torque feedback only}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/316 7 {with force or acceleration feedback only}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/318 7 {with a combination of feedback covered by G05B19/313 - G05B19/316}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/33 4 using an analogue measuring device
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/35 5 for point-to-point control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/351 6 {the positional error is used to control continuously the servomotor according to its magnitude}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/353 7 {with speed feedback only}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/355 7 {with current or torque feedback only}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/356 7 {with force or acceleration feedback only}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/358 7 {with a combination of feedback covered by G05B19/353 - G05B19/356}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/37 5 for continuous-path control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/371 6 {the positional error is used to control continuously the servomotor according to its magnitude}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/373 7 {with speed feedback only}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/375 7 {with current or torque feedback only}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/376 7 {with force or acceleration feedback only}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/378 7 {with a combination of feedback covered by G05B19/373 - G05B19/376}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/39 4 using a combination of the means covered by at least two of the preceding sub-groups G05B19/21, G05B19/27, and G05B19/33
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/40 4 Open loop systems, e.g. using stepping motor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/401 3 characterised by control arrangements for measuring, e.g. calibration and initialisation, measuring workpiece for machining purposes (G05B19/19 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/4015 4 {going to a reference at the beginning of machine cycle, e.g. for calibration}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/402 3 characterised by control arrangements for positioning, e.g. centring a tool relative to a hole in the workpiece, additional detection means to correct position (G05B19/19 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/404 3 characterised by control arrangements for compensation, e.g. for backlash, overshoot, tool offset, tool wear, temperature, machine construction errors, load, inertia (G05B19/19, G05B19/41 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/406 3 characterised by monitoring or safety (G05B19/19 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/4061 4 Avoiding collision or forbidden zones
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/4062 4 Monitoring servoloop, e.g. overload of servomotor, loss of feedback or reference
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/4063 4 Monitoring general control system (G05B19/4062 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/4065 4 Monitoring tool breakage, life or condition
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/4067 4 Restoring data or position after power failure or other interruption
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/4068 4 Verifying part programme on screen, by drawing or other means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/4069 4 Simulating machining process on screen (G05B19/4068 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/408 3 characterised by data handling or data format, e.g. reading, buffering or conversion of data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/4083 4 {Adapting programme, configuration}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/4086 4 {Coordinate conversions; Other special calculations}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/409 3 characterised by using manual input [MDI] or by using control panel, e.g. controlling functions with the panel; characterised by control panel details, by setting parameters (G05B19/408, G05B19/4093 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/4093 3 characterised by part programming, e.g. entry of geometrical information as taken from a technical drawing, combining this with machining and material information to obtain control information, named part programme, for the NC machine
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/40931 4 {concerning programming of geometry}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/40932 5 {Shape input}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/40933 6 {Selecting figure elements from a menu table}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/40935 5 {Selection of predetermined shapes and defining the dimensions with parameter input}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/40936 5 {Defining geometry with a high level language}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/40937 4 {concerning programming of machining or material parameters, pocket machining}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/40938 5 {Tool management}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/4097 3 characterised by using design data to control NC machines, e.g. CAD/CAM (G05B19/4093 takes precedence; CAD in general G06F30/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/4099 4 Surface or curve machining, making 3D objects, e.g. desktop manufacturing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/41 3 characterised by interpolation, e.g. the computation of intermediate points between programmed end points to define the path to be followed and the rate of travel along that path (G05B19/25, G05B19/31, G05B19/37, G05B19/39, G05B19/40 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/4103 4 Digital interpolation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/4105 4 Analog interpolation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/414 3 Structure of the control system, e.g. common controller or multiprocessor systems, interface to servo, programmable interface controller
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/4141 4 {characterised by a controller or microprocessor per axis}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/4142 4 {characterised by the use of a microprocessor (G05B19/4141 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/4144 4 {characterised by using multiplexing for control system}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/4145 4 {characterised by using same processor to execute programmable controller and numerical controller function [CNC] and PC controlled NC [PCNC]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/4147 4 {characterised by using a programmable interface controller [PIC]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/4148 4 {characterised by using several processors for different functions, distributed (real-time) systems (G05B19/4141 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/4155 3 characterised by programme execution, i.e. part programme or machine function execution, e.g. selection of a programme
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/416 3 characterised by control of velocity, acceleration or deceleration (G05B19/19 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/4163 4 {Adaptive control of feed or cutting velocity (without NC B23Q15/12)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/4166 4 {Controlling feed or in-feed (G05B19/4163 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/418 2 Total factory control, i.e. centrally controlling a plurality of machines, e.g. direct or distributed numerical control [DNC], flexible manufacturing systems [FMS], integrated manufacturing systems [IMS], computer integrated manufacturing [CIM]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/41805 3 {characterised by assembly}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/4181 3 {characterised by direct numerical control [DNC]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/41815 3 {characterised by the cooperation between machine tools, manipulators and conveyor or other workpiece supply system, workcell}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/4182 4 {manipulators and conveyor only}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/41825 4 {machine tools and manipulators only, machining centre}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/4183 3 {characterised by data acquisition, e.g. workpiece identification}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/41835 3 {characterised by programme execution}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/4184 3 {characterised by fault tolerance, reliability of production system}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/41845 3 {characterised by system universality, reconfigurability, modularity}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/4185 3 {characterised by the network communication}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/41855 4 {by local area network [LAN], network structure}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/4186 4 {by protocol, e.g. MAP, TOP}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/41865 3 {characterised by job scheduling, process planning, material flow}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/4187 4 {by tool management}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/41875 3 {characterised by quality surveillance of production}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/4188 3 {characterised by CIM planning or realisation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/41885 3 {characterised by modeling, simulation of the manufacturing system}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/4189 3 {characterised by the transport system}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/41895 4 {using automatic guided vehicles [AGV] (control of position or course of AGV's G05D1/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/42 2 Recording and playback systems, i.e. in which the programme is recorded from a cycle of operations, e.g. the cycle of operations being manually controlled, after which this record is played back on the same machine
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/4202 3 {preparation of the programme medium using a drawing, a model}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/4205 4 {in which a drawing is traced or scanned and corresponding data recorded}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/4207 4 {in which a model is traced or scanned and corresponding data recorded}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/421 3 Teaching successive positions by mechanical means, e.g. by mechanically-coupled handwheels to position tool head or end effector (G05B19/423 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/423 3 Teaching successive positions by walk-through, i.e. the tool head or end effector being grasped and guided directly, with or without servo-assistance, to follow a path
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/425 3 Teaching successive positions by numerical control, i.e. commands being entered to control the positioning servo of the tool head or end effector
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/427 3 Teaching successive positions by tracking the position of a joystick or handle to control the positioning servo of the tool head, master-slave control (G05B19/423 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/43 1 fluidic
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/44 2 pneumatic
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B19/46 2 hydraulic
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B21/00 0 Systems involving sampling of the variable controlled (G05B13/00 - G05B19/00 take precedence; transmission systems for measured values G08C; electronic switching or gating H03K17/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B21/02 1 electric
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B23/00 0 Testing or monitoring of control systems or parts thereof (monitoring of programme-control systems G05B19/048, G05B19/406)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B23/02 1 Electric testing or monitoring
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B23/0205 2 {by means of a monitoring system capable of detecting and responding to faults}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B23/0208 3 {characterized by the configuration of the monitoring system}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B23/021 4 {adopting a different treatment of each operating region or a different mode of the monitored system, e.g. transient modes; different operating configurations of monitored system}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B23/0213 4 {Modular or universal configuration of the monitoring system, e.g. monitoring system having modules that may be combined to build monitoring program; monitoring system that can be applied to legacy systems; adaptable monitoring system; using different communication protocols}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B23/0216 4 {Human interface functionality, e.g. monitoring system providing help to the user in the selection of tests or in its configuration}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B23/0218 3 {characterised by the fault detection method dealing with either existing or incipient faults}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B23/0221 4 {Preprocessing measurements, e.g. data collection rate adjustment; Standardization of measurements; Time series or signal analysis, e.g. frequency analysis or wavelets; Trustworthiness of measurements; Indexes therefor; Measurements using easily measured parameters to estimate parameters difficult to measure; Virtual sensor creation; De-noising; Sensor fusion; Unconventional preprocessing inherently present in specific fault detection methods like PCA-based methods}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B23/0224 4 {Process history based detection method, e.g. whereby history implies the availability of large amounts of data}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B23/0227 5 {Qualitative history assessment, whereby the type of data acted upon, e.g. waveforms, images or patterns, is not relevant, e.g. rule based assessment; if-then decisions}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B23/0229 6 {knowledge based, e.g. expert systems; genetic algorithms}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B23/0232 6 {based on qualitative trend analysis, e.g. system evolution}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B23/0235 6 {based on a comparison with predetermined threshold or range, e.g. "classical methods", carried out during normal operation; threshold adaptation or choice; when or how to compare with the threshold}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B23/0237 6 {based on parallel systems, e.g. comparing signals produced at the same time by same type systems and detect faulty ones by noticing differences among their responses}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B23/024 5 {Quantitative history assessment, e.g. mathematical relationships between available data; Functions therefor; Principal component analysis [PCA]; Partial least square [PLS]; Statistical classifiers, e.g. Bayesian networks, linear regression or correlation analysis; Neural networks}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B23/0243 4 {model based detection method, e.g. first-principles knowledge model}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B23/0245 5 {based on a qualitative model, e.g. rule based; if-then decisions}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B23/0248 6 {Causal models, e.g. fault tree; digraphs; qualitative physics}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B23/0251 6 {Abstraction hierarchy, e.g. "complex systems", i.e. system is divided in subsystems, subsystems are monitored and results are combined to decide on status of whole system}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B23/0254 5 {based on a quantitative model, e.g. mathematical relationships between inputs and outputs; functions: observer, Kalman filter, residual calculation, Neural Networks}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B23/0256 4 {injecting test signals and analyzing monitored process response, e.g. injecting the test signal while interrupting the normal operation of the monitored system; superimposing the test signal onto a control signal during normal operation of the monitored system}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B23/0259 3 {characterized by the response to fault detection}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B23/0262 4 {Confirmation of fault detection, e.g. extra checks to confirm that a failure has indeed occurred}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B23/0264 4 {Control of logging system, e.g. decision on which data to store; time-stamping measurements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B23/0267 4 {Fault communication, e.g. human machine interface [HMI]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B23/027 5 {Alarm generation, e.g. communication protocol; Forms of alarm}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B23/0272 5 {Presentation of monitored results, e.g. selection of status reports to be displayed; Filtering information to the user}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B23/0275 4 {Fault isolation and identification, e.g. classify fault; estimate cause or root of failure}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B23/0278 5 {Qualitative, e.g. if-then rules; Fuzzy logic; Lookup tables; Symptomatic search; FMEA}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B23/0281 5 {Quantitative, e.g. mathematical distance; Clustering; Neural networks; Statistical analysis}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B23/0283 4 {Predictive maintenance, e.g. involving the monitoring of a system and, based on the monitoring results, taking decisions on the maintenance schedule of the monitored system; Estimating remaining useful life [RUL] (preventive maintenance, i.e. planning maintenance according to the available resources without monitoring the system G06Q10/06)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B23/0286 4 {Modifications to the monitored process, e.g. stopping operation or adapting control}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B23/0289 5 {Reconfiguration to prevent failure, e.g. usually as a reaction to incipient failure detection}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B23/0291 5 {Switching into safety or degraded mode, e.g. protection and supervision after failure}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B23/0294 5 {Optimizing process, e.g. process efficiency, product quality}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B23/0297 4 {Reconfiguration of monitoring system, e.g. use of virtual sensors; change monitoring method as a response to monitoring results}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B24/00 0 Open-loop automatic control systems not otherwise provided for
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B24/02 1 electric
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B24/04 1 fluidic
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B99/00 0 Subject matter not provided for in other groups of this subclass
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/00 0 Program-control systems
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/10 1 Plc systems
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/11 2 Plc I-O input output
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/1101 3 Remote I-O
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/1102 3 Speed up I-O manipulation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/1103 3 Special, intelligent I-O processor, also plc can only access via processor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/1104 3 Display state of connection of I-O
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/1105 3 I-O
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/1106 3 Pneumatic, hydraulic output module connected to plc module
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/1107 3 Hardware expansion of function of plc, programmable, connected in output line
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/1108 3 Relay module
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/1109 3 Expansion, extension of I-O
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/11101 3 Verifying ram data correct, validity, reload faulty data with correct data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/1111 3 I-o grouped on one board
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/1112 3 Bit addressing, handling
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/1113 3 Address setting
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/1114 3 Address by module name
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/1115 3 Avoid to give two different addresses to same I-O, no duplicate
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/1116 3 Position of module in loop, ring determines address of module
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/1117 3 Parallel input addressed as memory
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/1118 3 Peripherals have a key to determine kind of peripheral
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/1119 3 Key is 8-resistors connected to either 0-or-1 to form a byte key
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/1121 3 Read key multiplexed, 16-bit wide, connect some resistors to reversed potential
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/1122 3 Program address module after installation, connect programmer into module
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/1123 3 Poll and detect connected I-O addresses, not connected means high address
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/1124 3 Transfer address to module, decrement, send this as address for next module
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/1125 3 I-O addressing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/1126 3 Conversion table between original defined module address and actual physical address
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/1127 3 Selector for I-O, multiplex for I-O
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/1128 3 Several networks linked to host computer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/1129 3 Serial addressed modules on bus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/1131 3 I-O connected to a bus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/1132 3 High speed bus between plc and plc or programming device
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/1133 3 Sensor actuator, asi, bus, network
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/1134 3 Fieldbus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/1135 3 Profibus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/1136 3 Canbus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/1137 3 Peer to peer communication
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/1138 3 Configuration of I-O
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/1139 3 By using software configurable circuit, integrated, pga between cpu and I-O
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/1141 3 Modify manually, using keyboard configuration of module
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/1142 3 Load in replacement I-O stored configuration
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/1143 3 Base configuration contains all I-O modules, deselect not present modules
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/1144 3 Program, program I-O module
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/1145 3 Normal scan of I-O and direct acces of some I-O independent from normal scan
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/1146 3 Scanning sequence as function of previous logic expression
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/1147 3 Variable rate of scan
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/1148 3 If I-O module cannot be scanned in time, report to controller
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/1149 3 I-o in groups, serviced according to critical inputs, tasks matched to I-O
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/1151 3 Fast scanning of I-O to put I-O status in image table
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/1152 3 I-O module delivers interrupt on event, store port and 10ms timestamp in buffer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/1153 3 Scan only some I-O registers, use flags
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/1154 3 Reading repeatedly input state, try again
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/1155 3 Switching over from one input to another one
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/1156 3 Special latches release all simultaneously
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/1157 3 I-O used either as input or as output
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/1158 3 Control of output current
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/1159 3 Image table, memory
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/1161 3 Signal processing, detect or deliver analog signals
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/1162 3 Forcing I-O
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/1163 3 Multiplexer for analog signals
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/1164 3 Latch for output or input
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/1165 3 Disable I-O card by preventing current flow
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/1166 3 Create optimum data blocks for transmission
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/1167 3 Pulse wave output
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/1168 3 Peak amplitude for input, nul amplitude for activating output
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/1169 3 Activating output if input changes, transition input and output not yet on
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/1171 3 Detect only input variation, changing, transition state of variable
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/1172 3 Direct negation, inversion of inputsignal
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/1173 3 Activating output only if powersupply is sufficient
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/1174 3 Input activates directly output and vice versa
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/1175 3 Activating output repeatedly for guaranteed turning on of output
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/1176 3 I-O signal processing, adaption, conditioning, conversion of signal levels
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/1177 3 Insertion mistake
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/1178 3 Display states of I-O in time
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/1179 3 Safety, on error, fault, block, inhibit output
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/1181 3 Detection of I-O faults, shut down of I-O
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/1182 3 I-O isolation, optical
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/1183 3 On error shut off output by independent system, not normal I-O
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/1184 3 Test ability of input for on, off capability
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/1185 3 Feedback of output status to input module and compare with command
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/1186 3 Redundant inputs parallel, outputs series, load safe switch off, AND condition
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/1187 3 Test input value with stored limits, permissable range, plausibility
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/1188 3 Detection of inserted boards, inserting extra memory, availability of boards
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/1189 3 Duplicated I-O also triple
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/1191 3 I-O voter
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/1192 3 Output of interfaces parallel, for safe load switch on, OR condition
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/1193 3 I-O ram as buffer for signals and self test for I-O bus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/1194 3 Send dummy, check data to I-O to check correct I-O connection
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/1195 3 Critical I-O monitored by safety module connected to plc, other I-Os by plc self
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/1196 3 Intelligent, smart I-O can function independently, monitoring limit values
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/1197 3 Each interface, module has simulation module which takes over control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/1198 3 Activate output only if power of the output signal is sufficient
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/1199 3 Inserting or taking out of boards during power on, hot plug in
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/12 2 Plc mp multi processor system
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/1201 3 Each plc can act as master, flying master
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/1202 3 Modules with same hardware and software
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/1203 3 Expand logical expression over multiple controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/1204 3 Multiprocessing, several plc's, distributed logic control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/1205 3 Memory access for different processors, memory arbitration, mailbox
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/1206 3 All processors are loaded with same program, only part of program is loaded
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/1207 3 Download programcode to node, I-O and execute programcode
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/1208 3 Communication, exchange of control, I-O data between different plc,
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/1209 3 Exchange control, I-O data to other plc, individually, without host
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/1211 3 Exchange control, I-O data to other plc, using separate synchronizing,
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/1212 3 Exchange control data between plc's only when other plc's are inactive
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/1213 3 All plc send their input to a common image memory, output directly send out
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/1214 3 Real-time communication between plc, Ethernet for configuration, monitor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/1215 3 Master slave system
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/1216 3 Interlock problem, avoid sending data to slave when slave processes data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13 2 Plc programming
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13001 3 Interrupt handling
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13002 3 Transfer rom content to ram, load ram from non volatile memory
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13003 3 Initial program load, host to controller
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13004 3 Programming the plc
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13005 3 Subroutine
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13006 3 Prom burning
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13007 3 Program hardwired logic, pld, fpga when out of machine, or inactive
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13008 3 Quicker execution of jumps when repeating same kind of operation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13009 3 State machine instructions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13011 3 Batch control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13012 3 Using other programs, adapting program to machine, exchanging or rom
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13013 3 Transferring ram to eprom see also prom burning
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13014 3 Expanding functions of display by modular hardware
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13015 3 Semi automatic, manual automatic
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13016 3 Jump while output is disabled, or disabling output when running test instruction
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13017 3 Macro instructions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13018 3 Conversion ladder diagram to decision system, machine code, language
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13019 3 Translate program in order to be used on different plc
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13021 3 Convert Petri net to ladder diagram
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13022 3 Convert source program to intermediate program
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13023 3 Convert natural language, graphic to coded states, input
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13024 3 Convert digital logic of hardware circuit into plc software
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13025 3 Convert batch recipe into plc program
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13026 3 Convert ladder to event chaining, internal state for fpga or similar
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13027 3 Convert time chart to relation vector to calculate plc I-O state as function of time
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13028 3 Convert plc type program in pc type program for running in pc environment
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13029 3 Enter values with incremental keys
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13031 3 Use of touch screen
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13032 3 Different menus on screen, softkeys
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13033 3 Code wheel to enter data, push button to accept
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13034 3 Operator interface derived from comment label in program
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13035 3 Name, address duplication detection for program components, symbols
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13036 3 Tracing, use of dummy ladder to collect signals together in one
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13037 3 Tracing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13038 3 Comment, message data displayed with program instructions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13039 3 Print out of program, printer for program
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13041 3 Display ladder or logic diagram, mnemonics, switch between two display
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13042 3 Display logic diagram, LOP
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13043 3 Display statement, instruction list, IL, BL, AWL
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13044 3 Display as flow chart, SFC, FUP
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13045 3 Additional data to restore ladder diagram from machine instructions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13046 3 Display status of edited program segments: inserted, deleted, replaced
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13047 3 Display data on chart with comment, message about type of data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13048 3 Display of ladder, RLD, RLL, KOP
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13049 3 Display progress of program, state, highlight, colour
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13051 3 Display status of I-O in intelligible, easy to understand language
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13052 3 Display of ladder diagram
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13053 3 Edit by use of a ladder mask, raster, enter a symbol and select place in mask
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13054 3 Enter a symbol and number of times symbol to be used in ladder diagram
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13055 3 Place cursor, enter symbol, move cursor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13056 3 Edit conversion, jump table interactively
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13057 3 Automatic search for unused, available address; assign to symbol
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13058 3 One instruction of plc generates a whole independent sequence, relay
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13059 3 If not able to execute instruction block, skip and execute next
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13061 3 Selection between sequential and conditional program
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13062 3 Booting
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13063 3 Synchronization between modules
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13064 3 Execute reverse sequence
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13065 3 Tasks for executing several programs asynchronously
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13066 3 Execute next step if state, control zone changes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13067 3 Use of variables, symbols in instructions, to indicate mechanisms, interfaces
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13068 3 Program divided in operation blocks, groups, tasks each executed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13069 3 Execute bit operation during instruction fetch cycle for word operation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13071 3 Non time critical program by processor, time critical program by hardware
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13072 3 Super scalar computing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13073 3 Several interacting programs, each for a separate machine, exchange of start, stop
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13074 3 Result of bit operation can modify or stop instruction execution
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13075 3 User program, then interlock program to override certain conditions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13076 3 Interprete in pc a ladder diagram, use of sequence engine
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13077 3 Interlock conditions stored in tables
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13078 3 Sequence operation and interlock set programs are separated
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13079 3 Solving stored logic function if value is equal target value
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13081 3 Select between initialisation and normal control instructions sequence plc
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13082 3 Parallel execution of bit operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13083 3 Jumps
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13084 3 Rom or eprom with conditional instructions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13085 3 Plc controls several machines in sequence
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13086 3 Priority interrupt
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13087 3 Separate interrupt controller for modules
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13088 3 Analyzing only relevant rows of ladder diagram
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13089 3 Skip part of expression evalutation if no influence on end result
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13091 3 Use of precalculated and stored values to speed up calculations
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13092 3 Speed up, evaluation of expressions between brackets
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13093 3 Using functions like arithmetic timers in program
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13094 3 Using a-d convertor as function
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13095 3 Pid regulator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13096 3 Fuzzy control function
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13097 3 Function is true macro program, not subroutine, conversion to machine
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13098 3 Nc function to control axis, written in C or not
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13099 3 Function block, OOP, various functions grouped, called by name as servo
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13101 3 Function block instance, only one function block exists, several instances
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13102 3 Function is a user written program, separate from rest
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13103 3 Adaptive selftuning regulator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13104 3 Assembly, machine code, instruction list, AWL, IL, BL
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13105 3 Two or more languages, ladder diagram or progression, basic program
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13106 3 Natural language, use simple words like move, rotate,
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13107 3 Logic symbols, plan LOP, functional block symbols FBS, functional programming FUP
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13108 3 Flow diagram, sequential function chart with transitions and states SFC Grafcet
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13109 3 Pld programmable logic device software for plc
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13111 3 Expert system
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13112 3 Petri net
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13113 3 Read image of sequence ladder diagram, flow chart drawing, translate into code
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13114 3 Use of relative addresses for program
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13115 3 Optimize ladder diagram block by rearrangement of serial and parallel
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13116 3 Machine code, instruction for processor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13117 3 Two languages, ladder diagram and machine code for processor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13118 3 Decompiler, translate machine code to hll, reverse processing, easy modification
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13119 3 Compiler
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13121 3 DDE direct data exchange, DLL dynamic library linking
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13122 3 Flow chart program activates several ladder diagrams, each controls one machine
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13123 3 C language
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13124 3 Step language
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13125 3 Use of virtual, logical connections
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13126 3 Csl computer simulation language
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13127 3 Hybrid sfc for description of sequence, ladder diagram for conditions, interlock
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13128 3 Relay ladder diagram, RLL RLD KOP
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13129 3 Automatic documentation of program
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13131 3 Select out several languages: FBD, SFC, RLL or RLD
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13132 3 Select out several languages: FBD and SFC
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13133 3 Select control languages out of FB RLL or RLD, SFC, ST
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13134 3 Two or more languages mixed, RLD, SFC, FBD, IL, ST, relay ladder, function block, sequential function, instruction list, structured text mixed to form logic control program
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13135 3 Using audio and-or video playback
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13136 3 Translate spreadsheet into code
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13137 3 Interpreter considers hierarchy of plc in system structure for programming it
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13138 3 High level language HLL, structured text ST, resembles pascal
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13139 3 CAD, design plc system by inputting desired failure, fault behaviour
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13141 3 Derive sequence program from design, cad data of machine
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13142 3 Debugging, tracing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13143 3 Manual testing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13144 3 GUI graphical user interface, icon, function bloc editor, OI operator interface
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13145 3 Graphical input of network of symbols, simulation on screen, translate to machine
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13146 3 Process image blocks have a relation to software function blocks
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13147 3 Program using time charts
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13148 3 Object oriented programming
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13149 3 Encapsulated actuator model with standardized interface: state, action, interlock
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13151 3 Correction of program using grammatical error detection
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13152 3 Modification of program
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13153 3 Modification, change of program in real time
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13154 3 Patching rom to correct program
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13155 3 Inserting instructions in program
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13156 3 IC-memory card
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13157 3 Tape
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13158 3 Non volatile memory, no battery
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13159 3 Cassette
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13161 3 Easily exchangable rom, eprom cassette, earom
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13162 3 Core memory
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13163 3 Light pen
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13164 3 Remote and local programming unit, control panel
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13165 3 Program plc by independent build in processor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13166 3 Program intelligent I-O separate from main plc
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13167 3 Personal computer pc
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13168 3 With contact pins
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13169 3 Voice, oral, vocal, speech announcement
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13171 3 Portable, detachable programming unit
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13172 3 Remote programming from computer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13173 3 Selection out of all possible programs with switch
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13174 3 Pc, computer connected to plc to simulate machine
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13175 3 For each input corresponding delay time for output response
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13176 3 Functionality of a complex controlled systems, composed of sub-systems
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13177 3 Select next stimuli as function of input state of previous step, so useless stimuli skipped
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13178 3 Reiterate simulation till minimum delay stimuli, original contact stat
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13179 3 Reiterate simulation for different conditions or subsystems
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13181 3 Selection of limited stimuli, inputs for simulation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13182 3 With petrinets
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13183 3 Connect simulation card with overlay into control system, to learn programming
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13184 3 Pc, computer connected to plc to simulate only part of machine
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13185 3 Software function module for simulation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13186 3 Simulation, also of test inputs
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13187 3 Checking validity of data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13188 3 Checking program data, parity, key
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13189 3 On error, look in table for alternative allowed next instruction
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13191 3 Inhibit next step if signature fails, response different from stored response
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13192 3 Eeprom and software interlock, user cannot change ram data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13193 3 Examine needed I-O, detect connected I-O, execute program only if proper I-O
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13194 3 Build in measurement processing time and input time, input time must be smaller
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13195 3 Protected programs, running these programs
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13196 3 Check if instruction for special module is valid for that module
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13197 3 Host and remote version of ladder program, avoid different versions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13198 3 Safety, forbid dangerous instruction, instruction order while programming
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/13199 3 On error choose another program
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14 2 Plc safety
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14001 3 Detect direction, sign of change of signal
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14002 3 Independent processor, coprocessor monitors plc
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14003 3 Pc, personal computer monitors contact data of several plc's
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14004 3 On error I-O control state is substituted by actual state to continue
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14005 3 Alarm
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14006 3 Safety, monitoring in general
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14007 3 Plc as standalone for safety control of machine
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14008 3 Pc monitors plc
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14009 3 Manual overide control, digital or analog, between plc and machine
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14011 3 Explosion free control, intrinsically safe
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14012 3 Safety integrity level, safety integrated systems, SIL, SIS
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14013 3 IN, dual plc worker coworker, switch, OUT persistency
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14014 3 Redundant processors and I-O
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14015 3 Dual plc's, processors and dual I-O
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14016 3 Triple plc's, processors and dual I-O, triple modular redundant
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14017 3 Triple plc's, processors and triple I-O
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14018 3 IN, plc and comparator, error detector, backup, standby plc, switch, update OUT
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14019 3 Dual IN, crosscoupled relay, dual AND, dual OUT
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14021 3 IN, direct link parallel to plc, AND, OUT
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14022 3 Dual IN, dual plc with dual OUT comparator, dual AND, dual OUT
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14023 3 IN, three plc and 2-out-of-3 processor voter, 2-out-of-3 output voter, OUT
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14024 3 Dual IN, three plc with comparator, dual 2-out-of-3 output voter, dual OUT
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14025 3 Dual IN, relay parallel to plc with comparator, dual AND, feedback OUT, dual OUT
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14026 3 IN, relay, direct link parallel to plc, AND, OUT
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14027 3 IN, plc and comparator, feedback OUT, OUT
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14028 3 Dual IN, plc and comparator, feedback OUT, AND, OUT
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14029 3 Dual IN, plc and comparator, feedback OUT, dual AND, OUT
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14031 3 Dual plc, dual I-O, single actuator, crosscoupling IN and OUT
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14032 3 Dual plc, dual I-O, crosscoupling analog IN of first plc to OUT of second plc
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14033 3 Dual plc, dual I-O bus, dual I-O amplifier
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14034 3 Quad system, dual worker coworker, output voter, switch
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14035 3 Single analog I-O IN, dual signal processing, dual plc
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14036 3 Detection of fault in processor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14037 3 Fault in I-O communication
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14038 3 Fault in I-O racks, point level
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14039 3 Fault in sensor, actuator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14041 3 Influence of execution of interrupts
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14042 3 Process time
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14043 3 Detection of abnormal temperature
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14044 3 Operating time test for over or under conditions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14045 3 Parameter, over or under condition detection
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14046 3 Current flow
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14047 3 Open circuit, broken line, cable
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14048 3 Short circuit
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14049 3 Broken led, signalling device
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14051 3 Correct polarity of supply
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14052 3 Detect missing module
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14053 3 Power failure, loss, abnormal battery
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14054 3 Self test
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14055 3 Make log, journal, history file of state changes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14056 3 Monitor only particular devices which are required for execution of process
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14057 3 Compare response time, time interval with reference response time, interval
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14058 3 Diagnostic, using expert, knowledge based system
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14059 3 Selftest of voting, switching unit
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14061 3 On-off-line diagnostic
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14062 3 Diagnostic of dead state, machine does not function anymore
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14063 3 Diagnostic of degrading performance
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14064 3 Portable diagnostic unit, offline
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14065 3 Checking step, diagnostic routine at end of each scan
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14066 3 Look up table to determine particular fault conditions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14067 3 Log, history of key, input information before last fault occurred
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14068 3 Compare operation time of each independent block, group with stored
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14069 3 Dual watch dog, one for operating system, other for user program
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14071 3 Test of equipment, system without using actual system
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14072 3 Test of I-O scanner
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14073 3 Real time modeling of plc behaviour, display pictogram of system
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14074 3 Signature analysis, recorded states, zones are compared to actual
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14075 3 Test of interface
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14076 3 Test of sensor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14077 3 Detect difference in signal between identical channels, if plausible
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14078 3 If fault in next cycle persists, declare channel faulty
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14079 3 If signal out of range, use for next cycle previous detected signal
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14081 3 Take average, mean of two valid signals of same input
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14082 3 Sample input signal again to verify if signal is correct
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14083 3 Derive diagnostic program from model needed for sequence program
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14084 3 Remote diagnostic
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14085 3 Memory testing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14086 3 Watch dog
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14087 3 Selecting parameters or states to be displayed on panel, displaying states
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14088 3 Display result of computation, calculation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14089 3 Display of control states on cards, by leds
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14091 3 Message generation, composer from variables and states, zones
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14092 3 Display menu and its code, sense code, compare with registered code
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14093 3 Display matrix of relay, contact symbols, select and show time
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14094 3 Display instruction with corresponding states, markers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14095 3 Library of pictures to display process, pictogram
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14096 3 Voice, vocal, speech alarm
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14097 3 Display of error messages
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14098 3 Displaying instructions for monitoring state of machine
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14099 3 What kind of fault, first fault latch indication
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14101 3 Indication of status in a ready, off, running of fault state
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14102 3 Fault stages, confinement, logical segregation of I-O, separate modules
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14103 3 Detection on or off-line, latency from failure occurrence to fault recognition
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14104 3 Fault masking, redundant module is selected, fault will not propagate
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14105 3 Retry, reacquire input data and start fault sequence again
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14106 3 Reconfiguration of components or graceful degradation, degrade
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14107 3 Recovery, after detection or reconfiguration, effect an error eliminati
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14108 3 Restart of processing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14109 3 Repair on or off-line
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14111 3 Reintegration, after correction of fault, failed module reinserted
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14112 3 Diagnostic, troubleshooting
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14113 3 Fault tolerant objectives for equipment, controller
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14114 3 Integrity, error detector, switch off controller, fail safe
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14115 3 Rapid recovery after fault detection
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14116 3 Safe, emergency shutdown, esd of system
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14117 3 Emergency shut down of control processor, power down
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14118 3 Interlock of control switches
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14119 3 Inhibit remote control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14121 3 Dual hand control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14122 3 Prevent conflicting writing of data; use lock flags
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14123 3 Majority voting, dynamic redundant, persistency and integrity
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14124 3 Redundant network, client server nodes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14125 3 Redundant I-O racks, interfaces to points
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14126 3 Redundant I-O points, two sensors, actuators for same point
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14127 3 Redundant communication between processor and I-O
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14128 3 Redundant I-O rack has spare slots, hot repair feature, spare blocks f
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14129 3 Primary, worker and backup, coworker plc for testing I-O
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14131 3 Workby plc, all plc function in parallel, synchronous data exchange
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14132 3 Dual plc, each monitors other
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14133 3 Each plc is different from others
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14134 3 Each plc is programmed by different person
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14135 3 Single plc, load between two I-O to plus and two I-O to ground
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14136 3 Redundancy, masking redundancy, avoid failure but no fault detection
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14137 3 Restart, power up of processor, outputs are off, disabled or hold last state
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14138 3 Each independent operation block, group has own restart, home position
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14139 3 On the fly software replacement in case of error
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14141 3 Restart
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14142 3 Low impedance bus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14143 3 Structure, low pass filter, debouncing input, output driver with ramp
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14144 3 Galvanic isolation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/14145 3 Serial feedback of several states of output
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/15 2 Plc structure of the system
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/15001 3 Local remote switch control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/15002 3 Image table in I-O expansion module
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/15003 3 Interbus-s
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/15004 3 Identity kind of module, control unit connected
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/15005 3 Set switches defining control function
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/15006 3 Set configuration from master control station
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/15007 3 On reinsertion board, power up, program setting, configuration automatically set
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/15008 3 Identify connected I-O and store in address table
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/15009 3 Object oriented configuring, graphical display of plant
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/15011 3 Configuration of operating system
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/15012 3 Configuration software for networks
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/15013 3 Set configuration, address of connected module from fixed non volatile
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/15014 3 Configure priorities of different tasks
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/15015 3 Assign functions to group of complete or partial cells, modules
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/15016 3 Intialize amount of memory space needed in module
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/15017 3 Optical fiber
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/15018 3 Communication, serial data transmission, modem
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/15019 3 RS232 serial
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/15021 3 Convertor between plc and pc built into serial communication line
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/15022 3 Synchronus serial datatransmission
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/15023 3 Data packet, each module reads input stream and replaces with output
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/15024 3 RS422, balanced lines, xor, only one transmitter, receiver, RS485
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/15025 3 Before starting communication between modules, initialize modules
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/15026 3 Detection of data transmission faults
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/15027 3 RS485, MPI multipoint interface, multiple transmitters, receivers connected
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/15028 3 Controller and device have several formats and protocols, select common one
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/15029 3 I-O communicates with local bus at one end and with fieldbus at other end
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/15031 3 RS485 for service connection to module
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/15032 3 Exchange objects having I-O, configuration, status, parameters, functions attributes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/15033 3 Exchange objects between cpu and intelligent I-O, stored in their memory
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/15034 3 Serial transmission using one line for data and one line for clock
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/15035 3 Select between simplex, only reading I-O data or duplex, also writing to interface
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/15036 3 Control words for interface itself and for connected I-O
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/15037 3 Fail safe communication
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/15038 3 Internet, tcp-ip, web server see under S05B219-40
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/15039 3 Display of reference, set value, of measured, feedback value
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/15041 3 Sense area of screen, compare if corresponds with correct area
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/15042 3 Synoptic display of process, mimic diagram
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/15043 3 Lcd, 7-segment displays ten different states
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/15044 3 Multiple lcd, alphanumerical display
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/15045 3 Portable display unit
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/15046 3 Low-high intensity display, flashing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/15047 3 Colour display
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/15048 3 Microprocessor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/15049 3 Timer, counter, clock-calendar, flip-flop as peripheral
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/15051 3 Dual port memory
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/15052 3 Communication processor, link interface
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/15053 3 Microcontroller
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/15054 3 LIFO for storing intermediate results
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/15055 3 FIFO
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/15056 3 DMA
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/15057 3 FPGA field programmable gate array
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/15058 3 Tristate interface
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/15059 3 Floating point coprocessor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/15061 3 RISC processor for plc
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/15062 3 Battery backup
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/15063 3 Real time clock
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/15064 3 MMU, memory management unit
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/15065 3 Optimize program memory space
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/15066 3 Use of external memory
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/15067 3 Using a mixture of memories
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/15068 3 SBC single board computer, UCM universal control module
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/15069 3 Use of function modules with timer, counter, relay functions and I-O
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/15071 3 Circuit in module connected to bus over two contacts, closed in operat
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/15072 3 Modules in daisy chain, connected by parallel cable
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/15073 3 Interface card, module has own power supply independent from pc
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/15074 3 Modules on bus and direct connection between them for additional logic
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/15075 3 Each connected module has own power suppl
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/15076 3 Stackthrough modules, modules are stacked, no need for backplane
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/15077 3 Modular structure, memory tables hold data about type of connected apparatus and data format
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/15078 3 Modules, construction of system
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/15079 3 Multitasking, real time multitasking
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/15081 3 Period length ratio between application and communication task is settable
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/15082 3 Dos operating plc system
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/15083 3 Operating system, microsoft windows
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/15084 3 MSDOS
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/15085 3 Windows NT
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/15086 3 Windows-95
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/15087 3 Open control system
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/15088 3 Prestabilized power supply followed by another stabilized power supply
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/15089 3 Double, parallel power supply, double, two rails for power supply
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/15091 3 Power and data bus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/15092 3 Power supply with extended range inputs
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/15093 3 For each module a power supply
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/15094 3 Clock for power converters also for microprocessor and I-O
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/15095 3 Power supply for input, output derived from microprocessor pin
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/15096 3 Cpu controls power supply on I-O modules
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/15097 3 Power supply
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/15098 3 Switching power on only when system needs control, stand by
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/15099 3 Bus arbitration
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/15101 3 Personal computer pc and plc, slot plc, same kernel
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/15102 3 Programmer simulates, behaves like a programming drum
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/15103 3 Microprogram stored in rom or ram
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/15104 3 Microprogram rom is externally attached
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/15105 3 Hardwired logic to accelerate, speed up execution of instructions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/15106 3 High speed limited function sub plc together with slow speed general
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/15107 3 Linesolver, columnsolver
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/15108 3 Intelligent I-O is a plc itself, with limited interface
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/15109 3 Intelligent interface is much faster than main plc
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/15111 3 Intelligent interface behaves like a plc, by special communucation pro
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/15112 3 Two cpu control plc, select cpu, video switch, with special key
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/15113 3 Common display, monitor for two controlling cpu
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/15114 3 Coprocessor connected to main via bus and separate channel
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/15115 3 Pc serves as plc, programming panel, monitoring panel
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/15116 3 Pc implements plc, in application program, plc instruction register
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/15117 3 Radio link, wireless
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/15118 3 Shared memory
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/15119 3 Backplane controller
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/15121 3 Plc build into application, like power invertor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/15122 3 Less frequent used subroutines arranged at high addresses
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/15123 3 Plc with build in console, I-O and communication
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/15124 3 Plc integrated in plug, connector
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/15125 3 Multiple kernels
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/15126 3 Calculate duration of cycle
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/15127 3 Bit and word, byte oriented instructions, boolean and arithmetic operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/15128 3 Ternary logic instead of binary
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/15129 3 Separating address and databus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/15131 3 Pipeline registers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/15132 3 Bank switching
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/15133 3 Opto isolation, optical separation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/16 2 Plc to applications
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/161 3 Nuclear plant
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/162 3 Transfer line
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/163 3 Domotique, domestic, home control, automation, smart, intelligent house
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/20 1 Pc systems
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21 2 Pc I-O input output
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21001 3 Analog input
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21002 3 Neural classifier for inputs, groups inputs into classes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21003 3 Proximity switch as input
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21004 3 Microprocessor plus electromechanical, cam control for output
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21005 3 Several slave modules connected to same I-O of master, multiplexed by master
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21006 3 Detect position switches, connect resistances, analog value gives position
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21007 3 A processor to evaluate signals of detector only, I-O processor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21008 3 Read in analog values by microprocessor, potentiometer, resistor taps
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21009 3 Display states of I-O
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21011 3 Forcing I-O
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21012 3 Configurable I-O
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21013 3 Microcontroller and power output switches integrated on same chip
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21014 3 Interface, module with relays
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21015 3 Easy expansion, extension of I-O
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21016 3 I-O has own power supply
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21017 3 Use of stack memory between processor and machine
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21018 3 Connect sensors to a concentrator, concentrators to bus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21019 3 Split, separate urgent from non urgent, interrupt from status inputs, store in two register
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21021 3 Intelligent I-O, executes tasks independently from main cpu
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21022 3 Telephone ring interface, detect ring sequence to control devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21023 3 Midi interface
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21024 3 Analog output
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21025 3 To address single module, assign a group with only that single module
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21026 3 Indirect adressing of I-O through a control register
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21027 3 Address extension, module with several I-O, command has subaddress for each I-O
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21028 3 Address of module determined by position
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21029 3 Address of module determined by function of module
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21031 3 Address of module determined by signature : type, value of measured, controlled data of module
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21032 3 Controlled module in a ring, each module detects its own address
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21033 3 Serial transfer address to each module, decrement, if zero module found
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21034 3 Address I-O
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21035 3 Identification with serial header
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21036 3 Each connected module has own address and address of originator of message
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21037 3 Serial time multiplex bus, programming each module with one delayed line TDM
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21038 3 Special clock line, module counts clock until equal to its address
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21039 3 Slaves, modules in daisy chain, each handles control data, transmits to next
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21041 3 Detect length of packet of pulses to recognise address
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21042 3 Address a group, a zone
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21043 3 Device address and subdevice address and function address
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21044 3 Modules with same address are each selected by different transmission speed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21045 3 Modules with same address are each selected by different modulation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21046 3 Address a single module out of a group
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21047 3 Select module if address of module equals required address, compare addresses
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21048 3 Compare fixed address of module to required address
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21049 3 Poll and detect connected I-O modules, address terminator, address line high
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21051 3 Modules able to communicate to other modules are connected to arbiter
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21052 3 Modules having a common function are allocated ascending number to address
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21053 3 Each unit, module has unique identification code, set during manufacturing, fMAC address
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21054 3 Connector on bus has two rows of contacts, if one contact is connected, other not
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21055 3 Number of halfwaves equals number of I-O, send block of halfwaves, synchro gap
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21056 3 Decoding on module, module can be inserted anywhere, fixed address in bus connector
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21057 3 Buslines connecting modules are offset by one line from module to module
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21058 3 Find address by activating power and detect which address gives feedback
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21059 3 I-O in address space
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21061 3 Adapter bus connected to centronics
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21062 3 Pc and I-O bus manager and network nodes linked to I-O clusters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21063 3 Bus, I-O connected to a bus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21064 3 Calibration: automatic of a-d convertor, store null and maximum in eeprom
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21065 3 Module calibrates connected sensor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21066 3 Disconnect data line from module before, reconnect after configuration
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21067 3 Set group of module by hardware for each module, no program protocol
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21068 3 Configure input signals either as interrupt or status signals
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21069 3 At start up check I-O and store addresses in secure device
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21071 3 Configuration, each module has a settable address, code wheel, encoder
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21072 3 Write, modify address into module by optical means, laser
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21073 3 Each module has push button, trigger circuit to initialise address setting
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21074 3 Master has keyboard to enter address of called slave
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21075 3 Initialise each module random, count down, if zero master sets address
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21076 3 Plug, connector with build in decoding, encoding for module
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21077 3 Module address fixed, defined by fixed identification lines on motherboard
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21078 3 Fixed address of slot on motherboard changed, using address convertor, decoder
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21079 3 Allocate at start up also to each controlled device a code for the master
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21081 3 At start up, check I-O configuration and store addresses in ram
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21082 3 At start, send first address to all modules, manually trigger first module and so on
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21083 3 At start up detect if connected devices are input or output devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21084 3 Actuate module, seek response by counting up address, store address on response
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21085 3 Define type of I-O, analog, digital, pulse
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21086 3 Configuration menu program for I-O
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21087 3 Define sensor type, resistance, thermocouple, thermistor, voltage, current
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21088 3 Define name and address of I-O
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21089 3 Detect configuration of I-O regulary
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21091 3 First module initializes its address, then signals next to do same, serial
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21092 3 At start up, autoconfigure module for proper I-O execution, bootstrap
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21093 3 Module has a configuration part for own logic and one for application logic
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21094 3 Different connectors for serial transmission as function of machine or connected sensor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21095 3 Screen, display connected directed to control system via optical fibre
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21096 3 Connection of machine to pc via centronics, parallel port
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21097 3 DMA
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21098 3 Connect pc to machine, controller, module via serial port
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21099 3 Two independent interfaces, one for pc, other for remote monitoring
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21101 3 Connect I-O interface to joystick port
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21102 3 Pc control of device over normal remote control connected between them
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21103 3 Connect pc to machine, controller, module via PCMCIA
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21104 3 Wire pc connector to output of controlled module, for printer, modem, other module
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21105 3 Read in data only if value changes, transition to save processor time
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21106 3 If specific I-O not updated in memory, priority access of I-O, data directly to microprocessor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21107 3 Change sensivity of detection if input value is very low
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21108 3 Module, I-O module consisting of counters and comparators
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21109 3 Field programmable gate array, fpga as I-O module
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21111 3 Each module has a push button to bypass control and switch module on
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21112 3 Each module has push button to turn module off
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21113 3 Bus interface has multiplexer, control register, data shift register
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21114 3 Universal input, AC or DC
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21115 3 Same connector can represent either input or output
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21116 3 Universal cabling; control interface between processor and devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21117 3 Universal I-O, same pin is input or output, bidirectional
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21118 3 Two sensors on same line, superpose pulsed digital on analog signal
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21119 3 Circuit for signal adaption, voltage level shift, filter noise
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21121 3 Output only enabled during a short period of positive going power supply
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21122 3 Programmable signal discrimination, input can be used for several functions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21123 3 Impedance matching
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21124 3 A-d conversion if input signal is analog, no a-d conversion if input signal is digital
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21125 3 Digital value of analog signals depends on range between signal and threshold
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21126 3 Signal processing, filter input
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21127 3 Signal adaption I-O
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21128 3 Change control signal, first max or min signal, then normal desired signal
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21129 3 Low pass filter for input
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21131 3 Sample two input values, one in positive wave, other in negative wave, average
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21132 3 Window for signal
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21133 3 Module to adapt connection of signals to general connector
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21134 3 Signal adaption circuit build into connector
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21135 3 On closing contact, clean contact with large current, then normal signal current
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21136 3 Detection of zero crossing for command and maximum for reading value
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21137 3 Analog to digital conversion, ADC, DAC
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21138 3 Variable filtering as function of kind of sensor signal
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21139 3 Input activates directly output and vice versa
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21141 3 Latched I-O
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21142 3 Read input signal when switching power supply is not switched
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21143 3 Sample analog signal between superposed digital signal
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21144 3 Link between input and output, output only activated if corresponding input on
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21145 3 Fuse in case of overcurrent
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21146 3 If real status is different from controlled status stop motor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21147 3 Time critical I-O shut off by I-O module, otherwise by processor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21148 3 Over current protection on clock line
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21149 3 If read write error, keep last I-O status for next cycle
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21151 3 Activate output only if power sufficient
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21152 3 If output defect, switch it off
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21153 3 In order to follow higher data input rate, shut off non essential peripherals
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21154 3 Over current protection
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21155 3 Over voltage protection
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21156 3 Over temperature protection
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21157 3 Broken, open line, cable, circuit, faulty connection
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21158 3 Activate I-O only after system stabilises from start up
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21159 3 If I-O defect, warning light, operator pushes buttom, cpu disconnects I-O
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21161 3 Send dummy, check data to I-O to check correct I-O connection
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21162 3 Detect short circuit of cable
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21163 3 Test I-O if functional or safe value
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21164 3 Resistors between transmitter and receiver, against disturbances
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21165 3 Zenerdiodes for protection of output of transmitter, input of receiver
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21166 3 Output state, over resistance, coupled back to input to monitor output
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21167 3 Intelligent I-O monitors also local load, controlled object
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21168 3 Couple, feedback each output to corresponding input to verify output
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/21169 3 Low voltage protection
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/22 2 Pc multi processor system
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/2202 3 Controller calculates a control parameter from values sent by other controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/2203 3 Grid, array of controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/2204 3 Use default values if communication with other controllers not available
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/2205 3 Multicore
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/2206 3 Microprocessor for display and parameter input, link to control microprocessor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/2207 3 Microcontroller combined with state sequencer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/2208 3 Each processor controls a different function of the machine
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/2209 3 Only one processor is permitted to execute a common function at a time
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/2211 3 Active controllers are allocated more time if request rate is low
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/2212 3 All processors are loaded with same program, only part of program is used
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/2213 3 Local processor uses data from own local store and data from other stations
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/2214 3 Multicontrollers, multimicrocomputers, multiprocessing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/2215 3 Process directly process signals without interrupt or polling
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/2216 3 Define module independent and module specific element, interconnection, capability
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/2217 3 First cluster runs normal program, second cluster runs different program
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/2218 3 Join two clusters of processors together
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/2219 3 Processor starts application program only if it receives predetermined data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/2221 3 Only common memory in host, master, no local memory in slave, local controller
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/2222 3 Use of priority levels for gaining access to resources
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/2223 3 Use a different frequency to address each processor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/2224 3 Processor sends data to next, downstream processor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/2225 3 Communication, CPU accesses own I-O and next CPU over dual port memory
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/2226 3 Processor accesses own I-O and I-O of all processors connected on his right
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/2227 3 Common memory as well as local memory
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/2228 3 Master detects and configures slaves
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/2229 3 Multiprocessing, change over from master slave to peer to peer, no master
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/2231 3 Master slave
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/2232 3 Master executes modified program on slave demand
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/2233 3 Each slave can control several other slaves
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/2234 3 Each slave can function in stand alone if master fails
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/2235 3 Each slave has library of states during which operation is permitted to start
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/2236 3 Master determines critical time when each of slaves must be controlled
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/2237 3 Selection of master or slave
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/2238 3 Several masters at same time
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/2239 3 Reallocate, reschedule execution of controlled functions if one processor fails
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/2241 3 Real time database, each processor stores in local memory used variables
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/2242 3 Program references to variable by absolute address, update of absolute address
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/2243 3 Detect incompatibilites between control devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23 2 Pc programming
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23001 3 Expansion of control words, code of standard language to increase functionality
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23002 3 Petrinet
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23003 3 Bumpless control transfer, map corresponding operation states to operation tables
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23004 3 Build up program so that safety conditions are met, select most stable states
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23005 3 Expert design system, uses modeling, simulation, to control design process
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23006 3 Finite state modeling
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23007 3 CAD to develop sequential control system, use data also to test
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23008 3 Computer aided software engineering, program generation, case tools, CASE
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23009 3 Automatic documentation of program
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23011 3 Sequence control design using pc, cad of control system CADCS
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23012 3 Derive sequence program from design, cad data of machine CADCS
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23013 3 Build up program by selecting function modules as function of amount paid for it, charging, payment
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23014 3 Conversion of ASCII scripting language to machine code
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23015 3 Convert input signals to universal machine control signals represented by music
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23016 3 Accelerate input, exponent as function of pressure, time, turning speed, keys for 10-to-1
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23017 3 Page, scroll key
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23018 3 Enter parameters by combinations of keys and duration of actuation of keys
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23019 3 Joystick delivers reference function as function of speed of its movement, except about null
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23021 3 Gesture programming, camera sees hand, displays it on screen, grasp buttons
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23022 3 Production design metaphore, tool, operation like input system
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23023 3 Control knobs, levers integrated into display, display parameters near knobs
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23024 3 Delivers reference when in neutral position, otherwise delivers desired value
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23025 3 Overlay, template for keys with different meaning
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23026 3 Recognise user input pattern and present possible intended program
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23027 3 Database with information on how to control or test different appliances
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23028 3 Switch function of panel, detect this and execute other orders
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23029 3 Up down, increment decrement keys, jog, sequentially show functions or values
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23031 3 Simulate control panel to give remote instructions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23032 3 Input of data from second control unit if first fails
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23033 3 Variable pressure on key gives input value
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23034 3 Press once on key to raise signal, twice to lower signal
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23035 3 Same knob, different functions, turn for pulses, push to enter value
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23036 3 Same knob, different function, normal for parameter, value, pushed to enter value
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23037 3 Touch key integrated in display
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23038 3 Select function by amplitude of analog value, potentiometer, resistor taps
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23039 3 Remote programmer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23041 3 Enter analog value
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23042 3 Only increment key
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23043 3 Remote and local control panel, programming unit, switch
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23044 3 Transparent overlay with touch sensors, put over display panel, select function
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23045 3 Function key changes function as function of program, associated pictogram
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23046 3 Selection out of menu by function keys
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23047 3 Operating, repair manual stored in memory
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23048 3 Knob to select program serves also as indicator for progress of program
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23049 3 Control panel serial, RS232 connected to controller
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23051 3 Remote control, enter program remote, detachable programmer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23052 3 Matrix, plugboard like control panel with modules for display, switches
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23053 3 Knob with tactile feedback, representing clicks, detents programmed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23054 3 Simulate response on entered parameters and display, quicker response
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23055 3 Cursor keys to select cells of a spreadsheat with control parameter, enter value
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23056 3 Foot pedal, control, operated
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23057 3 Position of knob, pedal detected by encoder, addresses memory for functions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23058 3 Knob, pedal selects ranges, functions and controls in each range as function of position
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23059 3 Configuration of pedal, knob with code card, adapt pedal to person
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23061 3 Variable range of knob, pedal for each function, adapt to person
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23062 3 Position of knob, pedal detected by bundle of optical fibres
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23063 3 Double, two foot pedal
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23064 3 Entry of function or parameter during manipulation of tool, operation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23065 3 Manual override of program
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23066 3 Same knob starts two different functions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23067 3 Control, human or man machine interface, interactive, HMI, MMI
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23068 3 Give instructions, messages to operator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23069 3 Illuminated, lighting up keys, build in led, display, show sequence data entry
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23071 3 If up, down key is selected, linear display of values appears, pops up
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23072 3 Telephone, dial as control panel
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23073 3 Keyboard decoding by microprocessor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23074 3 Each control unit can control own associated load or as central control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23075 3 Control unit can switch load on off or can also go into program mode
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23076 3 Pushbuttons to manually up or down control of motor also for entry of program
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23077 3 Reconfigurable remote programmer, learn control signals for different devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23078 3 Input a code representing a sequence of operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23079 3 Local programmer can switch to remote to use same capabilities as remote
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23081 3 MMI design, operator workplace design
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23082 3 Enter parameters with two hands, dead man knob, switch, pedal
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23083 3 Joystick with buttons for menu and function selection, scrolling, +sign and -sign
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23084 3 Synoptic display of available, selectable control modules with their functions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23085 3 Several users can enter data simultaneously to same processor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23086 3 Menu is sequentially selected and read from cd disk and guides operator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23087 3 Programmable selector switch, can be programmed by connected apparatus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23088 3 Same switch to power control and to set references of several devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23089 3 Key cap label rewritten, changed to indicate changed or alternate functions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23091 3 Multiple consoles, panels to issue concurrent commands to different groups I-O
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23092 3 Soft up down keys, simulated on screen
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23093 3 Input a code representing a device function
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23094 3 Debounce key
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23095 3 If knob pushed during power up, knob can be used afterwards as data input
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23096 3 Use single button, knob to enter code number, equals number of pushes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23097 3 Messages to operator in mother tongue, selection out of different languages
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23098 3 Manual control, via microprocessor instead of direct connection to actuators
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23099 3 Switches on panel, connected to serial port
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23101 3 Enter quality parameters to select control parameters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23102 3 Quality parameter is low energy consumption of machine
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23103 3 Quality parameter is high production rate
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23104 3 Change display of window to another as function of settable active display time of window
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23105 3 Window, drop, pull down menus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23106 3 Cockpit metaphore, condensed representation, urgent things better shown
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23107 3 Push on flashing alarm indicator, corresponding window pops up on whole screen
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23108 3 Floorplan, room metaphore, dedicated windows, unchangeable but can be selectable
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23109 3 Configuration of display device, operator panel
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23111 3 Adapt control signal logarithmic
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23112 3 Ramp, slope connection between two reference values
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23113 3 Reread, retransmit several times data for valid data, redundant command
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23114 3 Maintain parameter setting for a while to avoid changes due to noise
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23115 3 Buffer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23116 3 Input signal can be sent simultaneously to several processors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23117 3 Lookup table, interpolation between points
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23118 3 Column and line select in memory to access address data in second memory, tree
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23119 3 Display state, variable only when needed, energy saving
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23121 3 Display graphics with corresponding text
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23122 3 Display on off time chart for different events
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23123 3 Production report
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23124 3 Notepad, message from other operator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23125 3 Switch display to show different things, test or normal state
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23126 3 Display tree structure of whole system or relevant info after function selection
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23127 3 Switch from one kind of display to other, selected by duration discrimination
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23128 3 Switch from one kind of display to other when parameter is changed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23129 3 Animated display, changes as function of parameters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23131 3 Select on large display part of pictogram to show on display of used workstation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23132 3 Multifunction display
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23133 3 Animated, rotating fan indicates speed, flashing bulb for intensity
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23134 3 Display history of used, selected programs, their frequency
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23135 3 Display to console, panel which sends parameters, commands
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23136 3 Display all subsystems, select one and display screen corresponding to subsystem
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23137 3 Display program step, instruction number
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23138 3 Linear, bar display of variables
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23139 3 Segment display
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23141 3 Flat panel, thin film electro luminescent
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23142 3 Colour display
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23143 3 Adjustable display
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23144 3 Kind of display, matrix like display, large surface
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23145 3 Blinking, flickering display
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23146 3 Programmable, reconfigurable via microprocessor or coding switches
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23147 3 LCD liquid crystal display
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23148 3 Helmet display, mounted on head of operator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23149 3 Dual, two displays
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23151 3 Highlight
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23152 3 Large and several smaller displays for each workstation, each own cursor on large display
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23153 3 Controlled load, lightbulb, roller blind itself acts as display to acknowledge command
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23154 3 Line of light diodes LED
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23155 3 Display on screen reference value and sequence steps
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23156 3 Show upper, lower value, position with upper, lower segment of 7-segment display
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23157 3 Display process, synoptic, legend, pictogram, mimic
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23158 3 Display of evaluated and selectable program
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23159 3 Display plurality of parameters simultaneously
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23161 3 Hand held terminal PDA displays machine control program when user is near that machine
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23162 3 Display real time or time already elapsed or rest time for program
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23163 3 Display enlarged, zoomed detail and small overall schematic, plan
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23164 3 Display data on a scrolling line, ticker display
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23165 3 Display of parameter plus permissable, allowable range
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23166 3 Display program in fast, quick, speed mode
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23167 3 Display of selected sequence, permissable sequence
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23168 3 Display progress of program
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23169 3 Operation field together with control parameters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23171 3 Display dynamic change of process, animation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23172 3 Different states with one LED, blinking, on and off or different colours
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23173 3 Display modified program together with original program to see differences
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23174 3 Display of parameter and several suggested values for that parameter
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23175 3 What to display: program channels, running of program
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23176 3 Display entered data for each controlled station
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23177 3 Indicate all selected devices operating currently
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23178 3 Display status of currently selected controlled devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23179 3 Warning display if heavy energy consuming programsteps are selected
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23181 3 Use of sound, acoustic, voice
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23182 3 3D display of controlled system
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23183 3 Display effects of high level commands
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23184 3 Display different states by using two leds, first blinks, then second, then both
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23185 3 Setting of internal dipswitches, jumpers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23186 3 Visual display of workpiece with actions to execute on
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23187 3 Display number of each program
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23188 3 Software independent and dependent of hardware
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23189 3 Information is code
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23191 3 Command to control simultaneously several machines
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23192 3 A limited number of programs to be used by plurality of machines, multiplex
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23193 3 Memory stores lifetime, different settings, configurations of controlled device
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23194 3 Check validity data by writing in sector control data and check data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23195 3 Memory stores available, allowable, possible options, variations, alternatives of program or modules
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23196 3 From lookup table and real time clock, select actual daylight period
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23197 3 Curve entered with pen on touchscreen
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23198 3 Disk with segments connected to separate input of microprocessor, represents different values
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23199 3 Reference value, setpoint for regulator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23201 3 Value is analog signal
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23202 3 Curve, surface represents analog value, line, surface follower
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23203 3 Curve represents analog value, tv scan
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23204 3 Reference in coded form
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23205 3 Reference together with sequence commands
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23206 3 Set reference as function of position, for compensations
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23207 3 Capacitive detection of line
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23208 3 Potentiometer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23209 3 Linear potentiometers with multiple sliders
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23211 3 Limit value to tolerances, ranges, plausibility
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23212 3 Store entered data, program status, reread regularly, against data loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23213 3 Check validity of entered data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23214 3 Checksum CRC
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23215 3 Check data validity in ram, keep correct validity, compare rom ram
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23216 3 Extend processing time by extending enable signal with special output signal
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23217 3 Parallel processing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23218 3 Interrupt queued requests only at the end of each segment of each of requests
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23219 3 Different tasks in different memory, called as function of priority of tasks
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23221 3 Each event can have two sub events, device can be activated twice in cycle
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23222 3 On off time tables, as function of angle, each linked to groups for device selection, pointer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23223 3 During each cycle, different on off sequences can be used
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23224 3 Offset on off signals for different sections
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23225 3 Program system from more than one source
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23226 3 Table with data on how to execute the same function in different modules
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23227 3 Environment conditions affect execution of program
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23228 3 Program execution, if external programs exist, execute them instead of internal
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23229 3 Execute first current program, then select new program
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23231 3 Mark objects, execute sequence according to mark
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23232 3 Execute program from added, expansion rom, memory
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23233 3 Input state executes immediately corresponding block program
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23234 3 In real time loop do one of the control modules and a safety module program
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23235 3 Set address code in register to switch between program in ram and in eprom, flash
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23236 3 Table lookup driven system
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23237 3 Program execution by message passing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23238 3 TV microprocessor executes also home control, monitoring of appliances
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23239 3 Execute other program during idle time of main program, or between interrupts
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23241 3 Idle, during idle time of main program, a game can be played
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23242 3 Synthesize time logic circuits
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23243 3 Specification language
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23244 3 Ascii script: one line is read each time, each letter controls a device
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23245 3 Block, buffer the inputs when executing critical process, read them when finished, for a finite state machine
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23246 3 Create control program by demonstrating behaviours using widget and inferencing them
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23247 3 Widget have states, properties, events associated, demonstrate control behaviour
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23248 3 Integrate function blocks from different machines; CORBA, RMI protocols
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23249 3 Using audio and or video playback
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23251 3 Use two or more different programming languages in same program
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23252 3 High level language HLL, basic, control language
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23253 3 Expert system
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23254 3 Interactive programming, sentence on screen filled in by operator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23255 3 Object oriented programming, OOP
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23256 3 Hybrid programming, part sequence, part continuous
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23257 3 Grafcet
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23258 3 GUI graphical user interface, icon, function bloc editor, labview
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23259 3 Synchronous language
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23261 3 Use control template library
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23262 3 DDE direct data exchange, DLL dynamic library linking
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23263 3 C++
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23264 3 Assembly language, pass parameters by registers instead of stack
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23265 3 Select device driver for actuator, sensor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23266 3 Compiler
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23267 3 Program derived from sequence time diagram and stored in table
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23268 3 Forth
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23269 3 Program provides for communication protocol with device, equipment
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23271 3 Decompiler, translate machine code to HLL, reverse processing, easy modification
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23272 3 Natural language, use simple words like move, rotate
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23273 3 Select, associate the real hardware to be used in the program
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23274 3 Link graphical data for display automatically into program
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23275 3 Use of parser
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23276 3 Use of virtual, logical connections
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23277 3 Use of separate interface software, main program calls functions from it
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23278 3 Program by data flow
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23279 3 Enter simple words: start motor, pc translates boolean equations into orders
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23281 3 PEARL process experimental automation real time language
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23282 3 Detect erroneous instructions in asic systems
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23283 3 Debugging, breakpoint
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23284 3 Eliminate redundant states in finite state machine
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23285 3 Enable, disable hardware logic to implement finite state machines
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23286 3 Graphical representation of finite machine states to help operator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23287 3 Executing sequential program concurrently with state machine instructions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23288 3 Adaptive states; learning transitions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23289 3 State logic control, finite state, tasks, machine, fsm
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23291 3 Process, graphic programming of a process, text and images
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23292 3 Use of model of process, divided in part models with IN, OUT and actuator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23293 3 Automated assembly of machine control software, reusable software components
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23294 3 Whole program to first processor, transfer to next processor if not for 1st
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23295 3 Load program and data for multiple processors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23296 3 Load, update new program without test program, save memory space
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23297 3 Remote load of program with cellular, wireless, satellite connection
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23298 3 Remote load of program, through internet
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23299 3 Remote load of program, through fieldbus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23301 3 Load program from file system of a controller
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23302 3 Load program in data blocks
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23303 3 Load program, optical connection between programmer and eprom
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23304 3 Download program from host
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23305 3 Transfer program into prom with passwords
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23306 3 Load program from host, remote load, non volatile card to volatile, ram
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23307 3 Initial program loader, ipl, bootstrap loader
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23308 3 Transfer program from ram to eprom, flash, card
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23309 3 System boot only allowed after inputting user identification, password
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23311 3 Load new program together with test program
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23312 3 Load program from attached device to control that device
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23313 3 Load program to initial configure machine, then erase and install userprogram
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23314 3 Switch between initialisation, program, test, end of programming, erase mode
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23315 3 Normal and emulated, pass through for disabled persons modes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23316 3 Standby, inactive, sleep or active, operation mode
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23317 3 Safe mode, secure program, environment in case of error, intrusion
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23318 3 Mode, two mode, directly from console or download from host
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23319 3 Microprocessor control or manual control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23321 3 Switch between manual, automatic, inching or step by step mode, select mode
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23322 3 Hand, manual or automatic
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23323 3 Select between entry and execution of program
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23324 3 Separate update program onboard
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23325 3 Transfer modified data from ram to eprom, flash after system have run several cycles
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23326 3 Clone, duplicate hardware functions of another device
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23327 3 Modification of program in real time
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23328 3 Modification program
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23329 3 Modification, correction entered values
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23331 3 Patch program during non execution, tables to load modified program
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23332 3 Overide stored parameters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23333 3 Modify program and store it
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23334 3 Use of table with addresses for different modules, write new table if modified
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23335 3 History, log of program modifications
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23336 3 Identification of program, application, device to be controlled
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23337 3 Modify if history of program coincides with history of modifying data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23338 3 Transfer modified program from ram to eprom, flash
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23339 3 Update diskette, cassette initiates bootstrap program to load eeprom, flash
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23341 3 Only new module in high level language, combine with existing modules
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23342 3 Pluggable rom, smart card
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23343 3 Earom, alterable eeprom, erasable
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23344 3 Changeable memory, program
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23345 3 Memory is eeprom
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23346 3 Permeability of pin sets frequency of oscillator, record carrier
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23347 3 Eprom
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23348 3 Programmed parameter values in memory, rom, function selection and entry, no cpu
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23349 3 Pluggable pin module, fits in corresponding female receptacle, coded plug
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23351 3 Film
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23352 3 Ram rom memory
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23353 3 Endless tape, loop
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23354 3 Hard disk
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23355 3 Magnetic card
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23356 3 Programmable, pluggable module, logic set up on front of module
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23357 3 Grammophone record, disk
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23358 3 Program card with integrated control panel, flexible circuit
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23359 3 Screw like form of record carrier
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23361 3 Ram card with write protection switch
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23362 3 Floppy diskette
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23363 3 Barcode
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23364 3 Bubble memory
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23365 3 Ferrite memory
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23366 3 Temperature induced on tape, sensors read temperature as program data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23367 3 Card with picture of work to be done, together with selectable codes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23368 3 VRAM videoram
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23369 3 Memory in controlled device is ram, rom
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23371 3 Fixed and variable memory for parameters or user program
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23372 3 XY matrix, switching controlled by pc
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23373 3 Interactive guidance by voice message
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23374 3 Set potentiometer automatically
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23375 3 Function switch, knob with piezo, strain gauge
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23376 3 Template for program, set values to template
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23377 3 Touch screen, with representation of buttons, machine on screen
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23378 3 Touch sensitive key
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23379 3 Knob, delivering pulses, digipot, electronic potentiometer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23381 3 Balls with different properties circulate and form the sequence
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23382 3 Knobs with build in illumination, legend
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23383 3 Lightpen
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23384 3 Tape, card with magnetic, luminescent, iron particles for sequence
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23385 3 Programming pencil, touch probe
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23386 3 Voice, vocal command or message
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23387 3 Trackball
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23388 3 Mixture of different means, joystick, keys, pedals, fader, potentiometer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23389 3 Modular program, each process has corresponding program module
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23391 3 Each module can transfer data to I-O or other module and has parameter memory
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23392 3 Change execution time ratio of several programs
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23393 3 Set finish, end time and total program time to calculate, derive begin, start time
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23394 3 Set time constant
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23395 3 Set value of limit switches, high low value
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23396 3 Enter start and end of selected program
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23397 3 Set day, week
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23398 3 Set start time and duration
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23399 3 Adapt set parameter as function of measured conditions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23401 3 Programmer has connection with pc to enter parameters into system directly by pc
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23402 3 Edit reference value on screen by lightpen
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23403 3 Store edited program also in detachable programmer, can be used elsewhere
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23404 3 If data error detected, switch automatically to program mode
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23405 3 Change settings of events for a whole group of related events
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23406 3 Programmer device, portable, handheld detachable programmer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23407 3 Program machine during execution of other program in real time
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23408 3 Handheld programmer has cover to protect operator from environment
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23409 3 Portable, detachable programmer has emulation for fixed control panel
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23411 3 Voltage supply or allow, not inhibit signal to memory on connection of programmer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23412 3 Discriminate with id code the module to be programmed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23413 3 Remote programmer can only program a device if nearby, narrow beam communication
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23414 3 Pc as detachable program, debug, monitor device for control system
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23415 3 Program each station with specific data, all, global with general, common data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23416 3 Enter application program into I-O module, like motion program, servo program
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23417 3 Read program from pluggable memory card
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23418 3 Read tape, card forward, backward, in two directions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23419 3 Automatic passage of tape to reader
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23421 3 Record program on tape, disk, memory
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23422 3 Learn parameters by producing a small number of objects
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23423 3 Record playback
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23424 3 Select construction element from function library
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23425 3 Selection of program, adaptive to process
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23426 3 Layout of program choice around knob according to used intensity
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23427 3 Selection out of several programs, parameters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23428 3 Select program from look up tables as function of detector states, pointer, index to program
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23429 3 Selection as function of connected machine
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23431 3 Change program on detection of deviations
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23432 3 Select as function of different connected tools, each tool has its parameters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23433 3 Selection of program as function of connected keyboard, panel
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23434 3 Select automatically prefered program data, ordered to most used program
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23435 3 Select a program per zone to be controlled
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23436 3 Select by dipswitches on power on
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23437 3 Each operator can select his own program, data entry
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23438 3 Select application program as well as connected control device
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23439 3 Select additional programfunctions by pushing two different keys
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23441 3 Select between user program selection or service program selection
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23442 3 As function of colour or number code on object to be treated
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23443 3 Upon detected function changes of remote device, activate proper local program
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23444 3 Select as function of surface property, characteristic of object handled by machine
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23445 3 Real time simulation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23446 3 HIL hardware in the loop, simulates equipment to which a control module is fixed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23447 3 Uses process simulator to develop, simulate faults, fault tree
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23448 3 Find optimum solution by simulating process with constraints on inputs
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23449 3 Use of an additional dedicated processor for emulating sensor output
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23451 3 Software in the loop, bypass function, execute new program parts on external device
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23452 3 Simulate sequence on display to control program, test functions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23453 3 Pc simulates equipment and is connected to sequencer to test program
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23454 3 Execute program in fast mode, real system has no time to respond
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23455 3 Determine capability of machine by simulating model of capability of its parts
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23456 3 Model machine for simulation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23457 3 Programmer magnetically attachable to machine
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23458 3 Remote controller pluggable, attachable to pc
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23459 3 Keyboard attachable, pluggable into household apparatus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23461 3 Module has coded cams darking optical detectors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23462 3 No local entry panel, only central remote programmer for all appliances
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23463 3 Before controlling module execute monitoring of module and its resources
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23464 3 Use signatures to know module is not corrupt, cfc, control flow checking
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23465 3 Master processor blocks input of data to slaves
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23466 3 Block, latch entry keys once program launched
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23467 3 Code and program on two objects to be assembled, compared for compatibility
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23468 3 Before switch to execution of second, non failsafe program, inhibit I-O for it
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23469 3 Execute alternatively a failsafe, proven program and a non failsafe program
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23471 3 Interrupt after set time non failsafe program, switch to failsafe program
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23472 3 Confirmation of user for the selection of a program setting
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/23473 3 Program stopped if consumed current to high
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24 2 Pc safety
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24001 3 Maintenance, repair
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24002 3 Clock failing, adaptive to clock
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24003 3 Emergency stop
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24004 3 If control lever, joystick, handle is released, spring return to neutral
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24005 3 Inhibit update control program if default values has been changed by program during processing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24006 3 Code coverage memory:contains data about addressed addresses during program run
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24007 3 Backup data if microprocessor not responding
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24008 3 Safety integrity level, safety integrated systems SIL SIS
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24009 3 If board, card is retrieved, then disconnect first power, then block machine
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24011 3 Transmit warning, error message to all devices in a list
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24012 3 Use camera of handheld device, head mounted display
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24013 3 Unlatch all relays in common with micorprocessor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24014 3 Protection to extract, insert circuit board
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24015 3 Monitoring
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24016 3 Unlatch for reparation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24017 3 Powering up, starting machine supervised by microprocessor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24018 3 Computer assisted repair, diagnostic
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24019 3 Computer assisted maintenance
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24021 3 Separate processor for monitoring system
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24022 3 Stop error message after a number of repeated error events
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24023 3 Stop error message after permission operator, acknowledgement
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24024 3 Safety, surveillance
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24025 3 Remove board with system on power, hot plug in, swap, docking, life insertion
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24026 3 Latch, block unlatch, unblock
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24027 3 Circuit, independent from microprocessor, detects contact switch to allow power to actuator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24028 3 Explosion free control, intrinsically safe
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24029 3 Alarm if wrong device, apparatus is connected to control module
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24031 3 Fpga takes over control if emergency or programmed stop, to shut down sequence
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24032 3 Power on reset, powering up
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24033 3 Failure, fault detection and isolation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24034 3 Model checker, to verify and debug control software
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24035 3 Superpose testsignal on normal I-O lines, through transfo and rectifier
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24036 3 Test signal generated by microprocessor, for all I-O tests
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24037 3 Switch on pin of microprocessor for test
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24038 3 Several test signals stored in memory and used as input signals
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24039 3 Test sequence time and sequence profile
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24041 3 Pc as detachable debug, monitor device for control system
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24042 3 Signature analysis, compare recorded with current data, if error then alarm
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24043 3 Test memory comparing with known stored valid memory states
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24044 3 Second controller monitors diagnostics system of first controller
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24045 3 Test if memory card is inserted, present
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24046 3 Test if controller has enough memory available
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24047 3 Count certain number of errors, faults before delivering alarm, stop
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24048 3 Remote test, monitoring, diagnostic
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24049 3 Use of control bits
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24051 3 Two test pins, one for input and one for output
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24052 3 Set switch on for diagnostic
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24053 3 Diagnostic of controlled machine
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24054 3 Self diagnostic
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24055 3 Trace, store a working, operation history
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24056 3 Portable, detachable module to input test signals, read test results
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24057 3 Set jumper on board to change user mode to diagnostic mode
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24058 3 Remote testing, monitoring independent from normal control by pc
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24059 3 Diagnostic programmed in state logic
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24061 3 Simulator, generates input signals, shows output signals of logic
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24062 3 During simulation, test inhibit output to actuators
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24063 3 Select signals as function of priority, importance for diagnostic
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24064 3 Sample rate variable as function of importance of alarm signals
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24065 3 Real time diagnostics
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24066 3 Monitor only devices essential to current process
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24067 3 Processor stores variables, events and date in eeprom, for external monitor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24068 3 Find intermittent errors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24069 3 Diagnostic
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24071 3 Online service documentation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24072 3 Detect faulty circuit, display on screen and replace it
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24073 3 Avoid propagation of fault
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24074 3 Probability of defect, seriosity or severity of defect, fault
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24075 3 Predict control element state changes, event changes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24076 3 Markov model for safety analysis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24077 3 Module detects wear, changes of controlled device, statistical evaluation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24078 3 Debounce, correct periodicity of command
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24079 3 Detect correct command wave form
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24081 3 Detect valid sequence of commands
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24082 3 Detect if driver, actuation circuit is correct
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24083 3 Detect if actuators are correct, react
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24084 3 Remote and local monitoring, local result to remote, remote takes action
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24085 3 Analyze, trace fault signals according to tree, table
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24086 3 Expert system, guidance operator, locate fault and indicate how to repair
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24087 3 After correct repair, update fault tree
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24088 3 Simulate process graphically using feedback from real, to prevent or repair
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24089 3 Change colour of message after reading message
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24091 3 Display indication out of order, alarm indication
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24092 3 Warning display lights, lamps, leds on module
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24093 3 Display, show place of error, fault
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24094 3 Voice alarm
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24095 3 Show timely order of errors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24096 3 Show number of error event
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24097 3 Camera monitors controlled machine
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24098 3 Scan and display states of all actuators if controller fails
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24099 3 On error, send error over lightdiode to external pc, display
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24101 3 Stop error message after a certain time
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24102 3 Display status of controller
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24103 3 Graphical display of proces as function of detected alarm signals
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24104 3 Operator can select a graphical screen at his will as help diagnostic
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24105 3 Perform an initial display process to check displays
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24106 3 Display instructions, program statements together with monitored parameter value
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24107 3 Display centrally detected user, function changes of remote device
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24108 3 Correct fault so that microprocessor functions correctly, without reset
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24109 3 Execute first diagnostic, service program before normal control program
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24111 3 Inhibit control until control lever is first set to neutral position
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24112 3 Delay software reset until critical operations are finished
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24113 3 No transmission of errors to central during intervention of maintenance operator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24114 3 Continue program if crashed microprocessor, program module is not crucial
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24115 3 Continue critical operation only if detector, operator input is satisfied
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24116 3 Reprogram inserted module, reread parameters to enable operation machine
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24117 3 If error detected, shut down
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24118 3 Inhibit, disable control if program module not inserted or wrong module addressed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24119 3 Compare control states to allowed and forbidden combination of states
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24121 3 On fault, detect bit pattern to indicate kind of fault and stop program
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24122 3 Inhibit automatic control if in manual control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24123 3 Alarm filtering, level and direct precursor, required action, blocking condition
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24124 3 Identification of program, if not assigned for machine, reject, stop
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24125 3 Watchdog, check at timed intervals
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24126 3 Program stopped if instruction not executed or if output module is missing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24127 3 Disable, inhibit control signal in I-O interface if alarm status set
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24128 3 Command and intermediate error feedback used to verify correct execution
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24129 3 means for safety such as resettable fuse, PPTC
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24131 3 Noise rejection, shielding board, bus, lines
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24132 3 Over voltage protection
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24133 3 Ground each module and total system
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24134 3 Use of high voltage 28-Volt logic level
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24135 3 Use of infra red for optical limit switch against day light
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24136 3 Monitor load state of battery
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24137 3 Non volatile memory to store program on power loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24138 3 Battery backup
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24139 3 Recovery from power loss, failure
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24141 3 Capacitor backup
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24142 3 Program has a protected, independent part and a free programmable part
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24143 3 Inhibit control if device does not answer a start signal within time interval
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24144 3 Load new program, overwrite old program only if machine is halted
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24145 3 Test for collision of actuated devices, articles, if interference inihibit entry
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24146 3 Configure actuators to be switched off in case of emergency stop
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24147 3 Program entry, inhibit manual control if in automatic mode
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24148 3 Inhibit local control if in remote
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24149 3 Inhibit program entry if an essential sensor of apparatus is missing, broken
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24151 3 Inhibit programming if physical resources are missing, no gas for heating
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24152 3 Normal and emergency program are integrated
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24153 3 System controller can control independent from host
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24154 3 Password with time limited access to system, protect protocol
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24155 3 Load, enter program if device acknowledges received password, security signal
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24156 3 Inhibit program entry, keyboard by entering sequence of certain keys
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24157 3 Block, inhibit certain inputs by entering certain keycode
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24158 3 Access only for service, hide, forbidden tamperfree keys, program
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24159 3 Several levels of security, passwords
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24161 3 Use of key, in key is stored access level
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24162 3 Biometric sensor, fingerprint as user access password
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24163 3 Authentication tag in configuration file
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24164 3 Parts of program accesible only during execution, no access with programming tool
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24165 3 Use codes to activate features of controller
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24166 3 Permit from several operators to allow access
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24167 3 Encryption, password, user access privileges
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24168 3 Identify connected programmer to allow control, program entry
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24169 3 Identification of last person who changed program
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24171 3 Supervisor code to change passwords
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24172 3 Use of second password, different from first
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24173 3 One sensor, two I-O channels each for different processor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24174 3 One channel is used for communication while other is tested, in redundant I-O
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24175 3 Redundant communication channel, if one fails use the other
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24176 3 Central controller may override redundant controller
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24177 3 State machine arbitrates which redundant controller is active
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24178 3 Controlled device decides which redundant controller will be active
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24179 3 Redundant storage of control parameters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24181 3 Fail silent nodes, replicated nodes grouped into fault tolerant units
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24182 3 Redundancy
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24183 3 If error, spare unit takes over, message to master, confirm new configuration
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24184 3 Redundant I-O, software comparison of both channels
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24185 3 After repair, update redundant system during non critical periods
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24186 3 Redundant processors are synchronised
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24187 3 Redundant processors run identical programs
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24188 3 Redundant processors run different programs
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24189 3 Redundant processors monitor same point, common parameters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24191 3 Redundant processors are different in structure
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24192 3 Configurable redundancy
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24193 3 Two transducers for same parameter
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24194 3 One channel monitors correct programcode execution, other correct process state
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24195 3 Compare data in channels at timed intervals, for equality
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24196 3 Plausibility check in channels for correct sequence or result
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24197 3 Dual analog output ports, second takes over if first fails
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24198 3 Restart, reinitialize, boot system after fault detection, hanging up, stalling
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24199 3 Recover from fault, malfunction, go to safe state, correct and set new sequence
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24201 3 Inhibit restart program if start switch fails in normal run mode
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24202 3 After failure and stop of program, special switch to restart
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24203 3 Restart, recover from error only if detected states equal stored states
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24204 3 Select restore procedure corresponding to matched abnormal condition, table
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24205 3 Slow down processor activity if temperature rises above limit
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24206 3 Identification by portable memory in a key
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24207 3 If processor overloaded, reduce messages sent by other systems to it
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24208 3 Go into safety mode if communications are interrupted
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24209 3 Create film in case of error
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24211 3 Override normal program, execute urgency program so machine operates safe
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24212 3 Set off alarm state manually, acknowledge to restart normal control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24213 3 No shut down if after emergency detection, all control parameters are safe
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24214 3 Detect if analog output signal is within range
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24215 3 Scada supervisory control and data acquisition
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/24216 3 Supervision of system
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25 2 Pc structure of the system
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25001 3 CEBUS consumers electronics bus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25002 3 Interbus-S, output serial out, input serial in, as one shift register
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25003 3 M3S bus with six lines, two power, two canbus, one to initialize, one as dead man switch
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25004 3 Power and data bus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25005 3 Fluid bus for communication in process system with several fluidic control modules
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25006 3 Interface connected to fieldbus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25007 3 UMS bus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25008 3 Different buses, protocols on same line, also dsl
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25009 3 Profinet-I-O, producer-consumer mode
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25011 3 Domotique, I-O bus, home automation, building automation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25012 3 Two different bus systems
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25013 3 G64-bus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25014 3 Fieldbus general name of bus connected to machines, detectors, actuators
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25015 3 Gpib-488, ieee-488, hp bus, parallel instrumentation bus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25016 3 Eiba bus, european installation bus association, ib installation bus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25017 3 ASI actuator sensor interface, bus, network
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25018 3 Only actuator bus, network
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25019 3 Parallel processors coupled to bus by configurable interface card
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25021 3 Profibus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25022 3 LAN local area network for controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25023 3 Sercos serial real time communications system between servo and cpu
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25024 3 Bitbus from intel
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25025 3 Only sensor bus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25026 3 Lon local operating network, uses neuron chip with three microprocessors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25027 3 GSC general serial channel
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25028 3 Power, data and clock bus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25029 3 Additional logic to mirror certain signals, permits node to adapt to bitrate
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25031 3 TTCAN bus, time triggered can bus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25032 3 CAN, canbus, controller area network bus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25033 3 structure, control, syncronization, data, alarm, connect I-O line to interface
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25034 3 Connect module to data, monitor, control lines, extra I-O and power to connector
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25035 3 Star network
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25036 3 Two clocks, high frequency for normal and low frequency for battery low, sleep
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25037 3 Clock line and data line loop in a contrary sense, for data stability, settling
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25038 3 During negative cycle of power supply, processor is set to active, else inactive
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25039 3 Clock
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25041 3 Select between several clock signals
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25042 3 Clock derived from power supply
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25043 3 Superposition time and other pulses
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25044 3 Radio controlled clock
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25045 3 Electronic cam, encoder for sequence control as function of position, programmable switch pls
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25046 3 Real time clock to sample I-O states and store them in memory
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25047 3 Common clock for redundant processors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25048 3 Master clock and several frequency dividers, for motion and sequence control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25049 3 Master processor gives timing information to slaves
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25051 3 For serial communication a separate clock and data line
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25052 3 VCO voltage controlled oscillator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25053 3 Frequency pulses as function of speed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25054 3 Calibration timer, compare 1st, number of pulses during calibration with second counter
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25055 3 During calibration adapt vco, counter to deliver wanted frequency, pulses
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25056 3 Automatic configuration of monitoring, control system as function of operator input, events
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25057 3 Configuration stored in distributed database for real time use
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25058 3 Job setup, use also library to select job setup
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25059 3 Iterative configuration of identical modules, only config first one, copy to other
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25061 3 Configuration stored in central database
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25062 3 Detect physical location of field device
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25063 3 Force node into an inactive state when required
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25064 3 Update component configuration to optimize program execution
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25065 3 Configure attributes of parameters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25066 3 Configuration stored in each unit
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25067 3 Graphic configuration control system
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25068 3 Check correct configuration of device
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25069 3 Pseudo redundance, eliminate failing element and reconfigure system
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25071 3 Synoptique display of system configuration, layout, evolution
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25072 3 Initialise each module during start up
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25073 3 Configuration of keys and related display, shown on keys
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25074 3 Check system, change failing element, compare with stored configuration
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25075 3 Select interconnection of a combination of processor links to form network
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25076 3 Configure connected module only if allowed, registered module
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25077 3 Each module can be programmed for number of input and output
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25078 3 Store in ram a second program adapted to local conditions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25079 3 Function module makes bus termination, creates local bus on ok from central
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25081 3 Clone, copy configuration from first device, in teach mode, to second identical device
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25082 3 Display name of configuration, to recognise how device has been set, programmed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25083 3 For each subsystem a configuration
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25084 3 Select configuration as function of operator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25085 3 Several function expansion units for master, main unit, universal system
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25086 3 Assign functions to group of complete or partial cells, modules
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25087 3 Selector switch to set function of each module
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25088 3 Define scale value of analog signal, min and max value
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25089 3 Define state of digital signal, open, closed, maintained, momentary
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25091 3 Of alternative and parallel parts of program into synchronised tasks
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25092 3 Customized control features, configuration
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25093 3 During start, integration into machine, send module functionality to scheduler
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25094 3 At start, I-O modules receive functionality and check with its own functionality
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25095 3 Detect kind of display to configure display routine
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25096 3 Detect addresses of connected I-O, modules
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25097 3 Detect control panel connected, select corresponding program and parameters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25098 3 Detect connected sensors, set parameters, gain automatically
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25099 3 Detect configuration I-O and select needed program
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25101 3 Detect connected module, load corresponding parameters, variables into module
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25102 3 Detect connected actuator, by code, select compensation non linearity
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25103 3 Detect during start, number of modules, groups, sub groups
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25104 3 Detect transfer of control module, use mean default values instead of normal
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25105 3 By cable integrated in controlled machine, fixed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25106 3 Pluggable card, magnetic, smart with configuration data, pulled out after loading
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25107 3 Pluggable card, magnetic or smart with configuration data, staying in device
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25108 3 Dipswitches combined with bcd switch instead of multiple dipswitches
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25109 3 Eeprom loaded from external device with configuration data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25111 3 Using broadcast message
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25112 3 Using firmware stored in processor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25113 3 Strapping diodes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25114 3 Jumpers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25115 3 Card, board with configuration switches
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25116 3 Pluggable, detachable cassette loads configuration
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25117 3 Resistors, value, combination defines a digital value
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25118 3 Matrix to connect sensor to corresponding actuator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25119 3 Dipswitches dipschalter
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25121 3 What, which input or output to be connected to key or display
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25122 3 Stop angle and status of different on off states
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25123 3 Change controller pin configuration
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25124 3 Configure attributes of parameters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25125 3 Relationship between different functions of a controller
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25126 3 Synchronize communication based on internal clock of microprocessor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25127 3 Bus for analog and digital communication
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25128 3 Transmission with higher frequency than the processing frequency
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25129 3 Programming a multitasking, virtual sensor network shared by various users
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25131 3 Collect several parameters and transmit in block to control microprocessor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25132 3 Superposition data signals on power lines for actuators
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25133 3 Serial parallel conversion
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25134 3 All interfaces load their data in shift register, then serial read out
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25135 3 On data line multiplex data and control words
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25136 3 Transmission with variable frequency, set by operator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25137 3 Optical window for communication
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25138 3 Transmit data from rotating devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25139 3 Use of separate buscouple interface
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25141 3 Normal display led used also for communication purposes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25142 3 Lan between host and main controller, other network between main and sub controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25143 3 Buffer for communication between two cpu
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25144 3 Between microcomputers, processors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25145 3 I-O communicates with local bus at one end and with fieldbus at other end
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25146 3 Communication between main and expansion unit, only clock and data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25147 3 Before communication, check if optical fiber is correctly attached
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25148 3 Before communication, check if I-O is powered
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25149 3 Receiver detects communication error and requests emitter to retransmit data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25151 3 Check appropriate protocol voltage levels
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25152 3 Parity detection
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25153 3 Checking communication
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25154 3 Detect error, repeat transmission on error, retransmit
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25155 3 Encoded transmission against noise
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25156 3 Full echo communication check, echo back
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25157 3 Checksum CRC
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25158 3 Watchdog
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25159 3 Respond to signal if initialisation and address are received within set interval
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25161 3 Only receiving station, read several times message, select correct one or reject
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25162 3 Contention, if several transmitters avoid collision, by separate transmittor code
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25163 3 Transmit twice, redundant, same data on different channels, check each channel
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25164 3 Loopback
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25165 3 Token ring network
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25166 3 USB, firewire, ieee-1394
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25167 3 Receive commands through mobile telephone
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25168 3 Domotique, access through internet protocols
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25169 3 Half duplex, repeater
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25171 3 Serial, RS232
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25172 3 Duplex
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25173 3 SCSI
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25174 3 Ethernet
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25175 3 Modem, codec coder decoder
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25176 3 RS485, differential data signals, xor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25177 3 Using fm frequency modulation, fsk, biphase code
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25178 3 Serial communication, data, also repeater
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25179 3 Parallel
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25181 3 Repeater
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25182 3 Serial between host and modules, nodes, parallel in node to microcontroller
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25183 3 Serial AND-OR parallel interface in one circuit
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25184 3 Number of modules interfaces optimized in relation to applications with which to link
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25185 3 Single serial line, virtual second line is earth
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25186 3 Bluetooth
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25187 3 Transmission of signals, medium, ultrasonic, radio
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25188 3 Superposition high frequency data signal on power lines, current carrier
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25189 3 Current mode sensor I-O, current loop, 40-mA loop instead of voltage
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25191 3 Current loop
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25192 3 Infrared
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25193 3 Coaxial cable
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25194 3 Twin core, twisted cable
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25195 3 Multiwire cable, parallel
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25196 3 Radio link, transponder
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25197 3 Optical, glass fiber
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25198 3 Brouter: transfers data from wireless to wired networks, router: wired to wired
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25199 3 Router brouter broadcast configuration data periodically to update control units
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25201 3 Program commmunication between remote I-O and controller via remote connection program object
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25202 3 Internet, tcp-ip, web server : see under S05B219-40
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25203 3 Keep correct order of messages sent, of messages sequence
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25204 3 Translate between different communication protocols
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25205 3 Encrypt communication
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25206 3 Protocol: only devices with changed states communicate their states, event
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25207 3 Only devices with changed states can receive control signals for actuator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25208 3 Control message, address and command portion
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25209 3 Device status answer, response, acknowledge
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25211 3 Broadcast mode, length message, command, address of originator and destination
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25212 3 Master address node, node answers ready, master sends command, node executes it
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25213 3 Synchronisation, address and data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25214 3 Wait, delay after message
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25215 3 Time triggered protocol for fault tolerant real time application
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25216 3 Packet switching
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25217 3 Configure communication protocol, select between several
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25218 3 Broadcast mode, originator, destinator address, command, check data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25219 3 Probe packet to determine best route for messages
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25221 3 Identification of messages and their relative priority
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25222 3 Mailbox, email, mail system
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25223 3 Slave has registers to indicate master, acknowledge, transfer address, read write
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25224 3 Fieldbus messages services fms
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25225 3 Peripheral messages services pms, for sensor actuator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25226 3 Combine CSMA-CD and TDM time multiplexed for rapid status exchange
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25227 3 Polling time is variable for each node, as function of time needed for each node
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25228 3 Scheduling communication on bus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25229 3 Partition control software among distributed controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25231 3 Command, task has deadline, time limit to be executed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25232 3 DCS, distributed control system, decentralised control unit
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25233 3 Avoid communication delay by sending command and event, if event present, execute command
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25234 3 Direct communication between two modules instead of normal network
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25235 3 Associate a sequence function to each control element, event signature
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25236 3 Detail, detect presence of operator to wake up system
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25237 3 Drive record carrier
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25238 3 Personalize message
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25239 3 Relay assisted triac, in series for safety
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25241 3 Serial bus controller
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25242 3 Relay
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25243 3 Digital filter
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25244 3 State matrix connected to controller
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25245 3 Keyboard encoder chip used as sequence controller
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25246 3 Habituation, rehabituation and recovery chip, responds only to critical information
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25247 3 Program drum and reverse drum driven by timer motor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25248 3 Microcontroller as time switch
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25249 3 Counter, timer plus microprocessor for real time, jitter
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25251 3 Real time clock
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25252 3 Microprocessor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25253 3 Transputer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25254 3 DSP digital signal processor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25255 3 Neural network
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25256 3 Module is timer with variable time delay
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25257 3 Microcontroller
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25258 3 ASIC
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25259 3 Bus arbiter
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25261 3 Hand calculator as time switch
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25262 3 Oscillator to multiply pulses to counter
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25263 3 Solid state simulating relay logic
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25264 3 Synchronizer for pulses
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25265 3 Flash memory
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25266 3 Microcontroller combined with plc
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25267 3 Shift register
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25268 3 PLD programmable logic device
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25269 3 Lifo
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25271 3 Neuron controller, for lan
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25272 3 Hall sensor, switch
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25273 3 Fuzzy logic combined with delay element
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25274 3 Communication processor, link interface
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25275 3 Analog switch
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25276 3 Fifo
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25277 3 Tristate
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25278 3 Timer plus microprocessor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25279 3 Switch on power, awake device from standby if detects action on device
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25281 3 Detect usage of machine, adapt sleep mode timer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25282 3 Alternative energy for fieldbus devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25283 3 Evaluate available energy prior to wireless transmitter-receiver activation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25284 3 Standby only for memory, prom
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25285 3 Standby only for real time clock
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25286 3 Switch on power, awake controlled machine from standby if command signal
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25287 3 Power for display leds I-O only when case is open
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25288 3 Detector to standby state if signal below certain level
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25289 3 Energy saving, brown out, standby, sleep, powerdown modus for microcomputer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25291 3 Set module, component to sleep if no event or no other module needs it
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25292 3 Standby for display, switch on if operator wants to use it
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25293 3 Identify control parameters for several workpieces, control, both in parallel
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25294 3 Part, workpiece, code, tool identification
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25295 3 Identification has information on relationship with other controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25296 3 Identification module, type connected I-O, device
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25297 3 Identify controlled element, valve, and read characteristics
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25298 3 System identification
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25299 3 Address memory with variable frequency
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25301 3 Expansion of system, memory
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25302 3 Program and data in separate memory
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25303 3 Decode processor status bits to switch, select between memories
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25304 3 Memory subdivided in separate blocks, high, low addressable with same address
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25305 3 MMA, memory management, set ram and eprom part for flash memory, store state also
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25306 3 Modules with hardwired logic
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25307 3 Each module has file with all components in module and the available components
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25308 3 Ecu, standard processor connects to asic connected to specific application
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25309 3 Module in ring for power supply and ring for command signals
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25311 3 Each module near controlled machine
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25312 3 Pneumatic, hydraulic modules, controlled valves
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25313 3 Clamp module on controlled system by magnet
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25314 3 Modular structure, modules
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25315 3 Module, sequence from module to module, structure
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25316 3 Control unit and actuator in one unit, module
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25317 3 Control unit, sensor and actuator in one unit, module
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25318 3 Power supply module in common for all modules
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25319 3 Standard connector between modules
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25321 3 Connection modules by flexible printed circuit, printed cable, multiway, ribbon
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25322 3 Stackthrough modules, modules are stacked, no need for backplane
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25323 3 Intelligent modules
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25324 3 Modules connected to serial bus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25325 3 Each connected module has own power supply
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25326 3 Module with low maintenance connected to removable module with high maintenance
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25327 3 Single channel module
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25328 3 Module connected to parallel bus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25329 3 Each module, segment has only either a sensor or an actuator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25331 3 Module connected to canbus and to controlled device
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25332 3 Module capability concerns allowable I-O and required sequence of operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25333 3 Modules on bus and direct connection between them for additional logic functions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25334 3 Each module contains several channels, each with an input and an output
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25335 3 Each module has connections to actuator, sensor and to a fieldbus for expansion
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25336 3 Cascaded modules, one module connects to other, I-O, computing expansion
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25337 3 Sbc single board computer, stand alone
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25338 3 Microprocessor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25339 3 Supervisory plus control computer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25341 3 Single chip programmable controller
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25342 3 Real time controller
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25343 3 Real time multitasking
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25344 3 In one cycle, application task is executed, if time is left, communication or user interface task is executed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25345 3 Linux, preemption, low-latency patches for real time linux
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25346 3 Several operating systems in one device
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25347 3 Multitasking machine control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25348 3 Windows expansion for real time control under windows
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25349 3 Operating system, Microsoft Windows
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25351 3 MSDOS
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25352 3 Preemptive for critical tasks combined with non preemptive, selected by attribute
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25353 3 Inductive coupling of power, transformer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25354 3 Power or secondary control signal derived from received signal
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25355 3 Motor winding used as power transformator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25356 3 Inductive coupling of power and signal
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25357 3 Regulation of energy coupling
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25358 3 During detection of input, switch over to dc power
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25359 3 Special power supply
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25361 3 DC-DC convertor on board
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25362 3 UPS, no break
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25363 3 Dual power supply, for digital circuit and for analog signals
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25364 3 For each module a powersupply
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25365 3 Initialize parameters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25366 3 Detect code, kind connected machine, device before execution of program
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25367 3 Control of periodic, synchronous and asynchronous, event driven tasks together
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25368 3 Start group of motors, machines in sequence, power up, down sequence
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25369 3 Control of states, real time
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25371 3 Recharge apparatus with material, only when needed or during specific time
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25372 3 Sequence command, next step if reference equals ramp signal level
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25373 3 Detection position of program drum
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25374 3 Home selection
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25375 3 If error, execute subroutine for alternative command, no shut down
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25376 3 Repeat part of program, kind of subroutine
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25377 3 New sequence as function of deviation from predicted result, state
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25378 3 Stop machine after execution of some instructions on tape, marked by code
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25379 3 Operation on rotating table provided with a plurality of cases
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25381 3 Restart program at predetermined position, crash recovery after power loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25382 3 Skip sequences
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25383 3 Jump
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25384 3 Analog I-O to microprocessor to set switch moment for next step
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25385 3 Control speed of conveyor as function of missing objects, to speed up
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25386 3 Program execution as function of direction, forward or backward
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25387 3 Control sequences so as to optimize energy use by controlled machine
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25388 3 Race conditions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25389 3 Macro's, subroutines
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25391 3 Start, stop sequence of different parts of machine, copier, textile, glass
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25392 3 Convert control signal to deliver pulse modified in time and width
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25393 3 Speed, delay, stand still of record carrier controlled, more commands possible
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25394 3 Execute next step on feedback of result of previous step
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25395 3 Clock dependant, select next cyclus, step as function of parameter
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25396 3 Add pulses or stop pulses as function of changing clock, speed to compensate
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25397 3 Compare real date with programmed date, if equal execute next command
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25398 3 Sampling period is a product of integer number and scheduler interrupt period
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25399 3 Variable, settable clock or cycle, phase duration
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25401 3 Compensation of control signals as function of changing supply voltage
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25402 3 Detect occurrence of signal by higher sampling when parameter value within range
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25403 3 Compare real clock time with programmed time, if equal execute next command
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25404 3 Command order is delayed as function of expected and real delay
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25405 3 Command order is delayed, corrected as function of speed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25406 3 Delay as function of detected characteristics of controlled element
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25407 3 Delay between operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25408 3 Given order is latched for a certain delay in order te execute order surely
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25409 3 Feedforward of control signal to compensate for delay in execution
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25411 3 Priority interrupt
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25412 3 Separate interrupt for, from each interface
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25413 3 Interrupt, event, state change triggered
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25414 3 Interrupt without saving register states
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25415 3 Between processors using a single line and a switch
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25416 3 Interrupt
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25417 3 Identify capabilities necessary to produce article
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25418 3 Enter description of capabilities of each module
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25419 3 Scheduling
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25421 3 Using resource data relative to each component, module of control system
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25422 3 Aperiodic scheduling, executed only on certain condition
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25423 3 Verification of controlled value by comparing with recorded value, signature
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25424 3 Mixture of wall connectors, some with fixed address others no address
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25425 3 Personal computer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25426 3 Microcontroller in smart card directly controls machine, runs control program
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25427 3 Controller inside socket, wall connector, distributor, junction box
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25428 3 Field device
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25429 3 Microprocessor mounted near controlled machine, cheaper line connection
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25431 3 Dual Port memory
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25432 3 Multiplex
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25433 3 Dataflow processor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25434 3 Microprocessor and control logic integrated on same circuit board
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25435 3 Multiplex for analog signals
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25436 3 Main board connected to bundle of analog input lines
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25437 3 Main board coupled to bundle of digital and analog input lines
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25438 3 Counter controls device, machine directly or via decoder
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25439 3 Use of flexible printed circuit
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25441 3 Piggy back mounting
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25442 3 Europa card
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25443 3 Connect pc card to industrial bus, additional timing and adapting logic
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25444 3 Stick label over opening for card, to seal opening and indicate program status
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25445 3 Electric wiring inside pneumatic, hydraulic path
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25446 3 Serial port has power connected to pin for external device
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25447 3 Detachable program unit can be replaced by supplementary display
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25448 3 Control module is pluggable into wall connector
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25449 3 Constructive details
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25451 3 Connect module to bus using interface with adaptive logic
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25452 3 Bootstrap logic and ram integrated in serial connector
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25453 3 Encoder, control knob connected to same microprocessor pins as keyboard matrix
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25454 3 Retrofitting
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25455 3 Buscouple interface can be integrated in actuator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25456 3 Piggy back controller, old controller functions as before, new functions by new
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25457 3 Replace old processor by more powerful processor on additional card
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25458 3 Opto isolation, optical separation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25459 3 Reed relay separation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25461 3 Transformer separation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25462 3 Galvanic separation, galvanic isolation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25463 3 Optical separation for signals, transformer separation for power
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25464 3 MBO motherboard, backplane special layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25465 3 Output of one module connected to input next module by lines on motherboard
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25466 3 Motherboard has data, address, power and module identification lines
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25467 3 Detect if expansion board is connected
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25468 3 Deconnect automatically high voltage supply when taking out a module
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25469 3 Inserting or taking out circuit boards during power on
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25471 3 Replace existing control system with new different system in real time
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25472 3 Synchronise controllers, sensors, measurement with data bus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25473 3 Compensation variable cycle time, synchronized processes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25474 3 Synchronize microprocessor with process or I-O
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25475 3 Sequence synchronized with machine axis, like knitting machine
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25476 3 Synchronous state change by clock as function of allowed states to skip certain states
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25477 3 Master waits for signal from slave, slave active thereafter, during limited time
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25478 3 Synchronize several controllers using syncline
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25479 3 Synchronize controllers using messages, add transmission time afterwards
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25481 3 Broadcast to each controller an address of part of program to be used
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25482 3 Synchronize several sequential processes, adjust
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25483 3 Synchronize several controllers using messages over data bus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/25484 3 Synchronize microprocessor and connected, controlled state machine
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/26 2 Pc applications
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/2601 3 Dispense machine glue, paste, flow
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/2602 3 Wafer processing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/2603 3 Steering car
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/2604 3 Test of external equipment
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/2605 3 Wastewater treatment
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/2606 3 Tape transport, take up, rewind, play
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/2607 3 Infusion controller
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/2608 3 Hospital bed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/2609 3 Process control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/2611 3 Microprocessor driven caliper, to measure length distances
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/2612 3 Data acquisition interface
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/2613 3 Household appliance in general
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/2614 3 HVAC, heating, ventillation, climate control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/2615 3 Audio, video, tv, consumer electronics device
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/2616 3 Earth moving, work machine
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/2617 3 Eye, ophthalmic, surgery system
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/2618 3 Lubrication, greasing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/2619 3 Wind turbines
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/2621 3 Conveyor, transfert line
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/2622 3 Press
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/2623 3 Combustion motor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/2624 3 Injection molding
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/2625 3 Sprinkler, irrigation, watering
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/2626 3 Sewing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/2627 3 Grinding machine
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/2628 3 Door, window
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/2629 3 Assembly line
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/2631 3 Blasting, explosion
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/2632 3 Hemodialysis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/2633 3 Washing, laundry
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/2634 3 Loom, weaving
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/2635 3 Glass forming
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/2636 3 Reproduction, image copying machine
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/2637 3 Vehicle, car, auto, wheelchair
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/2638 3 Airconditioning
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/2639 3 Energy management, use maximum of cheap power, keep peak load low
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/2641 3 Fork lift, material handling vehicle
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/2642 3 Domotique, domestic, home control, automation, smart house
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/2643 3 Oven, cooking
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/2644 3 Sterilizer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/2645 3 Vending, distribute drinks
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/2646 3 Printing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/2647 3 Dentist
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/2648 3 Central heating
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/2649 3 Burner
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/2651 3 Camera, photo
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/2652 3 Medical scanner
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/2653 3 Roller blind, shutter, sunshade
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/2654 3 Fridge, refrigerator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/2655 3 Cd player
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/2656 3 Instrumentation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/2657 3 Blood, urine analyzer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/2658 3 Heat pump
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/2659 3 Elevator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/2661 3 Milking robot
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/2662 3 Photocopier
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/2663 3 Tractor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/2664 3 Audio light, animation, stage, theatre light
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/2665 3 Detonator, fuze
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/2666 3 Toy
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/2667 3 Crane
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/2668 3 Fuel cells
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/2669 3 Handling batches
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/2671 3 Mail processing system
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/30 1 Nc systems
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31 2 From computer integrated manufacturing till monitoring
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31001 3 CIM, total factory control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31002 3 Computer controlled agv conveys workpieces between buffer and cell
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31003 3 Supervise route, reserve route and allocate route to vehicle, avoid collision
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31004 3 Move vehicle to battery charge or maintenance area
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31005 3 Detect obstacles on path of vehicle
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31006 3 Monitoring of vehicle
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31007 3 Floor plan, map stored in on-board computer of vehicle
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31008 3 Cooperation mobile robots, carrying common pallet, object or pushing together
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31009 3 Connector between AGV and station
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31011 3 Communication network identical to transport network
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31012 3 Optimize number of vehicles
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31013 3 Second AGV with wafers already underway before processing first finished
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31014 3 Synchronization between AGV movement and workpiece treatment chambers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31015 3 Host, model group and workstation computer deliver each proper control data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31016 3 General NC system executes tasks not present in specialised machine tools
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31017 3 Architecture, host controls several CNC, each acting as a server to a pmc
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31018 3 Virtual factory, modules in network, can be selected and combined at will
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31019 3 Each station along transferline is independent
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31021 3 Between lan and machine, communication adapter which serves also sensors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31022 3 Planner and coordinator, decision and direct control level
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31023 3 Master production scheduler and microprocessor and schedule analysis and shop control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31024 3 Superior controller and internal, external resources controller modules
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31025 3 PAC production activity controller
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31026 3 Diagnostic controller coupled to field and to redundant process controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31027 3 Computer assisted manual assembly CAA, display operation, tool, result
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31028 3 Selecting workpieces from one or more containers by robot with vision
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31029 3 Program for assembly, show exploded article
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31031 3 Assembly, manipulator cell
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31032 3 Two workstations alternatively, one assembles, other is prepared for next
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31033 3 Record on site dimensions of pipe, tube configuration, to install pipe
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31034 3 Component identifier and location indicator corresponding to component
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31035 3 Disable assembly if one of component compartments lacks
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31036 3 Load component into corresponding compartment, bin, storage before assembly
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31037 3 Compartment, bin, storage vessel sensor to verify correct bin is loaded
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31038 3 Watchdog, timer to alert if operator does not executes operation within time
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31039 3 Count assembled parts, change program during assembly if number reached
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31041 3 Machine balancing, distribute articles evenly over machines
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31042 3 Enter pallet configuration, geometry, number of parts
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31043 3 Bin, storage identifier and workstation identifier
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31044 3 Assembly of modular products, variant configurability
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31045 3 Show bin, compartment and number of parts to be pick up
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31046 3 Aid for assembly, show display on screen next workpiece, task, position to be assembled, executed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31047 3 Display image of finished workpiece on screen, show how, where to mount next part
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31048 3 Project on workpiece, image of finished workpiece, info or a spot
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31049 3 Minimize assembly time, by grouping part types into pallet groups
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31051 3 Hybrid system, combine expert system with traveling salesman problem TSP
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31052 3 Find feasable assembly sequences
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31053 3 Planning, generate assembly plans
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31054 3 Planning, layout of assembly system
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31055 3 Interpretation of assembly design data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31056 3 Selection of assembly processes, preferred assembly sequences
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31057 3 Selection of assembly equipment, system
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31058 3 Determination of assembly tooling, fixture
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31059 3 Selection of inspection devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31061 3 Selection of assembly process parameters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31062 3 Calculation of assembly times
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31063 3 Integrate assembly and task planning
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31064 3 Minimal precedence constraint for components, link between components
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31065 3 Disassembly evaluation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31066 3 Virtual assembly disassembly planning
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31067 3 Assembly partitioning, find sub assembly removable without disturbing plan
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31068 3 Relative positioning of assembled parts with small geometric deviations
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31069 3 Cell controller, setup machine of cell during operation of other machines
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31071 3 Prevent order interference, no order to machine not setup for that order
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31072 3 Prevent batch breakup, no mix up of output of different machines
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31073 3 Decide when to create or reconfigure a cell
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31074 3 Decide which machines are to be used in a cell
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31075 3 Modular cell elements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31076 3 Controller for cell, for robot motion, for supervision
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31077 3 Laser cutting table and handling and gripping and attachment robot and layup table
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31078 3 Several machines and several buffers, storages, conveyors, robots
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31079 3 Two workstations and two manipulators working together or independent
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31081 3 Detect position robot, agv relative to machine to start communication
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31082 3 NDDS network data delivery service, producers and consumers model
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31083 3 In server store virtual nodes for controlled machines, with states for map
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31084 3 Part of module exchanges high level messages, other part proprietary messages
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31085 3 Application scripts; in web server, not sent to client
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31086 3 Communication of carriage, agv data, workpiece data at each station
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31087 3 Transmission device between workcell and central control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31088 3 Network communication between supervisor and cell, machine group
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31089 3 Direct communication between cooperating parts of a cell, not over server
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31091 3 One client handled by several servers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31092 3 Network server for communication between plc's, using server
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31093 3 Communication between sensors, actuators and gateway
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31094 3 Data exchange between modules, cells, devices, processors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31095 3 Read write intelligent chip on workpiece, pallet, tool for data exchange
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31096 3 Data carrier, communication by exchange of floppy disk
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31097 3 Display travels with workpiece, package, order, special orders can be inserted
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31098 3 Configuration editor for networking interconnection
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31099 3 Configuration of transfer control between several subsystems
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31101 3 Configuration file with format of relevant messages for different equipment
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31102 3 Program network controller, connected devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31103 3 Configure parameters of controlled devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31104 3 Remote configuration of parameters of controlled devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31105 3 Remote control of network controller
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31106 3 Auto configuration, each module responsable for own configuration
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31107 3 Start up of object manager module
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31108 3 Can controller in full can, detects if message is for controller
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31109 3 Can controller in basic can, microcontroller detects if message is for controller
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31111 3 Can controller and microcontroller integrated
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31112 3 Interface, SIOMS standard I-O for mechatronic systems, device drivers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31113 3 General, vendor indenpendant display and control interface for sensor actuator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31114 3 Sensor on off switch level can be set and displayed by detachable module
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31115 3 Network controller
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31116 3 A-D interface between asi and fieldbus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31117 3 Each node has several, three channels, for control, for data, for addressing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31118 3 Universal interface between asi and fieldbus, for any fielddevice
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31119 3 Fielddevice comprises also controller and pneumatic actuator and sensor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31121 3 Fielddevice, field controller, interface connected to fieldbus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31122 3 Bridge between networks
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31123 3 Multi mode network controller, monitor, control, configuration, maintenance
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31124 3 Interface between communication network and process control, store, exchange data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31125 3 Signal, sensor adapted interfaces build into fielddevice
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31126 3 Transmitter coupled to fieldbus and to sensor, a-d conversion
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31127 3 Repeater between two networks
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31128 3 No repeater, split into several analog segments and common digital, can, expansion
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31129 3 Universal interface for different fieldbus protocols
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31131 3 Field device with gateway functions for communication with pc and other field devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31132 3 FDT interfacing profibus field device drivers DTM with engineering tool
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31133 3 Contactless connector, identify module wirelessly, short distance like less than twenty cm
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31134 3 PCD profinet component description, field device description module
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31135 3 Fieldbus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31136 3 Name of bus, canbus, controller area network
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31137 3 Sercos serial real time communications system between servo and cpu
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31138 3 Profibus process fieldbus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31139 3 Lon local operating network, using neuron chip
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31141 3 Eiba european installation bus association
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31142 3 Devicenet, can based net
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31143 3 Sds smart distributed system, can based
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31144 3 Interbus-S
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31145 3 Ethernet
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31146 3 Bati bus, for home habitation building automation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31147 3 Simatic S5-bus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31148 3 Imbus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31149 3 P-net
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31151 3 Lan local area network
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31152 3 Separate lan for sensors, detectors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31153 3 Serial bus for plug in modules, each connection has own supply
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31154 3 Actuator sensor bus, asi, intelligent actuator, motor, sensor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31155 3 Ringbus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31156 3 Network structure, internet
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31157 3 Star network, hub
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31158 3 Wan wide area network
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31159 3 Intranet
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31161 3 Java programcode or simular active agents, programs, applets
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31162 3 Wireless lan
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31163 3 Neutral bus with intelligent coupler for all kind of fieldbuses
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31164 3 Bus for analog and digital communication
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31165 3 Control handover in wireless automation networks
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31166 3 Access data by name, object, stored in list, database
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31167 3 Object, data object as network variable
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31168 3 Use of node, sensor, actuator and control object
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31169 3 Object manager contains client, control and communication and start and planning server
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31171 3 Each data object has corresponding identification for object manager, associative
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31172 3 All object managers use same algorithm to search server
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31173 3 Start different object manager as function of priority list
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31174 3 Load, use different protocols, formats, emulators for different systems
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31175 3 Message comprises identification of sender, receiver, command and parameter
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31176 3 Universal, same protocol to control all kind of drives, dc, ac, step motor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31177 3 Protocol, sdlc serial data link control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31178 3 Hdlc high level data link control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31179 3 Master sends message with address of slave to all slaves, slave answers, interrupt
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31181 3 Controller and device have several formats and protocols, select common one
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31182 3 Address by pulse sequence, control by pulse width, module filters out own control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31183 3 Token ring
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31184 3 Fip fieldbus instrumentation protocol
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31185 3 Mapi message application interface for windows
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31186 3 TCP-IP internet protocol
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31187 3 Csma-cd csma-cd-w carrier sense multiple access collision detection wireless
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31188 3 Combine csma-cd and tdm time multiplexed for rapid status exchange
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31189 3 Time multiplex
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31191 3 Shorten header, message can be sent with less bytes, short form PDU
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31192 3 Token passing protocol, priority token passing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31193 3 Midi communication standard
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31194 3 Multimedia integration into fieldbus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31195 3 WAP wireless application protocol, wireless web application
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31196 3 SOAP, describes available services and how to call them remotely
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31197 3 Near field communication nfc
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31198 3 VPN virtual private networks
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31199 3 UDP-IP
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31201 3 Frequency shift keying modulation, fsk
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31202 3 Semiconductor equipment communication standard SECS
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31203 3 Purpose, identification of messages, programs, variables
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31204 3 Blind node, executes control, data acquisition without having operator interfaces
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31205 3 Remote transmission of measured values from site, local to host
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31206 3 Exchange of parameters, data, programs between two station, station and central or host or remote
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31207 3 Master sends global files to autonomous controllers, feedback of process status
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31208 3 Server node to watch, store message, variable, data between lon, network
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31209 3 Master actuator sensor interface has priority over host, build into host
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31211 3 Communicate diagnostic data from intelligent field device controller to central
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31212 3 Intelligent local node can handle emergency without communication over net
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31213 3 Synchronization of servers in network
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31214 3 Discontinuous communication controlled by server
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31215 3 Upon modification of data in one database, automatic update of mirror databases
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31216 3 Handshake between machine and agv; readiness to load, unload workpiece
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31217 3 Merge, synchronize process data and network data for trend analysis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31218 3 Scheduling communication on bus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31219 3 Fixed deadline monotonic scheduling dm, set each message id to unique priority
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31221 3 Non preemptive earliest deadline ed, message id contains deadline
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31222 3 Mixed traffic scheduler, ed for high speed and dm for low speed messages
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31223 3 Main controller with three levels of serial networks
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31224 3 Supervisor, cell controllers in parallel bus, machine controllers in serial bus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31225 3 System structure, plc's and pc's communicate over lan
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31226 3 Multitasking server connected to general network and to nc machines
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31227 3 External network for proces data, internal network for transport, handling only
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31228 3 Host, gateways and parallel backbone, multiprocessor computer node, fieldbus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31229 3 Supervisor, master, workstation controller, automation, machine control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31231 3 Lan and stations and fieldbus, each station controls own I-O
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31232 3 Lan and station, each station has plc controlling own I-O over bus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31233 3 Map network and server in node and server controlled ethernet with machine nodes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31234 3 Host, router and backplane bus, communication with host or backplane
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31235 3 St network, each module of first controls second similar network etc., tree
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31236 3 Plc exclusive network connected to map
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31237 3 Host and rs232, rs485 to network controller and rs232 to controlled devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31238 3 First network connected by repeater to second, second connected by repeater to third
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31239 3 Cache for server to fast support client
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31241 3 Remote control by a proxy or echo server, internet - intranet
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31242 3 Device priority levels on same bus, net, devices processes data of exactly lower priority device
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31243 3 Add serial number to message from station to check missing messages in host
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31244 3 Safety, reconnect network automatically if broken
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31245 3 Redundant bus, interbus, with two masters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31246 3 Firewall
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31247 3 Reconnect network if connection was broken
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31248 3 Multiple data link layer masters, if one fails, other takes over
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31249 3 Display name of communication line and number of errors detected and corrected
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31251 3 Redundant access, wireless and hardware access to fielddevices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31252 3 Watchdog, client sends regulary message to server, server must answer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31253 3 Redundant object manager
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31254 3 Request from client waits until corresponding server functions again
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31255 3 Verify communication parameters, if wrong, refuse communication
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31256 3 Object managers arranged in logical ring for monitoring purposes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31257 3 Redundant wireless links
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31258 3 Compensate control in case of missing message
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31259 3 Communication inhibited during certain process steps
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31261 3 Coordination control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31262 3 Dcca dynamic coordinated concurrent activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31263 3 Imbedded learning for planner, executor, monitor, controller and evaluator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31264 3 Control, autonomous self learn knowledge, rearrange task, reallocate resources
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31265 3 Control process by combining history and real time data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31266 3 Convey, transport tool to workcenter, central tool storage
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31267 3 Central tool storage, convey a whole tool drum, magazine to workcenter
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31268 3 Central workpiece storage, convey workpiece, work pallet, holder to workcell
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31269 3 Convey tool and workpiece to workcenter
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31271 3 Priority workpiece pallet selected instead of routine workpiece pallet
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31272 3 Avoid piling up, queue of workpieces, accommodate surges
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31273 3 Buffer conveyor along main conveyor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31274 3 Convey products, move equipment according to production plan in memory
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31275 3 Vehicle to convey workpieces is manually operable
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31276 3 Transport a lot to stations, each with different types of manufacturing equipment
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31277 3 Dispatching rules, shortest travel time or bidding based to reduce empty travel
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31278 3 Store optimum number of workpiece, between max min, in bins, compartment, save travel time
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31279 3 Prevent introduction of two pallets in same cell
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31281 3 Calculate optimum path for conveying workpieces
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31282 3 Data acquisition, BDE MDE
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31283 3 Communication memory, storage, ram, eprom on workpiece or pallet
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31284 3 Set begin and end of collection time for concerned machines, parameters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31285 3 Send required data to computer as function of specified condition
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31286 3 Detect position of articles and equipment by receivers, identify objects by code
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31287 3 Indicate output for data, screen or printer or database
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31288 3 Archive collected data into history file
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31289 3 Read card with operator and another card with process, product, work order info
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31291 3 Store value detected signal and machine name and name of part of machine, mask
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31292 3 Data in categories, each with a priority factor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31293 3 Enter size measurements, store in data base, analyze and identify in size data group
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31294 3 Compare measurements from sensors to detect defective sensors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31295 3 Use integrated controller, processor during product, car assembly for ide, display, test
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31296 3 Identification, pallet object data and program code for station
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31297 3 Read only that ide information which is needed for specific operation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31298 3 Store on actual pallets also id of several other upstream, following pallets
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31299 3 If workpiece rejected, write in id and erase operation code
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31301 3 Restore lost id by using entry number of preceding, following pallet
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31302 3 Verify id data and reread, rewrite or alarm on fault
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31303 3 If workpiece transferred to other pallet, transfer also id
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31304 3 Identification of workpiece and data for control, inspection, safety, calibration
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31305 3 Robot arm identifies object during movement
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31306 3 Read identification only if object is present
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31307 3 Identification structure is partly a copy of operating structure
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31308 3 Capture image asynchronously with processing of analysis, identification
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31309 3 Identification workpiece and time limit for processing of workpiece
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31311 3 Data are id, destination, number of pieces, alternative destination, process data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31312 3 Identify pallet, bag, box code
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31313 3 Measure weight, dimension and contents of box, tray
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31314 3 Store in workpiece detected defects
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31315 3 Use of data by host, send work order to operator after pallet detection
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31316 3 Output test result report after testing, inspection
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31317 3 Outputs delivery ordersheet, relating to finished products, to packing cell
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31318 3 Data analysis, using different formats like table, chart
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31319 3 Use data groups as inventory control value, adapt inventory need to new data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31321 3 Print, output finished product documentation, manual using id of all workpieces assembled, processed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31322 3 Work still to be done on workpiece
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31323 3 Database for CIM
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31324 3 Distributed real time knowledge, database
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31325 3 Machine selection support, use of database
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31326 3 Database to manage communication networks
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31327 3 Directory service for database
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31328 3 Objects report their location to directory service
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31329 3 Distributed, among several servers, directory service
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31331 3 Select manufacturing information by entering product number
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31332 3 Back order management with back order, part maker delivery, production databases
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31333 3 Database to backup and restore factory controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31334 3 Database with devices, configuration, of plant
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31335 3 Database of address of devices registers in different networks, mapping
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31336 3 Store machines performance; use it to control future machining
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31337 3 Failure information database
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31338 3 Design, flexible manufacturing cell design
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31339 3 From parameters, build processes, select control elements and their connection
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31341 3 Design of factory information system
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31342 3 Design of process control system
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31343 3 Design of factory, manufacturing system control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31344 3 Element, file server
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31345 3 Map backbone bus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31346 3 Network manager
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31347 3 Communication adaptors between network and each machine
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31348 3 Gateway
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31349 3 Server node as operator panel, with display for lon
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31351 3 Expert system to select best suited machining centre
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31352 3 Expert system integrates knowledges to control workshop
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31353 3 Expert system to design cellular manufacturing systems
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31354 3 Hybrid expert, knowledge based system combined with ann
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31355 3 Fault, if one station defect, stop it, other stations take over
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31356 3 Automatic fault detection and isolation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31357 3 Observer based fault detection, use model
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31358 3 Markov model
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31359 3 Object oriented model for fault, quality control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31361 3 Verify if right controllers are connected to carrier, conveyor controller
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31362 3 Verify correct configuration of system
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31363 3 Action, if one station defect, execute special program for other stations
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31364 3 If one station defect, return other stations to original programmed modes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31365 3 Send message to most appropriate operator as function of kind of error
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31366 3 Operate faulty tool in degraded mode
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31367 3 MMS manufacturing message specification, rs511, iso9506
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31368 3 MAP manufacturing automation protocol
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31369 3 Translation, conversion of protocol between two layers, networks
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31371 3 VMD virtual manufacturing device for robot task control, cell
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31372 3 Mes manufacturing execution system
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31373 3 Vou virtual operative organisational unit, extension of vmd
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31374 3 FAL fieldbus application layer, application service elements ase and application relations ar
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31375 3 LAS link active scheduler, distribute bandwidth between processing nodes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31376 3 MFL material flow
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31377 3 From stored machine groups and relation machine workpiece, send workpiece to idle
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31378 3 Queue control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31379 3 Master monitors controllers, updates production progress, allocates resources
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31381 3 Matrix cluster, machines in cell according to parts, row is part, column is machines
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31382 3 Find shortest way, route
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31383 3 Compare ratio of running work with optimum, decrease number of idle machines
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31384 3 Produce construction sequence, make parts, store, assemble equipment, ship
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31385 3 Determine rate of MFL out of each process within each workstation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31386 3 Determine size of batch of material for each process to meet mfl rate
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31387 3 If resources, material, pieces under tolerance level, renew them until upper level
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31388 3 Just in time JIT, kanban is box to control flow of workpiece
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31389 3 Pull type, client order decides manufacturing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31391 3 Administration tasks and factory control tasks
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31392 3 Lims laboratory information and management system
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31393 3 Object oriented engineering data management
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31394 3 Field management, low level, instruments and controllers acting in real time
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31395 3 Process management, specification, process and production data, middle level
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31396 3 Business management, production, document, asset, regulatory management, high level
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31397 3 Instrument information management, subset of process management
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31398 3 Simultaneous, concurrent engineering
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31399 3 Station corrects nc program, sends back modified program to program generator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31401 3 Keep notebook for keeping track of process, can be executed to make product
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31402 3 Keep log book, for activities of a station, equipment
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31403 3 EDI electronic data exchange
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31404 3 Computer assisted complaint management, customer complaint
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31405 3 EDM electronic data management
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31406 3 Data management, shop management, memory management
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31407 3 Machining, work, process finish time estimation, calculation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31408 3 Cost calculation of use of certain machine types
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31409 3 Calculation approach time
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31411 3 Down time, loss time estimation, calculation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31412 3 Calculate machining time, update as function of load, speed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31413 3 Estimate capacity of plant
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31414 3 Calculate amount of production energy, waste and toxic release
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31415 3 Cost calculation in real time for a product manufactured
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31416 3 Calculate effect of different actuators on optimal path sequence
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31417 3 Calculate capacity by back propagating capacity, constraint from last to first module
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31418 3 NC program management, support, storage, distribution, version, update
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31419 3 Select file from a list, directory
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31421 3 File with parameters for station and identification of station
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31422 3 Upload, download programs, parameters from, to station to, from server
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31423 3 After cap, send resulting programs to different nc machines
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31424 3 Print label of finished part, with info, history, attach to part, docket
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31425 3 Plan availability of operator for cell as function of time and operation calendar
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31426 3 Real time database management for production control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31427 3 Production, CAPM computer aided production management
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31428 3 Production management for lot production and for individual components of lot
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31429 3 Predict end of job execution, schedule new job beforehand
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31431 3 Identify and classify excess raw material; reuse
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31432 3 Keep track of conveyed workpiece, batch, tool, conditions of stations, cells
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31433 3 Diagnostic unit per zone of manufacturing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31434 3 Zone supervisor, collects error signals from, and diagnoses different zone
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31435 3 Paging support with display board, status monitoring and report compiling
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31436 3 Host monitors plc, control processor without interrupting its program
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31437 3 Monitoring, global and local alarms
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31438 3 Priority, queue of alarms
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31439 3 Alarms can be warning, alert or fault
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31441 3 Simocode, overload protection, detection of trips, life time connected to fieldbus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31442 3 Detect if operation on object has been executed correctly in each station
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31443 3 Keep track of nc program, recipe program
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31444 3 Compare actual manufacturing sequence with simulated sequence, correct actual
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31445 3 Detect changed working conditions, to correct machine load, balance
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31446 3 Detect if workpiece, object present
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31447 3 Process error event detection and continuous process image detection, storage
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31448 3 Display at central computer, slave displays for each machine unit
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31449 3 Monitor workflow, to optimize business, industrial processes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31451 3 Petrinet for monitoring process
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31452 3 Send a warning message that an event has to be monitored before the event occurs
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31453 3 Repeat sending warnings to operator until certain event is monitored
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31454 3 Keep track of vehicles
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31455 3 Monitor process status
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31456 3 Product progress, taking into account products on vehicle
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31457 3 Factory remote control, monitoring through internet
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31458 3 Test workpiece during transport
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31459 3 Library with metrology plan for different type of workpieces
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31461 3 Use risk analysis to identify process parts that should be specially monitored
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31462 3 Add time stamp to alarm message
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31463 3 Status of whole system calculated from status of its components
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31464 3 Select between different models corresponding to diff process control configurations
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31465 3 Determine which variables of the system to be monitored
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31466 3 Display position of different workpieces, tools in system
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31467 3 Display of operating conditions of machines, workcells, selected programs
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31468 3 Display jig, pallet number, status and clamp jig number
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31469 3 Graphical display of process as function of detected alarm signals
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31471 3 Operator can select a graphical screen at his will as help diagnostic
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31472 3 Graphical display of process
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31473 3 Fisheye view, sharp detailed view of main subject, rest much smaller, navigate
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31474 3 Icon display for quick access of detailed information
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31475 3 Zoom or pan display for flexible access to information
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31476 3 Display of several transactions, sub-displays for other transactions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31477 3 Display correlated data so as to represent the degree of correlation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31478 3 Display all processes together or select only one
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31479 3 Operator select part of process he wants to see, video image is displayed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31481 3 Safety monitoring system, redundant display, print systems for process data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31482 3 Verify working state of printers, displays, switch over if defect
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31483 3 Verify monitored data if valid or not by comparing with reference value
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31484 3 Operator confirms data if verified data is correct, otherwise amends data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/31485 3 Verify and update all related data in relational database
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32 2 Operator till task planning
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32001 3 Computer assisted machining, signals guide operator to manual machine object
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32002 3 Operator interface, manual control at cell, if host fails or priority
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32003 3 Manual control at central control to control workcell, select pallet
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32004 3 Graphical, textual instructions, sheet for operator to resume process
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32005 3 Graphical, text operator instructions synchronous with product distribution
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32006 3 Operator addresses machines to give commands or retrieve data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32007 3 Operator is assisted by expert system for advice and delegation of tasks
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32008 3 Operator changes schedule, workload in allowed range by graphical interface
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32009 3 Optimal task allocation between operator and machine
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32011 3 Operator adapts manufacturing as function of sensed values
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32012 3 Operator must signify his continued attendance at the workstation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32013 3 Operator marks processes, scheduler detects marks, releases control to operator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32014 3 Augmented reality assists operator in maintenance, repair, programming, assembly, use of head mounted display with 2-D 3-D display and voice feedback, voice and gesture command
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32015 3 Optimize, process management, optimize production line
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32016 3 Minimize setup time of machines
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32017 3 Adapt real process as function of changing simulation model, changing for better results
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32018 3 Adapt process as function of results of quality measuring until maximum quality
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32019 3 Dynamic reconfiguration to maintain optimal design, fabrication, assembly
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32021 3 Energy management, balance and limit power to tools
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32022 3 Ordering, remote ordering, enter article and operations needed, create jobfile
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32023 3 Print label, instructions for operator and job code for machining parameters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32024 3 Remote ordering, electronic selection article and fitting to form of client
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32025 3 Automatic marking of article
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32026 3 Order code follows article through all operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32027 3 Order, plan, execute, confirm end order, if unfeasible execute exception operation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32028 3 Electronic catalog, to select material, resources, make lists with prices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32029 3 Enter also delivery location, transport means, kind of truck
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32031 3 Use item and structure information
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32032 3 Salesman creates order, system answers back with price, estimated date
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32033 3 Send article design, needed material, packaging and shipping info to manufacturer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32034 3 Electronic market, network broker
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32035 3 Compose, configure article and order
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32036 3 Enter data, values for custom made articles
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32037 3 Order picking
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32038 3 Client can develop programs, parts on remote server located by manufacturer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32039 3 Send also testing program
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32041 3 Combine orders from different customers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32042 3 Halting, initiating or resuming production of a product on order
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32043 3 Program, information flow
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32044 3 Shift workpiece and agv, carriage data in memory on advance to next station
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32045 3 Each machine knows sequence of pallets, each pallet knows sequence of operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32046 3 On detection workpiece code load program for workpiece from central
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32047 3 Workcell end instruction selects next workpiece with related program
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32048 3 Wait state between two successive machining steps
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32049 3 Store program data, manufacturing history on workpiece, shifts to next
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32051 3 Central control, modify program slave computers as function of production demand from host
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32052 3 Lookup table, identify job to be executed by master or slave
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32053 3 Adjust work parameter as function of other cell
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32054 3 Send request for object carry out to other cell
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32055 3 Identify workpiece, read status centrally, machine, adapt status centrally
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32056 3 Balance load of workstations by grouping tasks
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32057 3 Control cell as function of correlation between stored and detected machine state
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32058 3 Execute program as function of deviation from predicted state, result
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32059 3 Send code, data for workpiece to each workstation to be used, update data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32061 3 Central controls modules grouped according to function
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32062 3 Set machines to new lot work, send them operation schedule, nc and handling data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32063 3 Adapt speed of tool as function of deviation from target rate of workpieces
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32064 3 Production change over
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32065 3 Synchronise set points of processes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32066 3 Central stores operation code in id and in concerned station
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32067 3 Change combinations of operation codes in station, id for flexibility
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32068 3 Execution at station only permitted if operation code of station and id equal
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32069 3 Use of multiple id to prepare program for station before pallet in station
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32071 3 Adaptive fuzzy controller, tunes itself as function of machine parameter variation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32072 3 Distributed fuzzy controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32073 3 If inspection needed, stop machining, execute separate inspection program
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32074 3 History of operation of each machine
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32075 3 Predict workpiece measurements from measurements of previous workpieces
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32076 3 Adjust feedback from previous processes as function of elapsed time
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32077 3 Batch control system
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32078 3 Calculate process end time, form batch of workpieces and transport to process
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32079 3 Use of common resources
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32081 3 Sub batch, machine, assemble only part of the whole batch
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32082 3 Planing, material requiring planning MRP, request
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32083 3 Alternative, variant operation planning, revision specification of product
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32084 3 Planning of configuration of product, based on components
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32085 3 Layout of factory, facility, cell, production system planning
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32086 3 Integrate process planning and job shop scheduling
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32087 3 Decentral planning, each plant involved takes part of global
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32088 3 Master production planning, highest level
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32089 3 Action and material and technology combined to manufacture product
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32091 3 Algorithm, genetic algorithm, evolution strategy
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32092 3 Heuristic algorithm, accept feasible solution and attempt to improve it
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32093 3 Search, adaptive, after each iteration some search directions are forbidden
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32094 3 Dedicated language for batch processing, enter number of workpieces
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32095 3 Text, menu driven editor for batch programming, phase sequence, parameters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32096 3 Batch, recipe configuration for flexible batch control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32097 3 Recipe programming for flexible batch
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32098 3 Batch programming using oop
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32099 3 CAPP computer aided machining and process planning
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32101 3 CASE based process planning, using older, known case
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32102 3 Select machine type
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32103 3 Select size of tool
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32104 3 Data extraction from geometric models for process planning
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32105 3 Calculate machining axis, best feasible orientation for machining
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32106 3 Calculate machining volumes for turning operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32107 3 Operative process planning
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32108 3 From order, production time divide into special and normal operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32109 3 Divide process into machining methods
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32111 3 PPS production planning system
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32112 3 PPS and MS Office integrated
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32113 3 Machine load and characteristic curves
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32114 3 Part type selection, for simultaneous processing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32115 3 Machine grouping, each machine in each group performs same operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32116 3 Production ratio, proportion in which selected part types will be produced
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32117 3 Resource allocation, of number of pallets, fixtures of each type to part type
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32118 3 Loading, allocates operations and tools to selected part type
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32119 3 Order handling and manufacturing module and offline monitoring
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32121 3 Read identification of pallet, conveyor and enter data for manufacturing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32122 3 Documentation of programmable electronic system
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32123 3 Use of ms windows for automation, connected to mms manufacturing message system
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32124 3 Program hybrid system, part sequence, part continous
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32125 3 Maple manufacturing application programming environment
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32126 3 Hyperlink, access to program modules and to hardware modules in www, web server, browser
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32127 3 Read identification of part and generate automatically manufacturing conditions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32128 3 Gui graphical user interface
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32129 3 Select program for specified machine from library, file server
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32131 3 Use job graph
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32132 3 SFC shop floor control, to develop and build control system for factory
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32133 3 Commands from program of other controller cause recompilation of local program
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32134 3 Dynamic generation of web pages from program code
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32135 3 APC advanced process control applications
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32136 3 Web service oriented architecture for manufacturing and automation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32137 3 Configure, connect, combine different program modules
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32138 3 Select hardware, devices at workstation, needed for, to be used at cell, node
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32139 3 Select at workstation control parameters for cell, node
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32141 3 Define type of I-O, analog, digital, pulse
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32142 3 Define device, module description using xml format file
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32143 3 Use css style sheets as control parameters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32144 3 Define device description using dd files
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32145 3 Manual, enter identification, name workpiece and teach manufacturing data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32146 3 Display parts, manufacturing conditions to enter conditions for selected part
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32147 3 Edit teached data to change operation parameters of workstations
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32148 3 Enter correction data at a station, also transmitted to all downstream stations
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32149 3 Display working condition data, real measured data and tolerance
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32151 3 Prepare teach data by selecting data from two tables as function of type of work
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32152 3 Inhibit further editing of entered parameters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32153 3 Exchange data between user, cad, caq, nc, capp
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32154 3 Object, attribute for geometry, technology, function oop
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32155 3 Editor and library for objects
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32156 3 Each defined object has corresponding set of geometrical macros
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32157 3 Create a new object by combining existing objects
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32158 3 Object groups, for object replication, naming, messaging and retrieving
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32159 3 Each hardware unit together with its software forms one object
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32161 3 Object oriented control, programming
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32162 3 Tasks or control icons are linked to form a job
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32163 3 Indicate synchronisation tags on icons of tasks
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32164 3 Petrinet and procedural language combined
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32165 3 Petrinet
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32166 3 Convert petrinet to sequence program for cell and to control program for machine
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32167 3 Convert petrinet to ladder diagram
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32168 3 Generation and analysis of synthesis rules for petrinet
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32169 3 Stochastic pn, spn
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32171 3 Transform, convert operator goals and information into petri nets
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32172 3 Control petri net together with modeling petri net, cascaded
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32173 3 Table, memory table with identification code for all parts to be used
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32174 3 Memory table parts classification and working, manufacturing conditions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32175 3 Table with correlation between part codes and part classification
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32176 3 Correspondance between manufacturing part list and design part list
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32177 3 Computer assisted quality surveyance, caq
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32178 3 Normal and correction transferline, transfer workpiece if fault
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32179 3 Quality control, monitor production tool with multiple sensors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32181 3 Monitor production, assembly apparatus with multiple sensors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32182 3 If state of tool, product deviates from standard, adjust system, feedback
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32183 3 Test cell
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32184 3 Compare time, quality, state of operators with threshold value
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32185 3 Calculate entropy, disorder
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32186 3 Teaching inspection data, pictures and criteria and apply them for inspection
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32187 3 Correlation between controlling parameters for influence on quality parameters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32188 3 Teaching relation between controlling parameters and quality parameters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32189 3 Compare between original solid model and measured manufactured object
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32191 3 Real time statistical process monitoring
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32192 3 After inspection create correction table with position, correction data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32193 3 Ann, neural base quality management
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32194 3 Quality prediction
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32195 3 Feedforward quality control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32196 3 Store audit, history of inspection, control and workpiece data into database
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32197 3 Inspection at different locations, stages of manufacturing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32198 3 Feedforward inspection data for calibration, manufacturing next stage
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32199 3 If number of errors grow, augment sampling rate for testing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32201 3 Build statistical model of past normal proces, compare with actual process
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32202 3 Integration and cooperation between processes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32203 3 Effect of material constituents, components on product manufactured
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32204 3 Performance assurance; assure certain level of non-defective products
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32205 3 Use model error adapted to type of workpiece
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32206 3 Selection from a lot of workpieces to be inspected
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32207 3 Action upon failure value, send warning, caution message to terminal
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32208 3 Rearrange production line
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32209 3 Stop production line
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32211 3 Outputs new workorders to operators
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32212 3 If parameter out of tolerance reject product
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32213 3 If parameter out of tolerance during limited time, accept product on condition
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32214 3 Display on screen what fault and which tool and what order to repair fault
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32215 3 If detected shape not correct, simulate new machine, tool and adapt path
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32216 3 If machining not optimized, simulate new parameters and correct machining
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32217 3 Finish defect surfaces on workpiece
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32218 3 Sort workpieces as function of quality data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32219 3 Slow down production after failure
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32221 3 Correlation between defect and measured parameters to find origin of defect
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32222 3 Fault, defect detection of origin of fault, defect of product
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32223 3 Fixture failure diagnosis, measure assembly, derive influence of fixture on error
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32224 3 Identify parameters with highest probability of failure
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32225 3 Randomize workpiece treatment order within lot to improve lot-to-lot comparisons
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32226 3 Computer assisted repair, maintenance of system components
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32227 3 On error detected by zone supervisor, maintenance of particular zone
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32228 3 Repair, rework of manufactured article
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32229 3 Repair fault product by replacing fault parts
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32231 3 Inspection and correction, repair station in one unit, correction data in memory
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32232 3 Inspection and correction, repair station are separate, transmit correction data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32233 3 Scheduling repair
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32234 3 Maintenance planning
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32235 3 Sharing of data between process control and maintenance management computers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32236 3 Automatic order of parts needed for maintenance schedule
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32237 3 Repair and rework of defect, out of tolerance parts, reschedule
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32238 3 Scheduler triggers generation of nc program for actual selected machine
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32239 3 Avoid deadlock, lockup
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32241 3 Resource editor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32242 3 Reschedule without propagation of interruptions to other cells
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32243 3 Rerouting parts
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32244 3 By using graphical display of array and selecting elements, rearrange them
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32245 3 Reentrant scheduling, workpiece can return to same machine
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32246 3 Virtual reality based interface scheduler
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32247 3 Real time scheduler
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32248 3 Create schedule from elementary operations from database
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32249 3 Repair, rework of defect, out of tolerance part in next station by reconfiguring it
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32251 3 Normal and special order production lines for different types of workpiece
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32252 3 Scheduling production, machining, job shop
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32253 3 As a function of, change of machine operation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32254 3 Work sequence, alternative sequence
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32255 3 Required time for work temperature control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32256 3 Due dates, pieces must be ready, priority of dates, deadline
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32257 3 Tool replacement minimization
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32258 3 Resource, machine assignment preferences, actual and anticipated load
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32259 3 Flexibility, polyvalent machine, large buffers, permutation operations, alternative
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32261 3 Rearrange production line as function of operator rating
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32262 3 Work manhours, number of operators and work place
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32263 3 Afo products, their components to be manufactured, lot selective
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32264 3 Setup time
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32265 3 Waiting, queue time, buffer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32266 3 Priority orders
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32267 3 Dynamic throughput maximization
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32268 3 Available parts, available materials
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32269 3 Decision, of job release, select job to be launched next in shop
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32271 3 Decision of job dispatching, select job to process next on each machine
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32272 3 Decision of next visiting machine selection, where job is to go
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32273 3 Decision of job pulling, select job to put in input buffer of next machine if conflicts
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32274 3 Event is triggered when first unit of first lot enters or last unit leaves processing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32275 3 Job, recipe cascading: no delay, next job is started immediatly when first is finished
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32276 3 For tool feeding schedule
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32277 3 Agv schedule integrated into cell schedule
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32278 3 Schedule of overhead material handlers, robot gantry
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32279 3 Operator scheduling for load, unload, walk and wait in a cell with plural machines
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32281 3 Single machine scheduling, one machine, several jobs
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32282 3 For a quick and slow production line
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32283 3 Machine scheduling, several machines, several jobs
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32284 3 Job shop, two, more operations may not occupy same machine simultaneously
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32285 3 Multi manipulator assembly cell
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32286 3 Monitoring items connected to certain different entities, activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32287 3 Medical, chemical, biological laboratory
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32288 3 Create daily or weekly production matrix
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32289 3 Determine number of components, start of their production, allocate processor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32291 3 Task sequence optimization
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32292 3 Large, medium and fine schedule, with feedback from fine to large
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32293 3 Minimize work in progress, system at maximum productivity
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32294 3 Maximize throughput of cell
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32295 3 Production start time from order and production specification, satisfaction degree
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32296 3 If error search in a repair library, trained by operator, to correct schedule
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32297 3 Adaptive scheduling, feedback of actual proces progress to adapt schedule
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32298 3 Designate at least two group of articles, first with priority, reschedule second
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32299 3 Divide job shop into number of workcenters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32301 3 Simulate production, process stages, determine optimum scheduling rules
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32302 3 Each pallet has working plan, information and machine selection data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32303 3 Convert program to fit rescheduled machine
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32304 3 Minimize flow time, tact, shortest processing, machining time
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32305 3 Fastest interrupt time, change jobs dynamically to fastest machine
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32306 3 Rules to make scheduling decisions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32307 3 Last buffer first serve, lifo
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32308 3 Shortest, narrowest non full queue
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32309 3 Shortest remaining capacity
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32311 3 Shortest queue next
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32312 3 Largest imminent operation time
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32313 3 Shortest remaining processing time
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32314 3 Largest remaining processing time
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32315 3 Machine with least work
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32316 3 First buffer first serve, fifo
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32317 3 Smallest ratio for imminent processing time divided by total processing time
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32318 3 Smallest value of product of imminent processing time with total processing time
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32319 3 Shortest imminent operation time, part of machining time
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32321 3 Largest processing, machining time
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32322 3 Machines with least frequency of errors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32323 3 Determine lot priority as function of sum of queue and processing time
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32324 3 Quality data determines optimum machine sequence selection, queuing rules
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32325 3 Object oriented scheduling, use machine, part, tool object and coordinator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32326 3 Local scheduler, each machine own scheduler, independent from defective machines
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32327 3 Structure, fuzzy logic expert system scheduler
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32328 3 Dynamic scheduling, resource allocation, multi agent negotiation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32329 3 Real time learning scheduler, uses ANN, fuzzy
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32331 3 Network of coordinating planning systems for each cell, factory
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32332 3 Expert scheduler
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32333 3 Use of genetic algorithm
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32334 3 Use of reinforcement learning, agent acts, receives reward
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32335 3 Use of ann, neural network
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32336 3 Normal, special order lines share some common machines, part of production line
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32337 3 Simulation, statechart SC
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32338 3 Use new conditions for model, check, calculate if model meets objectives
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32339 3 Object oriented modeling, design, analysis, implementation, simulation language
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32341 3 Grafcet model, graph based simulation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32342 3 Real time simulation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32343 3 Derive control behaviour, decisions from simulation, behaviour modelling
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32344 3 Modular verification of real time systems
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32345 3 Of interconnection of cells, subsystems, distributed simulation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32346 3 Using acd, activity cycle diagram
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32347 3 Knowledge based simulation engine, use answers from user, database
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32348 3 Process reengineering, rethink manufacturing process, continuous improve
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32349 3 Simulate effect of stoppages of production facilities, operate as function of simulation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32351 3 Visual, graphical animation of process
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32352 3 Modular modeling, decompose large system in smaller systems to simulate
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32353 3 Use elementary control task, finite state machine and loop, inhibit, synchronisation connections
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32354 3 Divide, analyse process into subprocesses, until elementary unit operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32355 3 Simulate control process using virtual bus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32356 3 For diagnostics
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32357 3 Simulation of material handling, flexible conveyor system fcs
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32358 3 Strain, stress of manual work, operator strain
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32359 3 Modeling, simulating assembly operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32361 3 Master production scheduling
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32362 3 Bulk manufacturing, handling dry or fluid products
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32363 3 Batch job routing in operation overlapping
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32364 3 Simulate batch processing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32365 3 For resource planning
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32366 3 Line performance evaluation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32367 3 Parallel experimentation machines
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32368 3 Quality control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32369 3 Cape-mode computer aided plant enterprise modeling environment for plant life cycle modelisation & management
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32371 3 Predict failure time by analysing history fault logs of same machines in databases
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32372 3 Petrinet, coloured, inhibitor arc, timed, object token Petrinet
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32373 3 Timed petrinet, timed event graph
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32374 3 Display of petrinet, graph editing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32375 3 Petrinet synthesis tool
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32376 3 Coloured petrinet
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32377 3 Cbpn controlled batches petrinet, model influence control part on physical part
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32378 3 Fuzzy timed petrinet
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32379 3 Object oriented petrinets
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32381 3 Continuous petrinet, contrary of timed petrinet
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32382 3 Hybrid petrinet, comprises continuous and timed petrinet
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32383 3 Controlled speed continuous petrinet, considers delays in execution and transport time
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32384 3 Fuzzy petrinet fpn
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32385 3 What is simulated, manufacturing process and compare results with real process
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32386 3 Arm accurate robot motion time model, needed in scheduling
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32387 3 Effects of highspeed hardware operations on throughput, use scheduler
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32388 3 Autonomous flexible system, cells and agv autonomous
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32389 3 Reception, assembly, testing, management workorder, schedule, history, file, packing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32391 3 Machining center, pallet stocker, setup station, conveyor, control unit
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32392 3 Warehouse and loading, unloading station and shop and machining centers and in out buffer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32393 3 Host and central distribution control between storage and cells
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32394 3 Fractal manufacturing system with autonomous agents: observer, analyser, organiser, resolver, reporter
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32395 3 Manufacturing structure is flow shop, mass production
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32396 3 Job shop, batch production system
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32397 3 Machining cells
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32398 3 Operator controls setting, changing of setting, of different machines
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32399 3 Select lan by switching bus connected to several lan
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32401 3 Select displays by switching bus connected to several displays
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32402 3 Select one lan to be connected to one display by central control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32403 3 Supervisory control, monitor and control system, by operator or automatic
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32404 3 Scada supervisory control and data acquisition
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32405 3 Hybrid supervisor control, des supervisor and diagnostic and alternate strategy route
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32406 3 Distributed scada
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32407 3 Real time processing of data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32408 3 Case based diagnosis to assist decision maker, operator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32409 3 Adaptive agent for diagnostic, helps operator to describe new cases
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32411 3 Derive control data from displayed element, logic for it and feedback data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32412 3 One engineering, workstation can supervise several processes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32413 3 Pc generates control strategy, download in plc to monitor and react to events
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32414 3 Workstation has two displays, for process control and for general applications
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32415 3 Select tools in next workcell during transport workpiece
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32416 3 Tool information for program to use and needed timing, adapt timing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32417 3 Minimize number of tools, only a specific machine can process certain operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32418 3 Machine workload balance, same tools for pool of machines for same operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32419 3 All tools available, each part can fully be processed on a single machine
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32421 3 Tool management incorporated in kernel of nc control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32422 3 Tool management and database management
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32423 3 Task planning
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/32424 3 Task flow editing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33 2 Director till display
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33001 3 Director is the nc controller, computer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33002 3 Artificial intelligence AI, expert, knowledge, rule based system KBS
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33003 3 Algorithm, hashing algorithm
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33004 3 Manual control of manipulator, machine
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33005 3 Manually but assisted by using sensors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33006 3 Ama allocation manual automatic work between machine, manipulator and man
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33007 3 Automatically control, manually limited, operator can override control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33008 3 Operate manually only in defined, limited zone area
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33009 3 ART adaptive resonance theory, place input patterns in clusters during learning
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33011 3 Link between hidden and input layer is sigmoid, and between output is linear
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33012 3 Kohonen network, single layer with neurodes, associated with codebook vector
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33013 3 Higher order multilayer artificial neural network ANN, input terms has square, cubic terms of input, output
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33014 3 BAM bidirectional associative memory artificial neural network
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33015 3 Time delay artificial neural network
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33016 3 Pi sigma network, summing in hidden layers, product in output layer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33017 3 Local linear nested network, coarse at root, split up and build tree
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33018 3 Adaline network, n inputs with n weights, sum, one output
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33019 3 Lapart, two art with lateral priming connection between output and vigilance nodes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33021 3 Connect plural macrocircuits, neural network modules in a larger network
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33022 3 One network for learned signal values, one network for unknown signal values
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33023 3 Ann with single, only one output
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33024 3 RAM artificial neural network, several lookup tables addressed by input section, output summed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33025 3 Recurrent artificial neural network
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33026 3 Wavelet artificial neural network, wavelet orthogonal decomposition for artificial neural network approximation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33027 3 Artificial neural network controller
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33028 3 Function, rbf radial basis function network, gaussian network
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33029 3 ANNS artificial neural network with sigmoid function
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33031 3 Spline membership function
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33032 3 Learn by changing input weights as function of position error
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33033 3 Identification neural controller copies weight to system neural controller
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33034 3 Online learning, training
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33035 3 Slow learning combined with fast learning artificial neural network, two time scale ann
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33036 3 Error back propagation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33037 3 Learn parameters of network offline, not while controlling system
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33038 3 Real time online learning, training, dynamic network
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33039 3 Learn for different measurement types, create for each a neural net
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33041 3 Structure optimization and learning of artificial neural network by genetic algorithm
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33042 3 Non linear filtering, recursive least squares
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33043 3 Extended kalman filter
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33044 3 Supervised learning with second artificial neural network
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33045 3 Selforganizing network
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33046 3 Forward propagation error
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33047 3 Dynamic node creation, increase internal nodes if error too large
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33048 3 By using kd tree data structure and delaunay linear interpolation, triangulation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33049 3 Cooperative coaching, each controller has own minimum, switch to lowest
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33051 3 BBC behavior based control, stand alone module, cognitive, independent agent
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33052 3 Subsumption architecture, behavioral modules in layers, override older ones
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33053 3 Modular hardware, software, easy modification, expansion, generic, oop
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33054 3 Control agent, an active logical entity that can control logical objects
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33055 3 Holon, agent executes task and cooperates with other, distributed control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33056 3 Reinforcement learning, agent acts, receives reward, emotion, action selective
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33057 3 If no module available to execute task, adapt module and execute task
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33058 3 Low level element designed for reliability, not for speed, only small task
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33059 3 High level competence, system action module sam, configuration and task modules
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33061 3 Behaviour fusion, each layer can influence other by suppression or amplification
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33062 3 Self repair
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33063 3 Generic coordination, master agent to data manager agent to tasks to active agent
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33064 3 Manufacturing planning and control agent and domain blackboards
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33065 3 Ontogenetic learning, agent learns and adapt its own behaviour
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33066 3 Phylogenetic learning, group agents learn and adapts their behaviour
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33067 3 HCP help based cooperation protocol, when to ask or give help from or to agent
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33068 3 CCP coordination cooperation protocol, make optimal decisions with other agents
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33069 3 Immune algorithm, agent distinguishes self and foreign, lymphocyte, antibody agent
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33071 3 Self sufficient, agent responsible for own energy, tools
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33072 3 Two layer agent for execution of tasks and for communication, coordination
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33073 3 Ion control agent has communication, database, suggestion, decision, action, detect
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33074 3 Calculation loop, first one slow changing value, then several quick varying values
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33075 3 Calculate only necessary, critical values, to speed up calculation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33076 3 Optimize time by parallel execution of independent blocks by two processors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33077 3 Calculation iterative, recursive
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33078 3 Error table, interpolate between two stored values to correct error
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33079 3 Table with functional, weighting coefficients, function
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33081 3 Parallel computing, pipeline
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33082 3 Data parallelism, one administrative process and many worker process
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33083 3 Clock for microprocessor synchronized with pulses from encoder
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33084 3 Clock for microprocessor synchronized with multiplexer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33085 3 Real time calendar clock
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33086 3 Interrupt frequency as function of rating of servomotor or desired control frequency
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33087 3 Two clock, clock for software counter and calender clock, synchronized
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33088 3 Clock
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33089 3 Two clock, one for sequence control, one for motion control, pulses
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33091 3 Two clock, one for controller and one for calibration
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33092 3 Using several selectable and settable dividers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33093 3 Real time clock interface between serial I-O and processor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33094 3 Send clock from pc board, via extension bus to PLL circuit on nc boards, to servo
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33095 3 External clock delivers interrupts for real time execution of programs
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33096 3 Use clock to control main spindle rotational speed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33097 3 Variable ticks, align clocks, to synchronise cycles with other machine, robot
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33098 3 Several nc machines, dnc, cnc
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33099 3 Computer numerical control [CNC]; Software control [SWC]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33101 3 Dnc, direct numerical control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33102 3 Dnc and cnc combined
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33103 3 Object manager handles objects having own procedures, messages oop
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33104 3 Tasks, functions are distributed over different cpu
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33105 3 Identification of type of connected module, motor, panel
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33106 3 Configure I-O by using logical and physical address
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33107 3 Designate each actuator by a name and corresponding operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33108 3 Exchange of type of controller is easy, before operation, adapt control to type
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33109 3 Select out of plurality of alternative control parameters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33111 3 Graphic configuration control, connect pictures, objects to each other
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33112 3 Configuration software for network
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33113 3 Initialise each drive during start, load data to drive and image to controller
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33114 3 Configure motion controller to drive any kind of motor type connected
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33115 3 Group functions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33116 3 Configuration of motion control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33117 3 Define function by user programmable basic operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33118 3 Identify bus, interface select automatic adaption for bus, interface
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33119 3 Servo parameters in memory, configuration of control parameters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33121 3 Host loads program from attached module to control that module
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33122 3 Adapt nc control to type of machine, read machine and measuring parameters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33123 3 Identify kind of transducer, encoder used
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33124 3 Configuration of different kind of tool magazines, tool changers and buffers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33125 3 System configuration, reconfiguration, customization, automatic
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33126 3 Identification of address connected module, processor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33127 3 Display each control parameter by name and its value
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33128 3 Different spindles, axis controlled by configured paths, channel
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33129 3 Group spindles, axis into motion groups, nc channel structure
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33131 3 Synthesize programmable axis, to simulate a non existing, virtual axis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33132 3 Configured function disabled if concerned axis not referenced
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33133 3 For each action define function for compensation, enter parameters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33134 3 Enter parameters for relationship between axis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33135 3 Data compression before sending data to allow control of more axis, spindles
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33136 3 Com: communication, inter processor communication, either local or network
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33137 3 Time left during polling used for other communication, priority for polling
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33138 3 Control program and communication are totally separated
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33139 3 Design of industrial communication system with expert system
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33141 3 Communication system software module independent from medium, protocol, address
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33142 3 Address switches on each controller, peripheral are set by operator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33143 3 Position of module in ring, loop determines address of module
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33144 3 Module clock, synchronised by controller message, to send message in time slice
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33145 3 Count clock pulses to determine address of node, module
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33146 3 Each node occupies in address space a length equal to number of bits to be exchanged
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33147 3 Address peripheral, controller
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33148 3 CLS client server architecture, client consumes, server provides services
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33149 3 Publisher subscriber, publisher, master broadcasts data to slaves, subscriber
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33151 3 Distributed client server
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33152 3 Server has organisation, tree data to access user data, client sends also both
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33153 3 AR application relationship, cooperation through logical links
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33154 3 Data exchange between processors of different axis of same or different cnc
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33155 3 Communication between motor current controller and position controller
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33156 3 Communication between two processors over shared, dualport ram
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33157 3 Between processor and sensor, encoder
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33158 3 Remote procedure call to each other
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33159 3 Communication between acyclic and cyclic, loop programs
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33161 3 Data exchange between controller and processors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33162 3 Two bus, high speed and low speed bus, linked or not
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33163 3 Multichannel master bus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33164 3 Bus timing adjustment by buffer with controller
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33165 3 Gpsc gpsl general purpose serial channel, link
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33166 3 Rs485 bus to control several modules, motors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33167 3 Bus arbitration, switch computer to different memory
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33168 3 Two bus, master bus and local servo bus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33169 3 Name of bus, vme-bus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33171 3 Stdbus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33172 3 Multibus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33173 3 Bitbus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33174 3 Sds smart distributed system, honeywell
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33175 3 Isa bus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33176 3 Rs485, mpi multipoint, multidrop interface
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33177 3 Interface, scsi, parallel
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33178 3 Centronics
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33179 3 Pcmcia
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33181 3 Isdn
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33182 3 Uart, serial datatransmission, modem
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33183 3 IEEE-488, hp interface, instrumentation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33184 3 Rs232c to rs485 converter
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33185 3 Rs232c switch box, break out box, to connect different devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33186 3 Circuit for signal adaption, voltage level shift, filter noise
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33187 3 Serial transmission rs232c, rs422, rs485 communication link
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33188 3 Twisted pair
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33189 3 Optical, glass fiber
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33191 3 Data exchange combined with inductively coupled power supply
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33192 3 Radio link, wireless
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33193 3 Inductive transmission of measured values
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33194 3 Data and power supplied over optical fiber
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33195 3 Wave guide, also used as rails for movable station
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33196 3 Data and power each on a different line to all peripheral, bus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33197 3 Current loop 4-20-mA milliampere
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33198 3 Laser, light link, infrared
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33199 3 Transponder
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33201 3 Twisted pair combined with optical fiber for critical emc zones
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33202 3 Single serial line, virtual second line is earth
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33203 3 Wireless transmission of power and data, inductively, rotary transformer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33204 3 Optocoupler, galvanic separation, isolation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33205 3 Coax or optical fiber or twisted pair
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33206 3 Ultrasonic
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33207 3 Physical means, radio, infra red, ultrasonic, inductive link
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33208 3 Superposition of control signals on supply lines
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33209 3 Protocol, mailbox, email, mail system
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33211 3 Polling
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33212 3 Processor for communication with, evaluation of signals form detector to pc
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33213 3 Communication cpu to synchronize axis between different machines
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33214 3 Bus between different axis controllers and cpu
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33215 3 Synchronization pulses on bus for axis controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33216 3 Operational, real time for system, and service for configuration is non real time
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33217 3 Continuity communication controlled by client
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33218 3 Motor encoders, resolvers on common bus with drives, servo controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33219 3 Drives, servo units, main control on internal net, lan, ethernet, tcp-ip, wireless
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33221 3 Drives, servo units, sensors, motors, on local network, ethernet, tcp-ip, wireless
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33222 3 High speed serial link combined with medium speed serial link
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33223 3 Serial ring, loop pam programmable axis manager
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33224 3 Several serial channels, each provided with d-a to terminals of servomotor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33225 3 Interface nc machine to data server
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33226 3 Daisy chain
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33227 3 Safety, echo back to verify correctness message
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33228 3 Detection of line failure, breakage of transmission, failure of receiver
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33229 3 Differential amplifier, xor to cancel noise, balanced rs422
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33231 3 Decoupling, to avoid noise, crosstalk between wires of bus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33232 3 Detect, respond to lost message
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33233 3 If servo data corrupt, use previous value, no repeat
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33234 3 Detect bad data transfer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33235 3 Redundant communication channels, processors and signal processing hardware
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33236 3 Add check data to message to check faulty communication
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33237 3 Detect short circuit of bus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33238 3 Switch from differential to single line communication if short between two wires
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33239 3 Switch off, stop, halt transmission on detection of fault
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33241 3 Compare results from two masters on two busses, if not equal shut down machines
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33242 3 Watchdog for datacommunication, on error switch off supply to bus modules
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33243 3 Detect quality of received data, message
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33244 3 Packet information exchange
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33245 3 Autosend, send information from cad station automatically to peripheral
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33246 3 Timing of transmission data to peripheral
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33247 3 Synchronize transfer, take over, change of parameters and reference values
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33248 3 Time window for each controller or controlled function
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33249 3 Compress, pack data before transmission
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33251 3 Schedule periodic and aperiodic traffic, real time, time critical
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33252 3 Real time synchronous transmission, model
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33253 3 Correction data transmission errors, protection against noise, twisted pair
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33254 3 Serial position feedback, serial to parallel conversion and reverse
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33255 3 Transfer of data parallel
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33256 3 Resolver to digital conversion
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33257 3 Conversion of designed 3-D tolerance, allowance to real coordinates of machine
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33258 3 Common coordinate conversion for multiple heads, spindles
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33259 3 Conversion of measuring robot coordinates to workpiece coordinates
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33261 3 Conversion of detected pulses to voltage, frequency to voltage convertor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33262 3 Current to voltage conversion
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33263 3 Conversion, transformation of coordinates, cartesian or polar
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33264 3 Conversion of angle between links to linear displacement of actuator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33265 3 Conversion of voltage, resistance to pulses
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33266 3 Pulse to frequency conversion, frequency to pulse
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33267 3 Pneumatic, air to hydraulic conversion
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33268 3 D-A, A-D
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33269 3 Convert cartesian to machine coordinates
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33271 3 Convert workpiece to machine coordinates
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33272 3 Conversion, transformation of data before and after interpolator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33273 3 DCS distributed, decentralised controlsystem, multiprocessor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33274 3 Integrated communication and control, transmission delay, sampling rate effect
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33275 3 Distributed, decision made by negotiation among executive components, execute it
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33276 3 Decentralized, each component makes own decision, executes only own decision
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33277 3 Distributed system with host as leader, host with multiple of agents
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33278 3 Cooperation between autonomous modules by receipts, messages, no synchronisation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33279 3 Expansion by using secondary access to each module, extension module
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33281 3 Archictecture, nodes for communication and measuring on serial bus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33282 3 Node with communication, transducer, common core, application specific modules
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33283 3 Customized nodes for desired functionality
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33284 3 Remote diagnostic
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33285 3 Diagnostic
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33286 3 Test, simulation analysator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33287 3 Program panel to program, enter data for diagnostic
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33288 3 Switch, select between normal and diagnostic control program
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33289 3 During diagnostic of servocontroller, motor is isolated
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33291 3 Logic analyser function of cnc
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33292 3 Storage oscilloscope function of cnc to diagnose servo drive, axis oscilloscope
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33293 3 For each actuated axis, set a bit in a word in memory, state of axis in word
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33294 3 Nc in case of propagation error, search previous module, origin of error
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33295 3 Fuzzy expert system for diagnostic, monitoring
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33296 3 ANN for diagnostic, monitoring
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33297 3 Diagnostic, test, debug
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33298 3 Remote videoconferencing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33299 3 Real time, online diagnostic, integrated in normal control system
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33301 3 Simulation during machining
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33302 3 Different sets of monitoring parameters for each operation mode
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33303 3 Expert system for diagnostic, monitoring use of tree and probability
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33304 3 Display of diagnostic
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33305 3 Display of relevant errors together with time mark
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33306 3 Configuration file to set how data will be displayed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33307 3 On error, failure, fault automatically search and dial maintenance person
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33308 3 If error message not clear, search help by index of message vocabulary
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33309 3 Error recovery, automated error recovery
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33311 3 System code for error recovery
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33312 3 Operator selects action, system stores state, zero based error state
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33313 3 Frames, database with environment and action, relate error to correction action
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33314 3 Failure reason analysis, simple strategy or multiple outcome analysis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33315 3 Failure detection and reconfiguration
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33316 3 On the fly software replacement on error
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33317 3 Alternative strategy driver revises control behaviour
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33318 3 Knowledge acquisition
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33319 3 Interference justification network
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33321 3 Observation learning
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33322 3 Failure driven learning
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33323 3 Self diagnostic of boards, own test program
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33324 3 What to diagnose, whole system, test, simulate
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33325 3 Diagnostic of only machining, operation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33326 3 Analyzer, diagnostic for servovalve
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33327 3 Self diagnostic of control system, servo system
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33328 3 Diagnostic for bus system of computer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33329 3 Measuring system, encoder
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33331 3 Test, diagnostic of field device for correct device, correct parameters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33332 3 Each processor can execute all programs
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33333 3 Network multiprocessing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33334 3 Load balancing, distribution between processors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33335 3 Microprocessor for max 3-D control otherwise host takes over for more axis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33336 3 first dsp calculates commands for each motor, second dsp regulates position
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33337 3 For each axis a processor, microprocessor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33338 3 DNC distributed, decentralised nc, concurrent, multiprocessing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33339 3 Controller with lowest operation rate is selected as master
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33341 3 Peer to peer, change master if overloaded
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33342 3 Master slave, supervisor, front end and slave processor, hierarchical structure
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33343 3 Each slave stores communication program to be used by master, exchangeability
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33344 3 Each slave has several processors operating in parallel
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33345 3 Several master modules, connection modules and slave modules
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33346 3 Only memory of master module stores all position programs of slaves
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33347 3 Master sends servo address, speed, kind of interpolation to slave
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/33348 3 Processor adapts signals to connected display
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34 2 Director, elements to supervisory
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34001 3 PLL phase locked loop
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34002 3 Analog multiplexer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34003 3 Tri state driver
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34004 3 Shift register
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34005 3 Motion control chip, contains digital filter as control compensator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34006 3 Fifo
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34007 3 Neuromine, input pulse train, can be inhibited or excited, output TTL, neuron
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34008 3 Asic application specific integrated circuit, single chip microcontroller
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34009 3 Coprocessor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34011 3 MMU
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34012 3 Smart, intelligent I-O coprocessor, programmable sensor interface
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34013 3 Servocontroller
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34014 3 Sample hold circuit
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34015 3 Axis controller
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34016 3 Pulse processor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34017 3 Vector processor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34018 3 Forth controller
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34019 3 Array of processors, parallel computing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34021 3 Dssp digital sensor signal processor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34022 3 Dcasp digital controlled analog signal processor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34023 3 Risc processor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34024 3 Fpga fieldprogrammable gate arrays
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34025 3 Polynomial analysis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34026 3 Pga programmable gate array
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34027 3 Dual servo controller, for two motors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34028 3 Hold relay
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34029 3 Pam programmable axis controller, to control large number of axis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34031 3 Synchronous detector
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34032 3 Asic and microcontroller cooperate
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34033 3 Control processor and signal processor cooperate
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34034 3 Multiplier, prm, brm
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34035 3 Time relay
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34036 3 Saturable reactor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34037 3 Brm followed by postprocessor to smooth curve
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34038 3 Web, http, ftp, internet, intranet server
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34039 3 Access central database through internet
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34041 3 Dda
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34042 3 Filter
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34043 3 Delay line
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34044 3 Mathematical coprocessor - processor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34045 3 Timer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34046 3 Analog multiplier
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34047 3 Dsp digital signal processor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34048 3 Fourier transformation, analysis, fft
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34049 3 Adder
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34051 3 Bcd
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34052 3 Software counter
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34053 3 Counters, tellers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34054 3 Half serial half parallel
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34055 3 Correction 3-excesscode
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34056 3 Nine complement
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34057 3 Complement
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34058 3 Up-down
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34059 3 Preset counter
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34061 3 One counter per axis to unload cpu
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34062 3 Comparator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34063 3 Bcd
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34064 3 N+1 comparator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34065 3 Fuzzy logic, controller
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34066 3 Fuzzy neural, neuro fuzzy network
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34067 3 Multilayer fuzzy controller, execution and supervisor layer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34068 3 Fuzzy neural petri controller
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34069 3 Shared memory
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34071 3 Content addressable memory
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34072 3 Non volatile memory, core memory
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34073 3 Backup battery
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34074 3 Associative memory
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34075 3 Cognitive memory
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34076 3 Shared, common or dual port memory, ram
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34077 3 Fuzzy, rules are function of material, tool used
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34078 3 Membership functions as parameters for shape pattern
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34079 3 Extract only rules needed to obtain result
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34081 3 Fuzzy art map neural network, one art for input map, lookup table, other for output
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34082 3 Learning, online reinforcement learning
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34083 3 Interpolation general
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34084 3 Software interpolator using microprocessor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34085 3 Software interpolator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34086 3 At fixed periods pulses from table drive plural axis in unison
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34087 3 Enter at fixed periods distances in counter for each axis, pulse distribution
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34088 3 Chamfer, corner shape calculation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34089 3 Parametric, polynomial representation of path per axis as function of time
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34091 3 Interpolate backwards
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34092 3 Polar interpolation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34093 3 Real time toolpath generation, no need for large memory to store values
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34094 3 Library with different kind of interpolation curves
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34095 3 Look ahead segment calculation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34096 3 Approximate, replace curve, surface with circle, linear segments, least error
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34097 3 Calculate movement from part program offline, calculate axis references online
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34098 3 Slope fitting, fairing contour, curve fitting, transition
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34099 3 Extrapolation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34101 3 Data compression, look ahead segment calculation, max segment lenght
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34102 3 OCI on line interpolation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34103 3 Taking planar slices from a 3-D shape
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34104 3 Postprocessor coarse fine
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34105 3 Area pocket machining, space filling curve, to cover whole surface
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34106 3 Using spiral collapsed boundary, contour parallel machining
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34107 3 Zigzag workpiece parallel sweeps, direction parallel machining
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34108 3 Using zigzag isoparametric parallel sweeps
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34109 3 Using spiral scaled boundary
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34111 3 Using hilbert curves, fractals, only visible points of patches taken
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34112 3 TSP traveling sales problem, SOM self organizing map for tool path
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34113 3 Determine centerline, medial axis and branches in shape
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34114 3 Construct concentric polygons
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34115 3 Area, pocket machining for area with partially open boundary
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34116 3 Machine workpiece along, parallel to smallest side, dimension
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34117 3 Machine workpiece along, parallel to largest dimension
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34118 3 Using a pseudo-random or random tool path
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34119 3 Function generator, filter after interpolator to control position error
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34121 3 Edge generator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34122 3 Function, profile generator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34123 3 Sine cosine generator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34124 3 Cordic processing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34125 3 Sum squares
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34126 3 Overloop of counted axis pulses to servo
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34127 3 Brm followed by postprocessor to smooth curve
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34128 3 General surface replaced by sphere, cylinder, toroid, calculate quickly
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34129 3 Approximation for calculation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34131 3 Split in approximation and accurate calculation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34132 3 Choosing largest, major coordinate axis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34133 3 Choosing slowest axis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34134 3 Choose optimal coordinate system
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34135 3 Spline
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34136 3 Ellipse, hyperbola
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34137 3 Helicoidal
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34138 3 Cubic interpolation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34139 3 Parabolic interpolation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34141 3 B-spline, NURBS non uniform rational b-spline
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34142 3 Polynomial
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34143 3 Approximate corner by polynomial
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34144 3 Involute, evolute
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34145 3 Bezier interpolation, spline
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34146 3 Helical, spiral interpolation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34147 3 Epitrochoid
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34148 3 Coons interpolation, patch
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34149 3 Circular interpolation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34151 3 Analog
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34152 3 Circular interpolation in space, on arbitrary planes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34153 3 Linear interpolation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34154 3 Analog
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34155 3 Third degree
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34156 3 Slope control, delta x, y proportional to x, y
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34157 3 Synchronize interpolation of different axis boards, simultaneous start
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34158 3 Tangents form curve
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34159 3 Delta theta
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34161 3 Superposition curves, combine xy slides with other xy or polar slides
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34162 3 Linear in one axis, circular in other axis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34163 3 Rotate a segment
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34164 3 Superposition manual control pulses on motion control pulses
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34165 3 4-D via 2-D+2-D
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34166 3 Select between rectangular and polar controller, interpolator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34167 3 Coarse fine, macro microinterpolation, preprocessor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34168 3 External interpolation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34169 3 Coarse interpolator, path calculator delivers position, speed, acceleration blocks
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34171 3 Generate polynomial fitting in tolerance zone around polygon
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34172 3 Of the two or three axis, only one or two are controlled as function of tangent to other axis, plane
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34173 3 Switch between involute, circular and linear interpolation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34174 3 Rotate segment over a certain angle
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34175 3 Overlap, between two blocks, continuous, smooth speed change, movement
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34176 3 Block segments, find next point on next segment by cross point circle and segment
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34177 3 Calculate for different inclined segments stitch points evenly distributed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34178 3 Simulated pulse for better resolution
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34179 3 Variable interpolation speed or resolution
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34181 3 Adapt resolution as function of machining load, in corner, to keep constant surface speed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34182 3 Variable resolution
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34183 3 Window path, contour of rectangle
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34184 3 Straight cut
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34185 3 Following line+circle
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34186 3 Degree line
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34187 3 Any angle, slope
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34188 3 Safety, stop, slowdown interpolator if speed, position, torque error too large
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34189 3 On each axis, for each block, a software limit switch, for safe slow down
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34191 3 Pneumatic
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34192 3 Memory management
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34193 3 Memory refresh
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34194 3 Bank switching, ping-pong memory for communication between processors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34195 3 Part program in consecutive memory blocks, each with spare space for corrections
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34196 3 Memory management, dma direct memory access
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34197 3 Search blank memory space to load program, storage, memory allocation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34198 3 Electric and fluidic modules integrated on one substrate
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34199 3 Module with low maintenance connected to removable module with high maintenance
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34201 3 Each module uses functions of a real time kernel
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34202 3 Reusable software, generic resource model library
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34203 3 Module has a general, high level and a specific, proprietary part
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34204 3 Independent units, stackthrough in cabinet, no backplane
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34205 3 Modular construction, plug-in module, lsi module
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34206 3 Motion controller independent from nc, lmc local motor controller
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34207 3 Array vlsi processor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34208 3 Motion controller
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34209 3 Microprocessor only for display
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34211 3 Microprocessor only for hand control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34212 3 Microprocessor only for mdi, control panel
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34213 3 Same microprocessor for data input and for servocontrol
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34214 3 I-apx-432 processor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34215 3 Microprocessor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34216 3 Programmable motion controller
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34217 3 Microprocessor with build in pwm
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34218 3 Transputer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34219 3 Special interface, peripheral to motor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34221 3 Computer delivers control pulses from table directly to motors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34222 3 Computer sends displacement and selected device to output register
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34223 3 Combined input output module, single module
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34224 3 Select appropriate interface, according to kind of tool or other detection
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34225 3 Interface board for measuring system, for resolver, encoder or interferometer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34226 3 Select address of motor, control serial switches in power supply ring
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34227 3 Alterable connector board between controller and machine
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34228 3 Counter takes over measuring and pwm task from microprocessor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34229 3 SIU serial interface unit takes over communication task from microprocessor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34231 3 Interface controls either dc, ac or step motors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34232 3 Test with microcomputer self
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34233 3 Multiplexed subsystem stores state of controlling microprocessor on switch off
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34234 3 Each subsystem has own interrupt which is switched on during multiplex
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34235 3 Control order of multiplexed axis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34236 3 Multiplex for servos, actuators
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34237 3 Multiplexed d-a a-d
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34238 3 Hydraulic multiplexer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34239 3 Multiplex for whole system
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34241 3 For reading data only
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34242 3 For measurement only
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34243 3 Single feedback sensor, transducer for plurality, one at a time, driven tools
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34244 3 Multiplex for control only
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34245 3 Address several motors, each with its own identification
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34246 3 OOC object oriented control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34247 3 Machining objects are hierarchically organised
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34248 3 Machining object comprises a slide, a palet, workpieces, machining, a contour
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34249 3 Sub divide machining object in machining groups, geometry, start point, special
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34251 3 Cnc works with different operating systems, windows, os-2, vms in parallel
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34252 3 OSY operating system
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34253 3 Unix
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34254 3 Operating system controls selection and execution of program modules
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34255 3 Msdos
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34256 3 Api application programming interface
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34257 3 OS-2
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34258 3 Real time system, qnx, works together with non real time system, windows nt
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34259 3 Common language run time CLR, MS-NET, DOTNET, java run time environment
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34261 3 Windows, microsoft windows
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34262 3 DDE direct data exchange, DLL dynamic library linking
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34263 3 OLE object linking and embedding, OPC ole for process control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34264 3 Odbc open database connectivity
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34265 3 Windows nt, windows-2000
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34266 3 Windows-95
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34267 3 Windows nt and cooperating real time extension
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34268 3 Cnc and pic controlled alternately by same processor, using timer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34269 3 Programmable computer controller, plc implemented with pc
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34271 3 Nc integrated into pic, plc, combination of commands
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34272 3 Communication pc and nc, pic over file system of pc, direct access pc to nc, pic
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34273 3 Pc and plc and nc integrated, pcnc concept
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34274 3 Connect pc card to industrial bus, with additional timing and adapting logic
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34275 3 Windows file server to control pc hosted boards under ms windows
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34276 3 Pc has priority over cnc controller
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34277 3 Pc bypasses robot controller processor, access directly encoders, amplifiers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34278 3 Motion control board, card, in pc
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34279 3 Pc, personal computer as controller
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34281 3 Osaca open system architecture for control in automation, umc universal machine control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34282 3 Using special api's allowing user access to control machine, motion, servo
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34283 3 Using windows nt for general control and real time unix for motion, plc control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34284 3 Using an operator console and a motion chassis connected by network
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34285 3 Open system architecture, in general
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34286 3 Intelligent positioning I-O
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34287 3 Plc and motion controller combined
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34288 3 Plc as main controller for cnc
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34289 3 Plc as motion controller combined and plc for work type dependant data, parameter
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34291 3 Programmable interface, pic, plc
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34292 3 Filtering noise I-O
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34293 3 Image table
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34294 3 Diagnostic, locate failures
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34295 3 System, logic analyser, simulation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34296 3 Level conversion
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34297 3 Analog input, comparator delivers interrupt
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34298 3 Custom window between pic, plc and nc, programmable adapter
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34299 3 Memory with I-O and pointer, external I-O with map, edit map, pointer to adapt I-O
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34301 3 Nc system has direct access to I-O of pic, plc
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34302 3 Plc controls movement via nc, no direct interface to servo
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34303 3 PNC is plc, pic and nc cooperation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34304 3 Pc as input, edit device for plc
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34305 3 Connect, disconnect host computer by sleep command from local pc
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34306 3 Power down, energy saving
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34307 3 On nc power on or off, synchronize power on or off of displays with own supply
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34308 3 Power supply sets relay switch, allows push button or automatic switch on off nc
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34309 3 Dual power supply, for digital circuit and for analog signals
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34311 3 Energy saving by recuperating braking, deceleration energy
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34312 3 Power supply for servo delivered by, derived from 4-20-mA current loop
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34313 3 Power supply for communication delivered by, derived from 4-20-mA current loop
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34314 3 Slow down, limit speed for energy saving
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34315 3 Power supply turning on or shutting off
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34316 3 Install nc system, check voltages, power supply with incorporated a-d
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34317 3 Execute same program on different machines by differently addressing axis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34318 3 Verify if workpiece is already machined, by its weight
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34319 3 Sequence as function of nc controlled axis position, axis zone
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34321 3 Database for control of a single machine
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34322 3 Intitialize execution program at reference position on workpiece
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34323 3 Commanding different axis in sequential order as function of direction of movement
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34324 3 Switch some axis over to manual control, while other stay automatic
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34325 3 Speed up, optimize execution by combining instructions belonging together
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34326 3 Program controls two operations simultaneously in opposite directions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34327 3 Modify, adapt system response to signals from process
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34328 3 Cueing commands table
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34329 3 Generate extended plc program during machining, execution of nc program
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34331 3 First processor filters instructions for indexing only, all other instructions for second controller
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34332 3 Program execution as function of direction, forward or backward
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34333 3 Multi threading
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34334 3 Scalability
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34335 3 First look ahead for acyclic execution, followed by cyclic execution
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34336 3 Avoid deadlock, lock-up
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34337 3 Manual to automatic, tracer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34338 3 Execute control tasks, programs as well as user, application programs
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34339 3 Single step execution of program
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34341 3 Choose between electronic cam or time-dependent as function of required machining accuracy
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34342 3 Matching closest patterns stored in database with actual components
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34343 3 Generation of electronic cam data from nc program
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34344 3 Standby commands, let proces wait while program controls other process
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34345 3 Database for sequential control of several machines by messages
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34346 3 User program fetches part of system program when flags are set and detected
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34347 3 Execute auxiliary function, tool change, while concurrent machining
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34348 3 Coordination of operations, different machines, robots execute different tasks
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34349 3 Proper allocation of control components to the required task
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34351 3 Knowledge acquisition of environment
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34352 3 Explore discrete event properties, reliability, parallelism, availability
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34353 3 Independent positioning motor controlled by microprocessor only if event, limit, pulse passed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34354 3 DES discrete event system, deds discrete event dynamic system
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34355 3 List of failure events, list of actions, events, trigger actions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34356 3 Compensation variable interrupt execution delay, interrupt jitter
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34357 3 Interrupt driven message passing network
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34358 3 Interrupt changed to uninterruptable interrupt
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34359 3 Real time based interrupt to control axis, other function
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34361 3 Mask for interrupts, inhibit during more important tasks
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34362 3 Sampling interrupt is product of integer times scheduler interrupt
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34363 3 Encoder generates interrupt to synchronize closed loop
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34364 3 Delay interpolation interrupt as function of machining rates and feeds of machine groups
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34365 3 After interrupt of operation, do other task and go on - resume operation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34366 3 Interpolation interrupt so as to avoid fractions of command pulses
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34367 3 Interrupts, different tasks foreground, midground, background
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34368 3 Priority
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34369 3 Cause of interrupt is sensor and actuator failure
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34371 3 Abrupt change in system dynamics
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34372 3 Inability to process, execute assigned task within allocated time interval
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34373 3 Actuator overloading
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34374 3 False alarm states
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34375 3 Generate interrupt after a certain number of position, counter pulses
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34376 3 Management nc programs, files
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34377 3 Selection out of several databases according to workpiece or conditions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34378 3 Erase plural programs in a single operation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34379 3 Job management
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34381 3 Multitasking
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34382 3 Preemptive multitasking, cpu decides upon priority scheme, which task to start
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34383 3 Dynamic preemptive, special event register manages time slices for applications
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34384 3 Execute next block after predetermined time
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34385 3 Execute next block if largest axis distance is reached
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34386 3 Advance program without M function completion signal
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34387 3 Delay command as function of speed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34388 3 Detect correct moment, position, advanced, delayed, then next command
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34389 3 After rough plunge grinding, initiate backoff grinding as function of delay wheel position
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34391 3 Synchronize axis movement and tool action, delay action, simulation inertia
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34392 3 Stop program on detection of undefined variable, symbol, enter definition, continue
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34393 3 Stop program if needed workpiece, tool or data lacks, misses
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34394 3 Execute a certain number of program blocks and stop
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34395 3 Synchronize between panel and control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34396 3 Control different groups of functions, commands simultaneously, synchronized
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34397 3 Synchronize manipulators and machine by using a reference clock for all
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34398 3 Channel stops and waits for marker until other channel puts that marker
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34399 3 Switch between synchronous and asynchronous mode of controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34401 3 Synchronize position controller drive with interpolator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34402 3 Synchronize programs for machines, processes, tasks, if one stops other also
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34403 3 RTI real time, kernel, processing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34404 3 Allocate storage, memory in each processor for a copy of needed data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34405 3 Switch register banks, each storing process states, for quick real time execution
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34406 3 Effect of computer, communication delay in real time control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34407 3 Calculate elapsed time, store in counter, start task when time elapsed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34408 3 Design real time control system
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34409 3 RNOS real time networked operating system
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34411 3 Handling time critical and time non critical program sequences
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34412 3 Mark some sequences of time non critical sequences as locked, non interruptable
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34413 3 Add time stamp to command message
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34414 3 Maximize utilisation workstation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34415 3 Execute urgent jobs quickly
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34416 3 Examine, analyse sensor data for co-exclusion sets, memorize, correlate actions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34417 3 Multiprocessor scheduling
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34418 3 Scheduler for sequential control, task planning, control sequence
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34419 3 Structure of control system
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34421 3 Termination for each device, enables easy insertion, connection or disconnection
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34422 3 SBC single board computer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34423 3 Optical isolation, galvanic isolation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34424 3 Data flow architecture
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34425 3 Same microprocessor for programming and for machine control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34426 3 Same hardware, servo controller for different control modes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34427 3 Diagnostic, monitoring incorporated in controller
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34428 3 LSI
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34429 3 Servo controller near main cpu but remote from servomotor, integrated in cnc
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34431 3 Main uninterruptable servo loop processor and interruptable servo event processor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34432 3 Speed and current control integrated into nc control system
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34433 3 Multitask processor controls real time processor via communication memory
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34434 3 Separate power controller for drive, servodrive, one per axis, connected to cnc
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34435 3 Position encoder and motor connection in one interface between motor and microprocessor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34436 3 Interface circuit build into connector, dongle
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34437 3 Parallel processing of functions, each layer has own sample rate
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34438 3 Panel connected to nc by means of switch matrixes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34439 3 One cable between controller and amplifier, two between amplifier and motor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34441 3 Common communication interface for panel and remote I-O
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34442 3 Control unit serves also to match drive motor to power supply
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34443 3 Sensors and actuator integrated into tool
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34444 3 Web control system, with intelligent control components each with web server
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34445 3 Several power modules for same actuator, motor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34446 3 No change of operation mode when slave axis is out of synchronisation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34447 3 A microprocessor for programming and a microprocessor for control execution of program
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34448 3 Integrated servo control circuit fixed to housing, remote from cpu
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34449 3 Fault tolerant control, task from one microprocessor can be done by other
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34451 3 False alarm states evaluation, threshold to verify correctness alarm
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34452 3 Synchronize control with pulse, if loss, excess, error, then stop
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34453 3 Stop spreading, propagation failure through system, inhibit drivers defect boards
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34454 3 Check functioning controller, cpu or program
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34455 3 Different parameters are evaluated to indicate different faults
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34456 3 Authorize control of machine, robot if control panel has been connected
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34457 3 Emit alarm signal
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34458 3 Inhibit start or related control switches if path boundary is outside limits
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34459 3 Plausibility check on connection of module, control unit to machine
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34461 3 Inhibit access to area if dangerous, cover taken off
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34462 3 Interlock, stop motor if microprocessor starts interrupt, because no watchdog pulse from microprocessor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34463 3 Alarm canceled automatically when program corrected
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34464 3 Adaptive threshold, level for alarm, eliminate false alarm
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34465 3 Safety, control of correct operation, abnormal states
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34466 3 Bad circuits, watchdog, alarm, indication
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34467 3 Try again program
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34468 3 Check memory by storing beforehand complement of expected result
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34469 3 Normally messages over network, if failure, messages from operator over I-O
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34471 3 Program memory is inhibited, not accessible as long as power fails
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34472 3 Configure alterable memory as read only, to avoid erasing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34473 3 Inhibit control until control lever is first set to neutral position
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34474 3 Sense voltage drop of system, shut down servo
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34475 3 Detect abnormality of control system without inverted model, using input command
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34476 3 Local control predicts next command data from past stored data if host control fails
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34477 3 Fault prediction, analyzing signal trends
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34478 3 Urgent safety signals treated with hardware; others with software
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34479 3 Flush enclosure of circuit with air, keep clean air over pressure
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34481 3 EFC explosion free control, intrinsically safe
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34482 3 Redundancy, processors watch each other for correctness
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34483 3 Monitor absolute position independently by two processors, if out of range
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34484 3 Use dual channels
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34485 3 Same functioncode, program is fully used in normal and abnormal case
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34486 3 Monitor axis movement, speed, independently by two processors, if out of range
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34487 3 Redundant diagnostic controllers watch redundant process controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34488 3 One computer, controller replaces other, backup computer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34489 3 Watchdog with adaptive timeout as function of speed of motor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34491 3 Count certain number of faults before delivering alarm or stop
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34492 3 Time out, decide only after a lapse, period of time
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34493 3 Supervision, display diagnostic, use or select between different stored screen
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/34494 3 Display machining time and real time clock to control machining time
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35 2 Nc in input of data, input till input file format
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35001 3 Data input, data handling, programming, monitoring of nc
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35002 3 Parametric machine control, direct control from cad data, no nc data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35003 3 Kad kam knowledge aided design, knowledge aided manufacturing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35004 3 Mechanical design and electronic design integrated
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35005 3 Sheet metal cad
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35006 3 Object oriented design
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35007 3 Cad makes template of tool as function of spindle, machine tool and set on spindle
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35008 3 Www cad, world wide design and manufacturing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35009 3 Dynamic simulation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35011 3 Use of spreadsheet
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35012 3 Cad cam
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35013 3 Define workpiece, dimension from characteristics, strength, performance
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35014 3 From design, calculate additional parameters, for strength
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35015 3 Calculate production compensation, heat shrinkage, overetching
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35016 3 Analyse model, decide on number of sections to take
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35017 3 Finite elements analysis, finite elements method FEM
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35018 3 Determining bending die radius from part data, estimated radius and calculation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35019 3 From product constraints select optimum process out of plurality of DTM means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35021 3 Identify object characteristics, elasticity, density, hardness and select material
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35022 3 Calculate gear dimensions, tooth surfaces for optimum contact
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35023 3 Constraint based modeling, keep relationships between elements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35024 3 Incremental constraint solving, constraints are handled in sequence
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35025 3 Design and manufacture jig
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35026 3 Design of machine tool, of cnc machine
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35027 3 Design for assembly DFA, ease of object assembly
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35028 3 Adapt design as function of manufacturing merits, features, for manufacturing, DFM
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35029 3 Design of modular control system
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35031 3 Redesign, use former design
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35032 3 Check correctness, violation of design, rule check
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35033 3 Reliability by design, error free object
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35034 3 Adapt design to customer feedback
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35035 3 Design gear, tooth surfaces
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35036 3 Correct model by comparing 3-D measured data of modified workpiece with original model
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35037 3 Use medial axis transformation to decompose a domain, limits combinations
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35038 3 Combine, superpose model, foot data with style data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35039 3 Model for analysis of workpiece displacement due to clamping, fixture
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35041 3 Genetic algorithm for selforganizing designs
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35042 3 Add finishing allowances to a cutter path
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35043 3 Tool, fixture design
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35044 3 Tool, design of tool, mold, die tooling
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35045 3 Design tool for minimal tool change
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35046 3 Design tool to minimize manufacturing, machining time
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35047 3 Design tools in pairs, to be used together
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35048 3 Recognition of punch shapes provided in die component catalogue
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35049 3 BCL binary cutter location, rs494 standard CL format
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35051 3 Data exchange between cad systems, cad and cam
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35052 3 High level language conversion program, DXF format to nc format
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35053 3 IGES initial graphics exchange specification
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35054 3 STEP or PDES, standard for exchange of product data, form or surface data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35055 3 Data modeling language
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35056 3 Manual entry of source, destination, data, format to be used for transfer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35057 3 Create also operation data concerning operating device
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35058 3 Block cyclus time, time to prepare a block of data to be sent to machine
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35059 3 Convert pcb design data to control data for surface mounting machine
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35061 3 From cad make drawing with text for dimensions, scan it and read dimensions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35062 3 Derive mating, complementary, mirror part from computer model data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35063 3 Geometrical transformation of image
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35064 3 Transform sketch by replacing free curves with mathematical curves, two display
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35065 3 Undo part of design
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35066 3 Modify design, modify shape, stretch, scale, add, delete
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35067 3 Parametric function, group of lines, curves, change one, all change
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35068 3 Command files, subroutines for drawing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35069 3 Derive missing surface from mirror part of computer model
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35071 3 Drawing function, rotate designed figure, rotation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35072 3 Scale, zoom a designed figure
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35073 3 Copy, duplicate a designed figure
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35074 3 Display object, recognition of geometric forms
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35075 3 Display picture of scanned object together with picture of cad object, combine
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35076 3 Display from bottom or top side, adjust drawing lines, visible or not
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35077 3 Display part and patterns to be machined on part, make selection
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35078 3 Do not load non necessary or obstructive parts of drawing, remove from screen
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35079 3 Features, functions like special relationdship, assembly locations
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35081 3 Product design and process machining planning concurrently, machining as function of design
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35082 3 Product, feature based modeling, geometric and engineering info
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35083 3 Parametric design, parameters for geometric design and for process planning
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35084 3 Geometric feature extraction, concave and convex regions, object recognition
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35085 3 Incremental feature recognition, extraction, changes are added as new features
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35086 3 Machining feature extraction, geometry and machining parameters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35087 3 Hole extraction for sheet metal
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35088 3 Using graph grammars to describe parts
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35089 3 Feature definition language
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35091 3 Feature conversion, from design to process features or else
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35092 3 MBM modular boundary model, FFC face to face composition model
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35093 3 Feature is stad single tool approach direction, or mtad multiple tool approach
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35094 3 Object oriented feature finder
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35095 3 Features library
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35096 3 Kind of feature, rotational parts with machining features and relation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35097 3 Generation of cutter path, offset curve
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35098 3 Automatic coarse, rough and finish cutting path generation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35099 3 Generation of cutter path for only a designated part of surface
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35101 3 CC cutter contact path
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35102 3 Isoparametric, contact points at intersection of parameter lines on surface
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35103 3 Cl cartesian method, apt style, cutter tangent, parallel to drive planes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35104 3 Steepest directed tree approach intelligent cutter path planning
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35105 3 Polyhedral machining, cutter moved between centroids of adjacent surface triangles
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35106 3 Contour map, cutter moved along contour lines, terraces of part surface
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35107 3 Generate planar section toolpath
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35108 3 Generate offset tool moving path in restrained curved plane
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35109 3 Clean up region, volume left uncut by too large tool pass after finishing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35111 3 Automatically search for clean up regions, generate clean up tool pass
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35112 3 Define object with spline, convert to raster, mosaic of points to make object
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35113 3 Generation of compound, composite surface
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35114 3 Generation of connection between two or more surfaces
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35115 3 Project 3-D surface on 2-D plane, define grid in plane
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35116 3 RFS rotation free surfaces, needs c x y z axis, non axis symmetrical surfaces
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35117 3 Define surface by elements, meshes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35118 3 Generate intersection of offset surfaces
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35119 3 Combine different forms, shapes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35121 3 Generate connection between two paths
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35122 3 Generate random paths along a raster path
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35123 3 Calculate volume of object
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35124 3 Calculate center of gravity of object
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35125 3 Surface with changing cone angle, different upper and lower surface shape
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35126 3 Bezier or Ferguson surface
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35127 3 Visibility maps, tool sees all points of interest on workpiece
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35128 3 Propeller blade
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35129 3 Generate composite surface by a single polynomial calculation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35131 3 Generate polynomial surface
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35132 3 Generate path as function of precision and surface finish of each portion
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35133 3 B-spline surface fitting
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35134 3 3-D cad-cam
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35135 3 Predict surface machining precision
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35136 3 Determine offset using closed ball expansion, 2-D square, 3-D cubic approximation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35137 3 Create part generic, derive from known part or combination of parts
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35138 3 Superpose part of 3-D model on a straight, curved wall
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35139 3 Define surface by cyclides, circular sections with variable radius
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35141 3 Specify side of zone, line, circle for allowed region
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35142 3 Generate tile patterns, mosaic
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35143 3 Reconstruct free form surfaces
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35144 3 Egosphere: spherical shell 2-5-D around robot, objects are projected on it
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35145 3 Voxel map, 3-D grid map
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35146 3 Enter data, calculate 3-D curve or surface, sculptured surface, okisurf
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35147 3 Generation of nice looking composite surface
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35148 3 Geometric modeling for swept volume of moving solids
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35149 3 Generate model with haptic interface, virtual sculpting
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35151 3 Modeling geometric, generation or forming of curved surface
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35152 3 Part coding, description from 3-D cad database
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35153 3 Group and retrieve similar designs from cad data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35154 3 Convert 2-D workpiece in rectilinear polygon, simplified skeleton
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35155 3 From parts catalog, database, define part relationships, product definitions, specifications
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35156 3 Group technology, identify and group simular parts, tools and machines
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35157 3 Machinability, producibility, reject nc program if tool motion not possible
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35158 3 Calculation of contact point of tool on surface, curve
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35159 3 With nominal blank and model in memory define tool path and machine workpiece
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35161 3 Determine orientation of workpiece
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35162 3 Determine workpiece placement, nesting in blank, optimize, minimize loss material
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35163 3 Generation of inverse offset surface, tool center on surface, tip shows offset
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35164 3 Reverse engineering, camera and probe to inspect workpiece and machine are the same ones
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35165 3 Automatic cutter selection
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35166 3 Virtual boundary method to plan coarse and then fine machining
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35167 3 Automatic toolpath generation and tool selection
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35168 3 Automatic selection of machining conditions, optimum cutting conditions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35169 3 Automatic generation of set up data as function of form to be machined, kind of operation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35171 3 Automatic selection of machining conditions as function of controlled machine
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35172 3 Lookup tables for technology, machining parameters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35173 3 Automatic selection of machine type
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35174 3 Decide if blank has to be measured beforehand
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35175 3 Select machining parameters with fuzzy logic
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35176 3 Constraint, machining constraint, process type like only milling possible
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35177 3 Power constraint for horizontal and vertical cutting forces
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35178 3 Machining parameter constraint, feed, speed, dimension of part
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35179 3 Tolerance constraints as function of process capability and manufacturing costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35181 3 Machining condition constraints, coolant, chip removal, previous forming
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35182 3 Scallop hull generation and its offset, interference free offset
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35183 3 Maximizing side step, constant CUSP, scallop height, smaller CL datafile for minimizing machining time
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35184 3 Variable step over, from toolpath to toolpath
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35185 3 Select optimum tool radius
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35186 3 Variable step forward on same toolpath
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35187 3 Surface ridges, cusps, scallops, distance of tool traverses as function of curvature
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35188 3 Project workpiece and sheet on screen, position layout to be cut, store contour
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35189 3 Manufacturing function, derive gripper position on workpiece from cad data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35191 3 Project workpiece and gripper, control relative movement, store result
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35192 3 From design derive sequence of bending so that bending is possible
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35193 3 Manufacturability
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35194 3 From workpiece data derive tool data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35195 3 Design mosaic, cut tiles, paint tiles and pack mosaic
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35196 3 From workpiece data derive assembly tool data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35197 3 Assemblability
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35198 3 Combine component electronic catalog, cdrom with cad data to generate nc program
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35199 3 Processability
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35201 3 Use cad data to test function of designed part, design for test DFT
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35202 3 Macroplanning, setup fixture cafp, library machine tables, sequence
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35203 3 Parametric modelling, variant programming, process planning
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35204 3 Planning, generic process planning
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35205 3 Planning of toolstages, comprising selection tools, position and motion
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35206 3 Microplanning, specific machining operations and parameters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35207 3 Design agent selects planning agent, which selects fabrication agent
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35208 3 Object oriented planning
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35209 3 Modifying, adding machining features to elementary cad-parts as function of their assembling
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35211 3 Using a search tree
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35212 3 Estimating a cost associated with each operation, amount of time, target cost
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35213 3 Minimize number of setups
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35214 3 Setup planning, number of them, machines needed, part orientation, order
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35215 3 Generate optimal nc program variant as function of cost, time, surface, energy
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35216 3 Program, generate nc program, code from cad data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35217 3 Cagd computer aided geometric design, sbgd scanning based geometric design
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35218 3 From cad data derive fixture configuration and assembly program
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35219 3 From cad data derive cutting, stacking, sorting program
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35221 3 Generate cutter path as function of speed, acceleration condition selected by operator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35222 3 From cad derive data points for endball mill, grinder, then radius compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35223 3 Tolerance, consider tolerance in design, design for assembly
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35224 3 Kinematic tolerance analysis, variation in kinematic function as function of tolerance
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35225 3 Tolerance in setup planning
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35226 3 Analysis of tolerance propagation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35227 3 Use FMEA failure modes and effects analysis in tolerance assignment design
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35228 3 Automated tolerance chain generation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35229 3 Code
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35231 3 Biquinary code, 2-of-7 symbols
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35232 3 Bcd
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35233 3 Octal
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35234 3 First column has 1-2-4, second column has 8-16-32
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35235 3 Decimal to binary
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35236 3 Excess-code
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35237 3 Under four is 0xxx, over four is 1xxx
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35238 3 Gray-code
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35239 3 Ternary code
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35241 3 End, stop code of program
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35242 3 To enable manual operation on detection of inserted code
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35243 3 Inserted code calls parallel execution of another program, synchronize
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35244 3 Select in corner different program according to inner, outer machining
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35245 3 Expansion of control words, code of standard language to increase functionality
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35246 3 Data handling for auxilliary functions as function of setting of switch, block delete
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35247 3 Mode selection between two machining modes, laser beam and laser shutter control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35248 3 Pallet exchange code to get mating nc program
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35249 3 In corner change cutting command to piercing command, to keep angle point intact
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35251 3 Several M codes sent to several machines simultaneously
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35252 3 Function, machine codes G, M
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35253 3 To stop program until a cycle start key is pressed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35254 3 GPF, G preparatory functions, G111 indicate switch to polar, absolute to reference
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35255 3 G112 switch to polar, relative to last polar coordinate
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35256 3 Assign a macro to a key
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35257 3 Macro, assign a name to macro
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35258 3 A named macro can be called from a program, a key, a menu
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35259 3 Divide program in machining division blocks, and name them
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35261 3 Use of mathematical expression, functional equation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35262 3 Macro instruction, canned cycles, subroutines, subprogram
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35263 3 Using variables, parameters in program, macro, parametrized instruction
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35264 3 Reread same data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35265 3 Check time differences of command signals
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35266 3 On error display code, message for recovery from fault
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35267 3 Compare ram data to rom data, verify correctness, validity data, tolerance
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35268 3 Detection of presence of rom cassette or similar, if coupled to internal memory
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35269 3 Checking data, parity, diagnostic
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35271 3 Checking electronics
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35272 3 Watchdog, count or integrate number of data errors before alarm
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35273 3 Sensor to detect functioning of signal conditioning elements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35274 3 Parity
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35275 3 Excess in error
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35276 3 Two identical tapes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35277 3 Double reader
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35278 3 Checksum CRC
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35279 3 Ignoring invalid program
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35281 3 Detect overlap of program, if new data is entered before old is handled, stop
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35282 3 Verify if loaded program into memory or stored into tape, cassette is correct
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35283 3 Plausibility check for function, program, inhibit dangerous, unallowed program
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35284 3 Programmed speed automatically limited to min and max transmission range speed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35285 3 Plausibility check for data, within permissible range
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35286 3 Run tape without machining, tape proving, dry run, test run
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35287 3 Verify, check program by drawing, display part, testpiece
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35288 3 Verification of instructions on tape, direct or by comparing with reference
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35289 3 Display machining state and corresponding control program
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35291 3 Record history, log, journal, audit of machine operation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35292 3 By making, plotting a drawing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35293 3 Execute program and check block of data, on interrupt display block
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35294 3 Display concentric circles
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35295 3 Stop test run, correct instruction or block, restart test run
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35296 3 Inhibit operation if part shape not compatible with raw material shape
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35297 3 Convert program to voice output to check program
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35298 3 Print screen display
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35299 3 Verify if generalised data block has all words required
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35301 3 On error, push button to reverse execution mode of block, stop, correct
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35302 3 Set and store command code together with display colour, detected on execution
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35303 3 Dry run, compare simulated output with desired finished profile, alarm, inhibit
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35304 3 Real time analysis, check of program, just before machining
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35305 3 Before machining, verify if all different machining start points are correct
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35306 3 Interference of all tools of turret, or part of tool base with chuck, workpiece
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35307 3 Print out of program on paper, on screen
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35308 3 Update simulator with actual machine, control parameters before start simulation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35309 3 Actual execution times acquired during machining used in simulation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35311 3 Remote simulation of machining program
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35312 3 Display working state, process
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35313 3 Display, validate tool path for boundary, surface interference
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35314 3 Display workpiece and machine, chuck, jig, clamp, tool
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35315 3 Projection, two, three section views
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35316 3 Interference checking between tool, machine, part, chuck, machining range
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35317 3 Display tool shape, to select tool for program, or for interference
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35318 3 3-D display of workpiece, workspace, tool track
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35319 3 Show alternatively static and dynamic locus, during static update of dynamic
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35321 3 Display only tool locus, dynamic
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35322 3 Display dynamic tool locus from entered start point to present position
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35323 3 Point to two points on tool locus, calculate and display value
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35324 3 Two, more pictures separated on screen, display
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35325 3 Display of locus with possible correction of machining
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35326 3 Scale image automatically to display whole tool locus or indicated area
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35327 3 Display tool locus together with correlated machining parameter, load motor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35328 3 Shift view as function of shift of tool with respect to workpiece
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35329 3 Display entire image within an enlarged image
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35331 3 Display only machined part
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35332 3 Use solid and wire frame plotting to display tool locus, workpiece
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35333 3 Display raw material, blank, tool locus, workpiece, alarm if error
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35334 3 Display entire part and zoom of detail
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35335 3 Update display image only if tool advanced over a defined distance
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35336 3 Display locus and corresponding actual block
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35337 3 Program has instruction to display specific information
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35338 3 Display virtual tool, locus, part to check possibility of execution next block
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35339 3 A mark for present position of tool, a mark for end point of block, colour
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35341 3 Display finishing, finishing margin, work, tool and chuck shape, different colours
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35342 3 Set colour change for a block, display locus for that block in different colour
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35343 3 Display path and coating thickness and painting time
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35344 3 Display part, programmed locus and not yet machined, uncompleted portions of part
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35345 3 Display entry of high level program together with corresponding nc program
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35346 3 VMMC: virtual machining measuring cell simulate machining process with modeled errors, error prediction
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35347 3 Replace tool by light emitter, operator checks light path on workpiece
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35348 3 Different colour, texture as function of distance, direction between tool and workpiece
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35349 3 Display part, programmed locus and tool path, traject, dynamic locus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35351 3 While machining probe model, sense drawing by same program, stop if deviation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35352 3 By making a testpiece
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35353 3 While machining compare real path with simulated, command path, contour display
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35354 3 Polar coordinates, turntable
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35355 3 Generate at jump a fictive instruction equal to sum of previous instructions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35356 3 Data handling
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35357 3 Setup data, includes scale, range, type, selected together with part program
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35358 3 If a pattern contains another pattern, separate date to avoid overlap
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35359 3 Discriminate between setup data and machining data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35361 3 Discriminate between data for servocontrol directly and nc processing data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35362 3 Group similar operations, to select correction, compensation values
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35363 3 Generate data on component arrangement
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35364 3 Merge normal nc program with manual entered monitoring, diagnostic criteria
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35365 3 Configure buffer dynamically, store two 3-D blocks or one 6-D block
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35366 3 Fill buffer dynamically, track read out and write in addresses, fifo
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35367 3 Only read buffer, advance tape while machining with data from read buffer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35368 3 Read and work buffer, machine while read in, no switching between buffers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35369 3 Read and work buffer, machine while read in, buffers switched alternative
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35371 3 Data from read instead of work buffer, load data directly to work buffer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35372 3 Store variable block, word length into memory
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35373 3 Data storage, buffer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35374 3 First memory for independent axis, second memory for synchronized axis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35375 3 Store command data into latch, buffer synchronized to clock
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35376 3 Input program, analyze, store to buffer ready to control nc, no further data handling
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35377 3 Check for end of block
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35378 3 Detect if reference data is not changing anymore to decide a still stand, stop
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35379 3 Conversion, normalize
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35381 3 Convert in real time input peripheral data to processor data, ouput data format
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35382 3 Distribution
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35383 3 Input serial or parallel
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35384 3 Serial data handling
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35385 3 Decode several blocks at the same time, as a single block, simultaneous, parallel
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35386 3 Look ahead processing of plural block data from buffer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35387 3 Transfer measured data first to fastest controller, processor then to slower
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35388 3 Processors in parallel, second, third handle rest old block while first starts new block
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35389 3 Different block length to select between panel and remote I-O
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35391 3 Sort, order entered data hierarchical
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35392 3 Set switches, load, cancel data for different axis, spindles simultaneous
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35393 3 Coordinate selection switch
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35394 3 A separate processor for block, span
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35395 3 Memory, ram table with waveform, no need to be loaded by nc program, quicker
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35396 3 Table of contour for cyclic machining, only data for one cycle, derive other
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35397 3 Cross bar switch
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35398 3 Machining, change parameters as function of machining type
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35399 3 Split part program in elementary machining steps, executable by a single tool
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35401 3 Tool edge, tool shape, dead corner because of tool shape
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35402 3 Calculate allowable machining capability from cutting conditions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35403 3 Calculate midline of tapelike contour, as reference line for stitching
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35404 3 Divide scanned pattern in several closed area, store as intermediate data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35405 3 Prepare seam data for each pattern size as function of scale and intermediate data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35406 3 Decompose axis movement, group components, interpolate separately, superpose pulses
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35407 3 Position data, calculate data to project characters along curve
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35408 3 Calculate new position data from actual data to compensate for contour error
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35409 3 DPC direct programming at the console
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35411 3 Clamp detachable teaching box magnetically on housing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35412 3 Special interface for manual input to pc
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35413 3 Manual device is automatically recognised and its interface selected
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35414 3 Remote instruction to operate machine tool
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35415 3 3-D three dimension, space input, spaceball
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35416 3 3-D joystick
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35417 3 Handle, joystick connected to n+1 wires for n degrees of freedom
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35418 3 Bird, free flying hand controller, receives signals from transmittors in space
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35419 3 Four and more-DOF hand controller, joystick, manipulandum
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35421 3 3-D matrix to input a 3-D surface, position displaced elements read by computer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35422 3 Unit freely movable in space, detect its position, orientation by triangulation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35423 3 6-DOF force reflective hand controller frhc
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35424 3 16-DOF glove attached to 6-DOF hand controller, superposition
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35425 3 18-DOF glove with fifteen load detectors on each finger, eighty one in total
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35426 3 Prepare, enter next program during execution of actual program, machining
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35427 3 User controls machine with eye motion, activates icons on display
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35428 3 Block selection, search
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35429 3 Enter code number directly for function, no use of function keys
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35431 3 Interactive
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35432 3 Format guide to guide user during input of data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35433 3 During execution, display asks for parameters, operator answers, machine again
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35434 3 Enter part geometry and manually control path free, directly, real time, cutting
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35435 3 Display, if needed, tolerance memo data at place where real data must be input
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35436 3 Means, manual input, input reference, hand wheel
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35437 3 Decimal
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35438 3 Joystick
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35439 3 Keys or buttons
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35441 3 Production design metaphore, tool, operation like input system
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35442 3 Hand wheel turns resolver to control movement slide
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35443 3 Portable drill, screw driver to set position of axis instead of handwheel
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35444 3 Gesture interface, controlled machine observes operator, executes commands
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35445 3 Joystick for coarse and handwheel for fine movement
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35446 3 Earprotection, earphone
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35447 3 Potentiometer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35448 3 Datasuit, arm sleeve, actor, operator wears datasuit and generates motion
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35449 3 Joystick and buttons for menu and function selection, scrolling, +sign and -sign
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35451 3 Mouse with additional wheel, switches for position control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35452 3 Two axis foot pedal
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35453 3 Voice announcement, oral, speech input
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35454 3 Switch between joystick and pedal control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35455 3 Foot pedal
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35456 3 Disk segments connected to different inputs of microprocessor, represent different positions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35457 3 Joystick for coarse, rotary encoder for fine movement
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35458 3 Control command embedded in video, audio stream, signal
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35459 3 Knob, handle, handwheel delivers pulses, electronic handwheel, digipot
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35461 3 Digitizing, menu tablet, pencil
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35462 3 Mouse
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35463 3 Trackball
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35464 3 Glove, movement of fingers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35465 3 Hand wheel
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35466 3 Select with mouse button coarse or fine movement control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35467 3 Select between control modes, jog, freeform, grid, corner, locate, contour, slot
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35468 3 Select between teaching, regulate position and direct control of position
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35469 3 Select with button specified picture, interrupt addresses selection table
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35471 3 Select between run and step command mode, step forward, reverse
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35472 3 Mode selection
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35473 3 Input limit values of speed, position, acceleration or force
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35474 3 Enter fuzzy command, instruction, like move closer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35475 3 Set tolerance values
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35476 3 Switch from auto to manual if operator moves feedback detector, to set parameter
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35477 3 Accelerate input data, exponent as function of pressure, time, turning speed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35478 3 Set flexibility of axis in working coordinates, to move real axis manually easily
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35479 3 Set values, speed of machine as function of force, pressure, duration on key
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35481 3 Display, panel
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35482 3 Eyephone, head-mounted 2-D or 3-D display, also voice and other control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35483 3 Synoptic display for work shape during machining
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35484 3 Use two image memories, update second memory while display first memory
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35485 3 Library of images, pictures, select and modify each, compose them
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35486 3 Use of two cursors on screen
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35487 3 Display and voice output incorporated in safety helmet of operator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35488 3 Graphical user interface, labview
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35489 3 Discriminate, different colour, highlight between two states
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35491 3 Workpiece date display, position, height
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35492 3 Display needed workpiece, tool or data to continue execution of program
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35493 3 Display workpiece and tool data together
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35494 3 Online documentation, manual, procedures, operator, user guidance, assistance
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35495 3 Messages to operator in multimedia, voice and image and text
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35496 3 Display cursor in changing colour to indicate that object can be selected
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35497 3 Use colour tone, hue to indicate amount of processed quantity
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35498 3 Synoptic display of available, selectable control modules with their functions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35499 3 Model of process, machine and parameters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35501 3 Colour display
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35502 3 Display picture, image of place of error
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35503 3 Eye tracking associated with head mounted display to detect eye position
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35504 3 Multilingual communication, messages in different languages
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35505 3 Display two windows, one with nc-data, other with general application data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35506 3 Camera images overlayed with graphics, model
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35507 3 Spider, radar, parallel axes, multivariate plot
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35508 3 Operator chooses among different GUI formats
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35509 3 Double large character on screen
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35511 3 Cursor on screen
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35512 3 Display entered, measured values with bargraph
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35513 3 Setting tool condition, tool set in tool exchanger, present or not
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35514 3 Display tool data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35515 3 Workpiece set condition, workpiece present or not
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35516 3 Three linear movements in a single plane for three actuators
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35517 3 Use same data, program for workpieces with different length, but same profile
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35518 3 Superposition data, three memories for 2-D projection and z profile and surface structure
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35519 3 Machining data and tool data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35521 3 Machining and parts on workpiece arrangment data, machine each, then cut out
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35522 3 Database for standard machining data and for personal machining data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35523 3 Data one bit better than measurement, rest accumulated in memory
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35524 3 Approach data and machining data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35525 3 Use same data for different operations, coarse and fine, cutting and grinding
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35526 3 Number of workpieces to be machined, cut
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35527 3 Range of number of workpieces to be machined, cut
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35528 3 Create machining conditions database by analyzing actual machining nc program
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35529 3 Monitoring current machining, store information in database as a new working case
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35531 3 Operator inputs manually evaluation of current machining
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35532 3 Comment, work directive, message to operator and control signals together
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35533 3 Use, input 2-D data, sectional profile to machine 3-D surface
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35534 3 Conversion input data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35535 3 Decimal to binary
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35536 3 Digital to analog
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35537 3 Bcd to phase
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35538 3 Bcd to decimal
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35539 3 Gray to frequency
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35541 3 Bcd to 5-2-1-1-code
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35542 3 Bcd to binary
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35543 3 Cartesian to polar and vice versa
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35544 3 Convert male to female form, die to stamp form
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35545 3 Serial to parallel conversion
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35546 3 Convert input data to execution data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35547 3 1-to-8-bit conversion
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35548 3 1-to-16-bit conversion
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35549 3 Convert buffer content to executable data in case of short execution time
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35551 3 Convert and select between EIA and ISO code
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35552 3 ISO and EIA code detected by difference of parity bit
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35553 3 Convert ISO or EIA code to internal or standard code
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35554 3 Mirror, other conversions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35555 3 Turn figure over 90-degrees or 180-degrees, convert data for new state
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35556 3 Conversion inch to metric
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35557 3 Workpiece related data to axis related data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35558 3 Convert speed value into two signals sin, cos representing position
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35559 3 Convert 15-bit image into 20-bit image
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35561 3 Analog to digital
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35562 3 Radius to diameter
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35563 3 Use of conversion tables
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35564 3 High speed data processor between host and nc for direct conversion of data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35565 3 Communications adapter converts program to machine or controls directly machine
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35566 3 Use of only delta x values, no absolute values
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35567 3 Each block contains connection, index to other blocks, to form patterns
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35568 3 Array structure corresponding to display format
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35569 3 Single block format indicates change of speed at start and end
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35571 3 Table with constant speed and corresponding distance for each segment
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35572 3 Data contains header and type of data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35573 3 Header has code to select proper load program
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35574 3 Header with information for display position
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35575 3 Part program contains movement and condition statements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35576 3 Data divided in blocks to be covered by small movement, to origin by large movement
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35577 3 Delta x, delta v and delta t
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35578 3 Gerber, hp format to drive plotter or similar xy device
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35579 3 Store motion parameters as function of encoder position
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35581 3 Position data for module and position data within module
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35582 3 Control format in browser, use of xtml and xslt
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35583 3 Difference between signals and sign of difference are the controlling signals
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35584 3 Link geometry, workpiece data with machining data, select region
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35585 3 Motion command profile
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35586 3 Position, time and slope, tangent of curve
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35587 3 Store curves with packed code, indicating bezier curve parameters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/35588 3 Pack, compress data efficiently in memory
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36 2 Nc in input of data, input key till input tape
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36001 3 File format, initital graphics exchange specification, iges standard
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36002 3 Dimensional measurement interface specification dmis standard
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36003 3 Start key, switch to start performing program
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36004 3 Program mask depends on physical position of panel
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36005 3 Same knob, different functions, turn for position, push and turn for speed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36006 3 A key delivers a series of key codes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36007 3 Special keys, automatic switch over x or y to numerical values
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36008 3 Illuminated, lighting up keys, build in led, display, show sequence data entry
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36009 3 Keys with variable control code, multifunction keys
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36011 3 Page key, go to next or previous page
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36012 3 Percentage keys, input percentage values
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36013 3 Up-down keys for calling sequentially functions, parameters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36014 3 Overlay to indicate function of key
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36015 3 Display areas, fields on screen correspond to position of keys on panel, matrix
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36016 3 Unified language for machines and translation to each
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36017 3 Graphic assisted robot programming, display projection of surface
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36018 3 Language for dimensional measuring, inspection
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36019 3 Using interpreted descriptive commands giving G-codes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36021 3 Switch high level and assembly, machinine language as function of capacity memory and speed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36022 3 Switch between machining language for execution and high level for editing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36023 3 Attribute programming
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36024 3 State language
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36025 3 Link, connect icons together to form program
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36026 3 Combine general high level language and specialised plc language
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36027 3 Decompiler, translate machine code to hll, reverse processing, easy modification
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36028 3 C++
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36029 3 Basic
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36031 3 Programming in assembler, machine or high level language
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36032 3 Script, interpreted language
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36033 3 High level graphics language, gks
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36034 3 APT
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36035 3 Special language, task programming, oop object oriented programming
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36036 3 Motion, graphical motion control language gmcl
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36037 3 Application programming interface associates component code with driver function
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36038 3 Ladder program for plc, using functions and motion data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36039 3 Learning task dynamics, process
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36041 3 Edit program step by step
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36042 3 Point to defect, faulty instruction or locus, call up corresponding command block
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36043 3 Correction or modification of program
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36044 3 Program modified after breakage, crash, jamming
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36045 3 Skip of program blocks, jump over certain blocks
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36046 3 Adapt, modify program as function of configuration of machine
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36047 3 Edit program, change or not header, starting code, output new program with header
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36048 3 Verify, probe workpiece, if position deviation edit, modify program
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36049 3 Relational geometry, change one element, rest of part is adjusted according
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36051 3 Store history of modified file, back-up, update, using different file extensions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36052 3 Tape tuning with expert system, correction of tape as function of measured parameters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36053 3 Adapt, modify program in real time as function of workpiece configuration
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36054 3 Modify offset for whole sections collectively, different offsets for sections
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36055 3 Separate, temporary memory or special storage region for corrections only
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36056 3 Modify program, machining order in real time, during operation, dynamically
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36057 3 Select center of pattern for placement of new scaled pattern
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36058 3 Modify workpiece part program without changing approach program
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36059 3 Modify approach program as function of changed part program
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36061 3 Storage, memory area to store history data for previous corrections, editable
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36062 3 Verify if editing, modifying program is suitable for connected controller
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36063 3 During machining, compare simulated with detected profile, correct, modify program
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36064 3 Modify data by using the four rules of arithmetic such as +sign, -sign, xsign, :sign
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36065 3 Modify data by entering a compensation rate value
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36066 3 Collectively modify data instead of each in particular
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36067 3 Altering working order of program blocks
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36068 3 Change program at allowed point of time or program step
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36069 3 Display, on machining error, display error message and correct program
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36071 3 Simulate on screen, if operation value out of limits, edit program
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36072 3 Select pattern, input modification of tolerance
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36073 3 Display original and modified part in different colour, highlight, shading, filling
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36074 3 Display part, select, mark element and edit corresponding block
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36075 3 Set certain command codes, discriminate codes and display in different colour
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36076 3 Select icon and display corresponding instructions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36077 3 Display and select, modify shape, pattern on screen
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36078 3 Insert, read in new command instruction to modify fixed program
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36079 3 Replace faulty instructions and execute only that portion of the program
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36081 3 Merge, mix original program with teached program
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36082 3 Delete a block by overwriting block with delete control character
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36083 3 Insert a block by using insert control character pointing to address in memory
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36084 3 Amend, modify program by inserting wait and wait dismiss command
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36085 3 Replace faulty instructions from rom, tape by instructions from ram, error setting
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36086 3 Select, modify machining, cutting conditions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36087 3 Edit, modify program for position errors, moving path, use conversion matrix
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36088 3 Machining parameters, overide
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36089 3 Machining parameters, modification during operation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36091 3 Modification, override as function of conditions, distance
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36092 3 Override limit contour
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36093 3 Lookup table with override for each pattern, tool path
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36094 3 Inhibit or permit override by separate manual switch
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36095 3 Inhibit or permit override by program instruction
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36096 3 Override program by selecting another font, size for letters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36097 3 Override program to scale workpiece
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36098 3 Overide program to execute a certain number of same blocks, repeat pattern
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36099 3 Stop machine and correct position manually
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36101 3 During machining keep overide log, history, journal, kind of record playback
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36102 3 Display overide log and nc instructions, select nc block to modify permenant
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36103 3 Adapt, update machining parameters automatically as function of state of processing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36104 3 IC card
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36105 3 Cd rom
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36106 3 Cassette
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36107 3 Bubble memory
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36108 3 Eprom, earom, eerom
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36109 3 Flash memory
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36111 3 Local memory instead of tape, or combined
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36112 3 Floppy disk, diskette
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36113 3 Rom
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36114 3 Eprom, prom
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36115 3 Card
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36116 3 Harddisk
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36117 3 Magnetic tape cassette
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36118 3 Adapt interactive dialog, help to experience, short cut menu
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36119 3 Mouse with buttons to assist operator with selection of menu instead of pointing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36121 3 Tree oriented menu, go to root, scroll up down, select mode
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36122 3 Operator menu with submenu for each item
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36123 3 Store statistical history of selected menus, recall for quick data entry
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36124 3 Screen with certain display menu called by pointer, number
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36125 3 Select out of library, beforehand only functions needed for part program
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36126 3 Programmable, configurable function keys, execute a programmed sequence
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36127 3 Menu, help menu for operator, messages
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36128 3 Function menu, switches, keys replaced by menu
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36129 3 Menu keys, function of keys soft defined
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36131 3 Cyclic selection of functions or values by pushing a single key
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36132 3 Selection of menu with lightpen on screen, display
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36133 3 MMI, HMI: man machine interface, communication
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36134 3 Osf-motif standard
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36135 3 Link between sequence, motion or process and diagnostic control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36136 3 User configurable graphics selected as function of kind of machining, display builder
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36137 3 Configuration of display device, operator panel
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36138 3 Configuration of operator panel, using os-2 modular programs, masks
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36139 3 Edit templates for screen display, and use of keyboard
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36141 3 Configuration with visual basic extension
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36142 3 Using window display, selection of function calls in a window
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36143 3 Use of icon to represent a function, part of program
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36144 3 Display of not allowed function in a different way, light
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36145 3 In case of alarm a window is maximised automatically
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36146 3 Group windows into coherent sets to facilate a task
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36147 3 Limit number of windows displayed simultaneously
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36148 3 Main process, alarm window takes priority, always on top, safe view
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36149 3 Window, X window
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36151 3 Display is a TV
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36152 3 Panel
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36153 3 Two, several consoles, displays, panels, two different input, joystick
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36154 3 Two displays, for part shape and for corresponding instructions, block
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36155 3 Plc switches functions of panel when changing kind of machining
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36156 3 Keyboard as a drawer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36157 3 Pendant control box for handwheel control, mounted on controlled axis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36158 3 Panel for disabled, scanned sequentially
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36159 3 Detachable or portable programming unit, display, pc, pda
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36161 3 Common program panel for nc, pic, switch display diagnostic or part
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36162 3 Pendant control box
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36163 3 Local as well as remote control panel
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36164 3 Common CRT for two input devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36165 3 Common program panel for host and cnc, at cnc place, for data from host, cnc
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36166 3 Several panels can be selected by rotation, limited space needed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36167 3 Use camera of handheld device, pda, pendant, head mounted display
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36168 3 Touchscreen
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36169 3 Remote, host controlled, operated manual data input, keyboard
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36171 3 Edit velocity, motion profile, graphic plot of speed as function of time, position
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36172 3 Select block, item, highlight, colour this block with respect to rest
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36173 3 Combine record play back, hand wheel with normal cnc programming, software
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36174 3 Program divided into modules
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36175 3 Capture image of part, create automatically geometry, sequence of machining
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36176 3 Edit servo control parameters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36177 3 Select block and display graphic representation associated with block type
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36178 3 Derive finishing allowance, tolerance from shape and work information
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36179 3 Combine nc programming with cad and order system
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36181 3 Input part data, dimensions, without graphical representation of part
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36182 3 First block contour then parameter input
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36183 3 Offline teaching is sound assisted
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36184 3 Record actions of human expert, teach by showing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36185 3 Application, for cylindrical groove shape
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36186 3 Programming languages for lathe, mill or general use mixed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36187 3 End shape data input for end surface configuration
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36188 3 Deep drilling cycle
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36189 3 Wheel dressing program
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36191 3 Prepare rough, coarse machining program
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36192 3 End facing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36193 3 Semi finish and finish machining
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36194 3 Taper angle machining
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36195 3 Assembly, mount of electronic parts onto board
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36196 3 Grinding cycle
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36197 3 Non circular workpiece, radius and angle input
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36198 3 Gear, thread cutting
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36199 3 Laser cutting
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36201 3 Hole machining
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36202 3 Freeform surfaces
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36203 3 Bending of workpiece, also for long slender workpiece
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36204 3 Lathe, turning
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36205 3 For aspheric non symetrical mirrors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36206 3 Embroidery
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36207 3 Involute curve, compressor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36208 3 Roll grinding
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36209 3 Specify hole shape pattern for boring and store in hole file
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36211 3 Using different cutter sizes, largest as possible for minimizing machining time
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36212 3 Using generic virtual pocket, having virtual boundary, arbitrarily shaped
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36213 3 Grouping of decomposed volumes with similar features
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36214 3 Pocket machining, area clearance, contained cutting, axis milling
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36215 3 Insert automatically program sequence, for corner execution, avoid machining error
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36216 3 Replace entered position data with previous if difference less than tolerance
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36217 3 Commands trigger programming functions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36218 3 Reuse stored data as programming data after confirmation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36219 3 Calculate machining information, like time, surface to be machined from program
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36221 3 Entry of chamfer, beveling, rounding of corner shape
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36222 3 Indicate entered element on top, next element below, after input, update top
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36223 3 Enter machining conditions, determine automatically machining data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36224 3 Enter machining and positioning elements, derive order of execution in real time
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36225 3 Select and insert program from library, select case, variant
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36226 3 Global selection of grid or circle of points by number, distance, angle
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36227 3 Assist operator to calculate unknown points, contours
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36228 3 Combine two programs to obtain new shifted positions and new processing data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36229 3 Generate missed line when last end point is different from next start point
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36231 3 Translate, convert machine independent to machine dependent program
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36232 3 Before machining, convert, adapt program to specific possibilities of machine
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36233 3 Convert program so that it can be executed in reverse order
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36234 3 Convert program for a 2-axis machine into program for 4-axis machine
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36235 3 Convert grinding machine oriented language to nc machine oriented
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36236 3 Convert character, ascii, text code to internal code and vice versa
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36237 3 Prepare nc program for selected, distinct nc machines
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36238 3 Derive marking from punching program, secondary from principal program
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36239 3 Determine automatic, manual machining of workpiece as function of specific possibilities of machine tool
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36241 3 Convert, translate milling to laser machining program
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36242 3 Convert program for different machines with different M-code, G-code, header
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36243 3 Convert source, high level code to machine, object code
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36244 3 Means, use of tables, correlating functions to instructions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36245 3 Use of tables to store order of execution of functions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36246 3 Comments, messages displayed with program instructions, explain process
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36247 3 Remarks, comments as hierarchical structure, indented, corresponds to instructions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36248 3 Generate automatically machining, stitching points from scanned contour
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36249 3 Generate automatically a balance program for workpiece, dynamic balance
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36251 3 Superpose scanned or finished object image on workpiece model for best fitting
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36252 3 Generate machining program based on a simulation to optimize a machine parameter
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36253 3 Generate machining program from previous test run
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36254 3 Generate machining program from history of similar tools
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36255 3 Machining condition, parameter is workpiece conicity, inclination between surfaces
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36256 3 Define upper lower limit of reciprocating machining, chopping
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36257 3 Indicate region and kind of machining on shape of part
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36258 3 Machining planning, indicate kind of operation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36259 3 Indicate primary and secondary operations on shape, deliver nc data for each
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36261 3 Program with subroutines for machining process
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36262 3 Input workpiece mounting position, setup
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36263 3 Select cutting direction
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36264 3 Program movement from first to second machining area
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36265 3 Set machining start point from tool, machining data avoiding interference
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36266 3 Tool path editor, for offset, multi-passes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36267 3 Process planning editor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36268 3 From blank and finished entered shape, derive machining features
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36269 3 Separate machining data as function of dependance or independance of material
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36271 3 Enter, edit workpiece data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36272 3 Enter start position, program number for each workpiece
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36273 3 Use general and tool data to select available tool and machining operation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36274 3 Automatic calculation cutting conditions, but operator can enter them also
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36275 3 Select automatically transmission ratio as function of programmed speed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36276 3 Program virtual, logical tools, select tool from tables
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36277 3 Flexible fixturing, clamp workpiece, mark clamp regions and store them
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36278 3 Topological classification of forming, machining process
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36279 3 Machining parameter is strategy for making corners
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36281 3 Machining parameter is technology: surface roughness, corner, contour tolerance
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36282 3 Divide complex sculptured surface into smaller, easier to machine areas
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36283 3 Select, enter machining, cutting conditions, material file, tool file
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36284 3 Use of database for machining parameters, material, cutting method, tools
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36285 3 Display symbol pattern for kind of machining performed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36286 3 Show shape of workpiece, point to coordinates to enter machining parameters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36287 3 Selection of speed as function of tool diameter
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36288 3 Select machining method, parameters as function of dimensions of workpiece
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36289 3 Cutting, machining conditions by optimisation of time, cost, accuracy
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36291 3 Cutting, machining conditions by empirical equation, like tool life
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36292 3 Method to drill, machine based on ratio bore depth, diameter, select tools
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36293 3 Set feed and speed for specified tool, workpiece as function of ratio cutting force, speed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36294 3 Stored coefficients, standard cutting conditions, calculate for entered material
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36295 3 Select optimum process for manufacturing articles with longer life
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36296 3 Order, select, determine, change machining sequence, order
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36297 3 Machining plan, indicate order of machining as function of presence of operator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36298 3 Enter, change order of different programs to be executed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36299 3 Generate sequences of operations starting from finished product, end with raw
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36301 3 Optimisation of sequence of operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36302 3 Determine several machining processes and order as function of available tools
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36303 3 Determine several machining processes and order as function of number of mountable tools
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36304 3 Divide into several machining processes, divide each also in several sub processes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36305 3 Table, correlation tool type and machining category, process
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36306 3 Table correlation different turrets, slides and possible simultaneous operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36307 3 Table with workpiece features and corresponding machining parameters, methods
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36308 3 Table for cutting conditions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36309 3 Program has different modules, each with own load program
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36311 3 Machining mode selection, pocket, grooving, raster, area, profile
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36312 3 Enter shape with cursor, joystick directions up, down, left, right, slash
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36313 3 If elements cannot be combined, show error
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36314 3 Superpose and combine shapes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36315 3 Library for shapes of tool holders, fixtures, chucks
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36316 3 Define profile from elements, show only selectable elements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36317 3 Input symbol for element, search in library and display
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36318 3 Enter start, begin and stop, end point
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36319 3 Simplify display, calculation of shapes by deleting holes, grooves
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36321 3 Program only shape, add approach path and machining conditions automatically
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36322 3 Program shape interactively and tool change position manually by teaching
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36323 3 Shape is alphabetical character
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36324 3 Scan drawing, sketch of part, enter on screen coordinates, lines, circles
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36325 3 Enter shape with mouse, tablet, enter on screen coordinates, lines, circles
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36326 3 Define blank, part, area
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36327 3 Define shape of part
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36328 3 Display closed shape
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36329 3 Display path on cylinder by developing cylinder into a plane
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36331 3 Display block with cursor or highlight actual contour element
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36332 3 Display different faces of work in different colour
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36333 3 Selection from standard forms, shapes, partprograms, enter value for variable
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36334 3 Select a shape, select a point or line and enter data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36335 3 Select and show already defined lines, circles to define from them new element
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36336 3 Select a shape and use it to create a similar shape
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36337 3 Select similar shape and derive motion defining sentences from original shape
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36338 3 Create program for parallel, simultaneous operated slides, timing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36339 3 Time necessary for one slide equals time for second slide
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36341 3 Prepare program to control multiple slides at the same time
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36342 3 Tool path processing, sequence to cut paths
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36343 3 Select machining method as function of selected tool
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36344 3 Display different tools in different colours
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36345 3 Prepare program for minimal idle strokes with multitool turret
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36346 3 Display feed quantity and cutting speed as function of material to help user
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36347 3 Select tool if tool life duration is sufficient for operation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36348 3 Enter, edit tool, cutter data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36349 3 Compensation part program with form of tool, in memory
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36351 3 Display tool shapes to select tool and enter tool dimensions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36352 3 Select tool as function of part shape, number of grooves and groove width
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36353 3 Display different offset surfaces in different colours to select right tool
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36354 3 Select from table with machining type and corresponding tools
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36355 3 Select tool with fuzzy logic
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36356 3 Select tool as function of collision avoidance
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36357 3 Tool line up, select right order of tool, optimal tool order loading, tool file
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36358 3 Use of cd rom with catalog of tools
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36359 3 As function of tool location
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36361 3 Tool change time, program for optimal tool change time
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36362 3 Tool change time as function of location in tool magazine, index
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36363 3 Tool change time as function of cutter trajectory, spindle and slide times
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36364 3 Tool change time as function of tool switch time, to replace tool with another
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36365 3 Program so that minimal tool changes are needed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36366 3 Data, read in, distribution
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36367 3 A tape reader for each axis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36368 3 Tape reader
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36369 3 Measuring object, spectacle glass, to derive position data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36371 3 Barcode reader
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36372 3 Light, magnetic pen
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36373 3 Common tape reader for two controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36374 3 Dual, multiple tape reader
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36375 3 Combination of two devices, floppy disk and tape reader
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36376 3 Read out of memory synchronized with machine driven axis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36377 3 Read of several jobs
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36378 3 Either from tape or other source, using same electronics
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36379 3 Read in
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36381 3 Timing, synchronization, start of reader
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36382 3 Speed of read in of data as function of available power for driving servo, safety
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36383 3 Manual input combined with input from computer or tape
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36384 3 Load machining program and workpiece delivery program together
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36385 3 Transfer, load data from rom, bubble memory into ram
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36386 3 Bootstrap loader
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36387 3 Interface between reader and nc
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36388 3 Simulate reader to input data direct to nc, behind tape reader BTR
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36389 3 Switch between input from internal manual thumbwheel and external input
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36391 3 Keep subsystem stopped while load of program
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36392 3 Rewrite date if power loss, check flag area, marked at start, end of writing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36393 3 Variable read in speed, from max to zero, controls execution speed of program
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36394 3 Read in data from connected pc instead of nc control panel
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36395 3 Load local computer program from host, data transfer ram to rom, BTR
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36396 3 Load also function code needed to execute part program, compact controller
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36397 3 Read reference data only after certain delay, to be sure data will not change
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36398 3 Read of handwritten text
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36399 3 On excess error or on release joystick stop movement, dead man, shut off motors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36401 3 Record play back, teach position and record it then play back
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36402 3 Use rope, wire, cable, chain to record position and for playback
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36403 3 Incremental detector of position deviation attached to tool for correction
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36404 3 Adapt teached position as function of deviation 3-D, 2-D position workpiece
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36405 3 Adjust path by detecting path, line with a photosensor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36406 3 Use a spring or gas pressure to keep tool on desired path
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36407 3 Follow path with probe, store deviations for correction during normal operation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36408 3 During machining, store begin and end of region not finished during first pass
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36409 3 Geometric adaptation by sensing force on surface of workpiece, object
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36411 3 By coarse model of robot to modify commands, learned by feedforward controller
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36412 3 Fine, autonomous movement of end effector by using camera
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36413 3 Adapt playback as function of hardness material, time comparison to reach start point
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36414 3 Compare image detected path with stored reference, difference corrects position
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36415 3 Adjust path and attitude tool by detecting path, line with a photosensor, laser
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36416 3 Adapt teached position as function of deviation 3-D, 2-D position of end effector, tool
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36417 3 Programmed coarse position, fine position by alignment, follow line, path adaptive
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36418 3 Modify trajectory by operator gesture, gesture force sensed by end effector
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36419 3 Compare modified, corrected path with stored reference, difference too large alarm
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36421 3 Assist in correction of position to form a circle or line
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36422 3 During teaching shut off, disable motor to move arm easy
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36423 3 During teaching release brake or decouple clutch from motor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36424 3 Balance mechanically arm to be moved
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36425 3 Move manually, touch surface, record position
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36426 3 Pilot lamp on end effector to guide operator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36427 3 Jog feed to a command position, if close enough robot takes over positioning
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36428 3 During teaching set torque instruction for motor to zero
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36429 3 Power assisted positioning
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36431 3 Tv camera in place of tool, on display operator marks points, crosshair
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36432 3 By putting some constraints on some DOF, move within limited volumes, areas, planes, limits motion in x, y or z planes, virtual reality constraints
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36433 3 Position assisted teaching
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36434 3 During teaching direct control signal to power servo for quick response
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36435 3 Electromyographical, myoelectric control signal
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36436 3 Arm follows movement of handheld device, camera detects, analyses motion
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36437 3 Follow coarse programmed surface, detect contact feeler or no force, record point
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36438 3 Manually selection of points on surface to select area to scan automatically
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36439 3 Guide arm in path by slaving arm to projected path, beam riding
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36441 3 Follow contour, line with sensor and record points
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36442 3 Automatically teaching, teach by showing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36443 3 Auto follow coarse contour, operator can correct contour before recording
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36444 3 Contour, teach contour of sawblade
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36445 3 Mode selection between large displacement and precision work
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36446 3 Keep tool stationary, move workpiece
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36447 3 Project light on path to be followed, keep also distance constant
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36448 3 Teaching, consider workpoint on workpiece temporarily as tip of end effector
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36449 3 During teaching use standard subroutines, assemble them to macro sequences
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36451 3 Handheld toollike probe, work instructor, lightweigted, connected to recorder
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36452 3 Touch points with handheld probe, camera detects position and orientation probe
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36453 3 Handheld tool like probe
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36454 3 Master slave, director agent, operator replication
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36455 3 Sensor, tactile feedback, operator feels forces of tool on workpiece
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36456 3 Learning tool holding dynamics
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36457 3 During teaching, force set point is automatically adapted to circumstances
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36458 3 Teach only some points, for playback interpolation between points
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36459 3 offline program for plural robots, send data to corresponding robots
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36461 3 Teach for each next similar fixture, piece only some reference points
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36462 3 Minimize teach time, compress data, many points in curve, few in line
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36463 3 Manual switch to drive motor to wanted position, store, memorize position
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36464 3 Position, teach, store extreme, full open, closed positions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36465 3 Teach and store also intermediate, between full open and closed positions, areas
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36466 3 Teach motion profile in both directions, between full closed and open position
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36467 3 Teach and store time needed from open to closed and closed to open position
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36468 3 Teach and store intermediate stop position in moving route to avoid collision
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36469 3 Separate axis movement with higher acceleration replaces simultaneous movement
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36471 3 Recording speed different from playback speed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36472 3 During teaching low servo power, during playback high servo power
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36473 3 Prohibit teaching if force, speed, acceleration of end effector is out of safe range
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36474 3 Prohibit normal manipulator control during teaching
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36475 3 When operator near robot, local pendant is enabled otherwise select local remote
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36476 3 Record points if sufficient difference with previous position exists
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36477 3 Timing record position according to pulses coding wheel
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36478 3 Record on predetermined time, read in position, measured data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36479 3 Record position on trigger of touch probe
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36481 3 Record at predetermined distances, read in position, measured data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36482 3 Recording of position and of command instructions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36483 3 Recording mechanical properties, tonal quality by force detection
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36484 3 Each teached point has a correlated amount of shift data, independently modified
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36485 3 Memorize open and closed state, motion parameters at each start up
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36486 3 Memorize workpiece deviations as function of angle, compensate, extra feed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36487 3 Record position, motion and sound
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36488 3 Record motion and emotion, mimics
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36489 3 Position and force
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36491 3 Contour of workpiece where other workpiece is to be installed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36492 3 Record position and orientation, posture of probe, tool
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36493 3 Position of stillstand if no reverse and acceleration only, data compression
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36494 3 Record position and inclination of tool, wrist
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36495 3 Recording position and other parameters, current, tool diameter, voltage
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36496 3 Memorize open, closed state of hand and corresponding motion parameters such as open, close and move, no move
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36497 3 Select program, main and secondary program
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36498 3 Main and secondary program for repeating same operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36499 3 Part program, workpiece, geometry and environment, machining dependant, combine
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36501 3 For each contour a tape, a program
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36502 3 Ram for variable servo data, rom for fixed servo routine
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36503 3 Adapt program to real coordinates, software orientation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36504 3 Adapt program to real coordinates, shape, dimension of tool, offset path
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36505 3 Compare stored conditions to actual, adapt program
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36506 3 Store in Rom and Ram
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36507 3 Select program or execute command, control instructions as function of axis position
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36508 3 Each pallet, workpiece, tool holder, selects corresponding tape reader, program
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36509 3 Select as function of shape, dimension of workpiece
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36511 3 Select by a detector
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36512 3 Select by a selector, dip switch
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36513 3 Select out of a plurality of programs, patterns
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36514 3 Select by force, height or other detection
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36515 3 As function of material or pattern direction, nerves of wood for optimal cutting
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36516 3 Select acceleration deceleration profile as function of kind of machine
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36517 3 Selecting nc program points to mated manipulator, robot program
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36518 3 Selection of calibration program as function of parameter to be calibrated
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36519 3 After sporadic change of program, return to program in use before
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36521 3 Select by combination of detected force, acceleration, speed, work rate
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36522 3 Select program using a management, workpiece number
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36523 3 Select with code on workpiece, fixture, clamp, object
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36524 3 Selection of Rom and ram
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36525 3 On bad data block, reverse motion, correct and execute block
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36526 3 Regenerate, hold reference previous block for bad actual value, block
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36527 3 Separate input for machine data from operator and for program from programmer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36528 3 Interlock, inhibit nc control while tranferring data from host
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36529 3 Warn, alert, notify operator to confirm a preset override value, command
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36531 3 Inhibit, ignore or postpone new command if previous is still in execution
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36532 3 Detect overflow of buffer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36533 3 Writing critical contour data as a whole, inhibit read out during writing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36534 3 Manual input overrides automatic control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36535 3 Check if instruction is executable, if not message to operator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36536 3 Inhibit, forbid, prevent execution of program if no tool or worpiece data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36537 3 On error acoustic signal
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36538 3 Different tunes, melodies, voice patterns for different error indication
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36539 3 Different colours for program and machine error, failure display
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36541 3 Operation command stored in register, on completion also in other register
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36542 3 Cryptography, encrypt, access, authorize with key, code, password
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36543 3 Input a standard value automatically on power up or after power loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36544 3 Inhibiting manual control while under automatic, other control vice versa
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36545 3 Safety, save data at power loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36546 3 Memory protection, protected fields
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36547 3 Use binary code to avoid program tampering
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36548 3 Save data if trigger signal received
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36549 3 Regenerate faulty program block from previous and next block
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36551 3 Inhibiting control after detecting data error
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36552 3 Inhibiting simultaneous input from local and remote keyboard
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36553 3 Track, channel on tape for each direction of movement
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36554 3 Copy modified, corrected program to another tape, keep original intact
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36555 3 Two tapes, programs one for position data, one for commands
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36556 3 Compare, check orignal tape with converted, copy tape
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36557 3 Copy entered program in memory to tape
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36558 3 Forward and backward reading of tape, reverse execution program
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36559 3 Copy one tape to another, transfer program from tape to tape, back-up
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36561 3 Tape, band
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36562 3 One tape, copy feeler controls several machines
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36563 3 Two tapes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36564 3 Position of hole in tape corresponds with position of hole on workpiece
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36565 3 Cartesian and polar data mixed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36566 3 Mix polar data with cartesian data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36567 3 On tape also commands for equipment attached to machine
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36568 3 Control data is sequence of position, axis indication, time delay for speed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36569 3 Enter, punch only different, changed data, same not repeated in next block
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36571 3 Coarse and fine dimensions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36572 3 Macro data or coarse dimension on tape
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36573 3 X, y, z and tooloffset values or direction values
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36574 3 Absolute x or delta x values
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36575 3 On tape reference and command signals
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36576 3 Relative phase of signals is variable
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36577 3 Signals have a position dependant frequency
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36578 3 Tracks for x, two for delta x, one for sign, three for y
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36579 3 Only true dimension is recorded, no tool offset
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36581 3 X, Y, Vx, Vy
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36582 3 Special order
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36583 3 Each punched hole is one pulse, increment
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36584 3 X, Y, Z and tool offset or corrections
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36585 3 Speed and acceleration, rate of change of speed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36586 3 Word address format
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36587 3 Binary format
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36588 3 Endless loop
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36589 3 Making control tape
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36591 3 Tape moves synchronized with machine driven axis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/36592 3 Each track controls an axis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37 2 Measurements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37001 3 Measuring problems
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37002 3 Absence, detect absence, presence or correct position of workpiece
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37003 3 Detect if no workpiece in holder
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37004 3 Detect absence of tool
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37005 3 Absence of tool accessories, material, like nails, staples, glue
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37006 3 Measuring bars
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37007 3 Join bars or cilinders binary
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37008 3 Calibration of measuring system, probe, sensor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37009 3 Calibration of vision system, camera, adapt light level
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37011 3 Set absolute marks on disk as exact position or address to position memory
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37012 3 Adjust angular position of transducer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37013 3 Faulty number of total scale increments corrected evenly over scale
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37014 3 Use of calibration bar, bar with cams
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37015 3 Adaptive online camera, vision calibration
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37016 3 Calibrate dc offset, measure offset and maintain fixed level
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37017 3 Calibration of vision system, set correct attidude of sensor to workpiece
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37018 3 Make measuring scale machine tool
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37019 3 Position detection integrated in actuator, lvdt integrated linear actuator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37021 3 Robot controls position of touch probe
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37022 3 Detector, measuring device incorporated within workpiece holder
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37023 3 Step motor used as measuring device and as drive motor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37024 3 Measure single value, parameter with two detectors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37025 3 Retract, swing out of the way, measuring device during normal machining for protection
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37026 3 Adjust sensor radially
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37027 3 Sensor integrated with tool or machine
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37028 3 Detail, extended range, discrimination, switch from one range to other
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37029 3 Power supply position detector in common with drive motor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37031 3 Lvdt for x and y in a plane, center lines intersect at locating point
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37032 3 Generate vibrations, ultrasound
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37033 3 Energy saving by powering feedback device, potentiometer only during measuring
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37034 3 Actuator coil is also used as measuring coil
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37035 3 Sensor in air gap of drive, detect directly speed or position
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37036 3 Position normally, stop, measure position tool with second independent sensor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37037 3 Remeasure workpiece regularly for deformation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37038 3 Protection cover over measuring device, probe, feeler opened when measuring
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37039 3 Digitize position with flexible feeler, correction of position as function of flexion
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37041 3 Digitize, electric wires form grid on surface
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37042 3 Photographic, picture on film, photogrammetry
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37043 3 Touch probe, store position of touch point on surface
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37044 3 Ultrasound transmittors on surface, touch probe detects ultrasound, triangulation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37045 3 Probe detects electromagnetic fields from grid, antenna like digitizing tablet
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37046 3 Use simultaneous several pairs of stereo cameras, synchronized
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37047 3 After digitizing, edit graphically data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37048 3 Split beam, stripe projection on object, lines detected with cameras
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37049 3 First a rasterscan, then align workpiece as function of height average, scan again
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37051 3 First coarse measurement, around each point a fine measurement of surface
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37052 3 Sense surface, mean value used as reference surface
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37053 3 Optical triangulation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37054 3 Digitize every grid point of a raster
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37055 3 Project stripes having a regular sine wave
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37056 3 Mark point to be digitized graphically on screen
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37057 3 Several feelers, probes touch model in rasterpoints
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37058 3 Digitize not only position but also colour
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37059 3 Probe connected to three pair of wires of which the length is measured
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37061 3 Use matrix of optical sensors to detect form, edges of object
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37062 3 Regulated scanning, the head deflection is controlled by a regulation circuit
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37063 3 Controlled scanning, the head is moved along a given path
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37064 3 After digitizing, reconstruct surface by interpolating the initial mesh points
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37065 3 Map of stiffness, compliance of object
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37066 3 Image from object together with references on background
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37067 3 Calibrate work surface, reference markings on object, work surface
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37068 3 Setting reference coordinate frame
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37069 3 Calibrate probe, imitated tool, repeated measurements for different orientations
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37071 3 Measurement program is created, executed on object data, no real object, no CMM is present
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37072 3 Surface covered with grid of electric wires, of coloured tape on object
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37073 3 Workpiece surface covered with shielding coating, against disturbing fields
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37074 3 Projection device, monitor, track tool, workpiece form, process on display
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37075 3 Print out of document measured results or record on tape
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37076 3 Display load on tool, motor graphically on screen
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37077 3 Relative movement
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37078 3 Display machining, processing parameters with curves, pictograms
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37079 3 Display probing result on drawing taken from cad data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37081 3 Display machining parameters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37082 3 Indicate, point region on path, locus, display path and machining parameters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37083 3 Switch display from normal mode to inspection mode, to monitor conditions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37084 3 Display tool parameters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37085 3 Display in real time of state variables of control system
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37086 3 Display real, measured machining load
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37087 3 Cutting forces
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37088 3 Indicate service condition, status
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37089 3 Speed error
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37091 3 Motion and force
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37092 3 Display position actual and or target
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37093 3 Display speed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37094 3 Hall sensor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37095 3 Digital handheld device with data interface
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37096 3 Invar scale, low temperature coefficient
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37097 3 Marker on workpiece to detect reference position
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37098 3 X y scale plate instead of two ruler scale, two dimensional scale
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37099 3 One detector for coarse and fine target location, variable resolution
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37101 3 Vector gauge, telescopic ballbar
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37102 3 Single detector for whole range, both x and y axis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37103 3 Limit, proximity switch
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37104 3 Absolute encoder
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37105 3 Soft limit, store limits in counters, use content of counters as limit
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37106 3 Inductive, differential transformer, pins
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37107 3 Acupin
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37108 3 Rasters, grid on xy-plane
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37109 3 Photoelectric scanned raster, rule and photocell, microscope
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37111 3 Rule and photocell, microscope
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37112 3 Several scales with one device
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37113 3 Psd position sensitive detector, light spot on surface gives x, y position
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37114 3 Precision screw
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37115 3 Photogrammetric position detection
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37116 3 Shape sensor leads tool, in front of tool
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37117 3 Optical sensor, delivers analog signal as function of displacement
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37118 3 Inductive, coil moves over conical, tapered core
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37119 3 Atomic force probe
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37121 3 Linear transducer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37122 3 Signal analyser
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37123 3 Extensible ball bar with potentiometer, lvdt
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37124 3 Magnetic sensor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37125 3 Photosensor, as contactless analog position sensor, signal as function of position
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37126 3 Wire, tape around cylinder measures displacement, string encoder
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37127 3 Spm scanning probe microscopy, stm scanning tunneling microscopy
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37128 3 Tool itself emits vibrations to be detected to build an image of surface
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37129 3 Mark, engrave workpiece at specific surface point for measurement, calibration
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37131 3 Moire pattern, diffraction grating, fringe
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37132 3 Polyhedral prism
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37133 3 Linear, rotary variable differential transformer, lvdt, rvdt
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37134 3 Gyroscope
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37135 3 Two counters receiving pulses from two encoders, one for speed, one for position
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37136 3 Control resolution of encoder
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37137 3 Encoder combined with barcode label, reader
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37138 3 Encoder and gear and absolute coder, give together absolute position of rotation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37139 3 Sampling output of encoder at precisely defined intervals
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37141 3 Programmable divider for counter as buffer for microprocessor, read on interrupt
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37142 3 Center position between two pulses, in the middle of a bit
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37143 3 Divide feedback pulses to make feedback independent from resolution encoder
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37144 3 Delay marker to synchronize motions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37145 3 Multiturn fine counter counts total pulses, index counter counts turns
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37146 3 Second counter reset to zero on marker, to detect counting errors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37147 3 Sampling rate low during power loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37148 3 Switch between rise, fall of pulses of one phase and of both phases, coarse fine
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37149 3 Multiplexer to send encoder and rotor pole position to same output lines
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37151 3 Handling encoder signal, compensation for light variation, stray light
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37152 3 Combination 00-01-10-11, previous, actual pulses, or two series of pulses, and rom
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37153 3 Encoder delivers only one channel of pulses, using only one detector
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37154 3 Encoder and absolute position counter
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37155 3 Encoder and delta position counter
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37156 3 Pulse derived from belt driving drum
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37157 3 Pulses derived from brake disk having north and south poles
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37158 3 Pulse derived from perforated belt along track
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37159 3 Source of pulse, pulse derived from gear, plate teeth
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37161 3 Motor rotor has a normal magnetised ring and a second ring, magnetic decoder
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37162 3 Marker, reflector mounted on chuck, workpiece holder
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37163 3 Marker derived from phase of motor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37164 3 Pulse derived from encoder built into ball bearing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37165 3 Derive pulse from commution position, build into brushless motor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37166 3 Rotating magnets shunt motor over resistance, cause current variations
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37167 3 Count number of periods of voltage supply
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37168 3 Inductive sensor senses fluctuations, spikes in motor current
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37169 3 Derive incremental pulse from motor current deviation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37171 3 Commutation brushes, sensors deliver increment
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37172 3 Encoder with hall effect and reed relays, and decoder gives absolute position
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37173 3 Encapsulate electronics of encoder in resin, electronics and encoder integrated
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37174 3 Encoder with infrared
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37175 3 Normal encoder, disk for pulses, incremental
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37176 3 Disk emits phase shifted pulses, special convertor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37177 3 Linear encoder
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37178 3 Magnetic marks on screw
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37179 3 Coarse encoder combined with fine grid ccd detector
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37181 3 Encoder delivers sinusoidal signals
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37182 3 Slit plate encoder
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37183 3 Marker or index or coded information as well as position pulses
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37184 3 Hall generator cooperates with magnetic ring, gives signal with dc offset
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37185 3 Magnetic ring and sensor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37186 3 Camera reads large number of marks, derive frequency of dark-light
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37187 3 Disk with magnetic, inductive sensors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37188 3 Encoder pulses reset high resolution clock, get position from counting clock pulses
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37189 3 Camera with image processing emulates encoder output
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37191 3 General problems for standing waves, torque, surface inspection
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37192 3 Problems
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37193 3 Multicoordinate measuring system, machine, cmm
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37194 3 Probe work, calculate shape independent of position, orientation, best fit
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37195 3 Measuring dimension independent from accuracy of nc, machine tool
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37196 3 Measuring station, flexible, integrated cmm
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37197 3 From measured data derive form, roundness, orientation, parallel, straightness
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37198 3 Machine as measuring station, use tool or probe, in process incycle
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37199 3 Hole location
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37201 3 Measuring several points at the same time
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37202 3 Footprint, probe piece on machine, then on cmm to avoid errors of machine
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37203 3 Compensate probed values as function of reference plane of fixture, clamp
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37204 3 Move synchronously associated sensor elements independently at both sides
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37205 3 Compare measured, vision data with computer model, cad data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37206 3 Inspection of surface
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37207 3 Verify, probe, workpiece
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37208 3 Vision, visual inspection of workpiece
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37209 3 Estimate life of gear, drive
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37211 3 Measure temperature, compensate cmm program for temperature
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37212 3 Visual inspection of workpiece and tool
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37213 3 Inhibit measuring if one of the joints is near endstop
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37214 3 Detect failed machine component, machine performance degradation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37215 3 Inspect application of solder paste, glue to workpiece
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37216 3 Inpect component placement
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37217 3 Inspect solder joint, machined part, workpiece, welding result
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37218 3 Compensate for offset due to probe diameter, detect exact contact point
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37219 3 Predict next probed point from previous probed points
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37221 3 Probe fixture to know datum points
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37222 3 Probe workpiece for correct setup
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37223 3 Identify minimum number of appropriate measuring points
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37224 3 Inspect wafer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37225 3 Tool holder, measure forces in chuck, tool holder
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37226 3 Monitor condition of spindle, tool holder, transmit to nc controller
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37227 3 Probing tool for its geometry
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37228 3 Tool inspection, condition, dull tool
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37229 3 Test quality tool by measuring time needed for machining
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37231 3 Tool used as touch probe, sensor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37232 3 Wear, breakage detection derived from tailstock, headstock or rest
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37233 3 Breakage, wear of rotating tool with multident saw, mill, drill
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37234 3 Monitor tool before, after and during machining
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37235 3 Detect bad tool by relative movement of tool with respect to tool holder
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37236 3 Tool serves, acts also as measuring device
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37237 3 Tool collision, interference
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37238 3 Missing tool
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37239 3 Plastic deformation of tool
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37241 3 Displacement of tool, miss inserted
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37242 3 Tool signature, compare pattern with detected signal
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37243 3 Tool breakage by comparing tool image, length before and after machining
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37244 3 Detect tool breakage already in tool magazine
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37245 3 Breakage tool, failure
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37246 3 Compare estimated torques of different axis with reference for breakage
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37247 3 By electrical contact, disappears when breakage
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37248 3 By monitoring changes in capacitive circuit
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37249 3 Correction coefficient of life time as function of kind of machining
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37251 3 Selfcorrecting, counter for tool life adapts correction
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37252 3 Life of tool, service life, decay, wear estimation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37253 3 Fail estimation as function of lapsed time of use
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37254 3 Estimate wear of subsystem of machine with measures from other subsystems
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37255 3 Using fuzzy logic techniques
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37256 3 Wear, tool wear
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37257 3 Crater wear of tool
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37258 3 Calculate wear from workpiece and tool material, machining operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37259 3 Resolver for coarse, photo cell for fine position on grid crossing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37261 3 Encoder and potentiometer to detect fault measurement
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37262 3 Mixing pins and fine positioning
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37263 3 Absolute and incremental encoder, detector combined
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37264 3 Cam for absolute positions, encoder for incremental position
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37265 3 Rotary potentiometer and incremental counter for each maximum
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37266 3 Infrared
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37267 3 Thermocouple
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37268 3 Tool workpiece junction, thermoelectric interface
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37269 3 Ultrasonic, ultrasound, sonar
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37271 3 Using standing waves
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37272 3 Capacitive
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37273 3 Wheatstone bridge
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37274 3 Strain gauge
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37275 3 Laser, interferometer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37276 3 Position changes frequency
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37277 3 Inductive proximity sensor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37278 3 Optical waveguide, fiberoptic sensor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37279 3 Fiber optic proximity sensor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37281 3 Laser range finder
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37282 3 Current transformator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37283 3 Photoelectric sensor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37284 3 Capacitive 3-D proximity sensor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37285 3 Load, current taken by motor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37286 3 Photoelectric sensor with reflection, emits and receives modulated light
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37287 3 Fiber optic interferometer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37288 3 Tracking lasers follow object, reflection gives 3-D position
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37289 3 Inductive
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37291 3 Electro acoustic
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37292 3 Eddy current
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37293 3 Magnetostrictive effect on ferrous rod, ultrasonic wave, time delay measured
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37294 3 Coarse digitized position combined with fine digitized analog position signal
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37295 3 Measure workpiece while machining other workpiece
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37296 3 Electronic graduation, scale expansion, interpolation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37297 3 Two measurements, on driving motor and on slide or on both sides of motor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37298 3 Two measurements, position of slide and position of tool
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37299 3 Measure same parameter from three different space directions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37301 3 Two measurements, speed with tachometer and speed with encoder
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37302 3 Measure tool length, workpiece configuration without stopping movement
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37303 3 Two measurements, speed of motor and speed of load
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37304 3 Combined position measurement, encoder and separate laser, two different sensors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37305 3 Drive step motor with pulses, at stop with dc current to avoid emi when measuring
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37306 3 Two sensors and two scales for same measurement of relative movement between x y
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37307 3 Detector in line, in plane of tool to avoid parallax
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37308 3 Measure workpiece relieved from stress, redrawn, disengaged tool
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37309 3 Selecting a desired sensor structure
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37311 3 Derive speed from current, use of lookup table
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37312 3 Derive speed from motor current
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37313 3 Derive speed from position
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37314 3 Derive position from speed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37315 3 High speed and low speed signals are derived in a different way
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37316 3 Derive speed from two phased position signals, with high range and resolution
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37317 3 Derive position from current, voltage, back electromotive force bemf
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37318 3 Derive speed from back electromotive force, bemf
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37319 3 Derive acceleration, force, torque from current
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37321 3 Derive acceleration from net driving force
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37322 3 Derive position from frequency power supply
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37323 3 Derive acceleration from position or speed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37324 3 Derive position, speed from acceleration
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37325 3 Multisensor integration, fusion, redundant
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37326 3 Automatic configuration of multisensor, adaptive, active sensing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37327 3 Select lookup table corresponding to sensor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37328 3 Decentralised data fusion
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37329 3 Far away and near by sensor groups
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37331 3 Sensor fusion using extended kalman filter
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37332 3 Detect power of noise source using sound and visual sensors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37333 3 Position of control valve and position of controlled actuator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37334 3 Diameter of tool with teeth
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37335 3 Diameter tool
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37336 3 Cutting, machining time
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37337 3 Noise, acoustic emission, sound
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37338 3 Magnetic or electric property of tool to control feed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37339 3 Eccentricity, cylindricity, circularity
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37341 3 Sectional distortion of machining face of workpiece
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37342 3 Overload of motor, tool
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37343 3 Load, vectorial components of load
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37344 3 Torque, thrust, twist, machining force measurement
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37345 3 Dimension of workpiece, diameter
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37346 3 Cutting, chip quality
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37347 3 Speed, velocity
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37348 3 Power, wattmeter voltage times current
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37349 3 Unbalance of tool or tool holder
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37351 3 Detect vibration, ultrasound
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37352 3 Frequency
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37353 3 Amplitude
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37354 3 Powerfactor, phase between voltage and current
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37355 3 Cutting, milling, machining force
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37356 3 Torsion, twist
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37357 3 Force, pressure, weight or deflection
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37358 3 Depth of cut
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37359 3 Contour, to sense corners, edges of surface
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37361 3 acoustic feedback, for speed, if speed very low hearing is better than seeing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37362 3 Hardness
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37363 3 Texture
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37364 3 Thermal conductivity
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37365 3 Surface shape, gradient
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37366 3 Colour, surface colour
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37367 3 Grinding rate
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37368 3 Displacement perpendicular to probe movement
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37369 3 Measure tool lenght and diameter together with single sensor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37371 3 Flow
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37372 3 Position and speed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37373 3 Friction
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37374 3 Deflection
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37375 3 Climate, temperature and humidity
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37376 3 Inclination, gradient of machine base
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37377 3 Roundness of workpiece
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37378 3 Balance of workpiece from vibration sensor and angle sensor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37379 3 Profile, diameter along workpiece
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37381 3 Force in steady rest
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37382 3 Voltage over or short circuit between tool and workpiece
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37383 3 Tool length
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37384 3 Change of actuator current
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37385 3 Peripheral speed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37386 3 Lateral movement of tool
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37387 3 Nanometer position
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37388 3 Acceleration or deceleration, inertial measurement
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37389 3 Magnetic flux
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37391 3 Null, initial load, no load torque detection or other parameter at no load
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37392 3 Motion
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37393 3 acoustic feedback varies as function of positional error
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37394 3 Measuring diameter of workpieces with longitudinal grooves
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37395 3 Detection sparks during machining
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37396 3 Tactile feedback, operator feels reaction, force reflection
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37397 3 Measuring gap between tool and workpiece
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37398 3 Thickness
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37399 3 Pressure
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37401 3 Differential pressure
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37402 3 Flatness, roughness of surface
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37403 3 Bending, springback angle
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37404 3 Orientation of workpiece or tool, surface sensor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37405 3 Contact detection between workpiece and tool, probe, feeler
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37406 3 Detect position of detector contact point relative to reference on tool slide
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37407 3 Detect position of detector contact point relative to reference on tool
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37408 3 Combination of contact and contactless detection to avoid tool contact with workpiece
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37409 3 Measure different pressure of fluid flow on contacting surface
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37411 3 Measure contact from force and velocity detection
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37412 3 acoustical detection of contact
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37413 3 By conductivity, short circuit between tool, probe and metallic surface
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37414 3 By microswitch
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37415 3 By cutting light beam
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37416 3 By measuring phase shift between voltage and current of feedmotor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37417 3 By linear varying electrical signal
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37418 3 By capacitive means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37419 3 Measuring rotation of non driven axis after being touched by driven axis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37421 3 Measure braking, slower rotation of driven axis, tool upon contact
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37422 3 Distance and attitude detector
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37423 3 Distance, gap between tool and surface sensor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37424 3 Calculate distance from known inner diameter of coil, bobbin and detected image
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37425 3 Distance, range
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37426 3 Detected with infrared sensor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37427 3 Detected with thermocouple
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37428 3 Temperature of tool
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37429 3 Temperature of motor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37431 3 Temperature
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37432 3 Detected by accelerometer, piezo electric
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37433 3 Detected by acoustic emission, microphone
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37434 3 Measuring vibration of machine or workpiece or tool
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37435 3 Vibration of machine
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37436 3 Prediction of displacement, relative or absolute, motion
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37437 3 Prediction of cutting force with flexible ball end milling model
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37438 3 Prediction of machining error with flexible ball end milling model
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37439 3 Computer assisted inspection, cad interactive with manual commands
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37441 3 Use nc machining program, cad data for measuring, inspection
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37442 3 Cad and cap for cmm
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37443 3 Program cmm, coordinate measuring machine, use cad data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37444 3 Program cmm by using a stylus to detect points on a real workpiece
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37445 3 Load teaching program from file server, enter teaching data at pendant
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37446 3 Select measuring program together with control parameters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37447 3 Path planning using ann, for measurement task pattern, optimal path, dummy points
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37448 3 Inspection process planner
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37449 3 Inspection path planner
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37451 3 Plan sensor placement for optimal inspection
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37452 3 Generate nc program from metrology program, defining cmm probe path
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37453 3 Simulate measuring program, graphical interactive generation of program
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37454 3 Interactive, enter also tolerance
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37455 3 After entering one measuring cycle, display in separate window instruction list
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37456 3 Program proposes measuring points
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37457 3 On machine, on workpiece
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37458 3 Reference on machine, on workpiece and on tool
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37459 3 Reference on workpiece, moving workpiece moves reference point
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37461 3 Two rotary potentiometers, only one used, switch over to other on ambiguity
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37462 3 Resistor, potentiometers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37463 3 Tapped resistors, not continuous
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37464 3 Potentiometer with dual wiper
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37465 3 Magnetic resistor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37466 3 Dual potentiometers with sin and cos output
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37467 3 Continuous rotary potentiometer, no end
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37468 3 Magnetic resistor sensors used as incremental encoder
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37469 3 Two, more slides use resolver with common secondary, different primary frequency
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37471 3 Resolver, synchro
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37472 3 Synchro
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37473 3 Resolver
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37474 3 Resolver with several phases
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37475 3 Resolver emits two redundant signals for safety
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37476 3 Single resolver for speed, rotor and absolute position, IMAS
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37477 3 Inductosyn
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37478 3 Excitation of resolver by pulses instead of continuous wave, to save energy
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37479 3 Excitation as function of speed of rotor, to get always stable detection waves
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37481 3 Sampling rate for output of resolver as function of pulse rate of excitation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37482 3 Control amplitude of excitation of resolver
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37483 3 Synchronize resolver reference frequency with clock of position control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37484 3 Differential resolver
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37485 3 Phaseshift to reference counted
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37486 3 Resolver emits pulses at zerocrossings, counter
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37487 3 Counter combined with angle to digital convertor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37488 3 Angle to digital conversion
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37489 3 Emit binary code at quadrant 00+01+10+11, count pulse for 11-to-000 and 00-to-11
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37491 3 Compensate non linearity of transducer by lookup table
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37492 3 Store measured value in memory, to be used afterwards
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37493 3 Use of different frequency band pass filters to separate different signals
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37494 3 Intelligent sensor, data handling incorporated in sensor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37495 3 Correction of measured value as function of given, reference surface
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37496 3 Root mean square
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37497 3 Summing, integration of signal
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37498 3 Variable amplification, gain for detected signal, select correct level range
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37499 3 Determine cumulative deviation, difference
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37501 3 Delay detected signal avoids transients, start up noise
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37502 3 Input signal converted to logarithmic value
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37503 3 Set integrator of acceleration detector to zero at velocity zero, avoids drift
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37504 3 Differential use of sensors, to double precision
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37505 3 Debounce contact signal from absolute reference position cam
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37506 3 Correction of position error
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37507 3 Spectral density analysis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37508 3 Cross correlation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37509 3 Intelligent sensor, incorporation temperature compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37511 3 Select and process only those detected signals needed for a certain purpose
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37512 3 Correction for detection delay
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37513 3 Convert time domain signal to frequency domain signal
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37514 3 Detect normality, novelty in time series for online monitoring
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37515 3 Error separation, eliminate eccentricity
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37516 3 Combine results, opinions of multiple but same sensors, fuzzy logic
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37517 3 Compensation of position for vibration of probe, calibration x-y lookup table
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37518 3 Prediction, estimation of machining parameters from cutting data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37519 3 From machining parameters classify different fault cases
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37521 3 Ann to map sensor signals to decision signals
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37522 3 Determine validity of measured signals
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37523 3 Reduce noise by combination of digital filter and estimator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37524 3 Sampling of forces and signal analysis are triggered as function of rotation angle
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37525 3 Mean, average values, statistical derived values
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37526 3 Determine time or position to take a measurement
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37527 3 Frequency filtering and amplitude qualification
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37528 3 Separate force signal into static and dynamic component
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37529 3 Synchronous demodulation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37531 3 Superpose modulated measuring signal on servo command reference
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37532 3 Synchronized data acquisition
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37533 3 Real time processing of data acquisition, monitoring
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37534 3 Frequency analysis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37535 3 Signal processing, ratio of signals against fluctuation of signals
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37536 3 Rate of change, derivative
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37537 3 Virtual sensor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37538 3 Window for signal, to detect signal at peak or zero values
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37539 3 Read values twice, for correctness
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37541 3 Switch off measuring, control system during test of encoder, resolver
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37542 3 Curve fitting measured points, predict, extrapolate dimension in time
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37543 3 Set, compare to maximum, peak, minimum value
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37544 3 Compare detected signal to several references to derive several control actions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37545 3 References to be compared vary with evolution of measured signals, auto-calibrate
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37546 3 Compare two positions measured with different methods, alarm if difference too high
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37547 3 Ignore position information from detector during invalid intervals
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37548 3 Avoid false motion condition, jitter, compare three recent values with possible values
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37549 3 Limit switch protected against overload
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37551 3 Select for each detector type corresponding signal processor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37552 3 Detect loss of correct excitation moment of step motor, correct excitation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37553 3 Two cameras one for coarse scanning, other for fine scanning
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37554 3 Two camera, or tiltable camera to detect different surfaces of the object
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37555 3 Camera detects orientation, position workpiece, points of workpiece
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37556 3 Camera detects fictive contour of workpiece, by reflection
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37557 3 Camera for coarse, acoustic array for fine vision
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37558 3 Optical sensor, scanner
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37559 3 Camera, vision of tool, compute tool center, detect tool wear
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37561 3 Move camera until image corresponds to stored image of same workpiece
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37562 3 Scan mark at certain angle, to avoid glare noise
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37563 3 Ccd, tv camera
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37564 3 Center of camera vision aligned with axis of drill
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37565 3 Camera to detect precisely, crosshair, positions on workpiece by operator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37566 3 Explore autonomous, explore surface until useful measurement possible
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37567 3 3-D vision, stereo vision, with two cameras
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37568 3 3-D spectacles, glasses, left and right synchronised with images on screen
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37569 3 Radiography in x and y, x-ray images
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37571 3 Camera detecting reflected light from laser
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37572 3 Camera, tv, vision
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37573 3 In-cycle, insitu, during machining workpiece is measured continuously
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37574 3 In-process, in cycle, machine part, measure part, machine same part
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37575 3 Pre-process, measure workpiece before machining
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37576 3 Post-process, measure worpiece after machining, use results for new or same
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37577 3 In-process and post-process measurement combined
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37578 3 Compare images of workpiece before and after machining
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37579 3 Run away measured value by differentiating measured signal, rate of change
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37581 3 Measuring errors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37582 3 Position, angle of workpiece surface
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37583 3 Detect separation, cutting, penetration, piercing, break through material
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37584 3 Deformation of machined material
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37585 3 Start, begin and end, halt, stop of machining
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37586 3 Detect, discriminate cutting or non cutting machining state
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37587 3 Count number of machining cycles, frequency use of tool
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37588 3 Detect swarf, building up of swarf
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37589 3 Measure drift of servo during positioning, not disturbing actual position
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37591 3 Plant characteristics
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37592 3 Detect machine, workpiece noise by operator with headphone, directional
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37593 3 Measure correct setting of workpiece
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37594 3 Detect discharge state between electrode and workpiece
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37595 3 Detect if drill bit is in peck cycle
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37596 3 Surface layer to be machined away, lowest point, minimum material to be cut
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37597 3 Spectrum analyser
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37598 3 Chip length
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37599 3 Presence of metal
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37601 3 Count number of times tool is overloaded, derived from mean and limit
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37602 3 Material removal rate
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37603 3 System time constant
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37604 3 Hysteresis of actuator, servo
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37605 3 Accuracy, repeatability of machine, robot
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37606 3 Thread form, parameters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37607 3 Circular form
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37608 3 Center and diameter of hole, wafer, object
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37609 3 Over-travel
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37611 3 Relative movement between tool and workpiece carriage
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37612 3 Transfer function, kinematic identification, parameter estimation, response
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37613 3 Cutter axis tilt of end mill
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37614 3 Number of workpieces, counter
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37615 3 Dead time, between detecting finished workpieces and feedback measured value
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37616 3 Use same monitoring tools to monitor tool and workpiece
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37617 3 Tolerance of form, shape or position
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37618 3 Observe, monitor position, posture of tool
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37619 3 Characteristics of machine, deviation of movement, gauge,
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37621 3 Inertia, mass of rotating, moving tool, workpiece, element
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37622 3 Detect collision, blocking, stall by change, lag in position
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37623 3 Detect collision, blocking by use of integrated load between two limits
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37624 3 Detect collision, blocking by measuring change of velocity or torque
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37625 3 By measuring changing forces in a time window
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37626 3 By measuring changing forces in different position zones
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37627 3 Measure elapsed time needed for positioning
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37628 3 Use of special detector the output of which changes if object detected
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37629 3 Detect sudden change of direction due to collision
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37631 3 Means detecting object in forbidden zone
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37632 3 By measuring current, load of motor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37633 3 Output modulated signal on detection of blocking instead of flat signal
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/37634 3 By measuring vibration
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39 2 Robotics, robotics to robotics hand
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39001 3 Robot, manipulator control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39002 3 Move tip of arm on straight line
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39003 3 Move end effector on ellipse, circle, sphere
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39004 3 Assisted by automatic control system for certain functions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39005 3 Feedback for stability of manipulator, felt as force reflection
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39006 3 Move end effector in a plane, describing a raster, meander
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39007 3 Calibrate by switching links to mirror position, tip remains on reference point
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39008 3 Fixed camera detects reference pattern held by end effector
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39009 3 Using fixture with potentiometer, wire to end effector, estimate lenght of wire
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39011 3 Fixed camera detects deviation end effector from reference on workpiece, object
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39012 3 Calibrate arm during scanning operation for identification of object
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39013 3 Locate movable manipulator relative to object, compare to stored gridpoints
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39014 3 Match virtual world with real world
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39015 3 With different manipulator configurations, contact known sphere, ballbar
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39016 3 Simultaneous calibration of manipulator and camera
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39017 3 Forward calibration, find actual pose world space for given joint configuration
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39018 3 Inverse calibration, find exact joint angles for given location in world space
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39019 3 Calibration by cmm coordinate measuring machine over a certain volume
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39021 3 With probe, touch reference positions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39022 3 Transform between measuring and manipulator coordinate system
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39023 3 Shut off, disable motor and rotate arm to reference pin
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39024 3 Calibration of manipulator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39025 3 Spheric tool interrupts transmitted calibration beam, in different configurations
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39026 3 Calibration of manipulator while tool is mounted
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39027 3 Calibrate only some links, part of dofs, lock some links, ref pins on links
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39028 3 Relative to base calibrated 6-DOF device, cmm connected between wrist and base
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39029 3 Verify if calibration position is a correct, by comparing with range in rom
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39031 3 Use of model for robot and for measuring device
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39032 3 Touch probe senses constraint known plane, derive kinematic calibration
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39033 3 Laser tracking of end effector, measure orientation of rotatable mirror
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39034 3 Use of telescopic ballbar
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39035 3 Screw axis measurement, each joint moved in circle, cpa circle point analysis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39036 3 Screw axis measurement, jacobian estimation from wrist and joint torques, no motion
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39037 3 Screw axis measurement, jacobian estimation from end effector and joint speeds
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39038 3 Determine position of two cameras by using a common reference grid
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39039 3 Two cameras detect same reference on workpiece to define its position in space
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39041 3 Calibrate only for end position
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39042 3 Interchange robot and reference pattern, measure by camera at same location
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39043 3 Self calibration using ANN to map robot poses to the commands, only distortions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39044 3 Estimate error model from error at different attitudes and points
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39045 3 Camera on end effector detects reference pattern
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39046 3 Compare image of plate on robot with reference, move till coincidence, camera
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39047 3 Calibration plate mounted on robot, plate comprises sensors for measuring target
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39048 3 Closed loop kinematic self calibration, grip part of robot with hand
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39049 3 Calibration cooperating manipulators, closed kinematic chain by bolting
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39051 3 Calibration cooperating manipulators, closed kinematic chain by alignment
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39052 3 Self calibration of parallel manipulators
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39053 3 Probe, camera on hand scans many points on own robot body, no extra jig
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39054 3 From teached different attitudes for same point calculate tool tip position
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39055 3 Correction of end effector attachment, calculated from model and real position
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39056 3 On line relative position error and orientation error calibration
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39057 3 Hand eye calibration, eye, camera on hand, end effector
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39058 3 Sensor, calibration of sensor, potentiometer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39059 3 Sensor adaptation for robots by software
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39061 3 Calculation direct dynamics
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39062 3 Calculate, jacobian matrix estimator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39063 3 Quick calculation of coordinates by using precalculated, stored matrixes, inverses
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39064 3 Learn kinematics by ann mapping, map spatial directions to joint rotations
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39065 3 Calculate workspace for end effector, manipulator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39066 3 Two stage inverse kinematics algorithm, first inner joint variables, then outer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39067 3 Calculate max load a manipulator can repeatedly lift
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39068 3 Time needed to execute an instruction
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39069 3 Inverse kinematics by arm splitting, divide six link arm into two three link arms
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39071 3 Solve inverse kinematics by ann learning nonlinear mappings, consider smoothness
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39072 3 Solve inverse kinematics by linear hopfield network
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39073 3 Solve inverse kinematics by fuzzy algorithm
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39074 3 By formal substitution of two consecutive joints by a spherical joint
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39075 3 Solve inverse kinematics by error back propagation ebp
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39076 3 Learn by function division, change only one variable at a time, combine shapes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39077 3 Solve inverse geometric model by iteration, no matrixes inversion
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39078 3 Divide workspace in sectors, lookup table for sector joint angle
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39079 3 Solve inverse differential kinematics in closed, feedback loop, iterate
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39081 3 Inexact solution for orientation or other DOF with relation to type of task
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39082 3 Collision, real time collision avoidance
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39083 3 Robot interference, between two robot arms
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39084 3 Parts handling, during assembly
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39085 3 Use of two dimensional maps and feedback of external and joint sensors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39086 3 Reduce impact effect by impact configuration of redundant manipulator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39087 3 Artificial field potential algorithm, force repulsion from obstacle
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39088 3 Inhibit movement in one axis if collision danger
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39089 3 On collision, lead arm around obstacle manually
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39091 3 Avoid collision with moving obstacles
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39092 3 Treat interference in hardware, circuit and also in software
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39093 3 On collision, ann, bam, learns path on line, used next time for same command
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39094 3 Interference checking between robot and fixture
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39095 3 Use neural geometric modeler, overlapping spheres
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39096 3 Self-collision, internal collison, collision between links of one robot
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39097 3 Estimate own stop, brake time, then verify if in safe distance
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39098 3 Estimate stop, brake distance in predef time, then verify if in safe distance
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39099 3 Interlocks inserted in movement process if necessary to avoid collision
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39101 3 Cooperation with one or more rotating workpiece holders, manipulators
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39102 3 Manipulator cooperating with conveyor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39103 3 Multicooperating sensing modules
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39104 3 Manipulator control orders conveyor to stop, to visualize, pick up
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39105 3 Manipulator cooperates with moving machine, like press brake
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39106 3 Conveyor, pick up article, object from conveyor, bring to test unit, place it
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39107 3 Pick up article, object, measure, test it during motion path, place it
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39108 3 Regrasp object as function of impact
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39109 3 Dual arm, multiarm manipulation, object handled in cooperation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39111 3 Use of flexibility or free joint in manipulator to avoid large forces
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39112 3 Force, load distribution
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39113 3 Select grasp pattern based on motion oriented coordinability
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39114 3 Hand eye cooperation, active camera on first arm follows movement of second arm
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39115 3 Optimal hold and moving force, torque
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39116 3 Constraint object handled in cooperation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39117 3 Task distribution between involved manipulators
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39118 3 Cooperation between manipulator and vehicle with manipulator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39119 3 Path constraint handling of object
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39121 3 Two manipulators operate on same object
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39122 3 Follower, slave mirrors leader, master
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39123 3 Manipulate, handle flexible object
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39124 3 Grasp common rigid object, no movement end effectors relative to object
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39125 3 Task is grasp object with movable parts, like pliers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39126 3 Manipulate very large objects, not possible to grasp, open palm and use of links
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39127 3 Roll object on base by link control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39128 3 Grasp tool with two manipulators, rigidity, and use tool
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39129 3 One manipulator holds one piece, other inserts, screws other piece, dexterity
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39131 3 Each of the manipulators holds one of the pieces to be welded together
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39132 3 Robot welds, operates on moving workpiece, moved by other robot
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39133 3 Convert teached program for fixed workpiece to program for moving workpiece
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39134 3 Teach point, move workpiece, follow point with tip, place tip on next point
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39135 3 For multiple manipulators operating at same time, avoid collision
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39136 3 Teach each manipulator independently or dependently from each other
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39137 3 Manual teaching, set next point when tool touches other tool, workpiece
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39138 3 Calculate path of robots from path of point on gripped object
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39139 3 Produce program of slave from path of master and desired relative position
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39141 3 Slave program has no taught positions, receives position from master, convert from master
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39142 3 Moving time between positions in slave program coordinated online with master
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39143 3 One program in robot controller for both robot and machine, press, mold
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39144 3 Scale moving time of all robots, machines to match slowest, no waiting
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39145 3 Slave path is the same as master path and superposed desired relative movement
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39146 3 Swarm, multiagent, distributed multitask fusion, cooperation multi robots
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39147 3 Group transport, transfer object, ant problem
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39148 3 To push or pull on objects, boxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39149 3 To assemble two objects, objects manipulation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39151 3 Use intention inference, observe behaviour of other robots for their intention
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39152 3 Basic behaviour, avoid, follow, aggregate, disperse, home, wander, grasp, drop
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39153 3 Human supervisory control of swarm
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39154 3 Each robot can pick up an information carrier, read and write it, exchange it
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39155 3 Motion skill, relate sensor data to certain situation and motion
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39156 3 To machine together workpiece, desktop flexible manufacturing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39157 3 Collectively grasping object to be transported
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39158 3 Configuration description language, to define behaviour of system
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39159 3 Task modelling
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39161 3 Search, grip object and bring to a home area, gather object, object placement
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39162 3 Learn social rules, greedy robots become non-greedy, adapt to other robots
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39163 3 Formation control, robots form a rigid formation, fixed relationship
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39164 3 Embodied evolution, evolutionary robots with basic ann learn by interactions with each other
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39165 3 Evolution, best performing control strategy is transmitted to other robots
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39166 3 Coordinate activity by sending pheromone messages between robots, no central control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39167 3 Resources scheduling and balancing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39168 3 Multiple robots searching an object
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39169 3 Redundant communication channels with central control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39171 3 Vehicle moves towards arm if streched arm, away from it if folded, singular point
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39172 3 Vehicle, coordination between manipulator arm and its moving vehicle
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39173 3 Dynamic interaction between vehicle and manipulator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39174 3 Add DOFs of mobility to DOFs of manipulator to add user defined tasks to motion
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39175 3 Cooperation between fixed manipulator and manipulator on vehicle
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39176 3 Compensation deflection arm
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39177 3 Compensation position working point as function of inclination tool, hand
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39178 3 Compensation inertia arms
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39179 3 Of movement after lock stop by small movement against load, stop again
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39181 3 Compensation of coulomb friction in joint
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39182 3 Compensation for base, floor deformation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39183 3 Compliance compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39184 3 Forward compensation in robot world space, inverse in joint space
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39185 3 ANN as compensator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39186 3 Flexible joint
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39187 3 Coriolis and centripetal compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39188 3 Torque compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39189 3 Compensate for dead weight of tool as function of inclination tool
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39191 3 Compensation for errors in mechanical components
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39192 3 Compensate thermal effects, expansion of links
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39193 3 Compensate movement before lock stop, by small movement against load, gravity
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39194 3 Compensation gravity
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39195 3 Control, avoid oscillation, vibration due to low rigidity
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39196 3 Use of passive joint, no actuator but brake, brake on or off
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39197 3 Passive compliance, no input of force reference, mechanical resilience, spring
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39198 3 Manipulator used as workpiece handler and for machining operation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39199 3 Active vibration absorber
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39201 3 Control of joint stiffness
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39202 3 Invariant inertia, constant inertia matrix independent of joint positions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39203 3 Fuzzy petrinet controller
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39204 3 Petrinet controller
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39205 3 Markov model
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39206 3 Joint space position control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39207 3 Manipulator is passive, gives operator only feedback of what is currently done
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39208 3 Robot is active, realizes planned trajectory by itself
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39209 3 Switch over from free space motion to constraint motion
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39211 3 If operator on platform moves in certain direction, arm will follow
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39212 3 Select between autonomous or teleoperation control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39213 3 Distributed tasks, space motion, contact, kinematic conditioning tasks
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39214 3 Compensate tracking error by using model, polynomial network
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39215 3 Adaptive control with stabilizing compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39216 3 Motion scaling
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39217 3 Keep constant orientation of handled object while moving manipulator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39218 3 Force tracking
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39219 3 Trajectory tracking
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39221 3 Control angular position of joint by length of linear actuator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39222 3 Disturbance rejection, suppression
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39223 3 Resonance ratio control, between arm and motor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39224 3 Jacobian transpose control of force vector in configuration and cartesian space
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39225 3 Rmfc resolved motion force control, apply known acceleration to payload mass
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39226 3 Operational space formulation, project model into cartesian coordinates
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39227 3 Configuration control, generate end effector forces to compensate dynamics
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39228 3 Computed torque method and H-compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39229 3 Linear parameterization of robot dynamics
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39231 3 Parameterization of inertia, coriolis and centrifugal matrix
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39232 3 Fuzzy adaptation of sliding mode controller
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39233 3 Adaptive switching of multiple models, same model but different initial estimates, different robot model for different areas
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39234 3 Constraint accelerated feedback, distance dependant sampling rate
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39235 3 Track surface without knowing surface geometry
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39236 3 Hybrid integrator back-stepping control, cascaded motor and manipulator subsystems
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39237 3 Torque disturbance control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39238 3 Trajectory feedforward and feedback to input ann, output a control function
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39239 3 Control additional actuator in each flexible link
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39241 3 Force and vibration control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39242 3 Velocity blending, change in a certain time from first to second velocity
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39243 3 Adaptive trajectory tracking
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39244 3 Generic motion control operations, primitive skills each for special task
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39245 3 Computed torque fuzzy controller
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39246 3 Control position and orientation of handled object
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39247 3 Control speed, acceleration as function of load and rate of fatigue
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39248 3 Visual servoing combined with inertial measurements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39249 3 Computed torque controller combined with ann compensating switch type controller
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39251 3 Autonomous distributed control, joint and link is a subsystem, communication intensive
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39252 3 Autonomous distributed control, task distributed into each subsystem, task space
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39253 3 Virtual arm, has end effector on any joint of real manipulator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39254 3 Behaviour controller, robot have feelings, learns behaviour
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39255 3 Penalty invariance:distribute disturbance equally over all joints, nodes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39256 3 Task space controller
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39257 3 Switch from task space to joint space controller when close to singularity
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39258 3 Three objective attitude control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39259 3 GPS to control robotic arm
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39261 3 Calculate driving torque from dynamic model, computed torque method variant
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39262 3 Position joint to minimize energy in previous joints, equilibrium point, attractor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39263 3 Normal and overload operation modes, robot speed or torque higher than nominal
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39264 3 Torque control using hardware designed for position control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39265 3 Cutting force disturbances compensated by accelerating a mass within tool head
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39266 3 Algorithm for control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39267 3 Uncertainty estimation by the bounds
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39268 3 Layer perceptron, drive torque from state variables
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39269 3 Neural adaptation followed by fuzzy correction
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39271 3 Ann artificial neural network, ffw-nn, feedforward neural network
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39272 3 Course by expert rule based system to correct fine fuzzy system
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39273 3 Neural oscillator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39274 3 CMAC cerebellar model articulation controller network
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39275 3 Ann in parallel to known dynamics model to correct for unknown dynamics
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39276 3 FFW and PD and ANN for compensation position error
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39277 3 Segmented tree ANN
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39278 3 Ann with pd in parallel, pd corrects response of ANN
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39279 3 Ann parallel with p controller
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39281 3 Ann for compensation torque
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39282 3 FFW ann for torque command, adapt as function of speed and detected speed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39283 3 Ffw ann to compensate torque or speed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39284 3 NSC neural servo controller
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39285 3 From database find strategy and select corresponding neural servo controller
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39286 3 Forward inverse, dynamics model, relaxation neural network model firm
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39287 3 Position and speed error to fuzzy input, output corrected by ann as function of position
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39288 3 Track control with ann
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39289 3 Adaptive ann controller
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39291 3 Fuzzy neural for adaptive force control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39292 3 Neural brain based controller based on simplified model of vertebrate nervous system
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39293 3 Ann parallel to pd, learn inverse dynamics and feedforward of torque signal
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39294 3 Learn inverse dynamics, ffw decomposed ann adapted by pid
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39295 3 Learn position correction values to be added to reference values
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39296 3 Learn inverse and forward model together
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39297 3 First learn inverse model, then fine tune with ffw error learning
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39298 3 Trajectory learning
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39299 3 Learn forward dynamics
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39301 3 Learn feedforward control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39302 3 Backpropagation end effector location error through the link equations
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39303 3 Feedback error learn inverse dynamics, felc use position reference and error
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39304 3 Feedback error learn inverse dynamics, use actual position and error
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39305 3 Learn, detect kinematic contraints in a plane from displacement and force
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39306 3 Three networks, data to cartesian, cartesian to joint angle, joint angle to control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39307 3 Multiple ann, trajectory control net and force control net
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39308 3 Position control net, pcn combined with velocity control net, vcn
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39309 3 Inverse dynamic network combined with time scaling network for trajectory plan
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39311 3 Multilayer, MNN, four layer perceptron, sigmoidal neural network
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39312 3 Double neural network for tracking, slave microprocessor for servo control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39313 3 Ann for joint control, ann for trajectory optimization
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39314 3 Ann for identification, ann for convergence, ann for tracking control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39315 3 Art ann classifier and input selector, bam ann to retrieve collision free path
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39316 3 Two ann, second ann trained with calibration data to learn error first ann
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39317 3 Adapt weights MNN online, MNN as feedforward, maps inputs to joint torques
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39318 3 Position loop ann and velocity loop ann and force loop ann
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39319 3 Force control, force as reference, active compliance
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39321 3 Force control as function of position of tool
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39322 3 Force and position control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39323 3 Force and motion control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39324 3 Force as function of distance from boundary, border of grinding area
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39325 3 External force control, additional loop comparing forces corrects position
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39326 3 Model compensates positions as function of position to compensate force deformations
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39327 3 Fuzzy adaptive force control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39328 3 Fuzzy pi force control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39329 3 Adaptive force and position control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39331 3 Switch between position and force control by fuzzy logic
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39332 3 Adaptive force control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39333 3 Fuzzy adaptive force and position control, hybrid
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39334 3 Fuzzy reinforcement compliance control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39335 3 Independent joint control, decentralised
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39336 3 Pd controller combined with disturbance rejection at joint
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39337 3 Pd controller combined with joint energy based controller
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39338 3 Impedance control, also mechanical
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39339 3 Admittance control, admittance is tip speed-force
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39341 3 Sliding mode based impedance control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39342 3 Adaptive impedance control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39343 3 Force based impedance control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39344 3 Cooperative impedance control, between fingers or arms
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39345 3 Active compliance control, control tension of spring with dc motor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39346 3 Workspace impedance control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39347 3 Joint space impedance control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39348 3 Generalized impedance control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39349 3 RCC remote center compliance device inserted between wrist and gripper
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39351 3 Compensation ann for uncertain trajectory in impedance control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39352 3 Feedback error learning, ffw ann compensates torque, feedback from pd to ann
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39353 3 Joint space observer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39354 3 Operation, work space observer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39355 3 Observer, disturbance observer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39356 3 Fuzzy logic velocity observer, to estimate velocity in joints
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39357 3 Execute motion of path in minimum of time
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39358 3 Time optimal control along path for singular points, having veloctiy constraints
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39359 3 Tracking path, priority control for component perpendicular to path
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39361 3 Minimize time-energy cost
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39362 3 Adapth path of gripping point as function of position of cooperating machine
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39363 3 Track circular path on inclined surface
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39364 3 Path, correction of path in function of load
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39365 3 By using a cue, part of a stimulus to prompt an adapted reaction pattern
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39366 3 SMC sensory motor coordination
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39367 3 Using a motion map, association between visual position and joint position
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39368 3 Sensorimotor command layer, between task space and sensor, motor space
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39369 3 Host and robot controller and vision processing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39371 3 Host and robot controller
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39372 3 Expert rule based system to correct parameters impedance controller
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39373 3 Fuzzy for planning, fuzzy neural for adaptive force control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39374 3 Ffw and ann combined to compensate torque
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39375 3 MMI to path planner to servo controller
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39376 3 Hierarchical, learning, recognition and skill level and adaptation servo level
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39377 3 Task level supervisor and planner, organizer and execution and path tracking
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39378 3 Control panel separated from power control of articulations
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39379 3 Open architecture such as nasrem, ngc, dicam, saridis, chimera, gisc, utap, nomad, robline
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39381 3 Map task, application to behaviour, force tracking, singularity to motion to actuator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39382 3 Level, organization and coordination or distribution of tasks and execution level
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39383 3 Supervisor communicates with several ion control agents
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39384 3 Control unit near robot, control and teaching panel in safe zone
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39385 3 Hybrid control system with neural brain based controller and classical ctrler
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39386 3 Cell configuration, selection and connection of cell combinations
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39387 3 Reflex control, follow movement, track face, work, hand, visual servoing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39388 3 Visual compliance, xy constraint is 2-D image, z position controlled
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39389 3 Laparoscopic surgery, camera on center of operated part, view around, scale
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39391 3 Visual servoing, track end effector with camera image feedback
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39392 3 Dynamic pyramiding, change vision field to small area if high tracking speed, zoom
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39393 3 Camera detects projected image, compare with reference image, position end effector
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39394 3 Compensate hand position with camera detected deviation, new end effector attitude
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39395 3 Expectation based visual servoing, use of model
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39396 3 Manipulator action on screen depends from displayed position on screen
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39397 3 Map image error directly to robot movement, position with relation to world, base not needed, image based visual servoing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39398 3 Convert hand to tool coordinates, derive transform matrix
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39399 3 Convert position of old, teach to new, changed, actual tool by transform matrix
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39401 3 Machine tool coordinates to manipulator coordinates
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39402 3 Transfer matrix for moving object and robot to absolute space, motion independent
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39403 3 Method, axial rotation of tool to make tool and base coordinates parallel
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39404 3 Design of manipulator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39405 3 Develop inverse model of system with ann
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39406 3 Obtain optimal parameters of model of system
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39407 3 Power metrics, energy efficiency
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39408 3 Integrated structure and control design
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39409 3 Design of gripper, hand
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39411 3 Effect of scaling drive arms
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39412 3 Diagnostic of robot, estimation of parameters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39413 3 Robot self diagnostics
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39414 3 7-DOF
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39415 3 Hyper redundant, infinite number of DOFs
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39416 3 12-DOF
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39417 3 6-DOF
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39418 3 3-DOF
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39419 3 4-DOF
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39421 3 DOF is degree of freedom, 2-DOF
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39422 3 7-DOF for arm and 6-DOF for end effector
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39423 3 5-DOF
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39424 3 16-DOF
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39425 3 9-DOF
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39426 3 10-DOF
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39427 3 Panel on arm, hand of robot, controlled axis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39428 3 Panel with special keys for robot programming, like gripper, hand, wrist
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39429 3 Using graphic kinematic perspective entered and represented by keys
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39431 3 Keys represent function of gripper, open, close
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39432 3 Direct robot control, click on mouse on variety of display command buttons
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39433 3 Enter a move file, robot will follow a series of instructions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39434 3 Each function key of pc corresponds to a motor, jog each motor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39435 3 Free movable unit has push buttons for other than position, orientation control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39436 3 Joystick mimics manipulator to provide spatial correspondance
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39437 3 Joystick with additional handle for wrist and gripper control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39438 3 Direct programming at the console
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39439 3 Joystick, handle, lever controls manipulator directly, manually by operator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39441 3 Voice command, camera detects object, grasp, move
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39442 3 Set manual a coordinate system by jog feed operation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39443 3 Portable, adapted to handpalm, with joystick, function keys, display
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39444 3 Display of position, of shape of robot and tool
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39445 3 Select between jog modes, user, robot coordinates, tool, system feed, joint feed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39446 3 Display of manipulator and workpiece and jog directions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39447 3 Dead man switch
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39448 3 Same teach pendant connects to many robot controllers over network
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39449 3 Pendant, pda displaying camera images overlayed with graphics, augmented reality
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39451 3 Augmented reality for robot programming
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39452 3 Select with mouse button a coordinate plane for micromanipulation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39453 3 Select program as function of location of mobile manipulator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39454 3 Rubber actuator, two muscle drive, one for extension other for traction
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39455 3 Flexible microactuator, fluidic controlled fibre reinforced rubber, three tubes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39456 3 Direct drive
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39457 3 Tendon drive
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39458 3 Vehicle levitated, arm pushes to position vehicle
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39459 3 Finger actuator, ac motor and harmonic gear and encoder
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39461 3 Rotate arm in one direction, forearm in other direction but double speed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39462 3 Pneumatic actuator, imitates human muscle
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39463 3 Exercise treatment end effector, dexter cube with various switches for tasks
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39464 3 Estimation of human hand impedance in multijoint arm movements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39465 3 Two fingers each with 2-DOF
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39466 3 Hand, gripper, end effector of manipulator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39467 3 Select hand as function of geometric form of hand
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39468 3 Changeable hand, tool, code carrier, detector
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39469 3 Grip flexible, deformable plate, object and manipulate it
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39471 3 Push workpiece in order to grip it correctly
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39472 3 Braced manipulator, for fine positioning hand is resting on table
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39473 3 Autonomous grasping, find, approach, grasp object, sensory motor coordination
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39474 3 Coordination of reaching and grasping
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39475 3 Grasp slightly, rotate object between two fingers by action of gravity
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39476 3 Orient hand relative to object
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39477 3 Finger tracks moving light spot on object
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39478 3 Control force and posture of hand
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39479 3 Grip, release again to put object in correct position in tray, regrip and move
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39481 3 Control distance finger from center, radius
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39482 3 Control position of center of grip
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39483 3 Control angle of rotation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39484 3 Locate, reach and grasp, visual guided grasping
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39485 3 Lift workpiece with two fingers, then grasp it with two additional fingers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39486 3 Fingered hand, multifingered hand
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39487 3 Parallel jaws, two fingered hand
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39488 3 Each finger gets 1-DOF, one more movement, translation or rotation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39489 3 Soft fingertip, electro rheological controlled fluid
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39491 3 Each finger controlled by a controller
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39492 3 Finger impedance control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39493 3 Passive compliant finger, array of resilient rods in tip
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39494 3 Each finger has 4-DOF
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39495 3 Active electromechanical compliance for each finger
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39496 3 3-Fingered hand
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39497 3 Each finger can be controlled independently
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39498 3 Each finger has force torque sensor in tip of finger
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39499 3 4-Fingers with each 6-DOF
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39501 3 5-Fingers with each 4-DOF
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39502 3 4-Fingers with each 3-DOF
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39503 3 4-Fingers with each 4-DOF
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39504 3 Grip object in gravity center
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39505 3 Control of gripping, grasping, contacting force, force distribution
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39506 3 Grip flexible wire at fixed base, move gripper to top of wire and grip
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39507 3 Control of slip motion
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39508 3 Reorientation of object, orient, regrasp object
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39509 3 Gripping, grasping, links embrace, encircle, envelop object to grasp
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39511 3 Reorient, rotate object in hand between fingers by action of fingers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39512 3 Whole hand manipulation, use of fingertips and hand surface
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39513 3 Tip prehension grasp, grasp with tip of fingers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39514 3 Stability of grasped objects
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39515 3 Grapple object, grip in compliant mode, self alignment of fingers and object
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39516 3 Push align object against wall, detect each time distance from grip point to wall
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39517 3 Control orientation and position of object in hand, roll between plates
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39518 3 Rolling contact between fingers, robot arms and object
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39519 3 Concurrent grasp, all forces converge in one point
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39521 3 Pencil grasp, forces act in two points, along line of intersection of two planes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39522 3 Regulus grasp, forces do not intersect at all
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39523 3 Set holding force as function of dimension, weight, shape, hardness, surface
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39524 3 Power grasp, between thumb and four fingers, acting as a virtual middle finger
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39525 3 Lateral grasp, between thumb and four fingers, acting as virtual index finger
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39526 3 Three fingers used, thumb, index, middle finger for lateral precision
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39527 3 Workpiece detector, sensor mounted in, near hand, gripper
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39528 3 Measuring, gripping force sensor build into hand
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39529 3 Force, torque sensor in wrist, end effector
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39531 3 Several different sensors integrated into hand
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39532 3 Gripping force sensor build into finger
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39533 3 Measure grasping posture and pressure distribution
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39534 3 By positioning fingers, dimension of object can be measured
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39535 3 Measuring, test unit build into hand, end effector
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39536 3 Planning of hand motion, grasping
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39537 3 First slide object on table in order to be able to grasp it, grasp it
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39538 3 Rotate object with one or more fingers, while sliding on table
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39539 3 Plan hand shape
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39541 3 Place fingers to reorient object while grasping
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39542 3 Plan grasp points, grip matrix and initial grasp force
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39543 3 Recognize object and plan hand shapes in grasping movements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39544 3 Fuzzy dynamic programming, generate trajectory of finger during tracking
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39545 3 Trajectory generation for smoothly grasping moving object
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39546 3 Map human grasps to manipulator grasps
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39547 3 Program, plan gripping force, range and speed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39548 3 Enter interactively parameter for gripper, then teach movement
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39549 3 Structure, hand has connector for power supply and control signals
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39551 3 Pivoting gripper, so part takes always vertical orientation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39552 3 Stewart platform hand, parallel structured hand
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39553 3 Dual gripper, two heads to pick up different objects
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39554 3 Gripper is formed by flexible tube, embraces object like a finger
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39555 3 Revolver with several grippers, hands
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39556 3 Control system build into hand itself
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39557 3 Vacuum gripper using mask with pattern corresponding to workpiece to be lifted
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39558 3 Vacuum hand has selective gripper area
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39559 3 Polyvalent gripper, to grip, assemble, manipulate
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39561 3 Gripper with build in positioning device to align handled object
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39562 3 Dual end effector, one as tool, the other as workhandler, revolver
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39563 3 Hand has a center pin to pick up coils
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39564 3 Spoon and fork, fork slides back if food delivered in mouth
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39565 3 Two fingered microhand, each finger is a parallel, stewart platform
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39566 3 Transparent gripper, object can always be seen by camera
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39567 3 Use electromagnetic attraction to bring robot hand in contact with workpiece
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39568 3 Extract, insert objects by controlling fingers, dexterous
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39569 3 Twirl baton, rotate cylinder through center perpendicular to length
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39571 3 Grip, grasp non rigid material, piece of cloth
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39572 3 Task, tool manipulation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39573 3 Tool guidance along path
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39574 3 Passive compliant hand, wrist
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39575 3 Wrist, flexible wrist
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39576 3 Magnetically levitated wrist
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39577 3 Active electromechanical compliance for wrist
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/39578 3 Axis wrist
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40 2 Robotics, robotics mapping to robotics vision
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40001 3 Laser color indicates type of machining
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40002 3 Camera, robot follows direction movement of operator head, helmet, headstick
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40003 3 Move end effector so that image center is shifted to desired position
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40004 3 Window function, only a specific region is analyzed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40005 3 Vision, analyse image at one station during manipulation at next station
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40006 3 Placing, palletize, un palletize, paper roll placing, box stacking
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40007 3 Optimize sequence of pick and place operations upon arrival of workpiece on conveyor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40008 3 Place a box, block in a corner
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40009 3 Remove and replace machine part, module
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40011 3 Lay down, laying non rigid material, handle flat textile material
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40012 3 Pick and place by chain of three manipulators, handling part to each other
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40013 3 Kitting, place parts from belt into tray, place tray on conveyor belt
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40014 3 Gripping workpiece to place it in another place
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40015 3 Soccer playing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40016 3 Kick a ball, leg and foot movement simulator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40017 3 Hockey playing, puck and paddle
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40018 3 Ball in cup
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40019 3 Placing and assembly, throw object correctly on table
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40021 3 Batting, to redirect a projectile
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40022 3 Snatching, dynamic pick, effector contacts object, moves with object
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40023 3 Dynamic closure, remain contact by acceleration forces
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40024 3 Catching
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40025 3 Dynamic manipulation, throwing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40026 3 Juggling, tennis playing, throw and catch
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40027 3 Preying, object capture, interception, mouse-buster
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40028 3 Insert flexible rod, beam into hole
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40029 3 Mount elastic ring on a cylinder
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40031 3 Dual peg in hole
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40032 3 Peg and hole insertion, mating and joining, remote center compliance
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40033 3 Assembly, microassembly
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40034 3 Disassembly, for recycling
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40035 3 Shake grasped parts for dropping excess entangled parts back into pin
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40036 3 Transport plates or sheets between two locations without motion inversion
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40037 3 No incomplete containers allowed to exit on output conveyor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40038 3 Black list, exclude operation on workpiece when not possible, collision, error
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40039 3 Robot mounted or sliding inside vehicle, on assembly line or for test, service
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40041 3 Robot operates panel like car radio by pushing, turning buttons, knobs
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40042 3 Control tilting angle of surface carried by robot
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40043 3 Move object without swinging, no pendulum or swing motion at stop point
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40044 3 Unfold flexible material
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40045 3 Fill bucket, if hard rock, follow contour rock
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40046 3 Fill bucket with sand, move horizontally, if resistance move up, move horizontally
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40047 3 Machine overhanging sculptured surfaces
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40048 3 Transport bar by two mobile robots on wavy road
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40049 3 Cut material with scissors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40051 3 Manipulate flexible material fixed with one end to a wall
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40052 3 Deform, bend flexible material
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40053 3 Pick 3-D object from pile of objects
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40054 3 Supply sheet to bending machine
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40055 3 Wire stripping
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40056 3 Slide an edge over an edge
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40057 3 Contour tracking, edge following
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40058 3 Align box, block with a surface
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40059 3 Mount, couple and demount, decouple exchangeable mechanical modules
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40061 3 Disconnect cable
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40062 3 Door opening
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40063 3 Transport dish pile and dispense material in each dish of pile
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40064 3 Pierce, penetrate soft tissue
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40065 3 Approach, touch and then push object
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40066 3 Stack and align identical layers, laminates, electronic substrate layers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40067 3 Stack irregular packages
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40068 3 Collective, group transport
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40069 3 Flattening, sweeping non rigid material, take out wrinkles
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40071 3 Relative positioning, grinding and polishing against rotating belt
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40072 3 Exert a screwing motion
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40073 3 Carry container with liquid, compensate liquid vibration, swinging effect
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40074 3 Move tip of arm or carried object on surface, wall, constraint
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40075 3 Turn crank, handle, link around fixed point
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40076 3 Fold flexible plate, non rigid material
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40077 3 Posicast, inverted pendulum, acrobat, balance rod
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40078 3 Sort objects, workpieces
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40079 3 Grasp parts from first bin, put them in reverse order in second bin
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40081 3 Grasp part, object through hole in wall
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40082 3 Docking, align object on end effector with target
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40083 3 Pick up pen and robot hand writing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40084 3 Posicast, inverted pendulum, acrobat, balance rod, control unactuated joint, dof
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40085 3 Point with tip always to same remote target point
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40086 3 Slide, tumble, pivot object on surface with fingers of manipulator, graspless
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40087 3 Align hand on workpiece to pick up workpiece, peg and hole
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40088 3 Task is push, slide box
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40089 3 Tele-programming, transmit task as a program, plus extra info needed by robot
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40091 3 Tele-programming by graphical simulation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40092 3 Tele-programming by direct instruction on new object, using vision and force sensors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40093 3 Use known task for similar, like object, inform system of that likeness
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40094 3 By changing knowledge base directly
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40095 3 Modify tasks due to modular tooling, other fixture configuration, environment
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40096 3 Modify tasks due to use of different manipulator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40097 3 Select stations with mouse to create process steps
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40098 3 Show grid locations with symbols of workstations
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40099 3 Graphical user interface for robotics, visual robot user interface
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40101 3 Generate concurrent tasks
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40102 3 Tasks are classified in types of unit motions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40103 3 Show object with laser pointer, give oral command for action on, with object
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40104 3 Reactive planner, user is integral component of planner, interactive
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40105 3 Oop task planning, use three knowledge bases, world-, domain- for vision, plan base
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40106 3 Feedback of online failures to offline learned knowledge base
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40107 3 Offline task learning knowledge base, static planner controls dynamic online
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40108 3 Generating possible sequence of steps as function of timing and conflicts
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40109 3 Consider each part to be assembled as an agent, behaving autonomously
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40111 3 For assembly
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40112 3 Using graph grammars and fuzzy logic
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40113 3 Task planning
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40114 3 From vision detected initial and user given final state, generate tasks
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40115 3 Translate goal to task program, use of expert system
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40116 3 Learn by operator observation, symbiosis, show, watch
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40117 3 Virtual mecanism, like slider to constraint movement in task space
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40118 3 Task oriented virtual tool, developed for task, assists operator in task
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40119 3 Virtual internal model, derive from forces on object, motion of end effector
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40121 3 Trajectory planning in virtual space
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40122 3 Manipulate virtual object, for trajectory planning of real object, haptic display
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40123 3 Indicate, select features on display, remote manipulator will execute
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40124 3 During manipulator motion, sensor feedback to adapt model in memory
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40125 3 Overlay real time stereo image of object on existing, stored memory image argos
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40126 3 Virtual landmarks, reference points for operator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40127 3 Virtual tape measure, indicate distance between end effector and destination
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40128 3 Virtual tether, line on display connects end effector to destination point
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40129 3 Virtual graphic 3-D pointer, manipulator commands real manipulator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40131 3 Virtual reality control, programming of manipulator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40132 3 Haptic joystick with force feedback based on accelerometer included in joystick
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40133 3 Force sensation of slave converted to movement of chair for operator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40134 3 Force sensation of slave converted to vibration for operator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40135 3 Slave force converted to shape display, actuated by fingers, surface is force image
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40136 3 Stereo audio and vision
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40137 3 Force sensation feedback from simulated tool
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40138 3 Scaled feedback of forces from slave to master and master to slave
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40139 3 Force from slave converted to a digital display like fingers and object
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40141 3 Pain sensation feedback, impinge air on, squeeze, vibrate, stimulate fingers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40142 3 Temperature sensation, thermal feedback to operator fingers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40143 3 Slip, texture sensation feedback, by vibration stimulation of fingers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40144 3 Force sensation feedback from slave
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40145 3 Force sensation of slave converted to audio signal for operator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40146 3 Telepresence, teletaction, sensor feedback from slave to operator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40147 3 Variable time delay, through internet
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40148 3 Predict locally machining forces from model to control remote machine
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40149 3 Local intelligence for global planning, remote intelligence for tuning
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40151 3 Time delay, problems caused by time delay between local and remote
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40152 3 Deictic, using a sign language, point finger to reach, close hand to grasp
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40153 3 Teleassistance, operator assists, controls autonomous robot
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40154 3 Moving of objects
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40155 3 Purpose is grasping objects
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40156 3 Input work program as well as timing schedule
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40157 3 Planning, event based planning, operator changes plans during execution
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40158 3 Correlate actual image at angle with image presented to operator without angle
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40159 3 Between operator and sensor a world modeler, local intelligence
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40161 3 Visual display of machining, operation, remote viewing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40162 3 Sound display of machining operation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40163 3 Measuring, predictive information feedback to operator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40164 3 Fault recovery from task execution errors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40165 3 Sensor data to display depends on robot status
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40166 3 Surface display, virtual object translated into real surface, movable rods
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40167 3 Switch between simulated display of remote site, and actual display
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40168 3 Simulated display of remote site, driven by operator interaction
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40169 3 Display of actual situation at the remote site
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40171 3 Set a common coordinate system for all remotely controlled robots
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40172 3 Stop command transmission if no feedback signal received at remote site
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40173 3 Stop robot if no command received within interval
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40174 3 Robot teleoperation through internet
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40175 3 Inclination, tilt of operator seat, chair serves as control command, like handle
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40176 3 Encode operator actions into symbolic commands for transmission to remote
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40177 3 Nanomanipulation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40178 3 Distributed top, resource availability in network
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40179 3 Design of controller
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40181 3 Operator can fine position in small area, free, but if contact, force feedback
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40182 3 Master has different configuration than slave manipulator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40183 3 Tele-machining
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40184 3 Compliant teleoperation, operator controls motion, system controls contact, force
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40185 3 Decoupled coarse fine motion coordination
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40186 3 Reachability control, permits slave to reach commanded position
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40187 3 Indexed position control, master controls only small part of slave space
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40188 3 Position control with scaling, master small movement, slave large movement
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40189 3 Modes, coarse by rate controller, fine by position controller
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40191 3 Autonomous manipulation, computer assists operator during manipulation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40192 3 Control modes, velocity for coarse, position for fine, hand for gripper
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40193 3 Micromanipulation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40194 3 Force reflective, impedance shaping tele operation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40195 3 Tele-operation, computer assisted manual operation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40196 3 Projecting light on floor to delimit danger zone around robot
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40197 3 Suppress, execute command depending on physical position of control panel
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40198 3 Contact with human allowed if under pain tolerance limit
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40199 3 Soft material covers links, arms for shock and pain attenuation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40201 3 Detect contact, collision with human
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40202 3 Human robot coexistence
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40203 3 Detect position of operator, create non material barrier to protect operator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40204 3 Each fault condition has a different recovery procedure
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40205 3 Multiple arm systems
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40206 3 Redundant serial manipulators, kinematic fault tolerance
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40207 3 Parallel structured modules, more joints than DOF
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40208 3 Dual redundant actuators
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40209 3 If speed is important processors execute each different code, otherwise same code
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40211 3 Fault tolerant, if one joint, actuator fails, others take over, reconfiguration
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40212 3 Two-way clutch for joint, prevents movement in unallowable direction
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40213 3 Record history, log of instructions sent from task planner to path planner
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40214 3 Command rejection module
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40215 3 Limit link kinetic energy to amount another element can dissipate upon impact
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40216 3 Record image of working robot; display to detect errors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40217 3 Individual emergency stop lines for each part of system
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40218 3 Check conditions before allowing unlocking of joint brake
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40219 3 Detect contact, proximity of other manipulators
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40221 3 Individual and common power cutoff switch for several robots
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40222 3 Lock arm if somebody is looking into the hand
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40223 3 If insertion force to high, alarm, stop for operator assistance
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40224 3 If robot gets a return signal, go to initial condition position
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40225 3 During start up, control robot with low speed, after a while gradually higher
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40226 3 Input control signals to control system and to model, compare their outputs
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40227 3 If one access robot fails, other pushes it out of the way
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40228 3 If deviation of compliant tool is too large, stop and alarm
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40229 3 Analytical redundancy, use available funcional redundancy of model
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40231 3 Safety, dual clutched freewheel for joint, if error no movement possible
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40232 3 Lock mechanical arm if servo, cpu error, other arms remain free
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40233 3 Portable robot
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40234 3 Snake arm, flexi-digit robotic manipulator, a hand at each end
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40235 3 Parallel robot, structure
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40236 3 With opposing actuators on same joint, agonist, flexor, muscle
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40237 3 Bus for communication with sensors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40238 3 Dual arm robot, one picks up one part from conveyor as other places other part in machine
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40239 3 Common control box for several robot control boards and additional control boards
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40241 3 Underactuated robot, has less actuators than number of DOF
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40242 3 End effector with motor to provide a yaw, roll and pitch motion
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40243 3 Global positioning robot
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40244 3 Walking manipulator with integrated stewart, parallel arm
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40245 3 Gripper on crawling device, smaller than two cm
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40246 3 6-DOF 3-ppsp parallel manipulator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40247 3 Series manipulator mounted on parallel manipulator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40248 3 Manipulator on slide
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40249 3 Whole arm manipulator, grip object not with end effector but with all links
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40251 3 Ghdrs generalized high dimensional robotic system, virtual decomposition
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40252 3 Robot on track, rail moves only back and forth
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40253 3 Soft arm robot, light, rubber, very compliant
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40254 3 Serial to parallel, branching manipulator, one macro and several parallel arms
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40255 3 End effector attached to cable for gravity balance suspension
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40256 3 Large, heavy manipulator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40257 3 Flexible macro manipulator with rigid attached micromanipulator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40258 3 Robot can be fixed in orientation and height to ground, plurality of such points
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40259 3 Set friction in each joint to optimal value
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40261 3 Self reproducing, replicating fabrication machine, tools, structure, info for this
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40262 3 Two link arm with a free, attached to base, and an active joint between links
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40263 3 Dual use mobile detachable manipulator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40264 3 Human like, type robot arm
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40265 3 Use of inflatable links, can easily be folded, compressed air for stiffness
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40266 3 Resonant manipulator, springs cooperate with latches, motor only for lost energy
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40267 3 Parallel manipulator, end effector connected to at least two independent links
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40268 3 Master attached to tip of macro manipulator, controls slave micromanipulator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40269 3 Naturally compliant robot arm
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40271 3 Underwater, submarine movable manipulator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40272 3 Manipulator on slide, track
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40273 3 Wire manipulator, crane type manipulator with three wires
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40274 3 Cebot segments are mobile manipulators, connected by manipulator arm self
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40275 3 Manipulator mounted on satellite, space manipulator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40276 3 Aqua robot manipulator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40277 3 Hybrid, connect parallel manipulators in series, Stewart truss
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40278 3 Compact, foldable manipulator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40279 3 Flexible arm, link
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40281 3 Closed kinematic loop, chain mechanisms, closed linkage systems
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40282 3 Vehicle supports manipulator and other controlled devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40283 3 Reservoir with additional material on vehicle with manipulator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40284 3 Toolrack on vehicle with manipulator, toolchanger
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40285 3 Variable geometry manipulator, camlock
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40286 3 End effector with offset arm, to carry hose to feed material
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40287 3 Workpiece manipulator and tool manipulator cooperate
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40288 3 Integrate sensor, actuator units into a virtual manipulator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40289 3 Scara for coarse movement, xy table for fine movement
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40291 3 Instead of two links, two eccentrically rotating disks for full circle working
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40292 3 Manipulator is positioned by a crane to cover a large workpiece, extended range
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40293 3 Gantry, portal
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40294 3 Portable robot can be fixed, attached to different workplaces, stations
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40295 3 Sensors at the elbow to detect obstacles
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40296 3 Second arm can be attached to first arm, modular
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40297 3 Macro manipulator and microhand, distributed positioning
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40298 3 Manipulator on vehicle, wheels, mobile
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40299 3 Holonic, made of similar modules, truss manipulator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40301 3 Scara, selective compliance assembly robot arm, links, arms in a plane
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40302 3 Dynamically reconfigurable robot, adapt structure to tasks, cellular robot, cebot
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40303 3 Arm somersaults over grid, place one hand on grid point, release other hand
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40304 3 Modular structure
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40305 3 Exoskeleton, human robot interaction, extenders
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40306 3 Two or more independent robots
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40307 3 Two, dual arm robot, arm used synchronously, or each separately, asynchronously
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40308 3 Machine, conveyor model in library contains coop robot path
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40309 3 Simulation of human hand motion
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40311 3 Real time simulation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40312 3 OOP object oriented programming for simulation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40313 3 Graphic motion simulation for ergonomic analysis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40314 3 Simulation of program locally before remote operation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40315 3 Simulation with boundary graphs
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40316 3 Simulation of human-like robot joint, restricted 3-D motion
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40317 3 For collision avoidance and detection
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40318 3 Simulation of reaction force and moment, force simulation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40319 3 Simulate contact of object and obstacle, reduce to pairs with only one contact
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40321 3 Simulation of human arm trajectories
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40322 3 Simulation with des, discrete event system
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40323 3 Modeling robot environment for sensor based robot system
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40324 3 Simulation, modeling of muscle, musculoskeletal dynamical system
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40325 3 Learn inverse kinematic model by variation, perturbation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40326 3 Singular value decomposition
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40327 3 Calculation, inverse kinematics solution using damped least squares method
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40328 3 If joint near singularity, restore angle to start values, adapt other joints
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40329 3 Semi-singularity, movement in one direction not possible, in opposite direction is possible
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40331 3 Joint angle change constraint, singularity between elbow up and down
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40332 3 Identify degenerated directions, eliminate velocity component in that direction
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40333 3 Singularity, at least one movement not possible, kinematic redundancy
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40334 3 By fuzzy logic supervisor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40335 3 By probability distribution functions pdf
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40336 3 Optimize multiple constraints or subtasks
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40337 3 Maximum distance criterium
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40338 3 Task priority redundancy
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40339 3 Avoid collision
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40341 3 Minimize energy
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40342 3 Minimize sum of gravitational torques of some joints
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40343 3 Optimize local torque
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40344 3 Configuration index, control, limits of joint movement
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40345 3 Minor measure
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40346 3 Compatibility index
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40347 3 Optimize manipulator velocity ratio function
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40348 3 Optimize condition number
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40349 3 Optimize manipulability measure function
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40351 3 Cooperation of hand arm, break down into two subsystems
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40352 3 Combination of priority, basic task, tip position, and task for link movement
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40353 3 Split robot into two virtual robot, origin of second equals tip of first
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40354 3 Singularity detection
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40355 3 Geometric, task independent
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40356 3 Kinetic energy, content and distribution
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40357 3 Compliance, design and operational issues
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40358 3 Inertial, from dynamic models
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40359 3 Constraint, physical limitations
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40361 3 Category of performance criteria
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40362 3 Elbow high or low, avoid obstacle collision with redundancy control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40363 3 Two independent paths planned, interpolations for same robot, e.g. wrist and TCP
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40364 3 Position of robot platform as additional task
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40365 3 Configuration control, select other tasks by configuration of link positions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40366 3 Elbow reaches its target position before the end effector
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40367 3 Redundant manipulator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40368 3 Multipoint impedance control, redundant manipulator can touch several obstacles
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40369 3 Generate all possible arm postures associated with end effector position
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40371 3 Control trajectory to avoid joint limit as well as obstacle collision
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40372 3 Control end effector impedance
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40373 3 Control of trajectory in case of a limb, joint disturbation, failure
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40374 3 Control trajectory in case of distortion of visual input
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40375 3 Control trajectory in case of changed tool length
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40376 3 Moving center of mass and end effector for dynamic task of lifting heavy weight
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40377 3 Impact force on stationary end effector, move center of mass, no reaction to base
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40378 3 Keep center of mass fixed, no counterweight, no reaction on base
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40379 3 Manipulability
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40381 3 Control trajectory in case of joint limit, clamping of joint
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40382 3 Limit allowable area where robot can be teached
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40383 3 Correction, modification program by detection type workpiece
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40384 3 Optimize teached path by data acquisition followed by genetic algorithm
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40385 3 Compare offline teached point with online teached point, modify rest as function of error
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40386 3 Search around teached point until operation has succes, correct program
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40387 3 Modify without repeating teaching operation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40388 3 Two channels between robot and teaching panel, rs232c and video
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40389 3 Use robot control language also to write non robotic user, application programs
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40391 3 Human to robot skill transfer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40392 3 Programming, visual robot programming language
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40393 3 Learn natural high level command, associate its template with a plan, sequence
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40394 3 Combine offline with online information to generate robot actions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40395 3 Compose movement with primitive movement segments from database
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40396 3 Intermediate code for robots, bridge, conversion to controller
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40397 3 Programming language for robots, universal, user oriented
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40398 3 Opto-electronic follow-up of movement of head, eyelids, finger to control robot
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40399 3 Selection of master-slave operation mode
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40401 3 Convert workspace of master to workspace of slave
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40402 3 Control button on master for quick movement, for fine slow movement
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40403 3 Master for walk through, slave uses data for motion control and simulation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40404 3 Separate master controls macro and microslave manipulator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40405 3 Master slave position control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40406 3 Master slave rate control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40407 3 Master slave, master is replica of slave
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40408 3 Intention learning
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40409 3 Robot brings object near operator, operator places object in correct position
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40411 3 Robot assists human in non-industrial environment like home or office
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40412 3 Sensor knowledge command fusion network, data and feature and action and constraint
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40413 3 Robot has multisensors surrounding operator, to understand intention of operator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40414 3 Man robot interface, exchange of information between operator and robot
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40415 3 Semi active robot, cobot, guides surgeon, operator to planned trajectory, constraint
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40416 3 Planning for variable length tool, laser beam as tool
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40417 3 For cooperating manipulators
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40418 3 Presurgical planning, on screen indicate regions to be operated on
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40419 3 Task, motion planning of objects in contact, task level programming, not robot level
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40421 3 Motion planning for manipulator handling sheet metal profiles
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40422 3 Force controlled velocity motion planning, adaptive
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40423 3 Map task space to sensor space
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40424 3 Online motion planning, in real time, use vision to detect workspace changes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40425 3 Sensing, vision based motion planning
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40426 3 Adaptive trajectory planning as function of force on end effector, bucket
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40427 3 Integrate sensing and action in planning
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40428 3 Using rapidly exploring random trees algorithm RRT-algorithm
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40429 3 Stochastic, probabilistic generation of intermediate points
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40431 3 Grid of preoptimised paths as function of target position, choose closest, fine adapt
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40432 3 Pass states by weighted transitions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40433 3 Distributed, trajectory planning for each virtual arm
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40434 3 Decompose in motion planning for swarm of robots and motion planning for object to be transported
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40435 3 Extract minimum number of via points from a trajectory
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40436 3 Distributed search of attainable positions, parallel computed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40437 3 Local, directly search robot workspace
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40438 3 Global, compute free configuration space, connectivity graph is then searched
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40439 3 Feasible map algorithm
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40441 3 Probabilistic backprojection
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40442 3 Voxel map, 3-D grid map
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40443 3 Conditional and iterative planning
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40444 3 Hierarchical planning, in levels
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40445 3 Decompose n-dimension with n-links into smaller m-dimension with m-1-links
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40446 3 Graph based
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40447 3 Bitmap based
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40448 3 Preprocess nodes with arm configurations, c-space and planning by connecting nodes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40449 3 Continuous, smooth robot motion
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40451 3 Closest, nearest arm, robot executes task, minimum travel time
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40452 3 Evaluation function derived from skilled, experimented operator data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40453 3 Maximum torque for each axis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40454 3 Max velocity, acceleration limit for workpiece and arm jerk rate as constraints
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40455 3 Proximity of obstacles
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40456 3 End effector orientation error
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40457 3 End effector position error
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40458 3 Grid adaptive optimization
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40459 3 Minimum torque change model
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40461 3 Plan for even distribution of motor load of joints
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40462 3 Constant consumed energy, regenerate acceleration energy during deceleration
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40463 3 Shortest distance in time, or metric, time optimal
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40464 3 Minimum relative velocities
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40465 3 Criteria is lowest cost function, minimum work path
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40466 3 Plan for minimum time trajectory, at least one joint maximum torque
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40467 3 Virtual springs, impedance method
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40468 3 Using polytree intersection method
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40469 3 Using fuzzy logic performance, distances are fuzzy, very close to very far
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40471 3 Using gradient method
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40472 3 Using exact cell decomposition
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40473 3 Using genetic algorithm GA
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40474 3 Using potential fields
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40475 3 In presence of moving obstacles, dynamic environment
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40476 3 Collision, planning for collision free path
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40477 3 Plan path independent from obstacles, then correction for obstacles
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40478 3 Graphic display of work area of robot, forbidden, permitted zone
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40479 3 Use graphic display, layout of robot path, obstacles to indicate interference
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40481 3 Search pattern according to type of assembly to be performed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40482 3 Before assembly arrange parts
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40483 3 Find possible contacts
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40484 3 Using several tethered motors, attached to powersupply cable, move over surface
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40485 3 Generate goal regions in presence of uncertainty, interference
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40486 3 If physical limitation, execute regrasping steps
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40487 3 Sensing to task planning to assembly execution, integration, automatic
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40488 3 Coarse and fine motion planning combined
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40489 3 Assembly, polyhedra in contact
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40491 3 Gravity stable assembly, upper part cannot fall apart
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40492 3 Model manipulator by spheres for collision avoidance
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40493 3 Task to parameter designer, adapts parameters of impedance model as function of sensors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40494 3 Neural network for object trajectory prediction, fuzzy for robot path
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40495 3 Inverse kinematics model controls trajectory planning and servo system
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40496 3 Hierarchical, learning, recognition level controls adaptation, servo level
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40497 3 Collision monitor controls planner in real time to replan if collision
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40498 3 Architecture, integration of planner and motion controller
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40499 3 Reinforcement learning algorithm
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40501 3 Using sub goal method of options for semi optimal path planning
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40502 3 Configuration metrics
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40503 3 Input design parameters of workpiece into path, trajectory planner
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40504 3 Simultaneous trajectory and camera planning
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40505 3 Adaptive posture planning as function of large forces
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40506 3 Self motion topology knowledge, configuration mapping
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40507 3 Distributed planning, offline trajectory, online motion, avoid collision
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40508 3 Fuzzy identification of motion plans executed by operator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40509 3 Piano moving model
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40511 3 Trajectory optimization, coarse for arm, medium for wrist, fine for finger
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40512 3 Real time path planning, trajectory generation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40513 3 Planning of vehicle and of its manipulator arm
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40514 3 Computed robot optimized configurations to train ann, output path in real time
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40515 3 Integration of simulation and planning
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40516 3 Replanning
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40517 3 Constraint motion planning, variational dynamic programming
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40518 3 Motion and task planning
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40519 3 Motion, trajectory planning
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40521 3 Alternative, allowable path substitution if arm movements not possible
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40522 3 Display of workpiece, workspace, locus of robot tip in different planes, xy xz yz
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40523 3 Path motion planning, path in space followed by tip of robot
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40524 3 Replace link, joint, structure by stewart platform to model flexibility
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40525 3 Modeling only part of links or modules
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40526 3 Modeling of links for each possible error or only certain error
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40527 3 Modeling, identification of link parameters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40528 3 Ann for learning robot contact surface shape
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40529 3 Neural network based on distance between patterns
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40531 3 Ann for voice recognition
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40532 3 Ann for vision processing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40533 3 Generate derivative, change of vibration error
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40534 3 Generate derivative, change of position error
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40535 3 Selective perception, retain only information needed for special task
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40536 3 Signal processing for sensors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40537 3 Detect if robot has picked up more than one piece from bin; interlocked parts
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40538 3 Barcode reader to detect position
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40539 3 Edge detection from tactile information
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40541 3 Identification of contact formation, state from several force measurements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40542 3 Object dimension
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40543 3 Identification and location, position of components, objects
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40544 3 Detect proximity of object
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40545 3 Relative position of wrist with respect to end effector spatial configuration
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40546 3 Motion of object
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40547 3 End effector position using accelerometers in tip
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40548 3 Compare measured distances to obstacle with model of environment
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40549 3 Acceleration of end effector
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40551 3 Friction estimation for grasp
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40552 3 Joint limit
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40553 3 Haptic object recognition
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40554 3 Object recognition to track object on conveyor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40555 3 Orientation and distance
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40556 3 Multisensor to detect contact errors in assembly
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40557 3 Tracking a tool, compute 3-D position relative to camera
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40558 3 Derive hand position angle from sensed process variable, like waveform
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40559 3 Collision between hand and workpiece, operator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40561 3 Contactpoint between sensor surface and the normal, geometric probing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40562 3 Position and orientation of end effector, teach probe, track them
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40563 3 Object detection
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40564 3 Recognize shape, contour of object, extract position and orientation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40565 3 Detect features of object, not position or orientation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40566 3 Measuring, determine axis of revolution surface by tactile sensing, orientation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40567 3 Purpose, workpiece slip sensing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40568 3 Position and force and skin acceleration and stress rate sensors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40569 3 Force and tactile and proximity sensor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40571 3 Camera, vision combined with force sensor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40572 3 Camera combined with position sensor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40573 3 Isee integrated sensor, end effector, camera, proximity, gas, temperature, force
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40574 3 Laserscanner combined with tactile sensors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40575 3 Camera combined with tactile sensors, for 3-D
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40576 3 Multisensory object recognition, surface reconstruction
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40577 3 Multisensor object recognition
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40578 3 Impedance, mechanical impedance measurement
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40579 3 Mechanical impedance, from motor current and estimated velocity
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40581 3 Touch sensing, arc sensing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40582 3 Force sensor in robot fixture, base
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40583 3 Detect relative position or orientation between gripper and currently handled object
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40584 3 Camera, non-contact sensor mounted on wrist, indep from gripper
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40585 3 Chemical, biological sensors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40586 3 6-DOF force sensor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40587 3 Measure force indirectly by using deviation in position
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40588 3 Three laser scanners project beam on photodiodes on end effector
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40589 3 Recognize shape, contour of tool
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40591 3 At least three cameras, for tracking, general overview and underview
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40592 3 Two virtual infrared range sensors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40593 3 Push object and hold, detect moved distance
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40594 3 Two range sensors for recognizing 3-D objects
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40595 3 Camera to monitor deviation of each joint, due to bending of link
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40596 3 Encoder in each joint
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40597 3 Measure, calculate angular momentum, gyro of rotating body at end effector
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40598 3 Measure velocity, speed of end effector
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40599 3 Force, torque sensor integrated in joint
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40601 3 Reference sensors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40602 3 Robot control test platform
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40603 3 Infrared stimulated ultrasonic button on end effector, two fixed receivers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40604 3 Two camera, global vision camera, end effector neighbourhood vision camera
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40605 3 Two cameras, each on a different end effector to measure relative position
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40606 3 Force, torque sensor in finger
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40607 3 Fixed camera to observe workspace, object, workpiece, global
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40608 3 Camera rotates around end effector, no calibration needed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40609 3 Camera to monitor end effector as well as object to be handled
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40611 3 Camera to monitor endpoint, end effector position
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40612 3 6-DOF ultrasonic or infrared external measurement
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40613 3 Camera, laser scanner on end effector, hand eye manipulator, local
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40614 3 Whole arm proximity sensor WHAP
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40615 3 Integrate sensor placement, configuration with vision tracking
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40616 3 Sensor planning, sensor configuration, parameters as function of task
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40617 3 Agile eye, control position of camera, active vision, pan-tilt camera, follow object
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40618 3 Measure gripping force offline, calibrate gripper for gripping force
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40619 3 Haptic, combination of tactile and proprioceptive sensing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40621 3 Triangulation sensor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40622 3 Detect orientation of workpiece during movement of end effector
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40623 3 Track position of end effector by laser beam
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40624 3 Optical beam area sensor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40625 3 Tactile sensor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40626 3 Proprioceptive, detect relative link position, form object from hand contact
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40627 3 Tactile image sensor, matrix, array of tactile elements, tixels
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40628 3 Progressive constraints
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/40629 3 Manipulation planning, consider manipulation task, path, grasping
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41 2 Servomotor, servo controller till figures
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41001 3 Servo problems
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41002 3 Servo amplifier
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41003 3 Control power amplifier with data on data bus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41004 3 Selection gain according to selection of speed or positioning mode
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41005 3 Update servo gain not for each microprocessor cycle, but after a certain displacement
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41006 3 Change gain as function of speed and position
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41007 3 Select gain as function of gear ratio
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41008 3 Speed gain high, position gain low in speed mode and inverse in position mode
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41009 3 Sum output of amplifiers with different gains
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41011 3 Adapt gain as function of followup error, model can be used
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41012 3 Adjust feedforward gain
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41013 3 Lower gain in high frequency region
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41014 3 Cubic raise of gain until friction overcome, then linear raise
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41015 3 Adjust position and speed gain of different axis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41016 3 Adjust gain to maintain operating bandwith for guaranteed servo performance
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41017 3 High gain in narrow band of frequencies centered around frequency of rotation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41018 3 High gain for motor control during acceleration, low during deceleration
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41019 3 Measure time needed from first to second speed, to adapt gain to aging condition
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41021 3 Variable gain
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41022 3 Small gain for small movements, large gain for large movements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41023 3 Large pd gain initially switched to smaller pd gain afterwards
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41024 3 High gain for low command speed, torque or position error equals or near zero
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41025 3 Detect oscillation, unstability of servo and change gain to stabilize again
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41026 3 Change gain as function of speed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41027 3 Control signal exponentially to error
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41028 3 Select gain with memory, rom table
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41029 3 Adjust gain as function of position error and position
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41031 3 Raise gain at zero speed until position error or speed is zero, then normal gain
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41032 3 Backlash
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41033 3 Constant counter torque
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41034 3 Two motors driven in opposite direction to take up backlash
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41035 3 Voltage injection
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41036 3 Position error in memory, lookup table for correction actual position
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41037 3 With computer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41038 3 Compensation pulses
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41039 3 Change compensation slowly, gradually, smooth error with filter
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41041 3 Compensation pulses as function of direction movement
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41042 3 Switch between rapid, quick feed and cut, slow workspeed feed backlash
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41043 3 Memory table with motor current and corresponding correction for lost motion
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41044 3 For several transducers a table, select table as function of transducer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41045 3 For several modes and feed speeds, a table, registers for several backlash
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41046 3 Ffw compensation using adaptive inverse backlash model
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41047 3 Recirculating ballnut, ballscrew, preloaded bearing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41048 3 Relieve backlash by stepping back a little and verify position
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41049 3 Block position pulses until movement detected, automatic compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41051 3 Detect end of lost motion by detecting changing current
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41052 3 By detecting change of velocity
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41053 3 How to integrate position error, add to speed loop
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41054 3 Using neural network techniques
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41055 3 Kind of compensation such as pitch error compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41056 3 Compensation for changing stiffness, deformation of workpiece
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41057 3 Stiffness, deformation of slide, drive
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41058 3 For deformation of screw
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41059 3 Play in gear, screw backlash, lost motion
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41061 3 Backlash for linear deviations
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41062 3 Compensation for two, three axis at the same time, crosscoupling
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41063 3 Lineary distributing pitch error over interpolated distance, add pulses, smoothing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41064 3 Reference screw, simulation axis, electronic simulated axis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41065 3 Resolver or inductosyn correction
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41066 3 Keep nut at constant distance from screw
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41067 3 Correction screw
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41068 3 Measuring and feedback
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41069 3 With cam
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41071 3 Backlash for non orthogonal axis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41072 3 Cam transmits movement to resolver
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41073 3 Tuning potentiometers and programming them
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41074 3 Learn, calibrate at start for indetermined position, drive until movement
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41075 3 Calibrate at start if new screw or slide has been installed, new lookup table
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41076 3 For each replacement of a movable part, reload pitch error correction
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41077 3 Self tuning, test run, detect, compute optimal backlash, deformation compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41078 3 Backlash acceleration compensation when inversing, reversing direction
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41079 3 Cross coupled backlash for two other axis on reversing third axis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41081 3 Approach position from same direction
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41082 3 Timer, speed integration to control duration of backlash correction
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41083 3 Upon reversing direction, lower, change gain
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41084 3 Compensation speed axis with changing, reversing direction, quadrant circle
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41085 3 Compensation pulses on inversion of direction of rotation, movement
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41086 3 Bang bang control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41087 3 Determine switch point
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41088 3 If error too large, switch over to signal identification and servo correction
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41089 3 Align, calibrate control so that one pulse or signal represents certain movement
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41091 3 Alignment, zeroing, nulling, set parallel to axis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41092 3 References, calibration positions for correction of value position counter
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41093 3 By injection of sinusoidal signal, superposed on reference
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41094 3 Removable interferometer, store exact position, needed drive current, temperature
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41095 3 References, calibration positions to adapt gain of servo
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41096 3 For several positions store dead zone in memory
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41097 3 Align stepping motor with driven valve
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41098 3 Automatic recalibration
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41099 3 Calibration by going to two extremes, limits, counting pulses, storing values
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41101 3 Stop, halt step, ac motor on certain excitation phase, after sensing a reference
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41102 3 Analog comparator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41103 3 One comparator for both speed and position feedback
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41104 3 Start fine position after coarse position stopped
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41105 3 Coarse fine
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41106 3 Coarse fine take over, transition, switch over
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41107 3 Coarse by hydraulic cylinder, fine by step motor superposed on piston
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41108 3 Controlled parameter such as gas mass flow rate
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41109 3 Drilling rate, feed rate
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41111 3 Vertical position and orientation with respect to vertical
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41112 3 Control parameter such as motor controlled by a torque signal
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41113 3 Compensation for path radius
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41114 3 Compensation for gravity, counter balance gravity
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41115 3 Compensation periodical disturbance, like chatter, non-circular workpiece
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41116 3 Compensation for instability
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41117 3 Cancel vibration during positioning of slide
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41118 3 Drift-compensation for servo, anti-hunt
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41119 3 Servo error compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41121 3 Eliminating oscillations, hunting motor, actuator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41122 3 Mechanical vibrations in servo, antihunt also safety, stray pulses, jitter
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41123 3 Correction inertia of servo
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41124 3 Nonlinear compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41125 3 Compensate position as function of phase lag of drive motor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41126 3 Compensation for current ripple of drive or transducer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41127 3 Compensation for temperature variations of servo
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41128 3 Compensate vibration beam, gantry, feedback of speed of non driven end
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41129 3 Force compensation for non linearity of system
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41131 3 Enter manually a compensation, correction for a better positioning
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41132 3 Motor ripple compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41133 3 Compensation non linear transfer function
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41134 3 Ann compensates output of pd controller
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41135 3 Avoid stray pulses, jitter, use two d-flipflops, or integrate pulse duration
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41136 3 Compensation of position for slip of ac motor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41137 3 Torque compensation for levitation effect of motor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41138 3 Torque compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41139 3 Compensate dynamic deflection of slide, calculated with position, speed, torque deflection values
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41141 3 Position error compensation as function of speed to compensate detection delay
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41142 3 Compensation of servocontrol signals as function of changing supply voltage
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41143 3 Compensation of dynamic characteristic of actuator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41144 3 Element used such as low pass filter to cut resonance at non needed regions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41145 3 Digital filter for compensation of servo loop
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41146 3 Kalman filter
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41147 3 Exponential filter
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41148 3 Model, from position, speed, acceleration derive compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41149 3 Zero phase filter
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41151 3 Finite impulse response filter
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41152 3 Adaptive filter
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41153 3 Infinite impulse response filter
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41154 3 Friction, compensation for friction
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41155 3 During reversing, inversing rotation, movement
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41156 3 Injection of vibration anti-stick, against static friction, dither, stiction
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41157 3 Compensation as function of speed and acceleration
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41158 3 Use of pwm signal against friction
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41159 3 Two step command, reference and dead zone value forward, then dead zone reverse
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41161 3 Adaptive friction compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41162 3 Large gain at start to overcome friction, then low gain
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41163 3 Adapt gain to friction, weight, inertia
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41164 3 How to compensate, for example by injecting compensation signal in comparator of normal loop
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41165 3 Compensation corrected by second servo independent from main servo
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41166 3 Adaptive filter frequency as function of oscillation, rigidity, inertia load
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41167 3 Control path independent of load
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41168 3 Compensate position error by shifting projected image electronically
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41169 3 Parallel compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41171 3 Different compensation for left and right movement
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41172 3 Adapt coefficients of compensator to bring system into phase margin
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41173 3 Delay of compensation output signal as function of sampling and computation time
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41174 3 Compensator in feedback loop
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41175 3 Derivative compensation for speed loop, added or substracted to speed reference
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41176 3 Compensation control, position error with data from lookup memory
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41177 3 Repetitive control, adaptive, previous error during actual positioning
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41178 3 Serial precompensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41179 3 PI precompensation for speed loop
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41181 3 PID precompensation for position loop
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41182 3 PI precompensation for position loop
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41183 3 Compensation of lag during standstill
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41184 3 Compensation of lag during constant speed movement
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41185 3 Send reference data in inverse order to model, filter to get inverted phase
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41186 3 Lag
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41187 3 Inverse, reciprocal filter, transfer function, reduce lag in contouring
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41188 3 Compensate position error between two different axis as function of type of transducer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41189 3 Several axis, compensation for load for several axis at the same time
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41191 3 Cancel vibration by positioning two slides, opposite acceleration
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41192 3 Compensation for different response times, delay of axis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41193 3 Active damping of tool vibrations by cross coupling
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41194 3 Axis error, one axis is corrected on other axis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41195 3 Cross coupled feedback, position change one axis effects control of other
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41196 3 Adaptive prefiltering
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41197 3 Adaptive postfiltering
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41198 3 Fuzzy precompensation of pid, pd
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41199 3 Feedforward compensation of pid
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41201 3 Fuzzy compensation of statecontroller
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41202 3 Structure, compensation circuit after comparator in loop
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41203 3 Lead-phase compensation, lag-phase compensation servo
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41204 3 Compensation circuit for input, reference, before comparator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41205 3 Compensation circuit in speed feedback loop
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41206 3 Lookup table, memory with certain relationships
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41207 3 Lookup table with position command, deviation and correction value
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41208 3 Lookup table for load, motor torque as function of actual position error
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41209 3 Lookup table with compensation as function of reference and feedback value
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41211 3 For surface deviations from reference surface
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41212 3 Gains for pid compensator as function of xy position
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41213 3 Lookup table for load, motor torque as function of actual position
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41214 3 Lookup table for current as function of actual position
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41215 3 Lookup table for speed as function of actual position error
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41216 3 Two lookup tables, for forward and reverse movement
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41217 3 Command preshape, guidance, reference for better dynamic response, forcing feedforward
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41218 3 Posicast, break reference into two parts, better settling time
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41219 3 To compensate path, track error, calculate, use compensated reference
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41221 3 Fuzzy shaping
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41222 3 Modified command filtering
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41223 3 Ann shaping, objective position, trajectory is shaped by ann
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41224 3 Shaping a bang-bang input
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41225 3 Profile generator for reference and for feedforward torque
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41226 3 Zero vibration and zero derivative input shaper ZVD
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41227 3 Extra insensitive input shaper, some vibration allowed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41228 3 Frequency of commutation updates depends on motor speed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41229 3 Adding a vibration, noise signal to reference signal of position, speed or acceleration
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41231 3 Using impulse shaping filter
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41232 3 Notch filter
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41233 3 Feedforward simulation filter, with model
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41234 3 Design, modeling of position controller
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41235 3 Design, modeling of motion controller
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41236 3 Use of sfc sequential function charts for specification
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41237 3 Use of petrinets for verification, simulation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41238 3 Design with control bandwidth beyond lowest natural frequency
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41239 3 Lyapunov direct controller design
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41241 3 Anti-coincidence, synchronizer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41242 3 Pulse height modulation PHM
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41243 3 Prevent, detect overflow of counter
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41244 3 Dead band, zone
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41245 3 Discrimination of direction
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41246 3 Modulate command according to hystereris so that ideal curve is followed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41247 3 Servo lock
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41248 3 Adapting characteristics of servo
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41249 3 Several slides along one axis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41251 3 Servo with spring, resilient, elastic element, twist
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41252 3 Avoid housing vibration, slide and auxiliary slide controlled with opposite phase
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41253 3 From measured signature, select in database corresponding servo valve type
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41254 3 Avoid cumulative measuring, calculation errors, sum remainder
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41255 3 Mode switch, select independent or dependent control of axis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41256 3 Chattering control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41257 3 Display of gain
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41258 3 Single position detector for plural motors driving a single load
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41259 3 Coupling, clutch
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41261 3 Flexible coupling between carriage, slide and actuator, motor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41262 3 Binary summing of motions, by stacking or using levers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41263 3 Switch control mode of spindle drive as function of contouring, spindle orientation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41264 3 Driven by two motors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41265 3 To avoid backlash
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41266 3 Coupling, clutch and brake unit
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41267 3 Servo loop with stepping motor, see figure SE-twelve
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41268 3 Two cascade slides controlled in opposite direction to avoid local wear
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41269 3 Ballscrew and ball spline nut driven synchronously or independently
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41271 3 Drive in two directions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41272 3 Driven by two stepmotors with different resonance frequency
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41273 3 Hydraulic
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41274 3 Flywheel as power buffer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41275 3 Two axis, x y motors controlled simultaneous, no contouring, quick move at 45-degrees
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41276 3 Displacement as function of width, amplitude pulse to motor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41277 3 Separation of position drive controller and motor amplifiers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41278 3 Two current amplifiers, pumps for each direction of displacement, pushpull
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41279 3 Brake
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41281 3 Hydraulic actuated brake
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41282 3 Magnetic brake
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41283 3 Brake force does not load index axis, better positioning
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41284 3 Brake by applying dc to ac motor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41285 3 Dynamic brake of ac, dc motor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41286 3 Brake motor before reversing motor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41287 3 Mechanical self braking
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41288 3 Two brakes, one on motor axis, other on drive axis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41289 3 Motor direction controlled by relays
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41291 3 Before switching relay, series semiconductor diminishes current to zero
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41292 3 H-bridge, diagonal pairs of semiconductors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41293 3 Inverter, dc-to-ac
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41294 3 Dc-to-ac converter
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41295 3 Ac-to-ac converter frequency controlled
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41296 3 Two data lines; one for drive controllers, other to communicate with central unit
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41297 3 For cancelling magnetic field leakage generated by, e.g. voice coil motor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41298 3 Stepping motor and control valve and power cylinder and mechanical feedback
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41299 3 Pneumatic drive, pressure controlled bellow extension
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41301 3 Pilot valve, linear fluid control valve and power cylinder
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41302 3 On off fluid valve and power cylinder
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41303 3 Flow rate valve controls speed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41304 3 Pneumatic
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41305 3 Bypass fluid flow, block it from motor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41306 3 Control valve with counteracting control pulses
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41307 3 Motor drives hydraulic pump in direction needed for power cylinder
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41308 3 Bellow formed by for linear actuators, each pressure controlled by motor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41309 3 Hydraulic or pneumatic drive
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41311 3 Pilot valve with feedback of position
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41312 3 Metering piston between switch to fluid supply and switch to power cylinder
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41313 3 Electro rheological fluid actuator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41314 3 Electro rheological valve controls cylinder
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41315 3 Feedback of position of pilot valve and of power cylinder
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41316 3 Piezo valve
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41317 3 Stepping motor and control valve and power cylinder
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41318 3 Electro hydraulic drive, electric motor drives hydraulic actuator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41319 3 Ac, induction motor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41321 3 Brushless dc motor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41322 3 Vector, field oriented controlled motor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41323 3 Permanent magnetic synchronous actuator, motor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41324 3 Modular servo drive, simo drive
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41325 3 Linear electric actuator for position combined with pneumatic actuator for force
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41326 3 Step motor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41327 3 Linear induction motor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41328 3 Direct motor drive
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41329 3 Dc motor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41331 3 Galvano driver
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41332 3 Electromagnet driven core, position of core controlled
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41333 3 Non linear solenoid actuator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41334 3 Electrostatic levitator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41335 3 Reluctance motor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41336 3 Voltage and frequency controlled ac motor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41337 3 Linear drive motor, voice coil
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41338 3 High torque, low inertia motor, printed circuit motor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41339 3 Using, switch reluctance or asynchronous motor in, to stepping mode motor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41341 3 Ultrasonic motor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41342 3 Shape memory metal actuator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41343 3 Magnetostrictive motor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41344 3 Piezo, electrostrictive linear drive
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41345 3 Micropositioner
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41346 3 Micropositioner in x, y and theta
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41347 3 Piezo cycloid motor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41348 3 Hydraulic pressure block
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41349 3 6-Dof combined magnetic fluidic floating motion stage 100-micrometer cube range
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41351 3 Piezo impact force, rapid extension of small mass moves object a bit
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41352 3 Alternative clamping dilation of piezo, caterpillar motion, inchworm
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41353 3 Optical piezo electric element, light converted in movement
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41354 3 Magnetic, thermal, bimetal peltier effect displacement, positioning
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41355 3 Electro magnetic coil actuator, voice coil
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41356 3 Variable speed transmission, Van Doorne, Reeves
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41357 3 Belt
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41358 3 Transmission, variable gear ratio
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41359 3 Gearbox
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41361 3 Differential
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41362 3 Registration, display of servo error
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41363 3 Excess in error, error too large, follow up error
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41364 3 Excess in error for speed, follow up error for speed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41365 3 Servo error converted to frequency
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41366 3 Linearization of embedded position signals
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41367 3 Estimator, state observer, space state controller
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41368 3 Disturbance observer, inject disturbance, adapt controller to resulting effect
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41369 3 Two estimators
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41371 3 Force estimation using velocity observer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41372 3 Force estimator using disturbance estimator observer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41373 3 Observe position and driving signal, estimate disturbance and speed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41374 3 Observe position and driving signal, predict, estimate disturbance signal
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41375 3 Observe speed and select torque as function of position reference, to compensate torque
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41376 3 Tool wear, flank and crater, estimation from cutting force
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41377 3 Estimate cutting torque in real time
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41378 3 Estimate torque as function of speed, voltage and current
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41379 3 Estimate torque from command torque and measured speed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41381 3 Torque disturbance observer to estimate inertia
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41382 3 Observe position from encoder, estimate speed with ann
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41383 3 Observe current, voltage, derive position
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41384 3 Force estimation using position observer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41385 3 Observe position from encoder, estimate speed, position with kalman filter
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41386 3 System identifier adapts coefficients tables for state and observer controller
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41387 3 Observe reference torque, position and feedback position, estimate contact force
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41388 3 Observe input torque and feedback position, estimate reaction torque
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41389 3 Estimate torque from command torque and feedback acceleration
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41391 3 Flux observer, flux estimated from current and voltage
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41392 3 Observer for each axis, link, freedom, gives greater speed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41393 3 Synchronize observer with pulse from encoder
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41394 3 Estimate speed and position error from motor current, torque
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41395 3 Observe actual position to estimate compensation torque
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41396 3 Estimate acceleration from three phase current values
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41397 3 Estimate voltage control signal as function of voltage control signal and position error
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41398 3 Estimate twist between motor and load, observe motor position and speed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41399 3 Reduced order estimator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41401 3 Estimate position from max and min speeds in open loop
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41402 3 Observe speed and driving signal, estimate speed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41403 3 Machine deformation estimator as function of commanded position
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41404 3 Hysteresis, bang bang feedback of velocity
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41405 3 Inverse kinematic, dynamic
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41406 3 LQR linear quadratic regulator to calculate gain for several known variables
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41407 3 Master changes resistor, slave restores value in order to follow master
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41408 3 Control of jerk, change of acceleration
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41409 3 Update position feedback during speed control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41411 3 Avoid integrator wind-up, saturation actuator by dead zone feedback for integral
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41412 3 Bandwidth of velocity loop is just below natural frequency of drive support
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41413 3 Forward kinematics
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41414 3 Time delay control, estimate non linear dynamics, correct with time delayed input
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41415 3 Lookup table for nonlinear function synthesis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41416 3 Feedback signal is doubled, reference signal is doubled plus one
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41417 3 Correction signal is different as function of sign of error
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41418 3 Select feedback signal between detected position of motor and of driven load
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41419 3 Resolution of feedback of incremental position decreases with velocity speed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41421 3 Eliminate, diminish delay in feedback speed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41422 3 Correction stored position while motor, power off, drive - encoder not connected
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41423 3 Noise filter as function of rate of displacement, speed, for stabilisation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41424 3 Select a controller as function of large or small error
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41425 3 Feedforward of acceleration
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41426 3 Feedforward of torque
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41427 3 Feedforward of position
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41428 3 Feedforward of position and speed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41429 3 Mean value of previous feedforward values
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41431 3 Delay position command as function of calculation time for feedforward, or order of system
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41432 3 Feedforward of current
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41433 3 Advance feedforward as function of delay rising torque, for large acceleration changes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41434 3 Feedforward FFW
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41435 3 Adapt coefficients, parameters of feedforward
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41436 3 Feedforward of speed and acceleration
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41437 3 Feedforward of speed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41438 3 Feedforward of speed only during deceleration
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41439 3 Position error ffw for compensation of speed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41441 3 Position reference ffw for compensation speed reference and speed error
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41442 3 Position reference ffw for compensation speed reference
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41443 3 Position reference ffw for compensation of position
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41444 3 Speed reference ffw for compensation of speed error
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41445 3 Ffw of position and speed error to compensate torque
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41446 3 Position reference acceleration ffw for torque compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41447 3 Position generates force ffw combined with position error
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41448 3 Ffw friction compensation for speed error, derived from position reference
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41449 3 Speed reference and derived position ffw to compensate delay of position control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41451 3 Ffw tracking controller
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41452 3 Position reference ffw for speed error compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41453 3 Inverse, feedforward controller is inverse of closed loop system
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41454 3 Zero phase error tracking controller zpec
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41455 3 Servo loop with absolute digital comparator, see figure SE-one
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41456 3 Servo loop with switch between difference of counter OR absolute digital comparator, see figure SE-two
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41457 3 Superposition of movement
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41458 3 Servo loop with phase counter and phase discriminator, see figure SE-four
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41459 3 Time counter and phase discriminator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41461 3 Phase counter and phase discriminator, phase locked motion
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41462 3 Servo loop with position and reference counter, see figure SE-seven
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41463 3 Servo loop with angle comparator and angle comparator predictor, see figure SE-eight
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41464 3 Servo loop with position decoder, see figure SE-nine
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41465 3 Servo loop with phase comparator, see figure SE-ten
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41466 3 Servo loop with oscillator, see figure SE-eleven
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41467 3 Servo loop with coicindence detector, see figure SE-thirteen
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41468 3 Servo loop with adder, see figure SE-fourteen
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41469 3 Servo loop with counter, see figure SE-fifteen
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41471 3 Servo loop with u-down counter, see figure SE-sixteen
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41472 3 Servo loop with position error indicates speed step value
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41473 3 Servo loop with position and speed loop, problems of speed loop
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41474 3 Servo loop with absolute digital position sensor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41475 3 Servo loop with absolute digital position sensor for continuous path control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41476 3 Servo loop with analog position sensor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41477 3 Servo loop with analog position sensor for continuous path control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41478 3 Servo loop with combination of analog and digital sensor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41479 3 Servo loop with position loop
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/41481 3 Divide command, block in subcommands, subblocks
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42 2 Servomotor, servo controller kind till VSS
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42001 3 Statistical process control spc
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42002 3 Proportional
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42003 3 Three point, hysteresis comparator, controller
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42004 3 PD proportional derivative
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42005 3 Disturbance decoupling, rejection, suppression
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42006 3 Digital event dynamic system control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42007 3 Nonlinear PD
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42008 3 P regulator for position loop
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42009 3 I regulator for speed loop
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42011 3 PI regulator for speed loop
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42012 3 H-infinite controller
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42013 3 Two pd controllers, one for coarse, one for fine motion
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42014 3 Pseudo derivative control with feedforward of gain
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42015 3 P integrator, look at past periodic errors, fading memory, repetitive controller
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42016 3 Dynamic impedance control, load does not influence speed, force, position
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42017 3 Mimo controller with many inputs and outputs
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42018 3 Pid learning controller, gains adapted as function of previous error
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42019 3 Pi for position controller
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42021 3 Pi for current loop
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42022 3 Three point, hysteresis controller with variable hysteresis as function of error
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42023 3 Non linear pi
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42024 3 Stage controller, zpec and fuzzy smc and compensation controller
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42025 3 Pidaf, pid with acceleration and friction compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42026 3 Pi position controller and fuzzy logic speed controller
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42027 3 Flsps frequency locked steeping position control servo
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42028 3 Five point, hysteresis controller
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42029 3 Crone controller, fractional or fractal or non integer order robust controller
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42031 3 All denominator model, the model form is expanded in denominator taylor series
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42032 3 Differential feedback pd
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42033 3 Kind of servo controller
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42034 3 Pi regulator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42035 3 I regulator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42036 3 Adaptive control, adaptive nonlinear control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42037 3 Adaptive pi
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42038 3 Real time adaptive control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42039 3 Select servo parameter set from table for fixed linear working points
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42041 3 Adaptive pd
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42042 3 Adaptive robust controller
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42043 3 Adapt regulator as function of its output
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42044 3 Adapt model as function of difference between real and calculated position
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42045 3 Ann, error to pd, output pd to plant and also sets weights in ann
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42046 3 Fuzzy pd controller, with position and velocity inputs
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42047 3 Pid like fuzzy controller with position and velocity inputs
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42048 3 Fuzzy pi control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42049 3 Fuzzy p
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42051 3 Fuzzy position controller
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42052 3 Fuzzy pi and d control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42053 3 Dynamic fuzzy position controller
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42054 3 Loop, p control for position loop
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42055 3 Pi control for speed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42056 3 Pi current controller
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42057 3 Predictive fuzzy controller
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42058 3 General predictive controller GPC
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42059 3 Delta gpc, using derivative in time, predict over finite horizon
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42061 3 Stochastic predictive controller spc
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42062 3 Position and speed and current
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42063 3 Position and speed and current and force, moment, torque
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42064 3 Position, speed and acceleration
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42065 3 Feedforward combined with pid feedback
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42066 3 Position and speed and acceleration and current feedback
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42067 3 Position and current
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42068 3 Quasi smc, smc combined with other regulators
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42069 3 Observer combined with pd and zero phase error tracking ffw controller
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42071 3 Two clocks for each of the two loops
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42072 3 Position feedback and speed feedforward, speed from data of tape
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42073 3 Position and speed feedback, speed derived from position reference
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42074 3 Position feedback and speed feedback, speed measured with tacho
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42075 3 Two position loops
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42076 3 Hybrid, digital control sets reference, coefficients for quick analog, pid, control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42077 3 Position, speed or current, combined with vibration feedback
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42078 3 Observer combined with pd
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42079 3 P position loop, fuzzy speed loop
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42081 3 Fuzzy position controller and smc for motor voltage control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42082 3 Force control in one axis, velocity control in other axis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42083 3 Position, speed and force feedback
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42084 3 Hybrid, analog loop, reference compensated by digital loop
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42085 3 Error between reference model and controller compensated with fuzzy controller
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42086 3 Position, speed and deflection feedback
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42087 3 Speed and force loop
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42088 3 I parallel to non linear controller
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42089 3 Quick but coarse loop and slow but fine loop, dexterity
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42091 3 Loop combinations, add a second loop, cascade control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42092 3 Position and force control loop together
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42093 3 Position and current, torque control loop
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42094 3 Speed then pressure or force loop
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42095 3 First closed loop, then open loop
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42096 3 Add, substract i part of speed feedback as function of sign speed error
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42097 3 Dual mode servo, slow and precise, quick and coarse movement
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42098 3 First open, then closed loop to correct setpoint of open loop
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42099 3 Slow coarse loop followed by fine quick loop
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42101 3 Coarse position with microprocessor, fine with hardware centering, tracking
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42102 3 Coarse 8-bit positioning in closed loop, fine 10-bit in open loop
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42103 3 Switch from pi, if large error to disturbance mode control if small error
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42104 3 Loop switch, speed loop then position loop, mode switch
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42105 3 Switch from pid to bang-bang to energy dissipation as function of speed, error
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42106 3 Speed regulation starts only in braking range, less processor time needed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42107 3 Always position loop, first open loop for speed, then also closed loop speed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42108 3 Open loop for positioning, closed loop for calibration
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42109 3 Coarse is speed loop, fine is position loop
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42111 3 Change from pd, if small error, to bangbang if large error
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42112 3 Switch between motion and stall mode, if speed is below certain value
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42113 3 Position closed loop or open loop pressure control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42114 3 Loop mode, dual mode incremental coarse, analog fine
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42115 3 Switch from continuous drive to pwm, near stop or out of acceleration period
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42116 3 Switch from pid to pd or pd to pid
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42117 3 Speed mode then stepping mode
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42118 3 Breaking of control loop, closing open control loop
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42119 3 Switch between motion and stall mode if actuator voltage current below limit
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42121 3 Switch from bang-bang control to dead beat, finite time settling control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42122 3 First open loop, then closed loop
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42123 3 Position loop then force, current loop
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42124 3 Change over between two controllers, transfer error signal
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42125 3 Switch from pi to p or to pd-controller
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42126 3 Bumpless, smooth transfer between two control modes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42127 3 Timing, switch over on detection of marker on spindle
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42128 3 Servo characteristics, drive parameters, during test move
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42129 3 Teach, learn position table, model, for each reference a motor control output
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42131 3 Speed model created by entering estimated speed at references
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42132 3 Correct, modify position table, model if detected error too large
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42133 3 Position references as function of time, correlated speed, acceleration in memory, signature
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42134 3 Fuzzy logic tuning of controller as function of error
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42135 3 Fuzzy model reference learning controller, synthesis, tune rule base automatically
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42136 3 Fuzzy feedback adapts parameters model
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42137 3 Automatic tune fuzzy controller
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42138 3 Network tunes controller
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42139 3 Tune fuzzy controller by three attributes: rise time, overshoot, settling time
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42141 3 Filter error learning
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42142 3 Fuzzy control learning of starting friction coefficient
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42143 3 offline optimization of fuzzy controller
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42144 3 Online tuning of fuzzy controller by ann
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42145 3 Coarse tune with genetic algorithm, fine with gradient descent, hill climbing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42146 3 In each position, upper, lower drive current needed to move more, less, store mean
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42147 3 Tune with genetic algorithm
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42148 3 Position references as function of time, correlated noise, temperature in memory
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42149 3 During learning relation between control and controlled signal, open loop
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42151 3 Learn dynamics of servomotor system by ann
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42152 3 Learn, self, auto tuning, calibrating, environment adaptation, repetition
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42153 3 Inverse dynamics model idm, computed torque method
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42154 3 Model itself controlled by position and speed loop
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42155 3 Model
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42156 3 Forward dynamics model fdm
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42157 3 Reference model uses only output and input measurements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42158 3 Fuzzy model of cutting process of milling machine
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42159 3 ARMA, AR autoregressive for poles, MA moving average model for zeros, in combination
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42161 3 One model for load, one model for motor inertia
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42162 3 Model reference adaptive control MRAC, correction fictive-real error, position
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42163 3 Simulator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42164 3 Compensation of integration time of model
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42165 3 Compensation of gain of speed control circuit for model
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42166 3 Criterium is minimum jerk
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42167 3 Minimum torque change
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42168 3 Measuring of needed force for servo
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42169 3 Decoder
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42171 3 Velocity profile, variable gain, multiplication factors, rom ram
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42172 3 Special code
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42173 3 Acceleration deceleration
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42174 3 Memory with position profile and force limits
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42175 3 Velocity, speed points, profile and corresponding acceleration, delta v
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42176 3 Motion profile
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42177 3 Configuration memory for step motor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42178 3 Reduce cable connection by pre-memorized positions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42179 3 Normalize velocity profile, calculate real velocity from additional parameters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42181 3 Rom contains sin and cos table to drive step motor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42182 3 Memory is Rom for servo control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42183 3 Memory is Ram
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42184 3 Master slave with feedforward for compensation of contour error
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42185 3 Master slave with contour controller
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42186 3 Master slave, motion proportional to axis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42187 3 Position mirror, axis, display, back of seat as function of position of seat, other axis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42188 3 Slave controlled as function of reference and actual position and derived speed of master
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42189 3 Motion look up table as function of cam angle
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42191 3 Adjust proportionality factor to optimize slave axis movement
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42192 3 Each axis drive has own queue of commands, executed in synchronism
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42193 3 Select between limit switches as function of current position and destination
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42194 3 Derive position from command speed, integrate speed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42195 3 Position a stop, move workpiece against stop to cut stock, bar
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42196 3 Follow dynamically contour warped surface with tool
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42197 3 Brake as function of machining load, to keep total load on tool constant, avoid oscillation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42198 3 Step motor driven by step size and step duration data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42199 3 Fine position with gauge, coarse with limit switch, transducer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42201 3 Deriving speed from commanded position
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42202 3 Square of distance
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42203 3 Using a counter and a limit switch
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42204 3 Absolute positions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42205 3 With potentiometer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42206 3 Block, stop pulses in one axis, not in other axis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42207 3 Generate points between start and end position, linear interpolation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42208 3 Set position of proximity switch
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42209 3 Two slides, fine and quick, coarse and slow, piggyback, multirate positioner
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42211 3 Command position by time value, proportional to total displacement
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42212 3 Rotation over, selection of smallest, shortest angle, distance
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42213 3 Position overshoot, axis still moves after stop
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42214 3 Near desired position, control actuator by pulse in each clock, otherwise continuously
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42215 3 Stop machine in a predetermined position
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42216 3 Changing position range, stroke, between closed and fully open
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42217 3 Time optimal position control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42218 3 Coarse and fine position control combined, each by ann
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42219 3 Slow positioning with low pass, concurrent quick with high pass part of command
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42221 3 Control position by equilibrium between spring and actuator force
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42222 3 Compare reflected image from object with reference image, adjust object
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42223 3 Number and frequency of pwm signals define mean position in time
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42224 3 Process received reference to adapt it to range of servo
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42225 3 Coarse and fine position control combined, added, superposed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42226 3 If deviation, return to desired position after a delay if within position range
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42227 3 Using incremental control actuator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42228 3 Stop motor where torque will be maximum
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42229 3 Shut off control, system, power on detection of zero or neutral position
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42231 3 Detent, stop lock, current through motor in stop, locked, hold, blocked position
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42232 3 Select, switch between long, extended and short range to position
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42233 3 Pwm signal to low pass filter, compared to feedback position, if equal stop motor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42234 3 Regression ann to map position error to pulse width
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42235 3 Adaptive pulsing, augment time duration until movement detected
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42236 3 Use of a certain number of ac periods
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42237 3 Pwm pulse width modulation, pulse to position modulation ppm
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42238 3 Control motor position with direction signal and pwm signal for position
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42239 3 Adaptive pulsing, take into account next cycle, command
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42241 3 Select minimum value of two reference values
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42242 3 Reference generator for position
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42243 3 Enter velocity in reference generator, delivers position signals
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42244 3 Enter acceleration, jerk, generator outputs acceleration, speed, position by integration
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42245 3 Reference generates upper and lower range value at both sides of reference
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42246 3 Add compensation to reference value
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42247 3 Remote reference transmitted to servo
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42248 3 Command reference limited, clipped, only between upper and lower values
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42249 3 Relative positioning
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42251 3 Control position of beam in coordination with xy slide
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42252 3 Position beam to keep centerline
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42253 3 Double resolution for one pulse of computer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42254 3 Resolution one axis different from resolution other axis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42255 3 Acceleration, deceleration time is a multiple of sampling time
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42256 3 Sampling the signal
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42257 3 Sampling time in fixed relation to timer interrupt
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42258 3 Two sampling frequencies, for online measurements, for offline calculations
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42259 3 Variable sampling rate as function of thermal displacement
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42261 3 Two sampling frequencies, one for motion, one for stillstand
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42262 3 Variable sampling rate as function of position error
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42263 3 Different sample rates, multiple sample rates for the different loops
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42264 3 Slow down sampling if power down is detected
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42265 3 Sampling rate for sending reference values equals interpolation rate
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42266 3 Variable sampling rate, slow at low velocity
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42267 3 Stability analysis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42268 3 Safety, excess in error
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42269 3 Inject, superpose test signal on reference, monitor functionality servo
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42271 3 Monitor parameters, conditions servo for maintenance, lubrication, repair purposes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42272 3 Total movement is divided in several zones with different protection parameters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42273 3 On restart, power up, overload replace reference with feedback signal, free rotate
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42274 3 On power failure keep last servoposition by cutting off air supply
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42275 3 Alarm if working cycle fraction with values exceeding nominal exceeds threshold
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42276 3 Action, on power failure, close pilot valve entirely by return spring
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42277 3 If no position command in a period, servo to rest position, shut off power
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42278 3 If direction bad, change direction sign or phase sequence automatically
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42279 3 Allow temporary motor overload if temperature still under maximum, heat inertia
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42281 3 If estimated temperature rise of motor is too high, inhibit motor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42282 3 If displacement rate of actuator exceeds limit, lower it
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42283 3 Motor only actuated if hardware and software permission and control signal together
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42284 3 Stop and brake motor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42285 3 Stop axis contour controlled
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42286 3 Speed, ramp controlled slow down of motor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42287 3 On feedback failure, use profile stored in memory during learning
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42288 3 Limit, stop drive current if axis obstructed, blocked, force against stop
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42289 3 Avoid overload servo motor, actuator limit servo torque
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42291 3 Regenerate faulty feedback by last measurement after detection excess error
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42292 3 If speed detection fails, regenerate speed from position signal
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42293 3 Regenerate faulty feedback by using previous value, substitute
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42294 3 Software monitoring of time delay of feedback pulses, feedback failure
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42295 3 Detect augmenting torque of drive motor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42296 3 Detect diminishing torque of drive motor, below low limit
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42297 3 Detect phase lag of driving motor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42298 3 Measure backlash, time difference between point A to point B and from B to A, if too large
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42299 3 Measure current during first acceleration command
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42301 3 Detect correct connection of servomotor to powersupply
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42302 3 Detect insufficient acceleration, diminishing speed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42303 3 Detect no speeding up of motor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42304 3 Load, torque threshold as function of speed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42305 3 Detect loss of pulse step motor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42306 3 Excess in error, compare reference with feedback
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42307 3 Compare actual feedback with predicted, simulated value to detect run away
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42308 3 Watchdog or integrator to detect no change or excess in feedback
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42309 3 Excess in speed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42311 3 Store working torque profiles as function of time, position, compare with real torque
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42312 3 Compare feedback with upper and lower limit, store result as 0-1 if in tolerance
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42313 3 Excess in error for speed and different sign of position and speed feedback
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42314 3 Warning signals are send when excess in error for speed, acceleration, amplitude
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42315 3 Two, double counter to check measurement
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42316 3 Additional hardware to detect which part of feedback is defect, failed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42317 3 Redundant, two actuators
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42318 3 Using two, more, redundant measurements or scales to detect bad function
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42319 3 What kind of actuator failure
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42321 3 Wrong direction or sign of measured value, eventually stop
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42322 3 Emit dummy pulses, detect loss of pulses, feedback failure, wire brake, short
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42323 3 Detect wire break, short circuit of feedback
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42324 3 Axis breaking, between motor and slide, table
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42325 3 Stalling of drive motor, overload
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42326 3 Protection servo for saturation of amplifier
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42327 3 Detect ballscrew wear
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42328 3 Detect bearing, clamp wear
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42329 3 Defective measurement, sensor failure
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42331 3 Bad parameter configuration for spindle, gear ratio, encoder resolution
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42332 3 Detect failure of servo controller
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42333 3 Synchronization by opposite correction for both axis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42334 3 Synchronous tracking servo for biaxial positioning tables, contouring
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42335 3 If one slave axis out of synchronisation, synchronise all other axes to that one
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42336 3 To synchronize axis, adapt gain of each axis as function of max, min, average gain
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42337 3 Tracking control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42338 3 Position tracking control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42339 3 Speed tracking control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42341 3 Force tracking control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42342 3 Path, trajectory tracking control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42343 3 Optimum, adaptive sliding mode controller
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42344 3 Chattering alleviation control, chattering about switching surface
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42345 3 VSTC variable structure tracking control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42346 3 Fuzzy sliding mode control fsmc
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42347 3 Switch to a saturation control signal if deviation from switch line is too large
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42348 3 Slimsoc sliding mode self organizing controller
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42349 3 Sliding mode control with perturbation estimation smcpe
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42351 3 PIVSC proportional integral compensated vsc
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42352 3 Sliding mode controller SMC, select other gain
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/42353 3 Variable structure system, control VSS VSC
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43 2 Speed, acceleration, deceleration control ADC
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43001 3 Speed, feed, infeed, acceleration, stopping problems
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43002 3 Acceleration, deceleration for forward, backward reciprocating movement
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43003 3 Acceleration deceleration in presence of backlash, dynamic backlash
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43004 3 Decelerate to follow desired velocity
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43005 3 Corner distance variables to keep path when programmed speed changes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43006 3 Acceleration, deceleration control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43007 3 Acceleration from rest
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43008 3 Deceleration and stopping
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43009 3 Acceleration deceleration for each block of data, segment
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43011 3 Shorter time by adjusting corner speed, avoid zero speed when engage corner
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43012 3 Profile is defined by series of bits, for each actuator, sensor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43013 3 Ramp signal from division of sum of registers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43014 3 Calculate inertia ratio from full acceleration and full deceleration trial
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43015 3 Calculate square root x
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43016 3 Acceleration, deceleration as function of feed rate override
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43017 3 Acceleration is larger than deceleration to compensate for friction
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43018 3 Compensation, correction of acceleration, deceleration time
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43019 3 Compensate acceleration for sudden change in load, shockless
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43021 3 At several positions detect acceleration error, compensate for it
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43022 3 Compensate for friction as function of position
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43023 3 Switch from acceleration to deceleration if mid stroke speed not reached
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43024 3 Parabolic velocity profile, linear acceleration, keep energy dissipation minimal
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43025 3 Acceleration, deceleration is polynomial, derivative is zero on stop position
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43026 3 Predict deceleration start from measured characteristics and actual performance
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43027 3 Parabolic acceleration, deceleration trajectory at start, stop
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43028 3 Switching points for trapezoidal form are stored in memory
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43029 3 Acceleration larger than deceleration for safe stopping at slow speed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43031 3 Feed speed reduction dependent on tool surface
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43032 3 Non symmetric acceleration profile
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43033 3 Sinusoidal acceleration profile
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43034 3 Form of profile, ramp, trapezoid, S-curve, exponential
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43035 3 Vertical start and stop phase
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43036 3 Velocity profile with given starting and stopping speed vector
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43037 3 Position, speed as function of position is trapezoid
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43038 3 Parabolic acceleration, constant speed, parabolic deceleration as function of position
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43039 3 Time, exponential acceleration, constant speed, exponential deceleration as function of time
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43041 3 Prediction, look ahead deceleration control, calculate start deceleration
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43042 3 Convolution of speed curve with torque curve
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43043 3 Normal and maximum deceleration mode, switch as function of position deviation, error
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43044 3 Drive and brake alternative to decelerate and stop
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43045 3 Max torque, acceleration, then variable, then reverse, variable then max deceleration
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43046 3 Determine time constant from command speed and needed max acceleration torque
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43047 3 If speed below reference, small acceleration, if above, large deceleration
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43048 3 Step change in reference, soft start, smoothing reference
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43049 3 Digital convolution for velocity profile, also successive convolution
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43051 3 Translate generic motion description into acceleration profiles
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43052 3 Set for each block time constant and speed target
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43053 3 Slow acceleration, rapid deceleration
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43054 3 Take up gear backlash during deceleration
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43055 3 Same acceleration deceleration pattern for position and velocity loop
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43056 3 Asynchronous acceleration between slow, fast axes, rotational, linear axes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43057 3 Adjust acceleration, speed until maximum allowable moment for axis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43058 3 Limitation of acceleration, permissible, tolerable acceleration
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43059 3 Accelerate, decelerate all axis as function of max, min, average speed axis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43061 3 Maximum acceleration deceleration lookup table as function of distance
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43062 3 Maximum acceleration, limit
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43063 3 Acceleration deceleration as function of maximum allowable speed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43064 3 Brake, decelerate at least one axis at maximum
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43065 3 Limitation of jerk
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43066 3 Max centrifugal acceleration, especially for cmm
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43067 3 Reach maximum speed at zero acceleration
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43068 3 Adapt acceleration as function of load, developed heat in motor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43069 3 Measure acceleration, derive limit torque, adapt acceleration
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43071 3 Open closing acceleration deceleration control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43072 3 Position controlled opening profile
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43073 3 Time controlled opening profile
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43074 3 Control speed, acceleration so as to follow desired speed profile
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43075 3 Two modes, one normal and one for obstruction by objects
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43076 3 Switch from acceleration to constant speed as function of detected speed limit
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43077 3 Limit switch starts braking, stop, no braking, low torque movement until end
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43078 3 Near end position limit switch, brake by reversing, then slow until end limit
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43079 3 Acceleration, deceleration controlled by switches along path
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43081 3 Set parameters of profile generator, creep distance and speed, flight time
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43082 3 Near end position limit switch, lower speed and brake
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43083 3 Structure, step motor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43084 3 Acceleration deceleration circuit implemented in software, algorithm
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43085 3 Acceleration-deceleration circuit before interpolator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43086 3 Acceleration-deceleration circuit after interpolator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43087 3 Stop valves to stop fluid flow of hydraulic drive cylinder
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43088 3 Select out of plurality of acceleration profiles
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43089 3 Rom, ram with speed and acceleration
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43091 3 Ram with optimum motion curve
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43092 3 Torque curve, wave stored in rom, ram
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43093 3 Speed pattern, table together with timing data in ram
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43094 3 Acceleration and deceleration together with their respective time
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43095 3 Maximum speed and acceleration deceleration time constant as function of position
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43096 3 Position, trajectory and speed stored in ram
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43097 3 Table, rom, ram speed table
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43098 3 Change ADC time constant during start and end of interpolation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43099 3 Select acceleration deceleration time constants as function of weight, load, position
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43101 3 Change time constants acceleration, deceleration as function of feed rate override
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43102 3 Time constant acceleration, deceleration as function of machining conditions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43103 3 Switch adc time constants as function of type of axis, spindle feed or position axis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43104 3 Minimize time constant based on operation program
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43105 3 ADC time constants as function of type of axis rotational or linear
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43106 3 Time constant acceleration, deceleration as function of temperature of motor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43107 3 Correction acceleration and deceleration as function of speed, time constants in rom
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43108 3 Delay stop command as function of error between reference and multiple of increments
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43109 3 Adaptive stopping with correction for both directions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43111 3 Measure time needed from first to second speed, to adapt position command
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43112 3 Using feedforward prediction of position
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43113 3 Give stop order a certain number of motor rotations before end stop
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43114 3 Detect position, speed or time of object between begin and end, adapt motion
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43115 3 Adaptive stopping
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43116 3 Calculate overshoot from supply voltage change, adapt motion
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43117 3 Torque compensation as function of position reference, feedback of speed and position
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43118 3 Adjust position reference as function of position reference, feedback of speed and position
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43119 3 Adapt robot motion to machine speed as function of error from programmed speed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43121 3 Axis speed as function of probing signal during probing of workpiece
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43122 3 Adapt speed, feed as function of duration of transmission of instruction
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43123 3 Speed of cutter as function of position of feeler, probe
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43124 3 Adapt speed as function of material, thickness, depth, volume, width, uniform surface quality
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43125 3 Speed as function of size of chuck, diameter tool
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43126 3 Pivoting speed of workpiece as function of inverse of work, machining time needed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43127 3 As a function of, select reference velocity as function of gear ratio
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43128 3 Feed as function of number of press operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43129 3 Speed as function of curvature, in curves, corners smaller than in straight line
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43131 3 Adapt speed as function of lag, follow up error
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43132 3 Rotation speed as function of minimum wave energy, toolwear, first learn for different speeds
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43133 3 Delay movement start as function of lag, follow up error
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43134 3 Feed or speed as function of magnetic characteristic, code, form of tool
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43135 3 Reduce path speed near centre of axis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43136 3 Lower speed of indexing motor if door to turret lathe is open
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43137 3 Constant path speed for combined rotational and linear movement
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43138 3 Set speed by controlling position of pulley of variable transmission
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43139 3 VCO variable frequency oscillator or two oscilators with different frequency
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43141 3 Surface, path, tangential speed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43142 3 Control relative speed between two spindles
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43143 3 ADC ramp and velocities are set by potentiometers which control digital valve
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43144 3 Accelerate one slide and decelerate other slide to keep speed constant
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43145 3 Machine first with low spindle speed, then with high speed, avoid chatter
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43146 3 Control of speed, velocity of movement of tool as function of power of tool
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43147 3 Control power of tool as function of speed, velocity of movement
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43148 3 Rapid return, retract stroke
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43149 3 Rapid approach, then slow, then pressure for clamping, bonding
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43151 3 Rapid feed in, slow workspeed during entering material, then high work speed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43152 3 Feed in, transfer line, rapid traverse to work, grip speed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43153 3 Control depth of feed in by timer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43154 3 Quick feed in to workpiece without gauging, then normal feed with gauging
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43155 3 Rapid speed for approach then slow speed for working
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43156 3 Feed rate
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43157 3 Feed rate
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43158 3 Feedrate override
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43159 3 Feedrate override only for x y, not for z or only for z and not for x y
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43161 3 Second, independent feedrate override
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43162 3 Motion control, movement speed combined with position
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43163 3 Based on unit motions, primitive b-spline motions, time shifted and weighted
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43164 3 Independent, uncoordinated motion control of several motors to initialise
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43165 3 Superposition of special effects motion on normal motion
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43166 3 Simulation of mechanical gear
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43167 3 Distributed motion control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43168 3 Motion profile planning for point to point control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43169 3 Motor drives a mechanical cam
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43171 3 Correction servo and constant velocity motor as input to differential, sum motion
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43172 3 Change velocities on the fly during a motion
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43173 3 Synchronize motion with scenery, sound
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43174 3 Simulating cam motion mechanism
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43175 3 Motion in several blocks, for each part in open and part in closed loop
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43176 3 Scale velocity profile
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43177 3 Single cycle positioning, start, move, stop for single rotation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43178 3 Filter resonance frequency from acceleration pattern, derive new speed pattern
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43179 3 Speed changes gradualy from constant value to zero
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43181 3 Reaching reference position by spiraling speed reference
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43182 3 Speed control with feedback and as reference the programmed value
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43183 3 Speed control, input is the reference, but no feedback
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43184 3 From desired speed, derive delta positions during equal intervals
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43185 3 Speed invariant motions, path accuracy independent of speed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43186 3 Pulses from handle, knob, hand wheel control speed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43187 3 Vector speed, ratio between axis, without feedback
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43188 3 Vector speed with feedback
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43189 3 Sum of squares
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43191 3 Approximation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43192 3 Brake while driving to obtain very low speed, step wise movement, then stop
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43193 3 Variable slope speed steps as function of position, pulse pump controller
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43194 3 Speed steps, switch over as function of position
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43195 3 Using a tri-phase motor and a step motor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43196 3 Using two motors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43197 3 Two axis at the same time
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43198 3 Coupling and step motor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43199 3 Safety, limitation of feedrate
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43201 3 Limit speed to allowable speed for all axis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43202 3 If collision danger, speed is low, slow motion
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43203 3 Limitation of speed, permissible, allowable, maximum speed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43204 3 Different, dynamic current limits as function of speed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43205 3 General tape speed controls speed of axis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/43206 3 Tape speed controls speed of axis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45 2 Nc applications
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45001 3 Antenna orientation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45002 3 To application field of control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45003 3 Harvester
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45004 3 Mining
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45005 3 Registration machine, chart recorder
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45006 3 Valves
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45007 3 Toy
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45008 3 Theatre
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45009 3 Glassforming
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45011 3 To be assigned
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45012 3 Excavator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45013 3 Spraying, coating, painting
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45014 3 Elevator, lift
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45015 3 Roller blind, shutter
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45016 3 Radar
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45017 3 Agriculture machine, tractor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45018 3 Car, auto, vehicle
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45019 3 Balancing wheels
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45021 3 Wheel mounting
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45022 3 Auto seat, dentist chair, roll wheel chair
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45023 3 Align head lamps of car
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45024 3 Simulation car ride
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45025 3 Position, mount glass window, sunroof in car-body
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45026 3 Circuit board, pcb
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45027 3 Masking, project image on wafer semiconductor, photo tracer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45028 3 Lithography
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45029 3 Mount and solder parts on board
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45031 3 Manufacturing semiconductor wafers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45032 3 Wafer manufacture; interlock, load-lock module
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45033 3 Wire bonding, wire wrap
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45034 3 Adjusting, trimming circuits on printed boards
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45035 3 Printed circuit boards, also holes to be drilled in a plate
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45036 3 Waterjet cutting
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45037 3 Veneer cutting
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45038 3 Cutting plotter
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45039 3 Slitter, scoring
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45041 3 Laser cutting
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45042 3 Hot wire cutting, use of polystyrene or similar material
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45043 3 EDM machine, wire cutting
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45044 3 Cutting
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45045 3 Maintenance, automatic storage and retrieval system
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45046 3 Crane
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45047 3 Sorting
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45048 3 Packaging
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45049 3 Forklift
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45051 3 Transfer line
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45052 3 Filling vehicle with material
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45053 3 Coil, bobbin handling
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45054 3 Handling, conveyor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45055 3 Assembly
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45056 3 Handling cases, boxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45057 3 Storage handling for disks or material
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45058 3 Grinding, polishing robot
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45059 3 Drilling robot
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45061 3 Measuring robot
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45062 3 Surface finishing robot
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45063 3 Pick and place manipulator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45064 3 Assembly robot
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45065 3 Sealing, painting robot
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45066 3 Inspection robot
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45067 3 Assembly
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45068 3 Cutting robot
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45069 3 Computer controlled automata, doll
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45071 3 Aircraft, airplane, ship cleaning manipulator, paint stripping
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45072 3 Sewer cleaning manipulator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45073 3 Microrobot
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45074 3 Edge treating robot, machine
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45075 3 Sewer repair
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45076 3 Gas, fuel refilling
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45077 3 Sculpturing manipulator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45078 3 Window cleaning, end effector contains detection and cleaning means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45079 3 Stripping robot, strip pieces of garments from table
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45081 3 Tuning robot for amplifiers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45082 3 Sanding robot, to clean surfaces
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45083 3 Manipulators, robot
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45084 3 Service robot
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45085 3 Space robot
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45086 3 Brick laying, masonry robot
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45087 3 Gymnast robot, acrobat
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45088 3 Riveting robot
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45089 3 Testing robot
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45091 3 Screwing robot, tighten or loose bolt
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45092 3 Analysing or chemical synthesis robot, moving samples from station to station
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45093 3 Tacker robot, to join panels with nails, staples
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45094 3 Milling robot
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45095 3 Office messenger
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45096 3 Polishing manipulator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45097 3 Cable harnessing robot
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45098 3 Vacuum cleaning robot
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45099 3 Filament, tape winding robot
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45101 3 Hot line work robot, to handle high voltage lines
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45102 3 Concrete delivering manipulator with several links
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45103 3 Security, surveillance applications
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45104 3 Lasrobot, welding robot
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45105 3 Fruit picker, pruner, end effector is a platform for an operator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45106 3 Used in agriculture, tree trimmer, pruner
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45107 3 Weed robot
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45108 3 Aid, robot for aid to, assist human disabled
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45109 3 Excercise, coordination, therapy, rehabillitation robot for disabled patients
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45111 3 Meal, food assistance
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45112 3 Arm movement aid
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45113 3 Animal handling, milking robot
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45114 3 Fisher line robot
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45115 3 Evisceration robot, remove intestines of animal
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45116 3 Tapping human shoulder with hammer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45117 3 Medical, radio surgery manipulator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45118 3 Endoscopic, laparoscopic manipulator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45119 3 Telesurgery with local assistent, voice communication
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45121 3 Operating microscope, mounted on manipulator arm
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45122 3 Laser skin treatment
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45123 3 Electrogoniometer, neuronavigator, medical robot used by surgeon to operate
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45124 3 Two spindle lathe
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45125 3 Four axis, spindle lathe
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45126 3 Riveting machine
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45127 3 Portable, hand drill
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45128 3 Nibble machines
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45129 3 Boring, drilling
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45131 3 Turret punch press
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45132 3 Forging press, combined with furnace
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45133 3 Lapping
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45134 3 Marking
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45135 3 Welding
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45136 3 Turning, lathe
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45137 3 Punch, stamp, also with use die, mould
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45138 3 Laser welding
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45139 3 Laser drilling
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45141 3 Turret lathe
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45142 3 Press-line
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45143 3 Press-brake, bending machine
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45144 3 Saw
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45145 3 Milling
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45146 3 Inertia friction welding
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45147 3 Machining blade, airfoil
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45148 3 Boring
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45149 3 Micromachining to micrometer precision
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45151 3 Deburring
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45152 3 Forming workpiece by pressing tool against metal on model
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45153 3 Carton forming
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45154 3 Forming workpiece by using thermal energy, laser forming
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45155 3 Electroforming, original form is covered with metal
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45156 3 Grind on lathe
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45157 3 Grind optical lens
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45158 3 Grind sawteeth
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45159 3 Dressing, sharpening, trueing tool
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45161 3 Grinding machine
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45162 3 Chamfer grinding
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45163 3 Laser erosion, take away layer of material by burning, use oxygen, engrave
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45164 3 Laser refurbish with laser beam and metal powder
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45165 3 Laser machining
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45166 3 Tomography
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45167 3 Dentist, dental manufacture
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45168 3 Bone prosthesis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45169 3 Medical, rontgen, x ray
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45171 3 Surgery drill
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45172 3 Prosthesis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45173 3 Object making, golf ball
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45174 3 Making panels
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45175 3 Glasses, spectacles
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45176 3 Animation for film scenes, show
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45177 3 Data disk drive
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45178 3 Zoom, focus lens
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45179 3 Optical, telescope
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45181 3 Optical multiplexer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45182 3 Microscope, micromanipulator for microscope
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45183 3 Photocopying, image scanning
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45184 3 Filming, photography, camera
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45185 3 Auto mirror
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45186 3 Print on workpieces
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45187 3 Printer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45188 3 Laserjet printer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45189 3 Plotter
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45191 3 Spinning, web spinning
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45192 3 Weaving
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45193 3 Yarn manufacturing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45194 3 Lace, braid, knitting
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45195 3 Sewing machines
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45196 3 Textile, embroidery, stitching machine
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45197 3 Prepare and machine parts, assemble parts
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45198 3 Coiling, making springs
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45199 3 Polish
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45201 3 Crowned roll machining
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45202 3 Edge finishing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45203 3 Screwing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45204 3 Die, mould making
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45205 3 Assembly of woodframe
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45206 3 Ultrasonic drill, mill, machining
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45207 3 Actuator to regulate position, flow, speed, process variable
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45208 3 Long, deep drill, with drill, bore diameter small relative to length, in pipes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45209 3 Measuring, indicating device having a needle
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45211 3 Making, assembling truss structures
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45212 3 Etching, engraving, sculpturing, carving
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45213 3 Integrated manufacturing system ims, transfer line, machining center
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45214 3 Gear cutting
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45215 3 Thread cutting
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45216 3 Tapping
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45217 3 Notching
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45218 3 Making cams, cones
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45219 3 Making intermeshing helical rotors, for pump, compressor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45221 3 Edm, electrical discharge machining, electroerosion, ecm, chemical
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45222 3 Cloth making
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45223 3 Making mirror, mirror segment
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45224 3 Electrode making
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45225 3 Making impellers, propellers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45226 3 Process control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45227 3 Stamp making
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45228 3 Making spheres
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45229 3 Woodworking
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45231 3 Stoneworking
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45232 3 CMP chemical mechanical polishing of wafer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45233 3 Repairing pipelines, tubes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45234 3 Thin flat workpiece, sheet metal machining
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45235 3 Dispensing adhesive, solder paste, for pcb
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45236 3 Facing, polygon working, polyhedron machining
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45237 3 Honing machine
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45238 3 Tape, fiber, glue, material dispensing in layers, beads, filling, sealing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45239 3 Filament, coil winding
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45241 3 Coke oven
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45242 3 Door, panel, window operation, opening, closing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45243 3 Shoe, footwear making
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45244 3 Injection molding
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45245 3 Making key
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45246 3 Turn cylindrical workpiece, crowned
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45247 3 Diamond turning, tool is diamond point
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/45248 3 Turning
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/47 2 Tracing, tracking
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/4701 3 Edge detector, project line, inclined camera detects discontinuity
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/4702 3 Project several lines on surface, to detect discontinuity by camera
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/4703 3 View whole surface before edge detection, coarse scan then fine tracking
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/4704 3 Store actual edge, seam in memory before machining, compare with detected
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/4705 3 Detect edge during machining, welding, sewing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/4706 3 Edge detector is incorparated into machine
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/4707 3 Trace groove always at bottom of groove
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/4708 3 Command codes, marks along line to control operation, velocity
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/4709 3 Command code in form of a sticker
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/4711 3 Using a pantograph
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/4712 3 Using photocell sensible to different colours
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/4713 3 Limit scanning surface by marks, stored limit, limit switches
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/4714 3 Use of help paths to go to different workpiece paths to be followed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/4715 3 Second photocell in advance of first, to control speed or other operation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/4716 3 Trace electric potential lines to control z motion
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/4717 3 Machine 3-D model by tracing two 2-D models
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/4718 3 Two mode switch over tracking as function of predetermined cmm probe angle
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/4719 3 Line detector with laser beam, adjustable optical axis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49 2 Nc machine tool, till multiple
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49001 3 Machine tool problems
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49002 3 Map unfolded surface on flat surface to make dies, composite objects, free form
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49003 3 Make two halves of tool, model at the same time
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49004 3 Modeling, making, manufacturing model to control machine, cmm
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49005 3 Map 2-D pattern on 3-D
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49006 3 Nc machine makes cams, model to control, or make a copy, on other machines
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49007 3 Making, forming 3-D object, model, surface
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49008 3 Making 3-D object with model in computer memory
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49009 3 Model stored in a memory of a prototype
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49011 3 Machine 2-D slices, build 3-D model, laminated object manufacturing LOM
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49012 3 Remove material by laser beam, air, water jet to form 3-D object
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49013 3 Deposit layers, cured by scanning laser, stereo lithography SLA, prototyping
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49014 3 Calculate number and form of 2-D slices automatically from volume on screen
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49015 3 Wire, strang laying, deposit fluid, welding, adhesive, hardening, solidification, fuse
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49016 3 Desktop manufacturing [DTM]; Solid freeform machining [SFM]; Solid freeform fabrication [SFF]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49017 3 DTM desktop manufacturing, prototyping
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49018 3 Laser sintering of powder in layers, selective laser sintering SLS
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49019 3 Machine 3-D slices, to build 3-D model, stratified object manufacturing SOM
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49021 3 Deposit layer, machine, mill layer, then new layer, SDM solid deposit manufacting
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49022 3 Photo masking, mask cures whole layer at one time, add wax, mill, new layer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49023 3 3-D printing, layer of powder, add drops of binder in layer, new powder
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49024 3 LEM laminated engineering materials, like lom but first cut, then stack
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49025 3 By positioning plurality of rods, pins to form together a mold, maquette
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49026 3 SDM shape deposition manufacturing for multimaterial layers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49027 3 SALD selective area laser deposition, vapor solidifies on surface
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49028 3 Rapid freeze prototyping, selectively deposit and rapidly freeze water layer by layer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49029 3 Virtual rapid prototyping, create a virtual prototype, simulate rapid prototyping process
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49031 3 Project particles, laser beam to point using two, more jets, beams, ballistic particle
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49032 3 Bond layers with glue, solder, welding, brazing in LOM
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49033 3 Blanks or taken from roll of metal sheet
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49034 3 Changing design, use same prototype, add reinforcements where needed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49035 3 Reconstruct boundary volume from stack of layer contours, sections
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49036 3 Use quality measures, build time, strength of material, surface approximation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49037 3 Electro rheological fluid to build support for overhanging parts, particle jet
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49038 3 Support help, grid between support and prototype, separate easily
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49039 3 Build layer of different, weaker material between support and prototype
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49041 3 Workpiece is surrounded by softer support material during machining
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49042 3 Remove chips from probe, tool by blowing them away
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49043 3 Control of lubrication
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49044 3 Control preload of spindle bearing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49045 3 Relieve stress of workpiece after machinining by vibration table
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49046 3 Control flatness of deformable workpiece table
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49047 3 Remove chips by tool up down movement, pecking
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49048 3 Control of damping of vibration of machine base
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49049 3 Coolant serves as lubrication and also to take away swarf, chips
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49051 3 Heat treatment of workpiece, tempering
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49052 3 Accessory, coolant
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49053 3 Break chips, spiral chips, interrupt momentarily in feed during two or more rotations
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49054 3 Active damping of tool vibration
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49055 3 Remove chips from probe, tool by vibration
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49056 3 Control of flow of fluid or temperature as function of speed for uniform coating
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49057 3 Controlling temperature of workpiece, tool, probe holder
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49058 3 Division algorithm, calculate inverse ratio of cutting process from parameters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49059 3 Machine with constant volume in time
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49061 3 Calculate optimum operating, machining conditions and adjust, adapt them
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49062 3 Adaptive control AC
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49063 3 Adaptive control constraint ACC
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49064 3 Fuzzy adaptive control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49065 3 Execute learning mode first for determining adaptive control parameters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49066 3 Geometric adaptive control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49067 3 Find optimum between production rate and quality, number of points and speed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49068 3 Minimum cost adaptive
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49069 3 Adaptive control optimalisation ACO
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49071 3 Cycle time reduction
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49072 3 Action, withdraw, stop feed tool to prevent breakage or lower load
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49073 3 Adapt machining parameters so as to keep temperature constant
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49074 3 Control cutting speed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49075 3 Control depth of cut
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49076 3 Reduce cutting speed if feed force below minimum level
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49077 3 Control of feed and spindle, cutting speed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49078 3 Control of feed only
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49079 3 Control cutting torque, force
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49081 3 If obstruction, bad joint, move head aside and retry operation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49082 3 Maintain constant material removal rate
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49083 3 If number of feed retractions exceeds a limit, repeat same instruction block
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49084 3 Control roughness of surface
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49085 3 CMP end point analysis, measure parameters on points to detect end of polishing process
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49086 3 Adjust feeding speed or rotational speed of main spindle when load out of range
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49087 3 Adjust parameter to compensate path deviation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49088 3 As a function of, regulate feed as function of material, tool
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49089 3 Control feed as function of detected number of tools engaging simultaneously workpiece
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49091 3 Control feed as function of detected diameter, cross section of workpiece
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49092 3 Vary, change controlled parameter as function of detected power
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49093 3 Adapt cutting speed as function of depth of cutting
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49094 3 Feed as function of deviation of real from programmed position at fixed time intervals
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49095 3 Of rigidity of workpiece
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49096 3 Deviation of compliant mounted tool
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49097 3 Material type of each layer to be drilled, to be joined
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49098 3 As a function of machine operating speed and tool
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49099 3 Cutting force, torque
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49101 3 As function of tool speed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49102 3 Tool temperature
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49103 3 Speed and feed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49104 3 Chip thickness
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49105 3 Emitted noise of tool
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49106 3 Feed as function of lateral movement of saw blade
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49107 3 Optimize spindle speed as function of calculated motion error
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49108 3 Spindle speed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49109 3 Control cutting speed as function of tool wire wear, measure diameter of wire
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49111 3 Cutting speed as function of contour, path, curve
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49112 3 Compensation alignment of cylindrical workpiece
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49113 3 Align elements like hole and drill, centering tool, probe, workpiece
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49114 3 Go to coarse programmed reference, detector for fine alignment
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49115 3 Alignment by taking into account asymmetries in signal, for small offsets
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49116 3 Align tool head with fixed line by actuating actuators along tool head slideways
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49117 3 Alignment of surfaces to get them parallel
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49118 3 Machine end face, control C-axis and X-axis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49119 3 Machine arc of circumference, as groove, cylindrical interpolation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49121 3 C-axis for turning, fifth axis for milling
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49122 3 Multiclamping, to reduce dead times
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49123 3 Simulation of clamping workpiece, modeling fixture and workpiece
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49124 3 Determine clamping position from equipment specification and machining shape
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49125 3 Open clamp if tool approaches clamp zone, close again afterwards
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49126 3 Clamp piece to pallet using connectable power source
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49127 3 Variable clamping force as function of movement, force on workpiece
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49128 3 Determine maximum clamping force as function of allowable displacement workpiece
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49129 3 Clamps are movable along rod to desired positions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49131 3 High force clamping along periphery
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49132 3 Control fixed clamping force
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49133 3 Variable chuck clamping force as function of spindle speed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49134 3 Clamp, keep positioned slide, workpiece stationary during machining
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49135 3 Active clamping, use servo to keep in position
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49136 3 Vacuum pads hold workpiece during machining
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49137 3 Store working envelop, limit, allowed zone
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49138 3 Adapt working envelop, limit, allowed zone to speed of tool
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49139 3 Alarm if outside zone
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49141 3 Detect near collision and slow, stop, inhibit movement tool
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49142 3 Shut off power, stop if outside working zone
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49143 3 Obstacle, collision avoiding control, move so that no collision occurs
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49144 3 Limit movement on an axis by setting limits
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49145 3 Spheres replace object, check first collision for large spheres, then small
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49146 3 Tool changing registers geometry of tool to avoid collision
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49147 3 Retract on collision with moving object, tool follows, yields to object
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49148 3 Adapt working envelop, limit to size workpiece
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49149 3 Ball end cutter interference, caused by tool shape, overcut part surface
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49151 3 Axis related interference, remove hidden surfaces
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49152 3 Feedhold, stop motion if machine door is open, if operator in forbidden zone
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49153 3 Avoid collision, interference between tools moving along same axis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49154 3 Detect position of slide to change hover height of tool to avoid collision
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49155 3 On collision, reverse motor over certain angle, then stop to avoid bending
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49156 3 On collision, cut off motor, delay, again motor on, repeat to avoid bending
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49157 3 Limitation, collision, interference, forbidden zones, avoid obstacles
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49158 3 On near collision reduce speed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49159 3 Avoid pinching of persons between moving and fixed part
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49161 3 Near end of position, lower power or speed of motor to safe value, at end normal
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49162 3 On collision, obstruction reverse drive, accelerate, cancel inertia
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49163 3 Stop, dwell in corner edge, allow for cooling, go on machining, better surface
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49164 3 Corner, making corner
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49165 3 Compensation relative movement between two commonly driven slides
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49166 3 Compensation for measured deviation of tool path, as function of lenght of path
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49167 3 Execute compensation only if workhead, module is connected
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49168 3 Compensate feed as function of measured values and manual introduced values
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49169 3 Compensation for temperature, bending of tool
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49171 3 Compensate for dressing amount
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49172 3 Compensate slide position as function of indexed workpiece spindle position error
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49173 3 Compensation for sidewise deviation of machined workpiece
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49174 3 Compensate position by use of separate cmm
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49175 3 Compensate for errors in cmm, especially mirror errors, not flat enough
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49176 3 Compensation of vibration of machine base due to slide movement
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49177 3 Runout, eccentricity, unbalance of tool or workpiece
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49178 3 Compensation of tool position as function of square of rotating speed of spindle
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49179 3 Compensation for reluctance of axis motors causing surface ondulation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49181 3 Calculation, estimation, creation of error model using measured error values
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49182 3 Tapping, overshoot after reversal, elasticity compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49183 3 Compensation height of tool as function of horizontal position of spindle head, bending
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49184 3 Compensation for bending of workpiece, flexible workpiece
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49185 3 Position error compensation as function of position of slide, control bearing pressure
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49186 3 Deflection, bending of tool
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49187 3 Control position of steady rest to compensate bending
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49188 3 Proportional compensation from middle to end of elongated workpiece
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49189 3 Bending of driven table, lag between real and commanded position
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49191 3 Bending, tilt spindle in bearings to compensate for bending
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49192 3 Create optical reference axis always kept parallel to reference optical block
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49193 3 Orthogonality of axis, deviation from 90-degree correction
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49194 3 Structure error, in slide or screw
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49195 3 Slide, guideway, robot arm deviation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49196 3 Screw
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49197 3 Gear
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49198 3 Using lookup table, map, position and corresponding quasi static error
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49199 3 For non linear interpolation movement
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49201 3 Variable load, slide friction, irregular machine guides
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49202 3 For point to point positioning
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49203 3 For linear movement
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49204 3 Control of heat to compensate for dilatation, thermal displacement
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49205 3 Compensate with stored values as function of machining time
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49206 3 Compensation temperature, thermal displacement, use measured temperature
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49207 3 Compensate thermal displacement using measured distance
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49208 3 Preheat spindle by powering polyphase motor with monophase
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49209 3 Compensation by using temperature feelers on slide, base, workhead
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49211 3 Compensation dilatation using calculated temperature from velocity
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49212 3 Using lookup table, map, position error, temperature and position
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49213 3 Active thermal preload regulation for spindle
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49214 3 Estimate error from heat distribution model and drive current, correct error
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49215 3 Regulate temperature of coolant
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49216 3 Control of temperature of processor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49217 3 Compensation of temperature increase by the measurement
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49218 3 Compensation of workpiece dilatation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49219 3 Compensation temperature, thermal displacement
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49221 3 Control of scale
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49222 3 Rough cut at high speed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49223 3 Remove workpiece portions left uncut, unmachined by tool with suitable shape
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49224 3 Identify and calculate uncut portions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49225 3 Adapt machining conditions as function of workpiece cutting resistance
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49226 3 Cut, up or down cutting, cutting direction right, left
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49227 3 Cutting with trailing or leading edge of tool
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49228 3 Unidirectional or multidirectional cutting
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49229 3 Cutter, axis change over
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49231 3 Keep tool, probe at constant distance from workpiece surface
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49232 3 Limit penetration of drill into backup material, support
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49233 3 Machining depth relative to surface, constant depth
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49234 3 Keep constant distance even if hole present, avoid collision tool with hole
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49235 3 Control depth as function of grey level of scanned object, map of thickness
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49236 3 Translate thickness to be removed in dwell delay, then to corresponding speed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49237 3 Depth, tool depth control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49238 3 Surface tracking, following
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49239 3 Dimensions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49241 3 2-5-D lace cutting, work in xy and increment in z, repeat
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49242 3 4-D
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49243 3 5-D
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49244 3 6-D
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49245 3 2-5-D pocket machining
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49246 3 3-D printing, layer of powder, add drops of binder in layer, new powder
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49247 3 Dressing started after number of workpieces machined
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49248 3 Dressing started if sparking out time to get correct surface is too long
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49249 3 Dressing as function of load of grinding wheel
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49251 3 Dress by conductive fluid between conductive grindstone and electrode
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49252 3 Two spindle drives for common workpiece
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49253 3 Position in space by controlling length of two, more cables, wires
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49254 3 High speed AC, induction spindle motor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49255 3 Gear meshing, synchronize both with relative phase, then shift
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49256 3 Epicyclic movement of tool
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49257 3 Six or more linear drives to position x y z table
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49258 3 Two y axis to control also rotation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49259 3 Endless belt with coupling, position tools simultaneously in both directions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49261 3 Direct drive, without gear
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49262 3 Two drives at both sides of long tool
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49263 3 Separate, auxiliary indexing motor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49264 3 Several x-y slides on single surface
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49265 3 X motor moves x and y axis, y motor only y axis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49266 3 Two xy tables, on top and below workpiece, in between a cutting wire
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49267 3 Three linear actuators to position vertically and rotate horizontally
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49268 3 Four bar mechanism
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49269 3 Single motor for different drives, switch, change gears
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49271 3 Air bearing slide, hydraulic, electromagnetic bearing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49272 3 Electromagnetic bearing also used as feed in one axis or positioning in two axis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49273 3 Switch between continuous drive and index or stop mode
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49274 3 Four linear actuators to position x y table
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49275 3 Linear actuators on x y to position x y table, ballscrew drive on y to rotate
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49276 3 Floating, air, magnetic suspension xy table, sawyer motor, xenetics
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49277 3 Oscillating, swinging feed drive, for grinding
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49278 3 Parallel link mechanism
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49279 3 Nanometric xy table
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49281 3 X y table positioned by vibration
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49282 3 Same control for double drive or slide
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49283 3 Frictionless rolling element
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49284 3 Two cascaded slides, large range sits on small range, piggyback
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49285 3 Linear control rotating movement kept constant
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49286 3 Two rotations gives cartesian coordinates, compact construction
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49287 3 Motor drives cam for very fine linear displacement, movement
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49288 3 Three linear actuators to position x y table
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49289 3 Large transmission ratio
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49291 3 Torque, moment, drive power amplifier, movement follower
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49292 3 Harmonic gear, transmission, strain wave gear
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49293 3 Switch between dual, double slide or double spindle mode
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49294 3 Motor and brake actuated together
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49295 3 Drive spindle motor at maximum, limit torque for rapid machining time
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49296 3 Identification workpiece by dimension, height, resistance value, but no code
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49297 3 Spindle identification in multispindle station
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49298 3 Probe identification
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49299 3 Identify workpiece and align, center workpiece at the same time
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49301 3 Identify material to be used, select between several
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49302 3 Part, workpiece, code, tool identification
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49303 3 Tool identification and tool offset, compensation data together
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49304 3 Tool identification, code
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49305 3 Store, memory on tool with control and maintenance data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49306 3 Derive kind of cutter from null load
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49307 3 Learn, learn operational zone, feed, speed to avoid tool breakage
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49308 3 Fuzzy classification of tool wear states
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49309 3 Main and secondary machining area, main spindle and satellite spindle
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49311 3 Select machining portion of workpiece, pivoting workpiece as function of correction needed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49312 3 Fixture free machining
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49313 3 Machining about eccentric center different from rotational center of workpiece
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49314 3 Machine with oscillating workpiece, no full rotation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49315 3 Machine first contour slowly, then remaining surface quickly, fast
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49316 3 Back-off grinding, during wheel retract, by deflection workpiece, after plunge
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49317 3 Traverse grinding, move along workpiece
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49318 3 Grind and simultaneous gauging, dwell, measure and final feed without gauging
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49319 3 Centerless machining, grinding, cutting
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49321 3 Reverse movement of tool to deburr
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49322 3 Cool to solidify material before machining it
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49323 3 Machine long, slender workpiece
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49324 3 Different starting point for each machining pass, to prevent dent formation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49325 3 Combine punching and laser machining
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49326 3 Drill on laser machine, transfer to edm for operation on hole, adjust position
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49327 3 Combine punch and marker, engraving for workpiece
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49328 3 Laser machining and milling combined
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49329 3 Combine edm and milling
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49331 3 Laser drilling followed by laser cutting
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49332 3 First saw rough contours in workpiece then mill rest
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49333 3 Drilling and thread cutting by same machine
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49334 3 Combine turning, milling, grinding or other in one setup
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49335 3 Part, workpiece, inner, internal outer, external machining
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49336 3 Machine two mating, matching parts, at opposite ends of spindle, simultaneously
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49337 3 Machine holes in spherical nodes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49338 3 Micromachining, workpieces small, around 1-mm or less
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49339 3 Machine simultaneous left and right, mirror part
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49341 3 Manual pocket machining, multipasses
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49342 3 Select between concentric and eccentric regions of a workpiece
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49343 3 Machining point symmetrical surfaces, revolving surfaces
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49344 3 Surface, 5-axis surface machining
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49345 3 Smooth and polish surface at the same time
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49346 3 3-Axis surface machining
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49347 3 Machine cover, first scan surface on which cover is to be placed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49348 3 Mill surface from underneath workpiece, easy chips, cutout material evacuation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49349 3 Drill both sides of workpiece at the same time, under and over workpiece
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49351 3 4-Axis surface machining
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49352 3 7-Axis surface machining
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49353 3 Control of output power of tool, laser beam
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49354 3 High speed cutting
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49355 3 Machine flat surface on rotating workpiece, rotate tool inverse direction
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49356 3 Tool with constant force against workpiece during machining
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49357 3 Tool perpendicular to surface with varying force
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49358 3 Facing milling, tool perpendicular to surface
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49359 3 Cylindrical or side milling, tool tangential to surface
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49361 3 Workpiece and tool have each own rotation speed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49362 3 Tool, probe at constant height to surface during machining
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49363 3 Minimalize time for tool movement between different positions, holes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49364 3 Minimize number of punch strokes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49365 3 Minimise noncutting area, tool travel, eliminate air cutting
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49366 3 Machine several small pieces on one sheet, break off pieces
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49367 3 Group machines into cells to minimise intercellular travel
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49368 3 Vision calculates errors while table already moves, result corrects movement
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49369 3 Minimize machining time by maximizing feed, speed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49371 3 Variable laser spot width, small for boundary, large for rest
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49372 3 Optimize toolpath pattern for a given cutting layer, mounting sequence
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49373 3 Flying operation, while tool and workpiece have same speed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49374 3 Speed up each conveyor between two stations, at stations synchronize in phase
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49375 3 Minimalizing machine time, number of tool change
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49376 3 Select two machining types, milling or turning, complete machining with one tool
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49377 3 Eliminate double cutting
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49378 3 Tool path finding, select minimal distance
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49379 3 Key input path, move one axis manually, other axis slave controlled by program
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49381 3 Raster, line servo, area machining, cutting, facing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49382 3 Movement reciprocating
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49383 3 Using pick feed with non reciprocating machining direction
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49384 3 Control of oscillatory movement like filling a weld, weaving
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49385 3 Using pick feed when machining a surface
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49386 3 Automatic seam, weld line, finding
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49387 3 Limiting scanning region
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49388 3 Computer controlled movement of plotter is transferred to tool by pantograph
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49389 3 Machine alternative both sides of rib, net machining, against deformation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49391 3 Adapt number of passes as function of tool wear
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49392 3 Multipasses, segmentation of cut, paraxial cutting
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49393 3 Machining step, fixing smallest step nibble machine, planer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49394 3 Stop in one point, execute other operation and return back to first point
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49395 3 Repeating same operations for other coordinates
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49396 3 Stepwise milling, mill by advancing larger step then retract smaller step, repeat
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49397 3 Control of dwell time
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/49398 3 Repeat same operations on machined part until machining reaches its finishing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50 2 Machine tool, machine tool null till machine tool work handling
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50001 3 Multislides, multispindles with multitool turret for each
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50002 3 Drill more holes simultaneously, adapt distance tools as function of detected image
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50003 3 Machine simultaneously two workpieces
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50004 3 Multitool at the same time, priority for one tool as function of machining parameter
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50005 3 Multiple chuck machining, chuck position change after each partial machining
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50006 3 Two parallel spindles, bi-spindle and two tool blocks sliding on same axis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50007 3 Multiple polishing heads, oscillating and rotating
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50008 3 Multiple, multi tool head, parallel machining
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50009 3 Revolver head
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50011 3 Two spindles drive single large tool, cooperation of spindles
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50012 3 Multi slide and indexable multi workpiece spindles
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50013 3 Two spindles on same line, one for workpiece, other for tool, second tool on slide
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50014 3 Several, multi workpieces
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50015 3 Multi cutting, twin tools contact at same time workpiece, balance cutting
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50016 3 Turret with multiple workpiece holders, spindles, multiple fixed tools around it
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50017 3 Two programs, two slides, data second slide related to moving origin of first
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50018 3 Zero point floating
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50019 3 Zero, null offset
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50021 3 Configuration, null point on tool relative to null point on workpiece
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50022 3 Null point on tool relative to null point of toolholder, rotationcenter
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50023 3 Measure different null points, references of tool and store in memory
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50024 3 Go to reference, switches and dog to decelerate and to detect origin
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50025 3 Go to reference, switches and dog detect origin, combine with pulse from encoder
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50026 3 Go to reference plane, cube
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50027 3 Go to workpiece surface plane and store position
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50028 3 Beam detects x, y deviation on surface, compensates beam of position scanner
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50029 3 Go to pivotable, rotatable reference plane
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50031 3 Zero setting, go to reference with gauge
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50032 3 On one axis only, derive from inclined surface offsets for other axis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50033 3 Align tool, tip with a calibration mask
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50034 3 Set search range about origin, select between different overlapping ranges
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50035 3 Go to reference point and measure a preset force, pressure, store position
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50036 3 Find center of circular mark, groove
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50037 3 Use either upper or lower limit for home control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50038 3 Go to mechanical limit with low speed, until blocking of drive
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50039 3 Two probe, one on turret, serves also to calibrate second probe on bed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50041 3 Measuring intensity of tool vibration
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50042 3 Return to origin, reference point, zero point, homing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50043 3 Near zero detection
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50044 3 For speed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50045 3 Combined axis jogging, following programmed shape instead of single axis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50046 3 Control of level, horizontal, inclination of workholder, slide
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50047 3 Positioning, indexing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50048 3 Jogging
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50049 3 Control machine as function of position, angle of workpiece
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50051 3 Turn workpiece axis perpendicular to turn axis of lathe
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50052 3 Orienting workpiece relative to tool
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50053 3 Machine non circular, non-round cross section, hexagonal, rectangular
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50054 3 Drill on skew surface
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50055 3 Make hollow worpiece with uniform wall thickness
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50056 3 Profile, for operation on I-, T-profiles or other elongated profiles
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50057 3 Compensation error by probing test, machined piece, post or pre process
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50058 3 During machining, measure previous part to compensate errors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50059 3 Record profile error, used for next machining pass
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50061 3 Compensation of measuring errors due to machine with footprint
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50062 3 Measure deviation of workpiece under working conditions, machine correction
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50063 3 Probe, measure, verify workpiece, feedback measured values
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50064 3 Camera inspects workpiece for errors, correction of workpiece at desired position
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50065 3 Estimate trends from past measured values, correct before really out of tolerance
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50066 3 Fit base pattern into detected geometrical workpiece data, create whole program
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50067 3 Measure surface for thickness and store map in memory, machine surface
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50068 3 Test valve, object, store parameters, machine object to get wanted performance
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50069 3 Reject workpiece if not machinable, material to be machined too large
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50071 3 Store actual surface in memory before machining, compare with reference surface
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50072 3 Machine workpiece again to correct previous errors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50073 3 Signature analysis, store forces during test, compare with real ones during assemby
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50074 3 Purpose, workpiece measurement to control, adapt feed of tool
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50075 3 To adapt, control force level at which machining will be considered as finished
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50076 3 To derive from state of surface, the need to change used, worn tool
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50077 3 Keep position by switching over to auxiliary power supply for resolver, encoder
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50078 3 Single battery backup for all axis, encoders, resolvers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50079 3 Battery backup supply switched over data, signal lines, to save cable
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50081 3 On power loss, shut down axis using generated power from one braked axis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50082 3 UPS, no break to power actuator and move into safe condition
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50083 3 Power loss, measures again loss of power
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50084 3 Keep position, setup parameters in memory
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50085 3 Realignment, search reference to restablish position
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50086 3 Microprocessor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50087 3 Rough, coarse and finish, fine machining
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50088 3 Rough and finish machining simultaneously
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50089 3 Finish allowance equals offset rough finish tool and bending work under rough
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50091 3 Rough machining
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50092 3 Sculptured part rough machining with the offset approach
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50093 3 Sculptured rough machining with the contour map approach, make slices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50094 3 Optimize number of layers to be cut for contour map approach
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50095 3 On tool breakage return to a reference then follow already machined path
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50096 3 After interrupt, use tool path display to bring tool back on path
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50097 3 After repair, dry run program until block before restart is detected
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50098 3 After interrupt, interpolate with suitable startpoint different from stoppoint
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50099 3 Before restart change jig, fixture with workpieces
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50101 3 For fine machining, select tool and offset, block and restart midway
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50102 3 Store history of operation, after power failure, restart from history, journal
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50103 3 Restart, reverse, return along machined path, stop
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50104 3 Before restarting program, restore machine status existing at stop time
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50105 3 Display instructions to operator on how to restart machine
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50106 3 Before allowing restart, check that machine condition is optimal
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50107 3 Retract tool if end of drilling is detected
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50108 3 Retract tool stepwise, same path, until safe boundary reached, then quick retract
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50109 3 Soft approach, engage, retract, escape, withdraw path for tool to workpiece
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50111 3 Retract tool along path, reengage along same path
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50112 3 Retract tool to a point
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50113 3 Short stroke, retract tool, safe distance from workpiece surface, hover height
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50114 3 Select approach path as function of zone for tool slide
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50115 3 Select complicated, combined approach path
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50116 3 Select approach path out of plurality
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50117 3 Select approach path as function of machining time
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50118 3 Select as function of position of tool during cycle, optimum path
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50119 3 Select between set of paths as function of interrupt nature
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50121 3 Machining several workpieces with one or more tools in one setup
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50122 3 Workpiece holder, chuck jaws, fixture setup
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50123 3 Setup, automatic setup
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50124 3 Automatic new setup when new program selected
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50125 3 Configurable fixture, jig
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50126 3 Position clamp, fixture by machining head itself
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50127 3 Modular fixture, use of clamps and locators, the latter also for positioning
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50128 3 Reference free part encapsulation, fixture using molten filler and cube
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50129 3 Setup machines as function of process model, control strategy for optimum use of machines
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50131 3 Setup as function of tool position in manufacturing center
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50132 3 Jig, fixture
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50133 3 With optical beam, tool crosses beam
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50134 3 Tool pushes reference plane, or vice versa, reverse motion until again zero
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50135 3 Tool touches box, sensor to give a contact signal
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50136 3 With sensor, potentiometer to measure relative displacement
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50137 3 Contact in probe, touch probe to detect contact, touch trigger
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50138 3 During setup display is red, after setup display is green colour
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50139 3 Calibration, setting tool after measurement on tool
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50141 3 Setup tool, preset
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50142 3 Measure parallelism of tool with respect to plane and correct
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50143 3 Tool set up integrated, automatically transferred into control system
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50144 3 offline setup by simulation of process, during machining, forming of other piece
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50145 3 Tool setup manual, preset of the machine
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50146 3 Machine construction error compensation using ann
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50147 3 Calibrate tool heads based on calibration of first tool head
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50148 3 Workpiece, setup of component, workpiece
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50149 3 Find orientation workpiece which maximizes number of faces machined in one setup
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50151 3 Orient, translate, align workpiece to fit position assumed in program
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50152 3 Align axis cylinder, tube with rotation axis machine
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50153 3 Mount machining unit on workpiece, move unit on it
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50154 3 Milling center
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50155 3 Swivel spindle head horizontally
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50156 3 Tiltable rotary table
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50157 3 Universal swivel spindle head, swivel in all directions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50158 3 Modular structure
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50159 3 Steady rest
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50161 3 Reverse engineering, cloning
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50162 3 Stewart platform, hexapod construction
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50163 3 Machine stations and control modules build as a unity to be connected in line
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50164 3 Select a structure to make programming of free curved surface easier
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50165 3 Axis nc machine cooperates with two axis rotary table
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50166 3 Extended range, machine a workpiece over a long distance
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50167 3 Adapting to copying
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50168 3 Retrofitting
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50169 3 Double stewart platform
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50171 3 Machine, machining centre, center
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50172 3 Tool holder is transparent
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50173 3 Machine tool hang and move on rail above workpiece
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50174 3 Machine tool y-1, y-2, z, A-axis, table x, c-axis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50175 3 6-Dof manipulator associated with 1-DOF workpiece holder
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50176 3 Table, general, for machine tool
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50177 3 Protection for operator during operation, machining
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50178 3 Clamp, brake gravity axis on power loss to clamp tool in position
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50179 3 Dynamic tolerance, limit values as function of speed, type of command
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50181 3 After stopping apply additionally a brake
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50182 3 Skip over pieces between machining and measuring station, on tool changing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50183 3 Detect correct clamping of workpiece, chucks grip properly workpiece
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50184 3 Stop feed if relative movement between drive and tool
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50185 3 Monitoring, detect failures, control of efficiency of machine, tool life
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50186 3 Diagnostic of spindle bearing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50187 3 Stop drive motor if clutch refuses, remains active, if emergency
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50188 3 If operation, feed movement not done after maximum allowable time, emergency stop
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50189 3 Compare position of slide with positioning, tape data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50191 3 Against noise
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50192 3 If braking fails due to controller or amplifier fault, separate delayed braking
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50193 3 Safety in general
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50194 3 Before restarting machine, enter allowable, maximum speed corresponding to tool
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50195 3 Emergency stop stops drives and spindle, stored program remains in memory
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50196 3 Monitor clutch or belt drive
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50197 3 Signature analysis, store working conditions, compare with actual
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50198 3 Emergency stop
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50199 3 Tool, nozzle is covered for protection in home position, if needed also heated
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50201 3 Tool looses contact with workpiece, alarm if no cut through operation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50202 3 During movement of tool towards workpiece, shut down rotation, welding gun
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50203 3 Tool, monitor condition tool
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50204 3 Tool replacement point, tool change position without damage, clearance plane
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50205 3 On tool breakage stop machine
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50206 3 Tool monitoring integrated in nc control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50207 3 Surface finish
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50208 3 Retrace, remachine portion of path, locus to remove start discontinuities
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50209 3 Surface treatment, roughing surface
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50211 3 Finish machining, spark out, rough out
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50212 3 Giving a texture, structure to surface, like leather, wood appearance
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50213 3 Grooving of different forms or parallel to each other, grooving cycle
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50214 3 Refurbish, refinish, reprofile, recondition, restore, rebuild profile
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50215 3 Move synchrously tool and anvil at both sides of plate
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50216 3 Synchronize speed and position of several axis, spindles
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50217 3 Synchronize, control phase angle of two spindles by auxiliary index motor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50218 3 Synchronize groups of axis, spindles
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50219 3 Slave spindle is driven at half the torque of main spindle for synchronism
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50221 3 Switch speed reference from speed to position loop of both spindles to synchronize
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50222 3 Stop machines, actuators until others reach common synchronization point
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50223 3 Loose synchronisation, can shift within time interval
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50224 3 Synchronize feed and spindle speed during slow down, stopping
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50225 3 Synchronize feed and spindle speed as function of pitch of screw, thread
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50226 3 Synchronize feed and spindle speed in forward and reverse feed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50227 3 Synchronize two axis by correcting for measured pitch errors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50228 3 Synchronize two slides, portal gantry, raising, moving
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50229 3 Synchronize axis by simulating several virtual axis to control real axis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50231 3 Synchronize engage, disengage groups of axis as function of position of simulate
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50232 3 Synchronize change of feed and spindle speed when overriding feed speed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50233 3 Synchonize time-dependent with electronic cam data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50234 3 Synchronize two spindles, axis, electronic transmission, line shafting
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50235 3 Select tools, slides, spindles to work synchronized, independent
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50236 3 Tool editor for actual used tools and needed next, missing, unused tools
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50237 3 Detect wear by comparing coded value on tool with real value, grind tool
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50238 3 Search empty place in changer to place tool
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50239 3 Select tool manual from tool store, with permission from NC to deblock tool
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50241 3 Chuck, gripper, spindle changer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50242 3 Tool changer and revolver fixed on spindle
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50243 3 Small buffer tool magazine, ordered tools, filled from large magazine, change time
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50244 3 Machine integrated tool cassette
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50245 3 Change tools, like laser head and drill having different driving needs
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50246 3 Workpiece exchange
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50247 3 Change to finer, more adapted tools to machine complex surface
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50248 3 Control position of coolant nozzle as function of selected tool
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50249 3 Tool, probe, pen changer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50251 3 Mobile tool magazine to replace spare or rarely used tool
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50252 3 Replace, change tool with tracer head, probe, feeler
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50253 3 Selection tool
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50254 3 Change feeler or tool on different curvature of workpiece, model
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50255 3 Tool selection sets speed machining, kind of cooling, other parameter
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50256 3 Orienting selected tool with respect to workpiece
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50257 3 Kind of revolver magazine
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50258 3 Chain magazine
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50259 3 Flat bed magazine
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50261 3 Two tool holders to eliminate tool change time, replace and search simultaneously
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50262 3 Change tool at minimum distance from workpiece
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50263 3 Standby tool, tool ready for next machining step, change tool while machining
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50264 3 Change tool during positioning movement
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50265 3 If tool life over, continue machining only actual block, workability, then stop
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50266 3 During tool change, workpiece immobile, then execute backward operation sequence
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50267 3 Change tool and workpiece simultaneously, except if collision possible
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50268 3 Measure diameter only if new tool has been inserted
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50269 3 Minimize tool change by selecting appropriate fixture
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50271 3 Select second tool if first tool cannot machine workpiece without moving it
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50272 3 Change spare, used tool during machining, minimize machining time
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50273 3 Before motor start of spindle with new tool, detect if old tool back in storage
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50274 3 Measure new tool inserted by operator, compare with diameter needed to accept
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50275 3 Safety, verify correct code of chosen tool, probe
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50276 3 Detect wear or defect tool, breakage and change tool
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50277 3 Detection tool presence in tool holder, spindle before starting motor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50278 3 Send offset values from tool changer before machining
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50279 3 Adjust displacement amount of tracer as function of rough, finish machining
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50281 3 Adjust tool for tool offset by using an axis parallel to feed axis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50282 3 Tool offset as function of cutting depth
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50283 3 Tool offset for two different diameters, smoothing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50284 3 Tool nose correction
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50285 3 Tool geometry compensation, keep contact of tool on desired curve
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50286 3 Fine adjustement tool head, adjustment with respect to toolholder
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50287 3 Tool offset as function of diameter of saw, for begin and end point of path
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50288 3 Compensate tool offset as function of speed, needed when tool is not mounted correctly in spindle
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50289 3 Tool offset general
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50291 3 Multi-tool, several tools
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50292 3 Tool offset based on two cutter contact points, admitting some overcut
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50293 3 Radial setting of tool
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50294 3 Tool offset length by going to a reference and recording distance
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50295 3 Tool offset by manual input by switches
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50296 3 Tool offset by verifying piece and registrating errors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50297 3 Compensation of positioning error due to a-axis, b-axis tool rotation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50298 3 Trace with feelers of different diameter, from the two loci calculate offset
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50299 3 Correction data stored in memory attached to tool or tool holder
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50301 3 Correction stored on tape, together with tool identification
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50302 3 Remachine same workpiece with same tool but diminished tool offset
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50303 3 Resolver
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50304 3 Correction from tape, file
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50305 3 For every diameter a tape
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50306 3 Tool height, axial displacement from center of circular workpiece, surface
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50307 3 Correction by probing dimension of machined workpiece
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50308 3 Estimate wear from machining data and conditions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50309 3 Correction of wear as function of dressing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50311 3 Compensate tool wear by grinding tool to a known position
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50312 3 Compensation of tool wear by adapting program to profile of tool
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50313 3 Tool offset, tool wear
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50314 3 Search for reference, go to reference
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50315 3 Selfcorrecting by measurement during machining
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50316 3 Calculate as function of empirical calculated values from used tools
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50317 3 As function of number of workpieces
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50318 3 As function of number of cutting edges of saw, mill
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50319 3 As function of tool geometry and machining data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50321 3 As function of machined volume per time unit
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50322 3 As function of effective machining time
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50323 3 As function of tool type
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50324 3 As function of coolant
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50325 3 As function of measured vibrations
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50326 3 As function of feed forces
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50327 3 As function of cutting forces
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50328 3 As function of motor spindle load, current
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50329 3 Tool offset for pockets, area machining avoiding interference with wall
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50331 3 Electrode, wire gap compensation in edm, wire cutting
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50332 3 Tool offset for 3-D surfaces normal to surface
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50333 3 Temperature
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50334 3 Tool offset, diameter correction
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50335 3 Tool offset for straight lines
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50336 3 Tool, probe offset for curves, surfaces, contouring
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50337 3 Tool offset for point
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50338 3 Tool with rom chip
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50339 3 Select machining portion of tool according to surface of work
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50341 3 Tool with right and left nose value, different radius
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50342 3 Use two tools with different diameter
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50343 3 Ball end tool, end is spherical
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50344 3 Flat end tool, end is flat
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50345 3 Bull nose tool, end is practical flat with rounded corners
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50346 3 Ion ray
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50347 3 Tool sends via electromagnetic waves actual working condition
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50348 3 Deform tool to adapt to workpiece, bow tool with pressure
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50349 3 Obtain normal vector of two points on surface, interpolate in between
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50351 3 Rotate cutting tool to vary cutting tool geometry
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50352 3 Inclination of tool as function of diameter of workpiece
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50353 3 Tool, probe inclination, orientation to surface, posture, attitude
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50354 3 If tool looses contact, change angle of tool with 90-degrees
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50355 3 Tool perpendicular to a 2-D curve
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50356 3 Tool perpendicular, normal to 3-D surface
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50357 3 Tool tangential to path or surface
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50358 3 Work handling, automatic load unload workpiece
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50359 3 Rotate workpiece pallet, workpieces on it, machine and load simultaneous
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50361 3 Translatory workpiece pallet, translate between two stations
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50362 3 Load unload with robot
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50363 3 Load unload with two robots, one to load, other to unload
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50364 3 Buffer for workpieces, pallets, trays with articles
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50365 3 Convey workpiece downwards on pallet, to machine rotate upwards
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50366 3 Work handling with changeable hands
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50367 3 Several workpiece holders in a single cell
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50368 3 Pallet with autonomous control unit
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50369 3 Display empty supply or discharge pallet
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50371 3 Index table holds same number of load and unload cups, alternative
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50372 3 Load pallets manually, with visual instruction assistance
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50373 3 If pallet is not loaded conforming to instruction, warning
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50374 3 Cylindrical workpiece holder, for each workpiece a separate tool slide
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50375 3 Reject or reload workpiece if misaligned, excessive error in location
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50376 3 Workholder receives also parts to be assembled with work
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50377 3 Two robots with common workbase slides in unison along pallets
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50378 3 Control height gripper as function of thickness of workpiece and height of pallet
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50379 3 Workpiece detector, sensor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50381 3 Load, unload workpiece while machining other one, dual table machine
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50382 3 Position claws of first chuck relative to second chuck, to grip small workpiece
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50383 3 Bar feeder applies torque to compensate bending of workpiece during machining
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50384 3 Modular, exchangable parts feeder
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50385 3 Fast forward in idle time
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50386 3 Feeder, feeding of workpiece, bar
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50387 3 Two chucks, grippers, feeder bar, transfer workpiece from one to other
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50388 3 Integrated loader, shuttle transfer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50389 3 Gantry loader
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50391 3 Robot
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50392 3 Overhead conveyor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50393 3 Floor conveyor, AGV automatic guided vehicle
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50394 3 Bulk hopper
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50395 3 Pallet magazines, transport dollies
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50396 3 Gantry loader with two grippers, one always empty
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50397 3 Two conveyors transporting together a workpiece to station
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50398 3 For a single machine
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50399 3 Between machines
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2219/50401 3 In line work storage system
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2223/00 0 Indexing scheme associated with group G05B23/00
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2223/02 1 Indirect monitoring, e.g. monitoring production to detect faults of a system
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2223/04 1 Detection of intermittent failure
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05B2223/06 1 Remote monitoring
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D SYSTEMS FOR CONTROLLING OR REGULATING NON-ELECTRIC VARIABLES
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D1/00 0 Control of position, course or altitude of land, water, air, or space vehicles, e.g. automatic pilot (radio navigation systems or analogous systems using other waves G01S)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D1/0005 1 {with arrangements to save energy}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D1/0011 1 {associated with a remote control arrangement}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D1/0016 2 {characterised by the operator's input device (input arrangements for computing systems in general G06F3/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D1/0022 2 {characterised by the communication link (data switching networks in general H04L12/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D1/0027 2 {involving a plurality of vehicles, e.g. fleet or convoy travelling (traffic control systems for road vehicles G08G1/00 ; for marine craft G08G3/00 ; for aircraft G08G5/00 ; fleet control of land vehicles from a control room G05D1/0297)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D1/0033 2 {by having the operator tracking the vehicle either by direct line of sight or via one or more cameras located remotely from the vehicle}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D1/0038 2 {by providing the operator with simple or augmented images from one or more cameras located onboard the vehicle, e.g. tele-operation (images analyzed by a computer and used for automatic navigation G05D1/0246)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D1/0044 2 {by providing the operator with a computer generated representation of the environment of the vehicle, e.g. virtual reality, maps (maps used for automatic navigation G05D1/0274 ; flight directors G01C23/005)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D1/005 2 {by providing the operator with signals other than visual, e.g. acoustic, haptic}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D1/0055 1 {with safety arrangements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D1/0061 2 {for transition from automatic pilot to manual pilot and vice versa}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D1/0066 2 {for limitation of acceleration or stress}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D1/0072 2 {to counteract a motor failure}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D1/0077 2 {using redundant signals or controls}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D1/0083 1 {to help an aircraft pilot in the rolling phase}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D1/0088 1 {characterized by the autonomous decision making process, e.g. artificial intelligence, predefined behaviours (using knowledge based models G06N5/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D1/0094 1 {involving pointing a payload, e.g. camera, weapon, sensor, towards a fixed or moving target}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D1/02 1 Control of position or course in two dimensions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D1/0202 2 {specially adapted to aircraft}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D1/0204 3 {to counteract a sudden perturbation, e.g. cross-wind, gust}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D1/0206 2 {specially adapted to water vehicles}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D1/0208 3 {dynamic anchoring}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D1/021 2 {specially adapted to land vehicles}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D1/0212 3 {with means for defining a desired trajectory (involving a plurality of land vehicles G05D1/0287)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D1/0214 4 {in accordance with safety or protection criteria, e.g. avoiding hazardous areas (monitoring the location of vehicles within a certain area, e.g. forbidden or allowed areas, in traffic control systems for road vehicles G08G1/13)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D1/0217 4 {in accordance with energy consumption, time reduction or distance reduction criteria}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D1/0219 4 {ensuring the processing of the whole working surface}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D1/0221 4 {involving a learning process}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D1/0223 4 {involving speed control of the vehicle (vehicle fittings for automatically controlling, i.e. preventing speed from exceeding an arbitrarily established velocity or maintaining speed at a particular velocity, as selected by the vehicle operator B60K31/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D1/0225 4 {involving docking at a fixed facility, e.g. base station or loading bay (parking aids B62D15/027)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D1/0227 3 {using mechanical sensing means, e.g. for sensing treated area}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D1/0229 4 {in combination with fixed guiding means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D1/0231 3 {using optical position detecting means (position-fixing by using electromagnetic waves other than radio waves, e.g. optical position detecting means G01S5/16)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D1/0234 4 {using optical markers or beacons (optical beacons per se G01S1/70)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D1/0236 5 {in combination with a laser (lasers per se H01S)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D1/0238 4 {using obstacle or wall sensors (G05D1/0246 and G05D1/0289 take precedence; lidar systems designed for anti-collision purposes G01S17/93)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D1/024 5 {in combination with a laser (lasers per se H01S)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D1/0242 4 {using non-visible light signals, e.g. IR or UV signals}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D1/0244 4 {using reflecting strips}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D1/0246 4 {using a video camera in combination with image processing means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D1/0248 5 {in combination with a laser (lasers per se H01S)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D1/0251 5 {extracting 3D information from a plurality of images taken from different locations, e.g. stereo vision (stereoscopic image analysis H04N13/00; depth recovery from images G06T7/593)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D1/0253 5 {extracting relative motion information from a plurality of images taken successively, e.g. visual odometry, optical flow (determining position or orientation from images G06T7/70)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D1/0255 3 {using acoustic signals, e.g. ultra-sonic singals (sonar systems designed for anti-collision purposes G01S15/93)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D1/0257 3 {using a radar (radar systems designed for anti-collision purposes between land vehicles or between land vehicle and fixed obstacles G01S13/931)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D1/0259 3 {using magnetic or electromagnetic means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D1/0261 4 {using magnetic plots}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D1/0263 4 {using magnetic strips}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D1/0265 4 {using buried wires}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D1/0268 3 {using internal positioning means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D1/027 4 {comprising intertial navigation means, e.g. azimuth detector (inertial navigation G01C21/16 ; inertial navigation combined with non-inertial navigation instruments G01C21/165)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D1/0272 4 {comprising means for registering the travel distance, e.g. revolutions of wheels (measuring distance traversed on the ground by vehicles, e.g. using odometers G01C22/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D1/0274 4 {using mapping information stored in a memory device (navigation using map-matching G01C21/30)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D1/0276 3 {using signals provided by a source external to the vehicle (involving a plurality of vehicles G05D1/0287 ; automatically controlling vehicle speed responsive to exernally generated signals B60K31/0058)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D1/0278 4 {using satellite positioning signals, e.g. GPS}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D1/028 4 {using a RF signal}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D1/0282 5 {generated in a local control room}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D1/0285 4 {using signals transmitted via a public communication network, e.g. GSM network}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D1/0287 3 {involving a plurality of land vehicles, e.g. fleet or convoy travelling (traffic control systems for road vehicles G08G1/00, particularly anticollision systems G08G1/16)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D1/0289 4 {with means for avoiding collisions between vehicles (vehicle fittings for automatically controlling speed inclusing means for detecting potential obstacles B60K31/0008 ; avoiding obstacles by action on the steering system B62D ; radar, sonar, lidar systems designed for anti-collision purposes G01S13/93, G01S15/93, G01S17/93)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D1/0291 4 {Fleet control (monitoring fleets in traffic control systems for road vehicles G08G1/127, G08G1/127)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D1/0293 5 {Convoy travelling}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D1/0295 5 {by at least one leading vehicle of the fleet}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D1/0297 5 {by controlling means in a control room}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D1/03 2 using near-field transmission systems, e.g. inductive-loop type {(G05D1/021 and subgroups take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D1/04 1 Control of altitude or depth
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D1/042 2 {specially adapted for aircraft}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D1/044 3 {during banks}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D1/046 3 {to counteract a perturbation, e.g. gust of wind}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D1/048 2 {specially adapted for water vehicles}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D1/06 2 Rate of change of altitude or depth
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D1/0607 3 {specially adapted for aircraft}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D1/0615 4 {to counteract a perturbation, e.g. gust of wind}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D1/0623 5 {by acting on the pitch}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D1/063 5 {by acting on the motors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D1/0638 5 {by combined action on the pitch and on the motors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D1/0646 4 {to follow the profile of undulating ground}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D1/0653 4 {during a phase of take-off or landing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D1/0661 5 {specially adapted for take-off}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D1/0669 6 {specially adapted for vertical take-off}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D1/0676 5 {specially adapted for landing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D1/0684 6 {on a moving platform, e.g. aircraft carrier}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D1/0688 4 {Emergency descent}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D1/0692 3 {specially adapted for under-water vehicles}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D1/08 1 Control of attitude, i.e. control of roll, pitch, or yaw
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D1/0808 2 {specially adapted for aircraft}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D1/0816 3 {to ensure stability}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D1/0825 4 {using mathematical models}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D1/0833 4 {using limited authority control}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D1/0841 4 {to prevent a coupling between different modes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D1/085 4 {to ensure coordination between different movements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D1/0858 3 {specially adapted for vertical take-off of aircraft}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D1/0866 3 {specially adapted to captive aircraft}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D1/0875 2 {specially adapted to water vehicles}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D1/0891 2 {specially adapted for land vehicles}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D1/10 1 Simultaneous control of position or course in three dimensions (G05D1/12 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D1/101 2 {specially adapted for aircraft}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D1/102 3 {specially adapted for vertical take-off of aircraft}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D1/104 3 {involving a plurality of aircrafts, e.g. formation flying (traffic control systems for aircraft G08G5/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D1/105 3 {specially adapted for unpowered flight, e.g. glider, parachuting, forced landing (parachutes per se B64D17/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D1/106 3 {Change initiated in response to external conditions, e.g. avoidance of elevated terrain or of no-fly zones}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D1/1062 4 {specially adapted for avoiding bad weather conditions}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D1/1064 4 {specially adapted for avoiding collisions with other aircraft}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D1/107 2 {specially adapted for missiles}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D1/108 3 {animated with a rolling movement}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D1/12 1 Target-seeking control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D3/00 0 Control of position or direction (G05D1/00 takes precedence; numerical control to execute positioning G05B19/18)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D3/10 1 without using feedback
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D3/105 2 {Solar tracker}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D3/12 1 using feedback
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D3/121 2 {using synchromachines (selsyns)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D3/122 3 {without modulation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D3/124 3 {with modulation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D3/125 2 {using discrete position sensor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D3/127 3 {with electrical contact}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D3/128 2 {using clutch or brake}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D3/14 2 using an analogue comparing device
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D3/1409 3 {with dc amplifier chain}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D3/1418 3 {with ac amplifier chain}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D3/1427 3 {with non-linear amplifier chain}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D3/1436 3 {with fine or coarse devices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D3/1445 3 {with a plurality of loops}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D3/1454 4 {using models or predicting devices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D3/1463 4 {using PID devices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D3/1472 3 {with potentiometer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D3/1481 3 {with discrete position sensor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D3/149 3 {with clutch or brake}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D3/16 3 whose output amplitude can only take a number of discrete values (G05D3/18 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D3/165 4 {using clutch or brake}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D3/18 3 delivering a series of pulses
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D3/183 4 {using stepping motor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D3/186 4 {using clutch or brake}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D3/20 2 using a digital comparing device
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D3/203 3 {using fine or coarse devices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D3/206 3 {using clutch or brakes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D5/00 0 Control of dimensions of material
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D5/02 1 of thickness, e.g. of rolled material (of specific materials B21B, B29C, B32B, C03B, D21F)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D5/03 2 characterised by the use of electric means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D5/04 1 of the size of items, e.g. of particles
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D5/06 2 characterised by the use of electric means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D7/00 0 Control of flow (level control G05D9/00; control of flow ratio G05D11/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D7/005 1 {characterised by the use of auxiliary non-electric power combined with the use of electric means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D7/01 1 without auxiliary power
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D7/0106 2 {the sensing element being a flexible member, e.g. bellows, diaphragm, capsule}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D7/0113 3 {the sensing element acting as a valve}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D7/012 3 {the sensing element being deformable and acting as a valve}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D7/0126 2 {the sensing element being a piston or plunger associated with one or more springs}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D7/0133 3 {within the flow-path}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D7/014 4 {using sliding elements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D7/0146 2 {the in-line sensing element being a piston or float without flexible member or spring}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D7/0153 3 {using slidable elements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D7/016 3 {the sensing element being a ball}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D7/0166 2 {the sensing element being a float or a ball placed outside the flow path to be controlled}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D7/0173 2 {using pivoting sensing element acting as a valve mounted within the flow-path}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D7/018 2 {using rotary sensing element}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D7/0186 2 {without moving parts}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D7/0193 2 {using hydraulic or pneumatic amplifiers, relays or transmitters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D7/03 1 with auxiliary non-electric power {(G05D7/005 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D7/06 1 characterised by the use of electric means {(G05D7/005 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D7/0605 2 {specially adapted for solid materials}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D7/0611 3 {characterised by the set value given to the control element}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D7/0617 2 {specially adapted for fluid materials}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D7/0623 3 {characterised by the set value given to the control element}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D7/0629 3 {characterised by the type of regulator means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D7/0635 4 {by action on throttling means (G05D7/0688, G05D7/0694 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D7/0641 5 {using a plurality of throttling means (G05D7/067 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D7/0647 6 {the plurality of throttling means being arranged in series}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D7/0652 6 {the plurality of throttling means being arranged in parallel}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D7/0658 6 {the plurality of throttling means being arranged for the control of a single flow from a plurality of converging flows (G05D7/0652 takes precedence; ratio control G05D11/13)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D7/0664 6 {the plurality of throttling means being arranged for the control of a plurality of diverging flows from a single flow (G05D7/0652 takes precedence; ratio control G05D11/13)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D7/067 5 {characterised by free surface flow (open channel water distribution systems E02B13/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D7/0676 4 {by action on flow sources (G05D7/0688, G05D7/0694 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D7/0682 5 {using a plurality of flow sources}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D7/0688 4 {by combined action on throttling means and flow sources (G05D7/0694 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D7/0694 4 {by action on throttling means or flow sources of very small size, e.g. microfluidics (microvalves F16K99/0001; microstructural devices per se B81B)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D9/00 0 Level control, e.g. controlling quantity of material stored in vessel
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D9/02 1 without auxiliary power
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D9/04 1 with auxiliary non-electric power
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D9/12 1 characterised by the use of electric means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D11/00 0 Control of flow ratio (control of chemical or physico-chemical variables, e.g. pH-value, G05D21/00; control of humidity G05D22/00; control of temperature by varying the mixing ratio of two fluids having different temperatures G05D23/13; control of viscosity G05D24/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D11/001 1 {with discontinuous action}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D11/003 1 {using interconnected flow control elements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D11/005 1 {using synchronised pumps}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D11/006 1 {involving a first fluid acting on the feeding of a second fluid}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D11/008 1 {involving a fluid operating a pump motor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D11/02 1 Controlling ratio of two or more flows of fluid or fluent material
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D11/03 2 without auxiliary power
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D11/035 2 with auxiliary non-electric power
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D11/04 3 by sensing weight of individual components, e.g. gravimetric procedure
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D11/06 3 by sensing density of mixture, e.g. using aerometer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D11/08 3 by sensing concentration of mixture, e.g. measuring pH value
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D11/10 4 by sensing moisture of non-aqueous liquids
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D11/12 3 by sensing viscosity of mixture
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D11/13 2 characterised by the use of electric means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D11/131 3 {by measuring the values related to the quantity of the individual components (G05D11/139 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D11/132 4 {by controlling the flow of the individual components (G05D11/133 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D11/133 4 {with discontinuous action}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D11/134 5 {by sensing the weight of the individual components}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D11/135 3 {by sensing at least one property of the mixture (G05D11/139 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D11/136 4 {by sensing the viscosity}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D11/137 4 {by sensing the density of the mixture}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D11/138 4 {by sensing the concentration of the mixture, e.g. measuring pH value}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D11/139 3 {by measuring a value related to the quantity of the individual components and sensing at least one property of the mixture}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D11/16 1 Controlling mixing ratio of fluids having different temperatures, e.g. by sensing the temperature of a mixture of fluids having different viscosities
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D13/00 0 Control of linear speed; Control of angular speed; Control of acceleration or deceleration, e.g. of a prime mover
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D13/02 1 Details
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D13/04 2 providing for emergency tripping of an engine in case of exceeding maximum speed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D13/06 2 providing for damping of erratic vibrations in governors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D13/08 1 without auxiliary power
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D13/10 2 Centrifugal governors with fly-weights
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D13/12 3 Details
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D13/14 4 Fly weights; Mountings thereof; Adjusting equipment for limits, e.g. temporarily
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D13/16 4 Risers; Transmission gear therefor; Restoring mechanisms therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D13/18 3 counterbalanced by spider springs acting immediately upon the fly-weights
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D13/20 3 counterbalanced by spider springs acting upon the articulated riser
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D13/22 3 counterbalanced by fluid pressure acting upon the articulated riser
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D13/24 3 counterbalanced by two or more different appliances acting simultaneously upon the riser, e.g. with both spring force and fluid pressure or with both spring force and electromagnetic force
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D13/26 3 with provision for modulating the degree of non-uniformity of speed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D13/28 3 with provision for performing braking effects in case of increased speed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D13/30 2 Governors characterised by fluid features in which the speed of a shaft is converted into fluid pressure
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D13/32 3 using a pump
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D13/34 1 with auxiliary non-electric power
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D13/36 2 using regulating devices with proportional band, i.e. P regulating devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D13/38 3 involving centrifugal governors of fly-weight type
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D13/40 3 involving fluid governors of pump type
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D13/42 3 involving fluid governors of flow-controller type, i.e. the width of liquid flow being controlled by fly-weights
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D13/44 3 involving fluid governors of jet type
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D13/46 2 using regulating devices with proportional band and integral action, i.e. PI regulating devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D13/48 3 involving resilient restoring mechanisms
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D13/50 3 involving connecting means or superimposing a proportional regulating device and an integral regulating device
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D13/52 2 using regulating devices with proportional band and derivative action, i.e. PD regulating devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D13/54 3 involving centrifugal governors of fly-weight type exerting an acceleratory effect
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D13/56 3 involving restoring mechanisms exerting a delay effect
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D13/58 3 involving means for connecting a speed regulating device and an acceleration regulating device
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D13/60 2 using regulating devices with proportional band, derivative and integral action, i.e. PID regulating devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D13/62 1 characterised by the use of electric means, e.g. use of a tachometric dynamo, use of a transducer converting an electric value into a displacement {(electric motor control H02P)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D13/64 1 Compensating the speed difference between engines meshing by a differential gearing or the speed difference between a controlling shaft and a controlled shaft {(G05D13/62 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D13/66 1 Governor units providing for co-operation with control dependent upon a variable other than speed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D15/00 0 Control of mechanical force or stress; Control of mechanical pressure
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D15/01 1 characterised by the use of electric means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D16/00 0 Control of fluid pressure
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D16/02 1 Modifications to reduce the effects of instability, e.g. due to vibrations, friction, abnormal temperature, overloading or unbalance
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D16/024 1 {Controlling the inlet pressure, e.g. back-pressure regulator}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D16/028 1 {Controlling a pressure difference (control of flow G05D7/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D16/04 1 without auxiliary power
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D16/0402 2 {with two or more controllers mounted in series}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D16/0404 2 {with two or more controllers mounted in parallel}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D16/06 2 the sensing element being a flexible membrane, yielding to pressure, e.g. diaphragm, bellows, capsule
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D16/0608 3 {the controller being mounted within the flow path and having slidable elements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D16/0611 3 {the sensing element being deformable, e.g. Bourdon tube}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D16/0613 4 {the deformable sensing element acting as a throttling member}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D16/0616 3 {the sensing element being a bellow}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D16/0619 4 {acting directly on the obturator}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D16/0622 5 {characterised by the form of the obturator}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D16/0625 4 {acting indirectly on the obturator, e.g. by a lever}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D16/0627 5 {characterised by the form of the obturator}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D16/063 3 {the sensing element being a membrane}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D16/0633 4 {characterised by the properties of the membrane}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D16/0636 4 {characterised by the loading device of the membrane, e.g. spring}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D16/0638 4 {characterised by the form of the obturator}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D16/0641 5 {the obturator is a membrane}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D16/0644 4 {the membrane acting directly on the obturator}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D16/0647 5 {using one membrane without spring}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D16/065 6 {characterised by the form of the obturator}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D16/0652 5 {using several membranes without spring}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D16/0655 5 {using one spring-loaded membrane}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D16/0658 6 {characterised by the form of the obturator}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D16/0661 6 {characterised by the loading mechanisms of the membrane}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D16/0663 5 {using a spring-loaded membrane with a spring-loaded slideable obturator}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D16/0666 6 {characterised by the form of the obturator}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D16/0669 6 {characterised by the loading mechanisms of the membrane}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D16/0672 5 {using several spring-loaded membranes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D16/0675 4 {the membrane acting on the obturator through a lever}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D16/0677 5 {using one membrane without spring}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D16/068 6 {characterised by the form of the obturator}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D16/0683 5 {using a spring-loaded membrane}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D16/0686 6 {characterised by the form of the lever}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D16/0688 6 {characterised by the form of the obturator}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D16/0691 6 {characterised by the loading mechanisms of the membrane}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D16/0694 5 {using a spring-loaded membrane with a spring-loaded slideable obturator}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D16/0697 5 {using several membranes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D16/08 3 Control of liquid pressure
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D16/10 2 the sensing element being a piston or plunger
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D16/101 3 {the controller being arranged as a multiple-way valve}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D16/103 3 {the sensing element placed between the inlet and outlet (multiple-way valve G05D16/101)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D16/106 4 {Sleeve-like sensing elements; Sensing elements surrounded by the flow path}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D16/107 3 {with a spring-loaded piston in combination with a spring-loaded slideable obturator that move together over range of motion during normal operation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D16/109 3 {with two or more pistons acting as a single pressure controller that move together over range of motion during normal operations (controllers mounted in series G05D16/0402, controller mounted in parallel G05D16/0404)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D16/12 2 the sensing element being a float
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D16/14 1 with auxiliary non-electric power
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D16/16 2 derived from the controlled fluid
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D16/163 3 {using membranes within the main valve}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D16/166 3 {using pistons within the main valve}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D16/18 2 derived from an external source
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D16/185 3 {using membranes within the main valve}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D16/187 3 {using pistons within the main valve}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D16/20 1 characterised by the use of electric means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D16/2006 2 {with direct action of electric energy on controlling means (combination of electric and non-electric auxiliary G05D16/2093)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D16/2013 3 {using throttling means as controlling means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D16/202 4 {actuated by an electric motor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D16/2022 4 {actuated by a proportional solenoid (throttling means G05D16/2024)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D16/2024 4 {the throttling means being a multiple-way valve}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D16/2026 4 {with a plurality of throttling means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D16/2033 5 {the plurality of throttling means being arranged in series}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D16/204 5 {the plurality of throttling means being arranged in parallel}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D16/2046 5 {the plurality of throttling means being arranged for the control of a single pressure from a plurality of converging pressures (G05D16/204 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D16/2053 6 {the plurality of throttling means comprising only a first throttling means acting on a higher pressure and a second throttling means acting on a lower pressure, e.g. the atmosphere}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D16/206 5 {the plurality of throttling means being arranged for the control of a plurality of diverging pressures from a single pressure (G05D16/204 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D16/2066 3 {using controlling means acting on the pressure source}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D16/2073 4 {with a plurality of pressure sources}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D16/208 3 {using a combination of controlling means as defined in G05D16/2013 and G05D16/2066(G05D16/2073 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D16/2086 2 {without direct action of electric energy on the controlling means (combination of electric and non-electric auxiliary G05D16/2093)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D16/2093 2 {with combination of electric and non-electric auxiliary power}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D16/2095 3 {using membranes within the main valve}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D16/2097 3 {using pistons within the main valve}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D17/00 0 Control of torque; Control of mechanical power
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D17/02 1 characterised by the use of electric means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D19/00 0 Control of mechanical oscillations, e.g. of amplitude, of frequency, of phase
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D19/02 1 characterised by the use of electric means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D21/00 0 Control of chemical or physico-chemical variables, e.g. pH value
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D21/02 1 characterised by the use of electric means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D22/00 0 Control of humidity
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D22/02 1 characterised by the use of electric means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D23/00 0 Control of temperature
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D23/01 1 without auxiliary power
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D23/015 2 {with mechanical sensing element not covered by groups G05D23/02 and G05D23/12}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D23/02 2 with sensing element expanding and contracting in response to changes of temperature (G05D23/13 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D23/021 3 {the sensing element being a non-metallic solid, e.g. elastomer, paste}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D23/022 4 {the sensing element being placed within a regulating fluid flow}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D23/023 4 {the sensing element being placed outside a regulating fluid flow}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D23/024 3 {the sensing element being of the rod type, tube type, or of a similar type}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D23/025 4 {the sensing element being placed within a regulating fluid flow}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D23/026 4 {the sensing element being placed outside a regulating fluid flow}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D23/027 5 {for combustible fluid}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D23/028 3 {with fusing sensing element}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D23/08 3 with bimetallic element
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D23/10 4 with snap-action elements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D23/12 2 with sensing element responsive to pressure or volume changes in a confined fluid
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D23/121 3 {characterised by the sensing element}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D23/122 4 {using a plurality of sensing elements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D23/123 3 {the sensing element being placed within a regulating fluid flow}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D23/125 3 {the sensing element being placed outside a regulating fluid flow}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D23/126 4 {using a capillary tube}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D23/127 5 {to control a gaseous fluid circulation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D23/128 6 {the fluid being combustible}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D23/13 2 by varying the mixing ratio of two fluids having different temperatures
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D23/1306 3 {for liquids (G05D23/1393 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D23/1313 4 {without temperature sensing element}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D23/132 4 {with temperature sensing element}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D23/1326 5 {details of the sensor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D23/1333 5 {measuring the temperature of incoming fluid}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D23/134 5 {measuring the temperature of mixed fluid}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D23/1346 6 {with manual temperature setting means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D23/1353 7 {combined with flow controlling means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D23/136 6 {with pressure equalizing means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D23/1366 5 {using a plurality of sensing elements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D23/1373 6 {measuring the temperature of mixed fluid}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D23/138 3 {for gases (G05D23/1393 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D23/1386 3 {for steam and liquid (G05D23/1393 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D23/1393 3 {characterised by the use of electric means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D23/185 1 with auxiliary non-electric power
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D23/1852 2 {with sensing element expanding and contracting in response to change of temperature}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D23/1854 2 {with bimetallic element}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D23/1856 2 {with sensing element responsive to pressure or volume change in a confined fluid}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D23/1858 2 {by varying the mixing ratio of fluids having different temperatures}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D23/19 1 characterised by the use of electric means {(G05D23/1393 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D23/1902 2 {characterised by the use of a variable reference value}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D23/1904 3 {variable in time}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D23/1905 3 {associated with tele control}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D23/1906 2 {using an analogue comparing device}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D23/1909 3 {whose output amplitude can only take two discrete values}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D23/1912 3 {whose output amplitude can take more than two discrete values}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D23/1913 3 {delivering a series of pulses}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D23/1917 2 {using digital means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D23/1919 2 {characterised by the type of controller}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D23/192 3 {using a modification of the thermal impedance between a source and the load}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D23/1921 3 {using a thermal motor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D23/1923 3 {using thermal energy, the cost of which varies in function of time}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D23/1924 3 {using thermal energy, the availability of which is aleatory}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D23/1925 2 {using a combination of auxiliary electric and non-electric power}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D23/1927 2 {using a plurality of sensors (G05D23/1902, G05D23/1917, and G05D23/1919 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D23/1928 3 {sensing the temperature of one space}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D23/193 3 {sensing the temperaure in different places in thermal relationship with one or more spaces}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D23/1931 4 {to control the temperature of one space}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D23/1932 4 {to control the temperature of a plurality of spaces}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D23/1934 5 {each space being provided with one sensor acting on one or more control means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D23/1935 4 {using sequential control}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D23/1951 2 {with control of the working time of a temperature controlling device}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D23/20 2 with sensing elements having variation of electric or magnetic properties with change of temperature (G05D23/13 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D23/2033 3 {details of the sensing element}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D23/2034 4 {the sensing element being a semiconductor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D23/2035 4 {the sensing element being a ionized gas}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D23/2036 4 {the sensing element being a dielectric of a capacitor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D23/2037 3 {details of the regulator}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D23/2039 4 {using mechanical means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D23/22 3 the sensing element being a thermocouple
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D23/2236 4 {details of the regulator}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D23/2237 5 {using discharge tubes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D23/2239 5 {using photoelectric elements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D23/224 5 {using selfs or transformers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D23/24 3 the sensing element having a resistance varying with temperature, e.g. a thermistor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D23/2401 4 {using a heating element as a sensing element}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D23/2451 4 {Details of the regulator}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D23/2453 5 {using discharge tubes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D23/2454 5 {using photoelectric elements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D23/2456 5 {using selfs or transformers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D23/26 3 the sensing element having a permeability varying with temperature
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D23/27 2 with sensing element responsive to radiation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D23/275 2 with sensing element expanding, contracting, or fusing in response to changes of temperature
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D23/27535 3 {Details of the sensing element}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D23/27536 4 {using fusible material}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D23/27537 4 {using expansible fluid}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D23/27539 4 {using conductible expansible fluid}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D23/2754 4 {using bimetallic element}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D23/27541 4 {using expansible solid}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D23/27543 4 {using the controlled element as sensing element}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D23/30 2 Automatic controllers with an auxiliary heating device affecting the sensing element, e.g. for anticipating change of temperature
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D23/303 3 {using a sensing element having a resistance varying with temperature, e.g. thermistor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D23/306 4 {using semiconductor devices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D23/32 3 with provision for adjustment of the effect of the auxiliary heating device, e.g. a function of time
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D24/00 0 Control of viscosity
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D24/02 1 characterised by the use of electric means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D25/00 0 Control of light, e.g. intensity, colour or phase (optical devices or arrangements using movable or deformable elements for controlling light independent of the light source G02B26/00; devices or arrangements, the optical operation of which is modified by changing the optical properties of the medium of the devices or arrangements for the control of light, circuit arrangements specially adapted therefor, control of light by electro-magnetic waves, electrons or other elementary particles G02F1/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D25/02 1 characterised by the use of electric means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D27/00 0 Simultaneous control of variables covered by two or more of main groups G05D1/00 - G05D25/00
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D27/02 1 characterised by the use of electric means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D29/00 0 Simultaneous control of electric and non-electric variables
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D99/00 0 Subject matter not provided for in other groups of this subclass
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D2201/00 0 Application
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D2201/02 1 Control of position of land vehicles
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D2201/0201 2 Agriculture or harvesting machine
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D2201/0202 2 Building or civil engineering machine
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D2201/0203 2 Cleaning or polishing vehicle
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D2201/0204 2 Golf cart
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D2201/0205 2 Harbour vehicle, e.g. crane
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D2201/0206 2 Vehicle in a health care environment, e.g. for distribution of food or medicins in a hospital or for helping handicapped persons
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D2201/0207 2 Unmanned vehicle for inspecting or visiting an area
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D2201/0208 2 Lawn mower
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D2201/0209 2 Combat or reconnaissance vehicle for military, police or security applications
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D2201/021 2 Mining vehicle
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D2201/0211 2 Vehicle in an office environment, e.g. for delivering mail or for videoconferencing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D2201/0212 2 Driverless passenger transport vehicle
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D2201/0213 2 Road vehicle, e.g. car or truck
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D2201/0214 2 Position controlled toy
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D2201/0215 2 Vacuum cleaner
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D2201/0216 2 Vehicle for transporting goods in a warehouse, factory or similar
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D2201/0217 2 Anthropomorphic or bipedal robot
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05D2201/0218 2 Planetary exploration vehicle
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05F SYSTEMS FOR REGULATING ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC VARIABLES (regulating the timing or recurrence frequency of pulses in radar or radio navigation systems G01S; regulation of current or voltage, specially adapted for use in electronic time-pieces G04G19/02; closed-loop systems for regulating non-electric variables by electric means G05D; regulating power supply of digital computers G06F1/26; for obtaining desired operating characteristics of electromagnets with armatures H01F7/18; regulating electric power distribution networks H02J; regulating the charging of batteries H02J7/00; regulation of the output of static converters, e.g. switching regulators H02M; regulation of the output of electric generators H02N, H02P9/00; controlling transformers, reactors or choke coils H02P13/00; regulating frequency response, gain, maximum output, amplitude or bandwidth of amplifiers H03G; regulating tuning of resonant circuits H03J; regulating characteristics of transmission lines H04B; controlling electric light sources H05B39/04, H05B41/36, H05B45/10, H05B45/20, H05B47/10; electric control of X-ray apparatus H05G1/30)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05F1/00 0 Automatic systems in which deviations of an electric quantity from one or more predetermined values are detected at the output of the system and fed back to a device within the system to restore the detected quantity to its predetermined value or values, i.e. retroactive systems
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05F1/02 1 Regulating electric characteristics of arcs (arrangements for feeding electrodes B23K9/12, H05B7/109, H05B31/18; automatic control of power for heating by discharge H05B7/148)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05F1/04 2 by means of saturable magnetic devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05F1/06 2 by means of discharge tubes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05F1/08 2 by means of semiconductor devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05F1/10 1 Regulating voltage or current (G05F1/02 takes precedence; for electric railways B60M3/02)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05F1/12 2 wherein the variable actually regulated by the final control device is ac (G05F1/625 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05F1/13 3 using ferroresonant transformers as final control devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05F1/14 3 using tap transformers or tap changing inductors as final control devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05F1/147 4 with motor driven tap switch
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05F1/153 5 controlled by discharge tubes or semiconductor devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05F1/16 4 combined with discharge tubes or semiconductor devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05F1/20 5 semiconductor devices only
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05F1/22 4 combined with separate magnetic control devices having a controllable degree of saturation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05F1/24 3 using bucking or boosting transformers as final control devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05F1/247 4 with motor in control circuit
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05F1/253 4 the transformers including plural windings in series between source and load (G05F1/247 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05F1/26 4 combined with discharge tubes or semiconductor devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05F1/30 5 semiconductor devices only
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05F1/32 3 using magnetic devices having a controllable degree of saturation as final control devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05F1/325 4 with specific core structure, e.g. gap, aperture, slot, permanent magnet
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05F1/33 4 with plural windings through which current to be controlled is conducted
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05F1/335 5 on different cores
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05F1/34 4 combined with discharge tubes or semiconductor devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05F1/38 5 semiconductor devices only
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05F1/40 3 using discharge tubes or semiconductor devices as final control devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05F1/42 4 discharge tubes only
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05F1/44 4 semiconductor devices only
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05F1/445 5 being transistors in series with the load
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05F1/45 5 being controlled rectifiers in series with the load
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05F1/452 6 {with pulse-burst modulation control}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05F1/455 6 with phase control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05F1/46 2 wherein the variable actually regulated by the final control device is dc (G05F1/625 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05F1/461 3 {using an operational amplifier as final control device}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05F1/462 3 {as a function of the requirements of the load, e.g. delay, temperature, specific voltage/current characteristic}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05F1/463 4 {Sources providing an output which depends on temperature}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05F1/465 4 {Internal voltage generators for integrated circuits, e.g. step down generators}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05F1/466 4 {Sources with reduced influence on propagation delay}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05F1/467 4 {Sources with noise compensation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05F1/468 3 {characterised by reference voltage circuitry, e.g. soft start, remote shutdown}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05F1/52 3 using discharge tubes in series with the load as final control devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05F1/54 4 additionally controlled by the unregulated supply
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05F1/56 3 using semiconductor devices in series with the load as final control devices (G05F1/461 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05F1/561 4 {Voltage to current converters (amplifiers H03F)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05F1/562 4 {with a threshold detection shunting the control path of the final control device}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05F1/563 4 including two stages of regulation at least one of which is output level responsive, e.g. coarse and fine regulation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05F1/565 4 sensing a condition of the system or its load in addition to means responsive to deviations in the output of the system, e.g. current, voltage, power factor (G05F1/563 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05F1/567 5 for temperature compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05F1/569 5 for protection
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05F1/571 6 with overvoltage detector
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05F1/573 6 with overcurrent detector
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05F1/5735 7 {with foldback current limiting}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05F1/575 4 characterised by the feedback circuit
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05F1/577 4 for plural loads
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05F1/585 5 providing voltages of opposite polarities
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05F1/59 4 including plural semiconductor devices as final control devices for a single load
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05F1/595 5 semiconductor devices connected in series
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05F1/607 3 using discharge tubes in parallel with the load as final control devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05F1/61 4 including two stages of regulation, at least one of which is output level responsive
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05F1/613 3 using semiconductor devices in parallel with the load as final control devices (G05F1/461 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05F1/614 4 including two stages of regulation, at least one of which is output level responsive
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05F1/618 3 using semiconductor devices in series and in parallel with the load as final control devices (G05F1/461 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05F1/62 3 using bucking or boosting dc sources
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05F1/625 2 wherein it is irrelevant whether the variable actually regulated is ac or dc
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05F1/63 3 using variable impedances in series with the load as final control devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05F1/635 4 being Hall effect devices, magnetoresistors or thermistors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05F1/644 4 being pressure-sensitive resistors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05F1/648 4 being plural resistors among which a selection is made
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05F1/652 3 using variable impedances in parallel with the load as final control devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05F1/656 3 using variable impedances in series and in parallel with the load as final control devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05F1/66 1 Regulating electric power
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05F1/67 2 to the maximum power available from a generator, e.g. from solar cell
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05F1/70 1 Regulating power factor; Regulating reactive current or power
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05F3/00 0 Non-retroactive systems for regulating electric variables by using an uncontrolled element, or an uncontrolled combination of elements, such element or such combination having self-regulating properties {(current generators specially designed for use in phase-locked loops H03L7/0891)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05F3/02 1 Regulating voltage or current
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05F3/04 2 wherein the variable is ac
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05F3/06 3 using combinations of saturated and unsaturated inductive devices, e.g. combined with resonant circuit
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05F3/08 2 wherein the variable is dc
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05F3/10 3 using uncontrolled devices with non-linear characteristics
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05F3/12 4 being glow discharge tubes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05F3/16 4 being semiconductor devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05F3/18 5 using Zener diodes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05F3/185 6 {and field-effect transistors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05F3/20 5 using diode- transistor combinations (G05F3/18 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05F3/205 6 {Substrate bias-voltage generators (for static stores G11C5/146)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05F3/22 6 wherein the transistors are of the bipolar type only (G05F3/26, G05F3/30 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05F3/222 7 {with compensation for device parameters, e.g. Early effect, gain, manufacturing process, or external variations, e.g. temperature, loading, supply voltage}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05F3/225 8 {producing a current or voltage as a predetermined function of the temperature}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05F3/227 8 {producing a current or voltage as a predetermined function of the supply voltage}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05F3/24 6 wherein the transistors are of the field-effect type only (G05F3/205, G05F3/26, G05F3/30 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05F3/242 7 {with compensation for device parameters, e.g. channel width modulation, threshold voltage, processing, or external variations, e.g. temperature, loading, supply voltage}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05F3/245 8 {producing a voltage or current as a predetermined function of the temperature}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05F3/247 8 {producing a voltage or current as a predetermined function of the supply voltage}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05F3/26 6 Current mirrors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05F3/262 7 {using field-effect transistors only}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05F3/265 7 {using bipolar transistors only}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05F3/267 7 {using both bipolar and field-effect technology}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05F3/30 6 Regulators using the difference between the base-emitter voltages of two bipolar transistors operating at different current densities (G05F3/26 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05F5/00 0 Systems for regulating electric variables by detecting deviations in the electric input to the system and thereby controlling a device within the system to obtain a regulated output
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05F7/00 0 Regulating magnetic variables (details of apparatus for measuring magnetic variables involving magnetic resonance G01R33/28)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G CONTROL DEVICES OR SYSTEMS INSOFAR AS CHARACTERISED BY MECHANICAL FEATURES ONLY ("Bowden" or like mechanisms F16C1/10; gearings or mechanisms not peculiar to this purpose F16H; speed changing or reversing mechanisms for gearings conveying rotary motion F16H59/00 - F16H63/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G1/00 0 Controlling members, e.g. knobs or handles; Assemblies or arrangements thereof; Indicating position of controlling members ({means for preventing, limiting or returning the movements of parts of a control mechanism G05G5/00; providing feel, e.g. means to create a counterforce G05G5/03; specially adapted for programme control G05G21/00; vibration damping G05G25/02;} joysticks G05G9/04; steering wheels for motor vehicles B62D)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G1/01 1 Arrangements of two or more controlling members with respect to one another (double foot control, e.g. for instruction vehicles G05G1/34; mounting units comprising an assembly with two or more pedals G05G1/36)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G1/015 1 Arrangements for indicating the position of a controlling member (means for continuously detecting pedal position G05G1/38; means for detecting position through tactile feedback G05G5/03)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G1/02 1 Controlling members for hand actuation by linear movement, e.g. push buttons
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G1/025 2 {actuated by sliding movement}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G1/04 1 Controlling members for hand actuation by pivoting movement, e.g. levers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G1/06 2 Details of their grip parts {(G05G1/10 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G1/08 1 Controlling members for hand actuation by rotary movement, e.g. hand wheels
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G1/082 2 {having safety devices, e.g. means for disengaging the control member from the actuated member}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G1/085 2 {Crank handles (G05G1/082 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G1/087 2 {retractable; Flush control knobs}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G1/10 2 Details, e.g. of discs, knobs, wheels or handles {(G05G1/085 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G1/105 3 {comprising arrangements for illumination}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G1/12 3 Means for securing the members on rotatable spindles or the like
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G1/30 1 Controlling members actuated by foot
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G1/305 2 {Compound pedal co-operating with two or more controlled members}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G1/32 2 with means to prevent injury
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G1/323 3 means disconnecting the connection between pedal and controlled member, e.g. by breaking or bending the connecting rod
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G1/327 3 means disconnecting the pedal from its hinge or support, e.g. by breaking or bending the support
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G1/34 2 Double foot controls, e.g. for instruction vehicles
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G1/36 2 Mounting units comprising an assembly of two or more pedals, e.g. for facilitating mounting
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G1/38 2 comprising means to continuously detect pedal position
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G1/40 2 adjustable
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G1/405 3 infinitely adjustable
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G1/42 2 non-pivoting, e.g. sliding
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G1/44 2 pivoting
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G1/445 3 about a central fulcrum
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G1/46 2 Means, e.g. links, for connecting the pedal to the controlled unit
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G1/48 2 Non-slip pedal treads; Pedal extensions or attachments characterised by mechanical features only
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G1/483 3 Non-slip treads; Pedal extensions or attachments characterised by mechanical features only
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G1/487 3 Pedal extensions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G1/50 2 Manufacturing of pedals; Pedals characterised by the material used
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G1/503 3 {Controlling members for hand-actuation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G1/506 3 {Controlling members for foot-actuation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G1/52 1 Controlling members specially adapted for actuation by other parts of the human body than hand or foot
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G1/54 1 Controlling members specially adapted for actuation by auxiliary operating members or extensions; Operating members or extensions therefor (pedal extensions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G1/56 2 Controlling members specially adapted for actuation by keys, screwdrivers or like tools
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G1/58 1 Rests or guides for relevant parts of the operator's body
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G1/60 2 Foot rests or foot guides
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G1/62 2 Arm rests
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G3/00 0 Controlled members; Assemblies or arrangements thereof (interlocking of controlled members G05G5/08)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G5/00 0 Means for preventing, limiting or returning the movements of parts of a control mechanism, e.g. locking controlling member (G05G17/00 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G5/005 1 {for preventing unintentional use of a control mechanism (G05G5/28 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G5/02 1 Means preventing undesired movements of a controlling member which can be moved in two or more separate steps or ways, e.g. restricting to a stepwise movement or to a particular sequence of movements (G05G5/28 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G5/03 1 Means for enhancing the operator's awareness of arrival of the controlling member at a command or datum position; Providing feel, e.g. means for creating a counterforce (arrangements for indicating the position of the controlling member G05G1/015)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G5/04 1 Stops for limiting movement of members, e.g. adjustable stop (G05G5/03, G05G5/05, G05G5/28 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G5/05 1 Means for returning or tending to return controlling members to an inoperative or neutral position, e.g. by providing return springs or resilient end-stops (G05G5/28 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G5/06 1 for holding members in one or a limited number of definite positions only ({G05G5/005}, G05G5/03, G05G5/05, G05G5/28 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G5/065 2 {using a spring-loaded ball}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G5/08 2 Interlocking of members, e.g. locking member in a particular position before or during the movement of another member
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G5/12 1 for holding members in an indefinite number of positions, e.g. by a toothed quadrant (G05G5/28 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G5/14 2 by locking a member with respect to a fixed quadrant, rod, or the like
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G5/16 3 by friction
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G5/18 3 by positive interengagement, e.g. by a pawl
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G5/20 2 by locking a quadrant, rod, or the like carried by the member
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G5/22 3 by friction
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G5/24 3 by positive interengagement, e.g. by a pawl
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G5/26 2 by other means than a quadrant, rod, or the like
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G5/28 1 for preventing unauthorised access to the controlling member or its movement to a command position
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G7/00 0 Manually-actuated control mechanisms provided with one single controlling member co-operating with one single controlled member; Details thereof (controlling members G05G1/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G7/02 1 characterised by special provisions for conveying or converting motion, or for acting at a distance
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G7/04 2 altering the ratio of motion or force between controlling member and controlled member as a function of the position of the controlling member
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G7/06 2 in which repeated movement of the controlling member produces increments of movement of the controlled member (G05G7/08 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G7/08 2 in which repeated movement of the controlling member moves the controlling member through a cycle of distinct positions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G7/10 2 specially adapted for remote control (G05G7/04 - G05G7/08 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G7/12 1 specially adapted for actuating a member on a system in motion with respect to the controlling member, e.g. on a rotating shaft
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G7/14 1 characterised by means for delaying initiation of, or making more gradual throughout, the movement of the controlled member in response to a given input from the controlling member, e.g. by providing lost motion in the command train
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G7/16 1 Special provisions for reducing the effect of slight relative movement between supports of the mechanism, e.g. resulting from resilient mounting of a controlled mechanism
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G9/00 0 Manually-actuated control mechanisms provided with one single controlling member co-operating with two or more controlled members, e.g. selectively, simultaneously
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G9/02 1 the controlling member being movable in different independent ways, movement in each individual way actuating one controlled member only
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G9/04 2 in which movement in two or more ways can occur simultaneously
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G9/047 3 the controlling member being movable by hand about orthogonal axes, e.g. joysticks {(for switches H01H25/04)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G2009/04703 4 {Mounting of controlling member}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G2009/04707 5 {with ball joint}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G2009/04711 5 {with substantially hemispherical bearing part forced into engagement, e.g. by a spring}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G2009/04714 5 {with orthogonal axes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G2009/04718 6 {with cardan or gimbal type joint}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G2009/04722 5 {elastic, e.g. flexible shaft}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G2009/04725 6 {with coil spring}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G2009/04729 6 {melastomeric}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G2009/04733 5 {with a joint having a nutating disc, e.g. forced by a spring}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G9/04737 4 {with six degrees of freedom}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G2009/0474 4 {characterised by means converting mechanical movement into electric signals}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G2009/04744 5 {Switches}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G2009/04748 5 {Position sensor for rotary movement, e.g. potentiometer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G2009/04751 5 {Position sensor for linear movement}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G2009/04755 5 {Magnetic sensor, e.g. hall generator, pick-up coil}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G2009/04759 5 {Light-sensitive detector, e.g. photoelectric}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G2009/04762 5 {Force transducer, e.g. strain gauge}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G2009/04766 4 {providing feel, e.g. indexing means, means to create counterforce}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G2009/0477 5 {holding the member in a number of definite positions}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G2009/04774 4 {with additional switches or sensors on the handle}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G2009/04777 4 {with additional push or pull action on the handle}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G2009/04781 4 {with additional rotation of the controlling member}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G9/04785 4 {the controlling member being the operating part of a switch arrangement}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G9/04788 5 {comprising additional control elements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G9/04792 6 {for rotary control around the axis of the controlling member}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G9/04796 6 {for rectilinear control along the axis of the controlling member}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G9/053 4 the controlling member comprising a ball {(graph-reading using a tracing ball or mouse G06F3/033)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G9/06 1 the controlled members being actuated successively by repeated movement of the controlling member
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G9/08 1 the controlled members being actuated successively by progressive movement of the controlling member {(single lever throttle and clutch control for marine engines B63H21/213)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G9/085 2 {the controlling member acting on a set of cams or slot cams}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G9/10 1 with preselection and subsequent movement of each controlled member by movement of the controlling member in two different ways, e.g. guided by a shift gate
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G11/00 0 Manually-actuated control mechanisms provided with two or more controlling members co-operating with one single controlled member
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G13/00 0 Manually-actuated control mechanisms provided with two or more controlling members and also two or more controlled members (interlocking G05G5/08)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G13/02 1 with separate controlling members for preselection and shifting of controlled members
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G15/00 0 Mechanical devices for initiating a movement automatically due to a specific cause
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G15/002 1 {due to an abnormal functioning of the controlled apparatus (if speed is abnormal G05G15/06)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G15/005 1 {due to a dangerous situation for the operator}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G15/007 1 {due to an excerted pressure}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G15/02 1 due to alteration of the sense of movement of a member
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G15/04 1 due to distance or angle travelled by a member
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G15/06 1 due to the speed of rotation or of bodily movement of a member, e.g. passing an upper or lower limit thereof (speedometers G01P)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G15/08 1 due to the load or torque on a member, e.g. if exceeding a predetermined value thereof
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G17/00 0 Mechanical devices for moving a member after being released; Trip or release mechanisms characterised thereby
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G19/00 0 Servo-mechanisms with follow-up action, e.g. occurring in steps
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G21/00 0 Mechanical apparatus for control of a series of operations, i.e. programme control, e.g. involving a set of cams (G05G5/02 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G23/00 0 Means for ensuring the correct positioning of parts of control mechanisms, e.g. for taking-up play
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G23/02 1 self-adjusting
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G25/00 0 Other details or appurtenances of control mechanisms, e.g. supporting intermediate members elastically
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G25/02 1 Inhibiting the generation or transmission of noise {(suppression of noise or vibrations in selector apparatus for gearings F16H59/0208)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G25/04 1 Sealing against entry of dust, weather or the like {(in selector apparatus for gearings, F16H59/0213)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G2505/00 0 Means for preventing, limiting or returning the movements of parts of a control mechanism, e.g. locking controlling member
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G2700/00 0 Control mechanisms or elements therefor applying a mechanical movement
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G2700/02 1 Means for regulating or adjusting control mechanisms, e.g. devices for automatic adjustment
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G2700/04 1 Control mechanisms limiting amplitude or adjusting datum position
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G2700/06 2 Control mechanisms for holding members in a number of positions comprising a device to limit the control range
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G2700/08 2 Control mechanisms for locking members in one or more positions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G2700/10 2 Control mechanisms for locking or at least for blocking a member in one position out of a number of several positions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G2700/12 1 Control mechanisms with one controlling member and one controlled member
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G2700/14 2 with one elastic element as essential part, e.g. elastic components as a part of an actuating mechanism
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G2700/16 2 Mechanisms for conveying motion or signals for or in relation with control mechanisms
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G2700/18 2 Systems wherein the control element may be placed in two or more positions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G2700/20 1 Control mechanisms not otherwise provided for
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G2700/22 1 Mechanisms linking plurality of controlling or controlled members
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G2700/24 2 Locking controlled members of selectively controlled mechanisms
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G2700/26 2 with a control member moving selectively or simultaneously the controlled members
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G2700/28 3 with a control member that is moved for preselection in another direction than for final actuating
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G2700/30 3 without preselection or differentiation between selection and actuating, e.g. control members with a fix control sequence, after a determined advance cycle, in which the control device comprises cams actuating separately the controlled members
|
|
|
|
|
|
G05G2700/32 2 with plurality of control members, e.g. preselection and actuating members actuating several controlled members
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06 COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06C DIGITAL COMPUTERS IN WHICH ALL THE COMPUTATION IS EFFECTED MECHANICALLY (score computers for card games A63F1/18)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06C1/00 0 Computing aids in which the computing members form at least part of the displayed result and are manipulated directly by hand, e.g. abacuses or pocket adding devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06C3/00 0 Arrangements for table look-up, e.g. menstruation table
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06C5/00 0 Non-functional elements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06C5/02 1 Housings; Frameworks
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06C7/00 0 Input mechanisms
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06C7/02 1 Keyboards
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06C7/04 2 Interlocking devices, e.g. between keys
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06C7/06 2 with one set of keys for each denomination
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06C7/08 2 with one set of keys for all denominations, e.g. ten-key board
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06C7/09 1 Transfer of data from record carrier to computing mechanisms
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06C7/10 1 Transfer mechanisms, e.g. transfer of a figure from a ten-key keyboard into the pin carriage
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06C7/12 1 Resetting devices, e.g. for the keyboard
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06C9/00 0 Transfer mechanisms, e.g. for transmitting figures from the input mechanism into the computing mechanism (G06C7/10, G06C11/00, G06C15/00 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06C9/02 1 Back-transfer arrangements, e.g. to transfer a value accumulated in a register back into the selection mechanism
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06C11/00 0 Output mechanisms
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06C11/02 1 with visual indication, e.g. counter drum
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06C11/04 1 with printing mechanisms, e.g. for character-at-a-time or line-at-a-time printing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06C11/06 2 having type hammers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06C11/08 1 with punching mechanism
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06C11/10 1 Arrangements for feeding single sheets or continuous web or tape, e.g. ejection device; Line-spacing devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06C11/12 2 for feeding tape
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06C13/00 0 Storage mechanisms (mechanical counters with input only to the lowest order G06M1/04)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06C13/02 1 Operand stores, e.g. pin carriage (input mechanisms G06C7/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06C13/04 1 Print buffer stores
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06C15/00 0 Computing mechanisms; Actuating devices therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06C15/02 1 operating on the binary scale
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06C15/04 1 Adding or subtracting devices (G06C15/08 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06C15/06 2 having balance totalising; Obtaining sub-total
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06C15/08 1 Multiplying or dividing devices; Devices for computing the exponent or root
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06C15/10 2 having more than one denominational set of keys operating directly on computing mechanism
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06C15/12 2 having pin carriage
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06C15/14 2 having pin wheel, e.g. Odhner type
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06C15/16 2 having stepped-toothed actuating drums, e.g. Thomas type
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06C15/18 2 having multiplication table for forming partial products
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06C15/20 2 adapted for short-cut multiplication or division
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06C15/22 1 Arrangements for two or more computing devices; Arrangements for subdivision into two or more computing mechanisms, e.g. splitting
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06C15/24 1 Devices for counting the cycles of operation in division or multiplication
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06C15/26 1 Devices for transfer between orders, e.g. tens transfer device
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06C15/28 2 where transfer is effected in one step
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06C15/30 2 where transfer is effected in two steps
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06C15/32 3 with provision for simultaneous transfer between all orders
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06C15/34 2 where transfer is effected by planet gear, i.e. crawl type
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06C15/36 3 with aligning means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06C15/38 2 for pin-wheel computing mechanisms
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06C15/40 2 for stepped-toothed-drum computing mechanism
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06C15/42 1 Devices for resetting to zero or other datum
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06C15/44 1 Devices for comparing numerical values, e.g. zero check
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06C15/46 1 Arrangements for rounding-off
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06C15/48 1 Arrangements for selection of one out of several counting registers (item-counting devices G06C25/02)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06C17/00 0 Mechanisms for converting from one notational system to another, i.e. radix conversion
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06C19/00 0 Decimal-point mechanisms; Analogous mechanisms for non-decimal notations
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06C19/02 1 Devices for indicating the point
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06C19/04 1 Devices for printing the point
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06C21/00 0 Programming-mechanisms for determining the steps to be performed by the computing machine, e.g. when a key or certain keys are depressed (mechanisms merely for producing multiplication by repeated addition G06C15/08)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06C21/02 1 in which the operation of the mechanism is determined by the position of the carriage
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06C21/04 1 Conditional arrangements for controlling subsequent operating functions, e.g. control arrangement triggered by a function key and depending on the condition of the register (arrangements for selection of one out of several counting registers G06C15/48)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06C23/00 0 Driving mechanisms for functional elements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06C23/02 1 of main shaft
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06C23/04 1 of pin carriage, e.g. for step-by-step movement
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06C23/06 1 of tabulation devices, e.g. of carriage skip
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06C23/08 1 Hydraulic or pneumatic actuation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06C25/00 0 Auxiliary functional arrangements, e.g. interlocks (interlocks in keyboards G06C7/04)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06C25/02 1 Item-counting devices (devices for counting the cycles of operation in division or multiplication G06C15/24)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06C27/00 0 Computing machines characterised by the structural interrelation of their functional units, e.g. invoicing machines
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06C29/00 0 Combinations of computing machines with other machines, e.g. with typewriter, with money-changing apparatus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06D DIGITAL FLUID-PRESSURE COMPUTING DEVICES
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06D1/00 0 Details, e.g. functional units (individual logic elements F15C; valves F16K)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06D1/02 1 having at least one moving part, e.g. spool valve
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06D1/04 2 Adding; Subtracting
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06D1/06 2 Multiplying; Dividing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06D1/08 1 having no moving parts
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06D1/10 2 Adding; Subtracting
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06D1/12 2 Multiplying; Dividing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06D3/00 0 Computing devices characterised by the interrelationship of the functional units and having at least one moving part
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06D5/00 0 Computing devices characterised by the interrelationship of the functional units and having no moving parts
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06D7/00 0 Computing devices characterised by the combination of hydraulic or pneumatic functional elements with at least one other type of functional element
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06E OPTICAL COMPUTING DEVICES; {COMPUTING DEVICES USING OTHER RADIATIONS WITH SIMILAR PROPERTIES}(optical logic elements per se G02F3/00; digital storage using optical elements G11C13/04)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06E1/00 0 Devices for processing exclusively digital data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06E1/02 1 operating upon the order or content of the data handled
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06E1/04 2 for performing computations using exclusively denominational number representation, e.g. using binary, ternary, decimal representation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06E1/045 3 {Matrix or vector computation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06E1/06 2 for performing computations using a digital non-denominational number representation, i.e. number representation without radix; using combinations of denominational and non-denominational number representations
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06E1/065 3 {using residue arithmetic}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06E3/00 0 Devices not provided for in group G06E1/00, e.g. for processing analogue or hybrid data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06E3/001 1 {Analogue devices in which mathematical operations are carried out with the aid of optical or electro-optical elements (optical elements per se G02B; devices consisting of a plurality of solid state components, including light sensitive semiconductor components, formed in or on a common substrate H01L27/14; electro-, magneto- or acousto-optics, non-linear optics G02F1/00; graph reading G06K11/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06E3/003 2 {forming integrals of products, e.g. Fourier integrals, Laplace integrals, correlation integrals; for analysis or synthesis of functions using orthogonal functions}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06E3/005 2 {using electro-optical or opto-electronic means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06E3/006 1 {Interconnection networks, e.g. for shuffling}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06E3/008 1 {Matrix or vector computation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING (computer systems based on specific computational models G06N)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F1/00 0 Details not covered by groups G06F3/00 - G06F13/00 and G06F21/00 (architectures of general purpose stored program computers G06F15/76)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F1/02 1 Digital function generators
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F1/022 2 {Waveform generators, i.e. devices for generating periodical functions of time, e.g. direct digital synthesizers (G06F1/025, G06F1/03 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F1/025 2 for functions having two-valued amplitude, e.g. Walsh functions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F1/0255 3 {Walsh or analogous functions}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F1/03 2 working, at least partly, by table look-up (G06F1/025 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F1/0307 3 {Logarithmic or exponential functions (G06F1/0314, G06F1/035 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F1/0314 3 {the table being stored on a peripheral device, e.g. papertape, drum}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F1/0321 3 {Waveform generators, i.e. devices for generating periodical functions of time, e.g. direct digital synthesizers (G06F1/0314, G06F1/035 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F1/0328 4 {in which the phase increment is adjustable, e.g. by using an adder-accumulator}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F1/0335 5 {the phase increment itself being a composed function of two or more variables, e.g. frequency and phase}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F1/0342 4 {for generating simultaneously two or more related waveforms, e.g. with different phase angles only}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F1/035 3 Reduction of table size {(G06F1/0314 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F1/0353 4 {by using symmetrical properties of the function, e.g. using most significant bits for quadrant control}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F1/0356 4 {by using two or more smaller tables, e.g. addressed by parts of the argument}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F1/04 1 Generating or distributing clock signals or signals derived directly therefrom
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F1/06 2 Clock generators producing several clock signals {(G06F1/08 - G06F1/14 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F1/08 2 Clock generators with changeable or programmable clock frequency
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F1/10 2 Distribution of clock signals {, e.g. skew}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F1/105 3 {in which the distribution is at least partially optical}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F1/12 2 Synchronisation of different clock signals {provided by a plurality of clock generators}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F1/14 2 Time supervision arrangements, e.g. real time clock
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F1/16 1 Constructional details or arrangements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F1/1601 2 {Constructional details related to the housing of computer displays, e.g. of CRT monitors, of flat displays (constructional details related to flat displays integrated in a portable computer, e.g. laptop, handheld computer G06F1/1637; constructional details related to television receivers H04N5/64)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F1/1603 3 {Arrangements to protect the display from incident light, e.g. hoods}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F1/1605 3 {Multimedia displays, e.g. with integrated or attached speakers, cameras, microphones}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F1/1607 3 {Arrangements to support accessories mechanically attached to the display housing (G06F1/1603, G06F1/1605 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F1/1609 4 {to support filters or lenses}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F1/1611 4 {to support document holders}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F1/1613 2 {for portable computers (cooling arrangements therefor G06F1/203; constructional details or arrangements for pocket calculators, electronic agendas or books G06F15/0216; constructional details of portable telephone sets: with several bodies H04M1/0202)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F1/1615 3 {with several enclosures having relative motions, each enclosure supporting at least one I/O or computing function (constructional details of portable telephones comprising a plurality of mechanically joined movable body parts H04M1/0206)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F1/1616 4 {with folding flat displays, e.g. laptop computers or notebooks having a clamshell configuration, with body parts pivoting to an open position around an axis parallel to the plane they define in closed position}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F1/1618 5 {the display being foldable up to the back of the other housing with a single degree of freedom, e.g. by 360° rotation over the axis defined by the rear edge of the base enclosure}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F1/162 5 {changing, e.g. reversing, the face orientation of the screen with a two degrees of freedom mechanism, e.g. for folding into tablet PC like position or orienting towards the direction opposite to the user to show to a second user}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F1/1622 4 {with enclosures rotating around an axis perpendicular to the plane they define or with ball-joint coupling, e.g. PDA with display enclosure orientation changeable between portrait and landscape by rotation with respect to a coplanar body enclosure}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F1/1624 4 {with sliding enclosures, e.g. sliding keyboard or display}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F1/1626 3 {with a single-body enclosure integrating a flat display, e.g. Personal Digital Assistants [PDAs]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F1/1628 3 {Carrying enclosures containing additional elements, e.g. case for a laptop and a printer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F1/163 3 {Wearable computers, e.g. on a belt}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F1/1632 3 {External expansion units, e.g. docking stations}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F1/1633 3 {Constructional details or arrangements of portable computers not specific to the type of enclosures covered by groups G06F1/1615 - G06F1/1626}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F1/1635 4 {Details related to the integration of battery packs and other power supplies such as fuel cells or integrated AC adapter}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F1/1637 4 {Details related to the display arrangement, including those related to the mounting of the display in the housing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F1/1639 5 {the display being based on projection}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F1/1641 5 {the display being formed by a plurality of foldable display components (G06F1/1647 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F1/1643 5 {the display being associated to a digitizer, e.g. laptops that can be used as penpads (details related to the relative motion of the display enclosure with respect to the body enclosure, e.g. to move between laptop and tablet PC configuration G06F1/1615)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F1/1645 5 {the display being suitable to be used in combination with an external overhead projector}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F1/1647 5 {including at least an additional display (G06F1/1692 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F1/1649 6 {the additional display being independently orientable, e.g. for presenting information to a second user}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F1/165 6 {the additional display being small, e.g. for presenting status information}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F1/1652 5 {the display being flexible, e.g. mimicking a sheet of paper, or rollable}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F1/1654 5 {the display being detachable, e.g. for remote use}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F1/1656 4 {Details related to functional adaptations of the enclosure, e.g. to provide protection against EMI, shock, water, or to host detachable peripherals like a mouse or removable expansions units like PCMCIA cards, or to provide access to internal components for maintenance or to removable storage supports like CDs or DVDs, or to mechanically mount accessories (mounting of accessories to a computer display G06F1/1607; display hoods G06F1/1603; cooling arrangements for portable computers G06F1/203)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F1/1658 5 {related to the mounting of internal components, e.g. disc drive or any other functional module}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F1/166 5 {related to integrated arrangements for adjusting the position of the main body with respect to the supporting surface, e.g. legs for adjusting the tilt angle}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F1/1662 4 {Details related to the integrated keyboard}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F1/1664 5 {Arrangements for ergonomically adjusting the disposition of keys of the integrated keyboard}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F1/1666 5 {Arrangements for reducing the size of the integrated keyboard for transport, e.g. foldable keyboards, keyboards with collapsible keys (G06F1/1664 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F1/1667 5 {Arrangements for adjusting the tilt angle of the integrated keyboard independently from the main body (adjusting the tilt angle integrally with the main body G06F1/166)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F1/1669 5 {Detachable keyboards}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F1/1671 5 {Special purpose buttons or auxiliary keyboards, e.g. retractable mini keypads, keypads or buttons that remain accessible at closed laptop (G06F1/1666 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F1/1673 5 {Arrangements for projecting a virtual keyboard}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F1/1675 4 {Miscellaneous details related to the relative movement between the different enclosures or enclosure parts}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F1/1677 5 {for detecting open or closed state or particular intermediate positions assumed by movable parts of the enclosure, e.g. detection of display lid position with respect to main body in a laptop, detection of opening of the cover of battery compartment}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F1/1679 5 {for locking or maintaining the movable parts of the enclosure in a fixed position, e.g. latching mechanism at the edge of the display in a laptop or for the screen protective cover of a PDA (G06F1/1681 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F1/1681 5 {Details related solely to hinges (hinge details related to the transmission of signals or power are classified in G06F1/1683)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F1/1683 5 {for the transmission of signal or power between the different housings, e.g. details of wired or wireless communication, passage of cabling}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F1/1684 4 {Constructional details or arrangements related to integrated I/O peripherals not covered by groups G06F1/1635 - G06F1/1675}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F1/1686 5 {the I/O peripheral being an integrated camera}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F1/1688 5 {the I/O peripheral being integrated loudspeakers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F1/169 5 {the I/O peripheral being an integrated pointing device, e.g. trackball in the palm rest area, mini-joystick integrated between keyboard keys, touch pads or touch stripes (G06F1/1643 takes precedence; constructional details of pointing devices G06F3/033)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F1/1692 6 {the I/O peripheral being a secondary touch screen used as control interface, e.g. virtual buttons or sliders}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F1/1694 5 {the I/O peripheral being a single or a set of motion sensors for pointer control or gesture input obtained by sensing movements of the portable computer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F1/1696 5 {the I/O peripheral being a printing or scanning device}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F1/1698 5 {the I/O peripheral being a sending/receiving arrangement to establish a cordless communication link, e.g. radio or infrared link, integrated cellular phone (details of antennas disposed inside a computer H01Q1/2266)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F1/18 2 Packaging or power distribution
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F1/181 3 {Enclosures (for portable computers G06F1/1613)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F1/182 4 {with special features, e.g. for use in industrial environments; grounding or shielding against radio frequency interference [RFI] or electromagnetical interference [EMI]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F1/183 3 {Internal mounting support structures, e.g. for printed circuit boards, internal connecting means (for buses G06F13/409)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F1/184 4 {Mounting of motherboards}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F1/185 4 {Mounting of expansion boards}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F1/186 4 {Securing of expansion boards in correspondence to slots provided at the computer enclosure}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F1/187 4 {Mounting of fixed and removable disk drives}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F1/188 4 {Mounting of power supply units}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F1/189 3 {Power distribution}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F1/20 2 Cooling means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F1/203 3 {for portable computers, e.g. for laptops}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F1/206 3 {comprising thermal management}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F1/22 1 Means for limiting or controlling the pin/gate ratio
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F1/24 1 Resetting means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F1/26 1 Power supply means, e.g. regulation thereof (for memories G11C)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F1/263 2 {Arrangements for using multiple switchable power supplies, e.g. battery and AC (G06F1/30 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F1/266 2 {Arrangements to supply power to external peripherals either directly from the computer or under computer control, e.g. supply of power through the communication port, computer controlled power-strips}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F1/28 2 Supervision thereof, e.g. detecting power-supply failure by out of limits supervision
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F1/30 2 Means for acting in the event of power-supply failure or interruption, e.g. power-supply fluctuations (for resetting only G06F1/24)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F1/305 3 {in the event of power-supply fluctuations}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F1/32 2 Means for saving power
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F1/3203 3 Power management, i.e. event-based initiation of a power-saving mode
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F1/3206 4 Monitoring of events, devices or parameters that trigger a change in power modality
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F1/3209 5 Monitoring remote activity, e.g. over telephone lines or network connections
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F1/3212 5 Monitoring battery levels, e.g. power saving mode being initiated when battery voltage goes below a certain level
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F1/3215 5 Monitoring of peripheral devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F1/3218 6 of display devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F1/3221 6 of disk drive devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F1/3225 6 of memory devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F1/3228 5 Monitoring task completion, e.g. by use of idle timers, stop commands or wait commands
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F1/3231 5 Monitoring the presence, absence or movement of users
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F1/3234 4 Power saving characterised by the action undertaken
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F1/3237 5 by disabling clock generation or distribution
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F1/324 5 by lowering clock frequency
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F1/3243 5 {Power saving in microcontroller unit}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F1/3246 5 by software initiated power-off
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F1/325 5 {Power saving in peripheral device}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F1/3253 6 {Power saving in bus}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F1/3256 6 {Power saving in optical drive}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F1/3259 6 {Power saving in cursor control device, e.g. mouse, joystick, trackball}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F1/3262 6 {Power saving in digitizer or tablet}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F1/3265 6 {Power saving in display device}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F1/3268 6 {Power saving in hard disk drive}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F1/3271 6 {Power saving in keyboard}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F1/3275 6 {Power saving in memory, e.g. RAM, cache}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F1/3278 6 {Power saving in modem or I/O interface}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F1/3281 6 {Power saving in PCMCIA card}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F1/3284 6 {Power saving in printer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F1/3287 5 by switching off individual functional units in the computer system
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F1/329 5 by task scheduling
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F1/3293 5 by switching to a less power-consuming processor, e.g. sub-CPU
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F1/3296 5 by lowering the supply or operating voltage
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/00 0 Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/002 1 {Specific input/output arrangements not covered by G06F3/01 - G06F3/16 (other optical apparatus G02B27/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/005 2 {Input arrangements through a video camera}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/007 1 {Digital input from or digital output to memories of the shift register type}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/01 1 Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer (G06F3/16 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/011 2 {Arrangements for interaction with the human body, e.g. for user immersion in virtual reality (blind teaching G09B21/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/012 3 {Head tracking input arrangements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/013 3 {Eye tracking input arrangements (G06F3/015 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/014 3 {Hand-worn input/output arrangements, e.g. data gloves}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/015 3 {Input arrangements based on nervous system activity detection, e.g. brain waves [EEG] detection, electromyograms [EMG] detection, electrodermal response detection}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/016 2 {Input arrangements with force or tactile feedback as computer generated output to the user}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/017 2 {Gesture based interaction, e.g. based on a set of recognized hand gestures (interaction based on gestures traced on a digitiser G06F3/04883)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/018 2 {Input/output arrangements for oriental characters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/02 2 Input arrangements using manually operated switches, e.g. using keyboards or dials
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/0202 3 {Constructional details or processes of manufacture of the input device}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/0205 4 {Lever arrangements for operating keyboard cursor control keys in a joystick-like manner}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/0208 4 {Arrangements for adjusting the tilt angle of a keyboard, e.g. pivoting legs (for keyboards integrated in a laptop computer G06F1/1667)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/021 4 {Arrangements integrating additional peripherals in a keyboard, e.g. card or barcode reader, optical scanner}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/0213 5 {Arrangements providing an integrated pointing device in a keyboard, e.g. trackball, mini-joystick (for pointing devices integrated in a laptop computer G06F1/169; joysticks G05G9/047; constructional details of pointing devices G06F3/033)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/0216 4 {Arrangements for ergonomically adjusting the disposition of keys of a keyboard (for keyboards integrated in a laptop computer G06F1/1664)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/0219 4 {Special purpose keyboards}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/0221 4 {Arrangements for reducing keyboard size for transport or storage, e.g. foldable keyboards, keyboards with collapsible keys (G06F3/0216 takes precedence; for keyboards integrated in a laptop computer G06F1/1666)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/0224 4 {Key guide holders}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/0227 3 {Cooperation and interconnection of the input arrangement with other functional units of a computer (G06F3/023 - G06F3/037 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/023 3 Arrangements for converting discrete items of information into a coded form, e.g. arrangements for interpreting keyboard generated codes as alphanumeric codes, operand codes or instruction codes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/0231 4 {Cordless keyboards}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/0232 4 {Manual direct entries, e.g. key to main memory}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/0233 4 {Character input methods}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/0234 5 {using switches operable in different directions}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/0235 5 {using chord techniques (G06F3/0234 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/0236 5 {using selection techniques to select from displayed items}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/0237 5 {using prediction or retrieval techniques}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/0238 4 {Programmable keyboards (key guide holders G06F3/0224)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/027 4 for insertion of the decimal point
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/03 2 Arrangements for converting the position or the displacement of a member into a coded form
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/0304 3 {Detection arrangements using opto-electronic means (constructional details of pointing devices not related to the detection arrangement using opto-electronic means G06F3/033; optical digitisers G06F3/042)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/0308 4 {comprising a plurality of distinctive and separately oriented light emitters or reflectors associated to the pointing device, e.g. remote cursor controller with distinct and separately oriented LEDs at the tip whose radiations are captured by a photo-detector associated to the screen}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/0312 4 {for tracking the rotation of a spherical or circular member, e.g. optical rotary encoders used in mice or trackballs using a tracking ball or in mouse scroll wheels (tracking relative movement in co-operation with a regularly or irregularly patterned surface, e.g. as in optical mice G06F3/0317; constructional details of scroll or thumb-wheels G06F3/0362; optical rotary encoders G01D5/3473)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/0317 4 {in co-operation with a patterned surface, e.g. absolute position or relative movement detection for an optical mouse or pen positioned with respect to a coded surface}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/0321 5 {by optically sensing the absolute position with respect to a regularly patterned surface forming a passive digitiser, e.g. pen optically detecting position indicative tags printed on a paper sheet (constructional details of pen-shaped pointing devices G06F3/03545, G06F3/03542, G06F3/037)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/0325 4 {using a plurality of light emitters or reflectors or a plurality of detectors forming a reference frame from which to derive the orientation of the object, e.g. by triangulation or on the basis of reference deformation in the picked up image}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/033 3 Pointing devices displaced or positioned by the user {, e.g. mice, trackballs, pens or joysticks}; Accessories therefor (digitisers characterised by the transducing means G06F3/041)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/0334 4 {Foot operated pointing devices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/0338 4 with detection of limited linear or angular displacement of an operating part of the device from a neutral position, e.g. isotonic or isometric joysticks
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/0346 4 with detection of the device orientation or free movement in a 3D space, e.g. 3D mice, 6-DOF [six degrees of freedom] pointers using gyroscopes, accelerometers or tilt-sensors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/0354 4 with detection of 2D relative movements between the device, or an operating part thereof, and a plane or surface, e.g. 2D mice, trackballs, pens or pucks
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/03541 5 {Mouse/trackball convertible devices, in which the same ball is used to track the 2D relative movement}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/03542 5 {Light pens for emitting or receiving light}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/03543 5 {Mice or pucks (G06F3/03541 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/03544 6 {having dual sensing arrangement, e.g. two balls or two coils used to track rotation of the pointing device}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/03545 5 {Pens or stylus}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/03546 6 {using a rotatable ball at the tip as position detecting member}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/03547 5 {Touch pads, in which fingers can move on a surface}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/03548 5 {Sliders, in which the moving part moves in a plane}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/03549 5 {Trackballs (G06F3/03541 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/0362 4 with detection of 1D translations or rotations of an operating part of the device, e.g. scroll wheels, sliders, knobs, rollers or belts
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/037 4 using the raster scan of a cathode-ray tube [CRT] for detecting the position of the member, e.g. light pens cooperating with CRT monitors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/038 4 Control and interface arrangements therefor, e.g. drivers or device-embedded control circuitry
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/0383 5 {Signal control means within the pointing device}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/0386 5 {for light pen}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/039 4 Accessories therefor, e.g. mouse pads
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/0393 5 {Accessories for touch pads or touch screens, e.g. mechanical guides added to touch screens for drawing straight lines, hard keys overlaying touch screens or touch pads}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/0395 5 {Mouse pads}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/041 3 Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/0412 4 {Digitisers structurally integrated in a display}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/0414 4 {using force sensing means to determine a position}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/04142 5 {the force sensing means being located peripherally, e.g. disposed at the corners or at the side of a touch sensing plate}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/04144 5 {using an array of force sensing means (position sensing using the local deformation of sensor cells G06F3/0447)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/04146 5 {using pressure sensitive conductive elements delivering a boolean signal and located between crossing sensing lines, e.g. located between X and Y sensing line layers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/0416 4 {Control or interface arrangements specially adapted for digitisers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/04162 5 {for exchanging data with external devices, e.g. smart pens, via the digitiser sensing hardware}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/04164 5 {Connections between sensors and controllers, e.g. routing lines between electrodes and connection pads}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/04166 5 {Details of scanning methods, e.g. sampling time, grouping of sub areas or time sharing with display driving (Synchronisation with the driving of the display or the backlighting unit to avoid interferences generated internally G06F3/04184)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/041661 6 {using detection at multiple resolutions, e.g. coarse and fine scanning; using detection within a limited area, e.g. object tracking window}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/041662 6 {using alternate mutual and self-capacitive scanning}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/0418 5 {for error correction or compensation, e.g. based on parallax, calibration or alignment}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/04182 6 {Filtering of noise external to the device and not generated by digitiser components}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/04184 6 {Synchronisation with the driving of the display or the backlighting unit to avoid interferences generated internally}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/04186 6 {Touch location disambiguation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/042 4 by opto-electronic means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/0421 5 {by interrupting or reflecting a light beam, e.g. optical touch-screen}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/0423 6 {using sweeping light beams, e.g. using rotating or vibrating mirror}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/0425 5 {using a single imaging device like a video camera for tracking the absolute position of a single or a plurality of objects with respect to an imaged reference surface, e.g. video camera imaging a display or a projection screen, a table or a wall surface, on which a computer generated image is displayed or projected (tracking a projected light spot to determine a position on a display surface G06F3/0386)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/0426 6 {tracking fingers with respect to a virtual keyboard projected or printed on the surface (virtual keyboards on touch screens G06F3/04886)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/0428 5 {by sensing at the edges of the touch surface the interruption of optical paths, e.g. an illumination plane, parallel to the touch surface which may be virtual (sensing beam interruptions in a planar beam grid of an optical touch-screen G06F3/0421)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/043 4 using propagating acoustic waves
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/0433 5 {in which the acoustic waves are either generated by a movable member and propagated within a surface layer or propagated within a surface layer and captured by a movable member}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/0436 5 {in which generating transducers and detecting transducers are attached to a single acoustic waves transmission substrate}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/044 4 by capacitive means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/0441 5 {using active external devices, e.g. active pens, for receiving changes in electrical potential transmitted by the digitiser, e.g. tablet driving signals}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/0442 5 {using active external devices, e.g. active pens, for transmitting changes in electrical potential to be received by the digitiser}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/0443 5 {using a single layer of sensing electrodes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/0444 5 {using a single conductive element covering the whole sensing surface, e.g. by sensing the electrical current flowing at the corners}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/0445 5 {using two or more layers of sensing electrodes, e.g. using two layers of electrodes separated by a dielectric layer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/0446 5 {using a grid-like structure of electrodes in at least two directions, e.g. using row and column electrodes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/0447 5 {Position sensing using the local deformation of sensor cells}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/0448 5 {Details of the electrode shape, e.g. for enhancing the detection of touches, for generating specific electric field shapes, for enhancing display quality}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/045 4 using resistive elements, e.g. a single continuous surface or two parallel surfaces put in contact
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/046 4 by electromagnetic means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/047 4 using sets of wires, e.g. crossed wires
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/048 2 Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/0481 3 based on specific properties of the displayed interaction object or a metaphor-based environment, e.g. interaction with desktop elements like windows or icons, or assisted by a cursor's changing behaviour or appearance
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/04812 4 Interaction techniques based on cursor appearance or behaviour, e.g. being affected by the presence of displayed objects
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/04815 4 Interaction with a metaphor-based environment or interaction object displayed as three-dimensional, e.g. changing the user viewpoint with respect to the environment or object
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/04817 4 using icons (graphical or visual programming using iconic symbols G06F8/34)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/0482 4 Interaction with lists of selectable items, e.g. menus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/0483 4 Interaction with page-structured environments, e.g. book metaphor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/0484 3 for the control of specific functions or operations, e.g. selecting or manipulating an object, an image or a displayed text element, setting a parameter value or selecting a range
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/04842 4 Selection of displayed objects or displayed text elements (G06F3/0482 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/04845 4 for image manipulation, e.g. dragging, rotation, expansion or change of colour
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/04847 4 Interaction techniques to control parameter settings, e.g. interaction with sliders or dials
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/0485 4 Scrolling or panning
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/04855 5 Interaction with scrollbars
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/0486 4 Drag-and-drop
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/0487 3 using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/0488 4 using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/04883 5 for inputting data by handwriting, e.g. gesture or text
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/04886 5 by partitioning the display area of the touch-screen or the surface of the digitising tablet into independently controllable areas, e.g. virtual keyboards or menus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/0489 4 using dedicated keyboard keys or combinations thereof
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/04892 5 Arrangements for controlling cursor position based on codes indicative of cursor displacements from one discrete location to another, e.g. using cursor control keys associated to different directions or using the tab key (arrangements for controlling cursor position based on coordinate signals G06F3/038)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/04895 5 Guidance during keyboard input operation, e.g. prompting
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/04897 5 {Special input arrangements or commands for improving display capability}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/05 1 Digital input using the sampling of an analogue quantity at regular intervals of time {, input from a/d converter or output to d/a converter}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/06 1 Digital input from, or digital output to, record carriers {, e.g. RAID, emulated record carriers or networked record carriers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/0601 2 {Interfaces specially adapted for storage systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/0602 3 {specifically adapted to achieve a particular effect}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/0604 4 {Improving or facilitating administration, e.g. storage management}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/0605 5 {by facilitating the interaction with a user or administrator}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/0607 5 {by facilitating the process of upgrading existing storage systems, e.g. for improving compatibility between host and storage device}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/0608 4 {Saving storage space on storage systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/061 4 {Improving I/O performance}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/0611 5 {in relation to response time}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/0613 5 {in relation to throughput}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/0614 4 {Improving the reliability of storage systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/0616 5 {in relation to life time, e.g. increasing Mean Time Between Failures [MTBF]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/0617 5 {in relation to availability}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/0619 5 {in relation to data integrity, e.g. data losses, bit errors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/062 4 {Securing storage systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/0622 5 {in relation to access}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/0623 5 {in relation to content}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/0625 4 {Power saving in storage systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/0626 4 {Reducing size or complexity of storage systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/0628 3 {making use of a particular technique}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/0629 4 {Configuration or reconfiguration of storage systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/0631 5 {by allocating resources to storage systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/0632 5 {by initialisation or re-initialisation of storage systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/0634 5 {by changing the state or mode of one or more devices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/0635 5 {by changing the path, e.g. traffic rerouting, path reconfiguration}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/0637 5 {Permissions}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/0638 4 {Organizing or formatting or addressing of data}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/064 5 {Management of blocks}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/0641 6 {De-duplication techniques}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/0643 5 {Management of files}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/0644 5 {Management of space entities, e.g. partitions, extents, pools}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/0646 4 {Horizontal data movement in storage systems, i.e. moving data in between storage devices or systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/0647 5 {Migration mechanisms}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/0649 6 {Lifecycle management}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/065 5 {Replication mechanisms}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/0652 5 {Erasing, e.g. deleting, data cleaning, moving of data to a wastebasket}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/0653 4 {Monitoring storage devices or systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/0655 4 {Vertical data movement, i.e. input-output transfer; data movement between one or more hosts and one or more storage devices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/0656 5 {Data buffering arrangements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/0658 5 {Controller construction arrangements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/0659 5 {Command handling arrangements, e.g. command buffers, queues, command scheduling}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/0661 5 {Format or protocol conversion arrangements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/0662 4 {Virtualisation aspects}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/0664 5 {at device level, e.g. emulation of a storage device or system}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/0665 5 {at area level, e.g. provisioning of virtual or logical volumes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/0667 5 {at data level, e.g. file, record or object virtualisation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/0668 3 {adopting a particular infrastructure}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/067 4 {Distributed or networked storage systems, e.g. storage area networks [SAN], network attached storage [NAS]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/0671 4 {In-line storage system}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/0673 5 {Single storage device}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/0674 6 {Disk device}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/0676 7 {Magnetic disk device}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/0677 7 {Optical disk device, e.g. CD-ROM, DVD}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/0679 6 {Non-volatile semiconductor memory device, e.g. flash memory, one time programmable memory [OTP]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/068 6 {Hybrid storage device}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/0682 6 {Tape device}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/0683 5 {Plurality of storage devices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/0685 6 {Hybrid storage combining heterogeneous device types, e.g. hierarchical storage, hybrid arrays}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/0686 6 {Libraries, e.g. tape libraries, jukebox}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/0688 6 {Non-volatile semiconductor memory arrays}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/0689 6 {Disk arrays, e.g. RAID, JBOD}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2003/0697 2 {device management, e.g. handlers, drivers, I/O schedulers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/08 2 from or to individual record carriers, e.g. punched card {, memory card, integrated circuit [IC] card or smart card}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/09 1 Digital output to typewriters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/12 1 Digital output to print unit {, e.g. line printer, chain printer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/1201 2 {Dedicated interfaces to print systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/1202 3 {specifically adapted to achieve a particular effect}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/1203 4 {Improving or facilitating administration, e.g. print management}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/1204 5 {resulting in reduced user or operator actions, e.g. presetting, automatic actions, using hardware token storing data}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/1205 5 {resulting in increased flexibility in print job configuration, e.g. job settings, print requirements, job tickets}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/1206 5 {resulting in increased flexibility in input data format or job format or job type}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/1207 5 {resulting in the user being informed about print result after a job submission}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/1208 5 {resulting in improved quality of the output result, e.g. print layout, colours, workflows, print preview}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/1209 5 {resulting in adapted or bridged legacy communication protocols, e.g. emulation, protocol extension}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/121 4 {Facilitating exception or error detection and recovery, e.g. fault, media or consumables depleted}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/1211 4 {Improving printing performance}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/1212 5 {achieving reduced delay between job submission and print start}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/1213 6 {at an intermediate node or at the final node}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/1214 6 {at the submitting node}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/1215 5 {achieving increased printing speed, i.e. reducing the time between printing start and printing end}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/1217 5 {achieving reduced idle time at the output device or increased asset utilization}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/1218 4 {Reducing or saving of used resources, e.g. avoiding waste of consumables or improving usage of hardware resources}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/1219 5 {with regard to consumables, e.g. ink, toner, paper}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/122 5 {with regard to computing resources, e.g. memory, CPU}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/1221 5 {with regard to power consumption}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/1222 4 {Increasing security of the print job}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/1223 3 {specifically adapted to use a particular technique}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/1224 4 {Client or server resources management}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/1225 5 {Software update, e.g. print driver, modules, plug-ins, fonts}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/1226 5 {Discovery of devices having required properties}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/1227 5 {Printer definition files}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/1228 5 {Printing driverless or using generic drivers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/1229 4 {Printer resources management or printer maintenance, e.g. device status, power levels}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/123 5 {Software or firmware update, e.g. device firmware management}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/1231 5 {Device related settings, e.g. IP address, Name, Identification}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/1232 5 {Transmitting printer device capabilities, e.g. upon request or periodically}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/1234 5 {Errors handling and recovery, e.g. reprinting (G06F3/1261 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/1235 6 {caused by end of consumables, e.g. paper, ink, toner}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/1236 4 {Connection management}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/1237 4 {Print job management}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/1238 5 {Secure printing, e.g. user identification, user rights for device usage, unallowed content, blanking portions or fields of a page, releasing held jobs}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/1239 5 {Restricting the usage of resources, e.g. usage or user levels, credit limit, consumables, special fonts}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/124 5 {Parallel printing or parallel ripping}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/1241 5 {Dividing a job according to job requirements, e.g. black/white and colour pages, covers and body of books, tabs}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/1242 5 {Image or content composition onto a page}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/1243 6 {Variable data printing, e.g. document forms, templates, labels, coupons, advertisements, logos, watermarks, transactional printing, fixed content versioning}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/1244 5 {Job translation or job parsing, e.g. page banding}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/1245 6 {by conversion to intermediate or common format}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/1246 6 {by handling markup languages, e.g. XSL, XML, HTML}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/1247 6 {by conversion to printer ready format}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/1248 6 {by printer language recognition, e.g. PDL, PCL, PDF}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/125 5 {Page layout or assigning input pages onto output media, e.g. imposition}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/1251 6 {for continuous media, e.g. web media, rolls}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/1252 6 {for sheet based media}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/1253 5 {Configuration of print job parameters, e.g. using UI at the client}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/1254 6 {Automatic configuration, e.g. by driver}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/1255 6 {Settings incompatibility, e.g. constraints, user requirements vs. device capabilities}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/1256 6 {User feedback, e.g. print preview, test print, proofing, pre-flight checks}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/1257 6 {by using pre-stored settings, e.g. job templates, presets, print styles}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/1258 6 {by updating job settings at the printer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/1259 5 {Print job monitoring, e.g. job status}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/126 5 {Job scheduling, e.g. queuing, determine appropriate device}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/1261 6 {by using alternate printing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/1262 6 {by grouping or ganging jobs}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/1263 6 {based on job priority, e.g. re-arranging the order of jobs, e.g. the printing sequence}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/1264 6 {by assigning post-processing resources}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/1265 5 {Printing by reference, e.g. retrieving document/image data for a job from a source mentioned in the job}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/1267 5 {Job repository, e.g. non-scheduled jobs, delay printing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/1268 5 {Job submission, e.g. submitting print job order or request not the print data itself}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/1269 6 {by broadcasting server}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/127 6 {by using hot folders, e.g. folder for which print settings or print data management rules are set in advance}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/1271 6 {Job submission at the printing node, e.g. creating a job from a data stored locally or remotely (G06F3/1238 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/1272 6 {Digital storefront, e.g. e-ordering, web2print, submitting a job from a remote submission screen}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/1273 5 {Print job history, e.g. logging, accounting, tracking}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/1274 5 {Deleting of print job}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/1275 4 {Print workflow management, e.g. defining or changing a workflow, cross publishing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/1276 5 {within a printer driver, e.g. driver resides either on a server or on a client}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/1277 5 {using filter pipeline, e.g. outside the driver, adding traps}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/1278 3 {specifically adapted to adopt a particular infrastructure}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/1279 4 {Controller construction, e.g. aspects of the interface hardware}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/128 4 {Direct printing, e.g. sending document file, using memory stick, printing from a camera}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/1281 4 {Multi engine printer devices, e.g. one entity having multiple output engines}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/1282 4 {High volume printer device}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/1284 4 {Local printer device}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/1285 4 {Remote printer device, e.g. being remote from client or server}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/1286 5 {via local network}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/1287 5 {via internet}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/1288 5 {in client-server-printer device configuration}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/1289 5 {in server-client-printer device configuration, e.g. the server does not see the printer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/129 5 {in server-printer device-client configuration, e.g. print flow goes from server to printer and then bidirectional from printer to client, i.e. the client does not communicate with the server}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/1291 4 {Pool of printer devices: self-managing printing devices in a network, e.g. without a server}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/1292 4 {Mobile client, e.g. wireless printing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/1293 2 {Printer information exchange with computer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/1294 3 {Status or feedback related to information exchange}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/1295 3 {Buffering means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/1296 2 {Printer job scheduling or printer resource handling}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/1297 2 {Printer code translation, conversion, emulation, compression; Configuration of printer parameters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/1298 3 {Printer language recognition, e.g. programme control language, page description language}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/13 1 Digital output to plotter {; Cooperation and interconnection of the plotter with other functional units}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/14 1 Digital output to display device {; Cooperation and interconnection of the display device with other functional units}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/1407 2 {General aspects irrespective of display type, e.g. determination of decimal point position, display with fixed or driving decimal point, suppression of non-significant zeros}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/1415 2 {with means for detecting differences between the image stored in the host and the images displayed on the displays}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/1423 2 {controlling a plurality of local displays, e.g. CRT and flat panel display}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/1431 3 {using a single graphics controller}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/1438 3 {using more than one graphics controller}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/1446 3 {display composed of modules, e.g. video walls}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/1454 2 {involving copying of the display data of a local workstation or window to a remote workstation or window so that an actual copy of the data is displayed simultaneously on two or more displays, e.g. teledisplay}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/1462 3 {with means for detecting differences between the image stored in the host and the images displayed on the remote displays}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/147 2 using display panels
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/1475 3 {with conversion of CRT control signals to flat panel control signals, e.g. adapting the palette memory}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/153 2 using cathode-ray tubes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/16 1 Sound input; Sound output (speech processing G10L)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/162 2 {Interface to dedicated audio devices, e.g. audio drivers, interface to CODECs}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/165 2 {Management of the audio stream, e.g. setting of volume, audio stream path}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F3/167 2 {Audio in a user interface, e.g. using voice commands for navigating, audio feedback}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F5/00 0 Methods or arrangements for data conversion without changing the order or content of the data handled
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F5/01 1 for shifting, e.g. justifying, scaling, normalising {(digital stores in which the information is moved stepwise, e.g. shift-registers G11C19/00; digital stores in which the information circulates G11C21/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F5/012 2 {in floating-point computations}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F5/015 2 {having at least two separately controlled shifting levels, e.g. using shifting matrices (G06F5/012 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F5/017 2 {using recirculating storage elements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F5/06 1 for changing the speed of data flow, i.e. speed regularising {or timing, e.g. delay lines, FIFO buffers; over- or underrun control therefor (G06F7/78 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F5/065 2 {Partitioned buffers, e.g. allowing multiple independent queues, bidirectional FIFO's}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F5/08 2 having a sequence of storage locations, the intermediate ones not being accessible for either enqueue or dequeue operations, e.g. using a shift register {(G06F5/065 takes precedence; shift registers per se G11C19/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F5/085 3 {in which the data is recirculated}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F5/10 2 having a sequence of storage locations each being individually accessible for both enqueue and dequeue operations, e.g. using random access memory {(G06F5/065 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F5/12 3 Means for monitoring the fill level; Means for resolving contention, i.e. conflicts between simultaneous enqueue and dequeue operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F5/14 4 for overflow or underflow handling, e.g. full or empty flags
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F5/16 2 Multiplexed systems, i.e. using two or more similar devices which are alternately accessed for enqueue and dequeue operations, e.g. ping-pong buffers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/00 0 Methods or arrangements for processing data by operating upon the order or content of the data handled (logic circuits H03K19/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/02 1 Comparing digital values (G06F7/06, {G06F7/22,} G06F7/38 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/023 2 {adaptive, e.g. self learning}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/026 2 {Magnitude comparison, i.e. determining the relative order of operands based on their numerical value, e.g. window comparator}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/06 1 Arrangements for sorting, selecting, merging, or comparing data on individual record carriers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/08 2 Sorting, i.e. grouping record carriers in numerical or other ordered sequence according to the classification of at least some of the information they carry (by merging two or more sets of carriers in ordered sequence G06F7/16)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/10 2 Selecting, i.e. obtaining data of one kind from those record carriers which are identifiable by data of a second kind from a mass of ordered or randomly- distributed record carriers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/12 3 with provision for printing-out a list of selected items
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/14 2 Merging, i.e. combining at least two sets of record carriers each arranged in the same ordered sequence to produce a single set having the same ordered sequence
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/16 3 Combined merging and sorting
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/20 2 Comparing separate sets of record carriers arranged in the same sequence to determine whether at least some of the data in one set is identical with that in the other set or sets
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/22 1 Arrangements for sorting or merging computer data on continuous record carriers, e.g. tape, drum, disc
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/24 2 Sorting, i.e. extracting data from one or more carriers, rearranging the data in numerical or other ordered sequence, and rerecording the sorted data on the original carrier or on a different carrier or set of carriers {sorting methods in general}(G06F7/36 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/26 3 the sorted data being recorded on the original record carrier within the same space in which the data had been recorded prior to their sorting, without using intermediate storage
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/32 2 Merging, i.e. combining data contained in ordered sequence on at least two record carriers to produce a single carrier or set of carriers having all the original data in the ordered sequence {merging methods in general}(G06F7/36 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/36 2 Combined merging and sorting
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/38 1 Methods or arrangements for performing computations using exclusively denominational number representation, e.g. using binary, ternary, decimal representation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/381 2 {using cryogenic components, e.g. Josephson gates}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/383 2 {using magnetic or similar elements (parametric and other resonant circuits G06F7/388)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/385 3 {magnetic bubbles}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/386 3 {decimal, radix 20 or 12 (G06F7/385 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/388 2 {using other various devices such as electro-chemical, microwave, surface acoustic wave, neuristor, electron beam switching, resonant, e.g. parametric, ferro-resonant}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/40 2 using contact-making devices, e.g. electromagnetic relay (G06F7/46 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/405 3 {binary}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/42 3 Adding; Subtracting {(G06F7/405 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/44 3 Multiplying; Dividing {(G06F7/405 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/443 4 {by successive additions or subtractions}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/446 4 {by partial product forming (with electric multiplication table)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/46 2 using electromechanical counter-type accumulators
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/461 3 {Adding; subtracting}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/462 3 {Multiplying; dividing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/463 4 {by successive additions or subtractions}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/465 4 {by partial product forming (with electric multiplication table)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/466 4 {by successive multiplication or division by 2}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/467 4 {by using preset multiples of the multiplicand or the divisor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/468 3 {for evaluating functions by calculation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/48 2 using non-contact-making devices, e.g. tube, solid state device; using unspecified devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/4806 3 {Computations with complex numbers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/4812 4 {Complex multiplication}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/4818 4 {using coordinate rotation digital computer [CORDIC]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/4824 3 {using signed-digit representation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/483 3 Computations with numbers represented by a non-linear combination of denominational numbers, e.g. rational numbers, logarithmic number system or floating-point numbers {(G06F7/4806, G06F7/4824, G06F7/49, G06F7/491, G06F7/544 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/4833 4 {Logarithmic number system}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/4836 4 {Computations with rational numbers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/485 4 Adding; Subtracting {(G06F7/4833, G06F7/4836 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/487 4 Multiplying; Dividing {(G06F7/4833, G06F7/4836 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/4873 5 {Dividing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/4876 5 {Multiplying}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/49 3 Computations with a radix, other than binary, 8, 16 or decimal, e.g. ternary, negative or imaginary radices, mixed radix {non-linear PCM (G06F7/4824 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/491 3 Computations with decimal numbers {radix 12 or 20. (G06F7/4824 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/4912 4 {Adding; Subtracting (G06F7/492, G06F7/498 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/4915 4 {Multiplying; Dividing (G06F7/492, G06F7/498 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/4917 5 {Dividing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/492 4 using a binary weighted representation within each denomination {(G06F7/498 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/4925 5 {Adding; Subtracting (G06F7/493 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/493 5 the representation being the natural binary coded representation, i.e. 8421-code
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/494 6 Adding; Subtracting
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/495 7 in digit-serial fashion, i.e. having a single digit-handling circuit treating all denominations after each other
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/496 6 Multiplying; Dividing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/498 4 using counter-type accumulators
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/4981 5 {Adding; Subtracting}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/4983 5 {Multiplying; Dividing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/4985 6 {by successive additions or subtractions}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/4986 6 {by successive multiplication or division by 2}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/4988 6 {by table look-up}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/499 3 Denomination or exception handling, e.g. rounding or overflow
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/49905 4 {Exception handling}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/4991 5 {Overflow or underflow}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/49915 6 {Mantissa overflow or underflow in handling floating-point numbers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/49921 6 {Saturation, i.e. clipping the result to a minimum or maximum value}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/49926 5 {Division by zero}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/49931 4 {Modulo N reduction of final result}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/49936 4 {Normalisation mentioned as feature only}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/49942 4 {Significance control}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/49947 5 {Rounding}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/49952 6 {Sticky bit}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/49957 6 {Implementation of IEEE-754 Standard}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/49963 6 {Rounding to nearest (G06F7/49957 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/49968 6 {Rounding towards positive infinity (G06F7/49957 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/49973 6 {Rounding towards negative infinity, e.g. truncation of two's complement numbers (G06F7/49957 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/49978 6 {Rounding towards zero (G06F7/49957 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/49984 6 {Rounding away from zero}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/49989 5 {Interval arithmetic}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/49994 4 {Sign extension}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/50 3 Adding; Subtracting (G06F7/483 - G06F7/491, G06F7/544 - G06F7/556 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/501 4 Half or full adders, i.e. basic adder cells for one denomination
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/5013 5 {using algebraic addition of the input signals, e.g. Kirchhoff adders}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/5016 5 {forming at least one of the output signals directly from the minterms of the input signals, i.e. with a minimum number of gate levels}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/502 5 Half adders; Full adders consisting of two cascaded half adders {(G06F7/5013 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/503 5 using carry switching, i.e. the incoming carry being connected directly, or only via an inverter, to the carry output under control of a carry propagate signal
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/504 4 in bit-serial fashion, i.e. having a single digit-handling circuit treating all denominations after each other
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/5045 5 {for multiple operands}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/505 4 in bit-parallel fashion, i.e. having a different digit-handling circuit for each denomination
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/5052 5 {using carry completion detection, either over all stages or at sample stages only}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/5055 5 {in which one operand is a constant, i.e. incrementers or decrementers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/5057 5 {using table look-up}; using programmable logic arrays (G06F7/509 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/506 5 with simultaneous carry generation for, or propagation over, two or more stages
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/507 6 using selection between two conditionally calculated carry or sum values
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/508 6 using carry look-ahead circuits
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/509 5 for multiple operands, e.g. digital integrators
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/5095 6 {word-serial, i.e. with an accumulator-register}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/52 3 Multiplying; Dividing (G06F7/483 - G06F7/491, G06F7/544 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/523 4 Multiplying only
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/5235 5 {using indirect methods, e.g. quarter square method, via logarithmic domain}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/525 5 in serial-serial fashion, i.e. both operands being entered serially (G06F7/533 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/527 5 in serial-parallel fashion, i.e. one operand being entered serially and the other in parallel (G06F7/533 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/5272 6 {with row wise addition of partial products}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/5275 7 {using carry save adders}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/5277 6 {with column wise addition of partial products}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/53 5 in parallel-parallel fashion, i.e. both operands being entered in parallel (G06F7/533 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/5306 6 {with row wise addition of partial products (G06F7/5324 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/5312 7 {using carry save adders}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/5318 6 {with column wise addition of partial products, e.g. using Wallace tree, Dadda counters (G06F7/5324 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/5324 6 {partitioned, i.e. using repetitively a smaller parallel parallel multiplier or using an array of such smaller multipliers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/533 5 Reduction of the number of iteration steps or stages, e.g. using the Booth algorithm, log-sum, odd-even
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/5332 6 {by skipping over strings of zeroes or ones, e.g. using the Booth Algorithm}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/5334 6 {by using multiple bit scanning, i.e. by decoding groups of successive multiplier bits in order to select an appropriate precalculated multiple of the multiplicand as a partial product}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/5336 7 {overlapped, i.e. with successive bitgroups sharing one or more bits being recoded into signed digit representation, e.g. using the Modified Booth Algorithm}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/5338 8 {each bitgroup having two new bits, e.g. 2nd order MBA}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/535 4 Dividing only
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/537 5 Reduction of the number of iteration steps or stages, e.g. using the Sweeny-Robertson-Tocher [SRT] algorithm
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/5375 6 {Non restoring calculation, where each digit is either negative, zero or positive, e.g. SRT;}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/544 3 for evaluating functions by calculation {(G06F7/4824 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/5443 4 {Sum of products (for applications thereof, see the relevant places, e.g. G06F17/10, H03H17/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/5446 4 {using crossaddition algorithms, e.g. CORDIC}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/548 4 Trigonometric functions; Co-ordinate transformations
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/552 4 Powers or roots {, e.g. Pythagorean sums}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/5525 5 {Roots or inverse roots of single operands}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/556 4 Logarithmic or exponential functions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/57 3 Arithmetic logic units [ALU], i.e. arrangements or devices for performing two or more of the operations covered by groups G06F7/483 – G06F7/556 or for performing logical operations {(G06F7/49, G06F7/491 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/575 4 Basic arithmetic logic units, i.e. devices selectable to perform either addition, subtraction or one of several logical operations, using, at least partially, the same circuitry
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/58 1 Random or pseudo-random number generators
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/582 2 {Pseudo-random number generators}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/584 3 {using finite field arithmetic, e.g. using a linear feedback shift register}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/586 3 {using an integer algorithm, e.g. using linear congruential method}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/588 2 {Random number generators, i.e. based on natural stochastic processes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/60 1 Methods or arrangements for performing computations using a digital non-denominational number representation, i.e. number representation without radix; Computing devices using combinations of denominational and non-denominational quantity representations {, e.g. using difunction pulse trains, STEELE computers, phase computers (conversion of digital data to or from non-denominational form H03M5/00, H03M7/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/602 2 {using delta-sigma sequences}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/605 2 {Additive or subtractive mixing of two pulse rates into one (beat-frequency oscillators H03B21/00; input circuits of electric counters, e.g. up-down counters H03K21/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/607 2 {number-of-ones counters, i.e. devices for counting the number of input lines set to ONE among a plurality of input lines, also called bit counters or parallel counters (for applications thereof, see the relevant places, e.g. G06F7/49, G06F7/5013, G06F7/509, H03M1/00, H03M7/20)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/62 2 Performing operations exclusively by counting total number of pulses {; Multiplication, division or derived operations using combined denominational and incremental processing by counters, i.e. without column shift (G06F7/68 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/64 2 Digital differential analysers, i.e. computing devices for differentiation, integration or solving differential or integral equations, using pulses representing increments; Other incremental computing devices for solving difference equations (G06F7/70 takes precedence; differential analysers using hybrid computing techniques G06J1/02 {; DDA application in numerical control G05B19/18})
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/66 3 wherein pulses represent unitary increments only
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/68 2 using pulse rate multipliers or dividers {pulse rate multipliers or dividers per se}(G06F7/70 takes precedence {; frequency division in electronic watches G04G3/02; frequency multiplication or division in oscillators H03B19/00; frequency dividing counters per se H03K23/00 - H03K29/00})
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/70 2 using stochastic pulse trains, i.e. randomly occurring pulses the average pulse rates of which represent numbers {(conversion of analogue signals into stochastic pulse trains and vice versa H03M1/04)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/72 2 using residue arithmetic
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/721 3 {Modular inversion, reciprocal or quotient calculation (G06F7/724, G06F7/727, G06F7/728 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/722 3 {Modular multiplication (G06F7/724, G06F7/727, G06F7/728 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/723 3 {Modular exponentiation (G06F7/724, G06F7/727, G06F7/728 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/724 3 {Finite field arithmetic (for error detection or correction in general H03M13/00, in computers G06F11/10)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/725 4 {over elliptic curves}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/726 4 {Inversion; Reciprocal calculation; Division of elements of a finite field}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/727 3 {Modulo N arithmetic, with N being either (2**n)-1,2**n or (2**n)+1, e.g. mod 3, mod 4 or mod 5 (G06F7/728 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/728 3 {using Montgomery reduction}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/729 3 {using representation by a residue number system}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/74 1 Selecting or encoding within a word the position of one or more bits having a specified value, e.g. most or least significant one or zero detection, priority encoders {(with shifting G06F5/01)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/76 1 Arrangements for rearranging, permuting or selecting data according to predetermined rules, independently of the content of the data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/762 2 {having at least two separately controlled rearrangement levels, e.g. multistage interconnection networks (G06F7/764 - G06F7/768 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/764 2 {Masking}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/766 2 {Generation of all possible permutations}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/768 2 {Data position reversal, e.g. bit reversal, byte swapping}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/78 2 for changing the order of data flow, e.g. matrix transposition or LIFO buffers; Overflow or underflow handling therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F7/785 3 {having a sequence of storage locations each being individually accessible for both enqueue and dequeue operations, e.g. using a RAM}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F8/00 0 Arrangements for software engineering (testing or debugging G06F11/36; administrative, planning or organisation aspects of software project management G06Q10/06)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F8/10 1 Requirements analysis; Specification techniques
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F8/20 1 Software design
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F8/22 2 {Procedural}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F8/24 2 {Object-oriented}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F8/30 1 Creation or generation of source code
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F8/31 2 {Programming languages or programming paradigms}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F8/311 3 {Functional or applicative languages; Rewrite languages}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F8/312 3 {List processing, e.g. LISP programming language}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F8/313 3 {Logic programming, e.g. PROLOG programming language}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F8/3135 4 {Unification or backtracking}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F8/314 3 {Parallel programming languages (G06F8/313 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F8/315 3 {Object-oriented languages}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F8/316 3 {Aspect-oriented programming techniques}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F8/33 2 Intelligent editors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F8/34 2 Graphical or visual programming
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F8/35 2 model driven
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F8/355 3 {Round-trip engineering}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F8/36 2 Software reuse
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F8/37 2 {Compiler construction; Parser generation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F8/38 2 for implementing user interfaces
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F8/40 1 Transformation of program code
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F8/41 2 Compilation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F8/42 3 {Syntactic analysis}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F8/423 4 {Preprocessors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F8/425 4 {Lexical analysis}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F8/427 4 {Parsing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F8/43 3 {Checking; Contextual analysis}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F8/433 4 {Dependency analysis; Data or control flow analysis}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F8/434 5 {Pointers; Aliasing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F8/436 4 {Semantic checking}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F8/437 5 {Type checking}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F8/44 3 {Encoding}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F8/441 4 {Register allocation; Assignment of physical memory space to logical memory space}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F8/443 4 {Optimisation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F8/4432 5 {Reducing the energy consumption}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F8/4434 5 {Reducing the memory space required by the program code}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F8/4435 6 {Detection or removal of dead or redundant code}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F8/4436 6 {Exlining; Procedural abstraction}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F8/4441 5 {Reducing the execution time required by the program code}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F8/4442 6 {Reducing the number of cache misses; Data prefetching (cache prefetching G06F12/0862)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F8/4443 6 {Inlining}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F8/445 4 {Exploiting fine grain parallelism, i.e. parallelism at instruction level (run-time instruction scheduling G06F9/3836)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F8/4451 5 {Avoiding pipeline stalls}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F8/4452 5 {Software pipelining}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F8/447 4 {Target code generation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F8/45 3 {Exploiting coarse grain parallelism in compilation, i.e. parallelism between groups of instructions}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F8/451 4 {Code distribution (considering CPU load at run-time G06F9/505; load rebalancing G06F9/5083)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F8/452 5 {Loops}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F8/453 4 {Data distribution}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F8/454 5 {Consistency (cache consistency protocols in hierarchically structured memory systems G06F12/0815)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F8/456 4 {Parallelism detection}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F8/457 4 {Communication (intertask communication G06F9/54)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F8/458 4 {Synchronisation, e.g. post-wait, barriers, locks (synchronisation among tasks G06F9/52)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F8/47 3 {Retargetable compilers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F8/48 3 {Incremental compilation (software reuse G06F8/36)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F8/49 3 {Partial evaluation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F8/51 2 Source to source
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F8/52 2 Binary to binary
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F8/53 2 Decompilation; Disassembly
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F8/54 2 Link editing before load time
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F8/60 1 Software deployment
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F8/61 2 Installation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F8/62 3 {Uninstallation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F8/63 3 {Image based installation; Cloning; Build to order}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F8/64 3 {Retargetable}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F8/65 2 Updates (security arrangements therefor G06F21/57)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F8/654 3 using techniques specially adapted for alterable solid state memories, e.g. for EEPROM or flash memories
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F8/656 3 while running
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F8/658 3 Incremental updates; Differential updates
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F8/66 3 {of program code stored in read-only memory [ROM]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F8/70 1 Software maintenance or management
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F8/71 2 Version control (security arrangements therefor G06F21/57); Configuration management
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F8/72 2 Code refactoring
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F8/73 2 Program documentation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F8/74 2 Reverse engineering; Extracting design information from source code
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F8/75 2 Structural analysis for program understanding
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F8/751 3 {Code clone detection}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F8/76 2 Adapting program code to run in a different environment; Porting
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F8/77 2 Software metrics
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F8/78 2 {Methods to solve the "Year 2000" [Y2K] problem}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/00 0 Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units (program control for peripheral devices G06F13/10)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/02 1 using wired connections, e.g. plugboards
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/04 1 using record carriers containing only program instructions (G06F9/06 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/06 1 using stored programs, i.e. using an internal store of processing equipment to receive or retain programs
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/22 2 Microcontrol or microprogram arrangements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/223 3 {Execution means for microinstructions irrespective of the microinstruction function, e.g. decoding of microinstructions and nanoinstructions; timing of microinstructions; programmable logic arrays; delays and fan-out problems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/226 3 {Microinstruction function, e.g. input/output microinstruction; diagnostic microinstruction; microinstruction format}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/24 3 Loading of the microprogram
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/26 3 Address formation of the next micro-instruction (G06F9/28 takes precedence){; Microprogram storage or retrieval arrangements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/261 4 {Microinstruction address formation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/262 4 {Arrangements for next microinstruction selection}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/264 5 {Microinstruction selection based on results of processing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/265 6 {by address selection on input of storage}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/267 6 {by instruction selection on output of storage}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/268 5 {Microinstruction selection not based on processing results, e.g. interrupt, patch, first cycle store, diagnostic programs}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/28 3 Enhancement of operational speed, e.g. by using several microcontrol devices operating in parallel
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/30 2 Arrangements for executing machine instructions, e.g. instruction decode (for executing microinstructions G06F9/22)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/30003 3 {Arrangements for executing specific machine instructions}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/30007 4 {to perform operations on data operands}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/3001 5 {Arithmetic instructions}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/30014 6 {with variable precision}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/30018 5 {Bit or string instructions; instructions using a mask}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/30021 5 {Compare instructions, e.g. Greater-Than, Equal-To, MINMAX}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/30025 5 {Format conversion instructions, e.g. Floating-Point to Integer, decimal conversion}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/30029 5 {Logical and Boolean instructions, e.g. XOR, NOT}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/30032 5 {Movement instructions, e.g. MOVE, SHIFT, ROTATE, SHUFFLE}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/30036 5 {Instructions to perform operations on packed data, e.g. vector operations}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/3004 4 {to perform operations on memory}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/30043 5 {LOAD or STORE instructions; Clear instruction}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/30047 5 {Prefetch instructions; cache control instructions}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/3005 4 {to perform operations for flow control}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/30054 5 {Unconditional branch instructions}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/30058 5 {Conditional branch instructions}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/30061 6 {Multi-way branch instructions, e.g. CASE}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/30065 5 {Loop control instructions; iterative instructions, e.g. LOOP, REPEAT}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/30069 5 {Instruction skipping instructions, e.g. SKIP}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/30072 4 {to perform conditional operations, e.g. using guard}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/30076 4 {to perform miscellaneous control operations, e.g. NOP}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/30079 5 {Pipeline control instructions}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/30083 5 {Power or thermal control instructions}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/30087 5 {Synchronisation or serialisation instructions}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/3009 5 {Thread control instructions}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/30094 3 {Condition code generation, e.g. Carry, Zero flag}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/30098 3 {Register arrangements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/30101 4 {Special purpose registers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/30105 4 {Register structure}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/30109 5 {having multiple operands in a single register}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/30112 5 {for variable length data, e.g. single or double registers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/30116 5 {Shadow registers, e.g. coupled registers, not forming part of the register space}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/3012 4 {Organisation of register space, e.g. banked or distributed register file}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/30123 5 {according to context, e.g. thread buffers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/30127 6 {Register windows}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/3013 5 {according to data content, e.g. floating-point registers, address registers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/30134 5 {Register stacks; shift registers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/30138 5 {Extension of register space, e.g. register cache}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/30141 4 {Implementation provisions of register files, e.g. ports}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/30145 3 {Instruction analysis, e.g. decoding, instruction word fields}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/30149 4 {of variable length instructions}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/30152 5 {Determining start or end of instruction; determining instruction length}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/30156 4 {Special purpose encoding of instructions, e.g. Gray coding}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/3016 4 {Decoding the operand specifier, e.g. specifier format}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/30163 5 {with implied specifier, e.g. top of stack}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/30167 5 {of immediate specifier, e.g. constants}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/3017 3 {Runtime instruction translation, e.g. macros}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/30174 4 {for non-native instruction set, e.g. Javabyte, legacy code}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/30178 4 {of compressed or encrypted instructions}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/30181 3 {Instruction operation extension or modification}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/30185 4 {according to one or more bits in the instruction, e.g. prefix, sub-opcode}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/30189 4 {according to execution mode, e.g. mode flag}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/30192 4 {according to data descriptor, e.g. dynamic data typing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/30196 4 {using decoder, e.g. decoder per instruction set, adaptable or programmable decoders}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/32 3 Address formation of the next instruction, e.g. by incrementing the instruction counter (G06F9/38 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/321 4 {Program or instruction counter, e.g. incrementing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/322 4 {for non-sequential address}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/324 5 {using program counter relative addressing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/325 5 {for loops, e.g. loop detection, loop counter}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/327 5 {for interrupts}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/328 5 {for runtime instruction patching}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/34 3 Addressing or accessing the instruction operand or the result {; Formation of operand address; Addressing modes (address translation G06F12/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/342 4 {Extension of operand address space}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/345 4 of multiple operands or results {(addressing multiple banks G06F12/06)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/3455 5 {using stride}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/35 4 Indirect addressing {, i.e. using single address operand, e.g. address register}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/355 4 Indexed addressing {, i.e. using more than one address operand}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/3552 5 {using wraparound, e.g. modulo or circular addressing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/3555 5 {using scaling, e.g. multiplication of index}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/3557 5 {using program counter as base address}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/38 3 Concurrent instruction execution, e.g. pipeline, look ahead
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/3802 4 {Instruction prefetching}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/3804 5 {for branches, e.g. hedging, branch folding}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/3806 6 {using address prediction, e.g. return stack, branch history buffer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/3808 5 {for instruction reuse, e.g. trace cache, branch target cache}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/381 6 {Loop buffering}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/3812 5 {with instruction modification, e.g. store into instruction stream}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/3814 5 {Implementation provisions of instruction buffers, e.g. prefetch buffer; banks}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/3816 5 {Instruction alignment, e.g. cache line crossing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/3818 4 {Decoding for concurrent execution}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/382 5 {Pipelined decoding, e.g. using predecoding}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/3822 5 {Parallel decoding, e.g. parallel decode units}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/3824 4 {Operand accessing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/3826 5 {Data result bypassing, e.g. locally between pipeline stages, within a pipeline stage}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/3828 6 {with global bypass, e.g. between pipelines, between clusters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/383 5 {Operand prefetching (cache prefetching G06F12/0862)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/3832 6 {Value prediction for operands; operand history buffers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/3834 5 {Maintaining memory consistency (cache consistency protocols G06F12/0815)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/3836 4 {Instruction issuing, e.g. dynamic instruction scheduling, out of order instruction execution}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/3838 5 {Dependency mechanisms, e.g. register scoreboarding}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/384 6 {Register renaming}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/3842 5 {Speculative instruction execution}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/3844 6 {using dynamic prediction, e.g. branch history table}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/3846 6 {using static prediction, e.g. branch taken strategy}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/3848 6 {using hybrid branch prediction, e.g. selection between prediction techniques}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/3851 5 {from multiple instruction streams, e.g. multistreaming (initiation or dispatching of multiple tasks or threads G06F9/48)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/3853 5 {of compound instructions}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/3855 5 {Reordering, e.g. using a queue, age tags}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/3857 5 {Result writeback, i.e. updating the architectural state}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/3859 6 {with result invalidation, e.g. nullification}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/3861 4 {Recovery, e.g. branch miss-prediction, exception handling (error detection or correction G06F11/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/3863 5 {using multiple copies of the architectural state, e.g. shadow registers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/3865 5 {using deferred exception handling, e.g. exception flags}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/3867 4 {using instruction pipelines}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/3869 5 {Implementation aspects, e.g. pipeline latches; pipeline synchronisation and clocking}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/3871 5 {Asynchronous instruction pipeline, e.g. using handshake signals between stages}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/3873 5 {Variable length pipelines, e.g. elastic pipeline}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/3875 5 {Pipelining a single stage, e.g. superpipelining}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/3877 4 {using a slave processor, e.g. coprocessor (peripheral processor G06F13/12; vector processor G06F15/8053)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/3879 5 {for non-native instruction execution, e.g. executing a command; for Java instruction set}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/3881 6 {Arrangements for communication of instructions and data}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2009/3883 5 {Two-engine architectures, i.e. stand-alone processor acting as a slave processor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/3885 4 {using a plurality of independent parallel functional units}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/3887 5 {controlled by a single instruction, e.g. SIMD}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/3889 5 {controlled by multiple instructions, e.g. MIMD, decoupled access or execute}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/3891 6 {organised in groups of units sharing resources, e.g. clusters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/3893 5 {controlled in tandem, e.g. multiplier-accumulator}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/3895 6 {for complex operations, e.g. multidimensional or interleaved address generators, macros}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/3897 7 {with adaptable data path}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/44 2 Arrangements for executing specific programs
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/4401 3 Bootstrapping (security arrangements therefor G06F21/57)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/4403 4 {Processor initialisation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/4405 4 {Initialisation of multiprocessor systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/4406 4 {Loading of operating system}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/4408 5 {Boot device selection}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/441 5 {Multiboot arrangements, i.e. selecting an operating system to be loaded}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/4411 4 {Configuring for operating with peripheral devices; Loading of device drivers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/4413 5 {Plug-and-play [PnP]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/4415 6 {Self describing peripheral devices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/4416 4 {Network booting; Remote initial program loading [RIPL]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/4418 4 {Suspend and resume; Hibernate and awake}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/442 4 {Shutdown}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/445 3 Program loading or initiating (bootstrapping G06F9/4401; security arrangements for program loading or initiating G06F21/57)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/44505 4 {Configuring for program initiating, e.g. using registry, configuration files}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/4451 5 {User profiles; Roaming}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/44521 4 {Dynamic linking or loading; Link editing at or after load time, e.g. Java class loading}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/44526 5 {Plug-ins; Add-ons}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/44536 4 {Selecting among different versions}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/44542 5 {Retargetable}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/44547 6 {Fat binaries}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/44552 4 {Conflict resolution, i.e. enabling coexistence of conflicting executables}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/44557 4 {Code layout in executable memory}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/44563 5 {Sharing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/44568 4 {Immediately runnable code}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/44573 5 {Execute-in-place [XIP]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/44578 5 {Preparing or optimising for loading}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/44584 5 {Portable applications, i.e. making applications self-contained, e.g. U3 standard}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/44589 4 {Program code verification, e.g. Java bytecode verification, proof-carrying code (high-level semantic checks G06F8/43; testing and debugging software G06F11/36)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/44594 4 {Unloading}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/448 3 Execution paradigms, e.g. implementations of programming paradigms
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/4482 4 {Procedural}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/4484 5 {Executing subprograms}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/4486 6 {Formation of subprogram jump address}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/4488 4 {Object-oriented}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/449 5 {Object-oriented method invocation or resolution}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/4491 6 {Optimising based on receiver type}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/4492 5 {Inheritance}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/4493 5 {Object persistence}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/4494 4 {data driven}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/4496 4 {Unification in logic programming}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/4498 4 {Finite state machines}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/451 3 Execution arrangements for user interfaces
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/452 4 {Remote windowing, e.g. X-Window System, desktop virtualisation (protocols for virtual reality H04L67/131)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/453 4 {Help systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/454 4 {Multi-language systems; Localisation; Internationalisation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/455 3 Emulation; Interpretation; Software simulation, e.g. virtualisation or emulation of application or operating system execution engines
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/45504 4 {Abstract machines for programme code execution, e.g. Java virtual machine [JVM], interpreters, emulators}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/45508 5 {Runtime interpretation or emulation, e g. emulator loops, bytecode interpretation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/45512 6 {Command shells}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/45516 5 {Runtime code conversion or optimisation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/4552 6 {Involving translation to a different instruction set architecture, e.g. just-in-time translation in a JVM}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/45525 6 {Optimisation or modification within the same instruction set architecture, e.g. HP Dynamo}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/45529 5 {Embedded in an application, e.g. JavaScript in a Web browser}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/45533 4 {Hypervisors; Virtual machine monitors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/45537 5 {Provision of facilities of other operating environments, e.g. WINE (I/O emulation G06F13/105)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/45541 5 {Bare-metal, i.e. hypervisor runs directly on hardware}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/45545 5 {Guest-host, i.e. hypervisor is an application program itself, e.g. VirtualBox}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/4555 5 {Para-virtualisation, i.e. guest operating system has to be modified}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/45554 5 {Instruction set architectures of guest OS and hypervisor or native processor differ, e.g. Bochs or VirtualPC on PowerPC MacOS}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/45558 5 {Hypervisor-specific management and integration aspects}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2009/45562 6 {Creating, deleting, cloning virtual machine instances}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2009/45566 6 {Nested virtual machines}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2009/4557 6 {Distribution of virtual machine instances; Migration and load balancing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2009/45575 6 {Starting, stopping, suspending or resuming virtual machine instances}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2009/45579 6 {I/O management, e.g. providing access to device drivers or storage}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2009/45583 6 {Memory management, e.g. access or allocation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2009/45587 6 {Isolation or security of virtual machine instances}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2009/45591 6 {Monitoring or debugging support}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2009/45595 6 {Network integration; Enabling network access in virtual machine instances}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/46 2 Multiprogramming arrangements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/461 3 {Saving or restoring of program or task context}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/462 4 {with multiple register sets}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/463 4 {Program control block organisation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/465 3 {Distributed object oriented systems (remote method invocation [RMI] G06F9/548)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/466 3 {Transaction processing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/467 4 {Transactional memory (G06F9/528 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/468 3 {Specific access rights for resources, e.g. using capability register}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/48 3 Program initiating; Program switching, e.g. by interrupt
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/4806 4 {Task transfer initiation or dispatching}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/4812 5 {by interrupt, e.g. masked}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/4818 6 {Priority circuits therefor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/4825 6 {Interrupt from clock, e.g. time of day}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/4831 6 {with variable priority}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/4837 7 {time dependent}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/4843 5 {by program, e.g. task dispatcher, supervisor, operating system}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/485 6 {Task life-cycle, e.g. stopping, restarting, resuming execution (G06F9/4881 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/4856 7 {resumption being on a different machine, e.g. task migration, virtual machine migration (G06F9/5088 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/4862 8 {the task being a mobile agent, i.e. specifically designed to migrate}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/4868 9 {with creation or replication}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/4875 9 {with migration policy, e.g. auction, contract negotiation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/4881 6 {Scheduling strategies for dispatcher, e.g. round robin, multi-level priority queues}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/4887 7 {involving deadlines, e.g. rate based, periodic}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/4893 7 {taking into account power or heat criteria (power management in computers in general G06F1/3203; thermal management in computers in general G06F1/206)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/50 3 Allocation of resources, e.g. of the central processing unit [CPU]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/5005 4 {to service a request}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/5011 5 {the resources being hardware resources other than CPUs, Servers and Terminals}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/5016 6 {the resource being the memory}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/5022 6 {Mechanisms to release resources}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/5027 5 {the resource being a machine, e.g. CPUs, Servers, Terminals}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/5033 6 {considering data affinity}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/5038 6 {considering the execution order of a plurality of tasks, e.g. taking priority or time dependency constraints into consideration (scheduling strategies G06F9/4881 and subgroups)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/5044 6 {considering hardware capabilities}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/505 6 {considering the load}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/5055 6 {considering software capabilities, i.e. software resources associated or available to the machine}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/5061 4 {Partitioning or combining of resources}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/5066 5 {Algorithms for mapping a plurality of inter-dependent sub-tasks onto a plurality of physical CPUs (mappping at compile time, see G06F8/451)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/5072 5 {Grid computing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/5077 5 {Logical partitioning of resources; Management or configuration of virtualized resources (specific details on emulation or internal functioning of virtual machines G06F9/455)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/5083 4 {Techniques for rebalancing the load in a distributed system}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/5088 5 {involving task migration}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/5094 4 {where the allocation takes into account power or heat criteria (power management in computers in general G06F1/3203; thermal management in computers in general G06F1/206)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/52 3 Program synchronisation; Mutual exclusion, e.g. by means of semaphores
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/522 4 {Barrier synchronisation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/524 4 {Deadlock detection or avoidance}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/526 4 {Mutual exclusion algorithms}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/528 5 {by using speculative mechanisms}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/54 3 Interprogram communication
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/541 4 {via adapters, e.g. between incompatible applications}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/542 4 {Event management; Broadcasting; Multicasting; Notifications}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/543 4 {User-generated data transfer, e.g. clipboards, dynamic data exchange [DDE], object linking and embedding [OLE]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/544 4 {Buffers; Shared memory; Pipes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/545 4 {where tasks reside in different layers, e.g. user- and kernel-space}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/546 4 {Message passing systems or structures, e.g. queues}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/547 4 {Remote procedure calls [RPC]; Web services}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F9/548 5 {Object oriented; Remote method invocation [RMI] (non-remote method invocation G06F9/449)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/00 0 Error detection; Error correction; Monitoring (error detection, correction or monitoring in information storage based on relative movement between record carrier and transducer G11B20/18; monitoring, i.e. supervising the progress of recording or reproducing G11B27/36; in static stores G11C29/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/002 1 {protecting against parasitic influences, e.g. noise, temperatures}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/004 1 {Error avoidance (G06F11/07 and subgroups take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/006 1 {Identification (G06F11/2289 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/008 1 {Reliability or availability analysis}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/07 1 Responding to the occurrence of a fault, e.g. fault tolerance
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/0703 2 {Error or fault processing not based on redundancy, i.e. by taking additional measures to deal with the error or fault not making use of redundancy in operation, in hardware, or in data representation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/0706 3 {the processing taking place on a specific hardware platform or in a specific software environment}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/0709 4 {in a distributed system consisting of a plurality of standalone computer nodes, e.g. clusters, client-server systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/0712 4 {in a virtual computing platform, e.g. logically partitioned systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/0715 4 {in a system implementing multitasking (multitasking per se G06F9/46)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/0718 4 {in an object-oriented system}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/0721 4 {within a central processing unit [CPU]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/0724 5 {in a multiprocessor or a multi-core unit (multiprocessors per se G06F15/80)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/0727 4 {in a storage system, e.g. in a DASD or network based storage system (drivers for digital recording or reproducing units G06F3/06; circuits for error detection or correction within digital recording or reproducing units G11B20/18; for distributed storage of data in networks, e.g. transport arrangements for network file system [NFS], storage area networks [SAN] or network attached storage [NAS], H04L67/1097)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/073 4 {in a memory management context, e.g. virtual memory or cache management (memory management G06F12/00; testing of static memory units G11C29/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/0733 4 {in a data processing system embedded in an image processing device, e.g. printer, facsimile, scanner}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/0736 4 {in functional embedded systems, i.e. in a data processing system designed as a combination of hardware and software dedicated to performing a certain function (testing or monitoring of automated control systems G05B23/02)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/0739 5 {in a data processing system embedded in automotive or aircraft systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/0742 5 {in a data processing system embedded in a mobile device, e.g. mobile phones, handheld devices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/0745 4 {in an input/output transactions management context (input/output processing in general G06F13/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/0748 4 {in a remote unit communicating with a single-box computer node experiencing an error/fault (remote testing G06F11/2294)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/0751 3 {Error or fault detection not based on redundancy (power supply failures G06F1/30; network fault management H04L41/06)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/0754 4 {by exceeding limits}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/0757 5 {by exceeding a time limit, i.e. time-out, e.g. watchdogs}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/076 5 {by exceeding a count or rate limit, e.g. word- or bit count limit}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/0763 4 {by bit configuration check, e.g. of formats or tags}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/0766 3 {Error or fault reporting or storing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/0769 4 {Readable error formats, e.g. cross-platform generic formats, human understandable formats}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/0772 4 {Means for error signaling, e.g. using interrupts, exception flags, dedicated error registers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/0775 4 {Content or structure details of the error report, e.g. specific table structure, specific error fields}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/0778 4 {Dumping, i.e. gathering error/state information after a fault for later diagnosis}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/0781 4 {Error filtering or prioritizing based on a policy defined by the user or on a policy defined by a hardware/software module, e.g. according to a severity level}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/0784 4 {Routing of error reports, e.g. with a specific transmission path or data flow}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/0787 4 {Storage of error reports, e.g. persistent data storage, storage using memory protection}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/079 3 {Root cause analysis, i.e. error or fault diagnosis (in a hardware test environment G06F11/22; in a software test environment G06F11/36)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/0793 3 {Remedial or corrective actions (recovery from an exception in an instruction pipeline G06F9/3861; by retry G06F11/1402; for recovering from a failure of a protocol instance or entity H04L69/40)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/0796 2 {Safety measures, i.e. ensuring safe condition in the event of error, e.g. for controlling element}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/08 2 Error detection or correction by redundancy in data representation, e.g. by using checking codes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/085 3 {using codes with inherent redundancy, e.g. n-out-of-m codes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/10 3 Adding special bits or symbols to the coded information, e.g. parity check, casting out 9's or 11's
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/1004 4 {to protect a block of data words, e.g. CRC or checksum (G06F11/1076 takes precedence; security arrangements for protecting computers or computer systems against unauthorized activity G06F21/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/1008 4 {in individual solid state devices (G06F11/1004 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/1012 5 {using codes or arrangements adapted for a specific type of error (G06F11/1048 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/1016 6 {Error in accessing a memory location, i.e. addressing error}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/102 6 {Error in check bits}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/1024 6 {Identification of the type of error}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/1028 6 {Adjacent errors, e.g. error in n-bit (n>1) wide storage units, i.e. package error}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/1032 6 {Simple parity}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/1036 6 {Unidirectional errors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/104 6 {using arithmetic codes, i.e. codes which are preserved during operation, e.g. modulo 9 or 11 check}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/1044 5 {with specific ECC/EDC distribution}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/1048 5 {using arrangements adapted for a specific error detection or correction feature}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/1052 6 {Bypassing or disabling error detection or correction}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/1056 6 {Updating check bits on partial write, i.e. read/modify/write}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/106 6 {Correcting systematically all correctable errors, i.e. scrubbing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/1064 5 {in cache or content addressable memories}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/1068 5 {in sector programmable memories, e.g. flash disk (G06F11/1072 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/1072 5 {in multilevel memories}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/1076 4 {Parity data used in redundant arrays of independent storages, e.g. in RAID systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/108 5 {Parity data distribution in semiconductor storages, e.g. in SSD}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/1084 5 {Degraded mode, e.g. caused by single or multiple storage removals or disk failures}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/1088 5 {Reconstruction on already foreseen single or plurality of spare disks}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/1092 5 {Rebuilding, e.g. when physically replacing a failing disk}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/1096 5 {Parity calculation or recalculation after configuration or reconfiguration of the system}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/14 2 Error detection or correction of the data by redundancy in operation (G06F11/16 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/1402 3 {Saving, restoring, recovering or retrying}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/1405 4 {at machine instruction level}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/1407 5 {Checkpointing the instruction stream}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/141 5 {for bus or memory accesses}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/1415 4 {at system level}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/1417 5 {Boot up procedures}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/142 5 {Reconfiguring to eliminate the error (group management mechanisms in a peer-to-peer network H04L67/1044)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/1423 6 {by reconfiguration of paths}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/1425 6 {by reconfiguration of node membership}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/1428 6 {with loss of hardware functionality}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/143 6 {with loss of software functionality}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/1433 5 {during software upgrading}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/1435 5 {using file system or storage system metadata}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/1438 5 {Restarting or rejuvenating}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/1441 5 {Resetting or repowering}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/1443 5 {Transmit or communication errors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/1446 4 {Point-in-time backing up or restoration of persistent data}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/1448 5 {Management of the data involved in backup or backup restore}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/1451 6 {by selection of backup contents}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/1453 6 {using de-duplication of the data}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/1456 5 {Hardware arrangements for backup}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/1458 5 {Management of the backup or restore process}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/1461 6 {Backup scheduling policy}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/1464 6 {for networked environments}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/1466 6 {to make the backup process non-disruptive}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/1469 6 {Backup restoration techniques}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/1471 4 {involving logging of persistent data for recovery}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/1474 4 {in transactions (G06F16/20 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/1476 3 {in neural networks}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/1479 3 {Generic software techniques for error detection or fault masking}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/1482 4 {by means of middleware or OS functionality}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/1484 5 {involving virtual machines}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/1487 4 {using N-version programming}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/1489 4 {through recovery blocks}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/1492 4 {by run-time replication performed by the application software}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/1494 5 {N-modular type}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/1497 3 {Details of time redundant execution on a single processing unit}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/16 2 Error detection or correction of the data by redundancy in hardware
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/1604 3 {where the fault affects the clock signals of a processing unit and the redundancy is at or within the level of clock signal generation hardware}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/1608 3 {Error detection by comparing the output signals of redundant hardware (G06F11/1629, G06F11/1666 take precedence; error detection or correction in information storage based on relative movement between record carrier and transducer G11B20/18; checking static stores for correct operation G11C29/00; for logic circuits H03K19/003, H03K19/007; for pulse counters or frequency dividers H03K21/40)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/1612 4 {where the redundant component is persistent storage}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/1616 4 {where the redundant component is an I/O device or an adapter therefor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/162 5 {Displays}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/1625 4 {in communications, e.g. transmission, interfaces}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/1629 3 {Error detection by comparing the output of redundant processing systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/1633 4 {using mutual exchange of the output between the redundant processing components}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/1637 4 {using additional compare functionality in one or some but not all of the redundant processing components}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/1641 4 {where the comparison is not performed by the redundant processing components}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/1645 5 {and the comparison itself uses redundant hardware}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/165 4 {with continued operation after detection of the error}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/1654 4 {where the output of only one of the redundant processing components can drive the attached hardware, e.g. memory or I/O}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/1658 3 {Data re-synchronization of a redundant component, or initial sync of replacement, additional or spare unit}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/1662 4 {the resynchronized component or unit being a persistent storage device (re-synchronization of failed mirror storage G06F11/2082; rebuild or reconstruction of parity RAID storage G06F11/1008)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/1666 3 {where the redundant component is memory or memory area}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/167 4 {Error detection by comparing the memory output}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/1675 3 {Temporal synchronisation or re-synchronisation of redundant processing components}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/1679 4 {at clock signal level}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/1683 4 {at instruction level}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/1687 4 {at event level, e.g. by interrupt or result of polling}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/1691 4 {using a quantum}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/1695 3 {which are operating with time diversity}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/18 3 using passive fault-masking of the redundant circuits {(error detection by comparing the output of redundant processing systems with continued operation after detection of the error G06F11/165)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/181 4 {Eliminating the failing redundant component}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/182 4 {based on mutual exchange of the output between redundant processing components}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/183 4 {by voting, the voting not being performed by the redundant components}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/184 5 {where the redundant components implement processing functionality}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/185 6 {and the voting is itself performed redundantly}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/186 4 {Passive fault masking when reading multiple copies of the same data}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/187 4 {Voting techniques}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/188 5 {where exact match is not required}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/20 3 using active fault-masking, e.g. by switching out faulty elements or by switching in spare elements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/2002 4 {where interconnections or communication control functionality are redundant (flexible arrangements for bus networks involving redundancy H04L12/40176)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/2005 5 {using redundant communication controllers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/2007 5 {using redundant communication media}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/201 6 {between storage system components}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/2012 5 {and using different communication protocols}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/2015 4 {Redundant power supplies (power supply failure G06F1/30)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/2017 4 {where memory access, memory control or I/O control functionality is redundant (redundant communication control functionality G06F11/2005; redundant storage control functionality G06F11/2089)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/202 4 {where processing functionality is redundant (redundant communication control functionality G06F11/2005, redundant storage control functionality G06F11/2089)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/2023 5 {Failover techniques}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/2025 6 {using centralised failover control functionality}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/2028 6 {eliminating a faulty processor or activating a spare}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/203 6 {using migration}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/2033 6 {switching over of hardware resources}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/2035 5 {without idle spare hardware}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/2038 5 {with a single idle spare processing component}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/2041 5 {with more than one idle spare processing component}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/2043 5 {where the redundant components share a common memory address space}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/2046 5 {where the redundant components share persistent storage (G06F11/2043 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/2048 5 {where the redundant components share neither address space nor persistent storage}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/2051 5 {in regular structures}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/2053 4 {where persistent mass storage functionality or persistent mass storage control functionality is redundant (error detection or correction in information storage based on relative movement between record carrier and transducer G11B20/18)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/2056 5 {by mirroring}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/2058 6 {using more than 2 mirrored copies}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/2061 6 {combined with de-clustering of data}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/2064 6 {while ensuring consistency}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/2066 6 {Optimisation of the communication load}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/2069 6 {Management of state, configuration or failover}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/2071 6 {using a plurality of controllers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/2074 7 {Asynchronous techniques}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/2076 7 {Synchronous techniques}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/2079 7 {Bidirectional techniques}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/2082 6 {Data synchronisation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/2084 6 {on the same storage unit}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/2087 6 {with a common controller}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/2089 5 {Redundant storage control functionality}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/2092 6 {Techniques of failing over between control units}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/2094 5 {Redundant storage or storage space (G06F11/2056 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/2097 4 {maintaining the standby controller/processing unit updated (initialisation or re-synchronisation thereof G06F11/1658 and subgroups)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/22 1 Detection or location of defective computer hardware by testing during standby operation or during idle time, e.g. start-up testing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/2205 2 {using arrangements specific to the hardware being tested}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/221 3 {to test buses, lines or interfaces, e.g. stuck-at or open line faults}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/2215 3 {to test error correction or detection circuits}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/2221 3 {to test input/output devices or peripheral units}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/2226 3 {to test ALU}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/2231 3 {to test interrupt circuits}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/2236 3 {to test CPU or processors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/2242 4 {in multi-processor systems, e.g. one processor becoming the test master (G06F11/2736 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/2247 2 {Verification or detection of system hardware configuration}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/2252 2 {using fault dictionaries}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/2257 2 {using expert systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/2263 2 {using neural networks}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/2268 2 {Logging of test results}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/2273 2 {Test methods}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/2284 2 {by power-on test, e.g. power-on self test [POST]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/2289 2 {by configuration test}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/2294 2 {by remote test}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/24 2 Marginal checking {or other specified testing methods not covered by G06F11/26, e.g. race tests}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/25 2 Testing of logic operation, e.g. by logic analysers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/26 2 Functional testing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/261 3 {by simulating additional hardware, e.g. fault simulation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/263 3 Generation of test inputs, e.g. test vectors, patterns or sequences {; with adaptation of the tested hardware for testability with external testers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/2635 4 {using a storage for the test inputs, e.g. test ROM, script files}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/267 3 Reconfiguring circuits for testing, e.g. LSSD, partitioning
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/27 3 Built-in tests
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/273 3 Tester hardware, i.e. output processing circuits {(G06F11/263 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/2733 4 {Test interface between tester and unit under test}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/2736 4 {using a dedicated service processor for test}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/277 4 with comparison between actual response and known fault-free response
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/28 1 by checking the correct order of processing (G06F11/08 - G06F11/26 take precedence; monitoring patterns of pulse trains H03K5/19)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/30 1 Monitoring
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/3003 2 {Monitoring arrangements specially adapted to the computing system or computing system component being monitored}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/3006 3 {where the computing system is distributed, e.g. networked systems, clusters, multiprocessor systems (multiprogramming arrangements G06F9/46; allocation of resources G06F9/50)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/301 3 {where the computing system is a virtual computing platform, e.g. logically partitioned systems (virtual machines G06F9/45533; logical partitioning of resources G06F9/5077)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/3013 3 {where the computing system is an embedded system, i.e. a combination of hardware and software dedicated to perform a certain function in mobile devices, printers, automotive or aircraft systems (testing or monitoring of control systems or parts thereof G05B23/02)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/3017 3 {where the computing system is implementing multitasking (multiprogramming arrangements G06F9/46; allocation of resources G06F9/50)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/302 3 {where the computing system component is a software system}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/3024 3 {where the computing system component is a central processing unit [CPU]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/3027 3 {where the computing system component is a bus}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/3031 3 {where the computing system component is a motherboard or an expansion card}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/3034 3 {where the computing system component is a storage system, e.g. DASD based or network based (digital input from or digital output to record carriers G06F3/06; digital recording or reproducing G11B20/18; for distributed storage of data in networks, e.g. transport arrangements for network file system [NFS], storage area networks [SAN] or network attached storage [NAS], H04L67/1097)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/3037 3 {where the computing system component is a memory, e.g. virtual memory, cache (accessing, addressing or allocating within memory systems or architectures G06F12/00; checking stores for correct operation G11C29/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/3041 3 {where the computing system component is an input/output interface (interconnection of, or transfer of information or other signals between, memories, input/output devices or central processing units G06F13/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/3044 3 {where the computing system component is the mechanical casing of the computing system}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/3048 3 {where the topology of the computing system or computing system component explicitly influences the monitoring activity, e.g. serial, hierarchical systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/3051 2 {Monitoring arrangements for monitoring the configuration of the computing system or of the computing system component, e.g. monitoring the presence of processing resources, peripherals, I/O links, software programs (verification or detection of system hardware configuration G06F11/2247)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/3055 2 {Monitoring arrangements for monitoring the status of the computing system or of the computing system component, e.g. monitoring if the computing system is on, off, available, not available (error or fault processing without redundancy G06F11/0703; error detection or correction by redundancy in data representation G06F11/08; error detection or correction by redundancy in operation G06F11/14; error detection or correction by redundancy in hardware G06F11/16)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/3058 2 {Monitoring arrangements for monitoring environmental properties or parameters of the computing system or of the computing system component, e.g. monitoring of power, currents, temperature, humidity, position, vibrations (thermal management in cooling arrangements of a computing system G06F1/206)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/3062 3 {where the monitored property is the power consumption (power management in a computing system G06F1/3203)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/3065 2 {Monitoring arrangements determined by the means or processing involved in reporting the monitored data (error or fault reporting or logging G06F11/0766)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/3068 3 {where the reporting involves data format conversion}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/3072 3 {where the reporting involves data filtering, e.g. pattern matching, time or event triggered, adaptive or policy-based reporting}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/3075 4 {the data filtering being achieved in order to maintain consistency among the monitored data, e.g. ensuring that the monitored data belong to the same timeframe, to the same system or component}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/3079 4 {the data filtering being achieved by reporting only the changes of the monitored data}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/3082 4 {the data filtering being achieved by aggregating or compressing the monitored data}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/3086 3 {where the reporting involves the use of self describing data formats, i.e. metadata, markup languages, human readable formats}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/3089 2 {Monitoring arrangements determined by the means or processing involved in sensing the monitored data, e.g. interfaces, connectors, sensors, probes, agents (software debugging using additional hardware using a specific debug interface G06F11/3656; performance evaluation by tracing or monitoring G06F11/3466)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/3093 3 {Configuration details thereof, e.g. installation, enabling, spatial arrangement of the probes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/3096 3 {wherein the means or processing minimize the use of computing system or of computing system component resources, e.g. non-intrusive monitoring which minimizes the probe effect: sniffing, intercepting, indirectly deriving the monitored data from other directly available data}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/32 2 with visual {or acoustical} indication of the functioning of the machine
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/321 3 {Display for diagnostics, e.g. diagnostic result display, self-test user interface}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/322 4 {Display of waveforms, e.g. of logic analysers (G06F11/323 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/323 3 {Visualisation of programs or trace data}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/324 3 {Display of status information}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/325 4 {by lamps or LED's}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/326 5 {for error or online/offline status}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/327 4 {Alarm or error message display}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/328 4 {Computer systems status display (G06F11/327 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/34 2 Recording or statistical evaluation of computer activity, e.g. of down time, of input/output operation {; Recording or statistical evaluation of user activity, e.g. usability assessment}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/3404 3 {for parallel or distributed programming}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/3409 3 {for performance assessment}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/3414 4 {Workload generation, e.g. scripts, playback}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/3419 4 {by assessing time}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/3423 5 {where the assessed time is active or idle time}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/3428 4 {Benchmarking}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/3433 4 {for load management (allocation of a server based on load conditions G06F9/505; load rebalancing G06F9/5083; redistributing the load in a network by a load balancer H04L67/1029)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/3438 3 {monitoring of user actions (tracking the activity of the user H04L67/535)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/3442 3 {for planning or managing the needed capacity}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/3447 3 {Performance evaluation by modeling}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/3452 3 {Performance evaluation by statistical analysis}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/3457 3 {Performance evaluation by simulation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/3461 4 {Trace driven simulation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/3466 3 {Performance evaluation by tracing or monitoring}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/3471 4 {Address tracing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/3476 4 {Data logging (G06F11/14, G06F11/2205 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/348 4 {Circuit details, i.e. tracer hardware}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/3485 4 {for I/O devices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/349 4 {for interfaces, buses}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/3495 4 {for systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/36 1 Preventing errors by testing or debugging software
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/3604 2 {Software analysis for verifying properties of programs (byte-code verification G06F9/44589)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/3608 3 {using formal methods, e.g. model checking, abstract interpretation (theorem proving G06N5/013)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/3612 3 {by runtime analysis (performance monitoring G06F11/3466)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/3616 3 {using software metrics}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/362 2 {Software debugging}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/3624 3 {by performing operations on the source code, e.g. via a compiler}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/3628 3 {of optimised code (optimisation G06F8/443)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/3632 3 {of specific synchronisation aspects}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/3636 3 {by tracing the execution of the program}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/364 4 {tracing values on a bus}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/3644 3 {by instrumenting at runtime}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/3648 3 {using additional hardware}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/3652 4 {in-circuit-emulation [ICE] arrangements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/3656 4 {using a specific debug interface}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/366 3 {using diagnostics (G06F11/0703 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/3664 2 {Environments for testing or debugging software}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/3668 2 {Software testing (software testing in telephone exchanges H04M3/242, testing of hardware G06F11/22)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/3672 3 {Test management}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/3676 4 {for coverage analysis}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/368 4 {for test version control, e.g. updating test cases to a new software version}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/3684 4 {for test design, e.g. generating new test cases}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/3688 4 {for test execution, e.g. scheduling of test suites}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/3692 4 {for test results analysis}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F11/3696 3 {Methods or tools to render software testable}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F12/00 0 Accessing, addressing or allocating within memory systems or architectures (digital input from, or digital output to record carriers, e.g. to disk storage units, G06F3/06)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F12/02 1 Addressing or allocation; Relocation (program address sequencing G06F9/00; arrangements for selecting an address in a digital store G11C8/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F12/0207 2 {with multidimensional access, e.g. row/column, matrix}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F12/0215 2 {with look ahead addressing means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F12/0223 2 {User address space allocation, e.g. contiguous or non contiguous base addressing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F12/023 3 {Free address space management}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F12/0238 4 {Memory management in non-volatile memory, e.g. resistive RAM or ferroelectric memory}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F12/0246 5 {in block erasable memory, e.g. flash memory}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F12/0253 4 {Garbage collection, i.e. reclamation of unreferenced memory}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F12/0261 5 {using reference counting}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F12/0269 5 {Incremental or concurrent garbage collection, e.g. in real-time systems (G06F12/0261 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F12/0276 6 {Generational garbage collection}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F12/0284 3 {Multiple user address space allocation, e.g. using different base addresses (interprocessor communication G06F15/163)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F12/0292 3 {using tables or multilevel address translation means (G06F12/023 takes precedence; address translation in virtual memory systems G06F12/10)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F12/04 2 Addressing variable-length words or parts of words
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F12/06 2 Addressing a physical block of locations, e.g. base addressing, module addressing, memory dedication (G06F12/08 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F12/0607 3 {Interleaved addressing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F12/0615 3 {Address space extension}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F12/0623 4 {for memory modules}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F12/063 4 {for I/O modules, e.g. memory mapped I/O (I/O protocol G06F13/42)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F12/0638 3 {Combination of memories, e.g. ROM and RAM such as to permit replacement or supplementing of words in one module by words in another module (address formation of the next microinstruction G06F9/26; masking faults in memories by using spares or by reconfiguring G11C29/70)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F12/0646 3 {Configuration or reconfiguration}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F12/0653 4 {with centralised address assignment}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F12/0661 5 {and decentralised selection}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F12/0669 4 {with decentralised address assignment}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F12/0676 5 {the address being position dependent}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F12/0684 4 {with feedback, e.g. presence or absence of unit detected by addressing, overflow detection}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F12/0692 4 {Multiconfiguration, e.g. local and global addressing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F12/08 2 in hierarchically structured memory systems, e.g. virtual memory systems
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F12/0802 3 Addressing of a memory level in which the access to the desired data or data block requires associative addressing means, e.g. caches
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F12/0804 4 with main memory updating (G06F12/0806 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F12/0806 4 Multiuser, multiprocessor or multiprocessing cache systems
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F12/0808 5 with cache invalidating means (G06F12/0815 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F12/0811 5 with multilevel cache hierarchies
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F12/0813 5 with a network or matrix configuration
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F12/0815 5 Cache consistency protocols
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F12/0817 6 using directory methods
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F12/082 7 {Associative directories (G06F12/0822 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F12/0822 7 {Copy directories (local copy tags for implementing a bus snooping protocol G06F12/0831)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F12/0824 7 {Distributed directories, e.g. linked lists of caches}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F12/0826 7 {Limited pointers directories; State-only directories without pointers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F12/0828 7 {with concurrent directory accessing, i.e. handling multiple concurrent coherency transactions}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F12/0831 6 using a bus scheme, e.g. with bus monitoring or watching means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F12/0833 7 {in combination with broadcast means (e.g. for invalidation or updating)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F12/0835 7 {for main memory peripheral accesses (e.g. I/O or DMA)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F12/0837 6 with software control, e.g. non-cacheable data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F12/084 5 with a shared cache
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F12/0842 5 for multiprocessing or multitasking
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F12/0844 4 Multiple simultaneous or quasi-simultaneous cache accessing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F12/0846 5 Cache with multiple tag or data arrays being simultaneously accessible
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F12/0848 6 {Partitioned cache, e.g. separate instruction and operand caches}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F12/0851 6 {Cache with interleaved addressing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F12/0853 5 Cache with multiport tag or data arrays
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F12/0855 5 Overlapped cache accessing, e.g. pipeline (G06F12/0846 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F12/0857 6 {by multiple requestors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F12/0859 6 {with reload from main memory}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F12/0862 4 with prefetch
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F12/0864 4 using pseudo-associative means, e.g. set-associative or hashing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F12/0866 4 for peripheral storage systems, e.g. disk cache
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F12/0868 5 Data transfer between cache memory and other subsystems, e.g. storage devices or host systems
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F12/0871 5 Allocation or management of cache space
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F12/0873 5 Mapping of cache memory to specific storage devices or parts thereof
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F12/0875 4 with dedicated cache, e.g. instruction or stack
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F12/0877 4 Cache access modes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F12/0879 5 Burst mode
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F12/0882 5 Page mode
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F12/0884 5 Parallel mode, e.g. in parallel with main memory or CPU
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F12/0886 5 Variable-length word access
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F12/0888 4 using selective caching, e.g. bypass
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F12/0891 4 using clearing, invalidating or resetting means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F12/0893 4 Caches characterised by their organisation or structure
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F12/0895 5 of parts of caches, e.g. directory or tag array
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F12/0897 5 with two or more cache hierarchy levels (with multilevel cache hierarchies G06F12/0811)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F12/10 3 Address translation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F12/1009 4 using page tables, e.g. page table structures
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F12/1018 5 involving hashing techniques, e.g. inverted page tables
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F12/1027 4 using associative or pseudo-associative address translation means, e.g. translation look-aside buffer [TLB]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F12/1036 5 for multiple virtual address spaces, e.g. segmentation (G06F12/1045 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F12/1045 5 associated with a data cache
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F12/1054 6 {the data cache being concurrently physically addressed}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F12/1063 6 {the data cache being concurrently virtually addressed}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F12/1072 4 Decentralised address translation, e.g. in distributed shared memory systems
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F12/1081 4 for peripheral access to main memory, e.g. direct memory access [DMA]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F12/109 4 for multiple virtual address spaces, e.g. segmentation (G06F12/1036 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F12/12 3 Replacement control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F12/121 4 using replacement algorithms
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F12/122 5 of the least frequently used [LFU] type, e.g. with individual count value
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F12/123 5 with age lists, e.g. queue, most recently used [MRU] list or least recently used [LRU] list
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F12/124 6 {being minimized, e.g. non MRU}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F12/125 6 {being generated by decoding an array or storage}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F12/126 5 with special data handling, e.g. priority of data or instructions, handling errors or pinning
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F12/127 6 using additional replacement algorithms
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F12/128 5 adapted to multidimensional cache systems, e.g. set-associative, multicache, multiset or multilevel
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F12/14 1 Protection against unauthorised use of memory {or access to memory}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F12/1408 2 {by using cryptography (for digital transmission H04L9/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F12/1416 2 {by checking the object accessibility, e.g. type of access defined by the memory independently of subject rights (G06F12/1458 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F12/1425 3 {the protection being physical, e.g. cell, word, block}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F12/1433 4 {for a module or a part of a module}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F12/1441 4 {for a range}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F12/145 3 {the protection being virtual, e.g. for virtual blocks or segments before a translation mechanism}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F12/1458 2 {by checking the subject access rights}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F12/1466 3 {Key-lock mechanism}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F12/1475 4 {in a virtual system, e.g. with translation means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F12/1483 3 {using an access-table, e.g. matrix or list}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F12/1491 3 {in a hierarchical protection system, e.g. privilege levels, memory rings}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F12/16 1 Protection against loss of memory contents {(contains no material, see G06F11/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F13/00 0 Interconnection of, or transfer of information or other signals between, memories, input/output devices or central processing units (interface circuits for specific input/output devices G06F3/00; multiprocessor systems G06F15/16 {multiprogram control therefor G06F9/46})
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F13/10 1 Program control for peripheral devices (G06F13/14 - G06F13/42 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F13/102 2 {where the programme performs an interfacing function, e.g. device driver (G06F13/105 takes precedence; scheduling within device drivers G06F9/52; contention policies within device drivers G06F9/4881)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F13/105 2 {where the programme performs an input/output emulation function}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F13/107 3 {Terminal emulation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F13/12 2 using hardware independent of the central processor, e.g. channel or peripheral processor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F13/122 3 {where hardware performs an I/O function other than control of data transfer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F13/124 3 {where hardware is a sequential transfer control unit, e.g. microprocessor, peripheral processor or state-machine}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F13/126 4 {and has means for transferring I/O instructions and statuses between control unit and main processor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F13/128 4 {for dedicated transfers to a network (for protocol converters G06F13/387)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F13/14 1 Handling requests for interconnection or transfer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F13/16 2 for access to memory bus (G06F13/28 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F13/1605 3 {based on arbitration (arbitration in handling access to a common bus or bus system G06F13/36)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F13/161 4 {with latency improvement}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F13/1615 5 {using a concurrent pipeline structrure}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F13/1621 5 {by maintaining request order}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F13/1626 5 {by reordering requests}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F13/1631 6 {through address comparison}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F13/1636 5 {using refresh}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F13/1642 4 {with request queuing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F13/1647 4 {with interleaved bank access}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F13/1652 4 {in a multiprocessor architecture (interprocessor communication using common memory G06F15/167)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F13/1657 5 {Access to multiple memories}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F13/1663 5 {Access to shared memory}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F13/1668 3 {Details of memory controller}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F13/1673 4 {using buffers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F13/1678 4 {using bus width}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F13/1684 4 {using multiple buses}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F13/1689 4 {Synchronisation and timing concerns (synchronisation on a memory bus G06F13/4234)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F13/1694 4 {Configuration of memory controller to different memory types}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F13/18 3 based on priority control (G06F13/1605 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F13/20 2 for access to input/output bus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F13/22 3 using successive scanning, e.g. polling (G06F13/24 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F13/225 4 {with priority control}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F13/24 3 using interrupt (G06F13/32 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F13/26 4 with priority control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F13/28 3 using burst mode transfer, e.g. direct memory access {DMA}, cycle steal (G06F13/32 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F13/282 4 {Cycle stealing DMA (G06F13/30 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F13/285 4 {Halt processor DMA (G06F13/30 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F13/287 4 {Multiplexed DMA (G06F13/30 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F13/30 4 with priority control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F13/32 3 using combination of interrupt and burst mode transfer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F13/34 4 with priority control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F13/36 2 for access to common bus or bus system
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F13/362 3 with centralised access control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F13/3625 4 {using a time dependent access}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F13/364 4 using independent requests or grants, e.g. using separated request and grant lines
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F13/366 4 using a centralised polling arbiter
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F13/368 3 with decentralised access control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F13/37 4 using a physical-position-dependent priority, e.g. daisy chain, round robin or token passing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F13/372 4 using a time-dependent priority, e.g. individually loaded time counters or time slot
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F13/374 4 using a self-select method with individual priority code comparator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F13/376 4 using a contention resolving method, e.g. collision detection, collision avoidance
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F13/378 4 using a parallel poll method
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F13/38 1 Information transfer, e.g. on bus (G06F13/14 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F13/382 2 {using universal interface adapter}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F13/385 3 {for adaptation of a particular data processing system to different peripheral devices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F13/387 3 {for adaptation of different data processing systems to different peripheral devices, e.g. protocol converters for incompatible systems, open system}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F13/40 2 Bus structure {(for computer networks G06F15/163; for optical bus networks H04B10/25)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F13/4004 3 {Coupling between buses}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F13/4009 4 {with data restructuring}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F13/4013 5 {with data re-ordering, e.g. Endian conversion}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F13/4018 5 {with data-width conversion}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F13/4022 4 {using switching circuits, e.g. switching matrix, connection or expansion network (G06F13/4009 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F13/4027 4 {using bus bridges (G06F13/4022 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F13/4031 5 {with arbitration}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F13/4036 6 {and deadlock prevention}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F13/404 5 {with address mapping}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F13/4045 5 {where the bus bridge performs an extender function}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F13/405 5 {where the bridge performs a synchronising function}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F13/4054 6 {where the function is bus cycle extension, e.g. to meet the timing requirements of the target bus}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F13/4059 6 {where the synchronisation uses buffers, e.g. for speed matching between buses}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F13/4063 3 {Device-to-bus coupling}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F13/4068 4 {Electrical coupling}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F13/4072 5 {Drivers or receivers (G06F13/4086 takes precedence; for multistate logic circuits H03K19/0002)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F13/4077 6 {Precharging or discharging}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F13/4081 5 {Live connection to bus, e.g. hot-plugging (current or voltage limitation during live insertion H02H9/004)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F13/4086 5 {Bus impedance matching, e.g. termination}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F13/409 4 {Mechanical coupling (back panels H05K7/1438)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F13/4095 5 {in incremental bus architectures, e.g. bus stacks}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F13/42 2 Bus transfer protocol, e.g. handshake; Synchronisation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F13/4204 3 {on a parallel bus}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F13/4208 4 {being a system bus, e.g. VME bus, Futurebus, Multibus}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F13/4213 5 {with asynchronous protocol}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F13/4217 5 {with synchronous protocol}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F13/4221 4 {being an input/output bus, e.g. ISA bus, EISA bus, PCI bus, SCSI bus}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F13/4226 5 {with asynchronous protocol}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F13/423 5 {with synchronous protocol}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F13/4234 4 {being a memory bus}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F13/4239 5 {with asynchronous protocol}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F13/4243 5 {with synchronous protocol}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F13/4247 3 {on a daisy chain bus}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F13/4252 4 {using a handshaking protocol}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F13/4256 4 {using a clocked protocol}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F13/426 4 {using an embedded synchronisation, e.g. Firewire bus, Fibre Channel bus, SSA bus}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F13/4265 3 {on a point to point bus (G06F13/4247, G06F13/4282 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F13/4269 4 {using a handshaking protocol, e.g. Centronics connection}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F13/4273 4 {using a clocked protocol}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F13/4278 4 {using an embedded synchronisation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F13/4282 3 {on a serial bus, e.g. I2C bus, SPI bus (on daisy chain buses G06F13/4247)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F13/4286 4 {using a handshaking protocol, e.g. RS232C link}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F13/4291 4 {using a clocked protocol}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F13/4295 4 {using an embedded synchronisation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F15/00 0 Digital computers in general (details G06F1/00 – G06F13/00); Data processing equipment in general
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F15/02 1 manually operated with input through keyboard and computation using a built-in program, e.g. pocket calculators
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F15/0208 2 {for combination with other devices having a different main function, e.g. watches, pens}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F15/0216 2 {Constructional details or arrangements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F15/0225 2 {User interface arrangements, e.g. keyboard, display; Interfaces to other computer systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F15/0233 3 {with printing provisions}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F15/0241 2 {of the IC-card-like type}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F15/025 2 {adapted to a specific application}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F15/0258 3 {for unit conversion}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F15/0266 3 {for time management, e.g. calendars, diaries}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F15/0275 3 {for measuring}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F15/0283 3 {for data storage and retrieval}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F15/0291 3 {for reading, e.g. e-books (constructional details of portable computers G06F1/1613)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F15/04 1 programmed simultaneously with the introduction of data to be processed, e.g. on the same record carrier
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F15/08 1 using a plugboard for programming
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F15/10 2 Tabulators
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F15/12 3 having provision for both printed and punched output
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F15/14 2 Calculating-punches
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F15/16 1 Combinations of two or more digital computers each having at least an arithmetic unit, a program unit and a register, e.g. for a simultaneous processing of several programs {(coordinating program control therefor G06F9/52; in regulating and control system G05B)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F15/161 2 {Computing infrastructure, e.g. computer clusters, blade chassis or hardware partitioning (casings, cabinets, racks or drawers for data centers H05K5/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F15/163 2 Interprocessor communication
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F15/167 3 using a common memory, e.g. mailbox
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F15/17 3 using an input/output type connection, e.g. channel, I/O port
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F15/173 3 using an interconnection network, e.g. matrix, shuffle, pyramid, star, snowflake
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F15/17306 4 {Intercommunication techniques}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F15/17312 5 {Routing techniques specific to parallel machines, e.g. wormhole, store and forward, shortest path problem congestion (routing on a LAN H04L45/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F15/17318 5 {Parallel communications techniques, e.g. gather, scatter, reduce, roadcast, multicast, all to all}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F15/17325 5 {Synchronisation; Hardware support therefor (intertask synchronisation G06F9/52)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F15/17331 5 {Distributed shared memory [DSM], e.g. remote direct memory access [RDMA]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F15/17337 4 {Direct connection machines, e.g. completely connected computers, point to point communication networks (coupling between buses G06F13/4004)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F15/17343 5 {wherein the interconnection is dynamically configurable, e.g. having loosely coupled nearest neighbor architecture (reconfigurable processors arrays G06F15/7867)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F15/1735 4 {Network adapters, e.g. SCI, Myrinet (protocol engines H04L69/12)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F15/17356 4 {Indirect interconnection networks}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F15/17362 5 {hierarchical topologies}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F15/17368 5 {non hierarchical topologies}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F15/17375 6 {One dimensional, e.g. linear array, ring}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F15/17381 6 {Two dimensional, e.g. mesh, torus}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F15/17387 6 {Three dimensional, e.g. hypercubes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F15/17393 6 {having multistage networks, e.g. broadcasting scattering, gathering, hot spot contention, combining/decombining}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F15/177 2 Initialisation or configuration control {(processor initialisation G06F9/4405)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F15/76 1 Architectures of general purpose stored program computers (with program plugboard G06F15/08; multicomputers G06F15/16)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2015/761 2 {Indexing scheme relating to architectures of general purpose stored programme computers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2015/763 3 {ASIC}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2015/765 3 {Cache}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2015/766 3 {Flash EPROM}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2015/768 3 {Gate array}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F15/78 2 comprising a single central processing unit
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F15/7803 3 {System on board, i.e. computer system on one or more PCB, e.g. motherboards, daughterboards or blades}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F15/7807 3 {System on chip, i.e. computer system on a single chip; System in package, i.e. computer system on one or more chips in a single package}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F15/781 4 {On-chip cache; Off-chip memory}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F15/7814 4 {Specially adapted for real time processing, e.g. comprising hardware timers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F15/7817 4 {Specially adapted for signal processing, e.g. Harvard architectures}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F15/7821 4 {Tightly coupled to memory, e.g. computational memory, smart memory, processor in memory}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F15/7825 4 {Globally asynchronous, locally synchronous, e.g. network on chip}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F15/7828 3 {without memory}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F15/7832 4 {on one IC chip (single chip microprocessors)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F15/7835 4 {on more than one IC chip}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F15/7839 3 {with memory}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F15/7842 4 {on one IC chip (single chip microcontrollers)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F15/7846 5 {On-chip cache and off-chip main memory}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F15/785 5 {with decentralized control, e.g. smart memories}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F15/7853 5 {including a ROM}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F15/7857 5 {using interleaved memory (addressing G06F12/0607)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F15/786 5 {using a single memory module}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F15/7864 4 {on more than one IC chip}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F15/7867 3 {with reconfigurable architecture}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F15/7871 4 {Reconfiguration support, e.g. configuration loading, configuration switching, or hardware OS}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F15/7875 5 {for multiple contexts}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F15/7878 5 {for pipeline reconfiguration}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F15/7882 5 {for self reconfiguration}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F15/7885 4 {Runtime interface, e.g. data exchange, runtime control}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F15/7889 5 {Reconfigurable logic implemented as a co-processor (instruction execution using a coprocessor G06F9/3877)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F15/7892 5 {Reconfigurable logic embedded in CPU, e.g. reconfigurable unit}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F15/7896 3 {Modular architectures, e.g. assembled from a number of identical packages}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F15/80 2 comprising an array of processing units with common control, e.g. single instruction multiple data processors (G06F15/82 takes precedence {; for correlation function computation G06F17/15})
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F15/8007 3 {single instruction multiple data [SIMD] multiprocessors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F15/8015 4 {One dimensional arrays, e.g. rings, linear arrays, buses}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F15/8023 4 {Two dimensional arrays, e.g. mesh, torus}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F15/803 4 {Three-dimensional arrays or hypercubes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F15/8038 3 {Associative processors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F15/8046 3 {Systolic arrays}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F15/8053 3 {Vector processors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F15/8061 4 {Details on data memory access}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F15/8069 5 {using a cache}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F15/8076 4 {Details on data register access}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F15/8084 5 {Special arrangements thereof, e.g. mask or switch}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F15/8092 4 {Array of vector units}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F15/82 2 data or demand driven
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F15/825 3 {Dataflow computers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/00 0 Information retrieval; Database structures therefor; File system structures therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/10 1 File systems; File servers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/11 2 File system administration, e.g. details of archiving or snapshots (file system backup G06F11/14)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/113 3 {Details of archiving (lifecycle management in storage systems G06F3/0649; backup systems G06F11/1446)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/116 3 {Details of conversion of file system types or formats}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/119 3 {Details of migration of file systems (migration mechanisms in storage systems G06F3/0647)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/122 3 {using management policies (backup systems G06F11/1446; file migration policies for HSM systems G06F16/185)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/125 4 {characterised by the use of retention policies (retention policies for HSM systems G06F16/185)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/128 3 {Details of file system snapshots on the file-level, e.g. snapshot creation, administration, deletion (use of snapshots for error detection or correction G06F11/14, G06F11/16)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/13 2 File access structures, e.g. distributed indices (arrangements of input from, or output to, record carriers G06F3/06)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/134 3 {Distributed indices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/137 3 {Hash-based (content-based indexing of textual data G06F16/31)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/14 2 Details of searching files based on file metadata
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/144 3 {Query formulation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/148 3 {File search processing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/152 4 {using file content signatures, e.g. hash values}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/156 3 {Query results presentation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/16 2 File or folder operations, e.g. details of user interfaces specifically adapted to file systems
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/162 3 {Delete operations (erasing in storage systems G06F3/0652)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/164 3 {File meta data generation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/166 4 {File name conversion}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/168 3 {Details of user interfaces specifically adapted to file systems, e.g. browsing and visualisation, 2d or 3d GUIs (query results presentation G06F16/156)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/17 2 Details of further file system functions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/172 3 Caching, prefetching or hoarding of files
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/1724 3 {Details of de-fragmentation performed by the file system (saving storage space on storage systems G06F3/0608; management of blocks in storage devices G06F3/064)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/1727 3 {Details of free space management performed by the file system (saving storage space on storage systems G06F3/0608; management of blocks in storage devices G06F3/064)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/173 3 {Customisation support for file systems, e.g. localisation, multi-language support, personalisation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/1734 3 {Details of monitoring file system events, e.g. by the use of hooks, filter drivers, logs}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/1737 3 {for reducing power consumption or coping with limited storage space, e.g. in mobile devices (saving storage space on storage devices G06F3/0608; power saving in storage systems G06F3/0625)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/174 3 Redundancy elimination performed by the file system (management of the data involved in backup or backup restore using de-duplication of the data G06F11/14)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/1744 4 {using compression, e.g. sparse files}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/1748 4 {De-duplication implemented within the file system, e.g. based on file segments (de-duplication techniques in storage systems for the management of data blocks G06F3/0641)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/1752 5 {based on file chunks}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/1756 5 {based on delta files}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/176 3 Support for shared access to files; File sharing support
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/1767 4 {Concurrency control, e.g. optimistic or pessimistic approaches}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/1774 5 {Locking methods, e.g. locking methods for file systems allowing shared and concurrent access to files}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/178 3 Techniques for file synchronisation in file systems
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/1787 4 {Details of non-transparently synchronising file systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/1794 4 {Details of file format conversion}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/18 2 File system types
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/1805 3 {Append-only file systems, e.g. using logs or journals to store data}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/181 4 {providing write once read many [WORM] semantics}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/1815 4 {Journaling file systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/182 3 Distributed file systems
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/1824 4 {implemented using Network-attached Storage [NAS] architecture (distributed or networked storage systems G06F3/067; protocols for distributed storage of data in a network H04L67/1097)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/1827 5 {Management specifically adapted to NAS (management of storage area networks [SAN] G06F3/067)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/183 5 {Provision of network file services by network file servers, e.g. by using NFS, CIFS (network file access protocols H04L67/1097)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/1834 4 {implemented based on peer-to-peer networks, e.g. gnutella (p2p communication protocols H04L67/104)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/1837 5 {Management specially adapted to peer-to-peer storage networks (topology management mechanisms of peer-to-peer networks H04L67/1042)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/184 4 {implemented as replicated file system}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/1844 5 {Management specifically adapted to replicated file systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/1847 3 {specifically adapted to static storage, e.g. adapted to flash memory or SSD}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/185 3 Hierarchical storage management [HSM] systems, e.g. file migration or policies thereof (details of archiving G06F16/11)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/1858 3 {Parallel file systems, i.e. file systems supporting multiple processors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/1865 3 {Transactional file systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/1873 3 {Versioning file systems, temporal file systems, e.g. file system supporting different historic versions of files}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/188 3 Virtual file systems
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/192 4 {Implementing virtual folder structures}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/196 4 {Specific adaptations of the file system to access devices and non-file objects via standard file system access operations, e.g. pseudo file systems (dedicated interfaces to storage systems G06F3/0601)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/20 1 of structured data, e.g. relational data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/21 2 Design, administration or maintenance of databases
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/211 3 {Schema design and management}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/212 4 {with details for data modelling support}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/213 4 {with details for schema evolution support}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/214 3 {Database migration support}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/215 3 Improving data quality; Data cleansing, e.g. de-duplication, removing invalid entries or correcting typographical errors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/217 3 {Database tuning (G06F16/2282 takes precedence; database performance monitoring G06F11/3409)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/219 3 {Managing data history or versioning (querying versioned data G06F16/2474; querying temporal data G06F16/2477)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/22 2 Indexing; Data structures therefor; Storage structures
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/221 3 {Column-oriented storage; Management thereof}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/2219 3 {Large Object storage; Management thereof}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/2228 3 {Indexing structures}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/2237 4 {Vectors, bitmaps or matrices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/2246 4 {Trees, e.g. B+trees}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/2255 4 {Hash tables}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/2264 4 {Multidimensional index structures}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/2272 4 {Management thereof}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/2282 3 {Tablespace storage structures; Management thereof}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/2291 3 {User-Defined Types; Storage management thereof}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/23 2 Updating
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/2308 3 {Concurrency control (transaction processing G06F9/466)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/2315 4 {Optimistic concurrency control}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/2322 5 {using timestamps}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/2329 5 {using versioning}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/2336 4 {Pessimistic concurrency control approaches, e.g. locking or multiple versions without time stamps}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/2343 5 {Locking methods, e.g. distributed locking or locking implementation details}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/235 3 {Update request formulation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/2358 3 {Change logging, detection, and notification (replication G06F16/27)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/2365 3 {Ensuring data consistency and integrity}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/2372 3 {Updates performed during offline database operations}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/2379 3 {Updates performed during online database operations; commit processing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/2386 4 {Bulk updating operations (data conversion details G06F16/258)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/2393 3 {Updating materialised views}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/24 2 Querying
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/242 3 Query formulation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/2423 4 {Interactive query statement specification based on a database schema}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/2425 4 {Iterative querying; Query formulation based on the results of a preceding query}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/2428 4 {Query predicate definition using graphical user interfaces, including menus and forms (G06F16/2423 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/243 4 {Natural language query formulation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/2433 4 {Query languages}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/2435 5 {Active constructs}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/2438 5 {Embedded query languages}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/244 5 {Grouping and aggregation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/2443 5 {Stored procedures}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/2445 5 {Data retrieval commands; View definitions}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/2448 5 {for particular applications; for extensibility, e.g. user defined types}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/245 3 Query processing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/2452 4 Query translation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/24522 5 {Translation of natural language queries to structured queries}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/24524 5 {Access plan code generation and invalidation; Reuse of access plans}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/24526 5 {Internal representations for queries}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/24528 5 {Standardisation; Simplification}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/2453 4 Query optimisation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/24532 5 {of parallel queries}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/24534 5 {Query rewriting; Transformation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/24535 6 {of sub-queries or views}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/24537 6 {of operators}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/24539 6 {using cached or materialised query results}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/2454 6 {Optimisation of common expressions}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/24542 6 {Plan optimisation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/24544 7 {Join order optimisation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/24545 7 {Selectivity estimation or determination}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/24547 6 {Optimisations to support specific applications; Extensibility of optimisers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/24549 6 {Run-time optimisation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/2455 4 Query execution
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/24552 5 {Database cache management}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/24553 5 {of query operations}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/24554 6 {Unary operations; Data partitioning operations}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/24556 7 {Aggregation; Duplicate elimination}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/24557 7 {Efficient disk access during query execution}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/24558 6 {Binary matching operations}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/2456 7 {Join operations}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/24561 6 {Intermediate data storage techniques for performance improvement}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/24562 6 {Pointer or reference processing operations}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/24564 5 {Applying rules; Deductive queries}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/24565 6 {Triggers; Constraints}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/24566 6 {Recursive queries}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/24568 5 {Data stream processing; Continuous queries}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/24569 4 {Query processing with adaptation to specific hardware, e.g. adapted for using GPUs or SSDs}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/2457 4 with adaptation to user needs
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/24573 5 {using data annotations, e.g. user-defined metadata}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/24575 5 {using context}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/24578 5 {using ranking}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/2458 4 Special types of queries, e.g. statistical queries, fuzzy queries or distributed queries
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/2462 5 {Approximate or statistical queries}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/2465 5 {Query processing support for facilitating data mining operations in structured databases}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/2468 5 {Fuzzy queries}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/2471 5 {Distributed queries}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/2474 5 {Sequence data queries, e.g. querying versioned data}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/2477 5 {Temporal data queries}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/248 3 Presentation of query results
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/25 2 Integrating or interfacing systems involving database management systems
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/252 3 {between a Database Management System and a front-end application}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/254 3 {Extract, transform and load [ETL] procedures, e.g. ETL data flows in data warehouses}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/256 3 {in federated or virtual databases}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/258 3 {Data format conversion from or to a database}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/26 2 Visual data mining; Browsing structured data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/27 2 Replication, distribution or synchronisation of data between databases or within a distributed database system; Distributed database system architectures therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/273 3 {Asynchronous replication or reconciliation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/275 3 {Synchronous replication}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/278 3 {Data partitioning, e.g. horizontal or vertical partitioning}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/28 2 Databases characterised by their database models, e.g. relational or object models
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/282 3 {Hierarchical databases, e.g. IMS, LDAP data stores or Lotus Notes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/283 3 {Multi-dimensional databases or data warehouses, e.g. MOLAP or ROLAP}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/284 3 {Relational databases}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/285 4 {Clustering or classification}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/287 5 {Visualization; Browsing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/288 4 {Entity relationship models}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/289 3 {Object oriented databases}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/29 2 Geographical information databases
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/30 1 of unstructured textual data (document management systems G06F16/93)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/31 2 Indexing; Data structures therefor; Storage structures
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/313 3 {Selection or weighting of terms for indexing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/316 3 {Indexing structures}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/319 4 {Inverted lists}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/322 4 {Trees}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/325 4 {Hash tables}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/328 4 {Management therefor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/33 2 Querying
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/332 3 Query formulation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/3322 4 {using system suggestions (G06F16/3325 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/3323 5 {using document space presentation or visualization, e.g. category, hierarchy or range presentation and selection}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/3325 4 {Reformulation based on results of preceding query}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/3326 5 {using relevance feedback from the user, e.g. relevance feedback on documents, documents sets, document terms or passages}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/3328 6 {using graphical result space presentation or visualisation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/3329 4 {Natural language query formulation or dialogue systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/3331 3 {Query processing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/3332 4 {Query translation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/3334 5 {Selection or weighting of terms from queries, including natural language queries}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/3335 5 {Syntactic pre-processing, e.g. stopword elimination, stemming}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/3337 5 {Translation of the query language, e.g. Chinese to English}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/3338 5 {Query expansion}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/334 4 {Query execution (G06F16/335 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/3341 5 {using boolean model}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/3343 5 {using phonetics}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/3344 5 {using natural language analysis}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/3346 5 {using probabilistic model}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/3347 5 {using vector based model}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/3349 4 {Reuse of stored results of previous queries}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/335 3 Filtering based on additional data, e.g. user or group profiles (filtering in web context G06F16/9535, G06F16/9536)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/337 4 {Profile generation, learning or modification}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/338 3 Presentation of query results
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/34 2 Browsing; Visualisation therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/345 3 {Summarisation for human users}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/35 2 Clustering; Classification
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/353 3 {into predefined classes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/355 3 {Class or cluster creation or modification}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/358 3 {Browsing; Visualisation therefor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/36 2 Creation of semantic tools, e.g. ontology or thesauri
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/367 3 {Ontology}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/374 3 {Thesaurus}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/38 2 Retrieval characterised by using metadata, e.g. metadata not derived from the content or metadata generated manually
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/381 3 {using identifiers, e.g. barcodes, RFIDs (for URLs G06F16/9554)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/382 3 {using citations (hypermedia G06F16/94)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/383 3 using metadata automatically derived from the content
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/387 3 using geographical or spatial information, e.g. location
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/40 1 of multimedia data, e.g. slideshows comprising image and additional audio data (retrieval of still image data G06F16/50; retrieval of audio data G06F16/60; retrieval of video data G06F16/70)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/41 2 Indexing; Data structures therefor; Storage structures
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/43 2 Querying
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/432 3 Query formulation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/433 4 {using audio data}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/434 4 {using image data, e.g. images, photos, pictures taken by a user}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/435 3 Filtering based on additional data, e.g. user or group profiles
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/436 4 {using biological or physiological data of a human being, e.g. blood pressure, facial expression, gestures}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/437 4 {Administration of user profiles, e.g. generation, initialisation, adaptation, distribution}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/438 3 Presentation of query results
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/4387 4 {by the use of playlists}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/4393 5 {Multimedia presentations, e.g. slide shows, multimedia albums}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/44 2 Browsing; Visualisation therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/444 3 {Spatial browsing, e.g. 2D maps, 3D or virtual spaces}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/447 3 {Temporal browsing, e.g. timeline}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/45 2 Clustering; Classification
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/48 2 Retrieval characterised by using metadata, e.g. metadata not derived from the content or metadata generated manually
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/483 3 using metadata automatically derived from the content
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/487 3 using geographical or spatial information, e.g. location
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/489 3 {using time information}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/50 1 of still image data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/51 2 Indexing; Data structures therefor; Storage structures
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/53 2 Querying
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/532 3 Query formulation, e.g. graphical querying
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/535 3 Filtering based on additional data, e.g. user or group profiles
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/538 3 Presentation of query results
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/54 2 Browsing; Visualisation therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/55 2 Clustering; Classification
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/56 2 having vectorial format
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/58 2 Retrieval characterised by using metadata, e.g. metadata not derived from the content or metadata generated manually
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/583 3 using metadata automatically derived from the content
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/5838 4 {using colour}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/5846 4 {using extracted text}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/5854 4 {using shape and object relationship}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/5862 4 {using texture}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/5866 3 {using information manually generated, e.g. tags, keywords, comments, manually generated location and time information}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/587 3 using geographical or spatial information, e.g. location
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/60 1 of audio data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/61 2 Indexing; Data structures therefor; Storage structures
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/63 2 Querying
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/632 3 Query formulation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/634 4 {Query by example, e.g. query by humming}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/635 3 Filtering based on additional data, e.g. user or group profiles
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/636 4 {by using biological or physiological data}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/637 4 {Administration of user profiles, e.g. generation, initialization, adaptation or distribution}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/638 3 Presentation of query results
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/639 4 {using playlists}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/64 2 Browsing; Visualisation therefor (generation of a list or set of audio data G06F16/638)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/65 2 Clustering; Classification
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/68 2 Retrieval characterised by using metadata, e.g. metadata not derived from the content or metadata generated manually
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/683 3 using metadata automatically derived from the content
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/685 4 {using automatically derived transcript of audio data, e.g. lyrics (speech recognition G10L15/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/686 3 {using information manually generated, e.g. tags, keywords, comments, title or artist information, time, location or usage information, user ratings}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/687 3 using geographical or spatial information, e.g. location
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/70 1 of video data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/71 2 Indexing; Data structures therefor; Storage structures
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/73 2 Querying
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/732 3 Query formulation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/7328 4 {Query by example, e.g. a complete video frame or video sequence (graphical querying G06F16/7335)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/7335 4 {Graphical querying, e.g. query-by-region, query-by-sketch, query-by-trajectory, GUIs for designating a person/face/object as a query predicate (end-user interface involving hot spots associated with the video H04N21/4725; end-user interface for selecting a Region of Interest H04N21/4728)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/7343 4 {Query language or query format}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/735 3 Filtering based on additional data, e.g. user or group profiles
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/738 3 Presentation of query results
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/739 4 {in form of a video summary, e.g. the video summary being a video sequence, a composite still image or having synthesized frames}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/74 2 Browsing; Visualisation therefor (end-user interfaces for requesting or interacting with video content, e.g. video on demand interfaces or electronic program guides, H04N21/472)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/743 3 {a collection of video files or sequences}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/745 3 {the internal structure of a single video sequence}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/748 3 {Hypervideo (linking data to content, e.g. by linking an URL to a video object in the context of video distribution systems H04N21/858)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/75 2 Clustering; Classification
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/78 2 Retrieval characterised by using metadata, e.g. metadata not derived from the content or metadata generated manually
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/783 3 using metadata automatically derived from the content
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/7834 4 {using audio features}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/7837 4 {using objects detected or recognised in the video content}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/784 5 {the detected or recognised objects being people}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/7844 4 {using original textual content or text extracted from visual content or transcript of audio data}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/7847 4 {using low-level visual features of the video content}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/785 5 {using colour or luminescence}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/7854 5 {using shape (G06F16/7837 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/7857 5 {using texture (G06F16/7837 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/786 5 {using motion, e.g. object motion or camera motion}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/7864 5 {using domain-transform features, e.g. DCT or wavelet transform coefficients}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/7867 3 {using information manually generated, e.g. tags, keywords, comments, title and artist information, manually generated time, location and usage information, user ratings}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/787 3 using geographical or spatial information, e.g. location
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/80 1 of semi-structured data, e.g. markup language structured data such as SGML, XML or HTML (content-based retrieval of web data G06F16/95)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/81 2 Indexing, e.g. XML tags; Data structures therefor; Storage structures
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/83 2 Querying
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/832 3 Query formulation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/835 3 Query processing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/8358 4 {Query translation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/8365 4 {Query optimisation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/8373 4 {Query execution}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/838 3 Presentation of query results
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/84 2 Mapping; Conversion
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/86 3 {Mapping to a database}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/88 3 {Mark-up to mark-up conversion (conversion for visualization in web browsing G06F16/9577)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/90 1 Details of database functions independent of the retrieved data types
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/901 2 Indexing; Data structures therefor; Storage structures (for retrieval from the web G06F16/951)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/9014 3 {hash tables}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/9017 3 {using directory or table look-up (use of a directory or look-up table in file systems G06F16/13)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/902 4 {using more than one table in sequence, i.e. systems with three or more layers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/9024 3 {Graphs; Linked lists (G06F16/9027 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/9027 3 {Trees}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/903 2 Querying (for retrieval from the web G06F16/953)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/9032 3 Query formulation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/90324 4 {using system suggestions}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/90328 5 {using search space presentation or visualization, e.g. category or range presentation and selection}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/90332 4 {Natural language query formulation or dialogue systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/90335 3 {Query processing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/90339 4 {by using parallel associative memories or content-addressable memories}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/90344 4 {by using string matching techniques}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/90348 4 {by searching ordered data, e.g. alpha-numerically ordered data}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/9035 3 Filtering based on additional data, e.g. user or group profiles
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/9038 3 Presentation of query results
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/904 2 Browsing; Visualisation therefor (for navigating the web G06F16/954; browsing optimisation for the web G06F16/957)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/906 2 Clustering; Classification
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/907 2 Retrieval characterised by using metadata, e.g. metadata not derived from the content or metadata generated manually
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/908 3 using metadata automatically derived from the content
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/909 3 using geographical or spatial information, e.g. location (spatiotemporally dependent retrieval from the web G06F16/9537)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/93 2 Document management systems
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/94 3 Hyperlinking G06F40/134
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/95 2 Retrieval from the web
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/951 3 Indexing; Web crawling techniques
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/953 3 Querying, e.g. by the use of web search engines
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/9532 4 Query formulation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/9535 4 Search customisation based on user profiles and personalisation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/9536 4 Search customisation based on social or collaborative filtering
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/9537 4 Spatial or temporal dependent retrieval, e.g. spatiotemporal queries
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/9538 4 Presentation of query results
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/954 3 Navigation, e.g. using categorised browsing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/955 3 using information identifiers, e.g. uniform resource locators [URL]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/9554 4 {by using bar codes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/9558 4 {Details of hyperlinks; Management of linked annotations}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/9562 4 {Bookmark management}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/9566 4 {URL specific, e.g. using aliases, detecting broken or misspelled links}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/957 3 Browsing optimisation, e.g. caching or content distillation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/9574 4 {of access to content, e.g. by caching}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/9577 4 {Optimising the visualization of content, e.g. distillation of HTML documents}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/958 3 Organisation or management of web site content, e.g. publishing, maintaining pages or automatic linking
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/972 4 {Access to data in other repository systems, e.g. legacy data or dynamic Web page generation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F16/986 4 {Document structures and storage, e.g. HTML extensions}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F17/00 0 Digital computing or data processing equipment or methods, specially adapted for specific functions (information retrieval, database structures or file system structures therefor G06F16/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F17/10 1 Complex mathematical operations {(function generation by table look-up G06F1/03; evaluation of elementary functions by calculation G06F7/544)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F17/11 2 for solving equations {, e.g. nonlinear equations, general mathematical optimization problems (optimization specially adapted for a specific administrative, business or logistic context G06Q10/04)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F17/12 3 Simultaneous equations {, e.g. systems of linear equations}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F17/13 3 Differential equations (using digital differential analysers G06F7/64)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F17/14 2 Fourier, Walsh or analogous domain transformations {, e.g. Laplace, Hilbert, Karhunen-Loeve, transforms (for correlation function computation G06F17/156; spectrum analysers G01R23/16)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F17/141 3 {Discrete Fourier transforms}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F17/142 4 {Fast Fourier transforms, e.g. using a Cooley-Tukey type algorithm}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F17/144 4 {Prime factor Fourier transforms, e.g. Winograd transforms, number theoretic transforms}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F17/145 3 {Square transforms, e.g. Hadamard, Walsh, Haar, Hough, Slant transforms}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F17/147 3 {Discrete orthonormal transforms, e.g. discrete cosine transform, discrete sine transform, and variations therefrom, e.g. modified discrete cosine transform, integer transforms approximating the discrete cosine transform (G06F17/145 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F17/148 3 {Wavelet transforms}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F17/15 2 Correlation function computation {including computation of convolution operations (arithmetic circuits for sum of products per se, e.g. multiply-accumulators G06F7/5443; digital filters, e.g. FIR, IIR, adaptive filters H03H17/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F17/153 3 {Multidimensional correlation or convolution}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F17/156 3 {using a domain transform, e.g. Fourier transform, polynomial transform, number theoretic transform}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F17/16 2 Matrix or vector computation {, e.g. matrix-matrix or matrix-vector multiplication, matrix factorization (matrix transposition G06F7/78)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F17/17 2 Function evaluation by approximation methods, e.g. inter- or extrapolation, smoothing, least mean square method ({G06F17/18 takes precedence } ; interpolation for numerical control G05B19/18)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F17/175 3 {of multidimensional data}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F17/18 2 for evaluating statistical data {, e.g. average values, frequency distributions, probability functions, regression analysis (forecasting specially adapted for a specific administrative, business or logistic context G06Q10/04)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F17/40 1 Data acquisition and logging (for input to computer G06F3/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F18/00 0 Pattern recognition
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F18/10 1 Pre-processing; Data cleansing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F18/15 2 Statistical pre-processing, e.g. techniques for normalisation or restoring missing data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F18/20 1 Analysing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F18/21 2 Design or setup of recognition systems or techniques; Extraction of features in feature space; Blind source separation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F18/211 3 Selection of the most significant subset of features
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F18/2111 4 by using evolutionary computational techniques, e.g. genetic algorithms
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F18/2113 4 by ranking or filtering the set of features, e.g. using a measure of variance or of feature cross-correlation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F18/2115 4 by evaluating different subsets according to an optimisation criterion, e.g. class separability, forward selection or backward elimination
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F18/213 3 Feature extraction, e.g. by transforming the feature space; Summarisation; Mappings, e.g. subspace methods
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F18/2131 4 based on a transform domain processing, e.g. wavelet transform
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F18/2132 4 based on discrimination criteria, e.g. discriminant analysis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F18/21322 5 {Rendering the within-class scatter matrix non-singular}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F18/21324 6 {involving projections, e.g. Fisherface techniques}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F18/21326 6 {involving optimisations, e.g. using regularisation techniques}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F18/21328 6 {involving subspace restrictions, e.g. nullspace techniques}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F18/2133 4 based on naturality criteria, e.g. with non-negative factorisation or negative correlation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F18/2134 4 based on separation criteria, e.g. independent component analysis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F18/21342 5 {using statistical independence, i.e. minimising mutual information or maximising non-gaussianity}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F18/21343 5 {using decorrelation or non-stationarity, e.g. minimising lagged cross-correlations}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F18/21345 5 {enforcing sparsity or involving a domain transformation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F18/21347 5 {using domain transformations}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F18/21348 5 {overcoming non-stationarity or permutations}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F18/2135 4 based on approximation criteria, e.g. principal component analysis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F18/21355 5 {nonlinear criteria, e.g. embedding a manifold in a Euclidean space}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F18/2136 4 based on sparsity criteria, e.g. with an overcomplete basis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F18/2137 4 based on criteria of topology preservation, e.g. multidimensional scaling or self-organising maps
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F18/21375 5 {involving differential geometry, e.g. embedding of pattern manifold}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F18/214 3 Generating training patterns; Bootstrap methods, e.g. bagging or boosting
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F18/2148 4 {characterised by the process organisation or structure, e.g. boosting cascade}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F18/2155 4 {characterised by the incorporation of unlabelled data, e.g. multiple instance learning [MIL], semi-supervised techniques using expectation-maximisation [EM] or naïve labelling}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F18/2163 3 {Partitioning the feature space}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F18/217 3 {Validation; Performance evaluation; Active pattern learning techniques}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F18/2178 4 {based on feedback of a supervisor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F18/2185 5 {the supervisor being an automated module, e.g. intelligent oracle}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F18/2193 4 {based on specific statistical tests}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F18/22 2 Matching criteria, e.g. proximity measures
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F18/23 2 Clustering techniques
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F18/231 3 Hierarchical techniques, i.e. dividing or merging pattern sets so as to obtain a dendrogram
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F18/232 3 Non-hierarchical techniques
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F18/2321 4 using statistics or function optimisation, e.g. modelling of probability density functions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F18/23211 5 with adaptive number of clusters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F18/23213 5 with fixed number of clusters, e.g. K-means clustering
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F18/2323 4 based on graph theory, e.g. minimum spanning trees [MST] or graph cuts
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F18/2325 4 using vector quantisation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F18/2337 4 using fuzzy logic, i.e. fuzzy clustering
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F18/24 2 Classification techniques
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F18/241 3 relating to the classification model, e.g. parametric or non-parametric approaches
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F18/2411 4 based on the proximity to a decision surface, e.g. support vector machines
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F18/2413 4 based on distances to training or reference patterns
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F18/24133 5 {Distances to prototypes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F18/24137 6 {Distances to cluster centroïds}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F18/2414 7 {Smoothing the distance, e.g. radial basis function networks [RBFN]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F18/24143 6 {Distances to neighbourhood prototypes, e.g. restricted Coulomb energy networks [RCEN]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F18/24147 5 {Distances to closest patterns, e.g. nearest neighbour classification}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F18/2415 4 based on parametric or probabilistic models, e.g. based on likelihood ratio or false acceptance rate versus a false rejection rate
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F18/24155 5 {Bayesian classification}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F18/243 3 relating to the number of classes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F18/2431 4 Multiple classes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F18/24317 4 {Piecewise classification, i.e. whereby each classification requires several discriminant rules}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F18/24323 4 {Tree-organised classifiers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F18/2433 4 Single-class perspective, e.g. one-against-all classification; Novelty detection; Outlier detection
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F18/245 3 relating to the decision surface
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F18/2451 4 linear, e.g. hyperplane
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F18/2453 4 non-linear, e.g. polynomial classifier
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F18/24765 3 {Rule-based classification}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F18/25 2 Fusion techniques
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F18/251 3 {of input or preprocessed data}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F18/253 3 {of extracted features}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F18/254 3 {of classification results, e.g. of results related to same input data}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F18/256 4 {of results relating to different input data, e.g. multimodal recognition}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F18/257 3 {Belief theory, e.g. Dempster-Shafer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F18/259 3 {Fusion by voting}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F18/26 2 Discovering frequent patterns
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F18/27 2 Regression, e.g. linear or logistic regression
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F18/28 2 Determining representative reference patterns, e.g. by averaging or distorting; Generating dictionaries
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F18/285 2 {Selection of pattern recognition techniques, e.g. of classifiers in a multi-classifier system}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F18/29 2 {Graphical models, e.g. Bayesian networks}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F18/295 3 {Markov models or related models, e.g. semi-Markov models; Markov random fields; Networks embedding Markov models}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F18/30 1 Post-processing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F18/40 1 Software arrangements specially adapted for pattern recognition, e.g. user interfaces or toolboxes therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F18/41 2 {Interactive pattern learning with a human teacher}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F21/00 0 Security arrangements for protecting computers, components thereof, programs or data against unauthorised activity
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F21/10 1 Protecting distributed programs or content, e.g. vending or licensing of copyrighted material
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F21/105 2 {Tools for software license management or administration, e.g. managing licenses at corporate level}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F21/12 2 Protecting executable software
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F21/121 3 {Restricting unauthorised execution of programs}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F21/123 4 {by using dedicated hardware, e.g. dongles, smart cards, cryptographic processors, global positioning systems [GPS] devices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F21/125 4 {by manipulating the program code, e.g. source code, compiled code, interpreted code, machine code}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F21/126 5 {Interacting with the operating system}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F21/128 4 {involving web programs, i.e. using technology especially used in internet, generally interacting with a web browser, e.g. hypertext markup language [HTML], applets, java}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F21/14 3 against software analysis or reverse engineering, e.g. by obfuscation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F21/16 2 Program or content traceability, e.g. by watermarking
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F21/30 1 Authentication, i.e. establishing the identity or authorisation of security principals
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F21/305 2 {by remotely controlling device operation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F21/31 2 User authentication
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F21/313 3 {using a call-back technique via a telephone network}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F21/316 3 {by observing the pattern of computer usage, e.g. typical user behaviour}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F21/32 3 using biometric data, e.g. fingerprints, iris scans or voiceprints
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F21/33 3 using certificates
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F21/335 4 {for accessing specific resources, e.g. using Kerberos tickets}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F21/34 3 involving the use of external additional devices, e.g. dongles or smart cards
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F21/35 4 communicating wirelessly
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F21/36 3 by graphic or iconic representation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F21/40 3 by quorum, i.e. whereby two or more security principals are required
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F21/41 3 where a single sign-on provides access to a plurality of computers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F21/42 3 using separate channels for security data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F21/43 4 wireless channels
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F21/44 2 Program or device authentication
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F21/445 3 {by mutual authentication, e.g. between devices or programs}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F21/45 2 Structures or tools for the administration of authentication
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F21/46 3 by designing passwords or checking the strength of passwords
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F21/50 1 Monitoring users, programs or devices to maintain the integrity of platforms, e.g. of processors, firmware or operating systems
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F21/51 2 at application loading time, e.g. accepting, rejecting, starting or inhibiting executable software based on integrity or source reliability
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F21/52 2 during program execution, e.g. stack integrity {; Preventing unwanted data erasure; Buffer overflow}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F21/53 3 by executing in a restricted environment, e.g. sandbox or secure virtual machine
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F21/54 3 by adding security routines or objects to programs
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F21/55 2 Detecting local intrusion or implementing counter-measures
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F21/552 3 {involving long-term monitoring or reporting}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F21/554 3 {involving event detection and direct action}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F21/556 3 {involving covert channels, i.e. data leakage between processes (inhibiting the analysis of circuitry or operation with measures against power attack G06F21/755)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F21/56 3 Computer malware detection or handling, e.g. anti-virus arrangements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F21/561 4 {Virus type analysis}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F21/562 4 {Static detection}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F21/563 5 {by source code analysis}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F21/564 5 {by virus signature recognition}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F21/565 5 {by checking file integrity}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F21/566 4 {Dynamic detection, i.e. detection performed at run-time, e.g. emulation, suspicious activities}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F21/567 4 {using dedicated hardware}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F21/568 4 {eliminating virus, restoring damaged files}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F21/57 2 Certifying or maintaining trusted computer platforms, e.g. secure boots or power-downs, version controls, system software checks, secure updates or assessing vulnerabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F21/572 3 {Secure firmware programming, e.g. of basic input output system [BIOS]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F21/575 3 {Secure boot}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F21/577 3 {Assessing vulnerabilities and evaluating computer system security}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F21/60 1 Protecting data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F21/602 2 {Providing cryptographic facilities or services}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F21/604 2 {Tools and structures for managing or administering access control systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F21/606 2 {by securing the transmission between two devices or processes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F21/608 3 {Secure printing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F21/62 2 Protecting access to data via a platform, e.g. using keys or access control rules
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F21/6209 3 {to a single file or object, e.g. in a secure envelope, encrypted and accessed using a key, or with access control rules appended to the object itself}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F21/6218 3 {to a system of files or objects, e.g. local or distributed file system or database}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F21/6227 4 {where protection concerns the structure of data, e.g. records, types, queries}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F21/6236 4 {between heterogeneous systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F21/6245 4 {Protecting personal data, e.g. for financial or medical purposes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F21/6254 5 {by anonymising data, e.g. decorrelating personal data from the owner's identification}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F21/6263 5 {during internet communication, e.g. revealing personal data from cookies}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F21/6272 4 {by registering files or documents with a third party}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F21/6281 4 {at program execution time, where the protection is within the operating system}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F21/629 3 {to features or functions of an application}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F21/64 2 Protecting data integrity, e.g. using checksums, certificates or signatures
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F21/645 3 {using a third party}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F21/70 1 Protecting specific internal or peripheral components, in which the protection of a component leads to protection of the entire computer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F21/71 2 to assure secure computing or processing of information
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F21/72 3 in cryptographic circuits
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F21/725 4 {operating on a secure reference time value}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F21/73 3 by creating or determining hardware identification, e.g. serial numbers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F21/74 3 operating in dual or compartmented mode, i.e. at least one secure mode
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F21/75 3 by inhibiting the analysis of circuitry or operation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F21/755 4 {with measures against power attack}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F21/76 3 in application-specific integrated circuits [ASIC] or field-programmable devices, e.g. field-programmable gate arrays [FPGA] or programmable logic devices [PLD]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F21/77 3 in smart cards
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F21/78 2 to assure secure storage of data (address-based protection against unauthorised use of memory G06F12/14; record carriers for use with machines and with at least a part designed to carry digital markings G06K19/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F21/79 3 in semiconductor storage media, e.g. directly-addressable memories
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F21/80 3 in storage media based on magnetic or optical technology, e.g. disks with sectors (preventing unauthorised reproduction or copying of disc-type recordable media G11B20/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F21/805 4 {using a security table for the storage sub-system}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F21/81 2 by operating on the power supply, e.g. enabling or disabling power-on, sleep or resume operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F21/82 2 Protecting input, output or interconnection devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F21/83 3 input devices, e.g. keyboards, mice or controllers thereof
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F21/84 3 output devices, e.g. displays or monitors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F21/85 3 interconnection devices, e.g. bus-connected or in-line devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F21/86 2 Secure or tamper-resistant housings
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F21/87 3 by means of encapsulation, e.g. for integrated circuits
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F21/88 2 Detecting or preventing theft or loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F30/00 0 Computer-aided design [CAD]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F30/10 1 Geometric CAD
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F30/12 2 characterised by design entry means specially adapted for CAD, e.g. graphical user interfaces [GUI] specially adapted for CAD
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F30/13 2 Architectural design, e.g. computer-aided architectural design [CAAD] related to design of buildings, bridges, landscapes, production plants or roads
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F30/15 2 Vehicle, aircraft or watercraft design
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F30/17 2 Mechanical parametric or variational design
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F30/18 2 Network design, e.g. design based on topological or interconnect aspects of utility systems, piping, heating ventilation air conditioning [HVAC] or cabling (circuit design at the physical level G06F30/39; network planning tools for wireless communication networks H04W16/18)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F30/20 1 Design optimisation, verification or simulation (optimisation, verification or simulation of circuit designs G06F30/30)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F30/22 2 using Petri net models
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F30/23 2 using finite element methods [FEM] or finite difference methods [FDM]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F30/25 2 using particle-based methods
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F30/27 2 using machine learning, e.g. artificial intelligence, neural networks, support vector machines [SVM] or training a model
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F30/28 2 using fluid dynamics, e.g. using Navier-Stokes equations or computational fluid dynamics [CFD]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F30/30 1 Circuit design
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F30/31 2 Design entry, e.g. editors specifically adapted for circuit design
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F30/32 2 Circuit design at the digital level (reconfigurable circuits G06F30/34)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F30/323 3 Translation or migration, e.g. logic to logic, hardware description language [HDL] translation or netlist translation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F30/327 3 Logic synthesis; Behaviour synthesis, e.g. mapping logic, HDL to netlist, high-level language to RTL or netlist
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F30/33 3 Design verification, e.g. functional simulation or model checking
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F30/3308 4 using simulation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F30/331 5 with hardware acceleration, e.g. by using field programmable gate array [FPGA] or emulation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F30/3312 5 Timing analysis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F30/3315 4 using static timing analysis [STA]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F30/3323 4 using formal methods, e.g. equivalence checking or property checking
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F30/333 3 Design for testability [DFT], e.g. scan chain or built-in self-test [BIST]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F30/337 3 Design optimisation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F30/34 2 for reconfigurable circuits, e.g. field programmable gate arrays [FPGA] or programmable logic devices [PLD]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F30/343 3 Logical level
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F30/347 3 Physical level, e.g. placement or routing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F30/35 2 Delay-insensitive circuit design, e.g. asynchronous or self-timed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F30/36 2 Circuit design at the analogue level
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F30/367 3 Design verification, e.g. using simulation, simulation program with integrated circuit emphasis [SPICE], direct methods or relaxation methods
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F30/373 3 Design optimisation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F30/38 2 Circuit design at the mixed level of analogue and digital signals
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F30/39 2 Circuit design at the physical level (physical level design for reconfigurable circuits G06F30/347)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F30/392 3 Floor-planning or layout, e.g. partitioning or placement
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F30/394 3 Routing (G06F30/396 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F30/3947 4 global
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F30/3953 4 detailed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F30/396 3 Clock trees
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F30/398 3 Design verification or optimisation, e.g. using design rule check [DRC], layout versus schematics [LVS] or finite element methods [FEM] (optical proximity correction [OPC] design processes G03F1/36)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F40/00 0 Handling natural language data (speech analysis or synthesis, speech recognition G10L)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F40/10 1 Text processing (natural language analysis G06F40/20; semantic analysis G06F40/30; processing or translation of natural language G06F40/40)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F40/103 2 Formatting, i.e. changing of presentation of documents (automatic justification G06F40/189; automatic line break hyphenation G06F40/191)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F40/106 3 Display of layout of documents; Previewing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F40/109 3 Font handling; Temporal or kinetic typography
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F40/111 3 Mathematical or scientific formatting; Subscripts; Superscripts
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F40/114 3 Pagination
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F40/117 3 Tagging; Marking up (details of markup languages G06F40/143); Designating a block; Setting of attributes (style sheets, e.g. eXtensible Stylesheet Language Transformation [XSLT], G06F40/154)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F40/12 2 Use of codes for handling textual entities
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F40/123 3 Storage facilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F40/126 3 Character encoding
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F40/129 4 Handling non-Latin characters, e.g. kana-to-kanji conversion
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F40/131 3 Fragmentation of text files, e.g. creating reusable text-blocks; Linking to fragments, e.g. using XInclude; Namespaces
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F40/134 3 Hyperlinking
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F40/137 3 Hierarchical processing, e.g. outlines
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F40/14 3 Tree-structured documents (parsing G06F40/205; validation G06F40/226)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F40/143 4 Markup, e.g. Standard Generalized Markup Language [SGML] or Document Type Definition [DTD]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F40/146 4 Coding or compression of tree-structured data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F40/149 3 Adaptation of the text data for streaming purposes, e.g. Efficient XML Interchange [EXI] format
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F40/151 3 Transformation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F40/154 4 Tree transformation for tree-structured or markup documents, e.g. XSLT, XSL-FO or stylesheets
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F40/157 4 using dictionaries or tables
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F40/16 4 Automatic learning of transformation rules, e.g. from examples
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F40/163 3 Handling of whitespace
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F40/166 2 Editing, e.g. inserting or deleting
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F40/169 3 Annotation, e.g. comment data or footnotes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F40/171 3 by use of digital ink
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F40/174 3 Form filling; Merging
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F40/177 3 of tables; using ruled lines
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F40/18 4 of spreadsheets (form-filling G06F40/174)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F40/183 3 Tabulation, i.e. one-dimensional positioning
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F40/186 3 Templates
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F40/189 2 Automatic justification
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F40/191 2 Automatic line break hyphenation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F40/194 2 Calculation of difference between files
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F40/197 2 Version control (for software G06F8/71)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F40/20 1 Natural language analysis (semantic analysis of natural language G06F40/30)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F40/205 2 Parsing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F40/211 3 Syntactic parsing, e.g. based on context-free grammar [CFG] or unification grammars
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F40/216 3 using statistical methods
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F40/221 3 Parsing markup language streams (streaming G06F40/149)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F40/226 3 Validation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F40/232 2 Orthographic correction, e.g. spell checking or vowelisation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F40/237 2 Lexical tools
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F40/242 3 Dictionaries
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F40/247 3 Thesauruses; Synonyms
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F40/253 2 Grammatical analysis; Style critique
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F40/258 2 Heading extraction; Automatic titling; Numbering
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F40/263 2 Language identification
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F40/268 2 Morphological analysis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F40/274 2 Converting codes to words; Guess-ahead of partial word inputs
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F40/279 2 Recognition of textual entities
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F40/284 3 Lexical analysis, e.g. tokenisation or collocates
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F40/289 3 Phrasal analysis, e.g. finite state techniques or chunking
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F40/295 4 Named entity recognition
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F40/30 1 Semantic analysis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F40/35 2 Discourse or dialogue representation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F40/40 1 Processing or translation of natural language (natural language analysis G06F40/20; semantic analysis G06F40/30)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F40/42 2 Data-driven translation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F40/44 3 Statistical methods, e.g. probability models
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F40/45 3 Example-based machine translation; Alignment
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F40/47 3 Machine-assisted translation, e.g. using translation memory
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F40/49 3 using very large corpora, e.g. the web
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F40/51 2 Translation evaluation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F40/53 2 Processing of non-Latin text (kana-to-kanji conversion G06F40/129; vowelisation G06F40/232)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F40/55 2 Rule-based translation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F40/56 3 Natural language generation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F40/58 2 Use of machine translation, e.g. for multi-lingual retrieval, for server-side translation for client devices or for real-time translation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2101/00 0 Indexing scheme relating to the type of digital function generated
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2101/02 1 Linear multivariable functions, i.e. sum of products
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2101/04 1 Trigonometric functions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2101/06 1 Co-ordinate transformations
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2101/08 1 Powers or roots
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2101/10 1 Logarithmic or exponential functions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2101/12 1 Reciprocal functions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2101/14 1 Probability distribution functions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2101/16 1 PCM companding functions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2111/00 0 Details relating to CAD techniques
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2111/02 1 CAD in a network environment, e.g. collaborative CAD or distributed simulation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2111/04 1 Constraint-based CAD
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2111/06 1 Multi-objective optimisation, e.g. Pareto optimisation using simulated annealing [SA], ant colony algorithms or genetic algorithms [GA]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2111/08 1 Probabilistic or stochastic CAD
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2111/10 1 Numerical modelling
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2111/12 1 Symbolic schematics
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2111/14 1 related to nanotechnology
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2111/16 1 Customisation or personalisation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2111/18 1 using virtual or augmented reality
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2111/20 1 Configuration CAD, e.g. designing by assembling or positioning modules selected from libraries of predesigned modules
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2113/00 0 Details relating to the application field
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2113/02 1 Data centres
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2113/04 1 Power grid distribution networks
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2113/06 1 Wind turbines or wind farms
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2113/08 1 Fluids
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2113/10 1 Additive manufacturing, e.g. 3D printing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2113/12 1 Cloth
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2113/14 1 Pipes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2113/16 1 Cables, cable trees or wire harnesses
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2113/18 1 Chip packaging
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2113/20 1 Packaging, e.g. boxes or containers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2113/22 1 Moulding
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2113/24 1 Sheet material
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2113/26 1 Composites
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2113/28 1 Fuselage, exterior or interior
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2115/00 0 Details relating to the type of the circuit
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2115/02 1 System on chip [SoC] design
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2115/04 1 Micro electro-mechanical systems [MEMS]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2115/06 1 Structured ASICs
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2115/08 1 Intellectual property [IP] blocks or IP cores
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2115/10 1 Processors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2115/12 1 Printed circuit boards [PCB] or multi-chip modules [MCM]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2117/00 0 Details relating to the type or aim of the circuit design
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2117/02 1 Fault tolerance, e.g. for transient fault suppression
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2117/04 1 Clock gating
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2117/06 1 Spare resources, e.g. for permanent fault suppression
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2117/08 1 HW-SW co-design, e.g. HW-SW partitioning
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2117/10 1 Buffer insertion
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2117/12 1 Sizing, e.g. of transistors or gates
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2119/00 0 Details relating to the type or aim of the analysis or the optimisation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2119/02 1 Reliability analysis or reliability optimisation; Failure analysis, e.g. worst case scenario performance, failure mode and effects analysis [FMEA]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2119/04 1 Ageing analysis or optimisation against ageing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2119/06 1 Power analysis or power optimisation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2119/08 1 Thermal analysis or thermal optimisation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2119/10 1 Noise analysis or noise optimisation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2119/12 1 Timing analysis or timing optimisation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2119/14 1 Force analysis or force optimisation, e.g. static or dynamic forces
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2119/16 1 Equivalence checking
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2119/18 1 Manufacturability analysis or optimisation for manufacturability
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2119/20 1 Design reuse, reusability analysis or reusability optimisation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2119/22 1 Yield analysis or yield optimisation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2123/00 0 Data types
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2123/02 1 in the time domain, e.g. time-series data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2200/00 0 Indexing scheme relating to G06F1/04 - G06F1/32
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2200/16 1 Indexing scheme relating to G06F1/16 - G06F1/18
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2200/161 2 Indexing scheme relating to constructional details of the monitor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2200/1611 3 CRT monitor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2200/1612 3 Flat panel monitor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2200/1613 3 Supporting arrangements, e.g. for filters or documents associated to a laptop display
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2200/1614 3 Image rotation following screen orientation, e.g. switching from landscape to portrait mode
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2200/163 2 Indexing scheme relating to constructional details of the computer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2200/1631 3 Panel PC, e.g. single housing hosting PC and display panel
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2200/1632 3 Pen holder integrated in the computer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2200/1633 3 Protecting arrangement for the entire housing of the computer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2200/1634 3 Integrated protective display lid, e.g. for touch-sensitive display in handheld computer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2200/1635 3 Stackable modules
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2200/1636 3 Sensing arrangement for detection of a tap gesture on the housing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2200/1637 3 Sensing arrangement for detection of housing movement or orientation, e.g. for controlling scrolling or cursor movement on the display of an handheld computer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2200/1638 3 Computer housing designed to operate in both desktop and tower orientation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2200/1639 3 Arrangements for locking plugged peripheral connectors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2200/20 1 Indexing scheme relating to G06F1/20
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2200/201 2 Cooling arrangements using cooling fluid
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2200/202 2 Air convective hinge
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2200/203 2 Heat conductive hinge
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2200/26 1 Indexing scheme relating to G06F1/26
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2200/261 2 PC controlled powerstrip
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2201/00 0 Indexing scheme relating to error detection, to error correction, and to monitoring
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2201/80 1 Database-specific techniques
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2201/805 1 Real-time
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2201/81 1 Threshold
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2201/815 1 Virtual (middleware or OS functionality using virtual machines to implement generic software techniques for error detection or fault masking G06F11/1484)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2201/82 1 Solving problems relating to consistency (ensuring consistency in mirrored systems G06F11/2064)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2201/825 1 the problem or solution involving locking
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2201/83 1 the solution involving signatures
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2201/835 1 Timestamp
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2201/84 1 Using snapshots, i.e. a logical point-in-time copy of the data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2201/845 1 Systems in which the redundancy can be transformed in increased performance
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2201/85 1 Active fault masking without idle spares (active fault masking without idle spare hardware where processing functionality is redundant G06F11/2035)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2201/855 1 Details of asynchronous mirroring using a journal to transfer not-yet-mirrored changes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2201/86 1 Event-based monitoring
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2201/865 1 Monitoring of software
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2201/87 1 Monitoring of transactions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2201/875 1 Monitoring of systems including the internet
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2201/88 1 Monitoring involving counting
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2201/885 1 Monitoring specific for caches
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2203/00 0 Indexing scheme relating to G06F3/00 - G06F3/048
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2203/01 1 Indexing scheme relating to G06F3/01
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2203/011 2 Emotion or mood input determined on the basis of sensed human body parameters such as pulse, heart rate or beat, temperature of skin, facial expressions, iris, voice pitch, brain activity patterns
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2203/012 2 Walk-in-place systems for allowing a user to walk in a virtual environment while constraining him to a given position in the physical environment
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2203/013 2 Force feedback applied to a game
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2203/014 2 Force feedback applied to GUI
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2203/015 2 Force feedback applied to a joystick
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2203/033 1 Indexing scheme relating to G06F3/033
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2203/0331 2 Finger worn pointing device
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2203/0332 2 Ergonomic shaped mouse adjustable to suit one of both hands
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2203/0333 2 Ergonomic shaped mouse for one hand
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2203/0334 2 Ergonomic shaped mouse for vertical grip, whereby the hand controlling the mouse is resting or gripping it with an attitude almost vertical with respect of the working surface
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2203/0335 2 Finger operated miniaturized mouse
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2203/0336 2 Mouse integrated fingerprint sensor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2203/0337 2 Status LEDs integrated in the mouse to provide visual feedback to the user about the status of the input device, the PC, or the user
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2203/0338 2 Fingerprint track pad, i.e. fingerprint sensor used as pointing device tracking the fingertip image
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2203/0339 2 Touch strips, e.g. orthogonal touch strips to control cursor movement or scrolling; single touch strip to adjust parameter or to implement a row of soft keys
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2203/038 1 Indexing scheme relating to G06F3/038
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2203/0381 2 Multimodal input, i.e. interface arrangements enabling the user to issue commands by simultaneous use of input devices of different nature, e.g. voice plus gesture on digitizer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2203/0382 2 Plural input, i.e. interface arrangements in which a plurality of input device of the same type are in communication with a PC
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2203/0383 2 Remote input, i.e. interface arrangements in which the signals generated by a pointing device are transmitted to a PC at a remote location, e.g. to a PC in a LAN
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2203/0384 2 Wireless input, i.e. hardware and software details of wireless interface arrangements for pointing devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2203/041 1 Indexing scheme relating to G06F3/041 - G06F3/045
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2203/04101 2 2.5D-digitiser, i.e. digitiser detecting the X/Y position of the input means, finger or stylus, also when it does not touch, but is proximate to the digitiser's interaction surface and also measures the distance of the input means within a short range in the Z direction, possibly with a separate measurement setup
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2203/04102 2 Flexible digitiser, i.e. constructional details for allowing the whole digitising part of a device to be flexed or rolled like a sheet of paper
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2203/04103 2 Manufacturing, i.e. details related to manufacturing processes specially suited for touch sensitive devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2203/04104 2 Multi-touch detection in digitiser, i.e. details about the simultaneous detection of a plurality of touching locations, e.g. multiple fingers or pen and finger
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2203/04105 2 Pressure sensors for measuring the pressure or force exerted on the touch surface without providing the touch position
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2203/04106 2 Multi-sensing digitiser, i.e. digitiser using at least two different sensing technologies simultaneously or alternatively, e.g. for detecting pen and finger, for saving power or for improving position detection
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2203/04107 2 Shielding in digitiser, i.e. guard or shielding arrangements, mostly for capacitive touchscreens, e.g. driven shields, driven grounds
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2203/04108 2 Touchless 2D- digitiser, i.e. digitiser detecting the X/Y position of the input means, finger or stylus, also when it does not touch, but is proximate to the digitiser's interaction surface without distance measurement in the Z direction
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2203/04109 2 FTIR in optical digitiser, i.e. touch detection by frustrating the total internal reflection within an optical waveguide due to changes of optical properties or deformation at the touch location
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2203/04111 2 Cross over in capacitive digitiser, i.e. details of structures for connecting electrodes of the sensing pattern where the connections cross each other, e.g. bridge structures comprising an insulating layer, or vias through substrate
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2203/04112 2 Electrode mesh in capacitive digitiser: electrode for touch sensing is formed of a mesh of very fine, normally metallic, interconnected lines that are almost invisible to see. This provides a quite large but transparent electrode surface, without need for ITO or similar transparent conductive material
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2203/04113 2 Peripheral electrode pattern in resistive digitisers, i.e. electrodes at the periphery of the resistive sheet are shaped in patterns enhancing linearity of induced field
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2203/04114 2 Touch screens adapted for alternating or simultaneous interaction with active pens and passive pointing devices like fingers or passive pens
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2203/048 1 Indexing scheme relating to G06F3/048
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2203/04801 2 Cursor retrieval aid, i.e. visual aspect modification, blinking, colour changes, enlargement or other visual cues, for helping user do find the cursor in graphical user interfaces
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2203/04802 2 3D-info-object: information is displayed on the internal or external surface of a three dimensional manipulable object, e.g. on the faces of a cube that can be rotated by the user
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2203/04803 2 Split screen, i.e. subdividing the display area or the window area into separate subareas
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2203/04804 2 Transparency, e.g. transparent or translucent windows
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2203/04805 2 Virtual magnifying lens, i.e. window or frame movable on top of displayed information to enlarge it for better reading or selection
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2203/04806 2 Zoom, i.e. interaction techniques or interactors for controlling the zooming operation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2203/04807 2 Pen manipulated menu
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2203/04808 2 Several contacts: gestures triggering a specific function, e.g. scrolling, zooming, right-click, when the user establishes several contacts with the surface simultaneously; e.g. using several fingers or a combination of fingers and pen
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2203/04809 2 Textured surface identifying touch areas, e.g. overlay structure for a virtual keyboard
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2205/00 0 Indexing scheme relating to group G06F5/00; Methods or arrangements for data conversion without changing the order or content of the data handled
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2205/003 1 Reformatting, i.e. changing the format of data representation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2205/06 1 Indexing scheme relating to groups G06F5/06 - G06F5/16
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2205/061 2 Adapt frequency, i.e. clock frequency at one side is adapted to clock frequency, or average clock frequency, at the other side; Not pulse stuffing only
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2205/062 2 Allowing rewriting or rereading data to or from the buffer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2205/063 2 Dynamically variable buffer size
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2205/064 2 Linked list, i.e. structure using pointers, e.g. allowing non-contiguous address segments in one logical buffer or dynamic buffer space allocation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2205/065 2 With bypass possibility
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2205/066 2 User-programmable number or size of buffers, i.e. number of separate buffers or their size can be allocated freely
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2205/067 2 Bidirectional FIFO, i.e. system allowing data transfer in two directions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2205/10 1 Indexing scheme relating to groups G06F5/10 - G06F5/14
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2205/102 2 Avoiding metastability, i.e. preventing hazards, e.g. by using Gray code counters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2205/104 2 Delay lines
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2205/106 2 Details of pointers, i.e. structure of the address generators
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2205/108 2 Reading or writing the data blockwise, e.g. using an extra end-of-block pointer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2205/12 1 Indexing scheme relating to groups G06F5/12 - G06F5/14
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2205/123 2 Contention resolution, i.e. resolving conflicts between simultaneous read and write operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2205/126 2 Monitoring of intermediate fill level, i.e. with additional means for monitoring the fill level, e.g. half full flag, almost empty flag
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2206/00 0 Indexing scheme related to dedicated interfaces for computers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2206/10 1 Indexing scheme related to storage interfaces for computers, indexing schema related to group G06F3/06
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2206/1004 2 Defragmentation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2206/1008 2 Graphical user interface [GUI]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2206/1012 2 Load balancing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2206/1014 2 One time programmable [OTP] memory, e.g. PROM, WORM
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2206/15 1 Indexing scheme related to printer interfaces for computers, indexing schema related to group G06F3/12
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2206/1504 2 Cost estimation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2206/1506 2 Degraded mode, e.g. in view of consumables depleted, thresholds reached
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2206/1508 2 Load balancing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2206/151 2 Pre-printed media, e.g. media stock, forms, logos
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2206/1512 2 Print-to a presentation device other than a printer, e.g. e-reader, e-paper, tablet
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2206/1514 2 Sub-job
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2206/20 1 Indexing scheme related to audio interfaces for computers, indexing schema related to group G06F3/16
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2207/00 0 Indexing scheme relating to methods or arrangements for processing data by operating upon the order or content of the data handled
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2207/02 1 Indexing scheme relating to groups G06F7/02 - G06F7/026
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2207/025 2 String search, i.e. pattern matching, e.g. find identical word or best match in a string
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2207/22 1 Indexing scheme relating to groups G06F7/22 - G06F7/36
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2207/222 2 Binary data tree
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2207/224 2 External sorting
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2207/226 2 Priority queue, i.e. 1 word in, 1 word out sorter; Output word, i.e. min or max of words in memory
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2207/228 2 Sorting or merging network
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2207/38 1 Indexing scheme relating to groups G06F7/38 - G06F7/575
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2207/3804 2 Details
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2207/3808 3 concerning the type of numbers or the way they are handled
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2207/3812 4 Devices capable of handling different types of numbers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2207/3816 5 Accepting numbers of variable word length
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2207/382 5 Reconfigurable for different fixed word lengths (multigauge devices G06F2207/3828)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2207/3824 5 Accepting both fixed-point and floating-point numbers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2207/3828 4 Multigauge devices, i.e. capable of handling packed numbers without unpacking them
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2207/3832 4 Less usual number representations
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2207/3836 5 One's complement
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2207/384 5 Octal
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2207/3844 5 Hexadecimal
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2207/3848 5 Unit distance code
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2207/3852 4 Calculation with most significant digit first
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2207/3856 4 Operand swapping
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2207/386 3 Special constructional features
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2207/3864 4 Clockless, i.e. asynchronous operation used as a design principle (G06F2207/3888 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2207/3868 4 Bypass control, i.e. possibility to transfer an operand unchanged to the output
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2207/3872 4 Precharge of output to prevent leakage
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2207/3876 4 Alternation of true and inverted stages
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2207/388 4 Skewing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2207/3884 4 Pipelining
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2207/3888 5 Wave pipelining, i.e. processing multiple subsequent operand sets asynchronously within each pipeline stage
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2207/3892 5 Systolic array
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2207/3896 4 Bit slicing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2207/48 2 Indexing scheme relating to groups G06F7/48 - G06F7/575
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2207/4802 3 Special implementations
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2207/4804 4 Associative memory or processor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2207/4806 4 Cascode or current mode logic
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2207/4808 4 Charge transfer devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2207/481 4 Counters performing arithmetic operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2207/4812 4 Multiplexers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2207/4814 4 Non-logic devices, e.g. operational amplifiers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2207/4816 4 Pass transistors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2207/4818 4 Threshold devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2207/482 5 using capacitive adding networks
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2207/4822 5 Majority gates
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2207/4824 5 Neural networks
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2207/4826 5 using transistors having multiple electrodes of the same type, e.g. multi-emitter devices, neuron-MOS devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2207/4828 4 Negative resistance devices, e.g. tunnel diodes, gunn effect devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2207/483 1 Indexing scheme relating to group G06F7/483
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2207/4835 2 Computations with rational numbers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2207/491 1 Indexing scheme relating to groups G06F7/491 - G06F7/4917
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2207/49105 2 Determining 9's or 10's complement
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2207/4911 2 Decimal floating-point representation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2207/49115 2 Duodecimal numbers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2207/4912 2 Non-specified BCD representation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2207/49125 2 Non-specified decimal representation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2207/4913 2 Sterling system, i.e. mixed radix with digit weights of 10-20-12
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2207/49135 2 Using 036012 or 3612 code, i.e. binary coded decimal representation with digit weight of (0,) 3, 6, (0,) 1 and 2 respectively
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2207/4914 2 Using 2-out-of-5 code, i.e. binary coded decimal representation with digit weight of 2, 4, 2 and 1 respectively
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2207/49145 2 Using 2421 code, i.e. non-weighted representation in which 2 out of 5 bits are "1" for each decimal digit
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2207/4915 2 Using 4221 code, i.e. binary coded decimal representation with digit weight of 4, 2, 2 and 1 respectively
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2207/49155 2 Using 51111 code, i.e. binary coded decimal representation with digit weight of 5, 1, 1, 1 and 1 respectively
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2207/4916 2 Using 5211 code, i.e. binary coded decimal representation with digit weight of 5, 2, 1 and 1 respectively
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2207/49165 2 Using 5311 code, i.e. binary coded decimal representation with digit weight of 5, 3, 1 and 1 respectively
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2207/4917 2 Using 5321 or 543210 code, i.e. binary coded decimal representation with digit weight of 5,(4,) 3, 2, 1 (and 0) respectively
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2207/49175 2 Using 54321 code, i.e. binary coded decimal representation with digit weight of 5, 4, 3, 2 and 1 respectively
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2207/4918 2 Using Aiken code, i.e. using both first and last 5 of 16 possible 4-bit values, rendering the code symmetrical within the series of 16 values
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2207/49185 2 Using biquinary code, i.e. combination of 5-valued and 2-valued digits, having values 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 and 0, 5 or 0, 2, 4, 6, 8 and 0, 1 respectively
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2207/4919 2 Using excess-3 code, i.e. natural BCD + offset of 3, rendering the code symmetrical within the series of 16 possible 4 bit values
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2207/49195 2 Using pure decimal representation, e.g. 10-valued voltage signal, 1-out-of-10 code
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2207/492 1 Indexing scheme relating to groups G06F7/492 - G06F7/496
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2207/4921 2 Single digit adding or subtracting
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2207/4922 2 Multi-operand adding or subtracting
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2207/4923 2 Incrementer or decrementer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2207/4924 2 Digit-parallel adding or subtracting
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2207/506 1 Indexing scheme relating to groups G06F7/506 - G06F7/508
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2207/5063 2 2-input gates, i.e. only using 2-input logical gates, e.g. binary carry look-ahead, e.g. Kogge-Stone or Ladner-Fischer adder
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2207/535 1 Indexing scheme relating to groups G06F7/535 - G06F7/5375
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2207/5351 2 Multiplicative non-restoring division, e.g. SRT, using multiplication in quotient selection
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2207/5352 2 Non-restoring division not covered by G06F7/5375
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2207/5353 2 Restoring division
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2207/5354 2 Using table lookup, e.g. for digit selection in division by digit recurrence
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2207/5355 2 Using iterative approximation not using digit recurrence, e.g. Newton Raphson or Goldschmidt
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2207/5356 2 Via reciprocal, i.e. calculate reciprocal only, or calculate reciprocal first and then the quotient from the reciprocal and the numerator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2207/544 1 Indexing scheme relating to group G06F7/544
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2207/5442 2 Absolute difference
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2207/552 1 Indexing scheme relating to groups G06F7/552 - G06F7/5525
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2207/5521 2 Inverse root of a number or a function, e.g. the reciprocal of a Pythagorean sum
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2207/5523 2 Calculates a power, e.g. the square, of a number or a function, e.g. polynomials
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2207/5525 2 Pythagorean sum, i.e. the square root of a sum of squares
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2207/5526 2 Roots or inverse roots of single operands
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2207/5528 3 Non-restoring calculation, where each result digit is either negative, zero or positive, e.g. SRT
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2207/556 1 Indexing scheme relating to group G06F7/556
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2207/5561 2 Exponentiation by multiplication, i.e. calculating Y**INT(X) by multiplying Y with itself or a power of itself, INT(X) being the integer part of X
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2207/58 1 Indexing scheme relating to groups G06F7/58 - G06F7/588
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2207/581 2 Generating an LFSR sequence, e.g. an m-sequence; sequence may be generated without LFSR, e.g. using Galois Field arithmetic
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2207/582 2 Parallel finite field implementation, i.e. at least partially parallel implementation of finite field arithmetic, generating several new bits or trits per step, e.g. using a GF multiplier
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2207/583 2 Serial finite field implementation, i.e. serial implementation of finite field arithmetic, generating one new bit or trit per step, e.g. using an LFSR or several independent LFSRs; also includes PRNGs with parallel operation between LFSR and outputs
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2207/72 1 Indexing scheme relating to groups G06F7/72 - G06F7/729
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2207/7204 2 Prime number generation or prime number testing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2207/7209 2 Calculation via subfield, i.e. the subfield being GF(q) with q a prime power, e.g. GF ((2**m)**n) via GF(2**m)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2207/7214 2 Calculation via prime subfield, i.e. the subfield being GF(p) with p an integer prime > 3; e.g. GF(p**k) via GF(p)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2207/7219 2 Countermeasures against side channel or fault attacks
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2207/7223 3 Randomisation as countermeasure against side channel attacks
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2207/7228 4 Random curve mapping, e.g. mapping to an isomorphous or projective curve
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2207/7233 4 Masking, e.g. (A**e)+r mod n
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2207/7238 5 Operand masking, i.e. message blinding, e.g. (A+r)**e mod n; k.(P+R)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2207/7242 5 Exponent masking, i.e. key masking, e.g. A**(e+r) mod n; (k+r).P
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2207/7247 5 Modulo masking, e.g. A**e mod (n*r)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2207/7252 4 of operation order, e.g. starting to treat the exponent at a random place, or in a randomly chosen direction
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2207/7257 4 Random modification not requiring correction
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2207/7261 3 Uniform execution, e.g. avoiding jumps, or using formulae with the same power profile
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2207/7266 3 Hardware adaptation, e.g. dual rail logic; calculate add and double simultaneously
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2207/7271 3 Fault verification, e.g. comparing two values which should be the same, unless a computational fault occurred
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2207/7276 2 Additional details of aspects covered by group G06F7/723
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2207/728 3 using repeated square-and-multiply, i.e. right-to-left binary exponentiation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2207/7285 3 using the window method, i.e. left-to-right k-ary exponentiation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2207/729 4 Sliding-window exponentiation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2207/7295 3 using an addition chain, or an addition-subtraction chain
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2209/00 0 Indexing scheme relating to G06F9/00
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2209/46 1 Indexing scheme relating to G06F9/46
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2209/461 2 Bridge
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2209/462 2 Lookup
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2209/463 2 Naming
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2209/48 1 Indexing scheme relating to G06F9/48
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2209/481 2 Exception handling
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2209/482 2 Application
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2209/483 2 Multiproc
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2209/484 2 Precedence
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2209/485 2 Resource constraint
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2209/486 2 Scheduler internals
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2209/50 1 Indexing scheme relating to G06F9/50
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2209/501 2 Performance criteria
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2209/5011 2 Pool
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2209/5012 2 Processor sets
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2209/5013 2 Request control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2209/5014 2 Reservation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2209/5015 2 Service provider selection
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2209/5016 2 Session
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2209/5017 2 Task decomposition
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2209/5018 2 Thread allocation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2209/5019 2 Workload prediction
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2209/502 2 Proximity
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2209/5021 2 Priority
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2209/5022 2 Workload threshold
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2209/503 2 Resource availability
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2209/504 2 Resource capping
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2209/505 2 Clust
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2209/506 2 Constraint
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2209/507 2 Low-level
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2209/508 2 Monitor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2209/509 2 Offload
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2209/52 1 Indexing scheme relating to G06F9/52
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2209/521 2 Atomic
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2209/522 2 Manager
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2209/523 2 Mode
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2209/54 1 Indexing scheme relating to G06F9/54
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2209/541 2 Client-server
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2209/542 2 Intercept
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2209/543 2 Local
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2209/544 2 Remote
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2209/545 2 Gui
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2209/546 2 Xcast
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2209/547 2 Messaging middleware
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2209/548 2 Queue
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2209/549 2 Remote execution
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2211/00 0 Indexing scheme relating to details of data-processing equipment not covered by groups G06F3/00 - G06F13/00
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2211/001 1 In-Line Device
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2211/002 1 Bus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2211/003 1 Mutual Authentication Bi-Directional Authentication, Dialogue, Handshake
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2211/004 1 Notarisation, Time-Stamp, Date-Stamp
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2211/005 1 Network, LAN, Remote Access, Distributed System
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2211/006 2 E-Mail
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2211/007 1 Encryption, En-/decode, En-/decipher, En-/decypher, Scramble, (De-)compress
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2211/008 2 Public Key, Asymmetric Key, Asymmetric Encryption
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2211/009 1 Trust
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2211/10 1 Indexing scheme relating to G06F11/10
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2211/1002 2 Indexing scheme relating to G06F11/1076
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2211/1004 3 Adaptive RAID, i.e. RAID system adapts to changing circumstances, e.g. RAID1 becomes RAID5 as disks fill up
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2211/1007 3 Addressing errors, i.e. silent errors in RAID, e.g. sector slipping and addressing errors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2211/1009 3 Cache, i.e. caches used in RAID system with parity
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2211/1011 3 Clustered RAID, i.e. clustered or de-clustered RAID where data and parity are spread over more disks than blocks in a parity group
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2211/1014 3 Compression, i.e. RAID systems with parity using compression techniques
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2211/1016 3 Continuous RAID, i.e. RAID system that allows streaming or continuous media, e.g. VOD
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2211/1019 3 Fast writes, i.e. signaling the host that a write is done before data is written to disk
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2211/1021 3 Different size blocks, i.e. mapping of blocks of different size in RAID systems with parity
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2211/1023 3 Different size disks, i.e. non uniform size of disks in RAID systems with parity
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2211/1026 3 Different size groups, i.e. non uniform size of groups in RAID systems with parity
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2211/1028 3 Distributed, i.e. distributed RAID systems with parity
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2211/103 3 Hybrid, i.e. RAID systems with parity comprising a mix of RAID types
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2211/1033 3 Inactive data in parity groups, i.e. RAID parity groups where parity is calculated on only occupied or busy bits in the stripe
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2211/1035 3 Keeping track, i.e. keeping track of data and parity changes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2211/1038 3 LFS, i.e. Log Structured File System used in RAID systems with parity
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2211/104 3 Metadata, i.e. metadata associated with RAID systems with parity
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2211/1042 3 NanoRAID, i.e. RAID systems using nanotechnology
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2211/1045 3 Nested RAID, i.e. implementing a RAID scheme in another RAID scheme
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2211/1047 3 No striping, i.e. parity calculation on a RAID involving no stripes, where a stripe is an independent set of data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2211/105 3 On the fly coding, e.g. using XOR accumulators
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2211/1052 3 RAID padding, i.e. completing a redundancy group with dummy data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2211/1054 3 Parity-fast hardware, i.e. dedicated fast hardware for RAID systems with parity
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2211/1057 3 Parity-multiple bits-RAID6, i.e. RAID 6 implementations
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2211/1059 3 Parity-single bit-RAID5, i.e. RAID 5 implementations
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2211/1061 3 Parity-single bit-RAID4, i.e. RAID 4 implementations
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2211/1064 3 Parity-single bit-RAID3, i.e. RAID 3 implementations
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2211/1066 3 Parity-small-writes, i.e. improved small or partial write techniques in RAID systems
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2211/1069 3 Phantom write, i.e. write were nothing is actually written on the disk of a RAID system
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2211/1071 3 Power loss, i.e. interrupted writes due to power loss in a RAID system
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2211/1073 3 Problems due to wear-out failures in RAID systems
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2211/1076 3 RAIP, i.e. RAID on platters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2211/1078 3 RAIR, i.e. RAID on removable media
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2211/108 3 RAIT, i.e. RAID on tape drive
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2211/1083 3 Reserve area on a disk of a RAID system
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2211/1085 3 RMW, i.e. Read-Modify-Write method for RAID systems
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2211/1088 3 Scrubbing in RAID systems with parity
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2211/109 3 Sector level checksum or ECC, i.e. sector or stripe level checksum or ECC in addition to the RAID parity calculation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2211/1092 3 Single disk raid, i.e. RAID with parity on a single disk
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2211/1095 3 Writes number reduction, i.e. reducing the number of writes in a RAID array with parity
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2211/1097 1 Boot, Start, Initialise, Power
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2211/902 1 Spectral purity improvement for digital function generators by adding a dither signal, e.g. noise
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/00 0 Indexing scheme relating to accessing, addressing or allocation within memory systems or architectures
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/10 1 Providing a specific technical effect
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/1004 2 Compatibility, e.g. with legacy hardware
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/1008 2 Correctness of operation, e.g. memory ordering
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/1012 2 Design facilitation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/1016 2 Performance improvement
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/1021 3 Hit rate improvement
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/1024 3 Latency reduction
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/1028 2 Power efficiency
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/1032 2 Reliability improvement, data loss prevention, degraded operation etc
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/1036 3 Life time enhancement
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/1041 2 Resource optimization
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/1044 3 Space efficiency improvement
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/1048 2 Scalability
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/1052 2 Security improvement
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/1056 2 Simplification
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/15 1 Use in a specific computing environment
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/151 2 Emulated environment, e.g. virtual machine
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/152 2 Virtualized environment, e.g. logically partitioned system
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/154 2 Networked environment
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/16 1 General purpose computing application
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/161 2 Portable computer, e.g. notebook
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/163 2 Server or database system
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/165 2 Mainframe system
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/17 1 Embedded application
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/171 2 Portable consumer electronics, e.g. mobile phone
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/172 2 Non-portable consumer electronics
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/1721 3 Home entertainment system, e.g. television set
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/173 2 Vehicle or other transportation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/174 2 Telecommunications system
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/175 2 Industrial control system
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/177 2 Smart card
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/178 2 Electronic token or RFID
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/20 1 Employing a main memory using a specific memory technology
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/202 2 Non-volatile memory
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/2022 3 Flash memory
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/2024 3 Rewritable memory not requiring erasing, e.g. resistive or ferroelectric RAM
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/2028 3 Battery-backed RAM
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/205 2 Hybrid memory, e.g. using both volatile and non-volatile memory
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/206 2 Memory mapped I/O
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/21 1 Employing a record carrier using a specific recording technology
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/211 2 Optical disk storage
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/2112 3 with a removable carrier, e.g. DVD
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/213 2 Tape storage
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/214 2 Solid state disk
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/2142 3 using write-once memory, e.g. OTPROM
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/2146 3 being detachable, e.g.. USB memory
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/217 2 Hybrid disk, e.g. using both magnetic and solid state storage devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/22 1 Employing cache memory using specific memory technology
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/221 2 Static RAM
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/222 2 Non-volatile memory
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/2228 3 Battery-backed RAM
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/224 2 Disk storage
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/225 2 Hybrid cache memory, e.g. having both volatile and non-volatile portions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/25 1 Using a specific main memory architecture
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/251 2 Local memory within processor subsystem
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/2515 3 being configurable for different purposes, e.g. as cache or non-cache memory
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/253 2 Centralized memory
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/2532 3 comprising a plurality of modules
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/254 2 Distributed memory
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/2542 3 Non-uniform memory access [NUMA] architecture
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/26 1 Using a specific storage system architecture
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/261 2 Storage comprising a plurality of storage devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/262 3 configured as RAID
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/263 2 Network storage, e.g. SAN or NAS
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/264 2 Remote server
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/27 1 Using a specific cache architecture
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/271 2 Non-uniform cache access [NUCA] architecture
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/272 2 Cache only memory architecture [COMA]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/28 1 Using a specific disk cache architecture
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/281 2 Single cache
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/282 2 Partitioned cache
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/283 2 Plural cache memories
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/284 3 being distributed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/285 2 Redundant cache memory
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/286 3 Mirrored cache memory
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/30 1 Providing cache or TLB in specific location of a processing system
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/301 2 In special purpose processing node, e.g. vector processor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/302 2 In image processor or graphics adapter
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/303 2 In peripheral interface, e.g. I/O adapter or channel
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/3035 2 In peripheral device, e.g. printer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/304 2 In main memory subsystem
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/3042 3 being part of a memory device, e.g. cache DRAM
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/305 2 being part of a memory device, e.g. cache DRAM
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/306 2 In system interconnect, e.g. between two buses
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/31 1 Providing disk cache in a specific location of a storage system
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/311 2 In host system
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/312 2 In storage controller
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/313 2 In storage device
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/314 2 In storage network, e.g. network attached cache
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/40 1 Specific encoding of data in memory or cache
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/401 2 Compressed data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/402 2 Encrypted data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/403 2 Error protection encoding, e.g. using parity or ECC codes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/45 1 Caching of specific data in cache memory
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/451 2 Stack data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/452 2 Instruction code
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/453 2 Microcode or microprogram
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/454 2 Vector or matrix data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/455 2 Image or video data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/46 1 Caching storage objects of specific type in disk cache
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/461 2 Sector or disk block
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/462 2 Track or segment
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/463 2 File
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/464 2 Multimedia object, e.g. image, video
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/465 2 Structured object, e.g. database record
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/466 2 Metadata, control data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/468 2 The specific object being partially cached
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/50 1 Control mechanisms for virtual memory, cache or TLB
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/502 2 using adaptive policy
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/507 2 using speculative control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/60 1 Details of cache memory
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/601 2 Reconfiguration of cache memory
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/6012 3 of operating mode, e.g. cache mode or local memory mode
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/602 2 Details relating to cache prefetching
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/6022 2 Using a prefetch buffer or dedicated prefetch cache
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/6024 2 History based prefetching
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/6026 2 Prefetching based on access pattern detection, e.g. stride based prefetch
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/6028 2 Prefetching based on hints or prefetch instructions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/603 2 of operating mode, e.g. cache mode or local memory mode
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/6032 2 Way prediction in set-associative cache
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/604 2 Details relating to cache allocation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/6042 2 Allocation of cache space to multiple users or processors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/6046 3 Using a specific cache allocation policy other than replacement policy
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/608 2 Details relating to cache mapping
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/6082 3 Way prediction in set-associative cache
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/62 1 Details of cache specific to multiprocessor cache arrangements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/621 2 Coherency control relating to peripheral accessing, e.g. from DMA or I/O device
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/622 2 State-only directory, i.e. not recording identity of sharing or owning nodes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/65 1 Details of virtual memory and virtual address translation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/651 2 Multi-level translation tables
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/652 2 Page size control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/653 2 Page colouring
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/654 2 Look-ahead translation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/655 2 Same page detection
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/656 2 Address space sharing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/657 2 Virtual address space management
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/68 1 Details of translation look-aside buffer [TLB]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/681 2 Multi-level TLB, e.g. microTLB and main TLB
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/682 2 Multiprocessor TLB consistency
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/683 2 Invalidation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/684 2 TLB miss handling
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/70 1 Details relating to dynamic memory management
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/702 2 Conservative garbage collection
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/72 1 Details relating to flash memory management
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/7201 2 Logical to physical mapping or translation of blocks or pages
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/7202 2 Allocation control and policies
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/7203 2 Temporary buffering, e.g. using volatile buffer or dedicated buffer blocks
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/7204 2 Capacity control, e.g. partitioning, end-of-life degradation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/7205 2 Cleaning, compaction, garbage collection, erase control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/7206 2 Reconfiguration of flash memory system
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/7207 2 management of metadata or control data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/7208 2 Multiple device management, e.g. distributing data over multiple flash devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/7209 2 Validity control, e.g. using flags, time stamps or sequence numbers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2212/7211 2 Wear leveling
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2213/00 0 Indexing scheme relating to interconnection of, or transfer of information or other signals between, memories, input/output devices or central processing units
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2213/0002 1 Serial port, e.g. RS232C
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2213/0004 1 Parallel ports, e.g. centronics
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2213/0006 1 Extension to the industry standard architecture [EISA]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2213/0008 1 High speed serial bus, e.g. Fiber channel
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2213/0012 1 High speed serial bus, e.g. IEEE P1394
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2213/0014 1 Futurebus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2213/0016 1 Inter-integrated circuit (I2C)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2213/0018 1 Industry standard architecture [ISA]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2213/0022 1 Multibus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2213/0024 1 Peripheral component interconnect [PCI]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2213/0026 1 PCI express
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2213/0028 1 Serial attached SCSI [SAS]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2213/0032 1 Serial ATA [SATA]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2213/0034 1 Sun microsystems bus [SBus]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2213/0036 1 Small computer system interface [SCSI]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2213/0038 1 System on Chip
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2213/0042 1 Universal serial bus [USB]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2213/0044 1 Versatile modular eurobus [VME]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2213/0052 1 Assignment of addresses or identifiers to the modules of a bus system
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2213/0054 1 Split transaction bus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2213/0056 1 Use of address and non-data lines as data lines for specific data transfers to temporarily enlarge the data bus and increase information transfer rate
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2213/0058 1 Bus-related hardware virtualisation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2213/0062 1 Bandwidth consumption reduction during transfers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2213/0064 1 Latency reduction in handling transfers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2213/16 1 Memory access
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2213/1602 2 Memory access type
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2213/24 1 Interrupt
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2213/2402 2 Avoidance of interrupt starvation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2213/2404 2 Generation of an interrupt or a group of interrupts after a predetermined number of interrupts
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2213/2406 2 Generation of an interrupt or a group of interrupts after a fixed or calculated time elapses
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2213/2408 2 Reducing the frequency of interrupts generated from peripheral to a CPU
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2213/2412 2 Dispatching of interrupt load among interrupt handlers in processor system or interrupt controller
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2213/2414 2 Routing of interrupt among interrupt handlers in processor system or interrupt controller
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2213/2416 2 Determination of the interrupt source among a plurality of incoming interrupts
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2213/2418 2 Signal interruptions by means of a message
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2213/2422 2 Sharing of interrupt line among a plurality of interrupt sources
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2213/2424 2 Interrupt packet, e.g. event
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2213/28 1 DMA
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2213/2802 2 DMA using DMA transfer descriptors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2213/2804 2 Systems and methods for controlling the DMA frequency on an access bus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2213/2806 2 Space or buffer allocation for DMA transfers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2213/2808 2 Very long instruction word DMA
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2213/36 1 Arbitration
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2213/3602 2 Coding information on a single line
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2213/3604 2 Coding information on multiple lines
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2213/38 1 Universal adapter
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2213/3802 2 Harddisk connected to a computer port
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2213/3804 2 Memory card connected to a computer port directly or by means of a reader/writer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2213/3806 2 Mobile device
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2213/3808 2 Network interface controller
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2213/3812 2 USB port controller
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2213/3814 2 Wireless link with a computer system port
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2213/3852 2 Converter between protocols
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2213/3854 2 Control is performed at the peripheral side
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2213/40 1 Bus coupling
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2213/4002 2 Universal serial bus hub with a single upstream port
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2213/4004 2 Universal serial bus hub with a plurality of upstream ports
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2216/00 0 Indexing scheme relating to additional aspects of information retrieval not explicitly covered by G06F16/00 and subgroups
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2216/01 1 Automatic library building
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2216/03 1 Data mining
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2216/05 1 Energy-efficient information retrieval
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2216/07 1 Guided tours
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2216/09 1 Obsolescence
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2216/11 1 Patent retrieval
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2216/13 1 Prefetching
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2216/15 1 Synchronised browsing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2216/17 1 Web printing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2218/00 0 Aspects of pattern recognition specially adapted for signal processing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2218/02 1 Preprocessing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2218/04 2 Denoising
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2218/06 3 by applying a scale-space analysis, e.g. using wavelet analysis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2218/08 1 Feature extraction
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2218/10 2 by analysing the shape of a waveform, e.g. extracting parameters relating to peaks
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2218/12 1 Classification; Matching
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2218/14 2 by matching peak patterns
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2218/16 2 by matching signal segments
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2218/18 3 by plotting the signal segments against each other, e.g. analysing scattergrams
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2218/20 3 by applying autoregressive analysis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2218/22 1 Source localisation; Inverse modelling
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2219/00 0 Indexing scheme relating to application aspects of data processing equipment or methods
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2219/10 1 Environmental application, e.g. waste reduction, pollution control, compliance with environmental legislation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2221/00 0 Indexing scheme relating to security arrangements for protecting computers, components thereof, programs or data against unauthorised activity
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2221/03 1 Indexing scheme relating to G06F21/50, monitoring users, programs or devices to maintain the integrity of platforms
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2221/031 2 Protect user input by software means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2221/032 2 Protect output to user by software means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2221/033 2 Test or assess software
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2221/034 2 Test or assess a computer or a system
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2221/07 1 Indexing scheme relating to G06F21/10, protecting distributed programs or content
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2221/0702 2 Binding
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2221/0704 3 Device
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2221/0706 4 Domain
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2221/0708 3 Location
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2221/0711 3 Token
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2221/0713 3 User
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2221/0715 4 Characteristics
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2221/0717 4 Domain
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2221/072 4 Knowledge
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2221/0722 2 Content
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2221/0724 3 Editing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2221/0726 3 Personalisation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2221/0728 4 Conversion
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2221/0731 4 On user or administrative requirements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2221/0733 4 Watermark
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2221/0735 3 Restriction at operating system level
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2221/0737 3 Traceability
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2221/074 4 Tracing pattern recognition
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2221/0742 3 Enhanced product
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2221/0744 3 Unique instance (G06F2221/0702 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2221/0746 2 Emerging technologies
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2221/0748 2 Hiding
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2221/0751 2 Key
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2221/0753 3 Distribution
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2221/0755 3 Generation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2221/0757 2 Licence
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2221/0759 3 Conversion
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2221/0762 3 Definition
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2221/0764 4 Grace period
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2221/0766 4 Language
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2221/0768 3 Editing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2221/0771 3 Revocation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2221/0773 3 Recurrent authorisation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2221/0775 2 Logging
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2221/0777 2 Return
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2221/0779 2 Transfer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2221/0782 3 Backup or restore
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2221/0784 3 Fragments
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2221/0786 3 Indirect via third party
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2221/0788 3 Peer-to-Peer [P2P]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2221/0791 3 Superdistribution
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2221/0793 3 Synchronisation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2221/0795 3 Transaction with ACID [Atomicity, Consistency, Isolation and Durability] properties
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2221/0797 2 using dedicated hardware at the client
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2221/21 1 Indexing scheme relating to G06F21/00 and subgroups addressing additional information or applications relating to security arrangements for protecting computers, components thereof, programs or data against unauthorised activity
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2221/2101 2 Auditing as a secondary aspect
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2221/2103 2 Challenge-response
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2221/2105 2 Dual mode as a secondary aspect
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2221/2107 2 File encryption
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2221/2109 2 Game systems
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2221/2111 2 Location-sensitive, e.g. geographical location, GPS
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2221/2113 2 Multi-level security, e.g. mandatory access control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2221/2115 2 Third party
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2221/2117 2 User registration
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2221/2119 2 Authenticating web pages, e.g. with suspicious links
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2221/2121 2 Chip on media, e.g. a disk or tape with a chip embedded in its case
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2221/2123 2 Dummy operation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2221/2125 2 Just-in-time application of countermeasures, e.g., on-the-fly decryption, just-in-time obfuscation or de-obfuscation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2221/2127 2 Bluffing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2221/2129 2 Authenticate client device independently of the user
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2221/2131 2 Lost password, e.g. recovery of lost or forgotten passwords
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2221/2133 2 Verifying human interaction, e.g., Captcha
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2221/2135 2 Metering
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2221/2137 2 Time limited access, e.g. to a computer or data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2221/2139 2 Recurrent verification
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2221/2141 2 Access rights, e.g. capability lists, access control lists, access tables, access matrices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2221/2143 2 Clearing memory, e.g. to prevent the data from being stolen
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2221/2145 2 Inheriting rights or properties, e.g., propagation of permissions or restrictions within a hierarchy
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2221/2147 2 Locking files
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2221/2149 2 Restricted operating environment
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2221/2151 2 Time stamp
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06F2221/2153 2 Using hardware token as a secondary aspect
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06G ANALOGUE COMPUTERS (analogue optical computing devices G06E3/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06G1/00 0 Hand manipulated computing devices (planimeters G01B5/26)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06G1/0005 1 {characterised by a specific application}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06G1/001 2 {for medical purposes, for biological purposes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06G1/0015 2 {for computing periodic phenomena, e.g. fertility periods}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06G1/0021 2 {for civil engineering}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06G1/0026 2 {for machining}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06G1/0031 2 {for hydraulics}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06G1/0036 2 {for electricity, for electronics}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06G1/0042 2 {for optics, for photography}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06G1/0047 2 {for printing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06G1/0052 2 {for air navigation or sea navigation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06G1/0057 2 {for gun laying, for bomb aiming}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06G1/0063 2 {for calculating fuel consumption}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06G1/0068 2 {for conversion from one unit system to another, e.g. from British to metric}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06G1/0073 2 {for commerce, bank or invoicing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06G1/0078 3 {for calculating interests}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06G1/0084 3 {for calculating earned incomes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06G1/0089 3 {for calculating taxes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06G1/0094 2 {for trigonometric computations}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06G1/02 1 Devices in which computing is effected by adding, subtracting, or comparing lengths of parallel or concentric graduated scales {(G06G1/0005 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06G1/025 2 {decimal point positioning devices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06G1/04 2 characterised by construction (G06G1/10 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06G1/045 3 {with scales borne by bands}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06G1/06 3 with rectilinear scales, e.g. slide rule
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06G1/065 4 {construction of the cursor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06G1/08 3 with circular or helical scales
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06G1/085 4 {borne by a cylinder}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06G1/10 2 characterised by the graduation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06G1/105 3 {linear graduations}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06G1/12 3 logarithmic graduations, e.g. for multiplication
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06G1/14 1 in which a straight or curved line has to be drawn from given points on one or more input scales to one or more points on a result scale
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06G1/16 1 in which a straight or curved line has to be drawn through related points on one or more families of curves
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06G3/00 0 Devices in which the computing operation is performed mechanically (G06G1/00 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06G3/02 1 for performing additions or subtractions, e.g. differential gearing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06G3/04 1 for performing multiplications or divisions, e.g. variable-ratio gearing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06G3/06 1 for evaluating functions by using cams and cam followers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06G3/08 1 for integrating or differentiating, e.g. by wheel and disc
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06G3/10 1 for simulating specific processes, systems, or devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06G5/00 0 Devices in which the computing operation is performed by means of fluid-pressure elements (such elements in general F15C)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06G7/00 0 Devices in which the computing operation is performed by varying electric or magnetic quantities
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06G7/02 1 Details not covered by G06G7/04 - G06G7/10, {e.g. monitoring, construction, maintenance}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06G7/04 1 Input or output devices (graph readers G06K11/00; function plotters, co-ordinate plotters G06K15/22, {G09G3/001})
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06G7/06 1 Programming arrangements, e.g. plugboard for interconnecting functional units of the computer; Digital programming {(hybrid computers G06J)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06G7/10 1 Power supply arrangements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06G7/12 1 Arrangements for performing computing operations, e.g. operational amplifiers (amplifiers in general H03F; {adapted for telemeasuring or for indicating or recording the results of the measurement G01D1/10, G01D1/16; for fuzzy computing G06N7/02})
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06G7/122 2 for optimisation, e.g. least square fitting, linear programming, critical path analysis, gradient method
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06G7/14 2 for addition or subtraction (of vector quantities G06G7/22 {computing the average by addition; differential amplifiers H03F3/45})
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06G7/16 2 for multiplication or division {(G06G7/19 and G06G7/24 take precedence; measuring electric power G01R21/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06G7/161 3 with pulse modulation, e.g. modulation of amplitude, width, frequency, phase or form {(pulse modulators H03K7/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06G7/162 3 using galvano- magnetic effects, e.g. Hall effect; using similar magnetic effects
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06G7/163 3 using a variable impedance controlled by one of the input signals, variable amplification or transfer function {(G06G7/161, G06G7/162 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06G7/164 3 using means for evaluating powers, e.g. quarter square multiplier (evaluating powers G06G7/20)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06G7/18 2 for integration or differentiation; for forming integrals (G06G7/19 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06G7/1806 3 {with respect to a variable other than time}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06G7/1813 3 {using electrochemical elements, e.g. solion}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06G7/182 3 using magnetic elements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06G7/184 3 using capacitive elements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06G7/186 4 using an operational amplifier comprising a capacitor or a resistor in the feedback loop
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06G7/1865 5 {with initial condition setting}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06G7/188 3 using electromechanical elements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06G7/19 2 for forming integrals of products, e.g. Fourier integrals, Laplace integrals, correlation integrals; for analysis or synthesis of functions using orthogonal functions (Fourier or spectrum analysis G01R23/16; sound analysis or synthesis G10L)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06G7/1907 3 {using charge transfer devices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06G7/1914 3 {using a magnetic medium, a linear filter}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06G7/1921 3 {for forming Fourier integrals, harmonic analysis and synthesis (spectrum analysis G01R23/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06G7/1928 3 {for forming correlation integrals; for forming convolution integrals (G06G7/195, G06G7/1907 and G06G7/1914 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06G7/1935 4 {by converting at least one the input signals into a two level signal, e.g. polarity correlators}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06G7/1942 3 {for forming other integrals of product, e.g. orthogonal functions, Laplace, Laguerre, Walsh, Hadamard, Hilbert (G06G7/195, G06G7/1907 and G06G7/1914 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06G7/195 3 using electro- acoustic elements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06G7/20 2 for evaluating powers, roots, polynomes, mean square values, standard deviation (G06G7/122, G06G7/28 take precedence; gamma correction in television systems H04N5/20, H04N9/69)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06G7/22 2 for evaluating trigonometric functions; for conversion of co-ordinates; for computations involving vector quantities (trigonometric computations using simultaneous equations G06G7/34 {for computations in the complex plane; G06G7/20, G06G7/28 take precedence})
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06G7/24 2 for evaluating logarithmic or exponential functions, e.g. hyperbolic functions {(for multiplication, division or for evaluating powers or roots using logarithmic functions; gamma correction in television systems H04N5/20, H04N9/69)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06G7/25 2 for discontinuous functions, e.g. backlash, dead zone, limiting absolute value or peak value {(measuring the maximum value of currents or voltages G01R19/30)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06G7/26 2 Arbitrary function generators {(using Fourier series or other orthogonal functions G06G7/19; using curve followers G06K11/02)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06G7/28 3 for synthesising functions by piecewise approximation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06G7/30 2 for interpolation or extrapolation (G06G7/122 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06G7/32 2 for solving of equations {or inequations; for matrices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06G7/34 3 of simultaneous equations (G06G7/122 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06G7/36 3 of single equations of quadratic or higher degree (G06G7/22, G06G7/24 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06G7/38 3 of differential or integral equations
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06G7/40 4 of partial differential equations {of field or wave equations}(simulating specific devices G06G7/48)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06G7/42 5 using electrolytic tank
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06G7/44 5 using continuous medium, current-sensitive paper
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06G7/46 5 using discontinuous medium, e.g. resistance network
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06G7/48 1 Analogue computers for specific processes, systems or devices, e.g. simulators
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06G7/485 2 {for determining the trajectory of particles, e.g. of electrons (measurement performed on radiation beams G01T1/29; processing or analysing tracks of particles G01T5/02)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06G7/50 2 for distribution networks, e.g. for fluids (G06G7/62 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06G7/52 2 for economic systems; for statistics (G06G7/122, G06G7/19 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06G7/54 2 for nuclear physics, e.g. nuclear reactors, radioactive fall {(processing of scintigraphic or other radio-isotope data G01T1/1647, G01T1/2992)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06G7/56 2 for heat flow (G06G7/58 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06G7/57 2 for fluid flow (G06G7/50 takes precedence){; for distribution networks}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06G7/58 2 for chemical processes (G06G7/75 takes precedence); {for physico-chemical processes; for metallurgical processes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06G7/60 2 for living beings, e.g. their nervous systems {; for problems in the medical field}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06G7/62 2 for electric systems or apparatus {(G06G7/78 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06G7/625 3 for filters; for delay lines {(measuring characteristics of electric networks, e.g. plotting Nyquist diagram G01R27/28)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06G7/63 3 for power apparatus, e.g. motors, or supply distribution networks {(for control systems of electric power apparatus G06G7/66)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06G7/635 4 for determining the most economical distribution in power systems
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06G7/64 2 for non-electric machines, e.g. turbine
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06G7/66 2 for control systems {(for optimisation G06G7/122)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06G7/68 2 for civil engineering structures, e.g. beam, strut, girder, {elasticity computation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06G7/70 2 for vehicles, e.g. to determine permissible loading of ships {, centre of gravity, necessary fuel}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06G7/72 3 Flight simulator (Link trainers G09B9/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06G7/75 2 for component analysis, e.g. of mixtures, of colours (G06G7/122 takes precedence {; gas chromatography G01N30/00})
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06G7/76 2 for traffic
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06G7/78 2 for direction-finding, locating, distance or velocity measuring, or navigation systems
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06G7/80 2 for gunlaying; for bomb aiming; for guiding missiles
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06G99/00 0 Subject matter not provided for in other groups of this subclass
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06J HYBRID COMPUTING ARRANGEMENTS (optical hybrid computing devices G06E3/00; {fuzzy computing G06N7/02}; neural networks for image data processing G06T; analog/digital conversion, in general H03M1/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06J1/00 0 Hybrid computing arrangements (digitally-programmed analogue computers G06G7/06)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06J1/005 1 {for correlation; for convolution; for Z or Fourier Transform}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06J1/02 1 Differential analysers {(digital differential analysers and other computing arrangements using incremental quantity representation G06F7/64)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06J3/00 0 Systems for conjoint operation of complete digital and complete analogue computers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K GRAPHICAL DATA READING (image or video recognition or understanding G06V); PRESENTATION OF DATA; RECORD CARRIERS; HANDLING RECORD CARRIERS
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K1/00 0 Methods or arrangements for marking the record carrier in digital fashion
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K1/02 1 by punching
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K1/025 2 {Details, e.g. construction of the punching mechanism}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K1/04 2 controlled by sensing markings on the record carrier being punched
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K1/05 2 High-speed punches, e.g. controlled by electric computer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K1/06 2 Manually-controlled devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K1/08 3 Card punches
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K1/10 3 Tape punches
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K1/12 1 otherwise than by punching
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K1/121 2 {by printing code marks (applying code marks to labels B65C9/46; marking or coding completed packages B65B61/26)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K1/123 3 {for colour code marks}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K1/125 2 {by magnetic means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K1/126 2 {by photographic or thermographic registration (recording apparatus for measuring instruments G01D15/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K1/128 2 {by electric registration, e.g. electrolytic, spark erosion (recording apparatus for measuring instruments G01D15/06; information storage in general G11)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K1/14 1 by transferring data from a similar or dissimilar record carrier
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K1/16 2 by reproducing data from one punched card on to one or more punched cards without the code representation, i.e. duplicating
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K1/18 2 by transferring data from one type of record carrier on to another type of record carrier, e.g. from magnetic tape to punched card
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K1/20 1 Simultaneous marking of record carrier and printing-out of data, e.g. printing-punch
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K1/22 2 Simultaneous marking and printing on different record carriers, e.g. on different types of record carrier
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K3/00 0 Methods or arrangements for printing of data in the shape of alphanumeric or other characters from a record carrier, e.g. interpreting, printing-out from a magnetic tape
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K3/02 1 Translating markings on a record carrier into printed data on the same record carrier, i.e. interpreting
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K5/00 0 Methods or arrangements for verifying the correctness of markings on a record carrier; Column detection devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K5/02 1 the verifying forming a part of the marking action
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K5/04 1 Verifying the alignment of markings
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/00 0 Methods or arrangements for sensing record carriers, {e.g. for reading patterns} (methods or arrangements for marking the record carrier in digital fashion G06K1/00; pattern recognition G06F18/00; arrangements for image or video recognition or understanding G06V10/00; character recognition, recognising digital ink or document-oriented image-based pattern recognition G06V30/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/0004 1 {Hybrid readers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/0008 1 {General problems related to the reading of electronic memory record carriers, independent of its reading method, e.g. power transfer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/0013 1 {by galvanic contacts, e.g. card connectors for ISO-7816 compliant smart cards or memory cards, e.g. SD card readers (connectors in general H01R13/00; connectors for SIM cards used in mobile phones or the like H04B1/3816)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/0017 2 {the reading head of the connector being removably attached to the housing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/0021 2 {for reading/sensing record carriers having surface contacts}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/0026 3 {the galvanic contacts of the connector adapted for landing on the contacts of the card upon card insertion}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/003 3 {means for pressing the connector contacts in the direction of the card contacts to assure trustworthy electrical connection between card and connector}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/0034 2 {the connector being capable of simultaneously receiving a plurality of cards in the same insertion slot}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/0039 3 {the plurality of cards being cards of the same type and format, e.g. two ISO 7816 smart cards}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/0043 3 {the plurality of cards being cards of different formats, e.g. SD card and memory stick}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/0047 2 {for reading/sensing record carriers having edge contacts}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/0052 2 {connectors capable of contacting cards of different formats, e.g. memory stick and SD card readers sharing at least one connector contact and the associated signal line, e.g. both using the same signal line for input or output of data}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/0056 2 {housing of the card connector}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/006 3 {the housing being a portable casing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/0065 3 {comprising keyboard or display, e.g. a pocket calculator sized casing suitable for off-line checking the remaining money on a smart banking card}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/0069 3 {including means for detecting correct insertion of the card, e.g. end detection switches notifying that the card has been inserted completely and correctly}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/0073 3 {having multiple insertion slots, the respective slots suited for the same or different card form factors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/0078 3 {reinforced housing for protection against damage, be it due malevolent action, such as drilling and other ways of forced entry, or by accident, such as shock due to dropping}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/0082 3 {comprising an arrangement for protection against electrostatic discharge, e.g. by grounding part of the conductive housing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/0086 2 {the connector comprising a circuit for steering the operations of the card connector}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/0091 3 {the circuit comprising an arrangement for avoiding intrusions and unwanted access to data inside of the connector}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/0095 1 {Testing the sensing arrangement, e.g. testing if a magnetic card reader, bar code reader, RFID interrogator or smart card reader functions properly (testing of electrical circuits G01R31/28)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/01 1 Details
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/015 2 Aligning or centering of the sensing device with respect to the record carrier
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/016 2 Synchronisation of sensing process
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/0163 3 {by means of additional timing marks on the record-carrier}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/0166 3 {by means of clock-signals derived from the code marks, e.g. self-clocking code}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/02 1 by pneumatic or hydraulic means, e.g. sensing punched holes with compressed air; by sonic means {; by ultrasonic means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/04 1 by mechanical means, e.g. by pins operating electric contacts
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/042 2 {controlling electric circuits}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/045 3 {whereby the entire datafield of the record carriers is simultaneously sensed}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/047 3 {whereby the data field of the record carriers is sensed successively column after column}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/06 1 by means which conduct current when a mark is sensed or absent, e.g. contact brush for a conductive mark
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/065 2 {for conductive marks}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/08 1 by means detecting the change of an electrostatic or magnetic field, e.g. by detecting change of capacitance between electrodes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/081 2 {electrostatic, e.g. by detecting the charge of capacitance between electrodes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/082 2 {using inductive or magnetic sensors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/083 3 {inductive (G06K7/10336 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/084 4 {sensing magnetic material by relative movement detecting flux changes without altering its magnetised state}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/085 4 {metal detectors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/086 4 {sensing passive circuit, e.g. resonant circuit transponders}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/087 3 {flux-sensitive, e.g. magnetic, detectors (G06K7/10336 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/088 4 {using magneto-sensitive switches, e.g. reed-switches}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/089 2 {hand-held scanners}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/10 1 by electromagnetic radiation, e.g. optical sensing; by corpuscular radiation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/10009 2 {sensing by radiation using wavelengths larger than 0.1 mm, e.g. radio-waves or microwaves}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/10019 3 {resolving collision on the communication channels between simultaneously or concurrently interrogated record carriers. (collision between the communication channels used by wireless communication devices, where the solution is not particularly adapted for RFIDs or the like, H04W74/08)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/10029 4 {the collision being resolved in the time domain, e.g. using binary tree search or RFID responses allocated to a random time slot}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/10039 5 {interrogator driven, i.e. synchronous}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/10049 6 {binary tree}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/10059 5 {transponder driven}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/10069 4 {the collision being resolved in the frequency domain, e.g. by hopping from one frequency to the other (frequency hopping or spread spectrum techniques H04B7/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/10079 4 {the collision being resolved in the spatial domain, e.g. temporary shields for blindfolding the interrogator in specific directions}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/10089 5 {the interrogation device using at least one directional antenna or directional interrogation field to resolve the collision (direction or location finding, such as triangulation techniques, G01S13/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/10099 6 {the directional field being used for pinpointing the location of the record carrier, e.g. for finding or locating an RFID tag amongst a plurality of RFID tags, each RFID tag being associated with an object, e.g. for physically locating the RFID tagged object in a warehouse}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/10108 4 {interrogating only those RFIDs that fulfill a predetermined requirement, e.g. selecting all RFIDs having the same speed and moving in a cloud like fashion, e.g. on the same train; interrogating only RFIDs having a certain predetermined temperature, e.g. in the same fridge, another possibility being the active ignoring of a group of tags that fulfill a predetermined requirement, equivalent to the Boolean NOT operation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/10118 3 {the sensing being preceded by at least one preliminary step}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/10128 4 {the step consisting of detection of the presence of one or more record carriers in the vicinity of the interrogation device}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/10138 4 {the step consisting of determining the type of record carrier, e.g. to determine if the record carrier is an RFID tag of the long or short range type, or to determine the preferred communication protocol of the RFID tag}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/10148 4 {the step consisting of dynamically tuning the resonant circuit of the interrogation device that is emitting the interrogation signal, e.g. for impedance matching inside of the interrogation device (for tuning related to loop aerials in general H01Q7/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/10158 3 {methods and means used by the interrogation device for reliably powering the wireless record carriers using an electromagnetic interrogation field}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/10168 4 {the powering being adversely affected by environmental influences, e.g. unwanted energy loss in the interrogation signal due to metallic or capacitive objects in the proximity of the interrogation device or in the proximity of the interrogated record carrier}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/10178 4 {including auxiliary means for focusing, repeating or boosting the electromagnetic interrogation field (comparable booster antennas integrated on the record carrier itself G06K19/07794)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/10188 5 {the repeating consisting of intelligently propagating data from record carriers via intermediate stations to the interrogation device, e.g. a distant RFID or RFID falling in a "shadow" region sending its identification data to an interrogation device using at least the help of one further RFID that is positioned in a region "visible" to the interrogation device, the further RFID therefore functioning as a relay station}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/10198 3 {setting parameters for the interrogator, e.g. programming parameters and operating modes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/10207 4 {parameter settings related to power consumption of the interrogator}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/10217 4 {parameter settings controlling the transmission power of the interrogator}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/10227 4 {loading programming parameters or programs into the interrogator, e.g. for configuring the interrogator}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/10237 3 {the reader and the record carrier being capable of selectively switching between reader and record carrier appearance, e.g. in near field communication [NFC] devices where the NFC device may function as an RFID reader or as an RFID tag}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/10247 4 {issues specific to the use of single wire protocol [SWP] in NFC like devices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/10257 3 {arrangements for protecting the interrogation against piracy attacks (computer security in general G06F21/00; jamming of communication, countermeasures H04K3/00; secret communication H04K1/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/10267 4 {the arrangement comprising a circuit inside of the interrogation device}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/10277 4 {the arrangement being mechanical, such as reinforced housings or protective cages against unlawful entry}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/10287 4 {the arrangement including a further device in the proximity of the interrogation device, e.g. signal scrambling devices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/10297 3 {arrangements for handling protocols designed for non-contact record carriers such as RFIDs NFCs, e.g. ISO/IEC 14443 and 18092 (cryptographic protocols H04L9/00; network security protocols H04L63/00; real-time communication protocols in data switching networks H04L65/00; network protocols for data switching network services H04L67/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/10306 4 {ultra wide band}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/10316 3 {using at least one antenna particularly designed for interrogating the wireless record carriers (antennas in general H01Q1/22)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/10326 4 {the antenna being of the very-near field type, e.g. capacitive}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/10336 4 {the antenna being of the near field type, inductive coil}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/10346 4 {the antenna being of the far field type, e.g. HF types or dipoles}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/10356 4 {using a plurality of antennas, e.g. configurations including means to resolve interference between the plurality of antennas}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/10366 3 {the interrogation device being adapted for miscellaneous applications}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/10376 4 {the interrogation device being adapted for being moveable}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/10386 5 {the interrogation device being of the portable or hand-handheld type, e.g. incorporated in ubiquitous hand-held devices such as PDA or mobile phone, or in the form of a portable dedicated RFID reader}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/10396 5 {the interrogation device being wearable, e.g. as a glove, bracelet, or ring (wearable aerials in general H01Q1/27)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/10405 5 {the interrogation device including an arrangement for sensing environmental parameters, such as a temperature or acceleration sensor, e.g. used as an on/off trigger or as a warning means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/10415 4 {the interrogation device being fixed in its position, such as an access control device for reading wireless access cards, or a wireless ATM (banking machines in general G07F19/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/10425 5 {the interrogation device being arranged for interrogation of record carriers passing by the interrogation device}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/10435 6 {the interrogation device being positioned close to a conveyor belt or the like on which moving record carriers are passing (conveying in accordance with bodily destination marks, see B65G47/46, sorting of objects carrying identity markings, see B07C5/34)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/10445 7 {the record carriers being fixed to further objects, e.g. RFIDs fixed to packages, luggage, mail-pieces or work-pieces transported on a conveyor belt}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/10455 7 {the record carriers being fixed to an endless tape or at least not fixed to further objects}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/10465 4 {the interrogation device being capable of self-diagnosis, e.g. in addition to or as part of the actual interrogation process (testing of electrical circuits in general G01R31/28)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/10475 4 {arrangements to facilitate interaction with further interrogation devices, e.g. such that at least two interrogation devices may function and cooperate in a network of such devices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K2007/10485 2 {Arrangement of optical elements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K2007/10495 2 {Circuits for pulse forming, amplifying}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K2007/10504 2 {Data fields affixed to objects or articles}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K2007/10514 3 {Randomly orientated data fields}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K2007/10524 2 {Hand-held scanners}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K2007/10534 3 {Scanner to be worn on a finger or on a wrist}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/10544 2 {by scanning of the records by radiation in the optical part of the electromagnetic spectrum}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/10554 3 {Moving beam scanning}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/10564 4 {Light sources}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/10574 5 {Multiple sources}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/10584 5 {Source control}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/10594 4 {Beam path}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/10603 5 {Basic scanning using moving elements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/10613 6 {by rotation, e.g. polygon}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/10623 7 {Constructional details}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/10633 6 {by oscillation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/10643 7 {Activating means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/10653 8 {using flexible or piezoelectric means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/10663 6 {using hologram}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/10673 6 {Parallel lines}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/10683 5 {Arrangement of fixed elements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/10693 6 {for omnidirectional scanning}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/10702 6 {Particularities of propagating elements, e.g. lenses, mirrors (G06K7/10831 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/10712 3 {Fixed beam scanning}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/10722 4 {Photodetector array or CCD scanning}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/10732 5 {Light sources}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/10742 5 {including a diffuser for diffusing the light from the light source to create substantially uniform illumination of the target record carrier}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/10752 5 {Exposure time control}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/10762 4 {Relative movement}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/10772 5 {Moved readers, e.g. pen, wand}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/10782 5 {Slot readers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/10792 3 {Special measures in relation to the object to be scanned}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/10801 4 {Multidistance reading}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/10811 5 {Focalisation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/10821 3 {further details of bar or optical code scanning devices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/10831 4 {Arrangement of optical elements, e.g. lenses, mirrors, prisms (optical elements per se G02B)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/10841 4 {Particularities of the light-sensitive elements (semiconductor devices H01L)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/10851 4 {Circuits for pulse shaping, amplifying, eliminating noise signals, checking the function of the sensing device (basic electronic circuitry H03)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/10861 4 {sensing of data fields affixed to objects or articles, e.g. coded labels (postal sorting B07C3/14, conveying articles B65G47/48)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/10871 5 {randomly oriented data-fields, code-marks therefore, e.g. concentric circles-code}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/10881 4 {constructional details of hand-held scanners}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/10891 5 {the scanner to be worn on a finger or on a wrist}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/109 5 {adaptations to make the hand-held scanner useable as a fixed scanner}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/1091 5 {means to wake up the scanner from a sleep mode, e.g. using an acceleration sensor indicating that the scanner is being picked up by a user}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/1092 4 {sensing by means of TV-scanning}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/1093 4 {sensing, after transfer of the image of the data-field to an intermediate store, e.g. storage with cathode ray tube}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/1094 4 {the record carrier being at least partially of the hologram type}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/1095 4 {the scanner comprising adaptations for scanning a record carrier that is displayed on a display-screen or the like}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/1096 4 {the scanner having more than one scanning window, e.g. two substantially orthogonally placed scanning windows for integration into a check-out counter of a super-market}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/1097 4 {Optical sensing of electronic memory record carriers, such as interrogation of RFIDs with an additional optical interface}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/1098 4 {the scanning arrangement having a modular construction}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/1099 2 {scanning using X-rays}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/12 2 using a selected wavelength, e.g. to sense red marks and ignore blue marks
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/14 2 using light without selection of wavelength, e.g. sensing reflected white light {(G06K7/10831 - G06K7/1097 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/1404 3 {Methods for optical code recognition}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/1408 4 {the method being specifically adapted for the type of code}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/1413 5 {1D bar codes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/1417 5 {2D bar codes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/1421 5 {Circular bar codes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/1426 5 {Multi-level bar codes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/143 5 {Glyph-codes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/1434 5 {Barcodes with supplemental or add-on codes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/1439 4 {including a method step for retrieval of the optical code}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/1443 5 {locating of the code in an image}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/1447 5 {extracting optical codes from image or text carrying said optical code}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/1452 5 {detecting bar code edges}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/1456 5 {determining the orientation of the optical code with respect to the reader and correcting therefore}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/146 4 {the method including quality enhancement steps}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/1465 5 {using several successive scans of the optical code}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/1469 5 {using sub-pixel interpolation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/1473 5 {error correction}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/1478 5 {adapting the threshold for pixels in a CMOS or CCD pixel sensor for black and white recognition}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/1482 5 {using fuzzy logic or natural solvers, such as neural networks, genetic algorithms and simulated annealing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/1486 5 {Setting the threshold-width for bar codes to be decoded}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/1491 5 {the method including a reconstruction step, e.g. stitching two pieces of bar code together to derive the full bar code}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K7/1495 4 {the method including an image compression step}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K11/00 0 Methods or arrangements for graph-reading or for converting the pattern of mechanical parameters, e.g. force or presence, into electrical signal (feelers for copying devices on machine tools B23Q35/00; arrangements for measuring areas G01B; measuring force G01L; adapted as input devices to computers G06F3/00; combined with pattern recognition G06F18/00; arrangements for image or video recognition or understanding G06V10/00; character recognition, recognising digital ink or document-oriented image-based pattern recognition G06V30/00; systems for transmitting the position of an object with respect to a predetermined reference system, e.g. tele-autographic system, G08C21/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K11/02 1 Automatic curve followers {, i.e. arrangements in which an exploring member or beam is forced to follow the curve}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K11/04 2 using an auxiliary scanning pattern
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K11/06 1 Devices for converting the position of a manually-operated writing or tracing member into an electrical signal {(arrangements for converting the position or the displacement of a member into a coded form G06F3/03)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K13/00 0 Conveying record carriers from one station to another, e.g. from stack to punching mechanism (conveying record carriers combined with another operation, e.g. with reading G06K17/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K13/02 1 the record carrier having longitudinal dimension comparable with transverse dimension, e.g. punched card
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K13/04 2 Details, e.g. flaps in card-sorting apparatus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K13/05 3 Capstans; Pinch rollers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K13/06 2 Guiding cards; Checking correct operation of card-conveying mechanisms
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K13/063 3 Aligning cards
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K13/067 3 Checking presence, absence, correct position, or moving status of cards
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K13/07 2 Transporting of cards between stations
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K13/073 3 with continuous movement
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K13/077 3 with intermittent movement; Braking or stopping movement
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K13/08 2 Feeding or discharging cards
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K13/0806 3 {using an arrangement for ejection of an inserted card}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K13/0812 4 {the ejection arrangement utilizing a push bar for manipulation by hand in order to eject the inserted card}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K13/0818 5 {the push bar comprising a pivotable push button}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K13/0825 4 {the ejection arrangement being of the push-push kind}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K13/0831 4 {the ejection arrangement comprising a slide, carriage or drawer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K13/0837 4 {the ejection arrangement using a heart-shaped cam}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K13/0843 3 {from or back into the same magazine (automatic card files G06K17/0003)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K13/085 3 {using an arrangement for locking the inserted card}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K13/0856 4 {the locking arrangement comprising a notch in the card and a complementary locking means in the card reading station}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K13/0862 4 {the locking arrangement being of the rotate-slide and lock type, such as, e.g. common in mobile phones}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K13/0868 3 {using an arrangement for keeping the feeding or insertion slot of the card station clean of dirt, or to avoid feeding of foreign or unwanted objects into the slot}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K13/0875 4 {the arrangement comprising a shutter for blocking at least part of the card insertion slot}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K13/0881 5 {the shutter arranged to open only if the record carrier has been authenticated to enter the insertion slot}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K13/0887 4 {the arrangement comprising a size filter for filtering out only cards having the proper size}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K13/0893 4 {the arrangement comprising means for cleaning the card upon insertion}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K13/10 3 from magazine to conveying arrangement
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K13/103 4 using mechanical means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K13/107 4 using pneumatic means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K13/12 3 from conveying arrangement to magazine
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K13/14 3 Card magazines, e.g. pocket, hopper
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K13/16 2 Handling flexible sheets, e.g. cheques
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K13/18 1 the record carrier being longitudinally extended, e.g. punched tape
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K13/20 2 Details
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K13/22 3 Capstans; Pinch rollers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K13/24 2 Guiding of record carriers; Recognising end of record carrier
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K13/26 2 Winding-up or unwinding of record carriers; Driving of record carriers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K13/28 3 continuously
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K13/30 3 intermittently
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/00 0 Arrangements for producing a permanent visual presentation of the output data {, e.g. computer output printers}(printing or plotting combined with another operation, e.g. with conveying, G06K17/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/002 1 {Interacting with the operator}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/005 2 {only locally}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/007 2 {only remotely, e.g. at a host computer (dedicated computer interfaces to print systems G06F3/1201)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/02 1 using printers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/021 2 {Adaptations for printing on specific media}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/022 3 {for printing on continuous media, e.g. tapes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/023 3 {for printing on transparent media}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/024 3 {for printing on segmented surfaces, e.g. sticker sheets, label rolls}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/025 2 {Simulating output on another printing arrangement, e.g. proof output (matching two or more picture signal generators or two or more picture reproducers H04N1/6052)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/026 3 {introduction of proof output parameters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/027 2 {Test patterns and calibration (arrangements for controlling or analysing printing mechanisms of typewriters or selective printing units B41J29/393 takes precedence; colour correction using test pattern analysis in general H04N1/6033)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/028 2 {by thermal printers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/029 3 {using optical beams}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/04 2 by rack-type printers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/06 2 by type-wheel printers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/07 3 by continuously-rotating-type-wheel printers, e.g. rotating-type-drum printers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/08 2 by flight printing with type font moving in the direction of the printed line, e.g. chain printers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/10 2 by matrix printers {(G06K15/028 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/102 3 {using ink jet print heads}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/105 4 {Multipass or interlaced printing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/107 5 {Mask selection}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/12 2 by photographic printing {, e.g. by laser printers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/1204 3 {involving the fast moving of an optical beam in the main scanning direction (G06K15/1233 - G06K15/129 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/1209 4 {Intensity control of the optical beam (G06K15/1223 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/1214 5 {by feedback}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/1219 4 {Detection, control or error compensation of scanning velocity or position, e.g. synchronisation (G06K15/1223 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/1223 4 {Resolution control, enlarging or reducing, edge or detail enhancement}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/1228 3 {involving the fast moving of a light beam in two directions (G06K15/1233 - G06K15/129 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/1233 3 {using a cathode-ray tube or an optical-fibre tube}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/1238 3 {simultaneously exposing more than one point}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/1242 4 {on one main scanning line}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/1247 5 {using an array of light sources, e.g. a linear array}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/1252 5 {using an array of light modulators, e.g. a linear array}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/1257 4 {on more than one main scanning line}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/1261 5 {using an array of light sources}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/1266 6 {using a moving array}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/1271 5 {by light beam splitting}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/1276 3 {adding two or more images, e.g. texturing, shading, form overlay}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/128 3 {generating or processing printable items, e.g. characters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/1285 3 {Holographic scanning (in general G02B)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/129 3 {Colour printing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/1295 3 {using a particular photoreceptive medium}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/14 2 by electrographic printing, e.g. xerography; by magnetographic printing {(G06K15/12 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/16 2 Means for paper feeding or form feeding
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/18 2 {Conditioning data for presenting it to the physical printing elements (for data conditioning specific to a type of printer see subgroups G06K15/028 - G06K15/14; print job translation or parsing G06F3/1244)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/1801 3 {Input data handling means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/1802 4 {Receiving generic data, e.g. fonts, colour palettes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/1803 4 {Receiving particular commands}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/1805 5 {Receiving printer configuration commands}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/1806 5 {Receiving job control commands}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/1807 6 {relating to the print image preparation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/1809 6 {relating to the printing process}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/181 4 {Receiving print data characterized by its formatting, e.g. particular page description languages}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/1811 5 {including high level document description only}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/1813 6 {Page description language recognition}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/1814 5 {including print-ready data, i.e. data already matched to the printing process}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/1815 5 {Receiving print data in mixed format}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/1817 4 {Buffers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/1818 4 {Adaptations for accepting data from more than one source (managing interfaces G06K15/4045)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/1819 5 {for a same print job}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/1821 4 {Sending feedback on the reception process to the data source, e.g. indication of full buffer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/1822 4 {Analysing the received data before processing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/1823 5 {for evaluating the resources needed, e.g. rasterizing time, ink, paper stock}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/1825 4 {Adapting the print data to an output condition, e.g. object trapping (trapping on rasterized data H04N1/58)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/1826 5 {Object trapping}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/1827 3 {Accessing generic data, e.g. fonts}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/1828 4 {characterized by the kind of storage accessed}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/183 5 {Removable memories, e.g. font cartridges}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/1831 4 {characterized by the format of the data}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/1832 5 {Compressed bitmaps}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/1834 5 {Outline coded data}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/1835 3 {Transforming generic data}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/1836 4 {Rasterization}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/1838 5 {from outline-coded data}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/1839 5 {from skeleton-coded data}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/184 5 {from compressed bitmap data}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/1842 4 {Geometric transformations, e.g. on raster data}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/1843 5 {Changing size or raster resolution}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/1844 4 {Anti-aliasing raster data (G06K15/1843 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/1846 4 {Depleting generic raster data, e.g. characters (G06K15/1843 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/1847 5 {with provisions for image feature conservation or enhancement, e.g. character edge}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/1848 3 {Generation of the printable image}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/1849 4 {using an intermediate representation, e.g. a list of graphical primitives}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/1851 5 {parted in a plurality of segments per page}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/1852 4 {involving combining data of different types}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/1853 5 {Combining raster data of different resolutions}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/1855 5 {Combining raster data and graphic primitives}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/1856 4 {characterized by its workflow}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/1857 5 {involving parallel processing in the same printing apparatus}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/1859 5 {involving data processing distributed amongst different data processing apparatus}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/186 5 {taking account of feedback from an output condition, e.g. available inks, time constraints}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/1861 5 {taking account of a limited available memory space or rasterization time}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/1863 6 {by rasterizing in sub-page segments}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/1864 6 {by reducing the depth of some image elements' definition}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/1865 6 {by compressing the rasterized print data}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/1867 3 {Post-processing of the composed and rasterized print image (scanning, transmission or reproduction of documents H04N1/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/1868 4 {for fitting to an output condition, e.g. paper colour or format}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/1869 4 {Depleting the print image}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/1871 5 {with provisions for image features conservation or enhancement, e.g. conservation or enhancement of zone edges}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/1872 4 {Image enhancement}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/1873 5 {Increasing spatial resolution; Anti-aliasing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/1874 6 {with provisions for treating some of the print data differently}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/1876 5 {Decreasing spatial resolution; Dithering}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/1877 6 {with provisions for treating some of the print data differently}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/1878 5 {Adjusting colours (image colour correction or control for documents in general H04N1/60)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/188 6 {with provisions for treating some of the print data differently}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/1881 5 {Halftoning (halftoning of still images in general H04N1/405, H04N1/52)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/1882 4 {involving operator action}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/1884 5 {for choosing a level of output quality}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/1885 5 {for modifying the layout of a document}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/1886 4 {Storage of the print image data or of parts thereof}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/1888 5 {Storage of image elements as generic data}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/1889 4 {Merging with other data}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/189 5 {adding a background, e.g. a pattern}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/1892 6 {adding a digitally readable background pattern}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/1893 5 {Form merging}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/1894 3 {Outputting the image data to the printing elements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/1896 4 {by means of alternately addressed storages}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/1897 4 {while merging on-the-fly with other data}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/1898 4 {while adapting the order of the data to the printing elements' arrangement, e.g. row-to-column conversion}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/22 1 using plotters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/225 2 {using optical plotters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/40 1 {Details not directly involved in printing, e.g. machine management, management of the arrangement as a whole or of its constitutive parts (computer driven print job management G06F3/1237)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/4005 2 {Sharing resources or data with other data processing systems; Preparing such data (for distributed printing G06K15/1859)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/401 3 {Sharing memory space}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/4015 3 {Sharing generic data descriptions, e.g. fonts, colour palettes, rasterized objects}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/402 3 {Sharing data concerning the arrangement's configuration or current state (for managing optional units G06K15/4025)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/4025 2 {Managing optional units, e.g. sorters, document feeders}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/403 3 {handling the outputted documents, e.g. staplers, sorters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/4035 4 {Managing mailboxes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/404 4 {Managing other optional outputs, e.g. collators, staplers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/4045 2 {Managing the interface to the data source, e.g. choosing an interface for data reception}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/405 3 {Choosing a data source, e.g. on a network}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/4055 2 {Managing power consumption, e.g. standby mode (computer driven power saving management for a printer G06F3/1221; power saving in a data processing device in general G06F1/32)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/406 3 {Wake-up procedures (start-up of a laser scanner G06K15/1219)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/4065 2 {Managing print media, e.g. determining available sheet sizes (feeding means G06K15/16)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/407 2 {Managing marking material, e.g. checking available colours}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/4075 3 {Determining remaining quantities of ink or toner}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/408 2 {Handling exceptions, e.g. faults (computer driven error handling and recovery for a printer G06F3/1234)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/4085 3 {Handling paper jams}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/409 3 {Handling power failures}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K15/4095 2 {Secure printing (computer driven secure printing G06F3/1238)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K17/00 0 Methods or arrangements for effecting co-operative working between equipments covered by two or more of main groups G06K1/00 - G06K15/00, e.g. automatic card files incorporating conveying and reading operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K17/0003 1 {Automatic card files incorporating selecting, conveying and possibly reading and/or writing operations}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K17/0006 2 {with random access selection of a record carrier from the card-file, e.g. the carriers are suspended on the selection device which in part of the card magazine}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K17/0009 2 {with sequential access selection of a record carrier from the card-file, e.g. relative movement between selecting device and card-file}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K17/0012 2 {with more than one selection steps, e.g. selection of a record carrier from a selected compartment of a compartmented storage (storage devices for articles B65G1/0407)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K17/0016 1 {Selecting or retrieving of images by means of their associated code-marks, e.g. coded microfilm or microfiche (microfilm reading G03B21/11; computers therefor G06F16/00; teaching devices G09B5/02; accessing record carriers G11B27/002; static digital stores using optical elements G11C13/04; intermediate storage of facsimile picture signals H04N1/21)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K17/0019 2 {for images on filmstrips}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K17/0022 1 {arrangements or provisious for transferring data to distant stations, e.g. from a sensing device ("transfer between computer elements G06F13/00 "; data-transmission H04L)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K17/0025 2 {the arrangement consisting of a wireless interrogation device in combination with a device for optically marking the record carrier}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K17/0029 2 {the arrangement being specially adapted for wireless interrogation of grouped or bundled articles tagged with wireless record carriers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K17/0032 1 {Apparatus for automatic testing and analysing marked record carriers, used for examinations of the multiple choice answer type (teaching apparatus working with questions and answers G09B7/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/00 0 Record carriers for use with machines and with at least a part designed to carry digital markings
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/005 1 {the record carrier comprising an arrangement to facilitate insertion into a holding device, e.g. an arrangement that makes the record carrier fit into an etui or a casing (ticket holders A45C11/18)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/02 1 characterised by the selection of materials, e.g. to avoid wear during transport through the machine
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/022 2 {Processes or apparatus therefor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/025 2 {the material being flexible or adapted for folding, e.g. paper or paper-like materials used in luggage labels, identification tags, forms or identification documents carrying RFIDs (methods for testing the genuineness of valuable papers, e.g. banknotes or passports G07D7/00; constructional features of booklets and the like B42D)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/027 2 {the material being suitable for use as a textile, e.g. woven-based RFID-like labels designed for attachment to laundry items (markings attached to laundry items in general D06F93/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/04 1 characterised by the shape
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/041 2 {Constructional details (G06K19/06 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/042 3 {the record carrier having a form factor of a credit card and including a small sized disc, e.g. a CD or DVD (disc shaped data carriers in general, see G11B20/00 and G11B23/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/044 4 {comprising galvanic contacts for contacting an integrated circuit chip thereon}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/045 4 {the record carrier being of the non-contact type, e.g. RFID, and being specially adapted for attachment to a disc, e.g. a CD or DVD}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/047 3 {the record carrier being shaped as a coin or a gambling token}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/048 3 {the record carrier being shaped as a key}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/06 1 characterised by the kind of the digital marking, e.g. shape, nature, code
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/06009 2 {with optically detectable marking (G06K19/063, G06K19/08 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/06018 3 {one-dimensional coding}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/06028 4 {using bar codes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/06037 3 {multi-dimensional coding}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/06046 3 {Constructional details}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/06056 4 {the marking comprising a further embedded marking, e.g. a 1D bar code with the black bars containing a smaller sized coding}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/06065 4 {the marking being at least partially represented by holographic means (holographic marking in general, see G06K19/16)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/06075 4 {the marking containing means for error correction}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/06084 4 {the marking being based on nanoparticles or microbeads}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/06093 4 {the marking being constructed out of a plurality of similar markings, e.g. a plurality of barcodes randomly oriented on an object}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/06103 4 {the marking being embedded in a human recognizable image, e.g. a company logo with an embedded two-dimensional code}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/06112 4 {the marking being simulated using a light source, e.g. a barcode shown on a display or a laser beam with time-varying intensity profile}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/06121 4 {the marking having been punched or cut out, e.g. a barcode machined in a metal work-piece}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/06131 4 {the marking comprising a target pattern, e.g. for indicating the center of the bar code or for helping a bar code reader to properly orient the scanner or to retrieve the bar code inside of an image}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/0614 4 {the marking being selective to wavelength, e.g. color barcode or barcodes only visible under UV or IR (methods or arrangements for sensing record carriers using a selected wavelength, see G06K7/12)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/0615 4 {the marking being of the rewritable type, e.g. thermo-chromic barcodes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/06159 4 {the marking being relief type, e.g. three-dimensional bar codes engraved in a support}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/06168 4 {the marking being a concentric barcode}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/06178 4 {the marking having a feature size being smaller than can be seen by the unaided human eye}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/06187 2 {with magnetically detectable marking}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/06196 3 {Constructional details}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/06206 3 {the magnetic marking being emulated}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K2019/06215 2 {Aspects not covered by other subgroups}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K2019/06225 3 {using wavelength selection, e.g. colour code}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K2019/06234 3 {miniature-code}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K2019/06243 3 {concentric-code}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K2019/06253 3 {for a specific application}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K2019/06262 3 {with target- or other orientation-indicating feature}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K2019/06271 3 {Relief-type marking}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K2019/06281 3 {rewritable}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K2019/0629 3 {Holographic, diffractive or retroreflective recording}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/063 2 the carrier being marginally punched or notched, e.g. having elongated slots
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/067 2 Record carriers with conductive marks, printed circuits or semiconductor circuit elements, e.g. credit or identity cards {also with resonating or responding marks without active components}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/0672 3 {with resonating marks}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/0675 4 {the resonating marks being of the surface acoustic wave [SAW] kind (SAW devices per se H03H9/64)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/0677 4 {the record carrier being programmable}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/07 3 with integrated circuit chips
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/0701 4 {at least one of the integrated circuit chips comprising an arrangement for power management}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/0702 5 {the arrangement including a battery}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/0703 6 {the battery being onboard of a handheld device, e.g. a smart phone or PDA}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/0704 6 {the battery being rechargeable, e.g. solar batteries}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/0705 6 {the battery being connected to a power saving arrangement}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/0706 6 {the battery being replaceable}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/0707 5 {the arrangement being capable of collecting energy from external energy sources, e.g. thermocouples, vibration, electromagnetic radiation (G06K19/0702 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/0708 6 {the source being electromagnetic or magnetic}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/0709 7 {the source being an interrogation field}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/071 7 {the source being a field other than an interrogation field, e.g. WLAN, cellular phone network}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/0711 6 {the source being mechanical or acoustical}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/0712 5 {the arrangement being capable of triggering distinct operating modes or functions dependent on the strength of an energy or interrogation field in the proximity of the record carrier (active means for hindering electromagnetic reading or writing G06K19/07336)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/0713 5 {the arrangement including a power charge pump}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/0715 5 {the arrangement including means to regulate power transfer to the integrated circuit}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/0716 4 {at least one of the integrated circuit chips comprising a sensor or an interface to a sensor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/0717 5 {the sensor being capable of sensing environmental conditions such as temperature history or pressure}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/0718 5 {the sensor being of the biometric kind, e.g. fingerprint sensors (fingerprint sensors in general G06V40/13; biometric access-control systems in general, see G07C9/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/0719 4 {at least one of the integrated circuit chips comprising an arrangement for application selection, e.g. an acceleration sensor or a set of radio buttons (application selection on smart cards using pure software control, see G07F7/10)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/072 4 {the record carrier comprising a plurality of integrated circuit chips}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/0721 5 {the plurality of chips mutually cooperating so as to represent itself to the world as a single entity}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/0722 4 {comprising an arrangement for testing the record carrier}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/0723 4 {the record carrier comprising an arrangement for non-contact communication, e.g. wireless communication circuits on transponder cards, non-contact smart cards or RFIDs}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/0724 5 {the arrangement being a circuit for communicating at a plurality of frequencies, e.g. for managing time multiplexed communication over at least two antennas of different types}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/0725 5 {the arrangement being a circuit for emulating a plurality of record carriers, e.g. a single RFID tag capable of representing itself to a reader as a cloud of RFID tags}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/0726 5 {the arrangement including a circuit for tuning the resonance frequency of an antenna on the record carrier}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/0727 5 {the arrangement being a circuit facilitating integration of the record carrier with a hand-held device such as a smart phone of PDA}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/0728 5 {the arrangement being an optical or sound-based communication interface}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/073 4 Special arrangements for circuits, e.g. for protecting identification code in memory (protection against unauthorised use of computer memory G06F12/14)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/07309 5 {Means for preventing undesired reading or writing from or onto record carriers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/07318 6 {by hindering electromagnetic reading or writing (jamming of communication, counter-measures H04K3/00; secret communication H04K1/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/07327 7 {Passive means, e.g. Faraday cages (Faraday-type protection of electric circuits in general H05K9/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/07336 7 {Active means, e.g. jamming or scrambling of the electromagnetic field}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/07345 6 {by activating or deactivating at least a part of the circuit on the record carrier, e.g. ON/OFF switches}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/07354 7 {by biometrically sensitive means, e.g. fingerprint sensitive (fingerprint sensors in general G06V40/12; biometrically activated access control G07C9/25)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/07363 6 {by preventing analysis of the circuit, e.g. dynamic or static power analysis or current analysis}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/07372 6 {by detecting tampering with the circuit}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/07381 7 {with deactivation or otherwise incapacitation of at least a part of the circuit upon detected tampering}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/0739 8 {the incapacitated circuit being part of an antenna}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/077 4 Constructional details, e.g. mounting of circuits in the carrier
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/07701 5 {the record carrier comprising an interface suitable for human interaction}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/07703 6 {the interface being visual}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/07705 7 {the visual interface being a single light or small number of lights capable of being switched on or off, e.g. a series of LEDs}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/07707 7 {the visual interface being a display, e.g. LCD or electronic ink}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/07709 6 {the interface being a keyboard}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/07711 6 {the interface being an audio interface}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/07713 6 {the interface, upon reception of an interrogation signal, being capable of signaling to indicate its position to a user or a detection device}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/07715 6 {the interface being used to indicate that the record carrier is active, e.g. a blinking light to indicate that the record carrier is busy communicating with a secondary device or busy computing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/07716 5 {the record carrier comprising means for customization, e.g. being arranged for personalization in batch}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/07718 5 {the record carrier being manufactured in a continuous process, e.g. using endless rolls}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/0772 5 {Physical layout of the record carrier}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/07722 6 {the record carrier being multilayered, e.g. laminated sheets (flat articles in general, see B32B37/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/07724 6 {the record carrier being at least partially made by a molding process (molding in general B29C45/14)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/07726 6 {the record comprising means for indicating first use, e.g. a frangible layer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/07728 6 {the record carrier comprising means for protection against impact or bending, e.g. protective shells or stress-absorbing layers around the integrated circuit}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/0773 6 {the record carrier comprising means to protect itself against external heat sources}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/07732 6 {the record carrier having a housing or construction similar to well-known portable memory devices, such as SD cards, USB or memory sticks (housings for electrical equipment in general, see H05K5/02)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/07733 6 {the record carrier containing at least one further contact interface not conform ISO-7816}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/07735 6 {the record carrier comprising means for protecting against electrostatic discharge}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/07737 5 {the record carrier consisting of two or more mechanically separable parts}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/07739 6 {comprising a first part capable of functioning as a record carrier on its own and a second part being only functional as a form factor changing part, e.g. SIM cards type ID 0001, removably attached to a regular smart card form factor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/07741 6 {comprising a first part operating as a regular record carrier and a second attachable part that changes the functional appearance of said record carrier, e.g. a contact-based smart card with an adapter part which, when attached to the contact card makes the contact card function as a non-contact card}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/07743 5 {External electrical contacts}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/07745 5 {Mounting details of integrated circuit chips}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/07747 6 {at least one of the integrated circuit chips being mounted as a module}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/07749 5 {the record carrier being capable of non-contact communication, e.g. constructional details of the antenna of a non-contact smart card}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/0775 6 {arrangements for connecting the integrated circuit to the antenna}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/07752 7 {using an interposer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/07754 7 {the connection being galvanic}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/07756 7 {the connection being non-galvanic, e.g. capacitive}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/07758 6 {arrangements for adhering the record carrier to further objects or living beings, functioning as an identification tag}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/0776 7 {the adhering arrangement being a layer of adhesive, so that the record carrier can function as a sticker}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/07762 7 {the adhering arrangement making the record carrier wearable, e.g. having the form of a ring, watch, glove or bracelet (record carriers for insertion in the human body for medical purposes A61B90/00; record carriers adapted for attachment to animals A01K11/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/07764 7 {the adhering arrangement making the record carrier attachable to a tire (tire temperature or pressur control arrangements, see B60C23/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/07766 6 {comprising at least a second communication arrangement in addition to a first non-contact communication arrangement}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/07767 7 {the first and second communication means being two different antennas types, e.g. dipole and coil type, or two antennas of the same kind but operating at different frequencies}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/07769 7 {the further communication means being a galvanic interface, e.g. hybrid or mixed smart cards having a contact and a non-contact interface}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/07771 6 {the record carrier comprising means for minimising adverse effects on the data communication capability of the record carrier, e.g. minimising Eddy currents induced in a proximate metal or otherwise electromagnetically interfering object}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/07773 6 {Antenna details (antennas for wireless devices, e.g. RFID tags, in general H01Q1/22)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/07775 7 {the antenna being on-chip}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/07777 7 {the antenna being of the inductive type}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/07779 8 {the inductive antenna being a coil}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/07781 9 {the coil being fabricated in a winding process}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/07783 9 {the coil being planar}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/07784 8 {the inductive antenna consisting of a plurality of coils stacked on top of one another}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/07786 7 {the antenna being of the HF type, such as a dipole}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/07788 7 {the antenna being of the capacitive type}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/0779 7 {the antenna being foldable or folded}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/07792 7 {the antenna adapted for extending in three dimensions}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/07794 7 {the record carrier comprising a booster or auxiliary antenna in addition to the antenna connected directly to the integrated circuit}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/07796 6 {arrangements on the record carrier to allow stacking of a plurality of similar record carriers, e.g. to avoid interference between the non-contact communication of the plurality of record carriers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/07798 6 {part of the antenna or the integrated circuit being adapted for rupturing or breaking, e.g. record carriers functioning as sealing devices for detecting not-authenticated opening of containers (electronic seals G09F3/03)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/08 2 using markings of different kinds {or more than one marking of the same kind} in the same record carrier, e.g. one marking being sensed by optical and the other by magnetic means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/083 3 {Constructional details}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/086 4 {with markings consisting of randomly placed or oriented elements, the randomness of the elements being useable for generating a unique identifying signature of the record carrier, e.g. randomly placed magnetic fibers or magnetic particles in the body of a credit card}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/10 3 at least one kind of marking being used for authentication, e.g. of credit or identity cards (verification of coded identity or credit cards in mechanisms actuated by them G07F7/12)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/12 4 the marking being sensed by magnetic means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/14 4 the marking being sensed by radiation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/145 5 {at least one of the further markings being adapted for galvanic or wireless sensing, e.g. an RFID tag with both a wireless and an optical interface or memory, or a contact type smart card with ISO 7816 contacts and an optical interface or memory}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/16 4 the marking being a hologram or diffraction grating
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K19/18 4 Constructional details
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K21/00 0 Information retrieval from punched cards designed for manual use or handling by machine (G06K19/00 takes precedence; detection or correction of errors by rescanning patterns G06V10/98; checking correct operation of card-conveying mechanisms G06K13/06); Apparatus for handling such cards, e.g. marking or correcting
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K21/002 1 {Selecting of marginally notched cards (card filling arrangements B42F17/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K21/005 2 {the selected cards being displaced laterally relative to the remaining stationary card-file}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K21/007 2 {the selected cards being restrained and the remaining card-file being laterally displaced}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K21/02 1 in which coincidence of markings is sensed mechanically, e.g. by needle
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K21/04 1 in which coincidence of markings is sensed optically, e.g. peek-a-boo system
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K21/06 1 Apparatus or tools adapted for slotting or otherwise marking information-retrieval cards
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K21/08 1 Apparatus or tools for correcting punching or slotting errors {and regeneration of record carriers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K21/085 2 {for punched tapes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K2207/00 0 Other aspects
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K2207/1011 1 Aiming
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K2207/1012 1 Special detection of object
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K2207/1013 1 Multi-focal
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K2207/1015 1 Hologram
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K2207/1016 1 Motor control or optical moving unit control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K2207/1017 1 Programmable
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K2207/1018 1 Source control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K2215/00 0 Arrangements for producing a permanent visual presentation of the output data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K2215/0002 1 Handling the output data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K2215/0005 2 Accepting output data; Preparing data for the controlling system
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K2215/0008 3 Downloading generic data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K2215/0011 3 characterised by a particular command or data flow, e.g. Page Description Language, configuration commands
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K2215/0014 3 Transforming the printer input data into internal codes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K2215/0017 3 Preparing data for the controlling system, e.g. status, memory data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K2215/002 2 Generic data access
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K2215/0022 3 characterised by the storage means used
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K2215/0025 4 Removable memories, e.g. cartridges
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K2215/0028 3 characterised by the format per se
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K2215/0031 4 Compressed bit maps
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K2215/0034 4 Outline coding
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K2215/0037 3 depending on an output condition, e.g. size, resolution
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K2215/004 2 Generic data transformation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K2215/0042 3 Rasterisation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K2215/0045 4 Converting outline to bitmap
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K2215/0048 4 Converting skeleton to bitmap
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K2215/0051 4 from compressed bitmap, e.g. run length
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K2215/0054 3 Geometric transformations, e.g. on rasterised data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K2215/0057 4 Sizing and resolution changes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K2215/006 3 Anti-aliasing raster data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K2215/0062 2 combining generic and host data, e.g. filling a raster
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K2215/0065 3 Page or partial page composition
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K2215/0068 4 Line composition, e.g. kerning
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K2215/0071 3 Post-treatment of the composed image, e.g. compression, rotation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K2215/0074 4 Depleting the image
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K2215/0077 2 Raster outputting to the print element(s)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K2215/008 3 from more than one raster memory
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K2215/0082 1 Architecture adapted for a particular function
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K2215/0085 2 Error recovery
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K2215/0088 2 Collated printing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K2215/0091 2 Outputting only video data, e.g. Hard copy of CRT display
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K2215/0094 2 Colour printing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K2215/0097 2 Printing on special media, e.g. labels, envelopes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K2215/101 1 involving the use of ink jets
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06K2215/111 1 with overlapping swaths
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06M COUNTING MECHANISMS; COUNTING OF OBJECTS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR (counting by measuring volume or weight of articles to be counted G01F, G01G; computers G06C - G06J; counting electric pulses H03K; counting characters, words or messages in switching networks for transmission of digital information H04L12/08)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06M1/00 0 Design features of general application
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06M1/02 1 Housing (for measuring instruments in general G01D)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06M1/022 2 {Plates}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06M1/024 3 {Bearings}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06M1/026 2 {Connecting or supporting parts}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06M1/028 2 {Arbors, drum fixing and adjusting means (arbor-fixing means F16C17/08)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06M1/04 1 for driving the stage of lowest order (with variable ratio of drive G06M1/38)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06M1/041 2 {for drum-type indicating means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06M1/042 3 {with click devices (electromagnetic driving means G06M1/102)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06M1/044 3 {with escapements (electromagnetic driving means G06M1/102)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06M1/045 2 {for dial, pointer, or similar type indicating means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06M1/047 2 {for arithmetical operations}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06M1/048 2 {with switching means between two or more counting devices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06M1/06 2 producing continuous revolution of the stage, e.g. with gear train
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06M1/062 3 {for drum type indicating means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06M1/064 3 {for dial, pointer, or similar type indicating means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06M1/066 3 {for arithmetical operations}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06M1/068 3 {with switching means between two or more counting devices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06M1/08 1 for actuating the drive
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06M1/083 2 {by mechanical means (counting of stacked objects G06M9/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06M1/086 3 {including barriers (counting of conveyed objects G06M7/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06M1/10 2 by electric or magnetic means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06M1/101 3 {by electro-optical means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06M1/102 3 {by magnetic or electromagnetic means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06M1/104 4 {electromagnets, clicks}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06M1/105 5 {electronic circuits for actuating the electromagnets}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06M1/107 4 {electromotors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06M1/108 3 {by electronic means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06M1/12 2 by fluid means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06M1/123 3 {by pneumatic means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06M1/126 3 {by hydraulic means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06M1/14 1 for transferring a condition from one stage to a higher stage (with variable ratio of transfer G06M1/38)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06M1/143 2 {with drums}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06M1/146 2 {with dials, pointers, or similar type indicating means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06M1/16 2 self-operating, e.g. by Geneva mechanism
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06M1/163 3 {with drums}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06M1/166 3 {with dials, pointers or similar type indicating means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06M1/18 2 requiring external operation, e.g. by electromagnetic force
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06M1/183 3 {with drums}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06M1/186 3 {with dials, pointers, or similar type indicating means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06M1/20 2 specially adapted for denominations with unequal numbers in each stage, e.g. degrees and minutes of angle
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06M1/22 1 for visual indication of the result of count on counting mechanisms, e.g. by window with magnifying lens
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06M1/24 2 Drums; Dials; Pointers (for measuring instruments in general G01D; {for time measuring instruments G04B19/00, including drums G04B19/21, G04C19/04; date indicating G04B19/24})
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06M1/241 3 {Drums}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06M1/243 4 {Drums with presetting means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06M1/245 3 {Dials; Pointers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06M1/246 3 {Bands; Sheets}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06M1/248 3 {Discs}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06M1/26 2 Aligning means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06M1/27 1 for representing the result of count in the form of electric signals, e.g. by sensing markings on the counter drum
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06M1/272 2 using photoelectric means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06M1/274 2 using magnetic means; using Hall-effect devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06M1/276 2 using mechanically-actuated contacts
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06M1/28 1 for zeroising or setting to a particular value
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06M1/283 2 {with drums}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06M1/286 2 {with dials, pointers, or similar type indicating means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06M1/30 2 using heart-shaped or similar cams; using levers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06M1/303 3 {with drums}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06M1/306 3 {with dials, pointers, or similar type indicating means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06M1/32 3 Actuating means, e.g. magnet, spring, weight
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06M1/323 4 {with drums}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06M1/326 4 {with dials, pointers, or similar type indicating means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06M1/34 2 using reset shafts
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06M1/343 3 {with drums}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06M1/346 3 {with dials, pointers, or similar type indicating means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06M1/36 3 Actuating means, e.g. magnet, spring, weight
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06M1/363 4 {with drums}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06M1/366 4 {with dials, pointers, or similar type indicating means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06M1/38 1 for varying ratio of drive or transfer mechanism, e.g. by using alternative counting trains
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06M1/385 2 {differentials}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06M3/00 0 Counters with additional facilities (generating electric pulses at random intervals H03K3/84)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06M3/02 1 for performing an operation at a predetermined value of the count, e.g. arresting a machine {(G06M3/04 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06M3/021 2 {with drums type indicating means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06M3/022 3 {by subtracting}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06M3/024 3 {by adding}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06M3/025 2 {with dial, pointer, or similar type indicating means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06M3/027 3 {by subtracting}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06M3/028 3 {by adding}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06M3/04 2 with an additional counter train operating in the reverse direction
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06M3/043 3 {with drums}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06M3/046 3 {with dials, pointers, or similar type indicating means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06M3/06 1 for printing or separately displaying result of count (display systems G09)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06M3/062 2 {for printing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06M3/065 3 {with drums}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06M3/067 3 {with dials, pointers, or similar type indicating means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06M3/08 1 for counting the input from several sources; for counting inputs of different amounts
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06M3/10 1 for counting denominations with unequal numbers in each stage, e.g. degrees and minutes of angle (transfer mechanism therefor G06M1/20)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06M3/12 1 for preventing incorrect actuation, e.g. for preventing falsification
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06M3/14 1 for registering difference of positive and negative actuations
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06M7/00 0 Counting of objects carried by a conveyor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06M7/02 1 wherein objects ahead of the sensing element are separated to produce a distinct gap between successive objects
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06M7/04 2 Counting of piece goods, e.g. of boxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06M7/06 2 Counting of flat articles, e.g. of sheets of paper
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06M7/08 1 wherein the direction of movement of the objects is changed at the station where they are sensed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06M7/10 2 Counting of flat overlapped articles, e.g. of cards
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06M9/00 0 Counting of objects in a stack thereof
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06M9/02 1 by using a rotating separator incorporating pneumatic suction nozzles
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06M9/025 2 {the rotation axis being substantially parallel to the stacking direction}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06M11/00 0 Counting of objects distributed at random, e.g. on a surface
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06M11/02 1 using an electron beam scanning a surface line by line, e.g. of blood cells on a substrate
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06M11/04 2 with provision for distinguishing between different sizes of objects (investigating particle size in general G01N15/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06M15/00 0 Counting of objects, not otherwise provided for
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06M2207/00 0 Indexing scheme relating to counting of objects carried by a conveyor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06M2207/02 1 Counting of generally flat and overlapped articles, e.g. cards, newspapers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06N COMPUTING ARRANGEMENTS BASED ON SPECIFIC COMPUTATIONAL MODELS
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06N3/00 0 Computing arrangements based on biological models
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06N3/002 1 {Biomolecular computers, i.e. using biomolecules, proteins, cells (using DNA G06N3/123; using neurons G06N3/061)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06N3/004 1 Artificial life, i.e. computing arrangements simulating life
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06N3/006 2 based on simulated virtual individual or collective life forms, e.g. social simulations or particle swarm optimisation [PSO]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06N3/008 2 based on physical entities controlled by simulated intelligence so as to replicate intelligent life forms, e.g. based on robots replicating pets or humans in their appearance or behaviour
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06N3/02 1 Neural networks
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06N3/04 2 Architecture, e.g. interconnection topology
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06N3/0409 3 {Adaptive resonance theory [ART] networks}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06N3/0418 3 {using chaos or fractal principles}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06N3/042 3 Knowledge-based neural networks; Logical representations of neural networks
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06N3/043 3 based on fuzzy logic, fuzzy membership or fuzzy inference, e.g. adaptive neuro-fuzzy inference systems [ANFIS]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06N3/044 3 Recurrent networks, e.g. Hopfield networks
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06N3/0442 4 characterised by memory or gating, e.g. long short-term memory [LSTM] or gated recurrent units [GRU]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06N3/045 3 Combinations of networks
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06N3/0455 4 Auto-encoder networks; Encoder-decoder networks
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06N3/0463 3 {Neocognitrons}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06N3/0464 3 Convolutional networks [CNN, ConvNet]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06N3/047 3 Probabilistic or stochastic networks
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06N3/0475 3 Generative networks
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06N3/048 3 Activation functions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06N3/049 3 Temporal neural networks, e.g. delay elements, oscillating neurons or pulsed inputs
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06N3/0495 3 Quantised networks; Sparse networks; Compressed networks
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06N3/0499 3 Feedforward networks
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06N3/06 2 Physical realisation, i.e. hardware implementation of neural networks, neurons or parts of neurons
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06N3/061 3 {using biological neurons, e.g. biological neurons connected to an integrated circuit}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06N3/063 3 using electronic means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06N3/065 4 Analogue means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06N3/067 3 using optical means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06N3/0675 4 {using electro-optical, acousto-optical or opto-electronic means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06N3/08 2 Learning methods
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06N3/082 3 modifying the architecture, e.g. adding, deleting or silencing nodes or connections
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06N3/084 3 Backpropagation, e.g. using gradient descent
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06N3/086 3 using evolutionary algorithms, e.g. genetic algorithms or genetic programming
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06N3/088 3 Non-supervised learning, e.g. competitive learning
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06N3/0895 3 Weakly supervised learning, e.g. semi-supervised or self-supervised learning
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06N3/09 3 Supervised learning
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06N3/091 3 Active learning
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06N3/092 3 Reinforcement learning
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06N3/094 3 Adversarial learning
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06N3/096 3 Transfer learning
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06N3/098 3 Distributed learning, e.g. federated learning
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06N3/0985 3 Hyperparameter optimisation; Meta-learning; Learning-to-learn
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06N3/10 2 Interfaces, programming languages or software development kits, e.g. for simulating neural networks
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06N3/105 3 {Shells for specifying net layout}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06N3/12 1 using genetic models
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06N3/123 2 DNA computing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06N3/126 2 Evolutionary algorithms, e.g. genetic algorithms or genetic programming
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06N5/00 0 Computing arrangements using knowledge-based models
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06N5/01 1 Dynamic search techniques; Heuristics; Dynamic trees; Branch-and-bound
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06N5/013 2 {Automatic theorem proving}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06N5/02 1 Knowledge representation; Symbolic representation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06N5/022 2 Knowledge engineering; Knowledge acquisition
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06N5/025 3 Extracting rules from data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06N5/027 2 {Frames}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06N5/04 1 Inference or reasoning models
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06N5/041 2 {Abduction}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06N5/042 2 {Backward inferencing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06N5/043 2 Distributed expert systems; Blackboards
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06N5/045 2 Explanation of inference; Explainable artificial intelligence [XAI]; Interpretable artificial intelligence
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06N5/046 2 Forward inferencing; Production systems
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06N5/047 3 Pattern matching networks; Rete networks
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06N5/048 2 Fuzzy inferencing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06N7/00 0 Computing arrangements based on specific mathematical models
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06N7/01 1 Probabilistic graphical models, e.g. probabilistic networks
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06N7/02 1 using fuzzy logic (computing arrangements based on biological models G06N3/00; computing arrangements using knowledge-based models G06N5/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06N7/023 2 {Learning or tuning the parameters of a fuzzy system}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06N7/026 2 {Development tools for entering the parameters of a fuzzy system}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06N7/04 2 Physical realisation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06N7/043 3 {Analogue or partially analogue implementation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06N7/046 3 {Implementation by means of a neural network (neural networks using fuzzy logic G06N3/043)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06N7/06 2 Simulation on general purpose computers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06N7/08 1 using chaos models or non-linear system models
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06N10/00 0 Quantum computing, i.e. information processing based on quantum-mechanical phenomena
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06N10/20 1 Models of quantum computing, e.g. quantum circuits or universal quantum computers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06N10/40 1 Physical realisations or architectures of quantum processors or components for manipulating qubits, e.g. qubit coupling or qubit control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06N10/60 1 Quantum algorithms, e.g. based on quantum optimisation, quantum Fourier or Hadamard transforms
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06N10/70 1 Quantum error correction, detection or prevention, e.g. surface codes or magic state distillation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06N10/80 1 Quantum programming, e.g. interfaces, languages or software-development kits for creating or handling programs capable of running on quantum computers; Platforms for simulating or accessing quantum computers, e.g. cloud-based quantum computing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06N20/00 0 Machine learning
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06N20/10 1 using kernel methods, e.g. support vector machines [SVM]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06N20/20 1 Ensemble learning
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06N99/00 0 Subject matter not provided for in other groups of this subclass
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06N99/007 1 {Molecular computers, i.e. using inorganic molecules (using biomolecules G06N3/002)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES; SYSTEMS OR METHODS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q10/00 0 Administration; Management
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q10/02 1 Reservations, e.g. for tickets, services or events
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q10/025 2 {Coordination of plural reservations, e.g. plural trip segments, transportation combined with accommodation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q10/04 1 Forecasting or optimisation specially adapted for administrative or management purposes, e.g. linear programming or "cutting stock problem" (market predictions or forecasting for commercial activities G06Q30/0202)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q10/043 2 {Optimisation of two dimensional placement, e.g. cutting of clothes or wood}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q10/047 2 Optimisation of routes or paths, e.g. travelling salesman problem
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q10/06 1 Resources, workflows, human or project management; Enterprise or organisation planning; Enterprise or organisation modelling
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q10/063 2 Operations research, analysis or management
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q10/0631 3 Resource planning, allocation, distributing or scheduling for enterprises or organisations
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q10/06311 4 {Scheduling, planning or task assignment for a person or group}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q10/063112 5 {Skill-based matching of a person or a group to a task}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q10/063114 5 {Status monitoring or status determination for a person or group}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q10/063116 5 {Schedule adjustment for a person or group}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q10/063118 5 {Staff planning in a project environment}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q10/06312 4 {Adjustment or analysis of established resource schedule, e.g. resource or task levelling, or dynamic rescheduling}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q10/06313 4 {Resource planning in a project environment}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q10/06314 4 {Calendaring for a resource}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q10/06315 4 {Needs-based resource requirements planning or analysis}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q10/06316 4 {Sequencing of tasks or work}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q10/0633 3 Workflow analysis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q10/0635 3 Risk analysis of enterprise or organisation activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q10/0637 3 Strategic management or analysis, e.g. setting a goal or target of an organisation; Planning actions based on goals; Analysis or evaluation of effectiveness of goals
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q10/06375 4 {Prediction of business process outcome or impact based on a proposed change}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q10/0639 3 Performance analysis of employees; Performance analysis of enterprise or organisation operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q10/06393 4 {Score-carding, benchmarking or key performance indicator [KPI] analysis}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q10/06395 4 {Quality analysis or management}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q10/06398 4 {Performance of employee with respect to a job function}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q10/067 2 Enterprise or organisation modelling
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q10/08 1 Logistics, e.g. warehousing, loading or distribution; Inventory or stock management
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q10/083 2 Shipping
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q10/0831 3 Overseas transactions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q10/0832 3 Special goods or special handling procedures, e.g. handling of hazardous or fragile goods
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q10/0833 3 Tracking
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q10/0834 3 Choice of carriers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q10/08345 4 {Pricing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q10/0835 3 Relationships between shipper or supplier and carriers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q10/08355 4 {Routing methods}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q10/0836 3 Recipient pick-ups
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q10/0837 3 Return transactions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q10/0838 3 {Historical data}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q10/087 2 Inventory or stock management, e.g. order filling, procurement or balancing against orders
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q10/0875 3 Itemisation or classification of parts, supplies or services, e.g. bill of materials
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q10/10 1 Office automation; Time management
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q10/101 2 Collaborative creation, e.g. joint development of products or services
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q10/103 2 {Workflow collaboration or project management}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q10/105 2 Human resources
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q10/1053 3 Employment or hiring
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q10/1057 3 Benefits or employee welfare, e.g. insurance, holiday or retirement packages
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q10/107 2 Computer-aided management of electronic mailing [e-mailing]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q10/109 2 Time management, e.g. calendars, reminders, meetings or time accounting
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q10/1091 3 Recording time for administrative or management purposes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q10/1093 3 Calendar-based scheduling for persons or groups
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q10/1095 4 {Meeting or appointment}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q10/1097 4 {Task assignment}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q10/20 1 Administration of product repair or maintenance
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q10/30 1 Administration of product recycling or disposal
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/00 0 Payment architectures, schemes or protocols (apparatus for performing or posting payment transactions G07F7/08, G07F19/00; electronic cash registers G07G1/12)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/02 1 involving a neutral party, e.g. certification authority, notary or trusted third party [TTP]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/023 2 {the neutral party being a clearing house}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/027 2 {involving a payment switch or gateway}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/04 1 Payment circuits
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/042 2 {characterized in that the payment protocol involves at least one cheque}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/0425 3 {the cheque being electronic only}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/045 2 {using payment protocols involving tickets}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/0457 3 {the tickets being sent electronically}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/047 2 {using payment protocols involving electronic receipts}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/06 2 Private payment circuits, e.g. involving electronic currency used among participants of a common payment scheme
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/065 3 {using e-cash}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/0652 4 {e-cash with decreasing value according to a parameter, e.g. time}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/0655 4 {e-cash managed centrally}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/0658 4 {e-cash managed locally}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/08 1 Payment architectures
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/085 2 {involving remote charge determination or related payment systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/0855 3 {involving a third party}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/10 2 specially adapted for electronic funds transfer [EFT] systems; specially adapted for home banking systems
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/102 3 {Bill distribution or payments}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/105 3 {involving programming of a portable memory device, e.g. IC cards, "electronic purses"}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/108 3 {Remote banking, e.g. home banking}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/1085 4 {involving automatic teller machines [ATMs]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/12 2 specially adapted for electronic shopping systems
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/123 3 {Shopping for digital content}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/1235 4 {with control of digital rights management [DRM]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/127 3 {Shopping or accessing services according to a time-limitation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/14 2 specially adapted for billing systems
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/145 3 {Payments according to the detected use or quantity}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/16 2 Payments settled via telecommunication systems
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/18 2 involving self-service terminals [SST], vending machines, kiosks or multimedia terminals
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/20 2 Point-of-sale [POS] network systems
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/201 3 {Price look-up processing, e.g. updating}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/202 3 {Interconnection or interaction of plural electronic cash registers [ECR] or to host computer, e.g. network details, transfer of information from host to ECR or from ECR to ECR}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/203 3 {Inventory monitoring}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/204 3 {comprising interface for record bearing medium or carrier for electronic funds transfer or payment credit}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/206 3 {comprising security or operator identification provisions, e.g. password entry}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/207 3 {Tax processing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/208 3 {Input by product or record sensing, e.g. weighing or scanner processing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/209 3 {Specified transaction journal output feature, e.g. printed receipt or voice output}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/22 1 Payment schemes or models
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/223 2 {based on the use of peer-to-peer networks}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/227 2 {characterised in that multiple accounts are available, e.g. to the payer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/229 2 {Hierarchy of users of accounts}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/2295 3 {Parent-child type, e.g. where parent has control on child rights}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/24 2 Credit schemes, i.e. "pay after"
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/26 2 Debit schemes, e.g. "pay now"
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/28 2 Pre-payment schemes, e.g. "pay before"
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/29 2 {characterised by micropayments}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/30 1 characterised by the use of specific devices {or networks}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/305 2 {using wired telephone networks}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/306 2 {using TV related infrastructures (external card used for payment with client device H04N21/4185)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/308 2 {using the Internet of Things}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/32 2 using wireless devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/321 3 {using wearable devices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/322 3 {Aspects of commerce using mobile devices [M-devices]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/3221 4 {Access to banking information through M-devices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/3223 4 {Realising banking transactions through M-devices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/3224 4 {Transactions dependent on location of M-devices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/3226 4 {Use of secure elements separate from M-devices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/3227 4 {using secure elements embedded in M-devices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/3229 4 {Use of the SIM of a M-device as secure element}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/325 3 {using wireless networks}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/3255 4 {using mobile network messaging services for payment, e.g. SMS}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/326 3 {Payment applications installed on the mobile devices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/3263 4 {characterised by activation or deactivation of payment capabilities}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/3265 4 {characterised by personalisation for use}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/3267 4 {In-app payments}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/327 3 {Short range or proximity payments by means of M-devices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/3272 4 {using an audio code}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/3274 4 {using a pictured code, e.g. barcode or QR-code, being displayed on the M-device}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/3276 4 {using a pictured code, e.g. barcode or QR-code, being read by the M-device}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/3278 4 {RFID or NFC payments by means of M-devices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/34 2 using cards, e.g. integrated circuit [IC] cards or magnetic cards
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/341 3 {Active cards, i.e. cards including their own processing means, e.g. including an IC or chip}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/3415 4 {Cards acting autonomously as pay-media}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/342 3 {Cards defining paid or billed services or quantities}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/343 3 {Cards including a counter}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/3433 4 {the counter having monetary units}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/3437 4 {the counter having non-monetary units, e.g. trips}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/346 3 {Cards serving only as information carrier of service}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/347 3 {Passive cards}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/348 3 {Single-use cards, i.e. without possibility of recharging}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/349 3 {Rechargeable cards}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/351 3 {Virtual cards}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/352 3 {Contactless payments by cards}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/353 3 {Payments by cards read by M-devices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/354 3 {Card activation or deactivation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/355 3 {Personalisation of cards for use}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/3552 4 {Downloading or loading of personalisation data}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/3555 4 {Personalisation of two or more cards}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/3558 4 {Preliminary personalisation for transfer to user}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/356 3 {Aspects of software for card payments}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/3563 4 {Software being resident on card}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/3567 4 {Software being in the reader}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/357 3 {Cards having a plurality of specified features}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/3572 4 {Multiple accounts on card}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/3574 4 {Multiple applications on card}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/3576 4 {Multiple memory zones on card}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/35765 5 {Access rights to memory zones}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/36 2 using electronic wallets or electronic money safes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/363 3 {with the personal data of a user}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/367 3 {involving electronic purses or money safes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/3672 4 {initialising or reloading thereof}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/3674 4 {involving authentication}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/3676 4 {Balancing accounts}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/3678 4 {e-cash details, e.g. blinded, divisible or detecting double spending}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/38 1 Payment protocols; Details thereof
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/381 2 {Currency conversion}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/382 2 {insuring higher security of transaction}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/3821 3 {Electronic credentials}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/38215 4 {Use of certificates or encrypted proofs of transaction rights}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/3823 3 {combining multiple encryption tools for a transaction}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/3825 3 {Use of electronic signatures}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/3827 3 {Use of message hashing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/3829 3 {involving key management}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/383 2 {Anonymous user system}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/384 2 {using social networks}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/385 2 {using an alias or single-use codes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/386 2 {using messaging services or messaging apps (using mobile network messaging services for payment, e.g. SMS G06Q20/3255)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/387 2 {Payment using discounts or coupons (relating to marketing G06Q30/02)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/388 2 {using mutual authentication without cards, e.g. challenge-response}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/389 2 {Keeping log of transactions for guaranteeing non-repudiation of a transaction}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/40 2 Authorisation, e.g. identification of payer or payee, verification of customer or shop credentials; Review and approval of payers, e.g. check credit lines or negative lists
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/401 3 {Transaction verification}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/4012 4 {Verifying personal identification numbers [PIN]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/4014 4 {Identity check for transactions}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/40145 5 {Biometric identity checks}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/4015 4 {using location information}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/40155 5 {for triggering transactions}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/4016 4 {involving fraud or risk level assessment in transaction processing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/4018 4 {using the card verification value [CVV] associated with the card}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/403 3 {Solvency checks}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/4033 4 {Local solvency checks}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/4037 4 {Remote solvency checks}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/405 3 {Establishing or using transaction specific rules}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/407 3 {Cancellation of a transaction}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/409 3 {Device specific authentication in transaction processing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/4093 4 {Monitoring of device authentication}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/4097 4 {using mutual authentication between devices and transaction partners}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/40975 5 {using encryption therefor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/42 2 Confirmation, e.g. check or permission by the legal debtor of payment
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q20/425 3 {using two different networks, one for transaction and one for security confirmation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q30/00 0 Commerce
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q30/01 1 Customer relationship services
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q30/012 2 Providing warranty services
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q30/014 2 Providing recall services for goods or products
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q30/015 2 Providing customer assistance, e.g. assisting a customer within a business location or via helpdesk
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q30/016 3 After-sales
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q30/018 1 Certifying business or products
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q30/0185 2 {Product, service or business identity fraud}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q30/02 1 Marketing; Price estimation or determination; Fundraising
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q30/0201 2 Market modelling; Market analysis; Collecting market data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q30/0202 3 Market predictions or forecasting for commercial activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q30/0203 3 Market surveys; Market polls
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q30/0204 3 Market segmentation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q30/0205 4 {Location or geographical consideration}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q30/0206 3 {Price or cost determination based on market factors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q30/0207 2 Discounts or incentives, e.g. coupons or rebates
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q30/0208 3 Trade or exchange of goods or services in exchange for incentives or rewards
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q30/0209 3 {Incentive being awarded or redeemed in connection with the playing of a video game}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q30/0211 3 Determining the effectiveness of discounts or incentives
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q30/0212 3 {Chance discounts or incentives}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q30/0213 3 {Consumer transaction fees}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q30/0214 3 Referral reward systems
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q30/0215 3 {Including financial accounts}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q30/0216 4 {Investment accounts}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q30/0217 3 involving input on products or services in exchange for incentives or rewards
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q30/0218 4 {based on score}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q30/0219 3 {based on funds or budget}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q30/0221 3 {Re-usable coupons}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q30/0222 3 {During e-commerce, i.e. online transactions}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q30/0223 3 {based on inventory}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q30/0224 3 {based on user history}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q30/0225 3 {Avoiding frauds}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q30/0226 3 Incentive systems for frequent usage, e.g. frequent flyer miles programs or point systems
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q30/0227 4 {Frequent usage incentive value reconciliation between diverse systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q30/0228 5 {On-line clearing houses}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q30/0229 4 {Multi-merchant loyalty card systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q30/0231 4 {Awarding of a frequent usage incentive independent of the monetary value of a good or service purchased, or distance travelled}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q30/0232 4 {Frequent usage rewards other than merchandise, cash or travel}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q30/0233 4 {Method of redeeming a frequent usage reward}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q30/0234 3 Rebates after completed purchase
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q30/0235 3 constrained by time limit or expiration date
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q30/0236 3 {Incentive or reward received by requiring registration or ID from user}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q30/0237 3 {at kiosk}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q30/0238 3 at point-of-sale [POS]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q30/0239 3 {Online discounts or incentives}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q30/0241 2 Advertisements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q30/0242 3 Determining effectiveness of advertisements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q30/0243 4 {Comparative campaigns}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q30/0244 4 {Optimization}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q30/0245 4 {Surveys}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q30/0246 4 {Traffic}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q30/0247 3 {Calculate past, present or future revenues}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q30/0248 3 {Avoiding fraud}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q30/0249 3 {based upon budgets or funds}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q30/0251 3 Targeted advertisements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q30/0252 4 {based on events or environment, e.g. weather or festivals}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q30/0253 4 {During e-commerce, i.e. online transactions}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q30/0254 4 {based on statistics}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q30/0255 4 {based on user history}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q30/0256 5 {User search}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q30/0257 4 {User requested}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q30/0258 5 {Registration}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q30/0259 4 {based on store location}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q30/0261 4 {based on user location}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q30/0262 4 {during computer stand-by mode}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q30/0263 4 {based upon Internet or website rating}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q30/0264 4 {based upon schedule}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q30/0265 4 {Vehicular advertisement}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q30/0266 5 {based on the position of the vehicle}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q30/0267 4 {Wireless devices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q30/0268 4 {at point-of-sale [POS]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q30/0269 4 {based on user profile or attribute}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q30/0271 5 {Personalized advertisement}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q30/0272 3 Period of advertisement exposure
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q30/0273 3 Determination of fees for advertising
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q30/0274 4 {Split fees}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q30/0275 4 {Auctions}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q30/0276 3 {Advertisement creation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q30/0277 3 {Online advertisement}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q30/0278 2 {Product appraisal}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q30/0279 2 Fundraising management
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q30/0281 2 {Customer communication at a business location, e.g. providing product or service information, consulting}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q30/0282 2 Rating or review of business operators or products
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q30/0283 2 Price estimation or determination
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q30/0284 3 {Time or distance, e.g. usage of parking meters or taximeters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q30/04 1 Billing or invoicing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q30/06 1 Buying, selling or leasing transactions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q30/0601 2 Electronic shopping [e-shopping]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q30/0603 3 {Catalogue ordering}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q30/0605 3 {Supply or demand aggregation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q30/0607 3 {Regulated}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q30/0609 3 {Buyer or seller confidence or verification}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q30/0611 3 {Request for offers or quotes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q30/0613 3 {Third-party assisted}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q30/0615 4 {Anonymizing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q30/0617 4 {Representative agent}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q30/0619 4 {Neutral agent}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q30/0621 3 {Item configuration or customization}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q30/0623 3 {Item investigation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q30/0625 4 {Directed, with specific intent or strategy}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q30/0627 5 {using item specifications}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q30/0629 5 {for generating comparisons}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q30/0631 3 {Item recommendations}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q30/0633 3 {Lists, e.g. purchase orders, compilation or processing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q30/0635 4 {Processing of requisition or of purchase orders}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q30/0637 5 {Approvals}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q30/0639 3 {Item locations}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q30/0641 3 {Shopping interfaces}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q30/0643 4 {Graphical representation of items or shoppers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q30/0645 2 Rental transactions; Leasing transactions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q30/08 2 Auctions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q40/00 0 Finance; Insurance; Tax strategies; Processing of corporate or income taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q40/02 1 Banking, e.g. interest calculation or account maintenance (credit or loans G06Q40/03)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q40/03 1 Credit; Loans; Processing thereof
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q40/04 1 Trading; Exchange, e.g. stocks, commodities, derivatives or currency exchange
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q40/06 1 Asset management; Financial planning or analysis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q40/08 1 Insurance
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q40/10 1 Tax strategies
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q40/12 1 Accounting
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q40/123 2 {Tax preparation or submission}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q40/125 2 {Finance or payroll}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q40/128 2 {Check-book balancing, updating or printing arrangements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q50/00 0 Systems or methods specially adapted for specific business sectors, e.g. utilities or tourism (healthcare informatics G16H)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q50/01 1 {Social networking}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q50/02 1 Agriculture; Fishing; Mining
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q50/04 1 Manufacturing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q50/06 1 Electricity, gas or water supply
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q50/08 1 Construction
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q50/10 1 Services
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q50/12 2 Hotels or restaurants
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q50/14 2 Travel agencies
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q50/16 2 Real estate
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q50/163 3 {Property management}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q50/165 3 {Land development}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q50/167 3 {Closing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q50/18 2 Legal services; Handling legal documents
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q50/182 3 {Alternative dispute resolution}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q50/184 3 {Intellectual property management}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q50/186 3 {Estate planning}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q50/188 3 {Electronic negotiation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q50/20 2 Education
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q50/205 3 {Education administration or guidance}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q50/2053 4 {Education institution selection, admissions, or financial aid}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q50/2057 4 {Career enhancement or continuing education service}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q50/22 2 Social work
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q50/26 2 Government or public services
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q50/265 3 {Personal security, identity or safety}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q50/28 1 Logistics, e.g. warehousing, loading, distribution or shipping
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q50/30 1 Transportation; Communications
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q50/32 2 Post and telecommunications (franking apparatus G07B17/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q50/34 1 Betting or bookmaking, e.g. Internet betting
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q90/00 0 Systems or methods specially adapted for administrative, commercial, financial, managerial or supervisory purposes, not involving significant data processing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q90/20 1 {Destination assistance within a business structure or complex}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q90/205 2 {Building evacuation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q99/00 0 Subject matter not provided for in other groups of this subclass
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q2220/00 0 Business processing using cryptography (postage metering system using cryptography G06Q2250/05)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q2220/10 1 Usage protection of distributed data files
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q2220/12 2 Usage or charge determination
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q2220/123 3 involving third party for collecting or distributing payments, e.g. clearinghouse
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q2220/127 3 Adding plural layers of rights or limitations by other than the original producer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q2220/14 2 Requiring a supplemental attachment or input, e.g. a dongle, to open
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q2220/145 3 Specific computer ID, e.g. serial number, configuration
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q2220/16 2 Copy protection or prevention
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q2220/165 3 Having origin or program ID
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q2220/18 2 Licensing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q2230/00 0 Voting or election arrangements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q2240/00 0 Transportation facility access, e.g. fares, tolls or parking
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q2250/00 0 Postage metering systems
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q2250/05 1 using cryptography
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q2250/053 2 Reloading or recharging
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q2250/057 2 comprising printing details, e.g. verification of marks
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q2250/10 1 Special services or fees, e.g. discounts, surcharges or adjustments
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q2250/20 1 Recharging
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q2250/30 1 Record keeping
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q2250/40 1 Data protection
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q2250/50 1 with specific mail handling means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q2250/60 1 involving mailed item weight
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q2250/70 1 Specific printing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q2250/80 1 Rate updating
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q2250/90 1 Specialized function performed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06Q2250/905 2 Display controlling
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T IMAGE DATA PROCESSING OR GENERATION, IN GENERAL
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T1/00 0 General purpose image data processing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T1/0007 1 {Image acquisition}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T1/0014 1 {Image feed-back for automatic industrial control, e.g. robot with camera (robots B25J19/023)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T1/0021 1 {Image watermarking}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T1/0028 2 {Adaptive watermarking, e.g. Human Visual System [HVS]-based watermarking}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T1/0035 3 {Output size adaptive watermarking}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T1/0042 2 {Fragile watermarking, e.g. so as to detect tampering}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T1/005 2 {Robust watermarking, e.g. average attack or collusion attack resistant}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T1/0057 3 {Compression invariant watermarking}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T1/0064 3 {Geometric transfor invariant watermarking, e.g. affine transform invariant}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T1/0071 3 {using multiple or alternating watermarks}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T1/0078 3 {using multiple thresholds}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T1/0085 2 {Time domain based watermarking, e.g. watermarks spread over several images}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T1/0092 2 {Payload characteristic determination in a watermarking scheme, e.g. number of bits to be embedded}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T1/20 1 Processor architectures; Processor configuration, e.g. pipelining
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T1/60 1 Memory management
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T3/00 0 Geometric image transformation in the plane of the image
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T3/0006 1 {Affine transformations (G06T3/4038, G06T3/0068 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T3/0012 1 {Context preserving transformation, e.g. by using an importance map (G06T3/0062 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T3/0018 2 {Fisheye, wide-angle transformation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T3/0025 2 {Detail-in-context presentation (G06T3/0018 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T3/0031 1 {for topological mapping of a higher dimensional structure on a lower dimensional surface}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T3/0037 2 {Reshaping or unfolding a 3D tree structure onto a 2D plane}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T3/0043 2 {Surface of revolution to planar image transformation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T3/005 1 {for projecting an image on a non-planar surface, e.g. a geodetic screen}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T3/0056 1 {the transformation method being selected according to the characteristics of the input image}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T3/0062 1 {Panospheric to cylindrical image transformation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T3/0068 1 {for image registration, e.g. elastic snapping}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T3/0075 2 {using affine transformations}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T3/0081 2 {by elastic snapping}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T3/0087 1 {Spatio-temporal transformations, e.g. video cubism}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T3/0093 1 {for image warping, i.e. transforming by individually repositioning each pixel}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T3/20 1 Linear translation of a whole image or part thereof, e.g. panning
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T3/40 1 Scaling the whole image or part thereof
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T3/4007 2 {Interpolation-based scaling, e.g. bilinear interpolation (G06T3/4015, G06T3/403 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T3/4015 2 {Demosaicing, e.g. colour filter array [CFA], Bayer pattern}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T3/4023 2 {Decimation- or insertion-based scaling, e.g. pixel or line decimation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T3/403 2 {Edge-driven scaling}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T3/4038 2 {for image mosaicing, i.e. plane images composed of plane sub-images}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T3/4046 2 {using neural networks}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T3/4053 2 {Super resolution, i.e. output image resolution higher than sensor resolution}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T3/4061 3 {by injecting details from a different spectral band}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T3/4069 3 {by subpixel displacement}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T3/4076 3 {by iteratively correcting the provisional high resolution image using the original low-resolution image}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T3/4084 2 {Transform-based scaling, e.g. FFT domain scaling}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T3/4092 2 {Image resolution transcoding, e.g. client/server architecture}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T3/60 1 Rotation of a whole image or part thereof
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T3/602 2 {Block rotation, e.g. by recursive reversing or rotating}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T3/604 2 {using a CORDIC [COordinate Rotation Digital Compute] device}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T3/606 2 {Rotation by memory addressing or mapping}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T3/608 2 {Skewing or deskewing, e.g. by two-pass or three-pass rotation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T5/00 0 Image enhancement or restoration
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T5/001 1 {Image restoration}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T5/002 2 {Denoising; Smoothing (noise processing or correction adapted to be used in an image pickup device containing and electronic image sensor H04N23/81, H04N25/60 - H04N25/67)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T5/003 2 {Deblurring; Sharpening (vibration or motion blur correction for cameras comprising an electronic image sensor H04N23/682)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T5/004 3 {Unsharp masking}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T5/005 2 {Retouching; Inpainting; Scratch removal (detecting, correction, reducing or removing defects, e.g. non-responsive pixels of solid state image sensors H04N25/68, scratch removal for cinematographic films scanned by electronic image sensor H04N5/253)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T5/006 1 {Geometric correction (correction of chromatic aberrations adapted to be used in an image pickup device containing an electronic image sensor H04N23/10; detecting, correcting, reducing or removing artefacts resulting only from the lens unit, e.g. flare, shading, vignetting or "cos4" H04N25/61)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T5/007 1 {Dynamic range modification (applied in cameras using an electronic image sensor H04N23/741, H04N23/743)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T5/008 2 {Local, e.g. shadow enhancement}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T5/009 2 {Global, i.e. based on properties of the image as a whole (applied in cameras using an electronic image sensor H04N23/80, H04N23/70)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T5/10 1 by non-spatial domain filtering {(applied in cameras using an electronic image sensor H04N23/80, H04N23/70, H04N5/253, H04N25/68)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T5/20 1 by the use of local operators {(applied in cameras using an electronic image sensor H04N23/80, H04N23/70, H04N5/253, H04N25/68)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T5/30 2 Erosion or dilatation, e.g. thinning
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T5/40 1 by the use of histogram techniques {(applied in cameras using an electronic image sensor H04N23/80, HH04N 23/70)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T5/50 1 by the use of more than one image, e.g. averaging, subtraction {(applied in cameras using an electronic image sensor H04N23/80, H04N23/70)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T7/00 0 Image analysis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T7/0002 1 {Inspection of images, e.g. flaw detection}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T7/0004 2 {Industrial image inspection}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T7/0006 3 {using a design-rule based approach}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T7/0008 3 {checking presence/absence}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T7/001 3 {using an image reference approach}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T7/0012 2 {Biomedical image inspection}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T7/0014 3 {using an image reference approach}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T7/0016 4 {involving temporal comparison}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T7/10 1 Segmentation; Edge detection (motion-based segmentation G06T7/215)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T7/11 2 Region-based segmentation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T7/12 2 Edge-based segmentation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T7/13 2 Edge detection
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T7/136 2 involving thresholding
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T7/143 2 involving probabilistic approaches, e.g. Markov random field [MRF] modelling
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T7/149 2 involving deformable models, e.g. active contour models
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T7/155 2 involving morphological operators
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T7/162 2 involving graph-based methods
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T7/168 2 involving transform domain methods
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T7/174 2 involving the use of two or more images
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T7/181 2 involving edge growing; involving edge linking
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T7/187 2 involving region growing; involving region merging; involving connected component labelling
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T7/194 2 involving foreground-background segmentation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T7/20 1 Analysis of motion (motion estimation for coding, decoding, compressing or decompressing digital video signals H04N19/43, H04N19/51)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T7/207 2 for motion estimation over a hierarchy of resolutions (multi-resolution motion estimation or hierarchical motion estimation for coding, decoding, compressing or decompressing digital video signals H04N19/53)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T7/215 2 Motion-based segmentation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T7/223 2 using block-matching
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T7/231 3 using full search
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T7/238 3 using non-full search, e.g. three-step search
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T7/246 2 using feature-based methods, e.g. the tracking of corners or segments
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T7/248 3 {involving reference images or patches}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T7/251 3 {involving models}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T7/254 2 involving subtraction of images
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T7/262 2 using transform domain methods, e.g. Fourier domain methods
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T7/269 2 using gradient-based methods
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T7/277 2 involving stochastic approaches, e.g. using Kalman filters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T7/285 2 using a sequence of stereo image pairs
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T7/292 2 Multi-camera tracking
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T7/30 1 Determination of transform parameters for the alignment of images, i.e. image registration
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T7/32 2 using correlation-based methods
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T7/33 2 using feature-based methods
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T7/337 3 {involving reference images or patches}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T7/344 3 {involving models}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T7/35 2 using statistical methods
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T7/37 2 using transform domain methods
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T7/38 2 Registration of image sequences
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T7/40 1 Analysis of texture (depth or shape recovery from texture G06T7/529)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T7/41 2 based on statistical description of texture
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T7/42 3 using transform domain methods
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T7/44 3 using image operators, e.g. filters, edge density metrics or local histograms
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T7/45 3 using co-occurrence matrix computation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T7/46 3 using random fields
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T7/48 3 using fractals
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T7/49 2 based on structural texture description, e.g. using primitives or placement rules
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T7/50 1 Depth or shape recovery
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T7/507 2 from shading (G06T7/586 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T7/514 2 from specularities
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T7/521 2 from laser ranging, e.g. using interferometry; from the projection of structured light
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T7/529 2 from texture
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T7/536 2 from perspective effects, e.g. by using vanishing points
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T7/543 2 from line drawings
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T7/55 2 from multiple images
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T7/557 3 from light fields, e.g. from plenoptic cameras
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T7/564 3 from contours
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T7/571 3 from focus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T7/579 3 from motion
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T7/586 3 from multiple light sources, e.g. photometric stereo
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T7/593 3 from stereo images
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T7/596 4 {from three or more stereo images}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T7/60 1 Analysis of geometric attributes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T7/62 2 of area, perimeter, diameter or volume
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T7/64 2 of convexity or concavity
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T7/66 2 of image moments or centre of gravity
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T7/68 2 of symmetry
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T7/70 1 Determining position or orientation of objects or cameras (camera calibration G06T7/80)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T7/73 2 using feature-based methods
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T7/74 3 {involving reference images or patches}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T7/75 3 {involving models}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T7/77 2 using statistical methods
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T7/80 1 Analysis of captured images to determine intrinsic or extrinsic camera parameters, i.e. camera calibration
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T7/85 2 {Stereo camera calibration}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T7/90 1 Determination of colour characteristics
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T7/97 1 {Determining parameters from multiple pictures (depth or shape recovery from multiple images G06T7/55; stereo camera calibration G06T7/85)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T9/00 0 Image coding (bandwidth or redundancy reduction for static pictures H04N1/41; coding or decoding of static colour picture signals H04N1/64; methods or arrangements for coding, decoding, compressing or decompressing digital video signals H04N19/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T9/001 1 {Model-based coding, e.g. wire frame}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T9/002 1 {using neural networks}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T9/004 1 {Predictors, e.g. intraframe, interframe coding}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T9/005 1 {Statistical coding, e.g. Huffman, run length coding}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T9/007 1 {Transform coding, e.g. discrete cosine transform}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T9/008 1 {Vector quantisation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T9/20 1 Contour coding, e.g. using detection of edges
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T9/40 1 Tree coding, e.g. quadtree, octree
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T11/00 0 2D [Two Dimensional] image generation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T11/001 1 {Texturing; Colouring; Generation of texture or colour}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T11/003 1 {Reconstruction from projections, e.g. tomography}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T11/005 2 {Specific pre-processing for tomographic reconstruction, e.g. calibration, source positioning, rebinning, scatter correction, retrospective gating}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T11/006 2 {Inverse problem, transformation from projection-space into object-space, e.g. transform methods, back-projection, algebraic methods}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T11/008 2 {Specific post-processing after tomographic reconstruction, e.g. voxelisation, metal artifact correction}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T11/20 1 Drawing from basic elements, e.g. lines or circles
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T11/203 2 {Drawing of straight lines or curves}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T11/206 2 {Drawing of charts or graphs}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T11/40 1 Filling a planar surface by adding surface attributes, e.g. colour or texture
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T11/60 1 Editing figures and text; Combining figures or text
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T11/80 1 Creating or modifying a manually drawn or painted image using a manual input device, e.g. mouse, light pen, direction keys on keyboard
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T13/00 0 Animation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T13/20 1 3D [Three Dimensional] animation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T13/205 2 {driven by audio data}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T13/40 2 of characters, e.g. humans, animals or virtual beings
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T13/60 2 of natural phenomena, e.g. rain, snow, water or plants
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T13/80 1 2D [Two Dimensional] animation, e.g. using sprites
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T15/00 0 3D [Three Dimensional] image rendering
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T15/005 1 {General purpose rendering architectures}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T15/02 1 Non-photorealistic rendering
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T15/04 1 Texture mapping
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T15/06 1 Ray-tracing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T15/08 1 Volume rendering
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T15/10 1 Geometric effects
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T15/20 2 Perspective computation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T15/205 3 {Image-based rendering}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T15/30 2 Clipping
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T15/40 2 Hidden part removal
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T15/405 3 {using Z-buffer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T15/50 1 Lighting effects
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T15/503 2 {Blending, e.g. for anti-aliasing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T15/506 2 {Illumination models}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T15/55 2 Radiosity
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T15/60 2 Shadow generation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T15/80 2 Shading
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T15/83 3 Phong shading
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T15/87 3 Gouraud shading
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T17/00 0 Three dimensional [3D] modelling, e.g. data description of 3D objects
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T17/005 1 {Tree description, e.g. octree, quadtree}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T17/05 1 Geographic models
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T17/10 1 Constructive solid geometry [CSG] using solid primitives, e.g. cylinders, cubes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T17/20 1 Finite element generation, e.g. wire-frame surface description, {tesselation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T17/205 2 {Re-meshing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T17/30 1 Polynomial surface description
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T19/00 0 Manipulating 3D models or images for computer graphics
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T19/003 1 {Navigation within 3D models or images}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T19/006 1 {Mixed reality (object pose determination, tracking or camera calibration for mixed reality G06T7/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T19/20 1 Editing of 3D images, e.g. changing shapes or colours, aligning objects or positioning parts
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2200/00 0 Indexing scheme for image data processing or generation, in general
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2200/04 1 involving 3D image data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2200/08 1 involving all processing steps from image acquisition to 3D model generation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2200/12 1 involving antialiasing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2200/16 1 involving adaptation to the client's capabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2200/21 1 involving computational photography
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2200/24 1 involving graphical user interfaces [GUIs]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2200/28 1 involving image processing hardware
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2200/32 1 involving image mosaicing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2200/36 1 Review paper; Tutorial; Survey
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2201/00 0 General purpose image data processing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2201/005 1 Image watermarking
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2201/0051 2 Embedding of the watermark in the spatial domain
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2201/0052 2 Embedding of the watermark in the frequency domain
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2201/0053 2 Embedding of the watermark in the coding stream, possibly without decoding; Embedding of the watermark in the compressed domain
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2201/0061 2 Embedding of the watermark in each block of the image, e.g. segmented watermarking
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2201/0062 2 Embedding of the watermark in text images, e.g. watermarking text documents using letter skew, letter distance or row distance
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2201/0063 2 in relation to collusion attacks, e.g. collusion attack resistant
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2201/0064 2 for copy protection or copy management, e.g. CGMS, copy only once, one-time copy
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2201/0065 2 Extraction of an embedded watermark; Reliable detection
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2201/0081 2 whereby both original and watermarked images are required at decoder, e.g. destination-based, non-blind, non-oblivious
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2201/0083 2 whereby only watermarked image required at decoder, e.g. source-based, blind, oblivious
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2201/0201 2 whereby only tamper or origin are detected and no embedding takes place
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2201/0202 2 whereby the quality of watermarked images is measured; Measuring quality or performance of watermarking methods; Balancing between quality and robustness
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2201/0203 2 whereby the image with embedded watermark is reverted to the original condition before embedding, e.g. lossless, distortion-free or invertible watermarking
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2201/0601 2 whereby calibration information is embedded in the watermark, e.g. a grid, a scale, a list of transformations
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/00 0 Indexing scheme for image analysis or image enhancement
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/10 1 Image acquisition modality
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/10004 2 Still image; Photographic image
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/10008 3 from scanner, fax or copier
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/10012 3 Stereo images
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/10016 2 Video; Image sequence
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/10021 3 Stereoscopic video; Stereoscopic image sequence
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/10024 2 Color image
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/10028 2 Range image; Depth image; 3D point clouds
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/10032 2 Satellite or aerial image; Remote sensing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/10036 3 Multispectral image; Hyperspectral image
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/10041 3 Panchromatic image
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/10044 3 Radar image
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/10048 2 Infrared image
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/10052 2 Images from lightfield camera
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/10056 2 Microscopic image
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/10061 3 from scanning electron microscope
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/10064 2 Fluorescence image
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/10068 2 Endoscopic image
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/10072 2 Tomographic images
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/10076 3 4D tomography; Time-sequential 3D tomography
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/10081 3 Computed x-ray tomography [CT]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/10084 3 Hybrid tomography; Concurrent acquisition with multiple different tomographic modalities
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/10088 3 Magnetic resonance imaging [MRI]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/10092 4 Diffusion tensor magnetic resonance imaging [DTI]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/10096 4 Dynamic contrast-enhanced magnetic resonance imaging [DCE-MRI]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/10101 3 Optical tomography; Optical coherence tomography [OCT]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/10104 3 Positron emission tomography [PET]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/10108 3 Single photon emission computed tomography [SPECT]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/10112 3 Digital tomosynthesis [DTS]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/10116 2 X-ray image
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/10121 3 Fluoroscopy
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/10124 3 Digitally reconstructed radiograph [DRR]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/10128 3 Scintigraphy
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/10132 2 Ultrasound image
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/10136 3 3D ultrasound image
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/10141 2 Special mode during image acquisition
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/10144 3 Varying exposure
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/10148 3 Varying focus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/10152 3 Varying illumination
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/20 1 Special algorithmic details
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/20004 2 Adaptive image processing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/20008 3 Globally adaptive
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/20012 3 Locally adaptive
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/20016 2 Hierarchical, coarse-to-fine, multiscale or multiresolution image processing; Pyramid transform
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/20021 2 Dividing image into blocks, subimages or windows
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/20024 2 Filtering details
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/20028 3 Bilateral filtering
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/20032 3 Median filtering
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/20036 2 Morphological image processing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/20041 3 Distance transform
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/20044 3 Skeletonization; Medial axis transform
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/20048 2 Transform domain processing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/20052 3 Discrete cosine transform [DCT]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/20056 3 Discrete and fast Fourier transform, [DFT, FFT]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/20061 3 Hough transform
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/20064 3 Wavelet transform [DWT]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/20068 2 Projection on vertical or horizontal image axis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/20072 2 Graph-based image processing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/20076 2 Probabilistic image processing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/20081 2 Training; Learning
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/20084 2 Artificial neural networks [ANN]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/20088 2 Trinocular vision calculations; trifocal tensor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/20092 2 Interactive image processing based on input by user
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/20096 3 Interactive definition of curve of interest
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/20101 3 Interactive definition of point of interest, landmark or seed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/20104 3 Interactive definition of region of interest [ROI]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/20108 3 Interactive selection of 2D slice in a 3D data set
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/20112 2 Image segmentation details
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/20116 3 Active contour; Active surface; Snakes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/20121 3 Active appearance model [AAM]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/20124 3 Active shape model [ASM]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/20128 3 Atlas-based segmentation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/20132 3 Image cropping
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/20152 3 Watershed segmentation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/20156 3 Automatic seed setting
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/20161 3 Level set
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/20164 3 Salient point detection; Corner detection
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/20168 3 Radial search
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/20172 2 Image enhancement details
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/20182 3 Noise reduction or smoothing in the temporal domain; Spatio-temporal filtering
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/20192 3 Edge enhancement; Edge preservation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/20201 3 Motion blur correction
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/20204 3 Removing film grain; Adding simulated film grain
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/20208 3 High dynamic range [HDR] image processing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/20212 2 Image combination
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/20216 3 Image averaging
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/20221 3 Image fusion; Image merging
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/20224 3 Image subtraction
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/20228 2 Disparity calculation for image-based rendering
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/30 1 Subject of image; Context of image processing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/30004 2 Biomedical image processing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/30008 3 Bone
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/30012 4 Spine; Backbone
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/30016 3 Brain
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/30021 3 Catheter; Guide wire
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/30024 3 Cell structures in vitro; Tissue sections in vitro
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/30028 3 Colon; Small intestine
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/30032 4 Colon polyp
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/30036 3 Dental; Teeth
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/30041 3 Eye; Retina; Ophthalmic
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/30044 3 Fetus; Embryo
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/30048 3 Heart; Cardiac
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/30052 3 Implant; Prosthesis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/30056 3 Liver; Hepatic
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/30061 3 Lung
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/30064 4 Lung nodule
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/30068 3 Mammography; Breast
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/30072 3 Microarray; Biochip, DNA array; Well plate
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/30076 3 Plethysmography
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/30081 3 Prostate
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/30084 3 Kidney; Renal
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/30088 3 Skin; Dermal
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/30092 3 Stomach; Gastric
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/30096 3 Tumor; Lesion
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/30101 3 Blood vessel; Artery; Vein; Vascular
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/30104 4 Vascular flow; Blood flow; Perfusion
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/30108 2 Industrial image inspection
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/30112 3 Baggage; Luggage; Suitcase
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/30116 3 Casting
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/30121 3 CRT, LCD or plasma display
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/30124 3 Fabrics; Textile; Paper
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/30128 3 Food products
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/30132 3 Masonry; Concrete
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/30136 3 Metal
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/30141 3 Printed circuit board [PCB]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/30144 3 Printing quality
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/30148 3 Semiconductor; IC; Wafer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/30152 3 Solder
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/30156 3 Vehicle coating
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/30161 3 Wood; Lumber
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/30164 3 Workpiece; Machine component
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/30168 2 Image quality inspection
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/30172 2 Centreline of tubular or elongated structure
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/30176 2 Document
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/30181 2 Earth observation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/30184 3 Infrastructure
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/30188 3 Vegetation; Agriculture
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/30192 3 Weather; Meteorology
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/30196 2 Human being; Person
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/30201 3 Face
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/30204 2 Marker
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/30208 3 Marker matrix
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/30212 2 Military
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/30216 2 Redeye defect
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/30221 2 Sports video; Sports image
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/30224 3 Ball; Puck
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/30228 3 Playing field
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/30232 2 Surveillance
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/30236 2 Traffic on road, railway or crossing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/30241 2 Trajectory
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/30242 2 Counting objects in image
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/30244 2 Camera pose
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/30248 2 Vehicle exterior or interior
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/30252 3 Vehicle exterior; Vicinity of vehicle
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/30256 4 Lane; Road marking
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/30261 4 Obstacle
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/30264 4 Parking
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2207/30268 3 Vehicle interior
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2210/00 0 Indexing scheme for image generation or computer graphics
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2210/04 1 Architectural design, interior design
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2210/08 1 Bandwidth reduction
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2210/12 1 Bounding box
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2210/16 1 Cloth
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2210/21 1 Collision detection, intersection
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2210/22 1 Cropping
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2210/24 1 Fluid dynamics
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2210/28 1 Force feedback
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2210/32 1 Image data format
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2210/36 1 Level of detail
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2210/41 1 Medical
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2210/44 1 Morphing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2210/52 1 Parallel processing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2210/56 1 Particle system, point based geometry or rendering
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2210/61 1 Scene description
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2210/62 1 Semi-transparency
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2210/64 1 Weathering
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2211/00 0 Image generation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2211/40 1 Computed tomography
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2211/404 2 Angiography
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2211/408 2 Dual energy
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2211/412 2 Dynamic
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2211/416 2 Exact reconstruction
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2211/421 2 Filtered back projection [FBP]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2211/424 2 Iterative
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2211/428 2 Real-time
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2211/432 2 Truncation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2211/436 2 Limited angle
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2213/00 0 Indexing scheme for animation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2213/04 1 Animation description language
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2213/08 1 Animation software package
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2213/12 1 Rule based animation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2215/00 0 Indexing scheme for image rendering
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2215/06 1 Curved planar reformation of 3D line structures
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2215/08 1 Gnomonic or central projection
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2215/12 1 Shadow map, environment map
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2215/16 1 Using real world measurements to influence rendering
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2219/00 0 Indexing scheme for manipulating 3D models or images for computer graphics
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2219/004 1 Annotating, labelling
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2219/008 1 Cut plane or projection plane definition
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2219/012 1 Dimensioning, tolerancing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2219/016 1 Exploded view
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2219/021 1 Flattening
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2219/024 1 Multi-user, collaborative environment
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2219/028 1 Multiple view windows (top-side-front-sagittal-orthogonal)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2219/20 1 Indexing scheme for editing of 3D models
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2219/2004 2 Aligning objects, relative positioning of parts
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2219/2008 2 Assembling, disassembling
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2219/2012 2 Colour editing, changing, or manipulating; Use of colour codes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2219/2016 2 Rotation, translation, scaling
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2219/2021 2 Shape modification
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06T2219/2024 2 Style variation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V IMAGE OR VIDEO RECOGNITION OR UNDERSTANDING
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V10/00 0 Arrangements for image or video recognition or understanding (character recognition in images or video G06V30/10)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V10/10 1 Image acquisition (document image scanning and transmission H04N1/00; control of digital cameras H04N23/60)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V10/12 2 Details of acquisition arrangements; Constructional details thereof
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V10/14 3 Optical characteristics of the device performing the acquisition or on the illumination arrangements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V10/141 4 Control of illumination
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V10/143 4 Sensing or illuminating at different wavelengths
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V10/145 4 Illumination specially adapted for pattern recognition, e.g. using gratings
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V10/147 4 Details of sensors, e.g. sensor lenses (fingerprint or palmprint sensors G06V40/13; vascular sensors G06V40/145; eye sensors G06V40/19)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V10/16 2 {using multiple overlapping images; Image stitching}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V10/17 2 {using hand-held instruments}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V10/19 2 {by sensing codes defining pattern positions}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V10/20 1 Image preprocessing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V10/22 2 by selection of a specific region containing or referencing a pattern; Locating or processing of specific regions to guide the detection or recognition
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V10/225 3 {based on a marking or identifier characterising the area}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V10/23 3 {based on positionally close patterns or neighbourhood relationships}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V10/235 3 {based on user input or interaction}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V10/24 2 Aligning, centring, orientation detection or correction of the image
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V10/242 3 {by image rotation, e.g. by 90 degrees}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V10/243 3 {by compensating for image skew or non-uniform image deformations}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V10/245 3 {by locating a pattern; Special marks for positioning}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V10/247 3 {by affine transforms, e.g. correction due to perspective effects; Quadrilaterals, e.g. trapezoids}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V10/248 3 {by interactive preprocessing or interactive shape modelling, e.g. feature points assigned by a user}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V10/25 2 Determination of region of interest [ROI] or a volume of interest [VOI]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V10/255 2 {Detecting or recognising potential candidate objects based on visual cues, e.g. shapes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V10/26 2 Segmentation of patterns in the image field; Cutting or merging of image elements to establish the pattern region, e.g. clustering-based techniques; Detection of occlusion
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V10/267 3 {by performing operations on regions, e.g. growing, shrinking or watersheds}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V10/273 3 {removing elements interfering with the pattern to be recognised}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V10/28 2 Quantising the image, e.g. histogram thresholding for discrimination between background and foreground patterns
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V10/30 2 Noise filtering
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V10/32 2 Normalisation of the pattern dimensions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V10/34 2 Smoothing or thinning of the pattern; Morphological operations; Skeletonisation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V10/36 2 Applying a local operator, i.e. means to operate on image points situated in the vicinity of a given point; Non-linear local filtering operations, e.g. median filtering
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V10/40 1 Extraction of image or video features
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V10/42 2 Global feature extraction by analysis of the whole pattern, e.g. using frequency domain transformations or autocorrelation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V10/421 3 {by analysing segments intersecting the pattern}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V10/422 3 for representing the structure of the pattern or shape of an object therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V10/424 4 Syntactic representation, e.g. by using alphabets or grammars
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V10/426 4 Graphical representations
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V10/431 3 {Frequency domain transformation; Autocorrelation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V10/435 3 {Computation of moments}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V10/44 2 Local feature extraction by analysis of parts of the pattern, e.g. by detecting edges, contours, loops, corners, strokes or intersections; Connectivity analysis, e.g. of connected components
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V10/443 3 {by matching or filtering}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V10/446 4 {using Haar-like filters, e.g. using integral image techniques}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V10/449 4 {Biologically inspired filters, e.g. difference of Gaussians [DoG] or Gabor filters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V10/451 5 {with interaction between the filter responses, e.g. cortical complex cells}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V10/454 6 {Integrating the filters into a hierarchical structure, e.g. convolutional neural networks [CNN]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V10/457 3 {by analysing connectivity, e.g. edge linking, connected component analysis or slices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V10/46 2 Descriptors for shape, contour or point-related descriptors, e.g. scale invariant feature transform [SIFT] or bags of words [BoW]; Salient regional features (colour feature extraction G06V10/56)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V10/462 3 {Salient features, e.g. scale invariant feature transforms [SIFT]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V10/464 4 {using a plurality of salient features, e.g. bag-of-words [BoW] representations}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V10/467 3 {Encoded features or binary features, e.g. local binary patterns [LBP]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V10/469 3 {Contour-based spatial representations, e.g. vector-coding}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V10/471 4 {using approximation functions}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V10/473 4 {using gradient analysis}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V10/476 4 {using statistical shape modelling, e.g. point distribution models}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V10/478 3 {Contour-based spectral representations or scale-space representations, e.g. by Fourier analysis, wavelet analysis or curvature scale-space [CSS]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V10/48 2 by mapping characteristic values of the pattern into a parameter space, e.g. Hough transformation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V10/50 2 by performing operations within image blocks; by using histograms, e.g. histogram of oriented gradients [HoG]; by summing image-intensity values; Projection analysis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V10/507 3 {Summing image-intensity values; Histogram projection analysis}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V10/513 2 {Sparse representations}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V10/52 2 Scale-space analysis, e.g. wavelet analysis (multi-scale boundary representations G06V10/42)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V10/54 2 relating to texture
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V10/56 2 relating to colour
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V10/58 2 relating to hyperspectral data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V10/60 2 relating to illumination properties, e.g. using a reflectance or lighting model
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V10/62 2 relating to a temporal dimension, e.g. time-based feature extraction; Pattern tracking
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V10/70 1 using pattern recognition or machine learning (optical pattern recognition or electronic computations therefor G06V10/88)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V10/72 2 Data preparation, e.g. statistical preprocessing of image or video features
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V10/74 2 Image or video pattern matching; Proximity measures in feature spaces
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V10/75 3 Organisation of the matching processes, e.g. simultaneous or sequential comparisons of image or video features; Coarse-fine approaches, e.g. multi-scale approaches; using context analysis; Selection of dictionaries
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V10/751 4 {Comparing pixel values or logical combinations thereof, or feature values having positional relevance, e.g. template matching}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V10/7515 5 {Shifting the patterns to accommodate for positional errors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V10/752 4 {Contour matching}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V10/753 4 {Transform-based matching, e.g. Hough transform}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V10/754 4 {involving a deformation of the sample pattern or of the reference pattern; Elastic matching}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V10/755 4 {Deformable models or variational models, e.g. snakes or active contours}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V10/7553 5 {based on shape, e.g. active shape models [ASM]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V10/7557 5 {based on appearance, e.g. active appearance models [AAM]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V10/757 4 {Matching configurations of points or features}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V10/758 4 {Involving statistics of pixels or of feature values, e.g. histogram matching}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V10/759 4 {Region-based matching}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V10/76 4 {based on eigen-space representations, e.g. from pose or different illumination conditions; Shape manifolds}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V10/761 3 {Proximity, similarity or dissimilarity measures}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V10/762 2 using clustering, e.g. of similar faces in social networks
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V10/7625 3 {Hierarchical techniques, i.e. dividing or merging patterns to obtain a tree-like representation; Dendograms}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V10/763 3 {Non-hierarchical techniques, e.g. based on statistics of modelling distributions}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V10/7635 3 {based on graphs, e.g. graph cuts or spectral clustering}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V10/764 2 using classification, e.g. of video objects
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V10/765 3 {using rules for classification or partitioning the feature space}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V10/766 2 using regression, e.g. by projecting features on hyperplanes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V10/768 2 {using context analysis, e.g. recognition aided by known co-occurring patterns}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V10/77 2 Processing image or video features in feature spaces; using data integration or data reduction, e.g. principal component analysis [PCA] or independent component analysis [ICA] or self-organising maps [SOM]; Blind source separation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V10/771 3 Feature selection, e.g. selecting representative features from a multi-dimensional feature space
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V10/7715 3 {Feature extraction, e.g. by transforming the feature space, e.g. multi-dimensional scaling [MDS]; Mappings, e.g. subspace methods}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V10/772 3 Determining representative reference patterns, e.g. averaging or distorting patterns; Generating dictionaries
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V10/774 3 Generating sets of training patterns; Bootstrap methods, e.g. bagging or boosting
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V10/7747 4 {Organisation of the process, e.g. bagging or boosting}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V10/7753 4 {Incorporation of unlabelled data, e.g. multiple instance learning [MIL]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V10/776 3 Validation; Performance evaluation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V10/778 3 Active pattern-learning, e.g. online learning of image or video features
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V10/7784 4 {based on feedback from supervisors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V10/7788 5 {the supervisor being a human, e.g. interactive learning with a human teacher}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V10/7792 5 {the supervisor being an automated module, e.g. "intelligent oracle"}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V10/7796 4 {based on specific statistical tests}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V10/80 3 Fusion, i.e. combining data from various sources at the sensor level, preprocessing level, feature extraction level or classification level (multimodal speaker identification or verification G10L17/10)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V10/803 4 {of input or preprocessed data}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V10/806 4 {of extracted features}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V10/809 4 {of classification results, e.g. where the classifiers operate on the same input data}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V10/811 5 {the classifiers operating on different input data, e.g. multi-modal recognition}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V10/814 4 {using belief theory, e.g. Dempster-Shafer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V10/817 4 {by voting}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V10/82 2 using neural networks
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V10/84 2 using probabilistic graphical models from image or video features, e.g. Markov models or Bayesian networks
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V10/85 3 {Markov-related models; Markov random fields}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V10/86 2 using syntactic or structural representations of the image or video pattern, e.g. symbolic string recognition; using graph matching
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V10/87 2 {using selection of the recognition techniques, e.g. of a classifier in a multiple classifier system}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V10/88 1 Image or video recognition using optical means, e.g. reference filters, holographic masks, frequency domain filters or spatial domain filters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V10/89 2 {using frequency domain filters, e.g. Fourier masks implemented on spatial light modulators}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V10/893 3 {characterised by the kind of filter}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V10/895 4 {the filter being related to phase processing, e.g. phase-only filters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V10/898 4 {combination of filters, e.g. phase-only filters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V10/92 2 {using spatial domain filters, e.g. joint transform correlators}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V10/94 1 Hardware or software architectures specially adapted for image or video understanding
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V10/945 2 {User interactive design; Environments; Toolboxes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V10/95 2 {structured as a network, e.g. client-server architectures}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V10/955 2 {using specific electronic processors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V10/96 1 Management of image or video recognition tasks
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V10/98 1 Detection or correction of errors, e.g. by rescanning the pattern or by human intervention; Evaluation of the quality of the acquired patterns
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V10/987 2 {with the intervention of an operator}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V10/993 2 {Evaluation of the quality of the acquired pattern}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V20/00 0 Scenes; Scene-specific elements (control of digital cameras H04N23/60)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V20/05 1 Underwater scenes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V20/10 1 Terrestrial scenes (scenes under surveillance with static cameras G06V20/52; scenes perceived from the exterior of a vehicle G06V20/56; scenes perceived from the interior of a vehicle G06V20/59)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V20/13 2 Satellite images
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V20/17 2 taken from planes or by drones
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V20/176 2 {Urban or other man-made structures}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V20/182 2 {Network patterns, e.g. roads or rivers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V20/188 2 {Vegetation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V20/194 2 {using hyperspectral data, i.e. more or other wavelengths than RGB}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V20/20 1 in augmented reality scenes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V20/30 1 in albums, collections or shared content, e.g. social network photos or video
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V20/35 1 {Categorising the entire scene, e.g. birthday party or wedding scene}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V20/36 2 {Indoor scenes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V20/38 2 {Outdoor scenes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V20/39 3 {Urban scenes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V20/40 1 in video content (extracting overlay text G06V20/62; video retrieval G06F16/70; processing of video elementary streams in video servers H04N21/234; processing of video elementary streams in video clients H04N21/44)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V20/41 2 {Higher-level, semantic clustering, classification or understanding of video scenes, e.g. detection, labelling or Markovian modelling of sport events or news items (segmenting video sequences G06V20/49)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V20/42 3 {of sport video content}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V20/43 3 {of news video content}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V20/44 2 {Event detection}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V20/46 2 {Extracting features or characteristics from the video content, e.g. video fingerprints, representative shots or key frames}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V20/47 3 {Detecting features for summarising video content}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V20/48 2 {Matching video sequences}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V20/49 2 {Segmenting video sequences, i.e. computational techniques such as parsing or cutting the sequence, low-level clustering or determining units such as shots or scenes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V20/50 1 Context or environment of the image
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V20/52 2 Surveillance or monitoring of activities, e.g. for recognising suspicious objects (recognising microscopic objects G06V20/69)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V20/53 3 {Recognition of crowd images, e.g. recognition of crowd congestion}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V20/54 3 of traffic, e.g. cars on the road, trains or boats
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V20/56 2 exterior to a vehicle by using sensors mounted on the vehicle
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V20/58 3 Recognition of moving objects or obstacles, e.g. vehicles or pedestrians; Recognition of traffic objects, e.g. traffic signs, traffic lights or roads
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V20/582 4 {of traffic signs}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V20/584 4 {of vehicle lights or traffic lights}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V20/586 4 {of parking space}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V20/588 3 {Recognition of the road, e.g. of lane markings; Recognition of the vehicle driving pattern in relation to the road}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V20/59 2 inside of a vehicle, e.g. relating to seat occupancy, driver state or inner lighting conditions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V20/593 3 {Recognising seat occupancy}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V20/597 3 {Recognising the driver's state or behaviour, e.g. attention or drowsiness}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V20/60 1 Type of objects
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V20/62 2 Text, e.g. of license plates, overlay texts or captions on TV images
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V20/625 3 {License plates}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V20/63 3 {Scene text, e.g. street names}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V20/635 3 {Overlay text, e.g. embedded captions in a TV program}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V20/64 2 Three-dimensional objects
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V20/647 3 {by matching two-dimensional images to three-dimensional objects}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V20/653 3 {by matching three-dimensional models, e.g. conformal mapping of Riemann surfaces}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V20/66 2 Trinkets, e.g. shirt buttons or jewellery items (recognising microscopic objects G06V20/69)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V20/68 2 Food, e.g. fruit or vegetables
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V20/69 2 Microscopic objects, e.g. biological cells or cellular parts
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V20/693 3 {Acquisition}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V20/695 3 {Preprocessing, e.g. image segmentation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V20/698 3 {Matching; Classification}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V20/70 1 Labelling scene content, e.g. deriving syntactic or semantic representations
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V20/80 1 Recognising image objects characterised by unique random patterns
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V20/90 1 Identifying an image sensor based on its output data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V20/95 1 {Pattern authentication; Markers therefor; Forgery detection}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/00 0 Character recognition; Recognising digital ink; Document-oriented image-based pattern recognition (scanning, transmission or reproduction of documents or the like H04N1/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/10 1 Character recognition
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/12 2 Detection or correction of errors, e.g. by rescanning the pattern
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/127 3 {with the intervention of an operator}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/133 3 {Evaluation of quality of the acquired characters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/14 2 Image acquisition
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/141 3 {using multiple overlapping images; Image stitching}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/142 3 using hand-held instruments; Constructional details of the instruments
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/1423 4 {the instrument generating sequences of position coordinates corresponding to handwriting (preprocessing or recognising digital ink G06V30/32)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/1426 4 {by sensing position defining codes on a support}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/1429 3 {Identifying or ignoring parts by sensing at different wavelengths}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/1431 3 {Illumination control}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/1434 3 {Special illumination such as grating, reflections or deflections, e.g. for characters with relief}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/1437 3 {Sensor details, e.g. position, configuration or special lenses (G06V30/1429 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/144 3 using a slot moved over the image; using discrete sensing elements at predetermined points; using automatic curve following means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/1444 3 {Selective acquisition, locating or processing of specific regions, e.g. highlighted text, fiducial marks or predetermined fields}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/1448 4 {based on markings or identifiers characterising the document or the area}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/1452 4 {based on positionally close symbols, e.g. amount sign or URL-specific characters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/1456 4 {based on user interactions}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/146 3 Aligning or centring of the image pick-up or image-field
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/1463 4 {Orientation detection or correction, e.g. rotation of multiples of 90 degrees}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/1465 4 {by locating a pattern (G06V30/1475 takes precedence; centring within a document with a marking G06V30/1448)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/1468 5 {Special marks for positioning}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/147 4 {Determination of region of interest}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/1473 4 {Recognising objects as potential recognition candidates based on visual cues, e.g. shapes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/1475 4 {Inclination or skew detection or correction of characters or of image to be recognised}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/1478 5 {of characters or characters lines}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/148 3 Segmentation of character regions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/15 4 {Cutting or merging image elements, e.g. region growing, watershed or clustering-based techniques}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/153 4 {using recognition of characters or words}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/155 4 {Removing patterns interfering with the pattern to be recognised, such as ruled lines or underlines}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/158 4 {using character size, text spacings or pitch estimation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/16 2 Image preprocessing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/1607 3 {Correcting image deformation, e.g. trapezoidal deformation caused by perspective}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/1613 3 {Interactive preprocessing or shape modelling, e.g. assignment of feature points by a user}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/162 3 Quantising the image signal
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/164 3 Noise filtering
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/166 3 Normalisation of pattern dimensions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/168 3 Smoothing or thinning of the pattern; Skeletonisation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/18 2 Extraction of features or characteristics of the image
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/1801 3 {Detecting partial patterns, e.g. edges or contours, or configurations, e.g. loops, corners, strokes or intersections (extracting features by contour coding G06V30/182)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/18019 4 {by matching or filtering}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/18029 5 {filtering with Haar-like subimages, e.g. computation thereof with the integral image technique}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/18038 5 {Biologically-inspired filters, e.g. difference of Gaussians [DoG], Gabor filters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/18048 6 {with interaction between the responses of different filters, e.g. cortical complex cells}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/18057 7 {Integrating the filters into a hierarchical structure, e.g. convolutional neural networks [CNN]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/18067 4 {by mapping characteristic values of the pattern into a parameter space, e.g. Hough transformation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/18076 4 {by analysing connectivity, e.g. edge linking, connected component analysis or slices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/18086 3 {by performing operations within image blocks or by using histograms}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/18095 4 {Summing image-intensity values; Projection and histogram analysis}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/18105 3 {related to colour}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/18114 3 {involving specific hyperspectral computations of features}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/18124 3 {related to illumination properties, e.g. according to a reflectance or lighting model}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/18133 3 {regional/local feature not essentially salient, e.g. local binary pattern}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/18143 3 {Extracting features based on salient regional features, e.g. scale invariant feature transform [SIFT] keypoints}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/18152 4 {Extracting features based on a plurality of salient regional features, e.g. "bag of words"}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/18162 3 {related to a structural representation of the pattern}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/18171 4 {Syntactic representation, e.g. using a grammatical approach}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/18181 4 {Graphical representation, e.g. directed attributed graph}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/1819 3 {sparse representations}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/182 3 by coding the contour of the pattern
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/1823 4 {using vector-coding}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/1826 4 {analysing the spectrum of the contour, e.g. Fourier expansion}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/1829 4 {using an approximation function}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/1831 4 {using gradient analysis}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/1834 4 {using statistical shape modelling, e.g. point distribution model}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/1837 4 {using wavelet analysis}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/184 3 by analysing segments intersecting the pattern
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/186 3 by deriving mathematical or geometrical properties from the whole image
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/187 4 {Frequency domain transformation; Autocorrelation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/188 4 {Computation of moments}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/189 4 {Scale-space domain transformation, e.g. with wavelet analysis}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/19 2 Recognition using electronic means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/19007 3 {Matching; Proximity measures}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/19013 4 {Comparing pixel values or logical combinations thereof, or feature values having positional relevance, e.g. template matching (specially adapted for image segmentation G06T7/10; specially adapted for the analysis of motion G06T7/20; specially adapted for image alignment G06T7/30; specially adapted for the calculation of depth from stereo images G06T7/50; specially adapted for position determination G06T7/70)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/1902 5 {Shifting or otherwise transforming the patterns to accommodate for positional errors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/19027 6 {Matching of contours}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/19033 7 {by mapping curve parameters onto an accumulator array, e.g. generalised Hough Transform}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/1904 6 {involving a deformation of the sample or reference pattern; Elastic matching}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/19047 7 {based on a local optimisation criterion, e.g. "snakes", i.e. active contour models of the pattern to be recognised}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/19053 7 {based on shape statistics, e.g. active shape models of the pattern to be recognised}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/1906 8 {based also on statistics of image patches, e.g. active appearance models of the pattern to be recognised}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/19067 6 {Matching configurations of points or features, e.g. constellation matching}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/19073 4 {Comparing statistics of pixel or of feature values, e.g. histogram matching}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/1908 4 {Region based matching}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/19087 4 {based on parametric eigenspace representations, e.g. eigenspace representations using pose or illumination parameters; Shape manifold}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/19093 4 {Proximity measures, i.e. similarity or distance measures}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/191 3 {Design or setup of recognition systems or techniques; Extraction of features in feature space; Clustering techniques; Blind source separation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/19107 4 {Clustering techniques}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/19113 4 {Selection of pattern recognition techniques, e.g. of classifiers in a multi-classifier system}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/1912 4 {Selecting the most significant subset of features (G06V30/19127 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/19127 4 {Extracting features by transforming the feature space, e.g. multidimensional scaling; Mappings, e.g. subspace methods}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/19133 4 {Interactive pattern learning with a human teacher}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/1914 4 {Determining representative reference patterns, e.g. averaging or distorting patterns; Generating dictionaries, e.g. user dictionaries}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/19147 4 {Obtaining sets of training patterns; Bootstrap methods, e.g. bagging or boosting}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/19153 4 {using rules for classification or partitioning the feature space}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/1916 4 {Validation; Performance evaluation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/19167 4 {Active pattern learning}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/19173 4 {Classification techniques}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/1918 4 {Fusion techniques, i.e. combining data from various sources, e.g. sensor fusion}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/19187 4 {Graphical models, e.g. Bayesian networks or Markov models}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/19193 3 {Statistical pre-processing, e.g. techniques for normalisation or restoring missing data}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/192 3 using simultaneous comparisons or correlations of the image signals with a plurality of references
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/194 4 References adjustable by an adaptive method, e.g. learning
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/195 4 {using a resistor matrix}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/196 3 using sequential comparisons of the image signals with a plurality of references
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/198 4 the selection of the next reference depending on the result of the preceding comparison
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/1983 4 {Syntactic or structural pattern recognition, e.g. symbolic string recognition}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/1985 5 {Syntactic analysis, e.g. using a grammatical approach (syntactic image representation G06V30/18171)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/1988 5 {Graph matching (graphical image representation G06V30/18181)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/199 2 Arrangements for recognition using optical reference masks, e.g. holographic masks
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/20 2 Combination of acquisition, preprocessing or recognition functions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/22 2 characterised by the type of writing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/222 3 of characters separated by spaces
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/224 3 of printed characters having additional code marks or containing code marks
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/2247 4 {Characters composed of bars, e.g. CMC-7}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/2253 4 {Recognition of characters printed with magnetic ink (G06V30/2247 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/226 3 of cursive writing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/2264 4 {using word shape}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/2268 4 {using stroke segmentation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/2272 5 {with lexical matching}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/2276 5 {with probabilistic networks, e.g. hidden Markov models}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/228 3 of three-dimensional handwriting, e.g. writing in the air
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/24 2 characterised by the processing or recognition method (segmentation of character regions G06V30/148)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/242 3 Division of the character sequences into groups prior to recognition; Selection of dictionaries
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/244 4 using graphical properties, e.g. alphabet type or font
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/2445 5 {Alphabet recognition, e.g. Latin, Kanji or Katakana}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/245 5 {Font recognition}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/2455 5 {Discrimination between machine-print, hand-print and cursive writing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/246 4 using linguistic properties, e.g. specific for English or German language
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/248 3 {involving plural approaches, e.g. verification by template match; Resolving confusion among similar patterns, e.g. "O" versus "Q" (G06V30/242 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/2504 4 {Coarse or fine approaches, e.g. resolution of ambiguities or multiscale approaches}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/2528 4 {Combination of methods, e.g. classifiers, working on the same input data}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/2552 4 {Combination of methods, e.g. classifiers, working on different input data, e.g. sensor fusion}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/26 2 Techniques for post-processing, e.g. correcting the recognition result
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/262 3 using context analysis, e.g. lexical, syntactic or semantic context
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/268 4 {Lexical context}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/274 4 {Syntactic or semantic context, e.g. balancing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/28 2 specially adapted to the type of the alphabet, e.g. Latin alphabet
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/287 3 {of Kanji, Hiragana or Katakana characters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/293 3 {of characters other than Kanji, Hiragana or Katakana}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/30 2 based on the type of data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/302 3 Images containing characters for discriminating human versus automated computer access
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/304 3 Music notations
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/32 2 Digital ink
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/333 3 {Preprocessing; Feature extraction}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/347 4 {Sampling; Contour coding; Stroke extraction}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/36 3 {Matching; Classification}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/373 4 {using a special pattern or subpattern alphabet}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/387 4 {using human interaction, e.g. selection of the best displayed recognition candidate}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/40 1 Document-oriented image-based pattern recognition
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/41 2 Analysis of document content (recognition of printed characters based on code marks G06V30/224)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/412 3 Layout analysis of documents structured with printed lines or input boxes, e.g. business forms or tables
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/413 3 Classification of content, e.g. text, photographs or tables
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/414 3 Extracting the geometrical structure, e.g. layout tree; Block segmentation, e.g. bounding boxes for graphics or text
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/416 3 Extracting the logical structure, e.g. chapters, sections or page numbers; Identifying elements of the document, e.g. authors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/418 3 Document matching, e.g. of document images
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/42 2 based on the type of document
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/422 3 Technical drawings; Geographical maps
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/424 3 Postal images, e.g. labels or addresses on parcels or postal envelopes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V30/43 2 {Editing text-bitmaps, e.g. alignment, spacing; Semantic analysis of bitmaps of text without OCR}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V40/00 0 Recognition of biometric, human-related or animal-related patterns in image or video data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V40/10 1 Human or animal bodies, e.g. vehicle occupants or pedestrians; Body parts, e.g. hands
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V40/103 2 {Static body considered as a whole, e.g. static pedestrian or occupant recognition}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V40/107 2 {Static hand or arm}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V40/11 3 {Hand-related biometrics; Hand pose recognition}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V40/113 3 {Recognition of static hand signs}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V40/117 3 {Biometrics derived from hands}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V40/12 2 Fingerprints or palmprints
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V40/13 3 Sensors therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V40/1306 4 {non-optical, e.g. ultrasonic or capacitive sensing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V40/1312 4 {direct reading, e.g. contactless acquisition}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V40/1318 4 {using electro-optical elements or layers, e.g. electroluminescent sensing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V40/1324 4 {by using geometrical optics, e.g. using prisms (G06V40/1312 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V40/1329 4 {Protecting the fingerprint sensor against damage caused by the finger}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V40/1335 3 {Combining adjacent partial images (e.g. slices) to create a composite input or reference pattern; Tracking a sweeping finger movement}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V40/1341 3 {Sensing with light passing through the finger}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V40/1347 3 {Preprocessing; Feature extraction}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V40/1353 4 {Extracting features related to minutiae or pores}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V40/1359 4 {Extracting features related to ridge properties; Determining the fingerprint type, e.g. whorl or loop}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V40/1365 3 {Matching; Classification}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V40/1371 4 {Matching features related to minutiae or pores}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V40/1376 4 {Matching features related to ridge properties or fingerprint texture}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V40/1382 3 {Detecting the live character of the finger, i.e. distinguishing from a fake or cadaver finger}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V40/1388 4 {using image processing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V40/1394 4 {using acquisition arrangements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V40/14 2 Vascular patterns
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V40/145 3 Sensors therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V40/15 2 {Biometric patterns based on physiological signals, e.g. heartbeat, blood flow}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V40/155 2 {use of biometric patterns for forensic purposes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V40/16 2 Human faces, e.g. facial parts, sketches or expressions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V40/161 3 {Detection; Localisation; Normalisation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V40/162 4 {using pixel segmentation or colour matching}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V40/164 4 {using holistic features}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V40/165 4 {using facial parts and geometric relationships}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V40/166 4 {using acquisition arrangements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V40/167 4 {using comparisons between temporally consecutive images}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V40/168 3 {Feature extraction; Face representation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V40/169 4 {Holistic features and representations, i.e. based on the facial image taken as a whole}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V40/171 4 {Local features and components; Facial parts (eye characteristics G06V40/18); Occluding parts, e.g. glasses; Geometrical relationships}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V40/172 3 {Classification, e.g. identification}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V40/173 4 {face re-identification, e.g. recognising unknown faces across different face tracks}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V40/174 3 {Facial expression recognition}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V40/175 4 {Static expression}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V40/176 4 {Dynamic expression}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V40/178 3 {estimating age from face image; using age information for improving recognition}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V40/179 3 {metadata assisted face recognition}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V40/18 2 Eye characteristics, e.g. of the iris
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V40/19 3 Sensors therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V40/193 3 {Preprocessing; Feature extraction}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V40/197 3 {Matching; Classification}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V40/20 1 Movements or behaviour, e.g. gesture recognition (recognition of facial expressions G06V40/16)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V40/23 2 {Recognition of whole body movements, e.g. for sport training}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V40/25 3 {Recognition of walking or running movements, e.g. gait recognition}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V40/28 2 {Recognition of hand or arm movements, e.g. recognition of deaf sign language (static hand signs G06V40/113)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V40/30 1 Writer recognition; Reading and verifying signatures
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V40/33 2 {based only on signature image, e.g. static signature recognition}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V40/37 2 {based only on signature signals such as velocity or pressure, e.g. dynamic signature recognition}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V40/376 3 {Acquisition}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V40/382 3 {Preprocessing; Feature extraction}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V40/388 4 {Sampling; Contour coding; Stroke extraction}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V40/394 3 {Matching; Classification}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V40/40 1 Spoof detection, e.g. liveness detection
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V40/45 2 {Detection of the body part being alive}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V40/50 1 Maintenance of biometric data or enrolment thereof
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V40/53 2 {Measures to keep reference information secret, e.g. cancellable biometrics}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V40/55 2 {Performing matching on a personal external card, e.g. to avoid submitting reference information}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V40/58 2 {Solutions for unknown imposter distribution}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V40/60 1 Static or dynamic means for assisting the user to position a body part for biometric acquisition
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V40/63 2 {by static guides}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V40/67 2 {by interactive indications to the user}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V40/70 1 Multimodal biometrics, e.g. combining information from different biometric modalities
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V2201/00 0 Indexing scheme relating to image or video recognition or understanding
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V2201/01 1 Solutions for problems related to non-uniform document background
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V2201/02 1 Recognising information on displays, dials, clocks
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V2201/03 1 Recognition of patterns in medical or anatomical images
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V2201/031 2 of internal organs
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V2201/032 2 of protuberances, polyps nodules, etc.
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V2201/033 2 of skeletal patterns
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V2201/034 2 of medical instruments
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V2201/04 1 Recognition of patterns in DNA microarrays
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V2201/05 1 Recognition of patterns representing particular kinds of hidden objects, e.g. weapons, explosives, drugs
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V2201/06 1 Recognition of objects for industrial automation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V2201/07 1 Target detection
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V2201/08 1 Detecting or categorising vehicles
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V2201/09 1 Recognition of logos
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V2201/10 1 Recognition assisted with metadata
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V2201/11 1 Technique with transformation invariance effect
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V2201/12 1 Acquisition of 3D measurements of objects
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V2201/121 2 using special illumination
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V2201/122 2 Computational image acquisition in electron microscopy
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V2201/13 1 Type of disclosure document
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V2201/131 2 Book
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V2201/132 2 Book chapter
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V2201/133 2 Survey article
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V2201/134 2 Technical report or standard
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V2201/135 2 Master, PhD or other thesis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G06V2201/136 2 Tutorial
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07 CHECKING-DEVICES
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B TICKET-ISSUING APPARATUS; FARE-REGISTERING APPARATUS; FRANKING APPARATUS
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B1/00 0 Machines for printing and issuing tickets (printing mechanisms per se B41; output mechanisms of digital computers G06C11/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B1/02 1 employing selectable printing plates
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B1/04 2 wherein the plates are inserted
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B1/06 1 without selectable printing plates
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B1/08 1 portable
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B3/00 0 Machines for issuing preprinted tickets
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B3/02 1 from stock in wound strip form
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B3/04 1 from a stack
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B5/00 0 Details of, or auxiliary devices for, ticket-issuing machines (for validating inserted tickets G07B11/02)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B5/02 1 for cutting-off or separating tickets
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B5/04 1 for recording or registering tickets issued
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B5/06 1 for preventing fraudulent operation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B5/08 1 for avoiding incorrect action of the machine
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B5/10 2 indicating when ticket supply is exhausted
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B5/12 1 allowing manual writing on the tickets
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B7/00 0 Holders providing direct manual access to the tickets
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B9/00 0 Ticket punches (perforating pliers B26F1/36; marking record carriers in digital fashion by punching G06K1/02)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B9/02 1 Toy ticket-punches
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B11/00 0 Apparatus for validating or cancelling issued tickets
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B11/02 1 for validating inserted tickets
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B11/03 2 by printing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B11/05 2 by perforating
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B11/07 2 by separating part of ticket
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B11/09 3 combined with receptacle for separated part of ticket (refuse receptacles in general B65F1/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B11/11 1 for cancelling tickets
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B13/00 0 Taximeters (measuring distance travelled G01C; measuring time G04)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B13/005 1 {operating mechanically}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B13/02 1 Details; Accessories
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B13/04 2 for indicating fare or state of hire
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B13/045 3 {with indicating means on the outside of the vehicle}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B13/06 2 Driving arrangements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B13/08 2 Tariff-changing arrangements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B13/10 3 automatically actuated
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B15/00 0 Arrangements or apparatus for collecting fares, tolls or entrance fees at one or more control points (handling coins or valuable papers, e.g. banknotes, G07D; apparatus for vending or hiring articles or services activated by coins, credit cards, paper currency or the like G07F7/00, G07F17/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B15/02 1 taking into account a variable factor such as distance or time, e.g. for passenger transport, parking systems or car rental systems (G07B15/06 takes precedence; taximeters G07B13/00; parking meters per se G07F17/24; {car rental systems per se G07B15/00})
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B15/04 2 comprising devices to free a barrier, turnstile, or the like {(turnstiles with registering means G07C9/10; coin-freed aspects G07F17/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B15/06 1 Arrangements for road pricing or congestion charging of vehicles or vehicle users, e.g. automatic toll systems
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B15/063 2 {using wireless information transmission between the vehicle and a fixed station (identification of vehicles G08G)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B15/066 2 {being coin-operated}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B17/00 0 Franking apparatus (printing aspects B41)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B17/00008 1 {operated by portable carriers, e.g. for inputting credit or information}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B17/00016 1 {Relations between apparatus, e.g. franking machine at customer or apparatus at post office, in a franking system}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B17/00024 2 {Physical or organizational aspects of franking systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B2017/00032 3 {Determining the location of apparatus}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B2017/0004 3 {Determining the location of mailpieces outside apparatus}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B2017/00048 3 {Software architecture}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B2017/00056 4 {Client-server}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B2017/00064 5 {Virtual meter, online stamp; PSD functions or indicia creation not at user's location}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B2017/00072 3 {Hybrid mail, i.e. mail delivered using different physical means along the mail delivery path, e.g. email and envelope}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B17/0008 2 {Communication details outside or between apparatus (coin-freed apparatus for franking per se G07F17/26)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B2017/00088 3 {via landlines}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B2017/00096 4 {via phone lines}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B2017/00104 4 {via TV cable}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B2017/00112 3 {Wireless}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B2017/0012 4 {in a mobile phone system}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B2017/00129 4 {Satellite communication}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B2017/00137 3 {In a LAN}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B2017/00145 3 {via the Internet}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B2017/00153 3 {for sending information}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B2017/00161 4 {from a central, non-user location, e.g. for updating rates or software, or for refilling funds}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B2017/00169 4 {from a franking apparatus, e.g. for verifying accounting}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B2017/00177 4 {from a portable device, e.g. a card or a PCMCIA}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B17/00185 1 {Details internally of apparatus in a franking system, e.g. franking machine at customer or apparatus at post office (digital data processing G06F; coin-freed apparatus for franking per se G07F17/26)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B17/00193 2 {Constructional details of apparatus in a franking system}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B2017/00201 3 {Open franking system, i.e. the printer is not dedicated to franking only, e.g. PC (Personal Computer)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B2017/00209 3 {Mailbox, i.e. container for outgoing mail}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B2017/00217 3 {Portable franking apparatus, i.e. the whole franking apparatus, not parts alone}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B2017/00225 3 {Vending machine or POS (Point Of Sale) apparatus}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B2017/00233 3 {Housing, e.g. lock or hardened casing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B2017/00241 3 {Modular design}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B2017/0025 3 {Storage of, e.g. ribbon}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B2017/00258 3 {Electronic hardware aspects, e.g. type of circuits used}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B2017/00266 3 {Man-machine interface on the apparatus}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B2017/00274 4 {Mechanical, e.g. keyboard}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B2017/00282 5 {Touch screen}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B2017/0029 5 {Soft buttons; buttons that can change function}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B2017/00298 4 {Visual, e.g. screens and their layouts}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B2017/00306 4 {Acoustic, e.g. voice control or speech prompting}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B17/00314 2 {Communication within apparatus, personal computer [PC] system, or server, e.g. between printhead and central unit in a franking machine}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B2017/00322 3 {Communication between components/modules/parts, e.g. printer, printhead, keyboard, conveyor or central unit}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B2017/0033 3 {Communication with software component, e.g. dll or object}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B2017/00338 3 {Error detection or handling}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B2017/00346 3 {Power handling, e.g. power-down routine}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B2017/00354 3 {Setting of date}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B17/00362 2 {Calculation or computing within apparatus, e.g. calculation of postage value}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B2017/0037 3 {Calculation of postage value}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B2017/00379 3 {Calculation of different sending options for a mail piece}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B2017/00387 3 {Currency calculation, e.g. from DEM to EUR}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B2017/00395 3 {Memory organization}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B2017/00403 4 {Memory zones protected from unauthorized reading or writing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B2017/00411 4 {Redundant storage, e.g. back-up of registers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B2017/00419 3 {Software organization, e.g. separation into objects}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B2017/00427 3 {Special accounting procedures, e.g. storing special information}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B17/00435 2 {Details specific to central, non-customer apparatus, e.g. servers at post office or vendor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B2017/00443 3 {Verification of mailpieces, e.g. by checking databases}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B2017/00451 3 {Address hygiene, i.e. checking and correcting addresses to be printed on mail pieces using address databases}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B17/00459 1 {Details relating to mailpieces in a franking system}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B17/00467 2 {Transporting mailpieces (postal sorting B07C)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B2017/00475 3 {Sorting mailpieces}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B2017/00483 3 {Batch processing of mailpieces}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B2017/00491 3 {Mail/envelope/insert handling system}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B2017/005 3 {Measures for preventing or handling mailpieces stoppages}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B17/00508 2 {Printing or attaching on mailpieces (printing mechanisms B41J; security printing B41M3/14; marking methods B41M5/00; inks C09D11/00; record carriers with at least a part designed to carry digital markings G06K19/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B2017/00516 3 {Details of printing apparatus}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B2017/00524 4 {Printheads}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B2017/00532 5 {Inkjet}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B2017/0054 5 {Thermal printhead}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B2017/00548 5 {Mechanical printhead}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B2017/00556 4 {Ensuring quality of print}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B2017/00564 5 {Ensuring correct position of print on mailpiece}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B2017/00572 3 {Details of printed item}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B2017/0058 4 {Printing of code}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B2017/00588 5 {Barcode}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B2017/00596 4 {Printing of address}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B2017/00604 4 {Printing of advert or logo}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B2017/00612 3 {Attaching item on mailpiece}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B2017/0062 4 {Label}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B2017/00629 4 {Circuit, e.g. transponder}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B2017/00637 3 {Special printing techniques, e.g. interlacing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B2017/00645 4 {Separating print into fixed and variable parts}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B2017/00653 3 {Special inks, e.g. fluorescent}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B17/00661 2 {Sensing or measuring mailpieces (weighing G01G19/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B2017/00669 3 {Sensing the position of mailpieces}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B2017/00677 4 {Keeping track of mailpieces inside apparatus}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B2017/00685 3 {Measuring the dimensions of mailpieces}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B2017/00693 3 {Measuring the speed of mailpieces inside apparatus}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B2017/00701 3 {Measuring the weight of mailpieces}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B2017/00709 3 {Scanning mailpieces}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B2017/00717 4 {Reading barcodes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B2017/00725 4 {Reading symbols, e.g. OCR}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B17/00733 1 {Cryptography or similar special procedures in a franking system}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B2017/00741 2 {using specific cryptographic algorithms or functions}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B2017/0075 3 {Symmetric, secret-key algorithms, e.g. DES, RC2, RC4, IDEA, Skipjack, CAST, AES}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B2017/00758 3 {Asymmetric, public-key algorithms, e.g. RSA, Elgamal}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B2017/00766 4 {Digital signature, e.g. DSA, DSS, ECDSA, ESIGN}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B2017/00774 3 {MAC (Message Authentication Code), e.g. DES-MAC}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B2017/00782 3 {Hash function, e.g. MD5, MD2, SHA}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B2017/0079 2 {Time-dependency}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B2017/00798 3 {using timestamps, i.e. recording time in message}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B2017/00806 3 {Limited validity time}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B2017/00814 3 {Continuous communication, e.g. answer within a limited time period}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B2017/00822 2 {including unique details}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B2017/0083 3 {Postal data, e.g. postage, address, sender, machine ID, vendor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B2017/00838 3 {Personal data, i.e. biometrics}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B2017/00846 2 {Key management}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B2017/00854 3 {Key generation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B2017/00862 3 {Key storage, e.g. escrowing by trusted third party}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B2017/0087 3 {Key distribution}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B2017/00879 4 {using session key}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B2017/00887 4 {using look-up tables, also called master tables with pointers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B2017/00895 3 {Key verification, e.g. by using trusted party}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B2017/00903 3 {Key destruction or retirement}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B2017/00911 2 {Trusted party}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B2017/00919 2 {Random number generator}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B2017/00927 2 {Certificates, e.g. X.509}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B2017/00935 2 {Passwords}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B2017/00943 2 {Compression techniques}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B2017/00951 2 {Error handling, e.g. EDC (Error Detection Codes)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B2017/00959 2 {Cryptographic modules, e.g. a PC encryption board}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B2017/00967 3 {PSD [Postal Security Device] as defined by the USPS [US Postal Service]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B17/00975 1 {using mechanical accounting means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B17/00983 1 {with means for resetting the monetary value of the accounting means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B17/00991 2 {from a central point, e.g. post office}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B17/02 1 with means for computing or counting {(G07B17/00975 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07B17/04 1 with means for avoiding misuse
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C TIME OR ATTENDANCE REGISTERS; REGISTERING OR INDICATING THE WORKING OF MACHINES; GENERATING RANDOM NUMBERS; VOTING OR LOTTERY APPARATUS; ARRANGEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS FOR CHECKING NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C1/00 0 Registering, indicating or recording the time of events or elapsed time, e.g. time-recorders for work people (registering or indicating the working of machines or vehicles G07C3/00, G07C5/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C1/02 1 not involving the registering, indicating or recording of other data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C1/04 2 wherein the time is indicated in figures
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C1/06 3 with apparatus adapted for use with individual cards
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C1/08 2 wherein the time is indicated by marking an element, e.g. a card or tape, in position determined by the time
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C1/10 1 together with the recording, indicating or registering of other data, e.g. of signs of identity
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C1/12 2 wherein the time is indicated in figures
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C1/14 3 with apparatus adapted for use with individual cards
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C1/16 2 wherein the time is indicated by marking an element, e.g. a card or tape, in a position determined by the time
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C1/18 3 with apparatus adapted for use with individual cards
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C1/20 1 Checking timed patrols, e.g. of watchman
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C1/22 1 in connection with sports or games
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C1/24 2 Race time-recorders
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C1/26 2 Pigeon-timing or like equipment
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C1/28 2 Indicating playing time
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C1/30 1 Parking meters (registering or indicating waiting time of vehicles by means driven by the vehicle G07C5/02; coin-freed parking meters G07F17/24)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C1/32 1 Time-recording locks
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C3/00 0 Registering or indicating the condition or the working of machines or other apparatus, other than vehicles
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C3/005 1 {during manufacturing process}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C3/02 1 Registering or indicating working or idle time only
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C3/04 2 using counting means or digital clocks
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C3/045 3 {Mechanical counters or clocks}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C3/06 2 in graphical form
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C3/08 1 Registering or indicating the production of the machine either with or without registering working or idle time
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C3/10 2 using counting means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C3/12 2 in graphical form
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C3/14 1 Quality control systems
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C3/143 2 {Finished product quality control}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C3/146 2 {during manufacturing process}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C5/00 0 Registering or indicating the working of vehicles
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C5/002 1 {Analysing tachograph charts (arrangements for graph-reading in general G06K11/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C5/004 1 {Indicating the operating range of the engine (economical driving B60R16/0236, F02B77/084; measuring liquid fuel of an engine G01F9/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C5/006 1 {Indicating maintenance}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C5/008 1 {communicating information to a remotely located station (transmission systems for measured values G08C)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C5/02 1 Registering or indicating driving, working, idle, or waiting time only (apparatus forming part of taximeters G07B13/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C5/04 2 using counting means or digital clocks
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C5/06 2 in graphical form
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C5/08 1 Registering or indicating performance data other than driving, working, idle, or waiting time, with or without registering driving, working, idle or waiting time
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C5/0808 2 {Diagnosing performance data (testing of vehicles G01M17/00; testing of electrical installation on vehicles G01R31/005)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C5/0816 2 {Indicating performance data, e.g. occurrence of a malfunction}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C5/0825 3 {using optical means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C5/0833 3 {using audio means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C5/0841 2 {Registering performance data (recording measured values G01D; information storage G11B)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C5/085 3 {using electronic data carriers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C5/0858 4 {wherein the data carrier is removable}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C5/0866 4 {the electronic data carrier being a digital video recorder in combination with video camera}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C5/0875 3 {using magnetic data carriers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C5/0883 4 {wherein the data carrier is removable}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C5/0891 4 {Video recorder in combination with video camera}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C5/10 2 using counting means or digital clocks
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C5/12 2 in graphical form
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C7/00 0 Details or accessories common to the registering or indicating apparatus of groups G07C3/00 and G07C5/00
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C9/00 0 Individual registration on entry or exit
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C9/00174 1 {Electronically operated locks; Circuits therefor; Nonmechanical keys therefor, e.g. passive or active electrical keys or other data carriers without mechanical keys (mechanical locks with electric permutation E05B49/00; arrangements for sensing or reading record carriers G06K7/00; electronic switching H03K17/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C9/00182 2 {operated with unidirectional data transmission between data carrier and locks}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C2009/0019 3 {the keyless data carrier having only one limited data transmission rangs}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C2009/00198 3 {the keyless data carrier having more than one limited data transmission ranges}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C2009/00206 3 {the keyless data carrier being hand operated}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C2009/00214 4 {by one push button}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C2009/00222 4 {by more than one push button}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C2009/0023 3 {with encription of the transmittted data signal}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C2009/00238 3 {the transmittted data signal containing a code which is changed}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C2009/00246 4 {periodically, e.g. after a time period}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C2009/00253 4 {dynamically, e.g. variable code - rolling code}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C2009/00261 3 {the keyless data carrier having more than one function}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C2009/00269 4 {opening and locking of all locks at the same time}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C2009/00277 4 {opening of different locks separately}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C2009/00285 4 {immobilizer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C2009/00293 4 {anti-theft}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C2009/00301 4 {starting ignition}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C9/00309 2 {operated with bidirectional data transmission between data carrier and locks}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C2009/00317 3 {keyless data carrier having only one limited data transmission range}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C2009/00325 4 {and the lock having only one limited data transmission range}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C2009/00333 4 {and the lock having more than one limited data transmission ranges}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C2009/00341 3 {keyless data carrier having more than one limited data transmission ranges}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C2009/00349 4 {and the lock having only one limited data transmission range}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C2009/00357 4 {and the lock having more than one limited data transmission ranges}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C2009/00365 3 {in combination with a wake-up circuit}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C2009/00373 4 {whereby the wake-up circuit is situated in the lock}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C2009/0038 4 {whereby the wake-up circuit is situated in the keyless data carrier}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C2009/00388 3 {code verification carried out according to the challenge/response method}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C2009/00396 4 {starting with prompting the keyless data carrier}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C2009/00404 4 {starting with prompting the lock}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C2009/00412 3 {the transmitted data signal being encrypted}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C2009/0042 3 {the transmitted data signal containing a code which is changed}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C2009/00428 4 {periodically after a time period}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C2009/00436 5 {by the system}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C2009/00444 5 {by the key}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C2009/00452 5 {by the lock}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C2009/0046 5 {randomly}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C2009/00468 5 {after n uses}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C2009/00476 4 {dynamically}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C2009/00484 5 {whereby the code is a variable code}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C2009/00492 5 {whereby the code is a rolling code}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C2009/005 5 {whereby the code is a random code}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C2009/00507 3 {keyless data carrier having more than one function}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C2009/00515 4 {opening and locking of all locks at the same time}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C2009/00523 4 {opening of different locks separately}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C2009/00531 4 {immobilizer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C2009/00539 4 {anti-theft}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C2009/00547 4 {starting ignition}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C2009/00555 3 {comprising means to detect or avoid relay attacks}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C9/00563 2 {using personal physical data of the operator, e.g. finger prints, retinal images, voicepatterns}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C9/00571 2 {operated by interacting with a central unit}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C2009/00579 2 {Power supply for the keyless data carrier}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C2009/00587 3 {by battery}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C2009/00595 3 {by solar energy}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C2009/00603 3 {by power transmission from lock}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C2009/00611 4 {by using inductive transmission}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C2009/00619 4 {by using capacitive transmission}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C2009/00626 4 {by using optical transmission}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C2009/00634 2 {Power supply for the lock}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C2009/00642 3 {by battery}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C2009/0065 3 {by solar energy}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C9/00658 2 {operated by passive electrical keys}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C9/00666 3 {with dials}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C9/00674 3 {with switch-buttons}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C9/00682 4 {actuated repeatedly}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C9/0069 4 {actuated in a predetermined sequence}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C9/00698 4 {actuated in function of displayed informations}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C9/00706 3 {with conductive components, e.g. pins, wires, metallic strips}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C9/00714 3 {with passive electrical components, e.g. resistor, capacitor, inductor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C9/00722 3 {with magnetic components, e.g. magnets, magnetic strips, metallic inserts (mechanical locks operated by permanent magnets E05B47/0038)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C9/0073 4 {actuating magnetically controlled switches, e.g. reed relays}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C9/00738 4 {sensed by Hall effect devices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C2009/00746 3 {by knocking on a surface for inputting the code, e.g. detecting a series of taps on a surface}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C2009/00753 2 {operated by active electrical keys}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C2009/00761 3 {with data transmission performed by connected means, e.g. mechanical contacts, plugs, connectors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C2009/00769 3 {with data transmission performed by wireless means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C2009/00777 4 {by induction}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C2009/00785 4 {by light}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C2009/00793 4 {by Hertzian waves}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C2009/00801 4 {by acoustic waves}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C2009/00809 3 {with data transmission through the human body}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C9/00817 2 {where the code of the lock can be programmed}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C2009/00825 3 {remotely by lines or wireless communication}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C2009/00833 3 {by code input from switches}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C2009/00841 3 {by a portable device}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C2009/00849 3 {programming by learning}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C9/00857 2 {where the code of the data carrier can be programmed}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C2009/00865 3 {remotely by wireless communication}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C2009/00873 3 {by code input from the lock}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C2009/0088 3 {centrally}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C2009/00888 3 {programming by learning}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C9/00896 2 {specially adapted for particular uses}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C9/00904 3 {for hotels, motels, office buildings or the like}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C9/00912 3 {for safes, strong-rooms, vaults or the like}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C2009/0092 3 {for cargo, freight or shipping containers and applications therefore in general}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C2009/00928 3 {for garage doors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C2009/00936 3 {for key cabinets}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C9/00944 2 {Details of construction or manufacture}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C2009/00952 3 {Electronic keys comprising a mechanical key within their housing, e.g. extractable or retractable emergency key}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C2009/0096 3 {Electronic keys comprising a non-biometric sensor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C2009/00968 2 {shape of the data carrier}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C2009/00976 3 {card}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C2009/00984 3 {fob}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C2009/00992 3 {mechanical key}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C9/10 1 Movable barriers with registering means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C9/15 2 with arrangements to prevent the passage of more than one individual at a time
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C9/20 1 involving the use of a pass
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C9/21 2 having a variable access code
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C9/215 2 {the system having a variable access-code, e.g. varied as a function of time}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C9/22 2 in combination with an identity check of the pass holder
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C9/23 3 by means of a password
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C9/24 3 by means of a handwritten signature
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C9/243 4 {visually, e.g. by comparing in a viewer the written signature with a reference on the pass}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C9/247 4 {electronically, e.g. by comparing signal of hand-writing with a reference signal from the pass}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C9/25 3 using biometric data, e.g. fingerprints, iris scans or voice recognition
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C9/253 4 {visually}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C9/257 4 {electronically (G07C9/26 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C9/26 4 using a biometric sensor integrated in the pass
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C9/27 2 with central registration
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C9/28 2 the pass enabling tracking or indicating presence
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C9/29 2 the pass containing active electronic elements, e.g. smartcards
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C9/30 1 not involving the use of a pass
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C9/32 2 in combination with an identity check
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C9/33 3 by means of a password
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C9/35 3 by means of a handwritten signature
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C9/37 3 using biometric data, e.g. fingerprints, iris scans or voice recognition
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C9/38 2 with central registration
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C11/00 0 Arrangements, systems or apparatus for checking, e.g. the occurrence of a condition, not provided for elsewhere
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C2011/02 1 {related to amusement parks}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C2011/04 1 {related to queuing systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C13/00 0 Voting apparatus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C13/005 1 {operating mechanically}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C13/02 1 Ballot boxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C15/00 0 Generating random numbers; Lottery apparatus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C15/001 1 {with balls or the like}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C15/003 2 {hand-held}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C15/005 1 {with dispensing of lottery tickets}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C15/006 1 {electronically}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C15/008 2 {electronic dies}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C2205/00 0 Indexing scheme relating to group G07C5/00
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C2205/02 1 using a vehicle scan tool
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C2209/00 0 Indexing scheme relating to groups G07C9/00 - G07C9/38
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C2209/02 1 Access control comprising means for the enrolment of users
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C2209/04 1 Access control involving a hierarchy in access rights
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C2209/06 1 Involving synchronization or resynchronization between transmitter and receiver; reordering of codes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C2209/08 1 With time considerations, e.g. temporary activation, valid time window or time limitations
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C2209/10 1 Comprising means for protocol conversion, i.e. format conversion
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C2209/12 1 Comprising means for protecting or securing the privacy of biometric data, e.g. cancellable biometrics
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C2209/14 1 With a sequence of inputs of different identification information
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C2209/40 1 Indexing scheme relating to groups G07C9/20 - G07C9/29
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C2209/41 2 with means for the generation of identity documents
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C2209/60 1 Indexing scheme relating to groups G07C9/00174 - G07C9/00944
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C2209/61 2 Signal comprising different frequencies, e.g. frequency hopping
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C2209/62 2 Comprising means for indicating the status of the lock
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C2209/63 2 Comprising locating means for detecting the position of the data carrier, i.e. within the vehicle or within a certain distance from the vehicle
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C2209/64 3 using a proximity sensor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07C2209/65 3 using means for sensing the user's hand
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07D HANDLING OF COINS OR VALUABLE PAPERS, e.g. TESTING, SORTING BY DENOMINATIONS, COUNTING, DISPENSING, CHANGING OR DEPOSITING
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07D1/00 0 Coin dispensers (devices delivering paper currency G07D11/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07D1/02 1 giving change {(coin-actuated mechanisms in general G07F)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07D1/04 2 dispensing change equal to a sum deposited
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07D1/06 2 dispensing the difference between a sum paid and a sum charged
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07D1/08 2 hand actuated
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07D3/00 0 Sorting a mixed bulk of coins into denominations
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07D3/02 1 Sorting coins by means of graded apertures
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07D3/04 2 arranged on an inclined rail
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07D3/06 2 arranged along a circular path
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07D3/08 2 arranged on a helix
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07D3/10 2 provided by sieves arranged in series
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07D3/12 1 Sorting coins by means of stepped deflectors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07D3/121 2 {arranged on inclined paths}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07D3/123 3 {the coins being deflected off rails}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07D3/125 4 {by moving deflectors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07D3/126 3 {the coins being diverted by ramps in channels}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07D3/128 2 {Rotary devices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07D3/14 1 Apparatus driven under control of coin-sensing elements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07D3/16 1 in combination with coin-counting
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07D5/00 0 Testing specially adapted to determine the identity or genuineness of coins, e.g. for segregating coins which are unacceptable or alien to a currency
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07D5/005 1 {Testing the surface pattern, e.g. relief}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07D5/02 1 Testing the dimensions, e.g. thickness, diameter; Testing the deformation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07D5/04 1 Testing the weight
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07D5/06 1 Testing the hardness or elasticity
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07D5/08 1 Testing the magnetic or electric properties
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07D5/10 1 Testing the rim, e.g. the milling of the rim
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07D7/00 0 Testing specially adapted to determine the identity or genuineness of valuable papers or for segregating those which are unacceptable, e.g. banknotes that are alien to a currency
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07D7/003 1 {using security elements (using digital security elements G07D7/004)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07D7/0032 2 {using holograms}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07D7/0034 2 {using watermarks}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07D7/004 1 using digital security elements, e.g. information coded on a magnetic thread or strip
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07D7/0043 2 using barcodes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07D7/0047 2 using checkcodes, e.g. coded numbers derived from serial number and denomination
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07D7/005 1 Testing security markings invisible to the naked eye, e.g. verifying thickened lines or unobtrusive markings or alterations
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07D7/0051 2 {involving markings removed from an original pattern}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07D7/0053 2 {involving markings added to a pattern, e.g. interstitial points}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07D7/0054 2 {involving markings the properties of which are altered from original properties}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07D7/0055 3 {involving markings displaced slightly from original positions within a pattern}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07D7/0056 3 {involving markings of altered colours}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07D7/0057 3 {involving markings which are altered in dimension, e.g. thickened lines}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07D7/01 1 Testing electronic circuits therein
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07D7/02 1 Testing electrical properties of the materials thereof (G07D7/01 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07D7/023 2 Measuring conductivity by direct contact
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07D7/026 2 using capacitive sensors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07D7/04 1 Testing magnetic properties of the materials thereof, e.g. by detection of magnetic imprint (G07D7/01 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07D7/06 1 using wave or particle radiation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07D7/08 2 Acoustic waves
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07D7/10 2 Microwaves
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07D7/12 2 Visible light, infra-red or ultraviolet radiation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07D7/1205 3 Testing spectral properties
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07D7/121 3 Apparatus characterised by sensor details
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07D7/128 3 Viewing devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07D7/14 1 using chemical means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07D7/15 1 using heating means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07D7/16 1 Testing the dimensions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07D7/162 2 Length or width
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07D7/164 2 Thickness
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07D7/17 1 Apparatus characterised by positioning means or by means responsive to positioning
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07D7/181 1 Testing mechanical properties or condition, e.g. wear or tear (G07D7/16 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07D7/182 2 Testing stiffness
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07D7/183 2 Detecting folds or doubles
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07D7/185 2 Detecting holes or pores
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07D7/187 2 Detecting defacement or contamination, e.g. dirt
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07D7/189 2 Detecting attached objects, e.g. tapes or clips (G07D7/187 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07D7/20 1 Testing patterns thereon (G07D7/004, G07D7/005 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07D7/2008 2 {using pre-processing, e.g. de-blurring, averaging, normalisation or rotation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07D7/2016 2 {using feature extraction, e.g. segmentation, edge detection or Hough-transformation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07D7/202 2 using pattern matching
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07D7/2033 3 Matching unique patterns, i.e. patterns that are unique to each individual paper
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07D7/2041 3 {Matching statistical distributions, e.g. of particle sizes orientations}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07D7/205 3 {Matching spectral properties}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07D7/206 3 Matching template patterns
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07D7/207 3 Matching patterns that are created by the interaction of two or more layers, e.g. moiré patterns
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07D7/2075 2 {Setting acceptance levels or parameters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07D7/2083 3 {Learning}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07D7/2091 3 {Setting a plurality of levels}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07D9/00 0 Counting coins (in combination with coin-sorting G07D3/16); Handling of coins not provided for in the other groups of this subclass
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07D9/002 1 {Coin holding devices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07D9/004 2 {Coin packages}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07D9/006 3 {Coin wrappers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07D9/008 1 {Feeding coins from bulk}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07D9/02 1 Change trays
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07D9/04 1 Hand- or motor-driven devices for counting coins {(counting mechanisms in general G06M)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07D9/06 1 Devices for stacking or otherwise arranging coins on a support, e.g. apertured plate for use in counting coins
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07D9/065 2 {Devices for wrapping coins}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07D11/00 0 Devices accepting coins; Devices accepting, dispensing, sorting or counting valuable papers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07D11/0087 1 {Banknote changing devices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07D11/009 1 {Depositing devices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07D11/0093 2 {Drop boxes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07D11/0096 2 {Accepting paper currency or other valuables in containers, e.g. in code-marked envelopes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07D11/10 1 Mechanical details
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07D11/12 2 Containers for valuable papers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07D11/125 3 Secure containers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07D11/13 3 with internal means for handling valuable papers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07D11/135 3 {Remote note containers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07D11/14 2 Inlet or outlet ports
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07D11/16 2 Handling of valuable papers (within containers G07D11/13)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07D11/165 3 Picking
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07D11/17 3 Aligning
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07D11/175 3 Flattening, e.g. straightening out folds
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07D11/18 3 Diverting into different paths or containers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07D11/20 1 Controlling or monitoring the operation of devices; Data handling
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07D11/22 2 Means for sensing or detection
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07D11/225 3 for detecting or indicating tampering
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07D11/23 3 for sensing the quantity of valuable papers in containers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07D11/235 3 for monitoring or indicating operating conditions; for detecting malfunctions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07D11/237 4 for detecting transport malfunctions, e.g. jams or misfeeds
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07D11/24 2 Managing the stock of valuable papers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07D11/245 3 Replenishment
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07D11/25 3 Relocation of valuable papers within devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07D11/26 2 Servicing, repairing or coping with irregularities, e.g. power failure or vandalism
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07D11/28 2 Setting of parameters; Software updates
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07D11/30 2 Tracking or tracing valuable papers or cassettes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07D11/32 2 Record keeping (transaction aspects G07F19/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07D11/34 3 Monitoring the contents of devices, e.g. the number of stored valuable papers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07D11/36 3 Auditing of activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07D11/40 1 Device architecture, e.g. modular construction
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07D11/50 1 Sorting or counting valuable papers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07D11/60 1 User-interface arrangements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07D13/00 0 Handling of coins or of valuable papers, characterised by a combination of mechanisms not covered by a single one of groups G07D1/00 - G07D11/00
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07D2201/00 0 Coin dispensers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07D2205/00 0 Coin testing devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07D2205/001 1 Reconfiguration of coin testing devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07D2205/0011 2 by downloading test parameters, e.g. remotely
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07D2205/0012 2 automatic adjustment, e.g. self-calibration
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07D2207/00 0 Paper-money testing devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07D2211/00 0 Paper-money handling devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F COIN-FREED OR LIKE APPARATUS (coin sorting G07D3/00; coin testing G07D5/00; {handling coins or paper currencies apart from payment activated apparatus G07D; payment architectures, schemes or protocols G06Q20/00})
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F1/00 0 Coin inlet arrangements; Coins specially adapted to operate coin-freed mechanisms
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F1/02 1 Coin slots
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F1/04 1 Coin chutes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F1/041 2 {with means, other than for testing currency, for dealing with inserted foreign matter, e.g. "stuffing", "stringing" or "salting"}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F1/042 3 {the foreign matter being a long flexible member attached to a coin}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F1/043 4 {Cutting or trapping of the flexible member or the attached coin}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F1/044 4 {Automatic detection of the flexible member}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F1/045 3 {the foreign matter being in the form of liquids}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F1/046 2 {with means for dealing with jamming, e.g. by bent wires}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F1/047 2 {with means for temporarily storing coins}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F1/048 2 {with means for damping coin motion}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F1/06 1 Coins specially adapted to operate coin-freed mechanisms
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F5/00 0 Coin-actuated mechanisms; Interlocks
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F5/02 1 actuated mechanically by coins, e.g. by a single coin
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F5/04 2 wherein two or more coins of the same denomination are required for each transaction
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F5/06 2 wherein two or more coins of different denominations are required for each transaction
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F5/08 2 wherein the use of two or more coins or an equivalent single coin is optional for each transaction; wherein the use of two or more coins or an alternative equivalent combination of coins is optional for each transaction
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F5/10 1 actuated electrically by the coin, e.g. by a single coin
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F5/12 2 wherein two or more coins of the same denomination are required for each transaction
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F5/14 2 wherein two or more coins of different denominations are required for each transaction
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F5/16 2 wherein the use of two or more coins or an equivalent single coin is optional for each transaction; wherein the use of two or more coins or an alternative equivalent combination of coins is optional for each transaction
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F5/18 1 specially adapted for controlling several coin-freed apparatus from one place
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F5/20 1 specially adapted for registering coins as credit, e.g. mechanically actuated
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F5/22 2 electrically actuated
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F5/24 1 with change-giving
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F5/26 1 Interlocks, e.g. for locking the doors of compartments other than that to be used
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F7/00 0 Mechanisms actuated by objects other than coins to free or to actuate vending, hiring, coin or paper currency dispensing or refunding apparatus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F7/005 1 {Details or accessories}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F7/02 1 by keys or other credit registering devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F7/025 2 {by means, e.g. cards, providing billing information at the time of purchase, e.g. identification of seller or purchaser, quantity of goods delivered or to be delivered}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F7/04 1 by paper currency
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F7/06 1 by returnable containers {, i.e. reverse vending systems in which a user is rewarded for returning a container that serves as a token of value}, e.g. bottles
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F7/0609 2 {by fluid containers, e.g. bottles, cups, gas containers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F7/0618 2 {by carts}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F7/0627 3 {in which the trolleys or carts are kept fixed or linked onto a rail or barrier}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F7/0636 3 {in which the trolleys or carts are kept in a restricted zone such as a coral-like enclosure, or are passing a gate before use is possible}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F7/0645 4 {in which the trolleys or carts are kept in a box or container designed to transport or store a row of trolleys or carts as a whole}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F7/0654 3 {in which the lock functions according to a "pinching of the token" principle, i.e. the token is held between two members}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F7/0663 3 {Constructional details of the housing of the coin or token activated lock, or of mounting of the coin-lock on the trolley or cart}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F7/0672 3 {Special lock-activating tokens, serving as replacement of a payment or of a coin}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F7/0681 4 {in which a card, pay-card or card-like object is used as the special token required to get permission or activate the lock to use the trolley or cart}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F7/069 2 {by box-like containers, e.g. videocassettes, books}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F7/08 1 by coded identity card or credit card {or other personal identification means (without personal verification means G07F7/02)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F7/0806 2 {Details of the card (record carriers per se G06K)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F7/0813 3 {Specific details related to card security}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F7/082 4 {Features insuring the integrity of the data on or in the card}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F7/0826 4 {Embedded security module}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F7/0833 3 {Card having specific functional components}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F7/084 4 {Additional components relating to data transfer and storing, e.g. error detection, self-diagnosis}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F7/0846 3 {On-card display means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F7/0853 3 {On-card keyboard means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F7/086 2 {by passive credit-cards adapted therefor, e.g. constructive particularities to avoid counterfeiting, e.g. by inclusion of a physical or chemical security-layer (for security documents G07D7/00; for the reading of record-carriers in general G06K7/00; for the design of coded credit-cards G06K19/10)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F7/0866 2 {by active credit-cards adapted therefor (G07F7/1008 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F7/0873 2 {Details of the card reader}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F7/088 3 {the card reader being part of the point of sale [POS] terminal or electronic cash register [ECR] itself}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F7/0886 4 {the card reader being portable for interacting with a POS or ECR in realizing a payment transaction}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F7/0893 3 {the card reader reading the card in a contactless manner}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F7/10 2 together with a coded signal {, e.g. in the form of personal identification information, like personal identification number [PIN] or biometric data}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F7/1008 3 {Active credit-cards provided with means to personalise their use, e.g. with PIN-introduction/comparison system}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F7/1016 3 {Devices or methods for securing the PIN and other transaction-data, e.g. by encryption (arrangements for secret communication, see H04L9/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F7/1025 3 {Identification of user by a PIN code}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F7/1033 4 {Details of the PIN pad}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F7/1041 5 {PIN input keyboard gets new key allocation at each use}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F7/105 4 {Only a part of the PIN is required to be input}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F7/1058 4 {PIN is checked locally}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F7/1066 5 {PIN data being compared to data on card}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F7/1075 4 {PIN is checked remotely}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F7/1083 4 {Counting of PIN attempts}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F7/1091 4 {Use of an encrypted form of the PIN}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F7/12 2 Card verification
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F7/122 3 {Online card verification}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F7/125 3 {Offline card verification}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F7/127 3 {in which both online and offline card verification can take place}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F9/00 0 Details other than those peculiar to special kinds or types of apparatus (coin inlet arrangements G07F1/00; coin-actuated mechanisms, interlocks G07F5/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F9/001 1 {Interfacing with vending machines using mobile or wearable devices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F9/002 1 {Vending machines being part of a centrally controlled network of vending machines}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F9/003 1 {displaying the inserted coins}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F9/006 1 {Details of the software used for the vending machines}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F9/009 1 {User recognition or proximity detection}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F9/02 1 Devices for alarm or indication, e.g. when empty; Advertising arrangements in coin-freed apparatus (alarms or warning devices indicating the interruption of flow to be metered G07F15/10)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F9/023 2 {Arrangements for display, data presentation or advertising}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F9/0235 3 {the arrangements being full-front touchscreens}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F9/026 2 {for alarm, monitoring and auditing in vending machines or means for indication, e.g. when empty}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F9/04 1 Means for returning surplus or unused coins
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F9/06 1 Coin boxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F9/08 1 Counting total of coins inserted
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F9/10 1 Casings {or parts thereof}, e.g. with means for heating or cooling
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F9/105 2 {Heating or cooling means, for temperature and humidity control, for the conditioning of articles and their storage (dispensers for food articles requiring a processing by temperature treatment or conditioning before they are ready for dispensing G07F17/0064)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F11/00 0 Coin-freed apparatus for dispensing, or the like, discrete articles
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F11/004 1 {Restocking arrangements therefor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F11/005 1 {Special arrangements for insuring that only one single article may be dispensed at a time}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F11/007 1 {wherein the storage and dispensing mechanism are configurable in relation to the physical or geometrical properties of the articles to be stored or dispensed}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F11/02 1 from non-movable magazines
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F11/04 2 in which magazines the articles are stored one vertically above the other
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F11/045 3 {for sheet shaped or pliable articles}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F11/06 3 supported individually on pivotally-mounted flaps or shelves
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F11/08 3 arranged in two columns in staggered relationship
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F11/10 3 two or more magazines having a common delivery chute
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F11/12 3 with means for automatically changing to reserve stacks
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F11/14 3 with means for raising the stack of articles to permit delivery of the topmost
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F11/16 3 Delivery means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F11/163 4 {characterised by blocking access to the output bins}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F11/165 4 {using xyz-picker or multi-dimensional article picking arrangements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F11/1653 5 {the picking arrangements being collecting buckets}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F11/1657 5 {the picking arrangements using suction}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F11/18 4 Recessed drawers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F11/20 4 Pushers actuated directly by hand
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F11/22 4 Pushers actuated indirectly by hand, e.g. through cranks or levers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F11/24 4 Rotary or oscillatory members
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F11/26 4 Endless bands
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F11/28 2 in which the magazines are inclined
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F11/30 3 two or more magazines having independent delivery
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F11/32 3 two or magazines having a common delivery chute
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F11/34 2 in which the magazines are of zig-zag form
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F11/36 2 in which the magazines are of helical or spiral form
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F11/38 2 in which the magazines are horizontal
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F11/40 3 the articles being delivered by hand-operated means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F11/42 3 the articles being delivered by motor-driven means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F11/44 2 in which magazines the articles are stored in bulk
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F11/46 1 from movable storage containers or supports
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F11/48 2 the storage containers or supports, e.g. magazine, being pivotally mounted
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F11/50 2 the storage containers or supports being rotatably mounted
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F11/52 3 about horizontal axes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F11/54 3 about vertical axes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F11/56 4 the storage containers or supports both rotating and moving axially
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F11/58 2 the articles being supported on or by endless belts or like conveyors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F11/60 2 the storage containers or supports being rectilinearly movable
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F11/62 1 in which the articles are stored in compartments in fixed receptacles
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F11/64 1 in which the articles are individually suspended from stationary supports
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F11/66 1 in which the articles are dispensed by cutting from a mass
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F11/68 1 in which the articles are torn or severed from strips or sheets
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F11/70 1 in which the articles are formed in the apparatus from components, blanks, or material constituents
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F11/72 1 Auxiliary equipment, e.g. for lighting cigars, opening bottles
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F13/00 0 Coin-freed apparatus for controlling dispensing or fluids, semiliquids or granular material from reservoirs
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F13/02 1 by volume
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F13/025 2 {wherein the volume is determined during delivery}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F13/04 1 by weight
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F13/06 1 with selective dispensing of different fluids or materials or mixtures thereof
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F13/065 2 {for drink preparation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F13/08 1 in the form of a spray
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F13/10 1 with associated dispensing of containers, e.g. cups or other articles
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F15/00 0 Coin-freed apparatus with meter-controlled dispensing of liquid, gas or electricity
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F15/001 1 {for gas}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F15/003 1 {for electricity}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F15/005 2 {dispensed for the electrical charging of vehicles (electrical charging as such, B60L50/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F15/006 2 {dispensed for the electrical charging of other devices than vehicles}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F15/008 2 {Rewarding for providing delivery of electricity to the network}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F15/02 1 in which the quantity mechanism is set forward by hand after insertion of a coin
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F15/04 1 in which the quantity mechanism is set forward automatically by the insertion of a coin
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F15/06 1 with means for prepaying basic charges, e.g. rent for meters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F15/08 1 with means for varying the tariff or changing the price
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F15/10 1 with alarm or warning devices, e.g. indicating the interrupting of the supply
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F15/12 1 in which metering is on a time basis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F17/00 0 Coin-freed apparatus for hiring articles; Coin-freed facilities or services
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F17/0007 1 {for clockworks, e.g. alarm clocks, saving clocks}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F17/0014 1 {for vending, access and use of specific services not covered anywhere else in G07F17/00 (meter-controlled dispensing of liquid, gas or electricity G07F15/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F17/0021 2 {Access to services on a time-basis}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F17/0028 3 {Use of a wired telephone or public communication device (charging and metering the use of the telecommunication network H04M17/02)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F17/0035 2 {Participation in a loyalty or discount scheme (data processing for shopping and discounts G06Q30/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F17/0042 1 {for hiring of objects}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F17/005 2 {for the hiring of content carriers, e.g. of DVDs or CDs (reverse vending for box-like objects such as videocassettes G07F7/069)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F17/0057 2 {for the hiring or rent of vehicles, e.g. cars, bicycles or wheelchairs (car rental G07B15/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F17/0064 1 {for processing of food articles (cooking vessels A47J37/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F17/0071 2 {Food articles which need to be processed for dispensing in a cold condition, e.g. ice and ice cream}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F17/0078 2 {Food articles which need to be processed for dispensing in a hot or cooked condition, e.g. popcorn, nuts}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F17/0085 3 {Food articles which for processing need cooking in a liquid, e.g. oil, water}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F17/0092 1 {for assembling and dispensing of pharmaceutical articles (medical dispensers for private use, A61J7/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F17/02 1 for optical devices, e.g. telescopes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F17/04 1 for anthropometrical measurements, such as weight, height, strength
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F17/045 2 {for weighing persons (weighing apparatus in general G07F17/263)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F17/06 1 for inflating-pumps
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F17/08 1 for seats or footstools
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F17/10 1 for means for safe-keeping of property, left temporarily, e.g. by fastening the property
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F17/105 2 {for money boxes (for saving clocks G07F17/0007)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F17/12 2 comprising lockable containers, e.g. for accepting clothes to be cleaned
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F17/13 3 {the containers being a postal pick-up locker}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F17/14 1 for fastenings for doors (of containers for safe keeping G07F17/12); for turnstiles
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F17/145 2 {for revolving doors or turnstiles}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F17/16 1 for devices exhibiting advertisements, announcements, pictures or the like
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F17/163 2 {for film projection apparatus}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F17/166 2 {for calendars}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F17/18 1 for washing or drying persons
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F17/20 1 for washing or drying articles, e.g. clothes, motor cars
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F17/22 1 for cleaning and polishing boots or shoes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F17/24 1 for parking meters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F17/242 2 {provided with token dispensing devices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F17/244 2 {provided with means for retaining a vehicle}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F17/246 2 {provided with vehicle proximity-detectors (detecting hidden masses, e.g. metal detectors, G01V, e.g. G01V3/00; proximity switches per se H03K17/00; traffic control systems G08G1/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F17/248 2 {Housing construction (casings for coin-freed apparatus G07F9/10)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F17/26 1 for printing, stamping, franking, typing or teleprinting apparatus (ticket printing or the like apparatus G07F17/42)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F17/263 2 {for weighing devices (for personal weighing apparatus G07F17/045)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F17/266 2 {for the use of a photocopier or printing device (photocopiers H04N1/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F17/28 1 for radio apparatus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F17/30 1 for musical instruments
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F17/305 2 {for record players}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F17/32 1 for games, toys, sports, or amusements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F17/3202 2 {Hardware aspects of a gaming system, e.g. components, construction, architecture thereof}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F17/3204 3 {Player-machine interfaces}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F17/3206 4 {Player sensing means, e.g. presence detection, biometrics}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F17/3209 4 {Input means, e.g. buttons, touch screen}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F17/3211 4 {Display means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F17/3213 5 {Details of moving display elements, e.g. spinning reels, tumbling members}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F17/3216 3 {Construction aspects of a gaming system, e.g. housing, seats, ergonomic aspects}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F17/3218 4 {wherein at least part of the system is portable}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F17/322 4 {Casino tables, e.g. tables having integrated screens, chip detection means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F17/3223 3 {Architectural aspects of a gaming system, e.g. internal configuration, master/slave, wireless communication}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F17/3225 2 {Data transfer within a gaming system, e.g. data sent between gaming machines and users}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F17/3227 3 {Configuring a gaming machine, e.g. downloading personal settings, selecting working parameters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F17/323 3 {wherein the player is informed, e.g. advertisements, odds, instructions}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F17/3232 3 {wherein the operator is informed}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F17/3234 4 {about the performance of a gaming system, e.g. revenue, diagnosis of the gaming system}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F17/3237 4 {about the players, e.g. profiling, responsible gaming, strategy/behavior of players, location of players}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F17/3239 5 {Tracking of individual players}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F17/3241 2 {Security aspects of a gaming system, e.g. detecting cheating, device integrity, surveillance (computer security G06F21/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F17/3244 2 {Payment aspects of a gaming system, e.g. payment schemes, setting payout ratio, bonus or consolation prizes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F17/3246 3 {involving coins and/or banknotes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F17/3248 3 {involving non-monetary media of fixed value, e.g. casino chips of fixed value}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F17/3251 3 {involving media of variable value, e.g. programmable cards, programmable tokens}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F17/3253 3 {involving articles, e.g. paying in bottles, paying out toys}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F17/3255 3 {Incentive, loyalty and/or promotion schemes, e.g. comps, gaming associated with a purchase, gaming funded by advertisements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F17/3258 3 {Cumulative reward schemes, e.g. jackpots}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F17/326 2 {Game play aspects of gaming systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F17/3262 3 {Player actions which determine the course of the game, e.g. selecting a prize to be won, outcome to be achieved, game to be played}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F17/3265 4 {Influencing the position of stopped moving members to achieve a winning arrangement, e.g. nudging, shuffling, holding}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F17/3267 3 {Game outcomes which determine the course of the subsequent game, e.g. double or quits, free games, higher payouts, different new games}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F17/3269 3 {Timing aspects of game play, e.g. blocking/halting the operation of a gaming machine}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F17/3272 3 {Games involving multiple players}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F17/3274 4 {wherein the players cooperate, e.g. team-play}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F17/3276 4 {wherein the players compete, e.g. tournament}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F17/3279 5 {wherein the competition is one-to-one, e.g. match}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F17/3281 4 {wherein game attributes are transferred between players, e.g. points, weapons, avatars}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F17/3283 4 {wherein the number of active machines is limited}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F17/3286 2 {Type of games}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F17/3288 3 {Betting, e.g. on live events, bookmaking}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F17/329 3 {Regular and instant lottery, e.g. electronic scratch cards}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F17/3293 3 {Card games, e.g. poker, canasta, black jack}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F17/3295 3 {Games involving skill, e.g. dexterity, memory, thinking}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F17/3297 3 {Fairground games, e.g. Tivoli, coin pusher machines, cranes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F17/34 2 depending on the stopping of moving members {in a mechanical slot machine}, e.g. "fruit" machines
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F17/36 2 Age, character or fortune telling apparatus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F17/38 2 Ball games; Shooting apparatus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F17/40 1 for devices for accepting orders, advertisements, or the like
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F17/42 1 for ticket printing or like apparatus {, e.g. apparatus for dispensing of printed paper tickets or payment cards}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F19/00 0 Complete banking systems; Coded card-freed arrangements adapted for dispensing or receiving monies or the like and posting such transactions to existing accounts, e.g. automatic teller machines (data processing equipment for bank accounting G06Q40/02)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F19/20 1 {Automatic teller machines [ATMs]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F19/201 2 {Accessories of ATMs}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F19/202 2 {Depositing operations within ATMs (depositing in general G07D11/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F19/203 2 {Dispensing operations within ATMs (dispensing in general G07D11/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F19/204 2 {Loading of a stored value token using an ATM}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F19/205 2 {Housing aspects of ATMs}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F19/2055 3 {Anti-skimming aspects at ATMs}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F19/206 2 {Software aspects at ATMs}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F19/207 2 {Surveillance aspects at ATMs}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F19/208 2 {Use of an ATM as a switch or hub}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F19/209 2 {Monitoring, auditing or diagnose of functioning of ATMs}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F19/21 2 {Retaining of the payment card by ATMs}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07F19/211 2 {Software architecture within ATMs or in relation to the ATM network}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07G REGISTERING THE RECEIPT OF CASH, VALUABLES, OR TOKENS (digital computing in general G06C, G06F)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07G1/00 0 Cash registers (alarm indicators G07G3/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07G1/0009 1 {Details of the software in the checkout register, electronic cash register [ECR] or point of sale terminal [POS]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07G1/0018 1 {Constructional details, e.g. of drawer, printing means, input means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07G1/0027 2 {Details of drawer or money-box}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07G1/0036 1 {Checkout procedures}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07G1/0045 2 {with a code reader for reading of an identifying code of the article to be registered, e.g. barcode reader or radio-frequency identity [RFID] reader}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07G1/0054 3 {with control of supplementary check-parameters, e.g. weight or number of articles}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07G1/0063 4 {with means for detecting the geometric dimensions of the article of which the code is read, such as its size or height, for the verification of the registration}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07G1/0072 4 {with means for detecting the weight of the article of which the code is read, for the verification of the registration (weighing combined with recording means, e.g. in weighing scale, G01G19/415)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07G1/0081 3 {the reader being a portable scanner or data reader (G07G1/009 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07G1/009 3 {the reader being an RFID reader}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07G1/01 1 Details for indicating (displaying information in general G09F, G09G)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07G1/06 2 with provision for the noting of the money to be paid
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07G1/08 2 with rotating drums which display the money entered
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07G1/10 1 mechanically operated
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07G1/12 1 electronically operated (digital data processing aspects G06Q20/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07G1/14 2 Systems including one or more distant stations co-operating with a central processing unit (data transmission in general H04L; telemetry systems for selectively calling a substation from a main station H04Q9/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07G1/145 3 {PLU-management}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07G3/00 0 Alarm indicators, e.g. bells
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07G3/003 1 {Anti-theft control (theft alarms G08B13/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07G3/006 1 {False operation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G07G5/00 0 Receipt-giving machines (cash registers giving receipts G07G1/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08 SIGNALLING
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B SIGNALLING OR CALLING SYSTEMS; ORDER TELEGRAPHS; ALARM SYSTEMS
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B1/00 0 Systems for signalling characterised solely by the form of transmission of the signal
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B1/02 1 using only mechanical transmission
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B1/04 1 using hydraulic transmission; using pneumatic transmission
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B1/06 2 hydraulic only
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B1/08 1 using electric transmission {; transformation of alarm signals to electrical signals from a different medium, e.g. transmission of an electric alarm signal upon detection of an audible alarm signal}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B2001/085 2 {Partner search devices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B3/00 0 Audible signalling systems; Audible personal calling systems
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B3/02 1 using only mechanical transmission
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B3/06 1 using hydraulic transmission; using pneumatic transmission
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B3/10 1 using electric transmission; using electromagnetic transmission
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B3/1008 2 {Personal calling arrangements or devices, i.e. paging systems (selective calling systems and call receivers H04W84/00, H04W68/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B3/1016 3 {using wireless transmission (calling systems using transmission by inductive loop H04B5/04)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B3/1025 4 {Paging receivers with audible signalling details}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B3/1033 5 {with voice message alert}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B3/1041 5 {with alternative alert, e.g. remote or silent alert}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B3/105 5 {with call or message storage means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B3/1058 5 {Pager holders or housings (casings for electric apparatus H05K5/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B3/1066 5 {with other provisions not elsewhere provided for, e.g. turn-off protection}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B3/1075 4 {Paging racks}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B3/1083 4 {Pager locating systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B3/1091 4 {Group calling}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B3/14 1 using explosives
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B5/00 0 Visible signalling systems, e.g. personal calling systems, remote indication of seats occupied
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B5/002 1 {Distress signalling devices, e.g. rescue balloons (vehicle optical signalling for indicating emergencies B60Q1/52)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B5/004 1 {Reflective safety signalling devices attached on persons}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B5/006 1 {Portable traffic signalling devices (G08B5/004 takes precedence; emergency signalling devices to be placed on roads or vehicles B60Q7/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B5/008 1 {Traffic signalling mirrors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B5/02 1 using only mechanical transmission
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B5/06 1 using hydraulic transmission; using pneumatic transmission
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B5/14 2 with indicator element moving about a pivot, e.g. hinged flap or rotating vane
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B5/16 3 with reset means necessitating a separate operation to return the indicator element
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B5/18 2 with indicator element moving rectilinearly
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B5/20 3 with reset means necessitating a separate operation to return the indicator element
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B5/22 1 using electric transmission; using electromagnetic transmission
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B5/221 2 {Local indication of seats occupied in a facility, e.g. in a theatre}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B5/222 2 {Personal calling arrangements or devices, i.e. paging systems (selective calling systems and call receivers H04W84/00, H04W68/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B5/223 3 {using wireless transmission}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B5/224 4 {Paging receivers with visible signalling details}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B5/225 5 {Display details}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B5/226 6 {with alphanumeric or graphic display means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B5/227 5 {with call or message storage means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B5/228 5 {combined with other devices having a different main function, e.g. watches}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B5/229 5 {with other provisions not elsewhere provided for}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B5/24 2 with indicator element moving about a pivot, e.g. hinged flap or rotating vane
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B5/26 3 with reset means necessitating a separate operation to return the indicator element
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B5/28 3 with hinged flap or arm
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B5/30 3 with rotating or oscillating members, e.g. vanes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B5/32 2 with indicator element moving rectilinearly
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B5/34 3 with reset means necessitating a separate operation to return the indicator element
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B5/36 2 using visible light sources
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B5/38 3 using flashing light
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B5/40 1 using smoke, fire or coloured gases
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B6/00 0 Tactile signalling systems, e.g. personal calling systems
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B7/00 0 Signalling systems according to more than one of groups G08B3/00 - G08B6/00; Personal calling systems according to more than one of groups G08B3/00 - G08B6/00
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B7/02 1 using mechanical transmission
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B7/04 1 using hydraulic transmission; using pneumatic transmission
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B7/06 1 using electric transmission {, e.g. involving audible and visible signalling through the use of sound and light sources}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B7/062 2 {indicating emergency exits}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B7/064 2 {indicating houses needing emergency help, e.g. with a flashing light or sound}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B7/066 2 {guiding along a path, e.g. evacuation path lighting strip}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B7/068 2 {calling personnel in a restaurant, e.g. waiter call}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B7/08 1 using explosives
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B9/00 0 Order telegraph apparatus, i.e. means for transmitting one of a finite number of different orders at the discretion of the user, e.g. bridge to engine room orders in ships
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B9/02 1 Details
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B9/04 2 Means for recording operation of the apparatus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B9/06 2 Means for indicating disagreement between orders given and those carried out
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B9/08 1 mechanical
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B9/10 2 using ratchet
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B9/12 2 using rotary shaft
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B9/14 1 hydraulic; pneumatic
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B9/16 2 using ratchet
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B9/18 2 by varying displacement of the fluid
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B9/20 2 by varying pressure of the fluid
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B13/00 0 Burglar, theft or intruder alarms
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B13/02 1 Mechanical actuation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B13/04 2 by breaking of glass
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B13/06 2 by tampering with fastening
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B13/08 2 by opening, e.g. of door, of window, of drawer, of shutter, of curtain, of blind
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B13/10 2 by pressure on floors, floor coverings, stair treads, counters, or tills
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B13/12 2 by the breaking or disturbance of stretched cords or wires
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B13/122 3 {for a perimeter fence (features peculiar to electrified fences A01K3/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B13/124 4 {with the breaking or disturbance being optically detected, e.g. optical fibers in the perimeter fence}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B13/126 3 {for a housing, e.g. a box, a safe, or a room}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B13/128 4 {the housing being an electronic circuit unit, e.g. memory or CPU chip (protecting computer components in secure or tamper resistant housings G06F21/86; protecting computer input devices, e.g. keyboards G06F21/83)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B13/14 2 by lifting or attempted removal of hand-portable articles
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B13/1409 3 {for removal detection of electrical appliances by detecting their physical disconnection from an electrical system, e.g. using a switch incorporated in the plug connector}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B13/1418 4 {Removal detected by failure in electrical connection between the appliance and a control centre, home control panel or a power supply}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B13/1427 3 {with transmitter-receiver for distance detection}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B13/1436 3 {with motion detection}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B13/1445 3 {with detection of interference with a cable tethering an article, e.g. alarm activated by detecting detachment of article, breaking or stretching of cable (furniture, e.g. shelves for displaying merchandise, incorporating tethers to prevent theft A47F7/024, A47F5/0861)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B13/1454 4 {Circuit arrangements thereof}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B13/1463 4 {Physical arrangements, e.g. housings (devices to prevent theft or loss of purses, luggage or hand carried bags A45C13/18)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B13/1472 3 {with force or weight detection}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B13/1481 3 {with optical detection}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B13/149 3 {with electric, magnetic, capacitive switch actuation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B13/16 1 Actuation by interference with mechanical vibrations in air or other fluid
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B13/1609 2 {using active vibration detection systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B13/1618 3 {using ultrasonic detection means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B13/1627 4 {using Doppler shift detection circuits}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B13/1636 4 {using pulse-type detection circuits}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B13/1645 3 {using ultrasonic detection means and other detection means, e.g. microwave or infra-red radiation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B13/1654 2 {using passive vibration detection systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B13/1663 3 {using seismic sensing means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B13/1672 3 {using sonic detecting means, e.g. a microphone operating in the audio frequency range}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B13/1681 3 {using infrasonic detecting means, e.g. a microphone operating below the audible frequency range}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B13/169 3 {using cable transducer means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B13/18 1 Actuation by interference with heat, light, or radiation of shorter wavelength; Actuation by intruding sources of heat, light, or radiation of shorter wavelength
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B13/181 2 using active radiation detection systems
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B13/183 3 by interruption of a radiation beam or barrier
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B13/184 4 using radiation reflectors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B13/186 4 using light guides, e.g. optical fibres
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B13/187 3 by interference of a radiation field
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B13/189 2 using passive radiation detection systems
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B13/1895 3 {using light change detection systems (G08B13/194 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B13/19 3 using infra-red-radiation detection systems {(G08B13/194 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B13/191 4 using pyroelectric sensor means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B13/193 4 using focusing means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B13/194 3 using image scanning and comparing systems
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B13/196 4 using television cameras
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B13/19602 5 {Image analysis to detect motion of the intruder, e.g. by frame subtraction}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B13/19604 6 {involving reference image or background adaptation with time to compensate for changing conditions, e.g. reference image update on detection of light level change}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B13/19606 6 {Discriminating between target movement or movement in an area of interest and other non-signicative movements, e.g. target movements induced by camera shake or movements of pets, falling leaves, rotating fan}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B13/19608 6 {Tracking movement of a target, e.g. by detecting an object predefined as a target, using target direction and or velocity to predict its new position}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B13/1961 6 {Movement detection not involving frame subtraction, e.g. motion detection on the basis of luminance changes in the image}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B13/19613 6 {Recognition of a predetermined image pattern or behaviour pattern indicating theft or intrusion}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B13/19615 7 {wherein said pattern is defined by the user}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B13/19617 5 {Surveillance camera constructional details}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B13/19619 6 {Details of casing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B13/19621 6 {Portable camera}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B13/19623 6 {Arrangements allowing camera linear motion, e.g. camera moving along a rail cable or track}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B13/19626 6 {optical details, e.g. lenses, mirrors or multiple lenses}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B13/19628 7 {of wide angled cameras and camera groups, e.g. omni-directional cameras, fish eye, single units having multiple cameras achieving a wide angle view}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B13/1963 6 {Arrangements allowing camera rotation to change view, e.g. pivoting camera, pan-tilt and zoom [PTZ]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B13/19632 6 {Camera support structures, e.g. attachment means, poles}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B13/19634 5 {Electrical details of the system, e.g. component blocks for carrying out specific functions}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B13/19636 6 {pertaining to the camera}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B13/19639 5 {Details of the system layout}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B13/19641 6 {Multiple cameras having overlapping views on a single scene}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B13/19643 7 {wherein the cameras play different roles, e.g. different resolution, different camera type, master-slave camera}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B13/19645 6 {Multiple cameras, each having view on one of a plurality of scenes, e.g. multiple cameras for multi-room surveillance or for tracking an object by view hand-over}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B13/19647 6 {Systems specially adapted for intrusion detection in or around a vehicle}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B13/1965 7 {the vehicle being an aircraft}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B13/19652 6 {Systems using zones in a single scene defined for different treatment, e.g. outer zone gives pre-alarm, inner zone gives alarm}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B13/19654 5 {Details concerning communication with a camera}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B13/19656 6 {Network used to communicate with a camera, e.g. WAN, LAN, Internet}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B13/19658 6 {Telephone systems used to communicate with a camera, e.g. PSTN, GSM, POTS}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B13/1966 6 {Wireless systems, other than telephone systems, used to communicate with a camera}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B13/19663 5 {Surveillance related processing done local to the camera}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B13/19665 5 {Details related to the storage of video surveillance data (television signal recording H04N5/76)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B13/19667 6 {Details realated to data compression, encryption or encoding, e.g. resolution modes for reducing data volume to lower transmission bandwidth or memory requirements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B13/19669 6 {Event triggers storage or change of storage policy}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B13/19671 6 {Addition of non-video data, i.e. metadata, to video stream}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B13/19673 7 {Addition of time stamp, i.e. time metadata, to video stream}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B13/19676 6 {Temporary storage, e.g. cyclic memory, buffer storage on pre-alarm}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B13/19678 5 {User interface}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B13/1968 6 {Interfaces for setting up or customising the system}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B13/19682 6 {Graphic User Interface [GUI] presenting system data to the user, e.g. information on a screen helping a user interacting with an alarm system}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B13/19684 6 {Portable terminal, e.g. mobile phone, used for viewing video remotely}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B13/19686 6 {Interfaces masking personal details for privacy, e.g. blurring faces, vehicle license plates}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B13/19689 6 {Remote control of cameras, e.g. remote orientation or image zooming control for a PTZ camera}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B13/19691 6 {Signalling events for better perception by user, e.g. indicating alarms by making display brighter, adding text, creating a sound}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B13/19693 7 {using multiple video sources viewed on a single or compound screen}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B13/19695 5 {Arrangements wherein non-video detectors start video recording or forwarding but do not generate an alarm themselves}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B13/19697 5 {Arrangements wherein non-video detectors generate an alarm themselves}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B13/20 1 Actuation by change of fluid pressure
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B13/22 1 Electrical actuation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B13/24 2 by interference with electromagnetic field distribution
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B13/2402 3 {Electronic Article Surveillance [EAS], i.e. systems using tags for detecting removal of a tagged item from a secure area, e.g. tags for detecting shoplifting (mechanical aspects of the tags, e.g. related to locking E05B73/0017; RFID readers G06K7/00; RFID tags G06K19/00; access control systems G07C9/00; anti-theft control in point of sale systems G07G3/003; security seals G09F3/03)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B13/2405 4 {characterised by the tag technology used}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B13/2408 5 {using ferromagnetic tags}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B13/2411 6 {Tag deactivation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B13/2414 5 {using inductive tags}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B13/2417 6 {having a radio frequency identification chip}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B13/242 6 {Tag deactivation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B13/2422 5 {using acoustic or microwave tags}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B13/2425 6 {Tag deactivation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B13/2428 4 {Tag details}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B13/2431 5 {Tag circuit details}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B13/2434 5 {Tag housing and attachment details}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B13/2437 5 {Tag layered structure, processes for making layered tags}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B13/244 6 {Tag manufacturing, e.g. continuous manufacturing processes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B13/2442 6 {Tag materials and material properties thereof, e.g. magnetic material details}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B13/2445 6 {Tag integrated into item to be protected, e.g. source tagging}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B13/2448 5 {Tag with at least dual detection means, e.g. combined inductive and ferromagnetic tags, dual frequencies within a single technology, tampering detection or signalling means on the tag}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B13/2451 4 {Specific applications combined with EAS}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B13/2454 5 {Checking of authorisation of a person accessing tagged items in an EAS system}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B13/2457 5 {Lending systems using EAS tags wherein the tags are reusable, e.g. they can be activated and deactivated more than once, e.g. for a library}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B13/246 5 {Check out systems combined with EAS, e.g. price information stored on EAS tag (anti-theft systems in point of sale systems G07G3/003)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B13/2462 5 {Asset location systems combined with EAS (inventory, tracking, logistic G06Q10/00; entrance control systems G07C9/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B13/2465 4 {Aspects related to the EAS system, e.g. system components other than tags}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B13/2468 5 {Antenna in system and the related signal processing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B13/2471 6 {Antenna signal processing by receiver or emitter}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B13/2474 6 {Antenna or antenna activator geometry, arrangement or layout (loop antennae H01Q1/22)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B13/2477 6 {Antenna or antenna activator circuit}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B13/248 5 {EAS system combined with another detection technology, e.g. dual EAS and video or other presence detection system}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B13/2482 5 {EAS methods, e.g. description of flow chart of the detection procedure}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B13/2485 5 {Simultaneous detection of multiple EAS tags}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B13/2488 5 {Timing issues, e.g. synchronising measures to avoid signal collision, with multiple emitters or a single emitter and receiver}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B13/2491 3 {Intrusion detection systems, i.e. where the body of an intruder causes the interference with the electromagnetic field}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B13/2494 4 {by interference with electro-magnetic field distribution combined with other electrical sensor means, e.g. microwave detectors combined with other sensor means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B13/2497 4 {using transmission lines, e.g. cable}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B13/26 2 by proximity of an intruder causing variation in capacitance or inductance of a circuit
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B15/00 0 Identifying, scaring or incapacitating burglars, thieves or intruders, e.g. by explosives
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B15/001 1 {Concealed systems, e.g. disguised alarm systems to make covert systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B15/002 1 {with occupancy simulation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B15/004 1 {using portable personal devices (hand-held or body-worn self-defence devices using repellent gases or chemicals F41H9/10)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B15/005 1 {by electric shock}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B15/007 1 {by trapping}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B15/008 1 {by simulating the existence of a security system, e.g. a mock video camera to scare thieves}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B15/02 1 with smoke, gas, or coloured or odorous powder or liquid
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B17/00 0 Fire alarms; Alarms responsive to explosion
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B17/005 1 {for forest fires, e.g. detecting fires spread over a large or outdoors area (fire fighting forest fires A62C3/02)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B17/02 1 Mechanical actuation of the alarm, e.g. by the breaking of a wire
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B17/04 1 Hydraulic or pneumatic actuation of the alarm, e.g. by change of fluid pressure
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B17/06 1 Electric actuation of the alarm, e.g. using a thermally-operated switch
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B17/08 1 Actuation involving the use of explosive means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B17/10 1 Actuation by presence of smoke or gases {, e.g. automatic alarm devices for analysing flowing fluid materials by the use of optical means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B17/103 2 using a light emitting and receiving device
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B17/107 3 for detecting light-scattering due to smoke
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B17/11 2 using an ionisation chamber for detecting smoke or gas
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B17/113 3 Constructional details
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B17/117 2 by using a detection device for specific gases, e.g. combustion products, produced by the fire (G08B17/103, G08B17/11 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B17/12 1 Actuation by presence of radiation or particles, e.g. of infra-red radiation or of ions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B17/125 2 {by using a video camera to detect fire or smoke}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B19/00 0 Alarms responsive to two or more different undesired or abnormal conditions, e.g. burglary and fire, abnormal temperature and abnormal rate of flow
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B19/005 1 {combined burglary and fire alarm systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B19/02 1 Alarm responsive to formation or anticipated formation of ice
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B21/00 0 Alarms responsive to a single specified undesired or abnormal condition and not otherwise provided for
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B21/02 1 Alarms for ensuring the safety of persons
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B21/0202 2 {Child monitoring systems using a transmitter-receiver system carried by the parent and the child}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B21/0205 3 {Specific application combined with child monitoring using a transmitter-receiver system}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B21/0208 4 {Combination with audio or video communication, e.g. combination with "baby phone" function}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B21/0211 4 {Combination with medical sensor, e.g. for measuring heart rate, temperature}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B21/0213 4 {System disabling if a separation threshold is exceeded (disabling electrical appliances in case of unplugging G08B13/1409)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B21/0216 3 {Alarm cancellation after generation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B21/0219 3 {Circuit arrangements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B21/0222 3 {Message structure or message content, e.g. message protocol}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B21/0225 3 {Monitoring making use of different thresholds, e.g. for different alarm levels}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B21/0227 3 {System arrangements with a plurality of child units}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B21/023 3 {Power management, e.g. system sleep and wake up provisions}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B21/0233 3 {System arrangements with pre-alarms, e.g. when a first distance is exceeded}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B21/0236 3 {Threshold setting}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B21/0238 3 {adding new units to the system}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B21/0241 3 {Data exchange details, e.g. data protocol}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B21/0244 4 {System arrangements wherein the alarm criteria uses signal delay or phase shift}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B21/0247 4 {System arrangements wherein the alarm criteria uses signal strength}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B21/025 4 {System arrangements wherein the alarm criteria uses absence of reply signal after an elapsed time}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B21/0252 4 {System arrangements wherein the child unit emits, i.e. the child unit incorporates the emitter}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B21/0255 4 {System arrangements wherein the parent unit emits, i.e. the parent unit incorporates the emitter}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B21/0258 4 {System arrangements wherein both parent and child units can emit and receive}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B21/0261 3 {System arrangements wherein the object is to detect trespassing over a fixed physical boundary, e.g. the end of a garden}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B21/0263 3 {System arrangements wherein the object is to detect the direction in which child or item is located}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B21/0266 3 {System arrangements wherein the object is to detect the exact distance between parent and child or surveyor and item}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B21/0269 3 {System arrangements wherein the object is to detect the exact location of child or item using a navigation satellite system, e.g. GPS}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B21/0272 3 {System arrangements wherein the object is to detect exact location of child or item using triangulation other than GPS}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B21/0275 3 {Electronic Article Surveillance [EAS] tag technology used for parent or child unit, e.g. same transmission technology, magnetic tag, RF tag, RFID}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B21/0277 3 {Communication between units on a local network, e.g. Bluetooth, piconet, zigbee, Wireless Personal Area Networks [WPAN]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B21/028 3 {Communication between parent and child units via remote transmission means, e.g. satellite network}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B21/0283 4 {via a telephone network, e.g. cellular GSM}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B21/0286 3 {Tampering or removal detection of the child unit from child or article}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B21/0288 3 {Attachment of child unit to child/article}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B21/0291 3 {Housing and user interface of child unit}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B21/0294 3 {Display details on parent unit}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B21/0297 2 {Robbery alarms, e.g. hold-up alarms, bag snatching alarms}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B21/04 2 responsive to non-activity, e.g. of elderly persons (G08B21/06 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B21/0407 3 {based on behaviour analysis}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B21/0415 4 {detecting absence of activity per se}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B21/0423 4 {detecting deviation from an expected pattern of behaviour or schedule}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B21/043 4 {detecting an emergency event, e.g. a fall}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B21/0438 3 {Sensor means for detecting}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B21/0446 4 {worn on the body to detect changes of posture, e.g. a fall, inclination, acceleration, gait}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B21/0453 4 {worn on the body to detect health condition by physiological monitoring, e.g. electrocardiogram, temperature, breathing (detecting, measuring or recording for diagnostic purposes A61B5/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B21/0461 4 {integrated or attached to an item closely associated with the person but not worn by the person, e.g. chair, walking stick, bed sensor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B21/0469 4 {Presence detectors to detect unsafe condition, e.g. infrared sensor, microphone (G08B21/0476 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B21/0476 4 {Cameras to detect unsafe condition, e.g. video cameras}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B21/0484 4 {Arrangements monitoring consumption of a utility or use of an appliance which consumes a utility to detect unsafe condition, e.g. metering of water, gas or electricity, use of taps, toilet flush, gas stove or electric kettle}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B21/0492 4 {Sensor dual technology, i.e. two or more technologies collaborate to extract unsafe condition, e.g. video tracking and RFID tracking}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B21/06 2 indicating a condition of sleep, e.g. anti-dozing alarms
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B21/08 2 responsive to the presence of persons in a body of water, e.g. a swimming pool; responsive to an abnormal condition of a body of water
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B21/082 3 {by monitoring electrical characteristics of the water}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B21/084 3 {by monitoring physical movement characteristics of the water}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B21/086 3 {by monitoring a perimeter outside the body of the water}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B21/088 3 {by monitoring a device worn by the person, e.g. a bracelet attached to the swimmer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B21/10 2 responsive to calamitous events, e.g. tornados or earthquakes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B21/12 2 responsive to undesired emission of substances, e.g. pollution alarms
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B21/14 3 Toxic gas alarms (G08B21/16 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B21/16 3 Combustible gas alarms
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B21/18 1 Status alarms (G08B21/02 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B21/182 2 {Level alarms, e.g. alarms responsive to variables exceeding a threshold}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B21/185 2 {Electrical failure alarms}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B21/187 2 {Machine fault alarms}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B21/20 2 responsive to moisture
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B21/22 2 responsive to presence or absence of persons
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B21/24 2 Reminder alarms, e.g. anti-loss alarms
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B21/245 3 {Reminder of hygiene compliance policies, e.g. of washing hands}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B23/00 0 Alarms responsive to unspecified undesired or abnormal conditions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B25/00 0 Alarm systems in which the location of the alarm condition is signalled to a central station, e.g. fire or police telegraphic systems
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B25/001 1 {Alarm cancelling procedures or alarm forwarding decisions, e.g. based on absence of alarm confirmation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B25/002 1 {Generating a prealarm to the central station}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B25/003 1 {Address allocation methods and details}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B25/004 1 {Alarm propagated along alternative communication path or using alternative communication medium according to a hierarchy of available ways to communicate, e.g. if Wi-Fi not available use GSM}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B25/005 1 {Alarm destination chosen according to a hierarchy of available destinations, e.g. if hospital does not answer send to police station}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B25/006 1 {Alarm destination chosen according to type of event, e.g. in case of fire phone the fire service, in case of medical emergency phone the ambulance}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B25/007 1 {Details of data content structure of message packets; data protocols}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B25/008 1 {Alarm setting and unsetting, i.e. arming or disarming of the security system}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B25/009 1 {Signalling of the alarm condition to a substation whose identity is signalled to a central station, e.g. relaying alarm signals in order to extend communication range}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B25/01 1 characterised by the transmission medium
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B25/012 2 {using recorded signals, e.g. speech (G08B25/08 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B25/014 2 {Alarm signalling to a central station with two-way communication, e.g. with signalling back}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B25/016 2 {Personal emergency signalling and security systems (emergency non-personal manually actuated alarm activators G08B25/12)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B25/018 2 {Sensor coding by detecting magnitude of an electrical parameter, e.g. resistance}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B25/04 2 using a single signalling line, e.g. in a closed loop
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B25/045 3 {with sensing devices and central station in a closed loop, e.g. McCullough loop}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B25/06 2 using power transmission lines
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B25/08 2 using communication transmission lines {(G08B13/19658, G08B21/0286, G08B25/016 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B25/085 3 {using central distribution transmission lines}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B25/10 2 using wireless transmission systems {(G08B25/009 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B25/12 1 Manually actuated calamity alarm transmitting arrangements {emergency non-personal manually actuated alarm, activators, e.g. details of alarm push buttons mounted on an infrastructure}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B25/14 1 Central alarm receiver or annunciator arrangements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B26/00 0 Alarm systems in which substations are interrogated in succession by a central station
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B26/001 1 {with individual interrogation of substations connected in parallel}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B26/002 2 {only replying the state of the sensor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B26/003 2 {replying the identity and the state of the sensor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B26/004 1 {with common interrogation of substations}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B26/005 1 {with substations connected in series, e.g. cascade}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B26/006 1 {with substations connected to an individual line, e.g. star configuration}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B26/007 1 {Wireless interrogation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B26/008 1 {central annunciator means of the sensed conditions, e.g. displaying or registering}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B27/00 0 Alarm systems in which the alarm condition is signalled from a central station to a plurality of substations
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B27/001 1 {Signalling to an emergency team, e.g. firemen}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B27/003 1 {Signalling to neighbouring houses}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B27/005 1 {with transmission via computer network}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B27/006 1 {with transmission via telephone network}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B27/008 1 {with transmission via TV or radio broadcast}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B29/00 0 Checking or monitoring of signalling or alarm systems; Prevention or correction of operating errors, e.g. preventing unauthorised operation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B29/02 1 Monitoring continuously signalling or alarm systems
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B29/04 2 Monitoring of the detection circuits
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B29/043 3 {of fire detection circuits}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B29/046 3 {prevention of tampering with detection circuits}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B29/06 2 Monitoring of the line circuits, e.g. signalling of line faults
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B29/08 3 Signalling of tampering with the line circuit
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B29/10 2 Monitoring of the annunciator circuits
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B29/12 1 Checking intermittently signalling or alarm systems
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B29/123 2 {of line circuits}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B29/126 2 {of annunciator circuits}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B29/14 2 checking the detection circuits
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B29/145 3 {of fire detection circuits}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B29/16 1 Security signalling or alarm systems, e.g. redundant systems
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B29/18 1 Prevention or correction of operating errors (G08B29/02, G08B29/12 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B29/181 2 {due to failing power supply}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B29/183 2 {Single detectors using dual technologies (G08B13/1672, G08B13/2448, G08B13/2494 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B29/185 2 {Signal analysis techniques for reducing or preventing false alarms or for enhancing the reliability of the system}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B29/186 3 {Fuzzy logic; neural networks}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B29/188 3 {Data fusion; cooperative systems, e.g. voting among different detectors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B29/20 2 Calibration, including self-calibrating arrangements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B29/22 3 Provisions facilitating manual calibration, e.g. input or output provisions for testing; Holding of intermittent values to permit measurement
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B29/24 3 Self-calibration, e.g. compensating for environmental drift or ageing of components
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B29/26 4 by updating and storing reference thresholds
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B29/28 4 by changing the gain of an amplifier
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08B31/00 0 Predictive alarm systems characterised by extrapolation or other computation using updated historic data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08C TRANSMISSION SYSTEMS FOR MEASURED VALUES, CONTROL OR SIMILAR SIGNALS (fluid pressure transmitting systems F15B; mechanical means for transferring the output of a sensing member into a different variable G01D5/00; mechanical control system G05G)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08C13/00 0 Arrangements for influencing the relationship between signals at input and output, e.g. differentiating, delaying
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08C13/02 1 to yield a signal which is a function of two or more signals, e.g. sum or product
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08C15/00 0 Arrangements characterised by the use of multiplexing for the transmission of a plurality of signals over a common path
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08C15/02 1 simultaneously, i.e. using frequency division
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08C15/04 2 the signals being modulated on carrier frequencies
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08C15/06 1 successively, i.e. using time division
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08C15/08 2 the signals being represented by amplitude of current or voltage in transmission link
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08C15/10 2 the signals being represented by frequencies or phase of current or voltage in transmission link
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08C15/12 2 the signals being represented by pulse characteristics in transmission link
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08C17/00 0 Arrangements for transmitting signals characterised by the use of a wireless electrical link
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08C17/02 1 using a radio link
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08C17/04 1 using magnetically coupled devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08C17/06 1 using capacity coupling
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08C19/00 0 Electric signal transmission systems (G08C17/00 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08C19/02 1 in which the signal transmitted is magnitude of current or voltage (G08C19/36, G08C19/38 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08C19/025 2 {using fixed values of magnitude of current or voltage}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08C19/04 2 using variable resistance
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08C19/06 2 using variable inductance
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08C19/08 3 differentially influencing two coils
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08C19/10 2 using variable capacitance
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08C19/12 1 in which the signal transmitted is frequency or phase of ac
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08C19/14 2 using combination of fixed frequencies
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08C19/16 1 in which transmission is by pulses
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08C19/18 2 using a variable number of pulses in a train
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08C19/20 3 operating on dynamo-electric devices, e.g. step motor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08C19/22 2 by varying the duration of individual pulses
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08C19/24 2 using time shift of pulses
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08C19/26 2 by varying pulse repetition frequency
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08C19/28 2 using pulse code
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08C19/30 1 in which transmission is by selection of one or more conductors or channels from a plurality of conductors or channels (G08C19/38 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08C19/32 2 of one conductor or channel
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08C19/34 2 of a combination of conductors or channels
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08C19/36 1 using optical means to covert the input signal {(characterised by optical transfer means G01D5/26; optical analogue digital converters G02F7/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08C19/38 1 using dynamo-electric devices (operated by pulses G08C19/20)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08C19/40 2 of which only the rotor or the stator carries a winding to which a signal is applied, e.g. using step motor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08C19/42 3 having three stator poles
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08C19/44 3 having more than three stator poles
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08C19/46 2 of which both rotor and stator carry windings (having squirrel-cage rotor G08C19/40)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08C19/48 3 being the type with a three-phase stator and a rotor fed by constant-frequency ac, e.g. selsyn, magslip
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08C21/00 0 Systems for transmitting the position of an object with respect to a predetermined reference system, e.g. tele-autographic system
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08C23/00 0 Non-electrical signal transmission systems, e.g. optical systems
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08C23/02 1 using infrasonic, sonic or ultrasonic waves
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08C23/04 1 using light waves, e.g. infra-red
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08C23/06 1 through light guides, e.g. optical fibres
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08C25/00 0 Arrangements for preventing or correcting errors; Monitoring arrangements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08C25/02 1 by signalling back receiving station to transmitting station
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08C25/04 1 by recording transmitted signals
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08C2200/00 0 Transmission systems for measured values, control or similar signals
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08C2201/00 0 Transmission systems of control signals via wireless link
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08C2201/10 1 Power supply of remote control devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08C2201/11 2 Energy harvesting
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08C2201/112 3 Mechanical energy, e.g. vibration, piezoelectric
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08C2201/114 3 Solar power
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08C2201/12 2 Power saving techniques of remote control or controlled devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08C2201/20 1 Binding and programming of remote control devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08C2201/21 2 Programming remote control devices via third means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08C2201/30 1 User interface
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08C2201/31 2 Voice input
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08C2201/32 2 Remote control based on movements, attitude of remote control device
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08C2201/33 2 Remote control using macros, scripts
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08C2201/34 2 Context aware guidance
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08C2201/40 1 Remote control systems using repeaters, converters, gateways
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08C2201/41 2 Remote control of gateways
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08C2201/42 2 Transmitting or receiving remote control signals via a network
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08C2201/50 1 Receiving or transmitting feedback, e.g. replies, status updates, acknowledgements, from the controlled devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08C2201/51 2 Remote controlling of devices based on replies, status thereof
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08C2201/60 1 Security, fault tolerance
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08C2201/61 2 Password, biometric
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08C2201/62 2 Rolling code
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08C2201/63 2 Redundant transmissions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08C2201/70 1 Device selection
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08C2201/71 2 Directional beams
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08C2201/90 1 Additional features
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08C2201/91 2 Remote control based on location and proximity
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08C2201/92 2 Universal remote control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08C2201/93 2 Remote control using other portable devices, e.g. mobile phone, PDA, laptop
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08C2201/94 2 Smart cards
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G TRAFFIC CONTROL SYSTEMS (guiding railway traffic, ensuring the safety of railway traffic B61L; arrangement of road signs or traffic signals E01F9/00; radar or analogous systems, sonar systems, lidar systems specially adapted for traffic control G01S13/91, G01S15/88, G01S17/88; {radar or analogous systems, sonar systems, lidar systems specially adapted for anti-collision purposes G01S13/93, G01S15/93, G01S17/93})
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G1/00 0 Traffic control systems for road vehicles (arrangement of road signs or traffic signals E01F9/00 {; automatic vehicle control B62D})
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G1/005 1 including pedestrian guidance indicator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G1/01 1 Detecting movement of traffic to be counted or controlled (G08G1/07 - G08G1/14 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G1/0104 2 {Measuring and analyzing of parameters relative to traffic conditions}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G1/0108 3 {based on the source of data}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G1/0112 4 {from the vehicle, e.g. floating car data [FCD]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G1/0116 4 {from roadside infrastructure, e.g. beacons}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G1/012 4 {from other sources than vehicle or roadside beacons, e.g. mobile networks}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G1/0125 3 {Traffic data processing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G1/0129 4 {for creating historical data or processing based on historical data}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G1/0133 4 {for classifying traffic situation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G1/0137 3 {for specific applications}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G1/0141 4 {for traffic information dissemination}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G1/0145 4 {for active traffic flow control}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G1/015 2 with provision for distinguishing between two or more types of vehicles, e.g. between motor-cars and cycles
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G1/017 2 identifying vehicles (G08G1/015, G08G1/054 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G1/0175 3 {by photographing vehicles, e.g. when violating traffic rules}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G1/02 2 using treadles built into the road (pads or other sensitive devices responsive to passage of vehicles E01F11/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G1/04 2 using optical or ultrasonic detectors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G1/042 2 using inductive or magnetic detectors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G1/048 2 with provision for compensation of environmental or other condition, e.g. snow, vehicle stopped at detector
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G1/052 2 with provision for determining speed or overspeed {(speed measuring in general G01P)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G1/054 3 photographing overspeeding vehicles
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G1/056 2 with provision for distinguishing direction of travel
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G1/065 1 by counting the vehicles in a section of the road or in a parking area, i.e. comparing incoming count with outgoing count
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G1/07 1 Controlling traffic signals
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G1/075 2 {Ramp control}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G1/08 2 according to detected number or speed of vehicles
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G1/081 2 Plural intersections under common control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G1/082 3 Controlling the time between beginning of the same phase of a cycle at adjacent intersections
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G1/083 3 Controlling the allocation of time between phases of a cycle
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G1/085 2 using a free-running cyclic timer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G1/087 2 Override of traffic control, e.g. by signal transmitted by an emergency vehicle
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G1/09 1 Arrangements for giving variable traffic instructions ({railroad crossing signals B61L; reflectors E01F, G08B}; indicating arrangements for variable information by selection or combination of individual elements G09F9/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G1/091 2 {Traffic information broadcasting (broadcasting communication H04H)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G1/092 3 {Coding or decoding of the information}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G1/093 3 {Data selection, e.g. prioritizing information, managing message queues, selecting the information to be output}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G1/094 3 {Hardware aspects; Signal processing or signal properties, e.g. frequency bands}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G1/095 2 Traffic lights
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G1/0955 3 transportable
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G1/096 2 provided with indicators in which a mark progresses showing the time elapsed, e.g. of green phase
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G1/0962 2 having an indicator mounted inside the vehicle, e.g. giving voice messages
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G1/09623 3 {Systems involving the acquisition of information from passive traffic signs by means mounted on the vehicle (G08G1/0967 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G1/09626 3 {where the origin of the information is within the own vehicle, e.g. a local storage device, digital map}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G1/0965 3 responding to signals from another vehicle, e.g. emergency vehicle
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G1/0967 3 Systems involving transmission of highway information, e.g. weather, speed limits (transmission of navigation instructions to the vehicle G08G1/0968)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G1/096708 4 {where the received information might be used to generate an automatic action on the vehicle control}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G1/096716 5 {where the received information does not generate an automatic action on the vehicle control}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G1/096725 5 {where the received information generates an automatic action on the vehicle control}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G1/096733 4 {where a selection of the information might take place}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G1/096741 5 {where the source of the transmitted information selects which information to transmit to each vehicle}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G1/09675 5 {where a selection from the received information takes place in the vehicle}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G1/096758 5 {where no selection takes place on the transmitted or the received information}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G1/096766 4 {where the system is characterised by the origin of the information transmission}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G1/096775 5 {where the origin of the information is a central station}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G1/096783 5 {where the origin of the information is a roadside individual element}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G1/096791 5 {where the origin of the information is another vehicle}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G1/0968 3 Systems involving transmission of navigation instructions to the vehicle
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G1/096805 4 {where the transmitted instructions are used to compute a route}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G1/096811 5 {where the route is computed offboard}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G1/096816 6 {where the complete route is transmitted to the vehicle at once}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G1/096822 6 {where the segments of the route are transmitted to the vehicle at different locations and times}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G1/096827 5 {where the route is computed onboard}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G1/096833 4 {where different aspects are considered when computing the route}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G1/096838 5 {where the user preferences are taken into account or the user selects one route out of a plurality}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G1/096844 5 {where the complete route is dynamically recomputed based on new data}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G1/09685 5 {where the complete route is computed only once and not updated}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G1/096855 4 {where the output is provided in a suitable form to the driver (details on I/O arrangements for onboard navigation computers G01C21/36)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G1/096861 5 {where the immediate route instructions are output to the driver, e.g. arrow signs for next turn}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G1/096866 5 {where the complete route is shown to the driver}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G1/096872 5 {where instructions are given per voice}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G1/096877 4 {where the input to the navigation device is provided by a suitable I/O arrangement (details of I/O arrangements for onboard navigation computers G01C21/36; I/O arrangements for general purpose computers G06F3/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G1/096883 5 {where input information is obtained using a mobile device, e.g. a mobile phone, a PDA}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G1/096888 5 {where input information is obtained using learning systems, e.g. history databases}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G1/096894 5 {where input is assisted by the navigation device, i.e. the user does not type the complete name of the destination, e.g. using zip codes, telephone numbers, progressively selecting from initial letters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G1/0969 4 having a display in the form of a map
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G1/097 1 Supervising of traffic control systems, e.g. by giving an alarm if two crossing streets have green light simultaneously
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G1/123 1 indicating the position of vehicles, e.g. scheduled vehicles; {Managing passenger vehicles circulating according to a fixed timetable, e.g. buses, trains, trams}(transmission of navigation instructions to vehicles G08G1/0968)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G1/127 2 to a central station {; Indicators in a central station}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G1/13 3 the indicator being in the form of a map
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G1/133 2 within the vehicle {; Indicators inside the vehicles or at stops}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G1/137 3 the indicator being in the form of a map
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G1/14 1 indicating individual free spaces in parking areas
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G1/141 2 {with means giving the indication of available parking spaces}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G1/142 3 {external to the vehicles}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G1/143 3 {inside the vehicles}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G1/144 3 {on portable or mobile units, e.g. personal digital assistant [PDA]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G1/145 2 {where the indication depends on the parking areas}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G1/146 3 {where the parking area is a limited parking space, e.g. parking garage, restricted space}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G1/147 3 {where the parking area is within an open public zone, e.g. city centre}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G1/148 3 {Management of a network of parking areas}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G1/149 2 {coupled to means for restricting the access to the parking space, e.g. authorization, access barriers, indicative lights}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G1/16 1 Anti-collision systems (road vehicle drive control systems for predicting or avoiding probable or impending collision otherwise than by control of a particular sub-unit B60W30/08)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G1/161 2 {Decentralised systems, e.g. inter-vehicle communication}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G1/162 3 {event-triggered}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G1/163 3 {involving continuous checking}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G1/164 2 {Centralised systems, e.g. external to vehicles}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G1/165 2 {for passive traffic, e.g. including static obstacles, trees}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G1/166 2 {for active traffic, e.g. moving vehicles, pedestrians, bikes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G1/167 2 {Driving aids for lane monitoring, lane changing, e.g. blind spot detection}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G1/168 2 {Driving aids for parking, e.g. acoustic or visual feedback on parking space}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G1/20 1 {Monitoring the location of vehicles belonging to a group, e.g. fleet of vehicles, countable or determined number of vehicles}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G1/202 2 {Dispatching vehicles on the basis of a location, e.g. taxi dispatching}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G1/205 2 {Indicating the location of the monitored vehicles as destination, e.g. accidents, stolen, rental}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G1/207 2 {with respect to certain areas, e.g. forbidden or allowed areas with possible alerting when inside or outside boundaries}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G1/22 1 {Platooning, i.e. convoy of communicating vehicles}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G3/00 0 Traffic control systems for marine craft (marking of navigational route B63B22/16, B63B51/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G3/02 1 Anti-collision systems
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G5/00 0 Traffic control systems for aircraft {, e.g. air-traffic control [ATC]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G5/0004 1 {Transmission of traffic-related information to or from an aircraft (airborne radio transmission systems in general H04B7/185; airborne wireless networks H04W84/06)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G5/0008 2 {with other aircraft}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G5/0013 2 {with a ground station}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G5/0017 1 {Arrangements for implementing traffic-related aircraft activities, e.g. arrangements for generating, displaying, acquiring or managing traffic information (head-up displays G02B27/01; ground or aircraft-carrier-deck-installations B64F)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G5/0021 2 {located in the aircraft}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G5/0026 2 {located on the ground}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G5/003 1 {Flight plan management}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G5/0034 2 {Assembly of a flight plan}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G5/0039 2 {Modification of a flight plan}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G5/0043 1 {Traffic management of multiple aircrafts from the ground (G08G5/003 takes precedence; data processing specially designed for resource management, e.g. scheduling or allocating time, human or machine resources G06Q10/06)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G5/0047 1 {Navigation or guidance aids for a single aircraft (details of equipment G08G5/0017)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G5/0052 2 {for cruising (combined instruments indicating more than one navigational value G01C23/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G5/0056 2 {in an emergency situation, e.g. hijacking}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G5/006 2 {in accordance with predefined flight zones, e.g. to avoid prohibited zones}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G5/0065 2 {for taking-off}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G5/0069 2 {specially adapted for an unmanned aircraft}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G5/0073 1 {Surveillance aids (scene image recognition G06V20/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G5/0078 2 {for monitoring traffic from the aircraft (radar or analogous systems specially adapted for traffic control G01S13/91)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G5/0082 2 {for monitoring traffic from a ground station (radar or analogous systems specially adapted for traffic control G01S13/91)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G5/0086 2 {for monitoring terrain (radar or analogous systems specially adapted for terrain avoidance G01S13/935)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G5/0091 2 {for monitoring atmospheric conditions (radar or analogous systems specially adapted for meteorological use G01S13/95; meteorology G01W)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G5/0095 1 {Aspects of air-traffic control not provided for in the other subgroups of this main group}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G5/02 1 Automatic {approach or} landing aids, i.e. systems in which flight data of incoming planes are processed to provide landing data (landing aids fitted in or to aircraft B64D45/04; visual or acoustic landing aids B64F1/18)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G5/025 2 {Navigation or guidance aids (radar or analogous systems specially adapted for landing purposes G01S13/913)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G5/04 1 Anti-collision systems
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G5/045 2 {Navigation or guidance aids, e.g. determination of anti-collision manoeuvers (radar or analogous systems specially adapted for anti-collision between aircraft G01S13/933)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G5/06 1 for control when on the ground
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G5/065 2 {Navigation or guidance aids, e.g. for taxiing or rolling}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G7/00 0 Traffic control systems for simultaneous control of two or more different kinds of craft
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G7/02 1 Anti-collision systems
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G9/00 0 Traffic control systems for craft where the kind of craft is irrelevant or unspecified
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G9/02 1 Anti-collision systems
|
|
|
|
|
|
G08G99/00 0 Subject matter not provided for in other groups of this subclass
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09 EDUCATION; CRYPTOGRAPHY; DISPLAY; ADVERTISING; SEALS
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B EDUCATIONAL OR DEMONSTRATION APPLIANCES; APPLIANCES FOR TEACHING, OR COMMUNICATING WITH, THE BLIND, DEAF OR MUTE; MODELS; PLANETARIA; GLOBES; MAPS; DIAGRAMS (devices for psychotechnics or for testing reaction times A61B5/16; games, sports, amusements A63; projectors, projector screens G03B)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B1/00 0 Manually or mechanically operated educational appliances using elements forming, or bearing, symbols, signs, pictures, or the like which are arranged or adapted to be arranged in one or more particular ways (puzzle-games A63F9/00; advertising or displaying in general G09F)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B1/02 1 and having a support carrying or adapted to carry the elements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B1/04 2 the elements each bearing a single symbol or a single combination of symbols
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B1/06 3 and being attachable to, or mounted on, the support
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B1/08 4 by means of magnets
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B1/10 4 by means of pins and holes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B1/12 4 by means of ring-like securing elements (sheets temporarily attached together by rings or coils B42F3/00, G09B5/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B1/14 4 the elements being slidably mounted on the support
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B1/16 2 the elements each bearing a plurality of different symbols, signs, or combinations of symbols and signs, only one symbol, sign, or combination thereof, of each element to be used at a time
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B1/18 3 the elements being rotatable
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B1/20 4 and bearing the symbols on a surface parallel to the axis of rotation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B1/22 4 and bearing the symbols on a surface perpendicular to the axis of rotation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B1/24 3 the elements being in flexible strip form, e.g. endless bands
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B1/26 3 the elements being arranged in fan form
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B1/28 3 the elements being slidable
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B1/30 2 wherein the elements are adapted to be arranged in co-operation with the support to form symbols (without special support G09B1/40)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B1/32 1 comprising elements to be used without a special support
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B1/325 2 {the elements comprising interacting electronic components}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B1/34 2 the elements to be placed loosely in adjacent relationship
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B1/36 2 the elements being connectible by corresponding projections and recesses
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B1/38 2 the elements being connectible magnetically
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B1/40 2 to form symbols or signs by appropriate arrangement
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B3/00 0 Manually or mechanically operated teaching appliances working with questions and answers (electrically-operated G09B7/00; {e.g. G09B7/063} advertising or displaying in general G09F)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B3/02 1 of the type wherein the student is expected to construct an answer to the question which is presented or wherein the machine gives an answer to the question presented by a student
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B3/04 2 of chart form (masks G09B17/02)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B3/045 3 {with invisibly printed correct answer; the answer being rendered visible by special optical means, e.g. filters; mirrors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B3/06 1 of the multiple-choice answer type, i.e. where a given question is provided with a series of answers and a choice has to be made
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B3/08 2 of chart form (having one set of answers common to a plurality of questions G09B3/12)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B3/085 3 {with invisibly printed correct answer; the answer being rendered visible by special optical means, e.g. filters; mirrors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B3/10 2 wherein one set of answers is common to a plurality of questions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B3/12 3 of chart form
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B5/00 0 Electrically-operated educational appliances (working with questions and answers G09B7/00; simulators G09B9/00; advertising or displaying in general G09F)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B5/02 1 with visual presentation of the material to be studied, e.g. using film strip
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B5/04 1 with audible presentation of the material to be studied (sound recording or reproducing G11B)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B5/06 1 with both visual and audible presentation of the material to be studied
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B5/062 2 {Combinations of audio and printed presentations, e.g. magnetically striped cards, talking books, magnetic tapes with printed texts thereon}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B5/065 2 {Combinations of audio and video presentations, e.g. videotapes, videodiscs, television systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B5/067 2 {Combinations of audio and projected visual presentation, e.g. film, slides}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B5/08 1 providing for individual presentation of information to a plurality of student stations
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B5/10 2 all student stations being capable of presenting the same information simultaneously (G09B5/14 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B5/12 2 different stations being capable of presenting different information simultaneously (G09B5/14 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B5/125 3 {the stations being mobile}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B5/14 2 with provision for individual teacher-student communication
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B7/00 0 Electrically-operated teaching apparatus or devices working with questions and answers (mechanically operated G09B3/00; computing arrangements G06F)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B7/02 1 of the type wherein the student is expected to construct an answer to the question which is presented or wherein the machine gives an answer to the question presented by a student
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B7/04 2 characterised by modifying the teaching programme in response to a wrong answer, e.g. repeating the question, supplying a further explanation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B7/06 1 of the multiple-choice answer-type, i.e. where a given question is provided with a series of answers and a choice has to be made from the answers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B7/063 2 {with hand-placed probe or plug}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B7/066 2 {with answer indicating cards, blocks}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B7/07 2 providing for individual presentation of questions to a plurality of student stations
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B7/073 3 all student stations being capable of presenting the same questions simultaneously
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B7/077 3 different stations being capable of presenting different questions simultaneously
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B7/08 2 characterised by modifying the teaching programme in response to a wrong answer, e.g. repeating the question, supplying further information
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B7/10 2 wherein a set of answers is common to a plurality of questions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B7/12 3 characterised by modifying the teaching programme in response to a wrong answer, e.g. repeating the question, supplying further information
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B9/00 0 Simulators for teaching or training purposes (for the use of weapons F41; computing aspects G06; {protocols for games, networked simulations or virtual reality H04L67/131})
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B9/003 1 {for military purposes and tactics}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B9/006 1 {for locating or ranging of objects}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B9/02 1 for teaching control of vehicles or other craft
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B9/04 2 for teaching control of land vehicles
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B9/042 3 providing simulation in a real vehicle (G09B9/052, G09B9/058 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B9/048 3 a model being viewed and manoeuvred from a remote point (G09B9/052, G09B9/058 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B9/05 3 the view from a vehicle being simulated (G09B9/052, G09B9/058 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B9/052 3 characterised by provision for recording or measuring trainee's performance (devices for psychotechnics, e.g. for vehicle drivers A61B5/16, A61B5/18)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B9/058 3 for teaching control of cycles or motorcycles
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B9/06 2 for teaching control of ships, boats, or other waterborne vehicles
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B9/063 3 {by using visual displays}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B9/066 3 {Sailing; Surfing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B9/08 2 for teaching control of aircraft, e.g. Link trainer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B9/085 3 {Special purpose teaching, e.g. alighting on water, aerial photography}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B9/10 3 with simulated flight- or engine-generated force being applied to aircraft occupant (G09B9/28 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B9/12 3 Motion systems for aircraft simulators
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B9/14 4 controlled by fluid actuated piston or cylinder ram
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B9/16 3 Ambient or aircraft conditions simulated or indicated by instrument or alarm
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B9/165 4 {Condition of cabin, cockpit or pilot's accessories}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B9/18 4 Condition of engine or fuel supply
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B9/20 4 Simulation or indication of aircraft attitude
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B9/203 5 {for taking-off or landing condition}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B9/206 5 {for in-flight condition}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B9/22 3 including aircraft sound simulation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B9/24 3 including display or recording of simulated flight path
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B9/245 4 {Simulation of compasses, gyroscopes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B9/26 3 Simulation of radio-navigation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B9/28 3 Simulation of stick forces or the like
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B9/30 3 Simulation of view from aircraft
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B9/301 4 {by computer-processed or -generated image}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B9/302 5 {the image being transformed by computer processing, e.g. updating the image to correspond to the changing point of view}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B9/304 4 {by using a film}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B9/305 4 {by viewing with a camera a small-scale model of the terrain}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B9/307 4 {by helmet-mounted projector or display (G09B9/36 takes precedence; optical parts of head-up displays G02B27/01)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B9/308 4 {by LCD, gas plasma display or electroluminescent display}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B9/32 4 by projected image ({G09B9/307,} G09B9/36 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B9/323 5 {the projection screen being made of LCD panels (G09B9/307 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B9/326 5 {the image being transformed by optical means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B9/34 4 by cathode-ray screen display ({G09B9/307,} G09B9/36 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B9/36 4 Simulation of night or reduced visibility flight
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B9/38 5 Simulation of runway outlining or approach lights
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B9/40 3 Simulation of airborne radar
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B9/42 3 Aircraft, aircraft simulator or means connected thereto, travelling on the ground or water during simulated flight training
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B9/44 3 providing simulation in a real aircraft flying through the atmosphere without restriction of its path
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B9/46 3 the aircraft being a helicopter
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B9/48 3 a model being viewed and manoeuvred from a remote point
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B9/50 3 Automatically directing the course of the aircraft
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B9/52 2 for teaching control of an outer space vehicle
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B9/54 1 Simulation of radar (G09B9/40 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B9/56 1 Simulation of sonar
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B11/00 0 Teaching hand-writing, shorthand, drawing, or painting
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B11/02 1 Finger, hand or arm supporting devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B11/04 1 Guide sheets or plates; Tracing charts (templets for drawing purposes B43L13/20)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B11/06 1 Devices involving the use of transparent or translucent tracing material, e.g. copy books
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B11/08 1 Teaching shorthand
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B11/10 1 Teaching painting
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B13/00 0 Teaching typing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B13/02 1 Dummy practice keyboard apparatus (for teaching music G09B15/08)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B13/04 1 Devices used in association with a real typewriter, teleprinter, or the like
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B15/00 0 Teaching music (metronomes G04F5/02)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B15/001 1 {Boards or like means for providing an indication of chords}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B15/002 2 {Electrically operated systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B15/003 3 {with indication of the keys or strings to be played on instruments}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B15/004 2 {Non-electrically operated systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B15/005 3 {of the slide type}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B15/006 4 {with indication of the keys or strings to be played on instruments}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B15/007 3 {using disc-shaped boards}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B15/008 4 {with indication of the keys or strings to be played on instruments}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B15/009 1 {Transposing devices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B15/02 1 Boards or like means for providing an indication of notes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B15/023 2 {Electrically operated}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B15/026 2 {Non-electrically operated}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B15/04 2 with sound emitters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B15/06 1 Devices for exercising or strengthening fingers or arms; Devices for holding fingers or arms in a proper position for playing (for teaching typing G09B13/00; exercising apparatus for developing or strengthening the muscles for physical training A63B21/00, A63B23/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B15/08 1 Practice keyboards (for teaching typing G09B13/02)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B17/00 0 Teaching reading (teaching lip-reading G09B21/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B17/003 1 {electrically operated apparatus or devices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B17/006 2 {with audible presentation of the material to be studied (audio and audio-visual teaching apparatus in general G09B5/04, G09B5/06)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B17/02 1 Line indicators or other guides or masks
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B17/04 1 for increasing the rate of reading; Reading rate control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B19/00 0 Teaching not covered by other main groups of this subclass (teaching or practice apparatus for gun-aiming or gun-laying F41G3/26)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B19/0007 1 {Signalling}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B19/0015 1 {Dancing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B19/0023 1 {Colour matching, recognition, analysis, mixture or the like}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B19/003 1 {Repetitive work cycles; Sequence of movements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B19/0038 2 {Sports}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B19/0046 1 {History}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B19/0053 1 {Computers, e.g. programming}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B19/0061 1 {Geography}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B19/0069 1 {Engineering, e.g. mechanical, electrical design (computer engineering G09B19/0053)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B19/0076 1 {Body hygiene; Dressing; Knot tying}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B19/0084 2 {Dental hygiene}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B19/0092 1 {Nutrition}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B19/02 1 Counting; Calculating (abacus G06C1/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B19/025 2 {with electrically operated apparatus or devices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B19/04 1 Speaking (with audible presentation of the material to be studied G09B5/04)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B19/06 1 Foreign languages (with audible presentation of material to be studied G09B5/04)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B19/08 2 Printed or written appliances, e.g. text books, bilingual letter assemblies, charts
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B19/10 1 Modelling
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B19/12 1 Clock-reading
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B19/14 1 Traffic procedures, e.g. traffic regulations
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B19/16 1 Control of vehicles or other craft (simulators G09B9/02)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B19/162 2 {Control of ships, boats, or other waterborne vehicles}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B19/165 2 {Control of aircraft}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B19/167 2 {Control of land vehicles}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B19/18 1 Book-keeping or economics
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B19/20 1 Needlework
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B19/22 1 Games, e.g. card games
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B19/24 1 Use of tools
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B19/26 1 Dot-and dash telegraphic codes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B21/00 0 Teaching, or communicating with, the blind, deaf or mute (audible presentation of material to be studied G09B5/04; devices or methods for replacing direct visual or auditory perception by another kind of perception A61F9/08, A61F11/04; audible indication of meter readings or of colour G01D7/12; watches for blind persons G04B25/02; speech analysis, speech recognition G10L; sound-recording or reproducing, per se G11B)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B21/001 1 {Teaching or communicating with blind persons (G09B21/02 - G09B21/06 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B21/002 2 {Writing aids for blind persons (devices for Braille writing G09B21/02)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B21/003 2 {using tactile presentation of the information, e.g. Braille displays}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B21/004 3 {Details of particular tactile cells, e.g. electro-mechanical or mechanical layout}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B21/005 3 {Details of specially-adapted software to access information, e.g. to browse through hyperlinked information}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B21/006 2 {using audible presentation of the information}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B21/007 2 {using both tactile and audible presentation of the information}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B21/008 2 {using visual presentation of the information for the partially sighted}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B21/009 1 {Teaching or communicating with deaf persons (G09B21/04 takes precedence; deaf and dumb persons G09B21/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B21/02 1 Devices for Braille writing (typewriters for Braille B41J3/32)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B21/025 2 {wherein one tactile input is associated to a single finger}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B21/04 1 Devices for conversing with the deaf-blind
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B21/06 1 Devices for teaching lip-reading
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B23/00 0 Models for scientific, medical, or mathematical purposes, e.g. full-sized devices for demonstration purposes (in the nature of toys A63H)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B23/02 1 for mathematics (for statics or dynamics G09B23/08)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B23/04 2 for geometry, trigonometry, projection or perspective (for surveying G09B25/06)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B23/06 1 for physics
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B23/08 2 for statics or dynamics
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B23/10 3 of solid bodies
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B23/12 3 of liquids or gases
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B23/14 2 for acoustics
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B23/16 2 for science of heat
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B23/18 2 for electricity or magnetism
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B23/181 3 {for electric and magnetic fields; for voltages; for currents}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B23/182 3 {for components}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B23/183 3 {for circuits}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B23/185 4 {for building block systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B23/186 4 {for digital electronics; for computers, e.g. microprocessors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B23/187 3 {for measuring instruments}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B23/188 3 {for motors; for generators; for power supplies; for power distribution}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B23/20 2 for atomic physics or neucleonics
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B23/22 2 for optics
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B23/24 1 for chemistry
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B23/26 1 for molecular structures; for crystallography
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B23/28 1 for medicine
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B23/281 2 {for pregnancy, birth or obstetrics (G09B23/286 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B23/283 2 {for dentistry or oral hygiene (G09B23/286 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B23/285 2 {for injections, endoscopy, bronchoscopy, sigmoidscopy, insertion of contraceptive devices or enemas}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B23/286 2 {for scanning or photography techniques, e.g. X-rays, ultrasonics}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B23/288 2 {for artificial respiration or heart massage}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B23/30 2 Anatomical models {(G09B23/281 - G09B23/288 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B23/303 3 {specially adapted to simulate circulation of bodily fluids}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B23/306 3 {comprising real biological tissue}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B23/32 3 with moving parts
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B23/34 3 with removable parts
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B23/36 1 for zoology
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B23/38 1 for botany
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B23/40 1 for geology
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B25/00 0 Models for purposes not provided for in G09B23/00, e.g. full-sized devices for demonstration purposes (model vehicles, tracks therefor, models in the nature of toys A63H)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B25/02 1 of industrial processes; of machinery
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B25/025 2 {hydraulic; pneumatic}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B25/04 1 of buildings
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B25/06 1 for surveying; for geography, e.g. relief models (globes G09B27/00; maps G09B29/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B25/08 1 of scenic effects, e.g. trees, rocks, water surfaces (for stage purposes A63J1/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B27/00 0 Planetaria; Globes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B27/02 1 Tellurions; Orreries
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B27/04 1 Star maps
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B27/06 1 Celestial globes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B27/08 1 Globes (celestial globes G09B27/06)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B29/00 0 Maps; Plans; Charts; Diagrams, e.g. route diagram (star maps G09B27/04; devices for holding or supporting maps A47B97/02; for computing purposes G06G1/14, G09B1/16; display boards G09F)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B29/001 1 {Planning boards}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B29/002 2 {using magnetic elements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B29/003 1 {Maps}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B29/004 2 {Map manufacture or repair; Tear or ink or water resistant maps; Long-life maps (printing processes for maps B41M3/02; by permanently attaching map sections to sheets B42B7/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B29/005 2 {Map projections or methods associated specifically therewith}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B29/006 2 {Representation of non-cartographic information on maps, e.g. population distribution, wind direction, radiation levels, air and sea routes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B29/007 3 {using computer methods}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B29/008 3 {Touring maps or guides to public transport networks}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B29/02 1 sectional
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B29/04 2 the sections being arranged in the form of a foldable sheet or sheets
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B29/06 1 of belt form, e.g. endless belt
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B29/08 1 Hanging maps or the like
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B29/10 1 Map spot or coordinate position indicators; Map reading aids (optical projection apparatus per se G03B)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B29/102 2 {using electrical means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B29/104 3 {involving the optical projection of slides, microfilm or the like}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B29/106 2 {using electronic means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B29/108 3 {involving the optical projection of slides, microfilm or the like}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B29/12 1 Relief maps (relief models G09B25/06)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09B29/14 1 Local time charts
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09C CIPHERING OR DECIPHERING APPARATUS FOR CRYPTOGRAPHIC OR OTHER PURPOSES INVOLVING THE NEED FOR SECRECY
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09C1/00 0 Apparatus or methods whereby a given sequence of signs, e.g. an intelligible text, is transformed into an unintelligible sequence of signs by transposing the signs or groups of signs or by replacing them by others according to a predetermined system (cryptographic typewriters G09C3/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09C1/02 1 by using a ciphering code in chart form
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09C1/04 1 with sign carriers or indicators moved relative to one another to positions determined by a permutation code, or key, so as to indicate the appropriate corresponding clear or ciphered text
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09C1/06 1 wherein elements corresponding to the signs making up the clear text are operatively connected with elements corresponding to the signs making up the ciphered text, the connections, during operation of the apparatus, being automatically and continuously permuted by a coding or key member
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09C1/08 2 the connections being mechanical
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09C1/10 2 the connections being electrical
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09C1/12 3 comprising contact-bearing permutation discs
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09C1/14 2 involving removable or interchangeable coding numbers, e.g. master tapes, punched cards
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09C3/00 0 Typewriters for ciphering or deciphering cryptographic text (marking record carriers G06K)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09C3/02 1 with auxiliary keys or keyboards acting on the original keys or keyboards
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09C3/04 1 wherein the operative connections between the keys and the type-bars are automatically and continuously permuted, during operation, by a coding or key member
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09C3/06 2 the connections being mechanical
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09C3/08 2 the connections being electrical
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09C3/10 2 involving removable or interchangeable coding members, e.g. master tapes, punched cards
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09C5/00 0 Ciphering apparatus or methods not provided for in the preceding groups, e.g. involving the concealment or deformation of graphic data such as designs, written or printed messages
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09D RAILWAY OR LIKE TIME OR FARE TABLES; PERPETUAL CALENDARS (calendar blocks B42D5/04; clockwork driven G04B; comprising computing means G06C)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09D1/00 0 Railway or like time or fare tables; Indicating or reading aids therefor (essentially incorporating maps or route diagrams G09B; railway routing charts G09B; display devices, e.g. railway indicator boards G09F)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09D3/00 0 Perpetual calendars
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09D3/02 1 with interchangeable members bearing the indicia
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09D3/04 1 wherein members bearing the indicia are movably mounted in the calendar
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09D3/06 2 with rotatable members
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09D3/08 3 of disc form
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09D3/10 2 with members in band form
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09D3/12 1 electrically operated
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F DISPLAYING; ADVERTISING; SIGNS; LABELS OR NAME-PLATES; SEALS
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F1/00 0 Cardboard or like show-cards of foldable or flexible material
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F1/02 1 Single substantially flat cards
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F1/04 1 Folded cards
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F1/06 2 to be erected in three dimensions (G09F1/08 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F1/065 3 {Totem-like displays; Portable collapsible columnar displays}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F1/08 1 wholly or partly imitating the form of an object, e.g. of the article to be advertised
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2001/085 2 {actuated by a sliding tongue}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F1/10 1 Supports or holders for show-cards
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F1/103 2 {using suspension clamps}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2001/106 2 {made of metal}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F1/12 2 Frames therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F1/14 2 in the form of legs
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F3/00 0 Labels, tag tickets, or similar identification or indication means (medals or badges A44C3/00; making labels B31D1/02; sheets temporarily attached together B42F; labelling B65C; labels on record carriers G11B23/38, G11B23/40); Seals; Postage or like stamps
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F3/005 1 {Identification bracelets, e.g. secured to the arm of a person}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F3/02 1 Forms or constructions (layered products B32B)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2003/0201 2 {Label sheets intended to be introduced in a printer, e.g. laser printer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2003/0202 2 {printed before use}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2003/0204 3 {Tax-disc}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2003/0205 3 {Coupon}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2003/0207 3 {Ticket}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2003/0208 2 {Indicia}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2003/021 3 {Indicia behind the front foil}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2003/0211 3 {Transfer or thermo-sensitive}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2003/0213 3 {Concealed data}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2003/0214 2 {Stock management}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2003/0216 3 {for containers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2003/0217 3 {for envelopes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2003/0219 3 {to keep record of the use of a product}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2003/022 3 {Shipment}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2003/0222 2 {Features for removal or adhesion, e.g. tabs}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2003/0223 2 {recyclable}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2003/0225 2 {Carrier web}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2003/0226 3 {Carrier sheet}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2003/0227 3 {Carrier strip}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2003/0229 3 {Carrier roll}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2003/023 2 {Adhesive}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2003/0232 3 {Resistance to heat}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2003/0233 3 {Resistance to humidity}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2003/0235 3 {Resistance to chemicals}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2003/0236 3 {Permeability}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2003/0238 3 {Stress resistant}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2003/0239 3 {Permanent adhesive}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2003/0241 3 {Repositionable or pressure sensitive adhesive}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2003/0242 3 {Adhesive soluble in water}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2003/0244 3 {Adhesive soluble in chemicals}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2003/0245 3 {Differential adhesive strength}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2003/0247 3 {Non-strippable anti-stick coatings}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2003/0248 3 {Variable density of distribution of adhesive spots}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2003/025 3 {Activatable adhesive}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2003/0251 2 {Sleeve shaped label, i.e. wrapped around a device}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2003/0252 2 {associated with a leaflet}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2003/0254 2 {Luggage tag}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2003/0255 2 {laminated}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2003/0257 2 {Multilayer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2003/0258 3 {without carrier}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2003/026 3 {without silicon backing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2003/0261 3 {encapsulated in polymer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2003/0263 3 {Different patterns for carrier web and label web}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2003/0264 2 {Shapes or borders}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2003/0266 3 {Shapes other than rectangular}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2003/0267 3 {die cut}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2003/0269 3 {perforated}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2003/027 2 {used to hang up an item, e.g. a perfusion bottle}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2003/0272 2 {Labels for containers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2003/0273 3 {Labels for bottles, flasks}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2003/0275 3 {Shock absorbing labels}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2003/0276 2 {Safety features, e.g. colour, prominent part, logo}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2003/0277 3 {Tamper resistant}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2003/0279 2 {Card, e.g. plastic}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2003/028 2 {Labels containing microcapsules, e.g. ink microcapsules for indicia transfer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2003/0282 2 {for textiles, e.g. clothing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2003/0283 2 {food-compatible or edible}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2003/0285 2 {Stamp-like labels}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F3/0286 2 {provided with adaptations for labelling machines}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F3/0288 2 {Labels or tickets consisting of more than one part, e.g. with address of sender or other reference on separate section to main label; Multi-copy labels}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F3/02883 3 {Folded}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F3/02886 3 {Reinforced}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F3/0289 3 {Pull- or fold-out labels}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F3/0291 2 {Labels or tickets undergoing a change under particular conditions, e.g. heat, radiation, passage of time}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F3/0292 3 {tamper indicating labels}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F3/0294 3 {where the change is not permanent, e.g. labels only readable under a special light, temperature indicating labels and the like}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F3/0295 2 {Labels or tickets for tubes, pipes and the like}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F3/0297 2 {including a machine-readable marking, e.g. a bar code (digitally marked record carriers in general G06K19/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F3/0298 3 {Bar code orientation; Labels in which the bar code orientation is different}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F3/03 2 of security seals {(means for indicating unauthorised opening of container closures B65D, e.g. B65D27/30, B65D55/02; theft deterrent tags E05B73/0017)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F3/0305 3 {characterised by the type of seal used}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F3/0311 4 {having arrow-like sealing means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F3/0317 4 {having bolt like sealing means (means for preventing relative axial movement of a pin, spigot, shaft or the like and a member surrounding it F16B21/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F3/0323 4 {having clamp-like sealing means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F3/0329 4 {having electronic sealing means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F3/0335 5 {using RFID tags}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F3/0341 4 {having label sealing means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F3/0347 4 {having padlock-type sealing means (padlocks in general E05B67/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F3/0352 5 {using cable lock}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F3/0358 5 {using a rigid hasp lock}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F3/0364 4 {having rotary sealing means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F3/037 4 {having tie-wrap sealing means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F3/0376 3 {using a special technique to detect tampering, e.g. by ultrasonic or optical means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F3/0382 3 {Seals with transparent casing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F3/0388 4 {With semi-transparent casing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F3/0394 3 {with violation indication by generating a random number (random number generators G06F7/58, G07C15/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F3/04 1 to be fastened or secured by the material of the label itself, e.g. by thermo-adhesion (by a separate adhesive layer G09F3/10)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F3/06 2 by clamping action (by separate clamps G09F3/16)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F3/08 1 Fastening or securing by means not forming part of the material of the label itself
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F3/10 2 by an adhesive layer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F3/12 2 by pins, staples, or the like
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F3/14 2 by strings, straps, chains, or wires
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F3/16 2 by clamps
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F3/18 2 Casings, frames or enclosures for labels
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F3/185 3 {Enclosures enveloping completely the labels (G09F3/201 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F3/20 3 for adjustable, removable, or interchangeable labels
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F3/201 4 {Enclosures enveloping completely the labels (G09F3/203 - G09F3/207 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F3/202 4 {for labels being formed by a combination of interchangeable elements, e.g. price labels (G09F3/203 - G09F3/207 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F3/203 4 {specially adapted to be attached to a transparent surface, e.g. the window of a car}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F3/204 4 {specially adapted to be attached to a shelf or the like}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F3/205 4 {specially adapted for electric cables, pipes or the like}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F3/206 4 {specially adapted for marking or identifying plants}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F3/207 4 {in the form of a badge to be worn by a person}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F3/208 4 {Electronic labels, Labels integrating electronic displays}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F5/00 0 Means for displaying samples (packaging per se B65)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F5/02 1 Portable sample cases
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F5/04 1 Cards of samples; Books of samples (packages comprising articles attached to cards, sheets, or webs for removal therefrom B65D73/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2005/041 2 {Back covers for books of samples}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F5/042 2 {in paper, paperboard, or the like}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2005/043 2 {for wood}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2005/045 2 {for carpets}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2005/046 2 {for perfumes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2005/047 2 {for furniture}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2005/048 2 {for fabrics}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F7/00 0 Signs, name or number plates, letters, numerals, or symbols (vehicle registration number plates B60R13/10); Panels or boards (show-cards G09F1/00; indicating arrangements for variable information G09F9/00, G09F11/00; illuminated signs G09F13/00; boards for notices or posters G09F15/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F7/002 1 {weather-proof panels or boards (G09F7/02 - G09F7/14, G09F7/18 - G09F7/22 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2007/005 1 {Signs associated with a sensor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2007/007 1 {Signs without covering windows}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F7/02 1 Signs, plates, panels or boards using readily-detachable elements bearing or forming symbols
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F7/04 2 the elements being secured or adapted to be secured by magnetic means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F7/06 2 the elements being secured or adapted to be secured by means of pins and holes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F7/08 2 the elements being secured or adapted to be secured by means of grooves, rails, or slits
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F7/10 3 and slideably mounted
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F7/12 2 the elements being secured or adapted to be secured by self-adhesion, moisture, suction, slow-drying adhesive or the like
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2007/122 3 {by suction}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2007/125 3 {by electrostatic force}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2007/127 3 {by adhesive}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F7/14 2 Constructional features of the symbol bearing or forming elements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F7/16 1 Letters, numerals, or other symbols adapted for permanent fixing to a support
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F7/165 2 {obtained by a treatment of the support}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F7/18 1 Means for attaching signs, plates, panels, or boards to a supporting structure
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2007/1804 2 {for fastening to a post}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2007/1808 3 {using tensioned bonds, e.g. metallic}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2007/1813 3 {using brackets having two parts for clamping the post}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2007/1817 3 {using fastening means to grip the post}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2007/1821 3 {the post having slots or flanges to fasten the sign}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2007/1826 3 {using channels on the rear of the sign board to be connected to the post, e.g. via clamps}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2007/183 3 {the sign being formed by two parts clamping the post}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2007/1834 2 {Signs or the like supported by two lateral posts}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2007/1839 2 {for fastening to cables}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2007/1843 2 {Frames or housings to hold signs}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2007/1847 2 {Brackets to grip the sign board}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2007/1852 2 {for fastening magnetically or by suction or the like}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2007/1856 2 {characterised by the supporting structure}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2007/186 3 {suspended, e.g. secured to the ceiling}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2007/1865 3 {on vehicles}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2007/1869 3 {plates fixed to instruments}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2007/1873 2 {characterised by the type of sign}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2007/1878 3 {Traffic orientation, street markers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2007/1882 3 {Emblems, e.g. fixed by pins or screws}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2007/1886 3 {Tensioned flexible signs}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2007/1891 3 {modular}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2007/1895 3 {Licence number plates}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F7/20 2 for adjustably mounting
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F7/205 3 {for adjustably raising or lowering suspended signs}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F7/22 2 for rotatably or swingably mounting, e.g. for boards adapted to be rotated by the wind
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F9/00 0 Indicating arrangements for variable information in which the information is built-up on a support by selection or combination of individual elements (in which the variable information is permanently attached to a movable support G09F11/00; abacus G06C1/00; slide-rules G06G1/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F9/30 1 in which the desired character or characters are formed by combining individual elements (panels comprising a number of electrodes in a single cell controlling light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. electro-optical or magneto-optical cell, G02F1/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F9/301 2 {flexible foldable or roll-able electronic displays, e.g. thin LCD, OLED}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F9/302 2 characterised by the form or geometrical disposition of the individual elements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F9/3023 3 {Segmented electronic displays}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F9/3026 3 {Video wall, i.e. stackable semiconductor matrix display modules (video wall control systems G06F3/1446, G09G2300/026)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F9/305 2 being the ends of optical fibres (G09F9/302 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2009/3055 3 {for traffic signs}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F9/307 2 being incandescent filaments (G09F9/302 takes precedence; incandescent panels comprising a number of separate incandescent bodies, per se H01K9/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F9/313 2 being gas discharge devices (G09F9/302 takes precedence; gas discharge panels comprising a number of discharge gaps per se H01J17/49)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F9/33 2 being semiconductor devices, e.g. diodes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F9/335 3 {being organic light emitting diodes [OLED]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F9/35 2 being liquid crystals (G09F9/302 takes precedence; liquid crystal materials C09K19/00; {liquid crystal panels comprising a number of electrodes in a single cell per se G02F1/13})
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F9/37 2 being movable elements (G09F9/302 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F9/372 3 {the positions of the elements being controlled by the application of an electric field}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F9/375 3 {the position of the elements being controlled by the application of a magnetic field}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F9/377 3 {the positions of the elements being controlled by pneumatic means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F9/40 1 in which the desired character is selected from a number of characters arranged one beside the other, e.g. on a common carrier plate
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F9/405 2 {the selected character being projected on a common screen accommodating only one character at a time, to provide the same display position for all characters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F9/46 1 in which the desired character is selected from a number of characters arranged one behind the other
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F11/00 0 Indicating arrangements for variable information in which the complete information is permanently attached to a movable support which brings it to the display position (showcases or showcabinets with arrangements for continuously or intermittently moving the merchandise A47F3/08; using static means to present variable information G09F9/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2011/0009 1 {Roller-band displays}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2011/0018 2 {having one motor for each roller}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2011/0027 2 {illuminated}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2011/0036 2 {Multiple-loop bands}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2011/0045 2 {Methods of fixing the images on a rolling band}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2011/0054 3 {using a support in the form of an envelope}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2011/0063 2 {Markings on a roller-band}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2011/0072 2 {Methods of keeping tensioned a roller-band}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2011/0081 2 {Roller-band displays used on vehicles}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2011/009 2 {Means to prevent misalignement during the rolling of the band}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F11/02 1 the display elements being secured to rotating members, e.g. drums, spindles
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F11/025 2 {the members being rotated simultaneously, each face of the member carrying a part of the sign}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F11/04 2 the elements being secured to rotating discs {(G09F11/025 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F11/06 2 the elements being stiff plates or cards (on rotating discs G09F11/04)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F11/08 2 the elements being flexible sheets (on rotating discs G09F11/04)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F11/10 2 Electrical control therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F11/12 1 the display elements being carried by endless belts, chains, or the like
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F11/14 2 the elements being in the form of stiff flaps, boards, cards, or the like
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F11/15 2 the elements being flexible sheets
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F11/16 2 Electric control therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F11/18 1 the display elements being carried by belts, chains, or the like other than endless
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F11/20 2 the elements being in the form of stiff flaps, boards, cards or the like
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F11/21 2 the elements being flexible sheets
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F11/22 2 Electric control therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F11/23 1 the advertising or display material forming part of rotating members, e.g. in the form of perforations, prints, or transparencies on a drum or disc
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F11/232 2 {Disc card or folded disc shaped card information display devices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F11/235 2 Electric control therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F11/24 1 the advertising or display material forming part of a moving band, e.g. in the form of perforations, prints, or transparencies
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F11/26 2 of an endless band
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F11/28 3 Electric control therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F11/29 2 of a band other than endless
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F11/295 3 Electric control therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F11/30 1 the display elements being fed one by one from storage place to a display position
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F11/32 2 the feeding means comprising belts or chains, e.g. endless belts or chains
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F11/325 3 {the display elements being stored in the form of rolls fixed in between transporting belts or chains}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F11/34 2 the feeding means comprising electromagnets
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F13/00 0 Illuminated signs; Luminous advertising (G09F9/00, G09F11/00 take precedence; control of displays in general using static means to present variable information G09G)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F13/005 1 {Illumination controller or illuminated signs including an illumination control system}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F13/02 1 Signs, boards, or panels, illuminated by artificial light sources positioned in front of the insignia
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F13/04 1 Signs, boards or panels, illuminated from behind the insignia
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F13/0404 2 {the light source being enclosed in a box forming the character of the sign}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F13/0409 2 {Arrangements for homogeneous illumination of the display surface, e.g. using a layer having a non-uniform transparency (arrangements of reflectors G09F13/14)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F13/0413 2 {Frames or casing structures therefor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F13/0418 2 {Constructional details}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F13/0422 3 {Reflectors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F13/0427 3 {in the form of buttons}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F13/0431 3 {Signs, boards or panels connected to a pole}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F13/0436 3 {Signs, boards or panels attached to ceilings}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F13/044 3 {Signs, boards or panels mounted on vehicles}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F13/0445 3 {Frames}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F13/0446 4 {collapsible}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F13/0447 4 {compartmented}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F13/0448 4 {double face}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F13/045 3 {Signs, boards or panels specially adapted for doors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F13/0454 3 {Slidable panels or parts}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F13/0456 3 {Detachable casings}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F13/0458 3 {Interchangeable panels}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F13/0463 3 {Portable signs, boards or panels}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F13/0468 3 {Signs, boards or panels with tensioned or flexible display surface}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F13/0472 3 {Traffic signs}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F13/0477 3 {Signs, boards or panels mounted on containers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F13/0481 3 {Signs, boards or panels having a curved shape}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F13/0486 3 {Neon tubes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F13/049 3 {Edge illuminated signs, boards or panels}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F13/0495 3 {Signs, boards or panels attached to the ground}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2013/05 3 {indicating exit way or orientation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F13/06 2 using individual cut-out symbols or cut-out silhouettes, e.g. perforated signs
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F13/08 2 using both translucent and non-translucent layers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F13/10 3 using transparencies
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F13/12 2 using a transparent mirror or other light reflecting surface transparent to transmitted light whereby a sign, symbol, picture or other is visible only when illuminated
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F13/14 2 Arrangements of reflectors therein
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2013/142 3 {multiple reflectors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2013/145 3 {curved reflectors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2013/147 3 {plane reflectors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F13/16 1 Signs formed of or incorporating reflecting elements or surfaces, e.g. warning signs having triangular or other geometrical shape
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F13/165 2 {rotatably or swingatly mounted reflecting elements or surfaces}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F13/18 1 Edge-illuminated signs
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2013/1804 2 {Achieving homogeneous illumination}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2013/1809 3 {using a non-homogeneous front window}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2013/1813 4 {provided with a coating showing a pattern of dots of variable density}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2013/1818 4 {provided with a coating of variable thickness}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2013/1822 3 {Stair-cased profiled window}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2013/1827 3 {Prismatic window}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2013/1831 3 {using more than one light source}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2013/1836 3 {using a frame-like light source}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2013/184 2 {Information to display}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2013/1845 3 {Interchangeable poster}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2013/185 3 {Embossed marks}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2013/1854 3 {Light diffusing layer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2013/1859 3 {Frosted surface}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2013/1863 3 {Layer with different refractive index}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2013/1868 3 {Fluorescent pencil}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2013/1872 2 {Casing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2013/1877 3 {Stand-like}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2013/1881 3 {Frame-like}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2013/1886 2 {Special effects}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2013/189 3 {Three dimensional effects}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2013/1895 4 {Imitating a neon tube}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F13/20 1 with luminescent surfaces or parts (luminescent compositions C09K11/00; light sources using luminescence F21K2/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F13/22 2 electroluminescent (electroluminescent light sources per se H05B33/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2013/222 3 {with LEDs}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2013/225 3 {with electroluminescent lamps}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2013/227 3 {Electroluminescent displays for vehicles}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F13/24 1 using tubes or the like filled with liquid, e.g. bubbling liquid
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F13/26 1 Signs formed by electric discharge tubes (by selective lighting G09F9/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F13/28 1 Signs formed by filament-type lamp (by selective lighting G09F9/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F13/30 1 with moving light sources, e.g. rotating luminous tubes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F13/32 1 with moving optical part of parts, e.g. mirrors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F13/34 1 with light sources co-operating with movable members, e.g. with shutters to cover or uncover the light source (apparatus wherein advertising or display material is moved in a continuous or intermittent succession G09F11/00; construction or details of lighting devices F21V11/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F13/36 2 co-operating with rotating screening means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F13/42 1 with light sources activated by non-visible radiation (cathode ray image or pattern display tubes H01J31/10; lamps with luminescent screens excited by cathode rays H01J63/06)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F13/44 1 with gas as lighting source
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F13/46 1 Advertising by fireworks
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F15/00 0 Boards, hoardings, pillars, or like structures for notices, placards, posters, or the like
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F15/0006 1 {planar structures comprising one or more panels}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F15/0012 2 {frames therefor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F15/0018 2 {panel clamping or fastening means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F15/0025 2 {display surface tensioning means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F15/0031 3 {Tensioned curved signs; Signs with curved tensioning structures}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F15/0037 2 {supported by a post}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F15/0043 2 {connected to a receptacle of public utility, e.g. a waste receptacle}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F15/005 2 {for orientation or public information}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F15/0056 2 {portable display standards}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F15/0062 3 {collapsible}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F15/0068 1 {Modular articulated structures, e.g. stands, and articulation means therefor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F15/0075 1 {Pillars}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F15/0081 2 {Rotating pillars}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F15/0087 1 {including movable parts, e.g. movable by the wind}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2015/0093 1 {Tensioned structures}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F15/02 1 Bills, posters, or the like therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F15/025 2 {Poster carriers, i.e. devices for holding temporarily posters in order to transfer and apply them onto flat vertical surfaces}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F17/00 0 Flags; Banners; Mountings therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2017/0008 1 {Devices for avoiding twisting of the flag}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2017/0016 2 {using ventilators}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2017/0025 1 {Raising or lowering devices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2017/0033 1 {Flag materials}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2017/0041 1 {Suspended banners}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2017/005 1 {Means for mounting flags to masts}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2017/0058 2 {holding rings}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2017/0066 1 {Stands for flags}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2017/0075 1 {Flags on vehicles}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2017/0083 1 {Safety flags}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F17/0091 1 {Anti-foiling flagpoles; Sliding means to avoid foiling of flags on the poles}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F19/00 0 Advertising or display means not otherwise provided for
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F19/002 1 {Advertising means including image processing to create a special effect when viewed from a camera}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F19/005 1 {Scented advertising means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F19/008 1 {Inflatable advertising means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F19/02 1 incorporating moving display members
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F19/04 2 operated by the opening or closing of doors, e.g. shop door
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F19/06 2 Writing devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F19/08 2 Dolls, faces, or other representations of living forms with moving parts (in the nature of toys A63H)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2019/081 3 {Fish}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2019/083 3 {Plants}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2019/085 3 {Birds}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2019/086 3 {Dolls}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2019/088 3 {Faces}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F19/10 2 Devices demonstrating the action of an article to be advertised
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F19/12 1 using special optical effects
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F19/125 2 {Stereoscopic displays; 3D displays}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F19/14 2 displaying different signs depending upon the view-point of the observer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F19/16 2 involving the use of mirrors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F19/18 2 involving the use of optical projection means, e.g. projection of images on clouds (projection apparatus per se G03B)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F19/20 2 with colour-mixing effects
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F19/205 3 {Special effects using different wavelengths}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F19/22 1 Advertising or display means on roads, walls or similar surfaces, e.g. illuminated
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2019/221 2 {on tunnel walls for underground trains}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2019/223 2 {in pavement panels}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2019/225 2 {Fire evacuation route indicating means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F19/226 2 {External wall display means; Facade advertising means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F19/227 2 {on windows}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F19/228 2 {Ground signs, i.e. display signs fixed on the ground}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F21/00 0 Mobile visual advertising (combined visual and audible advertising G09F27/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F21/02 1 by a carrier person or animal
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F21/023 2 {fixed on clothing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F21/026 2 {Advertising carried by a person, e.g. carried on the shoulders}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F21/04 1 by land vehicles
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F21/041 2 {magnetically fixed on the vehicles}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F21/042 2 {the advertising matter being fixed on the roof of the vehicles}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F21/043 2 {supported by tyres}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F21/045 2 {supported by the wheels}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F21/046 2 {using the shaking brought about by the locomotion of the vehicle}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F21/048 2 {Advertisement panels on sides, front or back of vehicles}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F21/0485 3 {Advertising means on windshields}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F21/049 2 {giving information to passengers inside the vehicles}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F21/06 1 by aeroplanes, airships, balloons, or kites
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F21/08 2 the advertising matter being arranged on the aircraft
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F21/10 3 illuminated
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F21/12 2 the advertising matter being towed by the aircraft
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F21/14 3 illuminated
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F21/16 2 Sky-writing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F21/18 1 by ships or other floating means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F21/20 2 illuminated
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F21/22 1 Dispensing devices for pamphlets or similar advertising matter from vehicles (from aircraft B64D1/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F23/00 0 Advertising on or in specific articles, e.g. ashtrays, letter-boxes (on or in vehicles G09F21/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2023/0008 1 {on parking meters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2023/0016 1 {on pens}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2023/0025 1 {on containers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2023/0033 2 {on refrigerated containers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2023/0041 1 {on cigarette lighters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2023/005 1 {on seats}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F23/0058 1 {on electrical household appliances, e.g. on a dishwasher, a washing machine or a refrigerator}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F23/0066 1 {on sports articles, e.g. golf clubs}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F23/007 1 {on buttons}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F23/0081 1 {on sanitary articles, e.g. on cakes of soap}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F23/0082 2 {on tooth brushes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F23/0083 1 {on petrol dispensers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F23/0091 1 {on soda or beer cans}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F23/0093 1 {on phone-carried indicia}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F23/0095 2 {dial-associated}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F23/0097 2 {mouthpiece-associated}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F23/0098 2 {upright phone standard-associated}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F23/02 1 the advertising matter being displayed by the operation of the article
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F23/04 2 illuminated
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F23/06 1 the advertising matter being combined with articles for restaurants, shops or offices (on paper articles G09F23/10)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F23/065 2 {Advertising in food vending machines}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F23/08 2 with tableware
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F23/10 1 on paper articles, e.g. booklets, newspapers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F23/105 2 {on paper for wrapping flowers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F23/12 2 on toilet paper
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F23/14 1 on toys, games, puzzles, or similar devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F23/16 1 on clocks, e.g. controlled by the clock mechanism
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F25/00 0 Audible advertising (sound recording or reproducing per se G11B; public address systems H04R27/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2025/005 1 {Message recorded in a memory device}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F27/00 0 Combined visual and audible advertising or displaying, e.g. for public address
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2027/001 1 {Comprising a presence or proximity detector}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F2027/002 1 {Advertising message recorded in a memory device}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F27/004 1 {Displays including an emergency or alarm message}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F27/005 1 {Signs associated with a sensor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F27/007 1 {Displays with power supply provided by solar cells or photocells}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F27/008 1 {Sun shades, shades, hoods or louvres on electronic displays to minimise the effect of direct sun light on the display}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09F27/009 1 {Retrofitted static panels to make them dynamic}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G ARRANGEMENTS OR CIRCUITS FOR CONTROL OF INDICATING DEVICES USING STATIC MEANS TO PRESENT VARIABLE INFORMATION (lighting in general F21; arrangements for displaying electric variables or waveforms G01R3/00; devices or arrangements for the control of light beams G02F1/00; indicating of time by visual means G04B19/00, G04C17/00, G04G9/00; arrangements for transferring data between computers and peripheral equipment G06F3/00; visible signalling arrangements or devices G08B5/00; traffic control systems G08G; display, advertising, signs G09F, e.g. static indicating arrangements comprising an association of a number of separate sources or light control cells G09F9/00; static indicating arrangements comprising integral associations of a number of light sources H01J, H01K, H01L, H05B33/12; circuits in pulse counters for indicating the result H03K21/18; coding, decoding or code conversion, in general H03M; reproducing a picture or pattern using electric signals representing parts thereof and produced by scanning an original H04N)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G1/00 0 Control arrangements or circuits, of interest only in connection with cathode-ray tube indicators; {General aspects or details, e.g. selection emphasis on particular characters, dashed line or dotted line generation; Preprocessing of data}(cathode-ray oscilloscopes G01R13/20; {radar display arrangements G01S7/04; display of digital non-picture data in television systems H04N7/0255})
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G1/002 1 {Intensity circuits (G09G1/06 - G09G1/28 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G1/005 1 {Power supply circuits}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G1/007 1 {Circuits for displaying split screens}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G1/02 1 Storage circuits (G09G1/06 - G09G1/28 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G1/04 1 Deflection circuits {Constructional details not otherwise provided for (electron-optical arrangements H01J29/46, H01J37/04, H01J37/302)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G1/06 1 using single beam tubes (G09G1/26, G09G1/28 take precedence), {e.g. three-dimensional or perspective representation, rotation or translation of display pattern, hidden lines, shadows (G09G1/28 takes precedence; stereoscopic TV-systems, details thereof H04N13/00; oscilloscopes for three-dimensional representation G01R13/206; vectorscopes G01R13/208)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G1/07 2 with combined raster scan and calligraphic display
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G1/08 2 the beam directly tracing characters, the information to be displayed controlling the deflection {and the intensity} as a function of time in two spatial co-ordinates, e.g. according to a cartesian co-ordinate system
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G1/10 3 the deflection signals being produced by essentially digital means, e.g. incrementally
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G1/12 3 the deflection signals being produced by essentially analogue means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G1/14 2 the beam tracing a pattern independent of the information to be displayed, this latter determining the parts of the pattern rendered respectively visible and invisible
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G1/143 3 {Circuits for displaying horizontal and vertical lines}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G1/146 3 {Flicker reduction circuits}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G1/16 3 the pattern of rectangular co-ordinates extending over the whole area of the screen, i.e. television type raster
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G1/162 4 {for displaying digital inputs as analog magnitudes, e.g. curves, bar graphs, coordinate axes, singly or in combination with alpha-numeric characters (cathode-ray oscilloscopes for displaying analog inputs, singly or in combination with alpha-numeric characters G01R13/20; television receiver circuitry for displaying supplementary, e.g. alpha-numeric, information H04N5/445)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G1/165 4 {Details of a display terminal using a CRT, the details relating to the control arrangement of the display terminal and to the interfaces thereto (details suitable for both CRT and flat panel G09G5/003; specific for a flat panel G09G3/2092)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G1/167 5 {Details of the interface to the display terminal specific for a CRT (details suitable for both CRT and flat panel G09G5/006, specific for a flat panel G09G3/2096)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G1/18 3 a small local pattern covering only a single character, and stepping to a position for the following character, e.g. in rectangular or polar co-ordinates, or in the form of a framed star
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G1/20 1 using multi-beam tubes (G09G1/26, G09G1/28 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G1/22 1 using tubes permitting selection of a complete character from a number of characters {(tubes therefor H01J31/16)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G1/24 1 using tubes permitting selection of individual elements forming in combination a character {(see provisionally also G09G1/22)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G1/26 1 using storage tubes {(tubes therefor H01J31/58)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G1/28 1 using colour tubes {(tubes therefor H01J31/20)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G1/285 2 {Interfacing with colour displays, e.g. TV receiver}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/00 0 Control arrangements or circuits, of interest only in connection with visual indicators other than cathode-ray tubes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/001 1 {using specific devices not provided for in groups G09G3/02 - G09G3/36, e.g. using an intermediate record carrier such as a film slide; Projection systems; Display of non-alphanumerical information, solely or in combination with alphanumerical information, e.g. digital display on projected diapositive as background (slide projectors per se G03B23/00 = 42 HP)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/002 2 {to project the image of a two-dimensional display, such as an array of light emitting or modulating elements or a CRT}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/003 2 {to produce spatial visual effects}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/004 1 {to give the appearance of moving signs}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/005 1 {forming an image using a quickly moving array of imaging elements, causing the human eye to perceive an image which has a larger resolution than the array, e.g. an image on a cylinder formed by a rotating line of LEDs parallel to the axis of rotation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/006 1 {Electronic inspection or testing of displays and display drivers, e.g. of LED or LCD displays (testing individual LED's G01R31/2635; testing lamps G01R31/44; testing of optical features of LCD displays G02F1/1309)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/007 1 {Use of pixel shift techniques, e.g. by mechanical shift of the physical pixels or by optical shift of the perceived pixels}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/008 1 {forming an image on an image carrier by relative movement of a writing unit to the image carrier, e.g. on a photoconductive rotating belt, or on an electronic blackboard}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/02 1 by tracing or scanning a light beam on a screen
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/025 2 {with scanning or deflecting the beams in two directions or dimensions}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/03 1 {specially adapted for displays having non-planar surfaces, e.g. curved displays}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/035 2 {for flexible display surfaces}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/04 1 for presentation of a single character by selection from a plurality of characters, or by composing the character by combination of individual elements, e.g. segments {using a combination of such display devices for composing words, rows or the like, in a frame with fixed character positions}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/045 2 {Selecting complete characters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/06 2 using controlled light sources
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/08 3 using incandescent filaments
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/10 3 using gas tubes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/12 3 using electroluminescent elements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/14 4 Semiconductor devices, e.g. diodes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/16 2 by control of light from an independent source
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/18 3 using liquid crystals
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/19 3 using electrochromic devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/20 1 for presentation of an assembly of a number of characters, e.g. a page, by composing the assembly by combination of individual elements arranged in a matrix {no fixed position being assigned to or needed to be assigned to the individual characters or partial characters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/2003 2 {Display of colours (specific for liquid crystal displays G09G3/3607)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/2007 2 {Display of intermediate tones}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/2011 3 {by amplitude modulation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/2014 3 {by modulation of the duration of a single pulse during which the logic level remains constant}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/2018 3 {by time modulation using two or more time intervals}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/2022 4 {using sub-frames}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/2025 5 {the sub-frames having all the same time duration}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/2029 5 {the sub-frames having non-binary weights}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/2033 5 {with splitting one or more sub-frames corresponding to the most significant bits into two or more sub-frames}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/2037 5 {with specific control of sub-frames corresponding to the least significant bits}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/204 5 {the sub-frames being organized in consecutive sub-frame groups}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/2044 3 {using dithering}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/2048 4 {with addition of random noise to an image signal or to a gradation threshold}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/2051 4 {with use of a spatial dither pattern}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/2055 5 {the pattern being varied in time}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/2059 3 {using error diffusion}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/2062 4 {using error diffusion in time}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/2066 5 {with error diffusion in both space and time}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/207 3 {by domain size control (G09G3/3637 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/2074 3 {using sub-pixels}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/2077 3 {by a combination of two or more gradation control methods}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/2081 4 {with combination of amplitude modulation and time modulation (space and time error diffusion G09G3/2066)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/2085 2 {Special arrangements for addressing the individual elements of the matrix, other than by driving respective rows and columns in combination}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/2088 3 {with use of a plurality of processors, each processor controlling a number of individual elements of the matrix}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/2092 2 {Details of a display terminals using a flat panel, the details relating to the control arrangement of the display terminal and to the interfaces thereto (suitable for both CRT and flat panel G09G5/003; specific for a CRT G09G1/165)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/2096 3 {Details of the interface to the display terminal specific for a flat panel (suitable for both CRT and flat panel G09G5/006; specific for a CRT G09G1/167)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/22 2 using controlled light sources
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/24 3 using incandescent filaments
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/26 4 to give the appearance of moving signs
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/28 3 using luminous gas-discharge panels, e.g. plasma panels
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/2803 4 {Display of gradations (G09G3/288 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/2807 4 with discharge activated by high-frequency signals specially adapted therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/2813 4 using alternating current [AC] - direct current [DC] hybrid-type panels
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/282 4 using DC panels
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/285 5 using self-scanning
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/288 4 using AC panels
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/29 5 using self-shift panels {with sequential transfer of the discharges from an input position to a further display position}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/291 5 controlling the gas discharge to control a cell condition, e.g. by means of specific pulse shapes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/292 6 for reset discharge, priming discharge or erase discharge occurring in a phase other than addressing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/2922 7 {Details of erasing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/2925 7 {Details of priming}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/2927 7 {Details of initialising}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/293 6 for address discharge
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/2932 7 {Addressed by writing selected cells that are in an OFF state}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/2935 7 {Addressed by erasing selected cells that are in an ON state}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/2937 7 {being addressed only once per frame}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/294 6 for lighting or sustain discharge
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/2942 7 {with special waveforms to increase luminous efficiency}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/2944 7 {by varying the frequency of sustain pulses or the number of sustain pulses proportionally in each subfield of the whole frame}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/2946 7 {by introducing variations of the frequency of sustain pulses within a frame or non-proportional variations of the number of sustain pulses in each subfield}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/2948 7 {by increasing the total sustaining time with respect to other times in the frame}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/296 5 Driving circuits for producing the waveforms applied to the driving electrodes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/2965 6 {using inductors for energy recovery}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/297 5 using opposed discharge type panels
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/298 5 using surface discharge panels
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/2983 6 {using non-standard pixel electrode arrangements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/2986 7 {with more than 3 electrodes involved in the operation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/299 6 using alternate lighting of surface-type panels
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/30 3 using electroluminescent panels
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/32 4 semiconductive, e.g. using light-emitting diodes [LED]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/3208 5 organic, e.g. using organic light-emitting diodes [OLED]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/3216 6 using a passive matrix
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/3225 6 using an active matrix
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/3233 7 with pixel circuitry controlling the current through the light-emitting element
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/3241 8 the current through the light-emitting element being set using a data current provided by the data driver, e.g. by using a two-transistor current mirror
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/325 9 the data current flowing through the driving transistor during a setting phase, e.g. by using a switch for connecting the driving transistor to the data driver
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/3258 7 with pixel circuitry controlling the voltage across the light-emitting element
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/3266 6 Details of drivers for scan electrodes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/3275 6 Details of drivers for data electrodes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/3283 7 in which the data driver supplies a variable data current for setting the current through, or the voltage across, the light-emitting elements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/3291 7 in which the data driver supplies a variable data voltage for setting the current through, or the voltage across, the light-emitting elements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/34 2 by control of light from an independent source
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/3406 3 {Control of illumination source (illumination devices structurally associated with liquid crystal cells G02F1/1336)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/3413 4 {Details of control of colour illumination sources}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/342 4 {using several illumination sources separately controlled corresponding to different display panel areas, e.g. along one dimension such as lines}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/3426 5 {the different display panel areas being distributed in two dimensions, e.g. matrix}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/3433 3 {using light modulating elements actuated by an electric field and being other than liquid crystal devices and electrochromic devices (using liquid crystal devices G09G3/36; using electrochromic devices G09G3/38)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/344 4 {based on particles moving in a fluid or in a gas, e.g. electrophoretic devices (electrophoretic devices per se G02F1/167)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/3446 5 {with more than two electrodes controlling the modulating element}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/3453 4 {based on rotating particles or microelements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/346 4 {based on modulation of the reflection angle, e.g. micromirrors (micromirrors devices per se G02B26/0833)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/3466 4 {based on interferometric effect}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/3473 4 {based on light coupled out of a light guide, e.g. due to scattering, by contracting the light guide with external means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/348 4 {based on the deformation of a fluid drop, e.g. electrowetting}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/3486 3 {using light modulating elements actuated by a magnetic field}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/3493 3 {using light modulating elements actuated by a piezoelectric effect}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/36 3 using liquid crystals
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/3603 4 {with thermally addressed liquid crystals}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/3607 4 {for displaying colours or for displaying grey scales with a specific pixel layout, e.g. using sub-pixels (display of colours in flat matrix panels other than liquid crystal displays G09G3/2003; grey scales specific for television H04N3/127)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/3611 4 {Control of matrices with row and column drivers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/3614 5 {Control of polarity reversal in general}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/3618 5 {with automatic refresh of the display panel using sense/write circuits}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/3622 5 {using a passive matrix (G09G3/3674 - G09G3/3696 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/3625 6 {using active addressing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/3629 6 {using liquid crystals having memory effects, e.g. ferroelectric liquid crystals}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/3633 7 {with transmission/voltage characteristic comprising multiple loops, e.g. antiferroelectric liquid crystals}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/3637 7 {with intermediate tones displayed by domain size control (domain size control in flat matrix panels other than liquid crystal displays having memory effects G09G3/207)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/364 7 {with use of subpixels}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/3644 6 {with the matrix divided into sections}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/3648 5 {using an active matrix (G09G3/367 - G09G3/3696 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/3651 6 {using multistable liquid crystals, e.g. ferroelectric liquid crystals}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/3655 6 {Details of drivers for counter electrodes, e.g. common electrodes for pixel capacitors or supplementary storage capacitors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/3659 6 {the addressing of the pixel involving the control of two or more scan electrodes or two or more data electrodes, e.g. pixel voltage dependant on signal of two data electrodes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/3662 6 {using plasma-addressed liquid crystal displays}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/3666 6 {with the matrix divided into sections}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/367 5 {with a nonlinear element in series with the liquid crystal cell, e.g. a diode, or M.I.M. element}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/3674 5 {Details of drivers for scan electrodes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/3677 6 {suitable for active matrices only}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/3681 6 {suitable for passive matrices only}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/3685 5 {Details of drivers for data electrodes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/3688 6 {suitable for active matrices only}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/3692 6 {suitable for passive matrices only}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/3696 5 {Generation of voltages supplied to electrode drivers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G3/38 3 using electrochromic devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G5/00 0 Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators (image data processing or generation, in general G06T)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G5/001 1 {Arbitration of resources in a display system, e.g. control of access to frame buffer by video controller and/or main processor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G5/003 1 {Details of a display terminal, the details relating to the control arrangement of the display terminal and to the interfaces thereto (specific for a CRT G09G1/165; for a flat panel G09G3/2092)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G5/005 2 {Adapting incoming signals to the display format of the display terminal}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G5/006 2 {Details of the interface to the display terminal (specific for a display terminal using a CRT G09G1/167; using a flat panel G09G3/2096; circuits for interfacing with colour displays G09G5/04)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G5/008 3 {Clock recovery}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G5/02 1 characterised by the way in which colour is displayed {(details of colour display specific for CRTs G09G1/28; specific for flat matrix panels other than liquid crystal displays G09G3/2003; specific for liquid crystal displays G09G3/3607)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G5/022 2 {using memory planes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G5/024 2 {using colour registers, e.g. to control background, foreground, surface filling (G09G5/06 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G5/026 2 {Control of mixing and/or overlay of colours in general (G09G5/022 and G09G5/024 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G5/028 2 {Circuits for converting colour display signals into monochrome display signals}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G5/04 2 using circuits for interfacing with colour displays
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G5/06 2 using colour palettes, e.g. look-up tables
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G5/08 1 Cursor circuits
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G5/10 1 Intensity circuits
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G5/12 1 Synchronisation between the display unit and other units, e.g. other display units, video-disc players
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G5/14 1 Display of multiple viewports
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G5/16 1 Display of right-to-left language
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G5/18 1 Timing circuits for raster scan displays (specially adapted for television H04N {; synchronisation between the display unit and other display units, videodisc player G09G5/12})
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G5/20 1 Function-generator circuits, e.g. circle generators {line or curve smoothing circuits}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G5/22 1 characterised by the display of characters or indicia using display control signals derived from coded signals representing the characters or indicia, e.g. with a character-code memory
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G5/222 2 {Control of the character-code memory}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G5/225 3 {comprising a loadable character generator (character generators per se G09G5/24)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G5/227 3 {Resolution modifying circuits, e.g. variable screen formats, resolution change between memory contents and display screen}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G5/24 2 Generation of individual character patterns
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G5/243 3 {Circuits for displaying proportional spaced characters or for kerning}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G5/246 3 {of ideographic or arabic-like characters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G5/26 3 for modifying the character dimensions, e.g. double width, double height
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G5/28 3 for enhancement of character form, e.g. smoothing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G5/30 2 Control of display attribute
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G5/32 2 with means for controlling the display position {(see provisionally G09G5/42)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G5/34 1 for rolling or scrolling
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G5/343 2 {for systems having a character code-mapped display memory}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G5/346 2 {for systems having a bit-mapped display memory}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G5/36 1 characterised by the display of a graphic pattern, e.g. using an all-points-addressable [APA] memory
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G5/363 2 {Graphics controllers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G5/366 3 {with conversion of CRT control signals to flat panel control signals, e.g. adapting the palette memory}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G5/37 2 Details of the operation on graphic patterns (G09G5/38 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G5/373 3 for modifying the size of the graphic pattern
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G5/377 3 for mixing or overlaying two or more graphic patterns (G09G5/02, G09G5/397 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G5/38 2 with means for controlling the display position
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G5/39 2 Control of the bit-mapped memory
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G5/391 3 Resolution modifying circuits, e.g. variable screen formats
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G5/393 3 Arrangements for updating the contents of the bit-mapped memory
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G5/395 3 Arrangements specially adapted for transferring the contents of the bit-mapped memory to the screen (G09G5/399 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G5/397 4 Arrangements specially adapted for transferring the contents of two or more bit-mapped memories to the screen simultaneously, e.g. for mixing or overlay (G09G5/02 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G5/399 3 using two or more bit-mapped memories, the operations of which are switched in time, e.g. ping-pong buffers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G5/40 1 characterised by the way in which both a pattern determined by character code and another pattern are displayed simultaneously, or either pattern is displayed selectively, e.g. with character code memory and APA, i.e. all-points-addressable, memory
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G5/42 1 characterised by the display of patterns using a display memory without fixed position correspondence between the display memory contents and the display position on the screen
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2230/00 0 Details of flat display driving waveforms
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2290/00 0 Indexing scheme relating to details of a display terminal
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2300/00 0 Aspects of the constitution of display devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2300/02 1 Composition of display devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2300/023 2 Display panel composed of stacked panels
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2300/026 2 Video wall, i.e. juxtaposition of a plurality of screens to create a display screen of bigger dimensions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2300/04 1 Structural and physical details of display devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2300/0404 2 Matrix technologies
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2300/0408 3 Integration of the drivers onto the display substrate
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2300/0413 3 Details of dummy pixels or dummy lines in flat panels
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2300/0417 3 Special arrangements specific to the use of low carrier mobility technology
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2300/0421 2 Structural details of the set of electrodes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2300/0426 3 Layout of electrodes and connections
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2300/043 3 Compensation electrodes or other additional electrodes in matrix displays related to distortions or compensation signals, e.g. for modifying TFT threshold voltage in column driver
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2300/0434 3 Flat panel display in which a field is applied parallel to the display plane
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2300/0439 2 Pixel structures
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2300/0443 3 with several sub-pixels for the same colour in a pixel, not specifically used to display gradations (G09G3/364 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2300/0447 4 for multi-domain technique to improve the viewing angle in a liquid crystal display, such as multi-vertical alignment [MVA]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2300/0452 3 Details of colour pixel setup, e.g. pixel composed of a red, a blue and two green components
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2300/0456 3 with a reflective area and a transmissive area combined in one pixel, such as in transflectance pixels
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2300/046 3 with an emissive area and a light-modulating area combined in one pixel
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2300/0465 3 Improved aperture ratio, e.g. by size reduction of the pixel circuit, e.g. for improving the pixel density or the maximum displayable luminance or brightness
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2300/0469 2 Details of the physics of pixel operation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2300/0473 3 Use of light emitting or modulating elements having two or more stable states when no power is applied
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2300/0478 3 related to liquid crystal pixels
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2300/0482 4 Use of memory effects in nematic liquid crystals
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2300/0486 5 Cholesteric liquid crystals, including chiral-nematic liquid crystals, with transitions between focal conic, planar, and homeotropic states
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2300/0491 4 Use of a bi-refringent liquid crystal, optically controlled bi-refringence [OCB] with bend and splay states, or electrically controlled bi-refringence [ECB] for controlling the color
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2300/0495 4 Use of transitions between isotropic and anisotropic phases in liquid crystals, by voltage controlled deformation of the liquid crystal molecules, as opposed to merely changing the orientation of the molecules as in, e.g. twisted-nematic [TN], vertical-aligned [VA], cholesteric, in-plane, or bi-refringent liquid crystals
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2300/06 1 Passive matrix structure, i.e. with direct application of both column and row voltages to the light emitting or modulating elements, other than LCD or OLED
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2300/08 1 Active matrix structure, i.e. with use of active elements, inclusive of non-linear two terminal elements, in the pixels together with light emitting or modulating elements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2300/0804 2 Sub-multiplexed active matrix panel, i.e. wherein one active driving circuit is used at pixel level for multiple image producing elements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2300/0809 2 Several active elements per pixel in active matrix panels
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2300/0814 3 used for selection purposes, e.g. logical AND for partial update
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2300/0819 3 used for counteracting undesired variations, e.g. feedback or autozeroing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2300/0823 3 used to establish symmetry in driving, e.g. with polarity inversion
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2300/0828 3 forming a digital to analog [D/A] conversion circuit
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2300/0833 3 forming a linear amplifier or follower
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2300/0838 4 with level shifting
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2300/0842 3 forming a memory circuit, e.g. a dynamic memory with one capacitor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2300/0847 4 being a dynamic memory without any storage capacitor, i.e. with use of parasitic capacitances as storage elements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2300/0852 4 being a dynamic memory with more than one capacitor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2300/0857 4 Static memory circuit, e.g. flip-flop
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2300/0861 4 with additional control of the display period without amending the charge stored in a pixel memory, e.g. by means of additional select electrodes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2300/0866 5 by means of changes in the pixel supply voltage
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2300/0871 3 with level shifting
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2300/0876 2 Supplementary capacities in pixels having special driving circuits and electrodes instead of being connected to common electrode or ground; Use of additional capacitively coupled compensation electrodes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2300/088 2 using a non-linear two-terminal element
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2300/0885 3 Pixel comprising a non-linear two-terminal element alone in series with each display pixel element
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2300/089 3 Pixel comprising a non-linear two-terminal element in series with each display pixel element, the series comprising also other elements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2300/0895 3 having more than one selection line for a two-terminal active matrix LCD, e.g. Lechner and D2R circuits
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2310/00 0 Command of the display device
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2310/02 1 Addressing, scanning or driving the display screen or processing steps related thereto
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2310/0202 2 Addressing of scan or signal lines
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2310/0205 3 Simultaneous scanning of several lines in flat panels
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2310/0208 4 using active addressing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2310/021 4 Double addressing, i.e. scanning two or more lines, e.g. lines 2 and 3; 4 and 5, at a time in a first field, followed by scanning two or more lines in another combination, e.g. lines 1 and 2; 3 and 4, in a second field
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2310/0213 3 controlling the sequence of the scanning lines with respect to the patterns to be displayed, e.g. to save power
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2310/0216 3 Interleaved control phases for different scan lines in the same sub-field, e.g. initialization, addressing and sustaining in plasma displays that are not simultaneous for all scan lines
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2310/0218 3 with collection of electrodes in groups for n-dimensional addressing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2310/0221 3 with use of split matrices (G09G3/3644 and G09G3/3666 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2310/0224 2 Details of interlacing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2310/0227 3 related to multiple interlacing, i.e. involving more fields than just one odd field and one even field
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2310/0229 2 De-interlacing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2310/0232 2 Special driving of display border areas
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2310/0235 2 Field-sequential colour display
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2310/0237 2 Switching ON and OFF the backlight within one frame
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2310/024 2 Scrolling of light from the illumination source over the display in combination with the scanning of the display screen
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2310/0243 2 Details of the generation of driving signals
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2310/0245 3 Clearing or presetting the whole screen independently of waveforms, e.g. on power-on (G09G2310/063 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2310/0248 3 Precharge or discharge of column electrodes before or after applying exact column voltages
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2310/0251 3 Precharge or discharge of pixel before applying new pixel voltage
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2310/0254 3 Control of polarity reversal in general, other than for liquid crystal displays
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2310/0256 4 with the purpose of reversing the voltage across a light emitting or modulating element within a pixel
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2310/0259 3 with use of an analog or digital ramp generator in the column driver or in the pixel circuit
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2310/0262 2 The addressing of the pixel, in a display other than an active matrix LCD, involving the control of two or more scan electrodes or two or more data electrodes, e.g. pixel voltage dependent on signals of two data electrodes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2310/0264 2 Details of driving circuits
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2310/0267 3 Details of drivers for scan electrodes, other than drivers for liquid crystal, plasma or OLED displays
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2310/027 3 Details of drivers for data electrodes, the drivers handling digital grey scale data, e.g. use of D/A converters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2310/0272 3 Details of drivers for data electrodes, the drivers communicating data to the pixels by means of a current
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2310/0275 3 Details of drivers for data electrodes, other than drivers for liquid crystal, plasma or OLED displays, not related to handling digital grey scale data or to communication of data to the pixels by means of a current
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2310/0278 3 Details of driving circuits arranged to drive both scan and data electrodes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2310/0281 3 Arrangement of scan or data electrode driver circuits at the periphery of a panel not inherent to a split matrix structure
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2310/0283 3 Arrangement of drivers for different directions of scanning
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2310/0286 3 Details of a shift registers arranged for use in a driving circuit
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2310/0289 3 Details of voltage level shifters arranged for use in a driving circuit
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2310/0291 3 Details of output amplifiers or buffers arranged for use in a driving circuit
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2310/0294 3 Details of sampling or holding circuits arranged for use in a driver for data electrodes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2310/0297 3 Special arrangements with multiplexing or demultiplexing of display data in the drivers for data electrodes, in a pre-processing circuitry delivering display data to said drivers or in the matrix panel, e.g. multiplexing plural data signals to one D/A converter or demultiplexing the D/A converter output to multiple columns
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2310/04 1 Partial updating of the display screen
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2310/06 1 Details of flat display driving waveforms
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2310/061 2 for resetting or blanking
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2310/062 3 Waveforms for resetting a plurality of scan lines at a time
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2310/063 3 Waveforms for resetting the whole screen at once
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2310/065 2 Waveforms comprising zero voltage phase or pause
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2310/066 2 Waveforms comprising a gently increasing or decreasing portion, e.g. ramp
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2310/067 2 Special waveforms for scanning, where no circuit details of the gate driver are given
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2310/068 2 Application of pulses of alternating polarity prior to the drive pulse in electrophoretic displays
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2310/08 1 Details of timing specific for flat panels, other than clock recovery
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2320/00 0 Control of display operating conditions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2320/02 1 Improving the quality of display appearance
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2320/0204 2 Compensation of DC component across the pixels in flat panels
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2320/0209 2 Crosstalk reduction, i.e. to reduce direct or indirect influences of signals directed to a certain pixel of the displayed image on other pixels of said image, inclusive of influences affecting pixels in different frames or fields or sub-images which constitute a same image, e.g. left and right images of a stereoscopic display
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2320/0214 3 with crosstalk due to leakage current of pixel switch in active matrix panels
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2320/0219 2 Reducing feedthrough effects in active matrix panels, i.e. voltage changes on the scan electrode influencing the pixel voltage due to capacitive coupling
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2320/0223 2 Compensation for problems related to R-C delay and attenuation in electrodes of matrix panels, e.g. in gate electrodes or on-substrate video signal electrodes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2320/0228 2 Increasing the driving margin in plasma displays
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2320/0233 2 Improving the luminance or brightness uniformity across the screen
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2320/0238 2 Improving the black level
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2320/0242 2 Compensation of deficiencies in the appearance of colours
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2320/0247 2 Flicker reduction other than flicker reduction circuits used for single beam cathode-ray tubes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2320/0252 2 Improving the response speed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2320/0257 2 Reduction of after-image effects
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2320/0261 2 in the context of movement of objects on the screen or movement of the observer relative to the screen
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2320/0266 2 Reduction of sub-frame artefacts
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2320/0271 2 Adjustment of the gradation levels within the range of the gradation scale, e.g. by redistribution or clipping
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2320/0276 3 for the purpose of adaptation to the characteristics of a display device, i.e. gamma correction
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2320/028 2 by changing the viewing angle properties, e.g. widening the viewing angle, adapting the viewing angle to the view direction
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2320/0285 2 using tables for spatial correction of display data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2320/029 2 by monitoring one or more pixels in the display panel, e.g. by monitoring a fixed reference pixel
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2320/0295 3 by monitoring each display pixel
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2320/04 1 Maintaining the quality of display appearance
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2320/041 2 Temperature compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2320/043 2 Preventing or counteracting the effects of ageing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2320/045 3 Compensation of drifts in the characteristics of light emitting or modulating elements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2320/046 3 Dealing with screen burn-in prevention or compensation of the effects thereof
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2320/048 3 using evaluation of the usage time
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2320/06 1 Adjustment of display parameters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2320/0606 2 Manual adjustment
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2320/0613 2 The adjustment depending on the type of the information to be displayed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2320/062 3 Adjustment of illumination source parameters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2320/0626 2 for control of overall brightness
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2320/0633 3 by amplitude modulation of the brightness of the illumination source
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2320/064 3 by time modulation of the brightness of the illumination source
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2320/0646 3 Modulation of illumination source brightness and image signal correlated to each other
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2320/0653 3 Controlling or limiting the speed of brightness adjustment of the illumination source
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2320/066 2 for control of contrast
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2320/0666 2 for control of colour parameters, e.g. colour temperature
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2320/0673 2 for control of gamma adjustment, e.g. selecting another gamma curve
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2320/068 2 for control of viewing angle adjustment
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2320/0686 2 with two or more screen areas displaying information with different brightness or colours
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2320/0693 2 Calibration of display systems
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2320/08 1 Arrangements within a display terminal for setting, manually or automatically, display parameters of the display terminal
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2320/10 1 Special adaptations of display systems for operation with variable images
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2320/103 2 Detection of image changes, e.g. determination of an index representative of the image change
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2320/106 2 Determination of movement vectors or equivalent parameters within the image
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2330/00 0 Aspects of power supply; Aspects of display protection and defect management
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2330/02 1 Details of power systems and of start or stop of display operation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2330/021 2 Power management, e.g. power saving
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2330/022 3 in absence of operation, e.g. no data being entered during a predetermined time
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2330/023 3 using energy recovery or conservation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2330/024 4 with inductors, other than in the electrode driving circuitry of plasma displays
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2330/025 2 Reduction of instantaneous peaks of current
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2330/026 2 Arrangements or methods related to booting a display
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2330/027 2 Arrangements or methods related to powering off a display
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2330/028 2 Generation of voltages supplied to electrode drivers in a matrix display other than LCD
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2330/04 1 Display protection
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2330/045 2 Protection against panel overheating
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2330/06 1 Handling electromagnetic interferences [EMI], covering emitted as well as received electromagnetic radiation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2330/08 1 Fault-tolerant or redundant circuits, or circuits in which repair of defects is prepared
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2330/10 1 Dealing with defective pixels
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2330/12 1 Test circuits or failure detection circuits included in a display system, as permanent part thereof
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2340/00 0 Aspects of display data processing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2340/02 1 Handling of images in compressed format, e.g. JPEG, MPEG
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2340/04 1 Changes in size, position or resolution of an image
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2340/0407 2 Resolution change, inclusive of the use of different resolutions for different screen areas
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2340/0414 3 Vertical resolution change
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2340/0421 3 Horizontal resolution change
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2340/0428 3 Gradation resolution change
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2340/0435 3 Change or adaptation of the frame rate of the video stream
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2340/0442 2 Handling or displaying different aspect ratios, or changing the aspect ratio
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2340/045 2 Zooming at least part of an image, i.e. enlarging it or shrinking it
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2340/0457 2 Improvement of perceived resolution by subpixel rendering
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2340/0464 2 Positioning
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2340/0471 3 Vertical positioning
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2340/0478 3 Horizontal positioning
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2340/0485 3 Centering horizontally or vertically
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2340/0492 2 Change of orientation of the displayed image, e.g. upside-down, mirrored
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2340/06 1 Colour space transformation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2340/08 1 Monochrome to colour transformation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2340/10 1 Mixing of images, i.e. displayed pixel being the result of an operation, e.g. adding, on the corresponding input pixels
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2340/12 1 Overlay of images, i.e. displayed pixel being the result of switching between the corresponding input pixels
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2340/125 2 wherein one of the images is motion video
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2340/14 1 Solving problems related to the presentation of information to be displayed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2340/145 2 related to small screens
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2340/16 1 Determination of a pixel data signal depending on the signal applied in the previous frame
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2350/00 0 Solving problems of bandwidth in display systems
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2352/00 0 Parallel handling of streams of display data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2354/00 0 Aspects of interface with display user
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2356/00 0 Detection of the display position w.r.t. other display screens
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2358/00 0 Arrangements for display data security
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2360/00 0 Aspects of the architecture of display systems
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2360/02 1 Graphics controller able to handle multiple formats, e.g. input or output formats
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2360/04 1 Display device controller operating with a plurality of display units
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2360/06 1 Use of more than one graphics processor to process data before displaying to one or more screens
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2360/08 1 Power processing, i.e. workload management for processors involved in display operations, such as CPUs or GPUs
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2360/10 1 Display system comprising arrangements, such as a coprocessor, specific for motion video images
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2360/12 1 Frame memory handling
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2360/121 2 using a cache memory
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2360/122 2 Tiling
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2360/123 2 using interleaving
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2360/125 2 using unified memory architecture [UMA]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2360/126 2 The frame memory having additional data ports, not inclusive of standard details of the output serial port of a VRAM
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2360/127 2 Updating a frame memory using a transfer of data from a source area to a destination area
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2360/128 2 Frame memory using a Synchronous Dynamic RAM [SDRAM]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2360/14 1 Detecting light within display terminals, e.g. using a single or a plurality of photosensors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2360/141 2 the light conveying information used for selecting or modulating the light emitting or modulating element
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2360/142 3 the light being detected by light detection means within each pixel
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2360/144 2 the light being ambient light
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2360/145 2 the light originating from the display screen
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2360/147 3 the originated light output being determined for each pixel
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2360/148 4 the light being detected by light detection means within each pixel
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2360/16 1 Calculation or use of calculated indices related to luminance levels in display data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2360/18 1 Use of a frame buffer in a display terminal, inclusive of the display panel
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2370/00 0 Aspects of data communication
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2370/02 1 Networking aspects
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2370/022 2 Centralised management of display operation, e.g. in a server instead of locally
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2370/025 2 LAN communication management
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2370/027 2 Arrangements and methods specific for the display of internet documents
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2370/04 1 Exchange of auxiliary data, i.e. other than image data, between monitor and graphics controller
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2370/042 2 for monitor identification
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2370/045 2 using multiple communication channels, e.g. parallel and serial
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2370/047 3 using display data channel standard [DDC] communication
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2370/06 1 Consumer Electronics Control, i.e. control of another device by a display or vice versa
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2370/08 1 Details of image data interface between the display device controller and the data line driver circuit
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2370/10 1 Use of a protocol of communication by packets in interfaces along the display data pipeline
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2370/12 1 Use of DVI or HDMI protocol in interfaces along the display data pipeline
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2370/14 1 Use of low voltage differential signaling [LVDS] for display data communication
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2370/16 1 Use of wireless transmission of display information
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2370/18 1 Use of optical transmission of display information
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2370/20 1 Details of the management of multiple sources of image data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2370/22 1 Detection of presence or absence of input display information or of connection or disconnection of a corresponding information source
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2370/24 1 Keyboard-Video-Mouse [KVM] switch
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2380/00 0 Specific applications
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2380/02 1 Flexible displays
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2380/04 1 Electronic labels
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2380/06 1 Remotely controlled electronic signs other than labels
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2380/08 1 Biomedical applications
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2380/10 1 Automotive applications
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2380/12 1 Avionics applications
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2380/14 1 Electronic books and readers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G09G2380/16 1 Digital picture frames
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10 MUSICAL INSTRUMENTS; ACOUSTICS
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10B ORGANS, HARMONIUMS OR SIMILAR WIND MUSICAL INSTRUMENTS WITH ASSOCIATED BLOWING APPARATUS (accordions, concertinas or the like or keyboards therefor G10D11/00; automatic wind instruments G10F1/12)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10B1/00 0 General design of organs, harmoniums or similar wind musical instruments with associated blowing apparatus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10B1/02 1 of organs, i.e. pipe organs
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10B1/04 2 with electric action
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10B1/06 2 with pneumatic action
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10B1/08 1 of harmoniums, i.e. reed organs
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10B3/00 0 Details or accessories
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10B3/02 1 Blowers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10B3/04 1 Reservoirs
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10B3/06 1 Valves; Sleeves
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10B3/08 1 Pipes, e.g. open pipes, reed pipes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10B3/10 1 Actions, e.g. key actions, couplers or stops
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10B3/12 1 Keys or keyboards; Manuals
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10B3/14 1 Pedals or pedal boards
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10B3/16 1 Swell chambers; Accentuating means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10B3/18 1 Tremolo-producing devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10B3/20 1 Transposing devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10B3/22 1 Details of electric action systems for organs, e.g. contacts therein
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10B3/24 1 Cases
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10C PIANOS, HARPSICHORDS, SPINETS OR SIMILAR STRINGED MUSICAL INSTRUMENTS WITH ONE OR MORE KEYBOARDS (automatic musical instruments G10F)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10C1/00 0 General design of pianos, harpsichords, spinets or similar stringed musical instruments with one or more keyboards
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10C1/02 1 of upright pianos
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10C1/04 1 of grand pianos
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10C1/06 1 of harpsichords spinets or similar stringed musical instruments
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10C3/00 0 Details or accessories
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10C3/02 1 Cases
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10C3/04 1 Frames; Bridges; Bars
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10C3/06 1 Resonating means, e.g. soundboards or resonant strings; Fastenings thereof
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10C3/07 1 Strings (resonant strings G10C3/06)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10C3/08 2 Arrangements thereof
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10C3/10 1 Tuning pins; Tensioning devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10C3/103 2 the axis of the pins being parallel to the strings
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10C3/106 2 the axis of the pins being perpendicular to the strings
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10C3/12 1 Keyboards; Keys
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10C3/125 2 {Materials or treatment of materials for the manufacturing of keys}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10C3/14 2 for playing by the feet
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10C3/16 1 Actions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10C3/161 2 specially adapted for upright pianos
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10C3/163 3 the action being mounted in a plane below the keyboard
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10C3/165 2 for plucking the strings
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10C3/166 2 for damping the strings (G10C3/26 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10C3/168 2 with hanging jacks, i.e. jacks connected to hammer-butts or hammer-shanks
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10C3/18 2 Hammers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10C3/20 2 involving the use of hydraulic, pneumatic or electromagnetic means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10C3/22 2 specially adapted for grand pianos
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10C3/23 3 with hammers mounted above the strings, striking downwards
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10C3/24 2 Repetition [tremolo] mechanisms
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10C3/26 1 Pedals or pedal mechanisms (G10C3/14 takes precedence); Manually operated sound modification means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10C3/28 1 Transposing devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10C3/30 1 Couplers, e.g. for playing octaves
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10C5/00 0 Combinations with other musical instruments, e.g. with bells or xylophones
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10C5/10 1 Switching musical instruments to a keyboard, e.g. switching a piano mechanism or an electrophonic instrument to a keyboard; Switching musical instruments to a silent mode
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10C9/00 0 Methods, tools or materials specially adapted for the manufacture or maintenance of musical instruments covered by this subclass
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10D STRINGED MUSICAL INSTRUMENTS; WIND MUSICAL INSTRUMENTS; ACCORDIONS OR CONCERTINAS; PERCUSSION MUSICAL INSTRUMENTS; AEOLIAN HARPS; SINGING-FLAME MUSICAL INSTRUMENTS; MUSICAL INSTRUMENTS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR (organs, harmoniums or similar wind musical instruments with associated blowing apparatus G10B; pianos, harpsichords, spinets or similar stringed musical instruments with one or more keyboards G10C; automatic musical instruments G10F; electrophonic musical instruments in which tones are generated by electromechanical means G10H)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10D1/00 0 General design of stringed musical instruments
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10D1/02 1 Bowed or rubbed string instruments, e.g. violins or hurdy-gurdies
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10D1/04 1 Plucked or strummed string instruments, e.g. harps or lyres
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10D1/05 2 with fret boards or fingerboards
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10D1/06 3 Mandolins
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10D1/08 3 Guitars
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10D1/085 4 {Mechanical design of electric guitars}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10D1/10 3 Banjos
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10D1/12 1 Zithers, e.g. autoharps
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10D1/14 1 Struck string instruments, e.g. dulcimers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10D3/00 0 Details of, or accessories for, stringed musical instruments, e.g. slide-bars
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10D3/01 1 Endpins or accessories therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10D3/02 1 Resonating means, horns or diaphragms
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10D3/04 1 Bridges
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10D3/046 1 Mutes; Mute holders
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10D3/053 1 Capos, i.e. capo tastos
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10D3/06 1 Necks; Fingerboards, e.g. fret boards
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10D3/08 2 Fingerboards in the form of keyboards
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10D3/09 3 for zithers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10D3/095 2 Details of removable or collapsible necks, e.g. suitable for transport or storage
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10D3/10 1 Strings
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10D3/12 1 Anchoring devices for strings, e.g. tail pieces or hitchpins
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10D3/13 2 Tail pieces
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10D3/14 1 Tuning devices, e.g. pegs, pins, friction discs or worm gears
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10D3/147 2 Devices for altering the string tension during playing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10D3/153 3 Tremolo devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10D3/16 1 Bows; Guides for bows; Plectra or similar playing means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10D3/166 2 Guides for bows
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10D3/173 2 Plectra or similar accessories for playing; Plectrum holders
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10D3/18 1 Chin-rests, hand-rests, shoulder rests or guards being removable from, or integral with the instrument
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10D3/20 1 Winding tools separate from the musical instruments, e.g. tuning keys
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10D3/22 1 Material for manufacturing stringed musical instruments; Treatment of the material
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10D7/00 0 General design of wind musical instruments (accordions or concertinas G10D11/00; whistles G10K5/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10D7/02 1 of the type wherein an air current is directed against a ramp edge
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10D7/026 2 with air currents blown into an opening arranged on the cylindrical surface of the tube, e.g. transverse flutes, piccolos or fifes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10D7/03 2 with a windway for leading the air to the labium, e.g. recorders
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10D7/04 2 with Helmholtz resonators, e.g. ocarinas
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10D7/06 1 Beating-reed wind instruments, e.g. single or double reed wind instruments
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10D7/063 2 Oboes; Bassoons; Bagpipes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10D7/066 2 Clarinets
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10D7/08 2 Saxophones
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10D7/10 1 Lip-reed wind instruments, i.e. using the vibration of the musician's lips, e.g. cornets, trumpets, trombones or French horns
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10D7/12 1 Free-reed wind instruments
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10D7/14 2 Mouth-organs
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10D7/15 3 {with movable mouthpiece}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10D7/16 3 with keyboards
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10D9/00 0 Details of, or accessories for, wind musical instruments (accordions or concertinas G10D11/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10D9/01 1 Tuning devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10D9/02 1 Mouthpieces; Reeds; Ligatures
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10D9/025 2 Movable mouthpieces
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10D9/03 2 Cupped mouthpieces
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10D9/035 2 Reeds
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10D9/04 1 Valves; Valve controls
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10D9/047 2 for wood wind instruments
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10D9/053 2 with continuous change of tonal pitch
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10D9/06 1 Mutes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10D9/08 1 Material for manufacturing wind musical instruments; Treatment of the material
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10D9/10 1 Resonating bodies, e.g. tubes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10D9/11 2 Bells
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10D11/00 0 Accordions, concertinas or the like; Keyboards therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10D11/02 1 Actions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10D13/00 0 Percussion musical instruments; Details or accessories therefor (struck string instruments G10D1/14)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10D13/01 1 General design of percussion musical instruments
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10D13/02 2 Drums; Tambourines with drumheads
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10D13/03 2 Practice drumkits or pads
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10D13/04 2 Timpani
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10D13/06 2 Castanets, cymbals, triangles, tambourines without drumheads or other single-toned percussion musical instruments
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10D13/063 3 Cymbals
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10D13/065 4 Hi-hats
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10D13/08 2 Multi-toned musical instruments with sonorous bars, blocks, forks, gongs, plates, rods or teeth
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10D13/09 3 with keyboards
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10D13/10 1 Details of, or accessories for, percussion musical instruments
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10D13/11 2 Pedals; Pedal mechanisms
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10D13/12 2 Drumsticks; Mallets (pedals for beaters G10D13/11)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10D13/14 2 Mutes or dampers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10D13/16 2 Tuning devices; Hoops; Lugs
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10D13/18 2 Snares; Snare-strainers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10D13/20 2 Drumheads
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10D13/22 2 Shells
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10D13/24 2 Material for manufacturing percussion musical instruments; Treatment of the material
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10D13/25 2 {for changing the sound or tone (mutes or dampers G10D13/12)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10D13/26 2 {Mechanical details of electronic drums}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10D13/28 2 {Mountings or supports for individual drums (supports for carrying musical instrument, while playing G10G5/005)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10D15/00 0 Combinations of different musical instruments
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10D17/00 0 Aeolian harps; Singing-flame musical instruments
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10D99/00 0 Musical instruments not otherwise provided for
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10F AUTOMATIC MUSICAL INSTRUMENTS (non-musical aspects of toy instruments A63H5/00; sound recording or reproducing G11B; working in association with recording or reproducing apparatus G11B31/02)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10F1/00 0 Automatic musical instruments
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10F1/02 1 Pianofortes with keyboard
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10F1/04 1 Pianofortes which have no keyboard
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10F1/06 1 Musical boxes with plucked teeth, blades, or the like (combinations with other articles, see the relevant classes for the articles)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10F1/08 1 Percussion musical instruments
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10F1/10 2 Carillons {(keyboard operated carillons G10D13/09; operating mechanisms for single bells G10K1/34)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10F1/12 1 Wind-actuated instruments
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10F1/14 2 Barrel-organs
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10F1/16 1 Stringed musical instruments other than pianofortes (pianofortes G10F1/02, G10F1/04)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10F1/18 2 to be played by a bow
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10F1/20 2 to be plucked
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10F1/22 1 Combinations of two or more instruments
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10F3/00 0 Independent players for keyboard instruments
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10F5/00 0 Details or accessories
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10F5/02 1 Actions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10F5/04 1 Tune barrels, sheets, rollers, spools, or the like
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10F5/06 2 Driving or setting of tune barrels, discs, or the like; Winding, rewinding, or guiding of tune sheets or the like (handling webs or sheets in general B65H)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10G REPRESENTATION OF MUSIC; RECORDING MUSIC IN NOTATION FORM; ACCESSORIES FOR MUSIC OR MUSICAL INSTRUMENTS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR, e.g. SUPPORTS (music stands A47B; non-musical aspects of musical toy instruments A63H5/00; metronomes G04F5/02; teaching music G09B15/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10G1/00 0 Means for the representation of music
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10G1/02 1 Chord or note indicators, fixed or adjustable, for keyboard of fingerboards
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10G1/04 1 Transposing; Transcribing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10G3/00 0 Recording music in notation form, e.g. recording the mechanical operation of a musical instrument
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10G3/02 1 using mechanical means only
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10G3/04 1 using electrical means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10G5/00 0 Supports for musical instruments {(cellopins or components therefor G10D3/01)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10G5/005 1 {while playing, e.g. cord, strap or harness (rests or guards as part of the instruments, see the particular instruments, e.g. G10D3/18)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10G7/00 0 Other auxiliary devices or accessories, e.g. conductors' batons or separate holders for resin or strings
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10G7/005 1 {Carrying cases for musical instruments (interior fittings for luggage A45C13/02)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10G7/02 1 Tuning forks or like devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H ELECTROPHONIC MUSICAL INSTRUMENTS; INSTRUMENTS IN WHICH THE TONES ARE GENERATED BY ELECTROMECHANICAL MEANS OR ELECTRONIC GENERATORS, OR IN WHICH THE TONES ARE SYNTHESISED FROM A DATA STORE
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H1/00 0 Details of electrophonic musical instruments
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H1/0008 1 {Associated control or indicating means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H1/0016 2 {Means for indicating which keys, frets or strings are to be actuated, e.g. using lights or leds}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H1/0025 2 {Automatic or semi-automatic music composition, e.g. producing random music, applying rules from music theory or modifying a musical piece (automatically producing a series of tones G10H1/26)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H1/0033 1 {Recording/reproducing or transmission of music for electrophonic musical instruments}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H1/0041 2 {in coded form}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H1/005 3 {on magnetic tape}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H1/0058 3 {Transmission between separate instruments or between individual components of a musical system (G10H1/0083 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H1/0066 4 {using a MIDI interface}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H1/0075 5 {with translation or conversion means for unvailable commands, e.g. special tone colors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H1/0083 2 {using wireless transmission, e.g. radio, light, infrared}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H1/0091 1 {Means for obtaining special acoustic effects (combined with modulation G10H1/043)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H1/02 1 Means for controlling the tone frequencies, e.g. attack or decay; Means for producing special musical effects, e.g. vibratos or glissandos
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H1/04 2 by additional modulation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H1/043 3 Continuous modulation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H1/045 4 by electromechanical means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H1/047 4 by acousto-mechanical means, e.g. rotating speakers or sound deflectors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H1/053 3 during execution only {(voice controlled instruments G10H5/005)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H1/0535 4 {by switches incorporating a mechanical vibrator, the envelope of the mechanical vibration being used as modulating signal}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H1/055 4 by switches with variable impedance elements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H1/0551 5 {using variable capacitors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H1/0553 5 {using optical or light-responsive means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H1/0555 5 {using magnetic or electromagnetic means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H1/0556 5 {using piezo-electric means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H1/0558 5 {using variable resistors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H1/057 4 by envelope-forming circuits
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H1/0575 5 {using a data store from which the envelope is synthesized (tones synthesized from a data store G10H7/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H1/06 2 Circuits for establishing the harmonic content of tones {, or other arrangements for changing the tone colour}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H1/08 3 by combining tones (G10H1/14, G10H1/16 take precedence; chord G10H1/38)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H1/10 4 for obtaining chorus, celeste or ensemble effects (continuous modulation G10H1/043)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H1/12 3 by filtering complex waveforms (G10H1/14, G10H1/16 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H1/125 4 {using a digital filter}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H1/14 3 during execution {(voice controlled instruments G10H5/005)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H1/16 3 by non-linear elements (G10H1/14 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H1/18 1 Selecting circuits
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H1/181 2 {Suppression of switching-noise}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H1/182 2 {Key multiplexing (G10H1/185 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H1/183 2 {Channel-assigning means for polyphonic instruments}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H1/185 3 {associated with key multiplexing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H1/186 4 {Microprocessor-controlled keyboard and assigning means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H1/187 3 {using multiplexed channel processors (G10H1/186 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H1/188 3 {with means to assign more than one channel to any single key}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H1/20 2 for transposition
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H1/22 2 for suppressing tones; Preference networks
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H1/24 2 for selecting plural preset register stops
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H1/26 2 for automatically producing a series of tones
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H1/28 3 to produce arpeggios
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H1/30 3 to reiteratively sound two tones
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H1/32 1 Constructional details
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H1/34 2 Switch arrangements, e.g. keyboards or mechanical switches specially adapted for electrophonic musical instruments
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H1/342 3 {for guitar-like instruments with or without strings and with a neck on which switches or string-fret contacts are used to detect the notes being played (electric guitars in which the tones are generated by the vibration of strings G10H3/18)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H1/344 3 {Structural association with individual keys (electrically operated wind-actuated organs G10B3/22)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H1/346 4 {Keys with an arrangement for simulating the feeling of a piano key, e.g. using counterweights, springs, cams}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H1/348 4 {Switches actuated by parts of the body other than fingers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H1/36 1 Accompaniment arrangements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H1/361 2 {Recording/reproducing of accompaniment for use with an external source, e.g. karaoke systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H1/363 3 {using optical disks, e.g. CD, CD-ROM, to store accompaniment information in digital form}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H1/365 3 {the accompaniment information being stored on a host computer and transmitted to a reproducing terminal by means of a network, e.g. public telephone lines}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H1/366 3 {with means for modifying or correcting the external signal, e.g. pitch correction, reverberation, changing a singer's voice}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H1/368 3 {displaying animated or moving pictures synchronized with the music or audio part}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H1/38 2 Chord
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H1/383 3 {Chord detection and/or recognition, e.g. for correction, or automatic bass generation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H1/386 3 {One-finger or one-key chord systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H1/40 2 Rhythm
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H1/42 3 comprising tone forming circuits
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H1/44 1 Tuning means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H1/46 1 Volume control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H3/00 0 Instruments in which the tones are generated by electromechanical means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H3/02 1 using mechanical interrupters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H3/03 1 using pick-up means for reading recorded waves, e.g. on rotating discs {drums, tapes or wires}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H3/06 2 using photoelectric pick-up means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H3/08 2 using inductive pick-up means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H3/09 3 using tapes or wires
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H3/10 2 using capacitive pick-up means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H3/12 1 using mechanical resonant generators, e.g. strings or percussive instruments, the tones of which are picked up by electromechanical transducers, the electrical signals being further manipulated or amplified and subsequently converted to sound by a loudspeaker or equivalent instrument
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H3/125 2 {Extracting or recognising the pitch or fundamental frequency of the picked up signal}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H3/14 2 using mechanically actuated vibrators with pick-up means (G10H3/24 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H3/143 3 {characterised by the use of a piezo-electric or magneto-strictive transducer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H3/146 3 {using a membrane, e.g. a drum; Pick-up means for vibrating surfaces, e.g. housing of an instrument}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H3/16 3 using a reed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H3/18 3 using a string, e.g. electric guitar {(mechanical features G10D1/085)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H3/181 4 {Details of pick-up assemblies}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H3/182 4 {using two or more pick-up means for each string}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H3/183 4 {in which the position of the pick-up means is adjustable}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H3/185 4 {in which the tones are picked up through the bridge structure}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H3/186 4 {Means for processing the signal picked up from the strings (filtering G10H1/12)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H3/187 5 {for distorting the signal, e.g. to simulate tube amplifiers (changing the tone color by non-linear elements G10H1/16)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H3/188 5 {for converting the signal to digital format (transmission using a MIDI interface G10H1/0066)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H3/20 3 using a tuning fork, rod or tube
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H3/22 2 using electromechanically actuated vibrators with pick-up means (G10H3/24 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H3/24 2 incorporating feedback means, e.g. acoustic
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H3/26 3 using electric feedback
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H5/00 0 Instruments in which the tones are generated by means of electronic generators (G10H7/00 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H5/002 1 {Instruments using voltage controlled oscillators and amplifiers or voltage controlled oscillators and filters, e.g. Synthesisers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H5/005 1 {Voice controlled instruments}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H5/007 1 {Real-time simulation of G10B, G10C, G10D-type instruments using recursive or non-linear techniques, e.g. waveguide networks, recursive algorithms}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H5/02 1 using generation of basic tones
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H5/04 2 with semiconductor devices as active elements (G10H3/10, G10H3/12 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H5/06 2 tones generated by frequency multiplication or division of a basic tone
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H5/07 3 resulting in complex waveforms
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H5/08 2 tones generated by heterodyning
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H5/10 1 using generation of non-sinusoidal basic tones, e.g. saw-tooth {(G10H5/06 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H5/12 2 using semiconductor devices as active elements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H5/14 1 using electromechanical resonators, e.g. quartz crystals, as frequency determining element {(G10H5/02, G10H5/08 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H5/16 1 using cathode ray tubes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H7/00 0 Instruments in which the tones are synthesised from a data store, e.g. computer organs
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H7/002 1 {using a common processing for different operations or calculations, and a set of microinstructions (programme) to control the sequence thereof}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H7/004 2 {with one or more auxiliary processor in addition to the main processing unit}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H7/006 2 {using two or more algorithms of different types to generate tones, e.g. according to tone color or to processor workload}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H7/008 1 {Means for controlling the transition from one tone waveform to another}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H7/02 1 in which amplitudes at successive sample points of a tone waveform are stored in one or more memories
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H7/04 2 in which amplitudes are read at varying rates, e.g. according to pitch
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H7/045 3 {using an auxiliary register or set of registers, e.g. a shift-register, in which the amplitudes are transferred before being read}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H7/06 2 in which amplitudes are read at a fixed rate, the read-out address varying stepwise by a given value, e.g. according to pitch
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H7/08 1 by calculating functions or polynomial approximations to evaluate amplitudes at successive sample points of a tone waveform
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H7/10 2 using coefficients or parameters stored in a memory, e.g. Fourier coefficients (G10H7/12 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H7/105 3 {using Fourier coefficients}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H7/12 2 by means of a recursive algorithm using one or more sets of parameters stored in a memory and the calculated amplitudes of one or more preceding sample points
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2210/00 0 Aspects or methods of musical processing having intrinsic musical character, i.e. involving musical theory or musical parameters or relying on musical knowledge, as applied in electrophonic musical tools or instruments (processing aspects without intrinsic musical character G10H2250/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2210/005 1 Musical accompaniment, i.e. complete instrumental rhythm synthesis added to a performed melody, e.g. as output by drum machines (background music G10H2210/021)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2210/011 2 Fill-in added to normal accompaniment pattern
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2210/015 2 Accompaniment break, i.e. interrupting then restarting
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2210/021 1 Background music, e.g. for video sequences, elevator music (musical accompaniment G10H2210/005)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2210/026 2 for games, e.g. videogames
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2210/031 1 Musical analysis, i.e. isolation, extraction or identification of musical elements or musical parameters from a raw acoustic signal or from an encoded audio signal (neural networks for electrophonic musical instruments or musical processing G10H2250/311)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2210/036 2 of musical genre, i.e. analysing the style of musical pieces, usually for selection, filtering or classification
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2210/041 2 based on mfcc [mel -frequency spectral coefficients]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2210/046 2 for differentiation between music and non-music signals, based on the identification of musical parameters, e.g. based on tempo detection
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2210/051 2 for extraction or detection of onsets of musical sounds or notes, i.e. note attack timings
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2210/056 2 for extraction or identification of individual instrumental parts, e.g. melody, chords, bass; Identification or separation of instrumental parts by their characteristic voices or timbres
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2210/061 2 for extraction of musical phrases, isolation of musically relevant segments, e.g. musical thumbnail generation, or for temporal structure analysis of a musical piece, e.g. determination of the movement sequence of a musical work
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2210/066 2 for pitch analysis as part of wider processing for musical purposes, e.g. transcription, musical performance evaluation; Pitch recognition, e.g. in polyphonic sounds; Estimation or use of missing fundamental
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2210/071 2 for rhythm pattern analysis or rhythm style recognition (rhythm pattern per se G10H2210/341)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2210/076 2 for extraction of timing, tempo; Beat detection (tempo display G10H2220/081; tempo control G10H2210/375)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2210/081 2 for automatic key or tonality recognition, e.g. using musical rules or a knowledge base
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2210/086 2 for transcription of raw audio or music data to a displayed or printed staff representation or to displayable MIDI-like note-oriented data, e.g. in pianoroll format
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2210/091 2 for performance evaluation, i.e. judging, grading or scoring the musical qualities or faithfulness of a performance, e.g. with respect to pitch, tempo or other timings of a reference performance
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2210/095 1 Inter-note articulation aspects, e.g. legato or staccato
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2210/101 1 Music Composition or musical creation; Tools or processes therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2210/105 2 Composing aid, e.g. for supporting creation, edition or modification of a piece of music
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2210/111 2 Automatic composing, i.e. using predefined musical rules
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2210/115 3 using a random process to generate a musical note, phrase, sequence or structure (using a random process to build a rhythm pattern G10H2210/356; random rhythm pattern selection G10H2210/366)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2210/121 4 using a knowledge base
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2210/125 2 Medley, i.e. linking parts of different musical pieces in one single piece, e.g. sound collage, DJ mix
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2210/131 2 Morphing, i.e. transformation of a musical piece into a new different one, e.g. remix
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2210/136 3 Morphing interpolation, i.e. interpolating in pitch, harmony or time, tempo or rhythm, between two different musical pieces, e.g. to produce a new musical work
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2210/141 2 Riff, i.e. improvisation, e.g. repeated motif or phrase, automatically added to a piece, e.g. in real time
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2210/145 2 Composing rules, e.g. harmonic or musical rules, for use in automatic composition; Rule generation algorithms therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2210/151 2 using templates, i.e. incomplete musical sections, as a basis for composing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2210/155 1 Musical effects
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2210/161 2 Note sequence effects, i.e. sensing, altering, controlling, processing or synthesising a note trigger selection or sequence, e.g. by altering trigger timing, triggered note values, adding improvisation or ornaments, also rapid repetition of the same note onset, e.g. on a piano, guitar, e.g. rasgueado, drum roll (smooth variations of amplitude, pitch or timbre within a note without distinct onsets, e.g. vibrato G10H2210/201)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2210/165 3 Humanizing effects, i.e. causing a performance to sound less machine-like, e.g. by slightly randomising pitch or tempo
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2210/171 3 Ad-lib effects, i.e. adding a musical phrase or improvisation automatically or on player's request, e.g. one-finger triggering of a note sequence
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2210/175 3 Fillnote, i.e. adding isolated notes or passing notes to the melody
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2210/181 3 Gracenote, i.e. adding a different and very short ornamental note at the beginning or at the end of a melody note, e.g. appoggiatura, acciaccatura, sparsh-swar
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2210/185 3 Arpeggio, i.e. notes played or sung in rapid sequence, one after the other, rather than ringing out simultaneously, e.g. as a chord; Generators therefor, i.e. arpeggiators; Discrete glissando effects on instruments not permitting continuous glissando, e.g. xylophone or piano, with stepwise pitch variation and on which distinct onsets due to successive note triggerings can be heard
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2210/191 3 Tremolo, tremulando, trill or mordent effects, i.e. repeatedly alternating stepwise in pitch between two note pitches or chords, without any portamento between the two notes (other common forms of tremolo, e.g. same note repetition, bisbigliando, amplitude tremolo, tremulants, percussion roll G10H2210/161 or G10H2210/205)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2210/195 2 Modulation effects, i.e. smooth non-discontinuous variations over a time interval, e.g. within a note, melody or musical transition, of any sound parameter, e.g. amplitude, pitch, spectral response, playback speed (stepwise or discontinuous variations over time, e.g. sequence effects G10H2210/161)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2210/201 3 Vibrato, i.e. rapid, repetitive and smooth variation of amplitude, pitch or timbre within a note or chord (discontinuities, note sequences or separate note onsets during the variation G10H2210/161; tremolo, i.e. stepwise pitch alternation G10H2210/191)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2210/205 4 Amplitude vibrato, i.e. repetitive smooth loudness variation without pitch change or rapid repetition of the same note, bisbigliando, amplitude tremolo, tremulants (percussion roll G10H2210/161)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2210/211 4 Pitch vibrato, i.e. repetitive and smooth variation in pitch, e.g. as obtainable with a whammy bar or tremolo arm on a guitar (non-repetitive smooth pitch variation, e.g. glissando G10H2220/221; repeatedly alternating stepwise in pitch between two notes G10H2210/191)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2210/215 4 Rotating vibrato, i.e. simulating rotating speakers, e.g. Leslie effect
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2210/221 3 Glissando, i.e. pitch smoothly sliding from one note to another, e.g. gliss, glide, slide, bend, smear, sweep; ("discrete glissando" on instruments not permitting continuous glissando, like the xylophone or the piano, e.g. arpeggio G10H2210/185)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2210/225 4 Portamento, i.e. smooth continuously variable pitch-bend, without emphasis of each chromatic pitch during the pitch change, which only stops at the end of the pitch shift, as obtained, e.g. by a MIDI pitch wheel or trombone (pitch bend with emphasis of each chromatic pitch during pitch change, e.g. glissando, G10H2210/221)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2210/231 3 Wah-wah spectral modulation, i.e. tone color spectral glide obtained by sweeping the peak of a bandpass filter up or down in frequency, e.g. according to the position of a pedal, by automatic modulation or by voice formant detection; control devices therefor, e.g. wah pedals for electric guitars
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2210/235 3 Flanging or phasing effects, i.e. creating time and frequency dependent constructive and destructive interferences, obtained, e.g. by using swept comb filters or a feedback loop around all-pass filters with gradually changing non-linear phase response or delays
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2210/241 3 Scratch effects, i.e. emulating playback velocity or pitch manipulation effects normally obtained by a disc-jockey manually rotating a LP record forward and backward
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2210/245 2 Ensemble, i.e. adding one or more voices, also instrumental voices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2210/251 3 Chorus, i.e. automatic generation of two or more extra voices added to the melody, e.g. by a chorus effect processor or multiple voice harmonizer, to produce a chorus or unison effect, wherein individual sounds from multiple sources with roughly the same timbre converge and are perceived as one
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2210/255 4 Unison, i.e. two or more voices or instruments sounding substantially the same pitch, e.g. at the same time
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2210/261 3 Duet, i.e. automatic generation of a second voice, descant or counter melody, e.g. of a second harmonically interdependent voice by a single voice harmonizer or automatic composition algorithm, e.g. for fugue, canon or round composition, which may be substantially independent in contour and rhythm
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2210/265 2 Acoustic effect simulation, i.e. volume, spatial, resonance or reverberation effects added to a musical sound, usually by appropriate filtering or delays (physical modeling of room acoustics G10H2250/531; formant synthesis G10H2250/481)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2210/271 3 Sympathetic resonance, i.e. adding harmonics simulating sympathetic resonance from other strings
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2210/275 4 Helmholtz resonance effect, i.e. using, exciting or emulating air resonance in a cavity
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2210/281 3 Reverberation or echo
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2210/285 4 Electromechanical effectors therefor, i.e. using springs or similar electromechanical audio delay units
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2210/291 4 Reverberator using both direct, i.e. dry, and indirect, i.e. wet, signals or waveforms, indirect signals having sustained one or more virtual reflections
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2210/295 3 Spatial effects, musical uses of multiple audio channels, e.g. stereo (Helmholtz resonance effects G10H2210/275; reverberation or echo G10H2210/281)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2210/301 4 Soundscape or sound field simulation, reproduction or control for musical purposes, e.g. surround or 3D sound; Granular synthesis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2210/305 4 Source positioning in a soundscape, e.g. instrument positioning on a virtual soundstage, stereo panning or related delay or reverberation changes; Changing the stereo width of a musical source
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2210/311 2 Distortion, i.e. desired non-linear audio processing to change the tone color, e.g. by adding harmonics or deliberately distorting the amplitude of an audio waveform (distortion functions G10H2250/201, G10H2250/205)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2210/315 2 Dynamic effects for musical purposes, i.e. musical sound effects controlled by the amplitude of the time domain audio envelope, e.g. loudness-dependent tone color or musically desired dynamic range compression or expansion (crossfading or envelope processing per se G10H2250/025)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2210/321 2 Missing fundamental, i.e. creating the psychoacoustic impression of a missing fundamental tone through synthesis of higher harmonics, e.g. to play bass notes pitched below the frequency range of reproducing speakers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2210/325 1 Musical pitch modification (pitch analysis G10H2210/066; musical effects G10H2210/155)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2210/331 2 Note pitch correction, i.e. modifying a note pitch or replacing it by the closest one in a given scale
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2210/335 3 Chord correction, i.e. modifying one or several notes within a chord, e.g. to correct wrong fingering or to improve harmony (natural chords G10H2210/586)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2210/341 1 Rhythm pattern selection, synthesis or composition (Rhythm analysis G10H2210/071; accompaniment G10H2210/005)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2210/346 2 Pattern variations, break or fill-in (accompaniment G10H2210/005)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2210/351 2 Inserting a drum roll, e.g. as pattern break
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2210/356 2 Random process used to build a rhythm pattern
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2210/361 2 Selection among a set of pre-established rhythm patterns
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2210/366 2 Random process affecting a selection among a set of pre-established patterns
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2210/371 2 Rhythm syncopation, i.e. timing offset of rhythmic stresses or accents, e.g. note extended from weak to strong beat or started before strong beat
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2210/375 1 Tempo or beat alterations; Music timing control (tempo display G10H2220/081; tempo analysis G10H2210/076; humanising effect G10H2210/165; scratch effect G10H2210/241)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2210/381 2 Manual tempo setting or adjustment (tempo setting by interpretation of conducting movements G10H2220/206)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2210/385 2 Speed change, i.e. variations from preestablished tempo, tempo change, e.g. faster or slower, accelerando or ritardando, without change in pitch (with repetitive changes in pitch, e.g. scratch DJ effects G10H2210/241)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2210/391 2 Automatic tempo adjustment, correction or control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2210/395 1 Special musical scales, i.e. other than the 12- interval equally tempered scale; Special input devices therefor (keyboards G10H2220/221)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2210/401 2 Microtonal scale; i.e. continuous scale of pitches, also interval-free input devices, e.g. continuous keyboards for violin, singing voice or trombone synthesis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2210/405 2 Honkytonk scale, for producing, e.g. a honky-tonk piano effect, i.e. with deliberately detuned notes within each octave
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2210/411 2 Railsback scale, i.e. stretched scale for piano tuning with bass keys having lower pitches and treble keys having higher pitches than foreseen by the equally tempered scale
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2210/415 2 Equally tempered scale, i.e. note tuning scale in which every pair of adjacent notes has an identical frequency ratio equal to 2 to the power 1/n if the scale has n notes per octave
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2210/421 3 10 equal intervals per octave
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2210/425 3 19 equal intervals per octave, offering better major thirds, far better minor thirds and overall far greater consonance than normal 12-semitone equal temperament, at the cost of a flatter fifth
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2210/431 3 Quarter tone scale, i.e. 24 equal intervals per octave, e.g. for Arabic music (other Arabic scales, double harmonic scale or major locrian scale G10H2210/511)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2210/435 3 Huygens scale, i.e. 31 equal intervals per octave, provides near-just major thirds, and provides decent matches for harmonics up to at least 13, despite a slightly less accurate fifth than the standard 12 interval equally tempered scale
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2210/441 3 Janko scale, i.e. 41 equal intervals per octave, e.g. as used in the "tonal plexus" keyboard with 211 keys per octave arranged in 12 staggered columns, i.e. in 41 regions of 5 keys each plus 6 duplicate enharmonic keys (janko keyboards, i.e. not using the janko scale G10H2220/251)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2210/445 3 45 equal intervals per octave
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2210/451 3 Holder scale or Holdrian comma, i.e. 53 equal intervals per octave, with 31 intervals equal to an almost just perfect fifth; Keyboards therefor, e.g. "generalized keyboard" of Robert Holford Macdowall Bosanquet
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2210/455 3 70 equal intervals per octave
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2210/461 3 Jankovski scale or twelfth tone scale, i.e. octave divided in 72 equal intervals, e.g. moria in Byzantine music theory (janko keyboard G10H2220/251)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2210/465 3 84 equal intervals per octave
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2210/471 2 Natural or just intonation scales, i.e. based on harmonics consonance such that most adjacent pitches are related by harmonically pure ratios of small integers (pitch correction only when playing chords to ensure chord consonance G10H2210/586)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2210/476 3 Zarlino scales, e.g. octave subdivision based on the pitch ratios 9/8 + 10/9 + 16/15 + 9/8 + 10/9 + 9/8 + 16/15
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2210/481 3 Pythagorean scale, i.e. in which the frequency relationships of all intervals should be based on the perfect fifth, with ratio 3:2
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2210/486 3 Werckmeister scales, i.e. family of scales with 12 mostly rational intervals, e.g. for organs
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2210/491 3 Meantone scales, i.e. in which all non-octave intervals are generated from a stack of tempered perfect fifths; and wherein, by choosing an appropriate size for major and minor thirds, the syntonic comma is tempered to unison, e.g. quarter comma meantone, syntonic comma, d'Alembert modified meantone
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2210/496 3 Redfield scales, i.e. 12 intervals per octave, based on note ratios equal to (2**p)*(3**q)*(5**r) with p, q, r positive or negative integers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2210/501 3 Altered natural scale, i.e. 12 unequal intervals not foreseen in the above
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2210/506 3 Danielou 53 interval scale, with note ratios equal to (2**p)(3**q)(5**r), with p, q, r positive or negative integers (53 interval equally tempered Holder scale G10H2210/451)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2210/511 2 Arabic scales, i.e. either double harmonic scale or major locrian scale; vosta or zaid modes (17 or 24 equal interval scales used in arabic music G10H2210/415 or G10H2210/431)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2210/515 2 Balinese scales, e.g. for gamelan, with instruments played in pairs and tuned slightly apart to produce interference beating ideally at a consistent speed for all pairs of notes in all registers; Balinese pentatonic scales, e.g. Balinese slendro scale, or five-tone modes of the heptatonic pelog scale, itself substantially a 7-note subset of 9-tone equal temperament (pentatonic javanese slendro scale G10H2210/541)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2210/521 2 Polynesian scales
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2210/525 2 Diatonic scales, e.g. aeolian, ionian or major, dorian, locrian, lydian, mixolydian, phrygian, i.e. seven note, octave-repeating musical scales comprising five whole steps and two half steps for each octave, in which the two half steps are separated from each other by either two or three whole steps
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2210/531 2 Bluenote scale, i.e. 7-tone scale of 2+1+2+1+3+1+2 semitones (hexatonic blues scales G10H2210/535)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2210/535 2 Hexatonal or hexatonic scales, i.e. six pitches or notes per octave, e.g. whole tone scale, augmented scale, Prometheus scale, blues scale
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2210/541 2 Pentatonal or pentatonic scale, i.e. five pitches or notes per octave, e.g. basic chinese musical scale, black piano keys, javanese gamelan slendro scale, japanese shakuhachi flute (balinese pentatonic scales with deliberate interference beating, e.g. balinese gamelan slendro scale G10H2210/515)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2210/545 3 Yona Nuki, i.e. a family of pentatonic scales without fourth or seventh, e.g. Hirajoshi, Iwato, Kumoi, Sino-indian [Raga Amritavarsini] used, e.g. for japanese traditional music, koto or shamisen tunings
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2210/551 3 Okinawa pentatonic scale, i.e. Okinawan min'yo, e.g. including the half-steps omitted in the min'yo pentatonic scale used in the main japanese islands
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2210/555 1 Tonality processing, involving the key in which a musical piece or melody is played (tonality analysis, detection or identification G10H2210/081)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2210/561 2 Changing the tonality within a musical piece
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2210/565 2 Manual designation or selection of a tonality
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2210/571 1 Chords; Chord sequences (special keyboards for playing chords, e.g. accordion G10H2230/245, janko keyboard G10H2220/251)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2210/576 2 Chord progression
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2210/581 2 Chord inversion
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2210/586 2 Natural chords, i.e. adjustment of individual note pitches in order to generate just intonation chords (scale natural G10H2210/471; chord correction G10H2210/335; musical analysis G10H2210/031)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2210/591 2 Chord with a suspended note, e.g. 2nd or 4th
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2210/596 2 Chord augmented
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2210/601 2 Chord diminished
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2210/606 2 Chord ninth, i.e. including ninth or above, e.g. 11th or 13th
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2210/611 2 Chord ninth or above, to which is added a tension note
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2210/616 2 Chord seventh, major or minor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2210/621 2 Chord seventh dominant
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2210/626 2 Chord sixth
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2220/00 0 Input/output interfacing specifically adapted for electrophonic musical tools or instruments
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2220/005 1 Non-interactive screen display of musical or status data (graphical user interfaces specifically adapted for electrophonic musical instruments G10H2220/091; fingering displays G10H2220/041)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2220/011 2 Lyrics displays, e.g. for karaoke applications
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2220/015 2 Musical staff, tablature or score displays, e.g. for score reading during a performance. (graphical musical score editing G10H2220/121; musical score displays resulting from a transcription G10H2210/086)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2220/021 1 Indicator, i.e. non-screen output user interfacing, e.g. visual or tactile instrument status or guidance information using lights, LEDs, seven segments displays (screen displays G10H2220/005, graphical user interfaces adapted for electrophonic musical instruments G10H2220/091; tactile key feedback G10H2220/311)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2220/026 2 associated with a key or other user input device, e.g. key indicator lights
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2220/031 3 Blinking or flashing indicator lights
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2220/036 3 Chord indicators, e.g. displaying note fingering when several notes are to be played simultaneously as a chord
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2220/041 3 Remote key fingering indicator, i.e. fingering shown on a display separate from the instrument itself or substantially disjoint from the keys
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2220/046 3 Drumpad indicator, e.g. drumbeat strike indicator light on a drumpad or rim
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2220/051 3 Fret indicator, e.g. for playing guidance on a string instrument or string instrument emulator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2220/056 3 Hand or finger indicator, e.g. for indicating which hand or which specific finger should be used
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2220/061 3 LED, i.e. using a light-emitting diode as indicator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2220/066 4 Colour, i.e. indications with two or more different colours
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2220/071 3 Pedal indicator, e.g. guitar pedal status lights
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2220/076 3 String indicator, e.g. on a stringed musical instrument for indicating which string is to be played, plucked or bowed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2220/081 2 Beat indicator, e.g. marks or flashing LEDs to indicate tempo or beat positions (analysis tempo G10H2210/076; tempo or beat alterations G10H2210/375; rhythm pattern G10H2210/341)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2220/086 2 Beats per minute [bpm] indicator, i.e. displaying a tempo value, e.g. in words or as numerical value in beats per minute (analysis tempo G10H2210/076; tempo or beat alterations G10H2210/375)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2220/091 1 Graphical user interface [GUI] specifically adapted for electrophonic musical instruments, e.g. interactive musical displays, musical instrument icons or menus; Details of user interactions therewith (GUI in general G06F3/048)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2220/096 2 using a touch screen (touch screen note input, e.g. using a displayed keyboard G10H2220/241; personal digital assistant [PDA] G10H2230/015)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2220/101 2 for graphical creation, edition or control of musical data or parameters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2220/106 3 using icons, e.g. selecting, moving or linking icons, on-screen symbols, screen regions or segments representing musical elements or parameters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2220/111 4 for graphical orchestra or soundstage control, e.g. on-screen selection or positioning of instruments in a virtual orchestra, using movable or selectable musical instrument icons (soundstage sound field effects G10H2210/305)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2220/116 3 for graphical editing of sound parameters or waveforms, e.g. by graphical interactive control of timbre, partials or envelope (non-graphical waveform editing G10H2250/615)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2220/121 3 for graphical editing of a musical score, staff or tablature (mere score display G10H2220/015; score transcription G10H2210/086)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2220/126 3 for graphical editing of individual notes, parts or phrases represented as variable length segments on a 2D or 3D representation, e.g. graphical edition of musical collage, remix files or pianoroll representations of MIDI-like files
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2220/131 3 for abstract geometric visualisation of music, e.g. for interactive editing of musical parameters linked to abstract geometric figures
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2220/135 1 Musical aspects of games or videogames; Musical instrument-shaped game input interfaces (game background music G10H2210/026; musical game scoring or performance evaluation G10H2210/091)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2220/141 2 Games on or about music, i.e. based on musical knowledge, e.g. musical multimedia quizzes (teaching of music per se G09B15/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2220/145 2 Multiplayer musical games, e.g. karaoke-like multiplayer videogames
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2220/151 2 Musical difficulty level setting or selection
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2220/155 1 User input interfaces for electrophonic musical instruments (graphical user interfaces specifically adapted for electrophonic musical instruments G10H2220/091; input means in general G06F3/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2220/161 2 with 2D or x/y surface coordinates sensing (graphical user interface or touchscreen input G10H2220/091; microtonal keyboard G10H2210/401)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2220/165 2 for string input, i.e. special characteristics in string composition or use for sensing purposes, e.g. causing the string to become its own sensor (transducers, e.g. piezoelectric or magnetic G10H2220/461; plectrum sensors G10H2220/191; guitar neck sensors or fret switches G10H2220/301)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2220/171 3 using electrified strings, e.g. strings carrying coded or AC signals for transducing, sustain, fret length or fingering detection
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2220/175 3 using nonmagnetic string materials, e.g. nylon; Sensors specially adapted therefor (piezoelectric transducers G10H2220/525)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2220/181 3 by nonresonant wave interaction, i.e. string sensing using wavelengths unrelated to string resonant wavelengths, e.g. ultrasonic waves, microwave or light waves, propagated along a musical instrument string to measure its fret length, e.g. for MIDI transcription
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2220/185 2 Stick input, e.g. drumsticks with position or contact sensors (stick for music conducting applications, e.g. conductor baton movement detection G10H2220/206)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2220/191 2 Plectrum or pick sensing, e.g. for detection of string striking or plucking (Plectra in general, e.g. for stringed musical instruments G10D3/173)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2220/195 2 Particle energy or molecular configuration used as musical control data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2220/201 2 for movement interpretation, i.e. capturing and recognizing a gesture or a specific kind of movement, e.g. to control a musical instrument
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2220/206 3 Conductor baton movement detection used to adjust rhythm, tempo or expressivity of, e.g. the playback of musical pieces
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2220/211 2 for microphones, i.e. control of musical parameters either directly from microphone signals or by physically associated peripherals, e.g. karaoke control switches or rhythm sensing accelerometer within the microphone casing (microphones per se H04R)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2220/215 2 using a magnetic strip on a card or sheet
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2220/221 2 Keyboards, i.e. configuration of several keys or key-like input devices relative to one another (details of individual keys or key-like devices G10H2220/265; continuous keyboards or keyboards implementing specific musical scales, e.g. quartertone G10H2210/395; switch matrix keyboards, e.g. on guitar necks G10H2220/295)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2220/226 3 Whole-tone keyboards, i.e. having as many keys on the upper row as on the lower row
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2220/231 3 Alphanumeric, used for musical purposes or with additional musical features, e.g. typewriter or pc-type keyboard reconfigured such that letters or symbols are assigned to musical notes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2220/236 3 representing an active musical staff or tablature, i.e. with key-like position sensing at the expected note positions on the staff (active keyboard representation on a touchscreen G10H2220/241)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2220/241 3 on touchscreens, i.e. keys, frets, strings, tablature or staff displayed on a touchscreen display for note input purposes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2220/246 3 with reduced number of keys per octave, some notes missing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2220/251 3 arranged as 2D or 3D arrays; Keyboards ergonomically organised for playing chords or for transposing, e.g. Janko keyboard (special keyboards for playing chords, e.g. accordion G10H2230/245)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2220/256 3 foldable or rollable, e.g. for transport
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2220/261 3 Numeric keypad used for musical purposes, e.g. musical input via a telephone or calculator-like keyboard
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2220/265 2 Key design details; Special characteristics of individual keys of a keyboard; Key-like musical input devices, e.g. finger sensors, pedals, potentiometers, selectors (keyboards G10H2220/221, special musical scales G10H2210/395)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2220/271 3 Velocity sensing for individual keys, e.g. by placing sensors at different points along the kinematic path for individual key velocity estimation by delay measurement between adjacent sensor signals (velocity sensing common to several keys G10H2220/221)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2220/275 3 Switching mechanism or sensor details of individual keys, e.g. details of key contacts, hall effect or piezoelectric sensors used for key position or movement sensing purposes; Mounting thereof
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2220/281 4 with two contacts, switches or sensor triggering levels along the key kinematic path
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2220/285 4 with three contacts, switches or sensor triggering levels along the key kinematic path
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2220/291 4 with four or more contacts, switches or sensor triggering levels along the key kinematic path
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2220/295 4 Switch matrix, e.g. contact array common to several keys, the actuated keys being identified by the rows and columns in contact
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2220/301 5 Fret-like switch array arrangements for guitar necks
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2220/305 3 using a light beam to detect key, pedal or note actuation (light beams in general G10H2220/411)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2220/311 3 with controlled tactile or haptic feedback effect; output interfaces therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2220/315 2 for joystick-like proportional control of musical input; Videogame input devices used for musical input or control, e.g. gamepad, joysticks (joysticks per se G06F3/033, G05G9/047, A63F13/20)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2220/321 2 Garment sensors, i.e. musical control means with trigger surfaces or joint angle sensors, worn as a garment by the player, e.g. bracelet, intelligent clothing (vital parameter sensing G10H2220/371; wearable interfaces in general G06F3/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2220/326 3 Control glove or other hand or palm-attached control device
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2220/331 3 Ring or other finger-attached control device
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2220/336 3 Control shoe or boot, i.e. sensor-equipped lower part of lower limb, e.g. shoe, toe ring, sock, ankle bracelet or leg control attachment (garment sensors G10H2220/321; floor sensing devices, e.g. sensing mats G10H2220/341)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2220/341 2 Floor sensors, e.g. platform or groundsheet with sensors to detect foot position, balance or pressure, steps, stepping rhythm, dancing movements or jumping (shoe sensors G10H2220/336)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2220/346 3 Hopscotch sensing mats, i.e. including several step sensing zones, e.g. for detection of rhythmic dancing in time to background music according to stepping indications (games involving music G10H2220/135; performance evaluation or scoring G10H2210/091, videogames in general A63F13/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2220/351 2 Environmental parameters, e.g. temperature, ambient light, atmospheric pressure, humidity, used as input for musical purposes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2220/355 3 Geolocation input, i.e. control of musical parameters based on location or geographic position, e.g. provided by GPS, WiFi network location databases or mobile phone base station position databases
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2220/361 2 Mouth control in general, i.e. breath, mouth, teeth, tongue or lip-controlled input devices or sensors detecting, e.g. lip position, lip vibration, air pressure, air velocity, air flow or air jet angle
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2220/365 2 Bow control in general, i.e. sensors or transducers on a bow; Input interface or controlling process for emulating a bow, bowing action or generating bowing parameters, e.g. for appropriately controlling a specialised sound synthesiser (bowed string instrument sound synthesis per se G10H2250/445; electrophonic stringed instrument details G10H2230/075)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2220/371 2 Vital parameter control, i.e. musical instrument control based on body signals, e.g. brainwaves, pulsation, temperature, perspiration; biometric information (signals from body positions or movements G10H2220/321)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2220/376 3 using brain waves, e.g. EEG
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2220/381 3 using glottal signals from an electroglottograph [EGG] or from a neck-worn glottis pick-up device
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2220/386 3 using genetic information [DNA] or unique characterizing features of individuals, e.g. fingerprints, iris, facial or vocal features
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2220/391 2 Angle sensing for musical purposes, using data from a gyroscope, gyrometer or other angular velocity or angular movement sensing device (angles measured by an accelerometer or gravimeter G10H2220/395; angles calculated from 3D position sensing G10H2220/401; player body joint angle sensing G10H2220/321)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2220/395 2 Acceleration sensing or accelerometer use, e.g. 3D movement computation by integration of accelerometer data, angle sensing with respect to the vertical, i.e. gravity sensing. (conductor baton movement sensing G10H2220/206, angle sensing without reference to gravity G10H2220/391; player body joint angle sensing G10H2220/321)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2220/401 2 3D sensing, i.e. three-dimensional (x, y, z) position or movement sensing. (movement pattern or gesture sensing G10H2220/201; geolocation sensing G10H2220/355, 3D sensing with accelerometer G10H2220/395)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2220/405 2 Beam sensing or control, i.e. input interfaces involving substantially immaterial beams, radiation, or fields of any nature, used, e.g. as a switch as in a light barrier, or as a control device, e.g. using the theremin electric field sensing principle (theremins G10H2230/051)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2220/411 3 Light beams (key actuation detection using light G10H2220/305)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2220/415 4 Infrared beams
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2220/421 4 Laser beams
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2220/425 3 Radio control, i.e. input or control device involving a radio frequency signal
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2220/431 4 Use of microwaves
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2220/435 3 Ultrasound, i.e. input or control device involving inaudible pressure waves, e.g. focused as a beam
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2220/441 2 Image sensing, i.e. capturing images or optical patterns for musical purposes or musical control purposes (image analysis, inspection, positioning or tracking G06T7/00, recognising music notations G06V30/304)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2220/445 3 Bar codes or similar machine readable optical code patterns, e.g. two dimensional mesh pattern, for musical input or control purposes (bar codes G06K7/10)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2220/451 3 Scanner input, e.g. scanning a paper document such as a musical score for automated conversion into a musical file format
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2220/455 3 Camera input, e.g. analyzing pictures from a video camera and using the analysis results as control data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2220/461 1 Transducers, i.e. details, positioning or use of assemblies to detect and convert mechanical vibrations or mechanical strains into an electrical signal, e.g. audio, trigger or control signal (contact microphones for use on musical instrument H04R1/46)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2220/465 2 Bridge-positioned, i.e. assembled to or attached with the bridge of a stringed musical instrument
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2220/471 3 at bottom, i.e. transducer positioned at the bottom of the bridge, between the bridge and the body of the instrument
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2220/475 3 on the side, i.e. picking up vibrations from a side of the bridge
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2220/481 3 on top, i.e. transducer positioned between the strings and the bridge structure itself
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2220/485 3 One transducer per string, e.g. 6 transducers for a 6 string guitar
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2220/491 3 Two or more transducers per string, e.g. 8 transducers on a 4-string violin bridge
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2220/495 3 Single bridge transducer, common to all strings
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2220/501 3 Two or more bridge transducers, at least one transducer common to several strings
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2220/505 2 Dual coil electrodynamic string transducer, e.g. for humbucking, to cancel out parasitic magnetic fields
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2220/511 3 Stacked, i.e. one coil on top of the other
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2220/515 3 Staggered, i.e. two coils side by side
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2220/521 2 Hall effect transducers or similar magnetic field sensing semiconductor devices, e.g. for string vibration sensing or key movement sensing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2220/525 2 Piezoelectric transducers for vibration sensing or vibration excitation in the audio range; Piezoelectric strain sensing, e.g. as key velocity sensor; Piezoelectric actuators, e.g. key actuation in response to a control voltage
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2220/531 3 made of piezoelectric film
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2220/535 4 Piezoelectric polymer transducers, e.g. made of stretched and poled polyvinylidene difluoride [PVDF] sheets in which the molecular chains of vinylidene fluoride CH2-CF2 have been oriented in a preferential direction
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2220/541 3 using piezoceramics, e.g. lead titanate [PbTiO3], zinc oxide [Zn2 O3], lithium niobate [LiNbO3], sodium tungstate [NaWO3], bismuth ferrite [BiFeO3]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2220/545 4 Barium titanate piezoceramics [BaTiO3]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2220/551 4 using LZT or PZT [lead-zirconate-titanate] piezoceramics [Pb[ZrxTi1-x]O3, 0=x=1]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2220/555 3 Bimorph transducers, i.e. piezoelectric bending multilayer structures with one or more piezoelectric layers, e.g. piezo on metal, serial bimorph or parallel bimorph
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2220/561 2 Piezoresistive transducers, i.e. exhibiting vibration, pressure, force or movement -dependent resistance, e.g. strain gauges, carbon-doped elastomers or polymers for piezoresistive drumpads, carbon microphones
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2220/565 2 Shielding, electromagnetic or magnetic, e.g. for transducers, i.e. for controlling, orienting or suppressing magnetic fields or for preventing unintentional generation, propagation and reception of electromagnetic energy in electrophonic musical instruments, their vicinity or their interconnections (dual coil humbucking transducers G10H2220/505)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2230/00 0 General physical, ergonomic or hardware implementation of electrophonic musical tools or instruments, e.g. shape or architecture
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2230/005 1 Device type or category
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2230/011 2 Hybrid piano, e.g. combined acoustic and electronic piano with complete hammer mechanism as well as key-action sensors coupled to an electronic sound generator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2230/015 2 PDA [personal digital assistant] or palmtop computing devices used for musical purposes, e.g. portable music players, tablet computers, e-readers or smart phones in which mobile telephony functions need not be used (touch-screen interfaces G10H2220/096)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2230/021 2 Mobile ringtone, i.e. generation, transmission, conversion or downloading of ringing tones or other sounds for mobile telephony; Special musical data formats or protocols herefor (mobile telephone transmission specifically adapted for electrophonic musical tools or instruments G10H2240/251)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2230/025 1 Computing or signal processing architecture features
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2230/031 2 Use of cache memory for electrophonic musical instrument processes, e.g. for improving processing capabilities or solving interfacing problems
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2230/035 2 Power management, i.e. specific power supply solutions for electrophonic musical instruments, e.g. auto power shut-off, energy saving designs, power conditioning, connector design, avoiding inconvenient wiring
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2230/041 2 Processor load management, i.e. adaptation or optimization of computational load or data throughput in computationally intensive musical processes to avoid overload artifacts, e.g. by deliberately suppressing less audible or less relevant tones or decreasing their complexity
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2230/045 1 Special instrument [spint], i.e. mimicking the ergonomy, shape, sound or other characteristic of a specific acoustic musical instrument category
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2230/051 2 Spint theremin, i.e. mimicking electrophonic musical instruments in which tones are controlled or triggered in a touch-free manner by interaction with beams, jets or fields, e.g. theremin, air guitar, water jet controlled musical instrument, i.e. hydrolauphone
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2230/055 2 Spint toy, i.e. specifically designed for children, e.g. adapted for smaller fingers or simplified in some way; Musical instrument-shaped game input interfaces with simplified control features
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2230/061 2 Spint organ, i.e. mimicking acoustic musical instruments with pipe organ or harmonium features; Electrophonic aspects of acoustic pipe organs or harmoniums; MIDI-like control therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2230/065 2 Spint piano, i.e. mimicking acoustic musical instruments with piano, cembalo or spinet features, e.g. with piano-like keyboard; Electrophonic aspects of piano-like acoustic keyboard instruments; MIDI-like control therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2230/071 3 Spint harpsichord, i.e. mimicking plucked keyboard instruments, e.g. harpsichord, virginal, muselar, spinet, clavicytherium, ottavino, archicembalo
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2230/075 2 Spint stringed, i.e. mimicking stringed instrument features, electrophonic aspects of acoustic stringed musical instruments without keyboard; MIDI-like control therefor (string instrument sound synthesis G10H2250/441)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2230/081 3 Spint viola
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2230/085 3 Spint cello
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2230/091 3 Spint hurdygurdy, i.e. mimicking characteristics of acoustic instruments with rosined wheel rubbing against strings
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2230/095 3 Spint zither, i.e. mimicking any neckless stringed instrument in which the strings do not extend beyond the sounding board
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2230/101 4 Spint koto, i.e. mimicking any traditional asian-style plucked zither with movable bridges
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2230/105 4 Spint dulcimer, i.e. mimicking any zither-like instrument with small hand-played mallet hammers (Appalachian dulcimer G10H2230/095)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2230/111 3 Spint ukulele, i.e. mimicking any smaller guitar-like flat bridge string instruments
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2230/115 3 Spint sitar, i.e. mimicking any long-necked plucked string instrument with a large number of additional non-playable sympathetic resonating strings or an additional gourd-like resonating chamber
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2230/121 3 Spint mandolin, i.e. mimicking instruments of the lute family with hard sounding board, e.g. with strings arranged and tuned in pairs for tremolo playing (lute with skin -like sounding board G10H2230/151)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2230/125 3 Spint harp, i.e. mimicking harp-like instruments, e.g. large size concert harp, with pedal
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2230/131 4 Spint harp celtic, i.e. mimicking smaller sized harps without pedal, eg. celtic harp, lever harp, folk harp, Irish harp
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2230/135 3 Spint guitar, i.e. guitar-like instruments in which the sound is not generated by vibrating strings, e.g. guitar-shaped game interfaces
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2230/141 4 Spint guitar drum, i.e. mimicking a guitar used at least partly as a percussion instrument
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2230/145 4 Spint guitar keyboard, i.e. mimicking a combination of a guitar-like instrument, with or without strings, and a piano-like keyboard, e.g. with white and black keys arranged like on a piano
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2230/151 3 Spint banjo, i.e. mimicking a stringed instrument with a piece of plastic or animal skin stretched over a circular frame or gourd, e.g. shamisen or other skin-covered lutes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2230/155 2 Spint wind instrument, i.e. mimicking musical wind instrument features; Electrophonic aspects of acoustic wind instruments; MIDI-like control therefor. (wind instrument sound synthesis G10H2250/461; mouth control, e.g. breath G10H2220/361; natural aerodynamic noise synthesis, e.g. wind G10H2250/431)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2230/161 3 Spint whistle, i.e. mimicking wind instruments in which the air is split against an edge, e.g. musical whistles, three tone samba whistle, penny whistle, pea whistle; whistle-emulating mouth interfaces; MIDI control therefor, e.g. for calliope
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2230/165 4 Spint recorder, i.e. mimicking any end-blown whistle flute with several finger holes, e.g. recorders, xiao, kaval, shakuhachi and hocchiku flutes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2230/171 3 Spint brass mouthpiece, i.e. mimicking brass-like instruments equipped with a cupped mouthpiece, e.g. allowing it to be played like a brass instrument, with lip controlled sound generation as in an acoustic brass instrument; Embouchure sensor or MIDI interfaces therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2230/175 4 Spint trumpet, i.e. mimicking cylindrical bore brass instruments, e.g. bugle
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2230/181 4 Spint trombone, i.e. mimicking trombones or other slide musical instruments permitting a continuous musical scale (microtonal scale G10H2210/401)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2230/185 4 Spint horn, i.e. mimicking conical bore brass instruments (hornpipes G10H2230/241)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2230/191 5 Spint French horn, i.e. mimicking an orchestral horn with valves for switching pipe lengths (English horn G10H2230/231)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2230/195 3 Spint flute, i.e. mimicking or emulating a transverse flute or air jet sensor arrangement therefor, e.g. sensing angle, lip position, etc, to trigger octave change; (input breath G10H2220/361; end-blown flutes G10H2230/161)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2230/201 4 Spint piccolo, i.e. half-size transverse flute, e.g. ottavino (piccolo clarinet G10H2230/241)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2230/205 3 Spint reed, i.e. mimicking or emulating reed instruments, sensors or interfaces therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2230/211 4 Spint harmonica, i.e. mimicking mouth operated wind instruments with multiple tuned free reeds, a.k.a. harmonica, blues harp, mouth organ, pitch pipe, ChengGong, (free reed instruments not operated by mouth, e.g. accordion G10H2230/245)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2230/215 4 Spint bagpipe, i.e. mimicking instruments with enclosed reeds fed from a constant reservoir; Bagpipe-like electrophonic instrument; Midi-like interfaces therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2230/221 4 Spint saxophone, i.e. mimicking conical bore musical instruments with single reed mouthpiece, e.g. saxophones, electrophonic emulation or interfacing aspects therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2230/225 4 Spint oboe, i.e. mimicking double reed woodwind with conical bore, e.g. oboe
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2230/231 5 Spint english horn
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2230/235 4 Spint bassoon, i.e. mimicking double reed low range woodwind with doubled back conical bore, e.g. bassoon
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2230/241 4 Spint clarinet, i.e. mimicking any member of the single reed cylindrical bore woodwind instrument family, e.g. piccolo clarinet, octocontrabass, chalumeau, hornpipes, zhaleika
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2230/245 2 Spint accordion, i.e. mimicking accordions; Electrophonic instruments with one or more typical accordion features, e.g. special accordion keyboards or bellows, electrophonic aspects of mechanical accordions, Midi-like control therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2230/251 2 Spint percussion, i.e. mimicking percussion instruments; Electrophonic musical instruments with percussion instrument features; Electrophonic aspects of acoustic percussion instruments, MIDI-like control therefor (gensound percussion G10H2250/435)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2230/255 3 Spint xylophone, i.e. mimicking any multi-toned percussion instrument with a multiplicity of tuned resonating bodies, regardless of their material or shape, e.g. xylophone, vibraphone, lithophone, metallophone, marimba, balafon, ranat, gamban, anklong
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2230/261 3 Spint triangle
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2230/265 3 Spint maracas, i.e. mimicking shells or gourds filled with seeds or dried beans, fitted with a handle, e.g. maracas, rumba shakers, shac-shacs
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2230/271 3 Spint gong, i.e. mimicking circular flat, nippled or bowl-shaped metallic percussion instruments (G10H2230/321 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2230/275 3 Spint drum
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2230/281 4 Spint drum assembly, i.e. mimicking two or more drums or drumpads assembled on a common structure, e.g. drum kit (multi-toned percussion instruments G10H2230/255)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2230/285 4 Spint drum tomtom, i.e. mimicking side-mounted drums without snares, e.g. in a drumkit
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2230/291 4 Spint drum bass, i.e. mimicking bass drums; Pedals or interfaces therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2230/295 4 Spint drum brush, i.e. mimicking use of a brush to generate or trigger a percussive sound
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2230/301 4 Spint drum rim, i.e. mimicking using or striking the rim of a drum or percussion instrument, rimshot; Interfacing aspects of the generation of different drumsound harmonic contents when a drum sensor is struck closer to the rim
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2230/305 4 Spint drum snare, i.e. mimicking using strands of snares made of curled metal wire, metal cable, plastic cable, or gut cords stretched across the drumhead, e.g. snare drum, side drum, military drum, field drum
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2230/311 4 Spint bongo
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2230/315 4 Spint conga
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2230/321 3 Spint cymbal, i.e. mimicking thin center-held gong-like instruments made of copper-based alloys, e.g. ride cymbal, china cymbal, sizzle cymbal, swish cymbal, zill, i.e. finger cymbals
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2230/325 4 Spint cymbal crash, i.e. mimicking thin-edged cymbals designed to produce a loud, sharp "crash", either mounted on a stand and played with a drum stick, e.g. crash cymbal, or played in pairs by hand, e.g. clash cymbals
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2230/331 4 Spint cymbal hihat, e.g. mimicking high-hat cymbal; Details of the pedal interface, of the pedal action emulation or of the generation of the different sounds resulting from this pedal action
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2230/335 3 Spint cyldrum [cylindrical body hit or struck on the curved surface for musical purposes, e.g. drinking glass, oil drum]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2230/341 3 Spint claves, i.e. mimicking a pair of thick dowels producing a bright clicking sound when struck against each other
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2230/345 3 Spint castanets, i.e. mimicking a joined pair of concave shells held in the hand to produce clicks for rhythmic accents or a ripping or rattling sound consisting of a rapid series of clicks, e.g. castanets, chácaras, krakebs, qraqib, garagab
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2230/351 3 Spint bell, i.e. mimicking bells, e.g. cow-bells (bells in general G10K1/06)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2230/355 2 Spint spint, i.e. electrophonic musical instruments with features of acoustic instruments covered by G10D17/00, electrophonic aspects of acoustic instruments covered by G10D17/00, e.g. aeolian harps, MIDI-like control therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2230/361 2 Spint mechautomatic, i.e. electrophonic musical instruments with features of traditional mechanical automatic acoustic instruments, e.g. electrophonic emulation of historic mechanical pianoroll pianos, electrophonic aspects of partly mechanical automatic acoustic instruments covered by G10F, e.g. hybrid pianos, MIDI-like control therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2230/365 1 Ergonomy of electrophonic musical instruments
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2230/371 2 Using hook and loop-type fastener or similar attachment to fasten detachable elements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2240/00 0 Data organisation or data communication aspects, specifically adapted for electrophonic musical tools or instruments
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2240/005 1 Data structures for use in electrophonic musical devices; Data structures including musical parameters derived from musical analysis (audio retrieval G06F16/60)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2240/011 1 Files or data streams containing coded musical information, e.g. for transmission (audio coding G10L19/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2240/016 2 File editing, i.e. modifying musical data files or streams as such (editing by means of a graphical user interface G10H2220/091)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2240/021 3 for MIDI-like files or data streams
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2240/026 2 File encryption of specific electrophonic music instrument file or stream formats, e.g. MIDI, note oriented formats, sound banks, wavetables (digital rights management [DRM] G06F21/00; encryption H04L9/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2240/031 2 File merging MIDI, i.e. merging or mixing a MIDI-like file or stream with a non-MIDI file or stream, e.g. audio or video
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2240/036 2 File multilingual, e.g. multilingual lyrics for karaoke
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2240/041 2 File watermark, i.e. embedding a hidden code in an electrophonic musical instrument file or stream for identification or authentification purposes (audio watermarking G10L19/018)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2240/046 2 File format, i.e. specific or non-standard musical file format used in or adapted for electrophonic musical instruments, e.g. in wavetables (details of musical waveform synthesis G10H2250/541)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2240/051 3 AC3, i.e. Audio Codec 3, Dolby Digital
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2240/056 3 MIDI or other note-oriented file format
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2240/061 3 MP3, i.e. MPEG-1 or MPEG-2 Audio Layer III, lossy audio compression
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2240/066 3 MPEG audio-visual compression file formats, e.g. MPEG-4 for coding of audio-visual objects (MP3 G10H2240/061)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2240/071 3 Wave, i.e. Waveform Audio File Format, coding, e.g. uncompressed PCM audio according to the RIFF bitstream format method
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2240/075 1 Musical metadata derived from musical analysis or for use in electrophonic musical instruments (additional information unrelated to its juxtaposed musical file data G10H2240/091; audio retrieval G06F16/60)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2240/081 2 Genre classification, i.e. descriptive metadata for classification or selection of musical pieces according to style (analysis genre G10H2210/036)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2240/085 2 Mood, i.e. generation, detection or selection of a particular emotional content or atmosphere in a musical piece
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2240/091 1 Info, i.e. juxtaposition of unrelated auxiliary information or commercial messages with or between music files (metadata G10H2240/075)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2240/095 1 Identification code, e.g. ISWC for musical works; Identification dataset
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2240/101 2 User identification
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2240/105 3 User profile, i.e. data about the user, e.g. for user settings or user preferences
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2240/111 3 User Password, i.e. security arrangements to prevent third party unauthorised use, e.g. password, id number, code, pin
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2240/115 2 Instrument identification, i.e. recognizing an electrophonic musical instrument, e.g. on a network, by means of a code, e.g. IMEI, serial number, or a profile describing its capabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2240/121 1 Musical libraries, i.e. musical databases indexed by musical parameters, wavetables, indexing schemes using musical parameters, musical rule bases or knowledge bases, e.g. for automatic composing methods (audio retrieval G06F16/60)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2240/125 2 Library distribution, i.e. distributing musical pieces from a central or master library
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2240/131 2 Library retrieval, i.e. searching a database or selecting a specific musical piece, segment, pattern, rule or parameter set
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2240/135 3 Library retrieval index, i.e. using an indexing scheme to efficiently retrieve a music piece
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2240/141 3 Library retrieval matching, i.e. any of the steps of matching an inputted segment or phrase with musical database contents, e.g. query by humming, singing or playing; the steps may include, e.g. musical analysis of the input, musical feature extraction, query formulation, or details of the retrieval process
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2240/145 2 Sound library, i.e. involving the specific use of a musical database as a sound bank or wavetable; indexing, interfacing, protocols or processing therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2240/151 2 Thumbnail, i.e. retrieving, playing or managing a short and musically relevant song preview from a library, e.g. the chorus (thumbnail extraction, analysis phrases G10H2210/061)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2240/155 2 Library update, i.e. making or modifying a musical database using musical parameters as indices (data structures involving musical parameters G10H2240/005)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2240/161 1 Memory and use thereof, in electrophonic musical instruments, e.g. memory map (data structures G10H2240/005; memory cache G10H2230/031; libraries G10H2240/121; files G10H2240/011)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2240/165 2 Memory card, i.e. removable module or card for storing music data for an electrophonic musical instrument
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2240/171 1 Transmission of musical instrument data, control or status information; Transmission, remote access or control of music data for electrophonic musical instruments (details about the transmitted data contents G10H2240/011)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2240/175 2 for jam sessions or musical collaboration through a network, e.g. for composition, ensemble playing or repeating; Compensation of network or internet delays therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2240/181 2 Billing, i.e. purchasing of data contents for use with electrophonic musical instruments; Protocols therefor; Management of transmission or connection time therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2240/185 2 Error prevention, detection or correction in files or streams for electrophonic musical instruments
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2240/191 3 CRC, i.e. error detection using a cyclic redundancy check
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2240/195 3 Reed-solomon error detection or correction, i.e. by considering the message symbols as polynomial coefficients
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2240/201 2 Physical layer or hardware aspects of transmission to or from an electrophonic musical instrument, e.g. voltage levels, bit streams, code words or symbols over a physical link connecting network nodes or instruments
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2240/205 3 Synchronous transmission of an analog or digital signal, e.g. according to a specific intrinsic timing, or according to a separate clock
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2240/211 3 Wireless transmission, e.g. of music parameters or control data by radio, infrared or ultrasound (beam G10H2220/405)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2240/215 3 Spread spectrum, i.e. transmission on a bandwidth considerably larger than the frequency content of the original information
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2240/221 3 Time division multiplexing, with different channels in different time slots, the data in the time slots may be in digital or analog form
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2240/225 3 Frequency division multiplexing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2240/231 3 Quadrature modulation, e.g. QAM
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2240/235 3 Pulse amplitude modulation, e.g. quantized or analog
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2240/241 3 Telephone transmission, i.e. using twisted pair telephone lines or any type of telephone network
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2240/245 4 ISDN [Integrated Services Digital Network]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2240/251 4 Mobile telephone transmission, i.e. transmitting, accessing or controlling music data wirelessly via a wireless or mobile telephone receiver, analog or digital, e.g. DECT GSM, UMTS (smartphone, PDA or palmtop used for musical purposes G10H2230/015; mobile ringtone G10H2230/021)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2240/255 3 Optical fibre transmission for electrophonic musical instrument purposes, e.g. hum mitigation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2240/261 3 Satellite transmission for musical instrument purposes, e.g. processing for mitigation of satellite transmission delays
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2240/265 3 CATV transmission, i.e. electrophonic musical instruments connected to community antennas or cable television networks
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2240/271 3 Serial transmission according to any one of RS-232 standards for serial binary single-ended data and control signals between a DTE and a DCE
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2240/275 3 Musical interface to a personal computer PCI bus, "peripheral component interconnect bus"
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2240/281 2 Protocol or standard connector for transmission of analog or digital data to or from an electrophonic musical instrument
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2240/285 3 USB, i.e. either using a USB plug as power supply or using the USB protocol to exchange data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2240/291 3 SCSI, i.e. Small Computer System Interface
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2240/295 3 Packet switched network, e.g. token ring (circuit-switched networks, e.g. traditional analog telephone transmission G10H2240/241)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2240/301 4 Ethernet, e.g. according to IEEE 802.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2240/305 4 Internet or TCP/IP protocol use for any electrophonic musical instrument data or musical parameter transmission purposes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2240/311 3 MIDI transmission (G10H2240/056 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2240/315 3 Firewire, i.e. transmission according to IEEE1394
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2240/321 3 Bluetooth
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2240/325 1 Synchronizing two or more audio tracks or files according to musical features or musical timings (synchronised lyrics, e.g. for karaoke G10H2220/011)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2250/00 0 Aspects of algorithms or signal processing methods without intrinsic musical character, yet specifically adapted for or used in electrophonic musical processing (methods with intrinsic musical character G10H2210/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2250/005 1 Algorithms for electrophonic musical instruments or musical processing, e.g. for automatic composition or resource allocation (mathematical functions therefor G10H2250/131; details of musical waveform synthesis G10H2250/541)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2250/011 2 Genetic algorithms, i.e. using computational steps analogous to biological selection, recombination and mutation on an initial population of, e.g. sounds, pieces, melodies or loops to compose or otherwise generate, e.g. evolutionary music or sound synthesis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2250/015 2 Markov chains, e.g. hidden Markov models [HMM], for musical processing, e.g. musical analysis or musical composition
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2250/021 3 Dynamic programming, e.g. Viterbi, for finding the most likely or most desirable sequence in music analysis, processing or composition (Viterbi decoding H03M13/41)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2250/025 1 Envelope processing of music signals in, e.g. time domain, transform domain or cepstrum domain
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2250/031 2 Spectrum envelope processing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2250/035 2 Crossfade, i.e. time domain amplitude envelope control of the transition between musical sounds or melodies, obtained for musical purposes, e.g. for ADSR tone generation, articulations, medley, remix (audio mixers H04H60/04)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2250/041 1 Delay lines applied to musical processing (reverberation effects G10H2210/281; time-delay networks H03H9/30; chain of active-delay devices H03K5/133)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2250/046 2 with intermediate taps
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2250/051 2 with variable time delay or variable length
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2250/055 1 Filters for musical processing or musical effects; Filter responses, filter architecture, filter coefficients or control parameters therefor (tone controls H03G5/00; graphic equalizers H03G9/00; digital filters in general H03H17/00; current or voltage-controlled filters H03H11/1291)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2250/061 2 Allpass filters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2250/065 3 Lattice filter, Zobel network, constant resistance filter or X-section filter, i.e. balanced symmetric all-pass bridge network filter exhibiting constant impedance over frequency
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2250/071 2 All pole filter, i.e. autoregressive [AR] filter (IIR defined by their temporal impulse response G10H2250/121)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2250/075 2 All zero filter, i.e. moving average [MA] filter or finite inpulse response [FIR] filter (FIR defined by their temporal impulse response G10H2250/115)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2250/081 2 Autoregressive moving average [ARMA] filter
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2250/085 2 Butterworth filters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2250/091 2 Chebyshev filters (Chebyshev polynomials G10H2250/191)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2250/095 2 Filter coefficient interpolation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2250/101 2 Filter coefficient update; Adaptive filters, i.e. with filter coefficient calculation in real time
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2250/105 2 Comb filters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2250/111 2 Impulse response, i.e. filters defined or specifed by their temporal impulse response features, e.g. for echo or reverberation applications (reverberation effects G10H2210/281)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2250/115 3 FIR impulse, e.g. for echoes or room acoustics, the shape of the impulse response is specified in particular according to delay times (FIR filters for musical processing G10H2250/075)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2250/121 3 IIR impulse (all pole filters for musical processing G10H2250/071)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2250/125 2 Notch filters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2250/131 1 Mathematical functions for musical analysis, processing, synthesis or composition (algorithms for musical processing G10H2250/005; computation of mathematical functions G06F17/10 and G06F7/544)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2250/135 2 Autocorrelation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2250/141 2 Bessel functions, e.g. for smoothing or modulating, for FM audio synthesis or for expressing the vibration modes of a circular drum membrane
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2250/145 2 Convolution, e.g. of a music input signal with a desired impulse response to compute an output (transforms, i.e. mathematical transforms into domains appropriate for musical signal processing, coding or compression G10H2250/215)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2250/151 2 Fuzzy logic
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2250/155 2 Graham function, i.e. mathematical description of the fluid dynamics of air flowing through a gap, where there is a given pressure differential on either side of the gap, e.g. to model air velocity in wind instruments for physical modeling sound synthesis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2250/161 2 Logarithmic functions, scaling or conversion, e.g. to reflect human auditory perception of loudness or frequency
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2250/165 2 Polynomials, i.e. musical processing based on the use of polynomials, e.g. distortion function for tube amplifier emulation, filter coefficient calculation, polynomial approximations of waveforms, physical modeling equation solutions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2250/171 3 Hermite polynomials
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2250/175 3 Jacobi polynomials of several variables, e.g. Heckman-Opdam polynomials, or of one variable only, e.g. hypergeometric polynomials
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2250/181 4 Gegenbauer or ultraspherical polynomials, e.g. for harmonic analysis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2250/185 5 Legendre polynomials, e.g. for the modeling of air flow dynamics in wind instruments
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2250/191 5 Chebyshev polynomials, e.g. to provide filter coefficients for sharp rolloff filters (Chebyshev filters G10H2250/091; Chebyshev windows G10H2250/271)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2250/195 3 Lagrange polynomials, e.g. for polynomial interpolation or cryptography
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2250/201 3 Parabolic or second order polynomials, occurring, e.g. in vacuum tube distortion modeling or for modeling the gate voltage to drain current relationship of a JFET
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2250/205 3 Third order polynomials, occurring, e.g. in vacuum tube distortion modeling
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2250/211 2 Random number generators, pseudorandom generators, classes of functions therefor (musical processes using white noise or nonwhite noise generators G10H2250/295; noise formant generator G10H2250/495; magnetic or electromagnetic noise shielding G10H2220/565)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2250/215 2 Transforms, i.e. mathematical transforms into domains appropriate for musical signal processing, coding or compression
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2250/221 3 Cosine transform; DCT [discrete cosine transform], e.g. for use in lossy audio compression such as MP3 (MP3 format G10H2240/061)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2250/225 4 MDCT [Modified discrete cosine transform], i.e. based on a DCT of overlapping data (adaptive MDCT compression, e.g. ATRAC [adaptive transform acoustic coding] G10H2250/575)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2250/231 3 Fermat transform
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2250/235 3 Fourier transform; Discrete Fourier Transform [DFT]; Fast Fourier Transform [FFT]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2250/241 3 Hadamard transform, Walsh-Hadamard transform, Hadamard-Rademacher-Walsh transform, Walsh transform, or Walsh-Fourier transform
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2250/245 3 Hartley transform,; Discrete Hartley transform [DHT]; Fast Hartley transform [FHT]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2250/251 3 Wavelet transform, i.e. transform with both frequency and temporal resolution, e.g. for compression of percussion sounds; Discrete Wavelet Transform [DWT]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2250/255 3 Z-transform, e.g. for dealing with sampled signals, delays or digital filters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2250/261 2 Window, i.e. apodization function or tapering function amounting to the selection and appropriate weighting of a group of samples in a digital signal within some chosen time interval, outside of which it is zero valued
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2250/265 3 Blackman Harris window
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2250/271 3 Chebyshev window (Chebyshev polynomials G10H2250/191; Chebyshev filters G10H2250/091)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2250/275 3 Gaussian window
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2250/281 3 Hamming window
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2250/285 3 Hann or Hanning window
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2250/291 3 Kaiser windows; Kaiser-Bessel Derived [KBD] windows, e.g. for MDCT
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2250/295 1 Noise generation, its use, control or rejection for music processing (white noise or pseudorandom generators G10H2250/211; use of noise in formant synthesis G10H2250/495; automatic gain control H03G3/32; speech or noise detection G10L25/84)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2250/301 2 Pink 1/f noise or flicker noise
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2250/305 2 Noise or artifact control in electrophonic musical instruments (transducer shielding G10H2220/565; filter notch G10H2250/125; waveform aliasing G10H2250/545)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2250/311 1 Neural networks for electrophonic musical instruments or musical processing, e.g. for musical recognition or control, automatic composition or improvisation (musical analysis G10H2210/031; neural networks G06N3/02)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2250/315 1 Sound category-dependent sound synthesis processes [Gensound] for musical use (details of musical waveform synthesis G10H2250/541; general musical sound synthesis principles G10H2250/471); Sound category-specific synthesis-controlling parameters or control means therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2250/321 2 Gensound animals, i.e. generating animal voices or sounds
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2250/325 3 Birds
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2250/331 4 Ducks
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2250/335 4 Sea birds, e.g. seagulls
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2250/341 3 Cats
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2250/345 3 Cattle, e.g. cows
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2250/351 3 Dogs
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2250/355 3 Elk or other animals in the Cervidae family, e.g. moose, wapiti, reindeer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2250/361 3 Insects, e.g. cricket
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2250/365 2 Gensound applause, e.g. handclapping; Cheering; Booing (crowd sounds G10H2250/401)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2250/371 2 Gensound equipment, i.e. synthesizing sounds produced by man-made devices, e.g. machines
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2250/375 3 Harbour, i.e. sounds which are part of a harbour soundscape, e.g. ships, fog horn, buoy, bells, cranes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2250/381 3 Road, i.e. sounds which are part of a road, street or urban traffic soundscape, e.g. automobiles, bikes, trucks, traffic, vehicle horns, collisions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2250/385 3 Train, i.e. sounds which are part of a railroad soundscape, e.g. steam engines, diesel, electric, train whistles, rail wheels, railway crossing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2250/391 2 Gensound footsteps, i.e. footsteps, kicks or tap-dancing sounds
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2250/395 2 Gensound nature
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2250/401 3 Crowds, e.g. restaurant, waiting hall, demonstration, subway corridor at rush hour (applause, cheering, booing G10H2250/365)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2250/405 3 Fire, e.g. cracks and pops of burning wood
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2250/411 3 Water, e.g. seashore, waves, brook, waterfall, dripping faucet
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2250/415 3 Weather
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2250/421 4 Rain
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2250/425 4 Thunder
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2250/431 4 Natural aerodynamic noises, e.g. wind gust sounds, rustling leaves, beating sails (gensound wind instruments G10H2250/461; spint wind instruments G10H2230/155)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2250/435 2 Gensound percussion, i.e. generating or synthesising the sound of a percussion instrument; Control of specific aspects of percussion sounds, e.g. harmonics, under the influence of hitting force, hitting position, settings or striking instruments such as mallet, drumstick, brush, hand (spint percussion G10H2230/231)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2250/441 2 Gensound string, i.e. generating the sound of a string instrument, controlling specific features of said sound (spint piano G10H2230/065; spint stringed instruments G10H2230/075)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2250/445 3 Bowed string instrument sound generation, controlling specific features of said sound, e.g. use of fret or bow control parameters for violin effects synthesis (bow interfaces per se G10H2220/365; modulation effects G10H2210/195; spint viola G10H2230/081; spint cello G10H2230/085)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2250/451 3 Plucked or struck string instrument sound synthesis, controlling specific features of said sound (spint harpsichord G10H2230/071; spint stringed instruments G10H2230/075)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2250/455 2 Gensound singing voices, i.e. generation of human voices for musical applications, vocal singing sounds or intelligible words at a desired pitch or with desired vocal effects, e.g. by phoneme synthesis (formant synthesis G10H2250/481; parcor synthesis G10H2250/505; modulation effects G10H2210/195; ensemble effects G10H2210/245; speech synthesis in general G10L13/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2250/461 2 Gensound wind instruments, i.e. generating or synthesising the sound of a wind instrument, controlling specific features of said sound (spint wind instruments G10H2230/155; mouth or breath sensors G10H2220/361; natural aerodynamic noise synthesis, e.g. wind G10H2250/431)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2250/465 3 Reed instrument sound synthesis, controlling specific features of said sound (spint reed G10H2230/205)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2250/471 1 General musical sound synthesis principles, i.e. sound category-independent synthesis methods (details of musical waveform synthesis G10H2250/541; special instrument [spint] G10H2230/045; sound category-specific synthesis G10H2250/315)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2250/475 2 FM synthesis, i.e. altering the timbre of simple waveforms by frequency modulating them with frequencies also in the audio range, resulting in different-sounding tones exhibiting more complex waveforms
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2250/481 2 Formant synthesis, i.e. simulating the human speech production mechanism by exciting formant resonators, e.g. mimicking vocal tract filtering as in LPC synthesis vocoders, wherein musical instruments may be used as excitation signal to the time-varying filter estimated from a singer's speech (gensound singing voices G10H2250/455; parcor synthesis G10H2250/505; effect Helmholtz G10H2210/275)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2250/485 3 Formant correction therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2250/491 3 Formant interpolation therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2250/495 3 Use of noise in formant synthesis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2250/501 3 Formant frequency shifting, sliding formants (wah-wah spectral modulation G10H2210/231)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2250/505 2 Parcor synthesis, i.e. music synthesis using partial autocorrelation techniques, e.g. in which the impulse response of the digital filter in a parcor speech synthesizer is used as a musical signal (gensound singing voices G10H2250/455; formant synthesis G10H2250/481)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2250/511 2 Physical modelling or real-time simulation of the acoustomechanical behaviour of acoustic musical instruments using, e.g. waveguides or looped delay lines (models in general G05B17/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2250/515 3 Excitation circuits or excitation algorithms therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2250/521 3 Closed loop models therefor, e.g. with filter and delay line
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2250/525 3 Pluridimensional array-based models therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2250/531 3 Room models, i.e. acoustic physical modelling of a room, e.g. concert hall (reverberation or echo G10H2210/281; soundscape or sound field simulation G10H2210/301)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2250/535 3 Waveguide or transmission line-based models
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2250/541 1 Details of musical waveform synthesis, i.e. audio waveshape processing from individual wavetable samples, independently of their origin or of the sound they represent (sound category-dependent sound synthesis G10H2250/315; special instruments [spint] G10H2230/045; general musical sound synthesis principles G10H2250/471)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2250/545 2 Aliasing, i.e. preventing, eliminating or deliberately using aliasing noise, distortions or artifacts in sampled or synthesised waveforms, e.g. by band limiting, oversampling or undersampling, respectively
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2250/551 2 Waveform approximation, e.g. piecewise approximation of sinusoidal or complex waveforms
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2250/555 3 Piecewise linear waveform approximation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2250/561 3 Parabolic waveform approximation, e.g. using second order polynomials or parabolic responses (parabolic or second order polynomials G10H2250/201)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2250/565 3 Polynomial waveform approximation, i.e. using polynomials of third order or higher (third order polynomials G10H2250/205)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2250/571 2 Waveform compression, adapted for music synthesisers, sound banks or wavetables (audio compression G10L19/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2250/575 3 Adaptive MDCT-based compression, e.g. using a hybrid subband-MDCT, as in ATRAC (non adaptive MDCT G10H2250/225)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2250/581 3 Codebook-based waveform compression
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2250/585 4 CELP [code excited linear prediction]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2250/591 3 DPCM [delta pulse code modulation]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2250/595 4 ADPCM [adaptive differential pulse code modulation]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2250/601 3 Compressed representations of spectral envelopes, e.g. LPC [linear predictive coding], LAR [log area ratios], LSP [line spectral pairs], reflection coefficients
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2250/605 3 Dynamic range companding algorithms, e.g. "mu"-law, primarily used in the digital telephone systems of North America and Japan, or A-law as used in European digital telephone systems
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2250/611 2 Waveform decimation, i.e. integer division of the sampling rate for reducing the number of samples in a discrete-time signal, e.g. by low-pass anti-alias filtering followed by the actual downsampling
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2250/615 2 Waveform editing, i.e. setting or modifying parameters for waveform synthesis. (graphical sound editing G10H2220/116)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2250/621 2 Waveform interpolation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2250/625 3 Interwave interpolation, i.e. interpolating between two different waveforms, e.g. timbre or pitch or giving one waveform the shape of another while preserving its frequency or vice versa
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2250/631 2 Waveform resampling, i.e. sample rate conversion or sample depth conversion (waveform decimation G10H2250/611)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2250/635 2 Waveform resolution or sound quality selection, e.g. selection of high or low sampling rates, lossless, lossy or lossier compression algorithms
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2250/641 2 Waveform sampler, i.e. music samplers; Sampled music loop processing, wherein a loop is a sample of a performance that has been edited to repeat seamlessly without clicks or artifacts
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10H2250/645 2 Waveform scaling, i.e. amplitude value normalisation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K SOUND-PRODUCING DEVICES; METHODS OR DEVICES FOR PROTECTING AGAINST, OR FOR DAMPING, NOISE OR OTHER ACOUSTIC WAVES IN GENERAL; ACOUSTICS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K1/00 0 Devices in which sound is produced by striking a resonating body, e.g. bells, chimes or gongs (multi-toned musical instruments G10D13/08; automatic carillons G10F1/10)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K1/06 1 the resonating devices having the shape of a bell, plate, rod, or tube (bells for towers G10K1/28)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K1/062 2 electrically operated
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K1/063 3 the sounding member being a bell
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K1/064 4 Operating or striking mechanisms therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K1/0645 5 {provided with loudness adjustment}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K1/065 5 for timed or repeated operation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K1/066 3 the sounding member being a tube, plate or rod
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K1/067 4 Operating or striking mechanisms therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K1/068 2 hydraulically operated; pneumatically operated
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K1/07 2 mechanically operated; Hand bells; Bells for animals
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K1/071 3 Hand bells; Bells for animals
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K1/072 3 Operating or striking mechanisms therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K1/074 4 with rotary clappers or shells
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K1/076 4 for timed or repeated operation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K1/08 2 Details or accessories of general applicability
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K1/10 3 Sounding members; Mounting thereof; Clappers or other strikers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K1/26 3 Mountings; Casings
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K1/28 1 Bells for towers or the like
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K1/30 2 Details or accessories
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K1/32 3 Sounding members; Clappers or other strikers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K1/34 3 Operating mechanisms
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K1/341 4 {for a still-standing bell}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K1/342 5 {electrically operated}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K1/344 4 {for an oscillating bell which is driven once per cycle}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K1/345 5 {electrically operated}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K1/347 4 {for an oscillating bell which is driven twice per cycle}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K1/348 5 {electrically operated}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K1/36 3 Means for silencing or damping
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K1/38 3 Supports; Mountings
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K3/00 0 Rattles or like noise-producing devices {, e.g. door-knockers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K5/00 0 Whistles
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K5/02 1 Ultrasonic whistles
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K7/00 0 Sirens
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K7/005 1 {Ultrasonic sirens}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K7/02 1 in which the sound-producing member is rotated manually or by a motor (G10K7/06 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K7/04 2 by an electric motor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K7/06 1 in which the sound-producing member is driven by a fluid, e.g. by a compressed gas
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K9/00 0 Devices in which sound is produced by vibrating a diaphragm or analogous element, e.g. fog horns, vehicle hooters or buzzers (loudspeakers or like acoustic electromechanical transducers H04R)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K9/02 1 driven by gas; e.g. suction operated
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K9/04 2 by compressed gases, e.g. compressed air
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K9/06 2 produced by detonation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K9/08 1 driven by water or other liquids
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K9/10 1 driven by mechanical means only
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K9/12 1 electrically operated
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K9/121 2 {Flextensional transducers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K9/122 2 using piezo-electric driving means {(G10K9/121 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K9/125 3 with a plurality of active elements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K9/128 2 using magnetostrictive driving means {(G10K9/121 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K9/13 2 using electromagnetic driving means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K9/15 3 Self-interrupting arrangements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K9/16 2 with means for generating current by muscle power
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K9/18 1 Details, e.g. bulbs, pumps, pistons, switches or casings
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K9/20 2 Sounding members
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K9/22 2 Mountings; Casings
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K11/00 0 Methods or devices for transmitting, conducting or directing sound in general; Methods or devices for protecting against, or for damping, noise or other acoustic waves in general
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K11/002 1 {Devices for damping, suppressing, obstructing or conducting sound in acoustic devices (G10K1/06 - G10K1/10 take precedence; for electro-mechanical transducers for communication H04R3/002)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K11/004 1 {Mounting transducers, e.g. provided with mechanical moving or orienting device (mountings specially adapted to a particular sound-producing device, see the preceding groups G10K1/00 - G10K9/00, e.g. G10K1/26, G10K1/28, G10K9/22; arrangements of sonic watch equipment on submarines B63G8/39; buoys B63B22/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K11/006 2 {Transducer mounting in underwater equipment, e.g. sonobuoys}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K11/008 3 {Arrays of transducers (seismic streamers, see G01V1/20)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K11/02 1 Mechanical acoustic impedances; Impedance matching, e.g. by horns; Acoustic resonators
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K11/025 2 {horns for impedance matching (see provisionally also G10K11/28)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K11/04 2 Acoustic filters {; Acoustic resonators}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K11/08 1 Non-electric sound-amplifying devices, e.g. non-electric megaphones (amplifying by horns G10K11/02; amplifying by focusing G10K11/26)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K11/16 1 Methods or devices for protecting against, or for damping, noise or other acoustic waves in general (G10K11/36 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K11/161 2 {in systems with fluid flow (G10K11/162 takes precedence; gas flow silencers or exhaust apparatus for machines or engines in general or for internal combustion engine F01N, noise absorbers in pipes or pipe systems F16L55/02; noise absorption in air conditioning and ventilation F24F13/24; silencing exhaust or propulsion jets in aircraft B64D33/06)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K11/162 2 Selection of materials
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K11/165 3 Particles in a matrix
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K11/168 3 Plural layers of different materials, e.g. sandwiches
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K11/172 2 using resonance effects
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K11/175 2 using interference effects; Masking sound
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K11/1752 3 {Masking}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K11/1754 4 {Speech masking}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K11/178 3 by electro-acoustically regenerating the original acoustic waves in anti-phase
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K11/1781 4 {characterised by the analysis of input or output signals, e.g. frequency range, modes, transfer functions}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K11/17813 5 {characterised by the analysis of the acoustic paths, e.g. estimating, calibrating or testing of transfer functions or cross-terms}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K11/17815 6 {between the reference signals and the error signals, i.e. primary path}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K11/17817 6 {between the output signals and the error signals, i.e. secondary path}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K11/17819 6 {between the output signals and the reference signals, e.g. to prevent howling}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K11/17821 5 {characterised by the analysis of the input signals only}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K11/17823 6 {Reference signals, e.g. ambient acoustic environment}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K11/17825 6 {Error signals}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K11/17827 6 {Desired external signals, e.g. pass-through audio such as music or speech}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K11/1783 4 {handling or detecting of non-standard events or conditions, e.g. changing operating modes under specific operating conditions}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K11/17833 5 {by using a self-diagnostic function or a malfunction prevention function, e.g. detecting abnormal output levels}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K11/17835 6 {using detection of abnormal input signals}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K11/17837 5 {by retaining part of the ambient acoustic environment, e.g. speech or alarm signals that the user needs to hear}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K11/1785 4 {Methods, e.g. algorithms; Devices (G10K11/1781, G10K11/1783 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K11/17853 5 {of the filter}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K11/17854 6 {the filter being an adaptive filter}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K11/17855 5 {for improving speed or power requirements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K11/17857 5 {Geometric disposition, e.g. placement of microphones}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K11/17861 5 {using additional means for damping sound, e.g. using sound absorbing panels}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K11/1787 4 {General system configurations}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K11/17873 5 {using a reference signal without an error signal, e.g. pure feedforward}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K11/17875 5 {using an error signal without a reference signal, e.g. pure feedback}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K11/17879 5 {using both a reference signal and an error signal}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K11/17881 6 {the reference signal being an acoustic signal, e.g. recorded with a microphone}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K11/17883 6 {the reference signal being derived from a machine operating condition, e.g. engine RPM or vehicle speed}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K11/17885 5 {additionally using a desired external signal, e.g. pass-through audio such as music or speech}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K11/18 1 Methods or devices for transmitting, conducting or directing sound (G10K11/02, G10K11/36 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K11/20 2 Reflecting arrangements (G10K11/28 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K11/205 3 {for underwater use}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K11/22 2 for conducting sound through hollow pipes, e.g. speaking tubes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K11/24 2 for conducting sound through solid bodies, e.g. wires
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K11/26 2 Sound-focusing or directing, e.g. scanning
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K11/28 3 using reflection, e.g. parabolic reflectors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K11/30 3 using refraction, e.g. acoustic lenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K11/32 3 characterised by the shape of the source
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K11/34 3 using electrical steering of transducer arrays, e.g. beam steering {(constructional aspects B06B1/0607, B06B1/085)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K11/341 4 {Circuits therefor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K11/343 5 {using frequency variation or different frequencies}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K11/345 5 {using energy switching from one active element to another}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K11/346 5 {using phase variation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K11/348 5 {using amplitude variation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K11/35 3 using mechanical steering of transducers {or their beams}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K11/352 4 {by moving the transducer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K11/355 5 {Arcuate movement}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K11/357 4 {by moving a reflector}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K11/36 1 Devices for manipulating acoustic surface waves (electro-acoustic amplifiers H03F13/00; networks comprising electro-acoustic elements H03H9/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K13/00 0 Cones, diaphragms, or the like, for emitting or receiving sound in general (for electromechanical transducers H04R7/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K15/00 0 Acoustics not otherwise provided for
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K15/02 1 Synthesis of acoustic waves (synthesis of speech G10L13/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K15/04 1 Sound-producing devices (G10K15/02 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K15/043 2 {producing shock waves (G10K15/046, G10K15/06 take precedence; generating seismic energy G01V1/02)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K15/046 2 {using optical excitation, e.g. laser bundle}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K15/06 2 using electric discharge
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K15/08 1 Arrangements for producing a reverberation or echo sound {(modifying acoustic properties to change reverberation time G10K11/002)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K15/10 2 using time-delay networks comprising electromechanical or electro-acoustic devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K15/12 2 using electronic time-delay networks
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2200/00 0 Details of methods or devices for transmitting, conducting or directing sound in general
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2200/10 1 Beamforming, e.g. time reversal, phase conjugation or similar
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2200/11 1 Underwater, e.g. transducers for generating acoustic waves underwater
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2210/00 0 Details of active noise control [ANC] covered by G10K11/178 but not provided for in any of its subgroups
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2210/10 1 Applications
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2210/101 2 One dimensional
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2210/102 2 Two dimensional
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2210/103 2 Three dimensional
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2210/104 2 Aircos
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2210/105 2 Appliances, e.g. washing machines or dishwashers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2210/1051 3 Camcorder
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2210/1052 3 Copiers or other image-forming apparatus, e.g. laser printer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2210/1053 3 Hi-fi, i.e. anything involving music, radios or loudspeakers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2210/1054 3 Refrigerators
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2210/106 2 Boxes, i.e. active box covering a noise source; Enclosures
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2210/107 2 Combustion, e.g. burner noise control of jet engines (internal combustion engines G10K2210/121)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2210/108 2 Communication systems, e.g. where useful sound is kept and noise is cancelled
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2210/1081 3 Earphones, e.g. for telephones, ear protectors or headsets
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2210/1082 3 Microphones, e.g. systems using "virtual" microphones
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2210/109 2 Compressors, e.g. fans
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2210/11 2 Computers, i.e. ANC of the noise created by cooling fan, hard drive or the like
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2210/111 2 Directivity control or beam pattern
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2210/112 2 Ducts (vehicle exhausts G10K2210/12822)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2210/113 2 Elevators
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2210/114 2 Feeders, i.e. of the vibrating kind
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2210/115 2 Impact noise, e.g. from typewriter or printer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2210/116 2 Medical; Dental
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2210/1161 3 NMR or MRI
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2210/117 2 Nonlinear
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2210/118 2 Panels, e.g. active sound-absorption panels or noise barriers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2210/119 2 Radiation control, e.g. control of sound radiated by vibrating structures
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2210/12 2 Rooms, e.g. ANC inside a room, office, concert hall or automobile cabin
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2210/121 2 Rotating machines, e.g. engines, turbines, motors; Periodic or quasi-periodic signals in general
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2210/122 2 Seismics
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2210/123 2 Synchrophasors or other applications where multiple noise sources are driven with a particular phase relationship
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2210/124 2 Traffic
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2210/125 2 Transformers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2210/126 2 Transients
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2210/127 2 Underwater acoustics, e.g. for submarine
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2210/128 2 Vehicles
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2210/1281 3 Aircraft, e.g. spacecraft, airplane or helicopter
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2210/1282 3 Automobiles
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2210/12821 4 Rolling noise; Wind and body noise
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2210/12822 4 Exhaust pipes or mufflers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2210/1283 3 Trains, trams or the like
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2210/129 2 Vibration, e.g. instead of, or in addition to, acoustic noise
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2210/1291 3 Anti-Vibration-Control, e.g. reducing vibrations in panels or beams
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2210/30 1 Means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2210/301 2 Computational
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2210/3011 3 Single acoustic input
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2210/3012 3 Algorithms
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2210/3013 3 Analogue, i.e. using analogue computers or circuits
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2210/3014 3 Adaptive noise equalizers [ANE], i.e. where part of the unwanted sound is retained
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2210/3015 3 Averaging, e.g. exponential
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2210/3016 3 Control strategies, e.g. energy minimization or intensity measurements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2210/3017 3 Copy, i.e. whereby an estimated transfer function in one functional block is copied to another block
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2210/3018 3 Correlators, e.g. convolvers or coherence calculators
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2210/3019 3 Cross-terms between multiple in's and out's
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2210/3021 3 Eigenfrequencies; Eigenvalues, e.g. used to identify most significant couplings between actuators and sensors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2210/3022 3 Error paths
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2210/3023 3 Estimation of noise, e.g. on error signals
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2210/30231 4 Sources, e.g. identifying noisy processes or components
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2210/30232 4 Transfer functions, e.g. impulse response
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2210/3024 3 Expert systems, e.g. artificial intelligence
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2210/3025 3 Determination of spectrum characteristics, e.g. FFT
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2210/3026 3 Feedback
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2210/3027 3 Feedforward
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2210/3028 3 Filtering, e.g. Kalman filters or special analogue or digital filters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2210/30281 4 Lattice filters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2210/3029 3 Fuzzy logic; Genetic algorithms
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2210/3031 3 Hardware, e.g. architecture
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2210/3032 3 Harmonics or sub-harmonics
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2210/3033 3 Information contained in memory, e.g. stored signals or transfer functions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2210/3034 3 Integrators
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2210/3035 3 Models, e.g. of the acoustic system
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2210/30351 4 Identification of the environment for applying appropriate model characteristics
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2210/3036 3 Modes, e.g. vibrational or spatial modes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2210/3037 3 Monitoring various blocks in the flow chart
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2210/3038 3 Neural networks
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2210/3039 3 Nonlinear, e.g. clipping, numerical truncation, thresholding or variable input and output gain
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2210/30391 4 Resetting of the filter parameters or changing the algorithm according to prevailing conditions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2210/3041 3 Offline
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2210/3042 3 Parallel processing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2210/3043 3 Phase locked loops [PLL]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2210/3044 3 Phase shift, e.g. complex envelope processing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2210/3045 3 Multiple acoustic inputs, single acoustic output
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2210/3046 3 Multiple acoustic inputs, multiple acoustic outputs
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2210/3047 3 Prediction, e.g. of future values of noise
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2210/3048 3 Pretraining, e.g. to identify transfer functions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2210/3049 3 Random noise used, e.g. in model identification
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2210/3051 3 Sampling, e.g. variable rate, synchronous, decimated or interpolated
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2210/3052 3 Simulation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2210/3053 3 Speeding up computation or convergence, or decreasing the computational load
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2210/3054 3 Stepsize variation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2210/3055 3 Transfer function of the acoustic system
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2210/3056 3 Variable gain
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2210/3057 3 Variation of parameters to test for optimisation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2210/321 2 Physical
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2210/3211 3 Active mounts for vibrating structures with means to actively suppress the vibration, e.g. for vehicles
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2210/3212 3 Actuator details, e.g. composition or microstructure
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2210/32121 4 Fluid amplifiers, e.g. modulated gas flow speaker using electrovalves
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2210/3213 3 Automatic gain control [AGC]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2210/3214 3 Architectures, e.g. special constructional features or arrangements of features
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2210/3215 3 Arrays, e.g. for beamforming
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2210/3216 3 Cancellation means disposed in the vicinity of the source
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2210/3217 3 Collocated sensor and cancelling actuator, e.g. "virtual earth" designs
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2210/3218 3 Filters other than the algorithm-related filters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2210/3219 3 Geometry of the configuration
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2210/3221 3 Headrests, seats or the like, for personal ANC systems
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2210/3222 3 Manual tuning
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2210/3223 3 Materials, e.g. special compositions or gases
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2210/3224 3 Passive absorbers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2210/3225 3 Radio or other sources used in ANC for transfer function estimation; Means to avoid interference between desired signals, e.g. from a car stereo, and the ANC signal
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2210/3226 3 Sensor details, e.g. for producing a reference or error signal
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2210/3227 3 Resonators
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2210/32271 4 Active resonators
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2210/32272 4 Helmholtz resonators
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2210/3228 3 Shunts
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2210/3229 3 Transducers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2210/32291 4 Plates or thin films, e.g. PVDF (foil-type piezo-electric elements B06B1/0688)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2210/50 1 Miscellaneous
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2210/501 2 Acceleration, e.g. for accelerometers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2210/502 2 Ageing, e.g. of the control system
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2210/503 2 Diagnostics; Stability; Alarms; Failsafe
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2210/504 2 Calibration
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2210/505 2 Echo cancellation, e.g. multipath-, ghost- or reverberation-cancellation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2210/506 2 Feedback, e.g. howling
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2210/507 2 Flow or turbulence
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2210/508 2 Reviews on ANC in general, e.g. literature
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2210/509 2 Hybrid, i.e. combining different technologies, e.g. passive and active
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2210/51 2 Improving tonal quality, e.g. mimicking sports cars
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2210/511 2 Narrow band, e.g. implementations for single frequency cancellation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10K2210/512 2 Wide band, e.g. non-recurring signals
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L SPEECH ANALYSIS OR SYNTHESIS; SPEECH RECOGNITION; SPEECH OR VOICE PROCESSING; SPEECH OR AUDIO CODING OR DECODING
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L13/00 0 Speech synthesis; Text to speech systems
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L13/02 1 Methods for producing synthetic speech; Speech synthesisers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L2013/021 2 {Overlap-add techniques}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L13/027 2 Concept to speech synthesisers; Generation of natural phrases from machine-based concepts (generation of parameters for speech synthesis out of text G10L13/08)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L13/033 2 Voice editing, e.g. manipulating the voice of the synthesiser
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L13/0335 3 {Pitch control}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L13/04 2 Details of speech synthesis systems, e.g. synthesiser structure or memory management
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L13/047 3 Architecture of speech synthesisers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L13/06 1 Elementary speech units used in speech synthesisers; Concatenation rules
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L13/07 2 Concatenation rules
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L13/08 1 Text analysis or generation of parameters for speech synthesis out of text, e.g. grapheme to phoneme translation, prosody generation or stress or intonation determination
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L2013/083 2 {Special characters, e.g. punctuation marks}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L13/086 2 {Detection of language}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L13/10 2 Prosody rules derived from text; Stress or intonation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L2013/105 3 {Duration}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L15/00 0 Speech recognition (G10L17/00 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L15/005 1 {Language recognition}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L15/01 1 Assessment or evaluation of speech recognition systems
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L15/02 1 Feature extraction for speech recognition; Selection of recognition unit
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L2015/022 2 {Demisyllables, biphones or triphones being the recognition units}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L2015/025 2 {Phonemes, fenemes or fenones being the recognition units}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L2015/027 2 {Syllables being the recognition units}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L15/04 1 Segmentation; Word boundary detection
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L15/05 2 Word boundary detection
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L15/06 1 Creation of reference templates; Training of speech recognition systems, e.g. adaptation to the characteristics of the speaker's voice (G10L15/14 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L15/063 2 {Training}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L2015/0631 3 {Creating reference templates; Clustering}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L2015/0633 4 {using lexical or orthographic knowledge sources}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L2015/0635 3 {updating or merging of old and new templates; Mean values; Weighting}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L2015/0636 4 {Threshold criteria for the updating}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L2015/0638 3 {Interactive procedures}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L15/065 2 Adaptation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L15/07 3 to the speaker
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L15/075 4 {supervised, i.e. under machine guidance}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L15/08 1 Speech classification or search
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L2015/081 2 {Search algorithms, e.g. Baum-Welch or Viterbi}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L15/083 2 {Recognition networks (G10L15/142, G10L15/16 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L2015/085 2 {Methods for reducing search complexity, pruning}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L2015/086 2 {Recognition of spelled words}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L2015/088 2 {Word spotting}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L15/10 2 using distance or distortion measures between unknown speech and reference templates
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L15/12 2 using dynamic programming techniques, e.g. dynamic time warping [DTW]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L15/14 2 using statistical models, e.g. Hidden Markov Models [HMMs] (G10L15/18 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L15/142 3 {Hidden Markov Models [HMMs]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L15/144 4 {Training of HMMs}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L15/146 5 {with insufficient amount of training data, e.g. state sharing, tying, deleted interpolation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L15/148 4 {Duration modelling in HMMs, e.g. semi HMM, segmental models or transition probabilities}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L15/16 2 using artificial neural networks
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L15/18 2 using natural language modelling
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L15/1807 3 {using prosody or stress}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L15/1815 3 {Semantic context, e.g. disambiguation of the recognition hypotheses based on word meaning}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L15/1822 3 {Parsing for meaning understanding}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L15/183 3 using context dependencies, e.g. language models
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L15/187 4 Phonemic context, e.g. pronunciation rules, phonotactical constraints or phoneme n-grams
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L15/19 4 Grammatical context, e.g. disambiguation of the recognition hypotheses based on word sequence rules
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L15/193 5 Formal grammars, e.g. finite state automata, context free grammars or word networks
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L15/197 5 Probabilistic grammars, e.g. word n-grams
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L15/20 1 Speech recognition techniques specially adapted for robustness in adverse environments, e.g. in noise, of stress induced speech (G10L21/02 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L15/22 1 Procedures used during a speech recognition process, e.g. man-machine dialogue
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L2015/221 2 {Announcement of recognition results}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L15/222 2 {Barge in, i.e. overridable guidance for interrupting prompts}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L2015/223 2 {Execution procedure of a spoken command}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L2015/225 2 {Feedback of the input speech}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L2015/226 2 {using non-speech characteristics}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L2015/227 3 {of the speaker; Human-factor methodology}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L2015/228 3 {of application context}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L15/24 1 Speech recognition using non-acoustical features
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L15/25 2 using position of the lips, movement of the lips or face analysis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L15/26 1 Speech to text systems (G10L15/08 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L15/28 1 Constructional details of speech recognition systems
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L15/285 2 {Memory allocation or algorithm optimisation to reduce hardware requirements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L15/30 2 Distributed recognition, e.g. in client-server systems, for mobile phones or network applications
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L15/32 2 Multiple recognisers used in sequence or in parallel; Score combination systems therefor, e.g. voting systems
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L15/34 2 Adaptation of a single recogniser for parallel processing, e.g. by use of multiple processors or cloud computing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L17/00 0 Speaker identification or verification
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L17/02 1 Preprocessing operations, e.g. segment selection; Pattern representation or modelling, e.g. based on linear discriminant analysis [LDA] or principal components; Feature selection or extraction
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L17/04 1 Training, enrolment or model building
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L17/06 1 Decision making techniques; Pattern matching strategies
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L17/08 2 Use of distortion metrics or a particular distance between probe pattern and reference templates
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L17/10 2 Multimodal systems, i.e. based on the integration of multiple recognition engines or fusion of expert systems
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L17/12 2 Score normalisation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L17/14 2 Use of phonemic categorisation or speech recognition prior to speaker recognition or verification
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L17/16 1 Hidden Markov models [HMM]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L17/18 1 Artificial neural networks; Connectionist approaches
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L17/20 1 Pattern transformations or operations aimed at increasing system robustness, e.g. against channel noise or different working conditions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L17/22 1 Interactive procedures; Man-machine interfaces
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L17/24 2 the user being prompted to utter a password or a predefined phrase
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L17/26 1 Recognition of special voice characteristics, e.g. for use in lie detectors; Recognition of animal voices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L19/00 0 Speech or audio signals analysis-synthesis techniques for redundancy reduction, e.g. in vocoders; Coding or decoding of speech or audio signals, using source filter models or psychoacoustic analysis (in musical instruments G10H)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L2019/0001 1 {Codebooks}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L2019/0002 2 {Codebook adaptations}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L2019/0003 2 {Backward prediction of gain}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L2019/0004 2 {Design or structure of the codebook}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L2019/0005 3 {Multi-stage vector quantisation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L2019/0006 3 {Tree or treillis structures; Delayed decisions}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L2019/0007 2 {Codebook element generation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L2019/0008 3 {Algebraic codebooks}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L2019/0009 3 {Orthogonal codebooks}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L2019/001 3 {Interpolation of codebook vectors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L2019/0011 2 {Long term prediction filters, i.e. pitch estimation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L2019/0012 2 {Smoothing of parameters of the decoder interpolation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L2019/0013 2 {Codebook search algorithms}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L2019/0014 3 {Selection criteria for distances}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L2019/0015 3 {Viterbi algorithms}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L2019/0016 2 {Codebook for LPC parameters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L19/0017 1 {Lossless audio signal coding; Perfect reconstruction of coded audio signal by transmission of coding error (G10L19/24 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L19/0018 1 {Speech coding using phonetic or linguistical decoding of the source; Reconstruction using text-to-speech synthesis}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L19/002 1 Dynamic bit allocation (for perceptual audio coders G10L19/032)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L19/005 1 Correction of errors induced by the transmission channel, if related to the coding algorithm
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L19/008 1 Multichannel audio signal coding or decoding using interchannel correlation to reduce redundancy, e.g. joint-stereo, intensity-coding or matrixing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L19/012 1 Comfort noise or silence coding
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L19/018 1 Audio watermarking, i.e. embedding inaudible data in the audio signal
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L19/02 1 using spectral analysis, e.g. transform vocoders or subband vocoders
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L19/0204 2 {using subband decomposition}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L19/0208 3 {Subband vocoders}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L19/0212 2 {using orthogonal transformation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L19/0216 3 {using wavelet decomposition}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L19/022 2 Blocking, i.e. grouping of samples in time; Choice of analysis windows; Overlap factoring
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L19/025 3 Detection of transients or attacks for time/frequency resolution switching
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L19/028 2 Noise substitution, i.e. substituting non-tonal spectral components by noisy source (comfort noise for discontinuous speech transmission G10L19/012)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L19/03 2 Spectral prediction for preventing pre-echo; Temporary noise shaping [TNS], e.g. in MPEG2 or MPEG4
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L19/032 2 Quantisation or dequantisation of spectral components
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L19/035 3 Scalar quantisation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L19/038 3 Vector quantisation, e.g. TwinVQ audio
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L19/04 1 using predictive techniques
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L19/06 2 Determination or coding of the spectral characteristics, e.g. of the short-term prediction coefficients
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L19/07 3 Line spectrum pair [LSP] vocoders
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L19/08 2 Determination or coding of the excitation function; Determination or coding of the long-term prediction parameters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L19/083 3 the excitation function being an excitation gain (G10L25/90 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L19/087 3 using mixed excitation models, e.g. MELP, MBE, split band LPC or HVXC
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L19/09 3 Long term prediction, i.e. removing periodical redundancies, e.g. by using adaptive codebook or pitch predictor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L19/093 3 using sinusoidal excitation models
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L19/097 3 using prototype waveform decomposition or prototype waveform interpolative [PWI] coders
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L19/10 3 the excitation function being a multipulse excitation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L19/107 4 Sparse pulse excitation, e.g. by using algebraic codebook
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L19/113 4 Regular pulse excitation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L19/12 3 the excitation function being a code excitation, e.g. in code excited linear prediction [CELP] vocoders
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L19/125 4 Pitch excitation, e.g. pitch synchronous innovation CELP [PSI-CELP]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L19/13 4 Residual excited linear prediction [RELP]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L19/135 4 Vector sum excited linear prediction [VSELP]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L19/16 2 Vocoder architecture
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L19/167 3 {Audio streaming, i.e. formatting and decoding of an encoded audio signal representation into a data stream for transmission or storage purposes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L19/173 3 {Transcoding, i.e. converting between two coded representations avoiding cascaded coding-decoding}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L19/18 3 Vocoders using multiple modes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L19/20 4 using sound class specific coding, hybrid encoders or object based coding
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L19/22 4 Mode decision, i.e. based on audio signal content versus external parameters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L19/24 4 Variable rate codecs, e.g. for generating different qualities using a scalable representation such as hierarchical encoding or layered encoding
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L19/26 2 Pre-filtering or post-filtering
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L19/265 3 {Pre-filtering, e.g. high frequency emphasis prior to encoding}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L21/00 0 Processing of the speech or voice signal to produce another audible or non-audible signal, e.g. visual or tactile, in order to modify its quality or its intelligibility (G10L19/00 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L21/003 1 Changing voice quality, e.g. pitch or formants
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L21/007 2 characterised by the process used
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L21/01 3 Correction of time axis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L21/013 3 Adapting to target pitch
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L2021/0135 4 {Voice conversion or morphing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L21/02 1 Speech enhancement, e.g. noise reduction or echo cancellation (reducing echo effects in line transmission systems H04B3/20; echo suppression in hands-free telephones H04M9/08)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L21/0208 2 Noise filtering
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L2021/02082 3 {the noise being echo, reverberation of the speech}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L2021/02085 3 {Periodic noise}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L2021/02087 3 {the noise being separate speech, e.g. cocktail party}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L21/0216 3 characterised by the method used for estimating noise
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L2021/02161 4 {Number of inputs available containing the signal or the noise to be suppressed}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L2021/02163 5 {Only one microphone}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L2021/02165 5 {Two microphones, one receiving mainly the noise signal and the other one mainly the speech signal}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L2021/02166 5 {Microphone arrays; Beamforming}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L2021/02168 4 {the estimation exclusively taking place during speech pauses}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L21/0224 4 Processing in the time domain
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L21/0232 4 Processing in the frequency domain
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L21/0264 3 characterised by the type of parameter measurement, e.g. correlation techniques, zero crossing techniques or predictive techniques
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L21/0272 2 Voice signal separating
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L21/028 3 using properties of sound source
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L21/0308 3 characterised by the type of parameter measurement, e.g. correlation techniques, zero crossing techniques or predictive techniques
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L21/0316 2 by changing the amplitude
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L21/0324 3 Details of processing therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L21/0332 4 involving modification of waveforms
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L21/034 4 Automatic adjustment
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L21/0356 3 for synchronising with other signals, e.g. video signals
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L21/0364 3 for improving intelligibility
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L2021/03643 4 {Diver speech}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L2021/03646 4 {Stress or Lombard effect}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L21/038 2 using band spreading techniques
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L21/0388 3 Details of processing therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L21/04 1 Time compression or expansion
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L21/043 2 by changing speed
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L21/045 3 using thinning out or insertion of a waveform
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L21/047 4 characterised by the type of waveform to be thinned out or inserted
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L21/049 4 characterised by the interconnection of waveforms
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L21/055 2 for synchronising with other signals, e.g. video signals
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L21/057 2 for improving intelligibility
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L2021/0575 3 {Aids for the handicapped in speaking}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L21/06 1 Transformation of speech into a non-audible representation, e.g. speech visualisation or speech processing for tactile aids (G10L15/26 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L2021/065 2 {Aids for the handicapped in understanding}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L21/10 2 Transforming into visible information
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L2021/105 3 {Synthesis of the lips movements from speech, e.g. for talking heads}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L21/12 3 by displaying time domain information
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L21/14 3 by displaying frequency domain information
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L21/16 2 Transforming into a non-visible representation (devices or methods enabling ear patients to replace direct auditory perception by another kind of perception A61F11/04)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L21/18 2 Details of the transformation process
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L25/00 0 Speech or voice analysis techniques not restricted to a single one of groups G10L15/00 - G10L21/00 (muting semiconductor-based amplifiers when some special characteristics of a signal are sensed by a speech detector, e.g. sensing when no signal is present, H03G3/34)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L25/03 1 characterised by the type of extracted parameters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L25/06 2 the extracted parameters being correlation coefficients
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L25/09 2 the extracted parameters being zero crossing rates
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L25/12 2 the extracted parameters being prediction coefficients
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L25/15 2 the extracted parameters being formant information
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L25/18 2 the extracted parameters being spectral information of each sub-band
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L25/21 2 the extracted parameters being power information
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L25/24 2 the extracted parameters being the cepstrum
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L25/27 1 characterised by the analysis technique
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L25/30 2 using neural networks
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L25/33 2 using fuzzy logic
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L25/36 2 using chaos theory
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L25/39 2 using genetic algorithms
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L25/45 1 characterised by the type of analysis window
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L25/48 1 specially adapted for particular use
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L25/51 2 for comparison or discrimination
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L25/54 3 for retrieval
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L25/57 3 for processing of video signals
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L25/60 3 for measuring the quality of voice signals
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L25/63 3 for estimating an emotional state
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L25/66 3 for extracting parameters related to health condition (detecting or measuring for diagnostic purposes A61B5/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L25/69 2 for evaluating synthetic or decoded voice signals
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L25/72 2 for transmitting results of analysis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L25/75 1 for modelling vocal tract parameters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L25/78 1 Detection of presence or absence of voice signals (switching of direction of transmission by voice frequency in two-way loud-speaking telephone systems H04M9/10)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L2025/783 2 {based on threshold decision}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L2025/786 3 {Adaptive threshold}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L25/81 2 for discriminating voice from music
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L25/84 2 for discriminating voice from noise
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L25/87 2 Detection of discrete points within a voice signal
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L25/90 1 Pitch determination of speech signals
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L2025/903 2 {using a laryngograph}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L2025/906 2 {Pitch tracking}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L25/93 1 Discriminating between voiced and unvoiced parts of speech signals (G10L25/90 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L2025/932 2 {Decision in previous or following frames}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L2025/935 2 {Mixed voiced class; Transitions}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L2025/937 2 {Signal energy in various frequency bands}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G10L99/00 0 Subject matter not provided for in other groups of this subclass
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11 INFORMATION STORAGE
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B INFORMATION STORAGE BASED ON RELATIVE MOVEMENT BETWEEN RECORD CARRIER AND TRANSDUCER (recording measured values in a way that does not require playback through a transducer G01D9/00; recording or playback apparatus using mechanically marked tape, e.g. punched paper tape, or using unit records, e.g. punched or magnetically marked cards G06K; transferring data from one type of record carrier to another G06K1/18; circuits for coupling output of reproducer to radio receiver H04B1/20; gramophone pick-ups or like acoustic electromechanical transducers or circuits therefor H04R)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B3/00 0 Recording by mechanical cutting, deforming or pressing, e.g. of grooves or pits; Reproducing by mechanical sensing; Record carriers therefor (G11B11/00, {G11B13/00} take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B3/001 1 {with vibrating mechanical coupling means between pick-up element and sound producing element}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B3/002 2 {element with stationary record carriers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B3/003 1 {Devices for transmitting, directing, amplifying sound (in general G10K11/18)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B3/005 2 {through hollow arms}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B3/006 2 {using horns}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B3/007 1 {Devices for controlling sound, e.g. using acoustical impedances, using valves}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B3/008 1 {for digital information}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B3/02 1 Arrangements of heads
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B3/04 2 Multiple, convertible, or alternative transducing arrangements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B3/06 2 Determining or indicating positions of head
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B3/08 2 Raising, lowering, traversing otherwise than for transducing, arresting, or holding-up heads against record carriers {(for transducing G11B3/12, G11B3/34)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B3/085 3 using automatic means (G11B3/095 takes precedence {; if particularly adapted for record-changers see G11B17/16 and subgroups})
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B3/08503 4 {Control of drive of the head}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B3/08506 5 {for pivoting pick-up arms}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B3/08509 6 {using mechanical detecting means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B3/08512 6 {using optical detecting means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B3/08516 6 {using magnetic detecting means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B3/08519 5 {for pick-up arms moving parallel to itself}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B3/08522 6 {using mechanical detecting means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B3/08525 6 {using optical detecting means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B3/08529 6 {using magnetic or electric detecting means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B3/08532 5 {for fixed arms carrying a movable head}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B3/08535 4 {Driving the head}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B3/08538 5 {the head being driven by the same means as the record can}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B3/08541 6 {for pivoting pick-up arms}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B3/08545 7 {driven by cams}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B3/08548 8 {using friction coupling}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B3/08551 9 {for the horizontal movement only}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B3/08554 6 {for pick-up arms moving parallel to itself}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B3/08558 7 {driven by belt or analogous element}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B3/08561 7 {driven by non-skip driving means, e.g. lead screw}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B3/08564 5 {the head being driven by means independent of the record carrier driving means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B3/08567 6 {for pivoting pick-up arms}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B3/0857 7 {driven by means which support the pick-up arm}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B3/08574 8 {the supporting element being different from the rotation-axes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B3/08577 9 {for the vertical movement only}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B3/0858 10 {using mechanical means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B3/08583 10 {using electrical/magnetic means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B3/08587 6 {for pick-up arm moving parallel to itself}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B3/0859 7 {driven by belt or analogous element}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B3/08593 7 {driven by non-skip driving means, e.g. lead screw}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B3/08596 6 {for fixed arms carrying a movable head}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B3/09 3 using manual means only (G11B3/095 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B3/091 4 {using magnetic means (G11B3/093 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B3/092 4 {using mechanical means (G11B3/093 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B3/093 4 {Means coupled to the cover}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B3/095 3 for repeating a part of the record; for beginning or stopping at a desired point of the record
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B3/0952 4 {using automatic means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B3/0955 5 {using mechanical means for detecting the end of the recording}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B3/0957 5 {using optical means for detecting the end of the recording or the desired point thereof}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B3/10 2 Arranging, supporting, or driving of heads or of transducers relatively to record carriers {(guiding record carriers G11B17/00, driving record carriers G11B19/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B3/12 3 Supporting in balanced, counterbalanced or loaded operative position {during transducing}, e.g. loading in direction of traverse
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B3/121 4 {By using mechanical means not provided for in G11B3/14, G11B3/20, e.g. using cams}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B3/122 5 {Providing horizontal force, e.g. anti-skating (G11B3/124 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B3/124 5 {Damping means therefor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B3/125 4 {by using electric or magnetic means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B3/127 5 {Providing horizontal force, e.g. anti-skating force (G11B3/128 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B3/128 5 {Damping means therefor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B3/14 4 by using effects of gravity or inertia, e.g. counterweight (G11B3/28 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B3/145 5 {Providing horizontal force, e.g. anti-skating force (G11B3/18 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B3/16 5 adjustable
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B3/18 5 Damping by using viscosity effect
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B3/20 4 by elastic means, e.g. spring (G11B3/28 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B3/22 5 adjustable
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B3/24 5 acting to decrease pressure on record
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B3/26 5 acting to increase pressure on record
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B3/28 4 providing transverse bias parallel to record
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B3/30 3 Supporting in an inoperative position
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B3/31 4 Construction of arms {(for transmitting, directing or amplifying sound G11B3/003)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B3/32 4 Construction or arrangement of support pillars
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B3/34 3 Driving or guiding during transducing operation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B3/36 4 Automatic-feed mechanisms producing progressive transducing traverse across record carriers otherwise than by grooves, e.g. by lead-screw
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B3/38 4 Guiding, e.g. constructions or arrangements providing linear or other special tracking characteristics
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B3/40 4 Driving of heads relatively to stationary record carriers for transducing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B3/42 3 with provision for adaptation or interchange of heads
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B3/44 1 Styli, e.g. sapphire, diamond
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B3/445 2 {Styli particularly adapted for sensing video discs}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B3/46 2 Constructions or forms {Disposition or mounting}, e.g. attachment of point to shank {(attachment of stylus directly to transducer H04R1/16)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B3/48 3 Needles
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B3/50 2 Anvils or other supports opposing stylus forces
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B3/52 2 Arrangements permitting styli to yield under excessive pressure
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B3/54 2 Storing; Manipulating, e.g. feeding styli to and from heads
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B3/56 2 Sharpening (grinding B24B3/00, B24B19/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B3/58 1 Cleaning record carriers or styli, e.g. removing shavings or dust {or electrostatic charges}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B3/5809 2 {during transducing operation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B3/5818 3 {for record carriers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B3/5827 4 {using means contacting the record carrier}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B3/5836 5 {means connected to the pick-up arm or head}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B3/5845 5 {means connected to a separate arm}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B3/5854 4 {using means not contacting the record carrier}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B3/5863 5 {connected to the pick-up arm or head}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B3/5872 5 {connected to a separate arm}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B3/5881 3 {for styli or needles only}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B3/589 2 {before or after transducing operation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B3/60 1 Turntables for record carriers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B3/61 2 Damping of vibrations of record carriers on turntables
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B3/64 1 Re-recording, i.e. transcribing information from one grooved record carrier on to one or more similar or dissimilar record carriers {(by varying the order of the information G11B27/029, G11B27/036)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B3/66 1 Erasing information, e.g. for reuse of record carrier
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B3/68 1 Record carriers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B3/682 2 {comprising protective coatings, e.g. anti static, anti-friction}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B3/685 2 {Intermediate mediums}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B3/687 2 {Testing thereof (investigating chemical or physical properties of materials G01N)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B3/70 2 characterised by the selection of material or structure; Processes or apparatus specially adapted for manufacturing record carriers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B3/702 3 {for video discs with grooves (G11B3/705 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B3/705 3 {characterised by the selection of the material only}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B3/707 4 {for video discs with grooves}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B3/72 2 Groove formations, e.g. run-in groove, run-out groove
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B3/74 3 Multiple output tracks, e.g. binaural stereophonic
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B3/76 3 forming part of cinematograph films
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B3/78 2 Multiple-track arrangements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B3/80 2 incorporating subsidiary guide means for heads, other than modulated grooves; Part-formed unmodulated grooves for conversion into transducing grooves
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B3/90 2 with means indicating prior or unauthorised use
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/00 0 Recording by magnetisation or demagnetisation of a record carrier; Reproducing by magnetic means; Record carriers therefor (G11B11/00 {and G11B13/00} take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2005/0002 1 {Special dispositions or recording techniques}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2005/0005 2 {Arrangements, methods or circuits}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2005/0008 3 {Magnetic conditionning of heads, e.g. biasing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2005/001 3 {Controlling recording characteristics of record carriers or transducing characteristics of transducers by means not being part of their structure}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2005/0013 4 {of transducers, e.g. linearisation, equalisation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2005/0016 5 {of magnetoresistive transducers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2005/0018 6 {by current biasing control or regulation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2005/0021 3 {Thermally assisted recording using an auxiliary energy source for heating the recording layer locally to assist the magnetization reversal}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2005/0024 3 {Microwave assisted recording}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2005/0026 2 {Pulse recording}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2005/0029 3 {using magnetisation components of the recording layer disposed mainly perpendicularly to the record carrier surface}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2005/0032 2 {Transducing means or record carriers including or interacting with each other through interposition of, a physically controllable magnetic flux masking or focusing element}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2005/0034 3 {switchable at least locally between two different physical states, e.g. magnetic and non-magnetic}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2005/0037 4 {using superconductive elements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/004 1 Recording on, or reproducing or erasing from, magnetic drums (G11B19/00 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/008 1 Recording on, or reproducing or erasing from, magnetic tapes, {sheets, e.g. cards,} or wires (G11B15/00 {G11B19/00} take precedence; {bulk transferring of information magnetisation for re-recording G11B5/865; marking record carriers in digital fashion G06K})
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/00804 2 {magnetic sheets (rotating sheets G11B5/012)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/00808 3 {magnetic cards}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/00813 2 {magnetic tapes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/00817 3 {on longitudinal tracks only, e.g. for serpentine format recording}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/00821 4 {using stationary heads}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/00826 5 {comprising a plurality of single poles or gaps or groups thereof operative at the same time}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/0083 6 {for parallel information processing, e.g. PCM recording}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/00834 5 {using virtual scanning heads}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/00839 4 {using cyclically driven heads providing segmented tracks}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2005/00843 4 {allowing digital compact cassette [DCC] format recording}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/00847 3 {on transverse tracks (G11B5/00878 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/00852 4 {using stationary heads}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/00856 5 {comprising a plurality of single poles or gaps or groups thereof operative in time sequence}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/0086 4 {using cyclically driven heads providing segmented tracks}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/00865 5 {for transducing on more than one segment simultaneously}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/00869 6 {the segments being disposed in different lateral zones of the tape}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/00873 6 {the segments being disposed in different longitudinal zones of the tape}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/00878 3 {transducing different track configurations or formats on the same tape}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/00882 4 {configurations only, e.g. longitudinal and transverse}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/00886 5 {simultaneously}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/00891 4 {formats only, e.g. analog and digital}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/00895 5 {simultaneously}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/012 1 Recording on, or reproducing or erasing from, magnetic disks (G11B17/00, G11B19/00 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/016 2 using magnetic foils
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/02 1 Recording, reproducing, or erasing methods; Read, write or erase circuits therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/022 2 {H-Bridge head driver circuit, the "H" configuration allowing to inverse the current direction in the head}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/024 2 Erasing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/0245 3 {Bulk erasing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/027 2 Analogue recording
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/0275 3 {Boundary displacement recording}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/03 3 Biasing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/035 3 Equalising
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/09 2 Digital recording
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/10 1 Structure or manufacture of housings or shields for heads
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/102 2 {Manufacture of housing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/105 2 Mounting of head within housing {or assembling of head and housing (G11B5/3103 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/11 2 Shielding of head against electric or magnetic fields
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/112 3 {Manufacture of shielding device}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/115 3 Shielding devices arranged between heads or windings ({G11B5/265} , G11B5/29 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/127 1 Structure or manufacture of heads, e.g. inductive
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/1272 2 {Assembling or shaping of elements (G11B5/1278 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/1274 2 {with "composite" cores, i.e. cores composed in some parts of magnetic particles and in some other parts of magnetic metal layers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/1276 3 {including at least one magnetic thin film}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/1278 2 {specially adapted for magnetisations perpendicular to the surface of the record carrier}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/133 2 with cores composed of particles, e.g. with dust cores, with ferrite cores {with cores composed of isolated magnetic particles (in thin films G11B5/31)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/1335 3 {Assembling or shaping of elements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/147 2 with cores being composed of metal sheets, i.e. laminated cores {with cores composed of isolated magnetic layers, e.g. sheets (in thin films G11B5/31)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/1475 3 {Assembling or shaping of elements (G11B5/153 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/153 3 with tape-wound cores
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/17 2 Construction or disposition of windings
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/187 2 Structure or manufacture of the surface of the head in physical contact with, or immediately adjacent to the recording medium; Pole pieces; Gap features (G11B5/265, {G11B5/29} , G11B5/31 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/1871 3 {Shaping or contouring of the transducing or guiding surface}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/1872 4 {for improving the form of the electrical signal transduced, e.g. compensation of "contour effect"}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/1874 5 {specially adapted for composite pole pieces, e.g. for avoiding "pseudo-gap"}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/1875 3 {"Composite" pole pieces, i.e. poles composed in some parts of magnetic particles and in some other parts of magnetic metal layers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/1877 4 {including at least one magnetic thin film}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/1878 5 {disposed immediately adjacent to the transducing gap, e.g. "Metal-In-Gap" structure}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/193 3 the pole pieces being ferrite {or other magnetic particles (G11B5/1871 takes precedence; in thin film G11B5/31)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/21 3 the pole pieces being of ferrous sheet metal {or other magnetic layers (G11B5/1871 takes precedence; in thin film G11B5/31)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/23 3 Gap features {(G11B5/1871, G11B5/1875, G11B5/265, G11B5/29, G11B5/488 and subgroups, G11B5/4907 and subgroups, G11B5/4969 and subgroups take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/232 4 {Manufacture of gap}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/235 4 Selection of material for gap filler {(G11B5/232 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/245 3 comprising means for controlling the reluctance of the magnetic circuit {in a head with single gap, for co-operation with one track} (G11B5/255 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/2452 4 {where the dimensions of the effective gap are controlled}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/2455 5 {the magnetic circuit including at least one magnetic thin film of controllable properties (for scanning G11B5/4938)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/2457 6 {disposed immediately adjacent to the gap ("composite" pole pieces G11B5/1877)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/255 3 comprising means for protection against wear {(in thin film structures G11B5/3106)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/265 2 Structure or manufacture of a head with more than one gap for erasing, recording or reproducing on the same track (G11B5/33 takes precedence {in thin film structures G11B5/31})
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/2651 3 {Manufacture}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/2652 3 {with more than one gap simultaneously operative (with controlled single gap G11B5/245)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/2654 4 {for recording or erasing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/2655 5 {with all the gaps disposed within the track or "guard band" between tracks, e.g. with erase gaps operative on track edges, with wide erase gap followed by narrow write gap}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/2657 6 {all the gaps having the same dimension in the direction transverse to the track direction}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/2658 7 {for recording with premagnetization or biasing of record carrier or head}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/29 2 Structure or manufacture of unitary devices formed of plural heads for more than one track {(G11B5/33, G11B5/49 and subgroups take precedence; in thin film structure G11B5/31)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/295 3 {Manufacture}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/31 2 using thin films {(G11B5/1274, G11B5/1278, G11B5/1874, G11B5/1875, G11B5/33, G11B5/49 take precedence; magnetic thin film structures H01F10/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/3103 3 {Structure or manufacture of integrated heads or heads mechanically assembled and electrically connected to a support or housing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/3106 4 {where the integrated or assembled structure comprises means for conditioning against physical detrimental influence, e.g. wear, contamination (G11B5/3133 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/3109 3 {Details (G11B5/3103 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/3113 4 {for improving the magnetic domain structure or avoiding the formation or displacement of undesirable magnetic domains}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/3116 4 {Shaping of layers, poles or gaps for improving the form of the electrical signal transduced, e.g. for shielding, contour effect, equalizing, side flux fringing, cross talk reduction between heads or between heads and information tracks (G11B5/3113, G11B5/245 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/312 4 {for reducing flux leakage between the electrical coil layers and the magnetic cores or poles or between the magnetic cores or poles}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/3123 5 {by using special coil configurations or conductors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/3126 6 {using superconductors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/313 4 {Disposition of layers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/3133 5 {including layers not usually being a part of the electromagnetic transducer structure and providing additional features, e.g. for improving heat radiation, reduction of power dissipation, adaptations for measurement or indication of gap depth or other properties of the structure (G11B5/3106 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/3136 6 {for reducing the pole-tip-protrusion at the head transducing surface, e.g. caused by thermal expansion of dissimilar materials}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/314 6 {where the layers are extra layers normally not provided in the transducing structure, e.g. optical layers (G11B5/3196 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/3143 5 {including additional layers for improving the electromagnetic transducing properties of the basic structure, e.g. for flux coupling, guiding or shielding (G11B5/3116, G11B5/312 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/3146 6 {magnetic layers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/315 7 {Shield layers on both sides of the main pole, e.g. in perpendicular magnetic heads}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/3153 7 {including at least one magnetic thin film coupled by interfacing to the basic magnetic thin film structure}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/3156 8 {providing interaction by induced or exchange coupling}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/3159 6 {superconductive layers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/3163 3 {Fabrication methods or processes specially adapted for a particular head structure, e.g. using base layers for electroplating, using functional layers for masking, using energy or particle beams for shaping the structure or modifying the properties of the basic layers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/3166 4 {Testing or indicating in relation thereto, e.g. before the fabrication is completed}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/3169 4 {Working or finishing the interfacing surface of heads, e.g. lapping of heads}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/3173 4 {Batch fabrication, i.e. producing a plurality of head structures in one batch}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/3176 3 {Structure of heads comprising at least in the transducing gap regions two magnetic thin films disposed respectively at both sides of the gaps (G11B5/2455, G11B5/265 take precedence; composite magnetic head structures, e.g. "Metal-In-Gap" heads are classified in G11B5/127 or G11B5/187 and subgroups)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/3179 4 {the films being mainly disposed in parallel planes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/3183 5 {intersecting the gap plane, e.g. "horizontal head structure"}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/3186 5 {parallel to the gap plane, e.g. "vertical head structure"}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/3189 3 {Testing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/3193 4 {of films or layers, e.g. continuity test}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/3196 5 {of thin magnetic films, e.g. functional testing of the transducing properties (G11B5/455 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/325 2 Erasing heads using permanent magnets (general details therefor G11B5/133 - G11B5/255)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/33 2 Structure or manufacture of flux-sensitive heads, {i.e. for reproduction only; Combination of such heads with means for recording or erasing only}({Single head using magnetic domains for scanning G11B5/4946; multiple head for scanning G11B5/4907 and subgroups } ; general details therefor G11B5/133 - G11B5/255)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/332 3 {using thin films (G11B5/372, G11B5/3903 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/335 3 with saturated jig, e.g. for detecting second harmonic; balanced flux head
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/35 3 having vibrating elements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/37 3 using galvano-magnetic devices, e.g. Hall-effect devices (G11B5/39 takes precedence){using Hall or Hall-related effect, e.g. planar-Hall effect or pseudo-Hall effect}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/372 4 {in magnetic thin films}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/374 5 {Integrated structures}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/376 4 {in semi-conductors (G11B5/372 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/378 5 {Integrated structures}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/39 3 using magneto-resistive devices {or effects}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/3903 4 {using magnetic thin film layers or their effects, the films being part of integrated structures}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/3906 5 {Details related to the use of magnetic thin film layers or to their effects}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/3909 6 {Arrangements using a magnetic tunnel junction}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/3912 6 {Arrangements in which the active read-out elements are transducing in association with active magnetic shields, e.g. magnetically coupled shields (G11B5/3916 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/3916 6 {Arrangements in which the active read-out elements are coupled to the magnetic flux of the track by at least one magnetic thin film flux guide}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/3919 7 {the guide being interposed in the flux path}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/3922 8 {the read-out elements being disposed in magnetic shunt relative to at least two parts of the flux guide structure}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/3925 9 {the two parts being thin films}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/3929 6 {Disposition of magnetic thin films not used for directly coupling magnetic flux from the track to the MR film or for shielding}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/3932 7 {Magnetic biasing films}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/3935 7 {Flux closure films not being part of the track flux guides}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/3938 8 {the flux closure films being used for absorbing or reducing demagnetisating or saturating fields}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/3941 8 {the flux closure films being used for providing a closed magnetic circuit to the MR film}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/3945 6 {Heads comprising more than one sensitive element}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/3948 7 {the sensitive elements being active read-out elements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/3951 8 {the active elements being arranged on several parallel planes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/3954 9 {the active elements transducing on a single track}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/3958 8 {the active elements being arranged in a single plane, e.g. "matrix" disposition}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/3961 9 {disposed at an angle to the direction of the track or relative movement}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/3964 10 {for transducing on a single track}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/3967 5 {Composite structural arrangements of transducers, e.g. inductive write and magnetoresistive read (G11B5/3906 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/397 6 {with a plurality of independent magnetoresistive active read-out elements for respectively transducing from selected components}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/3974 7 {from the same information track, e.g. frequency bands}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/3977 7 {from different information tracks}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/398 5 {Specially shaped layers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/3983 6 {with current confined paths in the spacer layer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/3987 6 {with provision for closing the magnetic flux during operation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/399 5 {with intrinsic biasing, e.g. provided by equipotential strips}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/3993 5 {in semi-conductors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2005/3996 4 {large or giant magnetoresistive effects [GMR], e.g. as generated in spin-valve [SV] devices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/40 1 Protective measures on heads, e.g. against excessive temperature (G11B5/31 takes precedence; protection against wear G11B5/255 {protective structure of the head: see under structures, e.g. G11B5/3106})
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/41 1 Cleaning of heads {(of record carriers G11B23/50)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/455 1 Arrangements for functional testing of heads; Measuring arrangements for heads
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/4555 2 {by using a spin-stand, i.e. a spinning disc or simulator}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/465 1 Arrangements for demagnetisation of heads
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/48 1 Disposition or mounting of heads {or head supports} relative to record carriers {(mounting of head within housing G11B5/105); arrangements of heads, e.g. for scanning the record carrier to increase the relative speed (driving of both record carriers and head G11B15/18; guiding record carriers G11B15/60; head selecting circuits G11B15/12)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/4806 2 {specially adapted for disk drive assemblies, e.g. assembly prior to operation, hard or flexible disk drives (G11B5/488 - G11B5/54 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/4813 3 {Mounting or aligning of arm assemblies, e.g. actuator arm supported by bearings, multiple arm assemblies, arm stacks or multiple heads on single arm (G11B5/484 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/4826 3 {Mounting, aligning or attachment of the transducer head relative to the arm assembly, e.g. slider holding members, gimbals, adhesive (G11B5/484 takes precedence; details of head housings or structures G11B5/10, G11B5/127; adjustment relative to the record carrier G11B5/56)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/483 4 {Piezo-electric devices between head and arm, e.g. for fine adjustment}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/4833 3 {Structure of the arm assembly, e.g. load beams, flexures, parts of the arm adapted for controlling vertical force on the head (G11B5/484 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/484 3 {Integrated arm assemblies, e.g. formed by material deposition or by etching from single piece of metal or by lamination of materials forming a single arm/suspension/head unit}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/4846 3 {Constructional details of the electrical connection between arm and support}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/4853 3 {Constructional details of the electrical connection between head and arm}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/486 3 {with provision for mounting or arranging electrical conducting means or circuits on or along the arm assembly}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/4866 3 {the arm comprising an optical waveguide, e.g. for thermally-assisted recording}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/4873 3 {the arm comprising piezoelectric or other actuators for adjustment of the arm}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/488 2 {Disposition of heads (G11B5/49, G11B5/52 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/4886 3 {relative to rotating disc}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/4893 3 {relative to moving tape}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/49 2 Fixed mounting {or arrangements, e.g. one head per track}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/4907 3 {Details for scanning (G11B5/4969 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/4915 4 {Structure of specially adapted heads (G11B5/3906 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/4923 5 {in which zones of the transducing part are being physically controllable}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/493 6 {Control of magnetic properties, e.g. saturation, anisotropy}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/4938 7 {of thin magnetic films}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/4946 8 {for formation or displacement of magnetic domains, e.g. walls, bubbles}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/4953 5 {part of the structure being mechanically or magnetically coupled to or decoupled from, the transducing part}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/4961 4 {Circuits}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/4969 3 {Details for track selection or addressing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/4976 4 {Disposition of heads, e.g. matrix arrangement}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/4984 4 {Structure of specially adapted switching heads (G11B5/3958 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/4992 4 {Circuits}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/50 2 Interchangeable mountings, e.g. for replacement of head without readjustment
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/52 2 with simultaneous movement of head and record carrier, e.g. rotation of head (G11B5/588 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/53 3 Disposition or mounting of heads on rotating support
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/531 4 {Disposition of more than one recording or reproducing head on support rotating cyclically around an axis}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/532 5 {Parallel to the direction of movement of the tape, e.g. for transversal scanning}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/534 5 {inclined relative to the direction of movement of the tape, e.g. for helicoidal scanning}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/535 5 {perpendicular to the direction of movement of the tape, e.g. for longitudinal scanning}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/537 6 {with all the heads disposed in a plane substantially parallel to the plane of the tape, e.g. for circular scanning}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/538 4 {Disposition or mounting of pole pieces on rotating support (magnetic switching of fixed head arrangements G11B5/49)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/54 2 with provision for moving the head into or out of its operative position or across tracks
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/55 3 Track change, selection or acquisition by displacement of the head
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/5504 4 {across tape tracks}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/5508 5 {Control circuits therefor (G11B5/5513 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/5513 4 {Specially adapted for transducing in both travelling directions of tape}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/5517 5 {Controlled by automatic tape drive reversing arrangement (reversing tape drive arrangements G11B15/444)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/5521 4 {across disk tracks (spiral track following G11B5/596)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/5526 5 {Control therefor; circuits, track configurations or relative disposition of servo-information transducers and servo-information tracks for control thereof (G11B5/556 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/553 6 {Details}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/5534 7 {Initialisation, calibration, e.g. cylinder "set-up"}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/5539 8 {Skew adjustment, e.g. adjustment of the position of the first sector in each track with respect to the other tracks, for improving, e.g. access performance}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/5543 8 {servo-format therefor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/5547 7 {"Seek" control and circuits therefor (G11B5/5556 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/5552 5 {using fine positioning means for track acquisition separate from the coarse (e.g. track changing) positioning means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/5556 6 {with track following after a "seek"}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/556 7 {control circuits therefor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/5565 5 {system adaptation for compensation of variations of physical parameters, e.g. temperature}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/5569 5 {details of specially adapted mobile parts, e.g. electromechanical control devices (motors in general H02K)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/5573 6 {Details of the magnetic circuit, e.g. of actuators}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/5578 6 {Multiple actuators addressing the same disk, e.g. to improve data rate or access rate}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/5582 5 {system adaptation for working during or after external perturbation, e.g. in the presence of a mechanical oscillation caused by a shock}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/5586 5 {Minimising seek noise, e.g. actuator noise}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/5591 4 {across drum tracks}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/5595 5 {Control circuits therefor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/56 2 with provision for moving the head {support} for the purpose of adjusting the position of the head relative to the record carrier, e.g. manual adjustment for azimuth correction or track centering ({G11B5/52,} G11B5/54, G11B5/58 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/58 2 with provision for moving the head for the purpose of maintaining alignment of the head relative to the record carrier during transducing operation, e.g. to compensate for surface irregularities of the latter or for track following {(spacing means incorporated in the head structure G11B5/187, G11B5/255, G11B5/3106)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/581 3 {maintaining desired contact or spacing by direct interaction of forces generated between heads or supports thereof and record carriers or supports thereof, e.g. attraction-repulsion interactions}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/582 4 {interactions in a magnetic field}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/583 5 {using repulsion generated by superconductors in a magnetic field, e.g. by "Meissner effect"}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/584 3 for track following on tapes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/588 4 by controlling the position of the rotating heads (by controlling the speed of the record carrier G11B15/467; by controlling speed of the heads G11B15/473; {by moving the transducing part of the head relative to the headwheel, in the direction of the scanning movement G11B15/1841})
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/592 5 using bimorph elements supporting the heads {(see provisional also G11B5/588)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/5921 6 {using auxiliary signals, e.g. pilot signals}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/5922 7 {superimposed on the main signal}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/5923 7 {recorded in horizontal suppression internal of video frame}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/5925 7 {recorded in vertical suppression internal of video frame}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/5926 7 {recorded in separate tracks, e.g. servo tracks}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/5927 8 {Helicoidal tracks}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/5928 8 {Longitudinal tracks}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/596 3 for track following on disks {(G11B5/5526, G11B5/5552, G11B5/5565, G11B5/5582 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/59605 4 {Circuits (G11B5/59627 - G11B5/59688 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/59611 5 {Detection or processing of peak/envelop signals}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/59616 5 {Synchronisation; Clocking (G11B5/59622 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/59622 5 {Gain control; Filters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/59627 4 {Aligning for runout, eccentricity or offset compensation (G11B5/5534, G11B5/59677, G11B5/59688 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/59633 4 {Servo formatting (G11B5/59627, G11B5/59677, G11B5/59683, G11B5/59688 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/59638 5 {Servo formatting apparatuses, e.g. servo-writers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/59644 5 {Acquisition or selection of servo format from a system reference (after track seek G11B5/5556)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/5965 5 {Embedded servo format (G11B5/59655 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/59655 5 {Sector, sample or burst servo format}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/59661 5 {Spiral servo format}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/59666 5 {Self servo writing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/59672 5 {Servo re-writing, e.g. for the correction of offsets or 'fading' of servo marks}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/59677 4 {with optical servo tracking}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/59683 4 {for magnetoresistive heads}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/59688 4 {Servo signal format patterns or signal processing thereof, e.g. dual, tri, quad, burst signal patterns}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/59694 4 {System adaptation for working during or after external perturbation, e.g. in the presence of a mechanical oscillation caused by a shock}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/60 3 Fluid-dynamic spacing of heads from record-carriers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/6005 4 {Specially adapted for spacing from a rotating disc using a fluid cushion}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/6011 5 {Control of flying height}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/6017 6 {using capacitive measurement}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/6023 6 {using inductive measurement}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/6029 6 {Measurement using values derived from the data signal read from the disk}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/6035 6 {using electrostatic forces}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/6041 6 {using magnetic forces}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/6047 6 {using magnetostrictive means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/6052 6 {using optical means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/6058 6 {using piezoelectric means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/6064 6 {using air pressure}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/607 6 {using thermal means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/6076 6 {Detecting head-disk contact}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/6082 5 {Design of the air bearing surface}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/6088 5 {Optical waveguide in or on flying head}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/6094 5 {Preventing or discharging electrostatic charge build-up on the flying head}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/62 1 Record carriers characterised by the selection of the material
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/627 2 of leaders for magnetic tapes, e.g. non-magnetic strips on the tapes or for connection
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/633 2 of cinematographic films or slides with integral magnetic track
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/64 2 comprising only the magnetic material without bonding agent
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/642 3 {self supporting magnetic material, e.g. magnetisable wires}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/65 3 characterised by its composition (G11B5/66 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/653 4 {containing Fe or Ni (containing Co G11B5/656; containing inorganic, non-oxide compounds of Si, N, P, B, H or C G11B5/657; containing oxygen G11B5/658)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/656 4 {containing Co (containing inorganic, non-oxide compounds of Si, N, P, B, H or C G11B5/657; containing oxygen G11B5/658)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/657 4 {containing inorganic, non-oxide compound of Si, N, P, B, H or C, e.g. in metal alloy or compound (containing oxygen G11B5/658)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/658 4 {containing oxygen, e.g. molecular oxygen or magnetic oxide}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/66 3 the record carriers consisting of several layers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/667 4 including a soft magnetic layer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/672 4 {having different compositions in a plurality of magnetic layers, e.g. layer compositions having differing elemental components or differing proportions of elements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/674 4 {having differing macroscopic or microscopic structures, e.g. differing crystalline lattices, varying atomic structures or differing roughnesses}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/676 4 {having magnetic layers separated by a nonmagnetic layer, e.g. antiferromagnetic layer, Cu layer or coupling layer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/678 5 {having three or more magnetic layers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/68 2 comprising one or more layers of magnetisable material homogeneously mixed with a bonding agent
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/70 3 on a base layer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/7006 4 {comprising a magnetic layer on both sides covered with non-magnetic material}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/7013 4 {characterised by the dispersing agent}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/702 4 characterised by the bonding agent
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/7021 5 {containing a polyurethane or a polyisocyanate}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/7022 6 {containing mixtures of polyurethanes or polyisocyanates with other polymers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/7023 5 {containing polyesters, polyethers, silicones, polyvinyl resins, polyacrylresins or epoxy resins (G11B5/7022 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/7025 5 {containing cellulosic derivates (G11B5/7022 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/7026 5 {Radiation curable polymers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/7027 5 {Graft polymers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/7028 5 {Additives, e.g. crosslinking agents}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/706 4 characterised by the composition of the magnetic material
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/70605 5 {metals or alloys}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/7061 6 {with a non-magnetic core}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/70615 6 {containing Fe metal or alloys (G11B5/70621 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/70621 6 {containing Co metal or alloys}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/70626 5 {containing non-metallic substances}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/70631 6 {with a non-magnetic core}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/70636 6 {CrO2}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/70642 6 {iron oxides}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/70647 7 {with a skin (G11B5/70657 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/70652 7 {gamma - Fe2 O3}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/70657 8 {with a skin}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/70663 8 {Preparation processes specially adapted therefor, e.g. using stabilising agents (G11B5/70668 and G11B5/70673 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/70668 8 {containing a dopant}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/70673 9 {containing Co}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/70678 7 {Ferrites}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/70684 8 {Ferro-ferrioxydes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/70689 9 {Magnetite}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/70694 9 {Non-stoechiometric ferro-ferrioxydes, e.g. berthollide}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/708 4 characterised by addition of non-magnetic particles to the layer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/7085 5 {non-magnetic abrasive particles}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/71 4 characterised by the lubricant
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/712 4 characterised by the surface treatment or coating of magnetic particles
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/714 4 characterised by the dimension of the magnetic particles
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/716 4 characterised by two or more magnetic layers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/718 5 at least one on each side of the base layer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/72 2 Protective coatings, e.g. anti-static {or antifriction}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/722 3 {containing an anticorrosive material}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/725 3 containing a lubricant {, e.g. organic compounds (inorganic carbon protective coating G11B5/727)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/7253 4 {Fluorocarbon lubricant}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/7257 5 {Perfluoropolyether lubricant}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/726 3 {Two or more protective coatings (inorganic carbon protective coating G11B5/727)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/7262 4 {Inorganic protective coating}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/7264 5 {Inorganic carbon protective coating, e.g. graphite, diamond like carbon or doped carbon}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/7266 6 {comprising a lubricant over the inorganic carbon coating}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/7268 6 {comprising elemental nitrogen in the inorganic carbon coating}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/727 3 {Inorganic carbon protective coating, e.g. graphite, diamond like carbon or doped carbon}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/728 3 {containing a bonding agent in the protective coating}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/73 2 Base layers {, i.e. all non-magnetic layers lying under a lowermost magnetic recording layer, e.g. including any non-magnetic layer in between a first magnetic recording layer and either an underlying substrate or a soft magnetic underlayer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/733 3 characterised by the addition of non-magnetic particles {(base layers having a non-magnetic layer under a soft magnetic layer G11B5/736; magnetic recording media substrates G11B5/739)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/7334 4 {Base layer characterised by composition or structure}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/735 3 characterised by the back layer {(magnetic recording media substrates G11B5/739)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/7353 4 {for a thin film medium where the magnetic recording layer structure has no bonding agent}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/7356 4 {comprising non-magnetic particles in the back layer, e.g. particles of TiO2, ZnO or SiO2}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/7358 5 {specially adapted for achieving a specific property, e.g. average roughness [Ra]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/736 3 {Non-magnetic layer under a soft magnetic layer, e.g. between a substrate and a soft magnetic underlayer [SUL] or a keeper layer (magnetic recording media substrates G11B5/739)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/7361 4 {Two or more non-magnetic layers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/7362 5 {Physical structure of underlayer, e.g. texture}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/7363 4 {Non-magnetic single underlayer comprising nickel}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/7364 4 {Non-magnetic single underlayer comprising chromium}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/7365 4 {Non-magnetic single underlayer comprising a polymeric structure, e.g. polymeric adhesion layer or plasma-polymerized carbon layer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/7366 4 {for heat-assisted or thermally-assisted magnetic recording [HAMR, TAMR]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/7367 4 {Physical structure of underlayer, e.g. texture}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/7368 3 {Non-polymeric layer under the lowermost magnetic recording layer (base layers having a non-magnetic layer under a soft magnetic layer G11B5/736; magnetic recording media substrates G11B5/739)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/7369 4 {Two or more non-magnetic underlayers, e.g. seed layers or barrier layers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/737 5 {Physical structure of underlayer, e.g. texture}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/7371 4 {Non-magnetic single underlayer comprising nickel}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/7373 4 {Non-magnetic single underlayer comprising chromium}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/7375 4 {for heat-assisted or thermally-assisted magnetic recording [HAMR, TAMR]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/7377 4 {Physical structure of underlayer, e.g. texture}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/7379 4 {Seed layer, e.g. at least one non-magnetic layer is specifically adapted as a seed or seeding layer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/739 3 {Magnetic recording media substrates}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/73911 4 {Inorganic substrates}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/73913 5 {Composites or coated substrates}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/73915 6 {Silicon compound based coating}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/73917 5 {Metallic substrates, i.e. elemental metal or metal alloy substrates}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/73919 6 {Aluminium or titanium elemental or alloy substrates}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/73921 5 {Glass or ceramic substrates}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/73923 4 {Organic polymer substrates}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/73925 5 {Composite or coated non-esterified substrates}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/73927 5 {Polyester substrates, e.g. polyethylene terephthalate}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/73929 6 {comprising naphthalene ring compounds, e.g. polyethylene naphthalate substrates}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/73931 6 {Two or more layers, at least one layer being polyester}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/73933 6 {Surface treated layers, e.g. treated by corona discharge}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/73935 6 {characterised by roughness or surface features, e.g. by added particles}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/73937 5 {Substrates having an organic polymer comprising a ring structure}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/74 1 Record carriers characterised by the form, e.g. sheet shaped to wrap around a drum
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/743 2 {Patterned record carriers, wherein the magnetic recording layer is patterned into magnetic isolated data islands, e.g. discrete tracks}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/746 3 {Bit Patterned record carriers, wherein each magnetic isolated data island corresponds to a bit}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/76 2 Drum carriers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/78 2 Tape carriers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/80 2 Card carriers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/82 2 Disk carriers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/825 3 {flexible discs}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/84 1 Processes or apparatus specially adapted for manufacturing record carriers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/8404 2 {manufacturing base layers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/8408 2 {protecting the magnetic layer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/8412 2 {treatment by ultrasonics}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/8416 2 {coating a support with a magnetic layer by precipitation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/842 2 Coating a support with a liquid magnetic dispersion
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/845 3 in a magnetic field
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/848 2 Coating a support with a magnetic layer by extrusion
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/85 2 Coating a support with a magnetic layer by vapour deposition
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/851 2 Coating a support with a magnetic layer by sputtering
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/852 2 Orientation in a magnetic field (G11B5/845 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/855 2 Coating only part of a support with a magnetic layer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/858 2 Producing a magnetic layer by electro-plating or electroless plating
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/86 1 Re-recording, i.e. transcribing information from one magnetisable record carrier on to one or more similar or dissimilar record carriers {(by varying the order of the information G11B27/029, G11B27/036)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B5/865 2 {by contact "printing"}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/00 0 Recording or reproducing by optical means, e.g. recording using a thermal beam of optical radiation {by modifying optical properties or the physical structure}, reproducing using an optical beam at lower power {by sensing optical properties}; Record carriers therefor (G11B11/00, G11B13/00 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2007/0003 1 {Recording, reproducing or erasing systems characterised by the structure or type of the carrier}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2007/0006 2 {adapted for scanning different types of carrier, e.g. CD & DVD}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2007/0009 2 {for carriers having data stored in three dimensions, e.g. volume storage}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2007/0013 3 {for carriers having multiple discrete layers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2007/0016 2 {for carriers adapted to have label information written on the non-data side by the optical head used for data recording, e.g. lightscribe, labelflash}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/002 1 Recording, reproducing or erasing systems characterised by the shape {or form} of the carrier
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/0025 2 with cylinders or cylinder-like carriers {or cylindrical sections or flat carriers loaded onto a cylindrical surface}, e.g. truncated cones
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/003 2 with webs {, filaments or wires}, e.g. belts, spooled tapes or films of quasi-infinite extent
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/0031 3 {using a rotating head, e.g. helicoidal recording}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/0032 3 {for moving-picture soundtracks, i.e. cinema (cameras or projectors with sound recording or reproducing means G03B31/02)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/0033 2 with cards {or other card-like flat carriers, e.g. flat sheets of optical film}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/0037 2 with discs
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/00375 3 {arrangements for detection of physical defects, e.g. of recording layer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/004 1 Recording, reproducing or erasing methods; Read, write or erase circuits therefor {(magneto-optical systems G11B11/105)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/0045 2 Recording (G11B7/006, G11B7/0065 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/00451 3 {involving ablation of the recording layer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/00452 3 {involving bubble or bump forming}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/00453 3 {involving spectral or photochemical hole burning}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/00454 3 {involving phase-change effects}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/00455 3 {involving reflectivity, absorption or colour changes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/00456 3 {Recording strategies, e.g. pulse sequences (G11B7/0062 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2007/00457 3 {Two photon recording}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/00458 3 {Verification, i.e. checking data during or after recording}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/005 2 Reproducing (G11B7/0065 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/0051 3 {involving phase depth effects}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/0052 3 {involving reflectivity, absorption or colour changes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/0053 3 {Reproducing non-user data, e.g. wobbled address, prepits, BCA}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/0055 2 Erasing (G11B7/006, G11B7/0065 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/00552 3 {involving colour change media}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/00555 3 {involving liquid crystal media}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/00557 3 {involving phase-change media}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/006 2 Overwriting (G11B7/0065 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/0062 3 {Overwriting strategies, e.g. recording pulse sequences with erasing level used for phase-change media}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/0065 2 Recording, reproducing or erasing by using optical interference patterns, e.g. holograms
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2007/00653 3 {Collinear holography}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2007/00656 3 {Counterpropagating holography}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/007 1 Arrangement of the information on the record carrier, e.g. form of tracks {, actual track shape, e.g. wobbled, or cross-section, e.g. v-shaped; Sequential information structures, e.g. sectoring or header formats within a track}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2007/00709 2 {Dimensions of grooves or tracks, e.g. groove depth, track pitch}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/00718 2 {Groove and land recording, i.e. user data recorded both in the grooves and on the lands}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2007/00727 2 {where the information is modified to form a visible pattern, e.g. forming a label by modifying the width of pits or grooves}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/00736 2 {Auxiliary data, e.g. lead-in, lead-out, Power Calibration Area [PCA], Burst Cutting Area [BCA], control information (sector headers or adresses in prepits G11B7/00745; address data in track wobble G11B7/24082)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/00745 2 {Sectoring or header formats within a track (formats in general G11B20/12)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2007/00754 2 {Track shape, e.g. address or synchronisation information in wobbled track or sidewall}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2007/00763 2 {Track cross-section, e.g. V-shaped, trapezoidal}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/00772 2 {on record carriers storing information in the form of optical interference patterns, e.g. holograms}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/00781 3 {Auxiliary information, e.g. index marks, address marks, pre-pits, gray codes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/0079 2 {Zoned data area, e.g. having different data structures or formats for the user data within data layer, Zone Constant Linear Velocity [ZCLV], Zone Constant Angular Velocity [ZCAV], carriers with RAM and ROM areas}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/013 2 for discrete information, i.e. where each information unit is stored in a distinct discrete location {, e.g. digital information formats within a data block or sector}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2007/0133 3 {Details of discrete information structures, e.g. shape or dimensions of pits, prepits}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2007/0136 3 {where each location can have more than two values ('multivalue'), for data or prepits}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/08 1 Disposition or mounting of heads or light sources relatively to record carriers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/081 2 {for time base error correction by moving the light beam}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/082 2 {Aligning the head or the light source relative to the record carrier otherwise than during transducing, e.g. adjusting tilt set screw during assembly of head}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/083 2 {relative to record carriers storing information in the form of optical interference patterns, e.g. holograms}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/085 2 with provision for moving the light beam into, or out of, its operative position {or across tracks, otherwise than during the transducing operation, e.g. for adjustment or preliminary positioning or track change or selection}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/08505 3 {Methods for track change, selection or preliminary positioning by moving the head}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/08511 4 {with focus pull-in only}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/08517 4 {with tracking pull-in only}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/08523 4 {with both tracking and focusing pull-in}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/08529 4 {Methods and circuits to control the velocity of the head as it traverses the tracks}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/08535 5 {to maintain constant velocity during the traverse}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/08541 4 {involving track counting to determine position}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/08547 3 {Arrangements for positioning the light beam only without moving the head, e.g. using static electro-optical elements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/08552 4 {using electro-optical elements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/08558 4 {using acousto-optical elements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/08564 4 {using galvanomirrors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/0857 3 {Arrangements for mechanically moving the whole head}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/08576 4 {Swinging-arm positioners}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/08582 4 {Sled-type positioners}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/08588 5 {with position sensing by means of an auxiliary system using an external scale}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/08594 4 {to access both sides of the disc with the same head assembly}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/09 2 with provision for moving the light beam or focus plane for the purpose of maintaining alignment of the light beam relative to the record carrier during transducing operation, e.g. to compensate for surface irregularities of the latter or for track following
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/0901 3 {for track following only (G11B7/0925, G11B7/094, G11B7/0941, G11B7/0943, G11B7/0945, G11B7/0946, G11B7/0948 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/0903 4 {Multi-beam tracking systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/0904 4 {Dithered tracking systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/0906 4 {Differential phase difference systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/0908 3 {for focusing only (G11B7/0925, G11B7/094, G11B7/0941, G11B7/0943, G11B7/0945, G11B7/0946, G11B7/0948 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/0909 4 {by astigmatic methods}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/0911 4 {by far-field method}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/0912 4 {by push-pull method}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/0914 4 {by non-optical methods, e.g. capacitive}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/0916 4 {Foucault or knife-edge methods}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/0917 4 {Focus-error methods other than those covered by G11B7/0909 - G11B7/0916}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2007/0919 5 {Critical angle methods}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2007/092 5 {Dither methods}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2007/0922 5 {Far-field methods}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2007/0924 5 {Skewed beams methods (using an angled beam, i.e. a beam which is reflected from the disc at an angle different from 90°)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/0925 3 {Electromechanical actuators for lens positioning (G11B7/0857 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/0927 4 {for focusing only (G11B7/0937 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/0929 4 {for tracking only (G11B7/0937 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/093 4 {for focusing and tracking (G11B7/0932 - G11B7/0937 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/0932 4 {Details of sprung supports}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/0933 4 {Details of stationary parts}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/0935 4 {Details of the moving parts}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/0937 4 {Piezo-electric actuators}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/0938 3 {servo format, e.g. guide tracks, pilot signals}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/094 3 {Methods and circuits for servo offset compensation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/0941 3 {Methods and circuits for servo gain or phase compensation during operation (for initialising servos G11B7/0945)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/0943 3 {Methods and circuits for performing mathematical operations on individual detector segment outputs}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/0945 3 {Methods for initialising servos, start-up sequences}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/0946 3 {specially adapted for operation during external perturbations not related to the carrier or servo beam, e.g. vibration}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/0948 3 {specially adapted for detection and avoidance or compensation of imperfections on the carrier, e.g. dust, scratches, dropouts (G11B7/095 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/095 3 specially adapted for discs, e.g. for compensation of eccentricity or wobble
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/0953 4 {to compensate for eccentricity of the disc or disc tracks}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/0956 4 {to compensate for tilt, skew, warp or inclination of the disc, i.e. maintain the optical axis at right angles to the disc}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/10 2 Interchangeable mountings, e.g. for replacement of head without readjustment {including interchangeable electrical adjuster boards}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/12 1 Heads, e.g. forming of the optical beam spot or modulation of the optical beam (disposition or mounting of head elements within housing or with provision for moving of light source, optical beam or detector, irrelevant to the transducing method G11B7/08 {; modulating lasers H01S3/10; controlling the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light beams arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching gating or modulating G02F1/00})
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/121 2 Protecting the head, e.g. against dust or impact with the record carrier
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/122 2 Flying-type heads, e.g. analogous to Winchester type in magnetic recording
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/123 2 Integrated head arrangements, e.g. with source and detectors mounted on the same substrate
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/124 3 the integrated head arrangements including waveguides
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/1245 4 the waveguides including means for electro-optical or acousto-optical deflection
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/125 2 Optical beam sources therefor, e.g. laser control circuitry specially adapted for optical storage devices; Modulators, e.g. means for controlling the size or intensity of optical spots or optical traces
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/126 3 Circuits, methods or arrangements for laser control or stabilisation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/1263 4 Power control during transducing, e.g. by monitoring
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/1267 4 Power calibration
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/127 3 Lasers; Multiple laser arrays {(lasers per se H01S)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/1275 4 Two or more lasers having different wavelengths
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/128 3 Modulators (G11B7/1245 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/13 2 Optical detectors therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/131 3 Arrangement of detectors in a multiple array
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/133 3 Shape of individual detector elements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/135 2 Means for guiding the beam from the source to the record carrier or from the record carrier to the detector
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/1353 3 Diffractive elements, e.g. holograms or gratings {(diffraction gratings per se G02B5/18; holograms per se G02B5/32; grating systems G02B27/44)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/1356 3 Double or multiple prisms, i.e. having two or more prisms in cooperation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/1359 3 Single prisms
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/1362 3 Mirrors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/1365 3 Separate or integrated refractive elements, e.g. wave plates
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/1367 4 Stepped phase plates
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/1369 4 Active plates, e.g. liquid crystal panels or electrostrictive elements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/1372 3 Lenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2007/13722 4 {Fresnel lenses}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2007/13725 4 {Catadioptric lenses, i.e. having at least one internal reflective surface}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2007/13727 4 {Compound lenses, i.e. two or more lenses co-operating to perform a function, e.g. compound objective lens including a solid immersion lens, positive and negative lenses either bonded together or with adjustable spacing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/1374 4 Objective lenses {(optical objectives per se G02B9/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/1376 4 Collimator lenses {(collimators per se G02B27/30)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/1378 4 Separate aberration correction lenses; Cylindrical lenses to generate astigmatism; Beam expanders
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/1381 3 Non-lens elements for altering the properties of the beam, e.g. knife edges, slits, filters or stops (G11B7/1353 - G11B7/1369 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/1384 3 Fibre optics
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/1387 3 using the near-field effect
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/139 3 Numerical aperture control means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/1392 3 Means for controlling the beam wavefront, e.g. for correction of aberration {(optical systems for aberration correction per se G02B27/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/13922 4 {passive}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/13925 4 {active, e.g. controlled by electrical or mechanical means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/13927 5 {during transducing, e.g. to correct for variation of the spherical aberration due to disc tilt or irregularities in the cover layer thickness}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/1395 3 Beam splitters or combiners (G11B7/1353, G11B7/1356 take precedence {; beam splitting or combining per se G02B27/10})
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/1398 3 Means for shaping the cross-section of the beam, e.g. into circular or elliptical cross-section
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/14 2 specially adapted to record on, or to reproduce from, more than one track simultaneously
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/22 2 Apparatus or processes for the manufacture of optical heads, e.g. assembly
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/24 1 Record carriers characterised by shape, structure or physical properties, or by the selection of the material (characterised by the arrangement of information on the carrier G11B7/007)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2007/240004 2 {characterised by the form of the carrier}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2007/240008 3 {Cards}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2007/240012 4 {intended for rotation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2007/240017 3 {Tapes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2007/240021 3 {Cylinders}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2007/240025 2 {for storing optical interference patterns, e.g. holograms}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/24003 2 Shapes of record carriers other than disc shape
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/24006 3 Cylindrical or shaft-shaped
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/24009 3 Tapes, long films or long sheets
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/24012 3 Optical cards
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/24015 2 Air-sandwiched discs
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/24018 2 Laminated discs (G11B7/24015 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/24021 3 provided with a special shape or structure for centering or eccentricity prevention, e.g. alignment
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/24024 3 Adhesion or bonding, e.g. specific adhesive layers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/24027 3 Layers; Shape, structure or physical properties thereof (G11B7/24021, G11B7/24024 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/2403 2 Layers; Shape, structure or physical properties thereof
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/24033 3 Electrode layers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/24035 3 Recording layers (substrates also used as recording layers G11B7/24047)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/24038 4 Multiple laminated recording layers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/24041 5 with different recording characteristics
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/24044 4 for storing optical interference patterns, e.g. holograms; for storing data in three dimensions, e.g. volume storage (G11B7/24038 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/24047 3 Substrates
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/2405 4 being also used as track layers of pre-formatted layers (tracks or pits G11B7/2407)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/24053 3 Protective topcoat layers lying opposite to the light entrance side, e.g. layers for preventing electrostatic charging
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/24056 3 Light transmission layers lying on the light entrance side and being thinner than the substrate, e.g. specially adapted for Blu-ray® discs
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/24059 4 specially adapted for near-field recording or reproduction
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/24062 3 Reflective layers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/24065 3 Layers assisting in recording or reproduction below the optical diffraction limit, e.g. non-linear optical layers or structures (cover layers for near-field media G11B7/24059)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/24067 3 Combinations of two or more layers with specific interrelation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/2407 2 Tracks or pits; Shape, structure or physical properties thereof (layout of tracks or pits used as the identification information G11B7/007)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/24073 3 Tracks
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/24076 4 Cross sectional shape in the radial direction of a disc, e.g. asymmetrical cross sectional shape
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/24079 4 Width or depth (G11B7/24076 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/24082 4 Meandering
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/24085 3 Pits
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/24088 4 for storing more than two values, i.e. multi-valued recording for data or prepits
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/24091 3 Combinations of pits and tracks with specific interrelation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/24094 2 Indication parts or information parts for identification
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/24097 2 Structures for detection, control, recording operation or replay operation; Special shapes or structures for centering or eccentricity prevention (within laminated discs G11B7/24021); Arrangements for testing, inspecting or evaluating; Containers, cartridges or cassettes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/241 2 characterised by the selection of the material
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/242 3 of recording layers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/243 4 comprising inorganic materials only, e.g. ablative layers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2007/24302 5 {Metals or metalloids}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2007/24304 6 {group 2 or 12 elements (e.g. Be, Ca, Mg, Zn, Cd)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2007/24306 6 {transition metal elements of groups 3-10}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2007/24308 6 {transition metal elements of group 11 (Cu, Ag, Au)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2007/2431 6 {group 13 elements (B, Al, Ga, In)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2007/24312 6 {group 14 elements (e.g. Si, Ge, Sn)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2007/24314 6 {group 15 elements (e.g. Sb, Bi)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2007/24316 6 {group 16 elements (i.e. chalcogenides, Se, Te)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2007/24318 5 {Non-metallic elements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2007/2432 6 {Oxygen}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2007/24322 6 {Nitrogen}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2007/24324 6 {Sulfur}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2007/24326 6 {Halides (F, CI, Br...)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2007/24328 6 {Carbon}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/2433 5 Metals or elements of groups 13, 14, 15 or 16 of the Periodic System, e.g. B, Si, Ge, As, Sb, Bi, Se or Te
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/2437 5 Non-metallic elements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/244 4 comprising organic materials only
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2007/2445 5 {containing an azulene compound}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/245 5 containing a polymeric component
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/246 5 containing dyes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2007/24606 6 {Azo- dyes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2007/24612 6 {two or more dyes in one layer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2007/24618 6 {two or more dyes in two or more different layers, e.g. one dye absorbing at 405 nm in layer one and a different dye absorbing at 650 nm in layer two}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2007/24624 6 {fluorescent dyes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/2463 6 azulene
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/2467 6 azo-dyes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/247 6 methine or polymethine dyes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2007/24705 7 {Cyanine}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2007/2471 7 {Merocyanine}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2007/24715 7 {Oxonol}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/2472 7 cyanine
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/2475 7 merocyanine
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/2478 7 oxonol
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/248 6 porphines; azaporphines, e.g. phthalocyanines
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/249 5 containing organometallic compounds (G11B7/246 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2007/24905 6 {neutral}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2007/2491 6 {as anion}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2007/24915 6 {as cation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/2492 6 neutral compounds
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/2495 6 as anions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/2498 6 as cations
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/25 5 containing liquid crystals
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/251 4 comprising inorganic materials dispersed in an organic matrix
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/252 3 of layers other than recording layers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/253 4 of substrates
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2007/25301 5 {comprising glass}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2007/25302 5 {comprising metals}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2007/25303 5 {comprising resins}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2007/25304 6 {Polycarbonate [PC]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2007/25305 6 {Polyester, e.g. PET, PETG, PEN}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2007/25306 6 {Polystyrene [PS]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2007/25307 6 {Polycycloolefines [COCs]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2007/25308 6 {Biodegradable polymers, cellulose included}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/2531 5 comprising glass
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/2532 5 comprising metals
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/2533 5 comprising resins
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/2534 6 polycarbonates [PC]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/2535 6 polyesters, e.g. PET, PETG or PEN
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/2536 6 polystyrene [PS]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/2537 6 epoxy resins
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/2538 6 polycycloolefins [PCO]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/2539 6 biodegradable polymers, e.g. cellulose
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/254 4 of protective topcoat layers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2007/25402 5 {consisting essentially of organic resins}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2007/25405 6 {comprising inorganic filler, e.g. particles, fibres}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2007/25408 5 {consisting essentially of inorganic materials}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2007/25411 6 {containing transition metal elements (Zn, Fe, Co, Ni, Pt)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2007/25414 6 {containing Group 13 elements (B, Al, Ga)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2007/25417 6 {containing Group 14 elements (C, Si, Ge, Sn)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/2542 5 consisting essentially of organic resins
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/2545 6 containing inorganic fillers, e.g. particles or fibres
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/2548 5 consisting essentially of inorganic materials
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/256 4 of layers improving adhesion between layers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/257 4 of layers having properties involved in recording or reproduction, e.g. optical interference layers or sensitising layers or dielectric layers, which are protecting the recording layers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2007/25701 5 {consisting essentially of organic materials}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2007/25703 6 {Resins}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2007/25705 5 {consisting essentially of inorganic materials}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2007/25706 6 {containing transition metal elements (Zn, Fe, Co, Ni, Pt)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2007/25708 6 {containing group 13 elements (B, Al, Ga)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2007/2571 6 {containing group 14 elements except carbon (Si, Ge, Sn, Pb)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2007/25711 6 {containing carbon}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2007/25713 6 {containing nitrogen}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2007/25715 6 {containing oxygen}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2007/25716 6 {containing sulfur}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2007/25718 6 {containing halides (F, Cl, Br, l)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/2572 5 consisting essentially of organic materials
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/2575 6 resins
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/2578 5 consisting essentially of inorganic materials
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/258 4 of reflective layers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2007/2581 5 {based on aluminium}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2007/2582 5 {based on silver}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2007/2583 5 {based on gold}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/2585 5 based on aluminium
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/259 5 based on silver
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/2595 5 based on gold
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/26 2 Apparatus or processes specially adapted for the manufacture of record carriers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/261 3 {Preparing a master, e.g. exposing photoresist, electroforming}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/263 3 {Preparing and using a stamper, e.g. pressing or injection molding substrates (production of optical record carriers, e.g. optical discs B29D17/005)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/265 3 {Apparatus for the mass production of optical record carriers, e.g. complete production stations, transport systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/266 3 {Sputtering or spin-coating layers (sputtering in general C23C14/24; spin-coating in general B05D1/005)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/268 3 {Post-production operations, e.g. initialising phase-change recording layers, checking for defects (investigating the presence of flaws or contamination in optical discs G01N21/9506)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B7/28 1 Re-recording, i.e. transcribing information from one optical record carrier on to one or more similar or dissimilar record carriers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B9/00 0 Recording or reproducing using a method not covered by one of the main groups G11B3/00 - G11B7/00; Record carriers therefor (G11B11/00 takes precedence {driving or moving of heads G11B21/02})
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B9/02 1 using ferroelectric record carriers; Record carriers therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B9/04 1 using record carriers having variable electric resistance; Record carriers therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B9/06 1 using record carriers having variable electrical capacitance; Record carriers therefor (G11B9/02 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B9/061 2 {Record carriers characterised by their structure or form or by the selection of the material; Apparatus or processes specially adapted for the manufacture of record carriers (processes involving a single technical art and for which provision exists elsewhere, see the relevant class, e.g. B05D, F16N, C08L)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B9/062 3 {characterised by the form, e.g. comprising mechanical protection elements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B9/063 3 {characterised by the selection of the material}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B9/065 4 {Additional layers for lubrication, wear protection or elimination of electrostatic charges of the interface between record carrier and head (G11B9/066, G11B9/067 and G11B9/068 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B9/066 4 {Electrically conductive layers (G11B9/068 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B9/067 4 {Dielectric layers; Processes for providing electrical conductivity to them (G11B9/068 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B9/068 4 {Moulding resin compositions}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B9/07 2 Heads for reproducing capacitive information
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B9/075 3 {using mechanical contact with record carrier, e.g. by stylus}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B9/08 1 using electrostatic charge injection; Record carriers therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B9/10 1 using electron beam; Record carriers therefor (G11B9/08 takes precedence {see provisional also G11B11/03})
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B9/12 1 using near-field interactions; Record carriers therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B9/14 2 using microscopic probe means {, i.e. recording or reproducing by means directly associated with the tip of a microscopic electrical probe as used in Scanning Tunneling Microscopy [STM] or Atomic Force Microscopy [AFM] for inducing physical or electrical perturbations in a recording medium; Record carriers or media specially adapted for such transducing of information (marking using electrical current B41M5/20; measuring roughness or irregularity of surfaces G01B7/34; details of scanning-probe microscopes G01Q)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B9/1409 3 {Heads}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B9/1418 3 {Disposition or mounting of heads or record carriers (G11B17/00 and G11B19/00 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B9/1427 4 {with provision for moving the heads or record carriers relatively to each other or for access to indexed parts without effectively imparting a relative movement}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B9/1436 5 {with provision for moving the heads or record carriers relatively to each other}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B9/1445 6 {switching at least one head in operating function; Controlling the relative spacing to keep the head operative, e.g. for allowing a tunnel current flow}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B9/1454 6 {Positioning the head or record carrier into or out of operative position or across information tracks; Alignment of the head relative to the surface of the record carrier (G11B9/1445 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B9/1463 3 {Record carriers for recording or reproduction involving the use of microscopic probe means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B9/1472 4 {characterised by the form}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B9/1481 5 {Auxiliary features, e.g. reference or indexing surfaces}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B9/149 4 {characterised by the memorising material or structure}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B11/00 0 Recording on or reproducing from the same record carrier wherein for these two operations the methods are covered by different main groups of groups G11B3/00 - G11B7/00 or by different subgroups of group G11B9/00; Record carriers therefor {(driving or moving of heads G11B3/02, G11B5/48, G11B7/08, G11B21/02)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B11/002 1 {using recording by perturbation of the physical or electrical structure}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B11/005 2 {with reproducing by using non-optical beam of radiation or particles, e.g. electrons, directly interacting with the memorised information (G11B11/007 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B11/007 2 {with reproducing by means directly associated with the tip of a microscopic electrical probe as defined in G11B9/14 (details of heads G11B9/1409; disposition or mounting of heads G11B9/1418)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B11/03 1 using recording by deforming with non-mechanical means, e.g. laser, beam of particles {(G11B11/002 takes precedence; see proviosional also G11B3/68 - G11B3/72)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B11/05 2 with reproducing by capacitive means {(G11B9/07 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B11/06 2 with reproducing by mechanical sensing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B11/08 1 using recording by electric charge or by variation of electric resistance or capacitance {(G11B11/002, G11B11/10 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B11/10 1 using recording by magnetic means {or other means for magnetisation or demagnetisation of a record carrier, e.g. light induced spin magnetisation; Demagnetisation by thermal or stress means in the presence or not of an orienting magnetic field}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B11/105 2 using a beam of light or a magnetic field for recording {by change of magnetisation} and a beam of light for reproducing, {i.e. magneto-optical,} e.g. light-induced thermomagnetic recording, {spin magnetisation recording,} Kerr {or Faraday} effect reproducing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B11/10502 3 {characterised by the transducing operation to be executed}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B11/10504 4 {Recording (for shaping of magnetic domains G11B11/10528, for compensation of shift G11B11/1053)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B11/10506 5 {by modulating only the light beam of the transducer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B11/10508 5 {by modulating only the magnetic field at the transducer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B11/1051 5 {by modulating both the magnetic field and the light beam at the transducers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B11/10513 6 {one of the light beam or the magnetic field being modulated by data and the other by a clock or frequency generator}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B11/10515 4 {Reproducing (compensating pit shift G11B11/1053)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B11/10517 4 {Overwriting or erasing (G11B11/10526 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B11/10519 5 {Direct overwriting, i.e. performing erasing and recording using the same transducing means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B11/10521 6 {using a single light spot}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B11/10523 4 {Initialising}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B11/10526 4 {Bulk initialisation or erasing, e.g. at least one whole information track with a single action}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B11/10528 4 {Shaping of magnetic domains, e.g. form, dimensions}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B11/1053 4 {to compensate for the magnetic domain drift or time shift}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B11/10532 3 {Heads}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B11/10534 4 {for recording by magnetising, demagnetising or transfer of magnetisation, by radiation, e.g. for thermomagnetic recording}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B11/10536 5 {using thermic beams, e.g. lasers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B11/10539 5 {using electromagnetic beams, e.g. polarised light}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B11/10541 4 {for reproducing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B11/10543 5 {using optical beam of radiation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B11/10545 6 {interacting directly with the magnetisation on the record carrier}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B11/10547 6 {interacting with the magnetisation of an intermediate transfer element, e.g. magnetic film, included in the head}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B11/1055 3 {Disposition or mounting of transducers relative to record carriers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B11/10552 4 {Arrangements of transducers relative to each other, e.g. coupled heads, optical and magnetic head on the same base (for relative movement of transducers G11B11/10573)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B11/10554 5 {the transducers being disposed on the same side of the carrier (flying heads G11B11/1058)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B11/10556 4 {with provision for moving or switching or masking the transducers in or out of their operative position}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B11/10558 5 {in view of the loading or unloading of the carrier}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B11/1056 5 {Switching or mechanically reversing the magnetic field generator}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B11/10563 5 {Access of indexed parts}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B11/10565 6 {Marks for track change, e.g. prepits, gray codes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B11/10567 5 {Mechanically moving the transducers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B11/10569 6 {Swing arm positioners}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B11/10571 6 {Sled type positioners}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B11/10573 5 {Control of relative positioning of the magnetic and optical transducers, e.g. to move simultaneously}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B11/10576 4 {with provision for moving the transducers for maintaining alignment or spacing relative to the carrier}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B11/10578 5 {Servo format, e.g. prepits, guide tracks, pilot signals}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B11/1058 4 {Flying heads}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B11/10582 3 {Record carriers characterised by the selection of the material or by the structure or form}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B11/10584 4 {characterised by the form, e.g. comprising mechanical protection elements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B11/10586 4 {characterised by the selection of the material}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B11/10589 5 {Details}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B11/10591 6 {for improving write-in properties, e.g. Curie-point temperature}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B11/10593 6 {for improving read-out properties, e.g. polarisation of light}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B11/10595 3 {Control of operating function}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B11/10597 4 {Adaptations for transducing various formats on the same or different carriers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B11/11 2 using a beam, {e.g. of electrons or X-rays} other than a beam of light {or a magnetic field} for recording
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B11/115 2 {using a beam,}{e.g. of electrons or X-rays} other than a beam of light for reproducing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B11/12 1 using recording by optical means (G11B11/03 takes precedence {G11B11/10 takes precedence})
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B11/14 2 with reproducing by magnetic means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B11/16 1 using recording by mechanical cutting, deforming or pressing {(G11B11/002 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B11/18 2 with reproducing by optical means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B11/20 2 with reproducing by magnetic means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B11/22 2 with reproducing by capacitive means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B11/24 1 using recording by near-field interactions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B11/26 2 using microscopic probe means {, i.e. recording by means directly associated with the tip of a microscopic electrical probe as used in scanning tunneling microscopy [STM] or atomic force microscopy [AFM] for inducing physical or electrical perturbations in a recording medium (marking using electrical current B41M5/20; measuring roughness or irregularity of surfaces G01B7/34; details of scanning-probe microscopes G01Q)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B13/00 0 Recording simultaneously or selectively by methods covered by different main groups {among G11B3/00, G11B5/00, G11B7/00 and G11B9/00}; Record carriers therefor {not otherwise provided for}; Reproducing therefrom {not otherwise provided for (G11B9/14, G11B11/002 take precedence; driving or moving of heads G11B3/02, G11B5/48, G11B7/08, G11B21/02)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B13/02 1 magnetically and by styli
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B13/04 1 magnetically {or by magnetisation} and optically {or by radiation, for changing or sensing optical properties}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B13/045 2 {combined recording by magnetic and optic means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B13/06 1 optically and by styli
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B13/08 1 using near-field interactions or transducing means and at least one other method or means for recording or reproducing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/00 0 Driving, starting or stopping record carriers of filamentary or web form; Driving both such record carriers and heads; Guiding such record carriers or containers therefor; Control thereof; Control of operating function (driving or guiding heads G11B3/00 - G11B7/00, G11B21/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/005 1 {Programmed access in sequence to indexed parts of tracks of operating tapes, by driving or guiding the tape (access by driving of both record carrier and head G11B15/1816; see prov. also G11B15/602)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/02 1 Control of operating function, e.g. switching from recording to reproducing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/023 2 {remotely controlled}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/026 2 {by using processor, e.g. microcomputer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/03 2 by using counters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/04 2 Preventing, inhibiting, or warning against accidental erasing or double recording (G11B15/05 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/05 2 by sensing features present on or derived from record carrier or container (G11B15/16 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/06 3 by sensing auxiliary features on record carriers or containers, e.g. to stop machine near the end of a tape
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/07 4 on containers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/08 4 by photoelectric sensing (G11B15/07 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/087 3 by sensing recorded signals
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/093 3 by sensing driving condition of record carrier, e.g. travel, tape tension
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/10 2 Manually-operated control; Solenoid-operated control {(G11B15/44 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/103 3 {electrically operated}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/106 3 {mechanically operated}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/12 2 Masking of heads; {circuits for} Selecting or switching of heads between operative and inoperative functions {or between different operative functions or for selection between operative heads}; Masking of beams, e.g. of light beams {(track selection by moving the magnetic head G11B5/54)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/125 3 {conditioned by the operating function of the apparatus}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/14 3 Masking or switching periodically, e.g. of rotating heads
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/16 2 by sensing presence, absence or position of record carrier or container
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/17 3 of container
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/18 1 Driving; Starting; Stopping; Arrangements for control or regulation thereof {(G11B15/56 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/1808 2 {Driving of both record carrier and head (G11B15/467 takes precedence; mounting of head G11B5/52)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/1816 3 {Programmed access in sequence to indexed parts of operating tapes cooperating with rotating heads (see provisional also G11B15/005)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/1825 3 {driving or moving the head in a direction which cuts across the direction of travel of the tape, e.g. for helicoïdal scanning}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/1833 4 {with head driven in a plane, cyclically around an axis, e.g. on headwheel (construction of headwheel G11B5/53, G11B21/16; disposition of heads on headwheel G11B5/531, G11B21/02)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/1841 5 {with provision for information tracking by moving the transducing part of the head relative to the headwheel, in the direction of the scanning movement, e.g. for skew or time base correction (in the direction which cuts across tracks, i.e. for track following G11B3/38, G11B5/588, G11B7/085, G11B21/08, G11B21/10; by controlling headwheel rotation G11B15/4733, by guiding the tape G11B15/602)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/185 6 {using signals recorded in tracks disposed in parallel with the scanning direction}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/1858 7 {using auxiliary signals, i.e. pilot signals}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/1866 8 {superimposed on the main signal track}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/1875 3 {adaptations for special effects or editing (signal processing or indexing therefor G11B27/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/1883 2 {for record carriers inside containers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/1891 3 {the record carrier being endless}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/20 2 Moving record carrier backwards or forwards by finite amounts, i.e. backspacing, forward spacing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/22 2 Stopping means ({G11B15/06 takes precedence;} slowing-down preparatory to stopping or speed-changing G11B15/48; speed-controlling by mechanical linkage G11B15/50 {; inside container G11B23/04})
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/24 2 Drive disengaging means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/26 2 Driving record carriers by members acting directly or indirectly thereon {(G11B15/44 takes precedence; driving features inside container, see G11B23/04 and subgroups)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/28 3 through rollers driving by frictional contact with the record carrier, e.g. capstan; Multiple arrangements of capstans or drums coupled to means for controlling the speed of the drive; Multiple capstan systems alternately engageable with record carrier to provide reversal
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/285 4 {through pneumatic means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/29 4 through pinch-rollers {or tape rolls}(G11B15/295 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/295 4 with single capstan or drum simultaneously driving the record carrier at two separate points of an isolated part thereof, e.g. the capstan acting directly on the tape rollers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/30 3 through the means for supporting the record carrier, e.g. mandrel, turntable
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/32 3 through the reels or cores on to which the record carrier is wound
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/34 3 through non-slip drive means, e.g. sprocket
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/38 2 Driving record carriers by pneumatic means {(pneumatic control for capstans driving the record carrier by frictional contact G11B15/285)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/385 3 {directly, e.g. by rotating drum (guiding record carrier on rotating drum G11B15/61)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/40 2 Driving record carriers otherwise than by electric motor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/42 3 manually
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/43 2 Control or regulation of mechanical tension of record carrier, e.g. tape tension
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/44 2 Speed-changing arrangements; Reversing arrangements; Drive transfer means therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/442 3 {Control thereof}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/444 3 {reversing arrangements (G11B15/442 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/446 4 {by driving the reels only}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/448 5 {automatic reverse drive transfer therefor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/46 2 Controlling, regulating, or indicating speed {(dependent on position of tape in reserve, loop G11B15/56, G11B15/58)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/463 3 {by using pilot tracking tones embedded in binary coded signals, e.g. using DSV/CDS values of coded signals}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/467 3 in arrangements for recording or reproducing wherein both record carriers and heads are driven {(see provisional also G11B15/1808)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/4671 4 {by controlling simultaneously the speed of the tape and the speed of the rotating head}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/4672 5 {with provision for information tracking}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/4673 4 {by controlling the speed of the tape while the head is rotating}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/4675 5 {with provision for information tracking}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/4676 6 {using signals recorded in tracks disposed in parallel with the scanning direction}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/4677 7 {using auxiliary signals, i.e. pilot signals}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/4678 8 {superimposed on the main signal track}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/473 4 by controlling the speed of the heads
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/4731 5 {control of headwheel rotation (disposition or construction of headwheel motor G11B5/53, G11B21/02)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/4733 6 {with provision for information tracking, e.g. for time base correction}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/4735 7 {using signals recorded in tracks disposed parallel with the scanning direction}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/4736 8 {using auxiliary signals, i.e. pilot signals}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/4738 9 {superimposed on the main signal track}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/48 3 Starting; Accelerating; Decelerating; Arrangements preventing malfunction during drive change
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/50 3 by mechanical linkage, e.g. clutch
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/52 3 by using signals recorded on, or derived from, record carrier
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/54 3 by stroboscope; by tachometer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/56 1 the record carrier having reserve loop, e.g. to minimise inertia during acceleration {measuring or control in connection therewith}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/58 2 with vacuum column
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/60 1 Guiding record carrier (guiding devices structurally associated with magazines or cassettes G11B23/04)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/602 2 {for track selection, acquisition or following}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/605 2 {without displacing the guiding means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/607 3 {Pneumatic guiding}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/61 2 on drum, e.g. drum containing rotating heads {(G11B15/66 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/615 3 {inside container}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/62 2 Maintaining desired spacing between record carrier and head
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/64 3 by fluid-dynamic spacing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/66 2 Threading; Loading; Automatic self-loading
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/662 3 {Positioning or locking of spool or reel}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/665 3 by extracting loop of record carrier from container
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/6651 4 {to pull the record carrier against non rotating heads}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/6653 4 {to pull the record carrier against drum}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/6655 5 {using one loading ring, i.e. "C-type" (G11B15/6658 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/6656 5 {using two-sided extraction, i.e. "M-type"}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/6658 6 {with two loading rings rotating in opposite directions}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/67 3 by extracting end of record carrier from container or spool
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/671 4 {using pneumatic means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/672 4 {Extracting end of record carrier from container or single reel (G11B15/671 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/673 4 {Threading end of record carrier externally to single reel (G11B15/671 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/674 4 {Threading or attaching end of record carrier on or to single reel (G11B15/671 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/675 1 Guiding containers {, e.g. loading, ejecting cassettes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/67502 2 {Details}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/67505 3 {Servo control}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/67507 3 {Ejection damping means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/6751 2 {with movement of the cassette parallel to its main side, i.e. front loading (G11B15/67544 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/67513 3 {and movement of driving elements perpendicular thereto}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/67515 4 {with servo control}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/67518 4 {with ejection damping means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/67521 3 {of cassette with internal belt drive}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/67523 4 {with servo control}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/67526 4 {with ejection damping means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/67528 3 {of endless tape cassette}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/67531 4 {with servo control}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/67534 4 {with ejection damping means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/67536 3 {of cassette inside drawer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/67539 4 {with servo control}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/67542 4 {with ejection damping means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/67544 2 {with movement of the cassette parallel to its main side and subsequent movement perpendicular thereto, i.e. front loading}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/67547 3 {the two movements being made by the cassette holder}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/67549 4 {with servo control}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/67552 4 {with ejection damping means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/67555 3 {the second movement only being made by the cassette holder}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/67557 4 {with servo control}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/6756 4 {with ejection damping means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/67563 2 {with movement of the cassette perpendicular to its main side, i.e. top loading}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/67565 3 {of the cassette with holder}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/67568 4 {with servo control}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/67571 4 {with ejection damping means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/67573 3 {of the cassette without holder}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/67576 4 {with servo control}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/67578 4 {with ejection damping means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/67581 2 {with pivoting movement of the cassette holder}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/67584 3 {outside the apparatus}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/67586 4 {with servo control}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/67589 4 {with ejection damping means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/67592 3 {inside the apparatus}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/67594 4 {with servo control}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/67597 4 {with ejection damping means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/68 2 Automatic cassette changing arrangements; {automatic tape changing arrangements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/6805 3 {with linearly moving rectangular box shaped magazines}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/681 4 {in vertical direction}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/6815 4 {in horizontal direction}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/682 3 {with fixed magazines having fixed cassette storage cells, e.g. in racks}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/6825 4 {Details of magazines, e.g. removable, adapted for cassettes of different sizes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/683 4 {wherein the recorder or player is moved according to the location of a selected cassette (G11B15/684 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/6835 4 {the cassettes being transferred to a fixed recorder or player using a moving carriage}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/684 4 {the cassettes having a storage position inside the magazine and a slightly shifted active position, e.g. by solenoid}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/6845 3 {with rotatable magazine}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/685 4 {the cassettes being arranged in a single level}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/6855 5 {wherein the recorder or player is moved towards a selected cassette in the magazine}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/686 5 {with a fixed recorder or player in the centre or at the periphery of the magazine}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/6865 5 {with a fixed recorder or player under the magazine}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/687 4 {the cassettes being arranged in multiple levels}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/6875 5 {wherein the recorder or player is moved towards a selected cassette in the magazine}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/688 5 {the cassettes being transferred to a fixed recorder or player using a moving carriage}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/6885 3 {the cassettes being conveyed within a cassette storage location, e.g. within a storage bin or conveying by belt}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/689 3 {Control of the cassette changing arrangement}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/6895 3 {Automatic tape changing arrangements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B15/70 1 the record carrier being an endless loop record carrier {(inside container G11B15/1891)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B17/00 0 Guiding record carriers not specifically of filamentary or web form, or of supports therefor (guiding cards or sheets G06K13/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B17/005 1 {Programmed access to indexed parts of tracks of operating discs, by guiding the disc}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B17/02 1 Details
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B17/021 2 {Selecting or spacing of record carriers for introducing the heads}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B17/022 2 Positioning or locking of single discs
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B17/025 3 of discs which are stationary during transducing operation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B17/0255 4 {flexible discs}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B17/028 3 of discs rotating during transducing operation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B17/0281 4 {by an adapter enabling the centre-pin to receive carriers with large centre hole}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B17/0282 4 {by means provided on the turntable}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B17/0283 5 {Two or more turntables}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B17/0284 4 {by clampers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B17/0285 5 {mounted on a bridge}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B17/0286 5 {mounted on a pivotal lever}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B17/0287 4 {by permanent connections, e.g. screws, rivets}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B17/0288 4 {by means for moving the turntable or the clamper towards the disk}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B17/03 4 in containers or trays {(G11B17/032, G11B17/035 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B17/032 4 Positioning by moving the door or the cover {(G11B17/035 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B17/035 4 Positioning by moving the loading station
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B17/038 2 Centering or locking of a plurality of discs in a single cartridge
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B17/04 2 Feeding or guiding single record carrier to or from transducer unit {(guiding during transducing operation G11B17/34)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B17/0401 3 {Details}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B17/0402 4 {Servo control}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B17/0404 5 {with parallel drive rollers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B17/0405 4 {Closing mechanism, e.g. door}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B17/0407 5 {controlling the loading of the record carrier}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B17/0408 3 {of non-disc record carrier, e.g. card}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B17/041 3 specially adapted for discs contained within cartridges
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B17/043 4 Direct insertion, i.e. without external loading means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B17/0432 5 {adapted for discs of different sizes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B17/0434 5 {with mechanism for subsequent vertical movement of the disc (G11B17/0438 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B17/0436 5 {with opening mechanism of the cartridge shutter (G11B17/0438 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B17/0438 5 {with mechanism for subsequent vertical movement of the disc and opening mechanism of the cartridge shutter}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B17/044 4 Indirect insertion, i.e. with external loading means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B17/046 5 with pivoting loading means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B17/0463 6 {adapted for discs of different sizes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B17/0466 6 {with opening mechanism of the cartridge shutter}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B17/047 5 with sliding loading means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B17/0473 6 {adapted for discs of different sizes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B17/0476 6 {with opening mechanism of the cartridge shutter}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B17/049 4 Insertion of discs having to be extracted from the cartridge prior to recording or reproducing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B17/05 3 specially adapted for discs not contained within cartridges
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B17/051 4 Direct insertion, i.e. without external loading means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B17/0515 5 {adapted for discs of different sizes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B17/053 4 Indirect insertion, i.e. with external loading means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B17/054 5 with pivoting loading means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B17/0545 6 {adapted for discs of different sizes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B17/056 5 with sliding loading means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B17/0565 6 {adapted for discs of different sizes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B17/057 3 specially adapted for handling both discs contained within cartridges and discs not contained within cartridges
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B17/08 1 from consecutive-access magazine of disc records
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B17/10 2 with horizontal transfer to the turntable from a stack arranged with a vertical axis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B17/12 2 with axial transfer to the turntable from a stack with a vertical axis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B17/14 3 by mechanism in rotating centre post, e.g. permitting the playing of both sides of a record
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B17/16 3 by mechanism in stationary centre post, e.g. with stepped post, using fingers on post
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B17/162 4 {with means for detecting the diameter of the record}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B17/165 5 {with mechanical detecting means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B17/167 5 {with optical detecting means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B17/18 3 by mechanism operating on the edge of the disc record
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B17/20 2 with transfer away from stack on turntable after playing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B17/22 1 from random access magazine of disc records
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B17/221 2 {with movable magazine (G11B17/24 - G11B17/28 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B17/223 3 {in a vertical direction}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B17/225 2 {wherein the disks are transferred from a fixed magazine to a fixed playing unit using a moving carriage}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B17/226 2 {the magazine consisting of a single rotatable tray carrying the disks}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B17/228 2 {Control systems for magazines (G11B17/225 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B17/24 2 the magazine having a toroidal or part-toroidal shape
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B17/26 2 the magazine having a cylindrical shape with vertical axis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B17/28 2 the magazine having a cylindrical shape with horizontal axis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B17/30 2 wherein the playing unit is moved according to the location of the selected record
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B17/32 1 Maintaining desired spacing between record carrier and head, e.g. by fluid-dynamic spacing {(damping of vibrations of record carriers on turntables by fluid-dynamic means G11B19/2018)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B17/34 1 Guiding record carriers during transducing operation, e.g. for track following (G11B17/32 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B19/00 0 Driving, starting, stopping record carriers not specifically of filamentary or web form, or of supports therefor; Control thereof; Control of operating function {; Driving both disc and head}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B19/02 1 Control of operating function, e.g. switching from recording to reproducing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B19/022 2 {Control panels}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B19/025 3 {'Virtual' control panels, e.g. Graphical User Interface [GUI]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B19/027 2 {Remotely controlled (remote control systems in general G08C)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B19/04 2 Arrangements for preventing, inhibiting, or warning against double recording on the same blank or against other recording or reproducing malfunctions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B19/041 3 {Detection or prevention of read or write errors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B19/042 4 {due to external shock or vibration}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B19/043 4 {by detecting a free-fall condition}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B19/044 4 {by using a data buffer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B19/045 4 {by detecting mistracking}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B19/046 3 {Detection or prevention or problems due to temperature}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B19/047 3 {Recovery from power failure}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B19/048 3 {Testing of disk drives, e.g. to detect defects or prevent sudden failure}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B19/06 2 by counting or timing of machine operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B19/08 2 by using devices external to the driving mechanisms, e.g. coin-freed switch (coin actuated mechanisms G07F5/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B19/10 2 by sensing presence or absence of record in accessible stored position or on turntable
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B19/12 2 by sensing distinguishing features of {or on} records, e.g. diameter {end mark}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2019/121 3 {by photo-electric sensing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B19/122 3 {involving the detection of an identification or authentication mark (record carriers indicating unauthorised or prior use G11B23/28)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B19/124 3 {involving the detection of diameter of disks (feeding or guiding of a single record carrier G11B17/04 and subgroups)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B19/125 3 {involving the detection of carrier data format}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B19/127 3 {involving detection of the number of sides, e.g. single or double, or layers, e.g. for multiple recording or reproducing layers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B19/128 3 {involving the detection of track pitch or recording density}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B19/14 2 by sensing movement or position of head, e.g. means moving in correspondence with head movements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B19/16 2 Manual control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B19/165 3 {by closing the cover}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B19/18 3 Manual action on one element producing control effect indirectly by consequent action of driving mechanism
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B19/20 1 Driving; Starting; Stopping; Control thereof
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B19/2009 2 {Turntables, hubs and motors for disk drives; Mounting of motors in the drive (means for clamping of disk to turntable G11B17/022 and subgroups)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B19/2018 3 {Incorporating means for passive damping of vibration, either in the turntable, motor or mounting}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B19/2027 3 {Turntables or rotors incorporating balancing means; Means for detecting imbalance}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B19/2036 3 {Motors characterized by fluid-dynamic bearings}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B19/2045 3 {Hubs}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B19/2054 2 {Spindle motor power-up sequences}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B19/2063 2 {Spindle motor power-down sequences}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B19/2072 3 {for the reduction of power consumption during idle time}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B19/2081 3 {emergency power-down}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B19/209 2 {in multiple disk arrays, e.g. spindle synchronisation in RAID systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B19/22 2 Brakes other than speed-regulating brakes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B19/24 2 Arrangements for providing constant relative speed between record carrier and head
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B19/247 3 using electrical means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B19/253 3 using mechanical means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B19/26 2 Speed-changing arrangements; Reversing arrangements; Drive-transfer means therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B19/265 3 Friction wheel drive
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B19/27 3 Belt drive
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B19/275 3 Gear wheel drive
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B19/28 2 Speed controlling, regulating, or indicating (G11B19/24 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/00 0 Signal processing not specific to the method of recording or reproducing; Circuits therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/00007 1 {Time or data compression or expansion (audio compression based on psychoacoustics G10L19/00; data processing for reproducing audio data at different playback speeds G10L21/04; video compression H04N19/00; data compression per se H03M7/30)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/00014 2 {the compressed signal being an audio signal}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/00021 3 {lossless audio compression}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/00028 3 {Advanced audio coding [AAC]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/00036 3 {AC-3, i.e. ATSC digital audio compression standard}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/00043 3 {Adaptive transform acoustic coding [ATRAC]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/0005 3 {DTS audio codecs}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/00057 3 {MPEG-1 or MPEG-2 audio layer III [MP3]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/00065 3 {Sigma-delta audio encoding}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/00072 2 {the compressed signal including a video signal}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/00079 2 {the compression ratio or quality level being adapted to circumstances, e.g. to the available recording space}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/00086 1 {Circuits for prevention of unauthorised reproduction or copying, e.g. piracy (indicating unauthorised use of record carriers in general G11B23/28; scrambling for television signal recording H04N5/913; network architectures or network protocols for network security H04L63/00; cryptographic mechanisms or cryptographic arrangements for secret or secure communication H04L9/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/00094 2 {involving measures which result in a restriction to authorised record carriers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/00101 3 {the original record carrier having a larger recording capacity than the potential target medium}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/00108 3 {wherein original, non-rewritable record carriers are recognised by trying to erase recorded data}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/00115 3 {wherein the record carrier stores a unique medium identifier}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/00123 3 {the record carrier being identified by recognising some of its unique characteristics, e.g. a unique defect pattern serving as a physical signature of the record carrier}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/0013 3 {wherein the measure concerns not the entire record carrier, but a specific physical or logical area of one or more record carriers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/00137 2 {involving measures which result in a restriction to contents recorded on or reproduced from a record carrier to authorised users}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/00144 3 {involving a user identifier, e.g. a unique customer ID}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/00152 3 {involving a password}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/00159 3 {Parental control systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/00166 2 {involving measures which result in a restriction to authorised contents recorded on or reproduced from a record carrier, e.g. music or software}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/00173 3 {wherein the origin of the content is checked, e.g. determining whether the content has originally been retrieved from a legal disc copy or another trusted source}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/00181 3 {using a content identifier, e.g. an international standard recording code [ISRC] or a digital object identifier [DOI]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/00188 2 {involving measures which result in a restriction to authorised devices recording or reproducing contents to/from a record carrier}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/00195 3 {using a device identifier associated with the player or recorder, e.g. serial numbers of playback apparatuses or MAC addresses}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/00202 3 {wherein the copy protection scheme builds on multi-session recording, e.g. defective table of contents [TOC] in the 2nd session}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/0021 2 {involving encryption or decryption of contents recorded on or reproduced from a record carrier}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/00217 3 {the cryptographic key used for encryption and/or decryption of contents recorded on or reproduced from the record carrier being read from a specific source (key distribution or management H04L9/08)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/00224 4 {wherein the key is obtained from a remote server}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/00231 4 {wherein the key is obtained from a local external medium, e.g. a card}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/00239 4 {wherein the key is provided by a software application accessing the medium}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/00246 4 {wherein the key is obtained from a local device, e.g. device key initially stored by the player or by the recorder}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/00253 4 {wherein the key is stored on the record carrier}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/0026 5 {the key being stored as a barcode}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/00268 6 {said barcode being recorded in a burst cutting area [BCA]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/00275 5 {the key being stored on a chip attached to the record carrier}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/00282 5 {the key being stored in the content area, e.g. program area, data area or user area (key stored in a management area G11B20/00297)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/00289 6 {wherein the key is stored as a watermark}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/00297 5 {the key being stored in a management area, e.g. the video manager [VMG] of a DVD}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/00304 6 {the key being stored in the lead-in area [LIA]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/00311 6 {the key being stored in the lead-out area [LOA]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/00318 6 {the key being stored in the TOC}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/00326 5 {the key being embossed on the record carrier}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/00333 5 {the key being stored in header data, e.g. in sector headers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/0034 5 {the key being stored as a hologram}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/00347 5 {wherein the medium identifier is used as a key}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/00355 5 {the record carrier having a label that provides the key}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/00362 5 {the key being obtained from a media key block [MKB]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/00369 5 {wherein a first key, which is usually stored on a hidden channel, e.g. in the lead-in of a BD-R, unlocks a key locker containing a second}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/00376 5 {the key being stored by varying the pit format, e.g. depth, width, length or edge positions}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/00384 5 {the key being derived from a physical signature of the record carrier, e.g. unique feature set}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/00391 5 {the key being stored in subcodes, e.g. in the Q subcode of a CD}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/00398 5 {the key being stored in sync patterns}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/00405 5 {the key being stored by varying characteristics of the recording track, e.g. by altering the track pitch or by modulating the wobble track}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/00413 4 {wherein the key is input by a user}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/0042 3 {the copy protection scheme being related to a specific access protection standard}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/00427 4 {advanced access content system [AACS]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/00434 4 {content protection for pre-recorded media [CPPM]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/00442 4 {content protection for recordable media [CPRM]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/00449 4 {content scrambling system [CSS]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/00456 4 {digital transmission content protection [DTCP]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/00463 4 {high-bandwidth digital content protection [HDCP]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/00471 4 {video content protection system [VCPS]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/00478 3 {wherein contents are decrypted and re-encrypted with a different key when being copied from/to a record carrier}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/00485 3 {characterised by a specific kind of data which is encrypted and recorded on and/or reproduced from the record carrier}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/00492 4 {wherein content or user data is encrypted}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/005 5 {wherein only some specific parts of the content are encrypted, e.g. encryption limited to I-frames}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/00507 5 {wherein consecutive physical data units of the record carrier are encrypted with separate encryption keys, e.g. the key changes on a cluster or sector basis}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/00514 5 {wherein the entire content is encrypted with the same key, e.g. disc key or master key}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/00521 5 {wherein each session of a multisession recording medium is encrypted with a separate encryption key}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/00528 5 {wherein each title is encrypted with a separate encryption key for each title, e.g. title key for movie, song or data file}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/00536 5 {wherein encrypted content data is subjected to a further, iterated encryption, e.g. interwoven encryption}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/00543 4 {wherein external data is encrypted, e.g. for secure communication with an external device or for encrypting content on a separate record carrier}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/0055 4 {wherein license data is encrypted}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/00557 4 {wherein further management data is encrypted, e.g. sector headers, TOC or the lead-in or lead-out areas}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/00565 4 {wherein parity data is encrypted}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/00572 2 {involving measures which change the format of the recording medium}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/00579 3 {said format change concerning the data encoding, e.g., modulation schemes violating run-length constraints, causing excessive DC content, or involving uncommon codewords or sync patterns}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/00586 3 {said format change concerning the physical format of the recording medium}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/00594 4 {wherein the shape of recording marks is altered, e.g. the depth, width, or length of pits}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/00601 4 {wherein properties of tracks are altered, e.g., by changing the wobble pattern or the track pitch, or by adding interruptions or eccentricity}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/00608 4 {wherein the material that the record carrier is made of is altered, e.g. adding reactive dyes that alter the optical properties of a disc after prolonged exposure to light or air}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/00615 3 {said format change concerning the logical format of the recording medium, e.g. the structure of sectors, blocks, or frames}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/00623 4 {wherein the modification to the logical format directly concerns user data}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/0063 4 {wherein the modification to the logical format mainly concerns management data, e.g., by changing the format of the TOC or the subcode}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/00637 5 {said management data being address data}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/00644 6 {the address data format being such that there are overlapping address ranges}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/00652 6 {the address data being scrambled so that ascending address values do not reflect the physical order of data blocks}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/00659 2 {involving a control step which is implemented as an executable file stored on the record carrier}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/00666 2 {involving a step of erasing or nullifying data, e.g. data being overwritten with a random string}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/00673 3 {wherein the erased or nullified data include a cryptographic key}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/00681 2 {involving measures which prevent a specific kind of data access}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/00688 3 {said measures preventing that a usable copy of recorded data can be made on another medium}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/00695 3 {said measures preventing that data are read from the recording medium}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/00702 3 {said measures preventing that data are recorded on the recording medium}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/0071 2 {involving a purchase action}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/00717 3 {wherein accounting and payment are postponed, e.g. until the player can establish a network connection to the service provider}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/00724 3 {wherein a prepaid credit balance is registered on the recording medium}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/00731 2 {involving a digital rights management system for enforcing a usage restriction}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/00739 3 {wherein the usage restriction is associated with a specific geographical region}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/00746 3 {wherein the usage restriction can be expressed as a specific number}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/00753 4 {wherein the usage restriction limits the number of copies that can be made, e.g. CGMS, SCMS, or CCI flags}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/0076 5 {wherein the copy frequency, i.e. the number of copies in a given time period, is limited}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/00768 5 {wherein copy control information is used, e.g. for indicating whether a content may be copied freely, no more, once, or never, by setting CGMS, SCMS, or CCI flags}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/00775 6 {wherein said copy control information is encoded in an encryption mode indicator [EMI]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/00782 4 {wherein the usage restriction limits the number of times a program can be installed}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/00789 4 {wherein the usage restriction limits the number of functional copies, which can be accessed at a time, e.g. electronic bookshelf concept, virtual library, video rentals or check-in/check out}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/00797 4 {wherein the usage restriction limits the number of times a content can be reproduced, e.g. using playback counters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/00804 4 {wherein the usage restriction limits the number of users or devices that are allowed to access a given content}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/00811 4 {wherein said number is encoded as a cryptographic token or ticket}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/00818 3 {wherein the usage restriction limits the signal quality, e.g. by low-pass filtering of audio signals or by reducing the resolution of video signals}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/00826 4 {wherein a spoiler signal is added to degrade the signal quality}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/00833 3 {wherein the usage restriction limits the data access speed, e.g. by defining a maximum bit rate of the I/O interface}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/0084 3 {wherein the usage restriction can be expressed as a specific time or date}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/00847 3 {wherein the usage restriction is defined by a licence file}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/00855 2 {involving a step of exchanging information with a remote server}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/00862 3 {wherein the remote server can grant the permission to use a content}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/00869 3 {wherein the remote server can deliver the content to a receiving device}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/00876 2 {wherein physical copy protection means are attached to the medium, e.g. holograms, sensors, or additional semiconductor circuitry}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/00884 2 {involving a watermark, i.e. a barely perceptible transformation of the original data which can nevertheless be recognised by an algorithm}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/00891 3 {embedded in audio data}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/00898 3 {based on a hash function}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/00905 3 {multiple watermarks used in combination}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/00913 3 {based on a spread spectrum technique}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/0092 2 {involving measures which are linked to media defects or read/write errors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/00927 3 {wherein said defects or errors are generated on purpose, e.g. intended scratches}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/00934 4 {said intentional errors occurring because of corrupted address information}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/00942 4 {said intentional errors occurring due to an invalid playback path or program chain}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/00949 4 {said intentional errors occurring due to bad sectors, which are either physically destroyed or which are declared defective in the defect management information}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/00956 4 {said intentional errors occurring due to an invalid TOC}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/00963 3 {wherein said defects or errors are not generated on purpose, e.g. random defect patterns occurring during the normal manufacture}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/00971 2 {involving measures for monitoring the industrial media production and distribution channels, e.g. for controlling content providers or the official manufacturers or replicators of recording media}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/00978 2 {wherein the record carrier stores a trial version of a content}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/00985 3 {the trial version being of lower quality than the original version}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/00992 1 {Circuits for stereophonic or quadraphonic recording or reproducing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/02 1 Analogue recording or reproducing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/025 2 {Error detection or correction}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/04 2 Direct recording or reproducing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/06 2 Angle-modulation recording or reproducing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/08 2 Pulse-modulation recording or reproducing (pulse-code-modulation recording G11B20/10)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/10 1 Digital recording or reproducing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/10009 2 {Improvement or modification of read or write signals}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/10018 3 {analog processing for digital recording or reproduction (G11B20/10037 - G11B20/10481 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/10027 4 {adjusting the signal strength during recording or reproduction, e.g. variable gain amplifiers (optimum power control for optical discs G11B7/125)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/10037 3 {A/D conversion, D/A conversion, sampling, slicing and digital quantisation or adjusting parameters thereof}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/10046 3 {filtering or equalising, e.g. setting the tap weights of an FIR filter}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/10055 4 {using partial response filtering when writing the signal to the medium or reading it therefrom}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/10064 5 {EEPR4 or E2PR4, i.e. extended partial response class 4, polynomial (1-D)*(1+D)3}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/10074 5 {EPR4, i.e. extended partial response class 4, polynomial (1-D) *(1+D)2}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/10083 5 {PR1 or PR(1,1,), i.e. partial response class 1, polynomial 1+D}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/10092 5 {partial response PR(1,1,1,1)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/10101 5 {PR2 or PR(1,2,1), i.e. partial response class 2, polynomial (1+D)2=1+2D+D2}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/10111 5 {partial response PR(1,2,2,1)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/1012 5 {partial response PR(1,2,2,2,1)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/10129 5 {partial response PR(1,2,3,3,2,1)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/10138 5 {partial response PR (2,3,3,2)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/10148 5 {partial response PR(1,3,3,1)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/10157 5 {PR3 or PR(2,1,-1), i.e. partial response class 3, polynomial (1+D)(2-D)=2+D-D2}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/10166 5 {partial response PR(3,4,4,3)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/10175 5 {PR4, PR(1,0,-1), i.e. partial response class 4, polynomial (1+D)(1-D)=(1-D2)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/10185 5 {PR5 or PR(-1,0,2,0,-1), i.e. partial response class 5, polynomial -((1+D)2) *((1-D)2) =-1+2D2-D4}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/10194 4 {using predistortion during writing (G11B20/10055 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/10203 4 {baseline correction (DC correction by choosing codewords of the modulation code G11B20/1426)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/10212 4 {compensation for data shift, e.g. pulse-crowding effects}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/10222 3 {clock-related aspects, e.g. phase or frequency adjustment or bit synchronisation (dedicated sync patterns in the modulation code G11B20/1403)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/10231 4 {wherein an asynchronous, free-running clock is used; Interpolation of sampled signals}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/1024 4 {wherein a phase-locked loop [PLL] is used}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/1025 5 {the PLL being discrete time or digital PLL}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/10259 4 {simultaneous timing recovery for multiple parallel tracks}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/10268 3 {bit detection or demodulation methods}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/10277 4 {the demodulation process being specifically adapted to partial response channels, e.g. PRML decoding}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/10287 4 {using probabilistic methods, e.g. maximum likelihood detectors (G11B20/10277 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/10296 5 {using the Viterbi algorithm}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/10305 3 {signal quality assessment}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/10314 4 {amplitude of the recorded or reproduced signal}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/10324 4 {asymmetry of the recorded or reproduced waveform}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/10333 5 {wherein the asymmetry is linked to domain bloom}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/10342 4 {sub-information or auxiliary signals different from the normal recording marks, e.g. signals reproduced from wobble tracks}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/10351 4 {baseline shift, DC content, bias}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/10361 4 {digital demodulation process}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/1037 5 {based on hard decisions, e.g. by evaluating bit error rates before or after ECC decoding}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/10379 5 {based on soft decisions, e.g. confidence values, probability estimates, likelihoods values or path metrics of a statistical decoding algorithm}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/10388 4 {control of the read or write heads, e.g. tracking errors, defocus or tilt compensation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/10398 4 {jitter, timing deviations or phase and frequency errors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/10407 5 {by verifying the timing of signal transitions, e.g. rising or falling edges, or by analysing signal slopes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/10416 5 {by verifying the timing of peak values}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/10425 5 {by counting out-of-lock events of a PLL}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/10435 5 {by verifying the timing of predetermined signal patterns, e.g. sync patterns}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/10444 5 {by verifying the timing of zero crossings}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/10453 4 {physical shape of recording marks, e.g. their length, width, depth or contour}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/10462 4 {consistency with a reference waveform in a given time period, e.g. by calculating correlations or mean square errors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/10472 4 {derived from statistics of other quality measures, e.g. their mean, variance or skew}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/10481 3 {optimisation methods}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/1049 4 {using closed-form solutions}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/105 4 {selecting parameter values from a plurality of predetermined settings}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/10509 4 {iterative methods, e.g. trial-and-error, interval search, gradient descent or feedback loops (G11B20/10518 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/10518 4 {using neural networks}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/10527 2 {Audio or video recording; Data buffering arrangements (G11B20/12 - G11B20/18 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/10537 3 {Audio or video recording}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/10546 4 {specifically adapted for audio data}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/10555 5 {wherein the frequency, the amplitude, or other characteristics of the audio signal is taken into account}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/10564 6 {frequency}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/10574 6 {volume or amplitude}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/10583 6 {parameters controlling audio interpolation processes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/10592 4 {specifically adapted for recording or reproducing multichannel signals}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/10601 5 {surround sound signal}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/10611 5 {3D video data}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/1062 3 {Data buffering arrangements, e.g. recording or playback buffers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/10629 4 {the buffer having a specific structure}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/10638 5 {First-in-first-out memories [FIFO] buffers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/10648 5 {First-in-last-out memories [LIFO] buffers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/10657 5 {Cache memories for random data access, e.g. buffers wherein the data output is controlled by a priority parameter other than retention time}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/10666 5 {Ring buffers, e.g. buffers wherein an iteratively progressing read or write pointer moves back to the beginning of the buffer when reaching the last storage cell}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/10675 4 {aspects of buffer control}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/10685 5 {input interface, i.e. the way data enter the buffer, e.g. by informing the sender that the buffer is busy}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/10694 5 {output interface, i.e. the way data leave the buffer, e.g. by adjusting the clock rate}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/10703 5 {processing rate of the buffer, e.g. by accelerating the data output}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/10712 5 {buffer capacity, e.g. when the buffer capacity is exhausted, buffered data are overwritten with more recent data, accepting that the old data are lost}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/10722 5 {wherein the size of the buffer is variable, e.g. by adding additional memory cells for coping with input streams that have high bit rates}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/10731 5 {wherein the buffer I/O can be temporarily suspended, e.g. by refusing to accept further data to be buffered}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/1074 5 {involving a specific threshold value}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/1075 4 {the usage of the buffer being restricted to a specific kind of data}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/10759 5 {content data}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/10768 6 {by pre-caching the initial portion of songs or other recorded or downloaded data for starting playback instantly}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/10777 5 {instructions or commands}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/10787 5 {parameters, e.g. for decoding or encoding}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/10796 5 {address data}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/10805 4 {involving specific measures to prevent a buffer overflow}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/10814 4 {involving specific measures to prevent a buffer underrun}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/10824 4 {the buffer being used to prevent vibrations or shocks from causing delays}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/10833 2 {Copying or moving data from one record carrier to another}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/10842 3 {wherein not all recorded data are copied or moved}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/10851 2 {Erasing data on the record carrier}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/10861 2 {Finalising a record carrier after a recording operation, e.g. to ensure compatibility with a ROM medium}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/1087 2 {wherein a selection is made among at least two alternative ways of processing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/10879 3 {the kind of record carrier being the selection criterion}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/10888 3 {the kind of data being the selection criterion}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/10898 2 {Overwriting or replacing recorded data}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/10907 3 {using pseudo-overwriting, i.e. virtually or logically overwriting data on WORM media by remapping recorded blocks to alternate areas}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/10916 2 {Seeking data on the record carrier for preparing an access to a specific address}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/10925 3 {involving an inter-layer jump, i.e. changing from one recording layer to another}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/10935 2 {wherein a time constraint must be met}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/10944 3 {Real-time recording or reproducing, e.g. for ensuring seamless playback of AV data}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/10953 3 {Concurrent recording or playback of different streams or files}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/10962 4 {wherein both recording and playback take place simultaneously}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/10972 3 {Management of interruptions, e.g. due to editing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/10981 3 {Recording or reproducing data when the data rate or the relative speed between record carrier and transducer is variable}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/1099 4 {wherein a disc is spun at a variable speed}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/12 2 Formatting, e.g. arrangement of data block or words on the record carriers {(within interface between computers and data recorders G06F3/06)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/1201 3 {on tapes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/1202 4 {with longitudinal tracks only}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/1204 5 {for continuous data, e.g. digitised analog information signals, pulse code modulated [PCM] data}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/1205 5 {for discontinuous data, e.g. digital information signals, computer programme data}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/1207 4 {with transverse tracks only}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/1208 5 {for continuous data, e.g. digitised analog information signals, pulse code modulated [PCM] data}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/1209 5 {for discontinuous data, e.g. digital information signals, computer programme data}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/1211 4 {with different data track configurations (longitudinal control tracks with transverse user data tracks G11B20/1207)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/1212 5 {for continuous data, e.g. digitised analog information signals, pulse code modulated [PCM] data}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/1214 5 {for discontinuous data, e.g. digital information signals, computer programme data}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/1215 3 {on cards (optical aspect of optical cards G11B7/0033)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/1217 3 {on discs}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/1218 4 {wherein the formatting concerns a specific area of the disc}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/122 5 {Burst cutting area [BCA]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/1221 5 {cluster, i.e. a data structure which consists of a fixed number of sectors or ECC blocks}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/1222 5 {ECC block, i.e. a block of error correction encoded symbols which includes all parity data needed for decoding (pure error correction aspects G11B20/18)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/1224 5 {extent, i.e. a set of sectors which numbers form a continuous ascending sequence}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/1225 5 {frame, i.e. a subunit of a sector containing user data, e.g. a sync frame}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/1227 5 {one layer of multilayer disc}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/1228 5 {middle zone or outer guard area of a multilayer disc}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/1229 5 {lead-in area}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/1231 5 {lead-out area}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/1232 5 {sector, i.e. the minimal addressable physical data unit}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/1234 6 {wherein the sector is a headerless sector, i.e. it does not comprise an ID field}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/1235 5 {session, i.e. a contiguous area having its own lead-in area, program area and lead-out area}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/1237 5 {recording side of a single layer medium}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/1238 5 {track, i.e. the entire a spirally or concentrically arranged path on which the recording marks are located}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/1239 6 {the track being a pregroove, e.g. the wobbled track of a recordable optical disc}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/1241 5 {user area, i.e. the area of a disc where user data are to be recorded}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/1242 5 {the area forming one or more zones, wherein each zone is shaped like an annulus or a circular sector}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/1244 6 {CAV zone, in which a constant angular velocity is used}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/1245 6 {CLV zone, in which a constant linear velocity is used}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/1247 6 {rewritable zone, e.g. a RAM zone of a hybrid disc having ROM and RAM areas}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/1248 6 {ROM zone, i.e. an unrewritable zone}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/1249 4 {wherein the bits are arranged on a two-dimensional hexagonal lattice}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/1251 4 {for continuous data, e.g. digitised analog information signals, pulse code modulated [PCM] data}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/1252 4 {for discontinuous data, e.g. digital information signals, computer programme data}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/1254 4 {for mixed data, i.e. continuous and discontinuous data}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/1255 4 {Fixed Block Architecture [FBA] format}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/1257 4 {Count Key Data [CKD] format}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/1258 4 {where blocks are arranged within multiple radial zones, e.g. Zone Bit Recording or Constant Density Recording discs, MCAV discs, MCLV discs}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/1259 4 {with ROM/RAM areas}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/1261 3 {on films, e.g. for optical moving-picture soundtracks (optical aspect G11B7/0032)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/1262 3 {with more than one format/standard, e.g. conversion from CD-audio format to R-DAT format}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/1264 3 {wherein the formatting concerns a specific kind of data}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/1265 4 {Control data, system data or management information, i.e. data used to access or process user data}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/1267 5 {Address data}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/1268 6 {Address in pregroove [ADIP] information}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/1269 6 {Absolute time in pregroove [ATIP] information}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/1271 6 {the address data being stored in a subcode, e.g. in the Q channel of a CD}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/1272 7 {Burst indicator subcode [BIS]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/1274 6 {stored in pre-pits, i.e. in embossed pits, ROM marks or prepits}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/1275 5 {Calibration data, e.g. specific training patterns for adjusting equalizer settings or other recording or playback parameters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/1277 5 {for managing gaps between two recordings, e.g. control data in linking areas, run-in or run-out fields, guard or buffer zones}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/1278 5 {Physical format specifications of the record carrier, e.g. compliance with a specific standard, recording density, number of layers, start of data zone or lead-out}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/1279 6 {Permanent information and control data stored in the PIC zone of a Blu-Ray disc}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/1281 5 {Servo information}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/1282 6 {in embedded servo fields}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/1284 6 {in servo fields which split data fields}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/1285 5 {Status of the record carrier, e.g. space bit maps, flags indicating a formatting status or a write permission}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/1287 5 {Synchronisation pattern, e.g. VCO fields (specific bit sequences of sync patterns G11B20/1403; A/V synchronisation G11B27/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/1288 4 {Formatting by padding empty spaces with dummy data, e.g. writing zeroes or random data when de-icing optical discs}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/1289 4 {Formatting of user data}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/1291 3 {wherein the formatting serves a specific purpose}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/1292 4 {Enhancement of the total storage capacity}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/1294 4 {Increase of the access speed}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/1295 5 {wherein the focus is on the read access speed}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/1297 5 {wherein the focus is on the write access speed}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/1298 4 {Enhancement of the signal quality}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/14 2 using self-clocking codes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/1403 3 {characterised by the use of two levels}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/1407 4 {code representation depending on a single bit, i.e. where a one is always represented by a first code symbol while a zero is always represented by a second code symbol}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/1411 5 {conversion to or from pulse width coding}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/1415 5 {conversion to or from pulse frequency coding}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/1419 5 {to or from biphase level coding, i.e. to or from codes where a one is coded as a transition from a high to a low level during the middle of a bit cell and a zero is encoded as a transition from a low to a high level during the middle of a bit cell or vice versa, e.g. split phase code, Manchester code conversion to or from biphase space or mark coding, i.e. to or from codes where there is a transition at the beginning of every bit cell and a one has no second transition and a zero has a second transition one half of a bit period later or vice versa, e.g. double frequency code, FM code}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/1423 4 {Code representation depending on subsequent bits, e.g. delay modulation, double density code, Miller code}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/1426 5 {conversion to or from block codes or representations thereof}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/143 6 {4 to 6 modulation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/1434 6 {8 to 9 modulation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/1438 6 {8 to 10 modulation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/1442 6 {8 to 12 modulation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/1446 6 {16 to 17 modulation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/1449 6 {24 to 25 modulation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/1453 6 {17PP modulation, i.e. the parity preserving RLL(1,7) code with rate 2/3 used on Blu-Ray discs}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/1457 6 {wherein DC control is performed by calculating a digital sum value [DSV]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/1461 6 {8 to 14 modulation, e.g. the EFM code used on CDs or mini-discs}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/1465 6 {8 to 16 modulation, e.g. the EFM+ code used on DVDs}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/1469 6 {modulation code with one or more merging bits between consecutive codewords}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/1473 6 {modulation code without any merging bits}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/1476 4 {Synchronisation patterns; Coping with defects thereof}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/148 5 {using error detecting or error correcting codes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/1484 4 {Codewords used in servo patterns}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/1488 3 {characterised by the use of three levels}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/1492 4 {two levels are symmetric, in respect of the sign to the third level which is "zero"}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/1496 3 {characterised by the use of more than three levels}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/16 2 using non self-clocking codes, i.e. the clock signals are either recorded in a separate clocking track or in a combination of several information tracks
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/18 2 Error detection or correction; Testing {, e.g. of drop-outs}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/1803 3 {by redundancy in data representation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/1806 3 {Pulse code modulation systems for audio signals (G11B20/1803 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/1809 4 {by interleaving}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/1813 4 {by adding special bits or symbols to the coded information (G11B20/1809 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/1816 3 {Testing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/182 4 {using test patterns}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/1823 4 {wherein a flag is set when errors are detected or qualified}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/1826 4 {wherein a defect list or error map is generated}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/183 4 {wherein at least one additional attempt is made to read or write the data when a first attempt is unsuccessful}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/1833 3 {by adding special lists or symbols to the coded information (G11B20/1806, G11B20/1866 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/1836 4 {using a Reed Solomon [RS] code}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/184 5 {using a cross-interleaved Reed Solomon [CIRC]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/1843 4 {using a cyclic redundancy check [CRC]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/1846 4 {using a picket code, i.e. a code in which a long distance code [LDC] is arranged as an array and columns containing burst indicator subcode [BIS] are multiplexed for erasure decoding}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/185 4 {using an low density parity check [LDPC] code}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/1853 4 {using a product code which has inner and outer parity symbols}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/1856 4 {using a turbo code}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/1859 4 {wherein a trellis is used for decoding the error correcting code}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/1863 4 {wherein the Viterbi algorithm is used for decoding the error correcting code}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/1866 3 {by interleaving (G11B20/1809 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/1869 3 {Preventing ageing phenomena from causing data loss, e.g. by monitoring the age of record carriers or by recognising wear, and by copying information elsewhere when a record carrier becomes unreliable}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/1873 3 {Temporary defect structures for write-once discs, e.g. TDDS, TDMA or TDFL}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/1876 3 {Interpolating methods}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/1879 3 {Direct read-after-write methods}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/1883 3 {Methods for assignment of alternate areas for defective areas}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/1886 4 {with tapes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/1889 4 {with discs}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/1893 4 {using linear replacement to relocate data from a defective block to a non-contiguous spare area, e.g. with a secondary defect list [SDL]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2020/1896 4 {using skip or slip replacement to relocate data from a defective block to the next usable block, e.g. with a primary defect list [PDL]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/20 1 for correction of skew for multitrack recording
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/22 1 for reducing distortions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/225 2 {for reducing wow or flutter (by controlling the speed of the record carrier G11B15/46, G11B19/28)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B20/24 1 for reducing noise {(control of amplification in general, e.g. dependent upon noise level H03G)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B21/00 0 Head arrangements not specific to the method of recording or reproducing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B21/003 1 {Disposition of fixed heads, e.g. for scanning, selecting or following of tracks}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B21/006 2 {for track following}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B21/02 1 Driving or moving of heads
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B21/022 2 {Programmed access in sequence to indexed parts of operating record carriers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B21/025 3 {of rotating discs}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B21/027 3 {of tapes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B21/03 2 for correcting time base error {during transducing operation, by driving or moving the head in a direction more or less parallel to the direction of travel of the recording medium, e.g. tangential direction on a rotating disc (by driving or moving the head in a direction which cuts across the direction of travel of the recording medium G11B15/1808, G11B15/467)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B21/04 2 Automatic feed mechanism producing a {progressive} transducing traverse of the head in a direction which cuts across the direction of travel of the recording medium, e.g. helical scan {, e.g. by lead-screw (G11B19/20, G11B21/08 and G11B21/10 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B21/043 3 {for stationary discs}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B21/046 3 {details of the feed mechanism}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B21/06 3 the record carrier having {mechanical} means to ensure traverse movement of the head {, e.g. grooves}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B21/08 2 Track changing or selecting (G11B21/12 takes precedence){during transducing operation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B21/081 3 {Access to indexed tracks or parts of continuous track}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B21/083 4 {on discs}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B21/085 5 {with track following of accessed part}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B21/086 4 {on tapes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B21/088 5 {with track following of accessed part}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B21/10 2 Track finding or aligning by moving the head {Provisions for maintaining alignment of the head relative to the track during transducing operation, i.e. track following (characterised by the track access method G11B21/08)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B21/103 3 {on tapes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B21/106 3 {on disks}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B21/12 2 Raising and lowering; Back-spacing or forward-spacing along track; Returning to starting position {otherwise than during transducing operation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B21/14 3 manually
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B21/16 1 Supporting the heads; Supporting the sockets for plug-in heads
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B21/18 2 while the head is moving
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B21/20 2 while the head is in operative position but stationary or permitting minor movements to follow irregularities in surface of record carrier
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B21/21 3 with provision for maintaining desired spacing of head from record carrier, e.g. fluid-dynamic spacing, slider
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B21/22 2 while the head is out of operative position
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B21/24 2 Head support adjustments
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B21/26 2 Means for interchange or replacement of head or head element
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B23/00 0 Record carriers not specific to the method of recording or reproducing; Accessories, e.g. containers, specially adapted for co-operation with the recording or reproducing apparatus {Intermediate mediums; Apparatus or processes specially adapted for their manufacture (processes involving a single technical art and for which provision exists elsewhere, see the relevant class, e.g. B29, B41M, B05D, C08L, F16N)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B23/0007 1 {Circuits or methods for reducing noise, for correction of distortion, or for changing density of recorded information, (volume compression or expansion circuits per se H03G7/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B23/0014 1 {record carriers not specifically of filamentary or web form (G11B23/0057 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B23/0021 2 {discs}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B23/0028 3 {Details}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B23/0035 4 {means incorporated in the disc, e.g. hub, to enable its guiding, loading or driving (means for driving the head G11B21/06; guiding the disc for centering or locking G11B17/022; turntables or spindles for driving G11B19/2009)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B23/0042 5 {with provision for auxiliary features (sensing such features G11B17/00, G11B19/02)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B23/005 3 {flexible discs (G11B23/0035 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B23/0057 1 {Intermediate mediums, i.e. mediums provided with an information structure not specific to the method of reproducing or duplication such as matrixes for mechanical pressing of an information structure (for record carriers with directly readable mechanical information G11B3/685); record carriers having a relief information structure provided with or included in layers not specific for a single reproducing method; apparatus or processes specially adapted for their manufacture}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B23/0064 2 {mediums or carriers characterised by the selection of the material}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B23/0071 3 {additional layers for lubrication or wear protection (lubricating means not integrated in the record carrier structure G11B23/50)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B23/0078 3 {information structure layers using metallic or dielectric coatings}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B23/0085 3 {intermediate mediums using a photosensitive material, e.g. photo-resist}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B23/0092 3 {molding resin compositions}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B23/02 1 Containers; Storing means {both adapted to cooperate with the recording or reproducing means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B23/021 2 {comprising means for reducing influence of physical parameters, e.g. temperature change, moisture (combined with means for reconditioning or cleaning G11B23/507)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B23/023 2 Containers for magazines or cassettes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B23/0233 3 {Containers for a single cassette}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B23/0236 3 {Containers for several cassettes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B23/027 2 Containers for single reels or spools
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B23/03 2 Containers for flat record carriers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B23/0301 3 {Details}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B23/0302 4 {Auxiliary features}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B23/0303 5 {Write protect features with a sliding part}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B23/0305 5 {Semiconductor memories}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B23/0306 4 {Means for locking the record carriers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B23/0307 4 {Positioning or centering features}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B23/0308 4 {Shutters (G11B23/0317 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B23/031 4 {Indicating means, e.g. sticker, bar code}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B23/0311 4 {Wrong insertion preventing means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B23/0312 4 {Driving features}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B23/0313 4 {Container cases}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B23/0315 5 {Materials}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B23/0316 5 {Constructional details, e.g. shape}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B23/0317 4 {Containers with interchangeable record carriers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B23/0318 4 {Containers with incorporated transducing heads}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B23/032 3 {for rigid discs}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B23/0321 4 {rigid cartridges for single discs}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B23/0322 5 {comprising latching or movable handling devices (G11B17/032 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B23/0323 4 {for disc-packs}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B23/0325 5 {comprising latching or movable handling devices (G11B17/038 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B23/0326 3 {Assembling of containers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B23/0327 3 {for special applications not otherwise provided for}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B23/0328 3 {the disc having to be extracted from the cartridge for recording reproducing, e.g. cooperating with an extractable tray}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B23/033 3 for flexible discs
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B23/0332 4 {for single discs, e.g. envelopes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B23/0335 4 {for disc packs}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B23/0337 5 {comprising latching or movable handling devices (G11B23/0325 and G11B17/038 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B23/037 2 Single reels or spools
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B23/04 2 Magazines; Cassettes {for webs or filaments}(G11B23/12 takes precedence {; cassettes with sealing or locking means G11B23/28; dummy cassettes for locking in the drive G11B33/005})
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B23/041 3 {Details}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B23/042 4 {Auxiliary features (sensing such features G11B15/06)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B23/043 4 {Brakes for tapes or tape reels}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B23/044 4 {Reels or cores; positioning of the reels in the cassette}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B23/045 4 {Covers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B23/046 4 {Indicating means, e.g. quantity of tape}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B23/047 4 {Guiding means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B23/048 4 {Driving features}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B23/049 3 {Cassettes for special applications not otherwise provided for}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B23/06 3 for housing endless webs or filaments
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B23/07 4 using a single reel or core
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B23/08 3 for housing webs or filaments having two distinct ends
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B23/087 4 using two different reels or cores
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B23/08707 5 {Details}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B23/08714 6 {Auxiliary features (sensing such features G11B15/06)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B23/08721 6 {Brakes for tapes or tape reels (G11B23/08707 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B23/08728 6 {Reels or cores; positioning of the reels in the cassette}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B23/08735 6 {Covers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B23/08742 7 {in combination with brake means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B23/0875 6 {Indicating means, e.g. quantity of tape}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B23/08757 6 {Guiding means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B23/08764 7 {Liner sheets}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B23/08771 7 {Pressure pads}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B23/08778 6 {Driving features, e.g. belt}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B23/08785 6 {Envelopes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B23/08792 6 {Shielding devices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B23/093 5 the reels or cores being coaxial
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B23/107 4 using one reel or core, one end of the record carrier coming out of the magazine or cassette
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B23/113 2 Apparatus or processes specially adapted for the manufacture of magazines or cassettes {, e.g. initial loading into container (processes involving a single technical art and for which provision exists elsewhere, see the relevant class, e.g. B21, B29, B65)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B23/12 2 Bins for random storage of webs or filaments
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B23/14 1 providing ability to repeat location, e.g. using sprocket holes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B23/16 1 Record carriers with single-track for recording at spaced intervals along the track thereof, e.g. for speech or language training {contains no documents}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B23/18 1 Record carriers with multiple tracks, e.g. with complementary and partial tracks such as paired "stereo" tracks {contains no documents}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B23/20 1 with provision for splicing to provide permanent or temporary connections
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B23/22 2 of endless belts; of tapes forming Moebius loops
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B23/24 2 of tapes having multiple tracks parallel to edge of record carrier by offset splicing to form endless loop with one or more helical tracks
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B23/26 2 of leaders for loading or threading, e.g. to form a temporary connection
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B23/28 1 Indicating {or preventing} prior or unauthorised use, {e.g. cassettes with sealing or locking means, write-protect devices for discs (write-protect devices for tapes G11B23/042, G11B23/08714; dummy cassettes for locking in the drive G11B33/005)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B23/281 2 {by changing the physical properties of the record carrier}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B23/282 3 {Limited play}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B23/283 2 {Security features, e.g. digital codes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B23/284 3 {on the record carrier}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B23/285 3 {on the container or cartridge}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B23/286 2 {Antitheft arrangements, e.g. Electronic Article Surveillance [EAS] tags}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B23/287 2 {by mechanical lock}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B23/288 2 {Protecting disks from being written or overwritten}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B23/30 1 with provision for auxiliary signals
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B23/32 2 Electrical or mechanical contacting means; Tape stop foils
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B23/34 2 Signal means additional to the main recording track, e.g. photoelectric sensing of sprocket holes for timing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B23/36 2 Signals on record carriers or on containers and recorded by the same method as the main recording
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B23/38 1 Visual features other than those contained in record tracks or represented by sprocket holes {the visual signals being auxiliary signals}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B23/40 2 Identifying or analogous means applied to or incorporated in the record carrier and not intended for visual display simultaneously with the playing-back of the record carrier, e.g. label, leader, photograph
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B23/42 2 Marks for indexing, speed-controlling, synchronising, or timing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B23/44 2 Information for display simultaneously with playback of the record, e.g. photographic matter (associated working of cameras or projectors with sound recording or reproducing means G03B31/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B23/50 1 Reconditioning of record carriers; Cleaning of record carriers {; Carrying-off electrostatic charges}(G11B3/58 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B23/502 2 {of tape carriers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B23/505 2 {of disk carriers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B23/507 3 {combined with means for reducing influence of physical parameters, e.g. temperature change, moisture}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B25/00 0 Apparatus characterised by the shape of record carrier employed but not specific to the method of recording or reproducing {, e.g. dictating apparatus; Combinations of such apparatus}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B25/02 1 using cylindrical record carriers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B25/04 1 using flat record carriers, e.g. disc, card
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B25/043 2 {using rotating discs}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B25/046 2 {using stationary discs, or cards provided with a circular recording area (driving heads relatively to stationary record carriers for mechanical transducing G11B3/40; automatic feed mechanism producing a transducing traverse of the head across stationary disk tracks G11B21/043)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B25/06 1 using web-form record carriers, e.g. tape
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B25/063 2 {using tape inside container}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B25/066 2 {adapted for use with containers of different sizes or configurations; adaptor devices therefor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B25/08 1 using filamentary record carriers, e.g. wire
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B25/10 1 Apparatus capable of using record carriers defined in more than one of the sub-groups G11B25/02 - G11B25/08; {Adaptor devices therefor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B27/00 0 Editing; Indexing; Addressing; Timing or synchronising; Monitoring; Measuring tape travel
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B27/002 1 {Programmed access in sequence to a plurality of record carriers or indexed parts, e.g. tracks, thereof, e.g. for editing; (transfer of record carriers from magazine G11B15/68, G11B17/10; G11B17/22)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B27/005 1 {Reproducing at a different information rate from the information rate of recording (for television signals H04N5/783)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B27/007 2 {reproducing continuously a part of the information, i.e. repeating}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B27/02 1 Editing, e.g. varying the order of information signals recorded on, or reproduced from, record carriers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B27/022 2 Electronic editing of analogue information signals, e.g. audio or video signals
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B27/024 3 on tapes (G11B27/028, G11B27/029 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B27/026 3 on discs (G11B27/028, G11B27/029 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B27/028 3 with computer assistance
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B27/029 3 Insert-editing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B27/031 2 Electronic editing of digitised analogue information signals, e.g. audio or video signals
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B27/032 3 on tapes (G11B27/036, G11B27/038 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B27/034 3 on discs (G11B27/036, G11B27/038 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B27/036 3 Insert-editing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B27/038 3 Cross-faders therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B27/04 2 using differential drive of record carrier and head {(transferred to G11B15/1875)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B27/06 2 Cutting and rejoining; Notching, or perforating record carriers otherwise than by recording styli (record carriers with provision for splicing G11B23/20)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B27/10 1 Indexing; Addressing; Timing or synchronising; Measuring tape travel
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B27/102 2 {Programmed access in sequence to addressed parts of tracks of operating record carriers (access by moving the head G11B3/08, G11B5/54, G11B7/085, G11B21/022; by moving the record carrier G11B15/005, G11B17/005, by driving of both record carrier and head G11B15/1816)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B27/105 3 {of operating discs}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B27/107 3 {of operating tapes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B27/11 2 by using information not detectable on the record carrier
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B27/13 3 the information being derived from movement of the record carrier, e.g. using tachometer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B27/15 4 using mechanical sensing means {(see provisionally also G11B27/13)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B27/17 4 using electrical sensing means {(see provisionally also G11B27/13)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B27/19 2 by using information detectable on the record carrier
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B27/22 3 Means responsive to presence or absence of recorded information signals
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B27/24 3 by sensing features on the record carrier other than the transducing track {; sensing signals or marks recorded by another method than the main recording}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B27/26 4 by photoelectric detection, e.g. of sprocket holes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B27/28 3 by using information signals recorded by the same method as the main recording {(G11B27/22 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B27/30 4 on the same track as the main recording
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B27/3009 5 {used signal is a pilot signal inside the frequency band of the recorded main information signal}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B27/3018 5 {used signal is a pilot signal outside the frequency band of the recorded main information signal}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B27/3027 5 {used signal is digitally coded}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B27/3036 6 {Time code signal}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B27/3045 7 {superimposed on the recorded main signal, e.g. burn-in-time code}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B27/3054 7 {Vertical Interval Time code [VITC]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B27/3063 6 {Subcodes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B27/3072 6 {Coded signal uses a correlation function for detection}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B27/3081 5 {used signal is a video-frame or a video-field (P.I.P)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B27/309 5 {Table of contents}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B27/32 4 on separate auxiliary tracks of the same or an auxiliary record carrier
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B27/321 5 {used signal consists of two 180-degr. phase shifted signals of the same frequency}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B27/322 5 {used signal is digitally coded}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B27/323 6 {Time code signal, e.g. on a cue track as SMPTE- or EBU-time code}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B27/324 6 {Duty cycle modulation of control pulses, e.g. VHS-CTL-coding systems, RAPID-time code, VASS- or VISS-cue signals}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B27/325 6 {Subcodes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B27/326 5 {used signal is a video-frame or a video-field (P.I.P.)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B27/327 5 {Table of contents}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B27/328 6 {on a tape [TTOC]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B27/329 6 {on a disc [VTOC]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B27/34 2 Indicating arrangements (indicating measured values in general G01D {indicating means incorporated in magazine or cassette G11B23/046 and G11B23/0875})
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B27/36 1 Monitoring, i.e. supervising the progress of recording or reproducing {(for digital recording G11B20/00 and s.gr.; for monitoring, testing or measuring of TV recorders of the type covered by H04N5/76 and subgroups, see H04N17/06)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B31/00 0 Arrangements for the associated working of recording or reproducing apparatus with related apparatus (with cameras or projectors G03B31/00 {; recording/reproducing of music for electrophonic musical instruments G10H1/0033; automatic arrangements for answering calls or for recording messages for absent subscribers H04M1/64; telephonic communication systems adapted for combination with dictation recording and playback systems H04M11/10; connection of TV recorder with other related apparatus, e.g. TV camera or receiver, in which the TV signal is significantly involved H04N, e.g. H04N23/00, H04N5/765; combination of radio or TV with other apparatus, e.g. with vehicles H05K11/00})
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B31/003 1 {with radio receiver}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B31/006 1 {with video camera or receiver}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B31/02 1 with automatic musical instruments
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B33/00 0 Constructional parts, details or accessories not provided for in the other groups of this subclass
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B33/005 1 {Means for locking the disc or cassette receiving slot, e.g. dummy cassettes locked in the slot}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B33/02 1 Cabinets; Cases; Stands; Disposition of apparatus therein or thereon
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B33/022 2 {Cases}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B33/025 3 {Portable cases}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B33/027 2 {Covers (G11B33/022 takes precedence; with means for guiding the record carrier G11B17/34)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B33/04 2 modified to store record carriers {(containers, storing means adapted for cooperation with the recording or reproducing apparatus G11B23/02)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B33/0405 3 {for storing discs (anti-theft cases with locking means E05B73/0023)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B33/0411 4 {Single disc boxes (G11B33/0461 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B33/0416 5 {for disc cartridges}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B33/0422 5 {for discs without cartridge}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B33/0427 6 {comprising centre hole locking means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B33/0433 4 {Multiple disc containers (G11B33/0461 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B33/0438 5 {for disc cartridges}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B33/0444 5 {for discs without cartridge}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B33/045 6 {comprising centre hole locking means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B33/0455 5 {for single disc boxes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B33/0461 4 {Disc storage racks}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B33/0466 5 {for disc cartridges}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B33/0472 5 {for discs without cartridge}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B33/0477 6 {comprising centre hole locking means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B33/0483 5 {for single disc boxes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B33/0488 4 {in boxes or containers comprising additional sound reproducing or activating means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B33/0494 4 {packages made by folding}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B33/06 2 combined with other apparatus having a different main function
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B33/08 2 Insulation or absorption of undesired vibrations or sounds
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B33/10 1 Indicating arrangements; Warning arrangements {(G11B15/04, G11B19/04, G11B27/34, G11B27/36 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B33/12 1 Disposition of constructional parts in the apparatus, e.g. of power supply, of modules
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B33/121 2 {the apparatus comprising a single recording/reproducing device}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B33/122 3 {Arrangements for providing electrical connections, e.g. connectors, cables, switches}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B33/123 3 {Mounting arrangements of constructional parts onto a chassis}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B33/124 4 {of the single recording/reproducing device, e.g. disk drive, onto a chassis}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B33/125 2 {the apparatus comprising a plurality of recording/reproducing devices, e.g. modular arrangements, arrays of disc drives}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B33/126 3 {Arrangements for providing electrical connections, e.g. connectors, cables, switches}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B33/127 3 {Mounting arrangements of constructional parts onto a chassis}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B33/128 4 {of the plurality of recording/reproducing devices, e.g. disk drives, onto a chassis}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B33/14 1 Reducing influence of physical parameters, e.g. temperature change, moisture, dust
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B33/1406 2 {Reducing the influence of the temperature}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B33/1413 3 {by fluid cooling}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B33/142 4 {by air cooling}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B33/1426 3 {by cooling plates, e.g. fins}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B33/1433 3 {by reducing the effects of the thermal expansion}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B33/144 3 {by detection, control, regulation of the temperature}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B33/1446 2 {Reducing contamination, e.g. by dust, debris}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B33/1453 3 {by moisture}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B33/146 3 {constructional details of filters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B33/1466 3 {sealing gaskets, (gasket in general F16J)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B33/1473 3 {of/from bearings}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B33/148 2 {Reducing friction, adhesion, drag}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B33/1486 2 {Control/regulation of the pressure, e.g. the pressure inside the housing of a drive}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B33/1493 2 {Electro-Magnetic Interference [EMI] or Radio Frequency Interference [RFI] shielding; grounding of static charges}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2209/00 0 Recording or reproducing using a method not covered elsewhere in this subclass
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2209/02 1 transducing on or investigating record carriers or information recording transducers or systems by using near-field interactions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2220/00 0 Record carriers by type
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2220/17 1 Card-like record carriers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2220/20 1 Disc-shaped record carriers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2220/21 2 characterised in that the disc is of read-only, rewritable, or recordable type
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2220/211 3 Discs having both read-only and rewritable or recordable areas containing application data; Partial ROM media
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2220/213 3 Read-only discs
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2220/215 3 Recordable discs
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2220/216 4 Rewritable discs
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2220/218 4 Write-once discs
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2220/23 2 characterised in that the disc has a specific layer structure
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2220/232 3 Double-sided discs, i.e. two recording layers accessed from opposite sides
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2220/235 3 Multilayer discs, i.e. multiple recording layers accessed from the same side
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2220/237 4 having exactly two recording layers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2220/25 2 characterised in that the disc is based on a specific recording technology
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2220/2504 3 Holographic discs; Holographic digital data storage [HDDS]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2220/2508 3 Magnetic discs
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2220/2512 4 Floppy disks
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2220/2516 4 Hard disks
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2220/252 4 Patterned or quantised magnetic media, i.e. bits are stored in predefined single domain elements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2220/2525 3 Magneto-optical [MO] discs
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2220/2529 4 Mini-discs
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2220/2533 4 MO disc using magnetic super resolution, i.e., the magnetic mark is smaller than the laser spot size
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2220/2537 3 Optical discs
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2220/2541 4 Blu-ray discs; Blue laser DVR discs
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2220/2545 4 CDs
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2220/255 5 CD-I, i.e. CD-interactive
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2220/2554 5 CD-V [CD-Video], CDV, or CD+V, as defined in IEC 61104
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2220/2558 5 CD-XA format, i.e. eXtended architecture extension of the CD-ROM standard
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2220/2562 4 DVDs [digital versatile discs]; Digital video discs; MMCDs; HDCDs
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2220/2566 5 DVDs belonging to the minus family, i.e. -R, -RW, -VR
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2220/257 5 DVDs belonging to the plus family, i.e. +R, +RW, +VR
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2220/2575 5 DVD-RAMs
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2220/2579 4 HD-DVDs [high definition DVDs]; AODs [advanced optical discs]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2220/2583 4 wherein two standards are used on a single disc, e.g. one DVD section and one CD section
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2220/2587 4 Laser Discs; Optical disc using analog recording
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2220/2591 4 SFFO discs, i.e. small form factor optical discs; Portable blue
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2220/2595 4 Super-resolution optical discs, i.e. optical discs wherein the size of marks is below the optical diffraction limit
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2220/40 1 Combinations of multiple record carriers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2220/41 2 Flat as opposed to hierarchical combination, e.g. library of tapes or discs, CD changer, or groups of record carriers that together store one title
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2220/412 3 Distributed storage methods, i.e. the system may autonomously determine for a storage device that provides enough storage capacity for recording
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2220/415 3 Redundant array of inexpensive disks [RAID] systems
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2220/417 3 Redundant array of inexpensive tapes [RAIT] systems
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2220/45 2 Hierarchical combination of record carriers, e.g. HDD for fast access, optical discs for long term storage or tapes for backup
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2220/455 3 said record carriers being in one device and being used as primary and secondary/backup media, e.g. HDD-DVD combo device, or as source and target media, e.g. PC and portable player
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2220/60 1 Solid state media (details of solid state memory devices G11C)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2220/61 2 wherein solid state memory is used for storing A/V content (storing computer data in solid state memories G06F)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2220/63 2 wherein solid state memory is used as a supplementary storage medium to store auxiliary data for detecting or correcting errors on a main storage medium
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2220/65 2 wherein solid state memory is used for storing indexing information or metadata
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2220/652 3 said memory being attached to the recording medium
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2220/655 4 Memory in cassette [MIC]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2220/657 4 Memory in disc [MID]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2220/80 1 Indexing information stored in optical or magnetic or other strip attached to cassette or disc, e.g. barcodes attached to a recording medium
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2220/90 1 Tape-like record carriers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2220/91 2 Helical scan format, wherein tracks are slightly tilted with respect to tape direction, e.g. VHS, DAT, DVC, AIT or exabyte
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2220/913 3 Digital audio tape [DAT] format
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2220/916 3 Digital data storage [DDS] format
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2220/93 2 Longitudinal format, wherein tracks are in the direction of the tape, read with a static head, e.g. DCC
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2220/95 2 Serpentine format, wherein a single track or group of tracks traverses the tape plural times from one end to the other
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2220/953 3 Digital linear tape [DLT] format
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11B2220/956 3 Linear tape open [LTO] format
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C STATIC STORES (semiconductor memory devices H10B)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C5/00 0 Details of stores covered by group G11C11/00
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C5/005 1 {Circuit means for protection against loss of information of semiconductor storage devices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C5/02 1 Disposition of storage elements, e.g. in the form of a matrix array
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C5/025 2 {Geometric lay-out considerations of storage- and peripheral-blocks in a semiconductor storage device (geometrical lay-out of the components in integrated circuits, H01L27/0207)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C5/04 2 Supports for storage elements {, e.g. memory modules}; Mounting or fixing of storage elements on such supports
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C5/05 3 Supporting of cores in matrix
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C5/06 1 Arrangements for interconnecting storage elements electrically, e.g. by wiring
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C5/063 2 {Voltage and signal distribution in integrated semi-conductor memory access lines, e.g. word-line, bit-line, cross-over resistance, propagation delay}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C5/066 2 {Means for reducing external access-lines for a semiconductor memory clip, e.g. by multiplexing at least address and data signals}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C5/08 2 for interconnecting magnetic elements, e.g. toroidal cores
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C5/10 2 for interconnecting capacitors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C5/12 1 Apparatus or processes for interconnecting storage elements, e.g. for threading magnetic cores
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C5/14 1 Power supply arrangements {, e.g. power down, chip selection or deselection, layout of wirings or power grids, or multiple supply levels}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C5/141 2 {Battery and back-up supplies}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C5/142 2 {Contactless power supplies, e.g. RF, induction, or IR}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C5/143 2 {Detection of memory cassette insertion or removal; Continuity checks of supply or ground lines; Detection of supply variations, interruptions or levels (G11C5/148 takes precedence); Switching between alternative supplies (G11C5/141 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C5/144 3 {Detection of predetermined disconnection or reduction of power supply, e.g. power down or power standby}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C5/145 2 {Applications of charge pumps; Boosted voltage circuits; Clamp circuits therefor (G11C5/141 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C5/146 3 {Substrate bias generators (G11C5/141 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C5/147 2 {Voltage reference generators, voltage or current regulators; Internally lowered supply levels; Compensation for voltage drops (G11C5/141 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C5/148 2 {Details of power up or power down circuits, standby circuits or recovery circuits}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C7/00 0 Arrangements for writing information into, or reading information out from, a digital store (G11C5/00 takes precedence; auxiliary circuits for stores using semiconductor devices G11C11/4063, G11C11/413)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C7/005 1 {with combined beam-and individual cell access}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C7/02 1 with means for avoiding parasitic signals
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C7/04 1 with means for avoiding disturbances due to temperature effects
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C7/06 1 Sense amplifiers; Associated circuits {, e.g. timing or triggering circuits}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C7/062 2 {Differential amplifiers of non-latching type, e.g. comparators, long-tailed pairs}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C7/065 2 {Differential amplifiers of latching type}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C7/067 2 {Single-ended amplifiers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C7/08 2 Control thereof
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C7/10 1 Input/output [I/O] data interface arrangements, e.g. I/O data control circuits, I/O data buffers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C7/1003 2 {Interface circuits for daisy chain or ring bus memory arrangements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C7/1006 2 {Data managing, e.g. manipulating data before writing or reading out, data bus switches or control circuits therefor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C7/1009 3 {Data masking during input/output}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C7/1012 3 {Data reordering during input/output, e.g. crossbars, layers of multiplexers, shifting or rotating}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C7/1015 2 {Read-write modes for single port memories, i.e. having either a random port or a serial port}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C7/1018 3 {Serial bit line access mode, e.g. using bit line address shift registers, bit line address counters, bit line burst counters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C7/1021 4 {Page serial bit line access mode, i.e. using an enabled row address stroke pulse with its associated word line address and a sequence of enabled column address stroke pulses each with its associated bit line address}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C7/1024 5 {Extended data output [EDO] mode, i.e. keeping output buffer enabled during an extended period of time}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C7/1027 4 {Static column decode serial bit line access mode, i.e. using an enabled row address stroke pulse with its associated word line address and a sequence of enabled bit line addresses}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C7/103 3 {using serially addressed read-write data registers (G11C7/1036 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C7/1033 4 {using data registers of which only one stage is addressed for sequentially outputting data from a predetermined number of stages, e.g. nibble read-write mode}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C7/1036 3 {using data shift registers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C7/1039 3 {using pipelining techniques, i.e. using latches between functional memory parts, e.g. row/column decoders, I/O buffers, sense amplifiers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C7/1042 3 {using interleaving techniques, i.e. read-write of one part of the memory while preparing another part}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C7/1045 3 {Read-write mode select circuits}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C7/1048 2 {Data bus control circuits, e.g. precharging, presetting, equalising}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C7/1051 2 {Data output circuits, e.g. read-out amplifiers, data output buffers, data output registers, data output level conversion circuits}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C7/1054 3 {Optical output buffers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C7/1057 3 {Data output buffers, e.g. comprising level conversion circuits, circuits for adapting load}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C7/106 3 {Data output latches}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C7/1063 3 {Control signal output circuits, e.g. status or busy flags, feedback command signals}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C7/1066 3 {Output synchronization}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C7/1069 3 {I/O lines read out arrangements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C7/1072 2 {for memories with random access ports synchronised on clock signal pulse trains, e.g. synchronous memories, self timed memories}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C7/1075 2 {for multiport memories each having random access ports and serial ports, e.g. video RAM}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C7/1078 2 {Data input circuits, e.g. write amplifiers, data input buffers, data input registers, data input level conversion circuits}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C7/1081 3 {Optical input buffers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C7/1084 3 {Data input buffers, e.g. comprising level conversion circuits, circuits for adapting load}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C7/1087 3 {Data input latches}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C7/109 3 {Control signal input circuits}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C7/1093 3 {Input synchronization}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C7/1096 3 {Write circuits, e.g. I/O line write drivers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C7/12 1 Bit line control circuits, e.g. drivers, boosters, pull-up circuits, pull-down circuits, precharging circuits, equalising circuits, for bit lines
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C7/14 1 Dummy cell management; Sense reference voltage generators
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C7/16 1 Storage of analogue signals in digital stores using an arrangement comprising analogue/digital [A/D] converters, digital memories and digital/analogue [D/A] converters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C7/18 1 Bit line organisation; Bit line lay-out
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C7/20 1 Memory cell initialisation circuits, e.g. when powering up or down, memory clear, latent image memory
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C7/22 1 Read-write [R-W] timing or clocking circuits; Read-write [R-W] control signal generators or management
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C7/222 2 {Clock generating, synchronizing or distributing circuits within memory device}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C7/225 2 {Clock input buffers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C7/227 2 {Timing of memory operations based on dummy memory elements or replica circuits}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C7/24 1 Memory cell safety or protection circuits, e.g. arrangements for preventing inadvertent reading or writing; Status cells; Test cells
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C8/00 0 Arrangements for selecting an address in a digital store (for stores using transistors G11C11/407, G11C11/413)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C8/005 1 {with travelling wave access}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C8/04 1 using a sequential addressing device, e.g. shift register, counter
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C8/06 1 Address interface arrangements, e.g. address buffers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C8/08 1 Word line control circuits, e.g. drivers, boosters, pull-up circuits, pull-down circuits, precharging circuits, for word lines
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C8/10 1 Decoders
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C8/12 1 Group selection circuits, e.g. for memory block selection, chip selection, array selection
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C8/14 1 Word line organisation; Word line lay-out
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C8/16 1 Multiple access memory array, e.g. addressing one storage element via at least two independent addressing line groups
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C8/18 1 Address timing or clocking circuits; Address control signal generation or management, e.g. for row address strobe [RAS] or column address strobe [CAS] signals
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C8/20 1 Address safety or protection circuits, i.e. arrangements for preventing unauthorized or accidental access
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/00 0 Digital stores characterised by the use of particular electric or magnetic storage elements; Storage elements therefor (G11C14/00 - G11C21/00 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/005 1 {comprising combined but independently operative RAM-ROM, RAM-PROM, RAM-EPROM cells}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/02 1 using magnetic elements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/04 2 using storage elements having cylindrical form, e.g. rod, wire (G11C11/12, G11C11/14 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/06 2 using single-aperture storage elements, e.g. ring core; using multi-aperture plates in which each individual aperture forms a storage element
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/06007 3 {using a single aperture or single magnetic closed circuit}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/06014 4 {using one such element per bit}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/06021 5 {with destructive read-out}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/06028 6 {Matrixes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/06035 7 {Bit core selection for writing or reading, by at least two coincident partial currents, e.g. "bit"- organised, 2L/2D, or 3D}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/06042 7 {"word"-organised, e.g. 2D organisation or linear selection, i.e. full current selection through all the bit-cores of a word during reading}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/0605 5 {with non-destructive read-out}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/06057 6 {Matrixes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/06064 7 {"bit"-organised (2 1/2D, 3D or similar organisation)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/06071 7 {"word"-organised (2D organisation or linear selection)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/06078 4 {using two or more such elements per bit}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/06085 3 {Multi-aperture structures or multi-magnetic closed circuits, each aperture storing a "bit", realised by rods, plates, grids, waffle-irons,(i.e. grooved plates) or similar devices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/06092 3 {Multi-aperture structures or multi-magnetic closed circuits using two or more apertures per bit}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/061 3 using elements with single aperture or magnetic loop for storage, one element per bit, and for destructive read-out {(contains no documents, see G11C11/06007, G11C11/06014, G11C11/06021, G11C11/06028)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/063 4 bit organised, such as 2 1/2D, 3D organisation, i.e. for selection of an element by means of at least two coincident partial currents both for reading and for writing {(contains no documents; see G11C11/06035)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/065 4 word organised, such as 2D organisation, or linear selection, i.e. for selection of all the elements of a word by means of a single full current for reading {(contains no documents; see G11C11/06042)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/067 3 using elements with single aperture or magnetic loop for storage, one element per bit, and for non-destructive read-out {(contains no documents, see G11C11/0605 - G11C11/06071)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/08 2 using multi-aperture storage elements, e.g. using transfluxors; using plates incorporating several individual multi-aperture storage elements (G11C11/10 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/10 2 using multi-axial storage elements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/12 2 using tensors; using twistors, i.e. elements in which one axis of magnetisation is twisted
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/14 2 using thin-film elements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/15 3 using multiple magnetic layers (G11C11/155 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/155 3 with cylindrical configuration
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/16 2 using elements in which the storage effect is based on magnetic spin effect
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/161 3 {details concerning the memory cell structure, e.g. the layers of the ferromagnetic memory cell}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/165 3 {Auxiliary circuits}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/1653 4 {Address circuits or decoders}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/1655 5 {Bit-line or column circuits}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/1657 5 {Word-line or row circuits}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/1659 4 {Cell access}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/1673 4 {Reading or sensing circuits or methods}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/1675 4 {Writing or programming circuits or methods}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/1677 4 {Verifying circuits or methods}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/1693 4 {Timing circuits or methods}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/1695 4 {Protection circuits or methods}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/1697 4 {Power supply circuits}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/18 1 using Hall-effect devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/19 1 using non-linear reactive devices in resonant circuits
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/20 2 using parametrons
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/21 1 using electric elements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/22 2 using ferroelectric elements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/221 3 {using ferroelectric capacitors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/223 3 {using MOS with ferroelectric gate insulating film}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/225 3 {Auxiliary circuits}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/2253 4 {Address circuits or decoders}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/2255 5 {Bit-line or column circuits}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/2257 5 {Word-line or row circuits}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/2259 4 {Cell access}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/2273 4 {Reading or sensing circuits or methods}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/2275 4 {Writing or programming circuits or methods}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/2277 4 {Verifying circuits or methods}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/2293 4 {Timing circuits or methods}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/2295 4 {Protection circuits or methods}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/2297 4 {Power supply circuits}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/23 2 using electrostatic storage on a common layer, e.g. Forrester-Haeff tubes {or William tubes}(G11C11/22 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/24 2 using capacitors (G11C11/22 takes precedence; using a combination of semiconductor devices and capacitors G11C11/34, e.g. G11C11/40)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/26 2 using discharge tubes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/265 3 {counting tubes, e.g. decatrons or trochotrons}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/28 3 using gas-filled tubes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/30 3 using vacuum tubes (G11C11/23 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/34 2 using semiconductor devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/35 3 with charge storage in a depletion layer, e.g. charge coupled devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/36 3 using diodes, e.g. as threshold elements {, i.e. diodes assuming a stable ON-stage when driven above their threshold (S- or N-characteristic)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/38 4 using tunnel diodes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/39 3 using thyristors {or the avalanche or negative resistance type, e.g. PNPN, SCR, SCS, UJT}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/40 3 using transistors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/401 4 forming cells needing refreshing or charge regeneration, i.e. dynamic cells
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/402 5 with charge regeneration individual to each memory cell, i.e. internal refresh
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/4023 6 {using field effect transistors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/4026 6 {using bipolar transistors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/403 5 with charge regeneration common to a multiplicity of memory cells, i.e. external refresh
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/404 6 with one charge-transfer gate, e.g. MOS transistor, per cell
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/4045 7 {using a plurality of serially connected access transistors, each having a storage capacitor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/405 6 with three charge-transfer gates, e.g. MOS transistors, per cell
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/406 5 Management or control of the refreshing or charge-regeneration cycles
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/40603 6 {Arbitration, priority and concurrent access to memory cells for read/write or refresh operations}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/40607 6 {Refresh operations in memory devices with an internal cache or data buffer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/40611 6 {External triggering or timing of internal or partially internal refresh operations, e.g. auto-refresh or CAS-before-RAS triggered refresh}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/40615 6 {Internal triggering or timing of refresh, e.g. hidden refresh, self refresh, pseudo-SRAMs}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/40618 6 {Refresh operations over multiple banks or interleaving}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/40622 6 {Partial refresh of memory arrays}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/40626 6 {Temperature related aspects of refresh operations}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/4063 5 Auxiliary circuits, e.g. for addressing, decoding, driving, writing, sensing or timing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/4067 6 for memory cells of the bipolar type
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/407 6 for memory cells of the field-effect type
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/4072 7 Circuits for initialization, powering up or down, clearing memory or presetting
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/4074 7 Power supply or voltage generation circuits, e.g. bias voltage generators, substrate voltage generators, back-up power, power control circuits
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/4076 7 Timing circuits (for regeneration management G11C11/406)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/4078 7 Safety or protection circuits, e.g. for preventing inadvertent or unauthorised reading or writing; Status cells; Test cells (protection of memory contents during checking or testing G11C29/52)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/408 7 Address circuits
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/4082 8 {Address Buffers; level conversion circuits}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/4085 8 {Word line control circuits, e.g. word line drivers, - boosters, - pull-up, - pull-down, - precharge}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/4087 8 {Address decoders, e.g. bit - or word line decoders; Multiple line decoders}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/409 7 Read-write [R-W] circuits
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/4091 8 Sense or sense/refresh amplifiers, or associated sense circuitry, e.g. for coupled bit-line precharging, equalising or isolating
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/4093 8 Input/output [I/O] data interface arrangements, e.g. data buffers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/4094 8 Bit-line management or control circuits
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/4096 8 Input/output [I/O] data management or control circuits, e.g. reading or writing circuits, I/O drivers or bit-line switches
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/4097 8 Bit-line organisation, e.g. bit-line layout, folded bit lines
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/4099 8 Dummy cell treatment; Reference voltage generators
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/41 4 forming {static} cells with positive feedback, i.e. cells not needing refreshing or charge regeneration, e.g. bistable multivibrator or Schmitt trigger
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/411 5 using bipolar transistors only
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/4113 6 {with at least one cell access to base or collector of at least one of said transistors, e.g. via access diodes, access transistors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/4116 6 {with at least one cell access via separately connected emittors of said transistors or via multiple emittors, e.g. T2L, ECL}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/412 5 using field-effect transistors only
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/4125 6 {Cells incorporating circuit means for protecting against loss of information}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/413 5 Auxiliary circuits, e.g. for addressing, decoding, driving, writing, sensing, timing or power reduction
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/414 6 for memory cells of the bipolar type
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/415 7 Address circuits
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/416 7 Read-write [R-W] circuits
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/417 6 for memory cells of the field-effect type
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/418 7 Address circuits
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/419 7 Read-write [R-W] circuits
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/42 2 using opto-electronic devices, i.e. light-emitting and photoelectric devices electrically- or optically- coupled {or feedback-coupled}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/44 2 using super-conductive elements, e.g. cryotron
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/46 1 using thermoplastic elements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/48 1 using displaceable coupling elements, e.g. ferromagnetic cores, to produce change between different states of mutual or self-inductance {(contains no documents; see G11C17/00 and subgroups)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/50 1 using actuation of electric contacts to store the information
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/52 2 using electromagnetic relays
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/54 1 using elements simulating biological cells, e.g. neuron
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/56 1 using storage elements with more than two stable states represented by steps, e.g. of voltage, current, phase, frequency
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/5607 2 {using magnetic storage elements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/5614 2 {using conductive bridging RAM [CBRAM] or programming metallization cells [PMC]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/5621 2 {using charge storage in a floating gate}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/5628 3 {Programming or writing circuits; Data input circuits}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/5635 4 {Erasing circuits}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/5642 3 {Sensing or reading circuits; Data output circuits}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/565 2 {using capacitive charge storage elements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/5657 2 {using ferroelectric storage elements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/5664 2 {using organic memory material storage elements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/5671 2 {using charge trapping in an insulator}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/5678 2 {using amorphous/crystalline phase transition storage elements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/5685 2 {using storage elements comprising metal oxide memory material, e.g. perovskites}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C11/5692 2 {read-only digital stores using storage elements with more than two stable states}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C13/00 0 Digital stores characterised by the use of storage elements not covered by groups G11C11/00, G11C23/00, or G11C25/00
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C13/0002 1 {using resistive RAM [RRAM] elements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C13/0004 2 {comprising amorphous/crystalline phase transition cells}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C13/0007 2 {comprising metal oxide memory material, e.g. perovskites}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C13/0009 2 {RRAM elements whose operation depends upon chemical change}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C13/0011 3 {comprising conductive bridging RAM [CBRAM] or programming metallization cells [PMCs]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C13/0014 3 {comprising cells based on organic memory material}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C13/0016 4 {comprising polymers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C13/0019 4 {comprising bio-molecules}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C13/0021 2 {Auxiliary circuits}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C13/0023 3 {Address circuits or decoders}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C13/0026 4 {Bit-line or column circuits}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C13/0028 4 {Word-line or row circuits}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C13/003 3 {Cell access}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C13/0033 3 {Disturbance prevention or evaluation; Refreshing of disturbed memory data}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C13/0035 3 {Evaluating degradation, retention or wearout, e.g. by counting writing cycles}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C13/0038 3 {Power supply circuits}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C13/004 3 {Reading or sensing circuits or methods}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2013/0042 4 {Read using differential sensing, e.g. bit line [BL] and bit line bar [BLB]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2013/0045 4 {Read using current through the cell}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2013/0047 4 {Read destroying or disturbing the data}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2013/005 4 {Read using potential difference applied between cell electrodes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2013/0052 4 {Read process characterized by the shape, e.g. form, length, amplitude of the read pulse}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2013/0054 4 {Read is performed on a reference element, e.g. cell, and the reference sensed value is used to compare the sensed value of the selected cell}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2013/0057 4 {Read done in two steps, e.g. wherein the cell is read twice and one of the two read values serving as a reference value}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C13/0059 3 {Security or protection circuits or methods}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C13/0061 3 {Timing circuits or methods}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C13/0064 3 {Verifying circuits or methods}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2013/0066 4 {Verify correct writing whilst writing is in progress, e.g. by detecting onset or cessation of current flow in cell and using the detector output to terminate writing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C13/0069 3 {Writing or programming circuits or methods}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2013/0071 4 {Write using write potential applied to access device gate}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2013/0073 4 {Write using bi-directional cell biasing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2013/0076 4 {Write operation performed depending on read result}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2013/0078 4 {Write using current through the cell}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2013/008 4 {Write by generating heat in the surroundings of the memory material, e.g. thermowrite}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2013/0083 4 {Write to perform initialising, forming process, electro forming or conditioning}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2013/0085 4 {Write a page or sector of information simultaneously, e.g. a complete row or word line}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2013/0088 4 {Write with the simultaneous writing of a plurality of cells}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2013/009 4 {Write using potential difference applied between cell electrodes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2013/0092 4 {Write characterized by the shape, e.g. form, length, amplitude of the write pulse}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2013/0095 4 {Write using strain induced by, e.g. piezoelectric, thermal effects}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C13/0097 3 {Erasing, e.g. resetting, circuits or methods}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C13/02 1 using elements whose operation depends upon chemical change {(G11C13/0009 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C13/025 2 {using fullerenes, e.g. C60, or nanotubes, e.g. carbon or silicon nanotubes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C13/04 1 using optical elements {; using other beam accessed elements, e.g. electron or ion beam}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C13/041 2 {using photochromic storage elements (G11C13/042 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C13/042 2 {using information stored in the form of interference pattern}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C13/043 3 {using magnetic-optical storage elements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C13/044 3 {using electro-optical elements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C13/045 3 {using photochromic storage elements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C13/046 3 {using other storage elements storing information in the form of an interference pattern}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C13/047 2 {using electro-optical elements (G11C13/042 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C13/048 2 {using other optical storage elements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C13/06 2 using magneto-optical elements {(G11C13/042 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C14/00 0 Digital stores characterised by arrangements of cells having volatile and non-volatile storage properties for back-up when the power is down
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C14/0009 1 {in which the volatile element is a DRAM cell}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C14/0018 2 {whereby the nonvolatile element is an EEPROM element, e.g. a floating gate or metal-nitride-oxide-silicon [MNOS] transistor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C14/0027 2 {and the nonvolatile element is a ferroelectric element}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C14/0036 2 {and the nonvolatile element is a magnetic RAM [MRAM] element or ferromagnetic cell}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C14/0045 2 {and the nonvolatile element is a resistive RAM element, i.e. programmable resistors, e.g. formed of phase change or chalcogenide material}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C14/0054 1 {in which the volatile element is a SRAM cell}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C14/0063 2 {and the nonvolatile element is an EEPROM element, e.g. a floating gate or MNOS transistor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C14/0072 2 {and the nonvolatile element is a ferroelectric element}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C14/0081 2 {and the nonvolatile element is a magnetic RAM [MRAM] element or ferromagnetic cell}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C14/009 2 {and the nonvolatile element is a resistive RAM element, i.e. programmable resistors, e.g. formed of phase change or chalcogenide material}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C15/00 0 Digital stores in which information comprising one or more characteristic parts is written into the store and in which information is read-out by searching for one or more of these characteristic parts, i.e. associative or content-addressed stores
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C15/02 1 using magnetic elements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C15/04 1 using semiconductor elements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C15/043 2 {using capacitive charge storage elements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C15/046 2 {using non-volatile storage elements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C15/06 1 using cryogenic elements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C16/00 0 Erasable programmable read-only memories (G11C14/00 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C16/02 1 electrically programmable
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C16/04 2 using variable threshold transistors, e.g. FAMOS
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C16/0408 3 {comprising cells containing floating gate transistors (G11C16/0483, G11C16/0491 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C16/0416 4 {comprising cells containing a single floating gate transistor and no select transistor, e.g. UV EPROM}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C16/0425 4 {comprising cells containing a merged floating gate and select transistor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C16/0433 4 {comprising cells containing a single floating gate transistor and one or more separate select transistors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C16/0441 4 {comprising cells containing multiple floating gate devices, e.g. separate read-and-write FAMOS transistors with connected floating gates}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C16/045 5 {Floating gate memory cells with both P and N channel memory transistors, usually sharing a common floating gate}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C16/0458 5 {comprising two or more independent floating gates which store independent data}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C16/0466 3 {comprising cells with charge storage in an insulating layer, e.g. metal-nitride-oxide-silicon [MNOS], silicon-oxide-nitride-oxide-silicon [SONOS] (G11C16/0483, G11C16/0491 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C16/0475 4 {comprising two or more independent storage sites which store independent data}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C16/0483 3 {comprising cells having several storage transistors connected in series}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C16/0491 3 {Virtual ground arrays}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C16/06 2 Auxiliary circuits, e.g. for writing into memory
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C16/08 3 Address circuits; Decoders; Word-line control circuits
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C16/10 3 Programming or data input circuits
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C16/102 4 {External programming circuits, e.g. EPROM programmers; In-circuit programming or reprogramming; EPROM emulators}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C16/105 5 {Circuits or methods for updating contents of nonvolatile memory, especially with 'security' features to ensure reliable replacement, i.e. preventing that old data is lost before new data is reliably written}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C16/107 4 {Programming all cells in an array, sector or block to the same state prior to flash erasing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C16/12 4 Programming voltage switching circuits
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C16/14 4 Circuits for erasing electrically, e.g. erase voltage switching circuits
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C16/16 5 for erasing blocks, e.g. arrays, words, groups
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C16/18 4 Circuits for erasing optically
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C16/20 4 Initialising; Data preset; Chip identification
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C16/22 3 Safety or protection circuits preventing unauthorised or accidental access to memory cells
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C16/225 4 {Preventing erasure, programming or reading when power supply voltages are outside the required ranges}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C16/24 3 Bit-line control circuits
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C16/26 3 Sensing or reading circuits; Data output circuits
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C16/28 4 using differential sensing or reference cells, e.g. dummy cells
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C16/30 3 Power supply circuits
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C16/32 3 Timing circuits
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C16/34 3 Determination of programming status, e.g. threshold voltage, overprogramming or underprogramming, retention
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C16/3404 4 {Convergence or correction of memory cell threshold voltages; Repair or recovery of overerased or overprogrammed cells}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C16/3409 5 {Circuits or methods to recover overerased nonvolatile memory cells detected during erase verification, usually by means of a "soft" programming step}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C16/3413 5 {Circuits or methods to recover overprogrammed nonvolatile memory cells detected during program verification, usually by means of a "soft" erasing step}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C16/3418 4 {Disturbance prevention or evaluation; Refreshing of disturbed memory data}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C16/3422 5 {Circuits or methods to evaluate read or write disturbance in nonvolatile memory, without steps to mitigate the problem}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C16/3427 5 {Circuits or methods to prevent or reduce disturbance of the state of a memory cell when neighbouring cells are read or written}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C16/3431 5 {Circuits or methods to detect disturbed nonvolatile memory cells, e.g. which still read as programmed but with threshold less than the program verify threshold or read as erased but with threshold greater than the erase verify threshold, and to reverse the disturbance via a refreshing programming or erasing step}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C16/3436 4 {Arrangements for verifying correct programming or erasure}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C16/344 5 {Arrangements for verifying correct erasure or for detecting overerased cells}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C16/3445 6 {Circuits or methods to verify correct erasure of nonvolatile memory cells}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C16/345 6 {Circuits or methods to detect overerased nonvolatile memory cells, usually during erasure verification}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C16/3454 5 {Arrangements for verifying correct programming or for detecting overprogrammed cells}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C16/3459 6 {Circuits or methods to verify correct programming of nonvolatile memory cells}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C16/3463 6 {Circuits or methods to detect overprogrammed nonvolatile memory cells, usually during program verification}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C16/3468 5 {Prevention of overerasure or overprogramming, e.g. by verifying whilst erasing or writing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C16/3472 6 {Circuits or methods to verify correct erasure of nonvolatile memory cells whilst erasing is in progress, e.g. by detecting onset or cessation of current flow in cells and using the detector output to terminate erasure}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C16/3477 6 {Circuits or methods to prevent overerasing of nonvolatile memory cells, e.g. by detecting onset or cessation of current flow in cells and using the detector output to terminate erasing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C16/3481 6 {Circuits or methods to verify correct programming of nonvolatile memory cells whilst programming is in progress, e.g. by detecting onset or cessation of current flow in cells and using the detector output to terminate programming}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C16/3486 6 {Circuits or methods to prevent overprogramming of nonvolatile memory cells, e.g. by detecting onset or cessation of current flow in cells and using the detector output to terminate programming}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C16/349 4 {Arrangements for evaluating degradation, retention or wearout, e.g. by counting erase cycles}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C16/3495 5 {Circuits or methods to detect or delay wearout of nonvolatile EPROM or EEPROM memory devices, e.g. by counting numbers of erase or reprogram cycles, by using multiple memory areas serially or cyclically}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C17/00 0 Read-only memories programmable only once; Semi-permanent stores, e.g. manually-replaceable information cards
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C17/005 1 {with a storage element common to a large number of data, e.g. perforated card (G11C17/02, G11C17/04 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C17/02 1 using magnetic or inductive elements (G11C17/14 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C17/04 1 using capacitive elements (G11C17/06, G11C17/14 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C17/06 1 using diode elements (G11C17/14 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C17/08 1 using semiconductor devices, e.g. bipolar elements (G11C17/06, G11C17/14 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C17/10 2 in which contents are determined during manufacturing by a predetermined arrangement of coupling elements, e.g. mask-programmable ROM
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C17/12 3 using field-effect devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C17/123 4 {comprising cells having several storage transistors connected in series}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C17/126 4 {Virtual ground arrays}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C17/14 1 in which contents are determined by selectively establishing, breaking or modifying connecting links by permanently altering the state of coupling elements, e.g. PROM
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C17/143 2 {using laser-fusible links}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C17/146 2 {Write once memory, i.e. allowing changing of memory content by writing additional bits}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C17/16 2 using electrically-fusible links
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C17/165 3 {Memory cells which are electrically programmed to cause a change in resistance, e.g. to permit multiple resistance steps to be programmed rather than conduct to or from non-conduct change of fuses and antifuses (digital stores using resistance random access memory elements G11C13/0002)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C17/18 2 Auxiliary circuits, e.g. for writing into memory
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C19/00 0 Digital stores in which the information is moved stepwise, e.g. shift registers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C19/005 1 {with ferro-electric elements (condensers)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C19/02 1 using magnetic elements (G11C19/14 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C19/04 2 using cores with one aperture or magnetic loop
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C19/06 2 using structures with a number of apertures or magnetic loops, e.g. transfluxors {laddic}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C19/08 2 using thin films in plane structure
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C19/0808 3 {using magnetic domain propagation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C19/0816 4 {using a rotating or alternating coplanar magnetic field}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C19/0825 4 {using a variable perpendicular magnetic field}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C19/0833 4 {using magnetic domain interaction}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C19/0841 4 {using electric current}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C19/085 3 {Generating magnetic fields therefor, e.g. uniform magnetic field for magnetic domain stabilisation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C19/0858 3 {Generating, replicating or annihilating magnetic domains (also comprising different types of magnetic domains, e.g. "Hard Bubbles") (G11C19/0866 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C19/0866 3 {Detecting magnetic domains}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C19/0875 3 {Organisation of a plurality of magnetic shift registers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C19/0883 4 {Means for switching magnetic domains from one path into another path, i.e. transfer switches, swap gates or decoders}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C19/0891 5 {using hybrid structure, e.g. ion doped layers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C19/10 2 using thin films on rods; with twistors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C19/12 1 using non-linear reactive devices in resonant circuits {, e.g. parametrons; magnetic amplifiers with overcritical feedback}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C19/14 1 using magnetic elements in combination with active elements, e.g. discharge tubes, semiconductor elements {(contains no documents, see provisionally G11C19/02 - G11C19/10)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C19/18 1 using capacitors as main elements of the stages {(if capacitors are used as auxiliary stage in between main stages with other elements, the latter take precedence; G11C19/005 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C19/182 2 {in combination with semiconductor elements, e.g. bipolar transistors, diodes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C19/184 3 {with field-effect transistors, e.g. MOS-FET}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C19/186 4 {using only one transistor per capacitor, e.g. bucket brigade shift register}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C19/188 3 {Organisation of a multiplicity of shift registers, e.g. regeneration, timing or input-output circuits}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C19/20 1 using discharge tubes (G11C19/14 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C19/202 2 {with vacuum tubes (G11C19/207 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C19/205 2 {with gas-filled tubes (G11C19/207 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C19/207 2 {with counting tubes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C19/28 1 using semiconductor elements (G11C19/14, G11C19/36 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C19/282 2 {with charge storage in a depletion layer, i.e. charge coupled devices [CCD]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C19/285 3 {Peripheral circuits, e.g. for writing into the first stage; for reading-out of the last stage}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C19/287 2 {Organisation of a multiplicity of shift registers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C19/30 1 using opto-electronic devices, i.e. light-emitting and photoelectric devices electrically- or optically-coupled
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C19/32 1 using super-conductive elements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C19/34 1 using storage elements with more than two stable states represented by steps, e.g. of voltage, current, phase, frequency
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C19/36 2 using {multistable} semiconductor elements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C19/38 1 two-dimensional, e.g. horizontal and vertical shift registers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C21/00 0 Digital stores in which the information circulates {continuously}(stepwise G11C19/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C21/005 1 {using electrical delay lines}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C21/02 1 using electromechanical delay lines, e.g. using a mercury tank
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C21/023 2 {using piezo-electric transducers, e.g. mercury tank}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C21/026 2 {using magnetostriction transducers, e.g. nickel delay line}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C23/00 0 Digital stores characterised by movement of mechanical parts to effect storage, e.g. using balls; Storage elements therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C25/00 0 Digital stores characterised by the use of flowing media; Storage elements therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C27/00 0 Electric analogue stores, e.g. for storing instantaneous values
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C27/005 1 {with non-volatile charge storage, e.g. on floating gate or MNOS}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C27/02 1 Sample-and-hold arrangements (G11C27/04 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C27/022 2 {using a magnetic memory element}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C27/024 2 {using a capacitive memory element (G11C27/04 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C27/026 3 {associated with an amplifier (G11C27/028 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C27/028 3 {Current mode circuits, e.g. switched current memories}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C27/04 1 Shift registers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C29/00 0 Checking stores for correct operation {; Subsequent repair}; Testing stores during standby or offline operation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C29/003 1 {in serial memories}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C29/006 1 {at wafer scale level, i.e. wafer scale integration [WSI]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C29/02 1 Detection or location of defective auxiliary circuits, e.g. defective refresh counters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C29/021 2 {in voltage or current generators}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C29/022 2 {in I/O circuitry}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C29/023 2 {in clock generator or timing circuitry}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C29/024 2 {in decoders}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C29/025 2 {in signal lines}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C29/026 2 {in sense amplifiers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C29/027 2 {in fuses}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C29/028 2 {with adaption or trimming of parameters}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C29/04 1 Detection or location of defective memory elements {, e.g. cell constructio details, timing of test signals}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2029/0401 2 {in embedded memories}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2029/0403 2 {during or with feedback to manufacture}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2029/0405 2 {comprising complete test loop}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2029/0407 2 {on power on}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2029/0409 2 {Online test}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2029/0411 2 {Online error correction}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C29/06 2 Acceleration testing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C29/08 2 Functional testing, e.g. testing during refresh, power-on self testing [POST] or distributed testing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C29/10 3 Test algorithms, e.g. memory scan [MScan] algorithms; Test patterns, e.g. checkerboard patterns
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C29/12 3 Built-in arrangements for testing, e.g. built-in self testing [BIST] {or interconnection details}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C29/12005 4 {comprising voltage or current generators}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C29/1201 4 {comprising I/O circuitry}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C29/12015 4 {comprising clock generation or timing circuitry}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2029/1202 4 {Word line control}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2029/1204 4 {Bit line control}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2029/1206 4 {Location of test circuitry on chip or wafer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2029/1208 4 {Error catch memory}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C29/14 4 Implementation of control logic, e.g. test mode decoders
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C29/16 5 using microprogrammed units, e.g. state machines
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C29/18 4 Address generation devices; Devices for accessing memories, e.g. details of addressing circuits
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2029/1802 5 {Address decoder}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2029/1804 5 {Manipulation of word size}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2029/1806 5 {Address conversion or mapping, i.e. logical to physical address}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C29/20 5 using counters or linear-feedback shift registers [LFSR]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C29/22 5 Accessing serial memories
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C29/24 5 Accessing extra cells, e.g. dummy cells or redundant cells
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C29/26 5 Accessing multiple arrays (G11C29/24 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2029/2602 6 {Concurrent test}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C29/28 6 Dependent multiple arrays, e.g. multi-bit arrays
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C29/30 5 Accessing single arrays
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C29/32 6 Serial access; Scan testing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2029/3202 6 {Scan chain}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C29/34 6 Accessing multiple bits simultaneously
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C29/36 4 Data generation devices, e.g. data inverters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2029/3602 5 {Pattern generator}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C29/38 4 Response verification devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C29/40 5 using compression techniques
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2029/4002 6 {Comparison of products, i.e. test results of chips or with golden chip}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C29/42 5 using error correcting codes [ECC] or parity check
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C29/44 4 Indication or identification of errors, e.g. for repair
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C29/4401 5 {for self repair}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2029/4402 4 {Internal storage of test result, quality data, chip identification, repair information}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C29/46 4 Test trigger logic
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C29/48 3 Arrangements in static stores specially adapted for testing by means external to the store, e.g. using direct memory access [DMA] or using auxiliary access paths
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C29/50 2 Marginal testing, e.g. race, voltage or current testing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C29/50004 3 {of threshold voltage}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C29/50008 3 {of impedance}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C29/50012 3 {of timing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C29/50016 3 {of retention}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2029/5002 3 {Characteristic}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2029/5004 3 {Voltage}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2029/5006 3 {Current}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C29/52 1 Protection of memory contents; Detection of errors in memory contents
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C29/54 1 Arrangements for designing test circuits, e.g. design for test [DFT] tools
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C29/56 1 External testing equipment for static stores, e.g. automatic test equipment [ATE]; Interfaces therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C29/56004 2 {Pattern generation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C29/56008 2 {Error analysis, representation of errors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C29/56012 2 {Timing aspects, clock generation, synchronisation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C29/56016 2 {Apparatus features}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2029/5602 2 {Interface to device under test}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2029/5604 2 {Display of error information}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2029/5606 2 {Error catch memory}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C29/70 1 {Masking faults in memories by using spares or by reconfiguring}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C29/702 2 {by replacing auxiliary circuits, e.g. spare voltage generators, decoders or sense amplifiers, to be used instead of defective ones}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C29/72 2 {with optimized replacement algorithms}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C29/74 2 {using duplex memories, i.e. using dual copies}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C29/76 2 {using address translation or modifications}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C29/765 3 {in solid state disks}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C29/78 2 {using programmable devices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C29/781 3 {combined in a redundant decoder}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C29/783 3 {with refresh of replacement cells, e.g. in DRAMs}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C29/785 3 {with redundancy programming schemes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C29/787 4 {using a fuse hierarchy}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C29/789 4 {using non-volatile cells or latches}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C29/80 3 {with improved layout}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C29/802 4 {by encoding redundancy signals}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C29/804 4 {to prevent clustered faults}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C29/806 4 {by reducing size of decoders}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C29/808 4 {using a flexible replacement scheme}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C29/81 4 {using a hierarchical redundancy scheme}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C29/812 4 {using a reduced amount of fuses}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C29/814 4 {for optimized yield}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C29/816 4 {for an application-specific layout}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C29/818 5 {for dual-port memories}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C29/82 5 {for EEPROMs}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C29/822 5 {for read only memories}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C29/824 5 {for synchronous memories}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C29/83 3 {with reduced power consumption}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C29/832 4 {with disconnection of faulty elements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C29/835 3 {with roll call arrangements for redundant substitutions}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C29/838 3 {with substitution of defective spares}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C29/84 3 {with improved access time or stability}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C29/842 4 {by introducing a delay in a signal path}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C29/844 4 {by splitting the decoders in stages}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C29/846 4 {by choosing redundant lines at an output stage}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C29/848 4 {by adjacent switching}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C29/86 2 {in serial access memories, e.g. shift registers, CCDs, bubble memories}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C29/88 2 {with partially good memories}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C29/883 3 {using a single defective memory device with reduced capacity, e.g. half capacity}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C29/886 3 {combining plural defective memory devices to provide a contiguous address range, e.g. one device supplies working blocks to replace defective blocks in another device}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C99/00 0 Subject matter not provided for in other groups of this subclass
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2207/00 0 Indexing scheme relating to arrangements for writing information into, or reading information out from, a digital store
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2207/002 1 Isolation gates, i.e. gates coupling bit lines to the sense amplifier
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2207/005 1 Transfer gates, i.e. gates coupling the sense amplifier output to data lines, I/O lines or global bit lines
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2207/007 1 Register arrays
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2207/06 1 Sense amplifier related aspects
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2207/061 2 Sense amplifier enabled by a address transition detection related control signal
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2207/063 2 Current sense amplifiers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2207/065 2 Sense amplifier drivers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2207/066 2 Frequency reading type sense amplifier
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2207/068 2 Integrator type sense amplifier
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2207/10 1 Aspects relating to interfaces of memory device to external buses
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2207/101 2 Analog or multilevel bus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2207/102 2 Compression or decompression of data before storage
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2207/104 2 Embedded memory devices, e.g. memories with a processing device on the same die or ASIC memory designs
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2207/105 2 Aspects related to pads, pins or terminals
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2207/107 2 Serial-parallel conversion of data or prefetch
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2207/108 2 Wide data ports
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2207/12 1 Equalization of bit lines
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2207/16 1 Solid state audio (deprecated, only for historical reasons, G06F3/16, G11B)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2207/22 1 Control and timing of internal memory operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2207/2209 2 Concurrent read and write (for multi-port memory G11C7/1075)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2207/2218 2 Late write
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2207/2227 2 Standby or low power modes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2207/2236 2 Copy
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2207/2245 2 Memory devices with an internal cache buffer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2207/2254 2 Calibration
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2207/2263 2 Write conditionally, e.g. only if new data and old data differ
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2207/2272 2 Latency related aspects
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2207/2281 2 Timing of a read operation (sense amplifier timing G11C7/06, G11C7/08)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2207/229 2 Timing of a write operation (sense amplifier timing G11C7/06, G11C7/08)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2211/00 0 Indexing scheme relating to digital stores characterized by the use of particular electric or magnetic storage elements; Storage elements therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2211/401 1 Indexing scheme relating to cells needing refreshing or charge regeneration, i.e. dynamic cells
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2211/4013 2 Memory devices with multiple cells per bit, e.g. twin-cells
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2211/4016 2 Memory devices with silicon-on-insulator cells
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2211/406 2 Refreshing of dynamic cells
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2211/4061 3 Calibration or ate or cycle tuning
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2211/4062 3 Parity or ECC in refresh operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2211/4063 3 Interleaved refresh operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2211/4065 3 Low level details of refresh operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2211/4066 3 Pseudo-SRAMs
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2211/4067 3 Refresh in standby or low power modes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2211/4068 3 Voltage or leakage in refresh operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2211/56 1 Indexing scheme relating to G11C11/56 and sub-groups for features not covered by these groups
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2211/561 2 Multilevel memory cell aspects
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2211/5611 3 Multilevel memory cell with more than one control gate
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2211/5612 3 Multilevel memory cell with more than one floating gate
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2211/5613 3 Multilevel memory cell with additional gates, not being floating or control gates
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2211/5614 3 Multilevel memory cell comprising negative resistance, quantum tunneling or resonance tunneling elements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2211/5615 3 Multilevel magnetic memory cell using non-magnetic non-conducting interlayer, e.g. MTJ
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2211/5616 3 Multilevel magnetic memory cell using non-magnetic conducting interlayer, e.g. GMR, SV, PSV
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2211/5617 3 Multilevel ROM cell programmed by source, drain or gate contacting
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2211/562 2 Multilevel memory programming aspects
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2211/5621 3 Multilevel programming verification
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2211/5622 3 Concurrent multilevel programming of more than one cell
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2211/5623 3 Concurrent multilevel programming and reading
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2211/5624 3 Concurrent multilevel programming and programming verification
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2211/5625 3 Self-converging multilevel programming
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2211/563 2 Multilevel memory reading aspects
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2211/5631 3 Concurrent multilevel reading of more than one cell
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2211/5632 3 Multilevel reading using successive approximation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2211/5633 3 Mixed concurrent serial multilevel reading
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2211/5634 3 Reference cells
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2211/564 2 Miscellaneous aspects
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2211/5641 3 Multilevel memory having cells with different number of storage levels
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2211/5642 3 Multilevel memory with buffers, latches, registers at input or output
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2211/5643 3 Multilevel memory comprising cache storage devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2211/5644 3 Multilevel memory comprising counting devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2211/5645 3 Multilevel memory with current-mirror arrangements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2211/5646 3 Multilevel memory with flag bits, e.g. for showing that a "first page" of a word line is programmed but not a "second page"
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2211/5647 3 Multilevel memory with bit inversion arrangement
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2211/5648 3 Multilevel memory programming, reading or erasing operations wherein the order or sequence of the operations is relevant
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2211/5649 3 Multilevel memory with plate line or layer, e.g. in order to lower programming voltages
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2211/565 3 Multilevel memory comprising elements in triple well structure
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2213/00 0 Indexing scheme relating to G11C13/00 for features not covered by this group
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2213/10 1 Resistive cells; Technology aspects
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2213/11 2 Metal ion trapping, i.e. using memory material including cavities, pores or spaces in form of tunnels or channels wherein metal ions can be trapped but do not react and form an electro-deposit creating filaments or dendrites
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2213/12 2 Non-metal ion trapping, i.e. using memory material trapping non-metal ions given by the electrode or another layer during a write operation, e.g. trapping, doping
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2213/13 2 Dissociation, i.e. using memory material including molecules which, during a write operation, are dissociated in ions which migrate further in the memory material
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2213/14 2 Use of different molecule structures as storage states, e.g. part of molecule being rotated
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2213/15 2 Current-voltage curve
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2213/16 2 Memory cell being a nanotube, e.g. suspended nanotube
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2213/17 2 Memory cell being a nanowire transistor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2213/18 2 Memory cell being a nanowire having RADIAL composition
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2213/19 2 Memory cell comprising at least a nanowire and only two terminals
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2213/30 1 Resistive cell, memory material aspects
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2213/31 2 Material having complex metal oxide, e.g. perovskite structure
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2213/32 2 Material having simple binary metal oxide structure
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2213/33 2 Material including silicon
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2213/34 2 Material includes an oxide or a nitride
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2213/35 2 Material including carbon, e.g. graphite, grapheme
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2213/50 1 Resistive cell structure aspects
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2213/51 2 Structure including a barrier layer preventing or limiting migration, diffusion of ions or charges or formation of electrolytes near an electrode
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2213/52 2 Structure characterized by the electrode material, shape, etc.
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2213/53 2 Structure wherein the resistive material being in a transistor, e.g. gate
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2213/54 2 Structure including a tunneling barrier layer, the memory effect implying the modification of tunnel barrier conductivity
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2213/55 2 Structure including two electrodes, a memory active layer and at least two other layers which can be a passive or source or reservoir layer or a less doped memory active layer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2213/56 2 Structure including two electrodes, a memory active layer and a so called passive or source or reservoir layer which is NOT an electrode, wherein the passive or source or reservoir layer is a source of ions which migrate afterwards in the memory active layer to be only trapped there, to form conductive filaments there or to react with the material of the memory active layer in redox way
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2213/70 1 Resistive array aspects
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2213/71 2 Three dimensional array
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2213/72 2 Array wherein the access device being a diode
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2213/73 2 Array where access device function, e.g. diode function, being merged with memorizing function of memory element
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2213/74 2 Array wherein each memory cell has more than one access device
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2213/75 2 Array having a NAND structure comprising, for example, memory cells in series or memory elements in series, a memory element being a memory cell in parallel with an access transistor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2213/76 2 Array using an access device for each cell which being not a transistor and not a diode
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2213/77 2 Array wherein the memory element being directly connected to the bit lines and word lines without any access device being used
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2213/78 2 Array wherein the memory cells of a group share an access device, all the memory cells of the group having a common electrode and the access device being not part of a word line or a bit line driver
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2213/79 2 Array wherein the access device being a transistor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2213/80 2 Array wherein the substrate, the cell, the conductors and the access device are all made up of organic materials
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2213/81 2 Array wherein the array conductors, e.g. word lines, bit lines, are made of nanowires
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2213/82 2 Array having, for accessing a cell, a word line, a bit line and a plate or source line receiving different potentials
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2216/00 0 Indexing scheme relating to G11C16/00 and subgroups, for features not directly covered by these groups
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2216/02 1 Structural aspects of erasable programmable read-only memories
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2216/04 2 Nonvolatile memory cell provided with a separate control gate for erasing the cells, i.e. erase gate, independent of the normal read control gate
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2216/06 2 Floating gate cells in which the floating gate consists of multiple isolated silicon islands, e.g. nanocrystals
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2216/08 2 Nonvolatile memory wherein data storage is accomplished by storing relatively few electrons in the storage layer, i.e. single electron memory
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2216/10 2 Floating gate memory cells with a single polysilicon layer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2216/12 1 Reading and writing aspects of erasable programmable read-only memories
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2216/14 2 Circuits or methods to write a page or sector of information simultaneously into a nonvolatile memory, typically a complete row or word line in flash memory
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2216/16 2 Flash programming of all the cells in an array, sector or block simultaneously
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2216/18 2 Flash erasure of all the cells in an array, sector or block simultaneously
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2216/20 2 Suspension of programming or erasing cells in an array in order to read other cells in it
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2216/22 2 Nonvolatile memory in which reading can be carried out from one memory bank or array whilst a word or sector in another bank or array is being erased or programmed simultaneously
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2216/24 2 Nonvolatile memory in which programming can be carried out in one memory bank or array whilst a word or sector in another bank or array is being erased simultaneously
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2216/26 2 Floating gate memory which is adapted to be one-time programmable [OTP], e.g. containing multiple OTP blocks permitting limited update ability
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2216/28 2 Floating gate memory programmed by reverse programming, e.g. programmed with negative gate voltage and erased with positive gate voltage or programmed with high source or drain voltage and erased with high gate voltage
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2216/30 2 Reduction of number of input/output pins by using a serial interface to transmit or receive addresses or data, i.e. serial access memory
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2229/00 0 Indexing scheme relating to checking stores for correct operation, subsequent repair or testing stores during standby or offline operation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2229/70 1 Indexing scheme relating to G11C29/70, for implementation aspects of redundancy repair
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2229/72 2 Location of redundancy information
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2229/723 3 Redundancy information stored in a part of the memory core to be repaired
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2229/726 3 Redundancy information loaded from the outside into the memory
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2229/74 2 Time at which the repair is done
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2229/743 3 After packaging
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2229/746 3 Before packaging
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2229/76 2 Storage technology used for the repair
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2229/763 3 E-fuses, e.g. electric fuses or antifuses, floating gate transistors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G11C2229/766 3 Laser fuses
|
|
|
|
|
|
G12 INSTRUMENT DETAILS
|
|
|
|
|
|
G12B CONSTRUCTIONAL DETAILS OF INSTRUMENTS, OR COMPARABLE DETAILS OF OTHER APPARATUS, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
|
|
|
|
|
|
G12B1/00 0 Sensitive elements capable of producing movement or displacement for purposes not limited to measurement; Associated transmission mechanisms therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G12B1/02 1 Compound strips or plates, e.g. bimetallic
|
|
|
|
|
|
G12B1/04 1 Hollow bodies having parts which are deformable or displaceable under pressure, e.g. Bourdon tube, bellows (bellows in general F16J3/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G12B3/00 0 Details of movements not otherwise provided for (damping of shock or vibrations in general F16F; avoiding out-of-balance forces F16F15/00; testing balance G01M)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G12B3/02 1 Caging of movements, i.e. locking of movements when not in use
|
|
|
|
|
|
G12B3/04 1 Suspensions (bearings F16C)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G12B3/06 1 Reducing effects of friction, e.g. by vibration (by lubrication F16N)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G12B3/08 1 Damping of movements, e.g. to promote rapid non-oscillatory movement to a final reading
|
|
|
|
|
|
G12B3/10 2 using eddy currents
|
|
|
|
|
|
G12B5/00 0 Adjusting position or attitude, e.g. level, of instruments or other apparatus, or of parts thereof (levels per se G01C9/00); Compensating for the effects of tilting or acceleration, e.g. for optical apparatus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G12B7/00 0 Compensating for the effects of temperature (by cooling G12B15/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G12B9/00 0 Housing or supporting of instruments or other apparatus
|
|
|
|
|
|
G12B9/02 1 Casings; Housings; Cabinets (sealing arrangements for transmission members F16J, particularly F16J15/50)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G12B9/04 2 Details, e.g. cover
|
|
|
|
|
|
G12B9/06 3 Metal casings
|
|
|
|
|
|
G12B9/08 1 Supports; Devices for carrying
|
|
|
|
|
|
G12B9/10 2 Instruments boards; Panels; Desks; Racks
|
|
|
|
|
|
G12B11/00 0 Indicating elements; Illumination thereof
|
|
|
|
|
|
G12B11/02 1 Scales; Dials
|
|
|
|
|
|
G12B11/04 1 Pointers; Setting-mechanisms therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G12B13/00 0 Calibrating of instruments and apparatus (calibrating of measuring instruments G01)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G12B15/00 0 Cooling (by refrigeration, e.g. circulation of refrigerated fluid, F25D; heat-exchange or heat-transfer details of general application F28F)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G12B15/02 1 by closed-cycle fluid-circulating systems
|
|
|
|
|
|
G12B15/04 1 by currents of fluid, e.g. air, in open cycle
|
|
|
|
|
|
G12B15/06 1 by contact with heat-absorbing or radiating masses, e.g. heat-sink
|
|
|
|
|
|
G12B17/00 0 Screening (insulation or other protection of buildings E04B; emergency protection of apparatus in general F16P7/00; in connection with acoustic waves G10K11/00; in connection with nuclear radiation G21F)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G12B17/02 1 from electric or magnetic fields, e.g. radio waves
|
|
|
|
|
|
G12B17/04 1 from visible, ultra-violet, or infra-red light (screening of lighting devices F21V; optical filters G02B5/20)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G12B17/06 1 from heat (G12B17/04 takes precedence; cooling G12B15/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G12B17/08 1 from influences producing mechanical damage, e.g. caused by blast, by external objects, by person (G12B17/02 - G12B17/06 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G16 INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR SPECIFIC APPLICATION FIELDS
|
|
|
|
|
|
G16B BIOINFORMATICS, i.e. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR GENETIC OR PROTEIN-RELATED DATA PROCESSING IN COMPUTATIONAL MOLECULAR BIOLOGY
|
|
|
|
|
|
G16B5/00 0 ICT specially adapted for modelling or simulations in systems biology, e.g. gene-regulatory networks, protein interaction networks or metabolic networks
|
|
|
|
|
|
G16B5/10 1 Boolean models
|
|
|
|
|
|
G16B5/20 1 Probabilistic models
|
|
|
|
|
|
G16B5/30 1 Dynamic-time models
|
|
|
|
|
|
G16B10/00 0 ICT specially adapted for evolutionary bioinformatics, e.g. phylogenetic tree construction or analysis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G16B15/00 0 ICT specially adapted for analysing two-dimensional or three-dimensional molecular structures, e.g. structural or functional relations or structure alignment
|
|
|
|
|
|
G16B15/10 1 Nucleic acid folding
|
|
|
|
|
|
G16B15/20 1 Protein or domain folding
|
|
|
|
|
|
G16B15/30 1 Drug targeting using structural data; Docking or binding prediction
|
|
|
|
|
|
G16B20/00 0 ICT specially adapted for functional genomics or proteomics, e.g. genotype-phenotype associations
|
|
|
|
|
|
G16B20/10 1 Ploidy or copy number detection
|
|
|
|
|
|
G16B20/20 1 Allele or variant detection, e.g. single nucleotide polymorphism [SNP] detection
|
|
|
|
|
|
G16B20/30 1 Detection of binding sites or motifs
|
|
|
|
|
|
G16B20/40 1 Population genetics; Linkage disequilibrium
|
|
|
|
|
|
G16B20/50 1 Mutagenesis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G16B25/00 0 ICT specially adapted for hybridisation; ICT specially adapted for gene or protein expression
|
|
|
|
|
|
G16B25/10 1 Gene or protein expression profiling; Expression-ratio estimation or normalisation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G16B25/20 1 Polymerase chain reaction [PCR]; Primer or probe design; Probe optimisation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G16B25/30 1 Microarray design
|
|
|
|
|
|
G16B30/00 0 ICT specially adapted for sequence analysis involving nucleotides or amino acids
|
|
|
|
|
|
G16B30/10 1 Sequence alignment; Homology search
|
|
|
|
|
|
G16B30/20 1 Sequence assembly
|
|
|
|
|
|
G16B35/00 0 ICT specially adapted for in silico combinatorial libraries of nucleic acids, proteins or peptides
|
|
|
|
|
|
G16B35/10 1 Design of libraries
|
|
|
|
|
|
G16B35/20 1 Screening of libraries
|
|
|
|
|
|
G16B40/00 0 ICT specially adapted for biostatistics; ICT specially adapted for bioinformatics-related machine learning or data mining, e.g. knowledge discovery or pattern finding
|
|
|
|
|
|
G16B40/10 1 Signal processing, e.g. from mass spectrometry [MS] or from PCR
|
|
|
|
|
|
G16B40/20 1 Supervised data analysis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G16B40/30 1 Unsupervised data analysis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G16B45/00 0 ICT specially adapted for bioinformatics-related data visualisation, e.g. displaying of maps or networks
|
|
|
|
|
|
G16B50/00 0 ICT programming tools or database systems specially adapted for bioinformatics
|
|
|
|
|
|
G16B50/10 1 Ontologies; Annotations
|
|
|
|
|
|
G16B50/20 1 Heterogeneous data integration
|
|
|
|
|
|
G16B50/30 1 Data warehousing; Computing architectures
|
|
|
|
|
|
G16B50/40 1 Encryption of genetic data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G16B50/50 1 Compression of genetic data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G16B99/00 0 Subject matter not provided for in other groups of this subclass
|
|
|
|
|
|
G16C COMPUTATIONAL CHEMISTRY; CHEMOINFORMATICS; COMPUTATIONAL MATERIALS SCIENCE
|
|
|
|
|
|
G16C10/00 0 Computational theoretical chemistry, i.e. ICT specially adapted for theoretical aspects of quantum chemistry, molecular mechanics, molecular dynamics or the like
|
|
|
|
|
|
G16C20/00 0 Chemoinformatics, i.e. ICT specially adapted for the handling of physicochemical or structural data of chemical particles, elements, compounds or mixtures
|
|
|
|
|
|
G16C20/10 1 Analysis or design of chemical reactions, syntheses or processes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G16C20/20 1 Identification of molecular entities, parts thereof or of chemical compositions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G16C20/30 1 Prediction of properties of chemical compounds, compositions or mixtures
|
|
|
|
|
|
G16C20/40 1 Searching chemical structures or physicochemical data
|
|
|
|
|
|
G16C20/50 1 Molecular design, e.g. of drugs
|
|
|
|
|
|
G16C20/60 1 In silico combinatorial chemistry
|
|
|
|
|
|
G16C20/62 2 Design of libraries
|
|
|
|
|
|
G16C20/64 2 Screening of libraries
|
|
|
|
|
|
G16C20/70 1 Machine learning, data mining or chemometrics
|
|
|
|
|
|
G16C20/80 1 Data visualisation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G16C20/90 1 Programming languages; Computing architectures; Database systems; Data warehousing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G16C60/00 0 Computational materials science, i.e. ICT specially adapted for investigating the physical or chemical properties of materials or phenomena associated with their design, synthesis, processing, characterisation or utilisation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G16C99/00 0 Subject matter not provided for in other groups of this subclass
|
|
|
|
|
|
G16H HEALTHCARE INFORMATICS, i.e. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR THE HANDLING OR PROCESSING OF MEDICAL OR HEALTHCARE DATA
|
|
|
|
|
|
G16H10/00 0 ICT specially adapted for the handling or processing of patient-related medical or healthcare data (for medical reports G16H15/00; for therapies or health-improving plans G16H20/00; for the handling or processing of medical images G16H30/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G16H10/20 1 for electronic clinical trials or questionnaires
|
|
|
|
|
|
G16H10/40 1 for data related to laboratory analysis, e.g. patient specimen analysis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G16H10/60 1 for patient-specific data, e.g. for electronic patient records
|
|
|
|
|
|
G16H10/65 2 stored on portable record carriers, e.g. on smartcards, RFID tags or CD
|
|
|
|
|
|
G16H15/00 0 ICT specially adapted for medical reports, e.g. generation or transmission thereof
|
|
|
|
|
|
G16H20/00 0 ICT specially adapted for therapies or health-improving plans, e.g. for handling prescriptions, for steering therapy or for monitoring patient compliance
|
|
|
|
|
|
G16H20/10 1 relating to drugs or medications, e.g. for ensuring correct administration to patients
|
|
|
|
|
|
G16H20/13 2 delivered from dispensers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G16H20/17 2 delivered via infusion or injection
|
|
|
|
|
|
G16H20/30 1 relating to physical therapies or activities, e.g. physiotherapy, acupressure or exercising
|
|
|
|
|
|
G16H20/40 1 relating to mechanical, radiation or invasive therapies, e.g. surgery, laser therapy, dialysis or acupuncture
|
|
|
|
|
|
G16H20/60 1 relating to nutrition control, e.g. diets
|
|
|
|
|
|
G16H20/70 1 relating to mental therapies, e.g. psychological therapy or autogenous training
|
|
|
|
|
|
G16H20/90 1 relating to alternative medicines, e.g. homeopathy or oriental medicines
|
|
|
|
|
|
G16H30/00 0 ICT specially adapted for the handling or processing of medical images (computerised tomography A61B6/03)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G16H30/20 1 for handling medical images, e.g. DICOM, HL7 or PACS
|
|
|
|
|
|
G16H30/40 1 for processing medical images, e.g. editing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G16H40/00 0 ICT specially adapted for the management or administration of healthcare resources or facilities; ICT specially adapted for the management or operation of medical equipment or devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G16H40/20 1 for the management or administration of healthcare resources or facilities, e.g. managing hospital staff or surgery rooms
|
|
|
|
|
|
G16H40/40 1 for the management of medical equipment or devices, e.g. scheduling maintenance or upgrades
|
|
|
|
|
|
G16H40/60 1 for the operation of medical equipment or devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G16H40/63 2 for local operation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G16H40/67 2 for remote operation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G16H50/00 0 ICT specially adapted for medical diagnosis, medical simulation or medical data mining; ICT specially adapted for detecting, monitoring or modelling epidemics or pandemics
|
|
|
|
|
|
G16H50/20 1 for computer-aided diagnosis, e.g. based on medical expert systems
|
|
|
|
|
|
G16H50/30 1 for calculating health indices; for individual health risk assessment
|
|
|
|
|
|
G16H50/50 1 for simulation or modelling of medical disorders
|
|
|
|
|
|
G16H50/70 1 for mining of medical data, e.g. analysing previous cases of other patients
|
|
|
|
|
|
G16H50/80 1 for detecting, monitoring or modelling epidemics or pandemics, e.g. flu
|
|
|
|
|
|
G16H70/00 0 ICT specially adapted for the handling or processing of medical references
|
|
|
|
|
|
G16H70/20 1 relating to practices or guidelines
|
|
|
|
|
|
G16H70/40 1 relating to drugs, e.g. their side effects or intended usage
|
|
|
|
|
|
G16H70/60 1 relating to pathologies
|
|
|
|
|
|
G16H80/00 0 ICT specially adapted for facilitating communication between medical practitioners or patients, e.g. for collaborative diagnosis, therapy or health monitoring
|
|
|
|
|
|
G16Y INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR THE INTERNET OF THINGS [IoT]
|
|
|
|
|
|
G16Y10/00 0 Economic sectors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G16Y10/05 1 Agriculture
|
|
|
|
|
|
G16Y10/10 1 Forestry
|
|
|
|
|
|
G16Y10/15 1 Fishing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G16Y10/20 1 Mining
|
|
|
|
|
|
G16Y10/25 1 Manufacturing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G16Y10/30 1 Construction
|
|
|
|
|
|
G16Y10/35 1 Utilities, e.g. electricity, gas or water
|
|
|
|
|
|
G16Y10/40 1 Transportation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G16Y10/45 1 Commerce
|
|
|
|
|
|
G16Y10/50 1 Finance; Insurance
|
|
|
|
|
|
G16Y10/55 1 Education
|
|
|
|
|
|
G16Y10/60 1 Healthcare; Welfare
|
|
|
|
|
|
G16Y10/65 1 Entertainment or amusement; Sports
|
|
|
|
|
|
G16Y10/70 1 Broadcasting
|
|
|
|
|
|
G16Y10/75 1 Information technology; Communication
|
|
|
|
|
|
G16Y10/80 1 Homes; Buildings
|
|
|
|
|
|
G16Y10/90 1 Chemistry
|
|
|
|
|
|
G16Y20/00 0 Information sensed or collected by the things
|
|
|
|
|
|
G16Y20/10 1 relating to the environment, e.g. temperature; relating to location
|
|
|
|
|
|
G16Y20/20 1 relating to the thing itself
|
|
|
|
|
|
G16Y20/30 1 relating to resources, e.g. consumed power
|
|
|
|
|
|
G16Y20/40 1 relating to personal data, e.g. biometric data, records or preferences
|
|
|
|
|
|
G16Y30/00 0 IoT infrastructure
|
|
|
|
|
|
G16Y30/10 1 Security thereof
|
|
|
|
|
|
G16Y40/00 0 IoT characterised by the purpose of the information processing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G16Y40/10 1 Detection; Monitoring
|
|
|
|
|
|
G16Y40/20 1 Analytics; Diagnosis
|
|
|
|
|
|
G16Y40/30 1 Control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G16Y40/35 2 Management of things, i.e. controlling in accordance with a policy or in order to achieve specified objectives
|
|
|
|
|
|
G16Y40/40 1 Maintenance of things
|
|
|
|
|
|
G16Y40/50 1 Safety; Security of things, users, data or systems
|
|
|
|
|
|
G16Y40/60 1 Positioning; Navigation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G16Z INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR SPECIFIC APPLICATION FIELDS, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
|
|
|
|
|
|
G16Z99/00 0 Subject matter not provided for in other main groups of this subclass
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21 NUCLEAR PHYSICS; NUCLEAR ENGINEERING
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21B FUSION REACTORS (uncontrolled reactors G21J)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21B1/00 0 Thermonuclear fusion reactors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21B1/01 1 Hybrid fission-fusion nuclear reactors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21B1/03 1 with inertial plasma confinement
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21B1/05 1 with magnetic or electric plasma confinement
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21B1/052 2 {reversed field configuration}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21B1/055 2 {Stellarators}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21B1/057 2 {Tokamaks}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21B1/11 1 Details
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21B1/115 2 {Tritium recovery}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21B1/13 2 First wall; Blanket; Divertor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21B1/15 2 Particle injectors for producing thermonuclear fusion reactions, e.g. pellet injectors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21B1/17 2 Vacuum chambers; Vacuum systems
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21B1/19 2 Targets for producing thermonuclear fusion reactions, e.g. pellets for irradiation by laser or charged particle beams
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21B1/21 2 Electric power supply systems, e.g. for magnet systems, switching devices, storage devices, circuit arrangements {(methods or means for discharging superconducting storage windings H01F6/003)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21B1/23 2 Optical systems, e.g. for irradiating targets, for heating plasma or for plasma diagnostics
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21B1/25 1 Maintenance, e.g. repair or remote inspection
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21B3/00 0 Low temperature nuclear fusion reactors, e.g. alleged cold fusion reactors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21B3/002 1 {Fusion by absorption in a matrix}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21B3/004 1 {Catalyzed fusion, e.g. muon-catalyzed fusion}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21B3/006 1 {Fusion by impact, e.g. cluster/beam interaction, ion beam collisions, impact on a target}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21B3/008 1 {Fusion by pressure waves}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C NUCLEAR REACTORS (fusion reactors, hybrid fission-fusion reactors G21B; nuclear explosives G21J)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C1/00 0 Reactor types
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C1/02 1 Fast fission reactors, i.e. reactors not using a moderator {; Metal cooled reactors; Fast breeders}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C1/022 2 {characterised by the design or properties of the core}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C1/024 3 {where the core is divided in zones with fuel and zones with breeding material}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C1/026 3 {Reactors not needing refueling, i.e. reactors of the type breed-and-burn, e.g. travelling or deflagration wave reactors or seed-blanket reactors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C1/028 2 {cooled by a pressurised coolant (cooling arrangements G21C15/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C1/03 2 cooled by a coolant not essentially pressurised, e.g. pool-type reactors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C1/04 1 Thermal reactors {; Epithermal reactors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C1/06 2 Heterogeneous reactors, i.e. in which fuel and moderator are separated
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C1/07 3 Pebble-bed reactors; Reactors with granular fuel
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C1/08 3 moderator being highly pressurised, e.g. boiling water reactor, integral super-heat reactor, pressurised water reactor (G21C1/22 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C1/082 4 {Reactors where the coolant is overheated}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C1/084 4 {Boiling water reactors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C1/086 4 {Pressurised water reactors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C1/088 4 {Inherently safe boiling water reactors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C1/09 4 Pressure regulating arrangements, i.e. pressurisers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C1/10 4 moderator and coolant being different or separated
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C1/12 5 moderator being solid, e.g. Magnox reactor {or gas-graphite reactor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C1/14 3 moderator being substantially not pressurised, e.g. swimming-pool reactor (G21C1/22 takes precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C1/16 4 moderator and coolant being different or separated, e.g. sodium-graphite reactor {, sodium-heavy water reactor or organic coolant-heavy water reactor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C1/18 5 coolant being pressurised
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C1/20 6 moderator being liquid, e.g. pressure-tube reactor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C1/22 3 using liquid or gaseous fuel
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C1/24 2 Homogeneous reactors, i.e. in which the fuel and moderator present an effectively homogeneous medium to the neutrons
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C1/26 3 Single-region reactors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C1/28 3 Two-region reactors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C1/30 1 Subcritical reactors {; Experimental reactors other than swimming-pool reactors or zero-energy reactors}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C1/303 2 {Experimental or irradiation arrangements inside the reactor (irradiation loops G21C1/306)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C1/306 2 {Irradiation loops}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C1/32 1 Integral reactors, i.e. reactors wherein parts functionally associated with the reactor but not essential to the reaction, e.g. heat exchangers, are disposed inside the enclosure with the core (G21C1/02 - G21C1/30 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C1/322 2 {wherein the heat exchanger is disposed above the core}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C1/324 2 {wherein the heat exchanger is disposed beneath the core}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C1/326 2 {wherein the heat exchanger is disposed next to or beside the core}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C1/328 2 {wherein the prime mover is also disposed in the vessel}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C3/00 0 Reactor fuel elements and their assemblies; Selection of substances for use as reactor fuel elements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C3/02 1 Fuel elements {(manufacture thereof G21C21/02)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C3/04 2 Constructional details
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C3/041 3 {Means for removal of gases from fuel elements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C3/042 3 {Fuel elements comprising casings with a mass of granular fuel with coolant passages through them}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C3/044 3 {Fuel elements with porous or capillary structure}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C3/045 3 {Pellets}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C3/047 4 {Pellet-clad interaction}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C3/048 4 {Shape of pellets}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C3/06 3 Casings; Jackets
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C3/07 4 characterised by their material, e.g. alloys
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C3/08 4 provided with external means to promote heat-transfer, e.g. fins, baffles
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C3/10 4 End closures {; Means for tight mounting therefor}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C3/105 5 {Flattened end-closures}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C3/12 4 Means forming part of the element for locating it within the reactor core {(means not forming part of the element G21C5/06)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C3/14 4 Means forming part of the element for inserting it into, or removing it from, the core; Means for coupling adjacent elements {, e.g. to form a stringer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C3/16 3 Details of the construction within the casing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C3/17 4 Means for storage or immobilisation of gases in fuel elements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C3/18 4 Internal spacers or other non-active material within the casing, e.g. compensating for expansion of fuel rods or for compensating excess reactivity (interlayers G21C3/20)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C3/20 4 with coating on fuel or on inside of casing; with non-active interlayer between casing and active material {with multiple casings or multiple active layers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C3/22 2 with fissile or breeder material in contact with coolant
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C3/24 2 with fissile or breeder material in fluid form within a non-active casing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C3/26 2 with fissile or breeder material in powder form within a non-active casing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C3/28 2 with fissile or breeder material in solid form within a non-active casing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C3/30 1 Assemblies of a number of fuel elements in the form of a rigid unit
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C3/32 2 Bundles of parallel pin-, rod-, or tube-shaped fuel elements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C3/3206 3 {Means associated with the fuel bundle for filtering the coolant, e.g. nozzles, grids}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C3/3213 3 {Means for the storage or removal of fission gases (means for the storage of fission gases in the elements G21C3/16; means for the removal of fission gases from elements G21C3/04)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C3/322 3 Means to influence the coolant flow through or around the bundles
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C3/3225 4 {by waterrods}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C3/324 3 Coats or envelopes for the bundles
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C3/3245 4 {made of moderator material}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C3/326 3 comprising fuel elements of different composition; comprising, in addition to the fuel elements, other pin-, rod-, or tube-shaped elements, e.g. control rods, grid support rods, fertile rods, poison rods or dummy rods
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C3/3262 4 {Enrichment distribution in zones}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C3/3265 5 {Radial distribution}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C3/3267 5 {Axial distribution}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C3/328 4 Relative disposition of the elements in the bundle lattice
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C3/33 3 Supporting or hanging of elements in the bundle (spacer grids G21C3/34); Means forming part of the bundle for inserting it into, or removing it from, the core; Means for coupling adjacent bundles
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C3/3305 4 {Lower nozzle}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C3/331 4 {Comprising hold-down means, e.g. springs}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C3/3315 4 {Upper nozzle}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C3/332 4 Supports for spacer grids
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C3/334 3 Assembling {, maintenance or repair of} the bundles {(assembling, maintenance or repair of other reactor components G21C19/207)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C3/335 3 Exchanging elements in irradiated bundles
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C3/336 3 Spacer elements for fuel rods in the bundle (spacer grids G21C3/34)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C3/338 4 Helicoidal spacer elements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C3/34 3 Spacer grids
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C3/3408 4 {Compact spacer grids, e.g. made of a plate or a blade}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C3/3416 4 {Spacer grids formed by metallic wires, e.g. springs}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C3/3424 4 {Fabrication of spacer grids}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C3/3432 4 {Grids designed to influence the coolant, i.e. coolant mixing function}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C3/344 4 formed of assembled tubular elements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C3/348 4 formed of assembled non-intersecting strips
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C3/352 4 formed of assembled intersecting strips
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C3/356 4 being provided with fuel element supporting members
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C3/3563 5 {Supporting members formed only by deformations in the strips}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C3/3566 5 {Supporting members formed only of elements fixed on the strips}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C3/36 2 Assemblies of plate-shaped fuel elements or coaxial tubes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C3/38 1 Fuel units consisting of a single fuel element in a supporting sleeve {or in another supporting element}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C3/40 1 Structural combination of fuel element with thermoelectric element for direct production of electric energy from fission heat (for temperature measurement G21C17/10 ){or with another arrangement for direct production of electric energy, e.g. a thermionic device (combination with thermoelements for temperature measurements G21C17/102)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C3/42 1 Selection of substances for use as reactor fuel
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C3/44 2 Fluid or fluent reactor fuel
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C3/46 3 Aqueous compositions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C3/48 4 True or colloidal solutions of the active constituent
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C3/50 4 Suspensions of the active constituent; Slurries
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C3/52 3 Liquid metal compositions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C3/54 3 Fused salt, oxide or hydroxide compositions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C3/56 3 Gaseous compositions; Suspensions in a gaseous carrier
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C3/58 2 Solid reactor fuel {Pellets made of fissile material}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C3/60 3 Metallic fuel; Intermetallic dispersions
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C3/62 3 Ceramic fuel
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C3/623 4 {Oxide fuels}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C3/626 4 {Coated fuel particles}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C3/64 4 Ceramic dispersion fuel, e.g. cermet
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C5/00 0 Moderator or core structure; Selection of materials for use as moderator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C5/02 1 Details
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C5/04 2 Spatial arrangements allowing for Wigner growth
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C5/06 2 Means for locating or supporting fuel elements {(means forming part of the element G21C3/12)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C5/08 2 Means for preventing undesired asymmetric expansion of the complete structure {; Stretching devices, pins}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C5/10 2 Means for supporting the complete structure {(arrangements for supporting vessels and core-structures G21C13/024)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C5/12 1 characterised by composition, e.g. the moderator containing additional substances which ensure improved heat resistance of the moderator {(purification of fluid moderators during the operation of the reactor G21C19/30)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C5/123 2 {Moderators made of organic materials}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C5/126 2 {Carbonic moderators (carbon and graphite in general C01B32/00; refractory carbon-bulbs C04B35/00; carbon electrodes C25B)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C5/14 1 characterised by shape
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C5/16 2 Shape of its constituent parts
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C5/18 1 characterised by the provision of more than one active zone
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C5/20 2 wherein one zone contains fissile material and another zone contains breeder material
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C5/22 2 wherein one zone is a superheating zone
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C7/00 0 Control of nuclear reaction
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C7/005 1 {Flux flattening}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C7/02 1 by using self-regulating properties of reactor materials, {e.g. Doppler effect}(arrangements that involve temperature stability G21C7/32)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C7/04 2 of burnable poisons (burnable poisons in fuel rods G21C3/326)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C7/06 1 by application of neutron-absorbing material, i.e. material with absorption cross-section very much in excess of reflection cross-section
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C7/08 2 by displacement of solid control elements, e.g. control rods
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C7/10 3 Construction of control elements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C7/103 4 Control assemblies containing one or more absorbants as well as other elements, e.g. fuel or moderator elements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C7/107 4 Control elements adapted for pebble-bed reactors
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C7/11 4 Deformable control elements, e.g. flexible, telescopic, articulated
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C7/113 4 Control elements made of flat elements; Control elements having cruciform cross-section
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C7/117 4 Clusters of control rods; Spider construction
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C7/12 3 Means for moving control elements to desired position (dropping rods in an emergency G21C9/02)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C7/14 4 Mechanical drive arrangements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C7/16 4 Hydraulic or pneumatic drive
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C7/18 3 Means for obtaining differential movement of control elements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C7/20 3 Disposition of shock-absorbing devices (shock-absorbers in general F16F ){; Braking arrangements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C7/22 2 by displacement of a fluid or fluent neutron-absorbing material {, e.g. by adding neutron-absorbing material to the coolant}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C7/24 2 Selection of substances for use as neutron-absorbing material
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C7/26 1 by displacement of the moderator or parts thereof {by changing the moderator concentration}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C7/27 2 Spectral shift control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C7/28 1 by displacement of the reflector or parts thereof
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C7/30 1 by displacement of the reactor fuel or fuel elements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C7/32 1 by varying flow of coolant through the core {by adjusting the coolant or moderator temperature}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C7/34 1 by utilisation of a primary neutron source
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C7/36 1 Control circuits
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C9/00 0 Emergency protection arrangements structurally associated with the reactor {, e.g. safety valves provided with pressure equalisation devices}(emergency cooling arrangements G21C15/18)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C9/001 1 {against explosions, e.g. blast shields}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C9/002 1 {against Na- or Ka- reactions}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C9/004 1 Pressure suppression
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C9/008 2 by rupture-discs or -diaphragms
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C9/012 2 by thermal accumulation or by steam condensation, e.g. ice condensers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C9/016 1 Core catchers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C9/02 1 Means for effecting very rapid reduction of the reactivity factor under fault conditions, e.g. reactor fuse; {Control elements having arrangements activated in an emergency}(control elements per se G21C7/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C9/022 2 {Reactor fuses}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C9/024 2 {Rupture diaphragms}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C9/027 2 by fast movement of a solid, e.g. pebbles
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C9/033 2 by an absorbent fluid
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C9/04 1 Means for suppressing fires {Earthquake protection}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C9/06 2 Means for preventing accumulation of explosives gases, e.g. recombiners
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C11/00 0 Shielding structurally associated with the reactor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C11/02 1 Biological shielding (in general G21F ){; Neutron or gamma shielding}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C11/022 2 {inside the reactor vessel}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C11/024 3 {structurally combined with the casing}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C11/026 2 {in apertures or channels through a wall}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C11/028 2 {characterised by the form or by the material}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C11/04 2 on waterborne craft
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C11/06 1 Reflecting shields, i.e. for minimising loss of neutrons
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C11/08 1 Thermal shields; Thermal linings, i.e. for dissipating heat from gamma radiation which would otherwise heat an outer biological shield {Thermal insulation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C11/081 2 {consisting of a non-metallic layer of insulating material}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C11/083 2 {consisting of one or more metallic layers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C11/085 3 {consisting exclusively of several metallic layers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C11/086 2 {consisting of a combination of non-metallic and metallic layers, e.g. metal-sand-metal-concrete}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C11/088 2 {consisting of a stagnant or a circulating fluid}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C13/00 0 Pressure vessels; Containment vessels; Containment in general (for chemical or physical processes B01J3/00; pressure vessels in general F16J12/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C13/02 1 Details
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C13/022 2 {Ventilating arrangements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C13/024 2 Supporting constructions for pressure vessels or containment vessels
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C13/028 2 Seals, e.g. for pressure vessels or containment vessels
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C13/0285 3 {for container apertures}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C13/032 2 Joints between tubes and vessel walls, e.g. taking into account thermal stresses
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C13/036 3 the tube passing through the vessel wall, i.e. continuing on both sides of the wall
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C13/04 2 Arrangements for expansion and contraction
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C13/06 2 Sealing-plugs (for pressure vessels in general F16J13/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C13/063 3 {Seals for closures or for rotatable closures}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C13/067 3 for tubes, e.g. standpipes; Locking devices for plugs
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C13/0675 4 {Seals for the plugs}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C13/073 3 Closures for reactor-vessels, e.g. rotatable
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C13/0735 4 {Seals for closures or for rotatable closures}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C13/08 1 Vessels characterised by the material; Selection of materials for pressure vessels
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C13/087 2 Metallic vessels
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C13/0875 3 {Tube-type vessels, e.g. for not essentially pressurised coolants}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C13/093 2 Concrete vessels
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C13/0933 3 {made of prestressed concrete}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C13/0936 4 {Particulars concerning prestressing devices and cables}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C13/10 1 Means for preventing contamination in the event of leakage, {e.g. double wall}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C15/00 0 Cooling arrangements within the pressure vessel containing the core; Selection of specific coolants
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C15/02 1 Arrangements or disposition of passages in which heat is transferred to the coolant; {Coolant flow control devices (G21C19/04 takes precedence; coolant flow control through fuel assemblies, e.g. flow restrictors G21C3/322)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C15/04 2 from fissile or breeder material {(G21C3/32 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C15/06 3 in fuel elements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C15/08 2 from moderating material
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C15/10 2 from reflector or thermal shield
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C15/12 2 from pressure vessel; from containment vessel
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C15/14 2 from headers; from joints in ducts
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C15/16 1 comprising means for separating liquid and steam (separating in general B01D; steam traps F16D)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C15/18 1 Emergency cooling arrangements; Removing shut-down heat
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C15/182 2 {comprising powered means, e.g. pumps}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C15/185 3 {using energy stored in reactor system}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C15/187 3 {using energy from the electric grid}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C15/20 1 Partitions or thermal insulation between fuel channel and moderator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C15/22 1 Structural association of coolant tubes with headers (joints of tubes in general F16L)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C15/24 1 Promoting flow of the coolant (electrodynamic pumps H02K44/02)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C15/243 2 for liquids
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C15/247 3 for liquid metals
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C15/25 3 using jet pumps
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C15/253 2 for gases, e.g. blowers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C15/257 2 using heat-pipes {(in general F28D, F28F)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C15/26 2 by convection, e.g. using chimneys, using divergent channels
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C15/28 1 Selection of specific coolants (if serving as the moderator G21C5/12; compositions per se C09K5/00; {organic coolants G21C5/123}); {Additions to the reactor coolants, e.g. against moderator corrosion (purification and regeneration of the reactor coolants G21C19/30)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C17/00 0 Monitoring; Testing (measuring in general G01); {Maintaining}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C17/001 1 {Mechanical simulators (electrical or magnetic simulators G06G7/54)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C17/002 1 {Detection of leaks (by testing the coolant or the moderator G21C17/04)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C17/003 1 Remote inspection of vessels, e.g. pressure vessels
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C17/007 2 Inspection of the outer surfaces of vessels
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C17/01 2 Inspection of the inner surfaces of vessels
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C17/013 2 Inspection vehicles
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C17/017 1 Inspection or maintenance of pipe-lines or tubes in nuclear installations
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C17/02 1 Devices or arrangements for monitoring coolant or moderator
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C17/021 2 {Solid moderators testing, e.g. graphite}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C17/022 2 for monitoring liquid coolants or moderators
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C17/0225 3 {Chemical surface treatment, e.g. corrosion (corrosion prevention in presence of water from scale removal or by modification of the properties of the liquid C02F5/00; inhibiting corrosion by adding corrosion inhibitors C23F11/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C17/025 3 for monitoring liquid metal coolants {(molten metal sampling in general G01N1/125)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C17/0255 4 {Liquid metal leaks detection (detecting leaks in pipe-line systems in general F17D5/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C17/028 2 for monitoring gaseous coolants
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C17/032 2 Reactor-coolant flow measuring or monitoring {(measuring volume or mass flow in general G01F)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C17/035 2 Moderator- or coolant-level detecting devices {(indicating or measuring liquid level in general G01F23/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C17/038 2 Boiling detection in moderator or coolant
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C17/04 2 Detecting burst slugs
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C17/041 3 {characterised by systems for checking the coolant channels, e.g. matrix systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C17/042 3 {Devices for selective sampling, e.g. valves, shutters, rotatable selector valves}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C17/044 3 {Detectors and metering devices for the detection of fission products}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C17/045 4 {Precipitation chambers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C17/047 4 {Detection and metering circuits}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C17/048 3 {characterised by a special construction of fuel elements, e.g. by a confined "tracer"}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C17/06 1 Devices or arrangements for monitoring or testing fuel or fuel elements outside the reactor core, e.g. for burn-up, for contamination (G21C17/08, G21C17/10 take precedence; detecting leaking fuel elements during reactor operation G21C17/04)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C17/063 2 {Burn-up control (G21C17/066 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C17/066 2 {Control of spherical elements}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C17/07 2 Leak testing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C17/08 1 Structural combination of reactor core or moderator structure with viewing means, e.g. with television camera, periscope, window
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C17/10 1 Structural combination of fuel element, control rod, reactor core, or moderator structure with sensitive instruments, e.g. for measuring radioactivity, strain
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C17/102 2 {the sensitive element being part of a fuel element or a fuel assembly (structural combination with a thermoelectric element for direct production of electrical energy G21C3/40)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C17/104 2 Measuring reactivity
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C17/108 2 Measuring reactor flux
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C17/112 2 Measuring temperature
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C17/116 2 Passages or insulators, e.g. for electric cables
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C17/12 2 Sensitive element forming part of control element
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C17/14 1 Period meters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C19/00 0 Arrangements for treating, for handling, or for facilitating the handling of, fuel or other materials which are used within the reactor, e.g. within its pressure vessel
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C19/02 1 Details of handling arrangements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C19/04 2 Means for controlling flow of coolant over objects being handled; Means for controlling flow of coolant through channel being serviced {, e.g. for preventing "blow-out"}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C19/06 2 Magazines for holding fuel elements or control elements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C19/065 3 {Rotatable magazines}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C19/07 3 Storage racks; Storage pools
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C19/08 2 Means for heating fuel elements before introduction into the core; Means for heating or cooling fuel elements after removal from the core
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C19/10 2 Lifting devices or pulling devices adapted for co-operation with fuel elements or with control elements (manipulators B25J)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C19/105 3 with grasping or spreading coupling elements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C19/11 3 with revolving coupling elements, e.g. socket coupling
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C19/115 3 with latching devices and ball couplings
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C19/12 2 Arrangements for exerting direct hydraulic or pneumatic force on fuel element or on control element
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C19/14 1 characterised by their adaptation for use with horizontal channels in the reactor core
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C19/16 1 Articulated or telescopic chutes or tubes for connection to channels in the reactor core
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C19/18 1 Apparatus for bringing fuel elements to the reactor charge area, e.g. from a storage place
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C19/19 1 Reactor parts specifically adapted to facilitate handling, e.g. to facilitate charging or discharging of fuel elements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C19/20 1 Arrangements for introducing objects into the pressure vessel; Arrangements for handling objects within the pressure vessel; Arrangements for removing objects from the pressure vessel
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C19/202 2 {Arrangements for handling ball-form, i.e. pebble fuel}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C19/205 2 {Interchanging of fuel elements in the core, i.e. fuel shuffling}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C19/207 2 {Assembling, maintenance or repair of reactor components (G21C3/334 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C19/22 2 Arrangements for obtaining access to the interior of a pressure vessel whilst the reactor is operating
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C19/24 3 by using an auxiliary vessel which is temporarily sealed to the pressure vessel
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C19/26 1 Arrangements for removing jammed or damaged fuel elements or control elements; Arrangements for moving broken parts thereof
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C19/28 1 Arrangements for introducing fluent material into the reactor core; Arrangements for removing fluent material from the reactor core (pumping coolant G21D)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C19/30 2 with continuous purification of circulating fluent material, e.g. by extraction of fission products {deterioration or corrosion products, impurities, e.g. by cold traps (purification of circulating fluid fuels G21C19/50; separation in general B01D)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C19/303 3 specially adapted for gases (decontamination of gases G21F9/02)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C19/307 3 specially adapted for liquids (decontamination of liquids G21F9/04)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C19/31 4 for molten metals
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C19/313 5 using cold traps
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C19/317 3 Recombination devices for radiolytic dissociation products
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C19/32 1 Apparatus for removing radioactive objects or materials from the reactor discharge area, e.g. to a storage place; Apparatus for handling radioactive objects or materials within a storage place or removing them therefrom (disposal of waste material G21F9/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C19/34 1 Apparatus or processes for dismantling nuclear fuel, e.g. before reprocessing {; Apparatus or processes for dismantling strings of spent fuel elements}(shielded cells G21F7/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C19/36 2 Mechanical means only
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C19/365 3 Removing cannings or casings from fuel
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C19/37 4 by separating into pieces both the canning or the casing and the fuel element, e.g. by cutting or shearing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C19/375 3 Compacting devices, e.g. for fuel assemblies
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C19/38 2 Chemical means only
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C19/40 1 Arrangements for preventing occurrence of critical conditions, e.g. during storage
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C19/42 1 Reprocessing of irradiated fuel
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C19/44 2 of irradiated solid fuel
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C19/46 3 Aqueous processes {, e.g. by using organic extraction means, including the regeneration of these means}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C19/48 3 Non-aqueous processes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C19/50 2 of irradiated fluid fuel {, e.g. regeneration of fuels while the reactor is in operation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C21/00 0 Apparatus or processes specially adapted to the manufacture of reactors or parts thereof (in general section B, e.g. B23)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C21/02 1 Manufacture of fuel elements or breeder elements contained in non-active casings
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C21/04 2 by vibrational compaction or tamping {of fuel in the jacket}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C21/06 2 by {rotatable} swaging {of the jacket around the fuel}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C21/08 2 by a slip-fit cladding process {by crimping the jacket around the fuel}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C21/10 2 by extrusion, drawing, or stretching {by rolling, e.g. "picture frame" technique}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C21/12 2 by hydrostatic or thermo-pneumatic canning {in general by pressing without lengthening, e.g. explosive coating}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C21/14 2 by plating {the fuel} in a fluid
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C21/16 2 by casting or dipping techniques
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C21/18 1 Manufacture of control elements covered by group G21C7/00
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21C23/00 0 Adaptations of reactors to facilitate experimentation or irradiation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21D NUCLEAR POWER PLANT
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21D1/00 0 Details of nuclear power plant (control G21D3/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21D1/003 1 {Nuclear facilities decommissioning arrangements (decontamination arrangements, treating radioactively contaminated material G21F9/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21D1/006 1 {primary side of steam generators (secondary side of steam generators F22B1/00, F22B35/00 or F22B37/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21D1/02 1 Arrangements of auxiliary equipment
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21D1/04 1 Pumping arrangements (within the reactor pressure vessel G21C15/24; electrodynamic pumps H02K44/02)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21D3/00 0 Control of nuclear power plant (control of nuclear reaction in general G21C7/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21D3/001 1 {Computer implemented control}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21D3/002 2 {Core design; core simulations; core optimisation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21D3/004 2 {Fuel shuffle simulation; fuel shuffle optimisation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21D3/005 2 {Thermo-hydraulic simulations}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21D3/007 1 {Expert systems}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21D3/008 1 {Man-machine interface, e.g. control room layout}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21D3/02 1 Manual control
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21D3/04 1 Safety arrangements (emergency protection of reactor G21C9/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21D3/06 2 responsive to faults within the plant (in the reactor G21C9/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21D3/08 1 Regulation of any parameters in the plant
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21D3/10 2 by a combination of a variable derived from neutron flux with other controlling variables, e.g. derived from temperature, cooling flow, pressure
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21D3/12 2 by adjustment of the reactor in response only to changes in engine demand
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21D3/14 3 Varying flow of coolant
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21D3/16 3 Varying reactivity
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21D3/18 2 by adjustment of plant external to the reactor only in response to change in reactivity
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21D5/00 0 Arrangements of reactor and engine in which reactor-produced heat is converted into mechanical energy
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21D5/02 1 Reactor and engine structurally combined, e.g. portable
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21D5/04 1 Reactor and engine not structurally combined
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21D5/06 2 with engine working medium circulating through reactor core
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21D5/08 2 with engine working medium heated in a heat exchanger by the reactor coolant
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21D5/10 3 Liquid working medium partially heated by reactor and vaporised by heat source external to the core, e.g. with oil heating
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21D5/12 3 Liquid working medium vaporised by reactor coolant
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21D5/14 4 and also superheated by reactor coolant
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21D5/16 4 superheated by separate heat source
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21D7/00 0 Arrangements for direct production of electric energy from fusion or fission reactions (obtaining electric energy from radioactive sources G21H1/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21D7/02 1 using magneto-hydrodynamic generators {(MHD-generators with thermodynamic cycles F02C7/00; magneto-hydrodynamic generators H02K44/08)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21D7/04 1 using thermoelectric elements {or thermoionic converters}(structural combination of fuel element with thermoelectric element {or with thermoionic converters} G21C3/40 {, G21H1/10}; thermoelectric elements per se H10N10/00, H10N15/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21D9/00 0 Arrangements to provide heat for purposes other than conversion into power, e.g. for heating buildings
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21F PROTECTION AGAINST X-RADIATION, GAMMA RADIATION, CORPUSCULAR RADIATION OR PARTICLE BOMBARDMENT; TREATING RADIOACTIVELY CONTAMINATED MATERIAL; DECONTAMINATION ARRANGEMENTS THEREFOR (radiation protection by pharmaceutical means A61K8/00, A61Q17/04; in cosmonautic vehicles B64G1/54; combined with a reactor G21C11/00; combined with X-ray tubes H01J35/16; combined with X-ray apparatus H05G1/02)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21F1/00 0 Shielding characterised by the composition of the materials
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21F1/02 1 Selection of uniform shielding materials
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21F1/023 2 {Liquids}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21F1/026 2 {Semi-liquids, gels, pastes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21F1/04 2 Concretes; Other hydraulic hardening materials
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21F1/042 3 {Concretes combined with other materials dispersed in the carrier}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21F1/045 4 {with organic substances}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21F1/047 4 {with metals}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21F1/06 2 Ceramics; Glasses; Refractories (cermets G21F1/08)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21F1/08 2 Metals; Alloys; Cermets, i.e. sintered mixtures of ceramics and metals
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21F1/085 3 {Heavy metals or alloys}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21F1/10 2 Organic substances; Dispersions in organic carriers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21F1/103 3 {Dispersions in organic carriers}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21F1/106 4 {metallic dispersions}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21F1/12 1 Laminated shielding materials
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21F1/125 2 {comprising metals}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21F3/00 0 Shielding characterised by its physical form, e.g. granules, or shape of the material
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21F3/02 1 Clothing
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21F3/025 2 Clothing completely surrounding the wearer
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21F3/03 2 Aprons
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21F3/035 2 Gloves (mounting means on glove boxes G21F7/053)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21F3/04 1 Bricks; Shields made up therefrom
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21F5/00 0 Transportable or portable shielded containers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21F5/002 1 Containers for fluid radioactive wastes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21F5/005 1 Containers for solid radioactive wastes, e.g. for ultimate disposal
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21F5/008 2 Containers for fuel elements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21F5/012 3 Fuel element racks in the containers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21F5/015 1 for storing radioactive sources, e.g. source carriers for irradiation units; Radioisotope containers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21F5/018 2 Syringe shields or holders (syringe shielding for applying radioactive material to the body {A61M5/1785})
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21F5/02 1 with provision for restricted exposure of a radiation source within the container
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21F5/04 2 Means for controlling exposure, e.g. time, size of aperture (controlling exposure to X-radiation H05G1/30)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21F5/06 1 Details of, or accessories to, the containers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21F5/065 2 {Containers provided with a rotatable drum}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21F5/08 2 Shock-absorbers, e.g. impact buffers for containers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21F5/10 2 Heat-removal systems, e.g. using circulating fluid or cooling fins
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21F5/12 2 Closures for containers; Sealing arrangements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21F5/125 3 {Means to monitor or detect the leak-tightness of the closure}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21F5/14 2 Devices for handling containers or shipping-casks, e.g. transporting devices {loading and unloading, filling of containers (cranes, load-engaging elements or devices for cranes, capstans, winches or tackles B66C)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21F7/00 0 Shielded cells or rooms
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21F7/005 1 Shielded passages through walls; Locks; Transferring devices between rooms (between glove-boxes G21F7/047)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21F7/01 2 Transferring by fluidic means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21F7/015 1 Room atmosphere, temperature or pressure control devices
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21F7/02 1 Observation devices permitting vision but shielding the observer {(optical systems per se G02)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21F7/03 2 Windows, e.g. shielded
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21F7/04 1 Shielded glove-boxes (glove-boxes in general B25J21/02)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21F7/041 2 {Glove-box atmosphere, temperature or pressure control devices (in general G21F7/015)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21F7/043 2 {Lighting}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21F7/045 2 {Transportable glove-boxes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21F7/047 2 Shielded passages; Closing or transferring means between glove-boxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21F7/053 2 Glove mounting means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21F7/06 1 Structural combination with remotely-controlled apparatus, e.g. with manipulators
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21F7/061 2 {Integrated manipulators}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21F7/062 3 {mounted in a wall, e.g. pivotably mounted (in general F16J15/50, F16J15/52)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21F7/063 2 {Remotely manipulated measuring or controlling devices (combined with window G21F7/02)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21F7/065 2 {Remotely manipulated machinery}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21F7/066 2 {Remotely manipulated tools}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21F7/067 2 {Transferring devices within cells or boxes (between cells G21F7/005, G21F7/047)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21F7/068 2 {Remotely manipulating devices for fluids}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21F9/00 0 Treating radioactively contaminated material; Decontamination arrangements therefor
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21F9/001 1 {Decontamination of contaminated objects, apparatus, clothes, food; Preventing contamination thereof}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21F9/002 2 {Decontamination of the surface of objects with chemical or electrochemical processes}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21F9/004 3 {of metallic surfaces}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21F9/005 2 {Decontamination of the surface of objects by ablation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21F9/007 1 {Recovery of isotopes from radioactive waste, e.g. fission products (separating different isotopes of the same chemical element B01D59/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21F9/008 1 {Apparatus specially adapted for mixing or disposing radioactively contamined material (G21F9/305 and G21F9/308 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21F9/02 1 Treating gases
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21F9/04 1 Treating liquids
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21F9/06 2 Processing (separating different isotopes of the same chemical element B01D59/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21F9/08 3 by evaporation; by distillation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21F9/10 3 by flocculation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21F9/12 3 by absorption; by adsorption; by ion-exchange
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21F9/125 4 {by solvent extraction}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21F9/14 3 by incineration; by calcination, e.g. desiccation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21F9/16 3 by fixation in stable solid media {(G21F9/305 takes precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21F9/162 4 {in an inorganic matrix, e.g. clays, zeolites}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21F9/165 5 {Cement or cement-like matrix (compositional aspects C04B)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21F9/167 4 {in polymeric matrix, e.g. resins, tars}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21F9/18 3 by biological processes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21F9/20 2 Disposal of liquid waste
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21F9/22 3 by storage in a tank or other container
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21F9/24 3 by storage in the ground; by storage under water, e.g. in ocean
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21F9/26 3 by dilution in water, e.g. in ocean, in stream
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21F9/28 1 Treating solids
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21F9/30 2 Processing (separating different isotopes of the same chemical element B01D59/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21F9/301 3 {by fixation in stable solid media}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21F9/302 4 {in an inorganic matrix}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21F9/304 5 {Cement or cement-like matrix (compositional aspects C04B)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21F9/305 5 {Glass or glass like matrix (C03B5/005 takes precedence; compositional aspects C03C)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21F9/307 4 {in polymeric matrix, e.g. resins, tars}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21F9/308 3 {by melting the waste (G21F9/305, G21F9/32 take precedence)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21F9/32 3 by incineration
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21F9/34 2 Disposal of solid waste
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21F9/36 3 by packaging; by baling
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21G CONVERSION OF CHEMICAL ELEMENTS; RADIOACTIVE SOURCES (applications of radiation in general G21H5/00; handling particles, e.g. neutrons, or electromagnetic radiation not otherwise provided for G21K)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21G1/00 0 Arrangements for converting chemical elements by electromagnetic radiation, corpuscular radiation or particle bombardment, e.g. producing radioactive isotopes (separation of different isotopes of the same element B01D59/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21G1/0005 1 {Isotope delivery systems (use of radioisotopes as tracers G21H5/02)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21G1/001 1 {Recovery of specific isotopes from irradiated targets}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21G2001/0015 2 {Fluorine}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21G2001/0021 2 {Gallium}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21G2001/0026 2 {Arsenic}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21G2001/0031 2 {Rubidium}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21G2001/0036 2 {Molybdenum}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21G2001/0042 2 {Technetium}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21G2001/0047 2 {Rhodium}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21G2001/0052 2 {Palladium}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21G2001/0057 2 {Indium}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21G2001/0063 2 {Iodine}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21G2001/0068 2 {Cesium}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21G2001/0073 2 {Rhenium}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21G2001/0078 2 {Thallium}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21G2001/0084 2 {Bismuth}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21G2001/0089 2 {Actinium}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21G2001/0094 2 {Other isotopes not provided for in the groups listed above}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21G1/02 1 in nuclear reactors (by thermonuclear reactions G21B; conversion of nuclear fuel G21C)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21G1/04 1 outside nuclear reactors or particle accelerators
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21G1/06 2 by neutron irradiation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21G1/08 3 accompanied by nuclear fission
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21G1/10 2 by bombardment with electrically charged particles (irradiation devices G21K5/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21G1/12 2 by electromagnetic irradiation, e.g. with gamma or X-rays (applications of radiation G21H5/00; irradiation devices G21K5/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21G4/00 0 Radioactive sources (producing neutrons or other subatomic particles, X- or gamma rays, in fusion reactors G21B, in nuclear reactors G21C, by cosmic radiation G21H7/00, in accelerators H05H; X-ray tubes H01J35/00; gamma masers H01S4/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21G4/02 1 Neutron sources
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21G4/04 1 Radioactive sources other than neutron sources (radioactive dressings A61N5/1029)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21G4/06 2 characterised by constructional features
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21G4/08 3 specially adapted for medical application (radiation therapy using radioactive sources A61N5/10)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21G4/10 2 with radium emanation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21G5/00 0 Alleged conversion of chemical elements by chemical reaction
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21G7/00 0 Conversion of chemical elements not provided for in other groups of this subclass
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21H OBTAINING ENERGY FROM RADIOACTIVE SOURCES; APPLICATIONS OF RADIATION FROM RADIOACTIVE SOURCES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; UTILISING COSMIC RADIATION (measurement of nuclear or X-radiation G01T; fusion reactors G21B; nuclear reactors G21C; lamps in which a gas filling is excited to luminescence by external corpuscular radiation or by radioactive material structurally associated with the lamp H01J65/04, H01J65/06)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21H1/00 0 Arrangements for obtaining electrical energy from radioactive sources, e.g. from radioactive isotopes {, nuclear or atomic batteries}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21H1/02 1 Cells charged directly by beta radiation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21H1/04 1 Cells using secondary emission induced by alpha radiation, beta radiation, or gamma radiation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21H1/06 1 Cells wherein radiation is applied to the junction of different semiconductor materials
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21H1/08 1 Cells in which radiation ionises a gas in the presence of a junction of two dissimilar metals, i.e. contact potential difference cells
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21H1/10 1 Cells in which radiation heats a thermoelectric junction or a thermionic converter
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21H1/103 2 {Cells provided with thermo-electric generators}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21H1/106 2 {Cells provided with thermionic generators}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21H1/12 1 Cells using conversion of the radiation into light combined with subsequent photoelectric conversion into electric energy
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21H3/00 0 Arrangements for direct conversion of radiation energy from radioactive sources into forms of energy other than electric energy, e.g. {into} light {or mechanic energy}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21H3/02 1 in which material is excited to luminesce by the radiation (lamps in which a gas filling or screen or coating is excited to luminesce by radioactive material structurally associated with the lamp H01J65/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21H5/00 0 Applications of radiation from radioactive sources or arrangements therefor, not otherwise provided for
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21H5/02 1 as tracers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21H7/00 0 Use of effects of cosmic radiation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21J NUCLEAR EXPLOSIVES; APPLICATIONS THEREOF (electric or magnetic analogue computers, e.g. simulators, for nuclear physics G06G7/54)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21J1/00 0 Nuclear explosive devices {"atomic bombs"}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21J3/00 0 Peaceful applications of nuclear explosive devices {(obtaining oil, gas, water, soluble or meltable material from deep wells by means of nuclear energy E21B43/2635, E21B43/2403)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21J3/02 1 for excavation
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21J5/00 0 Detection arrangements for nuclear explosions (individual measuring devices G01)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21K TECHNIQUES FOR HANDLING PARTICLES OR IONISING RADIATION NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; IRRADIATION DEVICES; GAMMA RAY OR X-RAY MICROSCOPES
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21K1/00 0 Arrangements for handling particles or ionising radiation, e.g. focusing or moderating (production or acceleration of neutrons, electrically-charged particles, neutral molecular beams or neutral atomic beams H05H3/00 - H05H15/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21K1/003 1 {Manipulation of charged particles by using radiation pressure, e.g. optical levitation (acceleration of charged particles H05H5/00, H05H7/00, H05H9/00, H05H11/00, H05H13/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21K1/006 1 {Manipulation of neutral particles by using radiation pressure, e.g. optical levitation (production or acceleration of neutral particles H05H3/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21K1/02 1 using diaphragms, collimators
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21K1/025 2 {using multiple collimators, e.g. Bucky screens; other devices for eliminating undesired or dispersed radiation}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21K1/04 2 using variable diaphragms, shutters, choppers
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21K1/043 3 {changing time structure of beams by mechanical means, e.g. choppers, spinning filter wheels}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21K1/046 3 {varying the contour of the field, e.g. multileaf collimators}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21K1/06 1 using diffraction, refraction or reflection, e.g. monochromators (G21K1/10, G21K7/00 take precedence)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21K1/062 2 {Devices having a multilayer structure}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21K1/065 2 {using refraction, e.g. Tomie lenses}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21K1/067 2 {using surface reflection, e.g. grazing incidence mirrors, gratings (multilayer mirrors G21K1/062; crystal optics G21K1/06)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21K1/08 1 Deviation, concentration or focusing of the beam by electric or magnetic means (electron-optical arrangements in electric discharge tubes H01J29/46; {details, e.g. electric or magnetic deviating means for direct voltage accelerators or in accelerators using single pulses H05H5/02; arrangements for injecting particles into orbits H05H7/08; arrangements for ejecting particles from orbits H05H7/10})
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21K1/087 2 by electrical means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21K1/093 2 by magnetic means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21K1/10 1 Scattering devices; Absorbing devices; Ionising radiation filters
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21K1/12 2 Resonant absorbers or driving arrangements therefor, e.g. for Moessbauer-effect devices {(motors with reciprocating, oscillating or vibrating magnet, armature or coil system in general H02K33/00)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21K1/14 1 using charge exchange devices, e.g. for neutralising or changing the sign of the electrical charges of beams (producing or accelerating neutral particle beams H05H3/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21K1/16 1 using polarising devices, e.g. for obtaining a polarised beam {(ion sources, ion guns H01J27/02; polarised targets for producing nuclear reactions H05H6/005)}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21K4/00 0 Conversion screens for the conversion of the spatial distribution of X-rays or particle radiation into visible images, e.g. fluoroscopic screens (photographic processes using X-ray intensifiers G03C5/17; discharge tubes comprising luminescent screens H01J1/62; cathode ray tubes for X-ray conversion with optical output H01J31/50)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21K2004/02 1 {characterised by the external panel structure}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21K2004/04 1 {with an intermediate layer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21K2004/06 1 {with a phosphor layer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21K2004/08 1 {with a binder in the phosphor layer}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21K2004/10 1 {with a protective film}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21K2004/12 1 {with a support}
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21K5/00 0 Irradiation devices (discharge tubes for irradiating H01J37/00)
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21K5/02 1 having no beam-forming means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21K5/04 1 with beam-forming means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21K5/08 1 Holders for targets or for other objects to be irradiated
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21K5/10 1 with provision for relative movement of beam source and object to be irradiated
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21K7/00 0 Gamma- or X-ray microscopes
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21K2201/00 0 Arrangements for handling radiation or particles
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21K2201/06 1 using diffractive, refractive or reflecting elements
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21K2201/061 2 characterised by a multilayer structure
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21K2201/062 2 the element being a crystal
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21K2201/064 2 having a curved surface
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21K2201/065 2 provided with cooling means
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21K2201/067 2 Construction details
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21K2201/068 2 specially adapted for particle beams
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21K2207/00 0 Particular details of imaging devices or methods using ionizing electromagnetic radiation such as X-rays or gamma rays
|
|
|
|
|
|
G21K2207/005 1 Methods and devices obtaining contrast from non-absorbing interaction of the radiation with matter, e.g. phase contrast
|
|
|
|
|
|
G99 SUBJECT MATTER NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR IN THIS SECTION
|
|
|
|
|
|
G99Z SUBJECT MATTER NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR IN THIS SECTION
|
|
|
|
|
|
G99Z99/00 0 Subject matter not otherwise provided for in this section
|
